{"id": "dt0058", "term": "\"agenda\" format", "norm": "\"agenda\" format", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A narrow book format, i.e., one where the height of the book is disproportionately greater than its width, to the extent of 3 :1 or greater, as compared with the usual ratio of 2:1 or 3:2. The \"agenda\" format proportions are similar to those of the consular diptych. The diptych was often adapted in the middle ages for use as covers of ceremonial lists and processional music, which had to be written in a format to conform with these constrictions; the \"agenda\" possibly stems from that format.", "chars": 496, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0163", "term": "\"as is\"", "norm": "\"as is\"", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BIND AS IS.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0750", "term": "\"Cobb\" paper", "norm": "\"cobb\" paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper named after Thomas Cobb, an English papermaker, who introduced it about 1800. The paper is thin, finely textured, wove, and generally somewhat drab in color, and subject to considerable stretching when wet. During the first half of the 19th century it was used extensively for the covers of \"boarded\" books, and large quantities were used for the endpapers of economy leather bindings in the last half of the 19th century.", "chars": 430, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 236, 371], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2441", "term": "\"painted\" bindings", "norm": "\"painted\" bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "P", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 3, "variant": "\"painted\" leather", "dates": null, "text": "1. A late 17th and early 18th century method of ornamenting the covers of books, consisting of landscapes \"painted\" with a chemical (possibly an iron salt, e.g., ferrous sulfate) on the cover or covers. The paintings were usually executed on fawn-colored leathers that had been paste-washed. See also: EDWARDS OF HALIFAX. 2. Leather and vellum bindings of the mid and late 16th century, which were tooled and painted in various colors, including gold, silver, green, purple, red, etc.", "chars": 508, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [124, 236, 347], "citations": ["Dutton, Meiric Keeler. Historical sketch of bookbinding as an art. Norwood. Holliston Mills. 1968.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3398", "term": "\"super\" binding", "norm": "\"super\" binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "S", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 3, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term once used in the United States to describe a binding having the spine lined with both cloth and paper. See: SECOND LINING; SPINE LINING (1).", "chars": 205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [169], "citations": ["Holden, John Allen. The bookman's glossary…3rd ed. New York. Bowker. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3411", "term": "\"Sutherland\" decoration", "norm": "\"sutherland\" decoration", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "S", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 3, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A manner of tooling in colors, usually carried out on vellum and analogous materials, and called \"Sutherland\" because of the patronage of the Duchess of Sutherland. The process involved the use of a resin, which was applied to the vellum. followed by colors which were sprinkled on and then tooled. Until this technique was introduced by the English binder George Bagguley, in 1896. tooling in color had never been successful and foils, of course. did not exist.\n\nSolid tooling was not possible, but very beautiful and delicate tooling on bright colors with highlights in gold was done by means of fine gouges and pallets. Because the decoration was much too delicate for normal handling, Bagguley usually restricted his technique to doublures, and even then generally vellum doublures.", "chars": 784, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 236], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3702", "term": "\"v\" endpaper", "norm": "\"v\" endpaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "V", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 3, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ZIG-ZAG ENDPAPER.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3761", "term": "\"w\" endpaper", "norm": "\"w\" endpaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "W", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 3, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ZIG-ZAG ENDPAPER.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3792", "term": "\"window\" copy", "norm": "\"window\" copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "W", "letter_raw": "\"", "volume": 3, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leaf with an illustration, or other printed matter, on both sides, attached along its edges to a larger leaf provided with an opening or \"window\" so that the image area on both sides of the smaller leaf is visible.", "chars": 216, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0001", "term": "a", "norm": "a", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "\"The front or recto side of a leaf of a book. It is called \"a\" when the leaves rather than the pages are numbered. The back or verso side is referred to as b.\" See also: FOLIATION (2).", "chars": 208, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0133", "term": "a pattern", "norm": "a pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cloth pattern with a long, narrow grain. Cf: J PATTERN; L PATTERN.", "chars": 116, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0166", "term": "A-stage", "norm": "a-stage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An initial stage in the reaction of some thermosetting resins wherein the resin continues to be soluble and fusible. \"A-stage\" is characterized by an initial lowering of viscosity. Also called \"Resol. ' See also: B-STAGE; C-STAGE.", "chars": 278, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0002", "term": "aa pattern", "norm": "aa pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The code designation for a book cloth embossed with a watered silk pattern over the T PATTERN, producing a MOIRÉ EFFECT. See also: MOIRÉ BOOK CLOTH.", "chars": 220, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0003", "term": "abaca", "norm": "abaca", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of plantain or banana (Musa textilis), native to the Philippine Islands. The outer sheaths of its leaf stems yield a fiber used extensively in the manufacture of certain papers, e.g., saturating papers, where great strength is required. The fibers range in length from 3 to 12 mm, the average being 6 mm, and vary in thickness from 0.016 to 0.032 mm, averaging 0.024 mm. They taper very gradually towards the ends; the central canal is large, and the fine cross-hatchings are numerous. Also called \"Manila hemp.\"", "chars": 519, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 323], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. Chemistry of pulp and pa per making. 3rd ed. New York. Wiley. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0004", "term": "aberrant copy", "norm": "aberrant copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A copy of a book that has unmistakable binding and/or printing errors and not merely simple defects.", "chars": 100, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0005", "term": "abhesive", "norm": "abhesive", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A material having the capability of resisting ADHESION. Surfaces are coated with abhesive substances to reduce sticking, heat sealing, and the like. Silicone paper is an example of an abhesive material.", "chars": 226, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0006", "term": "abrasion", "norm": "abrasion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The rubbing or wearing away of a material due to contact with another material. Some very large books, manuscripts, etc., may be damaged by abrasion because of the large surface area of the leaves rubbing over one another (particularly when the publication is being opened or closed), as may the leather coverings of books when they are removed from the shelves. Dust also, is a significant cause of abrasion of book papers and covers.", "chars": 435, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0007", "term": "abrasion resistance", "norm": "abrasion resistance", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ability of materials, such as paper, board, cloth, leather, etc., to withstand the abrading action of the same or another material, e.g., other paper, dust, a book shelf, etc. The property is usually measured in terms of rate of loss of material by weight when abraded under specified conditions and length of time. See also: RESISTANCE TO WEAR.", "chars": 373, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0008", "term": "abrasives", "norm": "abrasives", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Substances used to wear down or clean other substances. Abrasives may occur naturally (e.g., diamond, corundum, pumice, etc.), or be manufactured (e.g., silicon carbide, fused alumina, metallic abrasives, and the like). The hardness of an abrasive is measured by MOHS' SCALE, which is arbitrary. For numerous grinding and buffering purposes, the graded grains of abrasive are bonded together in a vitreous rubber or metallic matrix to produce grinding wheels; for hand use, the grains are bonded to paper or cloth by means of a suitable adhesive.", "chars": 570, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0009", "term": "absolute humidity", "norm": "absolute humidity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The actual quantity of water vapor present in a given volume of air. Absolute humidity is expressed either in grams per cubic meter, or in grams per cubic foot. See also: HUMIDITY; RELATIVE HUMIDITY.", "chars": 247, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0010", "term": "absorbency", "norm": "absorbency", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The degree of receptivity of a material to liquids, either in liquid or gaseous form. Measures of absorbency include: 1) the time a material requires to absorb a specific volume of liquid; 2) the rate of rise of a liquid along a vertical strip of a material, the end of which is immersed in the liquid; 3) the total area of a specimen wetted by the liquid within a specified time period; and 4) the total absorptive capacity of a material expressed as the quantity of liquid absorbed by a completely saturated specimen. Absorbency is of importance because paper, for example, generally has the ability to absorb or give up moisture depending upon the wetness, i.e., RELATIVE HUMIDITY, of the atmosphere around it, and, because the effect is not uniform in all directions. Because of the latter, the MACHINE DIRECTION of the paper used in producing books becomes an important factor in both printing and bookbinding. See also: COCKLE (1); WARPING.", "chars": 1042, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 144], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0011", "term": "absorbent papers", "norm": "absorbent papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A group of soft, unsized papers used to soak up water and other liquids. Although not sized, the papers may be treated with synthetic resins as a method of enhancing their wet strength. Absorbent papers include blotting papers, as well as the base papers used in the manufacture of IMITATION LEATHER, VEGETABLE PARCHMENT PAPER, WET-STRENGTH PAPER, and the like.", "chars": 433, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 290, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Reed, Robert Findlay. What the printer should know about paper. Pittsburgh. Graphic Arts Technical Foundation. 1970.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0012", "term": "absorption", "norm": "absorption", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used in the adhesive industry to indicate the capillary or cellular attraction of a surface to draw off a liquid adhesive into the substrate.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0013", "term": "acacia", "norm": "acacia", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A genus of woody plants of the family Leguminosae. The sap and pods of certain species, notable Acacia arabica and A. senegal, are used in the manufacture of GUM ARABIC. Acacia mimoa, A. mollisima and A. catechu (also called Borneo cutch) are also used in the tanning of leather. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 356, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 175], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0014", "term": "acacia gum", "norm": "acacia gum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GUM ARABIC.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0015", "term": "acanthus", "norm": "acanthus", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name given a leaf of the acanthus plant (Acanthus spinosus) introduced as ornamentation in ancient Greek architecture. It has been applied in various modified forms in succeeding styles of architecture. In bookbinding, the acanthus ornamentation is a typical impression of the finishing tool cut to represent two such leaves pointing in different directions. The acanthus decoration was also used as a decorative motif by illuminators of manuscripts, especially Carolingian artists of the 9th century.", "chars": 505, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0016", "term": "accelerated aging test", "norm": "accelerated aging test", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A procedure which is designed to indicate in a relatively short period of time what will happen to materials, such as paper, ink, etc., over a period of years in storage. It commonly involves heating the specimen in an oven under specified controlled conditions. Under ideal circumstances, the material is exposed to an environment which increases the rate of its degradation without changing its nature. It is generally accepted, for example, that heating paper for three days in an oven at 100° C is equivalent in its effect to approximately 25 years under normal library storage conditions.\n\nAlthough sound in theory, accelerated aging tests are, at this time, of limited usefulness. The reason is that conditions of storage, which vary widely, have a considerable influence on the degree of permanence; also, it is difficult to verify empirically the accuracy of such tests except by experiments conducted over a number of years. Such tests have actually been made, although to a limited extent. It is known, for example, that the strength of paper tends to diminish in storage, and experiments have indicated that the FOLDING ENDURANCE declines to a significantly greater extent than such other properties as tensile, or tearing, strength; consequently, folding endurance tests conducted subsequent to accelerated aging may well provide a good indication of a general loss of strength. In addition, as to the rate of deterioration, the effect of heat is very much like that of natural aging under average conditions; therefore, it is probably reasonable to assume that heat affords a practical means of accomplishing accelerated aging.", "chars": 1662, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [18, 62, 144], "citations": ["American Society for Testing and Materials. Committee D-6 on paper and paper products. Paper and paperboard; characteristics, nomenclature, and significance of tests. 3rd ed. Philadelphia. American Society for Testing and Materials. (Special technical publication 60B). 1963.", "Britt, Kenneth W., ed. Handbook of pulp and paper technology. 2nd ed. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1970.", "A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ACCEN", "term": "ACCENTED LETTERS", "norm": "accented letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "“In English, the accentual marks are chiefly used in spelling-books and dictionaries, to mark the syllables which require a particular stress of the voice in pronunciation.\n\n“The stress is laid on long and short syllables indiscriminately. In order to distinguish the one from the other, some writers of dictionaries have placed the grave on the former, and the acute on the latter, in this manner: ‘Mìnor, míneral, lìvely, líved, rìval, ríver.’\n\n“The proper mark to distinguish a long syllable is this ̄: as, ‘Rōsy:’ and a short one thus ̆: as ‘Fŏlly.’ This last mark is called a breve.\n\n“A diæresis, thus marked ¨, consists of two points placed over one of the two vowels that would otherwise make a diphthong, and parts them into two syllables: as, ‘Creätor, coädjutor, aërial.’\n\n“A circumflex, thus marked ^, when placed over some vowel of a word, denotes a long syllable: as, ‘Euphrâtes.’”—Murray.\n\nThe c à la queue, or the c with a tail, is a French sort, and sounds like ss, when it stands before a o u, as in ça, garçon. To make a tail to a capital C, a small figure of 5 with the top dash cut away, thus ⦢, and justified close to the bottom of the letter, answers the purpose, when it is required; for the letter-founders do not cast this letter with a tail, neither in the capitals nor small capitals. Ç.\n\nThe ñ is used in the Spanish language, and is pronounced like a double n, or rather like ni; but short and quick, as in España. It is a sort which is used in the middle of words, but rarely at the beginning.\n\nIn the Welsh language, ŵ and ŷ, as well as the other circumflex letters, are used either to direct the pronunciation, as in yngŵydd, in presence; ynghŷd, together; or else for distinction sake; as, mwg, a mug; mŵg, smoke; hyd, to, until; hŷd, length.\n\nAccents. See Accented Letters.", "chars": 2037, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0017", "term": "accordion fold", "norm": "accordion fold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CONCERTINA FOLD.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0018", "term": "accordion-pleated fold", "norm": "accordion-pleated fold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See notes on the electronic edition\n\nA method of folding endpapers so that the pleat provides a hinge at the inner joint of the cover. The pleat also provides for expansion to allow the covers to swing open freely and not exert strain on the first and last leaves of the book. In certain cases, however, it can also create a sharp, knife-like fold which, if wide enough, may cause a brittle leaf to bend sharply and crack at that point.", "chars": 434, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0019", "term": "account book", "norm": "account book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLANKBOOK.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0020", "term": "account-book binding", "norm": "account-book binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLANKBOOK BINDING.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0021", "term": "account-book paper", "norm": "account-book paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LEDGER PAPER.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0022", "term": "acetate", "norm": "acetate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The salt or ester of ACETIC ACID. See also: CALCIUM ACETATE, CELLULOSE ACETATE, POLYVINYL ACETATE.", "chars": 194, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0023", "term": "acetate envelopes", "norm": "acetate envelopes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Envelopes, usually made of transparent cellulose acetate. used for the temporary protection of documents, letters, prints, photographs, maps, etc. They are superior to paper envelopes in that they substantially reduce the danger of acid transfer. Their use, however, is declining in favor of polyester envelopes. See also: CELLULOSE ACETATE; POLYESTER FIBERS.", "chars": 407, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0024", "term": "acetate ink", "norm": "acetate ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An ink with special adhering qualities intended for drawing or printing on such materials as films and acetates.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0025", "term": "acetic acid", "norm": "acetic acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A volatile, colorless acid (CH3MCOOH), prepared by the oxidation of acetaldehyde, by oxidation of ethyl alcohol, or by the distillation of wood. It is used extensively in the manufacture of CELLULOSE ACETATE, and has been used for washing leather bindings to remove grease prior to tooling. Being a relatively weak organic acid, as well as volatile, it is not considered to be particularly harmful to paper or leather, and is to be preferred to ordinary vinegar in preparing leather or book edges for tooling or gilding, as vinegar is likely to contain traces of sulfuric acid.", "chars": 612, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0026", "term": "acetic ether", "norm": "acetic ether", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ETHYL ACETATE.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0027", "term": "acetone", "norm": "acetone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, volatile, flammable ketone (CH3COCH3), having a pleasing odor, that occurs in pyroligneous acid and can be prepared by dehydrogenation of isopropyl alcohol, by bacterial fermentation of corn mash, and by other means. It is miscible with water, alcohol and ether. Acetone is effective as a solvent in removing pressure sensitive tape from paper because it dissolves not only the adhesive but (in some cases) the tape itself. Its use is limited, however, because of its tendency to dissolve ink, and its highly flammable nature. In leather manufacture, it is used as a solvent for finishes. It is also used to prepare other solvents, such as methyl isobutyl ketone and mesityl alcohol, and as a solvent for paints, varnishes, lacquers, and cellulose acetate. Acetone decomposes photochemically to produce ethane, carbon monoxide and small amounts of diacetyl and methane.", "chars": 904, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173, 306], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0028", "term": "acid", "norm": "acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance capable of forming hydrogen ions when dissolved in water. The majority of inorganic acids may be regarded as compounds of an acidic oxide and water; where the oxide involved is that of a metal, it may exhibit amphoteric characteristics, i.e., act sometimes as an acid and sometimes as a base, depending upon the other materials present. Typical organic acids contain the COOH group, but other acid groupings, e.g., the sulfonic—SO3H, give acidic properties to organic compounds.\n\nAqueous solutions of acids have a sharp taste, turn litmus red, liberate CO2, form a metallic carbonate, and evolve hydrogen in reaction with certain metals, e.g., iron.\n\nThe 'strength' of an acid is measured by the value of its dissociation constant, a strong acid such as hydrochloric being substantially fully ionized in solution, and a weak acid such as formic being predominantly unionized.\n\nAcids, and particularly the inorganic acids (because of their corrosiveness and low volatility), are harmful to paper and bookbinding materials. Their presence weakens the holding power of the individual links of the cellulose chains of paper, causing brittleness; results in corrosive effects in some inks; and weakens the fibers of leather. The source of acids in archival materials may be intrinsic or extrinsic. They may be present in the materials used in the manufacture of paper, adhesives, leather, etc., and may be left in intentionally, e.g., alum-rosin sizing; they may be introduced during manufacture and not sufficiently removed, e g., acids used in clearing and/or dyeing leather; or they may gain access during storage, e.g., sulfuric acid in paper or leather, resulting from the atmospheric pollutant, sulfur dioxide (SO2). See also: ACID GASES.", "chars": 1802, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72, 195, 198, 306], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0029", "term": "acid dyes", "norm": "acid dyes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very large class of dyes containing acidic groups, such as the sodium salts of sulfonic acids or phenolic groups. They are more soluble and have less tinctorial value than BASIC DYES but they also have greater light fastness. See: FAST COLORS. They do not form lakes with tannin. Acid dyes are used in dyeing leather, paper, etc., and their particular value lies in their ability to produce brighter, more uniform colors. They are normally applied from an acid dye liquor (acetic, formic, or sulfuric acid); however, unless applied from a neutral or only slightly acid dyebath, i.e., pH of 6.0 to 7.0, their use is likely to result in acid degradation of the material dyed. See also: FUGITIVE COLORS; LAKE.", "chars": 804, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 67, 72, 363], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Calkin, John Burgess. Modern pulp and paper making. 3rd ed. New York. Reinhold. 1957.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0032", "term": "acid gases", "norm": "acid gases", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Gases which may form destructive acids in paper, board, leather, and other book materials. Sulfur dioxide (SO2), present in the air as a pollutant, is one such gas; it can form highly destructive sulfuric acid (H2SO4), either by oxidizing to form sulfur trioxide (SO3), which in the presence of water vapor, is transformed into H2SO4, or by combining directly with water vapor to form sulfurous acid (H2SO), which, while a weak acid itself, reacts with oxygen to form H2SO4. It is suspected that the rate of conversion is increased by the presence in the paper of metallic catalysts, such as iron or copper, which may enter the paper during manufacture, but as yet there is no proof of this.", "chars": 790, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [193, 265], "citations": ["Kimberly, Arthur Evarts, and B. W. Scribner. Summary report of National Bureau of Standards research on preservation of records. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (National Bureau of Standards miscellaneous publications, M 154). 1937.", "Plenderleith, Harold James, and A. E. A. Werner. The conservation of antiquities and works of art; treatment, repair and restoration. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0034", "term": "acid migration", "norm": "acid migration", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The transfer of acid from a material containing acid to one containing less or no acid. This may occur either when the two materials are in contact with each other, or by vapor transfer from one material to nearby materials not actually in contact with it. Boards, endpapers, and protective tissues, as well as the paper covers of books and pamphlets, may contain acid and transfer it to otherwise low-acid or acid-free paper of the text. Also called \"acid transfer.\" See also: BARRIER SHEET.", "chars": 516, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0035", "term": "acid size", "norm": "acid size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A ROSIN SIZE that contains an appreciable part of unsaponified but emulsified free rosin. If, when diluted, the rosin size produces a milky emulsion, it is then known as \"white size.\"", "chars": 207, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0036", "term": "acid transfer", "norm": "acid transfer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ACID MIGRATION.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0037", "term": "acid wash", "norm": "acid wash", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A solution consisting of hydrochloric acid diluted in water. At one time it was used to clean grease and other foreign material from the edges of books prior to gilding. It was usually applied after the initial scraping and sanding, and before the final light sanding.", "chars": 268, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0030", "term": "acid-free leather", "norm": "acid-free leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Ostensibly, leather manufactured without the use of acids, but interpreted by most producers to mean leather from which as much acid as possible has been removed. The removal of acid used in producing leather is a costly and time-consuming process, and calls for repeated washing of the stock. Tanning agents which contain a relatively high amount of salts of weak acids, of which MYRABOLANS is one, are said to protect leather against acids used in manufacture or those absorbed from the atmosphere.", "chars": 524, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175, 306], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0031", "term": "acid-free paper", "norm": "acid-free paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In principle, papers which contain no free acid and have a pH value of 7.0 or greater. In practice, papermakers consider a paper having a pH value of 6.0 or greater to be acid free. Such papers may be produced from cotton fibers, rags, esparto, jute, chemical wood pulps, or virtually any other fiber, with special precautions being taken during manufacture to eliminate any active acid that might be present in the paper pulp. However free of acid the paper may be immediately after manufacture, the presence of residual chlorine from bleaching operations, aluminum sulfate (alum) from sizing, or sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere, may lead to the formation of hydrochloric or sulfuric acid unless the paper has been buffered with a substance capable of neutralizing acids. See also: ALKALINE RESERVE.", "chars": 825, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [144, 198], "citations": ["A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0033", "term": "acidity", "norm": "acidity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A condition or state in which the concentration of hydrogen ions in an aqueous solution exceeds that of hydroxyl ions. Acidity is probably the most important single factor affecting the permanence of archival materials. Acidity alone, however, does not necessarily connote destructiveness; the nature of the acid, i.e., the strength of its acidic properties, is of more importance than its quantity; e.g., a relatively small amount of sulfuric acid may have a greater destructive effect than a larger quantity of lactic acid. Because of this, both pH value and titration are necessary to achieve adequate evaluation of the potentially destructive effect of an acid. See also: HYDROGEN-ION CONCENTRATION.", "chars": 727, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [144], "citations": ["A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0038", "term": "acme seal", "norm": "acme seal", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The now obsolete name given a SEALSKIN, dyed and having a plain, dull finish and a natural grain.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0039", "term": "acrylic resin", "norm": "acrylic resin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "acrylic plastic", "dates": null, "text": "A thermoplastic resin prepared by polymerizing acrylic acid (C3H4O2) or methacrylic acid (C4H6O2), or a derivative of either, especially an ester, e.g., methyl methacrylate. One such acrylic resin, polymethyl acrylate, which is a tough rubbery material, is used, usually as manufactured in emulsion form, for textile and leather finishes, lacquers, and pressure sensitive adhesives, and as a mixture with clay to coat papers used in high gloss printing.", "chars": 519, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42, 364], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Wilson, William Kester, and B. W. 368. Forshee. Preservation of documents by lamination. Washington, D.C. U.S. Department of Commerce. (National Bureau of Standards, monograph 5). 1959."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ACTS", "term": "ACTS OF PARLIAMENT", "norm": "acts of parliament", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "There are various Acts of Parliament which affect printers, and inflict penalties for the neglect or violation of their provisions. Many printers frequently subject themselves to penalties, which are in many instances very heavy, through ignorance of those laws. To enable them to avoid these penalties, and also to show the legal restrictions on the business, I have taken great pains to examine the whole of the Statutes at Large, and to extract from them all such clauses as are in force, that affect the trade.—See the respective subjects.\n\nAdmiration, Note of. See Punctuation.", "chars": 635, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0040", "term": "additives", "norm": "additives", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Substances added in small proportions to products to improve their performance, or to enhance their attractiveness or value. Additives are also used to prevent bacterial action, drying, staling, as well as to inhibit corrosion, oxidation, decomposition, etc. 2. All of the nonfibrous raw materials used in making paper. They may be added at any point during the papermaking process or after the paper has been manufactured. Treatment of the entire sheet (internal treatment) entails mixing the additives with the paper pulp, in which case they are known as wet-end additives. If only the surface of the sheet is to be treated, the additives are applied directly to the surface of the paper, and are known as external additives. Paper additives are used to color and size paper, control pH, improve physical properties, and increase wet strength. They are also used as defoamers, dispersants, plasticizers, preservatives, retention aids, and the like.", "chars": 953, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 98], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0041", "term": "adherend", "norm": "adherend", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A material that is held to another material by means of an ADHESIVE.", "chars": 92, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0042", "term": "adhesion", "norm": "adhesion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term indicating that two surfaces are held together by interfacial forces, which may consist of valence forces (chemical adhesion), interlocking action (mechanical adhesion), VAN DER WAALS FORCES, or combinations thereof.", "chars": 247, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0043", "term": "adhesive", "norm": "adhesive", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term for any of several substances capable of bonding materials to each other by chemical or mechanical action, or both, and which may be activated by water, non-aqueous solvents, pressure, heat, cold, or other means.\n\nAdhesives may be classified by temperature (hot-, cold-, intermediate-, room-temperature setting, etc.); by type of solvent (water, alcohol, etc.); by type of application (brush, roller, spray, etc.); or by origin (animal, vegetable, or synthetic). They may be further classified as natural or synthetic (resin). The natural adhesives are primarily of animal or vegetable origin (sodium silicate (water glass) being virtually the only inorganic natural product important as an adhesive) and include animal glue, casein, blood albumen (which is unimportant as an adhesive in archival work), and vegetable adhesives. The synthetic resin adhesives include the thermoplastic resins, the thermosetting resins, and the elastomeric adhesives.\n\nThe adhesives used in archival work must exhibit three properties: 1) they must wet the surfaces to be joined but not so much as to cause the adhered materials to cockle; 2) they must have sufficient flexibility so as not to crack when the joint is flexed; and 3) they must be strong but not as strong as the materials they bond, so that stress to the point of failure of the joint will not damage the archival material but will result only in the failure of the adhesive. See also: ALBUMEN; CASEIN; CEMENT (2); COLD GLUE; DEXTRIN; FISH GLUE; FLEXIBLE GLUE; GLAIR; GLUCOSE-GLYCOL PASTE; GLUE; HARD GLUE; HOT-MELT ADHESIVE; ISINGLASS; MICROENCAPSULATED ADHESIVE; MUCILAGE; PADDING COMPOUND; PASTE; POLYVINYL ACETATE; RABBIT SKIN GLUE; RESINOUS ADHESIVES; RICE GLUE; RUBBER ADHESIVES; VEGETABLE GLUE; WOOD PASTE.", "chars": 2348, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [48, 89, 102, 149, 186, 198, 222, 309], "citations": ["Blomquist, Richard Frederick. Adhesives; past, present and future. Philadelphia. American Society for Testing and Materials. Edgar Marburg Lecture 1963. 1963.", "Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Guttman, Werner H. Concise guide to structural adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1961.", "Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Miscellaneous bookbinding adhesives. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (GPO PIA joint research bulletin, B-4). 19--.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0044", "term": "adhesive binding", "norm": "adhesive binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of securing loose leaves into a solid text block by means of an adhesive rather than by means of sewing, stitching, etc. In general, there are four techniques of adhesive binding in use today: 1) PADDING (2); 2) manual adhesive binding, which is still practiced by hand binders and some library binders; 3) semiautomatic adhesive binding, which is the usual method in library binderies and some paperback edition binderies; and 4) fully automatic adhesive binding, which is the usual method in edition binding.\n\nTwo basic methods are used to secure the leaves in adhesive binding: 1) application of the adhesive to the edges of the collected and clamped leaves, without fanning, in which case there is little if any penetration of adhesive between the sheets; and 2) fanning the clamped leaves, either in one direction or both (in the latter case 180°), so that the adhesive is applied a slight distance onto the leaves, thus forming a more secure bond. A HOT-MELT ADHESIVE is usually employed in the first method, whereas a cold RESINOUS ADHESIVE, e.g., POLYVINYL ACETATE, is typical in the latter method. It is not unusual, however, to use a combination of the two adhesives. The resinous adhesives are generally used alone, but hot melts may be used in either a one-shot operation (hot melt alone), or in a two-shot application (a primer of polyvinyl adhesive, followed by the hot melt, in which case the leaves are usually fanned upon application of the cold adhesive).\n\nAdhesive binding generally results in a book that opens easily and lies flat. It is also a relatively economical form of binding, especially when long runs of the same edition are being bound. The method lends itself well to the mass production of low-priced paperbacks, catalogs, telephone directories, and the like. It is also finding greater use in library binding for books that are not in sections and have relatively narrow margins, as well as for rebinding books printed on paper that is deteriorating. Adhesive binding, however, is not a satisfactory method of binding coated and similar papers.\n\nAdhesive binding, in one form or another, is not a new concept; in fact, it dates back to the 1830s when William Hancock invented the so-called CAOUTCHOUC BINDING in England. Overall, however, even though the method is very practical for books that are to receive heavy use over a relatively short period, (e.g., telephone directories), adhesive binding is generally considered to be inferior to the sewn binding and its permanence has yet to be demonstrated. Also called \"perfect binding.\" or \"unsewn binding. See also: ADHESIVE BINDING MACHINE; ONE-SHOT METHOD; TWO-SHOT METHOD.", "chars": 2855, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [15, 16, 81, 89, 294, 320], "citations": ["American Library Association. Library Technology Program. Development of performance standards for library binding, phase 1\". Chicago. American Library Association. (L. T. P. publications no. 2). 1961.", "American Library Association. Library Technology Program. Development of performance standards for binding used in libraries, phase 11. Chicago. American Library Association. (L. T. P. publications no. 10). 1966.", "Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Research and Engineering Council of the Graphic Arts Industry. Committee on Binding and Finishing. Proceedings of seminar on perfect binding…Washington, D.C. Research and Engineering Council of the Graphic Arts Industry. 1963.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0045", "term": "adhesive binding machine", "norm": "adhesive binding machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine that applies an adhesive, and sometimes a cloth lining, to the edges of the leaves or sections of a book. Adhesive binding machines may be classified as: 1) intermittent, with all operations being performed while the book is stopped; and 2) continuous, with all operations being performed while the book is in motion. In addition, they may be classified as: 1) inline, with the books being carried in one direction at a constant elevation; 2) rotary or circular, with books being carried in a circular path; and 3) oval, with books being carried over an extended oval path. There are variations within all of these categories. Adhesive binding machines used in library binderies are generally in-line machines which operate intermittently or continuously, with the books being inserted and removed from the machine by hand. Adhesive binding machines date back to the latter part of the 19th century, but their greatest period of development was following World War II.", "chars": 978, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 320], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0046", "term": "adhesive dope", "norm": "adhesive dope", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A chemical solvent used as a wash for the turn-in areas of imitation-leather book cloths and other impervious materials to facilitate adhesion of the board papers. It has very limited use today.", "chars": 194, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0047", "term": "adhesive glassine tape", "norm": "adhesive glassine tape", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A gummed glassine paper, generally of BASIS WEIGHT of 25 pounds (24 X 36 – 500). It is sometimes used in mending the leaves of books, as well as for hinges, for which purposes it is supplied in rolls of narrow width. Its use for the repair of archival materials is not recommended, as it has a tendency to stain the paper and is difficult to remove. See also: HEAT-SET TISSUE.", "chars": 424, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0048", "term": "adhesive paper", "norm": "adhesive paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper coated with a water-activated, heat-activated, or pressure-activated adhesive. See: GUMMED PAPER; HEAT-SET TISSUE; PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPE; SE-LIN LABELING SYSTEM.", "chars": 267, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0049", "term": "adjusted", "norm": "adjusted", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A MARBLING SIZE that has been put into proper condition to receive the colors by the addition of OX-GALL, so that when the colors are dropped on they will spread evenly. The correct amount of gall will cause a drop of marbling color to expand to its maximum without thinning. See also: MARBLING.", "chars": 367, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0050", "term": "advance sheets", "norm": "advance sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A copy of a book, in sheets or gatherings, for preliminary notices, simultaneous publication in two or more places, or for early cataloging. Advance sheets for review or early cataloging are usually in unbound gatherings. 2. Generally, sheets of a publication e.g., some serial publications or other documents, printed separately for use before they are issued collectively. In a stricter sense these are more appropriately called \"preprints.\"", "chars": 446, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 140], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ADVER", "term": "ADVERTISEMENTS", "norm": "advertisements", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "By the Act 3 & 4 Will. 4. c. 23. s. 1., intituled\n\n“An Act to reduce the Stamp Duties on Advertisements and on certain Sea Insurances; to repeal the Stamp Duties on Pamphlets, and on Receipts for Sums under Five Pounds; and to exempt Insurances on Farming Stock from Stamp Duties;” the Act 55 Geo. 3. c. 184.; the Act 55 Geo. 3. c. 185.; and the Act 56 Geo. 3. c. 56., for the Duties granted and payable in Ireland, are repealed; “save and except so much and such Part and Parts of the said Duties respectively as shall have accrued or been incurred before or upon the said Fifth Day of July One thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, and shall then or at any Time afterwards be or become due or payable and remain in arrear and unpaid; all which said Duties so remaining in arrear and unpaid as aforesaid shall be recoverable by the same Ways and Means, and with such and the same Penalties, as if this Act had not been made.\n\ns. 2. “And be it enacted, That from and after the Fifth Day of July One thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, in lieu and stead of the said several Duties upon Advertisements and Sea Insurances by this Act repealed, there shall be granted, raised, levied, collected, and paid, in Great Britain and Ireland respectively, unto and for the Use of His Majesty, His Heirs and Successors, for and in respect of the several Articles, Matters, and Things mentioned and described in the Schedule to this Act annexed, the several Duties or Sums of Money set down in Figures against the same respectively, or otherwise specified and set forth in the said Schedule; and that the said Schedule, and the several Provisions, Regulations, and Directions therein contained, with respect to the said Duties, and the Articles, Matters, and Things charged therewith, shall be deemed and taken to be Part of this Act; and that the said Duties shall be denominated and deemed to be Stamp Duties, and shall be under the Care and Management of the Commissioners of Stamps for the Time being for the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland.\n\ns. 3. “And in order to provide for the Collection of the Duty by this Act granted on Advertisements contained in or published with any Pamphlet, Literary Work, or Periodical Paper, be it enacted, That one printed Copy of every Pamphlet or Literary Work or Periodical Paper (not being a Newspaper), containing or having published therewith any Advertisements or Advertisement liable to Stamp Duty, which shall be published within the Cities of London, Edinburgh, or Dublin respectively, or within Twenty Miles thereof respectively, shall, within the Space of Six Days next after the Publication thereof, be brought, together with all Advertisements printed therein, or published or intended to be published therewith, to the Head Office for Stamps in Westminster, Edinburgh, or Dublin nearest to which such Pamphlet, Literary Work, or Periodical Paper shall have been published, and the Title thereof, and the Christian Name and Surname of the Printer and Publisher thereof, with the Number of Advertisements contained therein or published therewith; and any Stamp Duty by Law payable in respect of such Advertisements shall be registered in a Book to be kept at such Office, and the Duty on such Advertisements shall be there paid to the Receiver General of Stamp Duties for the Time being, or his Deputy or Clerk, or the proper authorized Officer, who shall thereupon forthwith give a Receipt for the same; and one printed Copy of every such Pamphlet, Literary Work, or Paper as aforesaid, which shall be published in any Place in the United Kingdom, not being within the Cities of London, Edinburgh, or Dublin, or within Twenty Miles thereof respectively, shall, within the Space of Ten Days next after the Publication thereof, be brought, together with all such Advertisements as aforesaid, to the Head Distributor of Stamps for the Time being within the District in which such Pamphlet, Literary Work, or Paper shall be published; and such Distributor is hereby required forthwith to register the same in manner aforesaid in a Book to be by him kept for that Purpose; and the Duty payable in respect of such Advertisements shall be thereupon paid to such Distributor, who shall give a Receipt for the same; and if the Duty which shall be by Law payable in respect of any such Advertisements as aforesaid shall not be duly paid within the respective Times and in the Manner herein-before limited and appointed for that Purpose, the Printer and Publisher of such Pamphlet, Literary Work, or Paper, and the Publisher of any such Advertisements, shall respectively forfeit and pay the Sum of Twenty Pounds for every such Offence; and in any Action, Information, or other Proceeding for the Recovery of such Penalty, or for the Recovery of the Duty on any such Advertisements, Proof of the Payment of the said Duty shall lie upon the Defendant.\n\ns. 4. “And be it enacted, That all the Powers, Provisions, Clauses, Regulations, and Directions, Fines, Forfeitures, Pains, and Penalties, contained in or imposed by the several Acts of Parliament relating to the Duties on Advertisements and Sea Insurances respectively, and the several Acts of Parliament relating to any prior Duties of the same Kind or Description, in Great Britain and Ireland respectively, shall be of full Force and Effect with respect to the Duties by this Act granted, and to the Vellum, Parchment, Paper, Articles, Matters, and Things charged or chargeable therewith, and to the Persons liable to the Payment of the said Duties, so far as the same are or shall be applicable in all Cases not hereby expressly provided for, and shall be observed, applied, enforced, and put in execution for the raising, levying, collecting, and securing of the said Duties hereby granted, and otherwise relating thereto, so far as the same shall not be superseded by and shall be consistent with the express Provisions of this Act, as fully and effectually to all Intents and Purposes as if the same had been herein repeated and especially enacted with reference to the said Duties by this Act granted.”\n\nTHE SCHEDULE.\n\nAdvertisements:—\n\n[So much of this Act repealed by 6 & 7 Will. 4. c. 76. s. 32. “as provides the Mode of collecting the Duty on Advertisements contained in or published with any Pamphlet, Periodical Paper, or Literary Work.”]\n\nAlbion Press. See Cope’s Press.", "chars": 6622, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0051", "term": "advertisements bound-in", "norm": "advertisements bound-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A statement to the effect that advertisements have been included in the binding of a volume bound from parts or issues, or in the rebinding of a volume, usually a serial publication. Some libraries instruct the binder to remove all advertisements not containing subject matter (on either side of the leaf), or those that are paginated separately. This is done to save shelf space; it is questionable, however, whether sufficient space is saved to warrant the effort. In addition, the presence of advertisements can be of value to scholars and is of value to collectors.", "chars": 569, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0052", "term": "aerosol", "norm": "aerosol", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dispersion in which a material is dissolved or suspended in a liquid which volatilizes to produce a fine spray when pressure is released. The spray carries the active material. Tn archival work, aerosols are used for dispersing deacidification solutions; in this case the propellant, which must be inert and nonflammable, is frequently a chlorofluorocarbon, e.g., freon 12, dichlorodifluoromethane (CCl2F2).", "chars": 431, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0053", "term": "against the grain", "norm": "against the grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper which has been folded at right angles to the direction in which the fibers tend to lie, i.e., the MACHINE DIRECTION. A well-produced book always has the grain or machine direction running from head to tail so that the back or binding fold of the paper is not against the grain. Correct grain direction means that the leaves of the book will be more inclined to lie flat when the book is open. The term applies specifically to machine-made paper, as HANDMADE PAPER has no definite grain direction.", "chars": 550, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0054", "term": "agalite", "norm": "agalite", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A natural fibrous form of talc, gray in color and consisting principally of hydrated magnesium silicate. It gives paper a greasy or soapy feel. and enables it to take a high finish. It is little used today.", "chars": 206, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [62], "citations": ["Britt, Kenneth W., ed. Handbook of pulp and paper technology. 2nd ed. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0055", "term": "agar", "norm": "agar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "agar-agar", "dates": null, "text": "The polysaccharides agarose and agropectin, occurring as cell-wall constituents of red marine algae (genera Gelidium, Gracilaria, etc.), from which it is extracted by hot water. It is available as a dry powder, flakes, or strips. Agar is the metallic (usually calcium) salt of a sulfuric acid ester of a complex polysaccharide of gelactose, but its exact structure is not understood. It dissolves in hot water and, upon cooling, sets to a jelly at concentrations as low as 0.5%. It is used as a gelling and stabilizing agent, as a misciformis sizing for silk, and as an adhesive emulsifying agent.", "chars": 597, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0056", "term": "agate", "norm": "agate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "agate burnisher", "dates": null, "text": "A natural stone, consisting of a form of silica, similar to chalcedony, with colored bands of purple or brown, shaped and polished for use as a burnishing tool, particularly in edge gilding. See also: BURNISHER (2).", "chars": 239, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0057", "term": "agatine", "norm": "agatine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern consisting of black in large spots, green in rivers, scarlet in sprinkles, and blue in small spots. Various designs are made from this combination of colors. \"", "chars": 176, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0059", "term": "aggressive tack", "norm": "aggressive tack", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DRY TACK.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0060", "term": "aging", "norm": "aging", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term describing the natural degradation of paper, adhesives, leather, and other archival materials, while in storage. With some textiles, aging denotes oxidation by exposure to air. Aging is greatly influenced by the environment in which the materials are stored. See also: ACCELERATED AGING TEST; ENVIRONMENT; PERMANENT MATERIALS; PERMANENT PAPER; YELLOWING.", "chars": 489, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0062", "term": "air dry", "norm": "air dry", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A condition usually associated with paper (and paper pulp) and leather. Paper is said to be air dry when its moisture content (usually 3 to 9%) is in equilibrium with the atmospheric conditions to which it is exposed. Leather is considered to be air dry when its moisture content is approximately 14% of the weight of the leather. Their different moisture contents in the air dry state makes it difficult to regulate the conditions of storage of a leather bound book.", "chars": 467, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 363], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0064", "term": "air permeability", "norm": "air permeability", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The property which permits the passage of air when a difference in pressure exists across the boundaries of the material. Air permeability is one indication of a substance's porosity. See also: VAPOR PERMEABILITY.", "chars": 237, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0061", "term": "air-dried", "norm": "air-dried", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Handmade- and the better machine-made papers dried in a current of air, either at normal or elevated temperatures, as distinguished from paper which is dried by contact with heated rolls. This method of drying reduces stresses, including DRIED-IN STRAIN, which are imposed on paper while drying, because the sheet is allowed to dry, and therefore contract, at a slower rate. See also: ANISOTROPIC BEHAVIOR.", "chars": 454, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [98], "citations": ["Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0063", "term": "airmail paper", "norm": "airmail paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lightweight paper made for printing publications such as newspapers that are to be sent by airmail. It usually contains fillers to improve opacity, and is generally made in a basis weight of 10 pounds (17 X 22 – 500). Airmail paper is also used at times for guarding sections, mending tears, etc. For these purposes, it is preferable that the paper have a high rag content and an alkaline reserve of about 3%.", "chars": 411, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0065", "term": "Aitken, Robert", "norm": "aitken, robert", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1735-1802", "text": "One of a group of Scottish craftsmen in the bookbinding trade who immigrated to America in the years immediately before the Revolutionary War. Aitken appeared in Philadelphia in 1769, as a bookseller. He returned to Scotland that same year, apparently to learn bookbinding, because upon his return two years later he advertised himself as both bookbinder and bookseller. After 1773 he began to print books as well, and, in 1782, published the \"Aitken Bible,\" the first complete Bible in English to be published on the North American continent.\n\nAitken produced hundreds of bookbindings ranging in style from paper wrappers (both blue and marbled) to more or less richly gilt leather bindings. His work included blue paper boards, raised cords as well as flat spines, both plain and marbled endpapers, and bindings in full calf- or sheepskin with red title labels and gilt bands across the spines. Although Aitken produced scores of \"plain\" bindings, he was also capable of a binding style that was rich and luxurious in its gold tooling, especially for American bookbinding of that time. He was, in general, an imaginative and diverse bookbinder, although he was not known for his exactness and polish in finishing, nor was he particularly artistic. Because Aitkin was also an engraver, it has been suggested that he may have cut his own finishing tools, possible in imitation of Scottish designs.", "chars": 1395, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [45, 200, 347], "citations": ["Bibliographical Society of America. Papers. New York. The Society.", "Lehmann-Haupt, Hellmut Emile. Bookbinding in America; three essays. Portland, Maine. Southworth-Anthoensen. 1941. 201.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0066", "term": "ajoure bindings", "norm": "ajoure bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of bookbinding executed during the last third of the 15th century in Venice. Ajoure bindings were embellished with pierced or translucent patterns, in a manner referred to as \"letting in the daylight.\" They generally featured openwork designs of foliage, angels' heads, satyr-masks, birds, baskets of fruits, etc.", "chars": 321, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 347], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0068", "term": "album", "norm": "album", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A book of envelopes or jackets, usually with a decorative cover and often with descriptive notes. It is intended to contain phonograph records. 2. A book of blank leaves designed to contain written records, clippings, postage stamps, and the like.", "chars": 250, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0070", "term": "album paper", "norm": "album paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of cover paper used for photograph albums. It is manufactured in gray and black in basis weights of 50 to 80 pounds (20 X 26 – 500). A basic requirement of this paper is that it not cockle when wetted with adhesives, while another essential requirement is that it contain no impurities which might alter or damage the photographs.", "chars": 337, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0069", "term": "albumen", "norm": "albumen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of protein found in egg whites. A mixture of egg white and vinegar (GLAIR) is used in book finishing; its purpose is to secure the gold leaf to the covering material prior to the impression of the heated tool. Albumen is also used as an adhesive in edge gilding.", "chars": 294, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0071", "term": "alchemic gold", "norm": "alchemic gold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A gold ink composition developed early in the 20th century as a substitute for imitation gold leaf. It was said to be \"free from acid,\" as well as non-tarnishing. Its principal virtue seems to have been that it eliminated the necessity of sizing, laying-on, and rubbing off.", "chars": 274, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [164, 264], "citations": ["Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0072", "term": "aldehyde tanning", "norm": "aldehyde tanning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Essentially a formaldehyde tannage. Several aldehydes react with hide protein to prevent putrefaction, but only FORMALDEHYDE has been used to any extent in the manufacture of leather. Formaldehyde is soluble in water, the resultant solution generally being known as FORMALIN. Aldehyde tanning is used principally in tanning white, washable leathers, usually sheep or lambskins, with the grain split or shaved off. Such leathers are seldom used in bookbinding. See also: ZIRCONIUM TANNING.", "chars": 560, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 306, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0073", "term": "alder (bark)", "norm": "alder (bark)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bark of the common alder tree (Alnus glutinosa), used to some extent in small tanneries in southeastern Europe and Turkey for tanning leather. The bark contains 9 to 16% or more tannin, while the dried fruit yields about 16% tannin. The use of alder bark is not extensive—mainly because, when used alone, it imparts an objectionable reddish-brown color to the leather, and also tends to make the leather brittle. Other alder barks have also been used in tanning, including Alnus incana (in Europe and North America), A. nepalesis and A. nitida (in India), and A. cordata (in Italy).", "chars": 586, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0074", "term": "Aldine leaves", "norm": "aldine leaves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Small finishing stamps bearing a leaf and stem design. It was employed by the binders of Aldus Manutius, and also extensively by 19th century bookbinders on monastic bindings. See also: ALDINE (ITALIAN) STYLE.", "chars": 233, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [334], "citations": ["Toldo, Vittorio de. The Italian art of bookbinding. London. Batsford. (Monographs of decorative arts, 3). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-aldine-or-italian-style-1", "term": "Aldine or Italian Style", "norm": "aldine or italian style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Ornaments of solid face without any shading whatever, such as used by Aldus and other early Italian printers. The ornaments are of Arabic character. A style appropriate for early printed literature.", "chars": 198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0075", "term": "Aldine style", "norm": "aldine style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "Italian style", "dates": null, "text": "A style of bookbinding originated by Aldus Manutius but not restricted to the books printed by Aldus or his family. Aldine bindings, which were produced during the late 15th and early 16th centuries, were characterized by the use of brown or red morocco; by solid-faced ornaments with no shading (which were similar to those used in printing the text); and by title or author in simple panels in the center of the upper cover, which could be read while the book lay on a shelf or table. Early examples of the Aldine style were tooled in blind with an outer frame and a center ornament. Possibly because of the Greek binders Aldus employed, as well as the fact that gold tooling (probably) originated in the Near East, Aldine tools display definite signs of Eastern origin. Early Italian bindings convey a consistent feeling of the shape and proportion of the book, which is demonstrated by: 1) the use of border and panel as schemes of design; 2) a remarkable sense of the value accorded ornamentation; 3) the areas of leather left undecorated; and 4) restraint in the decorative detail with the result that it was always in proper subordination to the overall effect of the embellishment. See PLATE IV.", "chars": 1203, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [124, 172, 280, 334], "citations": ["Dutton, Meiric Keeler. Historical sketch of bookbinding as an art. Norwood. Holliston Mills. 1968.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893.", "Toldo, Vittorio de. The Italian art of bookbinding. London. Batsford. (Monographs of decorative arts, 3). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0076", "term": "algarobilla", "norm": "algarobilla", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The dry pods of a shrub native to Chile (Caesalpinia brevifolia), from which a tannin is extracted. As a tanning material, algarobilla somewhat resembles DIVI-DIVI; however, it is less prone to discolor the leather. It also produces a better weight and imparts greater firmness to leather. Algarobilla gives a light-colored tan liquor which before fermentation colors leather slightly to a light reddish yellow; however, after fermentation it produces a very bright color. It is usually blended with other tannins. Although algarobilla is one of the pyrogallol class of tannins, it penetrates the hide substance very rapidly, and has a fairly low natural pH and salts content and a relatively high acids content. The tannin content of the pods is generally in the range of 45-50%. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS,", "chars": 857, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ALGEB", "term": "ALGEBRAIC CHARACTERS", "norm": "algebraic characters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "+ is the sign of addition; as c + d denotes that d is to be added to c.\n\n- is the sign of subtraction; thus, c - d implies that d is to be subtracted from c.\n\n\n\n× is the sign of multiplication; as c × d means the product of c and d.\n\n÷ is the sign of division; as c ÷ d signifies the quotient of c and d.\n\n= is the sign of equality; thus c + d = e means the sum of c and d equals e.\n\n√ is the sign of the square root; thus √x denotes the square root of x.\n\n∛ is the sign of the cube root, and generally any root of a quantity may be denoted by this sign, with the index of the root placed over it; thus ∛x signifies the cube root, ∜x the biquadrate root, &c.; but they may likewise be represented by the reciprocals of these indices; as x½, x⅓, implying the square and cube roots of x.\n\nA vinculum is a line drawn over several quantities, and means that they are taken together, as √ax + b signifies the square root of ax and b.—Phillips’s Compendium of Algebra. 12mo. 1824.\n\nAlmanack. See Nautical Almanack.", "chars": 1396, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0077", "term": "alkali", "norm": "alkali", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance which has the properties of a base, especially a hydroxide or carbonate of an alkali metal, e.g., calcium. Since all of these substances, when dissolved, increase the hydroxyl ion concentration, the term alkali is synonymous with base. An aqueous alkaline solution is one with a pH value greater than 7.0. Alkalies are used in conservation work principally in adhesives, and in deacidifying and buffering paper. See also: ALKALINE RESERVE; HYDROGEN-ION CONCENTRATION.", "chars": 527, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0078", "term": "alkaline buffer", "norm": "alkaline buffer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ALKALINE RESERVE.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0079", "term": "alkaline filler", "norm": "alkaline filler", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A FILLER (2) used in the manufacture of paper. Calcium carbonate (CaCO3) is the most commonly used alkaline filler.", "chars": 150, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0080", "term": "alkaline process", "norm": "alkaline process", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of treating fibrous raw materials with alkaline solutions to liberate fibers or to purify paper pulps. Lime, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium sulfate, and sodium sulfide are used in this process, with sodium hydroxide being used most often. It may be used in both the sulfate and sulfite processes.", "chars": 317, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 144], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0081", "term": "alkaline reserve", "norm": "alkaline reserve", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A buffer, or reserve, of an alkaline substance added to a paper for the purpose of counteracting any acid which may be introduced into it subsequent to DEACIDIFICATION. Soaking paper in a solution of calcium bicarbonate or magnesium bicarbonate adds a small amount of calcium or magnesium carbonate which neutralizes any acid present and also provides a reserve to counteract acid which may enter the paper at some future time. (The bicarbonates are converted to the carbonates during the drying of the paper, with the liberation of carbon dioxide.) The treatment is effective only as long as free alkali remains. Papers which are to remain acid free for long periods of time, e.g., 500 years, should have approximately 3% precipitated carbonate by weight of paper.", "chars": 789, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0082", "term": "all along", "norm": "all along", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "all on", "dates": null, "text": "A method of sewing a book, usually by hand and generally on cords or tapes. The thread goes \"all along,\" inside the fold of the section—that is, from kettle stitch to kettle stitch of each successive section, one complete length of thread for each section. \"All along\" is traditionally associated with the best method of sewing a book by hand, although books were sewn TWO ON and even THREE ON when the sections were very thin or when an economical method was required. The term is also used, somewhat incorrectly, to describe machine book sewing when each section is sewn with the full number of threads. Also called \"one on\" and \"one sheet on.\"", "chars": 694, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 335], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0085", "term": "all on", "norm": "all on", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ALL ALONG.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-all-along-1", "term": "All-Along", "norm": "all-along", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a volume is sewed, and the thread passes from kettle-stitch to kettle-stitch, or from end to end in each sheet, it is said to be sewed “all-along.”", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-all-along-1", "term": "All-Along", "norm": "all-along", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a volume is sewed, and the thread passes from kettlestitch to kettlestitch, or from end to end in each sheet, it is said to be sewed all-along.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0086", "term": "all-over style", "norm": "all-over style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A style of finishing in which the entire cover, as distinct from the corners, center or borders, is decorated by a single motif, multiple motifs, or a decorative roll. 2. Any pattern in a book cloth which runs both across and down the roll.", "chars": 243, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 156], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-alley-1", "term": "Alley", "norm": "alley", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The space between two stands.", "chars": 29, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0083", "term": "alligator grained leather", "norm": "alligator grained leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A grain effect embossed on various types of leathers, such as calf, sheep, or cow, in imitation of the genuine reptilian leather. See: ALLIGATOR LEATHER.", "chars": 177, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0084", "term": "alligator leather", "norm": "alligator leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather produced from the skin of any member of the reptilian order Crocodilla. Generally, only the belly area of the animal is used, the heavily scaled back being too course and horny. The beauty of alligator leather stems in part from the fact that the scales have a natural \"enamel,\" which, originally, was usually destroyed by crude tanning methods. Later it was preserved, and even enhanced, by \"plating\" the skin with heated metal plates which gave it its high glaze. Alligator leather is very durable and also very expensive. This term is largely confined to the United States; in Europe it is generally called \"crocodile leather.\"", "chars": 640, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [351, 363], "citations": ["Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0087", "term": "alpha cellulose", "norm": "alpha cellulose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That part of a cellulosic material that is insoluble in a 17.5% solution of sodium hydroxide at 20° C. under specified conditions. While alpha cellulose consists principally of cellulose, it does include other components that are insoluble under the test conditions. Because the permanence of paper depends to some extent on the absence of non-cellulosic impurities, the determination of true cellulose (alpha cellulose) gives an indication of the stability of the paper, and therefore its permanence. See also: BETA CELLULOSE; CELLULOSE; GAMMA CELLULOSE.", "chars": 627, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 144], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0088", "term": "alpha grass", "norm": "alpha grass", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ESPARTO (GRASS).", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0089", "term": "alpha protein", "norm": "alpha protein", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soy bean protein used in the manufacture of adhesives that are to be combined with casein glues, or used for coating paper.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ALPHA", "term": "ALPHABET", "norm": "alphabet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A perfect alphabet of the English language, and, indeed, of every other language, would contain a number of letters, precisely equal to the number of simple articulate sounds belonging to the language. Every simple sound would have its distinct character; and that character be the representative of no other sound. But this is far from being the state of the English alphabet. It has more original sounds than distinct significant letters; and, consequently, some of these letters are made to represent, not one sound alone, but several sounds. This will appear by reflecting, that the sounds signified by the united letters th, sh, ng, are elementary, and have no single appropriate characters, in our alphabet; and the letters a and u represent the different sounds heard in hat, hate, hall; and but, bull, mute.\n\nThe letters of the English language, called the English Alphabet, are twenty-six in number.—Murray.\n\nThe following is a list of the Roman, Italic, and Old English Characters, being those used at the present day in England. The Roman and Italic are also used by most of the European nations.\n\nFor the characters of the different languages, see their respective names, Arabic, &c.\n\nTacquet, an able mathematician, in his Arithmeticiæ Theor., Amst. 1704, states, that the various combinations of the twenty-four letters (without any repetition) will amount to\n\n620,448,401,733,239,439,360,000.\n\nThus it is evident, that twenty-four letters will admit of an infinity of combinations and arrangements, sufficient to represent not only all the conceptions of the mind, but all words in all languages whatever.\n\nClavius the Jesuit, who also computes these combinations, makes them to be only 5,852,616,738,497,664,000.\n\nAs there are more sounds in some languages than in others, it follows of course that the number of elementary characters, or letters, must vary in the alphabets of different languages. The Hebrew, Samaritan, and Syriac alphabets, have twenty-two letters; the Arabic, twenty-eight; the Persic, and Egyptian or Coptic, thirty-two; the present Russian, forty-one; the Shanscrit, fifty; the Cashmirian and Malabaric are still more numerous.—Astle.", "chars": 2344, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_008.jpg", "caption": "English Alphabet with Old English characters", "alt": "English Alphabet with Old English characters", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ALTER", "term": "ALTERATION OF MARGIN", "norm": "alteration of margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In works that are published in different sizes, this is the changing of the margin from the small paper to the large paper edition, when at press.\n\nAfter the margin for the small paper copies is finally made, the additional width of the gutters, the backs, and the heads, is ascertained in the same manner, by folding a sheet of the large paper, that it was in the first instance. The additional pieces for the change should, if possible, be in one piece for each part. See Margin.\n\nFolios, quartos, and octavos, are the sizes most usually printed with an alteration of margin; duodecimos are sometimes, but rarely; of smaller sizes I never knew an instance.\n\nThe alteration of margin requires care, for it occasionally happens that the sheet is imposed with the wrong furniture; and where it happens to be in one form only, and that form is first laid on, it sometimes passes undiscovered till a revise of the second form is pulled, when the error is detected, but too late to rectify it; the consequence must be, to cancel a part of the sheet, or to print the reiteration with the margin also wrong; nay, sometimes both forms are worked off with the furniture wrong, without being perceived till the compositor comes to distribute, particularly when they are printed at different presses. Such errors destroy the uniformity of the book, and spoil its appearance.\n\nThese mistakes can only be avoided by care and attention on the part of the compositor, the reader, and the pressman; but I would recommend that the furniture for the alteration should be cut of different lengths from the furniture of the small paper: in octavos the gutters and backs should be the exact length of the page, and be always imposed within the sidestick; and the head should be the width of the two pages and the gutter, and be imposed within the footstick. This method of cutting the furniture of precise lengths for the alteration, and locking it up within the side and foot sticks, will not only distinguish it from the rest of the furniture, and from the pieces that may be put in for the convenience of quoining the form, but will also preserve it from being injured by the mallet and shooting stick, in locking up, and by the indention of the quoins.\n\nThe same principle, of cutting the alteration to precise lengths, and locking it up within the side and foot sticks, will hold good in all other sizes, where it is required: in quartos, the pieces must be cut to the length and width of the page; and in folios to the length of the page only, as the margin of the head is regulated at the press.", "chars": 2603, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0090", "term": "alum", "norm": "alum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A salt used in papermaking and in the TAWING of skins. True (potash) alum is chemically a double salt of aluminum, or potassium aluminum sulfate (K2SO4 . Al2(SO4)3 . 24H2O). The papermaker's alum in use today is not true alum, but either aluminum sulfate (A12(SO4)3 . 14H2O), (Al2(SO4)3 . 18H2O), or a mixture of these hydrates, and is manufactured by treating pulverized bauxite with sulfuric acid. It is soluble in water, and, while slightly alkaline in the dry form, it is decidedly acidic when dissolved in water. Alum has two major functions in papermaking: 1) to control pH; and 2) because of its floculating ability, to retain other additives in the paper, notably the sizing agent.\n\nROSIN is a basic material used in sizing paper today. As a sizing agent it imparts water (ink) resistance to paper; however, in order for the rosin to be able to impart water resistance it must be rendered insoluble, which is the function if alum.\n\nAlthough the full role of alum in the sizing of paper is not completely understood, one of its functions is to make rosin come out of solution (precipitate) while it is in close contact with the fibers of the paper-making slurry. The fibers are thus coated and impregnated with a solid and water-resistant mixture of rosin and what is probably a compound of rosin and aluminum oxide.\n\nAlthough the excessive use of alum is considered detrimental to the permanence of paper, the papermaker tends to overdose with alum rather than underdose, so as to avoid soft-sizing. In addition, alum is considered by some papermakers to be a panacea for other troubles, such as frothing, sticking of the paper web to the wet presses of the papermaking machine, etc. Overdosing with alum leads to excessive acidity and, under certain circumstances, may lead to severe deterioration of the paper. While alum is not a particularly strong acid, in the presence of certain other substances it can assume a greater strength. Chlorides, which may be present in the paper as a result of bleaching processes, or natural to the water itself, can be particularly harmful. Excessive alum, in the form of aluminum sulfate, may react with chlorides present to form aluminum chloride (AlCl3), which in the presence of moisture and heat, will form hydrochloric acid (HCl)—one of the most powerful of all acids in its effect on cellulose.\n\nAlum is sometimes used in solution to wash the leaves of books; in the past it was added to paste to act as a preservative, or as a hardener to render the dry paste less water soluble. It is also used at times as a mordant for marbling colors. See also: ALUM WATER.", "chars": 2843, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [32, 43, 72, 195, 236], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. Deterioration of book stock, causes and remedies…Ed. by Randolph W. Church. Richmond, Va. Virginia State Library Publications, No. 10. 1959.", "Beckwith, Theodore Day, and others. Deterioration of paper; the cause and effects of foxing. Berkeley, Calif. University of California Press. 1940.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0095", "term": "alum water", "norm": "alum water", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "ALUM dissolved in water and used to sponge paper and the edges of books before laying on the marbling colors. The alum acts as a binding medium, attracting and securing the ox-gall and colors to the paper. It also acts as a mordant and is also useful in counteracting excessive gall.", "chars": 307, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 264, 335], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0093", "term": "alum-size bath", "norm": "alum-size bath", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A size bath consisting of ALUM dissolved in water and used by some restorers to remove coffee, tea, blood and some ink stains from paper.", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0094", "term": "alum-tawed skin", "norm": "alum-tawed skin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "alum-tawed \"leather\"", "dates": null, "text": "See: TAWING.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0091", "term": "aluminum leaf", "norm": "aluminum leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bright leaf or foil made of aluminum and often substituted for silver in blocking edition bindings. While it tarnishes less rapidly than silver, it lacks the appearance of richness and depth of silver leaf. It is also less expensive.", "chars": 235, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 140], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0092", "term": "aluminum sulfate", "norm": "aluminum sulfate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A salt of aluminum (Al2(SO4)3), occurring naturally in considerable quantities in alumstone (alumite) and feather alum. It is manufactured by treating bauxite with 80% sulfuric acid at 110° C., the resulting solution being purified, concentrated, and allowed to solidify. See also: ALUM.", "chars": 344, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0096", "term": "American leather", "norm": "american leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for one of the varieties of enameled cloth made to imitate leather. See also: IMITATION LEATHER.", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0097", "term": "American marble", "norm": "american marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A drawn marble pattern usually used on the edges of stationery bindings, and consisting of black, blue surrounding the black, yellow on the blue, and red on the yellow. The marble is drawn in the same manner as the comb NONPAREIL MARBLE, with an additional drawing of the comb the width of the trough.", "chars": 325, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 339], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0098", "term": "American Russia", "norm": "american russia", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An imitation RUSSIA LEATHER produced from cowhide or the hide of the American buffalo (bison). It is usually a straight-grained leather. Also called \"Russia cowhide.\"", "chars": 190, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0099", "term": "amorphous", "norm": "amorphous", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term applied to adhesives, with reference to their non-crystalline structure.", "chars": 79, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0101", "term": "amyl acetate", "norm": "amyl acetate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, volatile liquid ester (C7H14O2) that is very slightly soluble in water, but miscible in alcohol and ether. It is used as a solvent for CELLULOSE ACETATE. Although at one time it was believed to have a preservative effect when applied to leather, it is much too volatile to have afforded lasting protection, even if initially effective.", "chars": 405, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0100", "term": "amylaceous", "norm": "amylaceous", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pertaining to, or of the nature of STARCH; starchy. See also: PASTE.", "chars": 116, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0102", "term": "anchoring", "norm": "anchoring", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: TYING DOWN. See also: HEADBAND.", "chars": 84, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ANCIE", "term": "ANCIENT CUSTOMS", "norm": "ancient customs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The following Customs used in Printing Offices in former times are extracted from Moxon’s Mechanick Exercises, published in 1683, the first practical work that appeared on the Art of Printing. I insert them because I think it interesting to trace the old Customs, that were established by printers to preserve Order among themselves; and to show the changes that have taken place since that period. The insertion of them in this place will also tend to preserve them, as the original work is now very scarce, and this department of it has been superseded by subsequent publications, which however, with the exception of Mr. Hansard’s work, have not copied these Customs.\n\n“Ancient Customs used in a Printing-house.\n\n“Every Printing-house is by the Custom of Time out of mind, called a Chappel; and all the Workmen that belong to it are Members of the Chappel: and the Oldest Freeman is Father of the Chappel. I suppose the stile was originally conferred upon it by the courtesie of some great Churchman, or men, (doubtless when Chappels were in more veneration than of late years they have been here in England) who for the Books of Divinity that proceeded from a Printing-house, gave it the Reverend Title of Chappel.\n\n“There have been formerly Customs and By-Laws made and intended for the well and good Government of the Chappel, and for the more Civil and orderly deportment of all its Members while in the Chappel; and the Penalty for the breach of any of these Laws and Customs is in Printers Language called a Solace.\n\n“And the Judges of these Solaces, and other Controversies relating to the Chappel or any of its Members, was plurality of Votes in the Chappel. It being asserted as a Maxim, That the Chappel cannot Err. But when any Controversie is thus decided, it always ends in the Good of the Chappel.\n\n“1. Swearing in the Chappel, a Solace.\n\n“2. Fighting in the Chappel, a Solace.\n\n“3. Abusive Language, or giving the Ly in the Chappel, a Solace.\n\n“4. To be Drunk in the Chappel, a Solace.\n\n“5. For any of the Workmen to leave his Candle burning at Night, a Solace.\n\n“6. If the Compositer let fall his Composing-stick, and another take it up, a Solace.\n\n“7. Three Letters and a Space to lye under the Compositers Case, a Solace.\n\n“8. If a Press-man let fall his Ball or Balls, and another take it up, a Solace.\n\n“9. If a Press-man leave his Blankets in the Tympan at Noon or Night, a Solace.\n\n“These Solaces were to be bought off, for the good of the Chappel: Nor were the price of these Solaces alike: For some were 12d. 6d. 4d. 2d. 1d. ob. according to the nature and quality of the Solace.\n\n“But if the Delinquent prov’d Obstinate or Refractory, and would not pay his Solace at the Price of the Chappel, they Solac’d him.\n\n“The manner of Solacing, thus.\n\n“The Workmen take him by force, and lay him on his Belly athwart the Correcting-stone, and held him there while another of the Work-men with a Paper-board, gave him 10l. and a Purse, viz. Eleven blows on his Buttocks; which he laid on according to his own mercy. For Tradition tells us, that about 50 years ago one was Solaced with so much violence, that he presently P——d Blood; and shortly after dyed of it.\n\n“These nine Solaces were all the Solaces usually and generally accepted: yet in some particular Chappels the Work-men did by consent make other Solaces, viz.\n\n“That it should be a Solace for any of the Workmen to mention Joyning their Penny or more apiece to send for Drink.\n\n“To mention spending Chappel-money till Saturday night, or any other before agreed time.\n\n“To Play at Quadrats, or excite any of the Chappel to Play at Quadrats; either for Money or Drink.\n\n“This Solace is generally purchas’d by the Master-Printer; as well because it hinders the Workmens work, as because it Batters and spoils the Quadrats: For the manner how they Play with them is Thus: They take five or seven more m Quadrats (generally of the English Body) and holding their Hand below the Surface of the Correcting Stone, shake them in their Hand, and toss them upon the Stone, and then count how many Nicks upwards each man throws in three times, or any other number of times agreed on: And he that throws most Wins the Bett of all the rest, and stands out free, till the rest have try’d who throws fewest Nicks upwards in so many throws; for all the rest are free: and he pays the Bett.\n\n“For any to Take up a Sheet, if he receiv’d Copy-money; Or if he receiv’d no Copy-money, and did Take up a Sheet, and carryed that Sheet or Sheets off the Printing-House till the whole Book was Printed off and Publisht.\n\n“Any of the Workmen may purchase a Solace for any trivial matter, if the rest of the Chappel consent to it. As if any of the Workmen Sing in the Chappel; he that is offended at it may, with the Chappels Consent purchase a penny or two penny Solace for any Workmans singing after the Solace is made; Or if a Workman or a Stranger salute a Woman in the Chappel, after the making of the Solace, it is a Solace of such a Value as is agreed on.\n\n“The price of all Solaces to be purchased is wholly Arbitrary in the Chappel. And a Penny Solace may perhaps cost the Purchaser Six Pence, Twelve Pence, or more for the Good of the Chappel.\n\n“Yet sometimes Solaces may cost double the Purchase or more. As if some Compositer have (to affront a Press-man) put a Wisp of Hay in the Press-man’s Ball-Racks; If the Press-man cannot well brook this affront, he will lay six Pence down on the Correcting Stone to purchase a Solace of twelve pence upon him that did it; and the Chappel cannot in Justice refuse to grant it: because it tends to the Good of the Chappel: And being granted, it becomes every Members duty to make what discovery he can: because it tends to the farther Good of the Chappel: And by this means it seldom happens but the Agressor is found out.\n\n“Nor did Solaces reach only the Members of the Chappel, but also Strangers that came into the Chappel, and offered affronts or indignities to the Chappel, or any of its Members; the Chappel would determine it a Solace. Example,\n\n“It was a Solace for any to come to the King’s Printing-house and ask for a Ballad.\n\n“For any to come and enquire of a Compositer, whether he had News of such a Galley at Sea.\n\n“For any to bring a Wisp of Hay, directed to any of the Press-men.\n\n“And such Strangers were commonly sent by some who knew the Customs of the Chappel, and had a mind to put a Trick upon the Stranger.\n\n“Other Customs were used in the Chappel, which were not Solaces, viz. Every new Workman to pay half a Crown; which is called his Benvenue: This Benvenue being so constant a Custome is still lookt upon by all Workmen as the undoubted Right of the Chappel, and therefore never disputed; yet he who has not paid his Benvenue is no Member of the Chappel nor enjoys any benefit of Chappel-Money.\n\n“If a Journey-man Wrought formerly upon the same Printing House, and comes again to Work on it, pays but half a Benvenue.\n\n“If a Journey-man Smout more or less on another Printing-House and any of the Chappel can prove it, he pays half a Benvenue.\n\n“I told you before that abusive Language or giving the Lye was a Solace: But if in discourse, when any of the Workmen affirm any thing that is not believed, the Compositer knocks with the back corner of his Composing-stick against the lower Ledge of his Lower Case, and the Press-man knocks the handles of his Ball-stocks together: Thereby signifying the discredit they give to his Story.\n\n“It is now customary that Journey-men are paid for all Church Holy days that fall not on a Sunday, Whether they Work or no: And they are by Contract with the Master Printer paid proportionably for what they undertake to Earn every Working day, be it half a Crown, two Shillings, three Shillings, four Shillings, &c.\n\n“It is also customary for all the Journey-men to make every Year new Paper Windows, whether the old will serve again or no; Because that day they make them, the Master Printer gives them a Way-goose; that is, he makes them a good Feast, and not only entertains them at his own House, but besides, gives them Money to spend at the Ale-house or Tavern at Night; And to this Feast they invite the Correcter, Founder, Smith, Joyner, and Inck-maker, who all of them severally (except the Correcter in his own Civility) open their Purse-strings and add their Benevolence (which Workmen account their duty, because they generally chuse these Workmen) to the Master Printers: But from the Correcter they expect nothing, because the Master Printer chusing him, the Workmen can do him no kindness.\n\n“These Way-gooses, are always kept about Bartholemew-tide. And till the Master-Printer have given this Way-goose, the journey-men do not use to work by Candle Light.\n\n“If a Journey-man marry, he pays half a Crown to the Chappel.\n\n“When his Wife comes to the Chappel, she pays six Pence: and then all the Journey-men joyn their two Pence apiece to Welcome her.\n\n“If a Journeyman have a Son born, he pays one Shilling.\n\n“If a Daughter born, six Pence.\n\n“The Father of the Chappel drinks first of Chapel Drink, except some other Journey-man have a Token; viz. Some agreed piece of Coin or Mettle markt by consent of the Chappel: for then producing that Token, he Drinks first. This Token is always given to him who in the Round should have Drank, had the last Chappel-drink held out. Therefore when Chappel-drink comes in, they generally say, Who has the Token?\n\n\n\n“Though these Customs are no Solaces; yet the Chappel Excommunicates the Delinquent; and he shall have no benefit of Chappel-money till he have paid.\n\n“It is also customary in some Printing-houses that if the Compositer or Press-man make either the other stand still through the neglect of their contracted Task, that then he who neglected, shall pay him that stands still as much as if he had Wrought.\n\n“The Compositers are Jocosely called Galley Slaves: Because allusively they are as it were bound to their Gallies.\n\n“And the Press-men are Jocosely called Horses: Because of the hard Labour they go through all day long.\n\n“An Apprentice when he is Bound pays half a Crown to the Chappel, and when he is made Free, another half Crown to the Chappel; but is yet no Member of the Chappel; And if he continue to Work Journey-work in the same House, he pays another half Crown, and is then a Member of the Chappel.\n\n“The Printers of London, Masters and Journey-men, have every Year a general Feast, which since the re-building of Stationers Hall is commonly kept there. This Feast is made by four Stewards, viz. two Masters and two Journey-men; which Stewards, with the Collection of half a Crown apiece of every Guest, defray the Charges of the whole Feast; And as they collect the Half-Crowns, they deliver every Guest a Ticket, wherein is specified the Time and Place they are to meet at, and the Church they are to go to: To which Ticket is affixed the Names and Seals of each Steward.\n\n“It is commonly kept on or about May-day: When, about ten a Clock in the Morning they meet at Stationers Hall, and from thence go to some Church thereabouts; Four Whifflers (as Servitures) by two and two walking before with White Staves in their Hands, and Red and Blew Ribbons hung Belt-wise upon their left Shoulders. Those go before to make way for the Company. Then walks the Beadle of the Company of Stationers, with the Company’s Staff in his Hand, and Ribbons as the Whifflers, and after him the Divine (whom the Stewards before ingag’d to Preach them a Sermon) and his Reader. Then the Stewards walk by two and two, with long White Wands in their Hands, and all the rest of the Company follows, till they enter the Church.\n\n“Then Divine Service begins, Anthems are Sung, and a Sermon Preached to suit the Solemnity: Which ended, they in the same order walk back again to Stationers Hall; where they are immediately entertain’d with the City Weights and other Musick: And as every Guest enters, he delivers his Ticket (which gives him Admittance) to a Person appointed by the Stewards to receive it.\n\n“The Master, Wardens and other Grandees of the Company (although perhaps no Printers) are yet commonly invited, and take their Seats at the upper Table, and the rest of the Company where it pleases them best. The Tables being furnish’d with variety of Dishes of the best Cheer: And to make the entertainment more splendid is usher’d in with Loud Musick. And after Grace is said (commonly by the Minister that Preach’d the Sermon) every one Feasts himself with what he likes Best; whiles the Whifflers and other Officers Wait with Napkins, Plates, Beer, Ale, and Wine, of all sorts, to accommodate each Guest according to his desire. And to make their Cheer go cheerfuller down, are entertained with Musick and Songs all Dinner time.\n\n“Dinner being near ended, the Kings and the Dukes Healths is begun, by the several Stewards at the several Tables, and goes orderly round to all the Guests.\n\n“And whiles these Healths are Drinking, each Steward sets a Plate on each Table, beginning at the upper end, and conveying it downwards, to Collect the Benevolence of Charitable minds towards the relief of Printers Poor Widows. And at the same time each Steward distributes a Catalogue of such Printers as have held Stewards ever since the Feast was first kept, viz. from the Year of Christ 1621.\n\n“After Dinner, and Grace said, the Ceremony of Electing new Stewards for the next Year begins: Therefore the present Stewards withdraw into another Room: And put Garlands of Green Lawrel, or of Box on their Heads, and White-wands in their Hands, and are again Usher’d out of the withdrawing Room by the Beadle of the Company, with the Companys Staff in his Hand, and with Musick sounding before them: Then follows one of the Whifflers with a great Bowl of White-wine and Sugar in his Right Hand, and his Whifflers Staff in his Left: Then follows the Eldest Steward, and then another Whiffler, as the first, with a Bowl of White-wine and Sugar before the second Steward, and in like manner another Whiffler before the Third, and another before the Fourth. And thus they walk with Musick sounding before them three times round the Hall: And in a fourth round the first Steward takes the Bowl of his Whiffler and Drinks to one (whom before he resolved on) by the Title of Mr. Steward Elect: And taking the Garland off his own Head puts it upon the Steward Elects Head. At which Ceremony the Spectators clap their Hands, and such as stand on the Tables or Benches, so Drum with their Feet that the whole Hall is filled with Noise, as applauding the Choice. Then the present Steward takes out the Steward Elect, giving him the Right Hand, and walks with him Hand in Hand, behind the three present Stewards another Round about the Hall: And in the next Round, as aforesaid, the second Steward Drinks to another with the same Ceremony as the first did; and so the Third Steward, and so the Fourth, and then all walk one Round more Hand in Hand about the Hall, that the Company may take notice of the Stewards Elect. And so ends the Ceremony of the Day.\n\n“This Ceremony being over, such as will go their ways; but others that stay, are Diverted with Musick, Songs, Dancing, Farcing, &c. till at last they all find it time to depart.”\n\nAncient Names of Cities and Towns. See Names.\n\nAnglo-Saxon. See Saxon.", "chars": 16815, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0103", "term": "anglos", "norm": "anglos", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An imitation RUSSIA LEATHER made in Great Britain from cowhide. See also: AMERICAN RUSSIA.", "chars": 138, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0104", "term": "anhydrous", "norm": "anhydrous", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term normally used with reference to the chemical salts and solvents, lanolin, etc., meaning that they are free of water.", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0105", "term": "anhydrous lanolin", "norm": "anhydrous lanolin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See LANOLIN.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0106", "term": "aniline", "norm": "aniline", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An aromatic primary amine (C6H5NH2). It is a derivative of ammonia in which one hydrogen atom is replaced by the phenyl group. It is manufactured by the reduction of nitrobenzene with iron filings and either hydrochloric acid or ferrous chloride, and subsequent steam distillation after the addition of lime. Aniline is an oily, colorless, toxic liquid, which darkens upon exposure to air. It is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, and forms a number of salts. It is the base from which a great number of intermediates for dyes are prepared, including dimethylaniline and diethylaniline, which in turn yield many so-called BASIC DYES, such as methyl violet, methyline blue and malachite green.", "chars": 752, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [195], "citations": ["Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0107", "term": "aniline dyed", "norm": "aniline dyed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather that has been dyed by immersion in a dyebath and has not received any coating or pigment finish.", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0108", "term": "aniline dyes", "norm": "aniline dyes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of synthetic, organic dyes originally obtained from aniline (coal tars), which were, in fact, the first synthetic dyes. Today the term is used with reference to any synthetic organic dyes and pigments, regardless of source, in contrast to animal or vegetable coloring materials, natural earth pigments, and synthetic inorganic pigments. Aniline dyes are classified according to their degree of brightness or their light fastness. Basic dyes are known for their extreme brightness, as well as for their lack of COLOR FASTNESS.\n\nAniline dyes are used to impart color to paper, cloth, leather, etc. Also called \"coal tar dyes.\" See also: ACID DYES; BASIC DYES; DIRECT DYES; DYE; LAKE.", "chars": 831, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 164, 343], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0109", "term": "aniline ink", "norm": "aniline ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An inexpensive volatile printing ink consisting of a dyestuff dissolved in a methylated spirit and bound with a resin. It is considered to be a very fast drying ink. Aniline inks are considerably inferior in permanence to many other types of ink, and are also subject to smudging by water. Although all colors are available, they are lacking in COLOR FASTNESS.", "chars": 384, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [144], "citations": ["A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0110", "term": "aniline leather", "norm": "aniline leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A hide or skin that has been tanned with a vegetable material and then colored either by immersion in a dyebath or by staining, and has not been coated or pigmented. Leather so colored has a depth of coloring said to be superior to pigment coloration.", "chars": 251, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [351], "citations": ["Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0111", "term": "aniline stained", "norm": "aniline stained", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather that has been colored by brushing, padding, or spraying, but which has not received any coating or pigmented finish.", "chars": 126, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0112", "term": "animal glue", "norm": "animal glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GLUE.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0114", "term": "animal size", "norm": "animal size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SIZE.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [2, 3], "citations": ["Abbey, John Roland. An exhibition of modern English and French bindings from the collection of Major J. R. Abbey. London. Arts Council. 1949.", "French and Italian collectors and their bindings, illustrated from examples in the library of J. R. Abbey. Edited by A. R. A. Hobson. Oxford. Printed for presentation to the members of the Roxburghe Club. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0115", "term": "animal sized", "norm": "animal sized", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper sized with a gelatin or glue (and sometimes alum, which acts as an insolubilizer). The gelatin or glue-and-alum solution acts as a preservative and enhances the water resistance of the paper. Generally, only high-grade writing papers, bonds, ledgers, and handmade paper are animal sized. See also: SURFACE SIZED; TUB SIZED.", "chars": 379, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 82, 316], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0113", "term": "animals-in-foliage panel", "norm": "animals-in-foliage panel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of decoration consisting of a PANEL (1) divided in half vertically, each half containing curving foliage with an animal within each curve.", "chars": 169, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0116", "term": "anionic (substances)", "norm": "anionic (substances)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Substances, such as dyes, tannins, oils, etc., that dissolve in water and ionize so that the characteristic ion (dye, tannin, oil, etc.) is the anion and carries a negative charge. They tend to precipitate with CATIONIC (positive charge) SUBSTANCES.", "chars": 273, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [98, 306], "citations": ["Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0117", "term": "aniseed", "norm": "aniseed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The seed of anise (Pimpinella anisum), which produces a pungent oil once used as a preservative for paste.", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0118", "term": "anisotropic behavior", "norm": "anisotropic behavior", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A material, e.g., paper, that exhibits different properties when tested along axes of different direction. Because paper is hygroscopic, a change in the dimension of its fibers takes place when the relative humidity around it changes; the change is transmitted to the entire sheet, with the result that its length and width are increased or decreased. As the majority of the fibers in machine-made paper lie in the direction of the moving wire of the papermaking machine, i.e., the MACHINE DIRECTION, by far the greater expansion or contraction of dimension of such a paper is in the CROSS DIRECTION, sometimes being on the order of 1.5 to 4.0 times that in the machine direction.\n\nPaper exhibits anisotropic behavior basically because of two factors: 1) as stated above, the orientation of the fibers in the machine direction causes them, and therefore the sheet, to expand or contract preferentially in the cross direction. In fact, at one time it was thought that this was the major reason for anisotropic behavior in paper; 2) more recently, however, although orientation of the fibers is still thought to play a role in the behavior, the major reason is considered to be built-in strain, also known as dried-in strain. The matting of fibers formed from the wet slurry on the wire of the machine moves into the dry end of the papermaking machine and is dried rapidly in the drier sections. Because it is wet, the web will contract during drying. Because the tension of the web is in the plane of the machine direction, the paper is able to contract considerably in the cross direction but not in the machine direction, which results in a built- or dried-in strain. The drying is actually so rapid that relaxation of the strain is impossible on the machine, nor does it occur after the web of paper leaves the machine as the dried paper does not have sufficient plasticity for this to happen. Consequently, a machine-made paper has an inherent dried-in strain. Actually, there is some dried-in strain in the cross direction also, as the felts of the machine reduce shrinkage somewhat in that direction. This characteristic results in an anisotropic sheet, one which will expand more in the cross direction than in the machine direction when exposed to an increase in the relative humidity of the surrounding atmosphere. If, at some time in the future, the paper is wetted in water, the dried-in strains will be released and, if the sheet is then allowed to dry freely and without restraint, its anisotropic characteristics will be largely lost. Anisotropic characteristics in paper are of great importance in printing, especially in printing processes which involve wetting the paper.", "chars": 2733, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0119", "term": "annatto", "norm": "annatto", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A yellowish-red coloring material obtained from the pulp surrounding the seeds of the annatto tree (Bixa orellana), and sometimes used in coloring leather and cloth. It is soluble in both alcohol and oil. Its lack of COLOR FASTNESS makes it unsuitable for archival use.", "chars": 293, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0120", "term": "antelope-finish suede", "norm": "antelope-finish suede", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fine, soft leather having a velvety, lustrous nap. It is produced from lamb-, goat-, or calfskin, sueded on the flesh side and finished to resemble antelope leather.", "chars": 167, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ANTEP", "term": "ANTEPENULTIMATE", "norm": "antepenultimate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The last syllable but two of a word.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0121", "term": "antiblocking agent", "norm": "antiblocking agent", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance used in either a coating mixture or as an overcoating to prevent one sheet of paper from adhering to another, or to any other object, within a specified range of temperature and humidity. Antiblocking agents are usually waxes or synthetic polymers; a light dusting of talcum powder is sometimes used for the same purpose.", "chars": 333, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0122", "term": "antichlor", "norm": "antichlor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance used in removing the remaining traces of free chlorine or hypochlorite not removed from a paper pulp by washing. Typical antichlors include sodium bisulfite (NaHSO3) and sodium thiosulfite (Na2S2O3). The antichlor is usually added to the pulp stock near the end of the bleaching stage, and is allowed to react until no blue coloration is obtained with a potassium-starch indicator. This removes the last traces of hypochlorous acid, hypochlorite ion, and free chlorine. The reaction products are then washed out. Antichlors are seldom used in multistage bleaching operations, as they are considered to be wasteful of bleaching agents.", "chars": 690, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0123", "term": "antifoam agents", "norm": "antifoam agents", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DEFOAMERS.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0124", "term": "antimony", "norm": "antimony", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A metalloid element (Sb) that is usually a metallic silvery white, but is also found in the black amorphous form. It has been used since at least the late 17th century to blacken the edges of books, especially Bibles, prayer books, and the like. See also: BLACK EDGES.", "chars": 292, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0125", "term": "antique", "norm": "antique", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used to describe: 1) BLIND TOOLING; 2) a marble pattern (See: ANTIQUE MARBLE); 3) a form of edge decoration (See: ANTIQUE EDGES); 4) leather finished with an old or natural grain- and 5) a paper with a natural rough surface or finish. See: ANTIQUE BOOK PAPER.", "chars": 362, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0126", "term": "antique binding", "norm": "antique binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A modern binding executed in the style of some earlier period, but generally with no intent to deceive. See also: CONTEMPORARY BINDING (2). 2. See: ECCLESIASTICAL BINDINGS.", "chars": 223, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0127", "term": "antique book paper", "norm": "antique book paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book paper generally produced in the United States from bleached chemical wood pulp with a large amount of short-fibered pulp and given a soft, relatively rough finish. In Great Britain it is produced largely from ESPARTO (GRASS) pulp. Antique book paper varies from lightweight to relatively heavy weight; 60 pound, basis weight antique bulks approximately 330 pages to the inch. Many books, and particularly novels, are printed on this type of paper, especially those containing only textual matter and/or bold line drawings. Antique papers generally are not suitable for fine line drawings or half-tone illustrations.", "chars": 646, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0128", "term": "antique cover paper", "norm": "antique cover paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cover paper with an antique finish.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0129", "term": "antique edges", "norm": "antique edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "antique style", "dates": null, "text": "A further embellishment of the edges of a book following gilding. It involves applying gold of a different hue, e.g., LEMON gold, over the gilded edge, with the design being worked into the overlaid gold; the untouched (new) gold then is rubbed off. Sometimes the effect of antique edges is produced without the designs if the original gold is left unburnished, or is burnished and then washed with water. The technique is seldom employed today. See also: GAUFFERED EDGES.", "chars": 520, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [241, 343], "citations": ["Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0130", "term": "antique grain", "norm": "antique grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A surface pattern on leather consisting of markings or creases, usually irregular, in which the hollows or valleys are given a contrasting color to produce a two-tone or two-color effect. The creases are produced either by EMBOSSING (1) or BOARDING (1).", "chars": 301, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0131", "term": "antique marble", "norm": "antique marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A series of marble patterns executed by dropping red, black 7 and yellow, or red, blue and yellow, on the marbling size, and raking once up and down; this is followed by an application of green coloring and, if the pattern is to be an antique spot, pink or green spots. Finally, there is a sprinkling of white. Other colors are also used. The antique marble is produced in a variety of patterns, including spots, straight, and curled.", "chars": 434, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [369], "citations": ["Woolnough, Charles W. The whole art of marbling as applied to paper, book edges…Rev. ed. London. Bell. 1881."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0132", "term": "antique tooling", "norm": "antique tooling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLIND TOOLING.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "APOST", "term": "APOSTROPHE", "norm": "apostrophe", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An apostrophe, marked thus ’, is used to abbreviate or shorten a word: as, ’tis for it is; tho’ for though; e’en for even; judg’d for judged. Its chief use is to show the genitive case of nouns: as, “A man’s property; a woman’s ornament.”—Murray.\n\nAuthors frequently, in the hurry of writing, abbreviate their words and use the apostrophe; but a compositor, however his copy may be written, should never abbreviate any word in prose works, except he be particularly ordered so to do.\n\nThe apostrophe is also used in printing to close an extract, or to show where it finishes; and in dialogues, frequently, to close each person’s speech; in both cases it is usually put close to the end of the word, without any space before it, except where the word finishes with a kerned letter, and then a hair space, or one just sufficient for their preservation is used; when it comes after an ascending letter, a hair space should also be put between them. See Quotation.\n\nThe apostrophe is not used for abbreviation in the Holy Scriptures, nor in Forms of Prayers; but every thing there is set full and at length. To this even the Latin law language had regard, and did not shorten the word Dominus, when it had reference to God; whereas Dom. Reg. is put where our Lord the King is understood.\n\nApplegath, Augustus. See Machines.", "chars": 1494, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0134", "term": "apparent density", "norm": "apparent density", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The weight per unit volume of a sheet of paper. It is calculated by dividing the BASIS WEIGHT of the paper by its caliper. The value so derived depends upon the definition of a ream, i.e., whether 480, 500, 516, etc., sheets. See also: DENSITY; SPECIFIC GRAVITY.", "chars": 334, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0135", "term": "apparent specific gravity", "norm": "apparent specific gravity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The weight of a given volume of leather divided by the weight of an equal volume of water, making no allowance for voids or air spaces in the volume of leather measured. See also: SPECIFIC GRAVITY.", "chars": 221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0136", "term": "appliqué work", "norm": "appliqué work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A design on EMBROIDERED BINDINGS consisting of spirals in gold and silver which, when flattened, give the appearance of a series of rings. They were sometimes used as a border. When the applique was not very large, a variation was to make a series of small stitches along all edges, masking the stitches with an overlaid gold cord.", "chars": 355, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [111], "citations": ["Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. English embroidered bookbindings. London. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. 1899."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0137", "term": "apron", "norm": "apron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The lower cloth on a ruling machine that carries the ruled sheets from the lower cords to the lay-boy or receiving box. 2. The extra amount of unprinted paper left to serve as the binding edge of a leaf that folds out. See a1so: FULL APRON.", "chars": 267, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0138", "term": "aqua regia", "norm": "aqua regia", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A mixture of nitric acid (HNO3) and hydrochloric acid (HCl), in a solution of one part of the former to three parts of the latter. Aqua regia was used in making so-called \"killed spirits,\" largely in the 18th century, to impart a wine-like tint to red marbling color. The \"killed spirits\" were produced by adding a block of tin to the acid solution, which resulted in the formation of tin chloride (HNO3 + HCl + Sn = SnCl + NO2 + H2O)", "chars": 478, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0139", "term": "aqueous", "norm": "aqueous", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Containing water, or water based. Adhesive systems such as starch, dextrin, natural gums, animal glue, etc., as well as some inks, certain deacidification systems, leather tannins, bleaching solutions, and the like that use water as the carrier are aqueous systems.", "chars": 265, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0140", "term": "arabesque", "norm": "arabesque", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A relatively old form of book decoration, revived by French gilders and reintroduced into England in about 1829. It consists of interlaced lines and convoluted curves arranged in a more or less geometrical pattern. The name derives from the fact that it was brought to its highest perfection by Near Eastern artists. The term is also used to describe a style of ornamentation in relief, consisting of fanciful human or animal figures combined with floral forms. Arabesque is also sometimes inappropriately applied to the embossed designs on book covers.", "chars": 553, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [181, 241, 342], "citations": ["Jamieson, Eleanore. English embossed bindings, 1825-1850. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1972.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856.", "Uzanne, Louis Octave. The French bookbinders of the eighteenth century. Translated by Mabel McIlvaine. Chicago. Caxton Club. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0141", "term": "arabesque plates", "norm": "arabesque plates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Solid brass plates cut, usually in intaglio, with a design and imprinted on a leather cover by means of a blocking press, or large fly embossing press.", "chars": 151, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152, 181], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Jamieson, Eleanore. English embossed bindings, 1825-1850. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-arabesque-style-1", "term": "Arabesque Style", "norm": "arabesque style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fanciful mixture of animals, birds, insects, and of plants, fruits and foliage, involved and twisted.", "chars": 103, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ARABI", "term": "ARABIC", "norm": "arabic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Arabic is read from right to left. The method of composing it is upside down, and after the points are placed at the top of the letters it is turned in the composing stick.\n\nMr. Astle says, “The old Arabic characters are said to be of very high antiquity; for Ebn Hashem relates, that an inscription in it was found in Yaman, as old as the time of Joseph. These traditions may have given occasion to some authors to suppose the Arabians to have been the inventors of letters; and Sir Isaac Newton supposes, that Moses learned the alphabet from the Midianites, who were Arabians.\n\n“The Arabian alphabet consists of twenty-eight letters, which are somewhat similar to the ancient Kufic, in which characters the first copies of the Alcoran were written.\n\n“The present Arabic characters were formed by Ebn Moklah, a learned Arabian, who lived about 300 years after Mahomet. We learn from the Arabian writers themselves, that their alphabet is not ancient.”\n\nSeven different styles of writing are used by the Arabs in the present day. Herbin has given descriptions and specimens of them in an Essay on Oriental Caligraphy at the end of his “Développemens des Principes de la Langue Arabe Moderne.”\n\nThe alphabets are copied, and the following observations are translated, from Baron De Sacy’s Arabic Grammar, 2 vol. 8vo. Paris, 1831.\n\n7. It was long thought that the written character which the Arabs most generally use at the present day, and which is called neskhi, was invented only about the commencement of the 4th century of the Hegira; and, indeed, it appears that the Arabs, before this epoch, used another character which we call Cufic, or Coufic, from the town of Coufa, where, doubtlessly, it first was brought into use. This character has so great a resemblance to the ancient Syriac character called Estranghelo, that it is extremely probable that the Arabs borrowed it from the people of Syria. Nevertheless, even the name of Coufic, given to this character, proves that it is not that which the Arabs of the Hedjaz made use of in the time of Mohammed, the town from which it takes its name having been founded only in A. H. 17. Some papyri lately discovered in Egypt have apprised us that the character which the Arabs of the Hedjaz made use of in the 1st century of the Hegira, differed little from that which is called neskhi. Moreover, in the time of Mohammed, writing was, among these Arabs, if we may believe their historic traditions, an invention very recent, and its use was very circumscribed. But it was otherwise, according to all appearances, among the Arabs, whether nomadic or settled, of Yemen, of Irak, and perhaps of Central Arabia; for, although we do not know the characters which the Arabs made use of in very ancient times, and the few traditions which Mussulman writers have handed down to us on this subject throw but very little light on this point of antiquity, it is scarcely possible to imagine that all the people of Arabia should have remained without a written character until the 6th century of the Christian era. The Jewish and the Christian religions were widely diffused in Arabia; the Ethiopians, who professed the latter faith, had even conquered Yemen, and retained its possession for a long while: another part of Arabia had frequent political relations with Persia, and it is found at many times in a state of dependence, more or less immediate, on the kings of the Sassanian dynasty. Under these circumstances, can it be reasonably supposed that the Arabs were ignorant of the use of writing? Is it not more likely that what history tells us of their ignorance in this respect is true only of some tribes, of those, for example, who were settled at Mecca or in the neighbourhood of that town; and that the character which these received from Mesopotamia, a short time previous to Mohammed, having been employed to write the Kurán, soon spread over all Arabia with the Mohammedan religion, and caused the other more ancient sorts of writing to fall into desuetude? It is true, no vestige of these characters remains, but if one may be permitted to hazard a conjecture, they did not materially differ from that ancient alphabet, common to a great many nations of the East, and of which the Phœnician and Palmyrenian monuments, as well as the ruins of Nakschia-Roustam and of Kirmanschah, and the coins of the Sassanides, have perpetuated the knowledge even to our own days. Perhaps another sort of writing, peculiar to Southern Arabia, was only a variety of the Ethiopic.\n\n8. The Arabs of Africa have a character differing slightly from that made use of by the Arabs of Asia. I do not comprehend, among the Africans, the inhabitants of Egypt, for they use the same character as the Asiatics. For the sake of comparison I have shown the manner in which the Jews and Syrians employ their peculiar character when they are writing in the Arabic language.\n\nI do not speak here of the character called talik تعلیق or nestalik نستعليق, because it is peculiar to the Persians. I may say as much of the different kinds of writing proper to the Turks or to the people of India, among whom the Mussulmans of Persia have introduced their characters with their language and religion.\n\n\n\nArabic Alphabet.—The Neskhi Character.\n\nKey to Column Headers— OL - Order of the letters. NL - Names of the Letters. U - Unconnected. JP - Joined to the preceding Letter only. J - Joined to the preceding and following Letter. JF - Joined to the following Letter only. PL - Powers of the Letters. NV - Numerical Value.\n\n\n\nHarmonical Alphabet, Arabic, Hebrew, and Syriac.\n\nObservations on the Alphabet.\n\n9. The letters of the Arabic alphabet have not always been arranged in the order in which they are at the present day. The Arabs themselves have preserved the remembrance of a more ancient order, and the value which they give to the letters when they are employed as figures, confirms the existence of this order, which they term aboudjed, in like manner as we call the alphabet a be ce.\n\nThe twenty-two first letters of the Arabic alphabet, thus arranged, are the same, and follow the same order, as those of the Hebrews and Syrians. It is very probable that the Arabs, as well as the others, had only these twenty-two letters originally, and that the other six were added afterwards, though it is not possible to determine precisely the time at which this addition took place.\n\n10. The lam-elif لا is not a character per se, but only a junction of the lam ل to the élif ا.\n\n12. The alphabet is divided into eight columns: the first contains the numbers which indicate the order of the letters; the second, the names of the letters; the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth show the different forms of which each letter is susceptible when it is, first, entirely isolated; second, joined only to that which precedes it; third, joined to that which precedes and also to that which follows it; and, fourth, joined only to that which follows it. There are several letters which are never joined to those which follow them: this causes the blanks in the fifth and sixth columns. It is as well, however, to observe, that when the د, the ذ, the ر, the ز, and the و, are found followed by ه, at the end of a word, they may be joined together.\n\n13. Many letters differ from each other only by the absence or addition of one or more points. These points are called by the Arabs نُقْطَةٌ; we call them diacritical points, a term derived from the Greek, signifying distinctive.\n\n30. The elif ا, when marked with the hamza ء, is not a vowel. The sound may then be compared to the h not aspirated in the French words habit, histoire, homme, Hubert.\n\nThe elif, without the hamza, has no pronunciation of its own; it serves only to prolong the vowel a which precedes it; sometimes this vowel and the elif which follows, take a strong sound approaching to the French i.\n\n31. The ب answers to B, and the ت to T. In Africa the pronunciation of ث is often given to the letter ت.\n\n32. The ث answers to the English th, as in the word thing; and it cannot be rendered in French better than by the two letters TS. The greater part of the Arabs make no distinction between the pronunciation of this letter and that of ت; some indeed regard as vicious the pronunciation here indicated. The Persians and the Turks pronounce the ث as the French ç; I render it ordinarily by TH.\n\n33. The ج represents a sound similar to that of the Italian g, when followed by an i, as in giardino, and may be expressed by the letters DJ. This pronunciation, which is most used, is that of the people of Arabia and Syria; but in Egypt, at Muscat, and perhaps in some other provinces, the ج is pronounced as g hard followed by an a or o, as in garrison, agony.\n\n34. The ح indicates an aspiration stronger than that of the French h in the words heurter, héros, and similar to the manner in which the Florentines pronounce the c before a and o. At the end of words, this aspiration is still more difficult to imitate. For example, the word لُوح is pronounced as louèh.\n\n35. The خ answers to the ch of the Germans when it is preceded by an a or an o, as in the words nacht, noch.\n\n36. The د answers exactly to D.\n\n37. The ذ represents a sound which is to that of د very nearly as the ث is to that of ت. It is expressed in French by the two letters DZ or DH. Most nations who speak the Arabic language make no difference between this letter and the preceding; they pronounce both as our D. Some others, as the Arabs of Muscat, pronounce the ذ as the French Z, and such is the usage of the Persians and Turks.\n\n38. The ر answers exactly to R; and the ز to Z.\n\n39. The س answers to the sound of s, when it is at the beginning of words. When this letter is found, in Arabic words, between two vowels, it may be rendered by ç, that its pronunciation may not be confounded with that of z, which takes the sound of s, in similar cases, in French words.\n\n40. The sound of ش is exactly rendered by the French CH, (sj Dutch, sch German, sh English). Many French writers render it by the three letters SCH, in order that foreigners may not confound its pronunciation with that of خ, which is the custom I generally follow.\n\nFrom the manner in which the Arabs of Spain transcribed Spanish in Arabic characters, there is reason to believe that they pronounced the ش as an s strongly articulated, and the س as the ç or z.\n\n41. The ص answers to our S, but it ought to be pronounced a little more strongly than the س, or with a sort of emphasis. It appears that the pronunciation of the two letters has often been confounded, as may be seen in the marginal notes of some copies of the Kurán, in the books of the Druses, and in modern Egyptian manuscripts.\n\n42. The ض answers to D pronounced more strongly than the French d, or with a sort of emphasis. The Persians and Turks pronounce it as the French z, other nations, as DS. In rendering Arabic names into French, in order to express the ض, the two letters DH ought to be used.\n\n43. The ط answers to the T articulated strongly and emphatically. If a person should wish, in writing in French, to distinguish it from ت, it may be rendered by TH.\n\n44. The ظ differs in no respect, in pronunciation, from ض, and they may be rendered in the same manner. These two letters are very often confounded in manuscripts. It ought to be observed, however, that in Egypt the ظ is often pronounced as a Z, emphatically.\n\n45. The peculiar pronunciation of ع cannot be expressed by any of the letters used among the nations of Europe.\n\nThe manner in which the Piedmontese pronounce the ñ appears to me to approach something to the sound ع. Examples: cañ chien, boñ bon, boña bonne.\n\n46. The غ represents a sound which partakes of both r and g. Some writers have rendered this letter by rh, others by rg, and others by gh; but as the sound of the r ought to be almost imperceptible, I have thought it better to employ, in rendering the غ, the G alone or the two letters GH.\n\n47. The ف answers exactly to F.\n\n48. The ق indicates a sound very nearly like that of the French K, but it ought to be formed in the throat, and it is very difficult to imitate it well. Many Arabs, those of Muscat, for example, confound the pronunciation of this letter with that of غ, and this pronunciation is common in the states of Marocco. In a great part of Egypt, the ق is only a strong and quick aspiration, and it appears that this sound, very difficult to imitate, was the distinctive characteristic of the Arabs descended from Modhar.\n\n49. The ك also answers to K, but it is not pronounced from the throat as the preceding letter. The Turks and many of the Arabs give it a softened pronunciation, analogous to that of q in the French words queue, qui; and it may be rendered by putting an i after k. Some Arabs pronounce the ك and the ق as an Italian c before i, as in the word cio, a sound expressed in French by the letters tch.\n\n50. The ل is perfectly rendered by L, and the م by M.\n\n51. The ن is susceptible, according to the Arab grammarians, of many pronunciations. When it is followed by a vowel, it is pronounced always as N in the French word navire, but when it is followed immediately by another consonant the pronunciation varies.\n\n52. The و is pronounced as OU in French, in the words oui, ouate. It can also be rendered by W pronounced in the manner of the English. The Turks and Persians pronounce it as the French V.\n\n53. The ه represents only a very light and often insensible aspiration, as the h in the French words la Hollande, la Hongrie, or it indicates only a simple hiatus.\n\n54. The ى ought to be pronounced as a Y consonant, as in the English word yacht. The Germans render it by j, as in the words bejahen, jagd.\n\n55. The لا finds a place in the alphabet only because the two letters ل and ا, of which it is composed, take, in their junction, a form which sometimes renders them unrecognizable.\n\nThe Vowels.\n\n64. The Arabs have only three signs to indicate all the sounds. The first, named fatha, is formed like an acute accent, and is placed above the consonant with which it forms an articulate sound, as, كَتَبَ cataba. The sound expressed by the fatha answers sometimes to the French a more or less open, sometimes to è or ai, as in the words succès, faire.\n\nThe second is called kesra. It is formed similar to the preceding, but is placed beneath the consonant with which it forms an articulate sound, as in the word نِمْرِ nimri. The sound of the kesra answers sometimes to the French i, sometimes to é.\n\nThe third, called dhamma, has very nearly the form of our figure 9, sometimes it resembles our (,), and is always placed above the consonant with which it forms an articulate sound, as, كُلُّ coullou. The sound of dhamma answers sometimes to the French o, sometimes to ou or eu.\n\n68. The letters و, ا, and ى often serve only to prolong the sound of the vowel which precedes them.\n\n74. Besides the three vowel signs before spoken of, the Arabs have three other signs to which they give the name of tenwin, which indicates that the vowel ought to be followed with the articulation of a ن. Our grammarians call them nunnations; I shall call them nasal vowels. These nasal vowels are only placed at the end of words, and they serve to form some grammatical inflexions. Their signs are nothing but the figure of the analogous vowel redoubled; as, for example, بَابٌ bâbon, بَابٍ bâbin بَابً bâban. These examples show at the same time the form of the three nasal vowels and their pronunciation. The nasal vowel an ought always to be followed by an ا, as يَوْمًا yauman, except when it is found over a ة, as in حِكْمَةً hicmètan, or followed by a ي mute, as هُدًي, or placed over a hamza, as شَيْئً: in the last case the elif is often preserved after the tenwin, and it is written شَيْأً. The ن contained in these nasal vowels, in pronunciation, is subject to the same variations as the ن consonant, and these variations are indicated in the same manner.\n\n77. In a great number of Coufic manuscripts the three vowels are indicated by a very large point, painted ordinarily in red. Placed above the letter it indicates the fatha; placed below, it indicates the kesra, and placed in the body of the letter or at the end, or in a line with the writing, it indicates the dhamma. In order to indicate the nasal vowels, this point is doubled.\n\n78. In African manuscripts the fatha and the kesra, instead of being inclined as our acute accent, are placed horizontally above or below the consonant to which they belong.\n\nOf Orthographical Signs.\n\n89. The djesma is so called, because it separates the artificial syllable at the end of which it is found, from the syllable succeeding. Its name signifies separation. It is placed above the letter, and is formed thus ( ْ ), as in the word أُقْعُدْ ok-od.\n\nThe djesma may be considered as the sign of a very short vowel; it answers to the quiescent sheva of Hebrew grammarians, and also to their other short vowels, such as hatèf-patah, hatèf-ségol, &c., and to the sixth vowel of the Ethiopic alphabet.\n\n107. When a consonant ought to be doubled in pronunciation, without the interposition of a written vowel, the Arabs do not double the figure of the letter, but they employ a sign named teschdid, formed thus ( ّ ). This mark is placed above the letter which ought to be doubled. Among the Arabs of Africa it is generally formed thus ([#]), or thus ([#]), and is placed above or below the letter, as the vowel which accompanies it. The figure of the teschdid is a little ش, abbreviated from the word شَدِيدٌ strong, or of the word شِدّةٌ strength, which is the name that the Africans give it.\n\n124. Every ا which is moved by a vowel, or which is moveable by nature, although it may become djesmaed by certain grammatical rules, is marked by a sign named hamza. This sign is formed thus (ء). The hamza or elif hamzaed is a real articulation, of which the value has been indicated already, and differs essentially from the elif not hamzaed, which is never moved by any vowel, and only enters into words as a letter of prolongation or as a mute letter. If the elif is moved by a kesra, the hamza is placed below the letter, and the kesra below the hamza, as, إِضْرَبْ.\n\n130. A word which commences by a أ hamzaed ought often to be joined to the word which precedes it; and this union is indicated by a sign named wesla, that is, junction; it is formed thus (ٱ), and is placed above the elif. When this union takes place, the elif is always followed by a letter djesmaed, and then it is pronounced as a compound syllable, with the last one of the preceding word.\n\n144. When the elif of prolongation is followed immediately by an ا mute, instead of the last of these two ا, the hamza only is written with its corresponding vowel, and over the ا of prolongation is placed a sign which is formed thus ( ۤ), and which is called medda or matta, that is, prolongation.\n\n146. The same sign is placed also over the letters, when they are employed as figures, or as abbreviations instead of entire words.\n\nOf Punctuation and Abbreviations.\n\n168. The Arabs generally do not employ any mark to indicate the pauses, whether at the end of a period, or in the course of the sentence. They only indicate the end of a subject, either by a red point, or by one of these marks ۬, ؞, ۞, or by writing in red the word which commences a new article, or by prolonging one of the letters of the first word, as وَفِيـــــها. These different methods of indicating the commencement of a new article answer to our fresh paragraphs (alinéa).\n\n169. If, in common manuscripts, no mark of punctuation is made use of, these signs, on the contrary, are multiplied in manuscripts of the Kurán. The end of each verse is there indicated by the figure ؞; after each tenth verse, another sign is employed, which resembles the ن isolated, but entirely closed. These two signs mark rather the division of verses, founded in general upon the rhyme, than serve to distinguish the places where the reader ought to pause, in order to render more intelligible the sense of his discourse. The true signs of punctuation are the little letters written in red ink in the superior interlineation. The م indicates a pause, necessary to avoid ambiguity: it is abridged from the word لاَزِمٌ necessary. The ط, contracted from the word مُطْلَقٌ, that is, universal, shows a pause universally received by the readers of the Kurán. The ج, contracted from the word جَآئِزٌ permitted, shows a pause left to the will of the reader. The ز, contracted from the word مُجَوَّزٌ, allowed, indicates a pause permitted, but not becoming. The ص, contracted from the word مُرَخَّصٌ admissible, marks a slight pause granted only from necessity, in order that the reader may draw breath. When the sense requires that there should be no pause at the end of a verse, it is indicated by the word لا not, written above the last word of the verse, and of which the meaning is لاَوَقْفَ there is no pause here. The ق, contracted from the word قِيلَ they say, marks a contested pause. Lastly the letters قفه, which represent the words وَقْفَةٌ يَسِرَةٌ, are the sign of an extremely slight pause.\n\nAmong the great number of marks of punctuation peculiar to the Kurán, the most necessary and the most used are the ط, the ج and the word لا.\n\n171. Abbreviations are sometimes indicated by a figure similar to a medda, and often they are marked by no particular sign.\n\nOf Figures or Signs of Numeration.\n\nThe eighth column of the alphabet shows the value which the Arabs attach to their letters when they are employed as signs of numeration. Of these letters, which are twenty-eight in number, nine indicate the units, nine the tens, nine the hundreds, and one the number 1000. The order according to which these letters are placed, when considered as numerical signs, is that of the aboudjed. The last six letters being, as there is every reason to believe, of a much later invention than the rest of the alphabet, it is probable that the Arabs, before they made use of these letters, indicated the hundreds from 400 to 900 inclusive, in the same manner as the Hebrews, whose alphabet consists only of twenty-two letters. If they wished to express, for example, the number 600, they would join together the ت, which is equivalent to 400, and the ر, which is equivalent to 200. In order to express 900, they would join two ت, equal together to 800, to ق = 100.\n\nThe letters employed as figures follow the same direction as the writing, from right to left, as, قلب 132, غنج 1053.\n\n174. It is unnecessary to observe that in this system of numeration there is no figure which answers to our cipher (0); it is absolutely useless, as the value of each figure does not depend on its position in relation to those which precede or follow it.\n\n175. The aboudjed of the Africans differing in some degree from that of the Asiatics, there is also some difference in the value which they attach to certain letters as signs of numeration. This difference consists in that among them the ص is equal to 60, the ض 90, the س 300, the ظ 800, the غ 900, and the ش 1000.\n\n176. The Arabs have also another mode of numeration, from which is derived those figures which we call Arabic; they call it the Indian cipher رَقَمٌ هِنْدِيٌّ. It is composed of the ten figures following:\n\n١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ ٨ ٩ ٠ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0\n\nThe 5 is often formed thus [#], and the 0 like our own. When the Arabs make use of this cipher, they follow a direction quite contrary to that of their writing, and proceed from left to right. This singularity is sufficient to prove that this cipher is not originally Arabic.\n\nArabic in the British Foundries.\n\nGreat Primer. Thorowgood and Besley. Walton’s Polyglot, 1657. This letter was in Grover’s foundry, and afterwards in James’s.\n\nThorowgood and Besley. Another Great Primer, cut from drawings made by Dr. Wilkins.\n\nEnglish. Caslon. These were the first punches cut by William Caslon for types. They were cut in 1720 for the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.\n\nThorowgood and Besley. This character was cut by the late Dr. Fry, under the directions of Dr. Wilkins, librarian to the East India Company, and is considered the most perfect fount at present in Europe.\n\nThorowgood and Besley. Another English from the punches cut for the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.\n\nOxford University.\n\nWatts. Cut under the immediate directions of Professor Lee.", "chars": 27497, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_015.jpg", "caption": "The Arabic Alphabet", "alt": "The Arabic Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_016.jpg", "caption": "Harmonical Alphabet", "alt": "Harmonical Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0142", "term": "arabic gum", "norm": "arabic gum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GUM ARABIC.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0143", "term": "arabic numerals", "norm": "arabic numerals", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The numerical symbols 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, as distinguished from the Roman I, X, L, etc., so called because of their origin in the Near East. They have been used in the foliation of books since the late 15th century. Arabic numerals first appeared in European manuscripts in the 12th century, although they probably came to the Near East by way of India in the 8th century. Arabic numerals are commonly used for paginating the text of a book, although Roman numerals are still often used for preliminary and end matter, despite the obvious affectation.", "chars": 561, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0144", "term": "archil", "norm": "archil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dye obtained from certain lichens of the genera Roccella and Lecanora by means of fermentation. Its hue varies from moderate red to dark purplish-red, depending on whether the dye bath is acid or alkaline. It was used in the past in the manufacture of purple marbling color. It has only moderate COLOR FASTNESS.", "chars": 337, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 152], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0145", "term": "architectural motif", "norm": "architectural motif", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of decoration consisting of a pattern of straight lines running almost the length of the cover and connected alternately at head and tail by heavier horizontal lines.", "chars": 173, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0146", "term": "architectural style", "norm": "architectural style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A 16th century style of finishing consisting of architectural motifs—porticoes, moldings, columns, pediments, arches, and the like. The central feature was a pair of columns supporting an arch under which there was a panel for lettering of the title. This style, of which only a relatively few examples have survived, generally emphasized straight and curved fillets, interspaced with shaped tools. The 19th century French bookbinder JOSEPH THOUVENIN revived the style as \"a la cathedral.' See: CATHEDRAL BINDINGS. The contents of the books bound in the architectural style seldom related to architecture.", "chars": 653, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 347], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0147", "term": "Argentina, Conradus de", "norm": "argentina, conradus de", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CONRADUS DE ARGENTINA", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ARMEN", "term": "ARMENIAN", "norm": "armenian", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "“The Armenians had no characters peculiar to themselves until the fourth century, but they used indifferently those of the Syrians, of the Persians, of the Arabians, and of the Greeks. The present Armenian Alphabet contains thirty-eight letters, which they say were invented by one Mesrop or Miesrob, minister of state, and secretary to Warasdates, and Arsaces IV. kings of Armenia. Some authors affirm, that this Mesrop afterwards became a hermit, and corresponded with St. Chrysostom, who lived in the fourth century; though Angelus Roccha, in his discourse on the books in the Vatican library, George, patriarch of Alexandria, and Sixtus Senensis, assert, that St. Chrysostom was the inventor of the Armenian characters, in whose time the Bible was translated into the Armenian language, from the Greek Septuagint, by some of their doctors who had learned the Greek language, and amongst others by one Moses the grammarian, and David the philosopher. Although the Armenian characters are generally supposed to have been derived from the Greek, their forms are very different, and their number exceeds those in the Greek alphabet, by more than one third. The powers of the Armenian letters are peculiarly adapted to the notation of that language, which is very unpolished, and consequently very unlike the Greek. This alphabet contains several letters or marks for sounds which frequently occur in the Hebrew, Syriac, Arabic, and Armenian languages, but are not found in the Greek.\n\n“The Armenians have four kinds of writing: The first is called Zakghachir, or flourished, used for the titles of books, and for the beginning of chapters.\n\n“The second is called Erghathachir, writing with iron, or with a Stylus, which has long been disused.\n\n“The third is called Poloverchir, or round, which is found in their fairest MSS.\n\n“The fourth is called Notrchir, or running hand, which is used for the ordinary affairs of life. The names and powers of the Armenian letters are as follow:\n\n“The Armenians say that Haik, who lived before the destruction of Babel, was the first who spoke the Haikanian or Armenian language.”—Astle.\n\n\n\nArmenian Alphabet.\n\nKey to Column Headers— NL - Names of the Letters. FL - Figures of the Letters. PL - Powers of the Letters. NV - Numerical Value.\n\nLETTERS WHICH BEAR AN AFFINITY TO EACH OTHER.\n\nArmenian in the British Foundries.\n\nEnglish. Oxford University.\n\nPica. Caslon.", "chars": 2567, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_024.jpg", "caption": "The Armenian Alphabet", "alt": "The Armenian Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0148", "term": "Armenian bole", "norm": "armenian bole", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A friable, earthy clay, usually of a red color due to the presence of iron oxide; it consists essentially of hydrous silicates of aluminum and (sometimes) magnesium. It is used as a coloring material and is also applied to the edges of books during gilding. In the latter use it serves both to provide a base for the gold leaf and to impart to it a greater depth and luster. When mixed with paste and a small amount of oil, it may be used to sprinkle the edges of books.", "chars": 470, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0149", "term": "arming press", "norm": "arming press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small hand BLOCKING PRESS, at one time used for impressing ARMORIAL BEARINGS on the covers of books, but now used for blocking short runs of edition bindings, as well as in miscellaneous binding work.", "chars": 250, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [203, 278], "citations": ["Leighton, Douglas. Modern bookbinding: a survey and a prospect. New York. Oxford University Press. 1935.", "Pratt, Guy A. Let's bind a book. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-arming-press-1", "term": "arming press", "norm": "arming press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A species of blocking press used by hand; so called from the use of it to impress armorial bearings on the sides of books.", "chars": 122, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-arming-press-1", "term": "arming press", "norm": "arming press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a small blocking press used for striking arms-blocks on the sides of books.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0150", "term": "armorial bearings", "norm": "armorial bearings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Solid plates of brass, engraved in relief with family heraldic insignia, and used to block insignia on the covers of books belonging to prominent and/ or royal families. Armorial bearings have been seldom used in the decoration of bookbindings since the middle of the 19th century.", "chars": 281, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [128, 262, 347], "citations": ["Ellis. Firm. Booksellers. London. A collection of armorial bookbindings of the Tudor, Stuart and Hanoverian periods, described by George Smith and Frank Benger. London. Ellis. 1927.", "Pierpont Morgan Library. A guide to an exhibition of armorial and related bookbindings, 1500-1800. New York. Pierpont Morgan Library. 1935.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0151", "term": "armorial bindings", "norm": "armorial bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "armorial panels", "dates": null, "text": "Leather or cloth bindings embossed with armorial seals or plaques, frequently in a panel, or embroidered bindings in which the arms were raised in relief and worked in thread.", "chars": 175, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 342], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Uzanne, Louis Octave. The French bookbinders of the eighteenth century. Translated by Mabel McIlvaine. Chicago. Caxton Club. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0152", "term": "art binding", "norm": "art binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes used to describe a book that has been bound by a master craftsman in the \"best manner,\" using only the finest materials available. The term is applied only to books bound by hand and covered in leather or vellum, and usually only to those bindings that are unique or at least distinctive in design.", "chars": 315, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [373], "citations": ["Zahn, Otto. On art binding, a monograph. Memphis. Toof. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0153", "term": "art canvas", "norm": "art canvas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A relatively heavy book cloth, usually impregnated, which may be a single or double WARP and is sometimes lined with tissue paper to prevent penetration of adhesives. It has been used for covering large, heavy books, as well as library bindings.", "chars": 269, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-art-canvas-1", "term": "art canvas", "norm": "art canvas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book cloth, made in several colors by the Holliston Mills, 67 Fifth Ave., New York; Jos. Bancroft & Sons, Wilmington, Del. (A. D. Smith, 35 Thomas St., New York, agent); the Interlaken Mills, 111 Duane St., New York, and others.", "chars": 230, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0157", "term": "art linen", "norm": "art linen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A relatively heavy cloth of a generally flat and uneven color, and usually impregnated. When art linens are produced with a design, the patterns are usually florid and ornate.", "chars": 175, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [204], "citations": ["Lewis, Arthur William. Basic bookbinding. New York. Dover, 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0158", "term": "art paper", "norm": "art paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A good quality paper used by artists and conservators. It has a highly finished, smooth surface produced by supercalendering or by coating. Its principal characteristic is its close formation. In Great Britain, \"art paper\" is considered to be a body paper or board coated with a mineral substance, such as barium sulfate or china clay, which gives it a smoothness that is suitable for the printing of fine halftones, and the like. In the United States, art paper is generally made from chemical wood pulp, while in Great Britain the best art paper is made from 90 to 95% esparto and 5 to 10% chemical wood pulp. Esparto is good because it is less likely to stretch and has a natural affinity for coating materials, which gives it a superior surface for halftone reproductions. Heavily coated art papers are prone to cracking, flaking, and pulling away of the coating. The binding of books produced on such papers can be difficult because of the tendency of the paper to crack when folded. Cf: IMITATION ART PAPER. 2. A fancy figured paper used for endpapers in edition binding.", "chars": 1104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58, 182, 287], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Jennett, Sean. The making of books. 4th ed. New York. Praeger. 1967.", "Radford, Richard George. Letterpress machine work. New York. Staples Press. 1951. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0159", "term": "art parchment", "norm": "art parchment", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thick, heavy, hard-sized paper manufactured from cotton fiber and/or chemical wood pulps. To some extent it has the natural appearance of PARCHMENT. It is used for documents, or in other applications where a heavy paper is required; in the latter half of the 19th century it was used as a cover paper. See also: DOCUMENT PARCHMENT (1).", "chars": 385, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0160", "term": "art vellum", "norm": "art vellum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A relatively thin book cloth, which, although impregnated, has only moderately good wearing qualities. It is a smooth cloth with a textured pattern printed on a white base fabric. Art vellums were used extensively for the sides of half- and quarter-bindings.", "chars": 258, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [105, 205], "citations": ["Dana, John Cotton. Notes on bookbinding for libraries. Rev. ed. Chicago. Library Bureau. 1910.", "The library; a quarterly review of bibliography. London. Milford."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-art-vellum-1", "term": "art vellum", "norm": "art vellum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book cloth made in several colors and styles of finish by the firms which make art canvas. It is not suitable for full binding on books subject to much wear. It costs about 16 cents per square yard. Most publishers’ bindings are in cloth of the art vellum grade.", "chars": 264, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0154", "term": "artificial gold", "norm": "artificial gold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: IMITATION GOLD.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0155", "term": "artificial grain", "norm": "artificial grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A grain pattern embossed or rolled into a leather, usually in an attempt to imitate a superior type of leather. See also: BASIL; GRAINED UP.", "chars": 188, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0156", "term": "artificial leather", "norm": "artificial leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: IMITATION LEATHER.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0161", "term": "asbestine", "norm": "asbestine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A mineral compound of almost pure fibrous magnesium silicate, which possesses physical characteristics between those of talc and asbestos. It is used as a LOADING (1) agent in paper manufacture, particularly for blotting papers and board.", "chars": 262, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ASCEN", "term": "ASCENDING LETTERS", "norm": "ascending letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This term includes all the capitals and the following small letters, b, d, f, h, k, l.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-ascending-letters-1", "term": "ASCENDING LETTERS", "norm": "ascending letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Letters that ascend into the upper shoulder; as, b, d, l, &c. and all the capitals.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0162", "term": "ash", "norm": "ash", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": "ash content", "dates": null, "text": "The inorganic residue remaining after a sample of paper is burned, driving off combustible and volatile compounds. The \"ash content\" is defined as the percentage the residue is of the original weight of the sample.", "chars": 214, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 98], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ASS", "term": "ASS", "norm": "ass", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Sometimes by way of joke, and sometimes by way of irritation, compositors are called Asses by the pressmen. In Moxon’s time they were called Galley Slaves. See Ancient Customs.\n\nAssistants. See Newspapers.", "chars": 289, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0164", "term": "assembly time", "norm": "assembly time", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used in the adhesive industry to indicate the time lapse between the application of an adhesive and the application of heat, pressure, or both. See also: CLOSED ASSEMBLY TIME; OPEN ASSEMBLY TIME.", "chars": 250, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0165", "term": "assiette", "norm": "assiette", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A compound consisting of bole, bloodstone, and gelena (lead sulfide, PbS), used to prepare the edges of books for gilding. See also: GLAIR.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0167", "term": "asterisk", "norm": "asterisk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The symbol (*) used to mark a corrected page (CANCEL) supplied to the binder to replace an incorrect leaf (CANCELLAND).", "chars": 167, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-asterisk-1", "term": "asterisk", "norm": "asterisk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sign used by the printers at the bottom of the front page of the duplicate-leaves printed to supply the place of those cancelled.", "chars": 131, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-asterisk-1", "term": "asterisk", "norm": "asterisk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A star used by printers at the bottom of the pages meant to supply the places of those cancelled (*see also* CANCEL).", "chars": 117, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ASTER", "term": "ASTERISK,", "norm": "asterisk,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or little star *, directs the reader to some note in the margin, or at the bottom of the page. Two or three asterisks generally denote the omission of some letters in a word, or of some bold or indelicate expression, or some defect in the manuscript.—Murray.\n\nWhen there are more than one note in a page, the asterisk is the first reference used.", "chars": 417, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ASTRO", "term": "ASTRONOMICAL CHARACTERS", "norm": "astronomical characters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Twelve Zodiacal Constellations.\n\n♈︎ Aries. ♉︎ Taurus. ♊︎ Gemini. ♋︎ Cancer. ♌︎ Leo. ♍︎ Virgo. ♎︎ Libra. ♏︎ Scorpio. ♐︎ Sagittarius. ♑︎ Capricorn. ♒︎ Aquarius. ♓︎ Pisces.\n\nNames and Characters of the Planets, with Dragon’s Head and Dragon’s Tail.\n\n⊙ The Sun. ♄ Saturn. ♃ Jupiter. ♂ Mars. ♁ Earth. ♀ Venus. ☿ Mercury. ☽ The Moon. ☊ Dragon’s Head. ☋ Dragon’s Tail.\n\nPlanets discovered since 1780.\n\n♅ Uranus. ⚳ Ceres. ⚴ Pallas. ⚵ Juno. ⚶ Vesta.\n\nThe Character of the Aspects.\n\n☌ Conjunction. ⚹ Sextile. ☍ Opposition. △ Trine. □ Quartile.\n\nThe Moon and its changes are thus designated:—\n\n⚫ Denotes a New Moon. ☽ First Quarter of the Moon. ⚪ The Full Moon. ☾ Last Quarter of the Moon.\n\nAuthors’ Names. See Botanical Authorities. Law Authorities. Organic Remains.", "chars": 1019, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0168", "term": "atlas", "norm": "atlas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A volume consisting of maps, with or without descriptive material, which is issued to supplement or accompany a text, or is issued independently. An \"atlas\" is also defined as a volume of plates, engravings, etc., illustrating any field of knowledge. Atlases are sometimes difficult to bind because of narrow margins, stiff and/or heavy paper, or foldouts.", "chars": 356, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0169", "term": "atlas folio", "norm": "atlas folio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The largest of the folios, with dimensions of approximately 25 or 26 x 17 inches. See also: ELEPHANT FOLIO.", "chars": 131, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0170", "term": "atlas paper", "norm": "atlas paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A large size of drawing paper similar to map paper except that it is usually coated and made in a basis weight that is heavier so as to minimize SHOW THROUGH. Originally, the term referred to a paper suitable for printing maps and atlases; today, however, MAP PAPER is the more commonly used term.", "chars": 345, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0171", "term": "attaching boards", "norm": "attaching boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of gluing the tapes and spine-lining material to the inside of single boards or between SPLIT BOARDS, or the LACING-IN of the cords through holes drilled or punched in boards. In general, it is the binding process of joining the boards to the text block; it is not to be confused with CASING-IN. In edition and library binding, the term has no meaning other than gluing the boards to the covering material, either by hand or by means of a CASE-MAKING MACHINE.", "chars": 567, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 335], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0172", "term": "attapulgite clay", "norm": "attapulgite clay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fibrous claylike material, essentially ((OH2)4 Mg5Si8O20(OH)2 -- 4H2O), rich in magnesium, and used as a filling material in papermaking, usually in coatings for reproduction papers. The clay is also called \"fuller's earth,\" from its ability to remove dirt and grease from wool, a process called \"fulling.\"", "chars": 385, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0173", "term": "aureole", "norm": "aureole", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A light or luminous area surrounding the blind impressions of a book cover; it is caused by the leather not being wetted all over, but only on the areas being tooled.", "chars": 166, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-authors-proof-1", "term": "AUTHOR’S PROOF", "norm": "author s proof", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The clean proof sent to an author after the compositors’ errors have been corrected.", "chars": 84, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0174", "term": "author's binding", "norm": "author's binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A copy of a book to be presented by an author. Such bindings were normally produced in a superior manner; gilt vellum bindings were common in the 16th century, and panelled morocco in the 1 7th and 18th. The term has little meaning today.", "chars": 238, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "AUTHO", "term": "AUTHOR’S PROOF", "norm": "author’s proof", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "After the errors of workmanship have been put to rights, a clean proof is printed and sent to the author or editor, who makes on it such alterations and amendments as he may think proper. This is called an Author’s Proof; and the compositor is paid for the time occupied in making these alterations in the types.", "chars": 312, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0175", "term": "automatic clamping", "norm": "automatic clamping", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used with reference to the clamp of a cutting machine, which descends upon any height pile to be cut and exerts approximately the same clamping pressure for all heights and types of material.", "chars": 198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0176", "term": "automatic spacing", "norm": "automatic spacing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The BACK GAUGE of a cutting machine that moves forward a pre-determined distance following each cut. It is most effective in cutting long-run, large-sized sheets requiring many cuts.", "chars": 206, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0177", "term": "automatic stitcher-feeder machine", "norm": "automatic stitcher-feeder machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinding machine that gathers and inserts a number of folded sheets and stitches them through the folds. The sheets are either fed by operators to the carrier saddle at various stations, or are fed automatically. As each folio is carried along the saddle, another is fed over it at each station until the section or book is complete. When the section reaches the end of the machine it is automatically knocked even, saddle stitched and delivered to a receiving trough.", "chars": 473, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [179], "citations": ["Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0178", "term": "aux petits fers", "norm": "aux petits fers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PETITS FERS.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0179", "term": "available chlorine", "norm": "available chlorine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The amount of chlorine (usually about 35%) in the bleaching powder used by papermakers in bleaching paper pulp, that can be relied upon for bleaching purposes.", "chars": 159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [197], "citations": ["Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0180", "term": "avaram (bark)", "norm": "avaram (bark)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tree (Cassia auriculata) found in India, the bark of which is one of the most important sources of indigenous tannin of the Indian Subcontinent. The bark usually has a tannin content of approximately 18%, along with about 10% soluble non-tans. Avaram has long been used extensively by Indian tanners, and it is because of it that the extensive Madras export trade in light-tanned or half tanned leathers was established. Although WATTLE (BARK) has largely superseded it in the tannage of cattle hides, avaram is still in great demand for the tannage of goat- and sheepskins, i.e., \"East India kips.\" Avaram is self-bating and penetrates the skin rapidly, producing a pale colored, tough, elastic leather. Used alone, the leather is likely to develop a reddish color when exposed to sunlight; however completion of the tannage with MYRABOLANS prevents this from happening. Avaram is considered to be an ideal tannin for the preparation of half tanned skins or kips that are to be shipped elsewhere for finishing. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 1114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0181", "term": "awl", "norm": "awl", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pointed tool used in bookbinding for piercing holes in paper for fold sewing, side sewing, or for punching holes in boards preparatory to lacing-in. Awls are available with different points and shapes for different uses; a straight, relatively blunt awl is used for punching holes in boards, while a curved and relatively sharp one is used in sewing.", "chars": 352, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-azure-tools-1", "term": "Azure’ tools", "norm": "azure tools", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Used in binding, where the heavy and wide marks, instead of being a solid mass, are made with horizontal lines.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-azured-1", "term": "Azured", "norm": "azured", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Ornamentation outlined in gold and crossed with horizontal lines.", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-azured-style-1", "term": "Azured style", "norm": "azured style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Ornamentations outlined in gold and crossed with horizontal lines in the manner of indicating azure in heraldry.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0182", "term": "azured tool", "norm": "azured tool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "A", "letter_raw": "A", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool with closely spaced parallel lines cut diagonally across its surface—so called from the use of heraldic illustrations of thin horizontal lines to indicate the color blue. The tool appears to have been introduced in France in about 1545.\n\n", "chars": 269, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [59], "citations": ["British Museum. Bookbindings from the library of Jean Grolier. London. British Museum. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0498", "term": "B-stage", "norm": "b-stage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A secondary stage in the reaction of some thermosetting resins, characterized by softening of the resin when heated and swelling when in the presence of certain liquids. but without complete fusing or dissolving. The \"b-stage\" is also characterized by a progressive increase in viscosity. The resin portion of an uncured thermosetting adhesive is usually in this stage. Also called \"resitol.\" See also: A-STAGE; C-STAGE.", "chars": 468, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0183", "term": "b.a", "norm": "b.a", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete designation for a pattern in book cloth resembling linen weaving.", "chars": 77, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0184", "term": "babul (bark)", "norm": "babul (bark)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tree (Acacia arabica) found in India and Africa, the bark of which yields one of the most important indigenous tanning materials in the Northern areas of India and Pakistan. The average tannin content of the bark is about 12%, along with about 8% soluble non-tans. Babul is one of the condensed class of tannins, and, when used alone, tans very slowly and produces a leather that is somewhat harsh and dark in color, but firm and durable. It is usually used along with MYRABOLANS to improve color and reduce other undesirable characteristics resulting from the use of babul alone. In recent years the use of babul bark has declined in favor of WATTLE (BARK). See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 761, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0185", "term": "baby calf", "norm": "baby calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A CALFSKIN leather produced from small, lightweight skins of calves that have not been weaned. It has a smooth or fine-boarded grain surface and is free of any artificial surface pattern. The finish is glossy and is produced by ironing, glazing, or plating. Baby calf is fairly tough leather with a dermal network of fine, even texture. See also: VEAL.", "chars": 400, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0186", "term": "back", "norm": "back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: SPINE. 2. To shape a ridge or shoulder on the sides of the spine of a text block after sewing. See: BACKING. 3. The main portion of a HIDE (1), obtained by cutting off both sides of the belly and the head. 4. Boards composed of plies of different stock, the side of superior quality being called the \"top\" and the other side the \"back.\"", "chars": 416, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-back-1", "term": "back", "norm": "back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "tight and loose. Binding is said to be tight back when the leather, cloth or other material of the back is pasted or glued to the back of the book. This style of binding is commonly used in fine work. Most books, often quite large ones, were formerly bound in this way.", "chars": 269, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0187", "term": "back boarding", "norm": "back boarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of BOARDING (1) leather with the flesh side in for the sole purpose of softening it.", "chars": 120, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BACK1", "term": "BACK BOXES", "norm": "back boxes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In cases for Italic where there are no small capitals, also in Old English, and similar founts, the boxes in the upper case, that are appropriated to small capitals in Roman letter, are styled Back Boxes, and serve to lay two-line Capitals in, and other irregular sorts.", "chars": 277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0189", "term": "back cornering", "norm": "back cornering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The process in bookbinding of cutting away a small triangular piece of the head and tail edges of the boards of a book at the joints. The cut is made at two angles, one to the board edge and the other to the thickness of the board. The amount removed and the angle of the cut are determined by the width of the leather turn-ins and their thickness where they meet the edge of the board. The purpose of back cornering is to relieve the strain on the joints of the book when the covers are opened; otherwise, a strain would occur because of the additional thickness of the leather caused by the turn-ins. Back cornering also facilitates setting and shaping the headcaps. Back cornering was at first done on the inside of the boards, allowing for \"laced-in\" headband cores or tabs. By the late Middle Ages, back cornering was a standard procedure for books with folded-down or stubbed cores. The modern method of cornering on the outside surfaces of the boards facilitates the current method of headcapping and probably stems from the 18th century.", "chars": 1065, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237, 335], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0190", "term": "back cover", "norm": "back cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LOWER COVER. 2. The outside surface of the lower cover of a publication, such as a periodical issue. The term is used here with reference to publications that contain printed or illustrative matter on the outside of the cover.", "chars": 255, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0192", "term": "back edge", "norm": "back edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The left-hand or gutter of a RECTO (1), corresponding to the right-hand edge of a VERSO (1). The opposite edge is the back edge of publications that read from right to left.", "chars": 221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0195", "term": "back folds", "norm": "back folds", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The folds of the sections of a book, through which they are sewn. or otherwise fastened to one another. In context, they are sometimes referred to simply as folds. See also: SECTION (1).", "chars": 210, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0196", "term": "back gauge", "norm": "back gauge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A movable device on a cutting machine against which the pile of paper or board is placed when measuring the line at which the material is to be cut.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0197", "term": "back gluing machine", "norm": "back gluing machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An edition binding machine used to glue up the spines of books and automatically convey them along a drying section which quickly sets and hardens the glue. The maximum size book that can usually be processed in such a machine is 12 by 9 inches, and the minimum 3 by 2 inches, with a thickness up to 2 1/2 inches. A fully automatic back gluing machine can process up to 2,400 books an hour. See also: TRIPLE LINER AND HEADBANDING MACHINE.", "chars": 462, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0205", "term": "back lining", "norm": "back lining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SPINE LINING.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0206", "term": "back margin", "norm": "back margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The INNER MARGIN, or the margin between the point where the sections or leaves are joined and the edge of the print. In books that read from left to right it is the left-hand margin of a printed recto, corresponding to the right-hand margin of the verso. Also called \"gutter margin.\"", "chars": 307, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0207", "term": "back mark", "norm": "back mark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The disfiguring ridge or \"mark\" in a sheet of paper which has been dried on a pole or line. Also called \"pole mark,\" or \"stick mark.\"", "chars": 133, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BACK2", "term": "BACK OF A COMPOSING STICK", "norm": "back of a composing stick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That part on which the bottom of the types rests.—M.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0209", "term": "back saw", "norm": "back saw", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A short, fine-toothed hand saw stiffened by means of a metal rib along its back edge. It is used to saw-in the kettle kerfs and the grooves for sawn-in cords. Although almost any small saw will suffice in lieu of the back saw, it has the advantages of being short, stiff and easy to hold. It must be very sharp to avoid tearing the paper. Also called \"tenon saw.\"", "chars": 363, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BACK3", "term": "BACK STAY", "norm": "back stay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of girth or leather fastened to the lower hind rail at one end and to the top rim of the coffin at the other, in wooden presses, to check the running out of the carriage beyond the point which will allow the tympan to rise clear of the front of the platen.", "chars": 337, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0211", "term": "back to fore edge", "norm": "back to fore edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The distance from the spine to the fore edge of a book. The term is probably used mainly to indicate that a book is of uniform thickness across its width. i.e., that the boards are parallel. The implication is that there has been proper compensation for any swelling of the spine caused by sewing or excessive guarding. See also: BACKING; CONVEX COVERS.", "chars": 401, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0208", "term": "back-molding iron", "norm": "back-molding iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration An implement, usually made of iron, approximately 20 inches long, 6 inches wide and 2 1/2 inches thick, and used in forming the millboard for the SPRING-BACK of a book. The iron is made with several grooves of various widths on both sides.", "chars": 283, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0188", "term": "backbone", "norm": "backbone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "SPINE (2) of a book.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0191", "term": "backed", "norm": "backed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A book that has had its spine shaped to create the shoulders to receive the boards. See: BACKING. 2. A damaged leaf of a book, either text or plate, that has been \"laid down on\" or adhered to silk, paper, linen, plastic film, adhesive film, etc., for reinforcement. See also: NYLON. 3. See: REBACKED.", "chars": 375, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0193", "term": "backed-filled finish", "norm": "backed-filled finish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of finish used on cotton cloth. The filling material is applied to the \"back\" side of the cloth to supply the required body and finish, and does not appear on the \"top\" or exposed side.", "chars": 192, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [269], "citations": ["Pocket encyclopedia of paper & graphic art terms. 2nd ed. Kaukauna, Wisc. Thomas. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0194", "term": "backer", "norm": "backer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "backing machine", "dates": null, "text": "A hand- or power-operated machine used for BACKING books. The backer stems from the days when a book was rounded by hand and then placed in the backer to quickly form the shoulders for the boards. Today, in both edition and library binding, the most common method is to round and back books in two consecutive operations in a ROUNDING AND BACKING MACHINE. Unusually large books, which will not fit in a machine, are generally backed by hand or in a hand-operated backer. See also: JOB BACKER.", "chars": 564, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 264], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0198", "term": "backing", "norm": "backing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The process of shaping a ridge or shoulder on each side of the spine of a text block prior to the application of the spine lining material. The backs of the sewn sections or leaves are bent over from the center to the left and right until shoulders are formed against which the boards will fit. The dimension of the shoulders is determined by the thickness of the boards to be used, which, in turn, is determined by the size and bulk of the book. In addition to providing for the boards, backing also:1) allows for the swell of the spine caused by the thread used in sewing, or by excessive guarding; 2) helps maintain the round of the book by the fact that each leaf from the center outward is folded over the leaf next to it so that it cannot work its way forward and thus cause the book to cave in (See: START); 3) helps impart more flexibility to the book by creating a slight crease in each leaf near the spine, to the extent that backing has something of a scoring effect which makes the book easier to open and facilitates turning the leaves (See: SCORE); and 4) makes a better joint for the cover, one which opens easier and is stronger, since the point of strain during opening is spread over a strip of the covering material, e.g., a FRENCH JOINT.\n\nFurthermore, the angle of conformation of the spine caused by backing probably provides for better vertical standing support of the text block.\n\nBacking may be accomplished by hand with the use of a BACKING HAMMER or, in the case of edition and library binding, by means of a ROUNDING AND BACKING MACHINE. In some cases e.g., very large books, backing may be done in a BACKER as a separate operation.\n\nSome authorities consider the backing of a book to be the most important and difficult of all the processes in the craft of hand bookbinding, and poor or inadequate backing is certainly one of the major sources of problems in the processes of edition and library bookbinding.\n\nAlthough books dating from at least as early as the beginning of the second half of the 15th century were often rounded, backing for the purpose of forming shoulders seems not to have been an established procedure before 1500, or perhaps somewhat later. It is uncertain when bookbinders discovered that rounding and backing was a superior bookbinding technique. The swell caused by sewing sometimes causes books to assume a slight round with no effort on the part of the bookbinder, and, over a long period of time, the pressure of the boards perhaps even results in the effect of backing.", "chars": 2683, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [209, 236, 335, 339], "citations": ["Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-backing-1", "term": "backing", "norm": "backing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bending over the folds at the back of a book to form a ridge or projection called a joint.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0199", "term": "backing boards", "norm": "backing boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The boards used in hand binding to assist in BACKING a book. Backing boards are generally made of a very hard wood and are frequently faced with strips of metal. The upper edge of the board is beveled at an angle of approximately 80°, over which the outer sections or leaves on both sides of the text block are bent. The board is also thicker at this edge than at the lower, so that when it is placed on the side of the text block near the spine and secured in the LYING PRESS, the force of the press is concentrated nearest the spine.", "chars": 583, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [92, 183, 335], "citations": ["Corderoy, John. Bookbinding for beginners. New York. Watson-Guptill. 1967.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-backing-boards-1", "term": "backing boards", "norm": "backing boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Are used for backing or forming the joint. They are made of very hard wood or faced with iron, and are thicker on the edge intended to form the groove than upon the edge that goes towards the fore-edge, so that the whole power of the laying-press may be directed towards the back.", "chars": 280, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-backing-boards-1", "term": "backing boards", "norm": "backing boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Used when backing and for forming the groove. They are made of very hard wood, and sometimes faced with iron; are thicker on the edge intended to form the groove than upon the edge that goes towards the foredge, so that the whole power of the lying press may be directed towards the back.", "chars": 288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-backing-boards-1", "term": "backing boards", "norm": "backing boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "wedge-shaped bevelled boards used in backing (see Fig. 40).", "chars": 59, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-backing-boards-1", "term": "backing boards", "norm": "backing boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Used for backing or forming the joint. They are made of very hard wood or faced with iron, and are thicker on the edge intended to form the groove than upon the edge that goes toward the fore-edge of the book, so that when placed one each side of the book and all are placed in the laying press, the whole power of the press is directed toward the back.", "chars": 353, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0200", "term": "backing flannel", "norm": "backing flannel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy cloth material used at times to line the spines of larger books. A more common technique today is to use two linings, usually a first lining of cloth over which is applied a paper lining See also: SPINE LINING FABRIC.", "chars": 249, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [27, 196], "citations": ["Banister, Manley Miles. Pictorial manual of bookbinding. New York. Ronald. 1958.", "Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0201", "term": "backing hammer", "norm": "backing hammer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy iron hammer with a short handle, heavy face, and wedge-shaped head, used in rounding and backing books. It is sometimes referred to as a \"collet hammer\" or \"bumping hammer\" See also: BACKING; ROUNDING AND BACKING MACHINE.", "chars": 277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-backing-hammer-1", "term": "backing hammer", "norm": "backing hammer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The hammer used for backing and rounding: it has a broad, flat face, similar to a shoemaker's hammer.", "chars": 101, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0202", "term": "backing iron", "norm": "backing iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BACK-MOLDING IRON.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-backing-machine-1", "term": "BACKING MACHINE", "norm": "backing machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine for backing cheap work.", "chars": 33, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-backing-machine-1", "term": "BACKING MACHINE", "norm": "backing machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "used for backing cheap work in large quantities; it often crushes and damages the backs of the sections.", "chars": 104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-backing-machine-1", "term": "BACKING MACHINE", "norm": "backing machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine for backing books. If not carefully handled it is apt to injure books by crushing and breaking the paper at the folds. Used on publishers’ binding.", "chars": 157, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0203", "term": "backing paper", "norm": "backing paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: INLAY (1); SPINE LINING PAPER.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0204", "term": "backing press", "norm": "backing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vertically oriented press with steel plates brought together by means of a single screw. The top edge of each plate is beveled to an angle of approximately 80°, so that when the plates are closed on the text block, the press serves the same function as BACKING BOARDS.", "chars": 294, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [25], "citations": ["Bailey, Arthur Low. Library bookbinding. New York. Wilson. 1916."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-backing-press-1", "term": "backing press", "norm": "backing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A press having two, vertically mounted, steel plates brought together by a screw. A book is held in this press with the back slightly projecting above the plates, and then backed with a hammer.", "chars": 193, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BACKS", "term": "BACKS", "norm": "backs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In a form of bookwork, the backs are those pieces of furniture placed between the sides of the pages and the cross of the chase, in quartos, octavos, and duodecimos; and, when a sheet is folded, form, except in quartos, the margin of part of the fore edge of a book. See Imposing. Margin.", "chars": 343, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BACKS2", "term": "BACKSIDE OF THE FORM,", "norm": "backside of the form,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is the under side that touches upon the correcting stone or press stone.—M.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0210", "term": "backstrip", "norm": "backstrip", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A term used incorrectly with reference to the SPINE of a book. See also: REBACKED. 2. See: GUARD (1). 3. See: INLAY (1).", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0212", "term": "bacterial resistance", "norm": "bacterial resistance", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The resistance of a material to the growth of bacteria and/ or mold. This property represents one of the more significant advantages of resinous adhesives over the conventional adhesives.", "chars": 187, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [258], "citations": ["Percival, George Stanley, and Rigby Graham. Unsewn binding. 2nd ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0213", "term": "bactericide", "norm": "bactericide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A material used in small concentrations, e.g., 0.1% by weight of the material being treated, to kill, or inhibit the growth of, bacteria that may occur in liquid or solid adhesives, or may attack carbohydrate or proteinaceous adhesive films.", "chars": 241, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BAD1", "term": "BAD COPY", "norm": "bad copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Such copy as is ill written, or has much Italick, Latin, or Greek, or marginal notes, or few breaks, &c.—M. The term is now used only of manuscript that is badly written, and the words or the sense difficult to make out, with many interlineations. When this is the case, it is usual to pay something extra per sheet. For Greek, and marginal notes, an extra sum is always given, as may be seen in the Scale of Prices.\n\nBad Register. See Out of Register.", "chars": 505, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BAD2", "term": "BAD WORK", "norm": "bad work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any fault at the case or press, is in workmen’s language called Bad Work.—M. We now call it Bad Workmanship; and by the term Bad Work is understood solid matter; that is, not leaded; with long paragraphs; no white lines nor branching out; no short pages; nor any white pages; such work is also called A Solid Dig; any other work is also called Bad Work, that is tedious in the execution, or difficult to perform, and does not fetch the workman a remunerating price.", "chars": 500, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0214", "term": "Badier, Florimond", "norm": "badier, florimond", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "fl 1645-1660", "text": "A Parisian bookbinder, apprenticed to Jean Thomas in 1630, who became a master bookbinder in 1645. His name is associated with the art of POINTILLÉ (1) and sumptuous doublures. Badier also used a distinctive finishing stamp cut in the shape of a man's head. Only three signed bindings of his are known; many bindings attributed to him may be the work of imitators. At one time, Badier was considered by some authorities to be the legendary LE GASCON; this was largely because of his pointillé style.", "chars": 547, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [73, 347], "citations": ["Chamber's encyclopedia. New York and London. W. & R. Chambers.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0216", "term": "bag binding", "norm": "bag binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An additional protective covering provided a book. It is usually made of leather. See also: GIRDLE BOOK.", "chars": 128, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [104], "citations": ["Dahl, Svend. History of the book. 2nd English ed. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0215", "term": "bagasse pulp", "norm": "bagasse pulp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper pulp obtained from the crushed stalks of sugar cane (usually considered to be Saccharum officinarum), following the extraction of the juices. The pulp is prepared for use by mechanical disintegration in water, either with or without chemical treatment. The pulp produced is coarse. bulky, and of low strength, and is used principally in the manufacture of boards.", "chars": 371, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0217", "term": "Bagguley, Thomas", "norm": "bagguley, thomas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An English bookbinder, of Newcastle under Lyme, who, in the late 19th century, devised a method of tooling vellum and similar materials in permanent colors. Bagguley limited his technique to vellum, as he considered leather to be too lacking in purity of color to offer a satisfactory ground for unrestricted color decoration. Because of the delicate nature of his work, he further restricted his technique to vellum doublures. See also: SUTHERLAND DECORATION.", "chars": 484, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BAKE", "term": "BAKE", "norm": "bake", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the compositor lays up a form to clear it away, after a work is finished, if he does not rinse the letter as well as if it were rinsed for present use, or rather better, the ink that is dissolved among the lye would, with long standing by, harden between the letter, and make the letter stick so fast together that when it comes afterwards to be distributed, the compositor cannot without great difficulty and trouble get them asunder. This sticking together of the letter is called Baking of the Letter. And compositors in this case say The Letter is Baked.—M. This is the case particularly with new letter, if it be not distributed almost as soon as worked off; for if it be afterwards allowed to remain some time locked up in the chase, it is very difficult to separate and distribute, and causes great loss of time, and injury to the letter.\n\nThe usual remedy for this inconvenience is to pour boiling water on the pages repeatedly, which tends to make the letters separate more readily; but still the compositor has to press them against the edge of his case, which makes the ends of his fingers sore, and when he cannot accomplish it in this way, he not unfrequently must have recourse to his teeth. Soaking the new letter in soap and water before it is used, is said to be the best remedy.\n\nBaldwin, Elizabeth. See Donations.", "chars": 1402, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BALL1", "term": "BALL KNIFE", "norm": "ball knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old blunt-edged knife, that pressmen lay by, to scrape their balls with.—M. It is generally an old table knife; but a sharp-edged one is better than a blunt one, if it be carefully used. The use of the Ball Knife is now nearly superseded by the adoption of composition rollers.", "chars": 280, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BALL2", "term": "BALL LEATHERS", "norm": "ball leathers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The exterior coverings of the balls, made either of pelts, of tanned sheep’s skins.—M. Ball Leathers, dressed with oil, were introduced within the author’s recollection; but, although more durable, and sweeter in use than pelts, they were not adapted to produce fine work, and were therefore soon discontinued.", "chars": 310, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BALL3", "term": "BALL LININGS", "norm": "ball linings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When balls are made of pelts, the wool in the first instance is covered with the pelt of an old ball, previously soaked in the pelt pot and well scraped; this is again covered with a new pelt, and nailed to the ball stock, which makes the ball complete. The old pelt is called the Ball Lining, and makes it firmer in the neck, and also wear longer.", "chars": 355, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BALL4", "term": "BALL NAILS", "norm": "ball nails", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The nails that ball leathers are tacked to the ball stocks with.—M.", "chars": 67, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BALL5", "term": "BALL NECK", "norm": "ball neck", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That part of the ball which is immediately between the stock and the body of the wool, just below the nails, is named the Ball Neck, or the Neck of the Ball.\n\n", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BALL6", "term": "BALL RACK", "norm": "ball rack", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two round tapering wooden pins fastened into a feather-edged piece of elm, and nailed to the near cheek of the press, in which to place the balls when they are not in use, nearly on a level with the ink block. There is frequently an additional one, for two balls, nailed higher up to the same cheek, under the cap, for a pair of spare balls, or to keep them separate when necessary; pelt balls injure each other when kept together for any length of time; and composition balls should never be left one upon the other, for they adhere to each other, and the surface is frequently torn in separating them.\n\nMoveable ball racks are sometimes used for convenience, with the rack fastened to an upright piece of wood, fixed into a cross piece to serve it for standing upon.\n\nBALLS.\n\nTwo circular pieces of pelt, leather, or canvass covered with composition, stuffed with wool and nailed to the ball stocks, used to cover the surface of the article to be printed with ink, in order to obtain an impression from it. Moxon says they were occasionally stuffed with hair; and that if the ball stocks were six inches in diameter the ball leathers were cut about nine inches and a half diameter. They are made larger, according to the work they are required for; those used for Newspapers were the largest.\n\nPelt Balls are superseded in London by composition Balls and composition rollers, and nearly so in the country; but when I recollect that the most splendidly printed English books were executed with pelt Balls, and that a printer may be so situated in the country, or in some foreign place, as not to be able to procure composition Balls or rollers, I think it useful to give directions how to make and manage Balls of pelts, so that wherever a printer may be situated, he may sustain no great inconvenience, provided he has a skin at his command: and I shall in the first place give an old Pressman’s directions for this purpose, who was well and practically experienced in every variety of presswork, and who wrote them expressly for this work.\n\n“The pelt being well soaked, the pressman scrapes with the ball knife a little of the wet and filth off—twists it—puts it on the currying-iron, holding an end in each hand, and curries it, by pulling it strongly backwards and forwards, till it becomes warm and pliable, and the grease adheres to his hands, so that the pelt is in danger of slipping out of them while currying: without treading he cuts the pelt into two equal parts, across, and scrapes both sides of them; he then lays one of them on a press stone, or on any other stone that is large enough, and stretches it and spreads it well with the grain side downwards: the pelt of an old ball being well soaked, he cleans it, scraping it partially, so that some of the moisture may remain in it, and spreads it on the new pelt, as a lining, but does not stretch it nearly so much as the new one, and then nails an edge of them to the ball stock: the wool, being previously carded or combed, he lays in single locks one upon another, crossways, till he has enough for the size of the Ball which he is making. If it be for a newspaper it must be very large; if for bookwork, to be used with common ink, it must be smaller in proportion; but in both cases he brings the ends of the locks of wool into one hand, forming it into the shape of a ball very slightly, and puts these ends into the bowl of the stock; then bringing the opposite edge of the pelt to that already nailed, he also nails that to the ball stock; then he nails two other parts of the pelt opposite to each other, between those parts before nailed; then he plaits the pelt, nailing it regularly on the ball stocks; and cuts off the superfluous edges of the skin. The linings ought to be large enough to be nailed to the ball stock equal with the skin. Then he makes another ball, exactly the same as the first; and if both have a full even face, with no hillocks or dales, he has got a pair of good Balls.\n\n“After having knocked up his Balls, he washes both them and the stocks well, and lets them lie out of the water a quarter of an hour; then placing one edge of the face upon the edge of the bank, the coffin of the press, or upon any other convenient place, and the end of the ball stock against his breast, he takes the handle of a sharp table knife in one hand and the end of the blade in the other, and scrapes it regularly and rather strongly from the plaits to the face of the Ball, at every scrape turning round the Ball, which brings out such a quantity of grease and moisture, as obliges him at the first to wipe his knife at every scrape; he thus proceeds, till he can scarcely bring any more out of the skin. He then places a sheet or sheets of paper on the face of the Ball, and rubs it well with his hands, till the Ball is thoroughly dry, his companion doing the same to the other Ball: they then begin to work the form.\n\n“If a pressman has to execute fine work with strong ink, he stuffs the Balls harder with wool than he does for weak ink; because strong ink lugs or stretches the skin very fast, and soon slackens the Balls, if not hard stuffed.\n\n“I was several years employed on fine work and strong ink, in an office where it was not allowed to tread a skin; this circumstance caused me to try the above-mentioned plan, and experience has taught me that it is by far the most preferable method.\n\n“I also know by experience that a greasy skin is the best for strong ink, if treated in this manner; because it always keeps mellow until the balls are worn out, and there is less trouble in capping them.\n\n“Making Balls is a nasty job: there is an old proverb in the trade, that ‘The devil would have been a pressman, if there were no Balls to make;’ that is, the printer’s devil.” See Pelts.\n\nTanned sheep’s skins, dressed with oil, have been used, to avoid smell, and for durability: they were more durable than pelts; but they were not calculated for producing fine impressions, not being soft; and, in consequence, not retaining dirt or other extraneous matter on their surface; this occasioned picks, and rendered them unsuitable for printing small letter or fine engravings with neatness.\n\nWhen the pressmen leave work at night, the pelt balls are capped; that is, they are wrapped up, each in a blanket steeped in urine; and this is always done when they are not in use: it keeps them soft, and in working condition; but they are to be scraped, and dried with paper, to get rid of the moisture, each time they are wanted. There have been many attempts to supersede the use of urine, on account of its disagreeableness and smell; but no substitute, to my knowledge, has answered the purpose so well with pelts.\n\nComposition Balls and composition rollers have, as I previously observed, superseded the use of pelt balls in the metropolis, and nearly so in the country. This has arisen from their superior cleanliness and sweetness, and being equal to pelts in producing good work. They can also be procured, generally, at the moment they are wanted, in the best working state; since their introduction the manufacture of them has become a new business, and they are supplied at so moderate a rate, (either per week or quarter,) and may be renewed as often as required, that scarcely a printing office in London at the present day troubles itself to make Balls; and hence no pressman need ever complain of having bad Balls as an excuse for bad workmanship.\n\n\n\nThese Balls will be found peculiarly convenient in small offices, where even one press is not in constant employment; for they may be kept for any length of time without injury to them; and if they be preserved in a proper temperament, will be always ready for use at the moment required. If they should become a little too dry, they may be restored to a proper state for working in a very short time by sponging them over with water, and distributing them; or, if there be time, by placing them in a damp situation, in order that they may imbibe moisture.\n\nThey may be easily made in an office at a distance from town, where it may be both inconvenient and expensive to have them removed backwards and forwards, by having a shallow dish formed of tin, &c. pouring the melted composition in it, and before it is cold attaching a piece of canvass to it sufficiently large to form a Ball of the size wanted. The facing will be thus thicker in the middle and taper off to the edge, which will be quite thin; and the edge of the composition should be continued well over the rounding of the Ball, to prevent it ever touching the form in beating, and thus avoiding any ill effects from portions of ink or dirt that would lodge at the extremity of the composition, and come in contact with the types or engraving. See Composition.", "chars": 8983, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_027.jpg", "caption": "Rack for the printing balls", "alt": "Rack for the printing balls", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BALL7", "term": "BALL STOCKS", "norm": "ball stocks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Turned of Alder or Maple. They are about seven inches in diameter, and have their under side turned hollow, to contain the greater quantity of wool or hair, to keep the ball leathers plump the longer.—M. They are now made of Elm, and the handles are Beech: but an improvement has been made in this article of late years, although it has not been generally adopted, viz. turning the bowl and handle in one piece, instead of having the handle fitted into the bowl, which frequently came loose, and was troublesome to the Pressman, often catching the skin of his hand, and pinching it. The usual size of the bowl for bookwork, is five inches and a quarter in diameter.\n\nBANK.\n\nA deal table, on which the Pressmen have the paper when printing. It was called a Horse in Moxon’s time. See Horse. It is useful to have a small drawer in the front of it, in which the Pressmen may put their thin paper for overlays, their paste points, and many other articles that would otherwise be lying upon the shelf or platen.", "chars": 1057, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_029.jpg", "caption": "A tool to hold an inked ball", "alt": "A tool to hold an inked ball", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0218", "term": "ball tool", "norm": "ball tool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small finishing tool cut in the shape of a ball.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0219", "term": "bamboo", "norm": "bamboo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A giant grass of the tribe Bambusseae, located in the tropical areas of the Eastern Hemisphere, and cultivated successfully in some parts of the southern United States. The fibers are not unlike those of straw in many aspects. Bamboo fibers have an average length of 2.4mm., which puts them between the softwood and hardwood fibers. It is used extensively in India for the manufacture of all grades of chemical pulp and paper. Paper made from it is relatively soft and bulky, with a high tearing resistance but relatively low burst and tensile strength. Although writing and printing papers are produced from 100% bamboo pulp, superior results are realized when the bamboo is blended with other pulps that increase burst and tensile strength.\n\nBamboo is also the traditional material used in making molds and other devices used in the manufacture of handmade paper.", "chars": 863, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 143], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0220", "term": "band board", "norm": "band board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A wooden block about 9 by 12 inches, 6 inches thick at the head and 5 at the foot, on which headbanders in library binderies used to lay their zinc boards with dampened headbands, prior to attaching them to the text blocks. .", "chars": 225, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0221", "term": "band driver", "norm": "band driver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A blunt, chisel-shaped tool, usually made of wood, and used in hand binding to attain uniformity and also to correct any irregularities of the bands on which the book is sewn. See also: BAND NIPPERS.", "chars": 223, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 261], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-band-driver-1", "term": "band driver", "norm": "band driver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tool used in forwarding to correct irregularities in the bands of flexible backs.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-band-driver-1", "term": "band driver", "norm": "band driver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A blunt chisel used in forwarding, to correct any irregularities in the bands of flexible backs.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0223", "term": "band nippers", "norm": "band nippers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration Pincers which have broad, flat jaws, used for straightening the bands of a book sewn on raised cords, and also for nipping up the leather during covering. The better nippers are nickleplated or made of stainless steel to avoid discoloring the leather, and are equipped with a spring to keep the jaws open when in use.", "chars": 337, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-band-nippers-1", "term": "band nippers", "norm": "band nippers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Flat pincers used for nipping up the band in covering.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-band-nippers-1", "term": "band nippers", "norm": "band nippers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "pincers with flat jaws, used for straightening the bands (see Fig. 61). For nipping up the leather after covering, they should be nickelled to prevent the iron staining the leather.", "chars": 181, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-band-nippers-1", "term": "band nippers", "norm": "band nippers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pinchers with flat jaws used for straightening bands by nipping up the leather after it is in place. They should be nickeled to prevent the iron staining the leather.", "chars": 166, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0224", "term": "band pallet", "norm": "band pallet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of PALLET (1) used to impress a complete design on the spine of a book between the raised bands. Sometimes called a \"butterstamp.\"", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0225", "term": "band pattern", "norm": "band pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A device, generally made of brass, with holes drilled indicating the position of the bands of books to be sewn on raised cords.", "chars": 127, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0222", "term": "banding", "norm": "banding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BANDS (2).", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0226", "term": "bands", "norm": "bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration 1. The cords or thongs on which the sections of books are sewn. They may be raised for FLEXIBLE SEWING, sawn-in for RECESSED-CORD sewing, or FLEXIBLE NOT TO SHOW. Early bands (or thongs, as they were originally called) were made of leather, which was not very durable, or tawed skin, which was very durable. Leather thongs began to be replaced by cords during the latter years of the 16th century. Hemp and linen cords are commonly used today.\n\nSewing on raised bands came into use in England sometime between the 12th and 13th centuries, although the technique had been introduced into northern Europe centuries earlier. The first raised band sewing was on double bands, ranging in number from two to five. The bands were positioned so that there was a greater space between the bands themselves than between the top and bottom bands and the head and tail of the book. Single bands began to replace double ones and, by the mid-16th century, had become predominant in the more economical styles of binding.\n\n2. Strips of reinforcing material (usually leather) which extend across the spine, or spring-back, and onto the sides of a book, usually a stationery binding. The bands may be placed on the boards before covering, in which case they are called \"underbands,\" or over the covering material, where they are known as \"overbands.\" Bands are used to strengthen large blankbooks in the area of the joints, and to provide additional leather at areas of heavy surface abrasion. They also protect, to some extent, the lettering on the spine of the book. When overbands are used, they are generally decorated in some manner, usually in the design of their lacing or riveting; this step is needed because adhesive alone will not keep the overbands attached to the book. In the case of underbands, the decoration of the covering leather is often concentrated around the area of the bands.\n\nThe size and position of the bands, both over and under, are based on definite proportions of the cover of the book. Bands may be single, double, or double straight. When single bands are used, the cover is divided into 19 equal parts. Each band is 3/19 the length of the cover, and there are 3/19 the cover length between the bands. The top and bottom bands are each 2/19 from the head and tail edges of the cover, respectively. All three bands extend into the cover 2/5 of its width. Double bands, in addition to providing additional strength across the spine, also provide an additional thickness of leather along the edges of the boards. These bands are more complicated than single bands, as the bands at head and tail are equal to 5/19 of the length of the cover, with 2 of the 5/19 bands extending the full width of the cover, while the other 3/19 extend only the customary 2/5. The center band also extends 2/5 the width. With double band there is no space between the bands and the head and tail of the boards.\n\nA variation of the double band is the double straight. In this technique, the length of the cover is divided into five equal segments. Each band is 1/5 the length of the cover. The head and tail bands extend the full width of the cover, while the middle one extends the customary 2/5.\n\nBands were also used to some extent in limp vellum binding, in which case the bands were sewn through the sections of the book.\n\nThe use of bands as a technique for strengthening bindings has been practiced since at least the 14th century. At one time they were commonly referred to as \"Russia bands\" because of the use of RUSSIA LEATHER in making them.\n\n3. Lines in gold or in blind impressed by means of a pallet across the spine of a book sewn on recessed cords in the same positions as would be occupied by the raised bands used in flexible sewing. 4. False bands attached to a HOLLOW BACK book or a TIGHT BACK book sewn on recessed cords, in imitation of flexible sewing. 5. The strips of brass attached to the tail edges of the covers of large blankbooks, for the purpose of protecting the leather covering from wear. 6. A form of decoration consisting of wide parallel lines with ornaments impressed between them.", "chars": 4262, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 123, 152, 236, 241, 256, 264, 343], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Dunn and Wilson Group. The art and craft of bookbinding. Falkirk. Dunn & Wilson. 1968.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-bands-1", "term": "bands", "norm": "bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The twines whereon the sheets of a volume are sewn. When the book is sewed flexible the bands appear upon the back. When the back is sawn so as to let in the twine, the appearance of raised bands is produced by glueing narrow strips of leather across the back before the volume is covered.", "chars": 289, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-bands-1", "term": "bands", "norm": "bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "(1) The cord whereon the sheets of a volume are sewn. (2) The ridges on the back caused by the bands raising the leather.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-bands-1", "term": "bands", "norm": "bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The cord whereon the sheets of a volume are sewn. When a book is sewn “flexible” the bands appear upon the back. When the back is sewn so as to imbed the cord in the back, the appearance of raised bands is produced by gluing narrow strips of leather across the back before the volume is covered.", "chars": 295, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-bands-1", "term": "bands", "norm": "bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "(1) the cords on which a book is sewn. (2) The ridges on the back caused by the bands showing through the leather.", "chars": 114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-bands-1", "term": "bands", "norm": "bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The strings, cord or twine on which a book is sewed. They are usually made of hemp, are loosely twisted, are 2, 3, 4-ply according to the size of the book, and cost about 35 cents per pound. This twine is loosely twisted that it may be flexible and less likely to break when glued and dried, and that it may be easily frayed out at the ends for pasting down on the inside of the covers.", "chars": 386, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0227", "term": "bands frayed", "norm": "bands frayed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The cords (bands) of a book which have been separated (frayed out) into individual threads. The frayed out cords, which extend out from the text block 1 to 2 1/2 inches, are glued between split boards, and are frayed out so as to avoid bulging of the boards. Cf: LACING-IN.", "chars": 297, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [25], "citations": ["Bailey, Arthur Low. Library bookbinding. New York. Wilson. 1916."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0228", "term": "bandstick", "norm": "bandstick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration 1. A hard, smooth length of wood, frequently beechwood, used in pressing and smoothing the leather over the bands on the spine. The bandstick may consist of a narrow strip having a smooth sharpened edge on one side, in which case it is used to work one side of a band at a time, or it may be grooved so that the stick fits over the band. The latter type may have graduated grooves on both sides to accommodate bands of varying widths. 2. A tapering length of hard, smooth wood, used in pressing and smoothing the leather on the spine between the raised bands. Also called \"rubbing-up stick.\"", "chars": 611, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [232, 264], "citations": ["Matthews, William F. Bookbinding, a manual for those interested in the craft of bookbinding. London. Gollancz. 1929.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bank-1", "term": "BANK", "norm": "bank", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A table about four feet high, to lay sheets on at press.", "chars": 56, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BANK2", "term": "BANK NOTES", "norm": "bank notes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "On the 13th of January, 1819, Mr. James Fergusson, of Newman Street, Oxford Street, printer, sent to the Commissioners for inquiring into the Prevention of Forgery of Bank Notes, his plan for that purpose, of which the following is his published description.\n\n“My plan is reared upon the solid foundation of putting it in the power of every individual to be certain whether a Bank-note is genuine or spurious by inspection. I propose, in order to form the ground-work of Bank-notes, to cast a fount, or several founts, of types, formed of such a peculiar shape, that, when printed from, the impression would appear, at first sight, like a line engraving; while, at the same time, when examined more closely, every part of it might be easily read. Although it is not in my power, without going to considerable expence, to produce a specimen of such types as ought to be made for this purpose, yet no one will deny that they may be obtained by means of punch-cutters and letter-founders. This being granted, let me suppose that I have got such types; I should then proceed to compose a page with them of the size of a Bank-note, consisting of such subject-matter as may be deemed advisable,—probably, an explanation of the way by which forgery could be detected. From this page of moveable types, I should make a stereotype plate; and I should then, by stamping or engraving upon the stereotype plate, put the promissory words of the Bank-note, with the addition of whatever ornamental lines might be thought proper. This stereotype plate, so formed, would give, by one pull at the letter-press, a completed Bank-note, unless it might be deemed requisite to add the numbering; and a signature or signatures, in writing. Having got one stereotype plate in the way I describe, I should use it for no other purpose than to obtain others; and from them I could easily make plates to any amount that may be necessary, all which would yield impressions obviously alike. As the promissory and ornamental parts of the note, in white, will purposely be made to intersect the words printed in black all over the surface of the note, the intersections will prove an infallible guide to distinguish a spurious note from a genuine one. This contrivance of intersections being the leading feature in my plan, I have denominated it The Intersection Plan.\n\n“Individuals, when familiarized to notes issued upon this principle, would naturally select some portion to which they might easily refer, to ascertain the genuineness of a note. And, for further security, if necessary, the Bank might print what I may call Standards, for the use of the public, to be sold for a trifle, merely to insure their preservation. The Standards to be printed from the same plates as the notes themselves, but on paper quite of another texture and colour from the note paper, for the purpose of proving the correctness of the intersections.” See Forgery.", "chars": 3074, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BANKR", "term": "BANKRUPTS,", "norm": "bankrupts,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Scotland. 2 & 3 Vict. c. 41. “An Act for regulating the Sequestration of the Estates of Bankrupts in Scotland.\n\ns. 143. “And be it enacted, That from and after the Commencement of this Act the Keeper of the Edinburgh Gazette shall on each Day of Publication furnish a Copy thereof to the Keeper of Edictal Citations and to the Bill Chamber Clerks, who shall keep the same regularly filed, and make the said Gazettes on all Occasions patent to the Lieges at Office Hours, on Payment of a Fee of Sixpence and no more.\n\ns. 144. “And be it enacted, That no Advertisement inserted in the London Gazette or in the Edinburgh Gazette by virtue of this Act, or the said recited Act of the Fifty-fourth Year of the Reign of His Majesty King George the Third, intituled An Act for rendering the Payment of Creditors more equal and expeditious in Scotland, or an Act of the Sixth and Seventh Year of His late Majesty, intituled An Act for regulating the Process of Cessio bonorum in the Court of Session, and for extending the Jurisdiction of Sheriffs in Scotland to such Cases, shall be charged by the Keepers of the said Gazettes for Publication therein at a higher Price, nor shall a higher Price be paid for such Publication, than the Sums specified in the Schedule (L.) hereunto annexed.\n\ns. 145. “And be it enacted, That from and after the Commencement of this Act all Conveyances, Assignations, Instruments, Discharges, Writings, or Deeds relating solely to the Estate belonging to any Bankrupt against whom Sequestration has been or may be awarded either under this or any former Act, and which Estate, after the Execution of such Conveyances, Assignations, Instruments, Discharges, Writings, or Deeds, shall be and remain the Property of such Bankrupt for the Benefit of his Creditors, or the Trustee appointed or chosen under or by virtue of such Sequestration, and all Discharges to the said Bankrupt, and all Deeds, Assignations, Instruments, or Writings for reinvesting the said Bankrupt in the Estate, and all Powers of Attorney, Commissions, Factories, Oaths, Affidavits, Articles of Roup or Sale, Submissions, Decrees Arbitral, and all other Instruments and Writings whatsoever relating solely to the Estate of any Bankrupt sequestrated as aforesaid, and all other Deeds or Writings forming a Part of the Proceedings ordered under such Sequestration, and all Notices or Advertisements inserted in the London and Edinburgh Gazettes relative thereto, shall be exempt from all Stamp Duties or other Government Duty.”\n\nSCHEDULE (L.)\n\n“Table of Prices payable for Advertisements in the London or Edinburgh Gazettes.\n\n\n\nBar. See Press Bar.", "chars": 2828, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0238", "term": "bar roll", "norm": "bar roll", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A ROLL (1) cut with a series of parallel raised lines at right angles to its sides.", "chars": 107, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0229", "term": "barium carbonate", "norm": "barium carbonate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A white compound (BaCO3), insoluble in water. The use of BARIUM HYDROXIDE in the deacidification of paper results in the formation of barium carbonate as the alkaline reserve in the paper, due to the action of atmospheric carbon dioxide on the barium hydroxide.", "chars": 296, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0230", "term": "barium hydroxide", "norm": "barium hydroxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A white, toxic alkali (Ba(OH)2), formed by the reaction of barium monoxide with water, or by the action of sodium hydroxide on soluble barium salts. It is one of the agents used in the non-aqueous deacidification of paper.", "chars": 233, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0231", "term": "barium sulfate", "norm": "barium sulfate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A white, soluble, heavy compound (BaSO4), obtained either from the natural mineral barytes, or by chemical treatment of barium with sulfuric acid, and used both as a filler and coating pigment in paper manufacture, particularly photographic papers. It is used alone or in combination with other pigments. It has good affinity for ink, a bright color, and good opacity. It does not, however, produce a high finish. It is also used to form the pigment LITHOPONE. The artificial compound is also known as \"blanc fixe.\"", "chars": 550, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0232", "term": "bark", "norm": "bark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The outer surfaces of trees and other woody plants. The inner side of the bark of certain trees, e.g., birch, has been used in the past as a surface for writing. Bark books were rather common in Central Asia and the Far East until comparatively recent times. Bark is vulnerable to dampness and curling in climates of high relative humidity and to cracking in dry areas. 2. See: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 423, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0234", "term": "bark skiver", "norm": "bark skiver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable (oak bark) tanned sheepskin, light tan in color, and used extensively in the 19th century as a covering material for law books. It is not considered to be either permanent or durable. See also: LAW SHEEP.", "chars": 240, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0235", "term": "bark tanned", "norm": "bark tanned", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term used to indicate a leather that has been vegetable tanned mainly by means of tannins derived from the bark of trees as distinguished from mixed tannages. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0233", "term": "barkometer", "norm": "barkometer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instrument used to measure the weight of a vegetable tannin liquor per unit volume.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0236", "term": "barm skin", "norm": "barm skin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name given a leather apron sometimes worn by bookbinders.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0237", "term": "barrier sheet", "norm": "barrier sheet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leaf inserted in a book to prevent the transfer of ink (and possibly acid substances) from a plate or illustration to a facing page, as well at times to elucidate the plate or illustration it accompanies. The sheet may be a highly sized paper, so called acid-free paper, or, more often, glassine paper. It may be loose in the book, sewn in with the binding, or, in the usual case, tipped to the leaf it protects. Barrier sheets are frequently made of an inferior quality of paper, one which will eventually develop acidity that can in turn be transferred to the facing text leaves, weakening them. For this reason, they should be removed, or, if they bear letterpress and therefore must be retained, deacidified and buffered, strengthened (if necessary), and reinserted in the volume. See also: ACID MIGRATION.", "chars": 836, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0239", "term": "Barrow, William J.", "norm": "barrow, william j.", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1904-1967", "text": "An American document restorer and former director of the W. J. Barrow Research Laboratory, located in Richmond, Virginia, at one time considered by many authorities to be the leading independent scientific center for research into paper and the deterioration of paper. Barrow developed a process for laminating brittle documents between tissue and cellulose acetate film, as well as a highly effective means of deacidifying paper. He demonstrated the actual facts of paper stability over the past four centuries and developed a durable paper having a high degree of permanence. Barrow was also involved in other investigations connected with paper and ink for a period of more than 30 years, and was probably the most important single contributor to the knowledge of methods of achieving permanence and durability of archival materials. The Barrow laboratory ceased operations in 1977. See also: DEACIDIFICATION; LAMINATION.", "chars": 972, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [7], "citations": ["American archivist. Society of American Archivists. Washington, D.C."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0240", "term": "Bartlett, Roger", "norm": "bartlett, roger", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "c 1633-1712", "text": "An English bookbinder who was apprenticed to Samuel Satterthwaite in 1647, and was set up in his own business in London in 1654. He subsequently left London and set up business in Oxford some time after the great fire of 1666 and began producing the excellent gold-tooled presentation books for which he is well known. His bindings include certain distinctive features, including rows of floral volutes along cottage roofs, as well as swags hanging from the eves. Bartlett retired to his birthplace (Watlington in Oxfordshire) in 1711 or 1712, apparently having sold his bindery. The latest important binding executed by Bartlett is dated 1685, but records indicate that he continued binding thereafter.", "chars": 703, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [50, 205, 253], "citations": ["Book collector. London. Queen Anne Press.", "The library; a quarterly review of bibliography. London. Milford.", "Oxford University. Bodleian Library. Fine bindings 1500-1700 from Oxford libraries: catalogue of an exhibition. Oxford. Bodleian Library. 1968. 254."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0241", "term": "barytes", "norm": "barytes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BARIUM SULFATE.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0242", "term": "base", "norm": "base", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: ALKALI. 2. A metal block on which a die or electro for stamping or embossing is mounted. 3. A prepared bed in a blocking press over which cases are fed, and which provides a solid foundation for producing sharp impressions.", "chars": 255, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0243", "term": "base coat", "norm": "base coat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The first of a multiple system of coatings. The base coat is frequently a relatively inexpensive filling material designed to prevent excessive penetration of subsequent and often more expensive coatings.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0244", "term": "base fabric", "norm": "base fabric", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In general, the basic cloth used for covering books, regardless of the final form it may take, i.e., coated, impregnated, or filled. Base cloths are usually of cotton, thoroughly cleaned, free from waste, evenly woven, with the warp yarns woven in pairs.", "chars": 254, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [209], "citations": ["Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0245", "term": "basic dyes", "norm": "basic dyes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of dyes, usually synthetic, that act as bases, and which are actually ANILINE DYES. Their color base is not water soluble but can be made so by converting the base into a salt. The basic dyes, while possessing great tinctorial strength and brightness, are not generally light-fast; therefore their use in the dyeing of archival materials is largely restricted to those materials not requiring this characteristic. Basic dyes were at one time used extensively in dyeing leather, mainly because they are capable of combining directly with vegetable-tanned leather without the use of a mordant. See also: DYE,", "chars": 662, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 62, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Britt, Kenneth W., ed. Handbook of pulp and paper technology. 2nd ed. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1970.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0246", "term": "basic size", "norm": "basic size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The sheet size of paper, determined by trade custom, as that agreed upon for calculating the BASIS WEIGHT of the paper. Initially it was the size which could be printed, folded and trimmed with the greatest economy. Some of the specifications for basic sizes in use in the United States are:\n\nType of paper Size (in inches)\n\nBible 25 X 38\n\nBlanks 22 X 38\n\nBlotting 19 X 24\n\nBond 17 X 22\n\nBook 25 X 38\n\nCover 20 X 26\n\nGlassine 24 X 36\n\nGummed 25 X 38\n\nIndex 25 1/2 X 30 1/2\n\nLedger 17 X 22\n\nManifold 17 X 22\n\nManuscript 18 X 31\n\nMimeograph 17 X 22\n\nNewsprint 24 X 36\n\nOffset 25 X 38\n\nOnionskin 17 X 22\n\nOpaque 25 X 38\n\nPoster 24 X 36\n\nTag 22 1/2 X 28 1/2\n\nor 24 X 36\n\nText 25 X 38\n\nTissues 24 X 36\n\nVellum bristol 22 1/2 X 28 1/2\n\nWriting 17 X 22\n\nAll are based on a ream of 500 sheets.", "chars": 1039, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 316, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0247", "term": "basil", "norm": "basil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable-tanned, sheep- or lamb-skin, producing a soft, smooth leather but with only moderately good wearing qualities. Its smooth surface lends itself well to graining in imitation of other skins, such as goat. There are several types of basil, including E.I. (East India), N. Z. (New Zealand) and Aus. (Australia), all of which are generally tanned with native or mimosa bark. Crust basils are tanned loose in pits and sold dry as taken from the drying sheds; strained basils are tanned as crust, but wet down, set out with a slicker, stretched and allowed to dry; tawed basils are sheepskins dressed with alum and salt and finished in a white or nut brown color; and organ basils are also tawed but with the salt removed. Diced basils are skins which have been dyed red, glazed, and embossed with a diced cross line. Because of their relatively poor wearing characteristics, basils are not often used today in bookbinding, although in the first half of the 20th century they were employed fairly extensively in binding cheaper blankbooks, and the like.", "chars": 1058, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 69, 343], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0248", "term": "basis weight", "norm": "basis weight", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The actual weight of a ream of paper (normally 500 sheets, but at times 480 or 516), cut to its BASIC SIZE. The standard, or basic, size ream varies with different grades of paper. Some papers and boards are produced to a specified caliper (thickness), rather than to a specific weight; an example of this is heavy cover paper. The United States Government Printing Office uses a unit of 1,000 sheets, which is also used in the M.M. SYSTEM. In most foreign countries, as well as in certain domestic test procedures, the standard size is a square meter, with the weight being expressed in grams per square meter. The basis weight of board is commonly expressed in pounds per 1,000 square feet. Book paper basis weights are based on the 25 by 38 inch sheet size, while cover paper weights are calculated on a size of 20 by 26 inches.", "chars": 879, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 334], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Toldo, Vittorio de. The Italian art of bookbinding. London. Batsford. (Monographs of decorative arts, 3). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BASKE", "term": "BASKET", "norm": "basket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In printing offices where there are large founts of letter, and the fount cases of any particular fount are not sufficient to hold the superfluous sorts, the surplus is put in coffins, and deposited in round baskets, till wanted.", "chars": 229, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0249", "term": "basket cloth", "norm": "basket cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fancy weave of cloth, usually a better grade of buckram with a pattern similar to the wicker work in baskets. In the first decades of the 20th century it was used to some extent in edition binding.", "chars": 199, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 264], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0250", "term": "bast fibers", "norm": "bast fibers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Strong woody fibers obtained from both the phloem and pericycle of various plants, and used in the manufacture of paper. Bast fibers, which include those of hemp, jute, mitsumata, and ramie, among others, are generally thinner than cotton fibers but their tubes have thicker walls than does cotton. Bast fibers are also generally stiffer and stronger than cotton fibers.", "chars": 370, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 42, 198], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bastard-title-1", "term": "Bastard title", "norm": "bastard title", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A short title preceding the general title of a work.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bastard-type-1", "term": "Bastard type", "norm": "bastard type", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Type with a face larger or smaller than its regular body: as Nonpareil on Minion body, or Minion on Nonpareil body.", "chars": 115, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0251", "term": "bathbrick", "norm": "bathbrick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Powdered brick used in dusting the GOLD CUSHION before laying on the GOLD LEAF for cutting. Its purpose is to prevent the leaf from sticking to the cushion.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 335], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0252", "term": "batik", "norm": "batik", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cloth consisting of a dyed fabric of which parts which are not intended to be colored are protected by wax, which is later removed. Batik is used for covering books, particularly in the area of Indonesia where the technique originated, and also as a novelty in other areas.", "chars": 275, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [332], "citations": ["Thompson, Lawrence Sidney. Bibliopegia fantastica. New York. New York Public Library. 1947."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0253", "term": "bating", "norm": "bating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A process which is usually defined as \"reducing\" or \"removing.\" The basic purposes of DELIMING and bating are to remove calcium hydroxide (or other alkali) from the skin, to lower pH, and, of great importance, to treat the skin substance with proteolytic enzymes so as to obtain desired grain appearance in the finished leather. Bating also serves to impart softness, stretch, and flexibility to the leather, while at the same time providing the basis for a clean, smooth grain by loosening scud consisting of hair roots, pigment materials and grease. It also eliminates all traces of the firm, plumped, and swollen state of the skin induced by the alkaline unhairing liquors by bringing the skin into a soft, fallen condition. Today bating is employed mainly in tanning light leathers, such as those used in bookbinding, where drape, flexibility, and softness of handle are of primary importance.\n\nThe origin of bating is somewhat obscure but probably dates back to the time when LIMING was not a common practice. It may have been originated by a tanner who noticed that skins badly soiled with dung often produced a softer, stretchier, silkier leather.\n\nAs recently as the early years of the present century, the process of bating consisted of immersing the delimed skins in water at a temperature of 35-40° C., and then adding a liquid paste of pigeon or hen dung. The skins were run in this liquor until they acquired a particularly soft, flaccid and silky handle. The finished leather was found to have a very smooth, clean flat, flexible grain and was very soft and stretchy. Considerable variations in time, temperature and quantities were used for various types of leather. The effect of bating was produced by enzymes, which, under appropriate conditions of temperature and pH, are capable of dissolving and digesting some of the protein constituents of the skin. In a properly controlled process they are given only sufficient time for further removal of undesirable interfibrillary proteins, or to modify or weaken those fiber structures which, by binding the collagen fibers tightly together, would cause the grain to be wrinkled and the resultant leather to have no stretch.\n\nToday bating is accomplished by the the use of enzymes extracted from animal tissue, e.g., the pancreas of swine or sheep, or from microorganisms such as molds and bacteria, called respectively pancreatic and bacterial bates.", "chars": 2456, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 275, 291, 306, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Post, Daniel. Chemical treatment of hides and leather, by John Partridge. Park Ridge, N. J. Noyes Data Corp. 1972.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BATTE", "term": "BATTER", "norm": "batter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the face of any letters gets injured in a form, it is termed a Batter.\n\nThis accident frequently occurs:—in the course of working at press a letter or letters will draw out in beating, and occasionally be left on the form without being perceived; this, when the next impression is pulled, injures the page on which it was left;—a pin, needle, or bodkin, used as pickers, will sometimes be laid on a page and forgot—and other small articles, which produce the same injury. It also happens with forms reared up at the ends of frames, where the faces of the letter in the forms are put to each other, with a quoin, or a piece of furniture, to prevent them touching, which being accidentally displaced, the letter gets injured. The only thing to be done when these accidents occur, is to replace the letters; this however is too frequently done without showing a revise to the Reader or Overseer; and thus errors creep into a work, which no care on the part of a Reader can prevent. To steady careful men these accidents seldom happen; and they ought to be guarded against, in as much as they cause loss of time to the workmen, and expense of materials to the master printer; and when letters or words must be replaced, the work should never be proceeded with at press, previously to its being examined.\n\nWhen a fine engraving on wood is at press, the workman should be most particularly careful, as an accident might thus spoil an expensive work of art, which it might be impossible to replace.\n\nWhen a Batter unfortunately happens at press in working stereotype plates, it is too frequently overlooked by the pressmen, and the work proceeds in a deteriorated state; while, generally speaking, if the same accident had happened to a form of moveable types it would have been set right. The reason is, that while in the latter case the accident could be remedied in a few minutes, the stereotype plate on the other hand would have to be taken out of the form and sent to the founders, and would not be repaired in less than five or six hours, during which time the pressmen would be unemployed, to their loss. This is one cause that operates against the more general use of stereotype plates.", "chars": 2187, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-batter-1", "term": "BATTER", "norm": "batter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Types accidentally injured in a form.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0254", "term": "batwing skiver", "norm": "batwing skiver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinder's expression for the thinnest SKIVER produced. It is made from the flesh split of sheepskin, and was at one time used for linings and title labels for law and similar books.", "chars": 210, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [91, 274], "citations": ["Conkey, W. B. Company. What a businessman should know about printing and bookmaking. Rev. ed. Hammond, Inc. W. B. Conkey. 1928.", "Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0255", "term": "Baumé", "norm": "baumé", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "Baumé hydrometer", "dates": null, "text": "A hydrometer for measuring the density of liquid and gum solutions, named after its inventor, Antoine Baumé. The Baumé scale is either of two arbitrary hydrometer scales, one for liquids heavier than water and the other for liquids lighter than water, that indicate specific gravity in degrees. The calculation (in the United States) for liquids heavier than water is:\n\n60° 145\n\nSpecific gravity at --- F = ---\n\n60° 145\n\n-° Baumé\n\nand for liquids lighter than water:\n\n60° 140\n\nSpecific gravity at --- F = ---\n\n60° 130\n\n+° Baumé\n\nSlightly different conversions are used in other countries or in specific industries.", "chars": 650, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [179, 362], "citations": ["Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970.", "Wilson, John Arthur. The chemistry of leather manufacture. New York. Chemical Catalog Co. 1923."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0256", "term": "bead", "norm": "bead", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An old American term for HEADBAND. 2. A small twist formed when twisting the silk or cotton in headbanding. 3. A fore-edge clasp made of cat gut and beads, used to keep vellum bindings tightly closed. See also: CLASPS.", "chars": 269, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 250, 261], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-bead-1", "term": "bead", "norm": "bead", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The little roll formed by the knot of the headband.", "chars": 51, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-bead-1", "term": "bead", "norm": "bead", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A little roll formed by the knots of the headband.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-beading-1", "term": "BEADING", "norm": "beading", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The small twist formed when twisting the silk or cotton in head-banding.", "chars": 72, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0257", "term": "beamhouse operations", "norm": "beamhouse operations", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The processes in leather manufacture that take place following curing and preceding the actual tannage of the skin. These processes include some or all of the following: SOAKING (1), LIMING, UNHAIRING, SCUDDING, FLESHING, DELIMING, BATING (or PUERING), DRENCHING, and PICKLING, not necessarily always in the order given. The skin may also be split before tanning. The principal objectives of beamhouse operations are to rid the stock of substances not wanted in the finished leather, notably the class of proteins known as keratin, and to put the skins into the proper chemical and physical condition for subsequent processing. To produce satisfactory leather, beamhouse operations must be carried out in such a manner that no damage is done to the fibrous (collagen) part of the skin that is converted into leather, nor to its internal structure.\n\nThe term derives from the \"beam,\" a convex wooden slab sloping upward from the floor, over which the raw stock is placed for trimming, fleshing, unhairing, or scudding by hand.", "chars": 1263, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-beard-of-a-letter-1", "term": "Beard of a Letter", "norm": "beard of a letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is the outer angle of the Square Shoulder of the *Shank*, which reaches almost up to the *Face* of the *Letter*; and is commonly scraped off by the *Founder*: As in § 2. ¶ 2.", "chars": 174, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-beard-of-a-letter-1", "term": "Beard of a Letter", "norm": "beard of a letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The outer angles supporting the face of a type and extending to the shoulder.", "chars": 77, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BEARD", "term": "BEARD OF A LETTER,", "norm": "beard of a letter,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is the outer angle of the square shoulder of the shank, which reaches almost up to the bottom of the face of the letter; and is commonly scraped off by the Founder.—M.", "chars": 167, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BEARE", "term": "BEARER", "norm": "bearer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of reglet pasted on the frisket to ease any particular part in a form that has too much pressure on it from the platen of the press.—M.\n\nDouble Pica reglet is used for this purpose, as its thickness is equal to the difference between the height of the types and the furniture; and this application of it makes this sized reglet in general a scarce article in a printing office.\n\nWhere any parts of the impression of a form come off hard, which from various causes occasionally happens, particularly at the edges of the pages, and at the foot of a short page, a bearer is applied to ease that part; but some care however is required in its application—it must not bear upon any printed matter at the back of it, for if it does, it will smear and deface that part, nor is it necessary to place it close to the part, but it may be put at some distance, and if convenient near the outer edge of the paper, and made to rest on the flat part of the furniture.\n\nAfter selecting a piece of reglet of the proper length, paste one side of it, and place it with the pasted side uppermost upon the furniture where it is required, then turn down the tympans and frisket and rub that part with the hand to make it adhere to the frisket; or, as is usually done, after the form is beat, when the next pull will make it adhere; if it be not quite sufficient, a thickness or two of a wrapper pasted on it will ease the pull sufficiently on that part.\n\nHigh Bearers, are pieces of furniture made barely letter height; they are used where separate wood cuts are printed, or very small forms; they are placed on the press stone, usually pasted down, but at such a distance from the printed matter that neither the balls nor the rollers touch them in inking the form; they lighten the pressure on the extremities, and tend to equalize the pull if the carriage be not run in exactly to its place, by the platen bearing upon them. If they be not sufficiently high, they may be added to by overlays pasted upon them.", "chars": 2071, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bearer-1", "term": "BEARER", "norm": "bearer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strip of reglet to bear off the impression from a blank page. A long piece of furniture, type-high, used in working jobs. A solid-faced type interspersed among the blank parts of a page composed for stereotyping, to resist the pressure of the knife when the plate is shaved.", "chars": 276, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bearer-lines-1", "term": "Bearer-lines", "norm": "bearer-lines", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The top line and bottom line in a page prepared for stereotyping.", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BEAT1", "term": "BEAT", "norm": "beat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To cover the surface of the types with ink by means of the balls.—M. See Fine Presswork.", "chars": 119, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BEAT2", "term": "BEAT FAT", "norm": "beat fat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "If a Pressman takes too much ink with his balls, he beats fat. The black English faced letter is generally beaten fat.—M. At the present day we understand by Fat Beating, that a pressman beating carefully, goes gradually two or three times over the form, so that every part of the surface of the type is touched six or seven times by the face of the balls; and is thus uniformly covered with a proper quantity of ink.", "chars": 431, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BEAT3", "term": "BEAT LEAN", "norm": "beat lean", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Is to take but little ink, and often: all small letter must be beaten lean.—M. This and the preceding term Beat Fat, have changed their meaning since the days of Moxon; to beat lean now, is to beat lightly, and quickly make a riddance of work, without much regard to its quality.", "chars": 286, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-beat-lean-1", "term": "Beat Lean", "norm": "beat lean", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is to *Take* but little *Inck*, and often: All *Small Letter* must be *Beaten Lean*.", "chars": 84, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0258", "term": "beater", "norm": "beater", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used in papermaking. It consists essentially of a tank, usually provided with a partition or \"mid-feather,\" that contains a heavy roll designed to revolve against a bedplate. Both roll and bedplate can be fitted with horizontal metal bars set on edge. In operation, the pulp material in a water slurry circulates between the roll and bedplate and is rubbed, cut, macerated, and separated into a fibrous mass for further processing into paper. Sometimes fillers, loadings, dyes, etc., are added to the stock in the beater. Some authorities contend that the beater, introduced in 1670, was partially responsible for the decline in quality of paper, as miniscule iron particles, breaking away from the sides or working parts of the machine, entered the paper and caused it to deteriorate. See also: REFINER.", "chars": 838, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0259", "term": "beater sized", "norm": "beater sized", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper which has been sized by means of materials added to the BEATER, or if not the beater, to the pulp before sheet formation, as contrasted to paper that has been SURFACE SIZED, or TUB SIZED.", "chars": 267, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0260", "term": "beating", "norm": "beating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A hand operation of flattening the leaves or sections of a book before sewing, the purpose of which is to compress or, in the process of rebinding, to remove the backing shoulders. See: KNOCKING OUT THE GROOVE. Books are seldom beaten today. See: BUNDLING (1); NIPPING (1); SMASHING. 2. The process of swelling and separating the fibers and fibrils of rags, wood pulp, etc., either batchwise or in a BEATER, or by passage through a REFINER.", "chars": 587, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261, 350], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935.", "Warren (S. D.) Co. Boston. Facts and views of papermaking at S. D. Warren Company. Boston. S. D. Warren Co. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0261", "term": "beating hammer", "norm": "beating hammer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy, short-handled hammer, with a bell-shaped face, used in beating the leaves and sections of a book so as to flatten and compress them. Such hammers generally weigh 10 to 14 pounds, and sometimes even up to 16 pounds. The introduction of the ROLLING MACHINE (1827) made the beating hammer virtually obsolete.", "chars": 338, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172, 236], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-beating-hammer-1", "term": "beating hammer", "norm": "beating hammer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The heavy short-handled hammer used in beating (generally about 10 lbs.).", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-beating-hammer-1", "term": "beating hammer", "norm": "beating hammer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The heavy, short-handled hammer used in beating, weighing generally about 10 lbs. Books are beaten to make the leaves lie close to one another.", "chars": 143, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0262", "term": "beating stone", "norm": "beating stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble or litho stone, or a flat plate of iron, set in a frame filled with sand, on which the leaves or sections of books are beaten.", "chars": 135, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-beating-stone-1", "term": "beating stone", "norm": "beating stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bed on which books are beaten.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-beating-stone-1", "term": "beating stone", "norm": "beating stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the “stone” on which books were formerly beaten; now generally superseded by the rolling machine and standing press.", "chars": 116, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-beating-stone-1", "term": "beating stone", "norm": "beating stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bed of stone or iron on which books are beaten.", "chars": 51, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0263", "term": "bed", "norm": "bed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The base of a standing (or similar) press, on which books are placed and toward which the PLATEN descends.", "chars": 130, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BED", "term": "BED", "norm": "bed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To bed or lay the press stone in the coffin, so that it shall lie firm and solid in all parts.—M. There are different ways of bedding a press stone: some bed it in bran; some in plaster; but the general way is with paper. To effect this the paper ought not to have any large knots in it, and should be cut to the size of the coffin, and if there be any inequalities in the bottom of the stone, there must be additional pieces of paper placed under it to fill them up. When it is supposed there is sufficient paper in the coffin to raise the stone high enough, it is slung in on two pieces of cord, and a trial made of its firmness; if it rocks, it is lifted out again, and additional paper placed in those parts where the stone did not rest firmly. When it is properly bedded, the ends of the cords are tucked in at the sides of the stone so as to be easily picked out again with a bodkin. When the stone has got to lie solid with working, the upper side should be about a Brevier higher than the coffin.\n\nAlthough I have mentioned cord, as being generally used for slinging the stone into the coffin, and lifting it out again, yet strong flat tape is decidedly superior; the stone lies more solid with it than with cord, and is not so liable to break.\n\nBenefactions. See Donations.", "chars": 1333, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bed-1", "term": "bed", "norm": "bed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The flat part of the press on which the form is laid.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0265", "term": "Bedford style", "norm": "bedford style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Hand-stained bindings produced from a leather sometimes referred to as \"fair calf\" (a bark tanned calfskin), washed over frequently with a weak solution of potassium carbonate (K2CO3), and exposed to light. The staining process took as long as 6 months. In addition to the potassium carbonate, copperas (ferrous sulfate—FeSO4), also known as \"green vitroil,\" was used to produce a particular effect. The carbonate gave a warm brown-toned sprinkle, the sulfate gave a gray, and the two together gave a black. Cf: ETRUSCAN CALF.", "chars": 583, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 154, 236, 347], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0264", "term": "Bedford, Francis", "norm": "bedford, francis", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1800-1884", "text": "An English bookbinder whose work was considered to be unsurpassed by any of his contemporaries. Bedford worked for Charles Lewis until the latter's death in 1836, and then with John Clarke until 1850 when he started his own business. Bedford copied earlier Venetian bindings, with twisted or Saracenic ornaments, as well as later Veneto-Lyonese bindings common in England during the reign of Elizabeth 1. He also produced many imitations of the mosaics of ANTOINE MICHEL PADELOUP.", "chars": 504, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0266", "term": "beeswax", "norm": "beeswax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A wax obtained from the hives of bees, i.e., an animal wax. Beeswax is a complex substance secreted by the worker bees for the purpose of constructing honeycombs. The wax is obtained by melting the honeycomb structure, and then filtering the wax before it is allowed to set. Beeswax usually contains a number of mineral wax adulterants. The wax, which is often bleached by shredding it into thin flakes and setting it out in the sun, has a softening range of 62-66° C. It is used: 1) to lubricate the thread used in sewing books by hand; 2) with LANOLIN and other substances for LEATHER DRESSINGS. In the latter use it is considered valuable by some conservationists because, as it is harder than most other waxes, it supplies body to the dressing at a reasonably low softening temperature, and also provides a polished or glossy finish which some find desirable; its use, however, as well as that of any wax on leather, is considered by a number of authorities to be detrimental to the permanence of leather; 3) as a base for the colors used in MARBLING; and 4) to provide a suitable surface for burnishing the gilt edges of books, although it is generally considered to be inferior to CARNAUBA WAX in this application, as carnauba is less likely to streak.", "chars": 1354, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29, 291, 335], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0267", "term": "beeswing", "norm": "beeswing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: HIDE BUFFING.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0268", "term": "Belgian hare", "norm": "belgian hare", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A long-legged breed of rabbit found in Belgium, the hind leg of which was the traditional implement used by gold beaters to apply finely powered gypsum (BRIME) to the goldbeater's skins. This was done to eliminate as much roughness as possible to allow the gold to expand freely and evenly over the skin.", "chars": 328, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0269", "term": "belly", "norm": "belly", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The extreme left or right side of a complete hide, removed by cutting the hide along a line parallel to the spine and at such a distance from it as to remove approximately 23% of the total area of the hide for the two bellies. The belly includes the front and hind shank. The line of cutting is determined more accurately for any individual hide by noting the change in feel from the denser structure of the crop to the looser structure of the belly.", "chars": 450, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 363], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0270", "term": "belly grain", "norm": "belly grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The tanned, outer grain side split from a BELLY.", "chars": 72, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0272", "term": "bench knife", "norm": "bench knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two blades, the upper of which is curved and fitted with a handle, while the lower is drilled and countersunk so that it can be bolted to the bench. Bench knives are made in various sizes to cut from 16 to 42 inches. They are useful for cutting lightweight board, but are not as heavy or efficient as the BOARD CUTTER.", "chars": 342, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0273", "term": "bench sewing", "norm": "bench sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term applied to sewing a book through the folds, the significance being that the sewing was done on a SEWING FRAME, or bench.", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0271", "term": "benched", "norm": "benched", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term referring to a book prepared for sewing or some other forwarding operation. It was also applied to the process of flattening the backing ridge of a section. See: KNOCKING OUT THE GROOVE.", "chars": 227, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [164, 256], "citations": ["Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BENGA", "term": "BENGALESE", "norm": "bengalese", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The following article is extracted from Nathaniel Brassey Halhed’s Grammar of the Bengal Language.\n\n“Exclusive of the Shanscrit, there are three different dialects applied (tho’ not with equal currency) in the kingdom of Bengal: Viz. the Persian, the Hindostanic and the proper Bengalese; each of which has its own peculiar department in the business of the country, and consequently neither of them can be universally adopted to the exclusion of the others.\n\n“What the pure Hindostanic is to upper India, the language which I have here endeavoured to explain is to Bengal, intimately related to the Shanscrit both in expressions, construction and character. It is the sole channel of personal and epistolary communication among the Hindoos of every occupation and tribe. All their business is transacted, and all their accounts are kept in it; and as their system of education is in general very confined, there are few among them who can write or read any other idiom: the uneducated, or eight parts in ten of the whole nation, are necessarily confined to the usage of their mother tongue.\n\n“The Shanscrit, or sacred language of Hindostan, from whence the dialect of Bengal immediately proceeds, is supposed by its professors to be the most antient and most excellent in the world. They assert that it exceeds every other language in the number of its letters, and esteem this excess as an incontrovertible argument of its antiquity and superiority.\n\n“The Bengal Alphabet, like that of the Shanscrit, consists of FIFTY letters, in the following order.\n\n“First Series.\n\n“Second Series.\n\n“It is to be observed, that in the Bengal alphabet, all the names of the consonants commence with the respective consonants which they denote; as ko, go, jo, &c. whereas in English, seven of them are preceded by a vowel: ef, el, em, en, ar, ess, & ex. It follows from hence, that the short vowel of the Bengalese is invariably subjoined to the consonant with which it is uttered, and never precedes: as ক and গ always stand for ko, and go, and in no case for ok, or og.\n\n“The vowels, as used in composition, when joined with consonants, have a very different figure from those which are in the first series of the alphabet. I shall here insert a table of the forms of vowels in composition, corresponding to those which are initial or single.\n\n“A Table of the corresponding Vowels.\n\n“By the original structure of this language every consonant inherently possesses the short vowel on which its utterance depends; it is plain therefore on this principle, that no two consonants could have been joined together, and successively pronounced in the same syllable, but that a vowel must necessarily have intervened. As an expedient to remedy this inconvenience, a set of distinct characters were invented, called ফলা P,holaa, or adjuncts. They are certain subordinate and subsidiary figures, that may be attached to each of the consonants in the alphabet respectively, to provide against the too frequent recurrence of the internal vowel.\n\n“These P,holaa, are presented in a distinct series or alphabet, consisting of eleven subservient marks or signs, for different letters; which are here joined to ক ko, the first of the single consonants, and which may, in the same manner, be applied to all the other letters.\n\n“The twelfth word of the series, (which seems to be added by the Bengalese merely to fill up the rhythm) relates to another subject, which will be explained in a subsequent remark.\n\n“The reader must remember, that the letter র ro, in its proper character, is never joined to any other letter or adjunct; but its figure is entirely changed by a connection with other consonants, as will be seen in the following series.\n\n“The twelve P,holas.\n\n“The compound letters may be formed by three methods: either by placing one letter immediately under another, or by blending two letters together, so as to make one character from their union; or by making the first of the two consonants much smaller than the other letters. This last mode seems to be the most common.\n\n“সিদ্ধি sheedd,hee, called the twelfth P,holaa, is a word always prefixed to the class of vowels contained in the first Series of the alphabet. Sheedd,hee is part of a Shanscrit sentence, which means be it properly performed; and as these words are usually prefixed to the class of vowels, that Series has obtained the name of sheedd,hee.\n\n“The Series Sheed,hee.\n\nঅ o, is always an initial letter.\n\nআ aa, is also initial.\n\n“I shall set down a few of the most common contractions of letters which are constantly used by all the Bengalese, as being more expeditious, as well as more elegant than a simple junction of the single letters, whose office they perform.\n\nক্র kro, stands for ক্র the kirro Pholaa.\n\n[#] okto, is ও to blended with ক ko; its regular form is [#].\n\nকু koo, stands for ক ko with hroswookaar.\n\n[#] ungo, is compounded of ঙ ngoo-o with গ go subjoined.\n\n\n\n[#] oggyo, is another figure for the Pholaa [#].\n\n[#] moo, is ম mo and ব wo compounded. The simple form is [#].\n\n[#] oshno, for [#] i. e. ণ aano subjoined to ষ sho.\n\n[#] shoo, initial and medial, [#] shoo, final; two figures for [#].\n\n[#] This figure stands for both [#] otto and [#] too.\n\n[#] goo, is used for [#].\n\n[#] hoo, stands for [#].\n\n[#] ohro, is kro Pholaa subjoined to হ ho.\n\n[#] tro, stands for [#].\n\n[#] roo, is used instead of [#].\n\n[#] ohlo, is ল lo subjoined to হ ho.\n\n[#] ondo, compounded of ণ aano and ড do.\n\n[#] ohjo, is হ ho and জ jo blended together.\n\n[#] ohmo, a compound of হ ho and ম mo.\n\n[#] ostoo, is স so and ট to, with hroswookaar subjoined.\n\n[#] ostro, is the letter স so compounded with ট to, and the kro Pholaa.\n\n[#] joo, stands for [#].\n\n[#] ogd,ho, [#] odd,ho, [#] ond,ho, represent ধ d,ho severally subjoined to গ go, দ do, and ন no.\n\n[#] this figure is called ordd,ho-to, i. e. semi-to; for ordd,ho signifies half. It is used for the letter ত to without its internal vowel; and in the middle of a word is generally represented by ২ the numerical figure of two.\n\n[#] otyo, is the preceding [#] blended with the kyo pholaa.\n\n“I shall now proceed to a few marks of reference commonly used by the Bengalese.\n\n“[#] This figure is always put at the top of every writing, and is meant as an invocation to Gonash, the Deity of Knowledge and Arts; it is called Gonashar aakoree, or the crook of Gonash. So the Mahometans always begin with the letter [#] aleph, as a token of the unity of God.\n\n“[#] Chaandboondaa, is a mark put over certain letters to give them a very forcible nasal expression.\n\n“৺ Eeshwor, is properly one of the deities of the Hindoo Trinity. The name of God was supposed too holy to be inserted among the general class of words, and was therefore written at the top of the page, and wherever this name should occur in a sentence, the mark here specified was put as a reference to it. The form still remains, but the usage is degraded into a mere compliment: for in all petitions, or letters from inferiors to their superiors, the name of the person addressed is now put at the top, and this sign of reference occupies the place in the body of the letter, where the name should regularly have been inserted.\n\n“[#] Sree properly signifies prosperity, and is prefixed to every name which they mean to mention with respect; as sree sree Raam, sree sree Gonash.\n\n“One or more of these titles of Hindoo deities is first written on every piece of paper, as an amulet or charm, before any letter, petition or other writing whatever, is committed to it. In the same manner the Mahometans universally apply their Bismillah (or, In the name of God.) as we formerly wrote Emanuel at the top of letters, and still continue to commence a ledger with Laus Deo.\n\n“The denominations of the cardinal numbers are so irregular in Bengalese, that I find it will be necessary to exhibit them as far as one hundred. And it must be observed as a particularity, that the ninth numeral of every series of ten, is not specified by the term of nine in the common order of progression, but takes its appellation from the series immediately above; as for instance the number twenty nine is not expressed by nobeesh, which should seem the proper denomination, but is called oonteesh, or one less than thirty. So thirty nine is oonchaa-leesh, or one less than forty.\n\n\n\nIn respect to the Bengalese types with which Halhed’s grammar is printed, he thus observes, “The public curiosity must be strongly excited by the beautiful characters which are displayed in the following work: and although my attempt may be deemed incompleat or unworthy of notice, the book itself will always bear an intrinsic value, from its containing as extraordinary an instance of mechanic abilities as has perhaps ever appeared. That the Bengal letter is very difficult to be imitated in steel will readily be allowed by every person who shall examine the intricacies of the strokes, the unequal length and size of the characters, and the variety of their positions and combinations. It was no easy task to procure a writer accurate enough to prepare an alphabet of a similar and proportionate body throughout, and with that symmetrical exactness which is necessary to the regularity and neatness of a fount. Mr. Bolts (who is supposed to be well versed in this language) attempted to fabricate a set of types for it, with the assistance of the ablest artists in London. But as he egregiously failed in executing even the easiest part, or primary alphabet, of which he has published a specimen, there is no reason to suppose that his project, when compleated, would have advanced beyond the usual state of imperfection to which new inventions are constantly exposed.\n\n“The advice and even sollicitation of the Governor General prevailed upon Mr. Wilkins, a gentleman who has been some years in the India Company’s civil service in Bengal, to undertake a set of Bengal types. He did, and his success has exceeded every expectation. In a country so remote from all connexion with European artists, he has been obliged to charge himself with all the various occupations of the Metallurgist, the Engraver, the Founder, and the Printer. To the merit of invention he was compelled to add the application of personal labour. With a rapidity unknown in Europe, he surmounted all the obstacles which necessarily clog the first rudiments of a difficult art, as well as the disadvantages of solitary experiment; and has thus singly on the first effort exhibited his work in a state of perfection which in every part of the world has appeared to require the united improvements of different projectors, and the gradual polish of successive ages.”\n\nThe gentleman here spoken of was Charles Wilkins, Esq., a descendant of the learned Bishop Wilkins, and one of the founders of the Asiatic Society. He was afterwards created Doctor of Laws, and appointed Librarian to the East-India Company at their establishment in Leadenhall Street. He was reputed to be the best Shanscrit scholar in Europe.", "chars": 12287, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_033.jpg", "caption": "The Bengalese Alphabet", "alt": "The Bengalese Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0274", "term": "Bentonite", "norm": "bentonite", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A claylike mineral consisting largely of montmorillonite, and characterized by its high absorptive power and active colloidal properties. It is usually dark, dull, and powdery, but waxy on freshly cut surfaces. Its color varies from yellowish-green to nearly black. Bentonites are products of the change of volcanic ash, and are characterized by an alkaline oxide and alkaline earth content of 5 to 11. They are used as a filler in paper, for deinking paper pulp, for decreasing pitch problems in papermaking, and the like. The name derives from its discovery in Benton, Wyoming.", "chars": 579, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BENVE", "term": "BENVENUE", "norm": "benvenue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Half a crown paid by a new workman to the Chapel when he commences, which is always spent. If a journeyman wrought formerly in the same printing house, and comes again to work in it, he pays but half a benvenue. If a journeyman smout more or less on another printing house, he pays half a benvenue.—M. See Ancient Customs.\n\nThis custom is still retained in printing offices, and the amount generally paid is the same as it was in the seventeenth century, though the value of half a crown then was considerably more than it is now. Under particular circumstances the Chapel sometimes takes less; and the workmen always add something each, so as to be able to provide bread and cheese and a draught of porter to welcome the new comer. The word is now pronounced Bevénue; it is evidently a corruption of the Fr. bien venu or welcome.\n\n", "chars": 953, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0275", "term": "benzene", "norm": "benzene", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, aromatic hydrocarbon (C6H6), usually obtained by the carbonization of coal, or from petroleum fractions by means of catalytic dehydrogenation. It is used to remove excess glair or grease from leather bindings. Although used extensively in the past. it is seldom used today because of its high flammability and extremely toxic nature. It is not to be confused with benzine (also used for the same purposes), which is a petroleum product obtained by distillation.", "chars": 496, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0276", "term": "bergamot", "norm": "bergamot", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pear-shaped fruit (Citris bergania), the rind of which yields a pungent oil, used at one time as a preservative for paste.", "chars": 124, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [371], "citations": ["Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0277", "term": "beta cellulose", "norm": "beta cellulose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That part of a cellulosic material which will dissolve in an alkaline solution under the conditions of th ALPHA CELLULOSE test, but which will reprecipitate if the alkaline solution is acidified. See also: GAMMA CELLULOSE", "chars": 269, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0278", "term": "between bands", "norm": "between bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The spaces on the spine of a book between the raised bands, either the ones on which the book is sewn or the false bands attached to give the outward appearance of genuine bands. For purposes of decoration, the spaces are referred to as panels.", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0279", "term": "bevel", "norm": "bevel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The angle of the bevel of BEVELED BOARDS. 2. The angle of cut of the edges of a panel or of an INLAY (4) or ONLAY.", "chars": 189, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bevel-1", "term": "bevel", "norm": "bevel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Slugs cast nearly type-high, with a beveled edge, used by stereotypers to form the flange on the side of the plates.", "chars": 116, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0280", "term": "beveled boards", "norm": "beveled boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "beveled edges", "dates": null, "text": "The boards of a book, and especially the large, thick boards of heavy books. which have been cut or sanded on the outside or inside edge along the head, tail, and fore edge. The purpose of beveling is to remove the clumsy effect of thick boards and create a pleasing, tactile quality.\n\nThe outside edges of boards usually were square until the 13th century; after that time, they were often beveled, sometimes steeply, or, in the case of decorated bindings, on a more gentle slope. The inside edges were also frequently beveled during the 15th century, particularly in Germany.\n\nWhen the outer edges of boards are beveled the edge along the spine is also often beveled on the inside, so that it follows the swelling of the spine.", "chars": 725, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 236], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-beveled-boards-1", "term": "beveled boards", "norm": "beveled boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Very heavy boards for sides, chamfered along the edges.", "chars": 55, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-bevelled-boards-1", "term": "Bevelled Boards", "norm": "bevelled boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Very heavy boards for the sides champered around the edges.", "chars": 59, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-bevelled-boards-1", "term": "Bevelled Boards", "norm": "bevelled boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Very heavy boards with bevelled edges; used for antique work.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0281", "term": "bhabar", "norm": "bhabar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SABAI GRASS.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0282", "term": "bibelot", "norm": "bibelot", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An unusually small book. See also: MINIATURE BOOK.", "chars": 74, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BIBLE", "term": "BIBLE ORTHOGRAPHY", "norm": "bible orthography", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Many religious works are printed with numerous extracts from the Holy Scriptures without any reference to the Book, Chapter, or Verse, and as they are frequently made from memory, they are generally inaccurate. I am clearly of opinion that wherever a quotation is made, it should be given literally as it appears in the work from which it is taken, otherwise it is worse than useless,—for it misleads. With regard to extracts from the Bible, I hold it indispensable that they should be given without the slightest variation from the original; but as many words in the Bible vary in their orthography from Johnson’s Dictionary, which is the book of reference generally in use, and as the authorized editions of the Scriptures differ in this respect from each other in many instances, I have collated the King’s Printers, the Oxford, the Cambridge, and the Edinburgh editions with Johnson’s Dictionary and with each other, for the purpose of enabling the printer to preserve uniformity in orthography with little trouble to himself in reprints of the Bible, and in extracts occurring in religious works, according as the author may prefer any of these editions.\n\nThese variations from each other do not extend to words but are confined to the orthography, and to the difference of the same expression being given in one word, in two words, or in being made a compound word; thus in the Cambridge and the Edinburgh Bibles there are a great number of compound words, while in the King’s Printers and Oxford Bibles the same words are given either joined together as one word or made into two words; and we find very few compound words, except proper names. I have also given the Bible orthography where Johnson gives two ways of spelling a word. The result will be seen in the following Table; which also shows the variations, to a certain degree, that have taken place in the language during the last two hundred years.\n\nThe late Mr. Thomas Bensley, who was printer to the University of Oxford, told me, about the year 1805, that they had a sealed copy there, as a standard to read from; if this be the case, it is difficult to account for their copies of late years having numerous variations from the earlier editions. I think it very desirable that there should be a standard edition that we could refer to, as a pure text; and it would also be desirable to know on what authority these variations are made in the holy Scriptures, for every word, every point, nay every capital letter, I believe, was carefully considered before it was adopted in the first edition of the authorized version in 1611, and this too by a considerable number of the most learned men of the kingdom, who had the direction of the work.\n\nWith regard to the words in the Bible printed in Italic characters, Dr. Myles Smyth, one of the two appointed Revisers of the authorized version, in the Preface to the first edition, published in 1611, gives the following reason for their use:—\n\n“Moreouer, whereas the necessitie of the sentence required any thing to be added (for such is the grace and proprietie of the Ebrewe and Greeke tongues that it cannot, but either by circumlocution, or by adding the verbe or some word, be vnderstood of them that are not well practised therein), wee haue put it in the text with an other kinde of letter, that it may easily bee discerned from the common letter.”\n\nThe Preface was written and affixed by the King’s command. The first Edition of the Bible was printed in Black Letter, and the “other kinde of letter” was roman; when the Black Letter was disused, and the Roman character substituted, the “other kinde of letter” was changed to Italic. Dr. Smyth was afterwards Bishop of Gloucester.\n\n\n\n“The Hebrew word, which is in our English Bible rendered ‘The Lord,’ is in the Hebrew the High and Holy name of God himself, the most solemn of all words—Jehovah. It is a general rule throughout the Old Testament, that, wheresoever the word ‘Lord’ is printed in capital letters, it will be found on looking into the Hebrew Bible, that the word there written was Jehovah. And for this difference, between the translation and the original work, the following reason is given. The later Jews have a fancy that this name of Jehovah is so sacred and aweful, that it could never be spoken, excepting by the High Priest once in a year, without the sin of taking God’s name in vain. And accordingly when, at this day, they read the Scriptures in their Synagogues, whenever the word Jehovah is used, they say Adonai, or Lord, in its place. But the learned men, by whom our English Bible was translated, had been instructed in Hebrew by the Jews; and were so far moved by their example, as to feel the same anxiety, with their teachers, to prevent this name from being commonly spoken. Instead, therefore, of writing ‘Jehovah,’ they have written for the most part ‘The Lord:’ but they have written it in capital letters that the Lord of Heaven and Earth might be distinguished from all His creatures.”—Bishop Heber’s Sermons, vol. ii.\n\nEngland is the only Protestant country in Europe where the printing of Bibles is a monopoly.\n\nFor the allowance of the duty on paper used in the printing of Bibles, see Paper.", "chars": 5612, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0283", "term": "Bible paper", "norm": "bible paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very lightweight, highly opaque paper, used primarily for low bulk books, such as Bibles, dictionaries, etc. Its basis weight generally ranges from 14 to 30 pounds (25 X 38—500). Bible paper of a basis weight of 20 pounds bulks up to 1,100 sheets per inch. The paper is generally produced from bleached chemical wood pulps, often with the addition of mixes of linen and/or cotton fiber, along with rag pulps, flax, and the like. Bible paper is heavily loaded with titanium oxide or other high grade pigments to improve opacity. Other important characteristics, other than printability, include strength, good folding endurance, and permanence. The term \"Bible paper\" is sometimes used with reference to any book paper having a basis weight of 30 pounds or less. See also: INDIA PAPER.", "chars": 810, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58, 365], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0284", "term": "Bible style", "norm": "bible style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of binding at one time applied to all flexible, round-cornered, leather bookbindings. See also: YAPP STYLE.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0285", "term": "bibliogenesis", "norm": "bibliogenesis", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Of or relating to the production of books.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0286", "term": "bibliogony", "norm": "bibliogony", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Of or relating to the production of books. Also called \"bibliogenesis.\"", "chars": 71, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0287", "term": "bibliology", "norm": "bibliology", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The scientific description of books from the earliest times to the present, including all of the materials and processes involved in their production.", "chars": 150, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0288", "term": "bibliopedist", "norm": "bibliopedist", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The craftsman or worker who binds books; a bookbinder. The term is most appropriately applied to one who binds books by hand.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0289", "term": "bibliopegic", "norm": "bibliopegic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Of or relating to the binding of books.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0290", "term": "bibliopegistic", "norm": "bibliopegistic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Of, or relating to, a bookbinder, especially one who binds books by hand.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0291", "term": "bibliopegy", "norm": "bibliopegy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The art or craft of binding books. The term is more appropriately applied to the craft of binding books by hand.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0292", "term": "bid", "norm": "bid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A written, usually legally binding, offer of a bookbinder, generally the owner of a bindery, but sometimes an individual bookbinder, to bind the books of another for a certain price, either by the individual book or by lot. A bid may be negotiated in any of several manners, usually according to the wishes of the customer. The binder may quote a flat price for all materials submitted for binding, regardless of style or format; he may quote two prices, one for serial publications or serial-format materials and another price, usually lower, for monographs and similar materials; he may bid on all work according to the height of the trimmed and cased work, e.g., up to and including 8 inches, over 8 inches and including 10 inches, etc., usually with an additional charge for extra thickness, e.g., greater than 2 1/2 inches; he may quote a flat rate for materials according to type, i.e., textbooks, fiction, reference books, theses, etc.; or, he may quote according to both height and format, e.g., 8, 10, 12 inches, etc., serials, 8, 10, 12 inches, etc., monographs, and so on. A bid may also include a stipulation (and a quote) of extra charges, as for example, hand sewing, pockets, stubbing, scoring, guarding, etc.\n\nIn extra (hand) binding, on the other hand, the binder will generally quote an estimated price for the individual book, or for a specified group of books, with the understanding that the final price (which to a great degree will depend on the amount of time spent on each book) may be higher or lower.\n\nAssuming there is no decrease in the quality of the binding provided, and that the binder adheres faithfully to the specifications, the advantage of a bid situation is that the library may enjoy lower prices for its binding. The disadvantages, however, probably outweigh any monetary saving. Bookbinding, whether by a company or an individual, is essentially a service and not a commodity, and a successful binding program, i.e., one that is designed to preserve a collection over the long run, depends more on mutual cooperation and recognition as to the purpose of the library, as well as what the binder can and cannot do, than on any possible savings resulting from a low bid.", "chars": 2205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0293", "term": "bight", "norm": "bight", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The length of a single stitch in a machine-sewn book.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BILL", "term": "BILL,", "norm": "bill,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "with letter founders, a specific proportionate number of types, the datum from which the proportion is estimated being 3,000 lower case ems. A bill of Pica weighs 800 pounds, including italic, which is in the proportion of one tenth of the roman. The term “bill” is not used among printers, although it is by the letter founders; this would be styled by printers, a fount of Pica of eight hundred weight.\n\nSmith is, as far as I am aware, the first writer who published the number of each sort that the founders cast to 3,000 ems; and he also made some alterations in the numbers previously cast by the letter founders, “by enlarging the numbers of some sorts, and by lessening the quantity of others,” “to try whether a fount of letter would turn out more perfect than it sometimes does.”\n\nLater writers have copied Smith’s numerical list of sorts, as well as his altered numbers, and by copying his words without mentioning his name each of them appears to the public as having suggested an improvement, while, in fact, the founders pay no regard to these proportions, but cast from a scale of their own.\n\nThe late Earl Stanhope gave another scale of numbers, produced by counting the letters and points to a certain extent in Enfield’s Speaker; but as he discarded the ligatures, and added what he called “Logotypes,” his numbers are not followed.\n\nI do not know on what datum the number of each letter was originally obtained, as cast by the founders; but it is well known in practice that a great number of imperfections are always wanted in a printing office; and from the construction of language it appears there always will be a great number of particular sorts deficient, whatever the proportions may be at first. In proof of this it may be stated, that a new fount of letter shall be cast for the purpose of printing a work; in composing this letter it shall be found that there is a great deficiency of some letters, and a superabundance of others: to bring the whole fount into use, for the purpose of composing as many pages as possible, the deficient sorts are cast, till the proportions answer to each other. When this work is finished, another author’s work is to be printed with the same letter: the disproportion is again felt; those which at the first were deficient are now superabundant, and those which were abundant will be deficient; so that the master printer, to keep the whole of his letter in use is obliged to be continually casting those deficiencies and thus enlarging his founts.\n\nThe disuse of the long ſ, which took place some years ago, and also of ct, has varied the proportions considerably of the letters composing their combinations, b, h, i, k, l, and t.\n\nThe following Table shows the old numbers, also Smith’s and Earl Stanhope’s; those at present cast by the letter founders, I give on the authority of Messrs. Caslon and Livermore.\n\n\n\nA Bill of Pica, containing 3,000 lower case ems. Weight 800 Pounds. Italic One Tenth of Roman.\n\nIn Lists of Names, Indexes, and similar matter, the number of capitals specified in this Bill would be greatly deficient; as would also be the case with the accented letters for works in the Latin and French languages. The figures and the em and en quadrats would be found very inadequate for table work: in fact, in all these cases it would be imperative to cast additional numbers.\n\nEarl Stanhope introduced the following sorts, each in one piece, of which he gives the following numbers to be cast for a fount of the preceding weight:—an, 1,620—in, 1,731—of, 1,035—on, 897—re, 1,509—se, 1,152—th, 3,024—to, 1,095.—See Logotype.\n\nHis Lordship, in fact, attempted to introduce too many alterations in printing. I had the honour of knowing him for some years, and he frequently described to me his intended improvements: one was, to make the bottom of the boxes in the cases concave, so that the types should always be convenient for the compositor to pick up; another was, to lay four different sized types in the same pair of cases; another, to alter the curve at the top of the f, and discard its ligatures; another, to cast certain Logotypes. Some of these were not improvements in practice; and the others, except they had been generally adopted, would have destroyed uniformity in works that were printed in different houses, in addition to the great expense and inconvenience both to letter founders and printers. In attempting too much, none of his plans were adopted, so far as related to composing.\n\nDiscarding the long ſ has also abolished ſb, ſh, ſi, ſk, ſl, ſſ, ſſi, ſt, and has consequently increased the number of the round s, and the connected letters.\n\n\n\nCanon 20 em Bill, for Job-work.\n\nBill of Exchange. See Forgery.", "chars": 4927, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0294", "term": "bind", "norm": "bind", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BIND ALL; BIND AS IS; BIND FROM SHEETS; BIND IN; BOOKBINDING.", "chars": 186, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0296", "term": "bind \"as is\"", "norm": "bind \"as is\"", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instruction to the binder to bind material in the order, or in the condition, in which it is received from the library, regardless of any seeming imperfections, e.g., a missing issue of a serial, a missing title leaf, etc.", "chars": 225, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0295", "term": "bind all", "norm": "bind all", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instruction to the binder to bind a volume, usually a serial publication, with title page, index, advertisements, or any other material attached.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0309", "term": "bind from sheets", "norm": "bind from sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bookbinding which originates from the flat or folded sheets, usually the former, as received from the printer. Binding from sheets is carried out principally in edition binderies, although pamphlet binding, as well as blankbook binding, might also be considered as such. A book to be bound by hand will generally be in better binding condition if received in sheets (or gatherings), but this occurs only in rare instances today.", "chars": 428, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0310", "term": "bind in", "norm": "bind in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instruction to the bookbinder to bind into the book separate supplementary material, as designated by the customer.", "chars": 118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0297", "term": "binder", "norm": "binder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. One who binds a book; a bibliopegist, or bookbinder. 2. A looseleaf binder (or notebook). 3. A material used to cause other materials to bond, or adhere, or, in papermaking, to cause fibers to bond, coatings to adhere, etc. 4. An adhesive substance, usually of liquid or molten form, used to create adhesion between aggregates, globules, etc. It is distinguished from an ADHESIVE in that it performs an internal adhesive function rather than a surface adhesive function.", "chars": 497, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 142, 309], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Goodwin, Bancroft L. Pamphlet binding…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographic technical series for apprentices, pt. 5, no. 30). 1925.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-binder-1", "term": "binder", "norm": "binder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A temporary cover for periodicals and pamphlets, usually so arranged that it may be taken off and attached to successive numbers of a publication.", "chars": 146, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0298", "term": "binder's block", "norm": "binder's block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BINDER'S BRASS.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0299", "term": "binder's board", "norm": "binder's board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The wood, pasted paper, single- or multiple-ply sheets, or other base stock, for the covers of any bound or cased book, i.e., any book in hard covers. Boards, in one form or another, have been used to cover and thereby protect the leaves of codices since the earliest times of bookbinding.\n\nAlthough PASTEBOARD (1) was used very early in the Near East, in Europe, until about 1500, boards were nearly always made of wood (usually oak), hence the name. These wooden boards varied greatly in thickness, even up to one inch, although it is entirely possible that very thick boards were designed to contain relics, as well as to cover the book. The use of wooden boards began to decline in favor of pasteboards during the first quarter of the 16th century, and in time paper \"boards\" virtually replaced wood entirely, except in certain novelty or specialty uses.\n\nBoards made of tarred rope, sailcloth, netting, and the like, came into use in England for more expensive bindings sometime around the beginning of the 18th century, and continued to be employed extensively until World War Il, or for sometime thereafter, when they became very expensive and difficult to procure. These so-called tar, semi-tar, and rope boards, which are generally referred to as MILLBOARD (1), are very hard and stiff.\n\nThe binder's boards of today are usually made of paper and are available in many weights and thicknesses. Machine-made boards are generally available in four qualities: 1) machine boards, including a wide range of boards made from paper on a cylinder or Fourdrinier machine. These are usually single-ply, solid boards made to full thickness in one operation. They generally range in thickness from 0.030 to 0.300 inch; 2). STRAWBOARD, which originally was the yellowish board from Holland (and was sometimes called Holland board), but which now represents a generic board made from straw or similar material; 3) CHIPBOARD, made from waste paper, wood chips, and other inexpensive materials; and 4) RAG BOARD, made from rag stock.\n\nIn terms of permanence, the various types of boards used today are probably of equal quality. Even old strawboard, which would appear to be the least permanent of all, shows little deterioration with age, even after a hundred years. Its characteristic brittleness is a physical property of this type of board and has little to do with deterioration. That boards in general deteriorate very little may be due largely to the fact that the boards of a book are generally, though not always, completely covered over and are thus largely protected from atmosphere, light, and other potentially damaging effects. It is perhaps interesting to note that, in terms of permanence (as the term is generally understood), strawboard and pasteboard, possibly due to the absence of metallic impurities, are probably more \"permanent\" than the hard and tough millboard.\n\nThe weight (thickness) of the boards used in bookbinding should be appropriate to the size and weight of the volume being bound, and will generally range in thickness between 0.060 inch and, in the case of very large volumes, 0.205 inch in thickness. See also: LAMINATED BOARD.", "chars": 3293, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143, 162, 180, 198, 230, 236], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Higham, Robert R. A. A handbook of paper board and board; its manufacturing technology, conversion and usage. London. Business Books. 1970-71. 2 vol.", "Ireland, Graham H. Paperboard on the multi-vat cyclinder machine. New York. Chemical Publications. 1968.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Mason, John. Paper making as an artistic craft, with a note on nylon paper. London. Faber and Faber. 1959.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0300", "term": "binder's brass", "norm": "binder's brass", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A brass block engraved in relief with letters or a design, and used for blocking the covers of books, by means of either a hand-operated press or an automatic blocking machine. Cf: ZINCO.", "chars": 211, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [307], "citations": ["Simon, Oliver. Introduction to typography. 2nd ed. London. Faber and Faber. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0301", "term": "binder's cloth", "norm": "binder's cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cloth binding of any age, which is not the product of EDITION BINDING. The term was most commonly used to indicate collections of pamphlets, French novels, etc., which the collector did not have bound in leather. Such bindings are almost always blocked from type or standard dies, and, if decorated at all, usually in an ordinary manner. Exceptions date from the earliest years of edition binding in cloth, when materials and style were still in the early stages of development.", "chars": 504, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0302", "term": "binder's record", "norm": "binder's record", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The record kept by a binder, for the purposes of maintaining an accurate record of the various materials received from different customers. Such records generally include instructions for binding or special attention, including the manner in which similar materials were bound in the past, color of covering material, type of covering material, recorded size, lettering format, style and size of type, and the like.", "chars": 415, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [24, 259], "citations": ["Bailey, Arthur Low. Bookbinding. Chicago. American Library Association. 1911.", "Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0303", "term": "binder's stamp", "norm": "binder's stamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The stamp or label applied to a book indicating the bindery that bound the book, and sometimes the month and year in which the book was bound. It is generally located on the inside tail edge of the lower cover. This method of signing a bookbinding first became fashionable in the 20th century. 2. See: BINDER'S BRASS", "chars": 343, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0304", "term": "binder's ticket", "norm": "binder's ticket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small engraved or printed label, usually found on the upper outside corner of one of the front flyleaves, giving the name (and usually the address) of the bookbinder. Tickets were used from the early 18th century until about 1825, but were not often seen in England until about 1780. The use of the ticket gave way to the practice by binders of lettering their names in gilt, blind, or ink, usually on the bottom turn-in of either upper or lower board. This record was sometimes referred to as a \"name pallet.\" A variation of the ticket, usually printed, was used by some edition binders during the 19th century, and was usually located on the inside tail edge of the lower cover.", "chars": 682, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0305", "term": "binder's title", "norm": "binder's title", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The form in which the title of a book appears on the spine or cover, the implication being that the title on the outside may differ, usually by being abbreviated, from the title as it appears on the title page.", "chars": 210, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0306", "term": "binder's waste", "norm": "binder's waste", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: WASTE SHEET (1). 2. Scraps of cloth, leather, board, etc., too small to be classed by themselves. 3. The scrap paper resulting from the trimming of books, and which, being clean, white, and unprinted, commands a premium price in the waste paper market.", "chars": 284, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-bindery-1", "term": "Bindery", "norm": "bindery", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book-binding establishment.", "chars": 29, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0307", "term": "bindery tapes", "norm": "bindery tapes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The tapes used to cover the binding edge of checkbooks, composition books, pads or tablets of writing paper, scrapbooks, and the like. They are also used as gussets for file folders, and as reinforcements for the punched edges of loose-leaf notebook paper. Bindery tapes make use of a variety of backing materials, ranging from Holland, cambric, and gusset cloths, through strong latex-impregnated materials to embossed, coated kraft papers. The tapes are made in a variety of colors, and most are applied automatically on stripping machines. The adhesive used on these tapes must be of reasonably high quality and strength, must have a moderate amount of working life after wetting, and must be capable of bonding quickly after application. Also called \"gum stripping tapes.\"", "chars": 776, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0308", "term": "bindery warehouse", "norm": "bindery warehouse", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The unit or division, usually in an edition bindery, where the simpler forms of binding, i.e., pamphlets, single periodical issues, as well as other miscellaneous operations, such as cutting, folding, stapling, etc., take place, as contrasted with the main bindery, where the more elaborate styles of binding occur, generally those involving sewing. Many finishing operations, e.g., blocking, are common to both. The term is more prevalent in Great Britain than in the United States.", "chars": 483, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0311", "term": "binding", "norm": "binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The style in which a book is bound, e.g., edition binding, library binding, etc. 2. The covers of a bound book. 3. The finished work resulting from the processes involved in binding a book. 4. The concept of securing the leaves or sections of a publication so as to keep them in proper order and to protect them. 5. The style in which a book is decorated, e.g., fanfare style, cottage style, etc.", "chars": 399, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BINDI", "term": "BINDING", "norm": "binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In locking-up a form, if the head-stick be longer than the width of the page and the thickness of the back-stick; or the side or foot stick extend beyond the page and the other be a little too long; or any part of the furniture double over some other part, so as to prevent the quoins wedging the matter tight, it is termed Binding: the head-stick binds; the side-sticks bind, &c.—M.", "chars": 404, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0312", "term": "binding agent", "norm": "binding agent", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An intermediary between a bookbinding establishment, usually a library bindery, and the customer, although not directly employed by either. The binding agent is a more-or-less independent salesman who solicits business for a commission.", "chars": 236, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0313", "term": "binding before purchase", "norm": "binding before purchase", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term generally considered to mean the purchase of books by a library in sheets, to be bound according to the library's specifications before they receive any wear, and while the paper is still fresh, clean and unwrinkled.\n\nBinding before purchase is rare today, except for PRE-LIBRARY BOUND publications, which is not strictly the same thing.", "chars": 366, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [25], "citations": ["Bailey, Arthur Low. Library bookbinding. New York. Wilson. 1916."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0314", "term": "binding book", "norm": "binding book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book used by a library, in which the particulars of materials sent out for binding or rebinding are entered. It may vary in the information recorded, from a simple list of titles to full bibliographical information and binding instructions. The binding book has been largely superseded by the BINDING SLIP.", "chars": 332, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0315", "term": "binding edge", "norm": "binding edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edge of the gathered leaves or sections that is sewn, or otherwise secured. The binding edge of books published in the Western world is traditionally the left edge of a recto, corresponding to the right edge of a verso, but it may be any edge, the most common variant being the head.", "chars": 287, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0316", "term": "binding margin", "norm": "binding margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: INNER MARGIN.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0317", "term": "binding post", "norm": "binding post", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A metal post, generally threaded, used to secure pre-punched loose leaves between stiff or semi-flexible covers. Binding posts, which may be adaptable to expansion, are frequently considered a permanent form of binding. See also: POST BINDER", "chars": 265, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 274], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0318", "term": "binding priorities", "norm": "binding priorities", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ranking or ordering of different types of library materials to be bound or rebound. Priorities may be based on a variety of factors, including historical or research value, age, condition, use, monetary value, special or local interest, format, or combinations thereof. The establishment of priorities frequently, if not usually, implies that the library: 1) does not have sufficient funds to bind everything it acquires; or 2) does not consider it necessary to bind or rebind everything. An example of a system of priorities would be: 1) books of value, or of special interest to the library, that should be bound or rebound without regard to cost; 2) books of permanent interest but of no special monetary value, that should be library bound, but for which the best work would be too expensive; and 3) books of temporary interest that need to be held together and kept in readable condition for occasional reference or short-term hard usage.", "chars": 947, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [84, 208, 326], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Some notes on bookbinding. Oxford. Oxford University Press. 1929.", "Library Binding Institute. Library binding handbook. Rev. ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "Tauber, Maurice Falcolm. Library binding manual…Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0319", "term": "binding process", "norm": "binding process", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The two major divisions of BOOKBINDING, which are FORWARDING and FINISHING (1). Forwarding entails the binding operations, which are the work of the bookbinder; finishing includes decoration and embellishment of the outside (and sometimes the insides of the boards) surfaces of the covers (including the creation of the design), and is the work of the artist. Both operations may be, and frequently are, especially in the United States and Great Britain, performed by the same person.", "chars": 556, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0320", "term": "binding program", "norm": "binding program", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The policies and procedures of a library relating to the care and preservation of its book collection, insofar as such procedures relate to library binding. A sound binding program is based on four fundamental factors: 1) a set of defined procedures within the library, with assignment of authority and responsibility, preferably to one person; 2) a binding budget adequate not only for the binding of new acquisitions but for rebinding in a systematic manner; 3) written binding specifications designed to provide for the preservation of the book collection, based on the purposes and goals of the library; and 4) an agreement or contract with a library binder of recognized competence.", "chars": 687, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [208], "citations": ["Library Binding Institute. Library binding handbook. Rev. ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0321", "term": "binding quirewise", "norm": "binding quirewise", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of sewing a book, in which the sections are placed one inside another and then sewn or saddle stitched through the combined back folds.", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [179], "citations": ["Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0322", "term": "binding record", "norm": "binding record", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "bindery record", "dates": null, "text": "A record of books sent to the binder. This may consist of circulation cards, duplicate binding slips, or special records kept in a book.", "chars": 136, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0323", "term": "binding schedules", "norm": "binding schedules", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The times of pick-up and delivery by the binder from and to the library. Aside from the method of transportation, which should be by means of the binder's own truck, or at least on a non-commingled basis on contract, and not by common carrier, the binding schedule depends largely on five factors: 1) when the volume can best be spared from the library; 2) the most convenient time for preparing books for binding; 3) when the binder can bind books with the least delay; 4) when the library can accumulate a sufficient number of volumes to make up a shipment of reasonable size; and 5) when the library is in the best position to pay for the work done. 131)", "chars": 657, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0324", "term": "binding schemes", "norm": "binding schemes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term at one time used to describe an organized scheme carried through an individual's or library's book collection, in which, for example, all books on history were bound in red, technical books in black, fiction in brown, poetry in buff, books relating to the sea in blue, books on travel in orange, and so on. Such schemes have declined in popularity since the turn of the century, and particularly since the development of systematic classification schemes. See also: BRIGHTER BINDING.", "chars": 514, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [310], "citations": ["Smith, Frederick Richard. Bookbinding. London. Pitman. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0325", "term": "binding slip", "norm": "binding slip", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A card, slip, sheet, or other form of written instructions sent to the bindery with each volume, or set of volumes, specifying the binding requirements for that volume or set. The typical binding slip generally specifies the author (if any), title (sometimes binding specifications abbreviated), classification number, other bibliographical information, binding style (unless previously agreed upon), color of covering material, as well as any peculiarities of the book that should be brought to the attention of the binder, such as margins, condition of the paper, foldouts, loose material (for pockets), etc. A multiple form provides identical copies for the binder, as well as the library, and serves as verification for the work specified.", "chars": 743, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0326", "term": "binding specifications", "norm": "binding specifications", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The description of the materials, manufacturing processes, and standards of workmanship to be employed in binding books for a library or similar institution. Material specifications include the quality and weight (or size) of thread, paper, cloth (or leather), adhesives, mending tissues, gold, foil, inks, etc., of such things as endpapers, guards, stubs, hinges, inlays, linings, tapes, sewing thread. covering materials, and the like. Manufacturing specifications include collation, preparation for sewing, special checking, reinforcing, removing back folds, scoring, construction and attachment of endpapers, trimming, gluing-up, blocking, casing-in, inspection, etc. Workmanship specifications include sewing, rounding and backing, adhesion of materials, turn-ins, squares, corners, trimming and the like. Specifications, it should be noted, are not intended to instruct the binder in how to bind a book, but only to insure an acceptable end product.", "chars": 955, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [16, 25, 83], "citations": ["American Library Association. Library Technology Program. Development of performance standards for binding used in libraries, phase 11. Chicago. American Library Association. (L. T. P. publications no. 10). 1966.", "Bailey, Arthur Low. Library bookbinding. New York. Wilson. 1916.", "Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0327", "term": "binding variations", "norm": "binding variations", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Differences in the bindings of books issued in the same edition by a publisher. The differences might include color or type of cloth, blocking, etc. Such variations may stem from a number of manufacturing causes, especially if all copies printed are not bound at the same time, or some are rebound, as in REMAINDER BINDING. Variations may also result from unsatisfactory storage conditions.", "chars": 414, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0328", "term": "birch (bark)", "norm": "birch (bark)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bark of the common European birch (Betula verrucosa) or (B. pubescens), used in leather manufacture, particularly in Russia, for hundreds of years. The outer bark, which peels off easily, is not used; it is the inner bark from which the tannin, in the amount of 10 to 15%, and 11% soluble non-tans, is extracted. Older trees, those 50 to 60 years of age, yield the richest tannin. Used alone, birch produces a pliable, leather of a yellowish-brown color; it is, however, more often mixed with some other tannin, often willow bark. In addition to tannin, the oil obtained from the bark is used to dress the leather, imparting to RUSSIA LEATHER its characteristic odor. Other species of birch have been used to a limited extent in North America and India. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 834, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0329", "term": "birch broom", "norm": "birch broom", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A \"broom\" made of strips of birch wood and used for stirring the MARBLING SIZE. A birch broom has been the traditional implement for this operation, but whether it was because of the quantities of water used, the screening action of the birch strips, or some other reason, is not clear.", "chars": 310, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 335], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0330", "term": "bite", "norm": "bite", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The ability of an adhesive to penetrate or dissolve the uppermost layer of the adherends. 2. That quality in paper which causes it to take ink, pencil, or printing impressions readily. 3) In engraving, the corrosion of the metal by acid, i.e., the action of acid dissolving away superfluous metal.", "chars": 300, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [138, 139], "citations": ["Gaylord Brothers. Firm. Bookcraft…, by Donald M. Kidd, Syracuse. Gaylord Bros. 1941.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BITE.", "term": "BITE", "norm": "bite", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "If the frisket is not sufficiently cut aw4`ay, but covers some part of the form, so that it prints on the frisket, it is called a Bite.—M. It interposes between the form and the paper to be printed on, and prevents the latter receiving the inked impression intended to be transferred to it. A pressman looks carefully over his first sheet to see that all is right, and if there be a bite he cuts it out of the frisket with his scissors; if one should at first escape his eye, it is cut out as soon as it is perceived.", "chars": 524, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bite-1", "term": "bite", "norm": "bite", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An irregular white spot on the edge or corner of a printed page, caused by the frisket not being sufficiently cut out.", "chars": 118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0331", "term": "bites", "norm": "bites", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An informal expression sometimes used to indicate pieces of paper torn from the margin of a leaf, so-called because of their occasional resemblance to \"bites.\"", "chars": 159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0332", "term": "black book", "norm": "black book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term applied to any of the various books, usually of a devotional nature, so-called from the style of their type, the color of their bindings, the nature of their contents, or combinations thereof. They also frequently had BLACK EDGES.", "chars": 271, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0333", "term": "black edges", "norm": "black edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edges of a book that have been blackened by sponging them with ink, followed by ivory black, lampblack, or antimony mixed with paste. Although used extensively in the 19th century on devotional and funereal publications, they are uncommon today.", "chars": 249, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152, 241], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0335", "term": "black lead", "norm": "black lead", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Commercial powdered graphite, which, when mixed with water, glair, and (sometimes) Armenian bole, is applied to the edges of books before gilding. See also: GILT EDGES.", "chars": 192, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335, 371], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BLACK", "term": "BLACK LETTER", "norm": "black letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is the name now applied to the Old English or Modern Gothic character, which was introduced into England about the middle of the fourteenth century, and became the character generally used in manuscript works before the art of printing was publicly practised in Europe. On the application of that art to the multiplying of books, about the middle of the fifteenth century, the Block Books, and, subsequently, those printed with moveable types, were in this letter, to imitate writing, and were disposed off as manuscripts. When the first William Caslon commenced the business of type founding he made great improvements in their shape, and his Gothic or black letter remains unequalled, viewing it as an imitation of ancient writing, the purest shape for the character originally intended for a counterfeit manuscript. I am sorry to see our present founders giving way to a barbarous caprice of fancy, by introducing arbitrary shapes, which were unknown to our ancestors when this character was in general use; for it appears inconsistent to call the following Letters Old English, or Gothic,\n\nThe Alphabet.\n\nA B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z\n\na b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z\n\nAstle, in his Origin and Progress of Writing, says, “The Modern Gothic, which spread itself all over Europe in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, is improperly so called, because it does not derive its origin from the writing anciently used by the Goths and Visigoths, in Italy and Spain, but this Modern Gothic is the most barbarous or worst kind of writing; it took its rise in the decline of the arts, among the lazy schoolmen, who had the worst taste; it is nothing more than the Latin writing degenerated. This writing began in the twelfth century, and was in general use (especially among monks and schoolmen) in all parts of Europe, till the restoration of the arts, in the fifteenth century, and longer in Germany and the northern nations: Our statute books are still printed in Gothic letters.” Astle’s work was published in 1784.\n\nBlacks in the British Founderies.\n\nTen Line Pica.—Caslon.\n\nFive Line Pica.—Caslon.\n\nFour Line Pica.—Caslon.\n\nTwo Line Double Pica.—Caslon.\n\nTwo Line Great Primer.—Caslon. Wilson.\n\nTwo Line English.—Caslon.\n\nDouble Pica.—Caslon. Figgins. Wilson.\n\nGreat Primer.—Caslon. Figgins. Wilson.\n\nEnglish.—Caslon. Thorowgood & Besley, formerly Wolf’s. Figgins. Wilson.\n\nPica.—Caslon. Thorowgood & Besley. Caxton. Figgins. Wilson.\n\nSmall Pica.—Caslon.\n\nLong Primer.—Caslon. Thorowgood & Besley. Figgins. Wilson.\n\nBourgeois.—Caslon.\n\nBrevier.—Caslon. Wilson.\n\nNonpareil.—Caslon. Wilson.\n\nBlackwell, Beale. See Donations.", "chars": 2871, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_052a.jpg", "caption": "Five 'letters'", "alt": "Five 'letters'", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_052.jpg", "caption": "Blackletter Alphabet", "alt": "Blackletter Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0337", "term": "black step", "norm": "black step", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy line, 6 points thick and about 24 points long, which appears on the back of a folded section of a book after the printed sheet is folded. The collective black steps run from the head to the tail of the gathered sections, generally about 24 points below each other. When the book is gathered the black steps appear as a diagonal line running from head to tail across the back of the text block, and any missing or misplaced section immediately becomes obvious because the black step is broken. Also called \"back mark,\" \"collating mark,\" and \"quad mark.\"", "chars": 560, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0334", "term": "blacking the squares", "norm": "blacking the squares", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of coloring the edges and squares of the boards of a book, as well as the headcaps, with a black pigment, such as vinegar-black mixed with gum arabic, so as to enhance the effect of tooling in blind. The technique is uncommon today.", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152, 241], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0336", "term": "blacks", "norm": "blacks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An obsolete term for a grade of book cloth of a \"common\" quality, dyed throughout. 2. A general term applied to black papers used for covers, photograph albums, and the like.", "chars": 177, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0338", "term": "blanc fixe", "norm": "blanc fixe", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BARIUM SULFATE.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-blank-books-1", "term": "Blank books", "norm": "blank books", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Applied to a large variety of books which are bound with blank leaves, or leaves having ruled lines and little or no printing: account books, memorandum books, ledgers, etc. The binding of such books is a special trade.", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0343", "term": "blank cover", "norm": "blank cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to the covers of a bound book that are not blocked or ornamented in any manner.", "chars": 104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0345", "term": "blank leaves", "norm": "blank leaves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The unprinted leaves at the front and back of a book. They may be an integral part of the book as received from the publisher (printer's flyleaves), or they may be added by the bookbinder (binder's flyleaves). They are not necessarily part of the endpapers.", "chars": 257, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BLANK2", "term": "BLANK PAGES", "norm": "blank pages", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When blank pages occur in a work, particularly in duodecimos and smaller sizes, the compositor will find it an advantage to set them up the exact size of the pages of the work, and made up to his gauge, so that he will have his register good without the trouble that attends filling the blank up with pieces of Furniture by guess work, which causes extra trouble to the pressman.", "chars": 379, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0346", "term": "blank rolling", "norm": "blank rolling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of sprinkling a FLESHER, in which an iron solution is applied to the leather and rolled in. The nap is then restored by brushing.", "chars": 162, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0347", "term": "blank tooling", "norm": "blank tooling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLIND TOOLING.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-blank-line-1", "term": "Blank-line", "norm": "blank-line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A line of quadrates.", "chars": 20, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0339", "term": "blankbook", "norm": "blankbook", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a book in which the printing was limited to page headings or divisions. The page was generally blank or ruled and was intended to receive writing. Today, blankbooks include a variety of items, including account books, albums, scrapbooks, exercise and manuscript books, etc. Blankbooks intended for the accounting of court records, etc., are generally ruled, horizontally and/or vertically, to facilitate writing. Since in most cases the information recorded is considered to be of permanent value, the paper and binding of the book must be of superior quality. Called \"account book\" in Great Britain. See also: BLANKBOOK BINDING.", "chars": 665, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [227, 274], "citations": ["Madagan, John R. Bookbinding methods and aids for the printing trade. Charlotte, N. C. Washburn Printing Co. 1952.", "Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0340", "term": "blankbook binding", "norm": "blankbook binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of binding for books meant to be written in and which, therefore, must lie flat at any place the book is open. Blankbook binding is one of the principal subdivisions of STATIONERY BINDING and differs greatly from the other major nit of binding, LETTERPRESS BINDING. One of the major differences is that blankbooks, or account books, as they are also called, are rounded but not backed, having instead a SPRING-BACK, which, in conjunction with the LEVERS, causes the spine of the book to \"spring\" up when the book is opened, thus giving full access to the gutter of the opposing pages. The best blankbook binding is very durable, with sewing on wide bands of webbing, rather than tapes, the ends of which are secured between split boards. The books also have heavy linings and strongly reinforced endpapers, called \"joints\" in a blankbook. In addition, it is not unusual for the folios to be sewn first to heavy cloth guards before being sewn to the webbings. Additional strength is sometimes imparted by hubs on the spine (which also protect the lettering) and bands either over or blankbook frame under the covering material. Although formerly always covered in leather, many blankbooks are now covered in heavy duck or canvas. Called \"account-book binding\" in Great Britain.", "chars": 1380, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 320, 339, 343], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0341", "term": "blankbook frame", "norm": "blankbook frame", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for a sewing frame designed to be used when tapes instead of cords are used in sewing. See also: SEWING FRAME.", "chars": 151, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0342", "term": "blankbook paper", "norm": "blankbook paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LEDGER PAPER.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-blanket-1", "term": "Blanket", "norm": "blanket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A woollen cloth used in the tympan.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BLANK1", "term": "BLANKETS", "norm": "blankets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Flannel steeped in urine, in which pelt balls are wrapped up at nights, and when they are not in use, to keep them soft.\n\nWoollen cloth, or white baize, to lay between the tympans.—M. The blankets used for fine work are either superfine woollen cloth or fine kerseymere; for the finest work, paper alone is used. See Presswork.", "chars": 356, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0344", "term": "blanking", "norm": "blanking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of blocking book cloths that are patterned, i.e., grained. Before the use of hot dies and foils eliminated the need for blanking, the cloth was struck with the uninked die, which flattened out the pattern or grain of the cloth, leaving a smooth surface to take the ink on the subsequent strike. 2. A term sometimes used incorrectly with reference to blinding. See: BLIND TOOLING.", "chars": 418, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [91, 365], "citations": ["Conkey, W. B. Company. What a businessman should know about printing and bookmaking. Rev. ed. Hammond, Inc. W. B. Conkey. 1928.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BLASP", "term": "BLASPHEMY", "norm": "blasphemy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "9 & 10 Will. 3. c. 32., intituled, “An Act for the more effectual suppressing of Blasphemy and Profaneness.”\n\n“Whereas many persons have of late years openly avowed and published many blasphemous and impious Opinions, contrary to the Doctrines and Principles of the Christian Religion, greatly tending to the Dishonour of Almighty God, and may prove destructive to the Peace and Welfare of this Kingdom: Wherefore for the more effectual suppressing of the said detestable Crimes, be it enacted by the King’s most excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and the Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That if any Person or Persons, having been educated in, or at any Time having made Profession of the Christian Religion within this Realm, shall by Writing, Printing, Teaching, or advised Speaking, deny any one of the Persons in the Holy Trinity to be God, or shall assert or maintain there are more Gods than one, or shall deny the Christian Religion to be true, or the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testament to be of Divine Authority, and shall upon Indictment or Information in any of his Majesty’s Courts at Westminster, or at the Assizes, be thereof lawfully convicted by the Oath of two or more credible Witnesses; such Person or Persons for the first Offence shall be adjudged incapable and disabled in Law, to all Intents and Purposes whatsoever, to have or enjoy any Office or Offices, Employment or Employments, Ecclesiastical, Civil, or Military, or any Part in them, or any Profit or Advantage appertaining to them, or any of them: And if any Person or Persons so convicted as aforesaid, shall at the Time of his or their Conviction, enjoy or possess any Office, Place, or Employment, such Office, Place, or Employment shall be void, and is hereby declared void: And if such Person or Persons shall be a second Time lawfully convicted as aforesaid, of all or any the aforesaid Crime or Crimes, that then he or they shall from thenceforth be disabled to sue, prosecute, plead or use any Action or Information in any Court of Law or Equity, or to be Guardian of any Child, or Executor or Administrator of any Person, or capable of any Legacy or Deed of Gift, or to bear any Office, Civil or Military, or Benefice Ecclesiastical for ever within this Realm, and shall also suffer Imprisonment for the Space of Three Years, without Bail or Mainprize, from the Time of such Conviction.\n\ns. 2. “Provided always, and be it enacted by the Authority aforesaid, That no Person shall be prosecuted by virtue of this Act, for any Words spoken, unless the Information of such Words shall be given upon Oath before one or more Justice or Justices of the Peace, within four Days after such Words spoken, and the Prosecution of such Offence be within three Months after such Information.\n\ns. 3. “Provided also, and be it enacted by the Authority aforesaid, That any Person or Persons convicted of all or any of the aforesaid Crime or Crimes, in Manner aforesaid, shall for the first Offence (upon his, her, or their Acknowledgment and Renunciation of such Offence or erroneous Opinions, in the same Court where such Person or Persons was or were convicted, as aforesaid, within the Space of four Months after his, her, or their Conviction) be discharged from all Penalties and Disabilities incurred by such Conviction; any thing in this Act contained to the contrary thereof in anywise notwithstanding.”\n\nRepealed as to denying the Trinity, by 53 Geo. 3. c. 160. s. 2. which is extended to Ireland by 57 Geo. 3. c. 70. See Libels.\n\n53 Geo. 3. c. 160., intituled, “An Act to relieve Persons who impugn the Doctrine of the Holy Trinity from certain Penalties.”\n\ns. 2. “And be it further enacted, That the Provisions of another Act passed in the Ninth and Tenth Years of the Reign of King William, intituled An Act for the more effectual suppressing Blasphemy and Profaneness, so far as the same relate to Persons denying as therein mentioned, respecting the Holy Trinity, be and the same are hereby repealed.\n\ns. 3. “And whereas it is expedient to repeal an Act, passed in the Parliament of Scotland in the First Parliament of King Charles the Second, intituled, An Act against the Crime of Blasphemy; and another Act, passed in the Parliament of Scotland in the First Parliament of King William, intituled Act against Blasphemy; which Acts respectively ordain the Punishment of Death; be it therefore enacted, That the said Acts and each of them shall be, and the same are and is hereby repealed.\n\ns. 4. “And be it further enacted, That this Act shall be deemed and taken to be a Public Act, and shall be judicially taken Notice of as such by all Judges, Justices, and others, without being specially pleaded.”\n\n60 Geo. 3. c. 8. “An Act for the more effectual Prevention and Punishment of blasphemous and seditious Libels.”\n\n“Whereas it is expedient to make more effectual Provision for the Punishment of blasphemous and seditious Libels; be it enacted by the King’s most excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That from and after the passing of this Act, in every Case in which any Verdict or Judgment by Default shall be had against any Person for composing, printing, or publishing any blasphemous Libel, or any seditious Libel, tending to bring into Hatred or Contempt the Person of His Majesty, His Heirs or Successors, or the Regent, or the Government and Constitution of the United Kingdom as by Law established, or either House of Parliament, or to excite His Majesty’s Subjects to attempt the Alteration of any Matter in Church or State as by Law established, otherwise than by lawful Means, it shall be lawful for the Judge, or the Court before whom or in which such Verdict shall have been given, or the Court in which such Judgment by Default shall be had, to make an Order for the Seizure and carrying away, and detaining in safe Custody, in such Manner as shall be directed in such Order, all Copies of the Libel which shall be in the Possession of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, or in the Possession of any other Person named in the Order for his Use; Evidence upon Oath having been previously given to the Satisfaction of such Court or Judge, that a Copy or Copies of the said Libel is or are in the Possession of such other Person for the Use of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had as aforesaid; and in every such Case it shall be lawful for any Justice of the Peace, or for any Constable or other Peace Officer acting under any such Order, or for any Person or Persons acting with or in Aid of any such Justice of the Peace, Constable, or other Peace Officer, to search for any Copies of such Libel in any House, Building, or other Place whatsoever belonging to the Person against whom any such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, or to any other Person so named, in whose Possession any Copies of any such Libel, belonging to the Person against whom any such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, shall be; and in case Admission shall be refused or not obtained within a reasonable Time after it shall have been first demanded, to enter by Force by Day into any such House, Building, or Place whatsoever, and to carry away all Copies of the Libel there found, and to detain the same in safe Custody until the same shall be restored under the Provisions of this Act, or disposed of according to any further Order made in relation thereto.\n\ns. 2. “And be it further enacted, That if in any such Case as aforesaid Judgment shall be arrested, or if, after Judgment shall have been entered, the same shall be reversed upon any Writ of Error, all Copies so seized shall be forthwith returned to the Person or Persons from whom the same shall have been so taken as aforesaid, free of all Charge and Expence, and without the Payment of any Fees whatever; and in every Case in which final Judgment shall be entered upon the Verdict so found against the Person or Persons charged with having composed, printed, or published such Libel, then all Copies so seized shall be disposed of as the Court in which such Judgment shall be given shall order and direct.\n\ns. 3. “Provided always, and be it enacted, That in Scotland, in every Case in which any Person or Persons shall be found guilty before the Court of Justiciary, of composing, printing, or publishing any blasphemous or seditious Libel, or where Sentence of Fugitation shall have been pronounced against any Person or Persons, in consequence of their failing to appear to answer to any Indictment charging them with having composed, printed, or published any such Libel, then and in either of such Cases, it shall and may be lawful for the said Court to make an Order for the Seizure, carrying away, and detaining in safe Custody, all Copies of the Libel in the Possession of any such Person or Persons named in such Order, for his or their Use, Evidence upon Oath having been previously given to the Satisfaction of such Court or Judge, that a Copy or Copies of the said Libel is or are in the Possession of such other Person for the Use of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had as aforesaid; and every such Order so made shall and may be carried into effect, in such and the same Manner as any Order made by the Court of Justiciary, or any Circuit Court of Justiciary, may be carried into Effect according to the Law and Practice of Scotland: Provided always, that in the Event of any Person or Persons being reponed against any such Sentence of Fugitation, and being thereafter acquitted, all Copies so seized shall be forthwith returned to the Person or Persons from whom the same shall have been so taken as aforesaid; and in all other Cases, the Copies so seized shall be disposed of in such Manner as the said Court may direct.\n\ns. 4. “And be it further enacted, That if any Person shall, after the passing of this Act, be legally convicted of having, after the passing of this Act, composed, printed, or published any blasphemous Libel or any such seditious Libel as aforesaid, and shall, after being so convicted, offend a Second Time, and be thereof legally convicted before any Commission of Oyer and Terminer or Gaol Delivery, or in His Majesty’s Court of King’s Bench, such Person may, on such Second Conviction, be adjudged, at the Discretion of the Court, either to suffer such Punishment as may now by Law be inflicted in Cases of high Misdemeanors, or to be banished from the United Kingdom, and all other Parts of His Majesty’s Dominions, for such Term of Years as the Court in which such Conviction shall take place shall order.\n\ns. 5. “And be it further enacted, That in case any Person so sentenced and ordered to be banished as aforesaid, shall not depart from this United Kingdom within Thirty Days after the pronouncing of such Sentence and Order as aforesaid, for the Purpose of going into such Banishment as aforesaid, it shall and may be lawful to and for His Majesty to convey such Person to such Parts out of the Dominions of His said Majesty, as His Majesty by and with the Advice of His Privy Council shall direct.\n\ns. 6. “And be it further enacted, That if any Offender who shall be so ordered by any such Court as aforesaid to be banished in Manner aforesaid, shall after the End of Forty Days from the Time such Sentence and Order hath been pronounced, be at large within any Part of the United Kingdom, or any other Part of His Majesty’s Dominions, without some lawful Cause, before the Expiration of the Term for which such Offender shall have been so ordered to be banished as aforesaid, every such Offender being so at large as aforesaid, being thereof lawfully convicted, shall be transported to such Place as shall be appointed by His Majesty for any Term not exceeding Fourteen Years.\n\ns. 7. “And be it further enacted, That the Clerk of Assize, Clerk of the Peace, or other Clerk or Officer of the Court having the Custody of the Records where any Offender shall have been convicted of having composed, printed, or published any blasphemous or seditious Libel, shall, upon Request of the Prosecutor on His Majesty’s Behalf, make out and give a Certificate in Writing, signed by him, containing the Effect and Substance only (omitting the formal Part) of every Indictment and Conviction of such Offender to the Justices of Assize, Oyer and Terminer, Great Sessions, or Gaol Delivery, where such Offender or Offenders shall be indicted for any Second Offence of composing, printing, or publishing any blasphemous or seditious Libel, for which Certificate Six Shillings and Eight-pence and no more shall be paid, and which Certificate shall be sufficient Proof of the Conviction of such Offender.\n\ns. 8. “And be it further enacted, That any Action and Suit which shall be brought or commenced against any Justice or Justices of the Peace, Constable, Peace Officer, or other Person or Persons, within that Part of Great Britain called England, or in Ireland, for any thing done or acted in pursuance of this Act, shall be commenced within Six Calendar Months next after the Fact committed, and not afterwards; and the Venue in every such Action or Suit shall be laid in the proper County where the Fact was committed, and not elsewhere; and the Defendant or Defendants in every such Action or Suit may plead the General Issue, and give this Act and the special Matter in Evidence at any Trial to be had thereupon; and if such Action or Suit shall be brought or commenced after the Time limited for bringing the same, or the Venue shall be laid in any other Place than as aforesaid, then the Jury shall find a Verdict for the Defendant or Defendants; and in such Case, or if the Jury shall find a Verdict for the Defendant or Defendants upon the Merits, or if the Plaintiff or Plaintiffs shall become Nonsuit, or discontinue his, her, or their Actions after Appearance, or if, upon Demurrer, Judgment shall be given against the Plaintiff or Plaintiffs, the Defendant or Defendants shall have Double Costs, which he or they shall and may recover in such and the same Manner as any Defendant can by Law in other Cases.\n\ns. 9. “And be it further enacted, That every Action and Suit which shall be brought or commenced against any Person or Persons in Scotland, for any thing done or acted in pursuance of this Act, shall in like Manner be commenced within Six Calendar Months after the Fact committed, and not afterwards, and shall be brought in the Court of Session in Scotland; and the Defender or Defenders may plead that the Matter complained of was done in pursuance of this Act, and may give this Act and the special Matter in Evidence; and if such Action or Suit shall be brought or commenced after the Time limited for bringing the same, then the same shall be dismissed; and in such Case, or if the Defender or Defenders shall be assoilzied, or the Pursuer or Pursuers shall suffer the Action or Suit to fall asleep, or a Decision shall be pronounced against the Pursuer or Pursuers upon the Relevancy, the Defender or Defenders shall have Double Costs, which he or they shall and may receive in such and the same Manner as any Defender can by Law recover Costs or Expences in other Cases.\n\ns. 10. “Provided always, and be it further enacted, That nothing in this Act contained shall be held or considered as in any respect altering the Law or Practice of Scotland regarding the Punishment of Persons convicted of composing, printing, publishing, or circulating any blasphemous or seditious Libel.”—See Libels.", "chars": 16135, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0348", "term": "bleach", "norm": "bleach", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A chemical, usually an oxidizing or reducing agent, used to whiten or increase the brightness of a material, e.g., paper or paper pulp. See also: BLEACHING (1) 2. A solution of chlorine or a similar chemical. 3. To whiten or increase the brightness of a material, or to remove stains from paper. See: BLEACHING (2).", "chars": 366, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0349", "term": "bleached groundwood paper", "norm": "bleached groundwood paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper manufactured from groundwood pulp which has been bleached by means of a suitable chemical, e.g., sodium peroxide, zinc hydrosulfite, etc, or a combination of chemicals. It is substantially brighter than unbleached groundwood paper and is not significantly less bright than paper produced from bleached sulfate or sulfite pulps.", "chars": 335, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0350", "term": "bleached sulfate paper", "norm": "bleached sulfate paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of paper generally used in grades of white, as well as for boards requiring strength. The pulp is fully bleached with chlorine dioxide, or the dioxide plus peroxide, with or without hypochlorite, in multistage bleaching operations. Its high brightness is attainable with strength characteristics not substantially lower than that of an unbleached chemical pulp.", "chars": 369, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0351", "term": "bleached sulfite paper", "norm": "bleached sulfite paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper which has been bleached in one stage by means of peroxide or hypochlorite, or in a multistage operation using peroxide and/or chlorine dioxide. The paper has high brightness with good stability.", "chars": 202, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0352", "term": "bleaching", "norm": "bleaching", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of treating pulps used in papermaking with chemicals to alter their color so that the pulp and the resulting paper will have greater brightness. Such bleaching is usually accompanied by partial removal of noncellulosic materials, e.g., LIGNIN.\n\n2. The process of chemically treating archival materials in order to remove stains, discoloration, foxing, etc., and/or to restore brightness. Both oxidizing—i.e., chemicals which take up electrons—and reducing—i.e., chemicals which give up electrons—chemicals are used, the former much more extensively than the latter. Chemicals which are, or have been, used include CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE, CHLORAMINE T. , CHLORINE DIOXIDE, FORMALDEHYDE, HYDROGEN PEROXIDE, POTASSIUM METABISULFITE,\n\nSODIUM CHLORATE, SODIUM CHLORITE, SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE, and SODIUM PEROXIDE. 3. The process of lightening the color of a vegetable-tanned leather by means of the removal of the oxidized tannins and insoluble matter from the outer surfaces of the skin, usually by treatment with a solution of sodium carbonate, washing, and then treatment with diluted acid. Chrome-tanned leathers are usually bleached by treating the skin with acid solutions of syntans and at times by precipitating white pigments in the grain layer of the leather to impart a bleached appearance. 4. The destructive effects of chemical agents on water colors, inks, fugitive colors, etc. 5. The generally undesirable and destructive effect of natural and artificial light on archival materials, especially cloth and leather bookbindings.", "chars": 1808, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [62, 77, 218, 320, 323], "citations": ["Britt, Kenneth W., ed. Handbook of pulp and paper technology. 2nd ed. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1970.", "Clapperton, Robert Henderson. Modern paper-making. 3rd ed. Oxford. Blackwell. 1952.", "Lydenherg, Harry Miller, and John Archer. The care and repair of books. 4th ed. New York. Bowker. 1960.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. Chemistry of pulp and pa per making. 3rd ed. New York. Wiley. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0353", "term": "bleaching powder", "norm": "bleaching powder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0354", "term": "bled", "norm": "bled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The printed image, plates, or illustrations of a book that have been cut into during trimming, e.g., BLEED BORDER, BLEED ILLUSTRATION.", "chars": 182, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0355", "term": "bleed", "norm": "bleed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. To trim the edges of a book to the extent that part of the letterpress is removed. 2. A printed image which runs off the edge of a page. 3. The process of deliberately trimming so as to \"bleed\" a page. See also: BLEED BORDER; BLEED ILLUSTRATION.", "chars": 296, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 365], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-bleed-1", "term": "bleed", "norm": "bleed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a book is cut into the print it is said to bleed.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-bleed-1", "term": "bleed", "norm": "bleed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a book has been cut down into the print it is said to have been bled.", "chars": 74, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-bleed-1", "term": "bleed", "norm": "bleed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a book on being trimmed is so cut that some of the print is taken off it is said to bleed.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0356", "term": "bleed border", "norm": "bleed border", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy border on a printed page or sheet, especially on the cover of a pamphlet or booklet, printed in such a position that part of it is cut away in trimming.", "chars": 160, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0357", "term": "bleed illustration", "norm": "bleed illustration", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An illustration that runs to one or more edges of the page, leaving no margin. If the bleeding is to be accomplished by means of cropping, the illustration must be designed so that nothing of importance is removed by trimming. When an illustration occupies an entire page, it is said to bleed on three sides, i.e., head, tail, and fore edge, and run flush to the gutter. See also: CENTER SPREAD.", "chars": 419, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0358", "term": "bleeding", "norm": "bleeding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: BLEED. 2. The removal of color from a paper or paper pulp due to the action of water or another liquid, which dissolves the coloring matter. 3. Discoloration of the surface of a paper due to the migration of residual oils. 4. The tendency of colored papers to stain contiguous leaves, usually due to the presence of water or moisture of some kind. 5. The diffusion of uncombined materials from the interior of leather to the grain surface where they may contaminate other materials or mar the appearance of the leather. This usually occurs at elevated temperatures and is commonly designated as staining.", "chars": 636, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 325, 363], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0359", "term": "blesbock", "norm": "blesbock", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A South African antelope, Damaliscus albifrons, the skin of which has been used to produce a bold-grained leather, in imitation of SEALSKIN.", "chars": 164, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0360", "term": "blind blocking", "norm": "blind blocking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of lettering or decorating a book with BINDER'S BRASS or ZINCO only, i.e., without gold leaf, ink, or foil.", "chars": 167, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [307], "citations": ["Simon, Oliver. Introduction to typography. 2nd ed. London. Faber and Faber. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0361", "term": "blind finishing", "norm": "blind finishing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any of the several techniques of decorating a binding by tooling without the use of gold, or other leaf metals, or coloring materials. Blind finishing includes: 1) impressing the surface of the covering material with a heated tool (See: BLIND TOOLING); 2) embossing leather from the flesh side while wet, with the pattern being outlined by an indented line; and 3) cutting the leather so as to create a design in relief. See: CUIR-CISELÉ.", "chars": 486, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0362", "term": "blind impressions", "norm": "blind impressions", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Virtually the same process as BLIND BLOCKING, except that it generally applies to hand tooling. In blind impressions, there are generally two impressions of the tool or letter, the first made through the design or lettering on paper with a warm tool and a second done directly on the impression. This second step assures an evenness and straightness of the impression, and, because the impression through the paper is larger, the second makes the final impression the correct size.", "chars": 505, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0363", "term": "blind lines", "norm": "blind lines", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The impressed lines on the spine of a leather binding along each side of the raised bands. Such lines are usually impressed with a two-line PALLET (1). 2. The blind lines made by a FILLET (1) without the use of leaf metal or foil.", "chars": 281, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0365", "term": "blind stamping", "norm": "blind stamping", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term originally used with reference to stamping a leather cover with small, unheated tools that were cut intaglio so that the impression was in relief. See also: BLIND TOOLING.", "chars": 202, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0366", "term": "blind tooling", "norm": "blind tooling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating a book in which impressions are made in the covering material, usually leather or tawed skin, by means of heated tools, pallets, rolls, fillets, or combinations of one or more of these. As the name implies, blind tooling does not entail the use of leaf metal, foil, or any other coloring material, with the possible exception of carbon, which is sometimes used to darken the impressions.\n\nThe effect of blind tooling rests largely on the depth and uniformity of the impressions (which makes it unsuitable for use with hard covering materials) and the ability of the heated tool to produce a darkened color (see above)—factors which make leather, especially in the lighter shades, an ideal medium for this method of decoration.\n\nThe critical aspects of the technique are the temperature of the tool and the degree of dampness of the leather. In general, the damper the leather the cooler the tool should be, and vice versa. In tooling leather blind, the surface is given a quick initial strike to \"set\" the leather in the impression. The tool is then impressed again and rocked slightly, which polishes and darkens the impression. When blind lines run across the spine of the book, polishing is accomplished by sliding a pallet along the lines; on the covers, where a fillet is used for long lines, it is fixed so that instead of rolling, it slides along the impression.\n\nBlind tooling has been used as a means of decorating books since the early days of bookbinding, and can be traced back to COPTIC BINDINGS of the 7th or 8th centuries, and even earlier. There is reason to believe that the technique was brought to Europe from the Mediterranean area about the same time as other Coptic techniques being used, possibly by imported craftsmen; however, little is known of blind-tooled bindings until the 12th century and early part of the 13th. In one form or another, the technique has been used continuously up to the present day, but during the 16th to 18th centuries, its use was more or less limited to inferior calf- and sheepskin bindings. Near the end of the 18th and during the early years of the 19th centuries blind tooling was often used on fine bindings in conjunction with gold. Also called \"antique tooling.\"", "chars": 2263, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 123, 130, 236, 335], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Dunn and Wilson Group. The art and craft of bookbinding. Falkirk. Dunn & Wilson. 1968.", "Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-blind-tooling-1", "term": "blind tooling", "norm": "blind tooling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The impression of finishing tools without gold leaf.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-blind-tooling-1", "term": "blind tooling", "norm": "blind tooling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the impression of finishing tools without gold.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0367", "term": "blind warbles", "norm": "blind warbles", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: WARBLES.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0364", "term": "blind-stamped panel", "norm": "blind-stamped panel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "blind-stamped binding", "dates": null, "text": "A form of decoration on the covers of a binding impressed by means of an engraved stamp (bearing a complete design) on the dampened leather. Virtually all early plates were cut intaglio (with a three dimensional effect and not as a two dimensional printing block), the resulting image on the cover being in relief. Panels were still being used in (German) bookbinding until well into the 18th century.\n\nThe art originated in the Low Countries, and was practiced there from the 14th century on. Characteristic designs consisted of animals in circles or loops of foliage. The art flourished in France from about 1488 to 1528; in Germany, extensive use was made of blind-stamped panels on covers of pigskin bindings, mainly after 1550. The blind-stamped panel was in use in England from about 1480 to 1580, but it was not really popular until about 1500. The most used motifs included the royal arms and heraldic devices. Rectangular panels made with a single stamp continued in use until about 1623.\n\nBecause of the great pressure required to impress a complete design, a standing press of some kind must have been used.\n\nThe most commonly used leathers for these bindings were calfskin and pigskin.", "chars": 1191, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 166, 236], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Hobson, Geoffrey Dudley. Blind-stamped panels in the English book-trade, c. 1485-1555. London. The Bibliographical Society. 1944.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-blind-tooled-1", "term": "Blind-Tooled", "norm": "blind-tooled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the tools are impressed upon the leather, without being gilt, they are said to be blind or blank.", "chars": 102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-blind-tooled-1", "term": "Blind-Tooled", "norm": "blind-tooled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a book has been impressed with tools |174| without being gilt, it is said to be “blind-tooled” or “antique.”", "chars": 113, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-blind-tooled-1", "term": "Blind-Tooled", "norm": "blind-tooled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When tools are impressed upon the leather, without gold, they are said to be blind or blank, and the book is blind-tooled. This tooling is sometimes called antique.", "chars": 164, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0368", "term": "blisters", "norm": "blisters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Bubbles or pockets of air, water vapor, solvent vapor, etc., trapped between the board and PASTEDOWN of a book, causing the board paper to bulge, forming a blister. A blister effect may also be caused by a small mass of adhesive, which stretches the covering material, or by failure of the covering material to adhere properly, causing a protuberance or \"blister\" between board and covering material. 2. Defects in paper resulting from too rapid drying of the web or poor condition of the drying felts which allows air between the felt and web. Blisters are also defects in coated papers caused by too rapid expansion of moisture in the interior of the sheet when subjected to the high drying temperatures of web presses.", "chars": 748, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [5, 17], "citations": ["Ainsworth, John H. Paper; the fifth wonder. 2nd ed. Kaukauna, Wisc. Thomas. 1959.", "American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0369", "term": "block", "norm": "block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of metal, without a handle, bearing an engraved or etched design and used in decorating the covers of a book. It is intended to be used in a press. See also: BLOCKING (1); BLOCKING PRESS.", "chars": 243, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 234], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-block-1", "term": "block", "norm": "block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The mahogany forms on which stereotype plates are placed for printing.", "chars": 70, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0370", "term": "block book", "norm": "block book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book printed from cut blocks of wood. Although it is presumed that block books preceded the invention of printing from movable metal type, most of the extant examples of block books are from the period 1460 to 1480, i.e., subsequent to printing from metal types. Each block was cut for an entire page, and, in the earliest examples, each leaf was printed only on one side, usually with a thin, brownish ink. The spread of printing virtually eliminated the demand for this type of book but they continued to be printed until at least the end of the 15th century. These later examples were printed on both sides of the leaf with ordinary printing ink. Block books are essentially picture books, sometimes with a small amount of text, also cut in wood.", "chars": 751, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 140, 156], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0375", "term": "block printing", "norm": "block printing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of printing from hand-carved blocks of wood or linoleum. Modern blocks, which are made up of relatively heavy lines and solid areas, are cut for relief printing, and are inked or colored only on the uncut surfaces. If printing in two or more colors is required, the colors can be applied and printed in one impression, printed in two or more impressions, or two or more blocks can be cut. In the early days of block printing, it was a common practice to print the outline of the design and then apply the colors by hand. The relatively soft surfaces of blocks of wood or linoleum limit the number of impressions that can be made.", "chars": 641, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [234], "citations": ["Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BLOCK", "term": "BLOCKED-UP", "norm": "blocked-up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Letter is said to be blocked-up, when in the progress of a work it is all composed, and from any cause none of the forms can be worked to disengage part of it, in order to proceed. This may arise—from the Author not returning the proofs regularly—from the Reader not reading them for press—from a flush of presswork in other works—from the non-attendance or negligence of the pressmen—or from compositors, in a companionship, keeping each too much copy in his hands, whereby all the letter is composed before they join their matter. From whatever cause it arises it is a great detriment, and unhinges the regular train of work, and ought always to be avoided as much as possible.\n\nThe term is also applied when the Pressmen use too much ink in working a form; and when a form has been neglected to be washed, and the ink left to dry on the face—It is blocked-up with ink.\n\nBlocks, for stereotype printing, see Risers.", "chars": 975, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-blocked-up-1", "term": "BLOCKED-UP", "norm": "blocked-up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the fount of type is all set, and none is available for present use.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0371", "term": "blocking", "norm": "blocking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process or technique of impressing a design into the covering material of a book by means of a stamp or BLOCK having an engraved or etched surface. The term applies to the impressing of type, blocks, etc., with foil, leaf, etc., or without (BLIND BLOCKING). Since the area that can be blocked by hand is relatively small (about one square inch, or less), large areas are blocked using a BLOCKING PRESS. The permanency of the blocking, particularly when gold leaf is used, depends largely on the pressure applied by the craftsman, or the force of the blocking press, which drives the raised surfaces of the block or die into the covering material. Hand blocking may be done on curved or flat surfaces, while blocking by means of a press is generally done on flat surfaces only. 2. The surface tackiness that book cloths sometimes develop as they age. 3. An undesirable condition in which a dry adhesive film is reactivated by heat, pressure, moisture, etc., and adheres to a material in contact with it.", "chars": 1081, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 179, 236, 276, 309], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0372", "term": "blocking foil", "norm": "blocking foil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin plastic film with a high vacuum deposit of gold or other metal and backed by a pressure-sensitive adhesive. White and colored pigments are also available. They are used in the same way as gold leaf, the impression being obtained by means of a heated die, block, type, etc. Blocking foils are used extensively in library and edition binding.", "chars": 347, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81, 92, 161], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Corderoy, John. Bookbinding for beginners. New York. Watson-Guptill. 1967.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0373", "term": "blocking powder", "norm": "blocking powder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finely ground resin used in dusting over the impressions in silk and velvet before gold tooling. Such resins are used in lieu of GLAIR because moisture would stain the silk or velvet. The powder has the advantage of requiring only a moderately hot tool, whereas glair requires considerably more heat to make the gold adhere. Blocking powder, however, does not provide the solidity of adhesion to gold leaf that is obtainable with a liquid size; therefore, it is generally used only when a liquid size is impractical.", "chars": 542, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0374", "term": "blocking press", "norm": "blocking press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A press which heats blocks and impresses lettering. designs, etc., into the covers of books. In edition binding this is done automatically, gold or pigment foils being fed through the machine on a thin plastic BLOCKING FOIL. The blocking press is used for BLIND BLOCKING or ink blocking; heat is not required for the latter process. When gold leaf is used it is laid directly on the book cover. The blocking press first came into use in England in the period 1830-32 for gold blocking on book cloths. Before this time books were blocked with a block that was heated off the press and then laid on the cover and pressed. Also called \"embossing press\" and, in the United States, \"stamping press.\"", "chars": 742, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [107, 203, 236], "citations": ["Darley, Lionel S. Introduction to book binding. London. Faber and Faber. 1965.", "Leighton, Douglas. Modern bookbinding: a survey and a prospect. New York. Oxford University Press. 1935.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-blocking-press-1", "term": "blocking press", "norm": "blocking press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Another and more general term for the arming press; one of the chief implements used in cloth work. Used for finishing the side of a cover by a mechanical process.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-blocking-press-1", "term": "blocking press", "norm": "blocking press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a press used for impressing blocks such as those used in decorating cloth cases.", "chars": 80, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-blocking-press-1", "term": "blocking press", "norm": "blocking press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Another and more general term for the stamping or arming press; one of the chief implements used in cloth work. Used for finishing or decorating the sides and back of a cover by a mechanical process.", "chars": 199, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-blocks-or-blocking-tools-1", "term": "BLOCKS OR BLOCKING TOOLS", "norm": "blocks or blocking tools", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An engraved stamp used for finishing by means of the blocking press.", "chars": 68, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0376", "term": "blood stone burnisher", "norm": "blood stone burnisher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BURNISHER(S) (1)", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0377", "term": "bloom", "norm": "bloom", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A deposit of ellagic acid formed in and on leathers tanned with vegetable tannins of the pyrogallol class, probably as a result of the action of enzymes native to the original source, i.e., bark, acorns, etc. Although bloom affects the physical properties of leather in that it increases weight yield, firmness, and water resistance, it is deposited in insoluble form and is not chemically combined with the fibers of the leather. Its presence at times gives an unsightly appearance to the leather. 2. A misty surface appearance in an illustration, caused by an excess of acid or too much drier in the ink. 3. The dulling film that sometimes appears on varnish and glossy paint films, particularly in industrial atmospheres. It usually consists of minute crystals of ammonium sulfate produced by the reaction between sulfur dioxide, ammonia, and oxygen in condensed moisture on the film. Bloom can appear on a freshly lacquered surface when rapid evaporation of the solvents causes the temperature of the surface to fall below the dew point. Moisture is deposited on the film, causing a limited precipitation of cellulose nitrate and giving the film a permanent cloudy appearance.", "chars": 1183, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175, 195, 306, 363], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0378", "term": "blotting paper", "norm": "blotting paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A completely unsized sheet of paper, generally used to take up excess ink from hand-written documents, letters, etc. It is also used to absorb moisture from freshly washed or deacidified book and manuscript papers, prints, maps, etc. It is often made from high grade rag or cotton linters, and also from chemical or mechanical wood pulps, or mixtures thereof. The paper is porous, bulky, and has a low finish and little strength. Basis weights generally range from 60 to 140 pounds (19 X 24—500). Aside from its use as an absorbent paper, it can be ground up, mixed with size, and used to fill in worm and other small holes in paper.", "chars": 633, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 316], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0379", "term": "blue", "norm": "blue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "blue sort", "dates": null, "text": "Hides and skins that have been chrome tanned but not finished. Such skins are usually called \"in the blue,\" or \"blue sort.\"", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [325], "citations": ["Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0380", "term": "blue agate marble", "norm": "blue agate marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cover marble, consisting of black coloring in large (united) drops, with blue streams down the boards uniting with the black. See also: GREEN AGATE MARBLE.", "chars": 181, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 152], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0383", "term": "blue stormont marble", "norm": "blue stormont marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern used for both endpapers and edges, consisting of a red vein with indigo fillers dotted with numerous small interstices in the form of a fine network. This pattern was popular during the first half of the 19th century, but was also used in the 18th. See also: STORMONT MARBLE.", "chars": 316, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 236], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0381", "term": "blue-and-gold edition", "norm": "blue-and-gold edition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A format for volumes of poetry, essays, etc., popular in the United States in the 1870s. The covering cloth was blue and the edges were gilt. The books were small, measuring about 6 by 3 1/2 inches.", "chars": 198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [169], "citations": ["Holden, John Allen. The bookman's glossary…3rd ed. New York. Bowker. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0382", "term": "blueprint paper", "norm": "blueprint paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper produced from cotton fiber pulp, bleached chemical wood pulp, or combinations thereof, in basis weights of 12 to 30 pounds (17 X 22—500). It has a well-formed, fairly smooth surface, good wet tensile strength, and, although well-sized, uniform absorbency. Blueprint paper must not contain chemicals which might have an adverse effect on its sensitizing materials. The paper is sensitized by treating the base paper with chemicals, including potassium ferrocyanide, as well as with iron salts, such as the oxalates and tartrates.", "chars": 536, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0384", "term": "board", "norm": "board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A generic term for a stiff and thick \"paper.\" The distinction between board and paper is somewhat vague; however, in general, board is heavier in basis weight, thicker, and stiffer than paper. Most sheets 0.012 or more inches in thickness are considered to be boards, while nearly all less than 0.006 inch are termed paper; most of those in between these dimensions are also classed as paper. Blotting paper, in excess of 0.012 inch, however, is still classed as paper, and liner board, although sometimes less than 0.012 inch thick, is classed as board. See also: BINDER'S BOARD.", "chars": 604, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 19, 42], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "American Society for Testing Materials. Symposium on testing adhesives for durability and permanence. Philadelphia. American Society for Testing Materials. (ASTM special technical publication no. 138). 1952.", "Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-board-1", "term": "board", "norm": "board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Are of various kinds, such as pressing, backing, cutting, burnishing, gilding, &c. The pasteboards used for side-covers are termed boards. The boards used for cutting books \"out of boards\" are called steamboat-boards. Tinned boards are used for finished work; while brass or iron-bound boards are used for pressing cloth-work.", "chars": 326, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-board-1", "term": "board", "norm": "board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A temporary binding with a cover made of boards and paper.", "chars": 58, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-board-1", "term": "board", "norm": "board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Are of various kinds, each denoting the work it is intended for, such as pressing boards, backing, cutting, burnishing, gilding, etc.", "chars": 133, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-board-1", "term": "board", "norm": "board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Are of several kinds, such as pressing, backing, cutting, burnishing, gilding, etc. The paste-boards used for side covers are termed boards. The boards used for cutting books “out of boards” are called steamboat-boards. Tinned boards are used for finished work, while brass or iron-bound boards are used for pressing cloth-work. See also In boards.", "chars": 348, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0385", "term": "board cutter", "norm": "board cutter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lever type of cutter mounted on a flat bed and used for cutting hard millboard, and similar materials. The bed is equipped with a movable gauge against which the stock is placed for accurate cutting, and a foot-operated clamp which secures the material for cutting. The blade usually has one or more counterweights at the end opposite the handle to help prevent the knife from falling accidently, and also to reduce the effort required to raise the blade. See also: BENCH KNIFE; ROTARY BOARD CUTTER.", "chars": 549, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0388", "term": "board knife", "norm": "board knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A knife of elliptical shape attached to the arm of a hand-operated BENCH KNIFE. 2. One of the circular knives of a ROTARY BOARD CUTTER.", "chars": 186, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0389", "term": "board machine", "norm": "board machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CYLINDER MACHINE.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0390", "term": "board paper", "norm": "board paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PASTEDOWN.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-board-paper-1", "term": "board paper", "norm": "board paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the part of the end papers pasted on to the boards.", "chars": 51, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-board-paper-1", "term": "board paper", "norm": "board paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Those parts of the end papers which are pasted onto the boards.", "chars": 63, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOARD", "term": "BOARD RACK", "norm": "board rack", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A case made of strong deal boards, with broad ledges nailed on the inside of the two sides, to slide letter boards in: they are for the purpose of putting boards in with pages and jobs on; as the matter is safer and less likely to be broken, and more out of the way than when scattered about on bulks, and also takes up less room. The sizes are usually such as will admit demy and royal boards; but in houses where works on large paper are printed, they have board racks that will admit suitably larger boards.", "chars": 583, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-board-shears-1", "term": "Board shears", "norm": "board shears", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Heavy shears, usually fitted to a table, and with a gauge for cutting boards.", "chars": 77, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0386", "term": "boarded leather", "norm": "boarded leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather which has been softened and the grain side of which has been lightly creased by the process of BOARDING (1).", "chars": 142, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0387", "term": "boarding", "norm": "boarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A method of producing a design on the grain side of leather, as well as softening it, by means of a series of creases produced on the surface of the skin. Boarding is accomplished by folding the leather, grain side to grain side, and working the fold board knife across its surface. A straight or \"willow\" grain results when the skin is boarded on one direction, and a box or \"cross\" grain when it is also boarded at right angles to the first. Boarding a third time in a direction diagonal to the first two produces a pebbled-grain pattern. Boarding may be done by hand, using a cork-surfaced board called a GRAINING BOARD, the fold of the leather being rolled under the board, or, as is the usual case today, by means of a boarding machine, in which the leather is rolled between two cylinders, one covered with cork or rubber and the other with felt or rubber. 2. See: GRAINED UP.", "chars": 933, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306, 363], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0391", "term": "boards", "norm": "boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A generic term for the pieces of wood, metal, or metal-edged wood used to assist in gripping books while in process of being bound. Such boards are used in pressing, backing, bundling, gilding, trimming, and other operations. 2. The state or condition of being IN BOARDS or OUT OF BOARDS. 3. See: BINDER'S BOARD.", "chars": 387, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0392", "term": "bock", "norm": "bock", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather made from the skin of a so-called Persian sheep, which is a sheep that has coarse hair instead of wool. It was used in the latter part of the 19th and early part of the 20th centuries as a substitute for goatskin. When finished and grained usually embossed) in imitation of MOROCCO, it was referred to as \"bock morocco.\"", "chars": 354, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [91, 256], "citations": ["Conkey, W. B. Company. What a businessman should know about printing and bookmaking. Rev. ed. Hammond, Inc. W. B. Conkey. 1928.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-bock-morocco-1", "term": "Bock morocco", "norm": "bock morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name given to a leather made of Persian sheepskin usually finished in imitation of morocco. It does not wear well and soon decays.", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BODKI", "term": "BODKIN", "norm": "bodkin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of steel wire filed tapering to a point; the thick end being fixed in a short wooden handle. Its use is to pick wrong letters out of a page in correcting, in order to their being replaced by right ones. A fine hackle tooth makes the best bodkin, and the finer the point the better.", "chars": 289, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bodkin-1", "term": "BODKIN", "norm": "bodkin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A delicate awl-like tool used for correcting errors in type.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-bodkin-1", "term": "BODKIN", "norm": "bodkin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strong and short point of steel fixed in a wooden handle, for making the holes through the mill-boards. The slips upon the back of the book are laced through the holes for attaching the mill-board to the book.", "chars": 211, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-bodkin-1", "term": "BODKIN", "norm": "bodkin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "an awl used for making the holes in the boards for the slips.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-bodkin-or-stabbing-awl-1", "term": "Bodkin or Stabbing-Awl", "norm": "bodkin or stabbing-awl", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strong point of iron or steel, fixed on a wooden handle, to form the holes in the boards required to lace in the bands. Used also for tracing the lines for cutting the fore-edge.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-bodkin-or-stabbing-awl-1", "term": "Bodkin or Stabbing-Awl", "norm": "bodkin or stabbing-awl", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strong point of iron or steel fixed in a wooden handle to form the holes in boards through which to lace bands. Used also for tracing lines for cutting fore-edges.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BODY1", "term": "BODY", "norm": "body", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The size of the shank of any type from the back of it to the front, or the square of the m quadrat: thus English Body, Pica Body, &c.—M. See Types. Typographical Points.", "chars": 224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-body-1", "term": "BODY", "norm": "body", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The shank of the letter.", "chars": 24, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0394", "term": "body board", "norm": "body board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See BODY PAPER.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BODY2", "term": "BODY OF THE WORK", "norm": "body of the work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The subject matter of a work is usually so termed, to distinguish it from the notes, the preface, introduction, contents, and index.", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0393", "term": "body paper", "norm": "body paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The foundation paper or board for finished papers, such as art, chromo, coated, gummed, and others, which are made by coating or treating with composition.", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-bole-1", "term": "Bole", "norm": "bole", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A preparation used in gilding edges.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-bole-1", "term": "Bole", "norm": "bole", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A red earthy mineral, resembling clay in character, used in the preparation for gilding edges.", "chars": 94, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOLST", "term": "BOLSTER", "norm": "bolster", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of stout leather strap nailed to the near long rib of a wooden press, at the fore end, and padded under so as to raise it sufficiently high; its use is to check the running out of the carriage, by friction, at the proper place to permit the tympan to rise clear of the platen, when the pressmen are in a train of work, a similar piece being nailed under the carriage. In iron presses a bar projects between the ribs on which is secured an inclined plane of wood, and in some iron presses a spring is screwed on the near long rib for the purpose. It prevents the sudden jerk upon the back stay, and also upon the carriage when it is run out.", "chars": 648, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0395", "term": "bolt", "norm": "bolt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The folded edge at the head, tail, or fore edge of a section of an unopened book. Depending on location, it is known as a head bolt, tail bolt, or fore edge bolt. Bolts are generally located at the head and fore edge, but cannot be located at all three edges in any one section. The folded edge opposite the fore edge is not a \"bolt,\" but a spine fold, or \"last fold.\" Bolts are often opened quickly and with little care, resulting in ragged edges that are difficult to handle when turning leaves. A dull knife used carefully will result in a clean cut, while a knife that is too sharp is difficult to control and often cuts away from the bolt and into one or more leaves.", "chars": 672, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-bolt-1", "term": "bolt", "norm": "bolt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fold in the head and fore-edge of the sheets. Also the small bar with a screw used to secure the knife to the plough.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-bolt-1", "term": "bolt", "norm": "bolt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fold in the head and foredge of the sheets. The iron bar with a screw and nut which secures the knife to the plough.", "chars": 120, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-bolt-1", "term": "bolt", "norm": "bolt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "folded edge of the sheets in an unopened book.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-bolt-1", "term": "bolt", "norm": "bolt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Folded edge of sheets in an unopened book.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0396", "term": "bolt knife", "norm": "bolt knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One of the two types of knives that can be used for cutting the edges of books with the PLOW. The bolt knife is fastened to the shoe of the plow, consequently its position cannot be changed, as can that of the SLIDING KNIFE. The sliding type is less expensive and easier to attach, and has almost completely superceded the bolt type.", "chars": 381, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOLTS", "term": "BOLTS", "norm": "bolts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The pieces of furniture that are placed between the head lines of the pages in a form of twelves, to form the margin at the head of the pages, are called Bolts.\n\nThe bolts are cut to the width of the page, so that the gutters go a little way between them, and secure the sides of the pages the whole length: I would recommend to the compositor to cut his bolts square at the ends, and of such a length that they shall go into the measure of his composing stick easily; he will thus prevent the folios or any letters at the extremities of the head lines falling down, as well as the bolts binding against the gutters.", "chars": 621, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0397", "term": "bond", "norm": "bond", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. In adhesives, the process of joining two structures together, i.e., to create an assembly by means of adhesive linkage. 2. A form of insurance agreement under which a bonding company guarantees to pay a library within stated limits for any financial loss, or for failure of the binder to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract, i.e., to follow specifications, to charge the agreed-upon price, to return materials within the time specified in the contract, or to otherwise be found in default of the contract. 3. See: BOND PAPER.", "chars": 569, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0399", "term": "bond paper", "norm": "bond paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A grade of writing or printing paper, now only vaguely associated with bonds, legal documents, etc., i.e., where durability and permanence are required. Bond paper today is widely used for forms, invoices, etc., and is a strong, tough paper that can take stiff, hard ink that dries by oxidation rather than by penetration. Bonds are produced from cotton fiber pulp, bleached chemical wood pulps, or combinations thereof. Although a bond is a typical writing paper, almost all of it is printed, e.g., letterheads; therefore it must have good printability, as well as good writing and erasing qualities. It must also possess cleanliness, formation, color, finish, and freedom from fuzz. It is usually made in basis weights ranging from 13 to 24 pounds (17 X 22—500).", "chars": 764, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 287, 316], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Radford, Richard George. Letterpress machine work. New York. Staples Press. 1951. 2 vol.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0400", "term": "bond strength", "norm": "bond strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The unit load, applied in tension, compression, flexure, peel, cleavage, or sheer, required to break two adherend materials, with failure occurring in or near the plane of the bond. The bond strength of adhesives used in archival work should be such that stress to the point of failure will result in failure of the adhesive, rather than either adherend.", "chars": 354, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0398", "term": "bonding strength", "norm": "bonding strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The resistance of paper, either coated or uncoated, to splitting or to the picking or lifting of its surface while being printed.", "chars": 129, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0401", "term": "bone cutting", "norm": "bone cutting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colloquial term used with reference to the slitting operation performed when an insert must be tipped-in a section, rather than onto the first or last leaf.", "chars": 158, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0402", "term": "bone dust", "norm": "bone dust", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An abrasive composed of crushed and ground bones, which, when mixed with powdered chalk and pumice, is used to clean vellum bindings.", "chars": 133, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0403", "term": "bone glue", "norm": "bone glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A GLUE processed from the collagen content of bones, mainly from \"green\" or fresh bones of bovine animals. Bone glue prepared from solvent-extracted, degreased bones is called \"extracted bone glue.\"", "chars": 222, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [184], "citations": ["Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Bindery glues. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (GPO-PIA joint research bulletin, B-3). 1948."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0404", "term": "Bonet Paul", "norm": "bonet paul", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1899-1972", "text": "An artisan and bibliophile who turned to the art of creating designs, Bonet was probably the most influential French designer of bookbindings of his day. He was at first influenced by the bindings of PIERRE LE GRAIN. While his early work was in purely geometrical gold fillet design, his later creations were related more closely to the spirit and theme of the book being decorated. Bonet had available to him the best bookbinders and gilders in Paris, and with them he concentrated on the contrasting textures of leathers, wood, and even metals, with surfaces scultptured and pierced, achieving nearly mathematical repetition of linear forms and even surrealist effects produced by collage and photography. See PLATE IX.", "chars": 745, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [104, 347], "citations": ["Dahl, Svend. History of the book. 2nd English ed. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1968.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0405", "term": "bonnet board", "norm": "bonnet board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very hard-rolled, thin, smooth-surfaced board similar to file indices; sometimes used for notebook covers.", "chars": 108, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0406", "term": "book", "norm": "book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration\n\n1. A collection of written, printed, illustrated, or blank leaves of paper, parchment (or vellum), papyrus, or other flexible or semi-flexible material, strung or bound together. Today, in its most familiar form, a book is considered to be one or more folded and gathered sheets of paper, fastened together at one edge, and trimmed on one or more of the remaining three edges to form a continuous series of uniform leaves. Specifically, a book is a collection of single sheets or folded leaves, bearing printing or writing, that have been folded, stitched, sewn, or secured by adhesive along the binding edge, generally rounded and backed, and usually secured between boards that have been covered in cloth, paper, or like material, or which have been bound in leather. See: CODEX. 2. A collection of tablets of wood, ivory, or other rigid material, containing writing, drawings, etc., and sometimes covered with blank covers of the same or different materials. 3. A continuous roll of parchment, or similar material, or a book and job folding machine strip of parchment creased between columns and folded in the manner of a CONCERTINA FOLD, and containing writing, etc. See also: SCROLL (1).", "chars": 1283, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 123, 156, 161], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Dunn and Wilson Group. The art and craft of bookbinding. Falkirk. Dunn & Wilson. 1968.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-book-1", "term": "book", "norm": "book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "sizes of. See folio, quarto, octavo, sixteenmo, thirty-twomo, etc.", "chars": 66, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0407", "term": "book and job folding machine", "norm": "book and job folding machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of buckle folding machine having four folding levels, each at right angles to the preceding and following levels, which permit up to four right angle folds, resulting in 16 leaves (32 pages) from one sheet. This type of machine also has one and sometimes two parallel sections, which enables it to produce a section of up to 64 leaves from one sheet. Book and job folding machines are also sometimes equipped for cutting, padding, and trimming. See also: FOLDING MACHINES.", "chars": 503, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0408", "term": "book basis", "norm": "book basis", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The BASIC SIZE of the sheet of paper most often used in book printing in the United States- 25 by 38 inches.", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0413", "term": "book blocks", "norm": "book blocks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Flat, smooth boards of varying lengths and thicknesses, with one end shaped to fit the spine of a rounded book, and used to support the cover while pasting down the board paper or leather joint, and also when tooling the turn-ins or doublure. The block prevents strain at the joint of the book.", "chars": 294, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0414", "term": "book cloth", "norm": "book cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A generic term for the woven fabrics used in covering books. They are usually, but by no means always, woven cotton fabrics, which may be bleached or mercerized, dyed, filled with pigment colors, gelatinized, starched, coated or impregnated, calendered, and embossed (grained). They are divided into classes according to type and quality. Specifications for the fabrics used for book cloths are:\n\nBook Cloths\n\n(starch-filled and impregnated)\n\nGroup Weight\n\nA Light\n\nB Medium\n\nC Heavy\n\nC-1 Heavy\n\nBuckrams\n\n(starch-filled and impregnated)\n\nGroup Weight\n\nD Light\n\nE Medium\n\nF Heavy\n\nThe specific (minimum) requirements for these fabrics are as follows below:\n\nGroup Stripped-cloth Warp plus filling Breakings strength Breaking\n\nweight—not threads per inch— sum (warp plus strength—\n\nless than: not less than: filling—not not less\n\nless than: than:\n\nPounds Pounds\n\nOunces/square yard Warp Filling\n\nA 1.7 92 60 38 15\n\nB 2.1 104 77 50 20\n\nC 3.4 104 105 55 42\n\nC-1 4.2 94 120 64 48\n\nD 4.7 58 110 65 35\n\nE 6.0 106 165 100 55\n\nF 7.9 110 200 120 70\n\nThe breaking strength sum for embossed cloths has been established as 25% less than the figure for cloths that are not embossed.\n\nPyroxylin treated fabrics, which were introduced in about 1910, represented a major breakthrough in book cloth. The term \"pyroxylin treated,\" as applied to book cloths, means either pyroxylin coated or pyroxylin impregnated cotton fabrics. The difference between the two is the quantity of protective coating applied and the manner of application, as well as the type of material treated. The pyroxylin composition consists of gelatinized nitrocellulose, a plasticizer to impart softness and flexibility, coloring matter, and a solvent. The fabrics used for impregnation are lightweight muslins, while those used for coating are heavier drills, twills, and sheeting. Coated fabrics are sometimes embossed in imitation of leather. The surface of impregnated fabrics retain the texture of the base materials. Pyroxylin impregnated fabrics are superior to starch-filled fabrics because their surfaces are more water resistant, they are more resistant to insects and fungi, and are generally stronger. They wear well and are particularly suitable for use in library binding. Pyroxylin coated fabrics are used extensively in edition binding because of the decorative effects obtainable. They, too, are water repellant and immune to insect attack and fungi, but they do not wear as well as impregnated cloths because of cracking at the joints and occasional peeling of the coating.\n\nBook cloths for cheaper editions are closely woven, lightweight, starch-filled cotton fabrics, sometimes lightly embossed to conceal the weave of the fabric. They are generally attractive but have little strength or durability. They are also vulnerable to water spotting and soiling, and cannot be wiped clean. In addition, they are generally unsuitable for printing by offset lithography.\n\nThe book cloth used in library binding is generally of two types, pyroxylin impregnated and starch filled. The Library Binding Institute specifications for impregnated cloth, i.e., buckram, call for a base fabric of cotton, the warp yarns of which are to be woven in pairs, and with specifications the same as for group F, above. In addition, the Institute requires that the dye used must penetrate through the fabric so that both sides will be covered equally prior to the application of the impregnating compound (except in the case of \"linen\" type finishes). The impregnating compound must be uniform and homogeneous and be of either the nitrocellulose or cellulose acetate type. The weight of the impregnating compound must constitute at least 10% of the total weight of the finished fabric and must contain no oxidizable oils. The plasticizer, including oil (if any), must not exceed 20% by weight of the impregnating compound, nor must the weight of the pigment exceed 25% of the compound. Residual solvents, if any, are not to exceed 0.01% by weight of the finished fabric, and the pH of the cloth, as measured by standard methods, is not to be less than 6.5 nor more than 7.5, except in the case of the use of acid dyes, in which case the pH must not be less than 6.0. Cloth specifications state that the finished cloth shall be sufficiently water resistant to permit no penetration of water within a period of ten minutes, as determined by the ring test. The finished cloth is to be sufficiently grease resistant to permit no penetration of oleic acid within a period of five minutes, as determined by the ring test. The finished cloth must be capable of adhering permanently to boards and board papers under normal processing using either an animal glue or a resinous adhesive, and must resist rub-off to the degree that loss by abrasion shall not exceed 8% by weight of the fabric, when subjected to abrasion for 10 minutes by flint paper (2/0), on a disc 2 inches in diameter rotating at 1,250 rpm under 3 pounds of pressure. The finished cloth is to be free of marked odor, and its fastness to light shall be such that it will not lose color or fade when subjected to fadeometer exposure for 15 hours.\n\nCloth as a covering material for books is said to have been introduced, in England, by William Pickering, possibly as early as 1821-23, although books bound in burlap go back to the 1760s. Pickering's cloth was calico, a soft clothing material which disintegrated in the presence of glue unless it was lined with paper. ARCHIBALD LEIGHTON is generally credited with being the first to introduce a really durable cloth for covering books. The first true book cloth was a dyed and glazed calico, prepared with a starch filler to make it resistant to the moisture in glue.\n\nThe first cloth had little character and was aesthetically unpleasant. It was also without natural texture and the threads gave it a somewhat raw and unfinished appearance. What was needed was some sort of decoration which would make the threads less obvious. When this came about, it took the form of embossed grains worked on the material, either in the roll or piece. One of the earliest designs, introduced in 1831, was a water finish, which may have been an outgrowth of the watered silk patterns that were introduced in 1828; it was used only for a short period because of its high cost and poor durability. See also: CLOTH GRAINING.\n\nFor several years following the introduction of cloth, it was the usual practice of binders to buy the cloth in its basic white color, and then have it dyed, filled, and otherwise prepared for use, or to dye and finish it themselves. Embossing was done at first by means of ribbon embossers, but this was expensive, and the larger binderies did their own embossing by means of manually operated, heated rollers. By the 1840s, however, the complete manufacture of finished book cloth had become a separate business.\n\nNotwithstanding its obvious advantages, it was not until the middle of the 19th century that cloth largely replaced paper in regular edition binding. The rapid increase in the use of cloth was largely due to the successful methods that were developed of blocking in gold on cloth-covered cases. It was then possible to give cloth bindings a finished appearance which enabled them to be compared favorably with hand-tooled leather and, therefore, acceptable as a permanent binding.", "chars": 7857, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [71, 89, 147, 187, 188, 209, 236, 264, 286, 326, 341], "citations": ["Carter, John. Publisher's cloth; an outline history of publisher's binding in England, 1820-1900. New York. Bowker. 1935.", "Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Groome, George C. Bookbinding materials. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1938.", "Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Pyroxylin-treated book cloths. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (GPO-PIA joint research bulletin, B-7). 1948.", "Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Starch-filled book cloth. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Technical bulletin, no. 21). 1934.", "Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Quayle, Eric. The collector's book of books. New York. Potter. 1971.", "Tauber, Maurice Falcolm. Library binding manual…Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1972.", "U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0415", "term": "book conservation", "norm": "book conservation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CONSERVATION; RESTORATION.", "chars": 79, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0416", "term": "book corners", "norm": "book corners", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Protective caps for the corners of book covers, sometimes made of leather, but also of metal or the same material that covers the book. Also called \"corners.\" See also: BOSSES.", "chars": 200, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0417", "term": "book covers", "norm": "book covers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A protective cover or CHEMISE of soft leather, such as DOESKIN (1), or, in the case of blankbooks, a material such as canvas, sewn or slipped over a leather-covered book for protection against abrasion, moisture, light, etc. Soft leather covers were common in the Middle Ages and early Renaissance, and canvas or cloth slip-on covers are still being used for blankbooks.", "chars": 418, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0418", "term": "book crafts", "norm": "book crafts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The operations that are carried out in the production of books, including papermaking, printing, design of books, design and production of illustrations, and bookbinding.", "chars": 170, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0420", "term": "book forming and pressing machine", "norm": "book forming and pressing machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used in edition binding which applies heat and pressure by means of \"creasers\" to shape the spine of the text block. Such a machine is generally designed to be used in conjunction with a CASING-IN MACHINE. See also: BUILDING-IN MACHINE.", "chars": 294, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOOK1", "term": "BOOK HOUSE", "norm": "book house", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A printing office in which the printing of books is the chief business carried on: in many houses in London the materials for this purpose are most abundant; but at the same time they very rarely keep any great assortment of large type for jobs. See Job House.", "chars": 291, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0421", "term": "book jacket", "norm": "book jacket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A wrapper originally used to protect the covering material of the book from soiling or other damage, but now also used for promotional purposes. It may be plain, printed, or illustrated, and is flush with the covers of the book at head and tail, but folded over the fore edge of both covers. It is usually detachable. Modern book jackets are often very elaborately designed and are frequently printed in color. The book jacket, in one form or another, can be traced back to the 16th century. Also called \"book wrapper,\" \"dust cover,\" \"dust jacket,\" \"dust wrapper,\" \"jacket,\" and \"wrapper.\"", "chars": 589, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 156, 252], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Oswald, John Clyde. A history of printing; its development through five hundred years. New York. Appleton. 1928."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0422", "term": "book jacketing machine", "norm": "book jacketing machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine which automatically places jackets on newly bound edition bindings. The majority of such machines can jacket books up to a maximum of 10 by 8 by 2 inches, generally at speeds up to 35 books or more per minute.", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0423", "term": "book label", "norm": "book label", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A simple printed or engraved name ticket (usually paper but sometimes leather), stuck to the inside of the upper cover or one of the front flyleaves of a book, generally for purposes of identification or ownership. A more elaborate label is known as a BOOKPLATE.", "chars": 286, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0425", "term": "book lice", "norm": "book lice", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See notes on the electronic edition\n\nVery small wingless insects of the order Corrodentia, usually of the family Atropidae, that will attack paper and book materials, and appear capable of living on mold and mildew. Also called \"deathwatch.\" See also: BOOKWORMS.", "chars": 284, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0427", "term": "book papers", "norm": "book papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class or group of cultural papers which have in common characteristics that, in general, make them suitable for the graphic arts. The various characteristics are designed to meet the requirements of the method of printing and the end use of the publication produced. Book papers are produced from rag pulps, mechanical and chemical wood pulps, esparto pulp, cotton fiber pulps, reclaimed paper stock, or combinations of different pulps. Mineral fillers, sizing, coloring matter, or other materials are added to the pulp in whatever combination is needed to give the appearance, strength, opacity, brightness, printability, permanence, etc., to fit the immediate or end use of the paper. The bulk of this type of paper is produced on a conventional FOURDRINIER MACHINE and is machine dried; however, some book papers are made on cylinder and hand molds.\n\nUncoated book papers are used in the printing of periodicals, books, pamphlets, and the like, and are converted into other products such as tablets, ledger paper, etc. They are generally made on a Fourdrinier machine and may or may not be surface sized. They are made to various bulk specifications and in a variety of finishes, including antique, eggshell, machine, English, a:nd super-calendered, as well as in special or fancy finishes. Uncoated papers are made in basis weights 30 to 150 pounds (25 X 38—500), the most common weights being 30 to 70 pounds.\n\nCoated papers are used in the printing of periodicals, books, pamphlets, etc., where the use of fine halftone illustrations may be required. They are well sized and possess good tearing strength. The base papers are coated with white mineral pigments mixed with adhesives such as casein, starch, latex, resin, or glue, either on the papermaking machine as part of the manufacturing process or as a separate operation subsequent to the manufacture of the base paper. Waxes or soaps may also be added to the coating mixtures to add to the finish and feel of the paper. The mineral pigments employed include clay, satin white, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, calcium sulfite, and titanium oxide, which may be applied as such or in mixtures, the selection of the combination used being determined by the effect required. The adhesives and the amounts used are selected according to the surface strength of the coating md its resistance to moisture and vehicles used in the printing inks. Coated papers may be coated on one or both sides with a single or double coating. Virtually all are supercalendered, with finishes ranging from a dull matte to a high gloss. The basis weights for these papers range from 30 to 150 pounds (25 X 38—500), with 40 to 80 pounds being most common. Coated papers usually have a brighter color, greater opacity, and a higher finish than uncoated book papers.", "chars": 2825, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 36, 40, 63, 78, 323, 346, 366], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Physical and chemical properties of book papers, 1507-1949. Richmond, Va. Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Permanence/ durability of the book, no. 7. 1974.", "Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Strength and other characteristics of book papers 1800-1899. Richmond, Va. Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Permanence/ durability of the book, no. 5. 1967.", "Browning, Bertie Lee. Analysis of paper. New York. Dekker. 1969.", "Clapperton, Robert Henderson. Paper and its relationship to books. London. Dent. 1934.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. Chemistry of pulp and pa per making. 3rd ed. New York. Wiley. 1941.", "Virginia. State Library. Richmond. The manufacture and testing of durable book papers. Based on the investigations of W. J. Barrow. Edited by Randolph W. Church. Richmond, Va. (Virginia State Library publications, no. 13). 1960.", "Winger, Howard W., and Richard D. Smith, eds. Deterioration and preservation of library materials…Chicago. University of Chicago Press. (34th Annual Conference of the Graduate Library School). 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0429", "term": "book pocket", "norm": "book pocket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A receptacle of stiff paper, cloth, buckram, leather, or an ordinary envelope, pasted on the inside of a book usually the lower cover to hold loose material, maps, charts, user cards, etc. Some book pockets, such as those found in many English (as well as Continental) almanacs from the late 17th to the early 18th centuries, have concertina (expansion) folds at head and tail and open at the fore edge. Sometimes a COMPENSATION GUARD is required to provide for the thickness of the material in the pocket. The opening of the typical pocket is at the head, or less often, at the binding edge.", "chars": 616, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOOK2", "term": "BOOK PRESS", "norm": "book press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Book Press, in the warehouse department, used for pressing books previously to their delivery, is the common screw press with a perpendicular screw, screwed down by means of an iron bar; it is also used for pressing paper when wetted, for the purpose of improving its condition previously to the process of printing, and also in cylindrical or machine printing to cause the paper, and particularly large sheets, to lie flat, which are otherwise apt to wrinkle in being carried round the cylinders upon a flat surface. In large establishments Bramah’s hydrostatic press is generally used for these purposes, as being much more powerful and expeditious both in its use and in its effect. See Hydrostatic Press.", "chars": 743, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0430", "term": "book repairer", "norm": "book repairer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The so-called one man bookbinder or repairer, an itinerant bookbinder who offers to bind, rebind, restore and/or clean books in a library, generally quickly and at low cost. Book repairers are not nearly so numerous as they were in the past; however, they still exist, and probably many thousands of books have been \"restored,\" some well and some poorly, by these itinerant bookbinders.", "chars": 386, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0431", "term": "book rest", "norm": "book rest", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A device designed to hold a book in position during the tooling of the area where the spine curves around onto the sides. Its advantage is that it provides a better angle at which to work, as well as better sighting. The sloping sides of a FINISHING PRESS are also used for the same purpose.", "chars": 315, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0432", "term": "book sander", "norm": "book sander", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used in library binderies to remove the spine folds of a book having binding margins so narrow that the folds cannot be trimmed away in a cutting machine. Modern sanders can be adjusted to remove as little as 1/32 inch. The sander is also preferred by many library binders because it is faster than a cutting machine.", "chars": 327, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [164], "citations": ["Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0434", "term": "book sizes", "norm": "book sizes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The dimensions of books, as measured, in inches, centimeters, or millimeters, from head to tail and from spine to fore edges of the cover. The descriptions given to book sizes are based on a still currently used system that involves using the size of a leaf as a fraction of the folded sheet on which it was printed. With reference to the printing of books, an even number of leaves always results when a sheet is folded, i.e., 2, 4, 8, 16, etc., resulting in printed pages on each side of the leaf, i.e., 4, 8, 16, 32, etc. Except for the largest size, the FOLIO (1), the name of the size indicates the fractional part of the sheet one leaf occupies, e.g., quarto (2 folds, 4 leaves, 8 pages), 1/4 Of the sheet; octavo (3 folds, 8 leaves, 16 pages), 1/8 of the sheet, etc. In this system, since books are printed from different sizes of sheets (See: BOOK BASIS), the fractional designation by itself cannot denote an exact size; therefore it is a common practice to give the name of the sheet before the fractional name, e.g., royal octavo, which is an octavo 1/8 the size of a sheet 20 X 25 inches or, excluding the SQUARES, a book 10 x 6 1/4 inches (before trimming). Paper is cut to so many sizes, however, that the terms crown, royal, post, etc., unless qualified, are practically meaningless. See: SIZES OF PAPER. Untrimmed sizes for three commonly used sheet sizes are given below. The customary trim of 1/8 inch at head and tail will reduce the height of the text block by 1/4 inch; however, the size of the bound book. assuming 1/8 inch squares will make the height of the book the same as the sizes given. It should be mentioned that not all sheet sizes given are folded to produce books of the very small size indicated. All folds, following the first, are right-angle folds.\n\nThe common book-trade designation of sizes was originally related to a sheet of handmade paper measuring 19 X 25 inches, which was the common size of the papermaking mold. When folded to 8 leaves, or 16 pages, and trimmed, each was 6 1/2 X 9 1/4 inches, approximately, and was the standard dimension of an 8vo. When folded to make 16 leaves, or 32 pages, it was a 16 mo. With the present great variety of paper sizes, all dimensions are by necessity only approximate.\n\nBook sizes\n\nSize Name Times Leaves Pages Size of Untrimmed\n\n(in inches) Folded per Sheet per Sheet Page (leaf)\n\n25 by 38 folio 1 2 4 25 by 19\n\n25 by 38 quarto 2 4 8 19 by 12 1/2\n\n25 by 38 octavo 3 8 16 12 1/2 by 9 1/2\n\n25 by 38 sixteenmo 4 16 32 9 1/2 by 6 1/4\n\n25 by 38 thirty-twomo 5 32 64 6 1/4 by 4 3/4\n\n25 by 38 sixty-fourmo 6 64 18 4 3/4 by 3 1/8\n\n20 by 25 folio 2 4 20 by 12 1/2\n\n20 by 25 quarto 2 4 8 12 1/2 by 10\n\n20 by 25 Octavo 3 8 16 10 by 6 1/4\n\n20 by 25 sixteenmo 4 16 32 6 1/4 by 5\n\n20 by 25 thirty-twomo s 32 64 2 1/2 by 3 1/8\n\n20 by 25 sixty-fourmo 6 64 128 3 1/8 by 2 1/2\n\n18 by 23 folio 2 4 18 by 11 1/2\n\n18 by 23 quarto 2 4 8 11 1/2 by 9\n\n18 by 23 octavo 3 8 16 9 by 5 3/4\n\n18 by 23 sixteenmo 4 16 32 5 3/4 by 4 1/2\n\n18 by 23 thirty-twomo 5 32 64 4 1/2 by 2 7/8\n\n18 by 23 sixty-fourmo 6 64 128 2 7/8 by 2 1/4\n\nSize names and their equivalents\n\nOld Name Modern Name Abbreviation Symbol\n\nfolio folio fo or f\n\nquarto quarto 4to 4°\n\nsexto sixmo 6to or 6mo 6°\n\noctavo octavo 8mo or 8vo 8°\n\nduodecimo twelvemo 12mo 12°\n\nsextodecimo sixteenmo 16mo 16°\n\noctodecimo eighteenmo 18mo 18°\n\nvincestmo-quartO twenty-fourmo 24mo 24°\n\nvegisemo-quarto twenty-fourmo 24mo 24°\n\ntrigesimo-decundo thirty-twomo 32mo 32°\n\nquadragesimo-octavo forty-eightmo 48mo 48°\n\nsexagesimo-quarto sixty-fourmo 64mo 64°\n\nBritish book sizes\n\nSize Name Octavo Size Quarto Size\n\npott 6 1/4 by 4 8 by 6 1/4\n\nfoolscap 6 3/4 by 4 1/4 8 1/4 by 6 3/4\n\ncrown 7 1/2 by 5 1O by 7 1/2\n\nlarge crown 8 by 5 1/4 10 1/2 by 8\n\nlarge post 8 1/4 by 5 1/4 10 1/4 by 8 1/4\n\ndemy 8 3/4 by 5 5/8 11 1/4 by 8 3/4\n\npost 8 by 5 10 by 8\n\nsmall demy 8 1/2 by 5 5/8 11 1/4 by 8 1/2\n\nmedium 9 by 5 3/4 11 1/2 by 9\n\nsmall royal 9 1/4 by 6 1/8 12 1/4 by 9 1/4\n\nroyal 10 by 6 1/4 12 1/2 by 10\n\nsuper royal 10 1/4 by 6 3/4 13 1/2 by 10 1/4\n\nimperial 11 by 7 1/2 15 by 11", "chars": 5198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [52, 69, 140, 156, 169], "citations": ["Book Manufacturers' Institute. Helpful aids in book production. New York. Book Manufacturers' Institute. 1953.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Holden, John Allen. The bookman's glossary…3rd ed. New York. Bowker. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0438", "term": "book support", "norm": "book support", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A wood or metal device generally placed to the right side of a row of books on a shelf to support and maintain them in a vertical position. Book supports are available in several forms: 1) the spring type, which hangs from the ribbed shelf above (but which sometimes does not reach down to the smaller books); 2) the metal support, with a stamped-out metal tongue that slips under the first few books; it rests on the same shelf as the books to be supported, and should be flanged to prevent it from \"spearing\" or otherwise damaging the books; 3) the type that locks into the ribbed shelf on which the books rest, and which can be difficult to slide if the locking key becomes twisted; 4) the magnetic support, which is usable only on ferrous metal shelves; and 5) wooden supports, some of which are very elaborate and are generally used to support more valuable books, or books in specially designated areas. The better book supports have a felt- or cork-covered base, especially for use on wooden shelves, and, for valuable books, a felt- or cork-covered face. The typical metal support is generally available in two sizes—regular, about 6 inches tall, and oversize, about 9 inches tall.", "chars": 1189, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0439", "term": "book wall", "norm": "book wall", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The arrangement in a double-sided case of one or more sets of books displaying the upper and lower covers of craft bookbindings where comprehensive designs flow across adjacent surfaces to create a unified image. The book wall is the creation of the contemporary English bookbinder PHILIP SMITH.", "chars": 319, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [311], "citations": ["Smith, Philip. New directions in bookbinding. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1974."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0441", "term": "book wrapper", "norm": "book wrapper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BOOK JACKET", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0419", "term": "book-drill", "norm": "book-drill", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A linen cloth used to reinforce endpapers. This type of reinforcement is sometimes required because opening the cover, particularly in the case of side sewn books which have little flexibility, strains the sewing and will eventually cause the endpaper to break away unless it is reinforced. 2. A high-speed electric drill used for producing holes of a very small diameter through the paper of books to be overcast but not resewn. A similar drill, usually in a press, is used to drill holes completely through the leaves of a book that is to be side sewn.", "chars": 557, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0409", "term": "bookbinder", "norm": "bookbinder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A craftsman who binds book; a binder; a bibliopegist. The term is also applied to one who creates the designs for the finishing of a book, but who may or may not actually execute the design. Although usually assumed to mean a hand bookbinder, the term is frequently applied to the owner or manager of a bookbinding establishment, e.g., a library bookbinder.", "chars": 357, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0410", "term": "bookbinder's type", "norm": "bookbinder's type", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Individual letters and number of ordinary type, without handles, designed to be set in a LETTERING PALLET or BLOCKING PRESS, and used to letter books. The use of the pallet or press gives uniformity to the lettering and saves time, but it does not give the freedom and individuality that is available with the use of HAND LETTERS. Type, on the other hand, is extremely useful when lettering a number of copies of the same title.", "chars": 500, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0411", "term": "bookbindery", "norm": "bookbindery", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A place where books are bound, such as a library or edition bindery, etc. Also, as generally understood, a place where various operations connected with printing, but not always with bookbinding, are carried out, such as ruling, perforating, numbering, folding, gathering, padding, etc. See also: BLANKBOOK BINDING; BOOKBINDING; EDITION BINDING; GENERAL JOB BINDING; GENERAL OFFICE STATIONERY BINDING; LIBRARY BINDING; MANIFOLD BINDING; MECHANICAL BINDING; PAMPHLET BINDING.", "chars": 690, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0412", "term": "bookbinding", "norm": "bookbinding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The hand and/or machine processes by which leaves or sections (usually paper, but also parchment (or vellum), papyrus, etc.) are secured within covers to form a codex or book, as opposed to a roll.\n\nHistorically, bookbinding did not exist in the manner of today until the codex began to replace the scroll, or roughly 2,000 years ago, when parchment notebooks came into use. Leaves of a quadrangular shape were found to be more convenient than scrolls but they had to be secured and covered for protection. Although classical texts and ecclesiastical works did exist in codex form before the 1st century A.D., the codex did not become common for other works before the 4th century.\n\nThe earliest extant decorated bookbindings were altar Bibles, which were often elaborately bound and ornamented with jewels, gold, and ivory. Bookbinding in leather, however, was an art believed to have been practiced by the Copts in Egypt. Surviving examples of Coptic bindings, in red and brown leather, from the 8th and 9th centuries, represent a maturity of style and a variety of techniques which would indicate experience in bookbinding that probably developed over hundreds of years. Unlike European bindings of later times, they appear to have been executed by specialists in diverse forms of leather decoration and display a wide range of artistry, including tooling, piercing, and working with a stylus.\n\nThe earliest known Islamic bindings were influenced by Coptic methods and techniques. The format they used for these early books was what we sometimes refer to today as OBLONG, or \"landscape.\" At first the Islamic binders tooled only in blind, and in a formal style, but by the 11th century the characteristic Islamic design consisted of an oval center design with triangular cornerpieces, and, by the 13th century, the present day book format had been adopted and gold was being used in finishing. See: GOLD TOOLING. Two hundred years later floral designs were replacing geometric patterns and some pictorial bindings were being executed by means of embossing. Vivid coloring and delicate filigree tooling were used with considerable effect on the DOUBLURE (1), and, by the 16th century, lacquered bindings of excellent quality were being produced. By the 16th century, however, Islamic binding began to deteriorate, and the decline has persisted to this day.\n\nIn Europe, the earliest known example of a decorated leather bookbinding is that of the Gospel according to St. John, found in the tomb of St. Cuthbert (d. 687); it is almost certainly an English binding of the 7th or 8th century. Although this remarkable binding shows the influence of Coptic and Islamic binding, European binding took on its own characteristics and by the 10th century had progressed along totally different lines from that of the Levant. One of the principal differences was in the manner of sewing, which was on raised bands; embellishment, too, developed along different lines, almost always being in the form of blind tooling executed with individual tools.\n\nGothic bindings of the second half of the 15th century were mainly decorated with blind lines and individual tools, but the ROLL (1) which was first used in Germany, was also developed during this period (in about 1470), while the PANEL STAMP was being used in the Netherlands as early as the 13th century. The art of CUIR-CISELÉ was also practiced in German speaking countries. Gothic bindings continued to be produced in Germany and Eastern Europe until after the 16th century; however, by about 1470 or so, gold tooling was introduced into northern Italy (probably Venice), with the influence of the Near East being seen in the designs, the pattern of individual tools, as well as the superior delicacy of the workmanship.\n\nUntil about the middle of the 16th century the gold tooled bindings produced in Italy were the best in Europe; other countries, especially France, imitated the Italian style. By 1538, however, morocco leather was being used in France, replacing calfskin, and from that time onward the Parisian craftsmen have produced bindings that have seldom been exceeded in beauty and craftsmanship. The tools used in this great era of French bookbinding were derived by way of pattern books for embroidery or metalwork from Oriental or arabesque models; most of the designs incorporated interlacing strapwork. Elaborations of this strapwork were seen in the FANFARE STYLE.\n\nThe most characteristic early 16th century English bindings were those blocked in blind with panel stamps of the royal arms (which represented only a form of decoration and not royal ownership), while the earliest recorded use of gold tooling in England dates from 1519. Gold tooling did not become common in England until about 1530.\n\nFine binding declined in France in the 17th century despite the artistry of the fanfare patterns and tools having POINTILLÉ outlines. One notable binder of that time was FLORIMOND BADIER, who also worked in pointillé tooling. In England, where variegated colors and delicate tooling became standard, the golden age of English bookbinding was during the period of the Restoration. Some of the tools in use at that time were of the pointillé style, while others, including small floral volutes, were more English in character. A common feature of many English bindings of this time was the broken pediment associated with the COTTAGE STYLE.\n\nThe early 18th century witnessed a revival of French bookbinding, including the mosaics of AUGUSTIN DU SEUIL and ANTOINE MICHEL PADELOUP. High standards were also displayed in DENTELLE bindings with their lacy gold tooled borders, some being the work of the Derome family. See: DEROME STYLE. English binding deteriorated in the first half of the 18th century, partly because English craftsmen hung on to the cottage style after it had lost its effectiveness, and partly because they then began working with the uninspiring HARLEIAN STYLE. And yet, the 18th century produced ROGER PAYNE, a bookbinder who has been called England's greatest, and one of the few English binders the French thought worthy of copying. In addition, the 18th century produced another of England s great bookbinders, EDWARDS OF HALIFAX, who produced some remarkable TRANSPARENT VELLUM bindings.\n\nThe use of onlays and inlays increased during the 19th century, the bindings often being tooled in the cathedral style. See: CATHEDRAL BINDINGS. From about 1840 to 1880 there was little innovation in leather binding in any country, the emphasis being on delicacy and precision in tooling in the manner of previous times. The 19th century witnessed three major factors which have had an enormous effect on bookbinding to this day: 1) the rise of edition binding with its rapid development of a great variety of machines designed to produce books by the millions; 2) a severe decline in the quality of both paper and leather produced for the manufacture of books; and 3) the introduction of cloth as a book covering material. See: BOOK CLOTH. In the latter part of the last century new vigor was infused into fine binding largely through the efforts of MARIUS MICHEL in France and THOMAS J. COBDEN-SANDERSON in England.\n\nIn France, following World War I, the origins of contemporary binding are to be found in the work of PIERRE LEGRAIN during his brief career as a bookbinder in the 1920s. His influence was enormous and is still being felt, and, in turn, those he influenced, including PAUL BONET, have had considerable influence upon their successors.\n\nThe influence of Cobden-Sanderson was also felt well into the 20th century. The fact that he was an amateur bookbinder and not apprenticed to the trade of bookbinding seemed, in part, anyway, to have freed him from the deleterious influences that held sway during a great part of the 19th century, as manifested in the generally poor workmanship and even poorer materials plus a mania for retrospective binding. Cobden-Sanderson founded an amateur school of binding, which proceeded to flourish under DOUGLAS COCKERELL, who was Cobden-Sanderson's apprentice at the Doves Bindery. Cockerell, also, through his writings as well as his bindings, has had a considerable influence on the craft.\n\nEnglish bookbinding fell on hard times between 1920 and the Second World War, not in small part because of book collectors' desire to have their books in original mint condition (including book jacket), a desire which persists to this day. The fine binder had but little opportunity to apply modern concepts of design to modern books.\n\nBookbinding following the war was given considerable impetus by the efforts of EDGAR MANSFIELD in design and ROGER POWELL in construction. The teaching of Mansfield, which commenced at the (then) London School of Printing in 1948, has influenced, at least to some degree, the concepts of design of virtually all contemporary English and American bookbinders.\n\nOperations. There is a reasonably well-marked distinction between that part of the bookbinding trade dealing with books meant to be read, known as letterpress (from the time when all books were printed by letterpress), and those intended to be written in, called stationery binding. Each of these may again be divided into four groups, according to the particular class of binding involved:\n\nLetterpress binding\n\n1. Extra leather binding, i.e., hand\n\nbinding\n\n2. Library binding\n\n3. Edition (or publisher's) binding\n\n4. Miscellaneous binding, e.g.,\n\npamphlet binding\n\nStationery binding\n\n1. Blankbook (account-book)\n\nbinding\n\n2. Manifold binding\n\n3. Exercise and notebook binding\n\n4. General office and stationery\n\nbinding, e.g., checkbook binding.\n\nThe operations of bookbinding begin with the folding of the sheets into sections (or signatures) and conclude, in library and edition binding, with casing-in; and in hand binding, with the pasting down of the board papers. The finishing of a hand-bound book, while also a part of bookbinding, is generally considered to be artistic work. In a very general sense, the operations may be divided into three very broad categories: the steps involved in preparation for binding, FORWARDING, and finally, FINISHING (1). Preparation includes all the operations up to and including folding, most of which are actually the work of the printer and not the bookbinder. (See: BINDERY WAREHOUSE. ) Forwarding, as the name connotes, carries the book up to covering and pasting down (or casing-in), as well as edge gilding, marbling, etc. Finishing includes lettering and any decoration. Since edition and library bindings are blocked (lettered and/or decorated) before being cased, forwarding and finishing are somewhat intermingled. The sequence of operations followed by the bookbinder or bindery from the time the sheets (in edition binding and occasionally hand binding) or books and/or periodical issues (library binding and hand binding) are received to final inspection are as follows: NOTE: B refers to blankbook binding, E to edition binding, H to hand binding, and L to library binding.\n\nB E H L\n\nx x Entering record\n\nx x x Folding (only occasionally in hand binding)\n\nx Sorting to remove incorrectly or poorly ruled sheets\n\nx x x Gathering (only in hand binding if sheets have to be folded;\n\nin edition binding, gathering sometimes follows the\n\ntipping on of endpapers)\n\nx x Collating\n\nx Removing spine folds for oversewing or adhesive binding)\n\nx x Pulling (in preparation for resewing through the folds)\n\nx x Knocking out the old backing ridge (if required)\n\nx x Mending, guarding, general repairs, etc.\n\nx x Guarding plates, refolding maps, making stubs, etc.\n\nx x x Pressing (bundling)\n\nx x x x Making joints for blankbooks, or endpapers for others\n\nx Guarding first and last three folios (sections)\n\nx x x Marking and preparing for sewing\n\nx x x x Sewing and attaching endpapers or joints\n\nx Nipping or smashing\n\nx Fraying cords\n\nx x x x Gluing up the spine\n\nx x x x Trimming (See alternative hand binding method, below)\n\nx Cutting fore edge out of boards\n\nx x x x Rounding\n\nx x x Backing\n\nx Cleaning off spine and drying\n\nx Clothings\n\nx Making tongue\n\nx x Lining spine\n\nx Cutting head and tail out of boards\n\nx x Cutting and preparing boards\n\nx Paring and slotting tongue\n\nx x Case-making\n\nx x Cutting leather\n\nx Making spring-back (may be done in batches in advance)\n\nx Attaching spring-back (and levers)\n\nx x Making plate or casting type for blocking\n\nx x Blocking case\n\nx x Attaching boards\n\nx Trimming ends of spring-back\n\nx x Paring leather\n\nx x Covering\n\nx x Trimming margin of turn-ins\n\nx Siding\n\nx x Casing-in and/or building-in\n\nx x Pasting down board papers\n\nx x Pressing\n\nx Cutting index\n\nx Numbering (occasionally follows folding)\n\nx x Decorating and/or lettering\n\nx x Cleaning off\n\nx Jacketing\n\nThere are four basic characteristics of a well-bound (modern) book: flexibility, durability, solidity, and accuracy.\n\nFlexibility is a characteristic of the spine of the book which allows the book to open freely with minimum strain on the structure. The factors affecting flexibility include the method of sewing (or otherwise joining the leaves or sections), the grain direction of the paper, the presence of tipped-in plates, the characteristics of the paper, the lining of the spine, rounding and backing, and finally, the materials and techniques used in covering the book. See: FLEXIBLE SEWING; OVERSEWING; ADHESIVE BINDING; MACHINE DIRECTION; PAPER; SPINE LINING;\n\nHOLLOW BACK; TIGHT BACK. Durability is a characteristic of a binding which enables it to withstand flexing, abrasion, impact, tearing, and staining or soiling. It is built into a binding in certain places, but particularly in the sewing, attachment of the endpapers, rounding and backing, the lining of the spine, and the attachment of the boards (in hand binding), or casing-in or building-in (in edition and library binding). Inferior materials, and especially inferior adhesives, spine linings, endpapers and covering materials will adversely affect durability. See: ROUNDING; BACKING; ENDPAPERS; LACING-IN; CASING-IN.\n\nSolidity is a characteristic a book displays when it has the appearance of a compact entity, lies flat when closed, and is loosely jointed at the spine. Good pressing (or casing-in), gluing, and especially good rounding and backing, are essential, as also is the use of boards of a suitable weight. Accuracy is a somewhat vague term, but is manifest in the ability of the book to stand vertically without leaning or falling over. This is accomplished by square trimming, proper attachment of the boards (or case-making and casing-in), and square cutting of the boards.", "chars": 15694, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [56, 57, 71, 89, 92, 94, 100, 115, 126, 135, 152, 157, 170, 200, 202, 225, 236, 242, 243, 252, 270, 271, 279, 280, 320, 335, 343, 371, 372], "citations": ["Bouchot, Henry Francois X. M. The book; its printers, illustrators, and binders, from Gutenberg to the present time. London. Grevel. 1890.", "Brassington, William Salt, ed. A history of the art of bookbinding, with some account of the books of the ancients. London. Elliot Stock. 1894.", "Carter, John. Publisher's cloth; an outline history of publisher's binding in England, 1820-1900. New York. Bowker. 1935.", "Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Corderoy, John. Bookbinding for beginners. New York. Watson-Guptill. 1967.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Cundall, Joseph, ed. On bookbinding, ancient and modern. London. Bell. 1881.", "Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol.", "Ede, Charles. The art of the book…New York. Studio. 1951.", "Garnett, Porter, ed. The ne book; a symposium…Pittsburgh. The Laboratory Press. 1934.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Harrop, Dorothy. Modern book production. London. Bingley. 1968.", "Holme, Charles, ed. The art of the book…New York. The Studio. 1914.", "Lehmann-Haupt, Hellmut Emile. Bookbinding in America; three essays. Portland, Maine. Southworth-Anthoensen. 1941. 201.", "Lehmann-Haupt, Hellmut Emile. The life of the book…New York. Abelard-Schuman. 1957.", "McMurtrie, Douglas Crawford. The book; the story of printing & bookmaking. 3rd ed. New York. Oxford University Press. 1943.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Nixon, Howard M. Broxbourne library; style and designs of bookbindings, from the twelfth to the twentieth century. London. Maggs. 1956.", "Nixon, Howard M. The development of certain styles of bookbinding. London. Private Libraries Association. 1963.", "Oswald, John Clyde. A history of printing; its development through five hundred years. New York. Appleton. 1928.", "Pollard, Alfred William. Early illustrated books; a history of the decoration and illustration of books in the 15th and 16th centuries. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1968.", "Pollard, Alfred William. Fine books. New York. Cooper Square. 1964.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. Bookbinders and their craft. New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960.", "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890.", "Zaehnsdorf. Firm. Bookbinders. London. A short history of bookbinding…London. Chiswick. 1895."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOOKI", "term": "BOOKING", "norm": "booking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The act of putting the different gatherings of a work together, in the warehouse, so as to make complete books. This is done by laying the gatherings in order upon a table, and, commencing with the first, taking them up in order; by adopting this method they are gathered under hand, as it may be termed, the succession being placed at the bottom as the person proceeds. The reverse of this method, is, however, to be preferred; to commence at the end of the work, and as the gathering is held in the hand, and rests on the arm, to lay the others upon it as they are taken up, so that in this way the commencement of the book will be the last to be gathered.", "chars": 658, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0424", "term": "booklet", "norm": "booklet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small book. The term \"booklet,\" like PAMPHLET, has been defined in a number of ways, including: 1) an affected term for a short book or pamphlet; 2) a small book, commonly bound in paper and generally used for advertising purposes; 3) a small book containing up to but not more than 24 pages, which is sufficient for classification as larger than a pamphlet; 4) a stitched pamphlet of eight or more pages, usually with a cover, and small enough to be carried in one's pocket; 5) a publication containing more pages than a pamphlet but fewer than a book and which may have a paper, limp, or stiff cover; 6) any pamphlet that is sewn or stitched but not permanently bound; and 7) a paper-covered publication in book format ranging in size from a few pages to a small-scale edition of a book.", "chars": 815, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139, 142, 256, 316], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Goodwin, Bancroft L. Pamphlet binding…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographic technical series for apprentices, pt. 5, no. 30). 1925.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0426", "term": "bookmark", "norm": "bookmark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: REGISTER. 2. Any printed or woven paper or other material, an inch or 2 wide and usually 4 or more inches in length, used in marking a place in a closed book for future reference. Bookmarks are frequently decorative, carrying advertisements or commemorative illustrations.", "chars": 304, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0428", "term": "bookplate", "norm": "bookplate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A label, usually printed or engraved, frequently with a distinctive design, identifying the owner of a book, and usually pasted or tipped to the inside of the upper cover. Bookplates may be simple to the point of giving only the name of the library or other owner (sometimes with the expression \"ex libris\" included), or very elaborately designed, frequently with heraldic emblems or insignia.\n\nThe use of the bookplate can he dated back to at least as early as 1516, but in England, France, and Germany they did not become popular until the 18th century. There was a tremendous revival in their use and study in the 1890s, and again since about 1965. During both periods collectors have formed societies, produced journals and publications, and actually commissioned many bookplates for their own sake, that is, not necessarily intended for use in books, but rather for exchange with other collectors.\n\nOver the years many eminent engravers have designed bookplates, and among the examples still extant are a great number which were executed with considerable skill. Because of the relative scarcity of engravers in America before 1800, bookplates were rare before that time; however, since about 1840, they have been fairly common in this country.\n\nTheir use in libraries is quite common today, but in some institutions, largely for reasons of economy, the bookplate has been replaced by a rubber stamp.", "chars": 1399, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 200], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Lehmann-Haupt, Hellmut Emile. Bookbinding in America; three essays. Portland, Maine. Southworth-Anthoensen. 1941. 201."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOOKS", "term": "BOOKS", "norm": "books", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "25 Hen. 8. c 15. intituled, “An Act for Printers and Binders of Books.”\n\n“‘Whereas by the Provision of a Statute made in the first Year of the Reign of King Richard the Third, it was provided in the same Act, That all Strangers repairing into this Realm, might lawfully bring into the said Realm printed and written Books, to sell at their Liberty and Pleasure; (2) by Force of which Provision there hath come to this Realm sithen the making of the same, a marvellous Number at printed Books, and daily doth; and the Cause of the making of the same Provision seemeth to be, for that there were but few Books, and few Printers within this Realm at that Time, which could well exercise and occupy the said Science and Craft of Printing; nevertheless, sithen the making of the said Provision, many of this Realm, being the King’s natural Subjects, have given them so diligently to learn and exercise the said Craft of Printing, that at this Day there be within this Realm a great Number cunning and expert in the said Science or Craft of Printing, as able to exercise the said Craft in all Points, as any Stranger in any other Realm or Country: (3) And furthermore, where there be a great Number of the King’s Subjects within this Realm, which live by the Craft and Mystery of Binding of Books, and that there be a great Multitude well expert in the same, yet all this notwithstanding, there are divers Persons that bring from beyond the Sea great Plenty of printed Books, not only in the Latin Tongue, but also in our maternal English Tongue, some bound in Boards, some in Leather, and some in Parchment, and them sell by retail, whereby many of the King’s Subjects, being Binders of Books, and having no other Faculty wherewith to get their Living, be destitute of Work, and like to be undone, except some Reformation herein be had:’ Be it therefore enacted by the King our Sovereign Lord, the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and the Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by Authority of the same, That the said Proviso, made in the first Year of the said King Richard the Third, from the Feast of the Nativity of our Lord God next coming, shall be void and of none Effect.\n\ns. 4. “Provided alway, and be it enacted by the Authority aforesaid, That if any of the said Printers or Sellers of printed Books, inhabited within this Realm, at any Time hereafter happen in such wise to inhance or increase the Prices of any such printed Books, in Sale or Binding, at too high and unreasonable Prices, in such wise as Complaint be made thereof unto the King’s Highness, or unto the Lord Chancellor, Lord Treasurer, or any of the Chief Justices of the one Bench or of the other; that then the same Lord Chancellor, Lord Treasurer, and two Chief Justices, or two of any of them, shall have Power and Authority to enquire thereof, as well by the Oaths of twelve honest and discreet Persons, as otherwise by due Examination by their Discretions. (2) And after the same inhancing and increasing of the said Prices of the said Books and Binding shall be so found by the said twelve Men, or otherwise by Examination of the said Lord Chancellor, Lord Treasurer and Justices, or two of them; that then the same Lord Chancellor, Lord Treasurer and Justices, or two of them at the least, from Time to Time shall have Power and Authority to reform and redress such inhancing of the Prices of printed Books from Time to Time by their Discretions, and to limit Prices as well of the Books as for the Binding of them; (3) and over that the Offender or Offenders thereof being convict by the Examination of the same Lord Chancellor, Lord Treasurer and two Justices, or two of them, or otherwise, shall lose and forfeit for every Book by them sold, whereof the Price shall be inhanced for the Book or Binding thereof, three Shillings four Pence; the one Half thereof shall be to the King’s Highness, and the other Half to the Parties grieved that will complain upon the same in Manner and Form before rehearsed.”\n\n(Sections 2. & 3. Repealed by 3 Geo. 4. c. 41. s. 2.)\n\nBy the Act 3 & 4 Will. 4. c. 52. s. 58. Books are absolutely prohibited to be imported for Sale, being “first composed or written or printed in the United Kingdom, and printed or reprinted in any other Country, except Books not reprinted in the United Kingdom within Twenty Years; or being Parts of Collections the greater parts of which had been composed or written abroad.”\n\nBy the “Table of New Duties, 1834,” in 4 & 5 Will. 4. c. 89., the Customs Duties Inwards are for “Books in the Foreign living Languages, being of Editions printed in or since the Year One thousand eight hundred and one, bound or unbound, the cwt. 2l. 10s.”\n\n2 & 3 Vict. c. 23. s. 1. Drawbacks on Excise Duty. “For every Pound Weight Avoirdupois of printed Books in perfect and complete Sets, or, if periodical Publications, in perfect Parts or Numbers, and of blank, plain, or ruled Account Books, whether bound or unbound, made of or printed or ruled on Paper made and charged with Duty in the United Kingdom, and which shall be exported as Merchandise, a Drawback of One Penny Halfpenny.” See Paper.\n\nBooks. (Ireland.)\n\n4 Geo. 4. c 72. “An Act to repeal the several Duties and Drawbacks of Customs, chargeable and allowable in Ireland, on the Importation and Exportation of certain Foreign and Colonial Goods, Wares, and Merchandize, and to grant other Duties and Drawbacks in lieu thereof, equal to the Duties and Drawbacks chargeable and allowable thereon in Great Britain.”\n\n\n\nDuties of Customs on Goods, &c. imported into Ireland.", "chars": 5847, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0433", "term": "books in sheets", "norm": "books in sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "\"Books\" as received by the binder in flat (unfolded) sheets, which must be folded, gathered and collated, and which must then have any maps, illustrations, etc., inserted before the actual binding processes. The sheets are sometimes identified by a SIGNATURE (1), which may be either a letter and/or number, and in the case of sets may include the volume number, printed at the tail margin (in the direction line) of the first, and occasionally on succeeding pages of each. Before the rise of edition binding most publications were delivered to the bookseller in sheets, to be bound to the customer's order. \"Books in sheets\" today is almost exclusively a term restricted to edition binding.", "chars": 715, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 335], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0435", "term": "books of permanent interest", "norm": "books of permanent interest", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A category established by Douglas Cockerell shortly after the turn of the century in an effort to categorize the time, effort and funds to be expended in binding books of an \"intermediate\" nature—i.e., books of permanent scholarly, historical, etc., interest, but of relatively little monetary or esthetic interest, which should be solidly and well bound, but for which the most expensive work would be inappropriate. In Cockerell's day, this category of books was bound by hand, sewn with linen thread around cotton or linen tapes, which were secured between split boards (when the books were large and heavy), and covered with strong cloth or the most durable leather, or a combination of the two, e.g., quarter or half bindings. In greatly modified form, the Library Binding Institute has continued to define this category of books. See: PERMANENT MATERIALS. See also: BOOKS OF TEMPORARY INTEREST; BOOKS OF VALUE.", "chars": 988, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0436", "term": "books of temporary interest", "norm": "books of temporary interest", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Books that must be bound and kept clean and usable for only occasional use. This category assumes that the handling such books receive and the storage area of the library will suffice for less than a full and \"permanent\" binding, which is often not the case. See also: BOOKS OF PERMANENT INTEREST.", "chars": 321, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0437", "term": "books of value", "norm": "books of value", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Books that are valuable and/or rare, which may or may not have any special scholarly value, or books of special interest to a particular library, and which are bound in the best manner and with the best materials. See also: BOOKS OF PERMANENT INTEREST.", "chars": 276, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-books-with-thick-1", "term": "Books with thick", "norm": "books with thick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "heavy leaves are sometimes guarded or hinged throughout that they may open freely. A narrow strip is cut from the back of each leaf. This strip is then again attached to the leaf from which it was cut by a strip of thin paper or muslin which acts as a hinge. The leaves are then bound together through and by the strips cut from them.", "chars": 334, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0440", "term": "bookworms", "norm": "bookworms", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The larva of any of some 160 species of beetles. The mature female insect lays her eggs on the edges of books, or in the crevices of bookshelves, and the larvae, when hatched. burrow into the books, or shelves, riddling them with tiny tunnels. Various bookworms, as they are mistakenly called, have been identified, or supposedly identified, among which are: Anobium domesticum, A. eruditus, A. Paniceum, A. pertinax, A. punctatum, and A. striatum; Acarus cheyletus and A. eruditus; Dermestes lardarius; Aecophora pseudospretella; Sitodrepa paniceum; Attagenus pellio; Lepisma saccharina; Ptinus fur; Antherenus varius; Lyctus brunneus; Catorama mexicana; and Rhizopertha dominica. Of the types, the most notorious and destructive are: Sitodrepa paniceum, the drugstore beetle, the female of which is capable of producing as many as 800,000 descendants in a year; Lyctus brunneus, the powder-post beetle, which consumes wooden bookshelves and cases, packing the holes with a flourlike debris, so that nothing substantial remains of the shelf; Ptinus f ur, the spider beetle, first mentioned by Linnaeus in 1766, which can cause severe damage to books, papers, and leather if left undisturbed for long periods of time; Anobium punctatum, the common furniture beetle, the larvae of which bore long cylindrical holes in books and bookshelves; Catorama mexicana, the Mexican book beetle; Dermestes lardarius, the larder beetle, which prefers cheese, ham, etc., but which will devour leather if nothing else is available; and Rhizopertha dominica, which has caused extensive damage in libraries.\n\nMost of these so-called bookworms are small and dark- or reddish-brown. They enter libraries through windows, poorly fitting doors, etc., and seem to proliferate in libraries where dust, dirt, heat, darkness, and poor ventilation are prevalent.\n\nThe measures used over the years for the control or elimination of bookworms are virtually legion, including numerous remedies to be rubbed into leather, added to paste, sprinkled on bookshelves and books, etc. Among the many remedies used are: alum and thymol, alum and vitriol (sulfuric acid), (oil of) anis, beeswax, benzene, bitumen, borax, buckbean, cajeput oil, camphor, chili, chloropicrin, cinchona, cinnamon, cloves and oil of cloves, colcynth, copal varnish, copper, cresote, derris, (oil of) eucalyptus, formalin (formaldehyde), kerosine, khuskhus, lac varnish, lavender, margosia, mercuric chloride, mirbane oil, nitrobenzene, muriatic (hydrochloric) acid, musk, myrrh, naphthalene, nicotine, orrisroot oil, ozone, pennyroyal, pepper, petroleum, phenol, porpoise oil, pyrethrum powder, Russia leather shavings, sandalwood, sassafras, shellac, snuff, thyme, thymol, turpentine. vermouth, and wormwood. Some of these remedies were totally ineffective: some were temporarily effective; and some were as destructive as, or even more so than, the pests themselves.\n\nAny preparation or process used to destroy the larvae or beetles must have sufficient residual effect not only to destroy existing larvae but also larvae which will hatch subsequent to the initial treatment. Treatment should be applied in conjunction with proper ventilation, temperature and humidity control, and cleanliness, so as to discourage future infestation.\n\nFumigation is frequently used to rid libraries of beetle and larvae infestation. Four general methods are used: 1) fumigation of the entire library with hydrogen cyanide, carbon disulfide, or methyl bromide, which, of course, necessitates closing the library for several days; 2) fumigation of batches of books in specially designed vacuum chambers, with a combination (1:9 by weight) of ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide, which is a method well suited to the fumigation of new acquisitions; 3) routine fumigation of the entire collection, carried out batchwise in a chamber, using methyl bromide; and 4) fumigation of one or more books in a small air-tight box, using paradichloro-benzene crystals, which is a method suitable for use by the private collector. Although the first method is potentially dangerous and causes considerable inconvenience, it is the only one which will destroy beetles or larvae which are on the bookshelves. See also: BOOK LICE; SILVERFISH.", "chars": 4288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [47, 143, 247, 335], "citations": ["The enemies of books. London. Stock. 1896.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "O'Conor, John Francis Xavier. Facts about bookworms; their history in literature and work in libraries. New York. Harper. 1878.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0442", "term": "boomer press", "norm": "boomer press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A now obsolete modified form of the STANDING PRESS. The power of the boomer press was obtained by a combination of four levers working on toggle joints, through which passed a right and left hand screw. The rotation of these screws caused the pressing surfaces to approach or move apart with a uniform motion, according to the direction of the rotation. This press had several advantages over the regular standing press, including: 1) once the pressure was applied it did not release slightly as the ordinary press is likely to do, so that the material under pressure remained under full pressure, and could, therefore, be pressed in somewhat less time; and 2) the enormous pressure it was capable of exerting.", "chars": 734, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [8, 97], "citations": ["American dictionary of printing and bookmaking…Ed. by W. W. Pasco. Detroit. Gale Research Co. 1967.", "Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0443", "term": "border", "norm": "border", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An ornamental design in a repeat pattern in blind or gold around the edges of the covers of a book, frequently enclosing one or more center pieces of a different design. 2. An ornamental design along one or more sides of a page of an illuminated manuscript or of the body of printed matter, or surrounding an illuminated miniature.", "chars": 334, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0444", "term": "boric acid", "norm": "boric acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A weak, volatile acid (H3BO3), obtained naturally, or by treating borax with a mineral acid. It is used to thicken and preserve adhesives made of GUM ARABIC.", "chars": 203, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [142], "citations": ["Goodwin, Bancroft L. Pamphlet binding…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographic technical series for apprentices, pt. 5, no. 30). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0445", "term": "Borneo cutch", "norm": "borneo cutch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ACACIA.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0446", "term": "bosses", "norm": "bosses", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Brass or other metal knobs, studs, SHOES, or ornamentation fastened to the cover of a book for ornamental value or to prevent the leather from being scratched or otherwise marred. Bosses originally were attached to books that were meant to lie on a lectern and not stand on bookshelves. Not all books were provided with them, and they were more common in Germany than elsewhere. There was usually one boss at each corner of both covers and another in the middle of each cover, or ten in all, although the center bosses were sometimes left off. It is commonly assumed that the use of bosses declined with the advent of printing from movable metal type, the proliferation of books, and vertical shelving in cupboards and book stacks. In addition, the relative increase in the use of pasteboard instead of wooden boards also reduced the use of bosses, although in Germany, where wooden boards were still common in the 16th century, they continued to be used more often than elsewhere. Today, books with bosses are frequently kept in boxes so as to prevent damage to adjacent books on the shelves. See also: ROLLER SHOES. See PLATE 1.", "chars": 1202, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 83, 236], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-bosses-1", "term": "bosses", "norm": "bosses", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Brass plates attached to the sides of volumes for their preservation.", "chars": 69, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-bosses-1", "term": "bosses", "norm": "bosses", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Brass or other metal pieces attached to the covers of a book, for ornamentation or protection.", "chars": 94, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-bosses-1", "term": "bosses", "norm": "bosses", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Brass or other metal ornamentations fastened upon the boards of books; for ornament or preservation.", "chars": 100, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-bosses-1", "term": "bosses", "norm": "bosses", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Brass or other metal ornaments fastened upon the boards of books.", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOTAN1", "term": "BOTANICAL AUTHORITIES,", "norm": "botanical authorities,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "with the Abbreviations by which they are generally referred to.\n\nA. & S.—Albertini and Schweinitz, Writers upon Fungi.\n\nAb. China.—Abel (C.). A Voyage to China. 4to.\n\nAb. Ins.—Abbott’s Natural History of the Insects of Carolina. fol.\n\nAc. Boh.—Abhandlungen einer Gesellschaft in Bœhmen, zur Aufnahme der Mathematik, der Vaterlændischen Geschichte und der Naturgeschichte. 8vo. Pragæ, 1775-1789.\n\nAc. Bon.—De Bononiense Scientiarum et Artium Instituto, Commentarii. 4to. Bononiæ. 7 vols. 1748—1791.\n\nAch.—Acharius. A Swedish professor, and writer upon Lichens.\n\nAc. Got.—Commentarii Societatis Regiæ Scientiarum Gœttingensis. 4to. 1751. 1754. 1769. 1816.\n\nAc. Haf.—Acta Literaria Universitatis Hafniensis. 1 vol. 4to. Hafniæ, 1778.\n\nAc. Hel.—Acta Helvetica Physico-mathematico-botanico-medica. 8 vols. 4to. Basileæ, 1757-1777.\n\nAc. Hol.—Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar. 8vo. Stockholm, 1739-1816.\n\nAc. Par.—Actes de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris. fol. Paris, 1792.\n\nAc. Pet.—Commentarii Academiæ Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitanæ. 14 vols. 4to. Petropoli, 1728-1751.\n\nAc. St.—Kongl. Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar. 8vo. Stockholm, 1739.\n\nAc. Tou.—Histoire et Mémoires de l’Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Toulouse. 3 vols. 4to. Toulouse, 1782. 1784. 1788.\n\nAc. Up.—Acta Literaria et Scientiarum Upsaliæ publicata. 8vo. 1720-1816.\n\nAdams.—F. Adams. A Russian botanist, who travelled through Arctic and Eastern Siberia.\n\nAdan.—Adanson. A French systematic botanist.\n\nAfz.—Afzelius. A Swedish professor.\n\nA. G.—And. Ger.—Andrews (Henry). Coloured Engravings of Geraniums. fol. Lond.\n\nAg.—Agardh. A Swedish professor, and writer upon Algæ, &c.\n\nAg. Sven. Bot.—Aghardt, in Svensk Botanik. 9 vols. 8vo. 1804 to the present time.\n\nA. H.—And. Hea.—Andrews (Henry). Coloured Engravings of Heaths, with botanical descriptions. 3 vols. fol. London, 1802-1809.\n\nAit.—Aiton. The superintendent of the King’s garden at Kew.\n\nAit. Kew.—Ait. Hort. Kew.—Aiton’s (William) Hortus Kewensis; or a Catalogue of the Plants in the Royal Botanic Garden at Kew. 5 vols.\n\nAl. Au.—Allioni (Carolus). Auctuarium ad Floram Pedemontanam. 1 fasc. 8vo. Taurini, 1789.\n\nAlb.—Albertini. A writer on Fungi.\n\nAlb. & Schw.—Albertini (J. B. de) and Schweinitz (L. D. de). Conspectus Fungorum in Lusatiæ Superioris Agro Niskiensi crescentium. 8vo. Lipsiæ, 1805.\n\nAll.—Allioni. An Italian botanist.\n\nAl. Ped.—Allioni (Carolus). Flora Pedemontana. 3 vols. fol. Taurini, 1785.\n\nAl. Tau.—Allioni (Carolus). Miscellanea Philosophico-mathematica Societatis privatæ Taurinensis.\n\n\n\nAlp. Æg.—Alpinus (Prosper). De Plantis Ægypti liber. 4to. Venetiis, 1592.\n\nAlp. Ex.—Alpinus (Prosper). De Plantis Exoticis libri duo. 4to. Venetiis, 1629.\n\nAm. Ac.—Linnæi Amœnitates Academicæ, seu Dissertationes antehac seorsim editæ. 10 vols. 8vo. Holmiæ et Lipsiæ, 1749, et seq.\n\nAm. Rut.—Ammann (Johan.). Stirpium rariorum in Imperio Rutheno sponte provenientium Icones et Descriptiones. 4to. Petrop., 1739.\n\nAmans S.—Amans. Obs. in Recueil des Travaux de la Société d’Agriculture d’Agens. 1 vol.\n\nAmm.—Ammann. An old Russian botanist.\n\nAn. Bot.—Annals of Botany, by C. König and J. Sims. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1805 and 1806.\n\nAn. Mu.—Annales du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. 24 vols. 4to. Paris, 1802 to the present time.\n\nAn. Wett.—Annalen der Wetteranischen Gesellschaft für die gesammte Naturkunde.\n\nAnd. Ger.—Andrews (Henry). Coloured Engravings of Geraniums. fol. London.\n\nAnd. Heaths.—Andrews (Henry). Coloured Engravings of Heaths, with botanical descriptions. 3 vols. fol. London, 1802-1809.\n\nAnd. Rep.—Andrews (Henry). The Botanist’s Repository for new and rare Plants. 10 vols. 4to. London, 1797, et seq.\n\nAnder.—Anderson. A London merchant; published a paper on Pæonies.\n\nAndr.—Andrews. A famous botanical draughtsman.\n\nAndrz.—Andrzejowski. A Russian botanist.\n\nArd.—Arduini. An Italian botanist.\n\nArd. M.—Arduini (Pietro). Memoria di Osservazioni e di Sperienze sopra la Coltura e gli Usi di varie Piante. 4to. Padova, 1766.\n\nArd. Sag.—Arduini (Pietro), in Saggi dell’ Accad. de Padova. 2 vols.\n\nArd. Sp.—Arduini (Pietro). Animadversionum Botanicarum Specimen. 4to. Patavii, 1759.\n\nAs. Res.—Asiatic Researches, or the Transactions of the Society instituted in Bengal. 4to. Calcutta, 1788, &c.\n\nAsso.—Asso. A Spanish botanist.\n\nAsso Ar.—De Asso (Ignatius). Synopsis Stirpium indigenarum Arragoniæ. 4to. Marsilliæ, 1779.\n\nAub.—Aublet. A French traveller in Guiana.\n\nAub. Gui.—Aublet (Fusée). Histoire des Plantes de la Guiane Française. 4 vols. 4to. London, 1773.\n\nAud.—Audibert. A French cultivator.\n\nB. C.—Botanical Cabinet. By Loddiges and Sons.\n\nB. M.—Botanical Magazine. By Curtis, Sims, &c.\n\nB. & W.—Bartling, M. D. and Wendland, of Göttingen, botanists.\n\nB. R.—Botanical Register. By Ker and Lindley.\n\nBac.—Bacle. A German botanist?\n\nB. Rep.—Botanical Repository. By Andrews and others.\n\nBal. Mis.—Balbis (Joh. Baptist.). Miscellanea Botanica. 4to. 1804.\n\nBal. St.—Balbis (Joh. Baptist.). Horti Academici Taurinensis Stirpium minus cognitarum aut forte novarum Icones et Descriptiones. Taurini, 1810.\n\nBal. Tic.—Balbis (Joh. Baptist.). Flora Ticinensis. 2 vols. 8vo. Ticin., 1816-1821.\n\nBalb.—Balbis. A French professor of botany.\n\nBaldw.—Baldwin, M. D. of Savannah in Georgia. A botanist.\n\nBanks.—Banks. A great traveller and patron of science.\n\nBanks K.—Banks (Josephus). Icones selectæ Plantarum quas in Japonia collegit et delineavit E. Kæmpfer. fol. London, 1791.\n\nBar. Fl.—Barton (W. P. C.). Flora of North America. 4to.\n\nBar. Ic.—Barrelier (Jacobus). Plantæ per Galliam, Hispaniam, et Italiam observatæ. fol. Parisiis, 1714.\n\nBarrl.—Barrelier. A French botanist.\n\nBart.—Barton, M. D. Formerly a professor at Philadelphia.\n\nBartr.—Bartram. Formerly a nurseryman at Philadelphia.\n\nBartr. It.—Bartram (Will.). Travels through South and North Carolina. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1791.\n\nBast.—Bastard or Bâtard. A writer upon the Flora of France.\n\nBast. J.—Bastard (T.), in Schrader’s Journal für die Botanik?\n\nBatarra.—Batarra (John Ant.). Fungorum Agri Ariminensis Historia. 4to. Faventiæ, 1759.\n\n\n\nBatsch.—Batsch. A writer upon Fungi.\n\nBatsch Fun.—Batsch (Aug. Joh. Georg Carl). Elenchus Fungorum. 4to. Halæ, 1783-1789.\n\nBatt.—Battarra. Published a History of Fungi, 1789.\n\nBau. His.—Bauhin (Johannes). Historia Plantarum universalis. fol. 1651.\n\nBau. Pin.—Bauhin (Caspar). Pinax Theatri Botanici. 4to. Basileæ, 1623.\n\nBau. Pr.—Bauhin (Caspar). Prodromus Theatri Botanici, in quo plantæ supra 600 proponuntur. 4to. Franc. Mœn., 1620.\n\nBauer N. H.—Bauer (Ferdin.). Illustrationes Floræ Novæ Hollandiæ. fol. 1813.\n\nBaug.—J. C. Baumgarten, M. D. of Schasburgh, in Transylvania. A botanist.\n\nBauh.—Bauhin, brothers; professors of medicine, published 1620, 1650.\n\nBaum.—J. C. Baumgarten, M. D. of Schasburgh, in Transylvania. A botanist.\n\nBeau. Ow.—Allioni. Palisot de Beauvois. Flore des Royaumes d’Oware et de Benin. 2 vols. fol. Paris, 1805.\n\nBeaup.—Beaupret. A French botanist, mentioned in Dec. Systems.\n\nBeauv.—Palisot de Beauvois. A French traveller and botanist.\n\nBeauv. Gr.—Allioni. Palisot de Beauvois. Essai d’une nouvelle Agrostograpbie. 8vo. Paris, 1812.\n\nBeauv. In. Ac. Am.—Allioni. Palisot de Beauvois. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. 4to. 3 vols. Philadelphia, 1774-1793.\n\nBedf.—Duke of Bedford. A great promoter of botany.\n\nBel.—Bellardi. An Italian botanist.\n\nBel. Tau.—Bellardi (Ludovico). Mémoires de l’Académie Royale des Sciences de Turin. 4to. 1782.\n\nBenth.—Bentham. An English botanist, secretary to the Horticultural Society, London.\n\nBerg.—Bergius. A Swedish writer upon Cape plants.\n\nBerg. C.—Bergius (Peter Jonas). Descriptiones Plantarum ex Capite Bonæ Spei. 8vo. Stockholm, 1767.\n\nBerg. Ho.—Bergius (Peter Jonas), in Kongl. Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar. 8vo. Stockholm, 1739.\n\nBerger.—J. Bergeret, M. D. A French botanist.\n\nBerg. Ph.—Bergeret. Phytonomatotechnie universelle. 3 vols. fol. Paris.\n\nBer. Mag.—Martini (Fried. Henr. Wilh.). Berlinisches Magazin, oder gesammelte Schriften. 4 bänd. 8vo. Berlin, 1765-1767.\n\nBer. Ph. Tr.—Bergius (P. J.), in Philosophical Transactions, vol. for 1772. London.\n\nBernh.—Bernhardi. A German botanist.\n\nBert.—Bertolini. A writer upon the Flora of Italy.\n\nBes.—Besser. A Russian professor, resident in the Crimea.\n\nBes. Eys.—Besler (Basilius). Hortus Eystettensis. 2 vols. fol. Nuremberg, 1612.\n\nBib. It.—Memorie di Matematica e Fisica della Societa Italiana. 4to. Verona, 1782 and 1816.\n\nBieb.—Bieberstein. A Russian botanist of great note.\n\nBieb. Cen.—Bieberstein (Marschall von). Centuriæ Plantarum rariorum Rossiæ Meridionalis. Charkoviæ. fol.\n\nBiv.—Bivona. A Sicilian botanist.\n\nBiv. Cen.—Bivona Bernardi (Antonin.). Sicularum Plantarum Centuria prima. 8vo. Panormi, 1806.\n\nBiv. Sic.—Bivona Bernardi (Antonin.). Stirpium rariorum minusque cognitarum in Sicilia provenientium Descriptiones. 4to. 1813.\n\nBlack.—Blackwell (Eliz.). A curious Herbal, containing 600 cuts of the useful plants. 2 vols. fol. London, 1737.\n\nBlume.—Blume, M. D. A Dutch botanist.\n\nBoc. Mu.—Boccone (Paolo). Museo di Piante rare della Sicilia, Malta, Corsica, Italia, Piemonte, e Germania. 4to. Venetia, 1697.\n\nBoc. Sic.—Boccone (Paolo). Icones et Descriptiones rariorum Plantarum Siciliæ, Melitæ, Galliæ, et Italiæ. 4to. Londini, 1674.\n\nBoer.—Boerhaave. An old Dutch botanist.\n\nBöhm.—Böhmer. A German botanical writer.\n\nBois.—Boissieu la Martinière, who accompanied La Peyrouse.\n\nBoj.—Bojer. A professor of botany in the Isle of France.\n\nBol.—Bolton. An English writer on Fungi.\n\nBolt. Fil.—Bolton (James). Filices Britanniæ. 4to. London, 1785-1790.\n\nBolt. Pil.—Bolton (James). Geschichte der merkwürdigsten Pilze. Berlin, 1795.\n\nBon. Mon.—Bonpland (Aimé). Monographie des Melastomes et Rhexes et autres Plantes de cet Ordre. fol. Paris, 1809.\n\n\n\nBon. Nav.—Bonpland (Aimé). Description des Plantes rares cultivés à Malmaison et à Navarre. fol. 1813.\n\nBon. Rhex.—Bonpland (Aimé). Monographie des Melastomes et Rhexes et autres Plantes de cet Ordre. fol. Paris, 1809.\n\nBonp.—Bonpland. A French traveller in South America, and botanist.\n\nBorc.—Borckhausen. A writer upon the Flora of Hesse Darmstadt.\n\nBonam.—Bonamy (Franc.). Floræ Nannetensis Prodromus. 12mo. Nantes, 1782.\n\nBory.—Bory de St. Vincent. A French traveller and botanist.\n\nBosc.—Bosc. A French botanist, and traveller in North America.\n\nBot. Cab.—The Botanical Cabinet. By Conrad Loddiges and Sons. 14 vols. 12mo. and 4to, published monthly.\n\nBot. Mag.—The Botanical Magazine. 8vo. 55 vols. London, 1787-1830.\n\nBot. Mis.—Hooker (Will. Jackson). Botanical Miscellany. 2 parts, 8vo. London, 1830.\n\nBot. Reg.—The Botanical Register. 8vo. 14 vols. London, 1815-1830.\n\nBot. Rep.—The Botanist’s Repository for new and rare plants. 10 vols. 4to. London, 1797, et seqq.\n\nBouch.—Boucher. A writer upon the French Flora.\n\nBouché.—F. A. G. Boucher. A French botanist.\n\nBow.—J. Bowie. A collector of plants for Kew Gardens.\n\nBr.—Patrick Browne, M. D. Author of Civil and Natural History of Jamaica. An Irish botanist.\n\nBr. J.—Browne (Patrick). The Civil and Natural History of Jamaica. fol. London, 1756.\n\nBr. Rem.—Brown (Robert). General Remarks, Geographical and Systematical, on the Botany of Terra Australia. 4to. 1814.\n\nBra. Sal.—De Braune (Franz Ant.). Salzburgische Flora. 8vo. 1791.\n\nBraam.—Braam’s Icones Chinenses. Not published.\n\nBrad.—Bradley. An old English writer upon succulent plants.\n\nBrad. Suc.—Bradley (Richard). Historia Plantarum Succulentarum. 4to. London, 1716-1727.\n\nBred.—Bredemeyer. A German.\n\nBrew. Jour.—Brewster’s Philosophical Journal. Edinburgh, published every three months.\n\nBrey. C.—Breynius (Jacobus). Exoticarum Plantarum Centuria. fol. Gedani, 1678.\n\nBrey. Pr.—Breynius (Jacobus). Prodromus Fasciculi rariorum Plantarum in Hortis Hollandiæ observatarum. 2 vols. 4to. Gedani, 1680-1689.\n\nBrid.—Bridel. A German writer upon Mosses.\n\nBrid. Mus.—Bridel (Samuel Elias). Muscologia. 4to. Gothæ et Parisiis, 1797-1803.\n\nBrig.—J. Brignoli. Professor at Verona.\n\nBrm.—Burmann. A Dutch editor of other people’s works.\n\nBroeg.—Broegelmann. A German botanist.\n\nBrong.—A. Brongniart. A French botanist.\n\nBrot.—Brotero. A Portuguese botanist.\n\nBrot. Lus.—Brotero (Felix Avellar). Flora Lusitanica. 2 vols. 8vo. Olyssip. 1801.\n\nBrot. Ph.—Brotero (Felix Avellar). Phytographia Lusitaniæ selectior. fol. Olyssip. 1801.\n\nBrou.—Broussonet. A French botanist, and traveller in Barbary.\n\nBruce Tr.—Bruce (James). Travels to discover the Source of the Nile. 5 vols. 4to. Edinburgh, 1790.\n\nBry. Hist.—Bryant (Charles). Flora Dietetica, or History of Esculent Plants. 8vo. London, 1783.\n\nBuc.—Buchanan. An English physician, and traveller in Nepal.\n\nBuch.—Buchoz (Pierre Joseph). Collection des Fleurs. fol. Paris.\n\nBul.—Bulliard. A French writer upon Fungi.\n\nBul. Her.—Bulliard. Herbier de la France. fol. 1780, &c.\n\nBul. Ph.—Bulletin des Sciences, par la Société Philomathique de Paris. 1791-1816.\n\nBur. Af.—Burmann (Johannes). Rariorum Africanarum Plantarum Decades 10. 4to. Amstelodami, 1738-1739.\n\nBur. Am.—Burmann (Johannes). Plantæ Americanæ à C. Plumier detectæ et à J. Burmanno editæ. fol. Amstelod. 1755.\n\nBur. In.—Burmann (Johannes). Flora Indica. 4to. Lugd. Bat. 1768.\n\nBur. Zey.—Burmann (Johannes). Thesaurus Zeylanicus. 4to. Amst. 1737.\n\nBurc.—Burchell. An English botanist, and traveller at the Cape of Good Hope.\n\n\n\nBurg.—Burgsdorf. A German botanist.\n\nBux.—Buxbaum, M. D. A Russian botanist; travelled through Armenia.\n\nBux. C.—Buxbaum (Joh. Christ.). Plantarum minus cognitarum Centuriæ quinque. 4to. 1728.\n\nC. Bauh.—Caspar Bauhin. A celebrated botanist of the seventeenth century.\n\nC. & R.—Castagne and Robillard. French botanists?\n\nC. G.—Commentarii Societatis Regiæ Scientiarum Göttingensis. 4to. 1751-1816.\n\nCæs.—Cæsalpinus. A famous old Italian botanist.\n\nCam.—Campana. An Italian cultivator.\n\nCam. Ep.—Camerarius (Joachim). De Plantis Epitome utilissima. 4to. Francof. Mœn. 1586.\n\nCam. H.—Camerarius (Joachim). Hortus Medicus et Philosophicus. 4to. Franc. Mœn. 1588.\n\nCampd.—Campdera. A Spanish botanist.\n\nCarey.—W. Carey, D. D., of Serampore.\n\nCarm.—Capt. D. Carmichael. A Scotch botanist.\n\nCass.—H. Cassini. A French botanist.\n\nCastag.—L. Castagne. A French botanist?\n\nCat.—M. Catesby. A botanist, and traveller in North America.\n\nCat. Car.—Catesby (Marsh). The Natural History of Carolina, Florida, &c. 2 vols. fol. London, 1741-1743.\n\nCav.—Cavanilles. A Spanish professor and botanist.\n\nCav. Dis.—Cavanilles (Ant. Jos.). Monadelphiæ Classis Dissertationes. 10 vols. 4to. Paris, 1785-1789. Madriti, 1790.\n\nCav. Ic.—Cavanilles (Ant. Jos.). Icones et Descriptiones Plantarum quæ aut sponte in Hispania crescunt aut in Hortis hospitantur. 6 vols. fol. Madrit., 1791-1800.\n\nCer.—Vicente Cervantez. A Spanish botanist and professor.\n\nChaix.—A French botanist and ecclesiastic.\n\nChalm. Ic.—Figures of Bulbs, by Miss Chalmers.\n\nCham.—Chamisso. A German traveller round the world.\n\nChan. Cam.—Chandler’s Camellias. London.\n\nChoi.—Choisy. A Swiss botanist.\n\nChois. Hyp.—Choisy (J. D.). Prodromus d’une Monographie de la Famille des Hypericinées. 4to. 1821.\n\nCl. H.—Clusius (Carolus). Rariorum Plantarum Historia. fol. Antwerp, 1601.\n\nCl. Pan.—Clusius (Carolus). Rariorum aliquot Stirpium per Pannoniam observ. Historia. 8vo. 1583 (Hall.), 1584 (Ris.).\n\nClair.—Clairville. A French botanist.\n\nClar.—J. Clarion. A French botanist.\n\nClem.—S. Clemente. A Spanish agriculturist.\n\nClus.—Clusius. An old French botanist and traveller.\n\nCo. C.—Colville’s Catalogue. Plants cultivated in Colville’s nursery, Chelsea.\n\nCol. Cas.—Colladon (Fréderic). Histoire Naturelle et Médicale des Casses. 4to. Montpelier, 1816.\n\nCol. Ec.—Columna (Fabius). Minus cognitarum Stirpium Ecphrasis. 4to. Romæ, 1616.\n\nCol. H. Rip.—Colla. Hortus Ripulensis. 4to. Turin, 1822-1827.\n\nCol. Ph.—Columna (Fabius). Phytobasanos. 4to. 1592.\n\nColb.—Colebrooke. A celebrated English writer upon Indian plants.\n\nColl.—J. F. Colladon. A Genevese botanist.\n\nCom.—Commelin. A Dutch garden botanist.\n\nCom. H.—Commelyn (Caspar). Horti Medici Amstelodamensis rariorum Plantarum Descriptio et Icones. 2 vols. fol. Amst. 1703.\n\nCom. Pet.—Commentarii Academiæ Scientiarum Petropolitanæ. 14 vols. 4to. Petrop. 1728-1751.\n\nCom. Pr.—Commelyn (Caspar). Præludia Botanica ad publicas Plantarum Demonstrationes. 4to. L. Bat. 1703.\n\nCom. R.—Commelyn (Caspar). Horti Medici Amstelodamensis Plantæ rariores et exoticæ. 4to. L. Bat. 1706.\n\nCook.—Cook (James). Voyage round the World (2d). 2 vols. 4to. 1777.\n\nCor. Ca.—Cornuti (Jacob.). Canadensium Plantarum aliarumque nondum editarum Historia. 4to. Paris, 1635.\n\nCorr.—Corréa de Serra. A Portuguese botanist and diplomatist.\n\nCr.—Crantz. An Austrian botanist.\n\nCr. Au.—Crantz (Henr. Joh. Nepom.). Stirpes Austriacæ. 8vo. 1762.\n\n\n\nCrypt. Brit.—Greville (Charles Kaye). The British Cryptogamic Flora. 5 vols. 8vo.\n\nCun.—A. Cunningham. A collector of plants for Kew Gardens.\n\nCup. Pa.—Cupani (Franciscus). Pamphytum Siculum, seu Historia Plantarum Siciliæ. fol.\n\nCup. Sic.—Cupani (Franciscus). Catalogus Plantarum Sicularum noviter detectarum. Panormi, 1652.\n\nCur.—Curtis. An English writer upon plants.\n\nCur. Lon.—Curtis (William). Flora Londinensis. fol. London, 1777, continued.\n\nCurt. Bot. Mag.—Curtis’s Botanical Magazine.\n\nCus.—Cusson. A Swiss writer upon Umbelliferæ, whose wife burnt his herbarium.\n\nCyr.—Cyrilli. An Italian botanist.\n\nCyr. Ne.—Cyrillo (Domenico). Plantarum rariorum Regni Neapolitani Specimen. fol. Neapol. 1788-1792.\n\nDalech.—Dalechamps (Jacques). Historia generalis Plantarum. 2 vols. fol. Lugd. 1586-1587.\n\nDan.—Danthoine. A French botanist.\n\nDav.—H. Davies, D.D. A Welsh botanist.\n\nDeb.—Debry. A botanist of Frankfort.\n\nDec.—Decandolle. A celebrated French systematic botanist.\n\nDec. As.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Astragalogia. 4to. et fol. 1802.\n\nDec. Bis.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Monographie des Biscutelles, in Annales du Museum. vol. 13. 1811. 4to.\n\nDec. Cac.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Dissertation on Cacti, in Mémoires du Museum. vol. 17.\n\nDec. Diss.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Dissertations différens sur la Botanique. Various fascicles. 4to.\n\nDec. Gen.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Plantes rares du Jardin de Genève. Fasc. 1, 2. fol. Geneva, 1825.\n\nDec. Ic.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Icones Plantarum Galliæ rariorum. 4to. Paris, 1808.\n\nDec. Leg.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Mémoires sur les Legumineuses. 4to.\n\nDec. Mon.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Catalogus Plantarum Horti Monspeliensis, addito observationum circa Species novas aut non satis cognitas Fasciculo. 8vo. 1813.\n\nDec. Mu.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Annales du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle. 4to. 1802.\n\nDec. Pl.—Decandolle (Augustus Pyramus). Plantarum Historia succulentarum. fol. and 4to. Paris, 1799-1830.\n\nDel.—Delile. A French professor, and traveller in Egypt.\n\nDel. Æg.—Delile (Alire Rafeneau). Mémoires Botaniques extraits de la Description de l’Egypte. fol. Paris, 1813.—Et Flora Ægyptiaca illustrata. fol. Paris, 1813.\n\nDel. Eryn.—De la Roche (François). Eryngiorum necnon Generis novi Alepideæ Historia. fol. Paris, 1808.\n\nDelan.—Delany. An English artist.\n\nDeless.—Delessert. A French botanist.\n\nDeless. Ic.—Delessert (Benj.). Icones selectæ Plantarum in System. univers. descriptarum. 4to. 1820.\n\nDen. Br.—Watson (P. W.). Dendrologia Britannica. 1 vol. 1825.\n\nDesf.—Desfontaines. A French botanist, and traveller in Barbary.\n\nDes. Eg.—Description de l’Egypte, ou Recueil des Observations et des Recherches faites pendant l’Expédition de l’Armée Française. 4to. et fol. 1810.\n\nDesf. Mem.—Desfontaines (Réné Louiche). Mémoires de l’Académie Royale des Sciences. 4to. 1666.\n\nDesf. At.—Desfontaines (Réné Louiche). Flora Atlantica. 2 vols. 4to. Paris, 1798, 1799.\n\nDesf. Ch.—Desfontaines (Réné Louiche). Choix des Plantes du Corollaire des Instituts de Tournefort. 4to. Paris, 1808.\n\nDesf. Pic.—Desfontaines (Réné Louiche). Icones pictæ Hort. Par. A Series of Drawings of Plants grown in the Jardin des Plantes, Paris. Not published.\n\nDesp.—Desportes. A French botanist.\n\nDesr.—Desrousseaux. A French botanist.\n\nDesv.—Desvaux. A French professor of botany.\n\nDeth.—Detharding. A botanist of Rostoch.\n\nDeutschl. Fl.—Sturm (Jacob). Deutschlands Flora. 2 vols. 4to. Nürnberg, 1798, &c.\n\n\n\nDick.—Dickson. An English cryptogamic botanist.\n\nDick. Cr.—Dickson (James). Plantarum Cryptogamicarum Britanniæ Fasciculi. 3. vols. 4to. London, 1785-1793.\n\nDie.—Dietrich. A German gardener.\n\nDil.—Dillwyn. An English writer upon Confervæ.\n\nDi. El.—Dillenius (John Jac.). Hortus Elthamensis. 2 vols. fol. Londini, 1732.\n\nDi. Musc.—Dillenius (John Jac.). Historia Muscorum. 4to. Oxonii, 1741.\n\nDit.—Ditmar. A Dutch botanist.\n\nDod. M.—Dodart (Denys). Mémoires pour servir à l’Histoire des Plantes. fol. Paris, 1676.\n\nDod. Pe.—Dodonæus or Dodoens (Rambrot). Stirpium Historiæ Pemptades vi. fol. Antwerp, 1583.\n\nDomb.—Dombey. A French traveller in South America.\n\nD. Don.—David Don. Librarian to the Linnean Society.\n\nG. Don.—George Don.\n\nDor.—Dorthes. A French botanist\n\nDou.—Douglas. A collector of plants.\n\nDow.—Downe.\n\nDry.—Dryander. A Swedish botanist.\n\nDub.—Dubois. A French botanist.\n\nDuch.—Duchesne. A French botanist or horticulturist.\n\nDufr.—Dufresne. A French writer upon Valerians.\n\nDufr. Val.—Dufresne (Pierre). Histoire Naturelle et Médicale de la Famille des Valerianées. 4to. 1811.\n\nDuh.—Duhamel. A celebrated French physiological botanist.\n\nDuh. Ar.—Duhamel du Monceau (Henri Louis). Traité des Arbres et Arbustes qui se cultivent en France en pleine terre. 2 vols. 4to. Paris, 1755.\n\nDuh. Fr.—Duhamel du Monceau (Henri Louis). Traité des Arbres fruitiers. 2 vols. 4to. Paris, 1768; 3 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1782; fol. Paris, 1808, et seq.\n\nDuh. No.—See Duh. Ar. A new edition, by Michel. 5 vols. folio. Paris, 1801-1816.\n\nDum.—Dumont Courset. A writer upon French garden plants.\n\nDun. Mon.—Dunal (Michel Felix). Monographie des Anonacées. 4to.\n\nDun. So.—Dunal (Michel Felix). Histoire Naturelle, Médicale, et Economique, des Solanum et des Genres qui ont été confondus avec eux. 4to. Montpelier, 1813.\n\nDunal.—Dunal. A French botanist.\n\nDurand.—Durand. A French botanist.\n\nDurb.—Durborough.\n\nDuroi.—Du Roi. A German writer upon plants.\n\nDuroi. Ha.—Du Roi (Joh. Phil.). Die Harbkische wilde Baumzucht. 2 vols. 8vo. Braunschweig, 1771-1772.\n\nDut.—Dutour. A Belgic botanist.\n\nDuval.—Duval. A French botanist.\n\nDw. Con.—Dillwyn (Lewis Weston). Synopsis of the British Confervæ. 4to. 1802-1814.\n\nE. F.—English Flora. By Sir J. E. Smith.\n\nEddy.—Eddy. An English gardener.\n\nEhr. Pl.—Ehret (George Dion.). Plantæ et Papiliones rariores. fol. London, 1748-1759.\n\nEhren.—Ehrenberg. A German traveller in Arabia, &c.\n\nEhrh.—Ehrhart. A German botanist.\n\nEl.—Ellis. A London merchant and botanist.\n\nEll.—Elliot. An American botanist.\n\nEncy. Pl.—Loudon (J. C. L.). Encyclopædia of Plants. 8vo. London, 1830.\n\nEsp.—Esper. A German writer on Fungi.\n\nEsper Fuci.—Esper (Eug. Joh. Christ.). Icones Fucorum. Abbildungen der Tange. 4to. Nürnberg, 1797-1799.\n\nEt.—Ettlinger. A German writer on Salvia.\n\nEx. Bot.—Exotic Botany, by Sir J. E. Smith. 2 vols. 4to. London, 1804-1808.\n\nEx. Fl.—See Hook. Ex. Fl.\n\n\n\nFau.—Faucoult. A French botanist.\n\nFer. Hes.—Ferrari (Joh. Baptist). Hesperides, sive De malorum aureorum culturâ et usu. fol. Romæ, 1646.\n\nFeu.—Feuillée. A Chilian botanist.\n\nFeu. Ob.—Feuillée (Louis). Journal des Observations Physiques, Mathématiques, et Botaniques, faites dans l’Amérique Méridionale, &c. 4to. Paris, 1714-1725.\n\nFi. N. H.—Field (Baron). Geographical Memoirs of New South Wales. 8vo. London, 1825.\n\nFis.—Fischer. A Russian botanist.\n\nFisch. Ic. In.—Collection of Drawings sent by Fischer to Decandolle. Not published.\n\nFl. Ant.—De Tussac (F. R.). Flora Antillarum. fol. Paris, 1808, et seq.\n\nFl. Bad.—Gmelin (Carol. Christ.). Flora Badensis-Alsatica. 8vo. 1808.\n\nFl. Bo.—Schmidt (Franc. Wilib.). Flora Bohemica. 2 vols. fol. Pragæ, 1793, 1794.\n\nFl. Br.—Flora Britannica. By Sir James Edward Smith.\n\nFl. Con.—Morris (Richard). Flora Conspicua. 8vo. London, 1826.\n\nFl. Dan.—Flora Danica, sive Icones Plantarum sponte nascentium in Regnis Daniæ et Norvegiæ, &c. 9 vols. fol. Hafniæ, 1761-1829. By Vahl, Hornemann, and Müller.\n\nFl. Gr.—Sibthorp (Joh.). Flora Græca, ed. J. E. Smith. 6 vols. fol. London, 1806-1829.\n\nFl. Lap.—Linnæus (Carolus). Flora Lapponica. 8vo. Amstelodami, 1757.\n\nFl. Lon.—Curtis (William). Flora Londinensis. fol. London, 1777, continued.\n\nFl. Mex. Ic. In.—Sesse and Mocino. Flora Mexicana Icon. ined. Iconibus ab ipso Sesse et Cervantesio curatis nondum editis usus est Candolleus.\n\nFl. Mon.—Magroff (W.). Flora Monacensis.\n\nFl. Nap.—Tenore (Michel). Flora Neapolitana. 4 vols. fol. Neap. 1811, &c.\n\nFl. Norv.—Gunnerus (Joh. Enn.). Flora Norvegica. 2 vols. fol. Nidrosiæ, 1766; Hafniæ, 1772.\n\nFl. Per.—Ruiz (Hippol.) et Pavon (Jos.). Flora Peruviana et Chilensis. 5 vols. fol. Madriti, 1798-1799.\n\nFl. Por.—Hoffmansegg and Link. Flore Portugaise. Fol. Rostock and Berlin, 1806, &c.\n\nFl. Pyr.—Picot de la Peyrouse (Philippe). Figures de la Flore des Pyrenées. fol. Paris, 1795-1801.\n\nFl. Scot.—Lightfoot (John). Flora Scotica. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1776.\n\nFl. Ver.—Pollini (Cyrus). Flora Veronensis. 3 vols. 8vo. Verona, 1822-1824.\n\nFlu.—Flügg. A German writer upon Grasses.\n\nFor. Æg.—Forskahl (Petrus). Flora Ægyptiaco-Arabica. 4to. 1775. Or, Icones Rerum Nat. 4to. Hafniæ, 1776.\n\nForsk.—Forskahl. A Danish naturalist and traveller in Arabia.\n\nForst.—Forster. A traveller in the South Seas with Captain Cook.\n\nFor. Co. Goet.—Commentarii Societatis Regiæ Scientiarum Göttingensis. 4to. Göttingen, 1751, to the present time.\n\nForst.—Forster (George). Characteres generum Plantarum quas in Itinere ad Insulas Maris Australia, &c. 4to. 1776.\n\nFra.—Frazer. A gardener, and collector of plants in North America.\n\nFras. Mon.—Fraser (John). A short History of the Agrostis Cornucopiæ. fol. London, 1789.\n\nFries.—Fries. A Swedish botanist, and writer upon Fungi.\n\nFries. Obs.—Fries (Elias). Observationes Mycologicæ. 12mo. 2 vols. Hafniæ, 1815-1818.\n\nFrö.—Frölich. A German writer upon Gentiana.\n\nFunk.—Funk. A German cryptogamic botanist.\n\nFuchs.—Fuchs (Leonhard). De Historia Stirpium Commentarii insignes. fol. Basiliæ, 1542-1545.\n\nG. & A.—Greville and Arnott. British botanists.\n\nGae.—Gaertner. A celebrated German carpologist.\n\nGae. Fr.—Gaertner (Josephus). De Fructibus et Seminibus Plantarum. 2 vols. 4to. Lipsiæ, 1788-1791.\n\nGar. Aix.—Garidel (Pierre Joseph). Histoire des Plantes qui naissent aux Environs d’Aix. 2 vols. fol. Aix, 1715.\n\nGard. Mag.—Loudon (J. C. L.). Gardener’s Magazine. London, 1826, continued.\n\nGau.—Gaudin. A Swiss botanist.\n\nGay.—Gay. A French botanist.\n\n\n\nGay. Dis.—Gay (John). Fragment d’une Monographie des Buttneriacées. 4to. Paris, 1823.\n\nGer.—Gerard. An old French botanist.\n\nGer. Em.—Gerard (John). The Herbal, or General History of Plants. fol. London, 1597. Enlarged by Johnson. fol. 1638.\n\nGer. Gal.—Gerard (Ludovic). Flora Gallo-provincialis. 8vo. Paris, 1761.\n\nGil. Eu.—Gilibert (Joh. Em.). Histoire des Plantes de l’Europe, ou Elémens de Botanique Pratique. 2 vols. 8vo. Lyons, 1798; 3 vols. 8vo. Lyons, 1806.\n\nGilib.—Gilibert. A Lithuanian botanist.\n\nGill.—Gillies’s MSS. Dr. Gillies, a Scotch botanist.\n\nGin.—Gingins. A French botanist.\n\nGled.—Gleditsch. A German botanist.\n\nGlox.—Gloxin. A botanist of Strasburgh.\n\nGm.—Gmelin. A Russian botanist, and traveller in Siberia.\n\nGm. It.—Gmelin (J. G.). Reise durch Sibirien. 4 vols. 8vo. Götting. 1751-1753.\n\nGm. Si.—Gmelin (J. G.). Flora Sibirica. 4 vols. 4to. Petropol. 1747-1769.\n\nGoch.—Gochnat. A German botanist.\n\nGold.—Goldie. A nurseryman at Ayr, in Scotland.\n\nGoldb.—Goldbach. A Russian botanist.\n\nGood.—Goodenough. Bishop of Carlisle. An English botanist.\n\nGou.—Gouan. A French botanist.\n\nGou. Il.—Gouan (Antoine). Illustrationes Botanicæ. fol. Tiguri, 1773.\n\nGou. M.—Gouan (Antoine). Hortus Regius Monspeliensis. 8vo. Lugduni, 1762.\n\nGr. Wo.—Sinclair (George). Hortus Gramineus Woburnensis. 8vo. 1825.\n\nGrah.—Graham, M.D. Regius professor of botany at Edinburgh. An assiduous botanist.\n\nGrev.—Greville. An English botanist, and writer upon cryptogamic plants.\n\nGrev. Cryp.—Greville (Robert Kaye). The Scottish Cryptogamic Flora. 4 vols. 8vo.\n\nGro.—Gronovius. A botanist of Leyden.\n\nGuer.—Guersent. A French botanist.\n\nGül.—Güldenstaedt. A Russian botanist.\n\nGünt.—Günther. A Silesian botanist.\n\nH. An.—Hortus Anglicus.\n\nH. & B.—Humboldt and Bonpland. Famous travellers and botanists.\n\nH. & B. N.—Humboldt, Bonpland, and Kunth. Nova Plantarum Genera et Species. 7 vols. 4to. Paris, 1815 to 1825.\n\nH. Ben.—Roxburgh (Will.). Hortus Bengalensis. 8vo. Calcutta, 1814.\n\nH. Ber.—Willdenow (Car. Lud.). Hortus Berolinensis. fol. Berlin, 1806-1810.\n\nH. C.—Chelsea botanic garden.\n\nH. Cels.—Catalogue of the plants cultivated in the garden of M. Cels.\n\nH. Cl.—Linnæus (Carolus). Hortus Cliffortianus. fol. Amst. 1737.\n\nH. Er.—Hortus Erfurtsiensis. Catalogue of the plants cultivated in the botanical garden of Erfurt.\n\nH. Er. Wo.—Hortus Ericeus Woburnensis. 4to. London, 1824.\n\nH. Flor.—Passæus (Crispinus). Hortus Floridus. fol. Arnheim, 1614.\n\nH. & G. Ic.—Hooker (W. J.) and Greville (R. K.). Icones Filicum. fol. London, 1827.\n\nH. & G.—Hooker, LL.D., and Greville, LL.D. English botanists resident in Scotland.\n\nH. Göt.—Hortus Göttingensis. 2 fasc. fol. Gottingæ, 1809-1813.\n\nHal. H.—Haller (Albert). Historia Stirpium indigenarum Helvetiæ. 3 vols. fol. Berne, 1768.\n\nH. Has.—Moench (Conrad). Enumeratio Plantarum indigenarum Hassieæ. 8vo. Cassel. 1777.\n\nH. Kew.—Aiton (William). Hortus Kewensis. Ed. 1. 3 vol. 8vo. London, 1789.\n\nH. L.—Liverpool botanic garden.\n\nH. Madr.—Lagasco (Mariano). Catalogus Plantarum quæ in Horto Regio Madritensi colebantur anno 1815. 8vo. Madriti, 1816.\n\nH. Mon.—Decandolle (Aug. Pyr.). Catalogus Horti Monspeliensis. 8vo. Monspelii, 1813; 8vo. Göttingen, 1777.\n\nH. N. H.—Hotton (Petrus). Rei herbariæ Historiæ et fatto sermo Acad. 4to. Lugd. 1695.\n\nH. Par.—Of the Paris garden.\n\nH. Pfl.—Houttuyn (Martin). Des Ritters von Linné Pflanzensystem nach der Anleitung des Houttuynschen Werks. 14 vols. 8vo. Nürnberg, 1777-1788.\n\n\n\nH. & T.—Hooker and Taylor. English botanists.\n\nH. T.—Hortus Taurinensis. Catalogue of the plants cultivated in the botanical garden at Turin.\n\nH. Tr.—Transactions of the London Horticultural Society.\n\nHabl.—Hablizl. A Russian botanist.\n\nHac. Ca.—Hacquet (Balthazar). Plantæ Alpinæ Carniolicæ. 4to. Vienna, 1782.\n\nHæ.—Hænke. A German botanical writer.\n\nHag. Lich.—Hagen (C. G.). Tentamen Historiæ Lichenum præsertim Prussicorum. 8vo. Regiomonti, 1782.\n\nHal.—Haller. A Swiss botanist.\n\nHal. F.—Haller the younger.\n\nHam.—Hamilton. A Scotch botanist, and traveller in the East Indies.\n\nHar.—Hartig. A writer on the culture of forest trees.\n\nHaw.—Haworth. An English writer upon succulent plants.\n\nHay.—Hayne. A German botanist.\n\nHay. Ter.—Hayne (Frid. Gottlieb). Termini Botanici Iconibus illustrati. 4to. Berlin, 1799.\n\nHay. Us.—Hayne (Frid. Gottlieb) in Usteri’s Annalen der Botanik. 6 vols. 8vo. Zurich, 1791-1793.\n\nHed. Cryp.—Hedwig (Johannes). Theoria Generationis et Fructificationis Plantarum Cryptogamicarum. 4to. Petropoli, 1784.\n\nHed. Mus.—Hedwig (Johannes). Species Muscorum Frondosorum. 4to. Lipsiæ, 1801.\n\nHedw.—Hedwig. A German cryptogamic botanist.\n\nHei.—Heister. A German botanist.\n\nHer. Am.—Courset (Dumont de), or Delaune. Herbier de l’Amateur. Paris.\n\nHerb.—Herbert. An English divine and botanist.\n\nHerb. Ar.—Herbert (William). A Botanical Arrangement of Bulbous Roots. 8vo. 1821.\n\nHer. Ger.—L’Heritier (Charles Louis). Geraniologia. fol. Paris, 1787, 1788.\n\nHer. Lug.—Hermann (Paulus). Horti Lugduni Batavi Catalogus. 8vo. Lugd. Bat. 1687.\n\nHer. Par.—Hermann (Paulus). Paradisus Batavus. 4to. Lugd. Bat. 1798.\n\nHer. Ser.—L’Heritier (Charles Louis). Sertum Anglicum, sive Plantæ rariores. fol. Paris, 1788.\n\nHer. St.—L’Heritier (Charles Louis). Stirpes novæ aut minus cognitæ. fol. Paris, 1784, 1785.\n\nHerit.—L’Heritier. A French botanist.\n\nHerm.—Hermann. Professor of botany at Leyden.\n\nHeyne.—Heyne. A writer on East Indian Plants.\n\nHil.—Auguste St. Hilaire. A French botanist, and traveller in Brazil.\n\nHill.—Hill. An English compiler of botanical matters.\n\nHof. Cryp.—Hoffmann (Georg Franz). Vegetabilia Cryptogamica. 4to. Lipsiæ, 1787-1790.\n\nHof. Ger.—Hoffmann (Georg Franz). Flora Germanica. 2 vols. 4to.\n\nHof. Göt.—Hoffmann (Georg Franz). Programma Horti Göttingensis. fol. 1793.\n\nHof. Ph.—Hoffmann (Georg Franz). Phytographische Blätter. 8vo. Göttingen.\n\nHof. Sa.—Hoffmann (Georg Franz). Historia Salicum Iconibus illustrata. fol. Lipsiæ, 1785.\n\nHof. Um.—Hoffmann (Georg Franz). Umbelliferarum Genera. 8vo. 1816.\n\nHofg.—Hoffmannsegg. A botanist of Dresden.\n\nHofm.—Hoffmann. A German writer upon Umbelliferæ, &c.\n\nHogg.—Hogg. A nurseryman at New York.\n\nHök.—Hökert. A Swedish botanist.\n\nHol.—Holwell. An English botanist.\n\nHolm.—Holmskiold. A Danish botanist.\n\nHook.—Hooker. An English botanist, and professor at Glasgow.\n\nHook. Ex. Fl.—Hooker (W. J.). The Exotic Flora. 3 vols. 8vo. Edinb. 1825-1827.\n\nHook. Jung.—Hooker (W. J.). Monograph of the British Jungermanniæ. 4to. London, 1812-1816.\n\nHoppe.—Hoppe. A German botanist, and collector of plants.\n\nHor. Ph.—Horæ Physicæ Berolinenses. fol. Berlin.\n\nHorn.—Hornemann. A Danish botanist and professor.\n\nHorns.—Hornschurch. A German botanist and professor.\n\n\n\nHort.—Of the gardens.\n\nHort. Tr.—Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London. 7 vols. 4to. Continued.\n\nHost.—Host. An Austrian writer upon grapes and European plants.\n\nHout.—Houttuyn. A botanist of Amsterdam.\n\nHrtm.—Hartmann. A botanist of Stockholm.\n\nHud.—Hudson. An English writer upon British plants.\n\nHum.—Humboldt. A celebrated Prussian traveller and philosopher.\n\nHunter.—An English botanist.\n\nIc. H. K.—Bauer (Francis). Delineations of Exotic Plants cultivated in the Royal Garden at Kew, published by W. J. Aiton. fol. London, 1796.\n\nIs. Ac. Pa.—Isnard. See Ac. Par.\n\nIves.—Ives. An American botanist.\n\nJ.—Jussieu. A celebrated French systematic botanist.\n\nJac.—Jacquin. An Austrian traveller in South America, and botanist.\n\nJac. Am.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Stirpium Americanarum Historia. fol. 1763.\n\nJac. Am. Pic.—The same work with coloured plates, no date.\n\nJac. Au.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Floræ Austriacæ Icones. 5 vols. fol. Vindob. 1773-1778.\n\nJac. C.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Collectanea ad Botanicam, &c. spectantia. 5 vols. 4to. Vindob. 1786-1796.\n\nJac. Ec.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Eclogæ Botanicæ. fol. 1811-1816.\n\nJac. Fr.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Fragmenta Botanica. fol. 1800-1809.\n\nJac. Gram.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Eclogæ Botanicæ. fol. 1811-1816.\n\nJac. H. Vin.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Hortus Botanicus Vindobonensis. 3 vols. fol. Vindob. 1764-1776.\n\nJac. Ic.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Icones Plantarum rariorum. 3 vols. fol. Vindob. 1781-1793.\n\nJac. M.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Miscellanea Austriaca ad Botanicam, &c. spectantia. 2 vols. 4to. Vindob. 1778-1781.\n\nJac. Ob.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Observationes Botanicæ. fol. Vindob. 1764-1771.\n\nJac. Ox.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Oxalidis Monographia Iconibus illustrata. 4to. Vindob. 1792.\n\nJac. Sc.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Plantarum rariorum Horti Cæsarei Schœnbrunensis. 4 vols. fol. Vindobonen. 1797-1804.\n\nJac. St.—Von Jacquin (Nicolas Jos.). Stapeliæ cultæ. fol. Vindob. 1806-1815.\n\nJack.—Jackson. An English botanist.\n\nJnghans.—Junghans. A botanist of Halle.\n\nJo. H. N.—Journal d’Histoire Naturelle. 2 vols. 4to. Paris, 1792.\n\nJo. Sc.—Journal of Science, edited at the Royal Institution. 8vo. Published quarterly.\n\nJon.—Jones. An accomplished writer upon Indian matters.\n\nJun. Ic.—Junghans (Phil. Carp.). Icones Plantarum ad Vitam impressæ. fol. Halæ, 1787.\n\nJuss. Sci.—Jussieu, in Mémoires de l’Académie Royale des Sciences. 4to. Paris, 1740.\n\nKæm.—Kæmpfer. A traveller in Japan.\n\nKæm. Am.—Kæmpfer (Engelbert). Amœnitates Exoticæ. 4to. Lemgoviæ, 1712.\n\nKæm. Ic.—Kæmpfer (Engelbert). Icones selectæ Plantarum. fol. London, 1791.\n\nKern. Abr.—Kerner (John Sim.). Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der Bäume welche in Würtemberg wild wachsen. 4 heft. 4to. Stuttgard, 1783-1786.\n\nKer. Rec.—Ker (John Bellenden). Recensio Plantarum hucusque in Repositorio Botanicorum depictarum. 4to. London, 1801.\n\nKion.—Not known.\n\nKit.—Kitaibel. A Hungarian botanist.\n\nKn. Pr.—Knight’s Proteàceæ.\n\nKno. Del.—Knorr (Georg. Wolfgang). Deliciæ Naturæ selectæ. 2 vols. fol. Nürnberg, 1766, 1767.\n\nKno. Th.—Knorr (Georg. Wolfgang). Thesaurus Rei Herbariæ Hortensisque universalis. 2 vols. fol. 1770-1772.\n\nKoch.—Koch. A professor at Erlang.\n\n\n\nKoel.—Koeler. A writer on German and French grasses.\n\nKölle.—Kölle. A botanist of Erlang.\n\nKön.—König. Several German naturalists of this name.\n\nKr. Sil.—Krocker (Ant. Joh.). Flora Silesiaca renovata. 2 vols. 8vo. Vratislaviæ, 1787-1790.\n\nKth.—Kunth. A Prussian botanist.\n\nKth. Mim.—Kunth (Car. Sigism.). Mimoses et autres Plantes Legumineuses du Nouveau Continent. fol. Paris, 1819, &c.\n\nKun. Nov. G.—Kunth (Car. Sigism.). Nova Genera et Species Plantarum. 7 vols. 4to. Paris, 1825.\n\nKunze.—Kunze. A German cryptogamic botanist.\n\nL.—Linnæus. The celebrated Swedish reformer of natural history.\n\nL. D. Fr.—Loiseleur’s Duhamel, &c. A new edition by Loiseleur Deslongchamps. See Duh. Fr.\n\nL. Fil.—Linnæus the younger. The son of the great Linnæus.\n\nL. F. Dec.—Linnæus (Carolus, filius). Plantarum rariorum Horti Upsaliensis Decas. fol. Stock. 1762, 1763.\n\nL. F. Fa.—Linnæus (Carolus, filius). Plantarum rariorum Horti Upsaliensis fasciculus 1. fol. Lips. 1767.\n\nL. & O. Dis.—Link (Henr. Frid.) und Otto (Frid.). Ueber die Gattungen Melocactus und Echinocactus in Hort. Soc. Trans. Berlin, vol. 2. 4to.\n\nL. & O. H. Ber.—Link (Henr. Frid.) et Otto (Frid.). Horæ Physicæ Berolinenses. fol.\n\nL. Tr.—Linnæan Society’s Transactions.\n\nLab.—Labillardière. A French botanist.\n\nLab. N. H.—Labillardière (Jac. Jul). Novæ Hollandiæ Plantarum Specimen. 2 vols. fol. Paris, 1804-1806.\n\nLab. Syr.—Labillardière (Jac. Jul.). Icones Plantarum Syriæ rariorum. fol. Paris, 1791-1812.\n\nLab. Vo.—Labillardière (Jac. Jul.). Relation du Voyage à la Recherche de La Peyrouse. 2 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1798.\n\nLag.—Lagasca. A Spanish botanist and professor.\n\nLal.—La Lave. A Mexican botanist.\n\nLam.—Lamarck. A French botanist.\n\nLam. Ic. In.—Lamarck (Jean Baptiste Monet de). Icones Plantarum ined.\n\nLam. Il.—Lamarck (Jean Baptiste Monet de). Illustrations des Genres. 4to. Paris, 1791, &c.\n\nLamb.—A. B. Lambert, V. P. L. S. An English botanist.\n\nLamb. Ci.—Lambert (Aylmer Bourke). Description of the Genus Cinchona. London, 1797.\n\nLamb. Pin.—Lambert (Aylmer Bourke). A Description of the Genus Pinus. fol. London, 1803. New edit. 1829.\n\nLamour. Dis.—Lamouroux (Justin). Dissertations sur plusieurs Espèces de Fucus. 4to. Agen, 1805.\n\nLan.—Langsdorff. A Russian botanist.\n\nLap.—La Peyrouse. A French writer upon the plants of the Pyrenees.\n\nLap. Sax.—La Peyrouse (Philip Picot). Monographia Saxifragarum cujus partem facit, &c. Toulouse.\n\nLar.—Laroche. A French botanist.\n\nLar. Dis.—De La Roche (Daniel). Specimen Botanicum inaugurale sistens Descriptiones Plantarum aliquot novarum. 4to. 1766.\n\nLaw.—Lawrence (Miss). An English flower-painter.\n\nLawr. Pass.—Lawrence (Miss). Six numbers of coloured figures of Passion Flowers. fol. London.\n\nLawr. Ros.—Lawrence (Miss). A Collection of Roses from Nature. fol. London, 1799.\n\nLax.—Laxmann. A German writer on Siberian plants.\n\nLec.—Leconte. An American botanist.\n\nLec. Pas.—Leconte’s Pastures.\n\nLech.—Lechenault. A French botanist.\n\nLed.—Ledebour. A botanist, and traveller in Siberia.\n\nLee.—Lee. A nurseryman at Hammersmith.\n\n\n\nLeers.—Leers. A German botanist.\n\nLeh.—Lehmann. A German botanist, and professor at Hamburgh.\n\nLeh. As.—Lehmann (J. C. G.). Plantæ Asperifoliæ Nucif. 2 vols. 4to. Berlin, 1818.\n\nLeh. B.—Lehmann (J. C. G.) in Berlinisches Magazin, &c.\n\nLeh. M.—Lehmann (J. C. G.). Monographia Generis Primularum. 4to. Lipsiæ, 1817.\n\nLeh. Nic.—Lehmann (J. C. G.). Generis Nicotianarum Historia. 4to. 1818.\n\nLeh. Pot.—Lehmann (J. C. G.). Monographia Generis Potentillarum. 4to. Hamburgh, 1820.\n\nLej.—Lejeune. A French botanist.\n\nLem.—Leman. A botanist mentioned in Dec. Fl. Franc.\n\nLep.—Lepechin. A Russian botanist.\n\nLepel.—Lepelletier. A French botanist.\n\nLewis.—Lewis. An American traveller.\n\nLeys.—Leysser. A botanist of Halle.\n\nLich.—Lichtenstein. A German botanist and professor.\n\nLight.—Lightfoot. A writer upon the Scottish Flora.\n\nLiljeb.—Liljeblad. A professor at Upsal.\n\nLind.—Lindern. A French botanist.\n\nLind. Col.—Lindley (John). Collectanea Botanica. fol. London, 1821.\n\nLind. Dig.—Lindley (John). Digitalium Monographia. fol. London, 1821.\n\nLind. Ros.—Lindley (John). Rosarum Monographia. 8vo. London, 1821.\n\nLindl.—Lindley. An English botanist, and professor in London.\n\nLin. Er.—Linnæus’s Ericæ.\n\nLin. Tr.—Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. 4to. London, 1791, &c.\n\nLiv.—Livinston. A Scotch botanist.\n\nLk.—Link. A Prussian botanist.\n\nLk. & O.—Link and Otto. Prussian botanists.\n\nLk. Obs.—Link (Henr. Frid.). Observationes in Ordines Plantarum Naturales (Fungos tantum), diss. 1. et 2. in Magazin der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde.\n\nLo. C.—Loddiges’ Catalogue. Catalogue of the plants cultivated in Loddiges’ Nursery at Hackney.\n\nLo. S.—Loddiges’ Supplement.\n\nLob.—Lobel. An old writer upon plants.\n\nLob. Ic.—De Lobel or Lobelius (Mathias). Stirpium Icones. 4to. Antwerp, 1591.\n\nLob. Ob.—De Lobel or Lobelius (Mathias). Observationes Botanicæ.\n\nLock.—Lockhart. Superintendent of the Trinidad Botanical Garden.\n\nLod.—Loddiges. English nurserymen and botanists.\n\nLoe.—Loeffling. A Swedish botanist and traveller.\n\nLœf. It.—Lœfling (Peter). Iter Hispanicum. 8vo. Stockholm, 1758.\n\nLoe. Pr.—Loeselius (John). Flora Prussica. 4to. Regiomonti, 1793.\n\nLoi.—Loiseleur Deslongchamps. A French botanist.\n\nLoi. Gal.—Loiseleur Deslongchamps (J. L. A.). Flora Gallica. 2 vols. 12mo. Paris, 1806, 1807.\n\nLoi. No.—Loiseleur Deslongchamps (J. L. A.). Notices sur les Plantes à ajouter à la Flore de France. 8vo. Paris, 1810.\n\nLoi. Sup.—Loiseleur Deslongchamps (J. L. A.). Supplement to Flora Gallica. 8vo. Paris, 1807.\n\nLon.—Londes. A botanist of Göttingen.\n\nLou.—Loureiro. A Portuguese traveller in Cochin China.\n\nLoud. Enc. Pl.—Loudon (J. C. L.). Encyclopædia of Plants. 8vo. London, 1830.\n\nLoud. G. M.—Loudon (J. C. L.). Gardener’s Magazine. 8vo. London, 1826, &c. Continued.\n\nLoud. M. N. H.—Loudon (J. C. L.). Magazine of Natural History. 8vo. London, 1828, &c. Continued.\n\nLoudon.—J. C. Loudon. Author of various agricultural, horticultural, and botanical works.\n\nLum.—Lumnitzer. A German botanist.\n\nLunan.—Lunan. A writer on Jamaica plants.\n\nLyell.—Lyell. A Scotch botanist.\n\nLyng.—Lyngbye. A Danish writer upon cryptogamic matters.\n\n\n\nLyng. Hyd.—Lyngbye (H. C.). Hydrophytologia Danica. 4to. Copenhagen.\n\nLyon.—Lyon. A collector of American plants.\n\nM. Fl. Vi.—Moretti (Gius.). Notizia sopra diverse Piante da aggungiarsi alla Flora Vicentina. 4to. 1813.\n\nM. H.—Morison (Robert). Plantarum Historico Universalis Oxoniensis. 2 vols. fol. Oxon. 1680.\n\nM. In.—Mémoires de l’Institut National des Sciences et des Arts. 4to. Paris, 1796, et seq.\n\nM. Msq.—Usher, in Memoirs of Natural History of Moscow. See Mém. Mosc.\n\nM. & S.—Mocino and Sessé. Mexican botanists.\n\nM. Um.—Morison (Robert). Plantarum Umbelliferarum Distributio nova. fol. Oxon. 1672.\n\nMag. Ber.—Martini (Henr.). Berlinisches Magazin oder Gesammlete Schriften. 8vo. Berlin, 1765-1767.\n\nMag. H.—Magnol (Petrus). Hortus Regius Monspeliensis. 8vo. Monsp. 1697.\n\nMag. Mo.—Magnol (Petrus). Botanicon Monspeliense. 12mo. Monsp. 1686.\n\nMag. Nat. Hist.—Loudon (J. C. L.). Magazine of Natural History. 8vo. London, 1828, &c. Continued.\n\nMa. C.—Mackay’s Catalogue. Catalogue of the plants cultivated in Mackay’s nursery at Clapton.\n\nMarcg. Bra.—Marcgravius (Georg). Historia Rerum Naturalium Brasiliæ. fol. L. Bat. 1648.\n\nMarg.—Marcgraav. A traveller in Brazil.\n\nMarsh.—Marshall. A writer on American trees.\n\nMart.—Martius. A Bavarian botanist, and traveller in Brazil.\n\nMart. Br.—Martius (C. F. P.). Nova Genera et Species Plantarum quas in Itinere per Brasiliam ann. 1817-1820, &c. 4to.\n\nMart. Cen.—Martyn (John). Historia Plantarum rariorum. Cent. 1. dec. 1-5. fol. London, 1728.\n\nMart. Med.—Von Martius (Carl F. P.). Specimen Materiæ Medicæ Brasiliensis. Monach. 1824. fol.\n\nMart. Palm. Ic.—Von Martius (Carl F. P.). Genera et Species Palmarum quas in Itinere per Brasiliam collegit. Monach. 1824. fol.\n\nMas.—Masson. A collector of plants at the Cape, and elsewhere.\n\nMass. St.—Masson (Francis). Stapeliæ novæ. fol. London, 1798.\n\nMat. Com.—Mathiolus (P. Andr.). Commentarii in Libros Dioscoridis de Medica Materia.\n\nMat. Op.—Mathiolus (P. Andr.). Opera Omnia. fol. Francof. 1598; Basiliæ, 1674.\n\nMayer.—Several German botanists of this name.\n\nMed.—Medicus. A German botanist of the eighteenth century.\n\nMee. Ic.—Meerburg (Nicol). Plantarum selectarum Icones pictæ. fol. L. Bat. 1798.\n\nMém. M.—Mémoires du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle. 4to. Paris, 1815-1829.\n\nMém. Mosc.—Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscow. 6 vols. 4to. Moscow, 1811, &c.\n\nMen. Pu.—Mentzel (Christ.). Pugillus Plantarum rariorum. fol. 1682.\n\nMenz.—Menzies. A Scotch botanist, and traveller round the world with Vancouver.\n\nMer. Sur.—Merian (Maria Sybilla). De Metamorphosibus Insectorum Surinamensium. fol. Hagæ, 1726.\n\nMerat.—Merat. A French botanist.\n\nMert.—Mertens. A French botanist.\n\nMey.—Meyer. A German botanist.\n\nMic. Am.—Michaux (André). Flora Boreali-Americana. 2 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1803.\n\nMic. Ar.—Michaux (André Franc. fils). Histoire des Arbres forestiers de l’Amérique Septentrionale. 3 vols. 4to. Paris, 1810-1813.\n\nMic. Gen.—Micheli (Peter Ant.). Nova Plantarum Genera. fol. Florence, 1729.\n\nMic. Quer.—Michaux (André). Histoire des Chènes de l’Amérique Septentrionale. fol. Paris, 1801.\n\nMich.—Micheli. A Florentine botanist.\n\nMiers.—Miers. A South American collector.\n\nMik.—Mikan. A German writer on Brazilian plants.\n\nMil.—Miller. An English gardener and botanist.\n\nMil. D. Ed.—Miller (Philip). Gardener’s Dictionary. Second edition. 2 vols. fol. London, 1760.\n\n\n\nMil. Ic.—Miller (Philip). Figures of plants described in the Gardener’s Dictionary. 2 vols. fol. London, 1760.\n\nMir.—Mirbel. A French physiological botanist.\n\nMo. Gr.—Monti (Josephus). Catalogi Stirpium Agri Bononiensis Prodromus Gramina et Affinia complectens. 4to. Bononiæ, 1719.\n\nMoc.—Mocino. A Mexican botanist.\n\nMoen.—Moench. A German botanist.\n\nMoen. Wei.—Moench (Conrad). Verzeichniss ausländischer Bäume des Lustschlosses Weissenstein. 8vo. Frankf. 1785.\n\nMohr.—Mohr. A German cryptogamic writer.\n\nMol.—Molina. An Italian writer upon the natural history of Chile.\n\nMon.—Montin. A Swedish botanist.\n\nMor.—Morison. An old writer on plants.\n\nMord.—Mordant de Launy. A French botanist.\n\nMoret.—Moretti. An Italian botanist.\n\nMoug.—Mougeot. A German cryptogamic botanist.\n\nMuhl.—Muhlenberg. A North American botanist.\n\nMuhl. Dan.—Müller (Ott Frid.). Flora Danica. vols. 4 and 5. The rest by Vahl and Hornemann. 5 vols. fol. Havniæ, 1766-1782.\n\nMunt. Ph.—Munting (Abrah.). Phytographia curiosa. fol. 1702. 1713. 1727.\n\nMur.—Murray. A German botanist.\n\nMur. Pr.—Murray (Joh. Andr.). Prodromus Designationis Stirpium Göttingensium. 8vo. Götting. 1770.\n\nMus.—Mussin-Puschkin. A Russian botanist, and traveller in Caucasus.\n\nMusc. Brit.—Hooker and Taylor. Muscologia Britannica. 8vo. London, 1818.\n\nMusc. Hib.—Turner (Dawson). Muscologiæ Hibernicæ Specimen. 12mo. London, 1804.\n\nMutis.—Mutis. A Spanish botanist, resident in New Grenada.\n\nMx.—Michaux. A French botanist, and traveller in North America.\n\nN. A. P.—Nova Acta Academiæ Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitanæ.\n\nN. C. G.—Novi Commentarii Societatis Regiæ Scientiarum Göttingensis. 4to. 1751, to the present time.\n\nN. C. P.—Novi Commentarii Academiæ Imperialis Petropolitanæ.\n\nN. Cur.—Nova Acta Physico-medica Academiæ Cæsareæ Leopoldino-Carolinæ Naturæ Curiosorum. 4to. Continued.\n\nN. H.—Acta Literaria Universitatis Hafniensis. 4to. Hafniæ, 1778, &c.\n\nN. & M.—Nees and Martius. German botanists.\n\nN. M. R.—Nees and Martius, in Nova Acta Physico-medica Academiæ Cæsareæ Leopoldino-Carolinæ Naturae Curiosorum Bonnæ. 4to. 1757, to present time.\n\nNat. Ber.—Willdenow (Lud.). Der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin neue Schriften. 4to. Berlin, 1795, &c.\n\nNeck.—Necker. A German writer upon botanical affairs.\n\nNees.—Nees von Esenbeck. A German botanist.\n\nNees H. B.—Nees von Esenbeck (C. G.). Horæ Physicæ Berolinenses collectæ ex Symbolis Virorum doctorum Link, Rudolphi, &c. fol. 1820.\n\nNees Pilze.—Nees von Esenbeck (C. G.). Das System der Pilze und Schwämme. 4to. Würzburg, 1817.\n\nNees. R. G.—Nees von Esenbeck (C. G.). Assisted by Aug. Weihe. Rubis Germanicis edendis, &c. 4to. Rome, 1823.\n\nNes. Pot.—Nestler (C. G.). Monographia de Potentilla. 4to. Parisiis et Argentorati, 1816.\n\nNest.—Nestler. A botanist of Strasburgh.\n\nNiv.—Niven. A collector of plants at the Cape.\n\nNoc.—Nocca. A professor of Pavia.\n\nNocca Tr.—Nocca (Dominicus). Ticinensis Horti Plantæ selectæ. 1 fasc. fol. Papiæ, 1814.\n\nNoi. Jar.—Noisette (Louis). Le Jardin Fruitier. 4to. Paris, 1813.\n\nNois.—Noisette. A French nurseryman.\n\nNor.—Noronha. A Spanish botanist who visited Madagascar.\n\nNov. Com. Got.—See N. C. G.\n\nNut.—Nuttall. A North American botanist.\n\nOed.—Oeder. A Danish botanist.\n\nOliv.—Olivier. A French botanist, and traveller in Persia.\n\nOr.—Ortega. A Spanish botanist.\n\n\n\nOr. D.—De Ortega (Cas. Gomez). Novarum aut rariorum Plantarum Hort. R. Madritensis Decades. 4to. Madrid, 1797, 1798.\n\nOsb. It.—Osbeck (Peter). A Voyage to China, &c. 8vo. London, 1771.\n\nOtth.—Otth. A French writer in Decandolle’s Prodromus.\n\nOtto.—A Prussian gardener.\n\nPa. It. Ger.—Pallas (Peter Simon). Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des Russischen Reichs. 3 vols. 4to. Petrop. 1771-1776.\n\nPal. As.—Pallas (Peter Simon). Species Astragalorum descriptæ et Iconibus illustratæ. fol. Lips. 1800.\n\nPal. Ill.—Pallas (Peter Simon). Illustrationes Plantarum minus cognitarum. fol. Lipsiæ, 1803.\n\nPal. It.—Pallas (Peter Simon). Voyages dans l’Empire Russe. 8 vols. 8vo.\n\nPal. P.—Pallas (Peter Simon). In the Petersburgh Transactions. See Ac. Pet.\n\nPal. Ros.—Pallas (Peter Simon). Flora Rossica. fol. Petrop. 1784-1788.\n\nPall.—Pallas. A Russian traveller and naturalist.\n\nPar. Lon.—Salisbury (Rich. Ant.). Paradisus Londinensis. 2 vols. 4to. London, 1805-1808.\n\nPar. P.—Parkinson (John). A Paradise of Pleasant Flowers. fol. London, 1629.\n\nPar. Th.—Parkinson (John). Theatrum Botanicum. fol. London, 1640.\n\nParm.—Parmentier. A French nurseryman.\n\nParry’s App. Ic.—Parry (William). A Voyage to discover the North West Passage. 4to. London. Appendix.\n\nPat.—Patrin. A Russian traveller.\n\nPatters.—Patterson (William). A Narrative of Four Journeys into the Country of the Hottentots. 4to. London, 1789.\n\nPerp.—Perpenti. A female Italian botanist.\n\nPers.—Persoon. A French botanist.\n\nPers. Disp.—Persoon (Christ. Henr.). Tentamen Dispositionis methodicæ Fungorum. 8vo. Lips. 1797.\n\nPers. Ic. Pict.—Persoon (Christ. Henr.). Icones pictæ Specierum rariorum Fungorum. 4to. Paris and Strasb. 1803.\n\nPers. Syn.—Persoon (Christ. Henr.). Synopsis Plantarum, seu Enchiridion Botanicum. 2 vols. 12mo. Paris, 1805-1807.\n\nPet.—Petagna. A Neapolitan botanist.\n\nPet. Brit.—Petiver (James). Herbarii Britannici Catalogus. fol. London, 1702-1704.\n\nPet. Fil.—Petiver (James). Pterigraphia Americana. fol. London.\n\nPet. G.—Petiver (James). Gazophylacium Naturæ et Artis. fol. London, 1702-1704.\n\nPet. M.—Petiver (James). Musæi Petiveriani Centuriæ 10. 8vo. London, 1695.\n\nPh.—Pursh. A Prussian botanist, and traveller in North America.\n\nPh. Am.—Pursh (Frederick). Flora Americanæ Septentrionalis. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1814.\n\nPh. Tr.—Transactions of the Royal Society of London. 4to. 1665 to the present time.\n\nPic. H. P.—Picciuoli (Giuseppe). Hortus Panciaticus. 4to. Firenze, 1783.\n\nPis. Br.—Piso (Gulielm.). Historia Naturalis Brasiliæ. fol. Amsterdam, 1648.\n\nPis. Lib.—Piso (Gulielm.). De Indiæ utriusque Re naturali et medica libri 14. fol. 1658.\n\nPl. Am.—Plumier (Charles). Description des Plantes de l’Amérique. fol. 1693-1712.\n\nPl. Dec.—Decandolle (Aug. Pyr.). Plantarum Historia succulentarum. fol. and 4to. Paris, 1799-1803.\n\nPl. Ed. B.—Plumier (Charles). Plantæ Americanæ à C. Plumier detectæ et à J. Burmanno editæ. fol. Amst. 1755.\n\nPl. Fil.—Plumier (Charles). Traité des Fougères de l’Amérique. fol. Paris, 1705.\n\nPl. Gen.—Plumier (Charles). Nova Plantarum Americanarum Genera. 4to. Paris, 1703.\n\nPl. Ic.—Plumier (Charles). Plantarum Americanarum fasc. 10, continentes Plantas quas olim C. Plumierius detexit et depinxit. Edidit Johannes Burmannus. fol. Amst. 1755.\n\nPlan. H. B.—Plantæ Selectæ Horti Berolinensis. See L. & O. Ab.\n\nPlk. Ic.—Plenck (Jos. Jac.). Icones Plantarum medicinalium. Fasc. fol. 1803, et seq.\n\nPlu.—Plumier. A French botanist, and traveller in the West Indies.\n\n\n\nPluk. Al.—Plukenett (Leonard). Almagestum Botanicum, sive Phyt. Onomasticon. 4to. 1796.\n\nPluk. Am.—Plukenett (Leonard). Amaltheum Botanicum. 4to. 1705.\n\nPluk. M.—Plukenett (Leonard). Almagesti botanici Mantissa. 4to. 1700.\n\nPluk. Ph.—Plukenett (Leonard). Phytographia, seu Stirpium illustriorum, &c. 4 vols. 4to. London, 1691-1706.\n\nPoc. Crat.—Pococke. Cratægi.\n\nPohl.—Pohl. A German botanist.\n\nPohl Fl. Bo.—Pohl (Imman.). Versuch einer Flora Böhmens. 2 vols. 8vo. Prague, 1810-1814.\n\nPoir.—Poiret. A French botanical compiler.\n\nPoit.—Poiteau. A French botanist and draughtsman.\n\nPol.—Pollini. A professor at Verona.\n\nPoll.—Pollich. A German writer on the plants of the Palatinate.\n\nPop.—Poppig. A German botanist.\n\nPou.—Pourret. A French botanist.\n\nPresl.—Presl. A Bohemian botanist.\n\nPt. et T. Fl.—Poiteau et Turpin. Flore Parisienne. fol. Paris, 1808, &c.\n\nPurt. Fl.—Purton (Th.). Midland Flora. 2 vols. 8vo. Stratford upon Avon, 1817.\n\nQu. His.—Quer (Martinez). Flora Española. 4 vols. 4to. Madrid, 1762-1764.\n\nR. Br.—Robert Brown. An English botanist, and traveller in New Holland.\n\nR. Hou.—Reliquiae Houstonianæ. 4to. London, 1781.\n\nR. L.—Redouté’s Liliacées.\n\nR. Mal.—Van Rheede (Henricus). Hortus Indicus Malabaricus. 12 vols. fol. 1678-1703.\n\nR. & P.—Ruiz and Pavon. Spanish botanists, and travellers in Peru and Chile.\n\nR. & S.—Römer and Schultes. German editors of Linnæus’s Species Plantarum.\n\nRad.—Raddi. An Italian cryptogamic botanist, and traveller in Brazil.\n\nRad. Dis.—Radius (Justus). De Pyrola et Chimaphila Specimen. 4to. Lipsiæ, 1821.\n\nRaddi. M.—Raddi (Joseph). Memoir Flor. Brasil. Observationes in Atti di Siena. vol. 9. and in Memorie di Modena. vols. 18. and 19.\n\nRaeu.—Raeuschel. A German botanist.\n\nRafi.—Rafinesque Schmalz. A modern writer upon botanical matters.\n\nRam.—Ramond. A French botanist.\n\nRau.—Rau. A German botanist.\n\nRay. Sy.—Ray (Joh.). Synopsis Stirpium Britannicarum. 8vo.\n\nRchb.—Reichenbach. A German botanist.\n\nRchb. Ac.—Reichenbach (Lodov.). Monographia Generis Aconiti et Delphinii. fol. Lipsiæ, 1820.\n\nRchb. Bot.—Reichenbach (Ludov.). Hortus Botanicus. 4to. Lipsiæ, 1824.\n\nReb. Neo.—Rebentisch (Joh. Frider.). Prodromus Floræ Neomarchicæ. 8vo. Berolini, 1804.\n\nRed.—Redouté. A French botanical draughtsman.\n\nRed. Lil.—Redouté (P. J.). Les Liliacées. 8 vols. fol. Paris, 1802-1816.\n\nRed. Ros.—Redouté (P. J.). Les Roses. fol. Paris.\n\nRedow.—Redowski. A Russian botanical collector.\n\nReich.—Reichard. A botanist of Frankfort.\n\nReinw.—Reinwardt. A professor at Leyden.\n\nRel.—Relham. A writer upon the Flora of Cambridgeshire.\n\nRen. Spec.—Reneaulme (Paul). Specimen Historiæ Plantarum. 4to. Paris, 1611.\n\nReq.—Requien. A French botanist.\n\nRetz.—Retzius. A German botanist.\n\nRetz. Ob.—Retzius (And. Joh.). Observationes Botanicæ. 4to. London, 1774-1791.\n\nReyn.—Reynier. A botanist of Lausanne.\n\nRh.—Rheede. Author of Hortus Malabaricus.\n\nRich.—Richard. A French botanist.\n\nRisso.—Risso. An Italian writer upon Oranges.\n\nRiv.—Rivinus. A German botanist.\n\nRiv. Mon.—Rivinus (Aug. Quirinus). Ordo Plantarum Flore irregulari Monopetalo. fol. Lips. 1690.\n\n\n\nRiv. Tet.—Rivinus (Aug. Quirinus). Ordo Plantarum Flore irregulari Tetrapetalo. fol. Lips. 1699.\n\nRob. Ic.—Robert (Nicolas). Icones Plantarum. fol. Paris, 1701.\n\nRobs.—Robson. An English botanist.\n\nRoch.—Rochel. Superintendent of the garden at Pest.\n\nRœ. Ar.—Rœmer (Jac. Joh.). Archiv für die Botanik. 3 vols. 4to. 1796-1799.\n\nRœ. Sc.—Rœmer (Jac. Joh.). Scriptores de Plantis Hispanicis, Lusitanicis, et Brasiliensibus. 8vo. 1796.\n\nRoem.—Roemer. A German botanist.\n\nRohde.—Rohde. A botanist of Bremen.\n\nRol.—Rolander. A Swedish botanist.\n\nRoll.—Rollinson. A nurseryman near London.\n\nRosc.—Roscoe. An English botanist, and writer upon Scitamineæ.\n\nRosc. Scit.—Roscoe (W.). Figures of the Order of Scitamineæ or Monandrous Plants. fol. Liverpool.\n\nRost. J.—Rostkow (Fr. Gul. Th.). Monographia Generis Junci. 8vo. Berolini, 1801.\n\nRoth.—Roth. A German botanical writer.\n\nRoth. Abh.—Roth (Alb. Wilh.). Botanische Abhandlungen und Beobachtungen. 4to. Nuremberg, 1787.\n\nRox.—Roxburgh. An Indian botanist.\n\nRox. Cor.—Roxburgh (William). Plants of the Coast of Coromandel. 2 vols. fol. London, 1795-1798.\n\nRtb.—Rottboll. A Danish botanist.\n\nRtb. Gr.—Rottboll (Christ. Friis.). Descriptiones et Icones Plantarum rariorum. fol. Hafniæ, 1773.\n\nRtl.—Rottler. A German missionary.\n\nRu. Am.—Rumphius (George Everh.). Herbarium Amboinense. 6 vols. fol. Amst. 1750.\n\nRud.—Rudge. An English writer upon botanical subjects.\n\nRud. Gui.—Rudge (Edward). Plantarum Guianæ rariorum Icones et Descr. fol. London, 1805.\n\nRudol.—Rudolph. A German botanist.\n\nRum.—Rumphius. Author of Herbarium Amboinense.\n\nRus.—Russel. A botanist of Aleppo.\n\nRus. Al.—Russel (Alex.). Natural History of Aleppo. 4to. 1756. Ed. 2. 1794.\n\nS. & W.—Schrader and Wendland. German botanists.\n\nSab.—Sabine. An English amateur of botany.\n\nSab. Rom.—Sabbati (Liberatus). Hortus Romanus. 7 vols. fol. Romæ, 1772-1784.\n\nSal.—Salisbury. An English botanist.\n\nSal. St.—Salisbury (Richard Anthony). Icones Stirpium rariorum. fol. London, 1791.\n\nSalm.—The Prince of Salm Dyck. A noble German amateur.\n\nSan. Vi.—Santi (George). Viaggi al Mont Amiata e per la Toscana. 3 vols. 8vo. Pisa, 1795-1806.\n\nSanti.—Santi. An Italian botanist.\n\nSavi.—Savi. An Italian botanist.\n\nSavi D.—Savi (Gajetanus). Dissertatio Phaseoli.\n\nSavi Med.—Savi (Gajetanus). Materia Medica vegetabile Toscana. fol. Firenze, 1805.\n\nSavi Ph.—Savi (Gajetanus). Memoir on Phaseolus.\n\nSavi Pis.—Savi (Gajetanus). Flora Pisana. 2 vols. 8vo. Pisæ, 1798.\n\nSavig.—Savigny. A French botanist.\n\nSc. B. J.—Schrader (H. A.). Journal für die Botanik. 10 fasc. 8vo. Göttingæ, 1799-1803.\n\nSc. Dansk.—Schrader (H. A.). Det Kongelige Danske Landhuus holdings-selkabs Schrifter. 4 vols. 8vo. Kiobbenhavn, 1776-1794.\n\nSc. Gen. Nov.—Schrader (H. A.). Nova Plantarum Genera. 1 fasc. fol. 1797.\n\nSc. Ger.—Schrader (H. A.). Flora Germanica. 8vo. Göttingæ, 1806.\n\nSc. Hal.—Schrader (H. A.). De Halophytis Pallasii. 4to. Götting. 1810.\n\nSc. Han.—Schrader (H. A.). Sertum Hanoverianum. fol. Götting. 1795, 1796.\n\nSc. Phil.—Schrader (H. A.). Dissertation on the Genus Philadelphus. Not published.\n\nSc. Sam.—Schrader (H. A.). Systematische Sammlung Kryptogamischer Gewächse. 6 fasc. 8vo. Göttingen, 1796, 1797.\n\n\n\nSc. V.—Schrader (H. A.). Commentatio de Veronicis spicatis. 8vo. Gottingæ, 1803.\n\nSc. Verb.—Schrader (H. A.). Monographia Generis Verbasci. 4to. Gottingæ, 1803.\n\nSch. Ag.—Scheuchzer (Johan.). Agrostographia, sive Graminum, Juncorum, Cyperorum, iisque Affinium Historia. 4to. Tigari, 1775.\n\nSch. Bs.—Schwencke (Mart. W.). Beschryving der Gewassen. Gravhage, 1766.\n\nSch. Ce.—Schreber (John Christ.). Beschreibung der Græsser. fol. Leipsic, 1769 and 1810. 3 fasc.\n\nSchæff.—Schæffer. A German writer upon Fungi.\n\nSchæff. F.—Schæffer (Jac. Christ.). Fungorum Bavariæ et Palatinatus Icones. 4 vols. 4to. Ratisbonæ, 1702-1770.\n\nSchk.—Schkuhr. A German writer upon Grasses and Ferns.\n\nSchk. Ca.—Schkuhr (Christ.). Histoire des Carex ou Laiches. 8vo. Leipsic, 1802.\n\nSchk. Cryp.—Schkuhr (Christ.). Vier und zwanzigste Klasse des Linné’schen Pflanzensystems. 4to. Wittenberg, 1809.\n\nSchk. Fil.—Schkuhr (Christ). Abbildungen des Farrnkrautes.\n\nSchk. Han.—Schkuhr (Christ.). Botanisches Handbuch. 3 vols. 8vo. Wittenberg, 1791-1803.\n\nSchk. Us.—Schkuhr (Christ.) in Usteri’s (Paul) Annalen der Botanik. 6 vols. Zurich, from 1791 to 1793.\n\nSchl.—Schleicher. A Swiss plant collector.\n\nSchl. Ran.—Schlechtendahl (A.). Animadversiones in Ranunculeas Candollii. 4to. Berlin, 1819, 1820. In 2 fasciculi.\n\nSchlec.—Schlechtendahl. A German botanist.\n\nSchm. Ar.—Schmidt (Franz). Œsterreichs allgemeine Baumzucht. 2 vols. fol. Vienna, 1792-1794.\n\nSchm. Ic.—Schmiedel (Cas. Christ.). Icones Plantarum. fol. Norimb. 1762.\n\nSchmidt.—Schmidt. A Bohemian botanist.\n\nSchn. Ic.—Schneevooght (G. Voorhelm). Icones Plantarum rariorum. 2 vols. fol. Haarlem, 1793.\n\nSchott.—Schott. A traveller in Brazil.\n\nSchou. M.—Schousboe (P. K. A.). Iagttagelser over væxtriget i Marocco. 4to. Kioberh. 1800.\n\nSchous.—Schousboe. A writer upon the Flora of Morocco.\n\nSch. Mo.—Schranck (Fr. von Paula). Plantæ rariores Horti Monacensis. fol. Munich, 1817-1819.\n\nSchr.—Schrader. A German botanist.\n\nSchrank.—Schrank. A Bavarian botanist.\n\nSchreb.—Schreber. A German botanist.\n\nSchreb. Dec.—Von Schreber (Joh. Christ. Dan.). Icones Plantarum minus cognitarum. Decas I. fol. Halæ, 1766.\n\nSchreb. Gr.—Von Schreber (Joh. Christ. Dan.). Beschreibung der Græser. 2 vols. fol. Lips. 1769-1779.\n\nSchu.—Schubler. A professor at Tubingen.\n\nSchult.—Schultes. A Bavarian botanist.\n\nSchulz.—Schultz. A German botanist.\n\nSchum.—Schumacher. A Danish botanist.\n\nSchw.—Schweigger. A German botanist, author of Flora Erlangensis.\n\nSchwæ.—Schwægrichen. A German cryptogamic botanist.\n\nSchwæg. Sup.—Schwægrichen (Frid.). Species Muscorum Hedwig Supplementum. 4to. Lips. 1811.\n\nSchwein.—An American botanist.\n\nSco.—Scopoli. An Italian botanist.\n\nScop. Car.—Scopoli (Joh. Ant.). Flora Carniolica. 8vo. Viennæ, 1760.\n\nScop. D.—Scopoli (Joh. Ant.). Deliciæ Floræ Insubricæ. 3 vols. fol. Ticini, 1786-1788.\n\nSeb.—Sebastiani. An Italian botanist.\n\nSeba.—Seba (Alb.). Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium Thesauri Descriptio. fol. Amst. 1734-1765.\n\nSeba. Rom.—Sebastiani (Ant.). Romanarum Plantarum, &c. 2 vols. 4to. Romæ, 1813-1815.\n\nSeg. Ver.—Seguier (Joh. Franc.). Plantæ Veronenses. 3 vols. 8vo. Veronæ, 1745.\n\nSer. Hel.—Seringe (N. C.). Musée Helvétique d’Histoire Naturelle. 4to. 1818-1820.\n\nSessé.—Sessé. A Mexican botanist.\n\nShaw Bar.—Shaw (Thomas). Travels in Barbary and the Levant. fol. 1738. Supplement, 1746.\n\n\n\nSib.—Sibthorp. An English botanist, and traveller in Greece.\n\nSieb.—Sieber. A botanical collector.\n\nSims.—Sims. An English garden botanist.\n\nSin.—Sinclair. Nurseryman at New Cross.\n\nSl. Jam.—Sloane (Hans). A Voyage to Madeira, Barbadoes, Nevis, St. Christopher’s, and Jamaica. 2 vols. fol. London, 1707.\n\nSm.—Sir J. E. Smith. An English botanist, and purchaser of the Linnæan herbarium.\n\nSm. Ex. Bot.—Smith (J. Edward). Exotic Botany. 1804-1808.\n\nSm. Ic. In.—Smith (J. Edward). Plantarum Icones hactenus ineditæ. fasc. 1-3. 1789-1791. fol.\n\nSm. Ic. Pic.—Smith (J. Edward). Icones pictæ Plantarum rariorum. fol. London, 1790-1793.\n\nSm. N. H.—Smith (J. Edward). A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland. 4to. London, 1793.\n\nSm. Spic.—Smith (J. Edward). Spicilegium Botanicum. fol. London, 1791-1792.\n\nSm. Tr.—Tracts relating to Natural History. 8vo. 1798.\n\nSoc. Mos.—See Mém. Mosc.\n\nSol.—Solander. A Swedish botanist, and companion of Sir Joseph Banks in Cook’s voyage round the world.\n\nSol. Min.—Sole (William). Menthæ Britannicæ. fol. Bath, 1798.\n\nSole.—Sole. A writer on Mints.\n\nSon.—Sonnerat. A French botanist and traveller.\n\nSon. It.—Sonnerat (P.). Voyage à la Nouvelle Guinée. 4to. Paris, 1776.\n\nSow.—Sowerby. An English botanical draughtsman.\n\nSow. F.—Sowerby (James). Coloured figures of English Fungi. fol. London, 1796-1815, &c.\n\nSpar.—Sparmann. A Swedish travelling botanist.\n\nSpar. H.—Sparmann (Andr.). Kongl. Svenska Vetenscaps Academiens Handlingar. 8vo. Stockholm, from 1739 to 1816.\n\nSpin.—De Spin. A botanist of Turin.\n\nSpr.—Sprengel. A German botanist.\n\nSpr. B. M.—Sprengel (Curt.), in Berlinisches Magazin.\n\nSpr. Cryp.—Sprengel (Curt.). Introduction to the Study of Cryptogamous Plants, translated from the German.\n\nSpr. End.—Sprengel (Curt.). Neue Entdeckungen im ganzen Umfang der Pflanzenkunde. 8vo. Lipsiæ, 1820.\n\nSpr. Hal.—Sprengel (Curt.). Floræ Halensis Tentamen novum. 8vo. Halæ Sax. 1806.\n\nSpr. Um.—Sprengel (Curt.). Plantarum Umbelliferarum Prodromus. 4to. Halæ, 1813.\n\nStack.—Stackhouse. An English botanist.\n\nStack. Fuci.—Stackhouse (John). Nereis Britannica. fol. Bath, 1795-1797.\n\nStech.—Stechmann. A writer on Artemisia.\n\nStep.—Stephan. A Russian botanist.\n\nSter.—Sternberg. A noble German botanist.\n\nSter. Sax.—Sternberg (Graf Casp.). Revisio Saxifragarum Iconibus illustrata. fol. 1810.\n\nSteu.—Steudel. A German botanist.\n\nStev.—Steven. A Russian botanist.\n\nStœr. Stra.—Stœrck (Ant.). Libellus de Stramonio, Hyosciamo, Aconito. 8vo. 1763.\n\nSturm.—Sturm. A German botanical draughtsman.\n\nSuter.—Suter. A Swiss botanist.\n\nSw. Au. Ic. In.—Sweet (R.). Flora Australasia. 8vo. London, 1827, 1828.\n\nSw. Cis.—Sweet (R.). Cistineæ. The Natural Order of Cistus, or Rock-Rose. 8vo. London, 1830.\n\nSwert.—Swertius. An old writer on plants.\n\nSwert. Fl.—Swertius (Eman.). Florilegium tractans de variis Floribus. fol. 1612.\n\nSw. Fl. Gar.—Sweet (R.). The British Flower Garden. 8vo. London, published in monthly numbers.\n\nSw. Fl. Gar. Ic. In.—Sweet (R.). British Flower Garden. 1823 to the present time, 3 vols. of the old series; and a part of a volume of the new series, 1830.\n\nSw. Ger.—Sweet (R.). Geraniaceæ. 8vo. Published in monthly numbers.\n\n\n\nSwt.—Sweet. An English botanist.\n\nSwz.—Swartz. A Swedish botanist, and traveller in the West Indies.\n\nSwz. B. M.—Swartz (Olof), in Berlinisches Magazin.\n\nSwz. Fil.—Swartz (Olof). Synopsis Filicum, earum Genera et Species complectens. 8vo. Kiliæ, 1806.\n\nSwz. Fl.—Swartz (Olof). Floræ Indiæ Occidentalis. 3 vols. 8vo. Erlangæ, 1797. 1800. 1806.\n\nSwz. Ic.—Swartz (Olof). Icones Plantarum Indiæ Occidentalis. 1 fasc. fol. 1794.\n\nSwz. Ob.—Swartz (Olof). Observationes Botanicæ. 8vo. Erlangæ, 1791.\n\nSwz. Pr.—Swartz (Olof). Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetab. Indiæ Occidentalis. 8vo. Holmiæ, 1788.\n\nSymes.—Symes. A writer on English plants.\n\nTab. Ic.—Tabernæmontanus (Jac. Theod.). Eicones Plantarum, cur. N. Bassæo. 4to. Frankf. 1590.\n\nTab. Kr.—Tabernæmontanus (Jac Theod.). Kræuterbuch. fol. 1588.\n\nTau. H. C.—Tausch (Ign. Fred.). Hortus Canalius. fol. part 1. Prague, 1823.\n\nTen.—Tenore. A Neapolitan botanist.\n\nTh. Act. Haf.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.), in Acta Literaria Universitatis Hafniensis. 4to. Hafniæ, 1770.\n\nTh. Gar.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.). Dissertatio de Gardenia. 4to. Upsal, 1780.\n\nTh. H.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.), in Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar. 8vo. Stockholm, 1739-1816.\n\nThib.—Thibaud de Chanvalon. A French botanist.\n\nThomas.—Thomas. A Swiss collector of plants.\n\nThore.—Thore. A French botanist.\n\nThore, J.—Thore (Jean). Observations in Journal de Botanique.\n\nThory.—Thory. A French botanist.\n\nThou.—Du Petit Thouars. A French botanist, and traveller in Madagascar.\n\nThou. Af.—Du Petit Thouars (Aubert). Histoire des Végétaux recueillies dans les Iles Australes d’Afrique. 4to. Paris, 1806.\n\nThou. Or.—Du Petit Thouars (Aubert). Histoire des Plantes Orchidées recueillies sur les trois Isles Australes d’Afrique. 8vo. Paris, 1822.\n\nTh. P.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.), in Novi Commentarii Academiæ Imperialis Petropolitanæ. 20 vols. 4to. 1720-1726.\n\nThouin.—Thouin. A French botanist.\n\nThuil.—Thuillier. A French botanist.\n\nThun.—Thunberg. A Swedish botanical traveller.\n\nThun. Dra.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.). Diss. Dracæna. 2 vols. 4to. Upsal, 1780.\n\nThun. Er.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.). Dissert. de Erica. 4to. Upsal, 1785.\n\nThun. Fic.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.). Diss. Ficus Genus. Upsal, 1786.\n\nThun. Ir.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.). Dissertatio de Iris. 4to. 1782.\n\nThun. Jap.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.). Flora Japonica. 8vo. Lips. 1784.\n\nThun. Pr.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.). Dissertatio de Protea. 1781.\n\nThun. Up.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.), in Acta Literaria et Scientiarum Upsaliæ aut ab Academia Upsaliensi publicata. 1720-1816.\n\nThun. V.—Thunberg (Car. Petr.). Voyage au Japon, &c. 8vo. 1796.\n\nTil. Pis.—Tilli (Mich. Aug.). Catalogus Horti Pisani. fol. Florence, 1723.\n\nTimm.—Timm. A German botanist.\n\nTineo.—Tineo. A professor at Palermo.\n\nTo. It.—Tournefort (Pitton de). Relation d’un Voyage au Levant. 2 vols. 4to. Paris, 1717.\n\nTode.—Tode. A German writer on Fungi.\n\nTode Fun.—Tode (Henr. Jul.). Fungi Mecklenburgenses selecti. 4to. Luneburg, 1790.\n\nTorrey.—Torrey. An American botanist.\n\nTou.—Tournefort. An old French botanist, and traveller in Greece and Asia Minor.\n\nTou. Ins.—Tournefort (Pitton de). Institutiones Rei Herbariæ. 3 vols. 4to. 1717. 1719.\n\nTourn. Vo.—Tournefort (Pitton de). Relation d’un Voyage au Levant. 2 vols. 4to. Paris, 1717.\n\nTrat.—Trattinik. A botanist of Vienna.\n\nTrat. Ar.—Trattinnick (Leop.). Archiv der Gewächskunde. 4to. Vienn. 1811, 1812.\n\nTrat. Au.—Trattinnick (Leop.). Flora Austriaca sicca. fol. 1792.\n\nTrat. Tab.—Trattinnick (Leop.). Observationes Botanicæ Tabularium Rei Herbariæ illustrantes. 4to. 1811.\n\n\n\nTrat. Th.—Trattinnick (Leop.). Thesaurus Botanicus. fol. Vien. 1819.\n\nTr. Ehr.—Trew (Christ. Jac.). Plantæ selectæ ab Ehret pictæ. fol. 1750-1773.\n\nTrent.—Trentepohl. A German botanist.\n\nTrev.—Treviranus. A German botanist.\n\nTrev. B.—Treviranus (Lud. Christ.), in Berlinisches Magazin.\n\nTrev. Del.—Treviranus (Lud. Christ.). De Delphinio et Aquilegia Observationes. 4to. 1817.\n\nTri. Ob.—Triumfetti (Joh. Bapt.). Observationes de Ortu et Vegetatione Plantarum. 4to. Romæ, 1685.\n\nTr. Pl.—Trew (Christ. Jac.). Plantæ rariores. Ed. J. C. Keller. fol. 1763.\n\nTrin.—Trinius. A writer on Grasses.\n\nTurn.—Dawson Turner. An English writer on Sea Weeds.\n\nTurn. Fuci.—Turner (Dawson). Historia Fucorum. 3 vols. fol. London, 1802, &c.\n\nTurp.—Turp. A French botanist and draughtsman.\n\nTurra.—Turra. An Italian botanist.\n\nTus.—Tussac. A French writer on the Flora of the Antilles.\n\nUc.—Ucria. A botanist of Palermo.\n\nUrv.—D’Urville. A captain in the French navy.\n\nUs. An.—Usteri (Paul). Neue Annalen der Botanik. 8vo. 1794.\n\nVahl Ec.—Vahl (Martinus). Eclogæ Americanæ. fol. 1796.\n\nVahl Ic.—Vahl (Martinus). Icones Plantarum in Eclogis descriptarum. fol. 1798.\n\nVahl Sy.—Vahl (Martinus). Symbolæ Botanicæ. fol. Hafn. 1790-1794.\n\nVail.—Vaillant. A French botanist and traveller.\n\nVail. It.—Vaillant (Sebastien). Botanicon Parisiense. fol. Leid. 1727.\n\nVail. Pa.—Vaillant (Sebastien). Botanicon Parisiense, Operis majoris Prodromus. 8vo. L. Bat. 1723.\n\nVan.—Vandelli. A Portuguese botanist.\n\nVau. Con.—Vaucher (Jean Pierre). Histoire des Conferves d’Eau douce. 4to. Genève, 1803.\n\nVen.—Ventenat. A French botanist.\n\nVen. Cels.—Ventenat (Etienne Pierre). Description des Plantes nouvelles ou peu connues du Jardin de J. M. Cels. fol. Paris, 1800.\n\nVen. Ch.—Ventenat (Etienne Pierre). Choix des Plantes. fol. Paris, 1803-1808.\n\nVen. Mal.—Ventenat (Etienne Pierre). Jardin de la Malmaison. fol. 1803-1805.\n\nVen. Til.—Ventenat (Etienne Pierre). Monographie du Genre Tilleul. 4to. Paris, 1802.\n\nVest.—Vest. A Styrian botanist.\n\nVib. Ce.—Viborg on the Cerealia.\n\nVig.—Viguier. A writer upon Poppies.\n\nVig. His.—Viguier (L. G. A.). Histoire Naturelle des Pavots et des Argemones. 4to. Montpelier, 1814.\n\nVil.—Villars. A French botanist.\n\nVil. Del.—Villars (D.). Histoire des Plantes du Dauphiné. 3 vols. 8vo. Grenoble, 1786-1788.\n\nVil. S. J.—Villars (D.), in Schrader’s Journal für die Botanik. 5 vols. 8vo. Göttingen, 1803-1810.\n\nVil. Stras.—Villars (D.). Catalogue méthodique du Jardin du Strasbourg. 8vo. 1807.\n\nVit.—Vitmann. A German botanist.\n\nViv.—Viviani. An Italian botanist.\n\nViv. An.—Viviani (Dom.). Annali di Botanica. 2 vols. 8vo. Genoa, 1802, 1803.\n\nViv. Fr.—Viviani (Dom.). Floræ Italicæ Fragmenta. 4to. Genoa, 1808.\n\nViv. Lib.—Viviani (Dom.). Floræ Libycæ Specimen. fol. Genoa, 1824.\n\nVol. Nor.—Volckamer (Joh. Georg.). Flora Noribergensis. 4to. Noribergæ, 1700.\n\nW.—Willdenow. A German botanist.\n\nW. Ach.—Willdenow (Car. Lud.). Tractatus de Achilleis et Tanaceto. 8vo. Halæ Magd. 1789.\n\nW. Ar.—Willdenow (Car. Lud.). Historia Amaranthorum. fol. Turici, 1790.\n\nW. En.—Willdenow’s Enumeration of the Plants in the Berlin Garden.\n\nW. B. M.—Willdenow (Car. Lud.), in Berlinisches Magazin oder Gesammlete Schriften, &c. 4to. 1765-1767.\n\nW. Erf.—Willdenow (Car. Lud.), in Acta Academiæ Electoralis Moguntinæ Scientiarum utilium quæ Erfordiæ. 2 vols. 8vo. Erford et Gothæ, 1757-1761; the rest in 4to. 1775 and 1776.\n\n\n\nW. H. B.—Willdenow (Car. Lud.). Hortus Berolinensis. fol. Berlin, 1806-1810.\n\nW. & K.—Waldstein and Kitaibel. Authors of Flora of Hungary.\n\nW. & K. Hun.—Waldstein (Franc.) et Kitaibel (Paul). Descriptiones et Icones Plantarum rariorum Hungariæ. 3 vols. fol. Vienn. 1802-1812.\n\nW. & M.—Weber and Mohr. German botanists.\n\nW. N. Ber.—Willdenow (Car. Lud.), in Neuen Schriften der Berlinischen Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde. 6 vols. 8vo. Berlin, 1780-1785.\n\nW. Ph.—Willdenow (Car. Lud.). Phytographia. fol. Erlangæ, 1797.\n\nWa. Fl. Hel.—Wahlenberg (Georg). De Vegetatione Helvetica. 8vo. Furic. 1813.\n\nWa. Lap.—Wahlenberg (Georg). Flora Lapponica. 8vo. Berlin, 1812.\n\nWahl.—Wahlenberg. A Swedish botanist.\n\nWal.—Wallich. Superintendent of the botanical garden at Calcutta.\n\nWal. Pl. As. Ra. Ic.—Wallich (Nath.). Plantæ rariores Asiaticæ. 2 parts, fol. London, 1830.\n\nWal. Res.—Wallich (Nath.). Asiatic Researches, or Transactions of the Society instituted in Bengal. 4to. 1788.\n\nWald.—Waldstein. A noble German patron of botany.\n\nWallr.—Wallroth. A German botanist.\n\nWalt.—Walter. A writer on the Flora of Carolina.\n\nWalt. Ca.—Walter (Thom.). Flora Caroliniana. 8vo. London, 1788.\n\nWalt. H.—Walther (Aug. Frid.). Designatio Plantarum Horti ejus. 8vo. Lips. 1735.\n\nWan.—Wangenheim. A German botanist.\n\nWang. Am.—Von Wangenheim (Fried. Ad. Jul.). Anpflanzung Nord Amerikanischer Holzarten. fol. Göttingæ, 1787.\n\nWat.—Watson. An English writer upon trees and shrubs.\n\nWeb.—Weber. A German cryptogamist.\n\nWeig. Obs.—Weigel (Christ. Ehrenb.). Observationes Botanicæ. 4to. Gryphiæ, 1772.\n\nWeigel.—Weigel. A German botanist.\n\nWeihe.—Weighe. A German writer on Rubi.\n\nWein.—Weinmann. A German gardener, superintendent of one of the royal gardens in Russia.\n\nWein. Ic.—Weinmann (J. Gul.). Phytanthoza Iconographica. 4 vols. fol. Regemb. 1737-1745.\n\nWeis.—Weis. A German botanist.\n\nWen. C.—Wendland (Joh. Christ.). Collectio Plantarum tam exoticarum quam indigenarum. 4to. Hanoveræ, 1805, &c.\n\nWen. Er.—Wendland (Joh. Christ.). Ericarum Icones et Descriptiones. 4to. 1798, &c.\n\nWen. Han.—Wendland (Joh. Christ.). Sertum Hanoveranum. 4 fasc. fol.\n\nWen. Her.—Wendland (Joh. Christ.). Hortus Herrenhusanus. fol. 1798, &c.\n\nWen. Ob.—Wendland (Joh. Christ.). Botanische Beobachtungen. 4to. Hanover, 1798.\n\nWern. Tr.—Transactions or Memoirs of the Wernerian Society. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1809. Continued.\n\nWest.—West. An English botanist.\n\nWibel.—Wibel. A German botanist.\n\nWig.—Wiggers. A German botanist.\n\nWik.—Wikstrom. A Swedish botanist.\n\nWith.—Withering. An English botanist.\n\nWnl.—Wendland. A German garden botanist.\n\nWood.—Woodville (William). Medical Botany. 3 vols. 4to. 1790.\n\nWoods.—Woods. An English writer on Roses.\n\nWoodw.—Woodward. An English botanist.\n\nWorm.—Wormskiold. A Norwegian botanist.\n\nWre.—Wredow. A German divine and botanist.\n\nWrede.—Wrede. A German botanist.\n\nWul.—Wulfen. A German botanist.\n\nY.—Young. A writer in the Linnean Transactions.\n\nZa.—Zanon (Antonio). Istoria Botanica. fol. Bologna, 1675.\n\nZea.—Zea. A Spanish botanist.\n\nZey.—Zeyer. A German gardener.\n\nZo. Ic.—Zorn (Barthol.). Icones Plantarum Medicinalium. 8vo. Nuremb. 1779-1784.\n\nZuc.—Zuccagni. Superintendent of the botanical garden at Florence.\n\n", "chars": 86159, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOTAN2", "term": "BOTANY", "norm": "botany", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The following is a list of the Technical Terms most commonly employed in Botany:—\n\nAbnormal, contrary to general rules.\n\nAccumbent, lying against anything, in distinction to lying upon; as the cotyledons of some cruciferous plants.\n\nAcerose, stiff and slender and sharp-pointed, as the leaves of a pine-tree.\n\nAchenium, a small, hard, one-seeded fruit, resembling a seed.\n\nAciculate, needle-shaped.\n\nAcinaciform, scymitar-shaped.\n\nAcinus, a bunch of succulent berries, as of grapes.\n\nAcrogen, a plant which grows at its end only, without increasing in diameter, as ferns, and all flowerless plants.\n\nAculeate, covered with prickles.\n\nAculeus, a prickle.\n\nAcuminate, tapering to the point, but flat.\n\nAdnate, growing to any thing by the whole length.\n\nAdventitious, appearing accidentally.\n\nÆstivation, the arrangement of the parts of the flower before they expand.\n\nAlabastrus, a flower-bud.\n\nAlbumen, a substance interposed in some seeds between the embryo and the seed coats.\n\nAlburnum, the young wood; sap-wood.\n\nAmentum, a catkin; the male inflorescence of the hazel, &c.\n\nAmplexicaul, clasping a stem.\n\nAnastomosing, the growing together of two parts which meet from different directions.\n\n-androus, a Greek termination expressive of the male sex.\n\nAnfractuous, doubled abruptly in several different directions.\n\nAngiocarpous, having seeds enclosed in a pericarp.\n\nAnnotinous, a year old.\n\nAnther, the case containing pollen.\n\nApetalous, having no petals.\n\nApiculate, abruptly pointed.\n\nApocarpous, where the carpels are distinct from each other.\n\nApophysis, the enlarged base of the theca of some mosses.\n\nApothecium, the shield, or mass of reproductive matter of a lichen.\n\nAppendiculate, having some kind of appendages.\n\nArachnoid, resembling a spider’s web.\n\nAreolate, divided into little spaces.\n\nAril, a peculiar wrapper of some seeds, as the mace of the nutmeg.\n\nArista, the beard or awn of grasses.\n\nAsci, the cases in which the spores of lichens are enclosed.\n\nAscidium, a hollow leaf looking like a water vessel; as the pitcher of Nepenthes.\n\nAttenuated, gradually tapering to a point without becoming flat.\n\nAuriculate, having two lobes (like ears) at the base.\n\nAwn, see Arista.\n\nAxil, the acute angle formed by the junction of the leaf, &c. to its axis.\n\nAxillary, growing in an axil.\n\nAxis, the root and stem either taken together or separately.\n\nBaccate, fruit covered with soft flesh.\n\nBarbate, covered with long hairs resembling a beard.\n\nBeard, a tuft of long hairs.\n\nBiconjugate, in two pairs, placed side by side.\n\nBidentate, having two teeth.\n\nBifarious, arranged in two rows.\n\nBifid, divided into two shallow lobes.\n\nBifoliate, having two leaflets.\n\nBifurcate, twice forked.\n\nBijugous, in two pairs, placed end to end.\n\nBinate, growing in pairs.\n\nBipartite, divided into two deep lobes.\n\nBipinnate, twice pinnate.\n\nBiserrate, twice serrate.\n\nBrachiate, when branches stand nearly at right angles to the stem from which they proceed.\n\nBract, the leaf or leaflet from the axil of which a flower grows.\n\nBulb, a scaly, underground bud.\n\nBulbotuber, a short, roundish, underground stem resembling a bulb.\n\nCaducous, falling off sooner or later.\n\nCæsious, of a bluish grey colour.\n\nCæspitose, growing in tufts.\n\nCalcar, a spur or horn; as in the Nasturtium.\n\nCalcarate, having a spur or horn.\n\nCalyculate, having a whorl of bracts on the outside of a calyx, or of an involucre.\n\nCalyptra, the hood of a moss.\n\nCalyx, the external envelope of a flower.\n\nCambium, a viscid secretion formed in the spring between the bark and wood of Exogens.\n\nCampanulate, bell-shaped.\n\nCanaliculate, channelled.\n\nCancellate, a leaf which has veins without connecting parenchyma.\n\nCapitate, growing in a head.\n\nCapitulum, a collection of flowers in a head.\n\nCapsule, any dry many-seeded fruit.\n\nCarinate, having a kind of keel.\n\nCarnose, fleshy.\n\nCarpel, one of the parts of a compound pistil; a single leaf rolled up into one of the integers of a pistil.\n\nCarunculate, a seed having fungous excrescences growing near its hilum.\n\nCaryopsis, a dry one-seeded fruit resembling a seed, but with no distinction between the seed coat and pericarp.\n\nCaudate, prolonged into a sort of tail.\n\nCauline, of or belonging to the stem.\n\nCernuous, drooping.\n\nChalaza, a spot on a seed indicating the place where the nucleus is united to the seminal integuments.\n\nCiliated, fringed with hairs like an eyelash.\n\nCinereous, ash-coloured.\n\nCircinate, rolled inwards from the point to the base.\n\nCircumscissile, dividing into two parts by a spontaneous transverse separation.\n\nCirrhous, terminating in a tendril.\n\nClavate, club-shaped.\n\nClaw, the stalk of a petal.\n\nClypeate, resembling a round buckler.\n\nCochleate, resembling the bowl of a spoon.\n\nCollum, the point where the stem and root are combined.\n\nColumella, a central part of the fruit of a moss, round which the spores are deposited.\n\nColumn, the combination of stamens and style in Orchideous and other plants.\n\nComose, having hairs at one or both ends, if speaking of seeds; being terminated by coloured empty bracts, if applied to inflorescences.\n\nConduplicate, doubled together.\n\nConfluent, growing together so that the line of junction is lost to the sight.\n\nConjugate, growing in pairs.\n\nConnate, growing together so that the line of junction remains perceptible.\n\nConnective, the fleshy part that combines the two lobes of an anther.\n\nConnivent, converging, as the anther of a potato blossom.\n\nConoidal, approaching a conical form.\n\nContinuous, proceeding from something else without apparent interruption.\n\nContorted, twisted in such a way that all the parts have a similar direction, as the segments of the flower of an Oleander.\n\nConvolute, rolled together.\n\nCorculum, the rudimentary axis which connects the cotyledons of the embryo.\n\nCordate, heart-shaped.\n\nCoriaceous, of a leathery texture.\n\nCormus, a solid, roundish, underground stem, as in Crocus.\n\nCorneous, of a horny texture.\n\nCorniculate, shaped like a slender horn.\n\nCorolla, the second of the two envelopes that surround the stamens and pistil.\n\nCorona, a combination of fertile and barren stamens into a disk, as in Stapelia.\n\nCorymbose, when the branches surrounding a common axis are shortest at the top and longest at the bottom, so as to form a level-topped whole.\n\nCosta, the midrib of a leaf.\n\nCotyledons, the leaves of the embryo.\n\nCrateriform, shaped like a goblet.\n\nCrenelled or Crenated, having rounded notches at the edges.\n\nCrested, having some unusual and striking appendage arising from the middle.\n\nCruciate, when four parts are so arranged as to resemble the arms of a Maltese cross.\n\nCucullate, hooded, rolled inwards so as to conceal any thing lying within.\n\nCulm, the straw of grasses.\n\nCuneate, wedge-shaped.\n\nCupule, the cup of the acorn, the husk of the filbert, chestnut, &c.; a peculiar combination of bracts.\n\nCuspidate, abruptly rounded off with a projecting point in the middle.\n\nCuticle, the external skin.\n\nCyathiform, cup-shaped, more contracted at the orifice than crateriform.\n\nCymbiform, having the form of a boat.\n\nCyme, an inflorescence having a corymbose form, but consisting of repeatedly-branched divisions.\n\nCymose, resembling a cyme in appearance.\n\nDecandrous, having ten stamens.\n\nDeciduous, falling off.\n\nDeclinate, curved downwards.\n\nDecumbent, lying prostrate, but rising again.\n\nDecurrent, produced downwards, as the base of a leaf down the stem.\n\nDecussate, crossing at right angles.\n\nDehiscence, the act of opening of anther or fruit.\n\nDeltoid, having the form of a triangle or Greek Δ.\n\nDendroidal, resembling a small tree.\n\nDentate, with sharp-pointed notches and intermediate curves instead of re-entering angles.\n\nDepauperated, imperfectly developed; looking as if ill-formed from want of sufficient nutriment.\n\nDepressed, flattened from point to base.\n\nDiadelphous, having the stamens in two parcels.\n\nDiandrous, having two stamens.\n\nDichotomous, repeatedly divided into two branches.\n\nDicotyledonous, having two cotyledons.\n\nDidymous, growing in pairs, or twins; only applied to solids and not to flat surfaces.\n\nDidynamous, having two pairs of stamens of unequal length.\n\nDigitate, fingered, diverging from a common centre, as the fingers from the palm.\n\nDimidiate, half-formed, or halved, or split into two halves.\n\nDiœcious, having stamens on one plant and pistils on another.\n\nDipterous, having two wings.\n\nDiscoidal, with the central part of a flat body differently coloured or marked from the margin.\n\n\n\nDisk, a fleshy circle interposed between the stamens and pistils.\n\nDissepiments, the vertical partitions of a compound fruit.\n\nDistichous, arranged in two rows.\n\nDivaricating, diverging at an obtuse angle.\n\nDodecandrous, having 12 stamens.\n\nDolabriform, hatchet-shaped.\n\nDrupe, such a fruit as the peach, consisting of a stem surrounded by flesh or fibrous matter.\n\nDucts, spiral vessels that will not unroll.\n\nDumose, having a compact bushy form.\n\nDuramen, the heart-wood of timber.\n\nEchinate, covered with hard sharp points.\n\nElaters, little spirally-twisted hygrometrical threads that disperse the spores of Jungermannias.\n\nElementary organs, the minute parts of which the texture of plants is composed.\n\nEmarginate, having a notch at the point.\n\nEmbryo, the rudimentary plant before germination commences.\n\nEndocarp, the hard lining of some pericarps.\n\nEndogen, a plant which increases in diameter by addition to its centre, as a palm-tree.\n\nEnneandrous, having 9 stamens.\n\nEnsiform, having the form of a straight and narrow sword blade.\n\nEpicarp, the external layer of the pericarp.\n\nEpidermis, the skin of a plant, in the language of some writers; the cortical integument according to others.\n\nEpigynous, growing upon the top of the ovary, or seeming to do so.\n\nEquitant, when leaves are so arranged that the base of each is enclosed within the opposite base of that which is next below it; as in Iris.\n\nEstivation, see Æstivation.\n\nExogen, a plant which increases in diameter by the addition of new wood to the outside of the old wood; as an oak-tree.\n\nFarinaceous, mealy.\n\nFasciated, banded.\n\nFasciculated, collected in clusters.\n\nFastigiate, when the branches of any plant are pressed close to the main stem, as in the Lombardy poplar.\n\nFilament, the stalk of the anther.\n\nFiliform, slender and round like a thread.\n\nFistular, tubular but closed at each end; as the leaf of an onion.\n\nFlabelliform, fan-shaped.\n\nFlagelliform, resembling the thong of a whip.\n\nFlexuose, wavy.\n\nFloccose, covered with little irregular patches of woolliness.\n\nFloret, a little flower.\n\nFloscule, ditto.\n\nFoliaceous, having the colour and texture of a common green leaf.\n\nFoliation, the arrangement of young leaves within the leaf-bud.\n\nFollicle, a simple fruit opening by its ventral suture only.\n\nForamen, the passage through the integuments of an ovule by which impregnating matter is introduced into the nucleus.\n\nFovilla, the fertilizing principle of pollen.\n\nFrond, the leaf of a fern or of a palm.\n\nFruit, the full-grown ripened pistil.\n\nFugacious, lasting but a short time.\n\nFungoid, resembling a fungus; that is, irregular in form and fleshy in texture.\n\nFuniculus, the stalk by which some seeds are attached to the placenta.\n\nFusiform, spindle-shaped, thickest in the middle, and tapering to each end.\n\nGalbulus, a small cone whose scales are all consolidated into a fleshy ball, as in Juniper.\n\nGalea, the upper lip of a labiate flower.\n\nGeniculate, knee-jointed, when a stem bends suddenly in its middle.\n\nGibbous, prominent, projecting.\n\nGlabrous, having no hairs.\n\nGladiate, the same as ensiform, but broader and shorter.\n\nGland, 1. the fruit of the oak, the hazel, &c.; 2. an elevation of the cuticle which usually secretes either acrid or resinous matter.\n\nGlandular, covered with glands of the second kind.\n\nGlaucous, covered with bloom like a plum.\n\nGlochidate, covered with hairs which are rigid and hooked at their point.\n\nGlume, one of the bracts of grasses.\n\nGymnospermous, having seeds which ripen without being enclosed in a pericarp.\n\nGynobase, an elevated part of the growing point of a flower-bud, rising between the carpels and throwing them into an oblique position.\n\nGyrate, see Circinate. Also, surrounded by an elastic ring, as the theca of ferns.\n\nHastate, having the form of a halbert-head; that is, with a lance-shaped centre crossed at the base by two lobes of a similar form standing at right angles with the centre.\n\nHelmet, the hooded upper lip of some flowers.\n\nHeptandrous, having 7 stamens.\n\nHexandrous, having 6 stamens.\n\nHilum, the scar left upon a seed when it is separated from the placenta.\n\nHirsute, covered with harsh long hairs.\n\nHymenium, the gills of a mushroom; that part in Fungi where the spores are placed.\n\nHypocrateriform, salver-shaped; having a cylindrical tube and a flat border spreading away from it.\n\nHypogynous, arising from immediately below the pistil.\n\nIcosandrous, having 20 or more perigynous stamens.\n\nImbricated, overlapping, as tiles overlie each other on the roof of a house.\n\nIncumbent, lying upon any thing.\n\nIndehiscent, not opening when ripe.\n\nInduplicate, doubled inwards.\n\nIndusium, the membrane that overlies the sori of ferns.\n\nInferior, is said of a calyx when it does not adhere to the ovary; is said of an ovary when it does adhere to the calyx.\n\nInflorescence, the collection of flowers upon a plant.\n\nInfundibuliform, shaped like a funnel.\n\nInnate, growing upon any thing by one end.\n\nInnovations, the young shoots of mosses.\n\nIntercellular, that which lies between the cells or elementary bladders of plants.\n\nInternode, the space between two nodes.\n\nInterrupted, when variations in continuity, size, or development alternately occur in parts which are sometimes uniform; as when pinnated leaves have the alternate leaflets much the smallest, and when dense spikes are here and there broken by the extension of internodes.\n\nInvolucre, a collection of bracts placed in a whorl on the outside a calyx or flower-head.\n\nInvolute, rolled inwards.\n\nLabellum, one segment of a corolla, which is lower than the others, and often pendulous.\n\nLabiate, divided into an upper and a lower lip, as the corolla of dead nettle.\n\nLacunose, having numerous large deep depressions or excavations on its surface.\n\nLamina, the blade of a leaf.\n\nLanceolate, shaped like a lance-head; that is, oval, tapering to both extremities.\n\nLateral, originating from the side of any thing.\n\nLatex, the vital fluid of vegetation.\n\nLax, not compact or dense.\n\nLeaflet, a division of a compound leaf.\n\nLegume, a kind of fruit like the pod of a pea.\n\nLenticular, small, depressed, and doubly convex.\n\nLepidote, covered with a sort of scurfiness.\n\nLeprous, the same.\n\nLiber, the newly-formed inner bark of Exogens.\n\nLigula, a membranous expansion from the top of the petiole in grasses.\n\nLimb, the blade or expanded part of a petal.\n\nLinea, very narrow, with the two sides nearly parallel.\n\nLip, see Labellum.\n\nLoculicidal, when the carpels of a compound fruit dehisce in such a way that the cells are broken through at their back.\n\nLocusta, the spikelet, or collection of florets of a grass.\n\nLomentum, a legume which is interrupted between the seeds, so as to separate into numerous transverse portions.\n\nLunate, formed like a crescent.\n\nManicate, when hairs are interwoven into a mass that can be easily separated from the surface.\n\nMarginal, of or belonging to the edge of any thing.\n\nMedullary, of or belonging to the pith.\n\nMicropyle, a small passage through the seed, called the foramen when speaking of the ovule. See Foramen.\n\nMitriform, conical, hollow, open at the base, and either entire there or irregularly cut.\n\nMonadelphous, with the stamens united into one parcel.\n\nMonandrous, with one stamen only.\n\nMoniliform, shaped like a necklace.\n\nMonopetalous, with several petals united into one body by their edges.\n\nMucronate, tipped by a hard point.\n\nMultifid, divided into many shallow lobes.\n\nMultipartite, divided into many deep lobes.\n\nMuricated, covered with short, broad, sharp-pointed tubercles.\n\nMuriform, resembling the bricks in the wall of a house.\n\nNavicular, shaped like a very small boat.\n\nNectary, any organ that secretes honey.\n\nNerves, the stronger veins of a leaf.\n\nNode, the part of a stem from which a normal leaf-bud arises.\n\nNormal, according to general rules.\n\nNucleus, the central part of an ovule, or a seed.\n\nNucule, a small hard seed-like pericarp.\n\nOblique, larger on one side than on the other.\n\nOchrea, two stipules united round the stem into a kind of sheath.\n\nOctandrous, having eight stamens.\n\nOperculum, the lid of the theca of a moss.\n\nOvary, the hollow part of a pistil containing the ovules.\n\nOvate, having the figure of an egg.\n\nOvule, a rudimentary seed.\n\nPalate, the lower surface of the throat of a labiate corolla.\n\nPalea, either the inner bracts of the inflorescence of a grass, or the bracts upon the receptacle of the flower-head of a Composita.\n\nPaleaceous, covered with paleæ.\n\n\n\nPalmate, the same as digitate, only the divisions more shallow and broader.\n\nPanduriform, oblong, narrowing towards the base, and contracted below the middle.\n\nPanicle, a compound raceme; a loose kind of inflorescence.\n\nPapilionaceous, a flower consisting of standard, wings, and keel, like that of a pea.\n\nPappus, the calyx of a Composita, as of dandelion.\n\nParenchyma, the pulp that connects the veins of leaves.\n\nParietal, growing from the lining of any thing.\n\nPectinate, divided into long, close, narrow teeth like a comb.\n\nPedate, palmate, with the lateral segments lengthened and lobed.\n\nPedicel, one of a great many peduncles.\n\nPeduncle, a flower-stalk.\n\nPeltate, attached within the margin.\n\nPentandrous, having five stamens.\n\nPerfoliate, surrounding a stem by the base, which grows together where the margins touch.\n\nPerianth, a collection of floral envelopes, among which the calyx cannot be distinguished from the corolla, though both are present.\n\nPericarp, the shell of a fruit of any kind.\n\nPerichætium, the leaves at the base of the stalk of the fruit of a moss.\n\nPerigone, same as Perianth.\n\nPerigynous, growing from the sides of a calyx.\n\nPerisperm, same as Albumen.\n\nPeristome, a curious set of processes surrounding the orifice of the theca of a moss.\n\nPeronate, laid thickly over with a woolly substance ending in a sort of meal.\n\nPersonate, labiate, with the palate of the lower lip pressing against the upper lip.\n\nPetal, one of the parts of a corolla.\n\nPetaloid, resembling a petal in colour and texture.\n\nPetiole, the stalk of a leaf.\n\nPetiolar, of or belonging to the petiole.\n\nPhyllodium, a petiole transformed into a flat leaf-like body.\n\nPileus, the cap of a mushroom.\n\nPilose, covered with short fine hairs.\n\nPinnate, divided into a number of pairs of leaflets; bipinnate, each leaflet is also pinnate; tripinnate, each secondary leaflet pinnated also.\n\nPinnatifid, divided in a pinnated manner nearly down to the midrib.\n\nPistil, the combination of ovary, style, and stigma.\n\nPith, the central column of cellular tissue in an Exogen.\n\nPlacenta, the part of the ovary to which the ovules are attached.\n\nPlane, quite flat.\n\nPlumule, the rudiment of a stem in the embryo.\n\nPollen, the powder contained in an anther.\n\nPollen-tubes, the membranous tubes emitted by pollen after they fall on the stigma.\n\nPolyadelphous, when the stamens are combined into more than two parcels.\n\nPolyandrous, when there are more than 20 hypogynous stamens.\n\nPolypetalous, when the petals are all distinct.\n\nPome, a fruit like that of the apple, pear, &c.\n\nPræfloration, same as Æstivation.\n\nPrickle, same as Aculeus.\n\nPrimine, the external integument of the ovule.\n\nPseudobulb, the solid above-ground tuber of some Orchideæ.\n\nPubescent, covered with very fine soft down.\n\nPulverulent, covered with a powdery appearance.\n\nPutamen, same as Endocarp.\n\nPyriform, shaped like a pear.\n\nQuartine, the innermost integument but one of the ovule.\n\nQuinate, combined in fives.\n\nQuintine, the innermost integument of the ovule.\n\nRaceme, an inflorescence like that of the currant.\n\nRachis, the axis of inflorescence.\n\nRadical, arising from the root.\n\nRadicle, the rudimentary root in the embryo.\n\nRamenta, soft, ragged, chaff-like hairs growing upon the petiole of ferns.\n\nRaphe, the line of communication between the hilum and chalaza.\n\nRaphides, acicular or other crystals scattered among vegetable tissue.\n\nReniform, kidney-shaped.\n\nResupinate, inverted, so that the part which is naturally lowermost becomes uppermost.\n\nReticulated, traversed by veins having the appearance of network.\n\nRetuse, blunt, and turned inwards more than obtuse.\n\nRhizoma, a creeping stem like that of Iris.\n\nRingent, same as Personate.\n\nRoot-stock, same as Rhizoma.\n\nRostrate, furnished with a sort of beak.\n\nRosulate, having the leaves arranged in little rose-like clusters.\n\nRuminated, pierced by numerous perforations full of chaffy matter like a nutmeg.\n\nRunner, the prostrate stem of such plants as the strawberry.\n\nSagittate, resembling the head of an ancient arrow.\n\n\n\nSamara, a kind of one-seeded indehiscent pericarp, with a wing at one end.\n\nSapwood, the newly-formed wood, which has not been hardened by the deposit of secreted matter.\n\nSarcocarp, the intermediate fleshy layer between the epicarp and endocarp.\n\nScale, an abortive leaf.\n\nScape, the flowering-stem of a plant.\n\nScarious, dry, thin, and shrivelled.\n\nScrobiculate, irregularly pitted.\n\nScutellum, the fructifying space upon the thallus of a lichen.\n\nSecund, arranged or turned to one side.\n\nSecundine, the second integument of the ovule.\n\nSepals, the leaves of the calyx.\n\nSepta, same as Dissepiment.\n\nSepticidal, when the dissepiments of a fruit are divided into two plates at the period of dehiscence.\n\nSeptifragal, when the dissepiments of a fruit are broken through their middle by the separation of the back of the carpels from the centre.\n\nSericeous, silky.\n\nSerrate, toothed like the edge of a saw.\n\nSessile, seated close upon any thing, without a stalk.\n\nSetose, covered with setæ or bristles.\n\nShield, the fructification of lichens.\n\nSigmoid, bent like the letter S.\n\nSilicle, a short two-valved pod, such as is found in garden cress.\n\nSilique, the same but longer, as in the cabbage.\n\nSinuate, turning in and out in an irregular manner.\n\nSori, the fructification of ferns.\n\nSpadiceous, resembling a spadix, or bearing that kind of inflorescence.\n\nSpadix, the inflorescence of an arum; an axis closely covered with sessile flowers, and enclosed in a spathe.\n\nSpathaceous, enclosed within a spathe, or bearing that kind of bract.\n\nSpathe, a large coloured bract which encloses a spadix.\n\nSpatulate, shaped like a druggist’s spatula; that is, long, narrow, and broadest at the point.\n\nSpike, an inflorescence in which the flowers are sessile upon their axis.\n\nSpikelet, one of a great many small spikes collected in a mass, as in grasses.\n\nSpine, a stiff, sharp-pointed, leafless branch.\n\nSpongiole, or Spongelet, the tender, growing tip of the root.\n\nSpore, or Sporule, the reproductive body of flowerless plants, analogous to the seed of flowering plants.\n\nSquarrose, composed of parts which diverge at right angles, and are irregular in size and direction.\n\nStamen, the fertilizing organ of a flower, consisting of filament and anther.\n\nStandard, the upper single petal of a papilionaceous flower.\n\nStellate, arranged in the form of a star.\n\nStigma, the upper end of the style, on which the pollen falls.\n\nStipe, the stalk that bears the head of a mushroom; also the stalk of the leaf of a fern; also the stalk of any thing, except of a leaf or a flower.\n\nStipulate, furnished with stipules; exstipulate, having no stipules.\n\nStipule, the scale at the base of some leaf-stalks.\n\nStomate, a minute hole in a leaf, through which respiration is supposed to be carried on; a breathing pore.\n\nStrigose, covered with stiff unequal hairs.\n\nStrophiolate, having little fungous excrescences surrounding the hilum.\n\nStupose, having a tuft of hairs in the middle or at the end.\n\nStyle, the stalk of the stigma.\n\nSubulate, awl-shaped.\n\nSyncarpous, having the carpels consolidated.\n\nTerete, taper.\n\nTernate, united in threes.\n\nTesta, the skin of the seed.\n\nTetradynamous, having six stamens in four parcels; two of which consist of two stamens, and two of one each.\n\nTetrandrous, having four stamens.\n\nThallus, the leafy part of a lichen; the union of stem and leaf in those and some other tribes of imperfect plants.\n\nTheca, the case which contains the sporules of flowerless plants.\n\nTomentose, covered with short close down.\n\nToothed, the same as Dentate.\n\nTorulose, alternately contracted and distended.\n\nTorus, the growing point of a flower, on which the carpels are placed.\n\nTriandrous, having three stamens.\n\nTrifarious, arranged in three rows.\n\nTrifid, divided into three lobes.\n\nTrifoliolate, having three leaflets.\n\nTripartite, divided into three deep divisions.\n\nTripinnate, when each leaflet of a pinnated leaf is pinnate; and the leaflets of the latter are pinnate also.\n\nTriternate, when each leaflet of a ternate leaf is ternate, and the leaflets of the latter are ternate also.\n\nTruncate, abruptly cut off.\n\nTube, the part of a flower where the bases of the sepals, petals, or stamens are united.\n\nTuber, a deformed, fleshy kind of underground stem.\n\nTurbinate, shaped like a spinning top.\n\nUmbel, an inflorescence whose branches all radiate from one common point.\n\n\n\nUmbilicate, having a depression in the middle.\n\nUmbonate, having a boss or elevated point in the middle.\n\nUndulated, wavy.\n\nUnguiculate, furnished with a claw, or short stalk.\n\nUrceolate, shaped like a pitcher.\n\nUtricle, a small bladder.\n\nVagina, the sheath formed by the convolution of a flat petiole round a stem.\n\nValve, one of the parts into which any dehiscent body divides.\n\nVascular, containing vessels; that is, spiral vessels or ducts.\n\nVentricose, inflated.\n\nVernation, the manner in which the young leaves are arranged in their leaf-bud.\n\nVerrucose, covered with warts.\n\nVersatile, swinging lightly upon a sort of pivot.\n\nVerticellate, arranged in a whorl.\n\nVexillum, same as Standard.\n\nVillous, covered with long, soft, shaggy hair.\n\nVirgate, having long, slender rodlike shoots.\n\nVitellus, a fleshy bag, interposed between the embryo and albumen in some seeds.\n\nVittate, striped, as distinguished from fasciate or banded.\n\nWhorl, an arrangement of more leaves than two around a common centre upon the same plane.", "chars": 29233, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOTCH", "term": "BOTCH", "norm": "botch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of bad workmanship; or where improper materials are used and do not answer well.", "chars": 88, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-botch-1", "term": "BOTCH", "norm": "botch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bungling, incompetent workman.", "chars": 32, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOTTL", "term": "BOTTLE ARSED", "norm": "bottle arsed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An epithet applied to letter, when, either through a fault in casting, or dressing, it is wider at the bottom of the shank than it is at the top.\n\nThis is an old term, and as such I have inserted it; but, owing to the superior skill, or the greater care, of the present letter founders, such a thing now never occurs.", "chars": 315, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0447", "term": "bottle rubber", "norm": "bottle rubber", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GOLD RUBBER.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bottled-1", "term": "Bottled", "norm": "bottled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Type wider at the bottom than at the top.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0448", "term": "bottom color", "norm": "bottom color", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The base color applied to a leather and then corrected to the desired shade by the application of succeeding colors during the finishing process. In SUEDE LEATHER, however, the bottom color is the final shade.", "chars": 233, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [164, 248], "citations": ["Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929.", "O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0449", "term": "bottom combs", "norm": "bottom combs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MARBLING COMBS.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0450", "term": "bottom edge", "norm": "bottom edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LOWER EDGE.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOTTO1", "term": "BOTTOM LINE", "norm": "bottom line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The last line in the page, except that in which the signature, or the catch word or direction word, is inserted.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOTTO2", "term": "BOTTOM NOTES", "norm": "bottom notes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The notes at the bottom or foot of a page. They are usually composed in a type two sizes smaller than that used for the body of the work: thus, if the work be printed with a Pica type, the notes will be composed in Long Primer; if with English, the notes will be Small Pica. They are also termed Foot Notes.", "chars": 314, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0451", "term": "bottom split", "norm": "bottom split", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The innermost layer of a split cowhide. Because they are relatively thick, cowhides are generally split into at least two layers (and sometimes three) if they are to be used as a \"light\" leather. If split once, the two layers are the grain and flesh splits; if split twice, the layers are the grain, middle, and bottom split. When processed into leather the bottom split is called a BUFFING (1).", "chars": 419, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0452", "term": "bouilly", "norm": "bouilly", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CUIR-BOUILLI.\n\nbound flexible. A term sometimes used to indicate a book that has been sewn on single or double raised cords, the slips of which have been laced into the boards. See also: FLEXIBLE SEWING; LACING-IN.", "chars": 289, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0453", "term": "bound in", "norm": "bound in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An insert which has been sewn in with the sections of a book. See also: BIND IN.", "chars": 104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0454", "term": "bouquet marble", "norm": "bouquet marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A drawn marble pattern formed in the manner of small flowers side by side and used mainly for marbled endpapers. The bouquet is generally produced from two or three shades of brown and one throwing of black. After the colors have been dropped on, drawn with a stylus and combed in the usual manner, a rake is drawn through the colors right and left across the entire surface of the size in such a manner that the teeth of the second row trace exactly through the pattern left by the teeth of the first row. A somewhat different pattern is produced by treating the colors in the same manner but omitting the marbling comb and spreading the drops of color only with a stylus into very narrow cross lines followed by raking.", "chars": 721, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [151, 327], "citations": ["Halfer, Josef. The progress of the marbling art…Translated by Herman Dieck, Buffalo. Kinder. 1893.", "Tavik, Anton. The art and practice of edge marbling. Baltimore. The author. 1908."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOURG", "term": "BOURGEOIS", "norm": "bourgeois", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type, a size larger than Brevier, and smaller than Long Primer. It is not enumerated in Moxon’s list of the sizes of types. See Types.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOW_T", "term": "BOW THE LETTER", "norm": "bow the letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When compositors pick a bad letter out of a form in correcting, it is usual to rub the face of it on the stone and to bend the shank, if it be not a thick letter; this is done to prevent such letters being distributed and used again; in Moxon’s time it was styled bowing a letter. After the form is locked-up and the stone cleared, these bowed (or bent) letters are thrown into the shoe.", "chars": 415, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOWL1", "term": "BOWL", "norm": "bowl", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small wooden bowl, which it is usual to have in composing rooms, in which to carry water to different parts for the purpose of wetting matter.", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOWL2", "term": "BOWL OF THE BALL STOCK", "norm": "bowl of the ball stock", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The hollow part of the ball stock, in the crown of which the handle is inserted; it is filled with wool, and the pelt, or canvass, is nailed to it. An old one is generally used for a paste bowl in the press-room.", "chars": 212, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOWYE", "term": "BOWYER", "norm": "bowyer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Extract from the Will of Mr. William Bowyer, Printer, who died on the 18th of November, 1777, when he had nearly completed his 78th year.\n\n“And now I hope I may be allowed to leave somewhat for the benefit of printing. To this end, I give to the master and keepers, or wardens and commonalty, of the mistery or art of a Stationer of the city of London, such a sum of money as will purchase Two Thousand Pounds, three per cent. Reduced Bank Annuities, upon trust, to pay the dividends and yearly produce thereof, to be divided for ever equally amongst three printers, compositors or pressmen, to be elected from time to time by the master, wardens, and assistants, of the said company, and who at the time of such election shall be sixty-three years old or upwards, for their respective lives, to be paid half yearly; hoping that such as shall be most deserving will be preferred. And whereas I have herein before given to my son the sum of Three Thousand Pounds four per cent. Consolidated Annuities, in case he marries with the consent of my executors: now, I do hereby give and bequeath the dividends and interest of that sum, till such marriage takes place, to the said Company of Stationers, to be divided equally between six other printers, compositors or pressmen, as aforesaid, in manner as aforesaid; and, if my said son shall die unmarried, or married without such consent as aforesaid, then I give and bequeath the said capital sum of Three Thousand Pounds to the said Company of Stationers, the dividends and yearly produce thereof to be divided for ever equally amongst six other such old printers, compositors or pressmen, for their respective lives, to be qualified, chosen, and paid, in manner as aforesaid.—It has long been to me matter of concern, that such numbers are put apprentices, as compositors, without any share of school-learning, who ought to have the greatest: in hopes of remedying this, I give and bequeath to the said Company of Stationers such a sum of money as will purchase One Thousand Pounds three per cent. Reduced Bank Annuities, for the use of one journeyman compositor, such as shall hereafter be described, with this special trust, that the master, wardens, and assistants, shall pay the dividends and produce thereof half-yearly to such compositor: the said master, wardens, and assistants, of the said company, shall nominate for this purpose a compositor who is a man of good life and conversation, who shall usually frequent some place of public worship every Sunday, unless prevented by sickness, and shall not have worked on a newspaper or magazine for four years at least before such nomination, nor shall ever afterwards whilst he holds this annuity, which may be for life if he continues a journeyman: he shall be able to read and construe Latin, and at least to read Greek fluently with accents; of which he shall bring a testimonial from the rector of St. Martin’s, Ludgate, for the time being: I could wish that he shall have been brought up piously and virtuously, if it be possible, at Merchant Taylor’s, or some other public school, from seven years of age till he is full seventeen, and then to serve seven years faithfully as a compositor, and work seven years more as a journeyman, as I would not have this annuity bestowed on any one under thirty-one years of age: if, after he is chosen, he should behave ill, let him be turned out, and another be chosen in his stead. And whereas it may be many years before a compositor may be found that shall exactly answer the above description, and it may at some time happen that such a one cannot be found; I would have the dividends in the meantime applied to such person as the master, wardens, and assistants, shall think approaches nearest to what I have described. And whereas the above trusts will occasion some trouble; I give to the said Company, in case they think proper to accept the trusts, two hundred and fifty pounds.”—Extracted from Anecdotes, Literary and Biographical, of Mr. Bowyer, by J. N. [John Nichols?] in Gent. Mag. Dec. 1778, p. 570.\n\n6,000l. stock was immediately transferred by the executors of Mr. Bowyer, and now stands in the name of the Company; the yearly dividend is 180l.—Hansard’s Typographia, p. 280. Note.", "chars": 4609, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0455", "term": "box", "norm": "box", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A container for maps, bundles of loose sheets, samples of materials, disintegrating books, etc., that may be open at one end or completely closed in. See also: CUT CORNER PAMPHLET FILE; PAMPHLET BOX; PRINCETON FILE; PULL-OFF BOX; SLIPCASE; SOLANDER BOX. 2. A leather \"marble\" consisting of marbling water thrown on in small drops, followed by small spots of brown and black. Additional marbling water is then thrown on in large drops, followed by small spots of blue sprinkled on. When all is dry, scarlet and two or three coats of orange are sprinkled on. The leather is bent and twisted in several places during the course of applying the colors and water to form veins. 3. A surface pattern in leather, usually black calfskin, consisting of fine, box-shaped creases formed by BOARDING (1) the skin in two directions, head to tail and belly to belly. See also: WILLOW (2) 4. The trough-like receptacles on a folding machine into which the folded sections drop. 5. One of the magazines of a gathering machine.", "chars": 1205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66, 152, 339, 363], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOX", "term": "BOX", "norm": "box", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The divisions of a case, in which the letters lie, are termed Boxes; as the a box, the e box, the i box, &c.\n\nBox. The female screw in the head of a press, in which the spindle works. It is made of brass, and is usually cast on the screw of the spindle, round on the outside with a projecting part of about half an inch on the whole length of each opposite side, to keep it firm in the head, and prevent it turning round. It is fitted tightly into the head, and kept in its place by two bolts, driven into the under side, with return heads which project over the bottom of the box. It is also called the Nut of the Spindle.", "chars": 666, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-box-1", "term": "box", "norm": "box", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The compartments of a case in which the types are placed.", "chars": 57, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0456", "term": "box pocket", "norm": "box pocket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A stiffened three-dimensional BOOK POCKET.", "chars": 66, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0457", "term": "box side", "norm": "box side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cowhide cut in half down the backbone, full chrome, semi-chrome, or vegetable tanned, and usually colored black. It has a grain pattern of fine box-shaped creases formed by BOARDING (1) in two directions. head to tail and belly to belly. When colored it is usually called WILLOW SIDE.", "chars": 334, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BOXWO", "term": "BOXWOOD", "norm": "boxwood", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The best boxwood used in engraving is of a good yellow colour, of a fine close grain, that has been of a slow growth, clear of knots and any imperfections, such as cracks or flaws; the finest lines may be engraved on this wood, as it is both hard and tough, and, with care in printing, the number of impressions that may be taken from an engraving on it would appear incredible. Papillon, in his History of Engraving on Wood, gives a specimen, from which, he states, there had been upwards of three hundred and seventy thousand impressions previously printed; and if the block had been carefully cleaned, and well printed, it would still have produced respectable impressions. Boxwood of a dull bad yellow colour, and of an open coarse grain, is not fit for engraving on, neither is wood that is of a blackish colour at the heart; for, in these cases, it has begun to decay, is brittle and tender, and if engraved on, the lines would not stand, but would fail in printing. Our principal supply of boxwood comes from the Levant, and is called Turkey box.", "chars": 1126, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BRACE", "term": "BRACE", "norm": "brace", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A character cast in metal thus marked ⏞. The compositor is to have these cast of several breadths, viz. to several number of lines of a designed body (most commonly of Pica body) that they may hook in or brace so many lines as his copy may show him.—M.\n\nIt is used in poetry at the end of a triplet, or three lines which have the same rhyme.\n\nBraces are also used to connect a number of words with one common term, and are introduced to prevent a repetition in writing or printing.—Murray.\n\nBraces are cast to different bodies as high as English; and braces on Long Primer are now cast from three to eight ems in length, which look much neater than the old fashion of middles and corners, filled up with metal rules.\n\nThe founders in casting long Braces always make the swell in the face of them proportionably thick to their length, so that in using them with small letter they look heavy and clumsy; I would recommend that long Braces should be cast to a small body, not larger than Brevier, and the faces of all the lengths uniform, so that when there happens to be a range of them of different lengths in a page they might harmonize, and not make such an incongruous appearance as they now do. When Braces are wanted longer than those already cast, I would not use middles and corners, but make them of Brass Rule in one continued piece, which has a better appearance than when they are joined, and which may be made with a file in a neat manner by any clever compositor.\n\nBracket. See Crotchet.\n\nBramah’s Press. See Hydrostatic Press.", "chars": 1664, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-brace-1", "term": "Brace", "norm": "brace", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a Character *Cast* in *Mettle* thus marked The *Compositer* is to have these *Cast* of several Breadths, viz. to several numbers of *Lines* of a designed *Body* (most commonly of *Pica Body*) that they may hook in or Brace so many *Lines* as his *Copy* may shew him; as at *Charge* is a Brace of four *Lines*. See also § 24. ¶ 1.", "chars": 332, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0458", "term": "bradawl", "norm": "bradawl", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An AWL with a chisel edge used for piercing holes in boards in preparation for LACING-IN.", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [133], "citations": ["Forsyth, K. Marjorie. Bookbinding for teachers, students and amateurs. London, Black. 1932."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0459", "term": "Bradel binding", "norm": "bradel binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of binding having a hollow back, and not unlike a library binding, except that it is considered to be temporary. The style was originated in Germany by Alexis Pierre Bradel, also known as Bradel l'ainé, and also as Bradel-Derome, son-in-law and successor to Nicholas-Denis Derôme. The style was taken to France sometime between 1772 and 1809. Bradel bindings generally have split boards into which are attached the extensions of the spine lining cloth. The edges are uncut, sometimes with the head edge being gilt. They generally have a leather or linen spine. In France the style was known as \"Cartonnage à la Bradel,\" or as \"en gist.\" See also: LESNÉ, FRANÇOIS A.D.", "chars": 698, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0460", "term": "Braille book", "norm": "braille book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "Braille binding", "dates": null, "text": "A book printed by the Braille process, i.e., the dampened paper is embossed with codes of raised dots. Braille books are bound much like other books except that they are generally liberally stubbed and they are not pressed after casing-in, as the pressure would flatten the raised characters.", "chars": 292, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0461", "term": "Braille printing paper", "norm": "braille printing paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper used in the Braille printing process. It is usually produced from a high quality chemical wood pulp in basis weights of 32 to 36 pounds (17 X 22 - 500). Significant properties required include a smooth surface, good elongation, and high tensile strength.", "chars": 260, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BRANC", "term": "BRANCHING-OUT", "norm": "branching-out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Opening or extending the matter in title-pages, heads of pages, or other parts, and also in jobs, with quadrats, leads, reglet, or other proper materials.", "chars": 154, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0462", "term": "branding", "norm": "branding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A method of marking a book with hot irons that burn letters or symbols into one or more edges, generally for purposes of indicating ownership. Branding was most often employed in Mexico, and was initiated in the early 17th century by the monks in charge of convent libraries. Brands of iron or bronze were used, usually on the head edge, although it was sometimes done on the fore edge and occasionally on both head and tail edges. Unfortunately, the process often damaged the covers, title pages, and endpapers; however. as a mark of ownership, it was effective in deterring the theft of books, as the brand could only be removed by trimming deep into the margins. 2. The process of rolling a FLESHER or SHEEPSKIN with hot rolls for the purpose of smoothing the skin.", "chars": 819, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115, 264, 274], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0463", "term": "brashiness", "norm": "brashiness", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The relative inflexibility of the cast film of a dry animal glue. The term also refers to brittleness of an adhesive resulting from drying, plasticizer migration, and the like.", "chars": 176, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0464", "term": "brass boarded", "norm": "brass boarded", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather, usually a cowhide BUFFING (1), that has been boarded by hand or grained with a faint parallel line effect.", "chars": 141, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0465", "term": "brass boards", "norm": "brass boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "brass bound bounds", "dates": null, "text": "See: BACKING BOARDS; CASING-IN BOARDS.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BRASS", "term": "BRASS RULES", "norm": "brass rules", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pieces of brass of different thicknesses made letter high, to print with.—M. They are made in lengths of fourteen inches, but of late years lengths half as long again have been made; one of the edges is bevilled so as to print a fine line, and when a thicker line is required the bottom edge is placed uppermost, which is the full thickness of the brass; by this means lines of different thicknesses are obtained, and also double lines, a thick one and a fine one when required. They are used for column lines in table work; to separate matter that requires to be distinct; and to be placed round pages.\n\nI have found in practice that the best way of forming a good joining at the corners with brass rule, is to cut the rules a little longer than the precise length wanted, and to let one piece project a little at each corner; to push the other piece close up, and, when the form is locked up, then to file the projecting parts away, which makes the corners equal, as shown below.\n\nWherever two rules join, the end of that which abuts on the other should be cut with a little bevil, so that the upper side should project a little to form a junction with the face of the other; this also prevents the rule binding at bottom.\n\nAn ingenious compositor will make many things out of brass rules, such as neat long braces, instead of using middles, corners, and metal rules, which rarely join well, swell rules of different varieties, and many fancy rules, as occasion may require.\n\nIn cases where diagrams are required, and there is no engraver within reach, they may be formed by a clever workman, with brass rule. There have been of late years many ingenious and elaborate performances with this article in imitation of architectural drawings of buildings, with pillars, &c.; and I believe no one has displayed more ingenuity and skill in the production of such works than Mr. Ebenezer Parkes, of Fetter Lane.", "chars": 1972, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_090.jpg", "caption": "Two rectangles side by side", "alt": "Two rectangles side by side", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0466", "term": "brayer", "norm": "brayer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An old term for a pestle with which ink was spread before being applied to a printing surface. Made of wood, it was round, flat at one end, and had a handle at the other end. 2. A printer's hand inking roller, also used in making BRAYER PRINTS.", "chars": 271, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BRAYE", "term": "BRAYER", "norm": "brayer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A round wooden rubber with an upright handle, almost of the fashion of a ball stock, but solid and flat at the bottom, and not above three inches in diameter. It is used on the ink block, to bray or rub out ink with so as to spread it out in such a manner that a small quantity may be taken up when the ball is pressed upon the block, tolerably diffused upon the surface, and not in a mass, which causes the ink to be more expeditiously distributed, with less risk of making monks and friars.\n\nBREAD, SALE OF, Ireland.\n\n1 & 2 Vict. c. 28. “An Act to repeal the several Acts now in force relating to Bread to be sold in Ireland, and to provide other Regulations for the making and Sale of Bread, and for preventing the Adulteration of Meal, Flour, and Bread, in that Part of the United Kingdom called Ireland.”\n\ns. 7. “And be it enacted, That no Baker or other Person who shall make Bread for Sale in Ireland, nor any Journeyman or other Servant of any such Baker or other Person, shall, at any Time or Times, in the making of Bread for sale in Ireland, use any Mixture or Ingredient whatever in the making of such Bread other than and except as herein-before mentioned, on any Account or under any Colour or Pretence whatsoever in the making of such Bread, upon pain that every such Person, whether Master or Journeyman, Servant or other Person, who shall offend in the Premises, and shall be convicted of any such Offence by the Oath, or in case of a Quaker by Affirmation, of One or more credible Witness or Witnesses, or by his, her, or their own Confession, shall for every such Offence forfeit and pay any Sum not exceeding Five Pounds nor less than Fifty Shillings, or in default thereof shall, by Warrant under the Hands and Seals of the Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices before whom such Offender shall be convicted, be apprehended and committed to the House of Correction, or some Prison of the City, County, Borough, or Place where the Offence shall have been committed, or the Offender or Offenders apprehended, there to remain for any Time not exceeding Three Calendar Months, with or without hard Labour, from the Time of such Commitment, unless the Penalty shall be sooner paid, as any such Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices shall think fit to order; and it shall be lawful for the Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices before whom any such Offender or Offenders shall be convicted to cause the Offender’s Name, Place of Abode, and Offence to be published in some Newspaper or Newspapers which shall be printed or published in or near the City, County, Borough, or Place where the Offence shall have been committed; and the Proprietor and Proprietors, Printer and Printers, and every other Person or Persons concerned therein, are hereby authorized to print and publish the same when he, she, or they is or are required so to do by or by the Order of such Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices; and he, she, or they is and are hereby indemnified from any Prosecution or Prosecutions for printing and publishing the same or causing the same to be printed and published in such Newspaper or Newspapers by or from any Person or Persons whomsoever, any Law, Statute, or Usage to the contrary thereof in anywise notwithstanding; and the Costs and Charges of such printing and publishing shall be paid out of such last-mentioned Penalty or Forfeiture, in case any shall be so forfeited, paid, or recovered.”\n\ns. 11. “And be it enacted, That every Miller, Mealman, Flour Factor, or Baker in Ireland, in whose House, Mill, Shop, Stall, Bakehouse, Bolting-house, Pastry Warehouse, Outhouse, Ground or Possession any Ingredient or Mixture shall be found which shall, after due Examination, be adjudged by any Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices of the Peace to have been deposited there for the Purpose of being used in adulterating Meal, Flour, Dough, or Bread, shall, upon being convicted of any such Offence, either by his, her, or their Confession, or by the Oath, or in case of a Quaker by Affirmation, of One or more credible Witness or Witnesses, forfeit and pay on every such Conviction any Sum not exceeding Ten Pounds nor less than Forty Shillings for the First Offence, Five Pounds for the Second Offence, and Ten Pounds for every subsequent Offence, or in default of Payment thereof shall, by Warrant under the Hand and Seal or Hands and Seals of the Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices before whom such Offender shall be convicted, be apprehended and committed to the House of Correction or some Prison of the City, County, or Place where the Offence shall have been committed, or the Offender or Offenders shall be, there to remain for any Time not exceeding Three Calendar Months, with or without hard Labour, from the Time of such Commitment, (unless the Penalty be sooner paid,) as any such Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices shall think fit and order; and it shall be lawful for the Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices before whom any such Offender shall be convicted to cause the Offender’s Name, Place of Abode, and Offence to be published in some Newspaper or Newspapers which shall be printed or published in or near the City, County, Borough, or Place where the Offence shall have been committed; and the Proprietor or Proprietors, Printer or Printers, and every other Person and Persons concerned therein, are hereby authorized to print and publish the same when he, she, or they is or are required so to do by or by the Order of such Magistrate or Magistrates, Justice or Justices; and he, she, or they is and are hereby indemnified from any Prosecution or Prosecutions for printing and publishing the same or causing the same to be printed and published in such Newspaper or Newspapers by or from any Person or Persons whomsoever, any Law, Statute, or Usage to the contrary notwithstanding; and the Costs and Charges of such printing and publishing shall be paid out of such last-mentioned Penalty or Forfeiture, if any such shall be so forfeited and paid or recovered.”", "chars": 6213, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_091.jpg", "caption": "A tool to spread ink", "alt": "A tool to spread ink", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-brayer-1", "term": "brayer", "norm": "brayer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A wooden or glass rubber, flat at the bottom, used to bray or spread out ink on the ink-block.", "chars": 94, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0467", "term": "brayer prints", "norm": "brayer prints", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Decorative endpapers and cover prints produced by rolling an inked brayer over paper under which flat objects, such as leaves, ferns, etc., have been placed. Alternative methods are to ink the objects and press the paper on them with a clean brayer, or to roll the inked brayer over the paper and then place objects underneath and roll with an ink of a different color.", "chars": 369, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0468", "term": "Brazil wood", "norm": "brazil wood", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The heavy wood of any of the tropical trees, family Leguminosae, which yield a red, water-soluble dye, brazilin (C16H14O5) which at one time was used to produced coloring materials used both in marbling and in dyeing leather. Brazil wood dyes have been largely superceded by the synthetic dyestuffs.", "chars": 332, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0469", "term": "bread crumbs", "norm": "bread crumbs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The particles of ordinary crustless bread, used by some restorers to remove loose dust from maps, charts. etc., and for dry cleaning the leaves of books.", "chars": 153, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0470", "term": "break", "norm": "break", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The parting of adjacent sections of a book due to failure of the sewing. See also: START. 2. A crack in the gold or foil BLOCKING or tooling of a book. 3. In papermaking, a complete separation of the web of paper, either on or off the machine. 4. In leather manufacture, the minute wrinkles formed when the grain surface of leather is bent so that its grain side is sharply concave. If the wrinkles formed are very fine. and there are many of them to the linear inch, the leather is said to have a fine break, whereas if they are large and there are relatively few to the linear inch, the leather is said to have a coarse break. A very important aspect of the \"break\" in leather is that when the leather is flexed to cause the break to appear, it should disappear once the leather is again flattened. Since a fine break is considered to be one of the more important characteristics of leather, tanners attempt to obtain as fine a break as possible. In order to achieve this, it is necessary to prevent excessive cohesion of the fibers in the grain surface of the leather, which is one of the major purposes of FATLIQUORING leather. Break is influenced to a great extent by the amount of oil in the grain layer and increases in fineness with an increase of oil.\n\nThe butt area of a skin usually has a finer break than the belly; tighter skins have finer breaks than looser ones, and a leather like calfskin will have a much finer break than cowhide.\n\nImproper methods of finishing may cause an otherwise fine break to become coarse, but the kind of tannage has little effect on break.", "chars": 1654, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 248, 363], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BREAK", "term": "BREAK", "norm": "break", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of a line.—M. The last line of a paragraph.\n\nBreve. See Accented Letters.", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-break-1", "term": "break", "norm": "break", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a piece of a *Line*. Also the *Mettle* that is contiguous to the *Shank* of a *New Cast Letter*: This *Break* is formed in the *Mouth-piece* of the *Letter-mould*, and is called a *Break*, because it is always broke from the *Shank* of a *Letter*.", "chars": 247, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0471", "term": "breaking length", "norm": "breaking length", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The length of a strip of paper, cut either in the machine or cross direction, or a strip of cloth, cut either in the warp or filling direction which would break of its own weight when suspended vertically. It is a value calculated from the tensile strength of the material. Under normal circumstances paper will have a greater breaking length in the machine direction than in the cross direction, and cloth a greater breaking length in the warp direction than in the filling.", "chars": 475, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42, 98, 341], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol.", "U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0472", "term": "breaking strength", "norm": "breaking strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: BURSTING STRENGTH. 2. The breaking load or force, expressed in pounds per inch, required to rupture a material, such as cloth or paper. breathing. A property of leather, characterized by a resistance to water in the liquid form but having the ability to allow the passage of water vapor. \"Breathing\" is considered important in maintaining the suppleness and handle of leather, and is one reason why some conservationists oppose the use of hard waxes in leather dressings.", "chars": 503, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0473", "term": "Brethren of the Common Life", "norm": "brethren of the common life", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BROTHERS OF THE COMMON LIFE.", "chars": 57, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0474", "term": "Bretons, Pere et Fils, Le", "norm": "bretons, pere et fils, le", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two renowned producers of marbled papers of 17th century France. They produced finely veined papers, some of which, with fine veins of gold and silver, were very exquisite. The Bretons also made excellent papers stenciled with flowers on paper with a highly calendered surface.", "chars": 277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BREVI", "term": "BREVIER", "norm": "brevier", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type, a size smaller than Bourgeois, and larger than Minion. In Moxon’s time 112 Brevier bodies measured a foot. See Types.", "chars": 168, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0475", "term": "brick guard", "norm": "brick guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of COMPENSATION GUARD, but specifically one side stitched to the text block to compensate for pocket material.", "chars": 141, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0476", "term": "brightening agents", "norm": "brightening agents", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Chemical agents at one time used extensively in leather dye batches to brighten the color of the finished leather. One such agent was sulfuric acid, which is not only destructive but virtually impossible to remove from leather effectively and completely. Another was formic acid, which, being weaker and more volatile, was less destructive. See also: P.I.R.A. TESTED.", "chars": 391, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [298], "citations": ["Royal Society of Arts. London. Committee on Leather for Bookbinding. Report of the committee on leather for bookbinding… London. Bell. 1905."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0477", "term": "brighter binding", "norm": "brighter binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A movement initiated in about 1910 in Great Britain by Alexander Philip to encourage libraries to have their books bound in bright. colorful cloth, so as to enliven the appearance of the then drab and colorless bookstacks in the libraries of that time. The belief was that bright bindings meant bright cheerful libraries, whereas a library filled with dark blue and black bindings had the opposite effect. Se also: BINDING SCHEMES.", "chars": 455, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0478", "term": "brightness", "norm": "brightness", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a judgement of the amount of light reflected to the eye from the surface of a material, regardless of hue or color saturation. Brightness is now measured by optical comparators. Many factors affect the brightness of a material such as paper, including the degree of bleaching of the pulp, as well as the addition of chemicals. Chemically treated high-grade text and book papers have a brightness in the range of about 96 (on a scale of 100), coated papers range from about 70 to 85, while mechanical wood machine-coated papers are in the range of about 60 to 75. Newsprint is generally below 60.", "chars": 607, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0479", "term": "brightness reversion", "norm": "brightness reversion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper pulp, and particularly a bleached paper pulp, which has lost BRIGHTNESS because of natural or artificial aging.", "chars": 143, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0480", "term": "brime", "norm": "brime", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finely powdered burnt GYPSUM. Brime is dusted on GOLDBEATER'S SKIN in order to eliminate as much friction as possible during the MOLD (2) stage in the manufacture of gold leaf.", "chars": 250, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BRING", "term": "BRING-UP", "norm": "bring-up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To bring-up a form of types is to place overlays over those parts on which the pressure is deficient in order to increase it and to equalize it over the whole surface of the form.\n\nWith wood-cuts, in which an equal pressure over the whole surface is not wanted, it is to place underlays on the bottom of the block, under those parts which require to come stronger than the rest, these are the dark parts and the foreground, and to cut away the tympan sheet over the light parts and the distances when requisite, and to overlay those parts which require to be firm, with smooth thin paper. I have always found India paper the best, but the minute hard particles and all the extraneous substances, should be taken out by scraping it carefully with a knife, so as to render it quite smooth and even, otherwise the engraving will be injured.\n\nIn order to produce the finest impression possible, it is necessary that it should be the impression of the surface of the types and the engraving, and the surface only; therefore it is requisite to have very little blanket in the tympans, and that of the finest kerseymere or woollen cloth, or paper alone, so that it shall not be pressed in between the lines, which, when the pressman neglects this precaution, produces rough coarse lines; of course the overlays should be as few as possible and of very thin paper. See Fine Presswork, Making Ready, Overlay, Underlay.", "chars": 1508, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0481", "term": "brining", "norm": "brining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method generally used in the larger abattoirs for curing hides and skins for transportation to tanneries. After flaying. the hides are washed thoroughly to remove blood and soluble protein matter and the hair is scraped under a spray of water. The flesh side is brushed vigorously to remove surplus flesh. The hides are then hung in pits or run in large paddles in a very strong solution of sodium chloride. using 30 pounds of salt to every 10 gallons of water. This gives a very good and uniform salt penetration for heavy hides in 1 to 14 hours. The hides are then drained and piled and treated with salt in the WET-SALTING process. The purity and strength of the brine must be checked before it is reused, as it may become contaminated with halophilic bacteria. The use of a salt solution as a preliminary treatment for preserving cowhides has been standard practice in South America for many years, and has been in commercial use in the United States since about 1935. Brining, followed by wet-salting, is a more expensive method of cure than salting alone; however, it reduces putrefactive damage to the hides to a considerable extent over simple salting.", "chars": 1186, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 306], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0482", "term": "bristol board", "norm": "bristol board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lightweight board that can be made on either a Fourdrinier or cylinder papermaking machine. There are three types of bristols: 1) index, 2) mill, and 3) wedding. They range in thickness from 0.006 inch and greater. The original bristol board, made in Bristol. England, was a pasted board made of rag content paper, but very little bristol today is of this character. Bristols are sometimes filled, but are more commonly pasted or plied, the thicker sheets being made by pasting sheets of the same stock together until the desired thickness is attained. They are designated as 2-ply, 3-ply, etc., according to the number of sheets used. The highest grade of bristol is wedding, followed by index and mill.", "chars": 706, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 234, 320], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0483", "term": "British marble", "norm": "british marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern, with or without veins, which somewhat resembles the SPANISH MARBLE. It is usually executed entirely in varying shades of black although colors are sometimes used.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [241, 369], "citations": ["Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856.", "Woolnough, Charles W. The whole art of marbling as applied to paper, book edges…Rev. ed. London. Bell. 1881."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0484", "term": "brittleness", "norm": "brittleness", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The property or condition of a material, such as, paper, board. adhesives etc, that causes failure of the material when it is deformed by bending. As virtually any material will fail if bent or folded a sufficient number of times, brittleness is of practical interest only when deformation producing failure is small or the number of folds is relatively small in number.\n\nOver the course of many years. high acidity in paper, and particularly acidity resulting from inorganic acids of low volatility has been suspected of being the chief cause of brittleness in paper. This acidity can be attributed to several sources: 1) papermaking procedures, e.g., excessive ALUM in sizing or excessive chlorine in BLEACHING (1), which may lead to the formation of acid; 2) ink; and 3) conditions of storage, which may allow acid gases such as SULFUR DIOXIDE to gain access to the paper, which. in the presence of heat and other conditions. may lead to the formation of acid. See also: ACID; ACID GASES; ACIDITY; ACID SIZE; DEACIDIFICATION; DURABILITY (OF PAPER); FOLDING ENDURANCE.", "chars": 1308, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 34, 41, 348], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Barrow, William J. Manuscripts and documents, their deterioration and restoration. 2nd ed. Charlottesville, Va. University of Virginia Press. 1972.", "Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Test data of naturally aged papers. Richmond, Va. Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Permanence/durability of the book, no. 2. 1964.", "Walton, Robert Petrie. Causes and prevention of deterioration in book materials. New York. New York Public Library. (Reprinted from the New York Public Library. Bulletin. April 1929). 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0485", "term": "broad", "norm": "broad", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "broad fold", "dates": null, "text": "1. A sheet of paper which, after being folded, has the grain direction running with the shorter dimension of the paper. 2. A sheet of paper folded in such a manner that the resulting pages are wider than they are deep, i.e., an OBLONG fold or page, as distinguished from an upright page or \"deep fold.\"", "chars": 326, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BROAD1", "term": "BROAD", "norm": "broad", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The technical name of a piece of furniture equal in width to a broad quotation.", "chars": 79, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-broad-side-1", "term": "Broad-side", "norm": "broad-side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a Form of one full *Page*, Printed on one side of a whole Sheet of Paper.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-broad-side-1", "term": "Broad-side", "norm": "broad-side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of one page, printed on one side of a whole sheet of paper.", "chars": 66, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BROAD2", "term": "BROADSIDE", "norm": "broadside", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of one full page, printed on one side of a whole sheet of paper, whatever size the paper may be of: thus, we have demy broadsides—royal broadsides—double crown broadsides, &c.", "chars": 182, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0486", "term": "brocade", "norm": "brocade", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A book cloth, generally made from silk or cotton, woven in jacquard construction and characterized by allover formal design of slightly raised floral and figure designs introduced by additional threads in the filling. 2. In papermaking, a heavily embossed cover paper. 3. A marbled paper with a brocadelike pattern.", "chars": 318, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0487", "term": "brochure", "norm": "brochure", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A \"stitched work\" (from the French \"brocher,\" to stitch). It is a short printed work, with or without a paper or self-cover, and sewn or stitched.", "chars": 146, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-broke-up-1", "term": "Broke up", "norm": "broke up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When plates are turned over and folded at a short distance from the back-edge, before they are placed so as to enable them to turn easily in the volume, they are said to be broke up. The same process is sometimes applied to the entire volume.", "chars": 242, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0488", "term": "broken", "norm": "broken", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "broken back", "dates": null, "text": "1. The tendency of a book to open readily at a place or places where the binding has been forced or strained, causing the book to lose its shape. This may be caused by: 1) improper opening of a new book that is tightly bound; 2) improper backing, which flattens the spine and affects its contour; 3) using paper with the grain running at right angles to the spine, resulting in leverage and causing THROW OUT of one or more sections; 4) sections, either with or without plates, that are too bulky, and are forced apart during backing, leaving ridges; and 5) the use of animal glue during the gluing process before rounding and backing, that is too cold or is not sufficiently flexible. In a TIGHT BACK leather binding, it may result in ridges appearing on the spine where the leather has been forced away from the paper. 2. A book broken completely through so that it is in two or more pieces. This generally occurs in relatively old books, particularly those of the 19th century, in which the paper and glue have become so embrittled and inflexible that when the book is opened, it breaks apart.", "chars": 1144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 102], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BROKE1", "term": "BROKEN LETTER", "norm": "broken letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "By broken letter is not meant the breaking of the shanks of any of the letters, but the breaking of the orderly succession in which the letters stood in a line, page, or form, &c. and mingling the letters together, these mingled letters being called pie.—M. Instead of Broken Letter it is now styled Broken Matter.", "chars": 387, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0489", "term": "broken line", "norm": "broken line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A blocked or finished line or rule intentionally \"broken\" by uniformly spaced openings. 2. A blocked line that is not solid as a result of breaks in the gold leaf.", "chars": 166, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BROKE2", "term": "BROKEN MATTER", "norm": "broken matter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The deranging the order of types after they are composed, so as to make it pie. Moxon styles it Broken Letter, which see.", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-broken-matter-1", "term": "BROKEN MATTER", "norm": "broken matter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pages of type disrupted and somewhat intermingled.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BROKE3", "term": "BROKEN NECK", "norm": "broken neck", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A ball is said to be broken-necked, when the wool in the bowl of the ball stock separates from the body of wool in the ball; so that when the ball is held in a horizontal position by the handle it hangs down in a flabby manner.", "chars": 227, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-broken-over-1", "term": "BROKEN OVER", "norm": "broken over", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When plates are turned over or folded a short distance from the back edge, before they are placed in the volume, so as to facilitate their being turned easily or laid flat, they are said to be broken over. When a leaf has been turned down the paper is broken.", "chars": 259, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-broken-up-1", "term": "Broken up", "norm": "broken up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When plates are folded over a short distance from the back edge before they are placed in the book, that they may be turned easily, they are said to be broken up. The same process is sometimes applied to an entire book.", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0490", "term": "brokers", "norm": "brokers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Binding agents, who were go-betweens or self-appointed salesmen of publishers or library binders, and who solicited binding business and then let out the work to the lowest-priced bidder on their list. Mason Locke Weems (\"Parson Weems\"), the creator of the George Washington cherry tree myth, seems to have been one such agent, working between binders and the publisher, Matthew Carey. Binding brokers, who flourished in the United States well into the 20th century, are rare today.", "chars": 482, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131, 308], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951.", "Skeel, Emily Ellsworth (Ford). Mason Locke Weems, his works and ways. New York. 1929. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0492", "term": "bronze leaf", "norm": "bronze leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DUTCH GOLD.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0493", "term": "bronze powder", "norm": "bronze powder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A metallic powder made from various bronze or brass alloys and used principally in lacquer or varnish vehicles, or with bronzing liquid, as the so-called gold paint. The powder can be prepared to duplicate every shade of gold from a pale or lemon color to a deep coppery hue. Bronze powder darkens or discolors after a relatively short time, and this, plus the fact that the paint made from it has a lackluster, grainy quality, makes it unsuitable for use in bookbinding.", "chars": 471, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0491", "term": "bronzed edges", "norm": "bronzed edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A decorative edge pattern on a book produced by impressing bronze leaf on the edges by means of an engraved roller. The leaf is first pressed into the gravure and then rolled on the edge. This technique was generally executed over colored edges, with albumen or gum arabic being used to secure the leaf to the paper. Bronzed edges were employed mainly in the latter part of the 19th century.", "chars": 391, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0494", "term": "Brothers of the Common Life", "norm": "brothers of the common life", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Associations of clerics and laymen that originated in the Netherlands in the 14th century. The reformers, Gerhard Groote and Florent Radewyns, inspired a small group of men at Deventer (Holland) to join together in community life in pursuit of holiness. The movement spread throughout the Netherlands and Germany and was influential until the time of the Reformation.\n\nOne of the principal occupations of the Brothers was the production of books. but, unlike the monastery scribes, they established their book trade specifically for the purpose of supporting their organization, using the profits derived from the sale of books in their missionary work. In addition, instead of offering their works in Latin, they issued them in the vernacular of the area in which they were produced.\n\nAt the Convent of St. Jerome at Ghent, the Brothers were noted for the excellence of the manuscripts and bindings they produced. Two examples of their work are embellished with a panel representing their patron, St. Jerome, kneeling before a crucifix. In the background, beyond the mountains, is a view of the belfry of Ghent, surmounted by the dragon, and the spires of three churches.\n\nTheir first book was issued in 1476 from the Nazareth Monastery in Brussels.", "chars": 1244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [141], "citations": ["Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0495", "term": "brush", "norm": "brush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An implement used for the application of paste. glue, or other adhesive liquid, powder, glair, etc., to the surface of paper, board, cloth, leather, or other material. A brush is composed of a gathering of hair or bristles (natural brushes), or some synthetic material. secured in a plastic compound and held in a metal ferrule which is crimped around a handle. A high quality brush always has the natural tips of the hairs or bristles. The various shapes of brushes are achieved by cutting, trimming, and fashioning the root (butt) ends of the hairs. A pointed brush, for example, is shaped by inserting the hairs, tips downward, in a brass \"cannon,\" in the size and shape made for the purpose, and trimming them at the root end. Very superior brushes have a considerable hold of hair within the ferrule, sometimes as much as is seen beyond the ferrule, while cheaper brushes have but little hold.", "chars": 898, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66, 233], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0496", "term": "brushing", "norm": "brushing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of developing a mild luster on the finished surface of a leather by the action of a rotary brush. The term is also used with reference to freeing the surface of leather of the fine fibrous dust created by buffing—i.e.. by drawing the skins between a pair of long rotary brushes.", "chars": 290, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0497", "term": "brushing out", "norm": "brushing out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FIBRILLATION.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0499", "term": "buckle", "norm": "buckle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The wrinkling near the head and binding edge of a section, which may be caused by paper that is too thick, or by too many folds in forming the section, and which may be accentuated by the grain direction of the paper being incorrect—i.e.. running from spine to fore edge rather than head to tail. 2. Book covers or cover boards that have been warped and twisted in several directions. See also: COCKLE (1-3).", "chars": 435, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0500", "term": "buckle folding", "norm": "buckle folding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FOLDING", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0501", "term": "buckram", "norm": "buckram", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A BOOK CLOTH made from cotton or linen, usually the former, and closely woven, occasionally with a double warp. It is filled or coated and calendered to give it a smooth finish which blocks well and is reasonably durable. Originally, the term applied only to a starch-filled fabric; today, however, it applies also to coated and impregnated fabrics having a heavy base. The material used to fill the interstices and/or cover the base fabric is usually pyroxylin, but it may be starch, china clay, clay, or other nonfibrous material.", "chars": 556, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-buckram-1", "term": "buckram", "norm": "buckram", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Properly a coarse linen cloth, stiffened with glue or gum. Most buckram, so-called, is made of cotton. See also Linen-finish buckram and Art canvas.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0502", "term": "buckskin", "norm": "buckskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather produced from the hides of male deer or elk. It usually has a suede finish and is oil tanned or alum tawed. It has a soft texture, and is pliable and reasonably strong. Examples of its use (in England) can be traced back to the 16th century. Imitation buckskin is sometimes made from sheepskin. See also: DEERSKIN.", "chars": 348, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [278, 325], "citations": ["Pratt, Guy A. Let's bind a book. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1944.", "Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0503", "term": "buds", "norm": "buds", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A decorative ornament filling a small panel on a ROLL (1), usually in the conventionalized form of a spray bearing buds.", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0508", "term": "buff leather", "norm": "buff leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather which has a yellowish, cream or white surface and is finished with a soft, velvet nap. It is produced from cowhide from which the grain layer has been removed by FRIZZING. It is an oil-tanned leather.", "chars": 234, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [351], "citations": ["Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0504", "term": "buffalo", "norm": "buffalo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather produced in imitation of RUSSIA LEATHER, but of far greater strength than the genuine leather. It is made from the hide of the large, shaggy-maned North American ox, Bison bison, and was used extensively in covering books in the United States in the latter half of the 19th century.", "chars": 316, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0505", "term": "buffed leather", "norm": "buffed leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather from which the top surface of the grain has been removed. See also: BUFFING (2); CORRECTED GRAIN.", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0506", "term": "buffing", "norm": "buffing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A very thin innermost split of a hide, usually a cowhide, which is colored and grained to give the appearance of the outer surface of the hide. A buffing is created when a hide is split into three layers. At one time it was used extensively for linings, as well as for covering trade books. It was never used in fine bookbinding. 2. The process of producing a fine nap on the grain surface of leather by means of carborundum paper or on the flesh sides of small skins by the action of an emery wheel. In sandpapering the grain surface of leather, the sharp edges of the carborundum, or other abrasive material, cut the microscopic fibrils in the grain surface and produce a fine nap on the surface. Many of the grain defects in a leather do not penetrate into the leather nearly to the depth of the grain layer, and can be entirely removed by buffing. When a leather is buffed to a measurable depth, as it may have to be if the grain defect is very deep, it is said to be buffed; when it is buffed to a lesser depth, it is said to be snuffed. When a leather is buffed so lightly as not to impair the grain pattern, the leather is said to have a CORRECTED GRAIN. 3. The process of polishing the leather covers of a book with a soft fabric wheel.", "chars": 1271, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 278, 325, 358, 363], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Pratt, Guy A. Let's bind a book. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1944.", "Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969.", "Wheelock, Mary E. New books for old. St. Louis. St. Louis Public Library. 1916.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-buffing-1", "term": "buffing", "norm": "buffing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name given to the thin sheet of cowhide taken off in the operation of buffing or splitting. It is usually of very inferior quality.", "chars": 135, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0507", "term": "buffingnette", "norm": "buffingnette", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A water-resistant cloth made in imitation of leather. While it is adequate for the sides of books that receive considerable use, as it is stain and water resistant, it is not adequate for full covering, as it does not wear well in the areas of the joints. It is also difficult to block, and labels do not adhere to it well unless the surface is abraded and coated with shellac.", "chars": 377, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [105], "citations": ["Dana, John Cotton. Notes on bookbinding for libraries. Rev. ed. Chicago. Library Bureau. 1910."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0509", "term": "build in", "norm": "build in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "building in", "dates": null, "text": "The process of placing newly cased-in library books between smooth or brass-bound boards and applying pressure in a standing press or hydraulic press, or applying dry heat and (considerable) pressure for a brief time (usually 8 to 15 seconds) in a hydro-press or BUILDING-IN MACHINE. Building in forms the joints, compresses the book, secures it firmly in its case and reduces substantially any possibility of board warpage. See also: CASING-IN.", "chars": 493, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0510", "term": "building-in machine", "norm": "building-in machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used to BUILD IN the text block of a book into its case or covers. Building-in machines substitute heat and great pressure for the element of time required to set and cure the adhesive and form the joints. For intermittent or relatively small production, a single-clamp machine, such as the type often found in library binderies, is often adequate. It can build in books up to 12 by 14 by 4 inches in size, and can process up to five books per minute, depending upon the skill of the operator and the CLAMP DWELL setting of the machine. In general, the longer the dwell time, the more solid the binding, which is essentially the reason why a book built in by this type of machine is not as solid as one left in a press for a longer period of time. In edition binding, multiple-clamp machines are usually used, and can process up to 36 books per minute. In edition machines, books may be manually inserted, or fed in automatically after CASING-IN. See also: CASING-IN MACHINE.", "chars": 1081, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0511", "term": "built-up lettering", "norm": "built-up lettering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Multilined decorative lettering, \"built up\" by forming the letters with pallets and gouges rather than by the use of hand letters.", "chars": 130, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0512", "term": "built-up patterns", "norm": "built-up patterns", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Decorative patterns in blind or gold built up from individual line and solid tools.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [310], "citations": ["Smith, Frederick Richard. Bookbinding. London. Pitman. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0513", "term": "bulk", "norm": "bulk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The thickness of the gathered leaves or sections of a book before sewing, or the thickness of the bound book before its covers are attached, or before casing-in. 2. The thickness of a sheet of paper in relation to its weight. With two papers of equal weight per ream, the one which \"handles\" the thicker is said to \"bulk\" the better. 3. The thickness of a specified number of sheets of paper or board under a specified pressure. Bulk here is important in gauging the thickness of a proposed book. 4. In papermaking in its most correct meaning, \"bulk\" is the ratio of fiber volume of a sheet to total volume, including air spaces which may be void or filled with loading or sizing materials. See also: BULK EQUIVALENTS.", "chars": 745, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 234, 261, 264], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BULK", "term": "BULK", "norm": "bulk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A platform fixed to the end of a frame on which to put a letter board with letter; there is another sort sometimes adopted, called a Loose Bulk, which is a small table made of deal, for the same purpose, but moveable to any part where it is most convenient to use it.\n\nBULLET.\n\nWhen a workman, at case or press, either for neglect, want of punctuality, or for gross misconduct, is discharged instanter, and the usual notice of “a fortnight” is not given, it is said, He has got the Bullet.", "chars": 516, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_093.jpg", "caption": "A loose bulk table", "alt": "A loose bulk table", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0515", "term": "bulk equivalents", "norm": "bulk equivalents", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The number of pages per inch of a paper of a given caliper (thousandths of an inch):\n\nCaliper/ Pages\n\n4 sheets per Inch\n\n5.5 1,454\n\n6.0 1,332\n\n6.5 1,230\n\n7.0 1,142\n\n7.5 1,066\n\n8.0 1,000\n\n8.5 942\n\n9.0 888\n\n9.5 842\n\n10.0 800\n\n10.5 762\n\n11.0 726\n\n11.5 696\n\n12.0 666\n\n12.5 640\n\n13.0 614\n\n13.5 592\n\n14.0 570\n\n14.5 552\n\n15.0 532\n\n15.5 516\n\n16.0 500\n\n16.5 484\n\n17.0 470\n\n17.5 456\n\n18.0 444\n\n18.5 432\n\n19.0 420\n\n19.5 410\n\n20.0 400\n\n20.5 390\n\n21.0 380\n\n21.5 372\n\n22.0 364\n\n22.5 356\n\n23.0 348\n\n23.5 340\n\n24.0 332\n\n24.5 326\n\n25.0 320\n\n25.5 314\n\n26.0 308\n\n26.5 302\n\n27.0 296\n\n27.5 290\n\n28.0 286\n\n28.5 280\n\n29.0 276\n\n29.5 272\n\n30.0 266\n\n30.5 262\n\n31.0 258\n\n31.5 254\n\n32.0 250\n\n32.5 246\n\n33.0 242\n\n33.5 238\n\n34.0 234\n\n34.5 232\n\n35.0 228\n\n35.5 224\n\n36.0 222\n\n36.5 218\n\n37.0 216\n\n37.5 212\n\n38.0 210\n\n38.5 208\n\n39.0 204\n\n39.5 202\n\n40.0 200\n\n40.5 198\n\n41.0 194\n\n41.5 192\n\n42.0 190\n\n42.5 188\n\n43.0 186\n\n43.5 184\n\n44.0 182\n\n44.5 180\n\n45.0 178\n\n45.5 176\n\n46.0 174\n\n46.5 172\n\n47.0 170\n\n47.5 168\n\n48.0 166\n\n48.5 164\n\n49.0 162\n\n49.5 162\n\n50.0 160", "chars": 1368, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [52], "citations": ["Book Manufacturers' Institute. Helpful aids in book production. New York. Book Manufacturers' Institute. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0514", "term": "bulked up", "norm": "bulked up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A deliberate attempt to make a book thicker and, therefore, of a more substantial appearance. Books, and especially novels, are sometimes \"bulked up, ' i.e., printed on BULKING BOOK PAPER so that a higher price may be charged. Such paper, however, is often inferior in both strength and printing quality to a more compact paper.", "chars": 352, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0516", "term": "bulking book paper", "norm": "bulking book paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper produced to give maximum bulk per unit ream weight. It is produced from a number of paper furnishes designed to impart this property, including cotton linters, rag pulp, esparto, and chemical wood pulps. Some grades contain a large percentage of mechanical wood pulp mixed with other pulps. The paper furnish is provided with little or no fillers. This paper is usually made to specifications of finish, caliper, or both. Bulking book paper picks easily and often causes difficulties in printing. See also: BULKED UP; NOVEL PAPER.", "chars": 586, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0517", "term": "bumping hammer", "norm": "bumping hammer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BACKING HAMMER.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0518", "term": "bundle", "norm": "bundle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A seldom used term applied to a printed sheet that has been folded to make a section. 2. A unit of board measure, generally of weight of 50 pounds. The actual number of boards in a bundle will depend on area and caliper of the boards. 3. At one time, a package of paper containing 2 perfect reams, or 1,000 sheets, but in today's usage, a package of paper weighing about 125 pounds and containing any number of sheets, depending on the size, caliper, and type of paper.", "chars": 472, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 316], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BUNDL", "term": "BUNDLE", "norm": "bundle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bundle of paper consists of two reams. See Paper, Ream.\n\nBur. See Rag.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0519", "term": "bundling", "norm": "bundling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of tying up the sections of a book under pressure before GATHERING (1), for the purpose of keeping them clean, flat, and ready for gathering, while at the same time compressing them into a compact and solid state. 2. The process of gathering together a number of skins of leather, usually 12, of the same kind, weight, and grade. The total area of leather is indicated on the bundle.", "chars": 422, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [179, 320], "citations": ["Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0520", "term": "bundling press", "norm": "bundling press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "bundling machine", "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A type of press used to compress the newly folded sections of a book or group of books, usually of the same title. Bundling presses are usually of three types: 1) the hand-bundling press, which consists of a floor stand on which two jaws are mounted horizontally. One of the jaws is stationary and the other movable. The group of sections with strings around it is placed between the jaws and compressed by forcing the movable jaw towards the stationary one. The jaws are designed so as to allow for the tying of the bundles while under pressure; 2) the power-bundling press, which is either vertically or horizontally oriented, and in which a movable bed is driven toward a stationary head by power supplied by an electric motor through a system of gears and racks; and 3) the pneumatic bundling press, which may also be vertically or horizontally oriented, in which the movable jaw is driven by a piston to which power is supplied by compressed air. In all three types, when the sections of several books are to be bundled together, the groups are placed between boards, bundled, and the entire group, including boards, is tied before being removed from the press.", "chars": 1186, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [142, 320, 339], "citations": ["Goodwin, Bancroft L. Pamphlet binding…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographic technical series for apprentices, pt. 5, no. 30). 1925.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-bur-1", "term": "Bur", "norm": "bur", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Rough edge of a type which the founder neglected to take off in dressing.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0521", "term": "buried cords", "norm": "buried cords", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SAWING IN.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0522", "term": "burnish", "norm": "burnish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The glossiness or brilliance produced by rubbing the gilt edges or leather cover of a book with a burnishing or polishing tool. See also: BURNISHER (5) (2). 2. In papermaking, to burnish or polish the surface of a paper. See also: GLAZED (1).", "chars": 293, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-burnish-1", "term": "burnish", "norm": "burnish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The effect produced by the application of the burnisher to the edges.", "chars": 69, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-burnish-1", "term": "burnish", "norm": "burnish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The gloss produced by the application of the burnisher to the edges after coloring, marbling or gilding.", "chars": 104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-burnish-1", "term": "burnish", "norm": "burnish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The gloss produced by the application of the burnisher to the edges.", "chars": 68, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-burnished-1", "term": "Burnished", "norm": "burnished", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The effect produced by the application of a burnisher to edges.", "chars": 63, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0523", "term": "burnished edges", "norm": "burnished edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The colored or gilt edges of a book which have been polished, usually by means of a bloodstone or agate implement called a BURNISHER (2). See also: BURNISHER(S) (2).", "chars": 213, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0524", "term": "burnisher", "norm": "burnisher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": "burnishers", "dates": null, "text": "See illustration 1. One who burnishes the edges of a book. 2. The tools used to burnish the edges of a book. They are made of metal, agate (quartz), or bloodstone set in handles. The bloodstone type is the best and also the most expensive. Burnishers are generally available in two basic shapes—flat and toothed. They are relatively delicate tools and chip easily if handled roughly; they may be kept smooth and in good condition by rubbing them on the flesh side of a piece of leather coated with whiting, or, if too rough to be smoothed in this manner, by rubbing them on a zinc-lined board coated with a small amount of flour or emery mixed with machine oil.", "chars": 664, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66, 99, 278], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975.", "Cummins, John Francis. The printer's guide. 2nd ed. Dublin. n.p. 1952.", "Pratt, Guy A. Let's bind a book. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-burnisher-1", "term": "burnisher", "norm": "burnisher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Are pieces of agate or bloodstone affixed to handles.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-burnisher-1", "term": "burnisher", "norm": "burnisher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pieces of agate or bloodstone affixed to convenient handles.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-burnisher-1", "term": "burnisher", "norm": "burnisher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pieces of agate or bloodstone affixed to handles. With them a gloss is produced on the edges of a book.", "chars": 103, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0525", "term": "burnishing brushes", "norm": "burnishing brushes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A black lead or shoe brush, having stiff but not harsh bristles, and used, after coating the edges of a book with black lead, to burnish the edges before glairing for edge-gilding.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0526", "term": "burnt gypsum", "norm": "burnt gypsum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BRIME.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0527", "term": "burnt sugar", "norm": "burnt sugar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One of the coloring materials which, when dissolved in water, can be used to restore the proper tone or shade to the leaves of a book that have been washed. The burnt sugar is added to the resizing bath, and the paper is \"toned\" at the same time it is sized.", "chars": 258, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0528", "term": "burnt umber", "norm": "burnt umber", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dark brown pigment produced by calcining raw umber, and used in a mixture of red ochre, oil, and water, as a sprinkle for the edges of books. See also: SPRINKLED EDGES; UMBER.", "chars": 225, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [371], "citations": ["Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0529", "term": "burst factor", "norm": "burst factor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The BURSTING STRENGTH of paper in grams per square centimeter divided by the BASIS WEIGHT of the paper in grams per square meter, which gives the burst factor as a numerical value. See also: BURST RATIO.", "chars": 275, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0531", "term": "burst ratio", "norm": "burst ratio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The BURSTING STRENGTH of a material in points per pound. See also: BURST FACTOR.", "chars": 128, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0530", "term": "bursting strength", "norm": "bursting strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The combined tensile strength and stretch of a material as measured by the ability of the material to resist rupture when pressure is applied under specified conditions to one of its sides by an instrument used for testing the property. Testing for the bursting strength of paper is a very common procedure, although its value in determining the potential permanence or durability of paper is suspect. See also: BURST FACTOR; POINTS PER POUND.", "chars": 491, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0532", "term": "butcher cuts", "norm": "butcher cuts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Damage to hides and skins caused by improper and/ or unskilled flaying, and usually seen in the form of cuts or furrows on the flesh side. In extreme cases, the cuts may go completely through the skin, thus reducing its value greatly. Butcher cuts are sometimes particularly noticeable on parchment and vellum.", "chars": 310, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0533", "term": "butt", "norm": "butt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. That part of a hide or skin corresponding to the animal's back and sides after cutting away the shoulder and belly, and consisting of the thickest and strongest part of the skin. See also: SHELL. 2. Any type of hinge or joint used for reinforcement, or for fastening a bulky insert into a binding.", "chars": 324, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 261, 325], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935.", "Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0534", "term": "butterstamp", "norm": "butterstamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BAND PALLET.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "BUTTO", "term": "BUTTON OF THE TYMPAN", "norm": "button of the tympan", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An iron button with a female screw, screwed on a square shanked bolt, that goes through the bottom frame of the outer tympan, in wooden presses, and turns on the upper side of the inner tympan, to assist in keeping it tight in its place.\n\nIn very fine work also, when the paper is stout and heavy and large sheets, and it is not customary to fly the frisket, but to turn it down upon the paper before the tympan is turned down upon the form, a button is placed upon the lower frame of the outer tympan, which clasps the extreme end of the frisket, and confines the sheet of paper in its place on the tympan, and prevents it slipping down.", "chars": 636, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0535", "term": "buttonhole stitch", "norm": "buttonhole stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "B", "letter_raw": "B", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An embroidery stitch used in making a HEADBAND, and executed by drawing the needle and thread from the upper through the lower edge of the core, and out over the lower thread of the preceding stitch. The stitches are repeated, sometimes in alternate colors, e.g., blue and green, to form a firm line of adjacent loops around the core.\n\n", "chars": 374, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 111], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. English embroidered bookbindings. London. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. 1899."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0536", "term": "C", "norm": "c", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Roman equivalent of 100. See also: ROMAN NUMERALS.", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0624", "term": "C clamp", "norm": "c clamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A C-shaped, general purpose clamp that grips between the open ends of the \"C\" by means of a long, flat-ended screw that threads through one end and presses the clamped material against the other end. It is used mainly for holding leather or book boards while using the SPOKESHAVE. It is called a \"G-clamp\" in Great Britain.", "chars": 347, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0742", "term": "c m pattern", "norm": "c m pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The code name for a small pebbled pattern in a book cloth.", "chars": 58, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0885", "term": "c-pattern", "norm": "c-pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The code name for a pattern in a book cloth formed by covering the surface of the cloth with small raised dots. Also called \"crêpe.\"", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0920", "term": "C-stage", "norm": "c-stage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The third and final stage in the reaction of some thermosetting resins, characterized by the relatively insoluble and infusible state of the resin. Some thermosetting resins in this stage are fully cured. Also called \"resite.\" See also: A-STAGE; B-STAGE.", "chars": 302, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-cabinet-1", "term": "Cabinet", "norm": "cabinet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A receptacle for cases, chases leads, &c.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0537", "term": "cabinet size", "norm": "cabinet size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: OBLONG.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0538", "term": "cable pattern", "norm": "cable pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ROPE PATTERN.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0539", "term": "cabretta leather", "norm": "cabretta leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather produced from the skins of sheep which have hair instead of wool, i.e., straight-haired sheepskins. The leather is produced in India, China, South America, and Africa, the best grades coming from the latter two areas. In the United r States, the term is generally considered to indicate specifically a Brazilian sheepskin. Cabretta is generally chrome tanned and has a very fine grain and a strong fiber network.", "chars": 422, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 325], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0540", "term": "cahier", "norm": "cahier", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A number of loose sheets assembled for binding, or bound loosely together to form a notebook or pamphlet. 2. The French expression for the signature of a bound book.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0541", "term": "cake glue", "norm": "cake glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Generally, an animal GLUE supplied in large slabs up to 3 inches in thickness. The slabs are broken into small pieces, soaked in cold water until they absorb as much water as possible, and then heated to useable consistency. Flexible (internally plasticized) glue does not have to be soaked.", "chars": 315, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0542", "term": "calcium acetate", "norm": "calcium acetate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A chemical (Ca(C2H3O2) . 2HO), prepared by neutralizing acetic acid with lime or calcium a carbonate, and used in the preparation of other acetates and in the deacidification of paper.", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0543", "term": "calcium bicarbonate", "norm": "calcium bicarbonate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A salt obtained by replacing only one of the two hydrogen atoms in carbonic acid (H2CO3) by the metallic atom calcium, giving (Ca(HCO3)2). It is employed in a 0.2% solution to carbonate excess calcium hydroxide used in deacidifying paper, and also to precipitate calcium carbonate into the fibers of the paper being treated. The precipitated calcium carbonate acts as a buffer to neutralize any acid that forms in the paper subsequent to treatment.", "chars": 481, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [31], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. The Barrow method of preserving deteriorated documents. Richmond, Va. The author. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0544", "term": "calcium carbonate", "norm": "calcium carbonate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A salt (CaCO3), occurring naturally, usually in sea deposition, and prepared commercially by passing carbon dioxide either through cold lime water, which precipitates the calcite crystalline type, or hot lime water, which gives the aragonite crystalline type. The calcite is the thermodynamically stable form. Calcium carbonate is sometimes precipitated into paper by suitable chemical reactions to deacidify the paper, and is also used both as a filler and a coating pigment in the manufacture of paper.", "chars": 515, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [31, 67, 143], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. The Barrow method of preserving deteriorated documents. Richmond, Va. The author. 1965.", "Calkin, John Burgess. Modern pulp and paper making. 3rd ed. New York. Reinhold. 1957.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0545", "term": "calcium hydroxide", "norm": "calcium hydroxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strong alkali (Ca(OH)2), which can be formed by the reaction of calcium oxide (CaO) with water. If the oxide is treated with only sufficient water to make it crumble to a fine, white, dry powder, slaked lime is produced. By slaking the paste formed from the oxide with an excess of water, a suspension called \"milk of lime\" is formed. A clear solution of the hydroxide in water is known as lime water. Calcium hydroxide is used extensively in a very strong solution (pH of approximately 11.4) in the LIMING and UNHAIRING of hides and skins in leather manufacture, and in the deacidification of paper. In the latter use, the resulting pH is approximately 11.0, and paper so treated is easily oxidized unless the pH is reduced by exposure to carbon dioxide or the paper is treated subsequently with a solution of calcium bicarbonate.", "chars": 892, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [31, 363], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. The Barrow method of preserving deteriorated documents. Richmond, Va. The author. 1965.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0546", "term": "calcium hypochlorite", "norm": "calcium hypochlorite", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any hypochlorite of calcium, e.g., the normal anhydrous salt (Ca(ClO)2), that is generally found in commercial products containing 70 to 75% available chlorine. Calcium hypochlorite is used by many paper conservationists to bleach archival papers, and it is also used as an oxidizing agent to reduce the effects of FOXING. Its use is potentially harmful, as the chlorine is difficult to remove. Also known as \"bleaching powder.\"", "chars": 452, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0547", "term": "calcium sulfate", "norm": "calcium sulfate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A salt (CaSO . H2O), very slightly soluble in water. In its natural form, it may exist as anhydrite (CaSO4) or gypsum (CaSO4 . H2O) It is used as a filler pigment in the manufacture of paper. Precipitated calcium sulfate is known as \"crown filler,\" or \"pearl filler.\" See also: BRIME.", "chars": 352, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0548", "term": "calcium sulfite", "norm": "calcium sulfite", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A salt (CaSO3), prepared by reacting sulfurous acid with calcium hydroxide, and used as a filler coating pigment in paper manufacture.", "chars": 145, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0549", "term": "calender", "norm": "calender", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Horizontal cast iron rolls with hardened, chilled surfaces resting one on another in a vertical bank at the dry end of the papermaking machine. The paper web is passed between all or part of the calender rolls to increase the smoothness and gloss of its surface. See also: SUPERCALENDER.", "chars": 311, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 80], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Clapperton, Robert Henderson. The paper-making machine; its invention, evolution and development. New York. Pergamon Press. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0550", "term": "calendered", "norm": "calendered", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper or cloth that has been given a smooth surface by passing it through a CALENDER one or more times. Paper which receives a minimum of calendering is said to have an antique finish. With more calendering it acquires a machine finish, then an English finish, and, finally a supercalendered (highly glazed) finish. See also: CALENDERED CLOTH.", "chars": 393, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143, 276], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0551", "term": "calendered cloth", "norm": "calendered cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cloth that has had a filler of starch, usually soybean flour, impregnated into the weave of the base cloth by means of iron or steel rollers exerting a great pressure. If the rolls are heated, a high gloss is also imparted. The cloth may also be embossed during the calendering process.", "chars": 288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [341], "citations": ["U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0552", "term": "calf finish", "norm": "calf finish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, the smooth, ungrained finish of any animal skin tanned for use in bookbinding, and later used to designate CALFSKIN finished in a variety of grains in imitation of alligator, lizard, snakeskin, etc.", "chars": 234, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0553", "term": "calf lined", "norm": "calf lined", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lining on the innerside of a limp cover, consisting of CALFSKIN in lieu of the board paper. This type of lining was thin and glued to the leather cover only at the outer edges. This left the covers pliable so that the book could be rolled up. Calf linings have been used at various times, and, although they are still used to some extent today, their most extensive use was in the years immediately before and after 1900.", "chars": 447, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [105], "citations": ["Dana, John Cotton. Notes on bookbinding for libraries. Rev. ed. Chicago. Library Bureau. 1910."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-calf-lined-1", "term": "calf lined", "norm": "calf lined", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the inside of a limp cover is lined with calfskin, this taking the place of that half of the end paper which is usually on the inside of the cover. This calf lining is thin and soft and is usually glued to the leather cover only at the latter’s outer edges, thus leaving the cover pliable.", "chars": 294, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-calf-or-calfskin-1", "term": "Calf or calfskin", "norm": "calf or calfskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leather made of calves’ skins. It has a smooth and uniform surface. It was formerly much used in binding, and is very beautiful; but that made in recent years lasts only a short time, soon growing hard and brittle and even falling into dust. Even when new the surface is easily broken and torn.", "chars": 294, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0554", "term": "calf paper", "norm": "calf paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colored and embossed paper somewhat resembling leather and used occasionally for covering books.", "chars": 98, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0556", "term": "calf split", "norm": "calf split", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A flesh split of a calfskin, sometimes embossed so as to make it resemble the grain side of the skin. The split lacks the necessary strength to be used for anything other than linings and labels.", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0555", "term": "calfskin", "norm": "calfskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In its broadest sense, a leather made from the skin of an immature bovine animal. In a more limited sense. however, it is considered to be leather made from the skin of a bovine animal that has not been weaned, or at least has been fed only milk, and whose skin does not exceed a certain weight (15 pounds or slightly more) in the green salted state. The heavier skins of immature milk-fed animals, i.e., those up to 25 or 30 pounds in the green state, are often referred to as \"veals\" rather than calfskin.\n\nThe best calfskins for bookbinding purposes are prepared by tanning in oak bark or sumac tanning liquors. Its freedom from grain defects makes calfskin suitable for finishing in delicate shades of color. It may be finished rough or smooth, the latter being more common, and, as it may be without any noticeable grain pattern, it may be tooled with very little preliminary blinding in.\n\nBooks which are full bound in calfskin may be described as being diced, grained, marbled, mottled, scored, sprinkled, stained, or tree, according to the form of decoration used. In addition, special styles are known as divinity, antique, law, reverse, or rough calf.\n\nCalfskin has been used as a covering material for books since 1450, or even earlier, and, up to the end of the 18th century, it was a common bookbinding leather. Thereafter, various forms of sheepskin, and later cloth, replaced calfskin as the most commonly used bookbinding material.\n\nThere are two distinct views concerning the durability of calfskin. Some contend that because the skin is from an immature animal, the leather made from it cannot be durable, even when carefully selected and tanned, because the fibers of the skin are not fully developed. Furthermore, there is the argument that, since the skin is very soft, it shows scratches and mars too easily, and, when used, the book must then be varnished or kept in a box. Others, however, argue that if the skins are selected carefully and tanned very slowly in oak bark or sumac, calfskin makes a quite durable leather capable of withstanding considerable wear.\n\nPhysiologically, calfskin is not nearly as weak as its detractors maintain. Although the fiber network is indeed lacking the depth of cowhide, the fiber bundles are reasonably stout and contain numerous finer fibers which are long, highly ramified, and of high tensile strength. This is because, in any young animal, the connective tissue, i.e., skin, develops more rapidly than some other parts of the body, such as the muscles. The dermal network of calfskin is therefore reasonably well developed and exhibits remarkable strength and toughness. In addition, there is no denying the fact that there are calfskin bookbindings that have come down to us in their original bindings; many are several hundred years old. In as much as the durability of calfskin before the 18th century was not in doubt, it may be that it was the lowering of tanning standards that resulted in less durable calfskin. Furthermore, the bleaching methods employed to produce light-colored skins, as well as the techniques of decorating calf bindings with acid and other chemicals to produce mottled-, sprinkled-, and tree-calf effects were probably the major reasons for its reputation of insufficient durability. See also: SLUNK; TREE CALF.", "chars": 3344, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [207, 291, 351, 363], "citations": ["Library Association. Leather for libraries, by Edward Wyndham Hulme, and others. London. Library Supply Co. 1905.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0557", "term": "calico", "norm": "calico", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A plain white cotton fabric that is heavier than muslin. As early as the first quarter of the 19th century calico was dyed in various colors and used for covering publishers' bindings; it was in fact one of the first cloths to be used for covering books. It is still used to some extent for lining the spines of edition bindings, although for this purpose it is inferior to several other fabrics. See: SPINE LINING FABRIC.", "chars": 446, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [71, 236], "citations": ["Carter, John. Publisher's cloth; an outline history of publisher's binding in England, 1820-1900. New York. Bowker. 1935.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0558", "term": "caliper", "norm": "caliper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The thickness of a material measured under specified conditions. Caliper is usually measured in thousandths of an inch (mills or points), or, under the metric system, in millimeters. 2. The instrument used to measure the thickness of a material. See also: THICKNESS.", "chars": 293, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0559", "term": "cambric", "norm": "cambric", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A fine linen thread used in lieu of silk for working headbands. 2. A fine, closely woven white linen fabric, used in library binding for hinges, spine linings, extensions, etc.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0560", "term": "Cambridge calf", "norm": "cambridge calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "Cambridge sheep", "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating a calf- or sheepskin binding by sprinkling on two tints, leaving a rectangular \"pane\" (panel) in the center of each cover. This technique was used extensively from the 1670s and again during the early decades of the 18th century. It was revived and used to a considerable extent during the second half of the 19th century.", "chars": 345, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [371], "citations": ["Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0561", "term": "Cambridge style", "norm": "cambridge style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An English style of bookbinding practiced largely on theological works and in university libraries. Although used elsewhere, the style was so highly favored by binders in Cambridge in the early years of the 18th century that it became recognized as their speciality, which probably accounts for the name. Books bound in this style were sewn on raised cords, covered in calfskin that was masked and sprinkled in such a manner as to leave a stained central rectangular panel, a plain rectangular frame, which, in turn, was surrounded by a stained outside frame. The books had Dutch marble endpapers and red edges. The spine was pieced with red russia leather labels and had double blind lines at head and tail on each side of the raised bands. The covers were decorated with a two-line fillet close to the edges and on each side of the panel. and with a narrow flower roll worked on each side of the panel close to the lines. There were many variations of this style, including some books tooled in gold, and some with marbled covers and sprinkled panels.", "chars": 1053, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 154], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0562", "term": "cameo bindings", "norm": "cameo bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of Italian binding of the first half of the 16th century, which was imitated by French binders and also by ROGER PAYNE at a later date. The style consisted of designs in relief made from dies cut intaglio, somewhat in imitation of gems or metals. Leather was the medium most often used, although vellum was also used, being pressed while wet on the die, and with the cavities being filled with a composition of lacquered paste to preserve the shape of the figures. After being attached to the center of the leather cover, they were sometimes gilt and painted. Cameo bindings were a development of the antiquarian interest in classical coins and gems, actual examples of which at first provided the sources of the molds. French examples executed for Henri 11 and Jean Grolier bore a central medallion stamped with an intaglio cut die. The design was embossed on a gilded and colored background. See also: CANEVARI BINDINGS.", "chars": 978, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [110, 141, 279, 347], "citations": ["Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. Cameo book stamps, figured and described. London. Arnold.", "Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. Bookbinders and their craft. New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0563", "term": "camlet", "norm": "camlet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To marble. See: MARBLING.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0564", "term": "camphor", "norm": "camphor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": " A crystalline terpenoid ketone (C10H16O), occurring naturally in the (+)-, (-)- and (±) forms. Ordinary commercial camphor is the (+) type, obtained from the wood of the camphor tree (Cinnamonum camphora), mainly from Formosa. It can also be manufactured, using pinene (C10H16) as the raw material. It is sometimes used in an effort to rid books and bookcases of BOOKWORMS, and as a plasticizer in cellulose nitrate plastics.", "chars": 551, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0565", "term": "cancel", "norm": "cancel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cancellans", "dates": null, "text": "1. A replacement leaf or leaves, printed because of a mistake in the original printing, an imperfect page, etc., that is to replace the corresponding faulty section before the book is actually published. Cancels have been common since the beginning of printing from metal type; however, with the development of high speed printing presses, it has become more economical simply to reprint an entire signature rather than go to the expense of inserting a cancel by hand.\n\nThe substitution of the cancel by either the printer or binder depends on when the mistake is discovered. If the binder is to make the substitution, the printer may mark the incorrect leaf with an asterisk to indicate to the binder that he is to cut out that leaf and tip the replacement to the stub. If the replacement leaf bears a signature mark the asterisk should precede the signature letter.\n\n2. In bookbinding, in a broad sense, all leaves that are not to be bound in. This applies specifically to the waste sheets.", "chars": 988, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 131, 234], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CANCE", "term": "CANCEL", "norm": "cancel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "At the conclusion of a work, if there be any leaves cancelled, it is useful to place a mark in the white line of the odd page of the reprinted leaf, to prevent a mistake on the part of the bookbinder; a *, †, ‡, ‖, or §, either upright or laid flat. This is too frequently neglected, and when the warehouseman omits tearing or cutting the cancelled leaf, the wrong one occasionally is bound in the book. To save press work and paper, cancel leaves are always imposed with the fragments, if possible.\n\nBefore the book is gathered, the warehouseman should either tear the cancelled leaf or run his knife up it, so as to prevent it being overlooked by the bookbinder; running the knife up it is the most expeditious method, and, to prevent mistakes, he ought to do this himself, and not to entrust it to boys, as cutting a wrong leaf would cause another leaf to be reprinted, and he might be held responsible for the expense, and also incur censure on account of delay.", "chars": 964, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-cancel-1", "term": "cancel", "norm": "cancel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leaves containing errors which are to be cut out and replaced with corrected pages.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-cancel-1", "term": "cancel", "norm": "cancel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leaves containing errors which are to be cut out and replaced by corrected pages (*see* ASTERISK).", "chars": 98, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-cancel-1", "term": "cancel", "norm": "cancel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "leaves containing errors, which have to be discarded and replaced by corrected sheets. Such leaves are marked by the printer with a star.", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0568", "term": "cancel title", "norm": "cancel title", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A replacement title page substituted for the original. See also: CANCEL; CANCELLANDUM.", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [234], "citations": ["Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0566", "term": "cancelland", "norm": "cancelland", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cancellandum", "dates": null, "text": "The incorrect, inaccurate, or otherwise disposal leaf that is to be cut out and replaced by a CANCEL.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0567", "term": "cancellation", "norm": "cancellation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The removal of a leaf, leaves, or an entire section of a publication because of an error, or for some other reason. When a leaf is removed, the remaining stub is termed a disjunct leaf. Se also: CANCEL; CANCELLANDUM.", "chars": 264, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 343], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-cancelled-figures-1", "term": "Cancelled figures", "norm": "cancelled figures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Figures cast with a line across the face.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0569", "term": "candelilla wax", "norm": "candelilla wax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A WAX found as an exudate on the leaves and stems of a plant (Euphorbia antisyphilitica) found in northern Mexico and the southwestern United States, and obtained by boiling the leaves and stems with water and sulfuric acid. It is yellowish-brown in color and is opaque to translucent. It is classed as hard wax and has a softening range at 64 to 68° C. It is used in making varnish and as a substitute for CARNAUBA WAX to impart a high gloss to leathers that are not glazed.", "chars": 523, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0570", "term": "Canevari bindings", "norm": "canevari bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GRIMALDI, GIOVANNI BATTISTA.", "chars": 57, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CANON", "term": "CANON", "norm": "canon", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type, a size larger than Trafalgar, and the largest with a specific name. The body is four Picas, the next size being four line Pica, and so upwards, reckoning by lines of Pica. See Types.\n\n", "chars": 306, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0571", "term": "canton flannel", "norm": "canton flannel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft cotton fabric, napped on one side, and sometimes used as a spine lining fabric, usually in library binding. The nap side is placed next to the spine.", "chars": 156, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0572", "term": "canvas", "norm": "canvas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A firm, closely woven fabric, usually made of cotton, hemp, or linen, in plain weave, and produced in various weights. Canvas has been used as a covering material for books for centuries, and was one of the principal fabrics used for embroidered bindings. Its greatest use historically, however, has been for rough job bindings, certain varieties of chapbooks, textbooks published between 1770 and about 1830 in England, and some types of reference books. Today its use is virtually limited to the covering of very large books, newspapers, etc., and as a CHEMISE for leather-bound county record books and other large stationery bindings. See also: ART CANVAS; DUCK.", "chars": 737, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 82, 111, 264], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. English embroidered bookbindings. London. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. 1899.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0573", "term": "canvas finish paper", "norm": "canvas finish paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy, durable cover paper, made with a textured finish in imitation of canvas. It is used mainly for semi-stiff covers for brochures, pamphlets, etc.", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [86], "citations": ["Collins, Arthur Frederick. Book crafts for senior pupils; a handbook for teachers and students. Leicester. Dryad Press. 1938."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0574", "term": "caoutchouc binding", "norm": "caoutchouc binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A particular (and probably first) form of ADHESIVE BINDING, invented by William Hancock, and patented in 1836, in which the single sheets were secured with a rubber solution obtained from the latex of certain tropical plants, especially of the genera Hevea and Ficus. According to Hancock's specifications, the edges of the assembled leaves were roughened and then coated with the caoutchouc, which, when dry, was followed by one to five coatings of a stronger rubber solution. When the last coating was applied a strip of cloth coated with the caoutchouc was applied in a warm, sticky condition and rubbed down firmly.\n\nGreat numbers of these bindings were produced both in England and the United States from about 1840, and the process was used for many of the illustrated \"table books\" of the 1860s, as well as for many large folios printed on very thick paper. The process afforded both openability and durability, or so for the latter it was believed at the time. Both characteristics depended to a large extent on the purity of the rubber solution, and the degree to which it remained flexible. That it did not remain very flexible has been demonstrated by the fact most caoutchouc bindings have fallen apart. Also called \"guttapercha binding,\" although incorrectly because gutta percha, which is also obtained from tropical trees was tried and found to be unsuitable.", "chars": 1396, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 236], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0575", "term": "caoutchouc polish", "norm": "caoutchouc polish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A caout-rubber base varnish, used occasionally in the 19th century for varnishing the leather covers of books. See also: CAOUTCHOUC BINDING.", "chars": 164, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CAP", "term": "CAP", "norm": "cap", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The top part of a wooden press; it has two mortises at each end to receive the tenons at the upper end of each cheek, by which it keeps the cheeks at a proper distance at the top; and the head is suspended from it by two iron bolts, with screws and nuts at the upper end, by which the pull also is regulated.", "chars": 308, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-cap-1", "term": "CAP", "norm": "cap", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The envelope of paper used to protect the edges while the volume is being covered and finished.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0576", "term": "cape", "norm": "cape", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a leather made from South African hair sheep. Today it is considered to be any leather made from a hair sheep, except East Indian native vegetable tanned sheep.", "chars": 172, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [325], "citations": ["Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CAPIT", "term": "CAPITALS", "norm": "capitals", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The following directions respecting the use of capital letters, are extracted from Lindley Murray’s English Grammar.\n\n‘It was formerly the custom to begin every noun with a capital: but as this practice was troublesome, and gave the writing or printing a crowded and confused appearance, it has been discontinued. It is, however, very proper to begin with a capital,\n\n‘1. The first word of every book, chapter, letter, note, or any other piece of writing.\n\n‘2. The first word after a period; and, if the two sentences are totally independent, after a note of interrogation or exclamation.\n\n‘But if a number of interrogative or exclamatory sentences are thrown into one general group, or if the construction of the latter sentences depends on the former, all of them, except the first, may begin with a small letter: as, “How long, ye simple ones, will ye love simplicity? and the scorners delight in their scorning? and fools hate knowledge?” “Alas! how different! yet how like the same!”\n\n‘3. The appellations of the Deity: as, “God, Jehovah, the Almighty, the Supreme Being, the Lord, Providence, the Messiah, the Holy Spirit.”\n\n‘4. Proper names of persons, places, streets, mountains, rivers, ships: as, “George, York, the Strand, the Alps, the Thames, the Seahorse.”\n\n‘5. Adjectives derived from the proper names of places: as, “Grecian, Roman, English, French, and Italian.”\n\n‘6. The first word of a quotation, introduced after a colon, or when it is in a direct form: as, “Always remember this ancient maxim: ‘Know thyself.’” “Our great Lawgiver says, ‘Take up thy cross daily, and follow me.’” But when a quotation is brought in obliquely after a comma, a capital is unnecessary: as, “Solomon observes, ‘that pride goes before destruction.’”\n\n‘The first word of an example may also very properly begin with a capital: as, “Temptation proves our virtue.”\n\n‘7. Every substantive and principal word in the titles of books: as, “Johnson’s Dictionary of the English Language;” “Thomson’s Seasons;” “Rollin’s Ancient History.”\n\n‘8. The first word of every line in poetry.\n\n‘9. The pronoun I, and the interjection O, are written in capitals: as, “I write:” “Hear, O earth!”\n\n‘Other words, besides the preceding, may begin with capitals, when they are remarkably emphatical, or the principal subject of the composition.’", "chars": 2314, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CAPPI2", "term": "CAPPING A MAN", "norm": "capping a man", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Wrapping one of the blankets with which the pelt balls are capped about a man’s head, and tying it round his neck. This most filthy and disgusting punishment is very rarely inflicted in a press room; yet I have read an account of a trial at the Old Bailey for an assault, in which this act was the ground of offence.", "chars": 316, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CAPPI1", "term": "CAPPING BALLS", "norm": "capping balls", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Wrapping up pelt balls in blankets soaked in urine at night, and when they are not in use, to keep them soft. They are generally left on the floor of the sink.", "chars": 159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0577", "term": "capping up", "norm": "capping up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "capping", "dates": null, "text": "1. See: HEADCAP. 2. The process of placing a paper covering or \"can\" over the edges of a book following headbanding, so as to prevent the edges from becoming soiled or damaged during the subsequent operations.", "chars": 233, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237, 261], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-caps-1", "term": "Caps", "norm": "caps", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The leather covering of the headband. Applies also to the paper envelopes used to protect the edges while the volume is being covered and finished.", "chars": 147, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-caps-1", "term": "Caps", "norm": "caps", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper coverings used to protect the edges while the book is being covered and finished. Also the leather coverings of headbands. See Head cap.", "chars": 142, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0578", "term": "capstan", "norm": "capstan", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A decorative ornament. often found on English and French head-in medallion rolls, the principal feature of which roughly resembled a vertical spindle-mounted drum.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0579", "term": "caput mortuum", "norm": "caput mortuum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: VENETIAN RED.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0580", "term": "carbolic acid", "norm": "carbolic acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PHENOL,", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0582", "term": "carbon disulfide", "norm": "carbon disulfide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, highly refractive liquid (CS2). It is prepared by heating sulfur and wood charcoal, or by reacting methane with sulfur vapor over a catalyst. It is used in the manufacture of carbon tetrachloride, and for fumigating books. Its customary disagreeable odor results from the presence of small amounts of other sulfur compounds. Carbon disulfide is both toxic and flammable.", "chars": 383, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0583", "term": "carbon ink", "norm": "carbon ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A modified form of CHINESE INK. Carbon ink is a mixture of finely divided carbon carried in a vehicle of glue or a gum. It is extremely stable, as evidenced by the characters on manuscripts of the 7th to 10th centuries, and even Egyptian papyri, which are darker and more distinct than those of the 16th century, when IRON-GALL INK came into use. Carbon ink has no destructive effects on paper, but it does present problems to restorers because it is so easily affected by water.", "chars": 527, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0584", "term": "carbon lettering", "norm": "carbon lettering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Carbon in powdered form. used in lieu of gold leaf or other metal or foil for lettering books. particularly when the covering material is canvas, or a similar fabric. The pallet and type are heated as for gold blocking, but the type is coated with carbon and then pressed firmly into the covering material. ART VELLUM is also a suitable material for carbon lettering. In very humid climates, this type of lettering may require several days to dry sufficiently for the books to be handled. At times, carbon ink is used in lieu of carbon.", "chars": 560, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [358], "citations": ["Wheelock, Mary E. New books for old. St. Louis. St. Louis Public Library. 1916."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0585", "term": "carbon paper", "norm": "carbon paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin paper coated with carbon black or some other coloring matter in a vehicle of wax or an oil-soluble substance and used for making duplicate copies. It is sometimes used by bookbinders to produce a dark color on a bookbinding approximating blind tooling. Carbon paper is also used for making paper pattern layouts prior to lettering, and when the leather does not darken uniformly with water. Size must first be applied, otherwise the carbon will rub off.", "chars": 460, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0586", "term": "carbon tetrachloride", "norm": "carbon tetrachloride", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, mobile, nonflammable, liquid (CCl4), used as a solvent and grease remover, and as a fumigant for books. It is both toxic and volatile. It also gives off chlorine, which, in the presence of glowing charcoal, e.g., a lighted cigarette, becomes phosgene, which is even more toxic.", "chars": 301, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0581", "term": "carbonaceous inks", "norm": "carbonaceous inks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term used in describing a group of inks produced from finely ground carbon or a similar substance, e.g., soot or lampblack, and which are jet black and very stable. A glutinous substance is used as a binder. Such inks are the simplest of all inks to produce and have been known from the earliest times. They have no destructive influences on paper but they do present difficulties to restorers because they are so easily affected by water. The carbonaceous inks may be subdivided into CARBON INK, CHINESE INK, and the SEPIA INKS.", "chars": 611, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0587", "term": "carboxymethylcellulose", "norm": "carboxymethylcellulose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An aqueous adhesive prepared by reacting chloracetic acid (ClCH2COOH) with alkali cellulose, and used in the SUNDEX PROCESS,", "chars": 159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CARD1", "term": "CARD", "norm": "card", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When several bodies of letter are set in a page, compositors to justify that page to an exact length, put a card to some white line, or other break, and lengthen out the page the thickness of a card. Pressmen also use a card for an underlay.—M. Cards are rarely used now for these purposes; in making up pages, leads and scaleboards are used, and, where great nicety is required, a careful compositor will cut slips of smooth even paper, and use them where a lead or a scaleboard would be too much. At press, underlays are not used for types; and where an engraving on wood is much too low, the pressman will underlay it with thick wrapper paper. In fact, cards are an article that neither composing rooms nor press rooms are supplied with.", "chars": 813, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CARD2", "term": "CARD WOOL", "norm": "card wool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The act of carding wool to stuff the balls with, to take out the knots, dirt, &c., for the purpose of making the balls softer, more elastic, and to have a more even surface than would be the case if the wool were not carded. This operation is repeated every time a pair of balls is knocked up. Formerly it was teazed, and not carded.", "chars": 333, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0588", "term": "cardboard", "norm": "cardboard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A board 0.006 inch or more in thickness. It is stiffer than paper. Although the generic term \"board\" is used in lieu of the term \"cardboard\" in bookbinding parlance, the covers of many pamphlets, brochures, etc., as well as the card used to line prints, posters, etc., and also used in FILLING IN (1), are of a thickness that would fit them into the definition of cardboard.", "chars": 398, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 234, 264], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0589", "term": "cardboard prints", "norm": "cardboard prints", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Printed cover-, end-. and other decorative papers, produced by gluing artistically shaped cuts of cardboard to a sheet of cardboard, inking with an oil-base printing ink and pressing on the paper to be decorated.", "chars": 212, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CARDS", "term": "CARDS", "norm": "cards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "About a quire of paper, which pressmen use to pull down the spring or rising of a form, which it is many times subject to by hard locking up.—M.\n\nThe term is also applied to pieces of scaleboard, old felted hat, or pasteboard, for they are all called cards, cut to the size of the mortises in the cheeks of a wooden press, and laid in them, under the tenons of the winter, and above those of the head, to cause a spring in both these parts, for the purpose of softening the pull. I would never place any cards under the winter, for the reasons assigned under that article. See Winter.", "chars": 613, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CARET", "term": "CARET", "norm": "caret", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A caret, marked thus , is placed where some word happens to be left out in writing, and which is inserted over the line. This mark is also called a circumflex, when placed over some vowel of a word, to denote a long syllable: as, “Euphrâtes.”—Murray.", "chars": 261, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-caret-1", "term": "CARET", "norm": "caret", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A character [^] used in proofreading to denote the place where omitted words should be inserted.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0590", "term": "carnauba wax", "norm": "carnauba wax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A yellowish-white or green, sticky exudation on the leaves, berries and stalks of the carnauba palm (Copernicia cerifera), found in South America, and especially Brazil. It is believed to consist largely of myricyl ceretate and myricyl alcohol (C29H59 . CH2 . OH). It is used to impart a high gloss to leathers that are not to be glazed, and by bookbinders to polish the edges of books after gilding and burnishing through paper. The wax imparts a high gloss to the edges and is preferred to beeswax by some as it is less likely to streak. Carnauba wax has a softening range of 83 to 84° C., which makes it especially suitable for use in very hot climates.", "chars": 689, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [195, 291], "citations": ["Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0591", "term": "carragheen moss", "norm": "carragheen moss", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dark purple, branching cartilaginous seaweed (Chondrus crispus), found on the coasts of Northern Europe and North America. The moss is used in the preparation of MARBLING SIZE, about 4 ounces of the moss being sufficient to make 9 or 10 quarts of size. Carragheen moss was first used in making marbling size sometime after the middle of the 19th century. The extract of the moss is also used as a thickening agent and viscosity stabilizer in some adhesives.", "chars": 483, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217, 237, 335], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-carriage-1", "term": "Carriage", "norm": "carriage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a part of the *Press*. For which See § 10. ¶ 9. It is also a part of the *Letter-Mold*: For which See § 15. ¶ 3.", "chars": 115, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CARRI", "term": "CARRIAGE,", "norm": "carriage,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is that part of the press that runs in under the platen, including the plank, coffin, &c. I am aware that many printers call the long wooden ribs and frame the carriage; but I am also satisfied that they misname that part of the press: for who ever heard of running in the long ribs? yet to run in the carriage is a common expression; and the name implies that the article moves or travels. This word bore the signification which I assign to it in the seventeenth century, for Moxon uses it in this sense. See Run in the Carriage.", "chars": 561, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0592", "term": "cartonnage à la Bradel", "norm": "cartonnage à la bradel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BRADEL BINDING.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0593", "term": "cartouche", "norm": "cartouche", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An elaborate style of decoration popular in Italy about the middle of the 16th century. The decoration consists of elaborately interlaced fillets filling the entire field of the covers, and sometimes accompanied by arabesques, worked in a single line with tools cut in the shapes of flowers. 2. A term meaning literally a scroll or paper with the ends rolled up, bearing the title, and sometimes other information, pertaining to a book. 3. A frame, either plain or decorative, or a scroll, in which the title, name of the cartographer, and other particulars of a map are placed. The cartouche usually appears in a corner of the map, and in old maps it was frequently decorated with scenes, animals, armorial designs, etc. 4. A small rectangular ornament usually found on a ROLL (1), formed by one or more lines, generally with a plain center.", "chars": 869, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 234, 250], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0594", "term": "cartridge paper", "norm": "cartridge paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper similar in appearance to hard antique paper. It is tough, closely formed, and is usually produced from chemical wood pulps, esparto, or a combination of the two. The degree of sizing depends on th purpose for which it is to be used, and its surface may be rough, semi-rough or smooth. Cartridge paper is generally unbleached or only slightly bleached, and is made in basis weights ranging from 60 to 80 pounds. It is used for endpapers, linings, and compensation guards. The term \"cartridge paper\" is not generally used in the United States. The name derives from its original use in forming the tube section of shotgun shells.", "chars": 635, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58, 182], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Jennett, Sean. The making of books. 4th ed. New York. Praeger. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0595", "term": "case", "norm": "case", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The covering material, boards and inlay of a book, i.e., a book cover ready to be attached to the text block. Edition and library bindings have cases and are said to be case bindings. 2. A box or cover made to protect a book. See: PORTFOLIO (1); PULL-OFF BOX; SLIPCASE; SOLANDER BOX.", "chars": 382, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-case-1", "term": "case", "norm": "case", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The receptacle for type, divided into numerous compartments.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0596", "term": "case binding", "norm": "case binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term for a method of bookbinding, introduced in Great Britain in the 1820s. in which the case (covers) of the book is made separately (and, in edition binding, usually in large numbers) from the book (the text block and endpapers) and later attached to it by gluing the board papers of the text block to the inside of the boards of the case. This operation is known as CASING-IN. Case binding is distinguished from those methods of binding in which the covers are not made separately, as in craft bookbinding IN BOARDS (1). Case binding is the principal method employed in both edition and library binding.", "chars": 664, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [203, 276, 355], "citations": ["Leighton, Douglas. Modern bookbinding: a survey and a prospect. New York. Oxford University Press. 1935.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965.", "Watson Aldred Auld. Hand bookbinding a manual of instruction. New York. Reinhold. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-case-binding-1", "term": "case binding", "norm": "case binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ordinary cloth binding of commerce. Books in these bindings are folded and sewn, rounded and backed by machinery. A machine also makes the cases, covering the two pieces of cardboard which form the sides with cloth as needed. These cases are separately printed before being put on the books. The book is then glued and put into its case by machinery.", "chars": 354, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0598", "term": "case hide", "norm": "case hide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An expression used in Great Britain to describe a stained or otherwise colored leather, generally having a smooth, more or less glossy surface finish. It is sometimes embossed with an artificial grain. Case hide is produced from a full grain or buffed cow hide and is vegetable tanned.", "chars": 285, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CASE2", "term": "CASE IS FULL", "norm": "case is full", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A case full of letters, wanting no sorts.—M.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-case-is-full-1", "term": "Case is full", "norm": "case is full", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "viz. a *Case* full of *Letter*, wanting no Sorts.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CASE3", "term": "CASE IS LOW", "norm": "case is low", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a case grows empty, compositors say, The Case is Low.—M.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CASE4", "term": "CASE RACK", "norm": "case rack", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A frame made of strong deal boards, with ledges nailed on the inside of the sides, in which to slide cases that are not in use, to keep them safe. They are usually made to contain fourteen pairs of cases; they are two feet nine inches wide in the clear, and seven feet high.\n\nWhere full cases of letter are kept for the purpose of expediting any new work that requires great despatch, some houses have a bar of iron from top to bottom, and lock the cases up to preserve the letter.", "chars": 479, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CASE5", "term": "CASE RUNS OVER", "norm": "case runs over", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a compositor distributes so much letter into a case as to fill the boxes till the letters mingle with those in the adjoining boxes, he says, his Case runs over, or it overflows. This frequently causes additional errors in the proof, and of course is not an advisable practice.", "chars": 288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CASE6", "term": "CASE STANDS STILL", "norm": "case stands still", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the compositor is not at work at his case, it is said, The Case stands still.—M. Obsolete.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CASE1", "term": "CASE,", "norm": "case,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "in which the letters are laid to compose with.—M.\n\nCases are always spoken of as pairs; viz. upper case and lower case; when placed upon a frame to compose out of, the front of the upper case rests against the back of the lower case, lying in different inclinations, the back of the upper case being raised to bring the top boxes nearer the hand.\n\nThey are generally made of beech; the outer rim and the middle bar stout, to give strength, and to nail the bottoms to, which are lined with paper, to prevent letters falling through cracks, or joints that might open; this lining used to be cartridge paper, which strengthened the bottom, but the joiner now lines them with cheap and thin demy paper; the bottom is made of thin fir deal. The dimensions are—two feet eight inches and a half, sometimes two feet nine inches long; one foot two inches and a half wide, and one inch and a quarter deep; the front being about half an inch broader than the depth, which forms a ledge for galleys to rest against, and also serves as a guard to stop letters, &c. falling over.\n\nIt is interesting to trace the changes that take place in any art; hence I have given the arrangement of the letters in cases at different periods, commencing with the first English writer, Moxon, who published his work in the year 1683; then Smith, who published in 1755; the cases before the long ſ was discarded, in my own time; the arrangement now generally used; and a variation, subdividing the boxes in the upper case, and changing the arrangement, both in that and the lower case, to afford room for a greater number of sorts, and to make the access to them more convenient; I have also added the late Earl Stanhope’s plan.\n\nIn Moxon’s cases it will be perceived there are no ç, ſb, ſk, Œ, ‡, ‖, ¶, [, (, |, nor any small capitals.\n\nSmith, in his Printer’s Grammar, gives “Schemes for Three Pair of Cases, shewing the Difference in the Disposition of their Sorts.” I have given his No. I. and No. III.; No. II. is the same as the one before the long ſ was discarded, with the exception of the q being in the comma box, and the comma in the q box.\n\nThis arrangement of the letters before the long ſ was discarded, continued down to our own time, except the transposition of the q and the comma; and the “schemes” Smith gives as No. I. and No. III. became obsolete.\n\nWhen the long ſ was discarded, and we confined ourselves to one shape of the same letter, the ligature ct was also disused; we thus lost the ct, ſb, ſh, ſi, ſk, ſl, ſſ, ſſi, ſſl, and ſt, which gave ten additional boxes for other sorts; these have afforded convenience for metal rules and braces, which before were wanted, and also for the £ and [#] that are now frequently sent with a fount, particularly the £.\n\nThe discarding of the long ſ originated with the late John Bell, who printed and published an edition of Shakspeare, the British Theatre, and the Poets: the change was not generally adopted for some years, and many retained one ſ when two came together, as ‘Eſsay;’ but the s prevailed, and no other is now used.\n\nIn the present arrangement, the figures are brought lower down to be nearer the hand, and the vowels with the diæresis moved higher up; for the same reason the acute accented vowels have changed places with those of the grave accent.\n\nMr. Johnson, in his Typographia, has given a variation in the arrangement that he has adopted. I do not see any improvement in the lower case to induce master printers to change the general mode, which would only tend to create confusion and put the boxes into pie. A subdivision of the boxes in the upper case, would be useful in two or three pairs in large founts, that had superiors and fractions cast to them; but as few founts have them, these subdivisions would not only be useless, but inconvenient, if applied to all the cases, as they would not leave sufficient room for metal rules, braces, &c., neither do they afford convenience for all the fractions that are cast in a piece; besides, vowels with the long and short accents are so rarely used in the general routine of business, that it is not necessary to cramp the boxes to make provision for them; and there is always room in the back boxes of the Italic cases in which to put sorts that are seldom wanted; to this we may add the additional expense of making these cases, which in an extensive business would be considerable.\n\nAmong the various arrangements of the types in cases at different periods and by different persons, I am gratified at being enabled to give that of the late Earl Stanhope, from a stereotype plate of his Lordship’s casting; this plan of the cases, the logotypes, the alteration of the letter f, and the shape of the boxes, were never adopted in the trade.\n\n\n\nMOXON’S CASES. 1683.\n\n\n\nSMITH’S CASES. No. I. 1755.\n\n\n\nSMITH’S CASES. No. III. 1755.\n\n\n\nCASES BEFORE THE LONG ſ WAS DISCARDED.\n\n\n\nPRESENT ARRANGEMENT OF THE TYPES.\n\n\n\nSTANHOPE COMPOSING CASES.\n\nPECULIARITIES AND ADVANTAGES OF THESE CASES.\n\nFirst. The nine logotypes now in use are omitted. They are proposed to be printed with separate types, thus: ff, fi, fl, ffi, ffl, &c. instead of ff, fi, fl, ffi, ffl, &c. And the Italic thus: ff, fi, fl, &c. instead of ff, fi, fl, &c. In 20 pages of Enfield’s Speaker, (namely, from page 71 to 90, both inclusive,) those logotypes occur only 95 times, viz.\n\npresent logotypes.\n\nSecondly. Eight new logotypes are introduced. Their regular and frequent occurrence expedite the process of composition in a very considerable degree; for, in those same 20 pages, the new logotypes would save to the compositor no less than 3073 lifts, viz.\n\nstanhope logotypes.\n\nThirdly. The introduction of the new logotypes, and the great imperfection of the various existing arrangements of composing cases, have caused the above new and very superior arrangement to be adopted.\n\nFourthly. The front side of each box of the lower case is made sloping, instead of upright: which shape is convenient both to the view and to the hand of the compositor, and it enables him to lift the types with the same rapidity and ease when the boxes are nearly empty as when they are full. The types are much better preserved from wear, by means of this shape. It also allows the lower case to be made deeper than usual; so that, two of them contain as much as three lower cases on the old construction. At the bottom of each box of the upper case, the internal front arras is filled up.\n\nThe saving of time is of immense importance, especially in all cases where dispatch is particularly required. The new cases are, by experience, found to save full one day out of six to the compositor.\n\nFifteen boxes on the left-hand side of the upper case are represented empty. They are intended for the sorts which are sometimes used for particular works; such as, accented letters, mathematical marks, &c.\n\nAs the asterisk, or star, [*] is very liable to be filled with ink at press, it is intentionally excluded from among the reference-marks.\n\nStereotyped and Printed by EARL STANHOPE, Chevening House, Kent.\n\n", "chars": 7710, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_097.jpg", "caption": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "alt": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_098.jpg", "caption": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "alt": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_099.jpg", "caption": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "alt": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_100.jpg", "caption": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "alt": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_101.jpg", "caption": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "alt": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_102.jpg", "caption": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "alt": "Layout of Upper and Lower cases", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0597", "term": "case-hardening", "norm": "case-hardening", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An irregular, distorted (drawn) grain in a leather, usually accompanied by hardness and thinness of the leather itself. It is caused primarily by over-tanning. See: OVER-TANNED.", "chars": 201, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0600", "term": "case-making", "norm": "case-making", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term usually applied to the production of cases for edition bindings, generally by means of semi-automatic or automatic machines. The term may also be applied to library binding, in which case-making is carried out by hand. See also: CASE-MAKING GAUGE; CASE-MAKING MACHINE; CASING-IN.", "chars": 366, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 179, 183], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0601", "term": "case-making gauge", "norm": "case-making gauge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "case gauge", "dates": null, "text": "A gauge used in the production of identical book cases in relatively small quantities. The case is made by hand, the gauge being used to indicate where the boards and INLAY (1) are to be placed on the covering material which has been cut to size and glued. Case-making gauges are adjustable for different sizes of cases, turn-ins, and widths of inlay.", "chars": 375, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [259, 261], "citations": ["Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0602", "term": "case-making machine", "norm": "case-making machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A hand- or machine-fed machine used to assemble the covering material, boards, and inlays of case-bound edition books. Case-making machines are of two general types: sheet fed, either by hand or machine, and roll fed, by machine. Roll fed machines require two additional steps in their operation as compared with sheet-fed machines, namely, corner cutting and separation of the individual cases. The covering material, however, does not have to he pre-cut. Sheet fed machines receive the covering material in the correct size for the individual case with the corners already cut.\n\nCase-making machines may be modified for use of paper as the covering material, to make round-cornered eases, to use light board instead of paper for the inlays, and to make album covers which have one narrow and one wide board, with a hinge. Modern ease-making machines can produce up to 21 cases per minute with dimensions of 5 1/2 by 7 1/2 inches to 9 1/2 by 15 1/2 inches, with extended capabilities using accessory equipment.\n\nThe case-making machine dates back to the latter years of the 19th century; its greatest period of development was 1891-95.", "chars": 1132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 196, 203, 320], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960.", "Leighton, Douglas. Modern bookbinding: a survey and a prospect. New York. Oxford University Press. 1935.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-case-work-1", "term": "Case-Work", "norm": "case-work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Work in which the boards are covered and stamped. The volume is then glued upon the back and stuck into them.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-case-work-1", "term": "Case-Work", "norm": "case-work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the cover is made independent of the book, the book being afterwards fastened into it. Refers principally to cloth and bible work.", "chars": 135, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0599", "term": "casein", "norm": "casein", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An acid-coagulable protein, occurring as a suspension of calcium caseinate in skim milk. It is possible to isolate it as an alkali-solution white powder by treating cow's milk with either mineral acid or rennet. The acid casein is used in the sizing of paper, as a simple adhesive, in the manufacture of coated papers, and as a plastic in leather finishes. Casein adhesives are little used in bookbinding as they can only be made workable by the addition of rather strong alkalies, which makes them unsuitable for use with paper or vellum.", "chars": 539, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [52, 198, 309], "citations": ["Book Manufacturers' Institute. Helpful aids in book production. New York. Book Manufacturers' Institute. 1953.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0603", "term": "casing-in", "norm": "casing-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of securing the text block and attached endpapers into a case that was produced as a separate operation, lettered and (especially in edition binding) sometimes decorated. In library binding, casing-in generally takes place in a BUILDING-IN MACHINE, or equivalent, while in edition binding, it is generally done in a CASING-IN MACHINE.", "chars": 394, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [179], "citations": ["Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0604", "term": "casing-in boards", "norm": "casing-in boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Wooden boards cut square at the edge and lined on one edge with a brass strip that extends beyond one or both sides of the hoard about 1/8 inch. The brass extension creates the joints of the book during the CASING-IN operation. Such boards are used when the book is cased by hand and pressed in a standing- or hydraulic press. The BUILDING-IN MACHINE has metal flanges at the edges of the jaws which accomplish the same result. See also: PRESSING BOARDS.", "chars": 526, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0605", "term": "casing-in machine", "norm": "casing-in machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A semi- or fully-automatic machine which fits books into their pre-made cases and completes the binding operation.\n\nSemi-automatic machines require an operator to hang the books in their centers over a metal \"wing.\" The machine then automatically clamps the book, coats the board papers with adhesive, fits the case on the text block and completes the operation. Three-wing casing-in machines are capable of processing books up to 3 inches in thickness (including covers), and, lying open, 14 inches high and 22 inches wide, at speeds up to 25 books per minute.\n\nA fully automatic machine does not require timed feeding or removal of books. It can process books measuring not less than 3 3/8 inches in height, 2 1/2 to 7 1/2 inches in width and between 1/4 and 1 5/8 inches thick, at speeds up to 35 books per minute.\n\nThe casing-in machine came into existence in the latter years of the ] 9th century, and its principal period of development occurred during the early years of the 20th century.", "chars": 989, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 320], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CASSI", "term": "CASSIE PAPER", "norm": "cassie paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The two outside quires of a ream. They are also called Cassie Quires, because they serve for cases to the ream.—M. See Outside Quires.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-cassie-paper-1", "term": "CASSIE PAPER", "norm": "cassie paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Formerly, the two outside quires of a ream, consisting of defective sheets.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-cast-1", "term": "Cast", "norm": "cast", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is to *Cast Letter*. See § 19. ¶ 1.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CAST", "term": "CAST OFF COPY", "norm": "cast off copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Counting or Casting off Copy (for both phrases are indifferently used) is to examine and find how much either of printed copy will come in into any intended number of sheets of a different body or measure from the copy; or how much written copy will make an intended number of sheets of any assigned body and measure.—M. It is also used to ascertain how many sheets of a given sized page and letter any quantity of prepared copy will make.\n\nThis is generally done by composing a line or two of the copy, if it be manuscript, selected from the part that appears about the average mode of writing, and ascertaining how many lines of the printed or manuscript copy will make even lines in the proposed size; thus, if 10 lines of copy make 7 lines, or 7 lines of copy make 10 lines, the quantity is easily calculated. Allowance must of course be made for chapter heads, short pages, and any whites that may occur.", "chars": 907, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-casting-off-1", "term": "Casting off", "norm": "casting off", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Estimating how many pages a certain quantity of copy will make in type.", "chars": 71, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CASTI2", "term": "CASTING UP", "norm": "casting up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Calculating the number of thousands of letters in a sheet of any work, or in a job, in order to fix the price for composing it.\n\nTo facilitate the ascertainment of the number of thousands of letters in a sheet of bookwork, and also of jobs, I have given a set of tables, which I believe includes, generally speaking, the sizes of the pages that usually occur in practice. These tables will be found useful to those compositors who are not expert at figures, while those who are so may save time by referring to them, and they may also serve as a check to their own casting up. The figures at the top designate the number of lines the page is long; and the figures in the column specify the number of thousands of letters in a sheet, according to the size named in the head. To ascertain the number of thousands of letters, the established rule is, to take the number of lines the page is long, including the head line and the direction line, and the number of en quadrats in the width of the page, the en quadrat being estimated as the average thickness of the letters, and on multiplying the one by the other the product will give the number of letters in a page; and this product multiplied by the number of pages in a sheet, gives the number of letters in a sheet; where there is a fraction of a thousand, and that fraction amounts to 500 or upwards, it is reckoned and charged as 1,000; when it is less than 500 it is dropped, and not included in the calculation. There are some exceptions to this general rule of taking the dimensions when the type exceeds a certain size, for which see Scale of Prices.\n\n\n\nTABLE OF THE NUMBER OF THOUSANDS IN A SHEET.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nCast Leads. See Space Lines.", "chars": 6130, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_104.jpg", "caption": "First page of six tables", "alt": "First page of six tables", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0606", "term": "castor oil", "norm": "castor oil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless to pale yellow or greenish, viscous, non-drying fatty oil of high viscosity, extracted from beans of the castor oil plant (Ricinus communis). It consists almost entirely of the glyceryl esters of ricinoleic acid. At low temperatures it thickens; it solidifies at approximately -10 to -18° C. It is used in leather finishing processes, and, in the sulfated form, as a preservative for leather bindings. Sulfating the oil, by reacting it with sulfuric acid. allows it to react with water. This is beneficial for books stored under hot, dry conditions, as it helps keep the leather soft and pliable under conditions of low relative humidity.", "chars": 650, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0619", "term": "cat's paw calf", "norm": "cat's paw calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An acid-stain pattern on a calfskin binding, somewhat resembling the paw marks of a cat. See also: TREE CALF.", "chars": 133, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0620", "term": "cat's tooth decoration", "norm": "cat's tooth decoration", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of decoration consisting of a serrated line resembling a row of teeth. It is usually impressed with a ROLL (1), and is generally used as a border decoration.", "chars": 188, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0607", "term": "catalog paper", "norm": "catalog paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lightweight paper, either coated or with an English finish, usually made with a considerable proportion of mechanical pulp, and used for mail-order catalogs, telephone directories, and the like. Uniformity of weight, opacity. finish, formation, and sufficient strength to get through high-speed printing presses are desired characteristics. Basis weights usually range from 19 to 28 pounds (24 X 36—500).", "chars": 406, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0608", "term": "catalyst", "norm": "catalyst", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A substance that changes the rate of a chemical reaction without itself being changed. A catalyst may increase the rate (positive catalyst), or decrease the rate (negative catalyst). The final state or equilibrium of the reaction is not changed by the catalyst. only the rate of approaching the final state is changed. Examples of catalytic action in the field of archival preservation include the impurities in paper, such as iron or copper, minute particles of which may inadvertently be introduced into the paper pulp in the beater operation. According to some authorities, these can act as catalysts in the formation of sulfuric or hydrochloric acid in paper. by assisting in the conversion of sulfur dioxide to sulfuric acid, or the chlorine frequently used in bleaching paper pulp, into hydrochloric acid. Leather, also, may contain minute particles of metals which may speed up the formation of sulfuric acid. 2. A chemical substance added to thermosetting resinous adhesives to speed up the cure time of such adhesives. to increase the cross linkage of a synthetic polymer, or to accelerate adhesive drying.", "chars": 1118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [221, 235, 309], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. Adhesive raw materials handbook. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1964.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0609", "term": "catch", "norm": "catch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A metal plate secured to the fore edge, and at times to the head and tail edges, of a book cover, and fixed with a bar, over which the clasp fits. Sometimes a pin is used in lieu of a bar. See also: CLASPS.", "chars": 230, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CATCH2", "term": "CATCH LINE", "norm": "catch line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The same as Direction Line. See Catch Word.", "chars": 74, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CATCH1", "term": "CATCH OF THE BAR", "norm": "catch of the bar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a piece of wood two inches thick, four inches broad, and ten inches long, with a groove in the lower part of it by which it is screwed to the front of the off cheek, and may be heightened or lowered at pleasure; the top of it is a little bevilled or sloped off, that the bar may by its spring fly up the bevil till it stick.—M.\n\nThis catch is in my opinion superior to the one now used, which is a piece of wood nailed to the far side of the off cheek, with an opening in it, through which a sloping piece projects beyond the front of the cheek, for the bar to slide up. The old one appears much easier to justify, by means of the screw, without having any nails to draw.\n\nIn very fine press work, where uniformity of pressure is to be preserved, I would always cheek the bar, or bring it home, every pull, and rest a short time upon it. In large forms, however, this is too much exertion for a man to continue; and to obviate this objection I had a catch made for some wooden presses, which, dropping over the bar, held it close to the cheek, and enabled the pressman to rest upon his pull sufficiently long without the continued strain to his arm. It was screwed to the near cheek, and disengaged from the press bar, by pulling a piece of string attached to its other end through the small hole.", "chars": 1296, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_162.jpg", "caption": "A tool to catch the press bar", "alt": "A tool to catch the press bar", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_163.jpg", "caption": "Another version of the catch tool", "alt": "Another version of the catch tool", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0610", "term": "catch stitch", "norm": "catch stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Any type of locking stitch, such as KETTLE STITCH. 2. A stitch used to gather or \"catch up\" the sewing threads which pass around the tapes of a book. The purpose of this stitch is to prevent undue looseness of the sewing thread. Also called \"link sewing.\"", "chars": 282, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 119], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Donnelley (R. R.) & Sons Co. A rod for the back of the binder… Chicago. Donnelley. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CATCH3", "term": "CATCH WORD", "norm": "catch word", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The first word of the following page set at the right hand end of the line of quadrats at the foot of each page; in which line is also placed the signature in those pages where it is requisite. It is likewise called the Direction Word. Catch words are now seldom used, except in reprints, to preserve uniformity in the different editions of the same work.\n\n", "chars": 436, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-catch-word-1", "term": "Catch-Word", "norm": "catch-word", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A word met with in early-printed books at the bottom of the page, which word is the first on the following page. Now used to denote the first and last word in an encyclopædia or other book of reference.", "chars": 202, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-catch-word-1", "term": "Catch-Word", "norm": "catch-word", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A word used and seen in early printed books at the bottom of the page, which word is the first on the following page. To denote the first and last word in an encyclopædia or other book of reference.", "chars": 198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-catch-word-1", "term": "Catch-Word", "norm": "catch-word", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a word printed at the foot of one page indicating the first word of the page following, as a guide in collating.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0611", "term": "catchword", "norm": "catchword", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The word appearing at the bottom of the page following the bottom line of print. It is also the first word of the following page. Catchwords originally appeared on the last page of a quire or manuscript, and were intended to he used by the bookbinder in gathering. Later, they appeared at the foot of every verso or even every page; however, their use in the printed books of Europe was never very consistent. In Italian books of the period 1470-1500 they first appeared at the end of each signature (section), and later at the end of every page. In the 19th century, their use in conjunction with signature marks was redundant and they were discontinued.", "chars": 655, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 156, 234, 365], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-catchword-1", "term": "catchword", "norm": "catchword", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A word placed under the last line on each page of some old-time books, the word being the same as the first word on the next page; a direction word.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CATEC", "term": "CATECHISMS", "norm": "catechisms", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "For the allowance of the duty on paper used in the printing of the Larger or Shorter Catechism of the Church of Scotland, see Paper.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0612", "term": "catechol", "norm": "catechol", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "pyrocatechol", "dates": null, "text": "A colorless crystal (C6H6O2), soluble in water, alcohol, ether, benzene, and alkalis. An alkaline solution gives a coloration with ferric chloride, which turns brown on standing in air. It can be obtained from CATECHU, a natural dye, or prepared by fusing orthobenzenedisulfonic acid with caustic soda. Catechol is the principal constituent of the condensed (catechol) tannins. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 487, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [235, 306], "citations": ["Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0613", "term": "catechol tannins", "norm": "catechol tannins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0614", "term": "catechu", "norm": "catechu", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cutch", "dates": null, "text": "An extract obtained from the wood of Acacia catechu, a tree grown in Eastern India, and other areas, and used in tanning leather. It contains catechin and catechutannic acid. See also: CATECHOL; VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 261, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0615", "term": "catenati", "norm": "catenati", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See CHAINED BOOKS.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CATER", "term": "CATER CORNER", "norm": "cater corner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper, the sides of which are not at right angles with each other, is termed cater cornered. It is disadvantageous for book work, as it cannot be folded even, nor the outside margin made equal; of course the size of the book must be reduced in the binding to make the fore edge and foot of it smooth.\n\nCater, Theophilus. See Donations.", "chars": 395, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0616", "term": "catgut", "norm": "catgut", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tough cord made from the intestines of animals, such as sheep and other herbivores, and used at times for the core of the HEADBAND, especially when a round band is desired, and also for TACKETING, where additional strength is required for large stationery bindings.", "chars": 315, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0617", "term": "cathedral bindings", "norm": "cathedral bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bookbindings executed between about 1810 and approximately 1840 in England and France. The name derives from the motifs of the embellishment, e.g., Gothic architecture, rose windows, and the like. The design was either blocked on the cover, as in France, or built up by means of separate tools, as in England. The cathedral style was a revival of the 16th century ARCHITECTURAL STYLE by the 19th century binder JOSEPH THOUVENIN.", "chars": 476, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 347], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0618", "term": "cationic (substances)", "norm": "cationic (substances)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Substances, such as dyes, tannins, oils, etc., which ionize when dissolved in water, so that the characteristic ion—dye, tannin, oil, etc.—is the cation and has a positive charge. Cf: ANIONIC (SUBSTANCES)", "chars": 229, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [305], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. Leather technicians handbook. New ed. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-cattie-1", "term": "Cattie", "norm": "cattie", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Imperfect or smutty look of a printed sheet caused by an oily or unclean roller.", "chars": 80, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0621", "term": "caustic", "norm": "caustic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used with reference to the hydroxides of alkali and alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, potassium, calcium, barium, etc., so called because they possess corrosive properties. In very dilute solutions, caustics are used to neutralize acidity in paper, to control pH in the bleaching of paper furnishes, etc., and in very strong solutions in leather manufacture to lime and unhair hides and skins.", "chars": 405, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0622", "term": "caustic soda", "norm": "caustic soda", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SODIUM HYDROXIDE.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0623", "term": "Caxton, William", "norm": "caxton, william", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "c 1416-1491", "text": "The English linguist, editor, printer, and publisher, who was the first to print books in the English language. Caxton was born in Kent, possibly in the village of Tenderton, traveled to London in 1438 and became apprenticed to the merchant Robert Large, who was also Lord Mayor of London. Three years later Large died, leaving the young Caxton some 20 marks, a not inconsiderable sum in those days. Possibly as early as 1441 Caxton moved to Bruges and by not later than 1446 had established himself in business there. While in Flanders (1446-76) he became a very successful merchant in the Anglo-Flemish cloth trade, and was made governor of the English Nation at Bruges in 1462.\n\nIt was in Bruges that Caxton entered the service of Margaret, Duchess of Burgundy and sister of Edward IV of England. It is believed that he functioned as secretary, librarian, translator, or all three, to Margaret, and it has also been suggested that it may have been her keen desire to have books in her native language that prompted Caxton to take up the trade of translating and publishing books in English. It may have been during a visit to Cologne in 1471-72 that he first encountered the craft of printing, and it is reasonably certain that he learned the craft from Johann Veldener.\n\nCaxton returned to Bruges in 1472 and there published the first printed book in the English language, Raoul le Fevre's Le Recueil des Histories de Troyes, which he had translated in about 1473-74. It is supposed that Caxton financed the publication but that it was actually printed by Veldener at Louvain. Caxton returned to England in 1476, where he lived for the next 15 years, dying in London in 1491.\n\nRegardless of what some critics may say of Caxton's lack of scholarship and education, his place in history is deserved more because of his ability as a linguist and editor, than as a printer and publisher. Even so, he printed some 18,000 pages, most in folio size, and almost 80 separate books. He did most of the administrative work of the press through his three main assistants, Wynkyn de Worde, Richard Pynson, and Robert Copland. In all, Caxton translated at least 22 books; he may well have translated others that were never published.\n\nIt is thought that Caxton probably brought his bookbinding tools from Bruges upon his return to England, because two of his stamps are very similar to those used on books found contemporaneously in the city. Caxton's stamps were used after his death by his successor, Wynkyn de Worde, and some, thereafter, by Henry Jacobi.", "chars": 2540, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [50, 140], "citations": ["Book collector. London. Queen Anne Press.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0625", "term": "cedar marble", "norm": "cedar marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cover marble executed by sprinkling black and brown coloring on the covers, followed by orange in various places to give a cloudlike effect. This is followed by red placed near the orange. When this is dry, the covers are coated two or three times with yellow, which is allowed to penetrate evenly into the leather.", "chars": 317, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 152], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0626", "term": "cedar oil", "norm": "cedar oil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless to pale yellow essential oil distilled from the wood of various cedars (Juniperus virginiana, 1. procera, and others), and used by some restorers in a mixture of anhydrous lanolin, beeswax, and hexane. as a leather dressing. The cedarwood oil is said to act both as a preservative and as an agent which aids in forming a bond between the lanolin and wax in leather. See also: LEATHER DRESSINGS.", "chars": 430, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 291], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0627", "term": "cellulose", "norm": "cellulose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The chief constituent of the cell walls of all plants and of many fibrous products, including paper and cloth. Cellulose is by far the most abundant organic substance found in nature. It is a complex polymeric carbohydrate (C6H10O5) n, having the same percentage composition as starch, i.e., 44.4% carbon, 6.2% hydrogen, and 49.4% oxygen, and it also yields only glucose on complete hydrolysis by acid. The portion of a cellulosic material that does not dissolve in a 17.5% solution of sodium hydroxide is termed ALPHA CELLULOSE; the portion that dissolves in an alkaline solution and precipitates upon acidification is known as BETA CELLULOSE; and the portion that dissolves in an alkaline solution but does not precipitate upon acidification is called GAMMA CELLULOSE. See also: CELLULOSE ACETATE; CELLULOSE CHAIN; CELLULOSE FIBERS; CELLULOSE NITRATE; COTTON LINTERS; HEMICELLULOSES; LIGNIN;\n\nPAPER.", "chars": 1196, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72, 198], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0628", "term": "cellulose acetate", "norm": "cellulose acetate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An acetate salt of cellulose, produced from COTTON LINTERS and used in archival work: 1) as a photographic film base (often called \"safety film\" since it is not readily combustible); and 2) in conjunction with an adhesive, such as one of the polyvinyl resins, in laminating, heat sealing, etc. Cellulose acetate is manufactured in a wide variety of thicknesses, ranging from 0.001 to 0.005 inch, and is clear, hard and glossy. It has little tear strength and has almost the same HYGROSCOPICITY as cellulose itself; however, when moist, it does not stretch as much as paper.", "chars": 621, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [31, 34, 81, 303], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. The Barrow method of preserving deteriorated documents. Richmond, Va. The author. 1965.", "Barrow, William J. Manuscripts and documents, their deterioration and restoration. 2nd ed. Charlottesville, Va. University of Virginia Press. 1972.", "Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Scribner, Bourdon Walter. Protection of documents with cellulose acetate sheeting. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards, Miscellaneous publication, M 168). 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0629", "term": "cellulose chain", "norm": "cellulose chain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cellulose molecule", "dates": null, "text": "A term used to describe the cellulose molecule, which appears to be built up of between 150 and 1.500 very simple units, in the form of a long, thin structure, not unlike a chain. Each link of the chain consists of a slightly modified form of the common sugar, glucose; the strength of paper depends to a large extent on the continuity of these linkages. Destructive agents, which can weaken and open the individual links of the chain, cause it to break into smaller lengths, resulting in what is generally considered to be BRITTLENESS in the paper. The mechanical strength of any aggregate of cellulose fibers, such as paper, decreases in response to the reduction in chain length, the process continuing ultimately to the point where only glucose remains.", "chars": 781, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0630", "term": "cellulose ester", "norm": "cellulose ester", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An ester of cellulose, such as CELLULOSE ACETATE or CELLULOSE NITRATE.", "chars": 118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0631", "term": "cellulose fibers", "norm": "cellulose fibers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The basic raw material used in the manufacture of paper and other cellulose products. Cellulose usually exists in association with substantial amounts of other substances that are removed insofar as possible in the papermaking process. An exception to this is the seed hair fibers, or COTTON LINTERS, which exist as almost pure cellulose. The approximate cellulose content of some of the materials used in making papers are:\n\nMaterial % Cellulose\n\nCotton 98\n\nRamie 86\n\nHemp 65\n\nJute 58\n\nDeciduous woods 41-42\n\nConiferous woods 41-44\n\nCornstalks 43\n\nWheat straw 42\n\nThe cellulose fibers used in making paper have certain inherent properties which enable them to form a web, i e.. a sheet of paper. including: 1) hydrophilicity, which permits them to be readily dispersed in water; 2) a fine structure which permits FIBRILLATION; 3) sufficient fiber length to form a highly entangled web of considerable strength; and 4) the ability to form hydrogen bonds between fibers as the web dries, thus providing additional strength in the sheet of paper.", "chars": 1151, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [144], "citations": ["A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0632", "term": "cellulose film", "norm": "cellulose film", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A transparent film produced from cellulose fibers by a process that involves steeping, shredding, and converting the fibers into a viscose solution, or cellulose xanthate, which is subsequently extruded to convert it into a film. It is made in a limited range of thicknesses, between 0.00085 and 0.0016 inch, and, when rendered moisture resistant, may be used to seal documents, book leaves, etc., for protection. It is a fairly flexible film of considerable strength.", "chars": 468, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0633", "term": "cellulose nitrate", "norm": "cellulose nitrate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A film made from cotton waste, wood, or waste cellulose film. It is produced by the nitration of cellulose, usually with a mixture of nitric and sulfuric acids. It has been used as a film base for photographic purposes, as well as to encase documents, book leaves, etc.; however, its flammability, the fact that it causes severe deterioration of the materials it supposedly protects (because of the generation of oxides of nitrogen which yield nitric acid in the presence of water), and the fact that it cannot be manufactured in thickness down to 0.001 inch, has precluded its use in preservation work.", "chars": 603, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [34, 81], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. Manuscripts and documents, their deterioration and restoration. 2nd ed. Charlottesville, Va. University of Virginia Press. 1972.", "Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0634", "term": "cellulose varnish", "norm": "cellulose varnish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cellulose-base varnish (usually cellulose nitrate), available in an aerosol dispenser, and useful as a protective sealing film over the lettering on a book cover, if used in moderation. It is flammable.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [92], "citations": ["Corderoy, John. Bookbinding for beginners. New York. Watson-Guptill. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0635", "term": "cement", "norm": "cement", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A term meaning to bond together or to adhere with a liquid adhesive. 2. A liquid adhesive having a solvent base composed of a synthetic elastomer resin. 3. An inorganic paste.", "chars": 178, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222, 309], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0636", "term": "center and corner piece style", "norm": "center and corner piece style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A common style of decoration, essentially Eastern in origin, featuring a center ornament, circular or (occasionally) oval in shape, and often ARABESQUE, in combination with corner pieces generally made up of a quarter segment of the center ornament. The style was common on the Continent and especially in England from about 1580 to 1620. See also: CENTERPIECE.", "chars": 409, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [243, 347], "citations": ["Nixon, Howard M. The development of certain styles of bookbinding. London. Private Libraries Association. 1963.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0637", "term": "center fold", "norm": "center fold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CENTER SPREAD.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0640", "term": "center spread", "norm": "center spread", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The two center pages of a section or, more specifically, the two center pages of a periodical issue, printed side by side on a continuous sheet so that there is no margin between them. Such a publication must be sewn through the center fold to avoid obscuring part of the printed matter. Also called \"center fold.\"", "chars": 314, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [316], "citations": ["Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0643", "term": "center tools", "norm": "center tools", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ornamental stamps on the spine of a volume between the raised bands. Of the customary six spaces, the title is normally in space two (from the top), the author in space four, the year of publication in space six, with \"center tools\" in spaces one, three, five and six (just above the date).", "chars": 294, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 261, 371], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935.", "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-center-tools-1", "term": "center tools", "norm": "center tools", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Tools cut for ornamentation of center of panels and sides of book covers.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0638", "term": "center-fold sewing", "norm": "center-fold sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A generic term sometimes used with reference to the sewing of a book through the folds of the sections. See: FLEXIBLE SEWING; MACHINE SEWING; RECESSED-CORD SEWING; TAPE SEWING.", "chars": 272, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0642", "term": "center-to-center", "norm": "center-to-center", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The distance from the center of one punched hole (punched through the paper for side sewing or fold sewing) to the center of the next hole. 2. The distance between holes punched through loose-leaf papers, or the covers of a post binding, etc.", "chars": 245, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0639", "term": "centerpiece", "norm": "centerpiece", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A finishing stamp, usually ARABESQUE, blocked in the center of the cover and generally used in combination with center pieces or corner stamps. It was a popular form of decoration in the late 16th and early 17th centuries. Also called \"centerstamp.\" 2. A piece of metal, usually embossed and engraved, and fastened to the cover of a book.", "chars": 365, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 259], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0641", "term": "centerstamp", "norm": "centerstamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CENTERPIECE.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0644", "term": "centipoise", "norm": "centipoise", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One hundredth of a poise. It is a unit for measuring the viscosity of an adhesive. The viscosity of water at 20° C. is approximately one centipoise.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-centre-tools-1", "term": "Centre-Tools", "norm": "centre-tools", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Are single, upright, or independent tools used for the middle of the panels by the finisher.", "chars": 92, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-centre-tools-1", "term": "Centre-Tools", "norm": "centre-tools", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Independent tools cut for the ornamentation of the centre of panels and sides.", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0645", "term": "ceramic paper fibers", "norm": "ceramic paper fibers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Noncellulosic paper fibers produced from inorganic materials. Ceramic fibers include all refractory fibers made of alumina, zirconia. thoria, magnesia, fused silica, hafnia, berylia, titanium oxide, potassium titanate, and their mixtures, with or without silica. By definition, monooxide ceramics, such as alumina ceramics, are composed of at least 80% oxides. More often they contain 90% or more base oxides, while special products may contain 99% and sometimes 100%. The main group of ceramic fibers is composed of silica in admixture with special oxides, such as aluminum and magnesium oxides, barium, and calcium.\n\nCeramic fibers may be produced in numerous ways, including, blowing methods, spinning methods, continuous-spinning methods, colloidal evaporation processes, vapor deposition, single-crystal and whisker methods, oxidation, crystallization, pseudomorphic alteration, etc. Ceramic paper fiber is not used in book production because of the very high cost of the fibers as compared with wood and other organic fibers; however, such papers do print and fold well and are considerably more durable.", "chars": 1108, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CERIP", "term": "CERIPH", "norm": "ceriph", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fine lines, and the cross strokes at the tops and bottoms of letters, are termed by the letter founders ceriphs.", "chars": 116, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-ceriph-1", "term": "CERIPH", "norm": "ceriph", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The lines or cross-strokes at the ends of the stem of a letter.", "chars": 63, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CERTI", "term": "CERTIFICATE", "norm": "certificate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "By the act of the 39th Geo. 3. cap. 79., intituled “An Act for the more effectual Suppression of Societies established for Seditious and Treasonable Purposes; and for better preventing Treasonable and Seditious Practices,” it is enacted—\n\na. 23. “And whereas many Societies, established of late Years for treasonable and seditious Purposes, and especially the said Societies of United Englishmen, United Scotsmen, United Irishmen, and United Britons, and the said Society called The London Corresponding Society, and other Corresponding Societies, have at various Times caused to be published, in great Quantities, divers printed Papers of an irreligious, treasonable, and seditious Nature, tending to revile our holy Religion, and to bring the Profession and Worship thereof into Contempt among the Ignorant, and also to excite Hatred and Contempt of his Majesty’s Royal Person, Government, and Laws, and of the happy Constitution of these Realms, as by Law established, and utterly to eradicate all Principles of Religion and Morality; and such Societies have dispersed such printed Papers among the lower Classes of the Community, either gratis, or at very low Prices, and with an Activity and Profusion beyond all former Example: And whereas all Persons printing or publishing any Papers or Writings are by Law answerable for the Contents thereof, but such Responsibility hath of late been in a great Degree eluded by the secret Printing and Publication of such seditious, immoral, and irreligious Papers or Writings as aforesaid, and it is therefore highly important to the Publick Peace that it should in future be known by whom any such Papers shall be printed; be it enacted, That, from and after the Expiration of forty Days from the Day of passing this Act, every Person having any Printing Press, or Types for Printing, shall cause a Notice thereof, signed in the Presence of, and attested by one Witness, to be delivered to the Clerk of the Peace acting for the County, Stewartry, Riding, Division, City, Borough, Town, or Place, where the same shall be intended to be used, or his Deputy, according to the Form prescribed in the Schedule hereunto annexed; and such Clerk of the Peace, or Deputy respectively, shall, and he is hereby authorized and required to grant a Certificate in the Form prescribed in the Schedule hereunto annexed, for which such Clerk of the Peace, or Deputy, shall receive the Fee of one Shilling, and no more, and such Clerk of the Peace, or his Deputy, shall file such Notice, and transmit an attested Copy thereof to one of his Majesty’s Principal Secretaries of State; and every Person who, not having delivered such Notice, and obtained such Certificate as aforesaid, shall, from and after the Expiration of forty Days next after the passing of this Act, keep or use any Printing Press or Types for Printing, or having delivered such Notice, and obtained such Certificate as aforesaid, shall use any Printing Press or Types for Printing in any other Place than the Place expressed in such Notice, shall forfeit and lose the Sum of twenty Pounds.\n\ns. 24. “Provided also, That nothing herein contained shall extend to his Majesty’s Printers for England and Scotland, or to the Publick Presses belonging to the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge respectively.”\n\ns. 33. “And be it further enacted, That if any Justice of the Peace, acting for any County, Stewartry, Riding, Division, City, Borough, Town, or Place, shall, from Information upon Oath, have reason to suspect that any Printing Press or Types for Printing is or are used, or kept for Use without Notice given and Certificate obtained as required by this Act, or in any Place not included in such Notice and Certificate, it shall be lawful for such Justice, by Warrant under his Hand and Seal, to direct, authorize, and empower any Constable, Petty Constable, Borsholder, Headborough, or other Peace Officer, in the Day Time, with such Person or Persons as shall be called to his Assistance, to enter into any such House, Room, and Place, and search for any Press or Types for Printing; and it shall be lawful for every such Peace Officer, with such Assistance as aforesaid, to enter into such House, Room, or Place, in the Day Time accordingly, and to seize, take, and carry away, every Printing Press found therein, together with all the Types and other Articles thereto belonging, and used in Printing, and all printed Papers found in such House, Room, or Place.”\n\nFORMS.\n\n“IV. FORM of Notice to the Clerk of the Peace, that any Person keeps any Printing Press or Types for Printing.\n\n“To the Clerk of the Peace for ______ [here insert the County, Stewartry, Riding, Division, City, Borough, Town, or Place,] or his Deputy.\n\n“I A. B. of ______ do hereby declare, That I have a Printing Press and Types for Printing, which I propose to use for Printing, within ______ [as the Case may require], and which I require to be entered for that Purpose, in pursuance of an Act, passed in the thirty-ninth Year of the Reign of His Majesty King George the Third, [set forth the Title of the Act.]\n\n“Witness my Hand, this ______ Day of ______ .” Signed in the Presence } of _________________}\n\n“V. FORM of Certificate that Notice has been given of a Printing Press, or Types for Printing.\n\n“I ______ Clerk [or Deputy Clerk] of the Peace for ______ do hereby certify, That A. B. of ______ hath delivered to me a Notice in Writing, appearing to be signed by him, and attested by C. D. as a Witness to his signing the same, that he the said A. B. hath a Printing Press and Types for Printing, which he proposes to use for Printing, within ______ and which he has required to be entered pursuant to an Act, passed in the thirty-ninth Year of His Majesty’s Reign, [set forth the Title of the Act.]\n\n“Witness my Hand, this ______ Day of ______ .”", "chars": 6041, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0646", "term": "certification plan", "norm": "certification plan", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A proposal for library binding drawn up in the 1930s by the Joint Committee of the American Library Association and the Library Binding Institute, to enable library binders to apply for certification by agreeing to meet certain requirements, including:\n\n1. Submitting samples of their work so as to demonstrate the bindery's\n\ncapability of producing so called Class \"A\" work (the samples being\n\nreviewed by a board appointed by the Joint Committee);\n\n2. Proving responsibility and reliability by means of sworn answers to\n\nquestions, and permitting the investigation of replies;\n\n3. Providing satisfactory references;\n\n4. Carrying sufficient insurance;\n\n5. Pledging to conduct the business of the bindery fairly, treat\n\ncustomers honestly, and maintain minimum standards and good labor\n\nconditions; and\n\n6. Becoming a member of the Library Binding Institute\n\nThe certification of library binders is now solely under the jurisdiction of the Library Binding Institute.", "chars": 948, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0647", "term": "certified library bindery", "norm": "certified library bindery", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinding establishment in the United States or Canada that specializes in library binding and meets the minimum specifications of the Library Binding Institute, as outlined in the CERTIFICATION PLAN. A certified library binder is defined as one who produces binding which will achieve two objectives: 1) meet the requirements of libraries for an end product capable of withstanding the rigors of normal library circulation or use; and 2) provide maximum reader usability. A certified library binder is required to warrant that the binding covered by his invoice is Library Binding and complies with all requirements of the Library Binding Institute Standards for Library Binding, except as noted in the invoice. Certified library binders are also required to adhere to the Trade Practice Regulation for the Library Binding Industry, maintain compulsory insurance to protect the customer's property in their custody, and participate in the industry quality control program.", "chars": 1001, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131, 208], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951.", "Library Binding Institute. Library binding handbook. Rev. ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0648", "term": "cessing", "norm": "cessing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A technique used to allow excess tan liquor to drain from hides and skins, particularly the former. The hides are piled up flat on a wooden stillage or pallet and covered to prevent overdrying the surface and edges of the pile. Cessing is also used in place of HORSING UP when it is necessary to have a flat leather with no creases. Also called \"piling.\"", "chars": 378, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0650", "term": "chain lines", "norm": "chain lines", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "chain marks", "dates": null, "text": "The widely spaced watermark lines, about 25 mm apart, parallel to the shorter sides of a sheet of laid paper, caused by the \"chain wires,\" i.e., the wires to which the finer laid wires of the MOLD (1) are attached for support. They usually correspond to the position of the bars or ribs of the mold to which they are often fastened. Occasionally, the shadow of the rib can be seen on either side of the chain line. Generally the chain lines run vertically in the leaves of a folio, horizontally in a quarto, and again vertically in an octavo. Sometimes, in the late 17th and early 18th centuries, this rule is reversed because of the use of a split sheet, or the use of a double mold, resulting in \"turned chains.\"", "chars": 738, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 136, 225], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Gaskell, Philip. New introduction to bibliography. New York. Oxford University Press. 1972.", "McMurtrie, Douglas Crawford. The book; the story of printing & bookmaking. 3rd ed. New York. Oxford University Press. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0651", "term": "chain stitch", "norm": "chain stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See KETTLE STITCH. 2. An ornamental stitch in an embroidered binding that resembles the links of a chain, and is used in working in silver and other colored threads into the binding.", "chars": 209, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [111], "citations": ["Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. English embroidered bookbindings. London. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. 1899."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0652", "term": "chain wires", "norm": "chain wires", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CHAIN LINES.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0649", "term": "chained books", "norm": "chained books", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Books that in the past were attached to shelves, reading desks, pulpits, pews, etc., by means of chains. From the 15th to the early 18th century, books were secured in this manner to prevent them from being stolen. The chains used for this purpose varied in length from nearly 3 feet to almost 5 feet, while the links ranged in size from 1 1/2 to almost 3 inches in length, with a width of about 1/2 inch. The problem of the chains breaking when twisted was partially overcome by the inclusion of a swivel in the middle or at one end.\n\nWhen the books were meant to be stood on end the chains were usually attached to the fore edge of the upper cover (and occasionally the lower) by means of a ring held to the board by a length of thin brass which was bent around the edge of the cover and riveted in place. Often, however, the ring was not used, the chain being attached directly to the clip on the cover. This required that the book be shelved fore edge out, a method of shelving that endured well into the 17th century, even when chains were not used. Books meant to lie permanently on lecterns, or the like, often had the chains attached to the bottom or top edge of the lower cover.\n\nChains were used, it has been said, because \"The thievish disposition of some that enter into libraries to learn no good there, hath made it necessary to secure the innocent books, even the Sacred volumes themselves, with chains—which were better deserved by those persons. who have too much learning to be hanged, and too little to be honest.\"\n\nThe practice of chaining books began to die out by the middle of the 17th century when it became a more common practice to shelve books with their spines out. See PLATE 1,", "chars": 1724, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [46, 236], "citations": ["Blades, William. Books in chains and other bibliographical papers. Detroit. Gale Research Co. 1968.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CHALD", "term": "CHALDEE", "norm": "chaldee", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Chaldee letters, vowel points, and accents, correspond in every respect with those of the Hebrew in figure and power.—Bythner’s Lyre of David, translated by the Rev. Thomas Dee, A.B. Dublin, 1836. 8vo.", "chars": 212, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0653", "term": "chalk", "norm": "chalk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CALCIUM CARBONATE.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0654", "term": "chalking", "norm": "chalking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of applying pumice, brick dust, red earth, or a similar material, to the GOLD CUSHION prior to laying the gold leaf on it for cutting. Chalking helps prevent the leaf from sticking to the cushion. 2. A printing defect caused by the use of an ink that has been over-reduced, or an ink that is not suitable for the paper, causing the ink vehicle to soak into the paper leaving the pigment on the surface where it can easily be smudged or rubbed off. 3. A condition encountered in some papers where fine particles of pigment break off the sheet during finishing, converting, printing, or subsequent use.", "chars": 639, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0655", "term": "chalky appearance", "norm": "chalky appearance", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The surface of a coated paper that is lacking in gloss. The condition is probably due more to the type of coating material used, as well as to the coating process, than to the degree of calendering which the paper undergoes.", "chars": 224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0656", "term": "chamfered edges", "norm": "chamfered edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BEVELED BOARDS.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0657", "term": "chamois", "norm": "chamois", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a soft. pliable leather made from the skin of the chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra), a small goatlike antelope found in the high mountainous areas of Europe and the Caucasus. Chamois was at one time used to some extent in bookbinding, but is seldom, if ever, used today because it is hygroscopic, and, if kept dry by artificial means, tends to become hard and prone to cracking. The original chamois was a vegetable-tanned leather. Today, the leather called \"chamois\" is a suede-finished leather made from the FLESH SPLIT of a sheep- or lambskin, or from sheep or lamb from which the grain has been removed by FRIZZING (3), and tanned by processes involving the oxidation of fish or marine animal oils in the skin, using either only the oils, in which case it is a full-oil tannage, or, in a first stage using formaldehyde and then the oils, in which case it is a combination tannage. In the United States, the term \"chamois\" without qualification, is restricted to the flesh split of a sheepskin tanned solely with oils. The old term for the full oil process was \"chamoising.\" Also sometimes called \"shammy.\"", "chars": 1165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [170, 306, 325, 363], "citations": ["Holme, Charles, ed. The art of the book…New York. The Studio. 1914.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0658", "term": "chamoletting", "norm": "chamoletting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old term for MARBLING.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0659", "term": "champlevé bindings", "norm": "champlevé bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bindings produced between the 11th and 13th centuries. The process involved cutting designs into a thin sheet of gold or copper, which formed the cover, with cavities filled with enamel. Sometimes the enamel was limited to the decoration of borders and corners. Champlevé can be distinguished from CLOISONNÉ BINDINGS by the irregular widths of the metal enclosing the enameled areas.", "chars": 407, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [124, 280, 357], "citations": ["Dutton, Meiric Keeler. Historical sketch of bookbinding as an art. Norwood. Holliston Mills. 1968.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893.", "Wheatley, Henry Benjamin. Remarkable bindings in the British Museum …London. Low, Marston, Searle, and Rivington. 1889."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CHAPE1", "term": "CHAPEL", "norm": "chapel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Every printing office is called a chapel. The term is supposed to have had its origin from the first introduction of printing into England by Caxton, who executed his works in a chapel adjoining Westminster Abbey. Moxon however gives a different account, for which see Ancient Customs.\n\nA chapel, in the technical sense of the word, is when the workmen agree to certain rules for the good order of the printing office.\n\nAll the compositors in a composing room, and all the pressmen in a press room, who are journeymen, form the chapel in each department, (for they seldom unite,) in which one of the number is elected, during pleasure, as president, or The Father, as he is styled. In their assembled body they enjoin regulations, and enforce their due observance; they also take cognizance of any disputes, and any grievance that may be complained of, that arise within the chapel, when called upon for that purpose; and there is no appeal from their decision.\n\nThe chapel is in general sanctioned by the master printer, on account of some of the rules tending to the preservation of his property;—such as the infliction of a fine on any one connected with the house leaving the premises without putting out his candle or leaving it in charge, or for throwing types, quadrats, or furniture, at another; and for the regular despatch of business, so far as regards the forwarding of work in general—but in addition the workmen make particular regulations for themselves, with regard to their own mode of working in companionship, &c. The chapel will also, if appealed to, enforce these bye laws, if I may so term them.\n\n\n\nThe fine for leaving a candle burning, is, I believe, never remitted; it is generally sixpence for a workman, double for the overseer, and half a crown for the master of the house.\n\nThe person who first sees the candle extinguishes it and delivers the candlestick to the Father, who keeps it till the fine is either paid, or promised to be paid; for Monday is the regular pay day in a printing office.\n\nThere are frequently a number of devices resorted to to induce a workman to go out after the candles are lighted, for the sake of the fine—the open air being the boundary—such as saying, a person is below who wants to speak to Mr. ——; this is usually avoided by the party giving his candle in charge; that is, saying to some one, Mr. ——, take charge of my candle. This person then becomes responsible for the charge as well as for his own candle, and has to pay for both should he leave the house without putting them out, or giving them in charge to some other person.\n\nI have previously said that the office of Father is during pleasure, although I am aware that Mr. Hansard, in his Typographia, has stated it to be otherwise; but I have known instances of the Father being deposed, after having held the office for many years, and a successor appointed and deposed within a fortnight, merely for the sake of the initiatory fine, which is usually a gallon of porter. These instances have occurred when a flush of business caused an additional number of men to be employed in a printing office; some of whom being of a thoughtless disposition, and thinking they could outvote the sedate and the sober part of the workmen, call a chapel for the most trivial purposes, which thus becomes a hinderance to business, as it takes the whole of the men from their work.\n\nBut this evil produces its own remedy, when it is carried to too great an extent. Workmen get tired of being called from their employment, and losing time continually, on trifling objects in which they feel no interest: and they check the evil by fining those who call the chapel, when it is evident that liquor is the motive for calling it.\n\nI remember an instance when calling chapels had become a grievance from their frequency, in which the party was so completely checked, that he never ventured to call another. It occurred during a flush of work, when there were temporary hands employed, some of whom were partial to liquor, and eager to fine any one in order to obtain it. After deposing the Father two or three times, and calling chapels many times unnecessarily, a person left his candle burning one evening, and another passing his frame observed, Here’s a candle left; whose is it? The reply was, Mr.——’s.—If I had known that, I would have put it out. This was sufficient to bring the individual before the chapel, as it was held to be an attempt to defraud it of its due, of which the chapel is very jealous. Well, a chapel was called to take cognizance of the charge, without a doubt that they should levy a good fine for what they looked on as a great offence: but the established workmen of the house, and some of the additional men, had got tired of these repeated calls from their employment; and it being proved in the defence, that a party in the house had been for some time expressing a desire to fine this individual, who was of a warm temper, and had brought a charge against him for a thoughtless expression that was not acted on, the chapel decided that it was a conspiracy against him, acquitted him, and laid a heavy fine upon the accuser.\n\nNo person but the Father can call a chapel, which is generally held at the imposing stone: and when any one wishes to appeal to it, he notifies the same to the Father, stating the objects generally, and accompanying the notification with a penny. The Father will sometimes decline to call the chapel, where the object appears trivial; but if the notification be accompanied with the value of a gallon of porter, it is imperative on him to call it, under the penalty of being deposed.\n\nThe chapel never assembles without the fee of a gallon of porter, in addition to the fine it may impose; and this fee is always paid, even when it assembles to settle any disputed matter between workmen, when no fine is levied.\n\nIf any workman refuses to attend when a chapel is summoned, after being called on by the Father for that purpose, the first business is to proceed to judgment on him for contumacy, which is always punished by a fine;—the chapel then proceeds to the business for which it was called, and when the members cannot agree in their decision, or when the matter becomes personal, they decide by chalking. For this purpose, a large galley is placed on a frame, in that part of the room which is most private and cannot be overlooked, and a line drawn down the middle of it, and at the top over each column is written for and against, or yes and no; one of the members then makes a mark, usually on the lenient side, which saves him from ill will, as it must be known on which side he gives his decision; the second generally marks the contrary side, so that the following persons cannot discover how any have voted. The Father, when all have chalked, examines the number on each side, and declares the judgment of the chapel.\n\nIt is an invariable rule that the chapel can do no wrong; and it is a crime to find fault with its decisions, which it would certainly punish with a fine if called on for that purpose, and the case was proved. All wagers of half a gallon of porter, or more, go to the chapel, so that they are never evaded, as the liquor is sent for by the chapel, which adjudges who shall pay for it: the consequence is, that when the object is to obtain drink, and perhaps a young man from the country to act on, who is ignorant of the London customs, the cases are often of the most preposterous kind; for instance, an experienced hand has been known to assert in such a case that a mallet was a planer, and to call it by that name, and then offer a wager, in support of his assertion, to the young man, who has accepted it. The chapel decided that it was a planer, and the stranger had to pay for summoning the chapel, and also the amount of the wager, by way of initiation.\n\nThe chapel also decides all disputes that may arise in the house, as well private, if it be appealed to, as those which may arise when two or more are employed on the same piece of work, and frequently fixes the price which shall be paid for it; for in doubtful cases a workman will prefer taking the collective opinion of his fellows, to acting on his own judgment, as it may affect them all. In this case the person who is on the work must not take less than the chapel fixes, without permission; and if the employer will not pay it, he, of course, must quit his situation. If, after the chapel has fixed a price for a piece of work, a man should venture to do it for a reduced price, he becomes a “Rat.”\n\nIn a press room there is sometimes a fine for men throwing water at each other, which dirties and spoils the paper;—and in hot summer weather, when a man has been desirous of a draught of porter, an instance has been known of his falling down in a pretended fit, and when another in kindness has procured some cold water and sprinkled his face with it, the other has jumped up and accused him of throwing water at him, on which he has had to pay the fine.\n\n\n\nIf any member of the chapel should be hardy enough to oppose its decisions, there are a number of ways practised to bring him, and even the most obstinate, to submission. Every chapel is haunted by an imaginary spirit, named Ralph; and when any person refuses to obey its mandates, this spirit begins to walk, as it is termed. The first act is, in general, to hide the offender’s composing stick; if this does not answer, his galleys are secreted; then the page cords, which secure his work, are cut, and his labour rendered more than useless, because he has to distribute his pie as well as to recompose his matter; if he still remains contumacious, the whole of the types in his cases are transposed, so that he cannot proceed in his business; and if he should still set the chapel at defiance, he is smoked, all the members of the chapel surrounding his frame, each with a lighted match of brimstone, and singing a doleful ditty; after this he is sent to Coventry, and every man becomes amenable to the chapel, if he assists him, gives him any information, or speaks to him; so that he must either submit to the penalties inflicted, or leave the house. When he submits, his apparatus is restored, and the types properly arranged again in his cases.\n\nApprentices never belong to the chapel; neither is the master of the house, nor the overseer, ever allowed to be present when one is held.\n\nMany master printers are decidedly against chapels, as tending to encourage drinking, and the neglect of business; where this has been the case within my knowledge, the grievance has remedied itself, for the sober and industrious prevent the evil going to an extreme; and where there are a number of men employed, the majority will be found opposed to being called from their work repeatedly to decide on fractious or quibbling questions, in which they feel no interest; and by fining a busy meddling person, they put a stop to the frequent calling of chapels, which, as I have said before, are, generally speaking, promoted by temporary workmen, who seldom stop long in a house, and on whose departure the business is carried on in the regular manner, while, if one or two continue to work in the house, they soon fall into the old customs of the permanent men; for among the established workmen of a house chapels are seldom called.\n\nIt has also been objected to them that they tend to excite an opposition to the employer on the question of wages. This may have happened; but wherever I have seen a question respecting prices brought before a chapel, I have always seen it discussed in a fair manner, and the value estimated impartially,—the scale being kept in view for any thing nearly similar;—for among a number of workmen there will always be found men of principle, who would not sanction an unreasonable demand for the temporary advantage of a few shillings a week; and these men have always great influence in the decision.\n\nUpon the whole, when I take into account the decreased risk from fire, owing to the fine for candles—the prevention of waste of materials, by throwing them about—the appeal for wrongs done in companionships, or for neglect, or throwing impediments in the way of business, and remedying them—I am of opinion that the advantages attending chapels outweigh their disadvantages, and that the business is carried on with more regularity and promptitude with them than without them, particularly when it is taken into account that the rules and regulations laid down by the employer for the governing of his house, are adopted by the workmen and become chapel laws.\n\nAs many of the customs of chapels are passing away, I have been rather more diffuse in this article than the mere definition of the term might seem to require; but as I am not aware that any preceding writer has explained a chapel, I have been led to do so, that the knowledge of old customs might not be entirely lost. See Rules.", "chars": 13316, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CHAPE2", "term": "CHAPEL LAWS", "norm": "chapel laws", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The regulations adopted by the men in chapel assembled, for preserving good order in the office, are called chapel laws.", "chars": 120, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-chapel-laws-1", "term": "CHAPEL LAWS", "norm": "chapel laws", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Rules of a printing-office.", "chars": 27, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0660", "term": "charcoal drawing paper", "norm": "charcoal drawing paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A drawing paper produced in such a manner as to be suitable for use with charcoal or pencils. It generally has a high cotton fiber content. It is made in basis weights of 60 to 75 pounds.", "chars": 187, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CHARG", "term": "CHARGE,", "norm": "charge,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "{ paper with great pages. is to fill { a page with long and many lines. { a line with many letters.—M.\n\nThis term is not in general use: we are more in the custom of saying a full sheet, a full page, a full line.\n\nCharitable Donations. See Donations.", "chars": 383, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CHASE", "term": "CHASE", "norm": "chase", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An iron frame to fasten types in to print with.—M.\n\nA great revolution has taken place with respect to chases. They were formerly made thin and narrow, but are now made thicker, which gives more safety to a form in quoining; and they are made much broader, both in the rim and the crosses, which adds to their strength and durability.\n\nIt is customary to dovetail the crosses into the rim of wrought iron chases, and to have mortises for duodecimos and eighteens, so as to move the crosses according to the size of the work for which the chase is wanted. This plan is convenient in many instances, but it is in many others inconvenient and wasteful.\n\nIt is necessary to have chases in an office with the crosses loose, to a limited extent, as they could not well be dispensed with on many occasions; but I would have as few as possible; for the mortises in the rim cut the quoins to pieces, and the loose crosses are frequently used for pokers, and for tightening quoins in forms when they get slack. By these means they are bent and destroyed, and the chases to which they belong are rendered nearly useless. The loose crosses have also another disadvantage: they frequently get mislaid or lost when taken out for folios, or broadsides, and when the chase is wanted for any other size, the cross cannot be found, and the compositor, or person who has the care of the furniture, is obliged to take such a cross as he can meet with, and which he can drive into the mortises with a mallet; this cross is sometimes of a different thickness from the right one, and affects the register of the pages in working, particularly if the furniture and the chase be transposed, as too frequently occurs through carelessness.\n\nThere is less waste and destruction when the crosses are rivetted into the rim; for the chases are then always ready for use—the crosses can never be mislaid nor destroyed—and the whole implement is much more durable than when the parts are separate.\n\nCast iron chases are now coming greatly into use, and answer the purpose very well. The crosses are fast, the whole chase being cast in one piece, so that there must be chases for each size, viz. folios, quartos, and duodecimos; the crosses fixed for these sizes will answer every other, except broadsides. They are cast from a card chase to the largest size; and stand locking up and the usual wear, without breaking. These chases are much cheaper than those made of wrought iron.\n\nThere are some chases now made with the inside of the rim bevelled off from the cross to the angle, to answer the purpose of sidesticks and footsticks; a piece of broad, or narrow, being used at the sides and feet of the pages. This plan appears to be economical with regard to furniture.\n\nThe usual practice in cutting chases for 18mo. is to place the long cross about one third of the width from one of the sides of the chase, and two thirds from the other, for the purpose of making it fall in one of the backs; by this mode one of the quarters in the offcut has only two pages in it, so as hardly to admit of quoin room, the other has four; and the remainder of the form is also divided unequally, one side of the long cross having four pages, and the other eight pages. This method of imposing an 18mo. is inconvenient, and the large quarter is in danger of falling out. The plan appears to have been adopted merely to cause the long cross to fall in one of the backs, which is of no consequence whatever. I have always imposed eighteens in chases cut for 12mo. which I prefer; for the quarters being more equal, make the locking up more secure, and the only difference in the imposition is, that the long cross falls in a gutter, instead of a back.\n\nMr. T. C. Hansard took out a patent for “Improvements on, and Additions to, Printing Presses, and various Processes relative to Printing.” Among the different articles are chases, which Mr. Hansard thus describes:—“The Demi- (or half) -Chases are made so as to contain the pages imposed within a less measure of square than usual. One side of the rim is made particularly straight, and rather less in breadth than the other three sides: this narrow side forms the part to lie in the middle of the Table of the Press: by turning a pair of chases so made on contrary faces, the two narrow sides will join and form as one chase. The pages are not in these chases, as in others for all sizes above Folios, locked-up by having side sticks and quoins on all four sides, but only on one side, and at each end. The inner Forme being locked up on the right side only, and at each end, and the outer Forme on the left side only, and at each end; and the margin being made when the two demi-chases are laid together on the Imposing Stone, as if the same were one large chase of double dimensions, the pages will require no more margin in the centre of the double sheet, than a fair equal proportion for the division of margin. The chases must be made in proportion to the size of the work intended to be executed.”", "chars": 5066, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-chase-1", "term": "CHASE", "norm": "chase", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A rectangular iron frame in which pages of type are imposed.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0661", "term": "chased edges", "norm": "chased edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GAUFFERED EDGES.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0662", "term": "check binding", "norm": "check binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term for the style of binding in which the sheets are wire stabbed or stitched, and then covered with lightweight strawboards, or checkbook cover boards, which are lined with plain paper, marbled paper, or cloth, and cut flush. Some have round corners. This style of binding is not rounded and backed and has a tight back. Books under 3/4 inch in thickness are generally side stitched, while those over that thickness are nailed or studded. The term derives from the method of binding checkbooks for banks.", "chars": 516, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 300], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Salade, Robert Francis. Finishing the printed job…New York. American Printer. 1926."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0663", "term": "check pile", "norm": "check pile", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A procedure for obtaining the desired number of sheets in a PAD without having to count each group. The exact number of sheets is counted for one (check) pad, and, using this pile as a \"check pile,\" the approximate number of sheets is placed in an adjacent pile. Sheets are added or removed from the second pile until the heights of the piles are the same, at which time the second pile supposedly has the same number of sheets as the \"check pile.\" A better method is to use a PAD COUNTER (2).", "chars": 541, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [74], "citations": ["Chidester, Otis Holden. First year graphic arts. Tucson, Ariz. Graphic Arts Press. 1949."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CHEEK2", "term": "CHEEK THE BAR", "norm": "cheek the bar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pulling the bar of the press till it touches the near cheek. In good work I would always have the pull so justified that when the bar was pulled home, or cheeked, it should occasion the proper degree of pressure of the platen upon the form; this would in some degree assist in procuring equal impressions through all the copies printed; but in heavy or large forms it would be too great an exertion for the pressman to continue doing without some assistance, as such work requires to rest on the pull. I adopted a catch for the bar when cheeked, in some presses, which completely answered the purpose, and enabled the pressman to rest on his pull as long as was necessary, without overstraining his arms. See Catch of the Bar.\n\nChemistry. See Elementary Substances. Formulæ, Chemical.", "chars": 892, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0664", "term": "cheeking", "norm": "cheeking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of reducing the thickness of the head areas of unhaired skins by means of splitting.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CHEEK1", "term": "CHEEKS", "norm": "cheeks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The upright sides of a printing press.—M.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-cheeks-1", "term": "Cheeks", "norm": "cheeks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a part of the *Press*; for which See § 10. ¶ 2. and part of the *Dressing-block-groove*. For which See § 20. ¶ 3.", "chars": 116, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0665", "term": "cheesecloth", "norm": "cheesecloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lightweight, unsized cotton fabric, loosely woven and used to a limited extent in edition binding as a spine lining fabric.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [120], "citations": ["Douglas, Clara, and Constance 13 Lehde. Book repairing… Seattle. University of Washington Press. (University of Washington extension series no. 7; University of Washington bulletin 624). 1940."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0666", "term": "chemical wood pulp", "norm": "chemical wood pulp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper pulp prepared from both coniferous and deciduous trees, in which the LIGNIN and other undesirable materials are removed by cooking the wood with an alkaline sodium sulfide solution, or a sodium sulfite solution, leaving the cellulose fibers in an aqueous suspension of the dissolved lignins, etc. The fibers are washed and are then used \"as is' to produce unbleached paper or are bleached to produce white paper.\n\nThe fibers from coniferous trees are ribbonlike and have thin walls. Generally, two distinct types of fibers can be distinguished: 1) a broad fiber of a width of about 0.05 mm and a length of about 2.5 to 4 mm, and 2) a narrower fiber about 0.02 mm wide and 1.5 to 5 mm long. The fibers of deciduous trees are shorter than those of the conifers, being between 1and 1.5 mm long, but they are usually thicker.\n\nIn chemical tests to determine the presence of chemical wood pulp in paper, an iodine-zinc chloride solution gives a pale violet, pale blue, or reddish blue, depending upon the type of chemical pulp.", "chars": 1050, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [93, 98, 143], "citations": ["Coupe, Raymond Richard. Science of printing technology. London. Cassell. 1966.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0667", "term": "chemise", "norm": "chemise", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A cover of SILK or CHEVROTAIN, used in the 15th century to protect leather bookbindings. The chemise was sometimes used in the Middle Ages in lieu of binding. 2. A loose cover for a book with pockets into which the boards are inserted. 3. Broadly, the canvas covering used to protect leather-bound stationery bindings.", "chars": 369, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0668", "term": "chestnut", "norm": "chestnut", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The wood of the European chestnut (Castanea sativa) and the American chestnut (C. dentata), from which tannin is extracted. Chestnut tannin extract was used extensively in France and other European countries, as well as in the United States, in the latter part of the 19th century and early 20th century. In the United States its use has declined sharply since the introduction of the Oriental chestnut blight (Endothia parasitica), which has virtually destroyed the American chestnut. Today Italy is the largest producer of chestnut wood extract for tanning.\n\nThe bark of the chestnut is not used because it imparts a dark color to the tannin, and its high sugar content would result in a higher percentage of soluble non-tans in the extract. The usual tannin content of the southern European chestnut is 10 to 13%, or higher, which is considerably higher than that obtained from trees in northern climates. The wood does not seem to reach its highest tannin content until the trees are at least 30 years old.\n\nChestnut extract tans rapidly and produces a firm leather. If used alone, however, it may impart a reddish color to the leather that is not desirable; therefore, it is used in combination with quebracho, mimosa, myrabolans, and valonia.\n\nChestnut is one of the pyrogallol class of tannins, and has a naturally low pH value. It also has a relatively low salts content and a high acids content. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 1451, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175, 306, 363], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0669", "term": "cheverell", "norm": "cheverell", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A goatskin PARCHMENT that has been converted into a supple and strong leather with the characteristic bold grain pattern. It proved to be an exceptionally durable bookbinding leather. The conversion was effected by a simultaneous tannage using alum and oil, followed by intensive fatliquoring and staking. Cheverell was used in England, France. and Italy during the 13th to 15th centuries.", "chars": 413, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0670", "term": "chevrette", "norm": "chevrette", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather produced from the skin of a young goat which is being, or has recently been, weaned, or the skin of an immature goat. Sometimes, any lightweight goatskin or kidskin is referred to as \"chevrette.\"", "chars": 205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0671", "term": "chevrotain", "norm": "chevrotain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather produced from the skin of any of several very small deer-like mammals of Asia and West Africa, and used in England, principally in the Middle Ages, for chemises. Like the skins of does, lambs and other very young animals, it is soft and supple. It is sometimes inaccurately referred to as CHEVRETTE.", "chars": 333, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0672", "term": "Chicago posts", "norm": "chicago posts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Metal screw posts having two heads, one fastened to a full length post, which is drilled and tapped with a thread, the other attached to a shorter post, which is threaded to be inserted in the main post. The purpose of such posts is to allow additional sheets to be added to the book.", "chars": 284, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0673", "term": "chicory", "norm": "chicory", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An herb (Cichorium intybus), at one time added to size solutions to ad just the tone of newly washed book leaves so as to make them match the shade of the unwashed leaves.", "chars": 172, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0674", "term": "chiffon silk", "norm": "chiffon silk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "chiffon lining", "dates": null, "text": "A sheer, very lightweight fabric in plain weave, made of hand-twisted single yarns of silk and used at one time to repair and reinforce torn leaves, documents, etc. Although its weight and sheerness permit even the finest print to be legible, it is little used now because of its lack of permanence.", "chars": 299, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81, 120], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Douglas, Clara, and Constance 13 Lehde. Book repairing… Seattle. University of Washington Press. (University of Washington extension series no. 7; University of Washington bulletin 624). 1940."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0675", "term": "China clay", "norm": "china clay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A white, powdery material arising from the decomposition of granite feldspar. The term originally applied to the beneficiated KAOLIN mined in Europe, but is now applied to all beneficiated kaolin. See also: CLAY,", "chars": 260, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0676", "term": "China paper", "norm": "china paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft, very thin WATERLEAF (1) paper, produced in China, and elsewhere, from bamboo fibers. It has a pale yellow color and a very fine texture. The usual sheet size is 57 by 27 inches. Is is used for proofs of woodcuts, for woodcuts to he mounted on a stronger paper, and, now and then, for superior editions of books. It is also called \"Chinese paper,\" or \"Indian proof paper.\"\n\n\"", "chars": 404, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 69], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0678", "term": "Chinese ink", "norm": "chinese ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An INK of considerable antiquity, made from lampblack or soot obtained by burning vegetable oils, such as sesame or wood (tung oil). The quality of the oil is of major importance in this type of ink. The collected soot is sifted; heated along with white, transparent oxhide, or fish glue; and pounded in a mortar until it is soft and pliable and can be molded into sticks. This type of ink, having a base of carbon, is very stable when properly prepared, and, not having acidity, has no harmful effects on paper; however, it is easily affected by water.", "chars": 577, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 143], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0679", "term": "Chinese marble", "norm": "chinese marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of cover marble, consisting of solid dark brown over the entire leather cover, with whiting in spots or streaks, over which blue and then large spots of red are thrown. The whiting not covered by color is washed off when the covers are dry.", "chars": 247, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [95], "citations": ["Cowie's bookbinder's manual; containing a full description of leather and vellum binding…7th ed. London. Strange. (186-)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0680", "term": "Chinese paper", "norm": "chinese paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CHINA PAPER (1).", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0681", "term": "Chinese wax", "norm": "chinese wax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A white or yellowish crystalline WAX, formed on the branches of the ash tree (Fraxinus chinensis) from the secretion of the coccus insect (Coccus ceriferus). It resembles SPERMACETI WAX, but is harder, more friable and has a higher melting point (80 to 83° C.). It is used in polishing leather, sizing paper, etc.", "chars": 361, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0682", "term": "Chinese white", "norm": "chinese white", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dense form of zinc white—zinc oxide (ZnO)—sometimes used as a bonding agent when coloring the edges of books.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0677", "term": "Chinese\" Chippendale bindings", "norm": "chinese\" chippendale bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of CHIPPENDALE BINDINGS. These bindings were generally covered in red morocco, and were tooled in gold with designs representing \"Chinese\" motifs and symbols, following the vogue represented in the decorative arts of the mid-18th century. The bindings often featured rococo frames made up of recurving and serrated motifs forming irregular compartments and perches for beehives with bees in flight, boats, Chinese archers and spearmen, columns and pilasters, doves, flowers, grapes and other fruit, horses rising from the sea, lions supporting shields, phoenixes, etc.", "chars": 600, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0683", "term": "chipboard", "norm": "chipboard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin, hard-surfaced, grayish board, normally produced from paper stock, including waste papers. It has a relatively low density, and is available in the thicknesses of 0.006 inch and up. It is sometimes used in edition binding for covering boards; in library binding and craft binding, however, it is never used for anything but lining board.", "chars": 344, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 277], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Pratt, Guy A. Instruction sheets in bookbinding. East Chicago, Ind. The author. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0684", "term": "Chippendale bindings", "norm": "chippendale bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of book decoration, where the books were generally covered in red morocco, and were tooled in gold with elaborate rococo borders of swirls and acanthus leaves enclosing areas dispersed with meshes of dotted lines. Incorporated in all this were various figured tools, including dancing angels, trumpeters, doves, fruit, musicians, swooping phoenixes, etc. See also: \"CHINESE\" CHIPPENDALE BINDINGS,", "chars": 428, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0685", "term": "chiseled leather", "norm": "chiseled leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CUIR-CISELÉ.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-chivers-has-used-a-soft-1", "term": "Chivers has used a soft", "norm": "chivers has used a soft", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "thin pigskin with great success, here and in England.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0686", "term": "Chivers, Cedric", "norm": "chivers, cedric", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "c 1853-1929", "text": "A British bookbinder sometimes referred to as the dean of library binders. Chivers developed a method of hand oversewing, in which the stitches pass diagonally through the paper; it is still in use today and is called the \"Chivers method.\" One of the major disadvantages of the usual method of overcasting, or oversewing, groups of individual leaves which are subsequently to be sewn on tapes or cords in the usual manner of hand sewing, is that the book often has a tendency to open up and become strained between the groups; this occurs only when the paper is unusually thick. Chivers' solution was a method by which three holes are punched in each of the sections in such a manner that their positioning alternates from section to section; they are also punched obliquely through the paper to eliminate strain due to side pull. Thread passes through and returns in such a manner that every section is sewn to the next two sections on each side.\n\nChivers was also famous for his DURO-FLEXIBLE BINDING, as well as his VELLUCENT BINDINGS.", "chars": 1084, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 236], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0687", "term": "chloramine t", "norm": "chloramine t", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "sodium p-toluenesulphonchloramide", "dates": null, "text": "(C7H7CINNaO2S . 3H20). White crystals prepared from p-toluenesulphonamide and sodium hypochlorite, and used in a 2 aqueous solution to remove fox marks and stains from paper, and also for general bleaching purposes. It is applied directly to the paper by means of a soft brush or by soaking. It is very difficult to wash out and failure to rid the paper of it may result in the formation of highly destructive hydrochloric acid.", "chars": 472, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 265], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Plenderleith, Harold James, and A. E. A. Werner. The conservation of antiquities and works of art; treatment, repair and restoration. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0688", "term": "chlorine", "norm": "chlorine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A commonly occurring, nonmetallic, univalent and polyvalent element (Cl), belonging to the halogens, and used, generally in the form of chlorine dioxide (ClO2), or hypochlorite (Ca(ClO)2), as a bleach to whiten paper pulp, usually in one or more of the final stages in a multi-stage sequence. Its use as a bleaching agent in paper manufacture began in 1774 but its deleterious effects, while noticed almost immediately, were largely misunderstood or ignored. Chlorine residues are extremely difficult and expensive to remove, and many chlorine compounds break down slowly forming highly destructive hydrochloric acid in the process. Chlorine is also used as a disinfectant in leather manufacture.", "chars": 718, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198, 235], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0689", "term": "chlorine bath", "norm": "chlorine bath", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dilute solution of CHLORINE and water (or the commercial product, Chlorox, diluted with water), used to remove stains from paper, as well as for general bleaching purposes. For the disadvantages of using chlorine solutions for bleaching purposes, see CHLORINE.", "chars": 310, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0690", "term": "chlorine dioxide", "norm": "chlorine dioxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy, explosive gas. (ClO2), produced by the action of chlorine or sodium chlorite, and used in bleaching paper pulp from a water solution, usually in one or more of the final stages of multi-stage sequence. See also: CHLORINE.", "chars": 265, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0691", "term": "chlorine number", "norm": "chlorine number", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The amount in grams of chlorine gas, or its equivalent in bleaching powder, that can be absorbed by 100 grams of oven dry paper pulp in a specified period of time and under specified conditions.", "chars": 194, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0692", "term": "chlorine water", "norm": "chlorine water", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CHLORINE BATH.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0693", "term": "chloropicrin", "norm": "chloropicrin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless liquid (CCl3NO2), having a very toxic vapor. It is prepared by treating sodium picrate with chlorine, or calcium picrate with bleaching power, and is used at times in fumigating books.", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CHOKE", "term": "CHOKE", "norm": "choke", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "If a form be not washed in due time, the ink will get into the hollows of the face of the letter: and that getting in of the ink is called Choking of the Letter, or Choking of the Form—M. It is also said, the letter is choked with ink, or the form is choked with ink, when too much is used.\n\nCimbric. See Runic.\n\nCircumflex. See Accented Letters. Caret.\n\nCities and Towns, Ancient Names of. See Names.", "chars": 584, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0694", "term": "chop cut", "norm": "chop cut", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of trimming newly printed sheets before folding, in which the large sheet is trimmed on all four sides but the individual leaves are trimmed in the process of separation, after which no further trim is required. This procedure is largely restricted to economy printing. The normal procedure is to trim all four sides of the large sheet, cut it apart to separate the sections, and then trim each individual section. \"Chop cut\" cannot be used if the individual sheet or section bleeds.", "chars": 492, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [329], "citations": ["Teigen, Kit. Graphic arts, an introduction…Wayne, Pa. Management Development Institute. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0695", "term": "chrome glue", "norm": "chrome glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A light-colored, easily worked glue made from scraps of chrome-tanned leather. It is said to be inferior in strength to regular hide glue.", "chars": 138, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0696", "term": "chrome liquor", "norm": "chrome liquor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A solution of basic chromic salt used in CHROME TANNING leather. It is prepared by treating a strong solution of sodium dichromate (Na2Cr2O7 . 2H2O) with a reducing agent, such as sulfur dioxide (SO), or a mixture of glucose and sulfuric acid.", "chars": 311, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [305], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. Leather technicians handbook. New ed. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0697", "term": "chrome oxide", "norm": "chrome oxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "chromic oxide", "dates": null, "text": "A green, insoluble powder (Cr2O3), which is the basis for many salts of chromium used in tanning leather by the chrome process. It is also used as a light- and heat-fast green pigment.", "chars": 206, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [305], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. Leather technicians handbook. New ed. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0698", "term": "chrome retan", "norm": "chrome retan", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A process in leather manufacture in which the skins are tanned throughout their thickness by the chrome process and, subsequently, are further treated with vegetable and/ or synthetic agents. The retanning agents penetrate the skin deeply, but do not necessarily penetrate throughout the skin. See also: SEMI-CHROME TANNAGE.", "chars": 348, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0699", "term": "chrome tanning", "norm": "chrome tanning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of tannage stemming back to the discovery, in 1858, that leather could be produced by treating skins with basic chromium sulfate (Cr(OH)SO4). The two basic methods employed today are the one bath and two bath methods, the former being most often used. The most widely used chemical in chrome tanning is sodium dichromate (sodium bichromate) (Na2Cr7O7 . H2O), from which chromium sulfate is produced.\n\nAs in vegetable tanned leather, the degree of control exercised in the tanning process has great influence on the nature of the leather produced. If, for example, the final pH of a chrome-tanned leather is too low, the leather will be flat, hard, and wet, and may show grease spots on the surface; if it is too high, the leather will probably be plump, loose, dry, and may have a drawn grain or be too soft in the BLUE SORT. It is, therefore, imperative in chrome tanning to obtain the optimum pH, i.e., 3.4 to 3.5 in the one bath method, or 3.2 to 3.4 in the combination single and double bath method, and to maintain it.\n\nThe two bath method has almost been completely superseded by the one bath tannage, except in certain cases where the older two bath process is thought to give a particularly uniform tannage and a deposit of colloidal sulfur in the leather.\n\nThe major characteristics of chrome-tanned leather are its blue-green color and absence of filling power, i.e., an empty tannage. Chrome-tanned leather tends to be softer and stretchier than vegetable-tanned leather, and is very stable in water. Unlike vegetable-tanned or alum-tawed skins, chrome-tanned leather can withstand boiling water and has a shrinkage temperature higher at times than 100° C.; however. it does not resist perspiration or organic acids well and is difficult to emboss. In addition, it does not take gold tooling well and is difficult to fabricate in such operations as turning-in, etc. It is, on the other hand, a very durable leather.", "chars": 2008, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [101, 164, 248, 306, 363], "citations": ["Cuneo (John F.) Co. Plan for a good book…Chicago. John F. Cuneo Co. 1951.", "Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929.", "O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0700", "term": "chromium sulfate", "norm": "chromium sulfate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "chromic sulfate", "dates": null, "text": "A salt of chromium (Cr2(OH)SO4), in the form of green crystals that are soluble in water and form an acid solution. It is used in CHROME TANNING.", "chars": 191, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [304], "citations": ["Schoen, Harriet Hetta. Let's hind a book. New York. Macmillan. 1934."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0701", "term": "chromo paper", "norm": "chromo paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavily coated paper suitable for color printing. Surface characteristics said to enhance color printing include smoothness, uniformity of ink receptivity, high total reflectance, and neutrality of shade, which means the paper is truly white rather than tinted. The term is not generally used in the United States. See also: COATED ART PAPER.", "chars": 368, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 156, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0702", "term": "circles", "norm": "circles", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Finishing tools in the shape of 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, and full circles, in sizes generally ranging from 1/4 to 2 1/2 inches in diameter. See also: GOUGE.", "chars": 170, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 137], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Gaskill & Cooper. Firm. Bookbinders tool engraving and furnishing establishment. Philadelphia. n.p."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0703", "term": "circuit edges", "norm": "circuit edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The projecting flexible covers of limp bindings turned over to protect the leaves and edges of books, usually of a devotional nature. The circuit edge differs from the yapp edge in that the overlap of the cover is not continuous. The covering leather is turned over at head and tail, with an independent flap at the fore edge. The corners are square. This technique allows the flaps to fold flat onto the edges. Sometimes called \"divinity circuit,\" or \"divinity edges.\" See also: YAPP STYLE.", "chars": 515, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66, 94, 264], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-circuit-edges-1", "term": "circuit edges", "norm": "circuit edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bibles and prayer-books are sometimes bound with projecting covers turned over to protect the leaves; these are called circuit or divinity edges.", "chars": 145, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-circular-quadrates-1", "term": "Circular quadrates", "norm": "circular quadrates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Blank types curved on one side.", "chars": 31, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0704", "term": "citric acid", "norm": "citric acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, crystalline or white powdery tricarboxylic acid (C6H8O7). Citric acid is used to remove ink, and similar stains from paper, and is particularly useful in removing iron stains. Its advantage over chlorine solutions is that, being a weak and volatile organic acid, it is much less damaging to the paper.", "chars": 347, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0705", "term": "cl", "norm": "cl", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Abbreviation for CLOTH.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0708", "term": "clam shell coverer", "norm": "clam shell coverer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used in edition binding to apply paper covers to side stitched books that are not rounded and backed. The machine glues the spine, rolls or presses the cover onto it, and carries the book to the cover breaker where the back and both sides along the spine are pressed by formers. Book sizes handled range from a minimum of 7 by 5 inches to a maximum of 12 by 9 inches, and up to 1 1/8 inches in thickness (with a special attachment for books up to 2 inches thick), at speeds up to 160 books per minute.", "chars": 511, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0706", "term": "clamp", "norm": "clamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A device designed to bind, constrict, or press two or more parts together so as to hold them firmly in their relative positions for some subsequent operation, to allow adhesives to set, or for trimming, printing, and the like. They may be operated by hand, mechanically, by air pressure, or hydraulically.", "chars": 305, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0707", "term": "clamp dwell", "norm": "clamp dwell", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The time interval of the holding action of a CLAMP. Although \"dwell time\" may be controlled manually, as with the clamp of a hand-operated board chopper, the term relates more accurately to the automatic release of a clamp, such as in a BUILDING-IN MACHINE, which holds the pressure for a pre-set length of time. When a clamp does not release immediately upon completion of an operation, it is said to have a \"long\" dwell. The typical GUILLOTINE cutting machine has such a dwell; the clamp remains on the pile being cut until the knife has risen to a safe height, which prevents the knife from rippling the sheets on its return motion and thus disturbing the pile.", "chars": 736, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145, 320], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-clasp-1", "term": "CLASP", "norm": "clasp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The hook or catch used for fastening the boards together when the book is closed; used formerly on almost every book.", "chars": 117, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-clasp-1", "term": "CLASP", "norm": "clasp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A hook or catch for fastening the covers of a book together, usually at the fore edge.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0709", "term": "clasps", "norm": "clasps", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The hinged fasteners of brass, precious metals, iron, etc., often elaborately chased, and intended to secure the covers of books, ledgers, albums, etc. They are sometimes provided with a lock, and are designed to hold the covers of a book closed, or when provided with a lock, to prevent opening by unauthorized persons. Clasps are attached after forwarding is completed except for the board papers, because by that time the final thickness of the book is known and any rivets on the inside of the boards will be covered by the board papers. Because a single clasp has a tendency to distort the boards, two are generally used, and are usually placed opposite the centers of the second and fifth panels of the spine. All metal-hinged clasps have to be made to fit the individual book, as a perfect fit is necessary; however, where the hinge consists of a leather strap, adjustments can easily be made. Stretching of the leather with use, thus causing looseness, can be overcome by making the strap of leather over vellum, which also provides additional strength.\n\nThe use of clasps appears to be as old as the codex itself. In its earliest form, which was Coptic bindings, the clasp consisted of a strap attached to the fore edge of the upper cover and wound around the book over the fore edge several times, the bone attached to the end of the strap being tucked between the strap and the lower cover. Another method, which may actually have been used more often than the strap, consisted of the plaited thong with loops which fit over bone pegs at the edge of the lower cover. A clasp of this type seems to have been used in England at least as early as the 12th century. The strap was fastened to the fore edge of the upper cover, and the end, which had a metal-rimmed hole, was taken around to the middle of the lower cover and was attached to a metal pin.\n\nEnglish bookbinders of the 14th century began using two straps instead of just one, something which had been done earlier and more often on the Continent of Europe. The hole and pin type was more or less abandoned early in the 14th century and replaced by clasps and catches attached to the fore edge. Initially, each clasp consisted of a strip of leather having a metal hook on one end. Later, the metal part of the clasp was the full thickness of the book and was sometimes attached to the board by means of a metal hinge. In bindings of the 15th and 16th centuries, and probably earlier, the location of the clasp is a reasonably accurate indication of the country of origin. English and French bindings usually had them attached to the upper cover with the catch on the lower, while bindings of the Netherlands and Germany had the catch on the upper cover. Italian binders often attached the clasp to the upper covers and often used as many as four clasps.\n\nThe velvet-covered books of the royal collection in England in the 15th and 16th centuries often had ornamental gilt clasps, which were often combined with elaborately ornamented gilt cornerpieces and centerpieces which helped prevent abrasion of the velvet.\n\nThe use of metal clasps began to decline early in the 16th century, probably because they could not be securely attached to the pasteboards which were replacing boards made of wood. The weight, size, and material of the books being published at that time did not require clasps, and clasps were no longer economically feasible for the normal run of books. In most cases they were replaced by TIES (1). Clasps made of brass were still used in the 16th century for some books which were bound with boards of wood, and silver clasps and cornerpieces were often used on small Bibles and other devotional works as late as the late 17th and early 18th centuries. In certain German bindings, however, e.g., Bibles, clasps were used continuously until the end of the 18th century. his was notably true in America, for example, where almost all German-American bindings, e.g., the Saur Bibles, were issued in calfskin over wood with two heavy claps attached to the lower cover. Brass clasps were revived during the latter part of the 19th century, mainly for Bibles and prayer books, but also for photograph albums, diaries, and the like. They were often attached to metal frames which protected the edges of boards.", "chars": 4326, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 105, 236], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Dana, John Cotton. Notes on bookbinding for libraries. Rev. ed. Chicago. Library Bureau. 1910.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0710", "term": "Class \"A\" library binding", "norm": "class \"a\" library binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Library binding that meets the standards set forth in the minimum specifications promulgated by the Joint Committee of the American Library Association and the Library Binding Institute. The qualification for Class \"A\" binding, as accepted today, is set forth, defined and regulated exclusively by the Library Binding Institute, as detailed in its Standard for Library Binding.", "chars": 377, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLAW", "term": "CLAW", "norm": "claw", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "of a sheep’s foot. The end to draw the ball nails out of the ball stocks.—M.\n\nClaws, for Stereotype Risers. See Risers.", "chars": 172, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0711", "term": "clay", "norm": "clay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colloidal, lusterless, fine-grained, earthy substance which generally develops plasticity when wetted but is permanently hard when fired. Chemically clays are aluminosilicates, which do not form large crystals. The finely divided aluminosilicates, which are responsible for the properties associated with clays, are called \"clay minerals.\" Clays with a preponderance of the clay mineral \"kaolinite\" are used both as fillers and as coating pigments in the manufacture of paper. Other clays are used in small amounts. Used in excess, as it is in some art papers, clay becomes an adulterant to the detriment of the strength and durability of paper. See also: ATTAPULGITE CLAY; BENTONITE; KAOLlN; PAPER CLAY.", "chars": 778, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 235, 343], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0713", "term": "clay tablets", "norm": "clay tablets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The earliest form of the \"book.\" Clay tablets were generally used for records and were inscribed in cuneiform writing on wet clay, which when hardened was usually protected by a cover (outer shell), also of clay, which was inscribed with a copy, abstract, or title of the contents.", "chars": 281, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 156], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0712", "term": "clay-finished paper", "norm": "clay-finished paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper, such as imitation art paper, coated with finely pulverized clay to impart a smooth finish suitable for halftone illustrations. Such papers present difficulty in binding, as they are difficult to sew (especially to oversew), and there is often the tendency for the clay to separate from the base paper, especially under humid circumstances or if the paper becomes wet. In addition, they are unusually stiff and frequently must be scored.", "chars": 445, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [52, 278], "citations": ["Book Manufacturers' Institute. Helpful aids in book production. New York. Book Manufacturers' Institute. 1953.", "Pratt, Guy A. Let's bind a book. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLEAN1", "term": "CLEAN PROOF", "norm": "clean proof", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a proof has but few faults in it, it is called a Clean Proof.—M. It is also called a clean proof when it is printed after being corrected, to be sent out, or to be read for press—that is, the pressmen take more care in printing it, and keep the margins clean.", "chars": 345, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-clean-proof-1", "term": "CLEAN PROOF", "norm": "clean proof", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A proof containing few faults.", "chars": 30, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLEAN2", "term": "CLEAN SHEETS", "norm": "clean sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Authors and publishers have generally one copy of each sheet of a work sent to them as it is printed, for the purpose of reference, and to see the progress of the work; these copies are called clean sheets. See Tops.", "chars": 254, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0714", "term": "cleaning", "norm": "cleaning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term used to describe the removal of mud, dirt, dust, grease, stains, etc., from the covers or leaves of a book, map, print, etc. Cleaning is done in a variety of manners, depending on the nature of the soiling, the material soiled, and the facilities available. It may range from gentle rubbing with bread crumbs to complete washing and restoration.", "chars": 360, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173, 335], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0715", "term": "cleaning off", "norm": "cleaning off", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term descriptive of a more or less obsolete process of removing excess adhesive from the spine of a book subsequent to lacing-in. Cleaning off is generally done by applying paste to the spine, and, when the glue has softened, scraping off both paste and excess glue with a CLEANING-OFF STICK or plow trimmings. Once a book has been rounded and backed and its shape has been set, the glue on the spine, other than that between the sections, is not required, and, in fact, should be removed to permit greater openability of the book and also to clear the sections of excess glue as a consideration of the binder of the future who may have to rebind the book. Cleaning off also helps in setting the shape of the spine and makes for a cleaner, smoother spine—factors which are very important in the case of a tight back binding.\n\nThe increasing use of resinous adhesives in hand binding, such as the polyvinyl group, in lieu of hot glues, has meant that cleaning off has become more difficult, if not impossible, even though the use of these adhesives makes shaping the spine of even greater importance. The plasticized polyvinyls are neither softened by paste nor are they soluble in water; furthermore, they do not seem to affect openability adversely. If, however, removal is necessary, they are alcohol soluble.", "chars": 1335, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 236, 261], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0716", "term": "cleaning-off stick", "norm": "cleaning-off stick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A long, thin stick with a rounded but not pointed end, used to clean off excess animal glue from the spine of a book. See also: CLEANING OFF.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0717", "term": "clearing", "norm": "clearing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of lightening the color and removing metallic stains from the grain surface of newly tanned leather. Clearing is done by drumming the leather in a cold solution of weak acid, e.g., a.25 or 1% solution of oxalic (H2C2O4) or sulfuric (H2SO4) acid; if heavy STRIPPING (1) or clearing is required, or if the original tannage was not satisfactory for the leather required, it is not uncommon to retan the leather at this time.", "chars": 512, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLEAR1", "term": "CLEARING AWAY", "norm": "clearing away", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a work is completed, clearing away is the distributing of headlines, chapters, lines of small capitals, and other useful sorts, taking the lines of quadrats away, and tying up the remainder of the matter in moderate sized pieces with old page cord, so as to be ready to be papered up; and tying the furniture, reglets, and leads up, and delivering them to the proper person, who takes charge of them.\n\nThe compositor, after laying up the form to be cleared away and washing it well—and matter ought never to be cleared away without undergoing this process—takes a page into a galley—an old one generally—and picks out the leads, if it be leaded matter; he will then push the matter up from the foot and put another page on his galley, and take the leads out of it also; he will then take the headlines away, and put them on another galley; then take the lines of quadrats and reglets out, and put them on a paper under his frame, then the chapters, contents of chapters, any lines with words of Greek, or other useful sorts, and, after pushing the matter close up together, he will tie it firmly up, in pieces rather longer than a full sized octavo page, and if a short line happens to fall at the bottom, put it in some other situation, so that the top and the bottom shall be full lines. He will thus proceed, till his sheet or other quantity be all tied up, taking care to make his pieces of equal lengths, for the convenience of piling them up in the letter closet.\n\nIf the work should be in very small pages, so that two in width would not be wider than a large octavo page, he will put two together, side by side, to prevent papering the matter up in long narrow slips.\n\nHaving tied all the matter up for papering, he will either place it on a board in a rack, or put it in some other place where cleared away matter is usually deposited till papered up; he will then distribute his headlines, chapters, contents, and other useful sorts into their proper places; and if there be not room in the cases for the quadrats, he will put them into the proper drawers in which the surplus quadrats are kept.\n\nIf the work be in folio or quarto, he will tie it up in proportionally sized pieces.\n\nHe will then tie up his leads; and if there be any of different thicknesses, he will, of course, assort them, and tie them up separately: he takes a moderate quantity, if they be octavo leads, rather more than the length of a page of matter, and places a piece of reglet at each end of it, to guard the outside leads from injury by the tightening of the cord, and making a slip knot at one end of a piece of old page cord, he places the leads in the noose, and draws it as tight as the cord will bear, then turns the leads over upon the spare cord and draws it tight; he thus proceeds turning the leads over upon the spare cord, and drawing it tight, till he has got turns sufficient round the leads to secure them, and tucks in the end of the cord under the turns two or three times, drawing it tight; he knocks up the ends of the leads upon the imposing stone, gently, not to injure them, and when he has thus tied them all up, he puts them along with his matter.\n\nHe ties his reglets up in the same manner, and puts them with the leads.\n\nHe puts the quoins into the quoin drawer.\n\n\n\nHe inquires of the proper person whether the furniture is to be tied up, or put into the drawers; if the latter, he assorts it—side and foot sticks, gutters, broads, narrows, reglets, and scaleboards, and puts each into its separate drawer; if it be to be tied up, he puts the scaleboard into its proper drawer, and arranges the others neatly and ties them firmly together with old page cord, and delivers them and the chases to the proper person, who may be either the overseer, or some person appointed to take care of the materials.", "chars": 3875, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-clearing-away-1", "term": "CLEARING AWAY", "norm": "clearing away", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Properly disposing of materials after a work has been completed.", "chars": 64, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-clearing-out-1", "term": "Clearing Out", "norm": "clearing out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Removing the waste-paper and paring away any superfluous leather upon the inside, preparatory to pasting down the lining-paper.", "chars": 127, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-clearing-out-1", "term": "Clearing Out", "norm": "clearing out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Removing the waste-paper, and paring away any superfluous leather upon the inside, preparatory to pasting down the end-papers.", "chars": 126, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-clearing-out-1", "term": "Clearing Out", "norm": "clearing out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Removing the waste paper and paring away superfluous leather upon the inside, preparatory to pasting down the lining-paper.", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLEAR2", "term": "CLEARING PIE", "norm": "clearing pie", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To separate from each other in the confused mass, and assort the different kinds and sizes of types, and to distribute them into their respective cases; if there be a large quantity of any particular fount, or founts, it is usual to compose them into pages, and, if the letter be not wanted, to paper it up; when that fount is brought into use, a proportionate quantity of pie is given to each compositor to distribute.\n\nThis is generally the work of the apprentices during any slackness of business. A quantity of pie is placed on the imposing stone, or, if that cannot be spared for the purpose, on a letter board upon a bulk, and each fount is separated from the other; they are then composed into lines, and either distributed or papered up: although it may appear a roundabout way to compose it, it in reality saves time, as the composed matter is distributed with greater facility. In large establishments the reading boys assort pie at their leisure time.", "chars": 960, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLEAR3", "term": "CLEARING STONE", "norm": "clearing stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "It is a general rule that every person shall, under a penalty, after imposing or correcting, leave a clear stone; that is, the mallet, shooting-stick, furniture, quoins, saw, sawblock, and shears, are to be put in their proper places; any good letters that may be scattered about, distributed; and the bad letters put into the shoe, so that there shall be no impediment to the next person using it. Any of the articles used, or two letters, left on it will render him liable to the fine.", "chars": 487, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0718", "term": "cleat", "norm": "cleat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: KERF.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLICK", "term": "CLICKER", "norm": "clicker", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The compositor who, in a companionship, receives the copy from the overseer or other person, gives it out to compose, receives the matter back when composed, keeps an account of what each person does, sets the head and direction lines, and the notes if any, makes up the pages, lays them down on the imposing stone, and makes out the account, apportioning to each his proper share; his own share of the bill being always equal with the highest: this refers to working on lines. In other companionships he receives the copy from the overseer, distributes it to his companions, and receives instructions how the work is to be done.", "chars": 629, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-clicker-1", "term": "CLICKER", "norm": "clicker", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The chief of a companionship.", "chars": 29, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0719", "term": "cloisonné bindings", "norm": "cloisonné bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Enamelled bindings produced during the 11th century, mainly by Greek and Italian craftsmen. Cloisonné is a technique of surface decoration in porcelain enamel on metal, in which each color area is surrounded by a thin line of metal, flush with the surface of the enamel. Thin fillets of flattened wire are set on edge and soldered to the metallic base in the desired pattern. The cloisons, or cells, are then filled with a colored vitreous composition, fired, ground smooth, and polished. Cloisonné can be distinguished from CHAMPLEVÉ BINDINGS by the uniform thinness of the metallic lines.", "chars": 614, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [124, 280, 347], "citations": ["Dutton, Meiric Keeler. Historical sketch of bookbinding as an art. Norwood. Holliston Mills. 1968.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0723", "term": "close formation", "norm": "close formation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The closeness of texture and FORMATION of a sheet of paper, i.e., a sheet in which the formation is uniform and free from a WILD (1) or porous appearance when viewed by transmitted light. It is frequently the sizing or loading agents that \"close\" the sheet by filling the interstices between fibers. A well-closed sheet has more RATTLE and hardness, and generally greater opacity.", "chars": 452, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLOSE1", "term": "CLOSE MATTER", "norm": "close matter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Matter with few breaks or whites—M. The term is now understood of works that are not leaded. See Bad Work.", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-close-matter-1", "term": "CLOSE MATTER", "norm": "close matter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Solid matter with few break-lines.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLOSE2", "term": "CLOSE SPACING", "norm": "close spacing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This term is used when only a middling space is put between words, and sometimes a thin space; for some authors will not allow words to have much space between them, but only just enough to separate them from each other, in which case a thick space is never exceeded.\n\nClose Work. See Close Matter.", "chars": 351, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0720", "term": "closed assembly time", "norm": "closed assembly time", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The time interval between the completion of assembly of the parts to be adhered and the application of heat, pressure, or both. See also: ASSEMBLY TIME; OPEN ASSEMBLY TIME.", "chars": 220, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0721", "term": "closed bolts", "norm": "closed bolts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "closed sections", "dates": null, "text": "Any fold in a section that is not perforated or cut during the process of folding, or before the binding process is completed. See also: BOLT.", "chars": 166, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0722", "term": "closed joint", "norm": "closed joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That type of JOINT (1) which is formed when the covering boards are laced on, i.e., where the boards are right up to the backing shoulders. Also called 'tight joint.\" See also: FRENCH JOINT; LACING-IN; SUPPORTED FRENCH JOINT.", "chars": 321, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0724", "term": "cloth", "norm": "cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A generic term for all of the fabrics employed in bookbinding and conservation. Cloth is made by weaving, felting, knitting, knotting, bonding, or crocheting natural or synthetic fibers and filaments, in various textures, finishes, and weights. It may be plain, filled, coated, or impregnated. Woven cloths, with the exceptions of certain \"double warp\" cloths, have a warp (the threads that run the length of the cloth over and under the filling), and a filling, also called the weft, running across the grain at right angles to the warp. Both are generally expressed in number of yarns per inch. Since the number of threads in the warp is generally greater than the filling, the strength of a cloth is greater in the direction of the warp (or \"grain\" of the cloth).\n\nCloth is made from a wide variety of animal, vegetable, and synthetic fibers. Animal fibers include those obtained from animal hair—e.g., wool—and those obtained from insects, such as silk. Vegetable fibers include vegetable hairs, e.g., cotton; bast fibers from the stems of plants, such as flax, hemp, jute, etc.; and fiber bundles, such as sisal, esparto, straw, etc. The fibers most often used in bookbinding are cotton, flax, and silk. See also: BOOK CLOTH.", "chars": 1252, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [52, 102, 341], "citations": ["Book Manufacturers' Institute. Helpful aids in book production. New York. Book Manufacturers' Institute. 1953.", "Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-cloth-1", "term": "cloth", "norm": "cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Prepared calico, sometimes embossed with different patterns, used for cloth bindings.", "chars": 85, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0725", "term": "cloth boards", "norm": "cloth boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An old term for PRESSING BOARDS used to create the joints of a case binding during the casing-in operation. 2. An obsolete term for the boards of a book. 3. A term sometimes used to indicate a book bound in cloth. 4. See: CLOTH-LINED BOARD.", "chars": 291, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-cloth-boards-1", "term": "cloth boards", "norm": "cloth boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Stiff boards covered with cloth.", "chars": 32, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0729", "term": "cloth graining", "norm": "cloth graining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The all-over patterns imparted to cloth to achieve a certain effect. Cloth is grained or embossed, as it is also called, by means of heated flat embossing plates, when done by the piece, or by heated engraved rollers when done by the roll. Grain patterns include rib, wave, ripple, dotted line, diaper, patterned sand, morocco, sand, pebble, crackle, frond, and numerous others.", "chars": 378, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 341], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0730", "term": "cloth hinges", "norm": "cloth hinges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Cloth joints extending from the spine of the text block to the insides of the boards of the book, or between split boards. Such hinges are simply an extension of the spine lining fabric. 2. Any cloth or muslin reinforcement of the first and last sections which joins the endpapers to those sections. 3. The board-stiffened, cloth covered \"lips\" fastened into loose-leaf covers for use in conjunction with metal fasteners or posts. 4. Any cloth jointing used to bind in heavy inserts.", "chars": 486, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0735", "term": "cloth printing", "norm": "cloth printing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Book cloths decorated by letterpress, offset, or gravure printing. In the latter two processes, even full color photographs and artwork can be printed on a suitable cloth. The picture-cover bindings used by library binders are an example of cloth printing.", "chars": 256, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [234], "citations": ["Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0736", "term": "cloth stiffened cover", "norm": "cloth stiffened cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of binding consisting of a cloth cover secured to the spine of a book and stiffened on the sides with thick paper or board inserted between the cover and the endpapers. See also: PAPER-STIFFENED COVER.", "chars": 233, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0737", "term": "cloth stubs", "norm": "cloth stubs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Linen or muslin strips bound into a book, usually during sewing, as a strengthening medium for heavy inserts.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0738", "term": "cloth tooling", "norm": "cloth tooling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of tooling in gold on a cloth binding. As with leather, glair is required, and, in addition, greater pressure is required because the surface of cloth is harder, especially the surface of a filled cloth. Pyroxylin impregnated cloth or imitation leather sometimes has to be washed with methylated spirits before being tooled.", "chars": 336, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [54], "citations": ["Book Production. Tricks of the trade. New York. Bookbinding and Book Production. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0739", "term": "cloth weight", "norm": "cloth weight", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The weight of a given cloth, measured in ounces per square yard, or ounces per linear yard, depending on the cloth. Starch filled book cloths range from 1.7 to 7.0 ounces per square yard, vinyl coated fabrics from 14 to 31 ounces per linear yard (with a per linear yard allowance of minus 1 ounce to plus 2 ounces), and pyroxylin-coated cotton fabrics from 5.0 to 28.5 ounces per linear yard. The Library Binding Institute specifications for pyroxylin-impregnated buckram call for a cloth of not less than 7.9 ounces per square yard.", "chars": 533, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [209, 341], "citations": ["Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0727", "term": "cloth-cased book", "norm": "cloth-cased book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A case binding having cloth as the covering material. The term is usually restricted to an edition or library binding, particularly the former.", "chars": 143, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154, 339], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0728", "term": "cloth-centered", "norm": "cloth-centered", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term applied to a type of duplex paper or board, one having a cloth core (or center), usually canvas, linen, muslin, etc., with paper laminates on both sides. It is used where great strength, resistance to wear, and folding endurances are required, as with large maps.", "chars": 270, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 156], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0733", "term": "cloth-jointed endpaper", "norm": "cloth-jointed endpaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An endpaper that is reinforced at the fold by means of a strip of cloth. The cloth joint is used where reinforcement or extra strength is required and the appearance of the cloth strip is not objectionable. For maximum effectiveness the sewing to the text block should be through the cloth. The sewing may be concealed by inserting the cloth joint into a zig-zag; however, as this type of endpaper is utilitarian and used mainly for large account books, this is seldom done. See also: LIBRARY STYLE ENDPAPER.", "chars": 532, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0734", "term": "cloth-lined board", "norm": "cloth-lined board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A board backed with linen or linen canvas. Such boards are used where additional strength is required but additional thickness is not desirable. See also: CLOTH-CENTERED.", "chars": 194, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0726", "term": "clothbound", "norm": "clothbound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book bound in full cloth with stiff boards.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0732", "term": "clothing up", "norm": "clothing up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CLOTHINGS; FIRST LINING; SECOND LINING; SPINE LINING (1); TRIPLE LINING.", "chars": 197, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0731", "term": "clothings", "norm": "clothings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The strips of leather, cloth or parchment (or vellum) which are glued to the spine of a stationery binding between the webbings, both to strengthen the spine and help maintain its shape. Also called \"strappings. \"", "chars": 213, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0740", "term": "cloudy", "norm": "cloudy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cloud effect", "dates": null, "text": "See: WILD (1).", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0741", "term": "club bindery", "norm": "club bindery", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fine hand bindery founded in 1895 by Edwin Holden, Robert Hoe, and other wealthy American bibliophiles, most of whom were members of the Grolier Club. The purpose of the Club Bindery was to provide American bibliophiles with bookbindings of a quality equal to those available in Europe, thus avoiding the delays and other inconveniences of having to send books to Europe to have them bound. William Matthews was given the responsibility of organizing the shop, and he proceeded to hire the Clubs' first craftsmen, Frank Mansell, finisher, and R. W. Smith, forwarder. Other craftsmen employed by the bindery included Henri Hardy and Leon and Paul Maillard, French finishers; Adolf Dehertog and Charles Micolci, a coverer and assistant finisher, respectively; Mary Neill, sewer; Anna Berger, mender, repairer, etc.; and others.\n\nThe Club Bindery exerted a considerable influence on fine binding in America; unfortunately, however, not even the wealthiest of the stockholders had the resources to supply sufficient work to keep the bindery going. Efforts to transfer ownership of the club to the employees failed and the Club Bindery went out of existence in April of 1909.", "chars": 1170, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [331], "citations": ["Thompson, Elbert A., and Lawrence S. Thompson. Fine Binding in America; the story of the Club Bindery. Urbana, Ill. Beta Phi Mu. (Beta Phi Mu. Chapbook no. 2). 1956."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CLYME", "term": "CLYMER’S PRESS", "norm": "clymer’s press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Mr. George Clymer, of Philadelphia, first began to turn his attention to the improvement of the printing press in the year 1797. Having completed his object, he came to England in 1817, and introduced his improved press under the name of the Columbian Press: he established a manufactory in London, and the first press he constructed here was completed in 1818, and I believe went to Russia. It is an iron press; there is no screw; the head is a large and powerful lever, which is acted on by other levers to which the bar is attached, and produces the pressure; the platen is attached to the head by a square bar of iron, and the descent is preserved steadily and regularly by two projecting guides, one from each cheek; the platen is raised from the form by a lever with a weight at one end, attached to and above the head, which acts when the pull is eased and the bar flies back. The power of this press is very great, and I have not heard of any failing or breaking, which is an important fact in its favour. It ranks in the opinion of practical men, generally, as the next in estimation to the Stanhope press. The only objection I have heard to this press, was the length that the pressmen had to reach, and the disadvantage in the pull, by the bar being attached to the off cheek; but Mr. Clymer remedied this by attaching it to the near cheek, which not only facilitates the pull, but also enables the pressman to exert his strength more advantageously and with more ease. Mr. Clymer died in 1834, but the manufactory is still continued in Finsbury Street under the firm of Clymer and Dixon. I believe the representative of Mr. Clymer is Mr. A. R. Shaw, who married one of his daughters.", "chars": 1824, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_172.jpg", "caption": "The Clymer Press", "alt": "The Clymer Press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0743", "term": "coal tar dyes", "norm": "coal tar dyes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ANILINE DYES.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0744", "term": "coated", "norm": "coated", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper or board which has had its surface modified by the application of clay or other pigment and adhesive materials, or other suitable material, with the intent of improving its finish in terms of printability, color, smoothness, opacity, etc. The term is also applied to lacquered or varnished papers and book cloth, as well as other covering materials.", "chars": 355, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0745", "term": "coated art paper", "norm": "coated art paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A coated paper particularly suitable for printing, especially halftones where definition and detail in shading and highlights are an essential consideration. It is usually a paper of good quality, with a high brightness and a glossy, highly uniform printing surface.", "chars": 266, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0746", "term": "coated cover paper", "norm": "coated cover paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper made in heavy weights and used for the covers of pamphlets, catalogs, etc. It is usually coated on both sides and is available in white and colors, with a dull or high finish. Good folding strength is an essential property.", "chars": 231, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0747", "term": "coated one side", "norm": "coated one side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SINGLE COATED PAPER.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0748", "term": "coating", "norm": "coating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The mineral substances used to cover the surface of a paper or cloth for the purposes of creating a new surface having certain desirable properties. This property in paper is usually that of printability, but may also be for purposes of decoration. In cloth it is usually used to increase strength and water resistance, but its decorative effect may actually sometimes be of greater importance. The coating material fills the interstices of the cloth or the minute \"hills and valleys\" which are present in the surface of even highly calendered paper.", "chars": 550, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143, 323], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. Chemistry of pulp and pa per making. 3rd ed. New York. Wiley. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0749", "term": "coating clay", "norm": "coating clay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A CLAY used to coat paper. Coating clays are of a smaller particle size and higher brightness than filler clays. It is a refined clay, usually KAOLIN, that meets specifications. Freedom from grit, correct particles, good color and brightness, low viscosity, and purity of mineral type are among the requirements.", "chars": 360, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-cobden-sanderson-style-1", "term": "Cobden-Sanderson style", "norm": "cobden-sanderson style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An arrangement of graceful curves or stems, flowers, buds and leaves, treated conventionally; the background being often powdered with nebulae of gold stars or dots. The lettering of title, etc., on back and sides is treated fancifully and often made an integral part of the design.", "chars": 282, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0751", "term": "Cobden-Sanderson, Thomas J.", "norm": "cobden-sanderson, thomas j.", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1840-1922", "text": "See illustration An 1892 binding by Thomas J. Cobden-Sanderson on an 1841 copy of J.R. Lowell's A Year's Life. Reproduced from Bookbindings by T.J. Cobden-Sanderson, printed by the Spiral Press, 1969, for the Pierpont Morgan Library. (18.3 cm. by 11.5 cm. by 1.5. cm.)\n\nAn English lawyer who left the legal profession to take up bookbinding, working for six months under Roger de Coverley before opening his own shop. Cobden-Sanderson produced some 100 bindings, and his work was generally considered to be superior to that of his contemporaries. His forwarding was excellent, and his finishing was skillfully designed and executed, and noted as much for its restraint as for its elaboration. He produced these bindings with the use of only a relatively few simple tools worked in intricate combinations. He designed his own tools, and, with the exception of sewing and edge gilding, did all of his own forwarding. Cobden-Sanderson signed his bindings with the initials C S and the date, usually on the doublure, a practice widely imitated since by craft binders.\n\nCobden-Sanderson's binding had a highly beneficial influence on the binding of his day. To a certain extent, he started bookbinding on a path away from the situation in which the vast majority of bookbinders seem unable or unwilling to consider new approaches, except within the narrow limits of accepted methods. His influence on his contemporaries was considerable, and it is not unreasonable to maintain that his influence is being felt to this day.\n\nCobden-Sanderson gave up his own bindery in 1893 to establish the Doves Bindery, originally for the purpose of binding the publications of William Morris' Kelmscott Press. He did no more binding from this time, but restricted his activities to creating the designs and supervising the work of the bindery.", "chars": 1821, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [2, 94, 236, 281, 347], "citations": ["Abbey, John Roland. An exhibition of modern English and French bindings from the collection of Major J. R. Abbey. London. Arts Council. 1949.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. Modern bookbindings, their design and decoration. London. Constable. 1906.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0752", "term": "cochineal", "norm": "cochineal", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A red dyestuff obtained from the dried bodies of the female of the insect Dactylopius coccus. The deep red color of the dye stems from carminic acid (C22H22O13). Cochineal was used extensively in the 19th century in the production of red marbling colors and scarlet lakes. It is also used in the dyeing of wool and silk.", "chars": 353, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 235], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COCK-", "term": "COCK-UP LETTER", "norm": "cock-up letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "It is not unusual to begin a work, and the divisions of it, as Parts, or Books, with the first word set in capitals, and the first letter a larger capital, justified to range at the foot with the others, and bearing about the same proportion to them that capitals bear to their own small capitals; whatever proportion there may be between the first letter and the other part of the word, if it be justified to range at the foot, it is styled a Cock-up Letter.", "chars": 459, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0753", "term": "Cockerell, Douglas Bennett", "norm": "cockerell, douglas bennett", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1870-1945", "text": "An English bookbinder, first apprentice to THOMAS J. COBDEN-SANDERSON. Many of Cockerell's bindings are elaborately tooled with symmetrical arrangements of conventionalized flowers and leaves, sometimes within compartments formed by interlaced lines which often flow from the raised bands. This style, which he apparently originated, gives spine and covers unity, and shows that the designs were conceived essentially in terms of a book cover. His interlacing patterns usually have no loose ends, and his plant forms appear to expand. Small spaces are filled in with gold dots, and butting lines are strengthened by a thorn, often with a dot at each side.\n\nCockerell was not only a fine bookbinder but also performed a service in his teaching and writing, pointing out some of the destructive methods then being used by binders, such as excessive paring of leather and thinning of slips, headbanding with inadequate tying down, the use of acids on leather to create decorative effects, etc. He also called for sound principles in construction and the use of chemically and mechanically sound materials. He encouraged the use of native-dyed goatskins for covering, and did much to establish the use of the ZIG-ZAG ENDPAPER, which until recently was used extensively by craft binders. He also was aware of the merits of alum-tawed skin, and his use of it in rebinding manuscripts, and particularly his use of tawed goatskin on the Codex Sinaiticus, helped establish the reputation of durability which this type of skin enjoys today. He also promoted the use of rough edge gilding (See: ROUGH GILT).\n\nCockerell's publications included Bookbinding and the care of books, Some notes on bookbinding, and Bookbinding as a school subject.", "chars": 1798, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 217, 236, 347], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0754", "term": "Cockerell, Sydney", "norm": "cockerell, sydney", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1906-", "text": "A British bookbinder and senior partner of Douglas Cockerell & Son, a firm established by his father DOUGLAS COCKERELL.\n\nCockerell has designed and fabricated marbling equipment, and has been largely responsible for the revival of the art of marbling paper. He is also the inventor of the pneumatic ram used in tooling, the ball bearing fillet, and the tract-guided fillet. In addition, he has contributed to the knowledge of book structure, e.g., the idea of using a free guard around the first and last sections of the text block and also the use of free guards around the folds of vellum sections.\n\nHe assisted with the repair and binding of the Codex Sinaiticus, and has repaired and bound several early manuscripts, including the Codex Bezae.\n\nCockerell is an honorary member of the Society of Scribes and Illuminators, a Fellow of the International Institute for Conservation of Historic and Artistic Works, and a Master of the Art Workers Guild. His publications include Marbling paper, the appendix to Bookbinding and the care of books, and The repairing of books. He has also contributed to several handbooks and encyclopedias.", "chars": 1154, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0755", "term": "cockle", "norm": "cockle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cockled", "dates": null, "text": "1. A wrinkled or puckered condition in a sheet of paper or board (or vellum) caused, in the case of paper or board, by nonuniform drying and shrinkage, or from heat and humidity, and, in the case of vellum, by humidity. 2. A condition of the paper in books caused by excessive humidity and wetting. Cockling in books is magnified significantly if the grain direction of the paper is not parallel to the binding edge. 3. A term also applied to book covers (boards) rising, pulling, waving or curling, and caused by incorrect grain direction of the covering cloth, board paper, or the board itself, or by the use of the wrong type of adhesive or too much adhesive. 4. A warty growth in sheepskin.", "chars": 694, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [98, 139, 156, 335], "citations": ["Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0756", "term": "coconut oil", "norm": "coconut oil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A nearly colorless, fatty oil extracted from coconuts of the palm (Cocus nucifera), or from copra, and used to make gold leaf adhere to the surface of the covering material before impressing the heated tool or die.", "chars": 214, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0757", "term": "codex", "norm": "codex", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "codices", "dates": null, "text": "An ancient book composed of leaves of writing material fastened together so as to open like a modern book, as distinct from a SCROLL (1) or VOLUMEN, which it superseded. It was introduced originally in the 1st century A.D. The English word derives from the Latin caudex or codex, meaning a tree trunk or stem stripped of bark. Originally, the name was applied to two or more tablets of wood, metal, or ivory, hinged together with rings, the inner sides of which were covered with wax which could be inscribed with a stylus. Later on the term was applied to books of this format made of papyrus. vellum, or parchment. Although papyrus usually appeared in the form of a scroll, and parchment and vellum in the form of the codex, there was a brief intermediate stage, the papyrus codex. This came at a time when parchment was not yet fully accepted, partly because it was thought to be a somewhat vulgar material, and partly because, when the codex was new, it was not realized that papyrus was not really suitable to that format.\n\nScribes and bookbinders have long attempted to match the sides of materials forming the leaves of books. The early scribes were concerned with the arrangement of the sides of papyrus, which were different because of the placement of the strips, and therefore the orientation of the fibers, during manufacture. When the number of sheets of papyrus were placed one upon another with each one the same way up, and were then folded down the middle to make a section, the first half of the section had the horizontal lines uppermost, while the second half had the vertical lines uppermost. This method was sometimes adopted, whereas in other cases the sheets were alternated so that horizontal faced horizontal, and vertical faced vertical. In the case of vellum, the practice is to arrange the leaves so that flesh-side faces flesh-side and grain-side faces grain-side, in much the same manner as such papers as azure are faced light side to light side and dark side to dark side. Even modern day book papers have sides, a felt side on the machine-made papers and a wire side on hand-made papers.", "chars": 2167, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 123, 192, 236, 365], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Dunn and Wilson Group. The art and craft of bookbinding. Falkirk. Dunn & Wilson. 1968.", "Kenyon, Frederick George. Books and their readers in ancient Greece and Rome. 2nd ed. Folcroft, Pa. Folcroft Library Editions. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0758", "term": "coffee", "norm": "coffee", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The common beverage obtained from the plant, genus Coffea, and used by some restorers to tint the leaves of books that have been washed and/or bleached, so as to tone them to the shade of those leaves that were not treated.", "chars": 223, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COFFI", "term": "COFFIN", "norm": "coffin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That part of a wooden press, in which the stone is bedded.\n\nType Founders usually send small quantities of sorts in brown paper made into a cone, and twisted at the small end, similar in shape to what grocers use for small articles; where there are no fount cases, or where they are full, compositors do the same with superfluous sorts; these conical papers are called Coffins.\n\nThe frame and bottom of a slice galley, into which the slice slides, is also called the coffin. See Galley.", "chars": 520, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COGGE", "term": "COGGER’S PRESS", "norm": "cogger’s press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The cheeks of this press are of wrought iron, the head is of cast iron, very strong, and secured in its place by screws and nuts, and appears sufficient to bear the greatest power that can be applied in the ordinary process of printing, without injury. The pressure is obtained by a spindle with a screw working in the head, and at the bottom of it is a collar in which are fixed two studs of case-hardened iron with convex faces, which act upon two inclined planes of unequal degree of inclination; so that, when the platen first begins to descend, the descent is quick, but as the platen reaches the point of pressure, the velocity is diminished and the power proportionably increased, till arriving at a part of the plane nearly horizontal, and the levers taking the most advantageous positions, the highest degree of pressure is obtained. The inclined planes are of hard steel, dovetailed in the bottom of a circular brass box resting on the centre of the top of the platen; it contains oil, so that the studs dip into it every pull. The power is obtained by the bar being attached to a multiplied cross arm lever. Should the inclined planes break, or be injured, they can easily be taken out and replaced with new ones.", "chars": 1224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0759", "term": "cohesion", "norm": "cohesion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The union of the particles of one substance by means of primary and secondary valence forces. As applied to an adhesive, cohesion exists when the particles of an adhesive (or the adherend) are held together. Cf: ADHESION.", "chars": 245, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0760", "term": "coil binding", "norm": "coil binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "coiled binding", "dates": null, "text": "See: SPIRAL BINDING.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0761", "term": "cold flow", "norm": "cold flow", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CREEP.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0762", "term": "cold glue", "norm": "cold glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Synthetic adhesives that do not require heating and which effect adhesion simply by drying. Cold glues are being used more and more in bookbinding, particularly in library and hand binding. See also: RESINOUS ADHESIVES; FISH GLUE.", "chars": 278, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0763", "term": "cold gold", "norm": "cold gold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GOLDMARK.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0764", "term": "cold pressing", "norm": "cold pressing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bonding operation in which the parts to be joined are subjected to pressure without the application of heat. In hand binding, virtually all pressing comes under this definition, whereas in edition and library binding, some pressing operations require the application of heat.", "chars": 277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0765", "term": "cold-setting adhesive", "norm": "cold-setting adhesive", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive that sets at a temperature below 20° C. (68° F.). Most of the adhesives used in bookbinding fall into this category.", "chars": 128, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0766", "term": "collagen", "norm": "collagen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The principal constituent of the fiber-network layer of hides and skins used in producing leather. Collagen is organized in long, wavy bundles which vary in diameter from abut one to twenty microns. These bundles branch in a complex and random manner to form a three dimensional network upon which many of the qualities of leather depend, and it is this complex network of fibers which provides leather with its unique character.\n\nCollagen is a protein of the scleroprotein class, which is the most important constituent of the connective tissue of an animal. The molecules (14 X 2900 Å) appear to comprise a triple helix of linear polypeptide strands, composed of glycine, proline, and hydroxyproline. When collagen is boiled in water, the strands separate and undergo partial hydrolysis, yielding gelatin.", "chars": 805, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0767", "term": "collate", "norm": "collate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To put the leaves, issues, or sections of a serial publication or book in the correct order; to make certain that no maps, charts, illustrations, etc., are missing; to determine if margins are adequate for the desired type of sewing, as well as for trimming; to note tears, or other damage to leaves in need of repair; and to determine the general condition of the publication, including the paper on which it is printed, the grain direction of the paper, the presence of bled illustrations, and the need for pocket material, stubs, guards, etc., for the purpose of selecting the most appropriate binding style.", "chars": 611, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COLLA", "term": "COLLATE", "norm": "collate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To examine the signatures in each gathering, to see that they are right and perfect. Moxon styles it Collation Books.\n\nThe person who has to collate, (generally the Warehouseman, as he is answerable for the correctness of the delivery of books,) takes a heap of a gathering and places the first or signature page uppermost, towards his right hand, and with the point of a sharp bodkin, or a penknife, picks up the corner of each sheet, in order to see that each signature is right, passing his thumb under them as they rise, to keep what he examines separate from the heap, and thus proceeds till he has examined one gathering; he then slips this gathering a little back on the heap, and proceeds with another, till he has gone through eight or ten, which he turns over to his left hand upon the table, where they are ready to fold; and he thus proceeds till he has collated a sufficient number for his delivery, or the whole number of the work, as the case may require.\n\n\n\nIn the course of his progress he will find some sheets laid the wrong way, these he puts right; in some cases the boys will have taken two sheets of the same signature up, he takes one of these out; in other cases, there may be duplicate signatures, and the right one in order wanting; he calls out to the gathering boys to give him the right sheet, and draws out the duplicate as before, and sometimes a signature is wanting, which he also calls for. In these cases the wrong sheets that are taken out of the gathering are called Drawn Sheets, and are laid down on their respective heaps, to be re-gathered.\n\nAlthough not customary, I have known a warehouseman use neither a bodkin nor a penknife, but slip up the corner of the sheet with the end of his forefinger, in order to examine the signatures: any one who adopts this practice should be particularly careful to have clean fingers, or he will soil the corners of many sheets, and disfigure his work.\n\nColon. See Punctuation.", "chars": 2106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-collating-1", "term": "Collating", "norm": "collating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Examining the signatures, after the volume is gathered, to ascertain if they be correct and follow in numerical order.", "chars": 118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-collating-1", "term": "Collating", "norm": "collating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Examining the signatures, after a volume has been folded and gathered, to ascertain if they be in correct sequence.", "chars": 115, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-collating-1", "term": "Collating", "norm": "collating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Examining the sheets by the signatures after the volume has been folded, |175| to ascertain if they be in correct sequence.", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-collating-1", "term": "Collating", "norm": "collating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Examining the signatures, or sheets, after a volume is gathered, to ascertain if they be correct and follow in numerical order. Also, examining a book page by page to see if it is complete.", "chars": 189, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0768", "term": "collating mark", "norm": "collating mark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLACK STEP.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0769", "term": "collation", "norm": "collation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. That part of the description of a book, other than its contents, as a physical object. Collation gives the number of volumes, pages, columns, leaves, illustrations, photographs, a maps, etc., as well as the size and format. 2. The process of comparing minutely, page by page, line by line, or even symbol by symbol, either visually, or by means of electro, electromechanical, or chemical means, in order to determine whether or not two books are (more or less) identical copies or variants.", "chars": 501, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0770", "term": "collet hammer", "norm": "collet hammer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BACKING HAMMER.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0771", "term": "color", "norm": "color", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The multiple phenomena of light, manifest in the appearance of objects and light sources that are specified and described totally in terms of a viewer's perceptions pertaining to hue, lightness, and saturation for physical objects, and hue, brightness, and saturation for sources of light. The normal human eye is sensitive to a range of wavelengths from approximately 3.8/10,000 to 7.6/10,000 mm., with the longest wavelength being perceived as red, followed in descending order by orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. These are called Newton's spectral colors, i.e., they are seen when a beam of sunlight is split into its component parts, as it passes through a prism. Notwithstanding this separation, however, a precise limit for any single color cannot be made because the spectrum undergoes a continuous transition throughout the series. If the human eye perceives all seven kinds of light in the spectrum, and in the same proportions, the \"color\" seen is white.\n\nThe color of a particular object is usually contingent on the white light striking the surface of the object and being completely or at least partially absorbed in the surface of the material, with the remaining light being reflected from it. Consequently, when a person sees the color \"red,\" for example, it means that all of the incoming wavelengths (white light) have been absorbed by the surface of the object viewed except those wavelengths which constitute the color we have designated as red. If the light reflected from the surface of the object is allowed to pass through a further colored layer before reaching the eye, such as, for example, a transparent yellow film, more light will be absorbed, and the result will be a mixed color, i.e., orange. This process is called \"subtractive color mixture,\" or color obtained by successively eliminating light of different wavelengths from white light.\n\nPigments, as well as dyes and inks, are mixed with one another to create new hues according to the subtractive system. In theory, any chromatic hue may be obtained by a mixture of the three primary colors. In practice, however, many hues can only be approximated by mixing primaries. See also: COOL COLORS; FAST COLORS; FUGITIVE COLORS; WARM COLORS.\n\n2. Pigment or aniline colors used on the edges of books or on endpapers for tinting or coloring purposes. 3. The suspension or slurry of the materials for use in the pigment coating of paper.", "chars": 2524, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 140, 233, 234, 350], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Warren (S. D.) Co. Boston. Facts and views of papermaking at S. D. Warren Company. Boston. S. D. Warren Co. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0781", "term": "color fastness", "norm": "color fastness", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That property of a pigment or dye, or the leather, cloth, paper, ink, etc., containing the coloring matter, to retain its original hue, especially without fading, running, or changing when wetted, washed, cleaned; or stored under normal conditions when exposed to light, heat, or other influences. Color fastness in paper is measured with a fadeometer, and in cloth by a launderometer. See also: FAST COLORS; FUGITIVE COLORS.", "chars": 473, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 209], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0783", "term": "color lake", "norm": "color lake", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LAKE.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0784", "term": "color reversion", "norm": "color reversion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: YELLOWING.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0772", "term": "colored brushed top", "norm": "colored brushed top", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The decoration of the head edge of a book by means of coloring and brushing with a stiff brush.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0773", "term": "colored burnished top", "norm": "colored burnished top", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The decoration of the head edge of a book by means of coloring followed by burnishing.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0774", "term": "colored edges", "norm": "colored edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edge or edges of a book that have been decorated with water colors or dyes applied to the edge or edges and usually burnished. The colors are generally mixed with thin glue and edge gilding size. The most commonly used colors are red, yellow, green, and blue; brown, black and pink have also been employed. If only one edge is colored, it is usually at the head.\n\nColoring the edges of books appears to be virtually as old as the codex itself, the earliest known example being purple edges on a 4th century book. Red, ochre, and yellow were often used in the 15th to 17th centuries, while solid red edges sprinkled with yellow were popular in the first half of the 16th century. Colored edges have been common to the present day in miscellaneous binding and from the late 19th century on edition bindings.\n\nAlthough the coloring of edges appears to be purely for decorative effect, its actual function has always been to protect the edges from dust, dirt, and handling. See also: ANTIQUE EDGES; FORE-EDGE PAINTING; GILT EDGES; MARBLED EDGES; RED UNDER GOLD EDGES; ROUGH GILT;\n\nSPRINKLED EDGES.\n\nPrimary colors are: red, yellow, and blue. Secondary colors, derived\n\nfrom primary colors, are:\n\nPrimary Colors Secondary Colors\n\nred and yellow orange\n\nyellow and blue green\n\nred and blue purple\n\nTertiary colors, derived by combining primary and secondary colors, are:\n\nPrimary Colors Secondary Colors Tertiary Colors\n\nred and yellow orange citrine\n\nyellow and blue green\n\nred and yellow orange russet\n\nred and blue purple\n\nyellow and blue green olive\n\nred and blue purple", "chars": 1853, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 236, 335, 343], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0775", "term": "colored endpapers", "norm": "colored endpapers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Generally, tinted endpapers made from handmade paper. Colored or tinted endpapers appear to have been first used sometime near the end of the 16th century. Some of the earliest examples were printed with small repeated patterns that sometimes require up to three woodblocks for their execution. Of these papers, probably the greater number are of Dutch or German origin, although many are English. The Italian colored endpapers are generally very well done, often bearing small patterns devised on a geometrical scale. In the execution of these papers, the color was used in a very liquid form, producing a kind of blotted effect. In the 18th century these papers were also used for covering inexpensive trade bindings.", "chars": 719, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0776", "term": "colored inks", "norm": "colored inks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Inks of various colors used for both printing and writing. Numerous dyes and pigments have been used in the manufacture of these inks. Those made from pigment and vegetable colors were used for hundreds of years, but are rarely used today. Inks made from minium (red lead), red ochre (rubrica) or vermillion were used by the Romans, while in the middle ages verdigris or metallic inks (powdered gold or silver in a gum) were often used. From about 1600 to the time the first use was made of inks produced from alizarin or aniline dyestuffs (1861), natural indigo, logwood, cochineal, and similar vegetable pigments were commonly used ingredients in colored inks.\n\nInks made from synthetic dyestuffs. while inert in solutions of the dye and water, and therefore not harmful to paper, are not nearly as permanent as iron-gall or carbon inks, although they are more permanent than the early synthetic dyestuffs.", "chars": 906, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0777", "term": "colored paper", "norm": "colored paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper colored on one or both sides during manufacture by means of coloring pigments. When its use is to be for cover papers, endpapers, etc., the shade may range from light to very dark; for printing purposes, however, the usual colors are the light shades, since a dark ink is not very legible on too dark a paper. and printing very light inks on dark paper is not generally practical as two impressions are usually required to obtain adequate opacity. Duplex papers are those with different colors on the two sides of the sheet. (, 204)", "chars": 563, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [204, 234], "citations": ["Lewis, Arthur William. Basic bookbinding. New York. Dover, 1957.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0778", "term": "colored paste-papers", "norm": "colored paste-papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Decorative endpapers produced by mixing color with paste and soap and spreading the mixture over two sheets of paper, which while still wet, are pressed together. When separated, the transfer of color from the sheets produces a mottled effect on each. Colored paste-papers are sometimes used for covering books, although they have little water resistance unless waxed. Green, red, and blue are among the most commonly used colors. See also: COLORED ENDPAPERS; PASTE PAPERS.", "chars": 521, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172, 371], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0779", "term": "colored printings", "norm": "colored printings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of an inferior quality of paper, containing a considerable percentage of mechanical wood pulp and used for the covers of pamphlets and similar publications.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0780", "term": "colored under gilt", "norm": "colored under gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edge or edges of a book gilded over a coloring (usually red) of dye or water color. Pigment colors are generally unsuitable for this decoration. Colored under gilt is used extensively for Bibles and devotional works.", "chars": 220, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0782", "term": "colorimeter", "norm": "colorimeter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instrument for measuring or specifying color by means of comparison with synthesized colors. i.e., by reference either to other colors or to complex stimuli, not in general identical with the actual color stimulus, and giving results not independent of abnormalities in the color vision of the observer. The typical colorimeter has a built-in standard light source, three colored filters, photoelectric cells or phototubes, a standard reflecting surface, and, in modern instruments, photoelectric cells and electronic circuits to replace the human eye as the receptor. The results of a colorimeter examination are expressed as \"chromaticity coordinates. \"", "chars": 658, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [197, 233], "citations": ["Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COLOU", "term": "COLOURS", "norm": "colours", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In Hayter’s “Introduction to Perspective Drawing and Painting,” is a diagram of the three primitive colours, with their combinations, which show the best contrasts. He says, this is highly useful for a painter to understand: and I think it is highly useful for a printer also to understand; for it will enable him to make the best disposition of colours in printing so as always to produce a superior effect to what could be done without the guidance of a correct principle. I shall give the passage.\n\n“You may try another experiment in proof of the primitive superiority of red, yellow, and blue, over all other colours. First draw a circle; then, with the same opening of the compasses, set one foot on the circumferent line, and draw a second circle; and again, with one foot of the compasses on the point where the two circles bisect, draw a third; cover one whole circle with yellow, another with red, and another with blue (letting each dry before you lay the next); the colours intermixing by the equilateral intersection of the three circles, will produce green, orange, and purple; and the central portion, taking all the three colours, will be neutral of the black class, and nearly black, according to the strength of the three separate lays of the primitive colours. By this diagram you will have a certain proof of the colours which are most adapted to oppose each other, from which the knowledge of their harmonizing properties may be derived. You will find a primitive colour always opposite to a compound one; as, blue will be opposite orange, red opposite green, and yellow opposite purple; which must determine them to be the natural opposites: this is highly useful for a painter to understand.”\n\nColumbian Press. See Clymer’s Press.", "chars": 1896, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_174.jpg", "caption": "Three overlapping circles", "alt": "Three overlapping circles", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0785", "term": "comb binding", "norm": "comb binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of MECHANICAL BINDING consisting of a plastic strip on the spine from which curved prongs extend. They are inserted into holes punched into the leaves to be held. The name derives from the resulting \"comb\" appearance of the binding. This type of mechanical binding provides a more-or-less solid spine on which the title of the publication may be printed. Its disadvantages, however. are many: leaves may be removed quite easily by unauthorized persons, and groups of leaves often slip from the grasp of the flexible prongs. In addition, leaves tend to tear from the binding because the large, usually rectangular, slots leave relatively little paper along the line of the punched holes.", "chars": 717, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [316], "citations": ["Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0793", "term": "comb marble", "norm": "comb marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: NONPAREIL MARBLE.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMB", "term": "COMB WOOL", "norm": "comb wool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The same as Card Wool, which see.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0786", "term": "combed edges", "norm": "combed edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edges of a book decorated with black, red, blue, and yellow colors, in the ratio of 1:2:3:4 respectively, in a combed, figure-eight effect.", "chars": 143, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0787", "term": "combination oil tannage", "norm": "combination oil tannage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of tannage, or process of tannage, in which the skin is first tanned with formaldehyde and is subsequently treated by the OIL TANNING process. Some CHAMOIS leathers are tanned by this method.", "chars": 246, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0788", "term": "combination press", "norm": "combination press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A particular type of press, either manufactured commercially or homemade, frequently the latter, that serves more than one purpose, e.g., as a LYING PRESS that can be turned on its side and used as a NIPPING PRESS, or a press that serves as a STANDING PRESS, BACKING PRESS, or as a press for CASING-IN, having brass-edged boards built into both cheeks.", "chars": 472, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173, 231], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969.", "A practical course in bookcrafts and bookbinding. Leicester. C. H. Gee. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0789", "term": "combination style", "norm": "combination style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old term used in America for a binding in which the forwarding was done as though for a hand-bound book, i.e., boards to be laced-in, followed by covering, but then having the cover (case) made separately. The case was then \"hung on\" the text block, the cloth joints were glued down and a lining paper was glued to the insides of the cover boards.", "chars": 350, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0790", "term": "combination tanned", "norm": "combination tanned", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term sometimes applied to a leather tanned by two or more tanning processes. Combination processes include CHROME TANNING followed by VEGETABLE TANNING, i.e., CHROME RETAN; vegetable tanning followed by chrome tanning, or SEMI-CHROME TANNAGE: tanning with formaldehyde followed by treatment with oil, or COMBINATION OIL TANNAGE.", "chars": 458, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0791", "term": "combined tannin in leather", "norm": "combined tannin in leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Tannin that has combined so vigorously with the hide or skin protein that it cannot readily he removed by washing.", "chars": 114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0792", "term": "combined water-soluble matter (in leather)", "norm": "combined water-soluble matter (in leather)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See textual note\n\nThat material present in leather in a state of loose chemical combination with the hide protein and which can be removed from finely ground leather only by prolonged washing.", "chars": 190, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-combs-1", "term": "COMBS", "norm": "combs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Instruments with wire teeth used in marbling.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-combs-1", "term": "COMBS", "norm": "combs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Instruments with wire teeth used in marbling. The colors being upon the surface of water, the comb is drawn across a portion in such a way that a new form is developed.", "chars": 168, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0794", "term": "come away", "norm": "come away", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ability of a heated finishing tool to separate or \"come away\" cleanly during blind tooling without sticking to the dampened leather and thus damaging the grain surface. Rubbing the tool over the flesh side of a piece of scrap leather which has been rubbed with a mixture of white wac and lard (1.25 parts wax to 1.0 part lard) facilitates clean removal of a tool.", "chars": 367, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COME1", "term": "COME DOWN", "norm": "come down", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The toe of the spindle is said to come down by pulling the bar: so is the bar when it is pulled near the hither cheek: also, the Pressman is said to come down the form with his balls.—M.", "chars": 186, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-come-down-1", "term": "Come Down", "norm": "come down", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the *Toe* of the *Spindle* is said to *Come down* by *Pulling* the *Bar*: So is the *Bar* when it is *Pull’d* near the hither *Cheek*: Also, the *Press-man* is said to *Come down the Form* with his *Balls*: For which See § 24. ¶ 13.", "chars": 232, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COME2", "term": "COME DOWN THE FORM", "norm": "come down the form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Beating from the off side to the near side of the form is termed Coming down the form.\n\n", "chars": 160, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMES", "term": "COMES OFF", "norm": "comes off", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form that receives a good impression, Comes off well, if a bad impression, it Comes off ill, or it Comes not well off. Also a phrase used in gathering of books; for a heap that is gathered off is said to come off.—M.\n\nComma. See Punctuation.", "chars": 296, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0795", "term": "commercial binding", "norm": "commercial binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term understood to mean the binding of both short and long runs of identical books largely by machinery, i.e., edition binding, but not including blankbook binding, pamphlet binding, or padding, in distinction from the binding of single books of dissimilar nature, such as craft binding and library binding.", "chars": 309, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81, 115, 320], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0796", "term": "common binding", "norm": "common binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An English term for a quality of binding that includes sewing on tapes by machine, cloth joints, a canvas or sheepskin spine lining, strawboards, and a covering of sheepskin or buckram.", "chars": 185, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0797", "term": "common calf", "norm": "common calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "common sheep", "dates": null, "text": "A very simple style of leather binding, often not headbanded or backed, and without pastedowns or lettering on the spine. They were produced for the inexpensive edition or retail trade, particularly during the 17th and 18th centuries. The vast majority of the 17th century bindings were in full leather, as were those of the first half of the 18th; thereafter they were also bound in half leather.", "chars": 397, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0798", "term": "common carrier", "norm": "common carrier", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An individual or firm that undertakes to transport books to or from a bindery or library on a commercial basis, and who is responsible for losses as prescribed by law. The majority of the library binders today either own and operate their own vehicles or arrange for transportation on a NON-COMMINGLED contract basis.", "chars": 341, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0799", "term": "common marble", "norm": "common marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of thrown marble, applied to leather covers, and consisting of black and brown streaks applied by throwing or sprinkling. The black is generally applied first.", "chars": 166, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 152], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMMO", "term": "COMMON PRAYER", "norm": "common prayer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "For the allowance of the duty on paper used in the printing of Books of Common Prayer, see Paper.\n\nCommons, House of. See Privilege.", "chars": 216, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0800", "term": "common red", "norm": "common red", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A red marbling color prepared from a mixture of Brazil wood, nut galls, and sal amoniac (ammonium chloride) boiled in water.", "chars": 124, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0801", "term": "commons", "norm": "commons", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "common color", "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete English term for a grade of book cloth intermediate in quality between the cheaper linens and more expensive extra cloths and buckram. Commons were dyed before receiving the final coat of color. The thready appearance noticeable on linen-finished cloth was less apparent on commons because of the dye and additional coating.", "chars": 336, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 276], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMPA1", "term": "COMPANION", "norm": "companion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two pressmen working at the same press call one another Companions.—M. Two or more compositors employed on the same piece of work also call each other Companions. Both parties frequently abbreviate the word, and call each other Comp.", "chars": 233, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMPA2", "term": "COMPANIONSHIP", "norm": "companionship", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When more than one compositor is employed upon any work it is styled a companionship.\n\nThere are different ways of working in companionships: one is, for each to work on his own account, to write his own bill, charging what he has done, and correct his own matter. At other times all the individuals work is charged and received in gross in the name of the companionship, and the division into the respective earning of each is made by the clicker.\n\nIn this case, to prevent unfairness, arising from any of the companions taking an undue advantage over the others, the copy should be strictly kept from their inspection, and a stated quantity invariably given out for each when any of them are out of copy, and not before; by this means each of them will have an equal chance for any fat that may occur. I have found in practice this method to be the fairest for all the individuals.\n\nAnother method is working on time or in pocket, where each individual exerts himself to further the work in any way that appears to the clicker the best, either composing or correcting, as the case requires. In this form of companionship the whole of what is done is written in one bill, and equally divided among the companions, provided they have been punctual in their attendance, and have not taken more than the prescribed time for their meals, &c.; otherwise they are subject to fines for infraction of the rules agreed to for their guidance.\n\nAs it often happens that a work is required to be printed with the greatest possible despatch, the plan of working upon Lines is frequently adopted, which is found in practice to be the most expeditious method of facilitating the work at case.\n\nAs soon as a work that requires despatch is put in hand, the overseer selects such men as are able to complete a great quantity of work in a given time, and appoints one of them who thoroughly understands his business, and is in other respects qualified, to undertake the management of the work, and to do every thing which would interfere with the regular business of distributing, composing and correcting. This person is styled the clicker.\n\nWhile the companionship proceeds to the distribution of letter, the clicker applies to the overseer for the copy, receives instructions respecting it, and procures leads and every other necessary sort. He then draws out a table in the following form, or something similar.\n\nIn the first column he sets down the name of each compositor when he takes copy; and in the second the folio of the copy, that he may be able to ascertain instantly in whose hands it lies. In the third column he notes down the number of lines each man has composed opposite to his name, as fast as the galleys are brought to him. In the fourth he sets down such remarks respecting the copy, &c. as may be necessary, and also any circumstance that may occur in the companionship.\n\nWhen the members of the companionship are ready for their first taking of copy, they are to receive it from the clicker in small quantities, taking care that the two first have shorter takings than any of the others, to prevent as much as possible any delay in the making up. During the time the first taking is in hand, the clicker sets the head, the head lines, white lines, signature lines, together with side notes, and other extraneous matter.\n\nAs soon as the first person brings him his matter, he counts the number of lines, and inserts it in the table; he then gives him another taking of copy, and proceeds with the making up. The same plan is observed with the rest of the companionship.\n\nWhen the first sheet is made up, he lays the pages on the stone, and informs the overseer of it, who will then immediately provide chases and furniture.\n\nThe work will now proceed rapidly, provided there be no hinderance with respect to letter, &c. If the clicker find that he cannot make up the matter as fast as it is composed, he should call the companion who is last in copy to his assistance. In this case the clicker counts the lines he has composed, sets them down in the table, and takes notice of the time he is off, which is to be made up to him by a deduction from the share of each person.\n\nThe proofs should be read immediately after they are pulled, and given to the clicker to be corrected. As soon as this is done, he gives the proof to the compositor whose matter stands first, who should immediately lay up the forms and correct his matter, then forward it to the next, and so on, till the sheet be corrected; the compositor whose matter is last in the sheet then locks it up, and carries the forms to the proof press.\n\nAs soon as one of the companionship is out of copy, and there is no more to be given out, the lines of the whole must be counted off, and set down in the table, and then every one does as much as he can for the general benefit. If there be not work enough to employ the whole, those who are not wanted may go to their regular work, and the time of their absence, till the rest of the companionship return to theirs, will be deducted from their respective shares.\n\nIn the outset the value of the lines is calculated, so that each of the companionship shall be paid, in the first instance, for what he composes: the head and direction lines, the white lines, the branching out, the short pages, and the white pages, are termed fat; these the clicker sets, they are included in the general account, and the amount divided among the companionship. By this means each compositor will receive a share of the whole, according to the number of lines he composes, and an equal share of the fat, and the clicker’s share of the bill must be equal to that of the person who has set the greatest number of lines.\n\nIf leads, or any other materials, run short, a clever and active clicker will not wait for a supply from the overseer, who may be prevented attending to him at the moment, but will immediately forage for them himself, well knowing that expediting the work is for his own advantage as well as for that of the companionship.\n\nThose companions who do not compose half as many lines as the compositor who has the greatest number, receive only a share of the fat equal to one half of what those do who have worked regularly; and those who do not compose more than one quarter, only receive equal to one quarter of a regular share.\n\nComparative Size of Types. See Types.", "chars": 6550, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-companionship-1", "term": "COMPANIONSHIP", "norm": "companionship", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "All the hands employed on a work.", "chars": 33, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0802", "term": "compensation guard", "norm": "compensation guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thickness of linen or paper, usually the latter, bound into a volume to compensate for the thickness of folded maps, charts or other bulky material within the text block, or pocket material, so as to incorporate such material without distorting the shape of the book. They are sometimes made by binding in a full section of blank leaves placed ahead of the bulky material, and then cutting out all except a narrow portion after binding. The more common method, however, is to bind in folded strips of guard paper when the book is to be sewn through the folds, or strips of paper when the book is to be oversewn or otherwise sewn through the sides of the leaves.", "chars": 663, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0803", "term": "compensation pad", "norm": "compensation pad", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pad of waste paper, slightly thicker than the difference in thickness from the spine to fore edge of a sewn book (the difference in thickness being the result of sewing swell). The pad makes the book the same thickness from spine to fore edge and overcomes the problem of distortion when the guillotine clamp is applied during trimming of the head and tail edges of the book.", "chars": 377, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [276], "citations": ["Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0804", "term": "complementary color", "norm": "complementary color", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One of a pair of colors usually considered to be in extreme contrast to each other. Red and green, yellow and violet, and blue and orange are pairs of complementary colors. The complementary of a primary color is produced by mixing the other two primary colors, e.g., green (which is a mixture of yellow and blue) is the complementary of red.", "chars": 342, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMPO1", "term": "COMPOSING", "norm": "composing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The term composing includes the practical knowledge of picking up letters, spacing, justifying lines, and emptying the composing stick when full.\n\nAlthough expedition is a most desirable qualification in a compositor, yet alone it is far from constituting a good workman: and the man who possesses no other claims to the title will be found competent to little more than setting reprints, in which no judgment is required, and where he has only to arrange letter for letter, point for point, and line for line; on which employment he may whistle, sing, talk, or laugh, without inconvenience to himself; for the process being merely mechanical, and the mind not being occupied in the smallest degree, if he make a mistake of a word, it will be detected at the end of the line; or, if there be a double, or an out, of lines, either will be detected when the page is finished.\n\nHow different is the case with the man who is anxious to deserve the title of a good workman, and to maintain it: in his youth he has been equally desirous with the other to acquire expedition; and, having attained it, he has felt that other requisites were necessary;—he has read, to obtain information—he has examined the best workmanship, as specimens for his guidance—he endeavours to compose accurately—he is careful and uniform in his spacing—he justifies his lines to an equal tightness—he divides his words, when necessary to divide them, correctly, and with a regard to appearance—and when occasional bits of rule work occur, they are marked by a degree of neatness in being cut to precise lengths, and in the corners fitting with precision—in all the work that passes through his hands there appear the marks of attention and skill.\n\nWhen a master printer undertakes a work which requires more than ordinary care, and is difficult to execute, the superiority of the man who has endeavoured to improve himself is evident: he is selected to perform it; and he then feels the advantage of his perseverance. At work upon a difficult subject, with an ill written manuscript, his first proofs show him equal to the task—his arrangements of the matter are judicious—his punctuation is correct—when particular sorts are to be justified, they are done with accuracy—when an accented letter is required that cannot be procured in a single type, he makes it with neatness—and when his proof returns from the reader, he will frequently correct it in as little time, as a slovenly compositor will require to correct a proof of a similar size, that is a reprint.\n\n\n\nThe results to the slovenly and the good compositor are very different. The first is only employed during a flush of work; when that ceases, he has to seek fresh employment; perhaps does not meet with any for some weeks; again obtains a temporary engagement; and thus continues, till old age approaches, and he is rendered incapable of working. The good workman, on the contrary, is prized by his employer, especially if the latter be a workman himself, and a man of judgment. He is looked up to by his fellow-workmen; his situation is permanent, if he choose; his abilities qualify him to be a reader, and if his mind lead him that way, he may obtain such a situation. His knowledge and his merit fit him to become the overseer of a large house; where he has many advantages, and where he continues with credit to himself: unless, perhaps, he chooses to commence business on his own account, which is frequently done, when he invariably obtains the countenance and support of those who have witnessed his skill, his knowledge, his attention, and his industry.\n\nThere is another class of compositors who neither possess much skill; nor are very expeditious: I mean such as are of a sober, steady habit. These are useful men in an office where there is a number of reprints; they go on from year to year in a regular routine, and never step out of it: the employer can always depend on them for a regular amount of work, if they have sufficient employment.\n\nThere are too many, both good and bad workmen, who lose their time in drinking, gaming, and other vicious and idle pursuits: such persons pay doubly for their dissipation, for they squander the fruits of their earnings, and cut off the source of supply, by neglecting their employment. These men will never be employed in any respectable printing office, where they are known, except on a temporary engagement in a case of emergency. They introduce strife and discord wherever they are, and frequently lead astray the inexperienced youth: they disregard equally instruction and advice, and are not awakened to a sense of their condition, till the most severe lessons in this world are unitedly experienced—old age, poverty, and contempt.\n\nThe mere art of picking up letters, and arranging them in the composing stick, is looked upon by many compositors as constituting the whole of their business; who in consequence think that if they can succeed in picking letters up with facility, they become first-rate workmen; and the terms “Swifts,” and “Fire Eaters,” by which expeditious compositors are designated in a printing office, gratify their vanity.\n\nIt is not necessary to give specific rules, and a minute description, of the manner of picking up each letter, because it is impossible for them to hold good, the letters lying in every possible direction. A few general rules may suffice—to take up the letter at that end where the face is—if the nick be not upwards, to turn it upwards in its progress to the composing stick—to convey it to the line in the composing stick with as few motions as possible—to aim at no flourishes with the hand, which only lose time.\n\nI would advise an inexperienced youth, when he comes to work among a number of men, to observe the manner of one of the best and quickest compositors: he will, perhaps, at first conclude that he is looking at a very slow workman, for the first appearance is fallacious; but when he examines more closely he will find his mistake, for what he at first took for slowness is the true principle of expedition; he will perceive no false motion, which invariably delays progress; the fingers go to one particular letter, take it up, convey it to the line direct, while the eye is directed to another letter which the fingers convey in the same manner to the line; thus letter after letter accumulate to words, lines, and pages, with a quickness that looks like magic, while to the spectator it seems to be only the pace of the tortoise. Let him look at another; there appears all bustle, all expedition; the body and head in continual motion; the hand so quick in its evolutions, that he gazes with astonishment on the apparent rapidity of arranging the letters: let him look again with more attention, and he will find that the man whom he supposed so slow makes no mistake, loses no time, but continues steadily and uniformly making progress: while the other frequently misses taking hold of his letter; then makes two or three flourishes with his hand and his head before he takes hold of another; and then his hand continues dancing and see-sawing, and after three or four of such motions, made with great rapidity, the letter is finally deposited in the line. This manner of lifting the letters is in reality the pace of the tortoise, although it has the appearance of the speed of the hare.\n\nRegularity of spacing, and a due proportion of distance between words, contribute in a material degree to improve the appearance of a book.\n\nWhen the lines are very short, or the type very large in proportion to their length, all general rules, both of dividing and spacing, must give way to necessity; for in such cases it is impossible at all times to space regularly, or to divide the words correctly.\n\nThere is a great diversity of opinion with respect to spacing; some authors and printers choosing to have the words wide apart, and others, on the contrary, preferring to have them nearly close together; the one, requiring an en quadrat, or two thick spaces, and the other, a thin space only, between the words. Both of these, in my opinion, go to an extreme: I prefer using a thick space generally, and justifying with thinner and hair spaces; so that there will rarely be a necessity for any violent inequality in the distance of the words from each other.\n\nWhen a work is double leaded, or has reglet between the lines, it requires to be wider spaced than when it is solid: in the two first cases, two middling spaces, or a thick and a thin space, will not be too much; in the latter, a thick space will be quite sufficient. And it is necessary to attend to these circumstances; for printing that is open does not harmonize when close spaced, any more than solid matter does when wide spaced, which makes it look full of pigeon holes; for the distance between the words should bear some proportion to the distance between the lines.\n\nWhen one or two letters require to be got in, or to be driven out, the difference between a thick space and a middling one is not perceptible to the eye, particularly if the compositor is careful to place the latter before or after a v or w, after a comma that comes before a v or w, or after a y; and, in like manner, an additional hair space will not be perceptible if it come after an f, or before a j; or if it come between db, dh, dk, dl, lb, lh, lk, or ll.\n\nThe most expeditious mode of regular spacing, perhaps, is to take the spaces as they rise; for there being in the box only three sorts, the thin and the hair spaces being in separate boxes, there will not be any violent disproportion if the line should be full at the first; and the slight disproportion may be easily remedied by changing the situation of two or three: if the line should not be quite full, then the introduction of a few thin spaces will equalise the distances; or the substitution of a few thick spaces for middling ones will have the same effect.\n\nIn setting a line of capitals, a careful workman will pay attention to the bearing off of different letters, for many of them when they fall together stand as if there were a space between them, and produce a bad effect: to remedy this inequality, hair spaces, or bits of paper, are required between those letters that stand close. The inequality is still greater in many instances in a line of Italic capitals, and of course requires the same remedy.\n\nIt would be desirable, and would tend to facilitate regular spacing, if there were a greater number of hair spaces cast to a fount than is now the case.\n\nIn poetry, the size of the type and the measure are usually so arranged as to admit the longest line to come into the measure, without having occasion to turn it: an opportunity is thus allowed for regular spacing, which is generally done with thick spaces. When a work in poetry is commenced, it is usual for the compositor to divide his space box up the middle with a piece of reglet, or with a piece of thin wood, made to fit tight, and to assort his thick spaces on one side, and the thinner on the other, to save time and trouble in picking them out\n\nAs the measure for poetry is sometimes made as narrow as will conveniently allow the regular lines to come in, both to save quadrats, and also to lessen the price of composing, it not unfrequently happens that a line containing long syllables will not admit of thick spaces; in this case, the usual practice is to space close, and get in the line if possible, even with hair spaces, for turning it is attended with inconveniences; the page must be made up short, or long, to preserve the couplets, and it affects the next page, in preventing the stanzas backing each other.\n\nA compositor will always find it advantageous to justify his lines to an equal tightness; and of this he must be sensible when he has to lock up his form: if he have been careless in this instance he will experience a loss of time and find a difficulty in getting his form to lift; and when it does lift, by means of sticking his bodkin into quadrats and spaces to tighten those lines that are slack, it will never be safe; for it is more than probable that many letters will draw out at press, and cause errors in that sheet, (for pressmen are generally careless how they replace a letter that has drawn, and, when it is discovered, they are satisfied if they put it into the right word,) the pressmen scold the compositor, who also, if he be working in a companionship, and should not be the last in the sheet, gets scolded by the compositor who has to lock up the forms, for his carelessness, and for the additional trouble which it causes.\n\nI would avoid having a lower case f at the end of a line; for, being a kerned letter, the dot at the end of the curve is almost sure to be broken off while the sheet is being worked at press.\n\nIt is not possible to give particular rules for justifying all the sorts that occur in many works, and that are not in a printing office:—for a Ç, it will be necessary to cut away the shank to the bottom of the face of the letter, and justify a figure of 5 with the top back dash cut off; a long m̄, n̄, or any other letter, must be cut away to the upper part of the letter, and a small lower case l, with the fine lines cut away, fixed flat above; a short y̆ may be made by taking the bottom of an o; m̃ and ñ by cutting the front of a small a away, and laying it lengthways; ŵ and ŷ by inverting a lower case v, after cutting away the cross lines, and making the thick line equal to the fine one with a sharp knife.\n\nCutting away the shank allows the additional part to stand close to the face of the letter, which improves the appearance. In some instances it will be necessary to cut part of a lead away above the letter, and justify the addition in the vacancy. The compositor should, by all means, be careful to justify every sort that is added so tight as to prevent it from drawing out at press; but not so tight, as to force the words above and below out of line; in fact, they ought to be so managed as, when justified to the letter, to form unitedly its regular body in depth when it is practicable.\n\nThe compositor should also be careful to proportion the size of the accent or mark to be justified to the size of the letter, that there may be no disproportion between them.\n\nI would recommend to every compositor when he goes to a fresh house, where it is likely he may work some time, to ascertain what founts are in the house, with the two line letters, blacks, flowers, &c.: this knowledge will give him facilities, and enable him to compose a title, or a job, with less sacrifice of time, than if he were not acquainted with the materials contained in the office.", "chars": 14932, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMPO2", "term": "COMPOSING RULE", "norm": "composing rule", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of brass rule cut to the length of the measure, with a small ear or beak projecting at one end, by which to take it out. This rule is laid in the composing stick, and the letters arranged upon it; when the line is full, the rule is taken out by the projecting part, and laid upon the line composed, and this process is continued till the stick is full, when the rule is laid upon the last line as before, the whole of the matter in the stick is then grasped tight with both hands, (the rule preventing it from bursting,) taken out of the stick, and deposited in a galley.", "chars": 579, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-composing-rule-1", "term": "COMPOSING RULE", "norm": "composing rule", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A steel or brass rule, with a beak at one end, used in typesetting.", "chars": 67, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMPO3", "term": "COMPOSING STICK", "norm": "composing stick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The instrument in which the letters are arranged into words and lines. It is generally made of iron, sometimes of gun metal, and long ones for large jobs occasionally of wood.\n\nWhen made of iron it is formed of a piece of sheet iron, one side turned up nearly half an inch, at a right angle, which forms the back, and when that is turned to the workman at the right hand extremity an end is fitted to it, by screws, rivets, or dovetailing: this end is iron, considerably thicker than the bottom and back, and is soldered in its place to give it strength and stability.\n\nThere is a slide by which the length of the lines is regularly justified, which is fixed to the back by a nut and screw passing through a groove in it, and secured in its place by the screw passing through one of the holes in the back, by which means the length of the line can be arranged according to the size of the page. The end of the stick, and also of the slide, must form a right angle with the back, and be parallel to each other, otherwise the lines will be of unequal lengths, and cause much trouble. The English composing sticks generally hold from nine to eleven lines of pica. The French printers use much narrower ones, frequently not holding more than three lines.\n\nComposition. See Rollers.", "chars": 1326, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_181.jpg", "caption": "A composing stick", "alt": "A composing stick", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-composing-stick-1", "term": "COMPOSING STICK", "norm": "composing stick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instrument in which types are arranged in words and lines.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0805", "term": "composition leaf", "norm": "composition leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DUTCH GOLD.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMPO4", "term": "COMPOSITOR", "norm": "compositor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "He that composes or sets the letters.—M. See Composing.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COMPO5", "term": "COMPOSITOR’S BOOK", "norm": "compositor’s book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To prevent mistakes, confused bills, and disputes in companionships, and with the employer, it is essentially necessary that a compositor should keep an account of the work that he does, and it is still better that he should be able to ascertain on the instant how much he has composed of any work that he is employed upon; the quantity in each signature; the number of pages charged, and in what signatures; and the forms he has imposed, and the signatures. The following form, it is presumed, will accomplish this object in a simple and easy manner.\n\n\n\n\n\nCompositors’ Prices. See Scale of Prices.", "chars": 795, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0806", "term": "compressibility", "norm": "compressibility", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The decrease in caliper of a sheet of paper, expressed as a percentage, resulting from an arbitrary specified increase in load. The conditions under which the determinations are made must be fully specified. Compressibility of paper is of considerable importance in both printing and bookbinding. See also: BUNDLING (1).", "chars": 344, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0807", "term": "concealed binding", "norm": "concealed binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes used to indicate a MECHANICAL BINDING concealed within a wraparound cover.", "chars": 115, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [54], "citations": ["Book Production. Tricks of the trade. New York. Bookbinding and Book Production. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0808", "term": "concealed joint", "norm": "concealed joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: INVISIBLE JOINT.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0809", "term": "concertina fold", "norm": "concertina fold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See notes on the electronic edition\n\nA method of folding a sheet of paper, first to the right and then to the left, so that the sheet opens and closes in the manner of a concertina. Also called \"accordion fold,\" or zig-zag fold. See also: ZIG-ZAG ENDPAPER.", "chars": 278, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 278], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Pratt, Guy A. Let's bind a book. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0810", "term": "concertina guard", "norm": "concertina guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A type of GUARD (1) used in conservation binding. It is made of good quality paper (generally Japanese copying paper) and is used so that the adhesive applied to the spine does not come into direct contact with the sections. The depth of each fold does not normally exceed 1/8 to 3/16 inch. The use of the concertina guard makes pulling of the book easier in the event that rebinding is necessary, and also reduces the possibility of damage to the folds of the sections. A forerunner of this technique consisted of loose individual guards around each section of vellum books. This type of guard is used only in the best conservation binding because it is difficult and time consuming (therefore expensive) to sew a book when using the concertina guard.", "chars": 796, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0811", "term": "condensation", "norm": "condensation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A chemical reaction in which two or more molecules, e.g., of an adhesive, combine upon the separation of water or some other simple substance. If a polymer is formed, the process is known as polycondensation. See also: POLYMERIZATION. 2. The process of changing from a vapor into a liquid, as when steam condenses into water.", "chars": 352, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CONDI", "term": "CONDITION", "norm": "condition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Balls are said to be in condition, or good condition, when they lug, and the ink is distributed easily and uniformly on their surface; that is, when they are neither too hard nor too soft: when they are either the one or the other, they are said to be in bad condition. See Balls. This also applies to rollers.\n\nPaper is said to be in good condition when it has received a proper degree of moisture, been laid a day or two between the boards or in a heap, with weights upon the top board, then turned, which changes the parts is contact, and replaced under the weights for another day, so that the moisture shall be uniformly diffused and equal through the whole quantity of paper to be printed.", "chars": 724, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0812", "term": "conditioning", "norm": "conditioning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term which has virtually the same meaning as SEASONING, but, unlike that term, is generally considered to refer to the exposure of paper to an accurately controlled and specified environment for the purpose of bringing the moisture content of the paper into equilibrium with the surrounding atmosphere. Standard atmospheric conditions in North America are considered to be 50% relative humidity and 73° F. In other countries the standard calls for a relative humidity of 65% (+2%) and a temperature of 68° F. +3° F.). Conditioning is of considerable importance for papers which must lie flat in sheet form, or which must give good register when printed. Unequal internal strains are set up when paper is dried on the papermaking machine, because the tension in the direction of the web travel. i.e., the MACHINE DIRECTION, produced by drying, is greater in the cross direction. See: ANISOTROPIC BEHAVIOR.\n\nSince most papers are dried to a moisture content of about 3% (by weight of the paper), they tend subsequently to absorb moisture until the moisture content amounts to approximately 5 to 9% (depending upon the humidity of the atmosphere in which they are stored). This tendency is increased once the paper is cut, because cut edges are able to absorb atmospheric moisture faster than the surface of the sheet itself, especially when the paper is stacked in piles. When a stack of paper absorbs moisture, the edges, particularly those corresponding to the cross direction, will expand more rapidly than the center, which causes cockling. In like manner, a \"spongy\" effect may occur, due to absorption of moisture by the top surface of the upper sheets in the pile. This expansion may take place between the printings of a multi-color printing sequence, or when the paper is dampened as in the offset-litho printing process, with the result that the colors used will overlap in some places and leave gaps in others. Moisture absorption, particularly when the grain direction of the paper does not run parallel to the spine of the book, can cause cockling along the binding edge and waviness in the leaves, resulting in a book that will not close properly. The latter problem can sometimes be overcome, at least to a degree, by pressing the book in an atmosphere of low relative humidity, but the problem of cockling along the binding edge can only be overcome by a method of IMPOSITION which results in the grain direction of the paper running parallel to the binding edge.", "chars": 2573, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 42, 144, 156, 276], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0813", "term": "conditioning time", "norm": "conditioning time", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The time interval between the removal of the adherends from the conditions of heat, pressure, or both, used in accomplishing bonding, and the attainment of approximately maximum bond strength.", "chars": 192, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CONFE", "term": "CONFESSION OF FAITH", "norm": "confession of faith", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "For the allowance of the duty on paper used in the printing of the book known by the name “The Confession of Faith,” see Paper.", "chars": 158, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0814", "term": "conjugate leaves", "norm": "conjugate leaves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The leaves of a section which form one continuous piece of paper, i.e., leaves which are said to belong to one another. The form in which the sheet is imposed and folded determines which leaves are conjugate. In a sixteen-page section, for example, the first and sixteenth, second and fifteenth, etc., leaves will be conjugate.", "chars": 327, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0815", "term": "Conradus de Argentina", "norm": "conradus de argentina", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A 15th century German bookbinder, who produced bindings characterized by compartments adorned with well-designed stamps representing roses, fleur-de-lis, etc. Conrad also produced several of the ERFURT BINDINGS of that time.", "chars": 248, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0816", "term": "conservation", "norm": "conservation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The conscious, deliberate and planned supervision, care and preservation of the total resources of a library, archives, or similar institution, from the injurious effect of age, use (or misuse), as well as external or internal influences of all types, but especially light, heat, humidity and atmospheric influences. 2. A field of knowledge concerned with the coordination and planning for the practical application of the techniques of binding, restoration, paper chemistry, and other material technology, as well as other knowledge pertinent to the preservation of archival resources. Cf. RESTORATION.", "chars": 630, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0817", "term": "consistency", "norm": "consistency", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. That property of a liquid adhesive that enables it to resist deformation. The property is not considered to be fundamental to adhesives; it is, however, manifest in the viscosity, plasticity, as well as other properties of the adhesive. See also: VISCOSITY COEFFICIENT. 2. The air-dry (or oven-dry) percentage by weight of fibrous material in a paper stock or suspension.", "chars": 398, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 98, 309], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0818", "term": "contact bonding", "norm": "contact bonding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive assembly process which utilizes adhesives that are dried to the condition where they display very little adhesive attraction to each other hut still possess considerable cohesive attraction and strength properties. When two surfaces, for example, are coated with an adhesive and allowed to dry to the point where they no longer display TACK. they can he conveniently handled; when the two surfaces are then joined, however. they immediately attract each other and cohere, instantly forming a strong bond. If the two surfaces are allowed to dry for too great a time, however, the ability to cohere is destroyed, unless the adhesive is dampened with a solvent and then allowed to dry once again to the stage of non-tackiness. This type of adhesive is used extensively in attaching plastic laminates to surfaces and is convenient to use in other applications where immediate bonding is important. Such contact adhesives are usually based on synthetic elastomers.", "chars": 995, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0819", "term": "contemporary binding", "norm": "contemporary binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A bookbinding produced immediately following the printing of the book; or, before 1700, a binding in the style of the decade or even the quarter century. 2. A new binding of an old book done in such a manner as to appear contemporaneous, to a greater or lesser degree, with the original binding, or one of the binding styles of the time when the book was published. Contemporary bindings of this type, while not creative or imaginative, are not unethical provided no attempt is made to disguise the fact that they are new bindings of older books.", "chars": 549, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [373], "citations": ["Zahn, Otto. On art binding, a monograph. Memphis. Toof. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0820", "term": "continuous guard", "norm": "continuous guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of guard to which the folios of blankbooks are frequently sewn, the purpose being to allow the book to lie very flat when open. The folds of the guard, which are about 1/2 inch deep, are double the number of the folios of the book. Unlike the CONCERTINA GUARD, the folios (sections) do not fit into the folds of the guard, but rest against the edges of the folds of the guard, with the results that the opposite edges of the guard become the spine of the book, much in the manner of the REVERSED V-GUARD. The continuous guard is usually made of linen.", "chars": 606, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0821", "term": "continuous trimmer", "norm": "continuous trimmer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A trimming machine which does not have to be stopped and started for each cut, as is the usual case with the typical guillotine cutter. It has a revolving cutting bed equipped with four faces, each of which has its own clamp. When one clamp is filled with books, it closes and the bed makes a quarter revolution carrying the books under the fore-edge knife. While the fore edges are being trimmed, the operator fills the next clamp, the bed makes another quarter turn, and the heads and tails of the books in clamp one are trimmed at the same time the fore edges of the books in clamp two are being trimmed. Another quarter turn brings the books in clamp one over a conveyor where they are released.", "chars": 699, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CONTR", "term": "CONTRACTIONS", "norm": "contractions", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "used in Domesday Book and ancient Records. See Domesday Book. Records.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0822", "term": "conventional foliage", "norm": "conventional foliage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of bookbinding ornamentation, usually structured by means of individual tools, which is generally unrealistic but still clearly suggestive of foliage.", "chars": 157, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 250], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0823", "term": "convex covers", "norm": "convex covers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Book covers that are convex in shape because the book is thicker in the middle than at the spine and fore edge. Very old books sometimes had covers that were made convex intentionally, apparently in the belief that they could hold and support the leaves better by conforming to the shape of the text block. The text block was curved because the early printers produced books that were somewhat swollen in the middle, the swelling being due to the sheets being dampened before printing so as to obtain a better impression. This resulted in the fibers of the paper in the center part of the sheet being stretched and separated by the force of the type. The fibers did not return to their original conformation following printing, resulting in a slight additional thickness of the paper in the print area.", "chars": 802, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0824", "term": "cool colors", "norm": "cool colors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Colors which are situated in the green-violet half of the color circle, i.e., colors in which blue is dominant. Bluish grays are referred to as cool colors. See also: WARM COLORS.", "chars": 203, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0825", "term": "copal", "norm": "copal", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A resinous substance obtained from the exudations of living trees in areas of the tropics, or from fossils, rendered soluble in alcohol or other organic solvents, and used in the manufacture of printing inks and certain varnishes. In its dry form, it is also used in the manufacture of gilding powders.", "chars": 302, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 264], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COPE", "term": "COPE’S PRESS", "norm": "cope’s press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Albion. This is the production of Richard Whittaker Cope, and is an iron press. The power is produced entirely by levers, which, by means of two strong iron links attached to the head, and working at the bottom on what is called the lugs, communicate the power to the platen, and thus produce the impression: on the return of the bar the platen is lifted from the face of the types by means of a spiral spring fixed on the head of the press. I have repeatedly broken the links, when they were guaranteed to withstand any force in working the press that could be applied to it. On the death of Mr. Cope, the business was continued by trustees for the benefit of the family, and is under the immediate management of Mr. John Hopkinson, who has very much improved this press by taking away the links, and remodelling it: the principle, on the present construction, is the same as that of Sherwin and Cope’s Imperial press, with some variation in the application of the cap or knuckle, and also in the adjusting wedges, the screw of which to regulate the pull is at the near side of the piston.", "chars": 1118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0826", "term": "copolymer", "norm": "copolymer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A complex polymer, resulting from the polymerizing together of two or more different monomers or monomer combinations. A copolymer is a true compound and often has properties distinct from those expected of a physical mixture of the separately polymerized component monomers. An example of an important copolymer used in archival work is the vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer.", "chars": 381, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0828", "term": "copper naphthenate", "norm": "copper naphthenate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A green cupric salt of naphthenic acid and copper, with the combined fungicidal properties of naphthenic acid and copper. It is practically non-volatile and is used in a 0.1% concentration to control the growth of molds and fungi. There is some risk involved in its use because its presence in paper increases the liability of the paper to damage in a polluted atmosphere, possibly due to the catalytic action of the copper with regard to sulfur dioxide, resulting in the formation of sulfuric acid.", "chars": 499, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0829", "term": "copper number", "norm": "copper number", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A number expressing the amount of copper reduced from the cupric to the cuprous state by a given amount of cellulosic material. It is useful as a measure of purity, particularly in relation to the strength and resistance to chemical degradation of paper and board. The copper number gives the degraded celluloses, and particularly those that result from bleaching. Although the copper number test is subject to reservations, it is generally agreed that a lower copper number enhances the chances of longevity of the paper. The test does not, however, apply to lignified fibers, and must be corrected for noncellulosic constituents.", "chars": 631, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72, 143], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0827", "term": "copperas", "norm": "copperas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FERROUS SULFATE.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COPTI", "term": "COPTIC", "norm": "coptic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Copts are undoubtedly descendants of the ancient Egyptians; but not an unmixed race, their ancestors in the earlier ages of Christianity having intermarried with Greeks, Nubians, Abyssinians, and other foreigners. Their name is correctly pronounced either Ckoobt or Ckibt; but more commonly Goobt or Gibt, and (in Cairo and its neighbourhood, and in some other parts of Egypt,) ’Oobt or ’Ibt: in the singular, it is pronounced Ckoob´tee, Ckib´tee, Goob´tee, Gib´tee, ’Oob´tee, or ’Ib´tee. All of these sounds bear a great resemblance to the ancient Greek name of Egypt (Αἰγυπτος): but it is generally believed that the name of “Ckoobt” is derived from Coptos, (once a great city, in Upper Egypt,) now called Ckooft, or, more commonly, Gooft; to which vast numbers of the Christian Egyptians retired during the persecution with which their sect was visited under several of the Roman emperors. The Copts have not altogether lost their ancient language, their liturgy and several of their religious books being written in it; but the Coptic has become a dead language, understood by very few persons; and the Arabic has been adopted in its stead.\n\nThe Coptic language gradually fell into disuse after the conquest of Egypt by the Arabs. For two centuries after that event, it appears to have been the only language that the generality of the Copts understood; but before the tenth century of our era, most of the inhabitants of Lower Egypt had ceased to speak and understand it, [this has been shown by Quatremère, in his Researches on the Language and Literature of Egypt,] though, in the Sa’ee´d (or Upper Egypt), El-Muckree´zee tells, the women and children of the Copts, in his time, (that is, about the close of the fourteenth century of our era, or the early part of the fifteenth,) scarcely spoke any other language than the Sa’ee´dee Coptic, and had a complete knowledge of the Greek. Soon after this period, the Coptic language fell into disuse in Upper Egypt, as it had done so long before in the Lower Provinces, and the Arabic was adopted in its stead. All the Copts who have been instructed at a school still pray, both in the church and in private, in Coptic; and the Scriptures are still always read in the churches in that language; but they are explained, from books, in Arabic. Many books for the use of priests and other persons are written in the Coptic language expressed in Arabic characters.—Lane’s Modern Egyptians, vol. ii. 1836.\n\nGibbon states, that Cavio affords a shelter for the indigent patriarch of the Copts, and a remnant of ten bishops: forty monasteries have survived the inroads of the Arabs; and the progress of servitude and apostasy has reduced the Coptic nation to the despicable number of twenty-five or thirty thousand families.\n\nWe know very little of the ancient language of Egypt. Nearly all the remains of it we now possess, have been transmitted to us through the Coptic, Sahidic and Bashmuric Dialects. The Coptic Dialect was spoken in Lower Egypt, of which Memphis was the capital: hence it has been called, with great propriety, the Memphitic Dialect. The Sahidic, from the Arabic word Sahad, or Al Sahad, the Upper, or Superior, was the dialect of Upper Egypt, of which Thebes was the capital; it has, therefore, been called the Thebaïc. It is impossible to say which of these two dialects was the more ancient. Georgi, Valperga, Munter, and others, have decided in favour of the Coptic; and Macriny, Renandot, Lacroze, and Jablonsky, with as much show of reason, have contended for the Sahidic. Still, however, the question must be left to conjecture, as we have not sufficient evidence to enable us to decide upon it. Besides these two dialects, which have long been known, there was a third, which was spoken in Baschmour, a province of the Delta.\n\nThe existence of three dialects in Egypt has been so satisfactorily proved by Quatremère, Englebreth, and other writers; and so fully confirmed by the Bashmuric fragments which have been discovered and published, that little more need be added. If, however, any doubt remain, the following quotation from a manuscript work of Athanasius, a prelate of the Coptic church, who was Bishop of Kous, will entirely remove it. “The Coptic language,” says he, “is divided into three dialects; the Coptic dialect of Miser, the Bahiric, and the Bashmuric: these different dialects are derived from the same language.”\n\nThe introduction of Greek words into the Egyptian language commenced, no doubt, from the time of the Macedonian conquest, which the introduction of Christianity tended to confirm and extend. The Christian religion contained so many new ideas, that new terms were necessary to express them. These terms the language of Greece would readily supply; which, probably, were adopted by the Egyptians, from the Greek writings of the apostles.\n\nEgyptian literature has recently attracted particular attention. All that has come down to us of the language and literature of ancient Egypt is contained in the Coptic, Sahidic, and Bashmuric dialects; and in the Enchorial, Hieratic, and Hieroglyphic inscriptions and manuscripts.\n\n\n\nThe Coptic, or, as it has been called, the Bahiric, but more properly the Memphitic, was the dialect of Lower Egypt; the Mizur of the Scriptures. This dialect is more regular and systematic in its grammatical construction, and more pure, than the others.\n\nManuscripts exist, in Coptic, of nearly the whole of the Sacred Scriptures, and of the Services of the Coptic church. The works of some of the early Fathers, and the Acts of the Council of Nice, and also the Lives of a considerable number of Saints and Martyrs, are found in the Coptic dialect.\n\nDr. Murray says, the Coptic is an original tongue, for it derives all its indeclinable words and particles from radicals pertaining to itself. Its verbs are derived from its own resources. There is no mixture of any foreign language in its composition, except Greek.\n\nThe remains which we possess of the Egyptian language, when separated from the Greek, with which it is in some measure mixed up, has no near resemblance to any of the ancient or modern languages.\n\nThe importance of the Ancient Egyptian to the antiquary will at once appear, when we consider that a knowledge of it is necessary before the inscriptions on the monuments of Egypt can be properly understood, and the Enchorial and Hieratic manuscripts can be fully deciphered.\n\nThe terms Coptic and Sahidic have been adopted instead of Memphitic and Thebaic, lest confusion should be created; as the former are used in those Egyptian publications which have issued from the Oxford University Press.\n\nThe Coptic alphabet contains Thirty-two Letters. It will be seen, from a comparison of the alphabets, that the Egyptians adopted the Greek alphabet, with the addition of seven letters.\n\nThe Gamma never occurs in Coptic words, except in one or two instances. It is used instead of the Kappa in words derived from the Greek.\n\nThe Xi is seldom found in Egyptian words, but principally occurs in words derived from other languages. It is sometimes used instead of ks.\n\nThe stops used, are one or two points, · : but two points are most commonly used.\n\nThe mark used to divide the verses is +.\n\nWhen the point or short line (`) occurs over consonants, it generally expresses the vowel e short.\n\nIt appears, from some words derived from the Greek, that the point (`) has been used to express the vowels a and o short.\n\nWhen the point (`) occurs above a vowel, it expresses the soft or sharp breathing of the Greeks. When it is found above e long, it denotes the sharp accent; but when placed above the other vowels, it either expresses the soft accent, or it denotes that the letter should be pronounced separately, and agrees with the diæresis of the Greeks.\n\nWhen the point (`) is put over a vowel in the beginning of words derived from the Greek, and which has the aspirate in that language, it indicates a sharp breathing.\n\nSome Coptic words are abbreviated by a line or lines above them.—Tattam’s Grammar of the Egyptian Language. 8vo. 1830.\n\nCoptic in the British Foundries.\n\nEnglish. Oxford.\n\nPica. Caslon and Livermore. Dr. Wilkins’s edition of the Pentateuch.\n\n\n\nThe Coptic Alphabet.\n\n", "chars": 8680, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_186.jpg", "caption": "The Coptic and Greek Alphabets", "alt": "The Coptic and Greek Alphabets", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0830", "term": "Coptic bindings", "norm": "coptic bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bindings produced by the Copts, or Egyptian Christians. The Coptic style of sewing is not unlike that of present-day machine edition sewing, in that it is also in the form of chain stitch linkings appearing as so many braids across the spine of the book. In addition, the covers of Coptic bindings were frequently sewn or laced to the text block by a number of hinging loops. Some Coptic bindings had wooden boards (from about the 4th century to the Middle Ages), but the majority had boards built up by layers of waste papyrus. They also had lined spines with flanges, as well as headbands. They were covered in leather as early as the 4th century and were tooled in blind, or by blind blocking. although decoration with inked and painted ornaments, as well as cut-out openwork backed with pieces of painted or gilded parchment were also used. Decoration consisting of openwork with parchment backing was executed before the leather (which was already cut to size) was attached. as was blind tooling or stamping when the fragile papyrus boards were employed. The tooling was in all likelihood done with unheated tools on moistened leather. Coptic bindings make up the oldest surviving \"family\" of leather bookbindings, and represent the ultimate source of all decorated leather bindings.", "chars": 1288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [104, 158, 236, 347], "citations": ["Dahl, Svend. History of the book. 2nd English ed. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1968.", "Harthan, John P. Bookbindings. 2nd ed. London. H. M. Stationery Office. (Victoria & Albert Museum illustrated booklet no. 2). 1961.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0831", "term": "copy", "norm": "copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A single example of a written or printed work. 2. One of the theoretically identical specimens of a work which together comprise an edition. impression, or issue. Different copies may also be printed on different qualities of paper. When printed in a different format, they constitute different editions, e.g., a paperback edition, and generally follow the original issue. 3. An imitation or reproduction of an original work. 4. To imitate or reproduce an original work by printing, or some other means. 5. Subject matter, either manuscript or printed, that is to be put into type or plates. 6. The material to be reproduced by photographic or other means, as well as the result of some process of reproduction.", "chars": 714, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 274], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COPY1", "term": "COPY", "norm": "copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The manuscript that is to be printed, or a book that is to be reprinted; in short, any subject that is to be printed, is termed Copy.\n\nWhere it is possible, copy should always be kept locked up in a fire-proof closet. As it is rare for an author to have a duplicate, the loss of the manuscript would in many instances be irretrievable; it is also necessary to be very careful of the copy of new editions, in which the author or editor has made alterations; of all posthumous MS. works; and of unique copies, which sometimes are entrusted to the printer, the loss or destruction of which would be an unpardonable offence, unless it could be shown that all human precautions had been taken for their preservation.\n\nI cannot omit noticing the careless manner in which many compositors keep their copy, leaving it loose on their frames and in their windows, and frequently neglecting to shut them when they quit work in summer, by which means the copy is sometimes blown away and lost, and at other times portions of it are destroyed as waste paper. The best method of preserving it is to have a paper case, or an old book cover, to put it in, and to keep it in the well of the frame, or the drawer when there is one.\n\nCopy is generally given out to the compositor in regular portions: if it be printed, a sheet at a time; if in manuscript, a chapter, or section, as it may be; for the compositor has never the whole volume in his hands at once, excepting it be bound, and not allowed to be cut up, or taken to pieces. If the author supply it in small quantities at a time, it is usually handed to the compositor as it is received.\n\nMany gentlemen who write for the press fall into an error, that appears inconsistent even with common reasoning; viz. that the worse the manuscript is written, the more likely the work is to be correctly printed: for, say they, the more difficulty the printer meets with in reading it, the more pains he is obliged to take to understand the subject; and of course he will print it more accurately than if he could pass it over in a slovenly manner.\n\nIn refutation of this prevalent error, I would ask those gentlemen, if they have never received letters from their friends, so hastily and carelessly written that their utmost efforts to decipher every word have been baffled, although they might arrive at the general meaning of the whole; I have myself seen letters which set at defiance all attempts to read them: I would ask those gentlemen, whether in examining ancient MSS. they have not often been perplexed in making out the subject, and after all their endeavours have at last risen from the task in many instances rather guessing at the meaning than being certain of it. Even so, and worse, is the case of the printer with ill-written manuscript, who frequently is ignorant of the subject on which he is engaged; how then is it probable that he should produce a proof as correct as if the manuscript were written in a fair legible hand?—it is neither probable nor possible. I have known more than one author, when appealed to for information on his own writing, unable to read it, and of course unable to explain to the workman the difficulty he was labouring under; and I have heard one of these very persons, among others, maintain, that the worse a manuscript was written, the more probability there was of its being correctly printed.\n\nBy the Act of the 39 G. 3. c. 79. s. 29. it is enacted, “That every Person who, from and after the Expiration of forty Days after the passing of this Act, shall print any Paper for Hire, Reward, Gain, or Profit, shall carefully preserve and keep one Copy (at least) of every Paper so printed by him or her, on which he or she shall write, or cause to be written or printed, in fair and legible Characters, the Name and Place of Abode of the Person or Persons by whom he or she shall be employed to print the same; and every Person printing any Paper for Hire, Reward, Gain, or Profit, who shall omit or neglect to write, or cause to be written or printed as aforesaid, the Name and Place of his or her Employer on one of such printed Papers, or to keep or preserve the same for the Space of six Calendar Months next after the Printing thereof, or to produce and shew the same to any Justice of the Peace, who, within the said Space of six Calendar Months, shall require to see the same, shall, for every such Omission, Neglect, or Refusal, forfeit and lose the Sum of twenty Pounds.”", "chars": 4537, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "COPY2", "term": "COPY MONEY", "norm": "copy money", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "It appears from Moxon’s work, that in his time each compositor received a copy of the work on which he was employed, or, in lieu of it, a sum of money, which was called Copy Money. This custom is abolished, and no remains of it exist. See Ancient Customs and Take up a Sheet.\n\nCopyright. See Literary Property.", "chars": 425, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0833", "term": "cord marker", "norm": "cord marker", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old term applied to the marks made across the spine of a gathered book to indicate the positions of the cords, tapes or bands on which the book was to be sewn, and, in the case of sewing on recessed cords, where the sawing-in was to be done.", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0837", "term": "cord sewing", "norm": "cord sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FLEXIBLE SEWING; RECESSED-CORD SEWING.", "chars": 91, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0832", "term": "cording", "norm": "cording", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of inserting and tying string or cord on hanging cards, calendars, catalogs, and other items, the material being either pre-punched or pierced with an awl. Cording is done either by hand or on semi-automatic or automatic machines.", "chars": 242, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 82], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CORDI", "term": "CORDING QUIRES", "norm": "cording quires", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The outside quires of a ream of paper.—M. They are now called Outsides, or Outside Quires. See Cassie Paper.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0834", "term": "Cordoban leather", "norm": "cordoban leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a \"leather\" that was basically alum-tawed hair sheepskin, usually of a naturally white color but also dyed red. It was first produced in Córdoba, Spain, by a combination of Arab and Spanish craftsmen following the Moorish invasion of the 8th century. Sometime during the 14th or 15th century the method of producing Cordoban changed from tawing to vegetable tannage. Within Spain the name for all these materials, including CORDOVAN LEATHER, was guadameci. The terms \"Cordoban.\" \"Cordovan,\" and \"Spanish leather\" have been used in England for centuries to denote indiscriminately several kinds of leather, some imported from Spain, others from France and Holland, as well as some actually produced in England and called \"cordwain,\" which is probably a corruption of the French cordouan.", "chars": 822, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [351], "citations": ["Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0835", "term": "Cordovan leather", "norm": "cordovan leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft. fine-grained, colored leather produced mainly from the SHELL of a horse butt, but now also produced from goat- and pigskin. It is a vegetable tanned and curried leather. The name derives from Córdoba, Spain, where the leather was first produced. Cordovan is well known for its non-porosity, density, and good wearing characteristics. At one time it was used fairly extensively in bookbinding, particularly in Spain. See also: MUDÉJAR STYLE.", "chars": 496, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0836", "term": "cords", "norm": "cords", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The cotton, hemp, linen. or silk cords or bands, of varying thicknesses, which extend across the backs of the gathered sections and are used in sewing books through the folds. They are either sunk into saw cuts in the sections, as in RECESSED-CORD SEWING. or rest against the sections to form the raised cords or bands used in FLEXIBLE SEWING. See also: BANDS (1); TAPES; THONGS (2); WEBBING(S) (1).", "chars": 543, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198, 236], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0838", "term": "corduroy", "norm": "corduroy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A durable, cut-pile fabric having vertical ribs, made of cotton or plain and twill weaves, and made in various weights and colors. Corduroy was used to some extent in the early part of the 20th century as a covering material for blankbooks and other large volumes.", "chars": 264, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0839", "term": "cordwain", "norm": "cordwain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An English term for CORDOBAN LEATHER, or CORDOVAN LEATHER.", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0840", "term": "corium", "norm": "corium", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DERMIS.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0841", "term": "cork back", "norm": "cork back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An imitation leather having a reverse surface of ground cork, producing the appearance of the flesh side of a leather.", "chars": 118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0842", "term": "corner", "norm": "corner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "corners", "dates": null, "text": "1. The juncture of the two edges of a book cover at the fore edge and head and tail. Types of corners include the LIBRARY CORNER, ROUND CORNER, and SQUARE CORNER. 2. The cloth, leather, or other material on the corners of half bindings. 3. A CORNERPIECE (2). 4. See: BOOK CORNERS.", "chars": 400, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-corner-1", "term": "corner", "norm": "corner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The triangular brass tools used in finishing backs and sides. The gilt ornaments used on velvet books. Also, the leather pasted on the corners of half-bound books.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-corner-1", "term": "corner", "norm": "corner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The triangular tools used in finishing backs and sides. The leather or material covering the corners of half-bound books. The metal ornaments used usually in keeping with clasps.", "chars": 178, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-corner-1", "term": "corner", "norm": "corner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leather pieces pasted on the corners of a half-bound or three-quarter-bound book.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CORNE", "term": "CORNER IRONS", "norm": "corner irons", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Irons screwed on the coffin of a wooden press at the extremity of each corner: these irons form a right angle at the outside, and an obtuse angle on the inside, being thicker at the angle than at the extreme ends, so as to allow the quoins to wedge up the form on the press stone. They are quadrat high.", "chars": 303, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0845", "term": "corner knife", "norm": "corner knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of knife used for cutting leather at the corners of a book in the process of covering.", "chars": 93, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0846", "term": "corner mitering", "norm": "corner mitering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The process or operation of accurately joining the edges of the covering material of a book that has been turned-in at the edges of the board. The purpose is to have a minimum of overlapping of cloth, or a pared overlapping of leather or vellum.\n\nCorner mitering has been altered considerably down through the history of bookbinding. One particular method, which was used well into the 16th century, involved cutting the leather so as to leave a tongue, with the cut- ting usually being done after the leather had been turned-in. In other methods, the leather was turned-in and then cut so that the vertical edges of the leather butted, or nearly so. An opposite technique was to cut the leather before turning it in, with the result that it overlapped a great deal more than is usual today, and left a small gap at the corners. This technique appears to have been in general use from the second half of the 16th century to the end of the 18th or early years of the 19th. Toward the end of this period the leather was pared thinner and the gap at the corner was considerably neater. During the last three-quarters of the 19th century the most common method of corner mitering of full leather bindings was to pare them diagonally and on a bevel before turning-in, so that the two edges overlapped to the extent of the bevel, coming together at an angle of 45° from the corner.", "chars": 1393, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0848", "term": "corner pull test", "norm": "corner pull test", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A test similar to the PAGE PULL TEST, except that the leaf clamping device is limited to gripping only the upper or lower corner of the leaf. This test is designed to determine if a leaf will tear before it can be pulled from the binding, and is used mainly in testing the strength of adhesive bindings.", "chars": 327, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-corner-quadrates-1", "term": "Corner quadrates", "norm": "corner quadrates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A quarter section of a hollow square or rectangle.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0850", "term": "corner tool", "norm": "corner tool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinding finishing tool used to make corner designs on a binding. It can also be used to make the center design, four impressions of the same tool resulting in a center pattern. See also: CORNERPIECE (1).", "chars": 233, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 261], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0843", "term": "cornered", "norm": "cornered", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cornering", "dates": null, "text": "The corners of boards that have been rounded, or the covering material which has been formed around the rounded corner. Boards are generally round-cornered on a cornering machine, or with a curved chisel.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 139, 259], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0844", "term": "cornering machine", "norm": "cornering machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A foot- or power-operated machine used for cutting the round (or other shape) corners. of paper, cards, book boards, etc. The machine employs a curved chisel for this purpose.", "chars": 175, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0847", "term": "cornerpiece", "norm": "cornerpiece", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cornerstamp", "dates": null, "text": "1. A bookbinding finishing tool, usually ARABESQUE, designed to be used at the corners of a leather binding, usually for the purpose of matching a centerpiece or other form of decoration. 2. Metal corners attached to a binding to protect the corners of the covers from damage. Removable pasteboard cornerpieces are sometimes used to protect the corners of books during shipment.", "chars": 402, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 310], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Smith, Frederick Richard. Bookbinding. London. Pitman. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0849", "term": "corners", "norm": "corners", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BOOK CORNERS.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CORRE1", "term": "CORRECT", "norm": "correct", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the corrector reads the proof, or the compositor mends the faults he marked in the proof, they are both said to correct; the corrector the proof, the compositor the form.—M. In the first case, it is now styled reading the proof; in the next, the compositor has to put right the errors and mistakes he has made in the workmanship, previously to the sheet being sent to the author or editor; this he does by picking out the wrong letters or words by means of a sharp bodkin, and replacing them with the right ones; but if he have left an out or made a double, he then takes the matter into the composing stick, and over-runs it till he comes to the end of a paragraph; or the error may make one or more even lines, when the trouble is much lessened; still the length of the page must be had in view and kept right, either by branching out where it will admit of it, or by driving a line or two out, or getting a line or two in in the adjoining pages, according to circumstances, but never to make even lines too suddenly so as to cause the spacing to be unsightly, by being too close, or too wide, for the sake of saving a little trouble in over-running a few lines.\n\nFor the regularity and despatch of business a compositor should never delay correcting after he has received the proof: it causes disappointment to the author or proprietors of the work, and injures his employer in his business, by obtaining for him the character of want of regularity and punctuality; it injures the pressmen, by delaying the forms going to press; and it ultimately injures himself, by causing him to stand still for want of letter. It is a general rule in printing offices, that a compositor should always impose as soon as the sheet on which he is at work is out and made up, and that he also should correct his proof without loss of time. See Author’s Proof. First Proof.", "chars": 1916, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-correct-1", "term": "CORRECT", "norm": "correct", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A compositor is said to correct when he amends the faults marked in a proof.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0853", "term": "correct pattern", "norm": "correct pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The contour of a hide flayed so as to permit the tanner to produce the maximum amount of good leather. It is a standard pattern adopted by packers and tanners.", "chars": 159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0851", "term": "corrected grain", "norm": "corrected grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather from which the surface of the grain has been partially removed by BUFFING (2) to a depth governed by the condition of the stock, and upon which a new surface has been built by means of various finishes. See also: BUFFED LEATHER.", "chars": 286, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0852", "term": "corrected white", "norm": "corrected white", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DYED WHITE.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CORRE2", "term": "CORRECTING", "norm": "correcting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is the rectifying of such errors in the types as the compositor may have made, and any defects in the workmanship; it also includes making such alterations as the author, on examining the proof sheets, may think necessary.\n\nThe German printers have an implement, made of wood, similar to the back and bottom of a composing stick, in which they gather the corrections, and place it with them in it on the form, without risk of injuring the types, leaving their hands free from incumbrance. This appears to be an improvement on our practice, which is, when the corrections are numerous, to gather them in a composing stick, and place it on the face of the form, for convenience of having them close at hand; this should be avoided, and neither metal, nor any other article that is likely to injure the types or an engraving, should ever be laid on the face of the letter.\n\nThe French and the Italians employ a pair of tweezers for picking the wrong letters out of the form, by which they avoid injuring the letter with the bodkin; but there is a bodkin attached to the other end, to use when necessary. They say this is superior to our method of taking out the wrong letter with a bodkin, and executed more readily. In fact, with us there is frequent injury done by the inexperienced or careless workman in using the bodkin: the letter is often injured that is drawn out; if the bodkin is not very sharp, it occasionally slips and spoils the face of six or seven adjoining letters; and, by its injudicious use, the next letter, under the blade of the bodkin, is often rendered useless.\n\nThe specimen in p. 191. shows the manner of marking the corrections in a proof. The following is an explanation of the marks therein used, which will enable a gentleman who has to superintend a work through the press to correct the proof sheets in a way that will be clearly understood by the printer, and will tend to promote correctness, by preventing those mistakes that occasionally occur owing to his not comprehending all the marks on the proof.\n\nWhere a word is to be changed from small letters to capitals draw three lines under it, and write caps. in the margin.\n\n1. The substitution of a capital for a small letter.\n\n2. The marks for turned commas, which designate extracts or quotations.\n\n3. The insertion of a hyphen.\n\n4. The substitution of a small letter for a capital.\n\n5. To change one word for another.\n\n6. To take away a superfluous letter or word, the pen is struck through it and a round topped d made opposite, being the contraction of the word dele, do thou expunge.\n\n7. A letter turned upside down.\n\n8. The insertion of a word or letter.\n\n9. The substitution of a comma for another point, or for a letter put in by mistake.\n\n10. The substitution of a ; for another point.\n\n11. When words are to be transposed, two ways of marking them are shown; but they are not usually numbered, unless more than three words have their order changed.\n\n12. When a paragraph commences where it is not intended, connect the matter by a line, and write in the margin opposite run on.\n\n\n\n13. To draw the letters of a word close together that stand apart.\n\n14. The marks for a new paragraph.\n\n15. The substitution of a period or a colon for any other point. It is customary to encircle these two points with a line.\n\n16. Where a space or a quadrat stands up and appears, draw a line under it, and make a strong perpendicular line in the margin.\n\n17. Where there is a wrong letter, draw the pen through that letter, and make the right one opposite in the margin.\n\n18. The transposition of letters in a word.\n\n19. The mark for a space where it has been omitted between two words.\n\n20. The manner of marking an omission, or an insertion, when it is too long to be written in the side margin. When this occurs it may be done either at the top or the bottom of the page.\n\n21. When one or more words have been struck out, and it is subsequently decided that they should remain, make dots under them, and write the word stet in the margin.\n\n22. When a letter of a different size from that used, or of a different face, appears in a word, draw a line either through it or under it, and write opposite w. f., for wrong fount.\n\n23. Marks when the letters in a word do not stand even.\n\n24. Marks when lines do not appear straight.\n\n25. The mark for the insertion of an apostrophe.\n\nWhere a word has to be changed from Roman to Italic draw a line under it, and write Ital. in the margin; and where a word has to be changed from Italic to Roman, write Rom. opposite.\n\nTo change a word from small letters to small capitals, make two lines under the word, and write sm. caps. opposite. To change a word from small capitals to small letters make one line under the word, and write in the margin lo. ca. for lower case.\n\nWhere the compositor has left an out, which is too long to be copied in the margin of the proof, make a caret at the place, and write opposite, Out, see copy.\n\nThe specimen when corrected would be as follows.\n\nIt is sublimely declared in the Christian Scriptures, that “God is Love.” In truth, to figure to ourselves under any other character a Being of infinite wisdom to conceive, and power to execute his designs, would appal the imagination of his dependent creatures. Neither can we find, in reasoning à priori, and from the nature of things, any foundation for believing that the misery rather than the happiness of those dependent creatures can be desired or devised by a Being who cannot possibly be actuated by any of the motives from which we know that injustice proceeds, as ignorance, selfishness, or partiality; and who can have entertained, so far as we are able to discover, no other object in creating man, except the intention of finally communicating a larger proportion of happiness than misery. These are the principles from which is deduced the necessity of justice and benevolence in the Creator.\n\nArguments of this nature will have more or less effect, according to the constitution of the mind to which they are presented. At the same time it must be conceded, that the works of God, generally considered, form the best criterion of his intentions; and that, however indisputable the eternal truths may be which render goodness inseparable from power and wisdom, there still remains a reasonable inquiry, how far the actual appearance of the world justifies this conclusion.\n\n\n\n", "chars": 6690, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_189a.jpg", "caption": "Composing stick for corrections", "alt": "Composing stick for corrections", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_189b.jpg", "caption": "A tool for removing a letter", "alt": "A tool for removing a letter", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_191.jpg", "caption": "An example page with handwritten proof corrections", "alt": "An example page with handwritten proof corrections", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CORRE3", "term": "CORRECTING STONE", "norm": "correcting stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The stone on which the compositor imposes and corrects his forms.—M. It is now called Imposing Stone, which see.", "chars": 126, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CORRE4", "term": "CORRECTIONS", "norm": "corrections", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The letters marked in a proof are called Corrections.—M. At the present time, the right words or letters that are to replace the wrong ones are understood by the word; thus a compositor, when he collects the right letters for the purpose of correcting a form, is said to Gather the Corrections.", "chars": 301, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-corrections-1", "term": "CORRECTIONS", "norm": "corrections", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The alterations or errors marked in a proof.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CORRE5", "term": "CORRECTOR", "norm": "corrector", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Moxon uses this word to designate the person whom we now call a Reader. The word is not now used. See Reader.\n\nCounting off Copy. See Casting off Copy.\n\nCowper, Edward. See Machines.", "chars": 319, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0854", "term": "corrugations", "norm": "corrugations", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Wrinkles across the middle of sheets of handmade paper, caused by the paper being wetted during printing and not drying evenly thereafter. The sheet is stretched in the printing area by the force of the press, resulting in uneven tension between the printed and unprinted areas. See also: CONVEX COVERS.", "chars": 327, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0855", "term": "Corvinus bindings", "norm": "corvinus bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bindings belonging to Matthias Corvinus, King of Hungary (1458-1490) and famous as a patron of the arts. The magnificent library which he gathered together at the royal palace of Budapest contained manuscripts celebrated as the most marvelous masterpieces of Italian miniature painting of the Renaissance. They were executed by the greatest Florentine miniaturists of the day. These manuscripts, embellished with gold and colors on the inside, were adorned with equally superb bindings, many of which are in red velvet or morocco leather, decorated with gold tooling, inlays of leather of a different color. enamel, and cameos. Some were strongly reminiscent of Oriental motifs, while others were more Italian in character. Many manuscripts were also bound in brocade with bosses and clasps of silver.\n\nIn 1526 the king's library, which was estimated at anywhere from 1,500 to 3,000 volumes, was sacked by the Turks.", "chars": 914, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0856", "term": "Cosway bindings", "norm": "cosway bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leather bookbindings produced in the usual manner, except that they have miniature paintings inset into their covers. They are named after Richard Cosway (c 1742-1821), the English miniaturist. Cosway actually had nothing to do with the execution of these bindings, as they were not introduced until early in the 20th century. They were probably the invention of the firm of Henry Sotheran. booksellers, or their manager, J. Harrison Stonehouse. The books were bound by Robert Rivière, in good quality Levant morocco, with morocco joints, watered-silk linings, and the miniatures painted on ivory, glazed, and insetted in the covers.", "chars": 633, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0857", "term": "cottage style", "norm": "cottage style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cottage roof", "dates": null, "text": "A style of book decoration in which the top and bottom of a center rectangular panel slope away from a broken center, producing a kind of gabled effect. The spaces are filled in, at times, with French sprays and branches in combination with lacework, and sometimes with the same small tools used in the fan ornament. Although this style of decoration may have originated in France, perhaps as early as 1630, it is most characteristic of English binding of the late 17th century (c 1660) to about 1710. The style was still being used on pocket almanacs and devotional books as late as, or even later than, 1822.", "chars": 610, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [124, 158, 172, 281], "citations": ["Dutton, Meiric Keeler. Historical sketch of bookbinding as an art. Norwood. Holliston Mills. 1968.", "Harthan, John P. Bookbindings. 2nd ed. London. H. M. Stationery Office. (Victoria & Albert Museum illustrated booklet no. 2). 1961.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. Modern bookbindings, their design and decoration. London. Constable. 1906."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0858", "term": "cotton", "norm": "cotton", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft, fibrous, usually white organic substance that clothes the seeds of various plants, especially of the genus Gossypium. The cotton fiber resembles a flat, twisted tube. having a thin wall and a wide central canal. known as the lumen. Because of this wide lumen, the cylindrical fiber collapses upon drying to the form of a flat, twisted tube, somewhat in the shape of a corkscrew. The fiber length may be as much as 30 mm. and the width between approximately 0.01 and 0.03 mm., giving a ratio of length to width of more than 1,000 to 1. Cotton consists of more than 90% cellulose, exclusive of COTTON LINTERS. Since it is almost pure cellulose, cotton fibers are readily affected by acids and moderately strong oxidizing agents. Alkali compounds in moderate amounts and at normal temperatures, however, have little effect on them. Cotton is used extensively in the manufacture of sewing thread, spine lining cloth, book cloth (including buckram), as well as higher grade papers and other products used in archival work.", "chars": 1049, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143, 198], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0859", "term": "cotton bating", "norm": "cotton bating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft, fluffy cotton fiber, having a sized surface to hold the fibers together, and used as a padding medium for album covers, gold cushions, etc.", "chars": 147, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0860", "term": "cotton content", "norm": "cotton content", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: COTTON FIBER CONTENT PAPER.", "chars": 56, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0861", "term": "cotton drill", "norm": "cotton drill", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DRILL (1).", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0862", "term": "cotton fiber content paper", "norm": "cotton fiber content paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Papers which are made from cellulose fibers derived from COTTON LINTERS, cotton or linen cuttings, and lint cotton. Flax is also sometimes included in this definition. Also called \"rag content paper\" and \"cotton content paper.\"", "chars": 251, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 93], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Coupe, Raymond Richard. Science of printing technology. London. Cassell. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0863", "term": "cotton linters", "norm": "cotton linters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fine, silky fibers which remain adhered to the seeds of the cotton plant after ginning, including parts of the longer textile fibers, or \"lint,\" as well as coarse, short fuzz fibers in most upland species of the plant. When purified, linters are used in the manufacture of paper. They can be used to replace from 5 to 35% of the rag content of fine papers with little or no loss of strength. Linters improve uniformity and the color properties of paper, and also provide a cleaner, bulkier sheet. Although linters do find use in papermaking, their principal use is as a raw material in the manufacture of cellulose derivatives.", "chars": 631, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 42, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0864", "term": "cotton parchment", "norm": "cotton parchment", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A parchmentlike material produced by soaking cotton fibers in a solution of sulfuric acid and then rolling the fibers into sheets. See also: IMITATION PARCHMENT.", "chars": 185, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [197], "citations": ["Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0865", "term": "cotton thread", "norm": "cotton thread", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SEWING THREAD.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0866", "term": "cotton wool", "norm": "cotton wool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A raw cotton wadding, usually referred to as absorbent cotton, and used as an applicator for stains, 3 dyes, and other bindery operations.", "chars": 141, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237, 335], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0867", "term": "couch", "norm": "couch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The operation of transferring or laying sheets of handmade paper from the mold to the felts for pressing. 2. To press the newly made sheets of paper on the felts. 3. To press a sheet on the wire of a cylinder papermaking machine and transfer it onto the felt for pressing and drying. 4. To press water from a sheet on a couch roll of a FOURDRINIER MACHINE, or extra water by means of a suction couch preparatory to transferring it to a felt.", "chars": 468, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 197], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0870", "term": "couch roll", "norm": "couch roll", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A roll or cylinder on a papermaking machine the purpose of which is to press, i.e., de-water, or COUCH (4) the newly formed web of paper from the wire, and to transfer the web to the wet press for further de-watering. Couch rolls are of two basic types: the suction couch roll and the pressure couch roll. The suction couch roll is a heavy metal shell drilled with numerous small holes through which a high vacuum exists for the rapid removal of water from the web as it travels over the roll. The pressure couch roll consists of two rolls which apply pressure to the web to remove water.", "chars": 612, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0868", "term": "coucher", "norm": "coucher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An obsolete term for a large book meant to rest on a table or stand, especially a cartulary, register, or antiphonary. 2. The workman who lifts the newly formed sheets of handmade paper from the mold in which they are formed, and transfers them to the couch board on which he builds up a POST (1).", "chars": 324, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0869", "term": "couching", "norm": "couching", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: COUCH. 2. A method of embroidering a binding consisting of gold threads laid on the surface of the cloth and held down by threads of bright red silk coming from the back of the material. Ancient methods of couching were numerous, with zig-zags, wave patterns, and all manners of diapers being produced by the position and arrangement of the stitches that controlled the gold thread.", "chars": 414, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0871", "term": "counter", "norm": "counter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An automatic device for recording the output or activity of a machine or device. 2. The bed or base of a blocking press. 3. The interior white area of a type letter.", "chars": 168, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0872", "term": "counterbalance", "norm": "counterbalance", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A device on a board cutter, or similar device, consisting of a bar or rod with a weight or weights that are adjustable so that they can increase or decrease the counterbalancing effect on the blade. The rod or bar is an extension of the knife, and, by the action of gravity, works to prevent the knife from dropping and also assists in raising the knife following the cut. Although originally intended to enhance the usability of the blade, the counterbalance today is considered to be more of a safety device than a functional part of the cutting operation.", "chars": 558, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0873", "term": "counterchange", "norm": "counterchange", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A decorative binding motif consisting of a cover broken into divisions in which there is a reversal of dark and light shading. If the cover is divided in half vertically, the left half of the background may be of a dark shade, and the right a light shade, while the panel in the center, also divided vertically, would have a light left and a dark right side.", "chars": 358, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 183], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0874", "term": "countermark", "norm": "countermark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A smaller and subsidiary WATERMARK found in antique papers, usually in the opposite half of the sheet to the watermark. It usually consists of the name or initial of the papermaker, the date, and the place of manufacture, although small devices such as a small post-horn or cabalistic signs have been used. The countermark was introduced in the 17th century.", "chars": 382, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0875", "term": "countersunk", "norm": "countersunk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A bookbinding having a panel sunk or depressed below the surface of the covering material, and designed to take an inlay, label, or the like. 2. A type of WATERMARK produced by pressing down the woven cover or face of either a mold or dandy roll. Also called \"intaglio\" (2). (12,156)", "chars": 335, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0876", "term": "cover", "norm": "cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The outer covering of a book placed on a text block to protect it both in use and storage, and, in many cases, to serve as a medium of decoration. A cover may be limp, e.g., a LIMP BINDING, which has no boards and the covering (usually vellum) is turned-in on itself and covered with the board papers; semi-limp (or semi-flexible), in which the boards are thin and flexible and are covered with leather or cloth and drummed on. See: DRUMMING ON. 2. A SELF-COVER, as of a pamphlet; or a stiff cover, e.g., more or less rigid boards covered with leather, vellum, cloth, paper, or combination thereof. Stiff covers are usually glued down all over, turned in and covered with board papers. In edition and library binding, the term CASE (1) is more appropriate. 3. The outside leaf of a periodical issue.", "chars": 898, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131, 236, 256], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0877", "term": "cover boards", "norm": "cover boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term applied to two thicknesses of board glued together to give greater thickness (and strength) to the boards used for large blankbooks. See also: SPLIT BOARDS.", "chars": 197, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0880", "term": "cover papers", "norm": "cover papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of papers used for the covers of pamphlets (other than self-covers), catalogs, brochures, or any other stitched publication, to provide protection during handling and (sometimes) to enhance appearance. They are made in white and a wide range of colors. The majority have plain edges; however, they are also available with deckle edges. Cover papers generally have good folding characteristics, and have rough finishes or are embossed with fancy designs. They are usually produced from chemical wood pulps, sometimes in mixtures with mechanical wood pulp, and, although many are made from pulps containing varying amounts of cotton fiber pulps, they have but little permanence. Various coated papers, including plain, heavy, plastic-coated, cast-coated, metallic, and cloth-lined papers are also used. Common basis weights of uncoated cover papers are 50, 65, 80, and 2/65 pounds (20 X 26 - 500), while weights of coated papers are 60, 80, and 100 pounds (20 X 26 - 500). Aside from folding endurance, desired characteristics include dimensional stability, uniformity of printing surface, and durability.", "chars": 1111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 86, 139, 234], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Collins, Arthur Frederick. Book crafts for senior pupils; a handbook for teachers and students. Leicester. Dryad Press. 1938.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0882", "term": "cover title", "norm": "cover title", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The title blocked on the original covers of a book or pamphlet, or a publisher's binding, as distinguished from the title blocked on the spine of a book by a bookbinder. Cf: BINDER'S TITLE 2. In terms of collation, a cover title is one printed on the paper cover of a work issued without a title page. The paper is usually, although not necessarily, of a different stock and color than that used for the text. See also: SELF-COVER.", "chars": 482, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0883", "term": "cover turned-in", "norm": "cover turned-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cloth turned-in", "dates": null, "text": "The covering material of a book that is turned over the edges and onto the inside surfaces of the boards, the (uneven) edges of which are covered by the PASTEDOWN. Although the term is generally applied to edition and library bindings, books bound by hand are also usually turned-in. In library binding the customary turn-in is 5/8 inch, while in edition binding it is seldom more than 1/2 inch, and frequently less.", "chars": 440, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 209], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0878", "term": "covering", "norm": "covering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The material, such as leather, vellum, cloth, paper, or combinations thereof, which cover the spine and usually the sides of a book. 2. The process of pasting or gluing the cloth, leather, etc., to a book. drawing it over the spine and boards, and turning it over the edges of the boards at the fore edge, head, and tail of the book.", "chars": 336, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 172], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0879", "term": "covering folder", "norm": "covering folder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A FOLDER (1) of bone, ivory, or wood, shaped generally like an ordinary folder, except for a slight arc cut from one edge, leaving a more tapered end with a narrow rounded tip.", "chars": 200, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0881", "term": "covers bound in", "norm": "covers bound in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A term used to indicate that the original covers of a book are used in the rebinding of the book. It may include the entire covers (including the spine), the boards and their covering only, or simply the covering of the boards. Sometimes this is called \"rebuilding old corners.\" 2. The paper covers of a periodical issue, pamphlet, booklet, etc., included in the original binding because of their bibliographical or illustrative content. In this sense, the term applies mainly to library binding.", "chars": 499, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 156, 261], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0884", "term": "cowhide", "norm": "cowhide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In a strict sense. a leather made from the unsplit hide or the grain split of the hide of a cow; however, the term is sometimes used to indicate leather made from the hide of any bovine animal. The term is not apPlied to leather made from the flesh split of a cow or any other bovine animal. Cowhide has a slight grain or corrugation, and is a tough and strong leather. takes gold tooling well. and, when properly Prepared, wears well. In addition. if it is of the best quality (and handled frequently), it is usually very durable.\n\nCowhide is not often used for covering books, except possibly very large volumes, such as blankbooks. Even the usual grain split is far too thick for the usual book, and, if pared to a thickness suitable for such a book, it loses a considerable part of its strength. See also: AMERICAN RUSSIA; IMITATION RUSSIA; RUSSIA LEATHER.", "chars": 930, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 129, 164, 343, 363], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Emerson, Gilbert D. Bookbinding for libraries. Philadelphia. n.p. 1909.", "Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-cowhide-1", "term": "cowhide", "norm": "cowhide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The thick, coarse leather made from the skin of a cow. By binders it is commonly known as “American Russia,” or “imitation Russia.” It is much used for binding popular books of fiction. It has a slight grain or corrugation on the surface, is tough and strong, takes gilding well, wears well and if of best quality and handled much is usually quite durable; that is, will last five or six years on popular fiction.", "chars": 413, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0886", "term": "cracking", "norm": "cracking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A defect in a coated paper caused by the formation of fissures in the coating layer which th_en lifts from the base paper during printing, folding, or some other converting operation. Cracking is a bothersome and frequently encountered defect in art papers. 2. Fissures in the crease of a sheet of Paper when it is folded or scored.", "chars": 335, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0887", "term": "craft bookbinding", "norm": "craft bookbinding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term used since the 1890s to indicate the binding of individual books for specific customers. Such work included rebinding. the restoration and/or rebinding of rare books, and (sometimes) the restoration of works of art on paper. See also: EXTRA BINDING.", "chars": 288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CRAMP2", "term": "CRAMP IRONS", "norm": "cramp irons", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Short pieces of iron, polished on their face, fastened to the under side of the plank, to run the carriage in and out upon the long ribs. They are frequently called the Short Ribs. The two at each end are turned again at the outer ends, to guide the carriage, and prevent any lateral motion, and are called Guide Cramps. I have seen them made of bell metal, as having less friction than iron running upon iron.", "chars": 417, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CRAMP1", "term": "CRAMPED", "norm": "cramped", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In composing, when it is necessary to get in a given quantity of matter into a certain number of pages, which are hardly sufficient to contain it, whites are used sparingly, short pages are avoided, and the matter is spaced closer than common; it is then said to be cramped. A compositor is also said to cramp his matter when he does not put whites proportionate to the openness of the work, or to the size of the letter when there is no restriction.", "chars": 450, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0888", "term": "crash", "norm": "crash", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A course, open weave, starched cotton material, sometimes napped on one side, and used in edition binding for lining the spines of books. It is not used in library and hand binding because it ais too lightweight and flimsy. See also: SPINE LINING FABRIC. 2. A cloth pattern peculiar to the buckram grades of book cloth. of a coarse, pebbled effect.", "chars": 375, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131, 173], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951.", "Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0889", "term": "crayon-resist papers", "norm": "crayon-resist papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Endpapers and other decorative papers produced by rubbing the paper with crayon over some roughened surface, and then covering the rubbings with a water color wash. The wash does not adhere to the areas that are waxed.", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0890", "term": "crazing", "norm": "crazing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Fine cracks in an adhesive which may extend in a network on or under the surface or through a layer. It is caused by excessive shrinkage characteristics of the adhesive film, too rapid drying of the adhesive, or by flexing of a brittle adhesive. 2. The process by which yellow or transparent parchments often become whiter and more opaque when folded, producing irregular and disfiguring effects at the joints of vellum bindings.", "chars": 432, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 309], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0891", "term": "cream split", "norm": "cream split", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather produced from a split sheepskin that is heavily glazed.", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0892", "term": "creasability", "norm": "creasability", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ability of a sheet of paper or board to be folded without any cracks appearing in the area where the crease occurs. Creasability differs from BRITTLENESS, as the latter property involves a small degree of bending and is generally a manifestation of chemical changes within the paper.", "chars": 311, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0893", "term": "crease", "norm": "crease", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The impression made on a cover by the use of a heated finishing tool, of single or double blind lines. In full leather bindings, they are usually placed near the edges of the covers, while on half-or three-quarter bindings they are usually at the intersection of the leather spine and corners and the cloth or paper sides. 2. To make the band impressions distinct on the spine of a book. 3. The wrinkle, fold, or crimp in paper caused by folding. 4. See: SCORE.", "chars": 488, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42, 204], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Lewis, Arthur William. Basic bookbinding. New York. Dover, 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0895", "term": "crease retention", "norm": "crease retention", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ability of a paper, e.g., a GUARD, to remain folded after being creased mechanically. The term assumes that no adhesive is used. Crease retention and CREASABILITY are not the same.", "chars": 232, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0894", "term": "creaser", "norm": "creaser", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: FOLDER (1). 2. A curved finishing tool having lines cut on its face, and used to impress an ornamental blind line or lines on a leather binding. 3. A machine used in edition and library binding for creasing the endpapers even with the back edge of the text block and sealing them down by means of heat. For this purpose, the cloth joint of the endpaper is coated with a heat-sealing adhesive. 4. A device employed in some folding machines for creasing coated papers.", "chars": 498, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 264, 322], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Summerfield, Melvin B. Bound-to-stay-bound: the story of a book… Jacksonville, 111. New Method Book Bindery. 1956."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-creaser-1", "term": "creaser", "norm": "creaser", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The tool used in marking each side of the bands, generally made of steel.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0896", "term": "creasing strength", "norm": "creasing strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That characteristic of a sheet of paper or board which causes it to retain its tensile strength after it is folded or creased. Creasing strength is of particular importance in the papers used for endpapers.", "chars": 206, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0897", "term": "creep", "norm": "creep", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A change in the dimensions of a material which takes place with time when the material is under constant load, following the initial \"instantaneous\" elastic rapid deformation. Creep at room temperature is sometimes called \"cold flow.\"", "chars": 234, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42, 309], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0900", "term": "cresting roll", "norm": "cresting roll", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of finishing tool, consisting of a ROLL (1) having two undulating and intersecting lines below and a series of tufts above. See also: HERALDIC CRESTING.", "chars": 207, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0901", "term": "crimping", "norm": "crimping", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of applying a series of fine creases or bender marks to the hinges of leaves of loose-leaf books, the purpose of which is to enable the leaves to be turned over easily and to lie flat. The lines of the creasing prevent undue bulking at the area of crimping. A sufficient series of creases closely spaced imparts a rolling effect ensuring a flexibility that is difficult to obtain by any other means. Cf: SCORE.", "chars": 446, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 316], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0902", "term": "crinoline", "norm": "crinoline", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A stiffened, open weave fabric, generally made of cotton, and sometimes used in edition binding as a substitute for CRASH (1) in lining the spines of books.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81, 196], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0903", "term": "crocketed cresting", "norm": "crocketed cresting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A binding decoration consisting of rectangular stamps ornamented with crockets, which are small curved designs, or with (roughly) triangular stamps, which, when placed together pointing outwards, present a cresting effect.", "chars": 222, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0904", "term": "crocking", "norm": "crocking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The removal of a dye or pigment from the surface of paper, the coloring or finishing materials from the surface of leather, or the transfer of coloring matter from the surface of one cloth to another by the action of rubbing.", "chars": 225, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [341], "citations": ["U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0905", "term": "crocodile leather", "norm": "crocodile leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ALLIGATOR LEATHER", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0906", "term": "cropped", "norm": "cropped", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A book that has had too much of its margins trimmed, especially at the head edge, although not so much that the leaves are BLED. 2 A book that has had its edges cut beyond the shortest, or PROOF (1) leaf. 3. A photograph of which part of the top, bottom or sides is omitted during reproduction, in order to focus attention on a central theme, to bring it into proper proportions for the space it must occupy, or to bleed it deliberately.", "chars": 488, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 234, 365], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-cropped-1", "term": "cropped", "norm": "cropped", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a book has been cut down too much it is said to be cropped.", "chars": 64, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CROSS", "term": "CROSS", "norm": "cross", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Long Cross and Short Cross; two bars of iron crossing each other at right angles and dovetailed into the rim of the chase, dividing it into four quarters. The short cross is the broadest, and has a groove for the points to fall in, for the purpose of making holes in the sheet to work the reiteration in register.", "chars": 313, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0907", "term": "cross direction", "norm": "cross direction", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The direction of a machine-made paper, which is at right angles to the MACHINE DIRECTION, i.e., the direction across the direction in which the web travels. The cross direction of paper generally has less strength and folding endurance than the machine direction, although, in some papers, after aging, the opposite may be true. The cross direction has greater tearing resistance, and paper also expands more in the cross than in the machine direction when the moisture content of the paper increases. See also: AGAINST THE GRAIN; ANISOTROPIC BEHAVIOR.", "chars": 624, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0908", "term": "cross laminated", "norm": "cross laminated", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A board or other laminate having one or more layers oriented at right angles to other layers with respect to the grain direction of the layers. Alternating grain directions of the laminate outward from the center layer is generally assumed. The built-up boards used in the binding of very large books are frequently cross laminated to provide additional strength and also to reduce the possibility of warping. See also: PARALLEL LAMINATED.", "chars": 463, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-cross-long-1", "term": "Cross Long", "norm": "cross long", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Short.* See *Chase*.", "chars": 20, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CROTC", "term": "CROTCHETS", "norm": "crotchets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or Brackets [ ] serve to enclose a word or sentence, which is to be explained in a note, or the explanation itself, or a word or a sentence which is intended to supply some deficiency, or to rectify some mistake.—Murray.\n\nCufic. See Koofee.", "chars": 293, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0909", "term": "crown filler", "norm": "crown filler", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CALCIUM SULFATE.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0910", "term": "crushed", "norm": "crushed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A leather which has been heavily pressed, causing the grain to be flattened, or crushed, thereby leaving a smooth, glazed, yet grained effect. Such leather has an unnatural appearance and is now seldom used in craft bookbinding. 2. A defect in a machine-made paper, having the appearance of a paper with a broken, mottled, or cloudy formation. It may be caused by: 1) running the paper web under the dandy roll while it is too wet; 2) running the web through the presses while too wet; or 3) running the web through the calender or supercalender while still containing too much moisture. Paper crushed at the dandy roll or in the presses results in coarse mottling, while paper crushed in either of the calenders has a finer mottling, often accompanied by blackening.", "chars": 770, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 83, 94], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-crushed-1", "term": "crushed", "norm": "crushed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leather which has been pressed between sheets of metal to smooth or give a finish to its coarse grain is said to be crushed. The process is usually applied to morocco or its imitations. See Crushed levant.", "chars": 205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0911", "term": "crushed levant", "norm": "crushed levant", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to a large-grained LEVANT leather bookbinding having a more-or-less smooth polished surface. See: CRUSHED MOROCCO. See also: CRUSHED (1).", "chars": 234, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 264], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-crushed-levant-1", "term": "crushed levant", "norm": "crushed levant", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Levant morocco with the grain crushed down until the surface is smooth and highly polished. In fine binding this is done by hand after the leather is on the book. Most crushed levant morocco, however, is surfaced by a machine before it is applied to the book.", "chars": 259, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0912", "term": "crushed morocco", "norm": "crushed morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A MOROCCO leather that has had its grain surface crushed to the extent that it is smooth. Crushing of this nature is done before the leather is attached to the book. The characteristic high polish is applied subsequent to binding. Although a certain effect is attained by this process, to a great extent it defeats the original purpose of using morocco leather, i.e., its beautiful grain pattern.", "chars": 420, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0913", "term": "crushing machine", "norm": "crushing machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An early form of the NIPPING PRESS.", "chars": 59, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0914", "term": "crushing plates", "norm": "crushing plates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: POLISHING PLATES.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0916", "term": "crust splits", "norm": "crust splits", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of leather which, after tannage, has not been further processed but has simply been dried. The term \"crust\" is used in this sense mainly in association with a leather such as sheepskin, while the term ROUGH TANNED is similarly employed with reference to cowhide.", "chars": 293, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0917", "term": "crust stock", "norm": "crust stock", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Tanned skins awaiting final coloring or finishing. \"Crust stock\" is a relatively common form in which to ship tanned skins from the country of origin to another country for final processing. ( 306)", "chars": 197, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0915", "term": "crusting", "norm": "crusting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of storing dry leather for conditioning or aging, during which time it absorbs water from the atmosphere until it reaches equilibrium with the relative humidity of its environment. During this period some of its constituents become more uniformly distributed throughout the thickness of the leather. In addition, greater fixation of the tanning materials may occur.", "chars": 377, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0918", "term": "crusty break", "norm": "crusty break", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A BREAK (4) of leather characterized by coarse, sharp wrinkles that are generally displeasing to the eye.", "chars": 129, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0919", "term": "crystalline cellulose", "norm": "crystalline cellulose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A segment of the molecular structure of CELLULOSE, in which all of the included parts of the individual chain molecules are arranged in a regular, three-dimensional spatial arrangement, as in a crystalline lattice, so that a definite x-ray diffraction is produced.", "chars": 288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0898", "term": "crêpe", "norm": "crêpe", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: C-PATTERN.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0899", "term": "crêpeline", "norm": "crêpeline", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SILK GAUZE.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0921", "term": "cuir-bouilli", "norm": "cuir-bouilli", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating a book utilizing the capability of a vegetable tanned leather to be molded when wet. After being thoroughly softened in water the leather can be formed or molded into various shapes, which, on drying, retain those shapes with a remarkable degree of permanence. The wet-mold leather can be more permanently set by drying it under moderate heat, the degree of rigidity obtained cuir-ciselé being determined by the drying temperature. A faster method, and one that produces extremely hard and rigid shapes, is to dip the molded leather into boiling water for anywhere from 20 to 120 seconds. This is the process that gave rise to the name \"cuir-bouilli.\" Such a process involves the partial melting of the fixed tannin aggregates in the leather. At a temperature approaching 100C. these aggregates become plastic and can be made to flow and redistribute themselves throughout the fiber network of the leather. On cooling, the fibers become embedded in what can best be called a tough, three-dimensional, polymer network or resin, somewhat similar to the materials made by condensing formaldehyde with substances such as phenol, urea or melamine. The leather actually sets so hard that some books bound in this manner required no boards. The decoration itself was executed by cutting the leather lightly while damp, after which the design was hammered in relief. The shaped leather was then immersed in boiling water, and dried, and the depressions were filled with molten wax so as to preserve the designs.\n\nThe molding of leather was known in Saxon times in England, and was widely practiced during the middle ages in both England and on the Continent. The motifs used were generally mythological animals and interlaced foliage. In the late 19th century interest in the molding of leather was revived and used extensively for many objects, including bookbindings.", "chars": 1882, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 236, 291], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0922", "term": "cuir-ciselé", "norm": "cuir-ciselé", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating a bookbinding in which the design is cut into dampened leather instead of being tooled or blocked. The design is first outlined with a pointed tool and then dampened. It is then brought into relief by depressing the background, usually by stamping a succession of dots into the leather very close together by means of a pointed tool. Certain parts of the design are sometimes embossed from the flesh side of the leather, and in such cases the decorating must be done before covering.\n\nThis technique of embellishment, which may well have been the highest manifestation of the medieval bookbinder's art, was widely practiced only during the 15th century and only in certain areas, principally southeastern Germany and in Spain. No English and Flemish and practically no Italian examples are known.\n\nThe finest cuir-ciselé bindings have been identified as the work of MAIR JAFFÉ. More recent (and excellent) examples were produced in France by MARIUS MICHEL,c 1866.", "chars": 1030, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [141, 236, 291, 347], "citations": ["Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CULL", "term": "CULL PAPER", "norm": "cull paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To examine the cording quires, and select the best sheets out from those that are so much damaged as to be unfit for use.—M.", "chars": 124, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_192.jpg", "caption": "A tool for making the pelt balls more supple", "alt": "A tool for making the pelt balls more supple", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0923", "term": "cumdach", "norm": "cumdach", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A rectangular box, Usually constructed of bronze, brass, or wood, often plated with ornamentation of silver or gold, and used for the storage of valuable and/or sacred works.", "chars": 174, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0924", "term": "cuprammonium hydroxide", "norm": "cuprammonium hydroxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A solution of cupric hydroxide in aqueous ammonium hydroxide (Cu(NH3)4 . (OH)2), which is capable of dissolving cellulose if the concentration of copper and ammonia are within given limits. The VISCOSITY (2) of a cellulosic solution in cuprammonium hydroxide is often used in quality control in the manufacture of paper.", "chars": 377, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0925", "term": "cuprammonium viscosity", "norm": "cuprammonium viscosity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The VISCOSITY (2) of a cellulosic solution, or a paper pulp in cuprammonium hydroxide under specified conditions, especially those of temperature, cellulose concentration, and solvent composition. Cuprammonium viscosity is used to determine the average molecular weight of the dissolved cellulose.", "chars": 321, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0926", "term": "cupriethylenediamine hydroxide", "norm": "cupriethylenediamine hydroxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A solution of cupric hydroxide in aqueous ethylenediamine (Cu(OH)2 + xNH2CH2CH2NH2 → ([NH2CH2CH2NH2]2Cu(OH)2). The solution will dissolve cellulose when the concentration of copper and ethylenediamine are within certain limits. The VISCOSITY (2) of a cellulosic solution in cupriethylenediamine is used in quality control in the manufacture of paper.", "chars": 495, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0927", "term": "cupriethylenediamine viscosity", "norm": "cupriethylenediamine viscosity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The VISCOSITY (2) of a cellulosic solution or a paper pulp in cupriethylenediamine hydroxide under specified conditions, especially those of temperature, cellulose concentration, and solvent composition. It is used to determine the average molecular weight of the dissolved cellulose.", "chars": 308, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0928", "term": "curing", "norm": "curing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of changing the physical properties of a resin or adhesive by chemical reaction, which may be in the form of condensation, polymerization, or vulcanization, and which is usually accomplished by the action of heat and catalytic action, alone or in combination, with or without pressure. 2. Methods such as BRINING, DRY-SALTING, PASTE DRYING, and WET-SALTING, used to prevent putrefactive or other damage to hides or skins before tanning. See also: DRYING (1).", "chars": 593, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0929", "term": "curing temperature", "norm": "curing temperature", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The temperature to which an adhesive, or the adhesive and adherends, is subjected to effect curing of the adhesive. The temperature which the adhesive reaches in the curing process—i.e., the adhesive curing temperature—may differ from the temperature of the surrounding atmosphere— i.e., the assembly curing temperature. See also: DRYING TEMPERATURE; SETTING TEMPERATURE.", "chars": 419, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0930", "term": "curing time", "norm": "curing time", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The period of time during which a joint is subjected to heat, pressure, or both, in curing the adhesive. Further curing may take place subsequent to this time period.", "chars": 166, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0931", "term": "curl", "norm": "curl", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A defect in paper or board, appearing as a curvature in the sheet, caused by \"two-sidedness\" of the sheet, which results in unequal shrinkage between the felt and wire sides when the paper or board is subjected to changes in relative humidity. In addition, fiber orientation has an influence on the direction and magnitude of curl. The result of curl is the tendency of the paper or board to form a tube (curl)) at the edges, the axis of which is parallel to the machine direction of the material.", "chars": 497, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 42, 98], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0933", "term": "curl marble", "norm": "curl marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern consisting of red, blue, green, and yellow (or orange), laid down on the marbling size in that order, or, alternately, brown or red only for one-color curls, and curled by means of a frame which contains as many pegs as the required number of curls, turned two or three times in a circular direction. The curl pattern was in common use from about 1660 to 1870, especially in France, where it was much used for endpapers, but rarely on the edges of books.", "chars": 471, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217, 369], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Woolnough, Charles W. The whole art of marbling as applied to paper, book edges…Rev. ed. London. Bell. 1881."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0932", "term": "curling", "norm": "curling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A warping or other distortion of an adhesive joint due to the penetration of moisture or solvents into the adherend surface, causing an unequal contraction and expansion of the adherends. See also: WARPING; WAVY EDGES.", "chars": 266, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0934", "term": "curried leather", "norm": "curried leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather which has been subjected to the process of CURRYING. CORDOVAN LEATHER is an example of curried leather.", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0935", "term": "currying", "norm": "currying", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A process used in tanning heavy leathers, in which oils and greases are incorporated into the tanned hide in order to increase tensile strength, pliability, and water repellency. Currying also affects the finish and grain of the leather. The process is usually carried out in a drum (drum stuffing) using mechanical action. The oils used include mixtures of raw cod oil, paraffin, and beef (or mutton) tallow. See also: FATLIQUORING.", "chars": 457, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CURRY1", "term": "CURRYING IRON", "norm": "currying iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A square bar of iron, bent so as to make the middle part of it project from the post or upright to which the ends are fastened; the ends are flatted out, turned again at right angles, with screw holes, and the middle of the projecting part is twisted. Its use is to curry pelts.", "chars": 278, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CURRY2", "term": "CURRYING THE PELT", "norm": "currying the pelt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Putting it half round the currying iron, or a post, and taking hold of both ends, drawing it backwards and forwards to make it more supple, and to take part of the moisture out. See Balls.", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CURVI", "term": "CURVILINEAR PRINTING", "norm": "curvilinear printing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In the year 1805, a Mr. Zach. Allnutt published proposals for “a New Mode of Universal Linear Printing, named by me Curvilinear Printing, being a neat, expeditious, and cheap Method of printing Plans of Rivers, Canals, Roads, Estates, Encampments, Mathematical Figures, and all other Sketches required to illustrate any Subject.”\n\n\n\n“The Time required in executing such Plans, and on which a Calculation of their Expence may be easily made, would be,\n\n“For an Octavo Plan of Demy or Foolscap paper not very much crouded, Time one person one day.\n\n“For a Quarto Demy or Foolscap paper not much crouded, or for an Octavo much crouded, Time two days.\n\n“For a Folio Foolscap not much crouded, or Quarto much crouded, Time three days.”\n\nHe then proceeds to say, that he had published a small pamphlet, in which he had inserted some specimens of Maps of Rivers and Canals, and a Plan of a Building; and executed various Plans of Estates; and of Military Positions (but not with Soldier or Tent Types purposely cast), and a Sketch of a Machine, &c.; and that these specimens were composed with common printing types (except the Trees, Houses, Churches, and Compass, which were cast so as to be moveable,) and printed with a common letter-press.\n\nHe proposed to “discover and explain” “the precise Method of such Curvilinear Printing, with a full and particular Description,” “if a sufficient Number of Persons, to answer his Expectations, engage as Subscribers of Ten Guineas each.” “But if there should not be a sufficient Number of Subscribers hereto according to the Inventor’s Expectations, He will be ready to treat with any Person, or Persons collectively, for the sole Use of this New Method or Invention.”\n\nI never knew of any person subscribing, or of any printer practising this particular manner of printing; and I believe that Mr. Allnutt’s discovery would have sunk into utter oblivion, but for a few of his Proposals, one of which is now lying before me.", "chars": 2019, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0936", "term": "cusped edge stamp", "norm": "cusped edge stamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool used to produce an indented outline having the appearance of an oak leaf. The leaf effect is generally reinforced by impressing curved lines from the center outwards. Also called \"headed outline tool.\"", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [141], "citations": ["Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0937", "term": "custom-bound", "norm": "custom-bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for a book which is bound according to specific instructions, rather than in accordance with general specifications. It was a term used principally in the library binding. See also: CRAFT BOOKBINDING; EXTRA BINDING.", "chars": 280, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0938", "term": "customer work", "norm": "customer work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for work produced by the bookbinder for individuals, in distinction from work done for libraries. The term referred principally to library binding. See also: CRAFT BOOKBINDING; EXTRA BINDING.", "chars": 256, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [241], "citations": ["Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0939", "term": "cut", "norm": "cut", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cutting", "dates": null, "text": "1. To trim the edges of books. See: BLED; CROPPED; CUT AT THE HEAD; CUT DOWN (1); CUT FLUSH; CUT SOLID (1);\n\nOPENED; OUT OF BOARDS; PROOF (1); TRIMMING (1). 2. A term sometimes applied to a book which has had its edges cut. 3. To cut the cloth, leather, vellum, or paper covering for a book. 4. Cutting so as to enable other operations to be carried out, e.g., a sheet imposed work and turn has to be cut in half before it can be folded. See: IMPOSITION.\n\n5. The incision made in opening bolts of sections to facilitate tipping-in inserts. 6. The cut made in separating lifts (piles) of sheets for binding.", "chars": 866, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 154, 196, 256], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0940", "term": "cut at the head", "norm": "cut at the head", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book which has had its head edge trimmed, the usual interpretation being that the fore edge and tail have not been trimmed.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0941", "term": "cut away", "norm": "cut away", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any part of a section that is removed and not replaced by a CANCEL. See also: CANCELLANDUM.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0943", "term": "cut corner pamphlet file", "norm": "cut corner pamphlet file", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A free-standing type of box, the upper rear corners of the sides of which arc cut away to half its height, leaving the upper half of the back and the top open. It is generally used to house pamphlets and other such materials in the book stack. See also: PRINCETON FILE.", "chars": 293, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0944", "term": "cut down", "norm": "cut down", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "]. A term applied to a book trimmed to a size less than given in specifications. See also: CROPPED . 2. The slipping or dipping of the plow knife when cutting the edges of a book, resulting in an irregular edge. 3. The bands, cords, or tapes on which a book is sewn \"cut down\" to the correct length for lacing-in or insertion between split boards.", "chars": 371, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [1, 2, 256, 261], "citations": ["Abbey, John Roland. English bindings, 1490-1940, in the library of J. R. Abbey. Edited by G. D. Hobson. London. Privately printed at the Chiswick Press. 1940.", "Abbey, John Roland. An exhibition of modern English and French bindings from the collection of Major J. R. Abbey. London. Arts Council. 1949.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-cut-down-1", "term": "cut down", "norm": "cut down", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a plough-knife dips downward out of the level it is said to “cut down”; on the contrary, if the point is out of the level upwards it is said to “cut up.”", "chars": 158, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0945", "term": "cut flush", "norm": "cut flush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cut flush binding", "dates": null, "text": "A book that has no SQUARES, meaning that the leaves and covers are cut even, or \"flush.\" In most cut flush work, trimming is done after the covers (which are usually, but by no means always, paper, limp, or the self-covers of a pamphlet) have been attached. The trimming is generally done in a guillotine cutter. As a (very) general rule, no book with any degree of pretension is cut flush.", "chars": 414, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335, 339, 343], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-cut-flush-1", "term": "cut flush", "norm": "cut flush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Means that the cloth cover, which is usually limp (without boards), is drawn on the book and the whole cut at once, cover and all, the edge of the cover being cut flush with the edge of the book. It is a suitable way of binding only when strength and elegance are not required.", "chars": 277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0946", "term": "cut flush, turned in", "norm": "cut flush, turned in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book having the covering material on the spine cut flush at the head and tail edges but the cloth or paper covering on the sides turned over the edges of the boards. This technique necessitates the book being trimmed before covering.", "chars": 235, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0947", "term": "cut in boards", "norm": "cut in boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: IN BOARDS.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0949", "term": "cut on the quarter", "norm": "cut on the quarter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A technique of cutting the wooden boards used in bookbinding. They are cut on the line of the medullary rays, thus reducing the danger of warping.", "chars": 146, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0950", "term": "cut open", "norm": "cut open", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool having the design on its face defined by lines.", "chars": 64, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0951", "term": "cut out", "norm": "cut out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes used in edition and library binding meaning: 1) to cut the bolts of sections and remove blank leaves; 2) to die cut folded maps and inserts to allow for folding free of the binding edge; 3) to die cut board patterns to be used in protecting embossed covers when pressing; 4) to die cut panels to size for inserting; 5) to trim the turn-ins of covers; and 6) to cut out compensation material leaving stubs (compensation guards).", "chars": 444, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0952", "term": "cut out of boards", "norm": "cut out of boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: OUT OF BOARDS.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0955", "term": "cut size", "norm": "cut size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet of paper cut in the guillotine or rotary trimmer to dimensions of ]6 by 21 inches or less. Size 8 1/2 by 11 inches is the most common \"cut size.\"", "chars": 153, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0956", "term": "cut solid", "norm": "cut solid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The edges of a book which have been cut smooth and even, particularly at the head and fore edge. Library and edition bindings are almost always cut solid, usually by means of a guillotine cutter or three-knife trimmer. When edition bindings do have rough (deckle) edges, it is usually an affectation. Books bound by hand also generally have edges cut solid, but this was by no means true in the past. Edges cut solid make it easier to turn the leaves and also reduce the incursion of dust. 2. The faces of finishing tools that are solid metal, sometimes with line veinings, in distinction from tools CUT OPEN.", "chars": 636, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0957", "term": "cut stock", "norm": "cut stock", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Materials, such as board, cloth, inlays, etc., which have been pre-cut to the proper size for a run of books. The term applies specifically to edition bindings.", "chars": 160, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [269], "citations": ["Pocket encyclopedia of paper & graphic art terms. 2nd ed. Kaukauna, Wisc. Thomas. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0960", "term": "cut through index", "norm": "cut through index", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An INDEX used in stationery binding, e.g., a blankbook, that has all of the leaves of the book allotted to the letters of the alphabet in proportion to the frequency of their use.", "chars": 203, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [276], "citations": ["Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0966", "term": "cut to register", "norm": "cut to register", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A watermarked paper cut in such a manner that the WATERMARK appears in the same position in each sheet.", "chars": 127, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-cut-up-1", "term": "CUT UP", "norm": "cut up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Same as the last explanation.", "chars": 29, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0948", "term": "cut-in index", "norm": "cut-in index", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: THUMB INDEX.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-cut-in-letter-1", "term": "Cut-in letter", "norm": "cut-in letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of large size adjusted at the beginning of the first paragraph of a chapter.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-cut-in-note-1", "term": "Cut-in note", "norm": "cut-in note", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A note justified into the side of a page.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CUT-I", "term": "CUT-IN NOTES", "norm": "cut-in notes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Side notes that are not arranged in the front margin down the side of the page, but are inserted in the text, the lines of which are shortened to admit the note, as if a piece of the text were cut out, and the note inserted in the vacancy.", "chars": 239, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0953", "term": "cut-out shapes", "norm": "cut-out shapes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cut outs", "dates": null, "text": "1. Decorative patterns, generally of a geometric shape, made of cloth, leather, paper, etc., and pasted to the covers of a book. See also: INLAY (4); ONLAY. 2. Special shapes of irregular pieces of paper or board cut out from printed matter by means of steel dies.", "chars": 312, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139, 183], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0942", "term": "cutch", "norm": "cutch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A packet of leaves in which thinly rolled and cut gold is first beaten in the manufacture of gold leaf. After the gold is rolled to a thickness of 0.001 inch and 1 1/4 inches wide, it is then cut into 1 1/4 inch squares. Two hundred ninety of these sheets are interleaved with 4 1/2 inch squares of vellum or paper, forming the \"cutch,\" which is secured with heavy bands of parchment. The name derives from the Latin calcare, to tread. See also: GOLD LEAF; MOLD (2); SHODER. 2. A vegetable tannin obtained from the heartwood of Acacia catechu, a tree distributed widely throughout the Indian Subcontinent and adjoining areas. Cutch consists principally of catechutannic acid (25-35%), catechin (2-10%), quercetin, and catechu red. When used alone, it produces a harsh leather, which often has an undesirable yellow color. Although it has been used as a tanning material to some extent, particularly in England and Italy, the term \"cutch\" is better known as a tannin prepared from the bark of MANGROVE trees. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 1159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29, 175], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962.", "Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0954", "term": "cuts for index", "norm": "cuts for index", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Thumb cut apertures made by hand or by a thumb cutter on the fore edge of a book. See: THUMB INDEX.", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-cutter-1", "term": "Cutter", "norm": "cutter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or Cutting machine. The machine on which the edges of the leaves of books are cut or trimmed. Running such a machine is now a special branch of the binder’s trade. Sometimes called a guillotine.", "chars": 194, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0958", "term": "cutter-out", "norm": "cutter-out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for the bindery worker who cut the leather covers for books. The job called for an experienced workman, one with a good knowledge of leather, and the ability to detect flaws and shades of color in the skins.", "chars": 224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [372], "citations": ["Zaehnsdorf. Firm. Bookbinders. London. A short history of bookbinding…London. Chiswick. 1895."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0959", "term": "cutter-perforating machine", "norm": "cutter-perforating machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A multi-purpose machine that can be used for slitting, both large- and pin-hole perforating, punching, tab cutting, index cutting, cutting and creasing, label punching, round corner and thumb-hole cutting, trimming, strip cutting, scoring, slitting, embossing, nipping, and blocking, by means of standard attachments and interchangeable tools. Such machines are generally hydraulically powered.", "chars": 394, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0961", "term": "cutting board", "norm": "cutting board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A wedge-shaped board of beech or other hard, fine-grained wood, similar to a backing board but with a square top edge. Cutting boards are available in various lengths, the most common being 8, 12, and 15 inches. The top edge is generally about 5/8 inch thick and the bottom edge about 1/4 inch. They are used in the LYING PRESS when trimming edges with the PLOW, and also for edge gilding. 2. A specially constructed block about 3 feet square, composed of small blocks of hard wood set on end and glued together. The top is treated with oil to help keep the surface smooth. It is used as a block for cutting leather.", "chars": 667, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 183], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-cutting-board-1", "term": "cutting board", "norm": "cutting board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "wedge-shaped boards somewhat like backing boards, but with the top edge square; used in cutting the edge of a book and in edge-gilding.", "chars": 135, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-cutting-board-1", "term": "cutting board", "norm": "cutting board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Wedged-shaped boards somewhat like backing-boards, but with the top edge square; used in cutting the edge of a book and in edge-gilding.", "chars": 136, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-cutting-in-boards-1", "term": "Cutting in boards", "norm": "cutting in boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "cutting the edges of a book after the boards are laced on.", "chars": 58, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-cutting-in-boards-1", "term": "Cutting in boards", "norm": "cutting in boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Cutting the edges of a book with a plough after the boards are laced on.", "chars": 72, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0962", "term": "cutting machine", "norm": "cutting machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GUILLOTINE; THREE-KNIFE TRIMMER.", "chars": 85, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0963", "term": "cutting plates", "norm": "cutting plates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Millboard, zinc, or glass surfaces on which endpapers, guards, and similar materials are cut. Millboards are superior for such cutting as they do not dull the edge of the knife as quickly; however, they must be replaced more often.", "chars": 231, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [133], "citations": ["Forsyth, K. Marjorie. Bookbinding for teachers, students and amateurs. London, Black. 1932."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-cutting-press-1", "term": "Cutting press", "norm": "cutting press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "when the lying press is turned, so that the side with the runners is uppermost, it is called a cutting press (see Fig. 46).", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-cutting-press-1", "term": "Cutting press", "norm": "cutting press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a lying press is turned so that the side with the runners is uppermost it is called a cutting press.", "chars": 105, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0964", "term": "cutting stick", "norm": "cutting stick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A length of wood, plastic, or soft metal, inserted in the table of a GUILLOTINE, against which the knife edge strikes. It is usually square, but in some machines it is round and can be rotated by hand or power so as to present a fresh surface after a certain number of cuts. A worn stick will cause the knife to chew the paper rather than cut it cleanly.", "chars": 378, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145, 338], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918.", "U.S. Bureau of Naval Personnel. Printer 3 & 2. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1952"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "CUTTI", "term": "CUTTING THE FRISKET", "norm": "cutting the frisket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Cutting those parts of the paper away so as to allow the types to print on its own paper, and to keep the margin clean.—M.\n\nCylindrical Printing. See Machines.\n\nDagger. See Obelisk.\n\nDances. See Form Dances.", "chars": 366, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0965", "term": "cuttlebone", "norm": "cuttlebone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": "cuttlefish bone", "dates": null, "text": "A piece of shell or bone from a cuttlefish, used to smooth and polish the mended edges of a torn leaf by removing the excess fibers of the paper used for the repair.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0967", "term": "cylinder machine", "norm": "cylinder machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "C", "letter_raw": "C", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A papermaking machine which utilizes a wire curved around one or more cylinders or molds that are partially immersed and rotated in vats containing a dilute stock suspension. The pulp fibers cling to the wire and are formed into sheets on the cylinders as the water drains through and passes out at the ends of the cylinders. The wet sheet is couched off the cylinder onto a felt held against the cylinder by a couch roll. Cylinder machines consist of one of more cylinders, each of which forms a sheet composed of the same or different stocks. The multi-cylinder machine forms webs which are successively couched one upon the other before they enter the press section. This allows for considerable variation in thickness and weight of the finished sheet, as well as for the formation of bristols. The press section and the dry end of the cylinder machine are essentially the same as those of the FOURDRINIER MACHINE. The cylinder machine was invented in 1805 by the Englishman Joseph Bramah, and was improved considerably in 1808 by John Dickinson. In England it is called a \"board machine,\" or \"vat machine.\"\n\n", "chars": 1150, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 60, 180, 320], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Paper and Board Makers' Association. Paper making; a general account of its history, processes and applications. Rev. ed. London. British Paper and Board Makers' Association. 1965.", "Ireland, Graham H. Paperboard on the multi-vat cyclinder machine. New York. Chemical Publications. 1968.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0968", "term": "D", "norm": "d", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Roman equivalent of 500, although the symbol probably was not used by the Romans themselves. The Roman symbol for 1,000 was Cl, and early printers designated 500 as I , which later became D. See also: ROMAN NUMERALS.", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0972", "term": "d & f", "norm": "d & f", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In RULING, the abbreviation for downs and feints. See also: f.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0969", "term": "damask", "norm": "damask", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A decorative design of variegated patterns or crocheted compartments on a book cover. 2. A firm, lustrous fabric made with flat, conventional patterns in satin weave on a plain-woven ground on one side and a plain-woven pattern on a satin ground on the reverse side. It is usually made of cotton, silk, rayon, or combinations thereof. It has been used as a book cloth.", "chars": 371, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0970", "term": "dammar (gum)", "norm": "dammar (gum)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any of several semifossil or recent resins, principally of East Indian origin, but especially a soft, clear to yellow recent resin obtained mainly in Malaysia and Indonesia from trees of the family Dipterocarpacae (especially of the genera Shorea, Balanocarpus and Hopea) and used in the manufacture of PRINTING INKS.", "chars": 341, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0971", "term": "damping stretch", "norm": "damping stretch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The alteration in the dimensions of a sheet of paper when it becomes wet. Since paper fibers increase more in diameter than in length when moistened, the dimensions of the sheet will increase more in the cross direction than in the machine direction. This is one reason why it is essential that the \"grain\" or machine direction of book papers be parallel to the binding edge of the book. Handmade papers, when moistened, generally expand more or less equally in all directions, as these papers have no definite grain direction.", "chars": 527, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-dandy-1", "term": "Dandy", "norm": "dandy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A roller affixed to paper-making machines. The wet web of paper carried on the endless wire of the machine passes under this roller and is pressed by it. It gives the laid or wove appearance to the sheet, and when letters, figures, or other devices are worked in fine wire on its surface it produces the effect known as water-marking.", "chars": 334, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0973", "term": "dandy roll", "norm": "dandy roll", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A light skeleton roll or cylinder, covered with wire gauze, which exerts light pressure on the wet web of paper at a point near the first suction box. Its purpose is to mark the sheet (web) with a design carried on the surface of the roll, either to produce a wove or laid effect in the web, or, when letters, figures, or other devices are worked in wires on the surface of the roll, a WATERMARK.\n\nIn the latter case, the roll is known as a watermarking dandy. Originally, the dandy roll was driven by the Fourdrinier wire, but with the development of higher speed papermaking machines, it became the practice to drive the dandy roll separately in order to eliminate drag which would result in distortion of the watermark. Plain dandy rolls are now used extensively to level the surface of the web and improve or assist in sheet formation. See also: LAID MOLD.", "chars": 906, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 98, 189, 365], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol.", "Karch, Robert Randolph. Graphic arts procedures. 4th ed. Chicago. American Technical Society. 1970.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DANIS", "term": "DANISH", "norm": "danish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Danish alphabet consists of twenty-seven letters.\n\nRemarks on the Alphabet.\n\nQ, q, (Ku, pronounced coo) is here omitted, being not merely superfluous and useless, but even prejudicial to a faithful representation of the language, by observing the origin and affinity of words, for instance, Kvinde, woman, is derived from Kone, wife; bekvem, convenient, from komme, to come (Fr. venir); Kvartér, a quarter of an hour, is also called Kortér; Kvast, tuft, is originally the same word as Kóst, broom; and kvæle, suffocate, the same as the English kill. The Q is therefore justly rejected by the celebrated grammarian P. Syv, as also by the learned Prof. S. N. J. Bloch in his Danske Sproglære, Odense 1817. It is however still used by some, but always followed by v, never by u in any Danish book, as, Qvinde, beqvem, Qvarter, &c.\n\n\n\nThe Alphabet.\n\n\n\nZ, z, (Zet, pronounced sett) has crept from the German orthography into a few words, which should be written by s, according to the true pronunciation; as, Zobel, sable; Zire, to adorn; better Sobel, sire.\n\nÅ has been, till the beginning of this century, commonly represented by aa, according to the old Low German orthography, but å is found in ancient Danish and Norwegian manuscripts: its reintroduction, proposed by the celebrated Danish grammarian Höjsgård 1743, later by Schlegel, Baden, Nyerup, Schrejber, Thonboe, &c. has, in the last decennium, been realized in about thirty separate books or pamphlets by Prof. A. Gamborg, Mr. H.J. Hansen, Mr. N.M. Petersen, and also by E. Rask, and several anonymous writers. At all events the sound is simple, and continually interchanging with other simple vowels (a, æ, o,) in the inflection and derivation of words, for instance, tæller, to count, in the past tense talde or tålde, counted; gå, to go, Gang, gait, gængse, current, common; from Får, sheep, is derived Færøerne, the Farroe islands. Thus even in kindred dialects; as, Vingård, vineyard; Tåre, tear, German Zähre; Måned, month, German Monath; åben, open, &c. Whereas aa is sometimes long a, sometimes even to be read in two syllables as: Haarlem, Aaron, Kanaan, Knud Danaast, the name of a Danish prince. The learner however will find aa for å in most printed books hitherto published.\n\nÆ, like Å, represents a simple vowel sound, and must never be separated or resolved into ae, which make distinct syllables, for instance, bejae (be-ya-e), affirm.\n\nØ and Ö are commonly confounded, so that Ø is used for both sounds in books printed in the Gothic type, Ö in those in the Roman character.\n\nThere are no diphthongs in Danish, but aj, ej, oj, uj, öj, even though written by some ai, ei, oi, ui, öi, are pronounced with the open sound of the vowels and a distinct y consonant following, never like ai, ei, French oi, ui or the like, for instance, ej, not, sounds like English eye or I; Konvoj, a convoy, like the verb to convoy, &c.\n\nIn like manner av, ev, iv, ov, æv, øv are pronounced as clear vowels followed by a distinct v consonant or rather w, for the v also is softer after the vowels than at the beginning, for instance, tav, was silent; Brev, letter; stiv, stiff; Tòv, cable; Ræv, fox; døv, deaf. The sound of w is particularly observable, when another consonant follows, for instance, tavs, silent; Evropa, Europe; stivne, to stiffen; hovne, to swell; Hævn, revenge; søvnig, sleepy, drowsy.\n\nAs to the division of words into syllables, j is always referred to the preceding vowel, which is in these cases constantly pronounced short and sharp, for instance, Vej-e, ways, not Ve-je. The other consonants are usually referred to the vowel following, when single; or divided between the preceding and succeeding vowel, when more than one, no care being taken to distinguish the radical parts from the accessories, but in compound words, for instance, Da-ge, days, from Dag, day, but for-ud-si-ge, foretell, from for-ud, beforehand, and sige, tell, say.\n\nIt is a great advantage in the Danish orthography, that every noun substantive is written with a capital letter at the beginning, as numbers of words, else perfectly alike, are thereby easily distinguished at the first view. Ex.\n\nOn the other hand, adjectives of national names are usually written with small initials, contrary to the English usage, as, dansk, Danish; norsk, Norwegian; svensk, Swedish; hollandsk, Dutch; engelsk, English; angelsaksisk, Anglosaxon.\n\nThough the Roman character is daily gaining ground, being introduced into the Transactions of the Royal Academy of Copenhagen, and of most other learned societies in Denmark and Norway, as also used in many excellent works of private authors, yet the monkish or Gothic form of the letters is still preferred by many.\n\nIn this character the capital J is also usually applied for the I, for instance, Jsrael and Jesus; the long ſ is constantly applied in the beginning of syllables, even in the combinations: ſk, ſl, ſp, ſt.\n\nFor å, has been proposed another figure, viz. [#], which has been adopted by the celebrated Capt. Abrahamson in his first edition of Langes Dänische Gramm. für Deutsche, as also by Rask, in the first edition of his Icel. Grammar; that he has afterwards preferred the å, is not only from patriotic motives; this figure being found in old Danish MSS. down to 1555, but also because it is introduced into several other languages, as Swedish and Laplandic, and has even been used in the upper German dialects; also in the Bornholm dialect by Mr. Skougaard, in the Farroic by the Revd. Mr. Lyngbye, and in the Acra (on the coast of Guinea) by Capt. Schönning, whereas [#] is used nowhere else in the world.—From Rask’s Danish Grammar, Copenhagen, 1830.\n\nDash. See Punctuation.", "chars": 6732, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_194.jpg", "caption": "The Danish Alphabet", "alt": "The Danish Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0974", "term": "dates, translation of", "norm": "dates, translation of", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The conversion of dates, usually from the Roman into Arabic. Other than Arabic, the most common imprint date (or date of publication) to be found in books, at least those publication of the Western world, are the Roman numeral dates. They are translated:\n\nRoman Arabic\n\nI, i or j 1\n\nII or ii 2\n\nIII or iii 3\n\nIV or iv 4\n\nV or v 5\n\nVI or vi 6\n\nVII or vii 7 VIII or viii 8\n\nIX or ix 9\n\nX or x 10\n\nXI or xi 11\n\nXII or xii etc. 12\n\nXX or xx 20\n\nXXX or xxx 30 XL or xl also XXXX 40\n\nL or l 50\n\nLX or lx 60\n\nLXX or lxx 70 LXXX or lxxx, also XXC 80\n\nXC or xc also LXXXX 90\n\nC or c 100\n\nCL or cl 150\n\nCC or cc 200\n\nCCC or ccc 300 CD or cd, also CCCC 400\n\nD or d, also I&revc; 500\n\nDC or dc, also IC 600\n\nCM or cm 900\n\nM or m also CI&revc; 1,000\n\nHebrew dates found in imprints may be converted to the Christian date by consulting the Jewish encyclopedia under Calendar, Table 1. Islamic dates may be converted by consulting the tables found in John J. Bond's Handy Book of rules and tables for verifying dates with the Christian era, 4th ed. London, 1889, pp. 228-250. The French Revolution calendar is given below:\n\n1 Sept. 22 1792\n\n-1\n\n2 Sept. 22 1793\n\n-2\n\n3 Sept. 22 1794\n\n-3\n\n4 Sept. 23 1795\n\n-4\n\n5 Sept. 22 1796\n\n-5\n\n6 Sept. 22 1797\n\n-6\n\n7 Sept. 22 1798\n\n-7\n\n8 Sept. 23 1799\n\n-8\n\n9 Sept. 23 1800\n\n-9\n\n10 Sept. 23 1801\n\n-10\n\n11 Sept. 23 1802\n\n-11\n\n12 Sept. 24 1803\n\n-12\n\n13 Sept. 23 1804\n\n-13\n\n14 Sept. 23 1805\n\n-14\n\nDec. 31 1805\n\nend\n\nMonths (12 of 30 days each, with five additional days)\n\nVendémaiaire (vintage) Brumaire (fog) Frimaire (sleet) Nivôse (snow) Pluvôise (rain) Venlôse (wind) Germinal (seed) Floréal (blossom) Prairial (pasture) Thermidor or Fervidor (heat) Fructidor (fruit)", "chars": 2315, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0975", "term": "daylight", "norm": "daylight", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The maximum distance between the platen and the bed of a press when it is opened fully. Daylight is also defined as, or is an indication of, the maximum number of books, or books and pressing boards, that can be placed in the press at any one time.", "chars": 248, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0976", "term": "deacidification", "norm": "deacidification", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term generally considered to mean the removal of acid from, or the reduction of the acidity in, a material, such as paper. The usual process of deacidification is to treat the paper with a mild alkali which initially neutralizes any acid present and is then converted into a compound that remains in the fibers of the paper to act as a buffer to neutralize any further acidity that may develop (usually as a result of exposure of the paper to atmospheric SULFUR DIOXIDE). High concentrations of strong alkalies are to be avoided because if the pH of the paper is allowed to rise to a very high level, i.e., 10.0 or above, and to remain there for any length of time, there is risk of oxidation of the cellulose under such alkaline conditions. In the usual case, however, even if the pH, immediately subsequent to acidification, is as high as 10.0, reaction with atmospheric carbon dioxide usually reduces it below that point.\n\nThe weakness of most deacidification methods is that slightly alkaline papers are immune to acid attack only for as long as the free alkali remains, and when this is neutralized the paper is again vulnerable. In order to prevent this, the amount of residual alkali remaining in the paper following treatment should be equivalent to at least 3% calcium carbonate by weight of the paper. See also: ALKALINE RESERVE; DOUBLE DECOMPOSITION; NON-AQUEOUS DEACIDIFICATION; VAPOR-PHASE DEACIDIFICATION.", "chars": 1539, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [31, 33, 39, 198, 265], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. The Barrow method of preserving deteriorated documents. Richmond, Va. The author. 1965.", "Barrow, William J. Instructions for the deacidification and lamination of documents. c. 1954.", "Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Spray deacidification. Richmond, Va. Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Permanence/ durability of the book, no. 3. 1964.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Plenderleith, Harold James, and A. E. A. Werner. The conservation of antiquities and works of art; treatment, repair and restoration. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-dead-horse-1", "term": "Dead horse", "norm": "dead horse", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Matter charged and paid for before it is set.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0977", "term": "dead spots", "norm": "dead spots", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The low-finished areas in an otherwise highly finished paper.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0978", "term": "dead white", "norm": "dead white", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A neutral white, such as that of a paper having no perceptible tint.", "chars": 68, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0979", "term": "deakins", "norm": "deakins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Very small calfskins.", "chars": 21, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0980", "term": "deckle", "norm": "deckle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The removable, rectangular, wooden frame forming the raised edge of the wire cloth of the mold used in making paper by hand; it confines the paper stock suspension on the wire cloth. 2. On the Fourdrinier papermaking machine, the arrangements along the side of the wire on which the papermaking stock flows, which prevent the stock from flowing over the edge of the wire. This type of deckle may be moving or stationary.", "chars": 423, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0981", "term": "deckle edge", "norm": "deckle edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The feather edge or edges of a sheet of paper formed where the stock flows against the deckle, or, in handmade papers, by the stock flowing between the frame and the deckle of the mold. A simulated deckle edge may also be formed by means of a jet of water or air. Handmade paper usually has four deckle edges and machinemade paper, two; however, a machinemade paper can be manufactured with four simulated deckle edges. An \"imitation\" deckle edge is one produced on a dry sheet of paper by such means as tearing, cutting with a special type of knife that gives a deckle edge effect, sand blasting, sawing, etc.\n\nEarly printers looked upon the deckle edge as a defect, and almost invariably trimmed most of it off before binding; however, collectors wanted to see traces of the \"deckle\" as proof that the book had not been trimmed excessively, or CROPPED , as deep trimming was a notorious practice particularly in the 17th century (and even to this day). In the latter part of the 19th century, it became the fashion to admire the deckle edge for its own sake, and to leave books printed on handmade paper untrimmed. This left the book with ragged edges that collected dust, were unsightly (to some), and difficult to turn. In modern books, deckle edges are largely an affectation, and entirely so if the book is printed on machine-made paper.", "chars": 1365, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [1, 2, 17, 82, 94, 102], "citations": ["Abbey, John Roland. English bindings, 1490-1940, in the library of J. R. Abbey. Edited by G. D. Hobson. London. Privately printed at the Chiswick Press. 1940.", "Abbey, John Roland. An exhibition of modern English and French bindings from the collection of Major J. R. Abbey. London. Arts Council. 1949.", "American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-deckle-edge-1", "term": "deckle edge", "norm": "deckle edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The rough untrimmed edge of hand-made paper. Deckle-edges are poorly imitated by cutting and tearing machine-made paper, sometimes with the aid of a jet of water.", "chars": 162, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0982", "term": "decorated covers", "norm": "decorated covers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: FINISHING (1). 2. In library binding, an illustration, design, or special lettering on the upper cover of a book. A decorated cover would also include books, such as paperbacks with illustrated covers when the original cover is attached to the cloth cover, with or without coating. 3. In edition binding, a design, illustration, or special lettering blocked or printed by offset on the book cloth.", "chars": 429, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131, 183], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0983", "term": "decorated papers", "norm": "decorated papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Papers used for covers, endpapers, linings, portfolios, etc., and degreasing decorated in some manner. See: BRAYER PRINTS; CARDBOARD PRINTS; CRAYON-RESIST PAPERS; CUT-OUT SHAPES; FOLD AND DYE PAPERS; INK AND FOLD PAPERS; PARAFFIN PRINTS; PASTE PAPERS; PATTERNED PAPERS; PRINTED PAPERS; STENCIL PRINTS; STRING PRINTS.", "chars": 604, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0984", "term": "decorative roll", "norm": "decorative roll", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any patterned FILLET (1) that deviates from a plain straight line.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0985", "term": "deerskin", "norm": "deerskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather with a loose, open structure, made from the skin of deer, or other animals of the family Cervidae. It was used for bookbinding purposes as long ago as the 8th century. In the Middle Ages it was largely superseded by calfskin, sheepskin, and goatskin.", "chars": 260, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 291], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0986", "term": "defective binding", "norm": "defective binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any imperfections in the paper, sections, plates, printing, cloth, leather, etc., that make up a bookbinding.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0987", "term": "defective sheets", "norm": "defective sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Sheets of printed paper discarded in the process of binding because of paper or printing defects and/ or binding spoilage.", "chars": 122, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0988", "term": "defoamers", "norm": "defoamers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Agents which inhibit the build up of foam, or which reduce foam or entrapped air by causing the bubbles to burst, thus releasing the air. Most commercial defoamers are mixtures of surface-active agents, hydro-carbons, alcohols, polymers, etc., to increase their effectiveness in multiple applications. Defoamers are used in papermaking operations. Also called \"anti-foam agents. \"", "chars": 380, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0989", "term": "degrain", "norm": "degrain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. To remove the grain from a leather, generally by pressing or rolling the hide or skin under pressure. See: CRUSHED (1). 2. SUEDE LEATHER finished on the flesh side, the grain layer having been entirely or partially removed, following tannage, by splitting or abrasion.", "chars": 319, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0990", "term": "degreasing", "norm": "degreasing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The removal of excess natural grease from skins, mainly sheepskins, but also other skins which may happen to be particularly greasy. Degreasing may be necessary because excessive amounts of grease in a skin may interfere with uniform penetration of tannins or dyes, cause difficulties in finishing processes, and/or show as dark, greasy patches in the finished leather.\n\nA typical method of degreasing is with the use of paraffin. The well-drained, but still damp, pickled skins are drummed vigorously with about half their weight of paraffin oil (or kerosine, water, and salt), which loosens the grease. To aid penetration of the paraffin into the wet skin, a small amount of a wetting agent, e.g., 5% of a non-ionic wetting agent, may be added. The loosening of the grease is hastened by heating the paraffin beforehand. At the conclusion of the paraffin drumming, the now greasy paraffin is drained off. A considerable amount of greasy paraffin may still be held in the skins and can be removed by squeezing processes, such as SETTING OUT, or by centrifuging. However, as these processes are difficult and expensive to carry out, it is more usual to wash the skins in a 5% salt solution. Salt must be used as water alone would result in acid swelling.", "chars": 1276, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306, 363], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0991", "term": "degree of tannage", "norm": "degree of tannage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The number of pounds of tannin that are combined with 100 pounds of hide protein.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0992", "term": "delamination", "norm": "delamination", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The splitting apart of one or more of the layers of a laminate due to failure of the adhesive, or cohesive failure of the laminate. 2. The removal of the laminating material from a document. Delamination of cellulose acetate film may be accomplished by soaking the sandwiched document in a solution of acetone, assuming proper tests have indicated that the ink on the document will not be affected by the solvent. Delamination is difficult to accomplish and generally more than one treatment is required to remove all traces of the laminate. See also: LAMINATION; SUNDEX PROCESS.", "chars": 630, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [218, 309], "citations": ["Lydenherg, Harry Miller, and John Archer. The care and repair of books. 4th ed. New York. Bowker. 1960.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-dele-1", "term": "Dele", "norm": "dele", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "₰.*—A proof-reader’s mark, signifying to take out.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DELE_", "term": "DELE,", "norm": "dele,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Lat. The second person singular, imperative mood, of the active verb deleo, to blot out, to expunge. This is a word that is much used in a printing office; and its initial, with a round top, [#] or [#], is the regular mark in proofs to expunge a letter, word, or words that are redundant. See Correcting.", "chars": 342, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0993", "term": "delignification", "norm": "delignification", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process by which LIGNIN is removed from cellulosic materials by means of chemical treatment. The residue that remains consists of cellulose, hemicelluloses, and other carbohydrate materials.", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0994", "term": "deliming", "norm": "deliming", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of neutralizing the alkali, e.g., calcium hydroxide, used in liming and unhairing hides and skins. Deliming, which usually takes place in conjunction with BATING, is accomplished by running the hides or skins in a drum or paddle to which has been added water and a proprietary compound consisting of a mixture of an ammonium salt (preferably ammonium sulfate) and proteolytic enzymes at a water temperature of 80 to 90° F. For more efficient control, and to produce a particularly fine grain in the leather, the ammonium sulfate (or boric acid), in the amount necessary to neutralize the lime, is added before the addition of the bating enzymes.", "chars": 681, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0995", "term": "delivered flat", "norm": "delivered flat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Printed sheets delivered to the binder unfolded, as they come from the press. The term relates largely to edition binding, but is also applicable in many cases to pamphlet and stationery binding.", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DELIV", "term": "DELIVERING BOOKS", "norm": "delivering books", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "It is the general practice with publishers to leave a work when finished, in the warehouse of the printer, and to send written orders for the delivery of a part, as occasion or convenience suits; the warehouseman should always be prepared to deliver copies to these orders at the moment, otherwise complaint will be made against him, and he will incur blame; but he ought not on any account to deliver copies without a written order, for should there happen a mistake, or an omission in the publishers making an entry, credit will not be given for them, and he will become responsible. He ought invariably to enter them instanter, and take the person’s signature to the entry, and file the order. He will then be enabled, when an account of the delivery is called for, to prove its correctness.", "chars": 794, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0996", "term": "deluxe binding", "norm": "deluxe binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A somewhat abused term originally indicating a book bound by hand in leather, the implication being that superior materials and methods were used throughout. The term is also used by edition binders (or publishers) to indicate a book covered in a superior grade of cloth (or imitation leather, or a book supplied with a box or case. See also: EXTRA BINDING.", "chars": 381, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 264, 365], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0997", "term": "deluxe edition", "norm": "deluxe edition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An edition of a work produced on a grade of paper superior to that of the standard edition, more-or-less expensively bound, sometimes printed with special type, and often limited in number. At times, however, the term is used merely as a selling term with little or no justification.", "chars": 283, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 140], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0998", "term": "dendritic growths", "norm": "dendritic growths", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Minute to relatively large discolorations in a sheet of paper due to oxidation of minute particles of metal present in the paper. The presence of the metal is generally believed to be due to the use of metal beaters. etc., in the manufacture of the paper. With the passage of time, irregular fern-shaped designs radiate from the particles. See also: FOXING.", "chars": 381, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt0999", "term": "denier", "norm": "denier", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A unit of fineness of silk, rayon, or nylon yarn, equal to the fineness of a yarn weighing 1 gram for each 9,000 meters. Denier increases with the square of the fiber diameter.", "chars": 176, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1000", "term": "denim", "norm": "denim", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A firm, durable, twilled fabric, usually cotton, woven with colored warp and white filling threads and sometimes used in bookbinding for covering large books, e.g., blankbooks, where additional strength and durability are required.", "chars": 231, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183, 196], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963.", "Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1001", "term": "density", "norm": "density", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Tn general, the ratio of the weight of a material to its volume, or the mass of the material per unit volume. Density should not be confused with POROSITY. See also: APPARENT DENSITY.", "chars": 231, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1002", "term": "dentelle", "norm": "dentelle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "dentelle border", "dates": null, "text": "An 18th century style of book decoration, usually in gold, consisting of a combination of elliptical scrolls of slightly shaded leafy character joined to clusters and horders of great richness, resembling lace, and pointing toward the center of the cover. ANTOINE MICHEL PADELOUP has often been credited with the introduction of the dentelle style, which actually took its inspiration from embroidery and the decorative arts rather than lace. Of the many binders who used this technique, the most notable were the Deromes and PIERRE-PAUL DUBUISSON.", "chars": 596, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 172, 279, 363], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. Bookbinders and their craft. New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-dentelle-1", "term": "dentelle", "norm": "dentelle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fine tooled border resembling lace-work.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-dentelle-1", "term": "dentelle", "norm": "dentelle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style resembling lace work, finished with very finely cut tools.", "chars": 66, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-dentelle-1", "term": "dentelle", "norm": "dentelle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "As the word expresses. A style resembling lace work, finished with very finely cut tools.", "chars": 89, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-dentelle-border-1", "term": "Dentelle border", "norm": "dentelle border", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tooled pointed border with finely dotted or Gascon ornaments in imitation of lace.", "chars": 84, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1003", "term": "dentelle á l'oiseau", "norm": "dentelle á l'oiseau", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See notes on the electronic edition\n\nDENTELLE decoration which includes birds in the design of the borders. The principal bindings featuring this motif were done by Nicolas Derome. See also: DEROME STYLE.", "chars": 250, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1004", "term": "dermis", "norm": "dermis", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That part of a hide or skin below the epidermal-dermal junction, consisting of a condensation of fibrous connective tissue which supports blood and lymph vessels, sebaceous and sudoriferous glands, hair follicles and their associated muscles, etc. In the grain layer of the dermis these fibers become very thin and tightly woven, and arc so interlaced that there are no loose ends on the surface beneath the epidermis. Consequently, when the epidermis is carefully removed, a smooth layer is revealed, sometimes known as the hyaline layer, which gives the characteristic grain surface of leather. Toward the center of the dermis (or corium) the fibers are coarser and stronger, and the predominant angle at which they are woven can indicate the properties the resultant leather will display. If the fibers are more upright and tightly woven, a firm, hard leather with little stretch can be expected, while if they are more horizontal and loosely woven, a soft, stretchier leather can be anticipated. The interior of the dermis is generally the strongest part of the skin.", "chars": 1071, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 306, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1005", "term": "Derome style", "norm": "derome style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of book decoration practiced by the Derome family of France in the 18th century. The most famous of the family was Nicolas Denis Derome (active 1761-c 1789)—Derome le juene—who was also known the the \"great cropper\" because of his tendency to trim excessively. Nicolas Derome also used sawn-in cords in order to obtain the HOLLOW BACK, which prevents the spine of the book from flexing and thus possibly cracking the gold. He also achieved great fame by his use of the DENTELLE border, taking the dentelles of Padeloup as models. His also are made up of dentelle tools in combination, rather than in repetition, and are represented by symmetrical corner tooling of a very richly engraved floriated scroll work. An essential feature in Nicolas Derome's finest dentelles is a small bird with outstretched wings. See also: DENTELLE À L'OISEAU.", "chars": 920, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154, 342, 363, 373], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "Uzanne, Louis Octave. The French bookbinders of the eighteenth century. Translated by Mabel McIlvaine. Chicago. Caxton Club. 1904.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941.", "Zahn, Otto. On art binding, a monograph. Memphis. Toof. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-derome-style-1", "term": "Derome style", "norm": "derome style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This style has ornaments of a leafy character, with a more solid face, though lightly shaded by the graver. The ornaments are often styled Renaissance, being an entire change from the Gascon. The Derome is best exemplified in borders, Vandyke in design; it is simple in construction but rich in effect, and is appropriate for art publications. Time, eighteenth century.", "chars": 369, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-descending-letters-1", "term": "Descending letters", "norm": "descending letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Letters that go down into the lower shoulder of the body; as, g, j, p, q, y.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1006", "term": "designation mark", "norm": "designation mark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The letters which correspond to the initial letters of a title of a book, and any volume number, sometimes printed along side the SIGNATURE MARK to assist the binder in gathering.", "chars": 203, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1007", "term": "designer bookbinders", "norm": "designer bookbinders", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A British society of bookbinders founded in 1951 as \"The Hampstead Guild of Scribes and Book binders.\" In spirit it succeeded the Hampstead bindery, which, about 1900, operated with the \"Guild of Women Binders.\" While originally centered in Hampstead, London, the present society reached the point where no member lived there, and, as the calligraphic elements also declined. the name \"Guild of Contemporary Bookbinders\" was adopted. Tn 1968 the present name was assumed. One of the goals of the society is \"to exert a progressive influence on the design and technique of bookbinding,\" (2(b) of the Constitution). Full membership is open by election to any amateur or professional bookbinder who has attained the required standard. Candidates submit samples of their work on which a vote is taken by the Executive Committee. Many outstanding bookbinders, including Edgar Mansfield (the first president), Ivor Robinson, and Bernard Middleton, have served as president of the society.", "chars": 982, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1008", "term": "developed dyes", "norm": "developed dyes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Dyes whose colors are developed after application by treatment with sodium nitrite (NaNO2). Developed yes are used on suede leathers so as to prevent CROCKING.", "chars": 194, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1009", "term": "devil", "norm": "devil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A stick fitted with short quills set at a downward angle. The devil is the traditional implement used for frothing GLAIR.", "chars": 145, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DEVIL", "term": "DEVIL", "norm": "devil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The pressman sometimes has a week boy to take sheets, as they are printed, off the tympan: these boys do in a printing house commonly black and daub themselves; whence the workmen do jocosely call them Devils; and sometimes Spirits, and sometimes Flies.—M. The boys that make the fires, sweep the rooms, assist in the warehouse, and go on errands, are now called Devils, or Printers Devils; but in the trade they are generally styled Errand Boys and Warehouse Boys. See Fly.\n\nDiæresis. See Accented Letters.\n\n", "chars": 714, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-devil-1", "term": "devil", "norm": "devil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The errand-boy of a printing-office.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1010", "term": "dew point", "norm": "dew point", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The temperature at which a vapor, especially in the atmosphere, begins to condense. See also: RELATIVE HUMIDITY.", "chars": 136, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1011", "term": "dextrin", "norm": "dextrin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An intermediate product formed during the hydrolysis of starch to sugars. There are three classes of dextrin: 1) amylodextrin, which gives a blue color with iodine and is soluble in 25% alcohol; 2) erythrodextrin, which gives a red color with iodine and is soluble in 55% alcohol; and 3) achrodextrin, which gives no color with iodine and is soluble in 70% alcohol.\n\nAll are soluble in water but are precipitated by strong alcohol. They are used as adhesives in the manufacture of gummed tapes and paper.", "chars": 502, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 198, 235], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1012", "term": "dhawa", "norm": "dhawa", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "Indian sumac", "dates": null, "text": "A tree (Anogeissus latifolia) common to many parts of India, the leaves of which yield a tannin used in that country. The tannin content of the leaves varies considerably, ranging from less than 30% to more than 50%, depending on the age of the trees when the leaves are gathered. The proportion of soluble non-tans is 10 to 13%. Dhawa is considered to be well suited for the tanning of light leathers, giving a soft leather of a light color and firm texture. Dhawa is also the source of GHATTI GUM, See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 576, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1013", "term": "diacritical marks", "norm": "diacritical marks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Marks over, under, after, or through various letters in the alphabets of several languages, designed to indicate the nature or stress of the sounds they represent. While lowercase letters having accent marks are cast as units, in display printing it is sometimes necessary to cast accent marks separately, i.e., the so-called floating accents. In library binding, diacritical marks are generally added by hand after the case has been blocked. Commonly used marks include: \n\nacute ´\n\ncedilla ¸\n\ncircumflex ˆ\n\nUmlaut (or dieresis) ¨\n\ngrave `\n\ntilde ˜", "chars": 709, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DIAMO", "term": "DIAMOND", "norm": "diamond", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type one size smaller than Pearl, and the smallest that is cast in the British founderies. It originated in casting a type with a pearl face upon a smaller body, for the purpose of getting in, in printing pocket Bibles; the founders subsequently cut it with a smaller face, and made it completely a distinct size. It is not enumerated in Moxon’s list. See Types.\n\nDilly, Charles. See Donations.", "chars": 492, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-diaper-1", "term": "Diaper", "norm": "diaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a term applied to a small repeating all-over pattern. From woven material decorated in this way.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1014", "term": "diaper pattern", "norm": "diaper pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A gold- or blind-tooled decorative pattern, consisting of a motif constantly repeated in geometric form. The pattern may consist of figures such as diamonds, lozenges, or flowers, separated only by background. or by constantly repeating compartments, each filled with designs. 2. A publisher's cloth with a cross-hatched effect of minute lozenges or squares. Diaper cloths were popular in the late 1830s and 1840s, and have remained standard patterns on fabrics in one form or another ever since. 3. The uniformly patterned background for pictorial scenes in illuminated manuscripts. Its extensive use dates from the latter part of the 13th century.", "chars": 652, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 94, 156, 347], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1015", "term": "diatomaceous silica", "norm": "diatomaceous silica", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "diatomaceous earth", "dates": null, "text": "The siliceous remains of microscopic diatoms, which are aquatic plants. Diatomaceous silica is used as a dulling or flattening agent in coating and as a filler in paper. Also known as \"infusorial earth\" and \"kieselguhr.\"", "chars": 220, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1016", "term": "diced pattern", "norm": "diced pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "diced leather", "dates": null, "text": "1. The decorated cover of a book tooled with cubes or diamonds. RUSSIA LEATHER is often \"diced\" and diced calf has been used frequently since the first quarter of the 19th century. 2. A pattern ruled or embossed in leather in the form of diamond squares. 3. A pattern in publishers' book cloth, in the form of a bold diamond, popular between 1835 and 1845.", "chars": 380, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 159, 261], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Hasluck, Paul Nooncree, ed. Bookbinding. Philadelphia. McKay. 1903.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1017", "term": "die", "norm": "die", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An engraved stamp used in embossing a design or letter in leather, or on cloth or paper. See also: HAND LETTERS; STAMP (1)", "chars": 170, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1018", "term": "die cutting", "norm": "die cutting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of cutting special shapes (cutouts) in leather, cloth or paper. The cutouts are used for labels, inlays, onlays, etc. 2. The process of lowering the background leather, leaving the cut out area, or counter, undisturbed and raised above the impression.", "chars": 266, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [189, 316, 320], "citations": ["Karch, Robert Randolph. Graphic arts procedures. 4th ed. Chicago. American Technical Society. 1970.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1020", "term": "die sunk", "norm": "die sunk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A depression produced by the application of a die or block, either heated or cold. See also: BLIND TOOLING; BLOCKING (1).", "chars": 169, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1019", "term": "Diehl, Edith", "norm": "diehl, edith", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1876-1953", "text": "One of the foremost American women bookbinders. Diehl studied the craft in France, Belgium, and England—in the last named country under T. J. Cobden-Sanderson at the Doves bindery—and also with Sangorski and Sutcliffe's bindery. She opened her own shop in 1906, in New York City, and achieved her principal fame through her teaching. Diehl was at one time associated with the bindery of William E. Rudge. She is also the author of Bookbinding; its background and technique (1946).", "chars": 480, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1022", "term": "diethyl zinc", "norm": "diethyl zinc", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An organometallic compound (Zn(C2H5)2), that is readily volatile (B.P. 123° C. at one atmosphere). It has been proposed as a vapor-phase deacidifying agent, and gives promise of being effective; it leaves an alkaline reserve of zinc oxide in the paper, which not only protects against acid but is an effective fungicide as well. Treatment must be carried out in the absence of air or moisture, as diethyl zinc ignites on contact with air and explodes on contact with moisture. This requires that the books be absolutely dry before treatment; therefore they must be treated with the gas in a vacuum chamber and the excess diethyl zinc must be removed or neutralized before the chamber is opened. Treatment with diethyl zinc leaves the paper with a pH of approximately 7.5 and does not appear to have any adverse effect on leather or other book materials.", "chars": 886, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1021", "term": "diethylene glycol", "norm": "diethylene glycol", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless and almost odorless chemical (C4H10O3), miscible with water, alcohol, and chloroform, but insoluble in benzene and carbon tetrachloride. It is a solvent for cellulose nitrate, but not for the acetate. It is used as a softening agent for textile fibers, as a moistening agent for glues and paper, as a solvent for certain dyes, and as a plasticizer in some leather finishes.", "chars": 418, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1023", "term": "digester", "norm": "digester", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vessel in which pulpwood, straw, esparto, rags, or other cellulosic materials are treated with chemicals and heat to produce the pulp used in the manufacture of paper. A digester is usually constructed to withstand elevated pressures and is made of materials designed to resist the chemicals used in pulp preparation. Digesters may be cylindrical, spherical, horizontal, vertical, stationary, rotating or designed to tumble. Most are stationary. A digester may be designed for batch operation, in which it discharges its pu lp at the conclusion of a fixed cycle, or it may be designed for continuous operation, in which case it moves the raw material and chemicals at a fixed rate from the charging end to the discharging end.", "chars": 728, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1024", "term": "diluent", "norm": "diluent", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance added to another, e.g., an adhesive, to reduce its concentration, or to an ink, to reduce its viscosity, and so on. Water is the principal diluent used in archival work. See also: EXTENDER (1); THINNER.", "chars": 262, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1025", "term": "dimensional changes in leather", "norm": "dimensional changes in leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The increase or decrease in the thickness and area of a leather due to increasing or decreasing relative humidity of the surrounding atmosphere.", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1026", "term": "dimensional stability", "norm": "dimensional stability", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That property of a paper, board, etc., which relates to the consistency of its dimensions. The property is associated with changes occurring in a material due to changes in moisture content, the application of load, or simply with the passage of time. Dimensional stability of paper is important in printing, especially in multi-color processes, since papers with poor dimensional stability may give misregister. This is because, when they are run through the press, the dimensions change from one color run to the next. See also: CREEP; HYGROEXPANSIVITY.", "chars": 603, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 139], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1027", "term": "dip", "norm": "dip", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to a batch of books, which have been trimmed, jogged and clamped, and are then ready to be \"dipped\" for marbling the edges.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DIPLE", "term": "DIPLE", "norm": "diple", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A mark in the margin of a book to show where a fault is to be corrected.—Bailey’s Dict. This word is not used in the profession.", "chars": 128, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1028", "term": "diptych", "norm": "diptych", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration An ancient hinged writing tablet consisting of two tablets of wood, ivory or metal, having wax in the hollowed inner surfaces, on which writing could be done with a stylus. The hinges were generally metal rings or thongs threaded through the holes. Near the outer edge on the inside of one tablet as a small trench designed to hold the stylus, which was a small bone or metal instrument pointed at one end for writing and flat at the other end for removing writing in the wax. In the middle of each inner side a small knob protruded to keep the wax surfaces apart. Ordinary diptychs were generally made of beech, fir, or citron wood, but those made for ceremonial use, or for important recipients, were often made of ivory, sometimes beautifully carved, and fitted with gold or jewels. The most lavishly embellished specimens belong to the Byzantine period, 530 to 560. Because they were small enough to hold in one hand, in Latin they were sometimes called \"pugillaria.\" The diptych is interesting because it is both a manuscript and a binding.", "chars": 1065, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 109, 373], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. The book; its history and development. New York. Smith. 1930.", "Zahn, Otto. On art binding, a monograph. Memphis. Toof. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1029", "term": "direct dyes", "norm": "direct dyes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of ANILINE DYES, 50 called because they have such great affinity for cellulose fibers, i.e., paper and some cloths. While both these and ACID DYES are sodium salts of dye acids, direct dyes do not require the use of a MORDANT.\n\nTheir shades are duller than those of either acid or BASIC DYES and they tend to have less tinctorial value than the basic dyes; however, they have the very important advantages of being much more lightfast than the basic dyes, and in certain instances, more so than even the acid dyes.", "chars": 616, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DIREC1", "term": "DIRECTION", "norm": "direction", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The word that stands alone on the right hand in the bottom line of a page.—M. It is the first word of the following page. See Catch Word.", "chars": 168, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-direction-1", "term": "Direction", "norm": "direction", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the word that stands alone on the Right Hand in the bottom *Line* of a *Page*.", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1031", "term": "direction line", "norm": "direction line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The line of printed characters in a publication when the abbreviated title of the book, i.e., the DESIGNATION MARK, follows the signature mark, or letter, printed at the foot of the first page of each sheet. It is intended to serve as a guide to the binder when gathering. Until the end of the 18th century the direction line, printed below the text of the page, and often between the text and the footnotes, contained the CATCHWORD, signature, press figures, and occasionally the volume number or part number. See also: SIGNATURE AND CATCHWORD LINE.", "chars": 622, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 156], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DIREC2", "term": "DIRECTION LINE", "norm": "direction line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The line the direction stands in.—M. See Catch Word.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1032", "term": "direction word", "norm": "direction word", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CATCHWORD.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1030", "term": "directional ventilating power", "norm": "directional ventilating power", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ventilating power of leather, which is greater in one direction than in the other, in that it allows water to migrate more freely from the flesh side to the grain side than vice versa.", "chars": 188, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1033", "term": "directory paper", "norm": "directory paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lightweight printing paper made with a substantial proportion of mechanical wood pulp. The balance of the pulp is usually unbleached sulfite or semi-bleached sulfate pulp, although the paper is also made from deinked paper stock plus chemical wood pulp. Its essential characteristics are uniformity of basis weight. opacity, strength, and a finish suitable for high speed printing. Permanence is not considered to be an essential property. Usual basis weights are 18 to 28 pounds (4 x 36—500). It is used main1y for printing telephone directories, city directories, and the like.", "chars": 581, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1034", "term": "disc refiner", "norm": "disc refiner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of REFINER consisting of one or more matched pairs of discs lined with a pattern of ribs. One disc rotates, while the other is stationary or rotates in the opposite direction. The paper stock flows from the center outward, or vice versa, and is macerated, rubbed, and cut (refined). The degree and extent of the refining depends upon several factors, including the pressure between the discs, the type of ribbing on the faces of the discs, and the consistency of the pulp suspension.", "chars": 514, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1035", "term": "disc ruling machine", "norm": "disc ruling machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: RULING MACHINES.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-dished-1", "term": "Dished", "norm": "dished", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A defect in electrotyped plates, the centre of a letter being lower than its edges.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1036", "term": "disodium pyrophosphate", "norm": "disodium pyrophosphate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A chemical (Na2P2O7) used as a mold inhibitor in paper. It is used in an aqueous solution of 1 1/2 ounces of disodium pyrophosphate, 1/6 ounce of potassium ferrocyanide, and 1/2 ounce of soda crystals in 1 gallon of water. The purpose of the soda crystals is to prevent the paper from turning a greenish hue after treatment. The inhibitor solution may be made up with an addition of gelatin or glue, or other sizing material, if the paper to be treated must be also sized.", "chars": 505, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-distributing-1", "term": "Distributing", "norm": "distributing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Returning types to their various boxes after having been printed from. Spreading ink evenly over the surface of a roller.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1039", "term": "divi-divi", "norm": "divi-divi", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The tannin-rich pods of a large genus of trees and woody climbers (Caesalpinia) native to the tropics and sub-tropics The most important is Caesalpinia coriaria. Divi-divi pods contain a high percentage of tannin (40-4%) which is easily leached out. It is one of the pyrogallol class of tannins and produces a light-colored leather. It is usually used along with other tannins, because when used alone it produces a leather that is soft and spongy in a damp atmosphere and which lacks pliability in dry weather. In addition, the amount of sugary matter present in the pods results in too rapid fermentation of the tan liquor. This may produce reddish stains in the leather, which can, however, be controlled to some extent by the use of appropriate antiseptics. Divi-divi is also used in leather manufacture as a dye. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 870, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1037", "term": "dividers", "norm": "dividers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The draftsman's instrument used in bookbinding for a variety of purposes, including measuring the distance between bands or webbings and cutting stock, patterns, etc. 2. The heavy sheets of cardboard or paper, frequently of cover-paper weight or heavier, used to divide the sections of a book when two or more sections. parts, or issues are bound together.", "chars": 359, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 274], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DIVID", "term": "DIVIDING", "norm": "dividing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "There are practical rules in printing for dividing words where the whole of a word cannot be comprised within the line; and there are also grammatical rules for the same object. Every printing office has some peculiarity on this subject.\n\nThe most general practical method of dividing words is to preserve the primitive word at the end of a line, and carry the termination to the next line; but this cannot always be done, as the following few instances will show. In these and similar cases it will be better to avoid dividing the word, and either drive the whole out, or get the termination in, as the spacing of the line will best allow.\n\nWords whose plurals are formed by the addition of s, which adds another syllable to them, by making the last into two, ought not to have these two syllables divided; such as—\n\nThe terminations of words, chion, cial, cient, cion, cious, shion, sian, sion, tial, tion, and tious, ought never, in my opinion, to be divided, as they each form one sound, although Murray and Walker say they form two syllables.\n\nWhen the primitive word cannot be retained at the end of a line, I would prefer the prefixes ab, ac, ad, al, anti, be, bi, co, com, con, de, di, dia, dis, en, in, per, pre, pro, re, sub, super, un, when words in which they occur require to be divided; provided it does not cause any great violence in the spacing.\n\nWhen it is necessary to divide a word at the end of a line, it is also necessary to study the appearance of the termination of that line, as well as of the commencement of the succeeding line, for they are equally affected. An improper division of a word will sometimes look better than a proper one, but it ought always to be avoided, if possible.\n\nIt frequently happens that the last syllable, when it is short, has a meagre appearance at the beginning of a line; when this is the case, it is preferable to drive out another syllable, provided the appearance and the correctness of the first part of the word are not compromised.\n\nIt is not usual, and is looked on as bad workmanship, to divide a word with a single letter at the end of a line, for it may be driven out, or, if the line be wide spaced, the next syllable may be got in; but should the second syllable of the word be a long one, or the last syllable a very short one, it will then be advisable to overrun a preceding line or two, to get rid of the objectionable division.\n\nNeither is it usual to carry over the last syllable of a word if it consist of two thin letters only; for the hyphen is more than equal to one of them, and changing two or three spaces will make room for the other, without affecting the appearance.\n\nSome persons object to the dividing of words at all in printing, as being unnecessary and displeasing to the eye; but then they must sacrifice all regularity of spacing, which is still worse, and has the appearance of bad workmanship. I would recommend that a compositor should make each give way a little to the other, always preserving such an uniformity in spacing that there should be no glaring disproportion in different lines.\n\n\n\nAvoid dividing words in lines following each other, so as not to have hyphens at the ends of two adjoining lines, but never have three or more divided words at the ends of consecutive lines; although five or six may occasionally be seen, yet in book work it is held to be bad workmanship, and should never be allowed to pass. Neither is it desirable to divide proper names, nor the last word in a page so as to have part of a word to begin the succeeding page, particularly when it is an even one; sums of money and series of figures are never divided.\n\nIt is not possible in every instance to divide words correctly, particularly when the page is of a narrow measure, and the type large; when this happens, the compositor is obliged frequently to sacrifice correctness to necessity; but when the page is of a width proportionate to the size of the type, he may in the usual way of workmanship preserve his regular spacing, and also his correct dividing.\n\nThe preceding observations may be looked on as practical ones for printing. Lindley Murray gives the following grammatical directions for dividing words.\n\n“1. A single consonant between two vowels must be joined to the latter syllable: as, de-light, bri-dal, re-source: except the letter x; as, ex-ist, ex-amine: and except likewise words compounded; as, up-on, un-even, dis-ease.\n\n“2. Two consonants proper to begin a word, must not be separated; as, fa-ble, sti-fle. But when they come between two vowels, and are such as cannot begin a word, they must be divided; as, ut-most, un-der, in-sect, er-ror, cof-fin.\n\n“If the preceding syllable is short, the consonants must be separated: as, cus-tard, pub-lic, gos-ling.\n\n“3. When three consonants meet in the middle of a word, if they can begin a word, and the preceding vowel be pronounced long, they are not to be separated; as, de-throne, de-stroy. But when the vowel of the preceding syllable is pronounced short, one of the consonants always belongs to that syllable; as, dis-tract, dis-prove, dis-train.\n\n“4. When three or four consonants, which are not proper to begin a word, meet between two vowels, the first consonant is always kept with the first syllable in the division: as, ab-stain, com-plete, em-broil, dan-dler, dap-ple, con-strain.\n\n“5. Two vowels, not being a diphthong, must be divided into separate syllables; as, cru-el, deni-al, soci-ety.\n\n“A diphthong immediately preceding a vowel, is to be separated from it: as, roy-al, pow-er, jew-el.\n\n“6. Compounded words must be traced into the simple words of which they are composed; as, ice-house, glow-worm, over-power, never-the-less.\n\n“7. Grammatical, and other particular terminations, are generally separated: as, teach-est, teach-eth, teach-ing, teach-er, contend-est, great-er, wretch-ed, good-ness, free-dom, false-hood.\n\n“Two consonants which form but one sound, are never separated: as, e-cho, fa-ther, pro-phet, an-chor, bi-shop. They are to be considered as a single letter.\n\n“8. In derivative words, the additional syllables are separated: as, sweet-er, sweet-est, sweet-ly; learn-ed, learn-eth, learn-ing; dis-like, mis-lead, un-even; call-ed, roll-er, dress-ing; gold-en, bolt-ed, believ-er, pleas-ing.\n\n“Exceptions. When the derivative word doubles the single letter of the primitive, one of those letters is joined to the termination: as, beg, beg-gar; fat, fat-ter; bid, bid-ding.\n\n“When the additional syllable is preceded by c or g soft, the c or g is added to that syllable: as, of-fen-ces, cotta-ges, pro-noun-cer, in-dul-ging; ra-cer, fa-cing, spi-ced; wa-ger, ra-ging, pla-ced, ran-ger, chan-ging, chan-ged.\n\n“When the preceding single vowel is long, the consonant, if single, is joined to the termination: as, ba-ker, ba-king; ho-ping, bro-ken; po-ker, bo-ny; wri-ter, sla-vish; mu-sed, sa-ved.\n\n“The termination y is not to be placed alone: as, san-dy, gras-sy; dir-ty, dus-ty; mos-sy, fros-ty; hea-dy, woo-dy; except, dough-y, snow-y, string-y, and a few other words. But even in these exceptions, it would be proper to avoid beginning a line with the termination y.\n\n“Some of the preceding rules may be liable to considerable exceptions; and therefore it is said by Dr. Lowth and others, that the best and easiest directions for dividing the syllables in spelling, is to divide them as they are naturally separated in a right pronunciation, without regard to the derivation of words, or the possible combination of consonants at the beginning of a syllable.”\n\nBefore quitting this subject, it should be stated that there is yet a mode of dividing, which is peculiar to the philologist. To him it appears but natural that a compounded word should be divided at the point where its elements were originally conjoined. With respect to a purely English compound we find this to be one of Murray’s rules; but in an adopted word, however much from its recurrence it may seem to have become our own, the scholar’s eye is offended, if, where a division has become requisite, it be made in violation of etymological principles. This remark must be understood as having reference only to the division which would occur in the neighbourhood of the point of junction: in other respects he does not impugn the validity of the rules which are in general laid down. To apply with precision this principle, which, when judiciously practised, is frequently very highly approved, it is evident that an acquaintance with the language from which the imported word has been derived, is necessary: yet, as a person not thus qualified may occasionally be required to make his divisions in conformity with this system, it has been thought desirable to subjoin a brief list of words in which an uninitiated person would be most likely to err. A few of the following divisions will appear a little startling, and they are in consequence generally evaded; but it has been thought proper in this place to conceal nothing from the general eye which may appear to militate against the full adoption of the system. The words selected are but a few of the very large class of compounds; but the rest have been omitted, as their analytical and their syllabical divisions will in general be found to coincide.\n\n* This word has had the singular fortune of having been all but universally mis-spelt; having in its present form the appearance of being what is inadmissible—the compound of a Latin and an English word. A few years ago an ingenious critic, in a work which he published, corrected this spelling by writing the word “frontispice.” As the word comes immediately from frontispicium, the emendation appears to have been judiciously made. (Compare auspice, from auspicium = avispicium.) It may not be unnecessary also to observe, that the amended form is that in which it appears in the French language. The division of the corrected word would be fronti-spice.", "chars": 10081, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1038", "term": "dividing into sections", "norm": "dividing into sections", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term applied to the process of dividing the leaves of a book to be oversewn into \"sections\" following the removal of the hack folds. The normal thickness of each section is 0.055 inch; however, books printed on paper that is unusually thick or bulky are sometimes divided into sections 0.065 inch in thickness.", "chars": 312, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [209], "citations": ["Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1040", "term": "divinity bindings", "norm": "divinity bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ECCLESIASTICAL BINDINGS.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1041", "term": "divinity calf", "norm": "divinity calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A plain, drab, khaki-colored calfskin binding, popular in the mid-19th century for theological and devotional books. The style was particularly popular in the rebinding of books of an earlier time. The bindings were tooled in blind with single lines terminating in OXFORD CORNERS.\n\nThe style sometimes also featured beveled boards and red edges. Sometimes called \"Oxford style.\" 2. A leather used principally for the inside cover linings of limp leather prayer books and small Bibles. (69, 156. 371)", "chars": 574, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 371], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-divinity-calf-1", "term": "divinity calf", "norm": "divinity calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dark brown calf used generally for religious books, and worked in blind or antique.", "chars": 85, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-divinity-calf-1", "term": "divinity calf", "norm": "divinity calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dark brown calf bookbinding decorated with blind stamping, and without gilding; so called because formerly used in binding theological books.", "chars": 143, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DIVIS", "term": "DIVISORIUM", "norm": "divisorium", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Commonly called Visorum.—Smith. See Visorum.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1076", "term": "do up", "norm": "do up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old term of English origin for the processes of folding, stitching and wrapping, or binding books in cloth.", "chars": 110, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1042", "term": "document parchment", "norm": "document parchment", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A paper made to replace the more expensive genuine PARCHMENT, and used for legislative acts, treaties, and the like. It is produced from selected linen and cotton fibers, and is almost always surface-sized with high quality animal glue or with special tub sizings. Document parchment is produced in basis weights of 48, 56, 72, and 88 pounds (17 X 22 - 1,000). The paper should be manufactured in such a manner as to insure maximum permanency and durability. 2. A vegetable parchment paper used for diplomas and documents.", "chars": 549, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1043", "term": "doeskin", "norm": "doeskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A soft, supple leather made from the skin of an adult female deer and used in England as early as the 16th century for covering books. 2. A soft. supple leather, usually white or cream colored but sometimes dyed, having a fine suede finish, produced from lambskin or sheepskin split and and tanned by a combination tannage, e.g., formaldehyde and oil, or formaldehyde and alum. See also: BUCKSKIN.", "chars": 424, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172, 278], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Pratt, Guy A. Let's bind a book. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1044", "term": "dog ear", "norm": "dog ear", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An oversize, unfolded corner in a publication caused when a sheet in a pile of paper having a corner turned under is trimmed in the guillotine. After trimming, the corner of the defective sheet extends beyond the trim size of the sheet when the folded corner is then unfolded. The dog ear is often useful in early books in determining the size of the leaf and the sheet because it reveals the size of the untrimmed leaf. 2. The turned-down corner of a leaf. See: DOG EARED.", "chars": 500, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1045", "term": "dog eared", "norm": "dog eared", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book or other publication having one or more corners of the leaves turned down, generally by readers.", "chars": 103, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DOMES", "term": "DOMESDAY BOOK", "norm": "domesday book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The register of the lands of England, framed by order of William the Conqueror. It was sometimes termed Rotulus Wintoniæ, and was the book from which judgment was to be given upon the value, tenures, and services of the lands therein described.\n\nIn 1767, in consequence of an address of the House of Lords, His Majesty George III. gave directions for the publication of this Survey. It was not, however, till after 1770 that the work was actually commenced. Its publication was entrusted to Mr. Abraham Farley, a gentleman of learning as well as of great experience in records, who had almost daily recourse to the book for more than forty years. It was completed early in 1783, having been ten years in passing through the press, and thus became generally accessible to the antiquary and topographer. It was printed in facsimile, as far as regular types, assisted by the representation of original contractions, could imitate the original.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe type with which the Domesday Book was printed, was destroyed in the dreadful fire which consumed the printing office of Messrs. Nichols in Red Lion Passage, Fleet Street, London, February 8, 1808.\n\nAbbreviations in Domesday Book, from Hutchins’s Domesday Book for the County of Dorset.\n\nSuperior Letters, which are of frequent occurrence in contracted Records, are generally laid in the small capital boxes.\n\n\n\nThe character & is displaced to make room for [#] and [#] on works using those characters exclusively.\n\nThere are various characters, such as [#], [#], [#], [#], [#], [#], and others, that do not frequently occur, which may be kept in the two boxes in the upper case marked “various;” a general box is necessary in every Domesday case.\n\nThe characters c̚, g̚, m̚, &c., placed in the figure boxes, are a variation only of c̉ , g̉ , m̉ , &c., and the two sorts are never used together in the same work. See Records.", "chars": 2188, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_202.jpg", "caption": "Layout of the Domesday case", "alt": "Layout of the Domesday case", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_204.jpg", "caption": "Domesday book abbreviations", "alt": "Domesday book abbreviations", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1046", "term": "domestic goat", "norm": "domestic goat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "GOATSKIN, and, in general. virtually any skin imported in the cured state, i.e., dry-salted or wet-salted, and then converted into leather in the importing country.", "chars": 188, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1047", "term": "dominotiers", "norm": "dominotiers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name given to the earliest known \"marblers\" of historical importance—the dominotiers of France. The name derives from the Italian domino, a word which refers to the little cloak or hood, which was part of the working apparel of the early marblers. The dominotiers apparently were highly successful, as they were shortly granted royal permission to form a guild, along with the wood engravers. Those specializing in the making of marbled papers were called marbreurs. Unfortunately, because of its highly perishable nature, very little of this early marbling has come down to us.", "chars": 582, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DONAT", "term": "DONATIONS", "norm": "donations", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Abstract of the Charitable Donations at the Disposal of the Court of Assistants of the Worshipful Company of Stationers. I have selected those Donations only which relate, directly or indirectly, to Printers.\n\nWilliam Norton, a printer of great note, lived in St. Paul’s Churchyard, who died in 1593. He gave six pounds thirteen shillings and four pence, yearly to his company, to be lent to young men, free of the same Company. The Company in their Abstract of Charitable Donations say “to the Poor of the said Company.”\n\nMr. Christopher Meredith, in 1655, gave 10l. a year, to be paid in quarterly pensions to the poor of the Company.\n\nThomas Guy, Esq., M.P., an eminent bookseller, and the munificent founder of the hospital which bears his name, gave to the Company, in 1717, 1,000l. “to enable them to add 50l. a year, by quarterly payments, to the poor members and widows, in augmentation of the quarterly charity.”\n\nMr. Theophilus Cater, in 1718, gave 1,000l. to the Company, on condition of their paying him an annuity of 50l. for his own life.—After his death, 40l. to be thus disposed of: to the minister of St. Martin’s, Ludgate, for a sermon, 1l. 10s.; to the reader, 5s.; to the clerk and sexton, 2s. 6d. each, 5s.; to fourteen poor freemen of the Company, 14l.; to ten poor men of St. Martin’s, 10l.; to ten poor men of Christchurch, 1l. each. The remainder, (being 4l.) towards a dinner for the master, wardens, and assistants.\n\nMrs. Beata Wilkins, in 1773, gave the picture of Doctor Hoadly, lord bishop of Winchester, now in the Stock-room; and the interest and produce of all the money arising from her forty-pounds share stock (computed at 320l.) to be distributed, annually, amongst six poor men and six poor widows, not pensioners to the Company, in the month of December, before Christmas.—Note. The produce of the share was laid out in the purchase of 358l. 11s. 4d. five per cent. Navy annuities. The yearly dividend is 17l. 18s. 6d. To which the Court add 1s. 6d. to make the dividend to each annuitant 1l. 10s.\n\nWilliam Bowyer. See Bowyer.\n\nWilliam Strahan, Esq., M. P., in 1784, gave 1,000l., one half of the annual interest to be divided in equal shares or proportions to five poor journeymen printers, natives of England or Wales, freemen of the Company; the other half in equal shares or proportions to five poor journeymen printers, natives of Scotland, without regard to their being freemen or being non-freemen of the Company.—Note. The yearly dividend of this bequest is 39l. 14s. 10d.—to which 5s. 2d. (part of a subsequent donation by Andrew Strahan, Esq.) has since been added, to make the dividend to each annuitant 4l.\n\nThomas Wright, Esq., late alderman of London, in 1794, gave 2,000l. four per cent. Bank annuities, the dividends to be distributed as follows; upon the first day of January 50l. 8s. amongst twenty-four poor freemen of the said Company, not receiving any other pension from the Company, 2l. 2s. each. To the clerk of the Company 3l. 3s. for his trouble upon this occasion. And 26l. 9s. residue of such dividends, for providing a dinner for the master, wardens, and assistants, of the Company, upon the day of distribution.\n\nMr. Richard Johnson, in 1795, gave all the remainder of his property whatsoever, to the Company, upon the following conditions: that they allow his sister, Mary Johnson, 50l. per annum, and 10l. per annum to his uncle Lockington Johnson, or to his wife, Elizabeth Johnson, during their natural lives. After the deaths of his sister and uncle, and his wife, the whole property to be divided half-yearly, “among five very poor widows, who have seen better days, above the age of sixty, whose husbands were liverymen, and in a good way of business; were either stationers, printers, booksellers, or binders.”\n\n\n\nCharles Dilly, Esq., in November, 1803, (being then a member of the Court of Assistants,) transferred 700l. three per cent. annuities to the Company, the dividends to be “paid equally to two widows of liverymen of the Company, who have lived in better circumstances, and met unexpected misfortunes, but who, through their conduct and manners in life, are deserving of superior help. And if there should be candidates of sixty years of age, or upwards, I should wish them to have the preference.”\n\nMrs. Elizabeth Baldwin, widow of Mr. Richard Baldwin a liveryman, gave 250l. stock in the three per cents, the dividends to be laid out and expended in the purchase of five great coats, to be annually given to five poor liverymen or freemen of the said Company in the first week of the month of December for ever.—Note. Mrs. Baldwin died 19th August, 1809.\n\nAndrew Strahan, Esq., M. P., (first benefaction,) in January 1815, transferred 1,225l. four per cent. annuities to the Company, the interest, viz. 49l., to be applied as follows, viz.,\n\n“Eight pounds per annum to each of the six pensioners amongst my father’s annuitants who shall have been earliest elected into that list, in lieu of the 4l. which they at present enjoy. And whenever any of the pensions of 8l. each shall become vacant, the pensioner who shall stand first on the list of my father’s annuitants of 4l. to succeed to such vacancy, without troubling the court to make a new election, except for the vacancy occasioned thereby in the annuitants of 4l. And as 5s. 2d. is added by the court to make up the pensions of my late father 4l. to each annuitant, I would have the sum of 5s. 2d. (part of the surplus of 1l.) applied to that purpose. The remaining 14s. 10d. I would have given to the beadle of the Company, who has some trouble in receiving the petitions.\n\n“The pensions above given it is my wish should be paid twice in the year; the one half at the same period as the pensions given by my late father, and the other half at midsummer.\n\n“I observe that my father’s pensioners are to be elected annually, which, I believe, may not always have been strictly complied with; but, by being so bequeathed, it enables the court to displace any individual who may at any time after his being elected appear to the court not to be deserving; and it is my wish that the court should have the same power of displacing any of the pensioners of eight pounds who shall appear to them undeserving.”\n\nJohn Nichols, Esq., transferred to the Company, in June, 1817, 500l. four per cent. annuities, “as an addition of a small supplement to the works of my late friend and partner, Mr. William Bowyer,” [See Bowyer.] “to pay the dividends to the persons mentioned in the following list; one of whom has worked for me more than fifty years, another much more than forty, and the others nearly thirty years.\n\n“15l. a year to Thomas Bennett, in addition to the annuity he now enjoys.\n\n“5l. a year to William Morlis, in addition to what he now enjoys, or may hereafter enjoy.\n\n“On the death of Bennett, his 15l. to be divided into three annuities, for James Rousseau, John Meeson, and James Robinson, if then living, otherwise to any other compositor or pressman of good character, not less than forty-five years of age, and who shall have been at least twenty-one years free of the Stationers’ Company.\n\n“On the death of Morlis his five pounds to be added to the person who then stands first on the list; so that eventually there will only be one annuitant of ten pounds, and two of five pounds each.\n\n“The annuitants to be paid at the same times as those of Mr. Bowyer.” J. N.\n\nAndrew Strahan, Esq., M. P., (second benefaction,) transferred in March, 1818, the further sum of 1,000l. four per cent. annuities, “to pay the dividends half-yearly in portions of ten pounds to four distressed old printers. No person to be eligible till he be sixty-five years of age: he may be freeman or non-freeman, compositor or pressman, or have been for many years employed regularly as corrector or reader in a printing-office within the Bills of Mortality, and not necessarily one of my late father’s annuitants or of mine.”\n\nLuke Hansard, Esq., (first benefaction,) on the 11th of July, 1818, transferred to the Company 1,000l. four per cent. annuities, the interest to be given, in two annuities of 10l. a year each, to such objects above sixty-five years of age, free of the Company, and letterpress printers, (compositors or pressmen,) as the court shall judge proper.\n\nThe other 20l. to be given yearly to four freemen of this Company, printers, booksellers, stationers, warehousemen, or bookbinders, above sixty years of age, at 5l. a year each, as the court shall think proper objects of this donation.\n\nLuke Hansard, Esq., (second benefaction,) in September, 1818, transferred to the Company 1,500l. three per cent. annuities; in trust to give to every youth bound at their hall, a neatly bound Church of England Prayer-book, as printed by his majesty’s printer in London, bound up with the New Version of Psalms.\n\nThe number of Prayer-books thus to be disposed of, are taken at 200, which at a presumed price of 2s. 7d. each, will cost yearly 25l. 16s. 8d.\n\nThen to give yearly to two of his warehousemen (named) 6l. 6s. each.\n\nAlso to “such warehouseman, or binder, or stationer, or other person in the class to whom the court has been accustomed to give such annuities, above sixty years of age,” 6l. 6s.\n\nThe residue of 5s. 4d., and whatever residue may be left from the 200 Prayer-books not being wanted, or from the cost being less, to be applicable for such purposes as the court shall think proper.\n\nBeale Blackwell, Esq., gave, July, 1817, so much Bank stock as at the time of his death would produce the annual sum of 100l., to be every year distributed equally amongst twenty deserving journeymen letterpress printers; the first distribution of which took place in October, 1821.\n\nA more detailed account of these charitable donations and benefactions will be found in a pamphlet of 32 pages, printed by order of the court in 1819, and given to each liveryman.\n\nThis account is copied from Hansard’s Typographia.", "chars": 10709, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1048", "term": "dongola", "norm": "dongola", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to leathers such as goatskin, sheepskin or calfskin tanned and finished to resemble KIDSKIN.", "chars": 141, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1049", "term": "dope", "norm": "dope", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A solution of a cellulose ester, such as cellulose acetate or nitrate, or a cellulose ether, such as ethyl cellulose or benzyl cellulose, in a volatile solvent, such as acetone, amyl acetate, etc., and used as a coating for paper. See also: LACQUER.", "chars": 273, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1050", "term": "dos à dos binding", "norm": "dos à dos binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of bookbinding in which two books, usually small and frequently of a complementary nature, e.g., a Psalter and New Testament, are bound back to back so that they open in opposite directions, one of the three boards being the common lower board of both volumes. The spines and fore edges are opposed. Their upper boards are usually either embroidered or covered with gold-tooled leather. However the dos à dos binding is picked up, it opens at the beginning of one of the two books.", "chars": 488, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156, 347], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1051", "term": "dotted line style", "norm": "dotted line style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PINHEAD STYLE; POINTILLÉ (1).", "chars": 82, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DOTTE", "term": "DOTTED QUADRATS,", "norm": "dotted quadrats,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or dotted leaders. Quadrats with dots on them, similar to full points, at regular distances. They are cast from an en, with one point, to four ems.\n\nIn tables of contents, indices, and other similar matter, dotted quadrats are preferred to metal rules, or hyphens, being thought to have a neater appearance.", "chars": 305, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-double-1", "term": "Doublé", "norm": "doubl", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the inside of the cover is lined with leather, it is termed a doublé.", "chars": 74, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DOUBL1", "term": "DOUBLE", "norm": "double", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet that is twice pulled and lifted never so little off the form after it was first pulled, does most commonly (through the play of the joints of the tympan) take a double impression: this sheet is said to double. Or if the pressman run in so, as the foreside of the platen print with the first pull into part of the second pull, or the hind edge of the platen print with his second pull into part of his first pull; either of these twice printing is called Doubling. Doubling also happens through the loose hanging of the platen, and through too much play the tenons of the head may have in the mortises of the cheeks; and indeed through many wearings and crazinesses that often happen in several parts of the press.—M. Moxon’s account of doubling and its causes refer to the two pull wooden presses, but some of them apply equally to iron presses.\n\nIn composing, the term is applied when a word, a line, a sentence, or any part of the copy is composed twice; that is, if the compositor’s eye catch a part that he has already composed, and he repeats it.", "chars": 1064, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-double-1", "term": "DOUBLE", "norm": "double", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Among compositors, repetition of words; among pressmen, a sheet that is twice pulled and mackled.", "chars": 97, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1052", "term": "double coated paper", "norm": "double coated paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A paper or board which has received two coatings on the same side with either the same or different coating materials. A paper or board coated on both sides is not double coated but is coated two sides. 2. A paper or board heavily coated, but not necessarily with two coatings.", "chars": 280, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 52], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Book Manufacturers' Institute. Helpful aids in book production. New York. Book Manufacturers' Institute. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1053", "term": "double cord sewing", "norm": "double cord sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book sewn on double raised cords, i.e., two cords set adjacent and almost touching, the sewing thread leaving and re-entering the section through one hole. Double cord sewing is substantially stronger than sewing on single cords and the sections are better supported against the pull of the thread where required most. i.e., at the point where the thread leaves and re-enters the section. See also: FLEXIBLE SEWING.", "chars": 441, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1054", "term": "double covers", "norm": "double covers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used in pamphlet binding to indicate two covers, the inner one of which is of the same type and color paper as the outer, but of a lighter basis weight.", "chars": 159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DOUBL2", "term": "DOUBLE DAGGER", "norm": "double dagger", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This is the technical name of a mark used as a reference, ‡; it is generally placed the third in order,—after the obelisk or dagger.", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1056", "term": "double decomposition", "norm": "double decomposition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A chemical reaction that takes place between two compounds, in which the first and second parts of one compound unite with the second and first parts, respectively, of the other compound. One of the compounds is usually insoluble. The principle of double decomposition has been used in deacidifying paper, as, for example, when a soluble calcium or magnesium salt is dissolved in water and the paper is immersed in it. After the paper has been dried it is then impregnated with a soluble carbonate, such as that of ammonium or sodium. Sodium carbonate and calcium chloride, for example, react to form insoluble calcium carbonate and soluble sodium chloride: CaCl2 + Na2CO3 → CaCO3↓ + 2NaCl; or, using calcium chloride and ammonium carbonate: CaCl2 + (NH4)2CO3 → CaCO3↓ + 2NH4Cl.\n\nThe soluble sodium or ammonium chloride is removed by washing the paper with water, and it is important that the chloride be removed as completely as possible, as its presence in the paper is potentially harmful. The advantage of the double decomposition method is its simplicity, plus the fact that a much greater alkaline reserve can be deposited in the paper than is generally possible with most other methods.", "chars": 1301, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1057", "term": "double gold", "norm": "double gold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. GOLD LEAF that is twice the customary thickness, or approximately 1/100,000 to 1/125,000 inch in thickness. 2. Regular gold leaf that is doubled upon itself before laying down. Double gold leaf, of this form, or as described above, is easier to handle and gives a brighter and more solid appearance. It is used mainly in edge gilding.", "chars": 361, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 335], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1058", "term": "double headbands", "norm": "double headbands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Headbands for very large volumes worked on two lengths of thong, or other core. This type of HEADBAND usually appears in the form of a thicker band with a thinner band in front or above.", "chars": 210, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 152], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1059", "term": "double kettle stitch", "norm": "double kettle stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A KETTLE STITCH tied twice so as to provide additional strength.", "chars": 88, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DOUBL3", "term": "DOUBLE LETTERS", "norm": "double letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Æ, œ, ſt, ſh, and several others cast on one shank, are called double letters: ſ and f have several ascending letters joined to them, because their beaks hanging over their stems would (were they not cast on one shank) ride upon the tops of the stems of the adjoining ascending letters.—M.\n\nBy discarding the ſ, we have lessened the number of our double letters, which are now reduced to the diphthongs æ and œ, and to ff, fi, fl, ffi, and ffl, which are so termed by printers.", "chars": 468, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1060", "term": "double mounting", "norm": "double mounting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of attaching one label over a larger one of a different color. It gives the effect of a colored border around the smaller label.", "chars": 140, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [86], "citations": ["Collins, Arthur Frederick. Book crafts for senior pupils; a handbook for teachers and students. Leicester. Dryad Press. 1938."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DOUBL4", "term": "DOUBLE NARROW", "norm": "double narrow", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of furniture equal in breadth to two narrow quotations. There are different sizes used in making margin, and in imposing, viz., double broad, double broad and narrow, broad and narrow, broad and double narrow.\n\n", "chars": 291, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DOUBL5", "term": "DOUBLE PICA", "norm": "double pica", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type, one size larger than Paragon, and one smaller than Two-Line Pica. It is equal in depth to two Small Pica bodies. See Types.", "chars": 174, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1061", "term": "double plate", "norm": "double plate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: DOUBLE SPREAD (1). 2. A single unit of illustration extending across two contiguous pages, often printed on a folio so imposed that it becomes a CENTER SPREAD.", "chars": 215, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1062", "term": "double register", "norm": "double register", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two registers in one book. See: REGISTER. (1)", "chars": 69, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1063", "term": "double scored", "norm": "double scored", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper that has been scored along two distinct, closely spaced lines. Double scoring allows for a partial rolling effect of the leaf and thereby improves turning. Cf: CRIMPING. See also: SCORE.", "chars": 240, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1066", "term": "double skin", "norm": "double skin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PIPING (1)", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1067", "term": "double slipcase", "norm": "double slipcase", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A SLIPCASE in two parts, one of which fits into the other. 2. A single slipcase fitted inside with a divider which enables it to accommodate two books while keeping their covers from touching.", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1068", "term": "double spread", "norm": "double spread", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "double truck", "dates": null, "text": "1. Two facing pages on which printed matter is spread across as if they were one page. When an illustration is printed this way two blocks are used unless the spread is in the center of the section, in which case it is a CENTER SPREAD. Also called \"two page spread.\" See also: CONJUGATE LEAVES. 2. The application of an adhesive to both adherends of an assembly.", "chars": 410, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139, 309], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1070", "term": "double thick cover paper", "norm": "double thick cover paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two thicknesses of cover paper laminated together with adhesive to produce a very stiff cover paper. The more common basis weights are 100 pounds (two 50-pound sheets) and 130 pounds (two 65-pound sheets).", "chars": 205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1072", "term": "double two sheets on", "norm": "double two sheets on", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of sewing a book on tapes that is reputed to give still greater strength than the ALL ALONG method. Each section is sewn \"two sheets on\" with the preceding section, resulting in each section being sewn to the sections both above and below it. This gives greater holding power because two threads pass through each section; consequently, if one thread breaks the other still holds the section. Unless the first and last sections are sewn all along, however, the weakness of this method is that these sections, which receive the greatest strain when the book is being used—particularly the first section—are not held very securely. In addition, not all of the sections are held by the kettle stitches.", "chars": 732, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [196], "citations": ["Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1064", "term": "double-shear stroke", "norm": "double-shear stroke", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The multiple movement of the descending knife of a guillotine. First, there is the downward motion through the pile being cut; second, the single-shear motion across the face of the pile; and third, the double-shear motion where the cutting edge of the knife starts to cut higher at one side of the pile and by a rocking motion becomes approximately parallel when it reaches the bottom of the cut at the table. The double-shear stroke thus cuts more like a scissors, with the knife edge entering each sheet in the pile at its side and gradually cutting across it. The advantages of the double-shear stroke are: 1) less power required to cut: 2) less strain on the machine and the knife; 3) a more perfectly cut edge; and 4) a smoother face to the pile. Cf: SINGLE-SHEAR STROKE.", "chars": 801, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1065", "term": "double-sixteen folder", "norm": "double-sixteen folder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A particular folding machine capable of folding two 16page sections or one 32-page section. This folder can also be equipped to produce two 32-page sections, though of a smaller page size. Double 16s have three folding levels and four sets of folding rollers. The sheet is slit in half at the first folding level and each half is folded individually at right angles at the second level. It is folded once again at the third level, which has only one set of folding rollers; in this level, if the sections are to be outserts, each of the two folded sheets is folded in succession, whereas if the sections are inserts, both sheets are combined and folded together. A fourth folding level may be added to make the machine capable of producing two 32page sections. See also: FOLDING MACHINES.", "chars": 812, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1069", "term": "double-stitched binder", "norm": "double-stitched binder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A commercial type of \"binder\" sometimes used for in-house repair of books. It consists of two lengths of heavy cloth sewn together along two parallel lines, the distance between them being approximately the thickness of the book to be recased. Each layer is gummed on the outside surface. The spine of the book is attached to one layer of cloth along with the new endpapers, while the other side is attached to the inlay and boards. The standard widths (between rows of sewing) ranges between 1/4 inch and 3 inches.", "chars": 515, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [138], "citations": ["Gaylord Brothers. Firm. Bookcraft…, by Donald M. Kidd, Syracuse. Gaylord Bros. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1071", "term": "double-tone ink", "norm": "double-tone ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A printing ink consisting of a mixture of an oil-soluble dye. a stable body pigment of a different color, and a medium. Such inks are used for the printing of halftones when a gravure effect is desired. The halftone is actually printed in the usual manner; however, sometime later overtones appear on the print, due to the dye of the ink spreading as a halo around the printed dots forming the image. Paper finish and tone also affect the result.", "chars": 446, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1055", "term": "doubled", "norm": "doubled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An impression in leather, such as in blind tooling, which is said to be doubled when the tool has been twisted in the impression, or when a repeat impression does not fall exactly over the first.", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-doubled-1", "term": "doubled", "norm": "doubled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When in working a tool a second time it is inadvertently not placed exactly in the previous impression, it is said to be “doubled.”", "chars": 131, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1073", "term": "doubling", "norm": "doubling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The unintentional printing of a repeat image from a single form that is out of register. Doubling is particularly troublesome in halftone work because it adversely affects both tone and color values. It may be caused by several things, including rippling of the paper or premature contact with the form or offset blanket. It may also occur if sheets slip in the gripper or if the paper stretches during printing. Play in the press cylinders resulting in printback of ink picked up from the paper by the blanket can also cause doubling, as can the succeeding printing unit being slightly out of register with the original print.", "chars": 627, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1074", "term": "doublure", "norm": "doublure", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An ornamental inside lining of a book cover, which takes the place of the regular pastedown and fly leaf. It is usually of leather or (watered) silk, generally with a leather hinge and is often very elaborately decorated. The typical doublure consists of a silk fly leaf and a leather board covering, but sometimes both board covering and fly leaf are of silk; rarely, both are of leather. In a strict sense, however, the term refers only to leather linings.\n\nThe doublure was known in Turkey at least as early as the 14th century, but the earliest known European doublures are a binding of about 1550 in the British Museum. Their use was revived in the reign of Louis XIV (1643-1715), but they were not used very extensively until about 1750, after which they became very popular. Doublures have been used continuously since that time—more so in France, where they have always been more popular than elsewhere. The word itself is French, meaning \"lining\" or \"doubling of material.\" Also called \"ornamental inside lining.\" 2. In a very general sense, an ornamental endpaper. See PLATE X.", "chars": 1088, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172, 236, 335, 343], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-doublure-1", "term": "doublure", "norm": "doublure", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the inside face of the boards, especially applied to them when lined with leather and decorated.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-doublure-1", "term": "doublure", "norm": "doublure", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The inside face of the boards, especially applied to them when lined with leather and decorated. When thus lined a cover is said to be “double.”", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1075", "term": "doublure margin", "norm": "doublure margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In a strict sense, the space on the inside of a book cover between the DOUBLURE (1) and the edges of the board, which, when there is no doublure, are simply the TURN-INS (1).", "chars": 222, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1077", "term": "down at the head", "norm": "down at the head", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Sections which have not been fed properly to the head gauge of the cutting machine, causing an \"up and down\" appearance in the heads of the sections of a book. 2. Plates or maps that have not been placed up to the top edge of the leaf.", "chars": 238, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1078", "term": "downtime", "norm": "downtime", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The time during which a machine, department, or entire bindery is inactive during normal working hours, because of repairs, setting-up, lack of material, etc. Downtime becomes extremely costly in certain plants, such as paper mills, edition binderies, or binderies specializing in adhesive binding, because of the very high cost of the equipment used, as well as the cost of idle labor.", "chars": 386, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [316], "citations": ["Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1079", "term": "drag", "norm": "drag", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The pulling effect on the first and last sections (or leaves) of a book, caused by endpapers that have been attached directly to the sections (or leaves), rather than being sewn to the tapes or to a guard which is attached to the sections or leaves.", "chars": 249, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1080", "term": "draw", "norm": "draw", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The displacement of the cut sheets by the thickness of the guillotine cutting knife. Draw is a common cause of imperfectly cut paper. 2. The dragging action of the knife of a cutting machine, which tends to draw a book or pile of sheets out from under the clamp when cutting papers are heavily coated with clay. 3. The tension applied to paper between the sections of a papermaking machine, such as the press or drier sections.", "chars": 430, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 145], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DRAW", "term": "DRAW", "norm": "draw", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a form is working at press, and any of the letters are loosely justified, or from any other cause are not tight in the form, and the adhesion of the ink and balls or rollers pulls them out, they are said to draw. This accident too frequently occurs; and as it is not always perceived, errors arise which neither the care nor the skill of the reader can prevent; when it is perceived, after an impression or two have been pulled, the pressmen often put the letters into the wrong place, and thus cause an error. They are occasionally left by the ball on the form, and produce a batter, which is a waste of materials, and of time in repairing it. A good compositor guards against this evil by care in justifying his lines, and also in locking up.", "chars": 749, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1081", "term": "drawer-handle tool", "norm": "drawer-handle tool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool often used in England and the Netherlands during the second half of the 17th century. It was generally used in groups or sequences, and is so named because of its similarity to the handle of a drawer.", "chars": 217, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 347], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1082", "term": "drawing color", "norm": "drawing color", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The darkening of the impressions made in leather during blind tooling. This is done by means of a hot tool, a smoked tool (soot or lampblack [carbon] or carbon paper), or by wetting the leather with water or vinegar.", "chars": 216, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1083", "term": "drawing on", "norm": "drawing on", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "drawing over", "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to the process of drawing the leather covering over the spine of a book, preparatory to turning and setting the head.", "chars": 142, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1084", "term": "drawn flanks", "norm": "drawn flanks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The flank area of hides and skins that have shrunk and display furrowed lines on the grain surface over the underlying blood vessels.", "chars": 133, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1085", "term": "drawn grain", "norm": "drawn grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A grain in a leather which shows an irregular pattern of creases or narrow grooves, produced by tanning the skin in such a manner that the main thickness has contracted relative to the grain layer, which is then fixed in a puckered or \"drawn together condition.\"", "chars": 262, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1087", "term": "drawn marble", "norm": "drawn marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term applied to a type of edge marble consisting of multi-colored scales. The colors used are black, blue, or green, yellow and red, put on the size in that order. The black is dropped on in such a manner that the first drop comes into contact with the edge of the second, the second with that of the third, and so on, so that a color ribbon is formed. The blue (or green) is placed on the size in unconnected drops on both sides of the black. The yellow is dropped on both sides of the black so that each drop of blue has a yellow center and the red is placed so that each drop of yellow has a red center. The colors are then drawn by a stylus in wavy lines through each other past the black, producing white lines between the colors. The comb is then drawn across producing the scales. Variations of drawn marbles, in addition to comb edges, include the \"American, \" \"bouquet, \" \"peacock, \" and \"snail.\"", "chars": 915, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DRAWN", "term": "DRAWN SHEETS", "norm": "drawn sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In collating books in the warehouse, after they have been gathered, duplicate sheets, and sheets of wrong signatures, are occasionally found; arising, in the one instance, from the carelessness of the gathering boys, in taking up more than one sheet of the same signature; and, in the other, from a lift of another sheet being occasionally taken down and mixed in the heap: in these cases the sheets are drawn out of the book, and laid on one side, and, after some accumulation, are replaced upon their respective heaps, to be gathered again right. These sheets are called Drawn Sheets.", "chars": 593, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1086", "term": "drawn-in", "norm": "drawn-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "drawing in", "dates": null, "text": "See: LACING-IN.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1088", "term": "drawn-on covers", "norm": "drawn-on covers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "drawn-on solid", "dates": null, "text": "A term applied to the binding of square-backed periodical issues, pamphlets, and paperbacks, in which the cover is attached by gluing it to the spine. When the endpapers are pasted down, it is said to be \"drawn-on solid.\"", "chars": 221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 307], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Simon, Oliver. Introduction to typography. 2nd ed. London. Faber and Faber. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1089", "term": "drenching", "norm": "drenching", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old method of deliming and acidifying unhaired skins, in lieu of BATING or PICKLING, by means of immersion in a water infusion of fermented barley, sour dough, flour, or the husks of cereals. The organic acids (lactic and acetic) in the solution neutralized any remaining lime in the stock and the particles of barley, etc., exerted a cleansing action of the skins, absorbing dirt and greases, etc. The cleansing action was very effective because the enzymes produced by the bacterial cells not only broke down the carbohydrates in the plant materials to produce acids but also digested the mucopolysaccharides of the ground substance.\n\nDrenching was often difficult to control, as the enzymes did not restrict their attack to the carbohydrates either in the solution or the skins, but often degraded the fibers of the dermal network as well. In addition, too much acid swelling was produced with resulting impairment of the skin structure and, therefore, of the quality of the leather produced.\n\nWhen drenching is used today, as in certain vegetable tannages calling for specific acid conditioning during the early stages of tanning, weak solutions of organic acids, such as lactic, acetic and formic, are used in lieu of fermented cereal solutions.\n\nBecause of the gas bubbles of carbon dioxide produced by fermentation, which caused the skins to rise to the surface of the paddle, the process was also called \"raising.\"", "chars": 1467, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DRESS1", "term": "DRESS A CHASE,", "norm": "dress a chase,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or, Dress a Form, is to fit the pages and the chase with furniture and quoins. See Margin.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1090", "term": "dressing", "norm": "dressing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term applied to the series of processes involved in converting rough tanned hides and/ or crust leather into finished leather. See also: CURRYING; LEATHER DRESSINGS; PURE DRESSED.", "chars": 261, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-dressing-a-chase-or-form-1", "term": "Dressing a chase or form", "norm": "dressing a chase or form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Fitting the pages and chase with furniture and quoins.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DRESS2", "term": "DRESSING BLOCK", "norm": "dressing block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Made of pear tree, because a soft wood, and therefore less subject to injure the face of the letter; it is commonly about three inches square, and an inch high.—M. Used the same as our planer. See Planer.", "chars": 235, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1091", "term": "dried-in strain", "norm": "dried-in strain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "dried-in stress", "dates": null, "text": "That part of potential strain or stress remaining in machine-made paper subsequent to manufacture. The property is caused by tension or restriction of shrinkage during drying as the web moves through the papermaking machine. Dried-in strain diminishes with time and can be reduced rapidly in the presence of high humidity or if the paper is wetted. See also: ANISOTROPIC BEHAVIOR.", "chars": 404, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1092", "term": "drill", "norm": "drill", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A strong, heavy, durable cotton fabric in twill weave, used as a base for certain grades of imitation leather, and sometimes finished for use as a covering material for very large books, e.g., blankbooks. 2. To make a round hole in paper for the purpose of overcasting or side sewing, usually by means of a high-speed drill. The term also applies to making holes in paper for loose-leaf, spiral, or similar type of binding. 3. A hand- or power-drill for making holes in book paper, binder's board, etc. .", "chars": 507, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183, 256], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DRIPP", "term": "DRIPPING PAN", "norm": "dripping pan", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Literally so, made of tinned iron, extending the whole length of the press, fixed under the long ribs, to preserve the floor from the droppings of oil.\n\nThey are useful articles; for presses to be kept in good working order require to be frequently oiled; and for want of a dripping pan, I have known the oil run through the joints of the floor upon a pile of paper in a room underneath, and spoil a considerable quantity.", "chars": 420, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DRIVE", "term": "DRIVE OUT", "norm": "drive out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a compositor sets wide, he is said to drive out or run out. In founding, if letter be cast too thick in the shank, it drives out.—M. If copy make more than was calculated on, they say, it drives out; if less, and it is intended that it shall make the precise quantity decided on, they say, you must drive out; that is, it must be branched out in proportion, and not cramped.", "chars": 379, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1093", "term": "drive punch", "norm": "drive punch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A hollow steel punch used for making holes in leather, paper, etc., for eyelets and snap fasteners.", "chars": 99, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1094", "term": "dropping colors", "norm": "dropping colors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The placement of MARBLING colors on the size in the marbling trough. Also called \"throwing colors.\"", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [327], "citations": ["Tavik, Anton. The art and practice of edge marbling. Baltimore. The author. 1908."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DROPP", "term": "DROPPING OUT", "norm": "dropping out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "After a form is locked up, and, when it is being lifted from the stone, or being laid upon the imposing stone, or the press, any letters, spaces, or quadrats fall out, it is said something drops out, or something has dropped out; this may arise from some of the lines being badly justified—some of the leads riding—or some of the furniture binding—or similar causes—and frequently produces errors at press by other letters drawing out. See Form Dances.\n\nIn this case, before the form is put to press, it should be examined to ascertain the cause, and any impediment to its safety should be removed.\n\nDrum. See Wheel.\n\n", "chars": 772, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1095", "term": "drum", "norm": "drum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A revolving cylindrical container used in leather manufacture for such operations as washing, tanning, dyeing, fatliquoring, etc. It is usually equipped with pegs inside for lifting and agitating the stock. The operation of tumbling the stock is known as \"drumming.\"", "chars": 266, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1096", "term": "drumming on", "norm": "drumming on", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process employed in attaching silk doublures. A special technique is required because adhesives cannot be applied directly to silk as they would penetrate the material. A piece of silk larger than the space enclosed by the turn-ins and leather joint is laid on a piece of paper the exact size of the enclosure. The edges of the silk are turned over the paper and glued to the back. The paper is then glued to the board. The silk is secured only at the edges and is otherwise free (like a drum), being drawn taut but not glued down. If the DOUBLURE extends to the very edge of the board, the enclosure is filled in with thin board to bring the board surface up to the level of the turn-ins and joint.", "chars": 727, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1097", "term": "dry", "norm": "dry", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To change the physical state of an adhesive applied to an adherend by the loss of solvent constituents by evaporation, absorption, or both.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1104", "term": "dry open", "norm": "dry open", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method used on combination case bindings that involves hanging the book in its case, gluing down the cloth joints with the cover boards held open, and allowing the book to dry in that position before completing the binding process.", "chars": 233, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1105", "term": "dry pressing", "norm": "dry pressing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term applied to the operation of pressing out the indentations made in paper by the type during printing, so as to make the printed sheet smooth. Pressing of this nature was done in a standing- or hydraulic press, the printed sheets being placed between sheets of hard-rolled boards.", "chars": 295, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [138], "citations": ["Gaylord Brothers. Firm. Bookcraft…, by Donald M. Kidd, Syracuse. Gaylord Bros. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1108", "term": "dry size", "norm": "dry size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A powdered size used in goldtooling suede leathers, velvet, silk, and also cameo papers. See also: ALBUMEN; BLOCKING POWDER.", "chars": 172, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1109", "term": "dry stamping", "norm": "dry stamping", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A technique used in the production of multi-colored paste patterns for end- and other decorative papers. Colored paste is first brushed over the surface of the paper, the paste brush then being drawn from top to bottom of the sheet in regular strokes, leaving a uniform layer of color on which parallel brush marks are faintly discernible. While the surface is still wet, a dry printing implement is pressed on the wet color. When it is removed, some of the color adheres to it, leaving a faint unit on the paper of a lighter color than the remaining background. An engraved brayer is also used at times to create a continuous design.", "chars": 634, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [86], "citations": ["Collins, Arthur Frederick. Book crafts for senior pupils; a handbook for teachers and students. Leicester. Dryad Press. 1938."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1110", "term": "dry strength", "norm": "dry strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The resistance to failure of an adhesive joint measured immediately after drying under specified conditions. See also: WET STRENGTH.", "chars": 156, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1111", "term": "dry tack", "norm": "dry tack", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That characteristic of some adhesives, and especially nonvulcanizing rubber adhesives, to adhere to themselves during the period in which volatile constituents are evaporating, even though they may appear to be dry. Also called \"aggressive tack.\"", "chars": 246, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1106", "term": "dry-rub resistance", "norm": "dry-rub resistance", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The resistance offered by the coated or uncoated surface of a material to wear resulting from mechanical action on the surface of the material. See also: WET-RUB RESISTANCE.", "chars": 197, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1107", "term": "dry-salting", "norm": "dry-salting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of preserving hides and skins for storage and/or transportation before tanning, so as to prevent PUTREFACTIVE DAMAGE, by curing them in a very strong solution of brine—i.e., about 30 pounds of salt for every 10 gallons of cold water, followed by drying, or by WET-SALTING, followed by drying. In both methods, the hides are subject to a thorough and uniform salt penetration and are then hung up to dry. Dry-salting substantially reduces the weight of the hides and therefore the cost of transportation that is incurred in wet-salting; it also reduces or eliminates many of the dangers involved in simple DRYING (1). Large numbers of hides, however, require great quantities of salt. In dry-salting, care must be taken that: 1) drying is carried out gradually and evenly; otherwise the hides may become too hot and partially gelatinize, which not only prevents drying of the inner layer and causes the hides to become hard and brittle, but also results in the gelatinized parts leaving holes when the stock is later returned to its normal wet condition; and 2) when the hides are to be tanned, they must be soaked in water until they have taken up as much water as they had before curing; dry-salted hides require more time and more careful soaking than does wet-salted stock.\n\nSodium chloride (NaCl) is the most commonly used salt for this process, but a salt \"earth\" known as KHARI, is actually to be preferred because it contains about 60% sodium sulfate (Na2 SO4), 20% magnesium sulfate (Mg SO4) and 5% sodium chloride, and is less hygroscopic than common salt. It is more suitable for the hot, humid areas during the rainy seasons, from which most dry-salted hides are prepared.", "chars": 1819, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 291, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1098", "term": "drying", "norm": "drying", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A method of preparing hides and skins for storage and/or transportation so as to prevent PUTREFACTIVE DAMAGE.\n\nDrying is employed principally in situations where insufficient salt is available for WET-SALTING, or where the cost of salt is too high to be economical.\n\nAs bacteria must have a certain amount of moisture or free water if they are to attack a hide or skin, putrefaction can be effectively stopped or prevented by removal of the water to the point where the skin contains only 10 to 14% moisture. At this point the activity of the bacteria ceases, and some types are killed, while the others dry up into spore form, in which they can remain for long periods or until there is enough water for them to again become active.\n\nCuring by drying requires considerable care, especially with thick hides, because: 1) if drying is too slow, as may be the case in relatively wet, cold climates, putrefaction may occur before the moisture content is low enough to inhibit bacteria; and 2) if drying is too rapid and the temperature is too high, part of the wet skin will begin to gelatinize, which will show as holes in the hide when it is subsequently brought back to its normal moisture content. Too rapid drying also makes the hide hard and brittle and prevents drying of the inner layers.\n\nDrying as a means of curing is usually practiced in countries with hot, dry climates. The skins may be: 1) ground dried—by simply spreading them out on the ground, sometimes on a bed of twigs or stones. This is potentially dangerous because of poor ventilation on the ground side and too high a temperature on the exposed side, plus contamination with dirt; 2) sun dried—in which the skins are hung or laid over poles or wires in the sun. This method affords better ventilation and quicker drying, but may result in heat damage or pole or wire marks, showing as hard creases down the skin; 3) frame dried—in which the skins are loosely stretched out on frames, which are arranged so that they do not receive the direct rays of the mid-day sun. This results in less danger of heat damage and a superior, flatter shape; however, a skin shrinks on drying, and if it is stretched too tightly on the frame, overstraining may cause thinness and weakness; and 4) shade dried—where the skins are dried in an open-sided, covered shed, designed to avoid the direct heat of the sun but to allow good ventilation. See also: DRY-SALTING. 2. The process of allowing books to be \"set\" after each operation, involving the use of adhesives and/or seasoning a book in a press after casing-in or covering.", "chars": 2648, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 291, 306, 363], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1099", "term": "drying cracks", "norm": "drying cracks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Fissures in the surface of a paper coating caused by an unduly rapid evaporation of the moisture in the coating.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1100", "term": "drying memory", "norm": "drying memory", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A characteristic of certain hot-melt adhesives which causes them to attempt to return to the shape or configuration they had when they set. When a hot-melt adhesive is applied to the flat spine of a book, and the book is subsequently rounded and backed, the \"memory\" of the adhesive tends to cause it to revert to the original flat configuration it had when it set, thus also flattening the spine of the book. This loss of round will eventually cause the binding to fail, i.e., the book will become loose in its case because of the strain of the backing shoulders caused by the loss of round.", "chars": 592, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1101", "term": "drying temperature", "norm": "drying temperature", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The temperature to which an adhesive, the adherends, or both, is subjected in order to dry the adhesive. The temperature of the adhesive in process of drying may differ from the temperature of the surrounding atmosphere. See also: CURING TEMPERATURE; SETTING TEMPERATURE.", "chars": 319, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1102", "term": "drying time", "norm": "drying time", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The length of time during which an adhesive, the adherends, or both, is allowed to dry, during which time no heat, pressure, or both is applied. See also: CURING TIME; SETTING TIME.", "chars": 229, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1103", "term": "drying tunnel", "norm": "drying tunnel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tunnel in which damp leather is placed for drying in a current of air, often under carefully controlled conditions of temperature and humidity.", "chars": 145, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3037", "term": "du Seuil, Augustin 1673-1746)", "norm": "du seuil, augustin 1673-1746)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See notes on the electronic edition\n\nA celebrated Parisian bookbinder who held the position of royal binder to Louis XV of France. Du Seuil employed lavish doublures and rectangular panels with an armorial panel in the center. He was one of the first bookbinders to execute MOSAIC BINDINGS, although PADELOUP is generally credited with their introduction. He is the only French binder written of in English literature, being mentioned in Pope's fourth moral essay:\n\nHis study! With what authors is it stored?\n\nIn books, not authors, curious is my Lord;\n\nTo all their dated backs he turns you round;\n\nThese Aldus printed, those du Seuil bound.\n\nDu Seuil married into the Padeloup family and worked with Antoine Michel Padeloup at the beginning of Padeloup's career. .", "chars": 802, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 372], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Zaehnsdorf. Firm. Bookbinders. London. A short history of bookbinding…London. Chiswick. 1895."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1112", "term": "dubbin", "norm": "dubbin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paste prepared from cod oil and tallow, the proportions of which vary according to the time of year—in winter generally two parts oil to one of tallow, and the reverse in the summer. There are two types of tallow in general use, one of which is mutton (melting point 40-45° C.), and the other beef (melting point 35-40° C.). Dubbin is used to incorporate oil into some tanned leathers in the STUFFING (2) or CURRYING processes.", "chars": 477, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DUBLI", "term": "DUBLIN", "norm": "dublin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Plan of a Lower Case as used at Dublin. The Upper Case is the same as used in London.", "chars": 85, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_209.jpg", "caption": "Layout of the Dublin case", "alt": "Layout of the Dublin case", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1113", "term": "Dubuisson, Pierre-Paul", "norm": "dubuisson, pierre-paul", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "fl 1746-1762", "text": "An 18th century French bookbinder, who succeeded ANTOINE MICHEL PADELOUP as royal binder. Dubuisson excelled in the creation of dentelles similar to those of the Deromes, and was an accomplished heraldic designer as well as bookbinder and gilder. He, and his father, Rene, specialized in the binding of almanacs, devising the shortcut of decorating their covers with well-designed engraved plaques designed to be used in a press, instead of working with individual tools.", "chars": 495, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 347], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1114", "term": "duck", "norm": "duck", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A plain, closely woven, durable fabric, now usually made from cotton. It is woven in various weights and used for covering large, heavy books, especially blankbooks, and other large stationery bindings.", "chars": 202, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-duck-1", "term": "duck", "norm": "duck", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "sometimes called Canvas. This is made by many firms in a wide range of colors and qualities. It is in fact a heavy cotton cloth. Slate-colored duck 28 in. wide, 10 oz. to the yard, costs about 20 cents per yard. This is a firmly woven, smooth material. We have used a light green. It takes printers’ ink for lettering fairly well, though it soon soils if handled. It is a very desirable binding for heavy books not much used. All such books should be stiffened by pasting or gluing cloth on the backs, if loose back, and should be reinforced at head and tail.", "chars": 559, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-ducks-bill-1", "term": "DUCK’S BILL", "norm": "duck s bill", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tongue cut in a piece of stout paper and pasted on the tympan at the bottom of the tympan-sheet, to support the paper when laid on the tympan.", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DUCK", "term": "DUCK’S BILL", "norm": "duck’s bill", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tongue cut in a piece of stout paper, which is pasted on the tympan at the bottom of the tympan sheet, to support the white paper when working, instead of pins; the paper to be printed rests in the slit behind the tongue, and takes a good bearing.\n\nIt is seldom used except in the best work, where the paper printed is fine, stout, large, and expensive, when extra precautions are taken to prevent waste.", "chars": 404, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_209a.jpg", "caption": "A tool to support paper in the press", "alt": "A tool to support paper in the press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1116", "term": "dull gilt", "norm": "dull gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edges of a book that have been gilt and then burnished through thin paper, producing a solid, uniformly dull metallic surface. See also: GILT EDGES.", "chars": 176, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154, 335], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1115", "term": "dull-coated", "norm": "dull-coated", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper having a coated surface that is low in gloss. It is usually a free sheet base stock coated two sides with calcium carbonate or blanc fixe, and finished with a flat or smooth surface offering minimum gloss or glare. It is made to standard book sizes and weight, and is suitable for printing fine halftones.", "chars": 313, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 156], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1117", "term": "dumb", "norm": "dumb", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A more-or-less obsolete term used in lieu of \"blind\" with reference to blind printing, blind tooling, blind perforating, etc.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1118", "term": "dummy", "norm": "dummy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A made-up text block, generally of blank leaves, sewn and trimmed but not cased or covered and meant to represent the bulk of a forthcoming publication. 2. The layout of a forthcoming book, including the actual arrangement of the printed matter, specifications for type, illustrations, etc. 3. A piece of leather or cloth mounted on a board to show the exact size and lettering of a publication, usually a periodical. See also: RUB (1).", "chars": 463, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [129, 139, 156, 234], "citations": ["Emerson, Gilbert D. Bookbinding for libraries. Philadelphia. n.p. 1909.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1119", "term": "duodecimo", "norm": "duodecimo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: TWELVEMO.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DUODE", "term": "DUODECIMO", "norm": "duodecimo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The size of a book, generally for shortness written 12mo, and hence frequently incorrectly so pronounced. It is formed by folding a sheet of paper into twelve portions or leaves, making twenty-four pages. See Imposing.", "chars": 249, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-duodecimo-1", "term": "duodecimo", "norm": "duodecimo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or *12mo.*—Twelve pages to a form.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1120", "term": "duodo bindings", "norm": "duodo bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bindings executed by Parisian gilders for Pietro Duodo, Venetian ambassador to Henri IV of France, 1594-1597. The distinctive feature of his bindings (and apparently most of his library consisted of small books similarly bound) was rows of laurel wreaths enclosing various small flowers, the central wreath enclosing his arms. This style was imitated by English binders of the early 18th century and by French binders in the late ]9th century.", "chars": 443, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 347], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1121", "term": "duplex", "norm": "duplex", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A term used with reference to the texture, finish, or color of a paper. A duplex texture refers to a paper that may be smooth on one side and rough on the other, while a duplex finish refers to a paper that may have a linen finish on one side and a burlap finish on the other, and so on. A duplex color refers to a paper that is stained on one side only, or that is colored with different colors on either side. A duplex color may also be obtained by laminating together two papers of different colors. 2. A general term applied to a paper or board with two or more plies.", "chars": 575, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1122", "term": "duplex book trimmer", "norm": "duplex book trimmer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of cutting machine having two trimming knives parallel to each other on opposite sides above a central cutting table. The table consists of a cutting block equipped to clamp the pile firmly. Two piles of books, each 5 to 6 inches high, are placed spine to spine against the gauges. This brings the fore edges of each pile on opposite sides at the table and under the knives. After cutting the fore edges, the other edges of the book are brought into position by giving the table a quarter turn. This also changes the position of the knives on the knife-bars above, drawing them closer for trimming the heads and tails of both piles simultaneously. See also: THREE-KNIFE TRIMMER.", "chars": 709, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [142], "citations": ["Goodwin, Bancroft L. Pamphlet binding…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographic technical series for apprentices, pt. 5, no. 30). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1123", "term": "duplex paper", "norm": "duplex paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DUPLEX. (1)", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1124", "term": "durability (of paper)", "norm": "durability (of paper)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The degree to which a paper retains its original strength properties while at the same time being relatively heavily used, as a manuscript or book. Realistically, the expression implies a paper which has a high initial strength, e.g., a paper carefully produced from cotton fibers, rags, or a high grade chemical wood pulp, as opposed to one produced from a combination of chemical and mechanical wood pulps, for example, which has relatively little initial strength.\n\nSome 80 years subsequent to the development of the (Fourdrinier) papermaking machine, there was the beginning of a widespread concern over the relatively rapid deterioration of paper, and in the years between 1885 and 1930, various governmental and other groups, such as the United States Department of Agriculture, the German government, the Royal Society of Arts (Great Britain), and the Library Association of Great Britain, investigated the problem. The earliest of these investigations focused attention on the method of paper manufacture; only much later did it become apparent that the materials used in making paper, the care taken in stock preparation, and the sizing and bleaching agents utilized also had to be considered.\n\nResearch into the qualities (both durability and permanence) of paper has been fairly extensive in recent decades. The overall collective results of this research would seem to indicate that the retardation of paper deterioration requires: 1) careful control of stock preparation at every stage of manufacture, and avoidance of excessive beating of the fibers, which shortens and therefore weakens the fibers and also sometimes prevents proper felting during sheet formation. In addition, impurities, inherent in the stock and/or incorporated from equipment, e.g., copper or iron, must be avoided or removed insofar as possible; 2) great care taken to remove the chemicals used in pulping, e.g., sulfates and sulfites, so as to avoid subsequent hydrolysis of the paper; 3) the removal of unbleached cellulose fibers so as to prevent possible deterioration; 4) avoidance of excessive mineral loadings, as too much loading inhibits felting of the fibers and also weakens the paper; 5) tub-sizing (preferably with gelatin) of archival and/or papers to be handled frequently, as this type of sizing not only adds a protective film to the paper but also strengthens the paper considerably; 6) that bleaching agents, e.g., chlorine compounds, be removed as completely as possible in order to avoid the possibility of the formation of hydrochloric acid in the paper; 7) that mechanical wood pulp, which contains a relatively high percentage of impurities, e.g., lignin, and which also has very short fibers, should be avoided in archival and heavy use papers; and 8) that the paper be manufactured in such a manner that it retains its coatings over a long period in storage.\n\nBooks, documents, and other archival materials should be housed in airconditioned quarters having controlled temperature and relative humidity. Taking into consideration that people probably will be working in the storage (bookstack) area, a reasonable temperature might be 60 to 65° F, with a relative humidity of 50 to 60%. The area should also be as dark as practical, with time switches that turn off lights automatically. The area should be completely free from dirt, and insects and their larvae. If fluorescent lighting is used, which gives off less heat than incandescent lighting, it should be filtered, as the ultraviolet light radiated from fluorescent lights over a long period of time could cause deterioration of book papers.", "chars": 3606, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [32, 36, 40, 143, 157, 198], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. Deterioration of book stock, causes and remedies…Ed. by Randolph W. Church. Richmond, Va. Virginia State Library Publications, No. 10. 1959.", "Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Physical and chemical properties of book papers, 1507-1949. Richmond, Va. Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Permanence/ durability of the book, no. 7. 1974.", "Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Strength and other characteristics of book papers 1800-1899. Richmond, Va. Barrow (W. J.) Research Laboratory. Permanence/ durability of the book, no. 5. 1967.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Harrop, Dorothy. Modern book production. London. Bingley. 1968.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1125", "term": "duro-flexible binding", "norm": "duro-flexible binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "duro-flexile", "dates": null, "text": "A style of library binding devised and patented by Cedric Chivers in the latter part of the 19th century. The duro-flexible binding was designed to give additional strength where most needed, i.e., in the hinges and first and last sections. This was done by lining the endpapers with jaconet and using a three-jointed endpaper. The books were sewn all along on linen tapes. The spines were lined with a pliable leather, and both tapes and lining were secured between split boards. They were covered with a thin, vegetable-tanned pigskin, with linen on the sides.", "chars": 562, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 236], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1126", "term": "dust cover", "norm": "dust cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: BOOK JACKET. 2. A blank leaf inserted at the end of a pamphlet or booklet having a self-cover. dusting. The process of spreading ground, raw vegetable tanning materials over and between hides being tanned in layer vats to add to the tanning strength of the tan liquor. Dusting was a common practice before the days of concentrated tanning extracts.", "chars": 380, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1127", "term": "dust jacket", "norm": "dust jacket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "dust wrapper", "dates": null, "text": "See: BOOK JACKET.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1128", "term": "Dutch antique marble", "norm": "dutch antique marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A modification of the NONPAREIL MARBLE.", "chars": 63, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1129", "term": "Dutch binding", "norm": "dutch binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for a style of binding that includes a vellum or parchment spine, usually of a green color.", "chars": 108, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1130", "term": "Dutch corner", "norm": "dutch corner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LIBRARY CORNER.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1131", "term": "Dutch gilt papers", "norm": "dutch gilt papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "Dutch flowered papers", "dates": null, "text": "A type of highly decorative papers that were not marbled but were printed by means of blocks of wood or metal, or by engraved rollers. They were used from about 1700, and, although known as \"Dutch gilt\" or \"Dutch flowered,\" they were actually produced in Germany and Italy, the Dutch connection possibly arising from the fact that the papers were imported into Holland for reexport to France and England, although not all of them arrived in France and England by that route.\n\nA great variety of designs was employed in these papers, many being in imitation of the brocades and damasks of the period. Some have figures of huntsmen, animals and birds, saints, mythological beasts, and Renaissance strap and scroll patterns; many arc embossed, and some are printed on colored paper.\n\nThe probable method of their execution consisted of transferring gold size to the paper by means of wooden plates or engraved rollers, the former first being pressed onto a pad saturated with the size, the latter having the size painted on. When the size on the paper had dried to the correct state, the gold was dusted on, and, when the size was dry, the superfluous gold was brushed off. If it was desired to have the gold raised the size was thickened with yellow ochre or red lead. The method of coloring is unknown, but it may have been done by dabbing or stencilling.", "chars": 1350, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217, 236], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1132", "term": "Dutch gold", "norm": "dutch gold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "Dutch metal", "dates": null, "text": "The generic name for a blocking foil that has found considerable use as a substitute for gold leaf since the latter years of the 19th century. It was introduced in Germany and its use, in sheet form, expanded rapidly, followed by a similar foil in roll form. Although often referred to as \"bronze leaf,\" bronze being an alloy of copper and tin, it is actually composed of brass, which is an alloy of copper and zinc. As the amount of copper is increased, the color of the leaf deepens. Unlike gold leaf, Dutch gold discolors, tarnishing more rapidly in polluted environments. When blocked on leather, the leaf or foil turns green very quickly; and even when blocked on cloth or paper, it will eventually discolor. Discoloration is due to the action of gases in the atmosphere, such as hydrogen sulfide (H2S), plus heat and light. Great differences exist in the rate of tarnishing among the various brass foils, however; flat foil for some reason discolors less rapidly than the rolled Dutch gold. This may be due to the high melting-point waxes used on the flat foil but not on the rolled, which coat the metallic particles after they are deposited on the material in the blocking process. This coating apparently acts as a (partial) seal against the deteriorative effect of the atmosphere. Because of the chemical action of the plasticizers in pyroxylin fabrics, the deterioration of the foil is more rapid on these fabrics than on starch filled fabrics.", "chars": 1466, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233, 236, 264, 356], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Weymhoff, Byron Louis, and F. R. Baylock. The evaluation of bronze stamping leaf. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Technical bulletin, no. 17). 1933."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1133", "term": "Dutch marble", "norm": "dutch marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern executed by dropping a series of colors, usually yellow, and blue (in that order), which are then drawn together and intermingled by means of a comb, so that instead of shells and veins being produced, the pattern consists of a series of small, sharp scallops.\n\nThe Dutch marble is a pattern that has been used frequently in blankbook binding from the early 19th century to the present day.", "chars": 405, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1134", "term": "Dutch metal", "norm": "dutch metal", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DUTCH GOLD.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-dutch-metal-1", "term": "Dutch metal", "norm": "dutch metal", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An imitation of gold leaf, sometimes used on cheap bindings. It soon grows dark or tarnishes.", "chars": 93, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1135", "term": "Dutch paper", "norm": "dutch paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a handmade paper produced in Holland, but today any deckle-edge hand- or machine-made paper manufactured in Holland. It is a superior grade of paper used for high quality books, and, if given an antique finish, as artists' paper. Use of the expression \"Dutch\" may stem from the fact that in Holland handmade or imitation handmade paper is still called \"Hollandsch papier,\" which does not necessarily mean paper made by hand in Holland. { 17)", "chars": 453, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1136", "term": "Dutch sewing", "norm": "dutch sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete (traditional) method of sewing a book, using strips of parchment or vellum in lieu of the customary bands or cords.", "chars": 127, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1137", "term": "dwell", "norm": "dwell", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": "dwell time", "dates": null, "text": "1. See: CLAMP DWELL. 2. The period of time during which the heated finishing tool is in contact with the leather or gold leaf.", "chars": 150, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1138", "term": "dye", "norm": "dye", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A natural or synthetic coloring material, whether soluble or insoluble, which imparts its color to a material by staining or being imbibed by it, and which is employed from a solution of fine dispersion, sometimes with the aid of a MORDANT.\n\nDyes differ from pigments, which are insoluble materials that impart color by being spread over a surface, or by being mixed in the form of an ingredient, as in the coloring of some papers and leathers. Natural dyes, such as indigo, madder, fustic, butternut, orchil, logwood, catechu, tumeric, etc., are seldom used today. The discovery in the mid-19th century that dyes could be produced artificially from a constituent of coal tar was the first step in the decline of the use of natural dyestuffs. In large part this was because the quality and effectiveness of natural dyestuffs depended on a variety of factors, over which the user might or might not have control. These included: 1) the problem of storage; 2) the time involved in extracting color from the raw materials; 3) dependence upon a growing season; and 4) impurities. On the other hand, dyes made in the laboratory: 1) do not depend on growing seasons; 2) do not have to be ground or chipped to be made usable; 3) are, in many cases (e.g., indigo), chemically the same as the natural dyes; and 4) since they are manufactured in pure form, are unaffected by the impurities that reduce the quality or effectiveness of their natural counterparts.\n\nHowever, unlike synthetic dyestuffs, natural dyes produce what can be described as unique colors. They can never be duplicated exactly, and this undoubtedly adds to their appeal. No two natural dye lots are identical for the simple reason that each is going to contain impurities peculiar to the plant material from which the dye is produced; therefore, the very characteristics of natural dyes which made them obsolete also make them appealing to many craftsmen of today.\n\nAn enormous range of dyestuffs can be obtained from the manufacturers of chemical dyestuffs. They are still often referred to as \"coal tar dyes\" or, perhaps more commonly, \"aniline dyes,\" because the early materials were prepared from aniline and many of the intermediates required in their manufacture are obtained by the distillation of coal tar. See also: ACID DYES; BASIC DYES; DIRECT DYES; LAKE; PIGMENT.", "chars": 2474, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [4, 72, 235], "citations": ["Adrosko, Rita J. Natural dyes in the United States. Washington, D.C. Smithsonian Institution Press. (United States National Museum Bulletin 281). 1968.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1139", "term": "dyed white", "norm": "dyed white", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The neutralized or \"corrected\" white paper produced by the addition of blue or red coloring to the bleached pulp.", "chars": 113, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1140", "term": "dyeing", "norm": "dyeing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "D", "letter_raw": "D", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The art or process of coloring, or altering the color of a material by the addition of another different colored material, in such a manner that the change may be considered permanent. ", "chars": 201, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1160", "term": "E.I", "norm": "e.i", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An abbreviation of East India, a descriptive term applied to crust, vegetable tanned cowhide (kip), buffalo hide, or skins such as goat, calf or seep, originating in the Indian Subcontinent and tanned in India, mainly in the south, and especially around Madras.", "chars": 261, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EAROF", "term": "EAR OF THE FRISKET", "norm": "ear of the frisket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A projecting piece of iron on the near side of the frisket, by taking hold of which the pressman turns down the frisket, and at the same time the tympan; and as it projects a little beyond the tympan, he also raises the sheet off the form by grasping it and the tympan, and by a quick motion quits hold of the tympan, and turns up the frisket by means of the ear. It is sometimes called the Thumb Piece.", "chars": 410, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1141", "term": "earth colors", "norm": "earth colors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pigments manufactured by refining naturally colored clays, rocks, and earth, and also the pure iron oxide reds, such as Indian red light red, etc. The iron oxides, although artificial counterparts, are classified with the native red earths. Earth colors are also classified as mineral pigments, along with the manufactured inorganic pigments. They are characterized by good light and heat fastness.", "chars": 398, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233, 306], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EASY1", "term": "EASY PULL", "norm": "easy pull", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the form feels the force of the spindle by degrees, till the bar comes almost to the hither cheek of the press, it is called a Long, or a Soaking, or Easy Pull, and is also called a Soft Pull; because it comes soft and soakingly and easily down.—M.", "chars": 281, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EASY2", "term": "EASY WORK", "norm": "easy work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "With compositors, printed copy, or a fair written hand, and full of breaks, pleases well, and is called good copy, light, easy work: with pressmen, great letter and a small form is called easy work.—M.\n\nThe term is not now generally used: what Moxon describes as relating to compositors would now be termed good copy; and with respect to pressmen it would be called light work, or a light form.\n\n", "chars": 466, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1142", "term": "ecclesiastical bindings", "norm": "ecclesiastical bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A German style of bookbinding in the medieval fashion which became very popular in England following the marriage of Queen Victoria and Prince Albert in 1840. It was used especially for devotional and theological works. Its principal features included thick, heavy, bevelled boards (occasionally papier-mâché was substituted for wood), which were sometimes bevelled only in the middle of each edge, leaving the corners in full thickness. The books were covered in either calfskin of a khaki or brown color or brown morocco and were heavily tooled in blind or black, often with the medieval thin-thick-thin triple fillet. The bindings had OXFORD CORNERS, bright red edges (or gilt over red, and sometimes dull gilt edges which were then GAUFFERED), heavily rounded spines and marbled endpapers in the Dutch pattern. The books were sometimes fitted with clasps. While the bindings were generally well executed, the unusually heavy boards frequently caused the cords to break, resulting in the text block falling out of the hollow-backed \"case.\" Also called \"antique,\" \"monastic,\" or \"divinity\" bindings.", "chars": 1149, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1144", "term": "edge decoration", "norm": "edge decoration", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term used with reference to the application of gold leaf, color, ink, or other medium, or the tooling, painting, or other form of decoration, of one or more edges of a book. See: ANTIQUE EDGES; CIRCUIT EDGES; COLORED BRUSHED TOP; COLORED BURNISHED TOP; COLORED EDGES; COLORED UNDER GILT; FORE-EDGE PAINTING; GAUFFERED EDGES; GILT EDGES; GILT IN THE ROUND; GILT IN THE SQUARE; MARBLED EDGES; RED EDGES; RED UNDER GOLD EDGES; ROUGH GILT; SPRINKLED EDGES;\n\nTOP EDGE GILT; WHITE EDGES.", "chars": 921, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1145", "term": "edge gilding", "norm": "edge gilding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GILT EDGES.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1146", "term": "edge gilding machine", "norm": "edge gilding machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine, used mainly in edition binding, for gilding the edges of books. The books are placed in the machine and the edges are prepared for gilding in the usual manner. A sheet of gold foil is placed over the edges, and heat and pressure are applied by two heated silicone rubber rollers. The first roller, which is used in conjunction with a sheet of fiberglass, smooths the foil over the edges and insulates the foil from heat until it is under pressure. The second roller then presses directly onto the foil and seals it to the edges. Large numbers of books are edge gilded in this manner, particularly in the Bible publishing business.", "chars": 641, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [229, 264], "citations": ["Martin, A. G. Finishing processes in printing. New York. Focal Press. 1972.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1147", "term": "edge index", "norm": "edge index", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of the INDEX consisting of marks on the edges of the pages of a book produced by means of printed rules that run to the edge of the sheet (bled) and can thus be seen on the fore edge of the closed book. Edge indexing has the advantage of being part of the printing process, and also allows the use of virtually unlimited headings, as well as adding nothing to the overall cost of binding. Its principal disadvantage is that the user does not know what the mark on the edge refers to while the book is closed.", "chars": 539, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [234], "citations": ["Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1148", "term": "edge marbling machine", "norm": "edge marbling machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used for decorating the edges of book in imitation of MARBLING.\n\nThe principle of operation is somewhat similar to that of the platen press. The edge of the book is pressed against the printing surface which has been inked by the form rollers. Any design, color, or combination of colors can be used. The machine may also be used for city directories, etc., where advertising matter is printed on the edges.", "chars": 439, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1149", "term": "edge roll", "norm": "edge roll", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An engraved finishing tool used to impress a design on the edges of the boards of a book, usually one covered in leather.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1150", "term": "edge rolled", "norm": "edge rolled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating the edges of the boards of a book, usually one covered in leather, in which the edges are tooled in gold or blind by means of an engraved EDGE ROLL.", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 261], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-edge-rolled-1", "term": "Edge-Rolled", "norm": "edge-rolled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the edges of the boards are rolled. It may be either in gold or blind.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-edge-rolled-1", "term": "Edge-Rolled", "norm": "edge-rolled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the edges of the boards are rolled, either in blind or in gold.", "chars": 68, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1151", "term": "edges", "norm": "edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The three outer extremities of the folded sections of book, usually trimmed and sometimes decorated in some manner. See: EDGE DECORATION.", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edges-cut-1", "term": "Edges cut", "norm": "edges cut", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book or pamphlet cut down sufficiently to make all the edges quite smooth.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edges-gilt-1", "term": "Edges gilt", "norm": "edges gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Book edges cut and gilded.", "chars": 26, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edges-opened-1", "term": "Edges opened", "norm": "edges opened", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book or pamphlet opened, the folds of the leaves being cut by hand with a paper knife.", "chars": 88, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edges-red-1", "term": "Edges red", "norm": "edges red", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Book edges cut and colored red.", "chars": 31, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edges-rolled-1", "term": "Edges rolled", "norm": "edges rolled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the edges of the covers are marked with a roll, either in gold or blind.", "chars": 77, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edges-rounded-1", "term": "Edges rounded", "norm": "edges rounded", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Corners rounded to prevent their becoming dog’s-eared.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edges-trimmed-1", "term": "Edges trimmed", "norm": "edges trimmed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book or pamphlet with the edges cut enough to make them tidy, but not enough to cut the folds of the leaves.", "chars": 110, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edges-untouched-1", "term": "Edges untouched", "norm": "edges untouched", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book or pamphlet with edges uncut and unopened.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1152", "term": "edging", "norm": "edging", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The beveling of an edge, usually of a leather covering, but also paper, vellum, etc., by means of an EDGING KNIFE. The purpose of \"edging\" a leather cover is to prevent the leather turn-in from bulging, especially at the head and tail of the spine. When applied to paper, the term generally refers to the process of cutting or beveling two pieces of paper so that there is no high or low spot where they are joined. In craft bookbinding today, edging of paper is more or less obsolete, having been superceded by the use of long-fibered Japanese copying paper. 2. See: EDGE ROLLED.", "chars": 631, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1153", "term": "edging knife", "norm": "edging knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A knife made of hardened steel and used to pare the edges of leather on the flesh side, vellum, paper, etc. See also: PARING KNIFE.", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [133], "citations": ["Forsyth, K. Marjorie. Bookbinding for teachers, students and amateurs. London, Black. 1932."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EDINB", "term": "EDINBURGH", "norm": "edinburgh", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Plan of a pair of Cases as used at Edinburgh.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_210.jpg", "caption": "Layout of the Edinburgh case", "alt": "Layout of the Edinburgh case", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1154", "term": "edition", "norm": "edition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. All of the copies of a work printed from the same type or plates, either issued at one time or at intervals. In the latter case, the edition may consist of a number of impressions. A statement of the edition of a book is often printed on the title page or its verso, along with the particulars of any previous editions on the verso. 2. A number of copies of a work printed at any one time, either when the text has undergone changes or the type has been partially or entirely reset, or the format of the book has been altered. The term is also applied to the copies which made up the original issue, i.e., the \"first edition,\" as well as any subsequent editions, e.g., 2nd, revised, etc. 3. The embodiment of a work in a particular typographical form, with different editions embodying an identical text, or varying texts. 4. One of the various editions of a newspaper. See also: EXTRA-ILLUSTRATED; FINE PAPER COPY; FIRST EDITION; IMPRESSION (5); LARGE PAPER COPY; LIBRARY EDITION;\n\nLIMITED EDITION.", "chars": 1168, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 69, 156, 234], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1155", "term": "edition binding", "norm": "edition binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The business of binding identical books in quantity, usually for a publisher or distributor, as opposed to binding done for an individual and LIBRARY BINDING. Edition binding usually involves the production of a type of binding known as case binding, generally in hard covers. Paperback books and other books with flexible and semi-flexible covers are produced by adhesive binderies, although adhesive binding is by no means unknown in edition binding.\n\nThe designation \"case binding\" or \"casebound\" indicates that the cover has two distinct characteristics: it is made separately from the book, and it consists of rigid or flexible boards covered with cloth, paper, leather substitutes, and, upon occasion, leather or other materials, in such a manner that the covered material surrounds the outside as well as the edges of the boards.\n\nThe major distinguishing characteristic of edition binding is the extensive use of semi-automatic and automatic equipment, some of which operates at very high speeds. This equipment is capable of processing thousands of books in a relatively short time, primarily because all of the books processed in one run are of identical size and format. Because a large, modern edition bindery uses as much automatic (and expensive) equipment as possible, edition runs smaller than about 1,500 copies are not ordinarily handled by edition binderies but by job binders and sometimes even library binders.\n\nThe equipment commonly found in a large edition bindery includes: \n\nBlocking presses\n\nBoard cutters\n\nBook jacketing machines\n\nBundling presses\n\nCase-making machines\n\nCasing-in machines\n\nCloth slitting machines\n\nCutter-perforating machines\n\nEndpaper-signature stripping machines\n\nEndpaper tipping machines\n\nFolding machines\n\nGathering machines\n\nGlueing-off machines\n\nNipping presses\n\nRounding and backing machines\n\nSaddle-stitching machines\n\nSewing machines\n\nThree-knife trimmers\n\nTipping machines\n\nTriple liner and headbanding machines\n\nWrapping machines (book jacketing machines).\n\nThe progression of modern edition binding from purely handwork to a high degree of mechanization followed a course which may be divided into four fairly distinct phases: 1) all processes performed by hand or hand-manipulated tools—about 1780 to 1830; 2) a simplifying and speeding up of the processes while the work is still performed largely with hand tools, a change which was due largely to the pressures exerted by the increased speed of printing presses—1830 to 1870; 3) progressive introduction of machines to handle certain manipulations, e.g., folding, gathering, sewing, etc., with the balance of the processes still being done largely by hand—1870 to 1910; and 4) the present state in which the great majority of the processes are performed by machines, a phase which marks the complete breaking away of the modern industry from the parent craft of hand bookbinding—about 1950 to the present.", "chars": 2931, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 89, 299, 314, 320, 339], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Sadlier, Michael. The evolution of publishers' binding styles, 17701900. New York. Smith. 1930.", "Stephen, George Arthur. Commercial bookbindings…London. Stonhill. 1910.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-edition-de-luxe-1", "term": "Edition de luxe", "norm": "edition de luxe", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Applied to large paper editions of books, and to special editions which are in fact, or are claimed to be, unusually well and expensively made.", "chars": 143, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1156", "term": "edition deluxe", "norm": "edition deluxe", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A \"special\" edition of work containing items not found in ordinary editions of the same work, such as additional plates (See: EXTRA-ILLUSTRATED), a larger sheet size (See: LARGE PAPER COPY), etc. 2. A so-called superior edition of a work, characterized by a better grade of paper (sometimes handmade), superior typography, a greater or lesser degree of embellishment, sometimes a better quality of binding, and perhaps a limited number of copies (which are sometimes signed and numbered). The \"edition deluxe\" is as old as printing itself. In the 15th century a certain number of copies of any high quality book would usually be printed on vellum, or colored paper, such as the blue paper copies of Aldus Manutius, and \"fine paper\" copies, at an elevated price, were common in the 17th and 18th centuries, while large paper copies have been issued for the past three centuries. Although not necessarily considered \"edition deluxe,\" many thousands of books have been specially (and often elaborately) bound for private collectors. 3. A cheap edition called \"deluxe\" or \"deluxe edition,\" by a publisher for promotional reasons.", "chars": 1176, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 94, 156], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1157", "term": "Edwards of Halifax", "norm": "edwards of halifax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A distinguished English (Yorkshire) family of bookbinders and booksellers, of whom William Halifax (1723-1808) and his son James (1756-1816) were the most famous. William Halifax was known for his revival of the FORE-EDGE PAINTING and ETRUSCAN CALF bindings, the latter, which, if not evolved by William, were successfully adopted by him. He also used vellum for covering books, and decorated them with painting of portraits or scenes. In order to protect the paintings Halifax developed his own process of rendering the vellum transparent (although he was by no means the first to make TRANSPARENT VELLUM or parchment) by first soaking it in a solution of pearl ash (potassium carbonate (K2CO3)) and then subjecting it to high pressure. The paintings were executed on the underside of the vellum, which was then lined with white paper before being placed on the book. The patent which James Halifax was issued for this process (1785) refers to both the painting of the material, as well as the method of making the vellum transparent: however, it is not entirely clear whether the patent was granted for rendering the vellum transparent, for the paintings themselves, or both. Although it was probably for the vellum process, other techniques for rendering vellum (parchment) transparent were known more than 200 years before his time. His technique was obviously successful, as the colors remain fresh to this day. Having the painting on the underside of the vellum also allows the covers to be cleaned when soiled.\n\nIt is known that these bindings were being produced at least as early as 1781 even though the patent was not issued until 1785. There is considerable evidence to indicate that James Halifax was a businessman rather than a craftsman, and, since the books were produced in Halifax at a time when James was elsewhere, it is presumed that William invented the process.\n\nAll three specialities seem to have been carried on both in the Edwards' home town of Halifax, where Thomas (1762-1834), another son, was in business until 1826, and in London, where James and John (1785-c 1791) opened a book store in 1784, and Richard (1768-1827) another in 1792. Regardless of its place of origin, however, any binding of the period which approximates any of the three specialities in style, as well as the vellum bindings with blue lettering pieces and key-pattern gold tooling in the prevailing neo-classical style, is apt to be attributed to Edwards of Halifax.", "chars": 2558, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 113, 140, 236], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. Royal English book bindings. New York. Macmillan. 1896.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1158", "term": "egg albumen", "norm": "egg albumen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The dried whites of eggs obtained usually as a yellowish powder, and used in the finishing of some leathers, as well as for making GLAIR.", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [259], "citations": ["Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1159", "term": "Egyptian marble", "norm": "egyptian marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cover marble executed by coloring the leather covering (before it is attached to the book) with blue, which when dry, is followed by a coating of glair, then potash water (alum). Black is then sprinkled over the leather, and when the black is nearly dry, the leather is washed with water.", "chars": 290, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [95], "citations": ["Cowie's bookbinder's manual; containing a full description of leather and vellum binding…7th ed. London. Strange. (186-)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1161", "term": "eighteen-mo", "norm": "eighteen-mo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One-eighteenth of a sheet. The eighteen-mo is an unusual method of imposition resulting in a section of 18 leaves, or 36 pages. One method of producing it is to fold a sheet concertina-wise, followed by an envelope fold, followed by a right angle fold. Although used in book production between about 1770 and 1840, it is seldom, if ever, used in bookwork today. It is, however, sometimes used in advertising work, etc., where the folded sheet is to be untrimmed and remain folded in compact form until unfolded for reading. Also written 18mo. Also called \"octodecimo.\"", "chars": 568, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EIGHT", "term": "EIGHTEENMO", "norm": "eighteenmo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Octodecimo, a sheet of paper folded into eighteen leaves; it is usually termed eighteens.\n\nElectrotype. See Galvanism.", "chars": 171, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1162", "term": "elasticity", "norm": "elasticity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The capability of a material to recover from deformation resulting from stress. The property is determined more by the ability of the material to return to its initial shape than by its capacity to be deformed or extended. See also: EXTENSIBILITY; STRETCH.", "chars": 304, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1163", "term": "elastin", "norm": "elastin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The yellow connective tissue of the skin which furnishes structural support for the blood vessels, sebaceous and sudoriferous glands, and the like. It is woven in the collagen fibers and makes up approximately 0.3% of the structural protein of the hide composition.", "chars": 265, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [305, 363], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. Leather technicians handbook. New ed. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1971.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1164", "term": "electric pen", "norm": "electric pen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": "electric stylus", "dates": null, "text": "An electrically heated instrument used over a strip of metallic foil to letter the classification number and/or other bibliographical information on the covers of books.", "chars": 169, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1165", "term": "elephant folio", "norm": "elephant folio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A large FOLIO (1), approximately 23 by 14 inches in size. See also: BOOK SIZES.", "chars": 127, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1166", "term": "ellagic acid", "norm": "ellagic acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A crystalline phenolic dilactone (Cl4H6O8) obtained from oak galls and bark and probably formed by the hydrolysis of tannin. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 210, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1167", "term": "Elliott, Thomas", "norm": "elliott, thomas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "active 1712-1763", "text": "A London bookbinder, Elliott was apprenticed to Robert Steele in 1703 and finished his service in 1712. He became bookbinder to Robert Harley, and worked in the HARLEIAN STYLE, which was forced on both him and Christopher Chapman by either Harley, or Harley's librarian, Humfrey Wanley. The books the two produced were solidly bound in a red morocco said to be of an inferior quality.", "chars": 408, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 246], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Nixon, Howard M. Studies in the book trade in honour of Graham Pollard. Oxford. Oxford University Press. 1975."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1168", "term": "Elmendorf test", "norm": "elmendorf test", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A standard test for determining the internal TEARING RESISTANCE of paper, named after its inventor, Armin Elmendorf. The Elmendorf test determines the average force in grams required to tear a single sheet of paper after the tear has been started. In conducting the test, one or more sheets are torn through a fixed distance by means of a pendulum. The effort expended in tearing is measured by the loss of potential energy of the pendulum. The scale of the device is calibrated to indicate the average force exerted. If multiple sheets are used, which is necessary if the reading for one sheet would fall below the scale, resistance of one sheet is determined by the formula:\n\ngrams of force X 16\n\n------------------- = grams required to tear one sheet,\n\nnumber of sheets\n\nwhere 16 is the conversion factor, unless an augmenting weight is added to the pendulum, in which case the conversion factor becomes 32.\n\nThe Elmendorf tester consists essentially of a stationary clamp, a movable clamp carried on a pendulum formed by a sector of a circle free to swing on a ball bearing, a knife mounted on a stationary post for starting the tear, means for leveling the instrument, means for holding the pendulum in a raised position and for releasing it instantaneously, and means for registering the maximum arc through which the pendulum swings when released.", "chars": 1371, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-em-1", "term": "Em", "norm": "em", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The square of the body of a type.", "chars": 33, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1169", "term": "email en resolle", "norm": "email en resolle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A design consisting of enamel and gold inlaid in glass or rock crystal, and which has been used to a very limited extent as a means of decorating the covers of books. The technique apparently was used by only one person, a French goldsmith, who based his patterns on the engravings of Etienne Delaune. To produce the email en resolle the design is cut into the surface of the ground and then filled with strips of gold leaf. The details of the design are then modeled by very delicate chasing on the surface of the leaf. Translucent colored enamels are then floated over specified areas of the gold.", "chars": 599, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1170", "term": "emblematical bindings", "norm": "emblematical bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Appropriate ornaments or symbolical motifs tooled on a leather binding. Some outstanding examples of emblematical bindings were produced, especially in France of the 16th century.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1171", "term": "embossed", "norm": "embossed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A leaf or leaves of a book which have had letters or a design raised in relief for the purpose of indicating ownership. The leaves most commonly treated in this manner are the title page and page 99, or descending multiples of 11, i.e., page 88, 77, 66, etc. Embossing is more or less obsolete today, as most libraries have come to realize that it is not only expensive but largely ineffective as a means of deterring theft. 2. Paper, leather, cloth, etc., on which a raised or depressed design is imparted for decorative effects. See also: CUIR-BOUILLI. 3. A design in the covering material of a book, usually one covered in leather, but sometimes cloth or paper, which is in relief. 4. Lettering, or a design, which is raised above the surface of the paper of a book. See: EMBOSSING. 5. See: EMBOSSED LEATHER.", "chars": 886, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 58], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-embossed-1", "term": "embossed", "norm": "embossed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a plate is stamped upon the cover so as to present a raised figure or design, it is said to be embossed. Some inappropriately term this kind of work Arabesque.", "chars": 164, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-embossed-1", "term": "embossed", "norm": "embossed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a plate is so stamped upon a sheet or cover as to produce a raised figure or design.", "chars": 89, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1172", "term": "embossed leather", "norm": "embossed leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather which has been embossed or printed with a raised design, either in imitation of the grain pattern of some animal, or even unrelated to any natural grain pattern. Cowhide is frequently embossed to give the appearance of another leather, including MOROCCO.", "chars": 288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1173", "term": "embosser", "norm": "embosser", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The device (usually hand-operated but sometimes operated by air pressure) used for raising letters or a design on the surface of paper, usually for purposes of establishing ownership. See: EMBOSSED (1). 2 The operator of such a device.", "chars": 262, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1174", "term": "embossing", "norm": "embossing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of raising a surface pattern on leather by means of engraved cylinders or plates, generally employing both heat and pressure. The patterns produced are often simulations of the grain patterns of some animal skins but may also be unrelated to any natural pattern. One roller or plate, in which the design is engraved, is made of steel, while the other, having a softer surface, is made of cotton or papier-mâché. The leather is embossed by passing it over a heated, steel cylinder, thermostatically controlled at a pre-set temperature, or in a press, of which there are two basic types: one in which the pressure is applied by a roller mounted on a moving carriage, and another in which pressure is applied to the platen by mechanical or hydraulic means, but without any lateral movement. In both cases the leather is pressed against a heated plate which is either smooth and polished so that the leather is ironed, or engraved to impart an artificial grain pattern. While the latter type of press is designed to employ heavier pressures, the first type is superior in that the movement of the roller causes a small amount of slip, which imparts a more lively character to the leather. On the other hand, the advantage of the mechanical or hydraulic press is that it can dwell at full pressure, which is desirable for producing deep effects in some embossing processes.\n\nIt is important that the design embossed in the leather be as permanent as possible. In this regard both the structure of the skin and the type of tannage are important. A very full and tight structure is required. Calfskin gives the ideal structure for the finer leathers and cowhide for the coarser. Vegetable tannage is far superior to chrome because it builds up the fibers to a much greater extent and makes the structure correspondingly tighter.\n\nEmbossing of leather is sometimes (and perhaps frequently) a means of simulating the grain pattern of a superior leather on an inferior and/or less expensive skin. An example of this would be a calfskin embossed in imitation of MOROCCO.\n\n2. The process of imparting a raised or depressed design in paper: 1) by passing the paper between an engraved steel roll or plate and another roll or plate of a soft or compressible material, such as paper or cotton; 2) by pressing the paper between strong, coarse fabrics; or 3) by passing the paper between etched male and female iron or steel rolls. The operation is used to create decorative effects and is generally applied to book, blotting, or cover papers. Plate or spot embossing is a method by which individual designs, as distinguished from all-over patterns, are embossed. This technique is accomplished by means of vertical presses, the paper being embossed by placing it between the embossing die and the counter or make-ready of the press and forcing it into the intaglio areas of the die.\n\n3. To impress the marks of ownership into a page of a book by means of a device employing a sunken die and a raised counterpart which raises the design above the paper. See also: PERFORATING. (2) 4. To block the title, author, or other bibliographical information, on the cover of a book. See also: BLOCKING (1). 5. See: BLIND BLOCKING.", "chars": 3307, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 189, 233, 234, 264], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Karch, Robert Randolph. Graphic arts procedures. 4th ed. Chicago. American Technical Society. 1970.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1175", "term": "embossing plate", "norm": "embossing plate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A metal plate cut or etched below its surface and used to produce a design in relief on a material such as leather or paper.", "chars": 124, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1176", "term": "embossing press", "norm": "embossing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLOCKING PRESS; EMBOSSING ; FLY EMBOSSING PRESS.", "chars": 126, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [1, 2], "citations": ["Abbey, John Roland. English bindings, 1490-1940, in the library of J. R. Abbey. Edited by G. D. Hobson. London. Privately printed at the Chiswick Press. 1940.", "Abbey, John Roland. An exhibition of modern English and French bindings from the collection of Major J. R. Abbey. London. Arts Council. 1949."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1177", "term": "embrittlement", "norm": "embrittlement", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The drying and solidification of an adhesive to the point where it exhibits fissures and stress cracks under conditions of low impact. Embrittlement may also be a condition resulting from the migration of the adhesive plasticizer into the adherend, or the solidification and stratification of a cast adhesive coating due to exposure to atmospheric conditions. 2. A loss of flexibility, primarily in paper. See: BRITTLENESS.", "chars": 450, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1178", "term": "embroidered bindings", "norm": "embroidered bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Books that are covered by material embellished with needlework, following a design made specifically for the purpose of decorating a particular book. Embroidered bindings were and still are produced throughout most of the West, but the art reached its highest achievement in England, where the quality of the bindings was unsurpassed. The earliest known English example is of a 13th century manuscript Psalter owned by Anne de Felbrigge; however, the art reached its pinnacle of development in the first half of the 17th century.\n\nThe designs employed for embroidered bindings may be conveniently divided into four classes: heraldic, figure, floral, and arabesque. The heraldic designs were always used to indicate ownership, and were most often found on royal books bound in velvet, rarely on silk or satin, and almost never on canvas. Figure designs may be subdivided into three classes: scriptural, such as Solomon, David, etc.; symbolical, such as figures of faith, hope, and the like; and portraits, such as dukes, duchesses, etc. The scriptural designs were generally done on canvas, while the symbolical and portraits were mainly on satin, and (rarely) velvet. The floral and arabesque designs were usually done on small books bound in satin, but were done occasionally on canvas and velvet.\n\nGold, silver, and silk threads were used for the best work, and were often protected from wear by bordering ornamentation in higher relief formed by threads of silk wound around closely or loosely with fine flat strips of silver-gilt metal. These and other materials were worked singly or twisted together in a variety of manners and worked in a great number of stitches. At times, particularly in the later periods, flat metal shapes were stitched on to save time. A more attractive APPLIQUÉ WORK technique was to make a spiral of metal which, when flattened, looked like a series of rings, and was sometimes used as a border.\n\nBecause canvas is generally considered to be a relatively uninteresting cloth, it was generally worked all over, while when velvet covers were used, large areas were not covered, not so much because of the beauty of the velvet, but because of the difficulties involved in sewing piled material. Applique decoration overcame this problem, but when the designs were actually worked directly on the velvet they were almost always in heavy gimp or gold cord.\n\nThe edges of large numbers of embroidered bindings were gilt and gauffered (sometimes with the use of color) in keeping with the ornate character of the binding. Other forwarding techniques appear to have been the same as for leather bindings, although the rounding of the spines was less pronounced. The sections were sewn on strips of vellum or thongs, and, while the latter were sometimes left raised, frequently they were filled in between so as to produce a smooth spine. Later examples were sometimes sewn on cords, which were raised, sawn-in, filled in, or flattened to avoid unevenness.\n\nEmbroidered bindings more or less went out of fashion after the 17th century. See PLATE III.", "chars": 3087, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [28, 111, 236, 280, 342, 357], "citations": ["Barber, Giles. Textile and embroidered bindings. Oxford. Bodleian Library. 1971.", "Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. English embroidered bookbindings. London. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. 1899.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893.", "Uzanne, Louis Octave. The French bookbinders of the eighteenth century. Translated by Mabel McIlvaine. Chicago. Caxton Club. 1904.", "Wheatley, Henry Benjamin. Remarkable bindings in the British Museum …London. Low, Marston, Searle, and Rivington. 1889."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EMERA", "term": "EMERALD", "norm": "emerald", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type one size larger than Nonpareil, and one smaller than Minion. It is a size lately introduced.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1179", "term": "emery", "norm": "emery", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A common, dark, granular corundum containing varying amounts of magnetite or hematite and used in the form of powder, grains, or larger masses, for grinding and polishing purposes.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EMPTY1", "term": "EMPTY CASE", "norm": "empty case", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a compositor cannot compose any more out of a case, from many of the sorts being exhausted, it is termed an empty case, or he says, my Case is Empty, although there may be a great number of types in it of other sorts.", "chars": 229, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EMPTY2", "term": "EMPTY PRESS", "norm": "empty press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A press that stands by, which no workman works at: most commonly every printing house has one of them for a proof press; viz. to make proofs on.—M. The term is now applied to those presses only that are unemployed; the press set apart to pull proofs at is called the Proof Press. See Proof Press.", "chars": 327, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1180", "term": "emulsion", "norm": "emulsion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A disperse system in which both phases are liquids, one of which is generally water or an aqueous solution, and the other an oil or other water immiscible liquid. The droplets of the dispersed liquid are known as the inner phase of the emulsion because it appears to be inside the liquid medium. The surrounding liquid (the continuous phase), on the other hand, is called the external phase. The dispersion may occur naturally or it may be prepared by mechanical methods (dripping or slowly pouring one of the ingredients into the other while stirring vigorously), or developed as a result of any of several polymerization processes. The liquid in the continuous phase is usually water when the emulsion is designed for pigment coating, as of paper, for example, or for oil penetration, as in the FATLIQUORING of leather. For certain other types of application, the medium may be an organic liquid. To form a stable emulsion, a third ingredient must be present; it is called an emulsifier, or emulsifying agent, and forms absorbed films around the tiny globules of the dispersed fluid to prevent them from coalescing. A common emulsifier is soap.\n\nA familiar, naturally occurring emulsion is whole milk, the inner phase of which consists of globules of butterfat; the external phase is a watery solution of casein, sugar, and other substances. Another natural emulsion is egg yolk, which consists of egg oil in an aqueous solution containing, among other substances, albumen and lecithin; the latter is a lipoid (fatlike) substance that is one of nature's most efficient emulsifying agents. Albumen, also, is a good emulsifier.\n\nMilk and egg yolk are oil in water emulsions. A second type of emulsion is that of water in oil, in which the phases are reversed. An example of this type of emulsion is butter, which has aqueous constituents dispersed in tiny globules throughout the butterfat. Most manufactured emulsions are made by combining the oily ingredient with a colloidal solution, such as casein or albumen; these are not only good emulsifiers, but also confer desirable properties when the emulsion is used as an adhesive.\n\nEmulsions are generally opaque or milky because of the refraction and dispersion of light by the minute droplets, but when dry they become transparent, or nearly so.\n\nIn addition to their use in paper and leather manufacture, emulsions are used in edge gilding, gold tooling, and other bookbinding operations.", "chars": 2457, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233, 235], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-en-1", "term": "En", "norm": "en", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Half the dimensions of the preceding.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1194", "term": "en gist", "norm": "en gist", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BRADEL BINDING,", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1181", "term": "enamel", "norm": "enamel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An opaque or semi-opaque vitreous composition applied by fusion to the surface of a metal or other substance for purposes of ornamentation and/or protection. See also: CHAMPLEVÉ BINDINGS; CLOISONNÉ BINDINGS. 2. A term applied to a coated paper or to the coating material on a paper.", "chars": 333, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1182", "term": "enamelled", "norm": "enamelled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a supercalendered printing paper coated on both sides with a pigment such as satin white or blanc fixe; today, enamelled is considered to be any coated paper.", "chars": 170, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1183", "term": "enamelled bindings", "norm": "enamelled bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CHAMPLEVÉ BINDINGS; CLOISONNÉ BINDINGS.", "chars": 92, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1184", "term": "enamelled hide", "norm": "enamelled hide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable tanned cowhide with a flexible, water repellent, multi-layered coating on the grain side, built up in a manner somewhat similar to that used for patent leather, and given a grain pattern by means of embossing. At one time enamelled hide was a cowhide tanned with bark and finished with a mixture of Prussian blue (ferric ferrocyanide (KFe(Fe(N6))) and linseed oil, dried in an oven and grained.", "chars": 417, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 351], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1185", "term": "enamelled seal", "norm": "enamelled seal", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a Greenland sealskin, tanned with bark or sumac, and treated with a mixture of Prussian blue (ferric ferrocyanide (KFe(Fe(N6))) and linseed oil, and dried in an oven at high temperature. Today the term refers to an imitation sealskin. See: ENAMELLED HIDE.", "chars": 302, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1186", "term": "enclosures", "norm": "enclosures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Materials left or placed in a book, either accidently or deliberately, and which, unless removed, may cause damage to the paper, binding, or equipment used in binding, or which may be bound into the volume. Such items include paper clips, bookmarks, cataloging and/or binding instructions, rubber bands, newspaper clippings, leaves, flowers, letters, and the like.", "chars": 364, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1187", "term": "end board", "norm": "end board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LOWER COVER.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1188", "term": "end leaf", "norm": "end leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FLY LEAF.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-end-leaves-or-lining-papers-1", "term": "End leaves or Lining papers", "norm": "end leaves or lining papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Are the sheets which are pasted to the inside of the covers, and are either plain white or colored, according to the style of binding. Marbled papers are largely used on fine leather work. Sometimes in fine bindings the end leaves are made of silk or leather.", "chars": 259, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1190", "term": "end lining", "norm": "end lining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PASTEDOWN.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-end-papers-or-lining-papers-1", "term": "End Papers or Lining Papers", "norm": "end papers or lining papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The papers, plain or fancy, placed at each end of the volume and pasted down upon the boards.", "chars": 93, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1193", "term": "end sheet", "norm": "end sheet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PASTEDOWN, engine sized. See: BEATER SIZED.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1189", "term": "end-leaf paper", "norm": "end-leaf paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper manufacturer's term for the white or colored sheets of cotton fiber and/or chemical wood pulp paper in basis weights of 50 to 80 pounds (25 X 38—500), used for the ENDPAPERS of books. It should have sufficient strength to withstand tearing, especially at the joint, high folding strength, resistance to penetration by adhesives, and a pH between 6.5 and 8.5. The sheets are often printed with ornamental patterns and special or significant designs, e.g., library motifs.", "chars": 502, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-end-papers-1", "term": "End-Papers", "norm": "end-papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The paper placed at each end of the volume, a portion of which is removed when the lining-paper is pasted down upon the boards. Also called Waste-Papers.", "chars": 153, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-end-papers-1", "term": "End-Papers", "norm": "end-papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The papers placed at each end of the volume and pasted down upon the boards.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-end-papers-1", "term": "End-Papers", "norm": "end-papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "papers added at the beginning and end of a book by the binder.", "chars": 62, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-end-papers-1", "term": "End-Papers", "norm": "end-papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The papers placed at each end of the volume and pasted down upon the boards. Also, the paper placed at each end of the volume, a portion of which is usually removed when the lining-paper is pasted down upon the boards.", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1191", "term": "endpapering machine", "norm": "endpapering machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An edition binding machine that glues sheets of paper folded once only to the first and last sections of a book.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1192", "term": "endpapers", "norm": "endpapers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The units of two or more leaves placed in the front and back of a book between its covers and text block. In rare instances the endpaper may consist of a single leaf. The endpaper at the front of the book is called the front endpaper, while the one at the back is called the off endpaper, or back endpaper. The leaf nearest the cover (after the WASTE SHEET (1), if any, is removed) is called the PASTEDOWN, or board paper, and, along with the recto of the leaf facing it, may be colored, marbled, ornamented; printed with maps, illustrations, scenes from the book, the motif of the library, etc.; or left blank. The leaf or leaves that are not pasted to the board are sometimes referred to as fly leaves, fly sheets, free fly leaves, or waste sheets.\n\nIn hand binding the basic purpose of the endpapers is to take up the strain of opening the covers of the book, which would otherwise be on the first and last sections or leaves. This is of particular importance in the case of the upper cover and first section or leaf. The endpapers (specifically the pastedowns) cover the raw edges of the covering material where it is turned over the boards, as well as the inside surfaces of the boards themselves. The free fly leaves protect the first and last printed leaves of the book. In addition, the board papers and fly leaves next to them have long provided a medium for decoration. See: DOUBLURE (1).\n\nIn library and edition binding, particularly the latter, the endpapers perform the crucial function of holding the text block in its covers, or case. In many instances, only the endpapers hold the book and case together. In library binding, on the other hand, where the spine-lining material is considerably more substantial than that used in edition binding, the lining assists considerably in this function.\n\nThe paper used for endpapers is of considerable importance—not only the quality of the paper but also the manner in which it is used. Its pH should not be less than that of the paper making up the book, and preferably higher, but it should not, in any case, be less than 6.5 or more than 8.5. The BASIS WEIGHT of the paper should be sufficient so that when the adhesive is applied, the moisture will not cause the paper to cockle, as cockling causes problems when the book is later cased-in. Furthermore, thin paper will swell excessively when moist, and then when it dries will shrink and warp the covers. There is also the danger that the adhesive will strike through and cause the board papers and adjacent leaves to stick together.\n\nThe grain or machine direction of the endpapers should be parallel to the binding margin of the book; otherwise difficulty will be experienced in casing-in. When the grain of the paper is at right angles to the binding margin, the expansion of the paper is lengthwise, and, because one edge is secured to the text block (either sewn or tipped to it), that edge cannot expand; consequently the paper will buckle along it. If the book is cased and then pressed, these buckled areas will cause unsightly wrinkles on the board papers.\n\nWhen colored endpapers are used, they should be made with fast colors so that the moisture of the adhesive will not cause the colors to offset onto the leaves of the book. When endpapers are lithographed or printed with maps or illustrations, they, too, should be printed with an ink that will not offset. (It should be noted that when a book with map, or otherwise pertinent endpapers, must be rebound, the endpapers must be carefully removed and rebound with the book, as they generally cannot be reused as endpapers; this step is expensive, and doubly so when the front and off papers are different, which requires that both be retained.)\n\nMarbled endpapers were at one time used extensively, but today their use is confined almost entirely to a limited number of books bound by hand. If marbled paper is used, the same precautions as to grain direction and color fastness should be observed.\n\nThe most commonly used style of endpaper construction, at least in edition binding, consists of nothing more than folded sheets tipped to the front and back of the text block. This structure is not altogether unsatisfactory if the book is to receive careful and little use, but it is entirely unsatisfactory for a book that is to be consulted frequently. Since the endpaper is attached to the text block only by a thin line of adhesive, it pulls loose easily leaving only a flimsy spine lining fabric made of crash or gauze holding the case to the book. There is no reinforcement of the joint; consequently, the board paper splits because of the constant bending as the book is opened and closed. These difficulties can be overcome to a certain extent by the use of a cloth joint. Occasionally the tipped-on endpapers are also sewn to the text block, as though they were additional sections. This however, just weakens them even further, because the sewing thread passes through only one layer of paper, resulting, in addition to the normal strain, in a cutting effect of the thread.\n\nCloth-jointed endpapers may have either concealed or exposed joints. With the concealed joint, the fold of the endpaper is reinforced by a strip of cloth which is attached on the side of the paper next to the text block and the board so that it extends about an inch onto the board paper, thus masking the cloth. The additional stiffness in the joint helps to retain its shape, but it also creates a pull on the first few leaves of the first section because it makes the cover more difficult to open.\n\nSeparate leaves of paper are used for the board paper and fly leaf in constructing the endpaper having an exposed joint. They are connected by means of a cloth strip which is visible in the joint. In edition binding, these endpapers are made on a stripping machine, and the reinforcing cloth is generally a thin, smoothly finished muslin. In library binding, on the other hand, where the visible cloth joint is used frequently in adhesive binding, the cloth joint usually consists of a strong, durable (cambric) linen. Cloth-jointed endpapers are attached to the text block in several ways. The simplest is to tip them on, which is a weak method. When the papers have a concealed joint, the folded sheet is tipped to the section and the reinforcement is folded around the endpaper and section. The cloth joint is sewn to the text block along with the section. Another method consists of sewing the cloth joint to the section. The cloth is then folded back and glued over the sewing. The endpaper is tipped on, and the cloth is carried over the endpaper and glued down. Unless the book paper is quite flexible, however, this technique will cause the end sections to open as units rather than as individual leaves.\n\nThe Library Binding Institute has promulgated standards pertaining to the construction of endpapers to be used in library binding. The endpaper consists of three fundamental parts: a pasted-down or outward endleaf which becomes the pastedown, at least two free flyleaves, and a reinforcing fabric. For monographs and ordinary periodicals, the paper used in the construction of endpaper must have a basis weight of 60 pounds (24 X 26— 500) and must meet the following requirements:\n\nFolding Tensile Tearing\n\nEndurance Strength Strength\n\n(M.I.T.)* (Testing Machines, Inc.) (Elmendorf)\n\nNumber of Pounds per Pounds per\n\nfolds 1 inch strip 1 inch strip\n\nWith the grain** 200 40 140\n\nAcross the grain 275 25 144\n\n* Massachusetts Institute of Technology\n\n** In the direction in which the majority of the fibers of a\n\nmachine-made paper are oriented.\n\nDuring the first several centuries of the codex, endpapers consisted of little more than two or four leaves of vellum folded and sewn along with the sections of the book. When paper became the common material for book production, it then became necessary to reinforce the folds of the endpapers. A common type of endpaper, used in the first part of the 16th century, consisted of a fold of white paper employing a strip of vellum for reinforcement. The use of printer's waste for the fly leaves of endpapers was not uncommon during the 16th century.\n\nThe practice of reinforcing endpapers began to decline at the end of the 16th century, particularly in commercial binding, partly because there were more small books (where it was thought that reinforcement was not of great importance), and also because it became more and more difficult to obtain waste vellum in sufficient quantities, due to the increase production of books.\n\nWhen bindings were to have plain white endpapers, it was a common practice to sew on four leaves at each end of the text block. The two outer leaves of each endpaper were often pasted together to create a stronger pastedown, while the two inner leaves were sometimes pasted together to create the \"made\" flyleaf, commonly associated with marbled or colored endpapers. The doubling of the board papers was done well before the coming of machine-made paper. This practice however, became more important when machine-made paper became prevalent, mainly because early machine-made paper tended to be relatively thin, and therefore weak. All of these techniques died out in the 1830s, after which time the more convenient procedure of making up the endpapers separately from the book became prevalent. Concurrently, it became the usual practice to simply tip the endpapers to the sections instead of sewing them, not only in regular commercial binding but also even in the best leather work.\n\nA widely used method of endpaper construction in the 19th century consisted of pasting a folded white to a folded colored sheet, which was then folded around the free colored sheet to make a waste sheet. A white flyleaf was then tipped on followed by the made endpaper. Another 19th century technique consisted of tipping a folded white sheet to the text block and inserting the white and colored made-up leaves inside up to the fold. This provided a waste sheet, a colored board paper, a \"made\" leaf which opened all the way back to the fold, and eliminated the drag of the previous endpaper, and the two flyleaves. A variation of this technique used today consists of pasting the colored and white sheets together, tipping a folded white sheet to the remaining white sheet, and then swinging one of the white sheets around the assembly to serve as a waste sheet.\n\nCloth-joined endpapers were used as early as the 1840s but were generally not sewn in until this century. When they were sewn, the usual method was to overcast them to the first and last sections before sewing the book. Inner joints of leather were used occasionally in Europe as long ago as the 17th century, especially in France, but it was not until the second half of the 18th century that they became relatively common in the best English morocco and Russia leather bindings. The joints of this period, few of which were sewn in, were frequently used with much wider turn-ins than would be considered appropriate today, and were usually heavily decorated with fillets and rolls, as well as small tools.\n\nWatered silk endpapers were used frequently in fine leather binding during the second half of the 19th century and up to World War 11, but are seldom used today. Watered silk has always been used in conjunction with leather joints. See: DRUMMING ON. See also: LIBRARY STYLE ENDPAPER; MADE ENDPAPER; ZIG-ZAG ENDPAPER.", "chars": 11778, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [13, 69, 209, 217, 236, 335, 343], "citations": ["American Library Association. Committee on bookbinding. Binding for libraries. 2nd ed. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library handbook no. 5). 1915.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ENGLI", "term": "ENGLISH", "norm": "english", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type, one size larger than Pica, and one smaller than Great Primer. See Alphabet. Types.", "chars": 157, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1195", "term": "English fibreboard", "norm": "english fibreboard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An English equivalent for that called PASTEBOARD (1) in the United States. It is suitable for small or medium-sized books; however, it has a tendency to warp if too thin a sheet is used for the covers of a large book.", "chars": 241, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [204], "citations": ["Lewis, Arthur William. Basic bookbinding. New York. Dover, 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1196", "term": "English linen", "norm": "english linen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A highly polished linen cloth of considerable strength and durability; it is reasonably permanent if not handled excessively. Also called \"legal buckram.\" See also: LAW BUCKRAM.", "chars": 201, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-english-linen-or-low-buckram-1", "term": "English linen or Low buckram", "norm": "english linen or low buckram", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A linen cloth, highly polished, well colored, strong, durable, made in England, and costing in this country about 70 cents per square yard. In De Jonge’s list (De Jonge, dealer in leather, book cloths, etc., 69–73 Duane St., New York) it is called Low buckram. We have used it for the backs of books, light and heavy. It promises to stand indefinitely if not much handled. Under handling it grows soft and flabby like other book cloths, though not rapidly, and without losing its strength. We have discarded it for the books on which we first tried it, periodicals subject to much use. It is not easy to letter in gold by hand, and does not hold gold well under wear.", "chars": 667, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1197", "term": "English opacity paper", "norm": "english opacity paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper used where a lightweight paper of good opacity is required. It is made from chemical wood pulp and fillers that afford maximum opacity, and usually contains mechanical wood pulp. It has a smooth machine or English finish, and is produced in basis weights ranging from 25 to 45 poUnds (25 X 38—500).", "chars": 306, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1198", "term": "engraved bindings", "norm": "engraved bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": "engraved silver silver bindings", "dates": null, "text": "Book covers decorated with engraved precious metals, usually portraying some Biblical or other religious scene and frequently further adorned with flowers, etc. The medieval custom of enclosing important liturgical works to be used at the alter in covers of precious metals died out in Western Europe during the Renaissance, in favor of richly embroidered velvet and (later) gold-tooled leather bindings. The fashion for silver or filigree, or even enamelled gold covers, however, continued with devotional books for personal use through the 18th century, especially in German-speaking countries, Italy, and Spain.", "chars": 614, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1199", "term": "engraving", "norm": "engraving", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The art or process of producing letters or designs on wood, metal, or other substances, by means of cutting or etching, for the purpose of printing or blocking by an intaglio process on paper or other material. 2. An engraved plate, or the impression made from such a plate. 3. An engraved inscription. 4. The process of taking an impression from an engraved plate.", "chars": 368, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ENGRA", "term": "ENGRAVINGS ON WOOD", "norm": "engravings on wood", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "As the method of printing engravings on wood, here described, applies to what is termed fine printing, it may be as well in the outset to define what is meant by this expression, in its application to this subject.\n\n\n\nFine printing, in this point of view, is the art of obtaining impressions from an engraving on wood, of the surface and the surface only, so as to produce the effect which the artist intended, in the highest state of perfection.\n\nThere is a material difference between an engraving on wood and one on copper: the first is engraved in relief, that is, the lines are left standing, and the part which in the impression is to appear white is cut away or, technically, blocked out; the lines of the engraving on copper, on the contrary, are cut in the metal, and the part that is to be white in the impression is left untouched in the metal by the engraver.\n\nThere is also a material difference in the manner of obtaining impressions: those from an engraving on wood are produced by coating the surface of the lines with ink by beating it with balls or passing a roller over it, and then, with a piece of paper upon it, submitting it to pressure between two parallel plane surfaces, or by a cylinder rolling over it. An engraving on copper is smeared over the whole face with ink, which is worked into the lines; the surplus ink is then wiped off the surface of the plate, on which a piece of paper is laid to receive the impression, and these are passed between two cylinders, which press the paper into the engraved lines by a violent squeeze.\n\nIt will easily be perceived by this slight description that the two processes are completely distinct from each other, although the effect produced is nearly the same.\n\nI will now proceed to describe the process of producing impressions from engravings on wood in a superior manner.\n\nAfter putting a block on the press, the workman ought to be very gentle in the pull for the first impression, to prevent an accident, which has frequently occurred from thoughtlessness in this particular, by making the pull too hard, and crushing some of the lines; by avoiding this he will be safe, and can proportion his pull to the subject. He should also examine, previous to pulling, that there be nothing on the block—no pins that he may have for his tympan sheet, nor any needle with which he may have been taking out a pick.—Such accidents have happened, and caused great trouble to the engraver, as well as loss of time and disappointment; besides entailing a character of carelessness on the printer.\n\nIn imposing a single block, where the press is large at which it is to be worked, it will be in danger of springing out of the chase while beating, from the quantity of furniture about it: it is a good remedy to impose it in a job chase, and to impose this chase again in a larger one; this will cause it to lie flatter on the press, and firmer in the beating, as the small chase can be locked up tight in the large one, without having too much furniture, and the large one can be secured firmly on the press by quoins and the corner irons.\n\nNeither the pressure nor the impression in an engraving on wood should be uniformly equal: if they be, the effect that is intended to be produced by the artist will fail; and instead of light, middle tint, and shade, an impression will be produced that possesses none of them in perfection; some parts will be too hard and black, and other parts have neither pressure nor colour enough, with obscurity and roughness, and without any of the mildness of the middle tint, which ought to pervade great part of an engraving, and on which the eye reposes after viewing the strong lights and the deep shades.\n\nTo produce the desired effect, great nicety and patience are required in the pressman; a single thickness of thin India paper, which is the paper I would always recommend to be used as overlays for engravings, is frequently required over very small parts, with the edges of it scraped down, for it is advisable that the overlay should never be cut at the edges, but, even where great delicacy of shape is not required, that it should be torn into the form wanted, which reduces the thickness of the edges, and causes the additional pressure to blend with the surrounding parts.\n\nParticular parts of the impression will frequently come up much too strong, and other parts too weak, it will then be necessary to take out from between the tympans a thickness of paper, and add an additional tympan sheet, cutting away those parts that come off too hard, and scraping down the edges; scraping away half the thickness of a tympan sheet in small parts that require to be a little lightened will improve the impression.\n\nThe light parts require little pressure, but the depths should be brought up so as to produce a full and firm impression.\n\nIf a block be hollow on the surface, underlaying the hollow part will bring it up better than overlaying it, at least so much that it shall only require a thickness or two of paper as overlays. If a block be too low, it is advisable to underlay it, for the purpose of raising it to the proper height, in preference to making use of overlays, for they act in some measure as blankets, being pressed into the interstices, and rendering the lines thicker than in the engraving.\n\nIt will be necessary sometimes, when the surface of the block is very uneven, to tear away parts of the paper in the tympan, to equalise the impression where it is too hard.\n\nThe pressman will find it convenient to pull a few impressions while he is making ready, on soiled or damaged India paper, for out of these he can cut overlays to the precise shape and size that is wanted, as he will constantly find it necessary to do so in instances where great accuracy is required in overlaying particular portions; and in these instances he cannot well do without a sharp penknife and a pair of good small scissars. A fine sharp bodkin and a needle or two, to take out picks, are also needful; but he should be particularly careful in so using them as that he do no injury. The best way to avoid this is to draw the bodkin or needle point cautiously in the direction of the lines.\n\nEngravings that are in the vignette form require great attention to keep the edges light and clear, and in general it is necessary to scrape away one or two thicknesses of paper, in order to lighten the impression and keep it clean; for the edges being irregular, and parts, such as small branches of trees, leaves, &c. straggling, for the purpose of giving freedom to the design, they are subject to come off too hard, and are liable to picks, which give great trouble, and are difficult to be kept clear of. Bearers letter-high placed round the block, if they can be applied without the balls touching them, will be found advantageous; if they cannot, pieces of reglet, pasted on the frisket in the usual way, and taking a bearing on the furniture, must be substituted, but the high bearer is to be preferred where it can be adopted; these bearers equalise the pressure on the surface of the engraving, and protect the edges from the severity of the pull, which is always injurious to the delicacy of the external lines. They also render the subject more manageable, by enabling the pressman to add to, or diminish, the pressure on particular parts, so as to produce the desired effect.\n\nWhen great delicacy of impression is demanded in a vignette, it will be found beneficial, after the engraving is beat with ink, to take a small ball without ink, and beat the extremities: this will not only take away any superfluity of ink, but will be a means of preventing picks, and give to the edges lightness and softness, particularly where distances are represented.\n\nIf the extremities are engraved much lighter than the central parts, underlays should be pasted on the middle of the block, which will give a firmer impression to those central parts of the subject: it would save trouble to cause the block to be a little rounded on the face, as it would give facility in obtaining a good impression.\n\nWhen highly finished engravings on wood are worked separately, woollen cloth, however fine, should never be used for blankets, as it causes too much impression; two thicknesses of stoutish hard smooth paper, in lieu of it, between the tympans is better: sometimes even a piece of glazed pasteboard is used inside the outer tympan. The parchments ought to be in good condition, stretched tight, of a smooth surface, thin, and of regular thickness, so as to enable the pressman to obtain an impression as nearly as possible from the surface only of the engraved lines.\n\nIt is indispensably necessary that the balls should be in the best order, the same as for the finest work; and the pressman should be very particular in taking ink, distributing his balls, and beating the block well, otherwise he will not obtain clear, uniform, good impressions. If the block be small, and it is worked by itself, he will find that he can take ink more uniformly in small quantities, by first taking ink with a pair of regular sized balls, and distributing, and then taking ink from them to work his cut with; and this more particularly if he be using a pair of small balls. For this work he ought always to have the best ink that can be procured.\n\nA large wood cut left on the press stone all night is very apt to warp; when this happens, a good method to restore it to its original flatness is to lay it on its face upon the imposing stone, with a few thicknesses of damp paper underneath it, and to place the flat side of a planer upon it, and four or five octavo pages of tied up letter; in the course of a few hours the block will be restored to its original flatness. This method is preferable to steeping the block in water, which has been frequently practised; for the steeping swells the lines of the engraving, and consequently affects the impression to a much greater extent than this operation. For retaining the original effect, as it came from the hands of the artist, I would carefully prevent the block ever being wet with water, and, when it had been worked in a form with types, would take it out before the form was washed.\n\nTo prevent this warping during the dinner hour or the night, turn the tympan down upon the form, run the carriage in, and pulling the bar handle home, fasten it to the near cheek by the catch, where there is one, or else by a chain or rope, or by a stay to the bar from the offcheek; in iron presses this way is efficacious.\n\nHowever long a time boxwood may be kept in the log, it will always twist and warp when cut into slices for engraving, on account of fresh surfaces being exposed to the air: large blocks may be restored to their flatness by laying them on a plane surface, with the hollow side downward, without any weight on them, in the course of a night.\n\nWhen only a few proofs are wanted from an engraving, good impressions may be obtained with little trouble on dry India paper, with about six thicknesses of the same sort of paper laid over it, and pulled without the tympan. This observation applies to small cuts, and those of a moderate size; if proofs are wanted from large ones, it will be found advantageous to put the India paper for a few minutes into a heap of damp paper.\n\nA fine engraving on wood should never be brushed over with lye: the best method that I have found in practice, is to wipe the ink off with a piece of fine woollen cloth damped with spirits of turpentine; and if it should get foul in working, to clean it with a softish brush and spirits of turpentine. It will be found in practice that spirits of turpentine take off the ink quicker, and affect the wood less, than any other article used; and the facility with which the block is again brought into a working state, more than compensates for the trifling additional expense incurred, as nothing more is required than to wipe the surface dry, and to pull two or three impressions on dry waste paper.\n\nThe engravers always show an impression when the block is taken home to their employer; and this impression is taken in a manner, where the subject is not of a large size, such as to produce a superior effect to what a printer can with a press, when he has a number to do, which are generally worked in a form with types, and his price so low for printing, as not to enable him to do justice to the subjects. This causes great dissatisfaction to his employer, and he is unable to remedy the grievance; for the engraver’s proof is obtained by means of a burnisher, with one thickness of paper in addition to that printed on, so that he can examine each part to bring it up where it is required, and leave the others as delicate as he pleases: he thus obtains an impression from the surface only, perfect in all its parts, with the best ink that can be procured; while the printer gives dissatisfaction, because he cannot, in the way of trade, perform impossibilities.\n\nPapillon, in his work on Engraving on Wood, published in 1766, complains of a plan nearly similar being adopted by the French engravers, with which he finds great fault. The following is a translation of the passage:—\n\n“Some engravers on wood have the knack of fabricating the proofs of their engravings far more delicately, and in a more flattering manner than they really ought to be; and this is the means they make use of—they first take off two or three, in order to adjust one of them to their fancy, and which they think will favour their imposition; having selected it, they only beat anew the parts of the block charged with shades and the deeper strokes, in such a manner, that the lighter ones, distances, &c. being only lightly covered with ink, in as far as not being touched in the new beating, they retain no more than what was left by the preceding impression; the result is, that the new proof comes off extremely delicate in those places, and appears pleasing to the eye; but when this block is printed in conjunction with letterpress, the impressions then appear in their natural state, and totally different from that which they presented on delivery of the work. The strokes are of one equal tint, hard, and devoid of softness, and the distances are often less delicate than the foregrounds. I shall risk little by saying that all the three Le Sueurs have made use of this trick.”\n\nThe pressman will find it an advantage, if it be necessary to do full justice to an engraving, to have a good impression from the engraver, and place it before him as a pattern, and then arrange the overlays, &c., till he produces a facsimile in effect; but the most valuable lesson will be when he can obtain the assistance of the artist at the press side, to direct him in making ready the cut, and I would advise him by no means to be impatient at the tediousness of the operation, as he will obtain more information how to produce a fine impression by this than by any other means. It will also instruct him how to meet the wishes of the draftsman and the engraver, with regard to effect, in a way superior to any other; and will, with care and attention, ultimately lead him to excellence in printing engravings on wood.\n\nAn assertion is now generally promulgated, that machine printing is superior to that of the press, even for engravings on wood, and thus misleading publishers and the public. When I come to speak of machines, and of presses, I will endeavour to show that it is incompatible with the principle of a machine that it can equal a press in producing fine work.\n\nErrand Boy. See Devil.", "chars": 15960, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1200", "term": "entrelacs", "norm": "entrelacs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating borders by means of curving garlands and leaves. Their source is Muslim arabesques, with early printed specimens adorning the Historia Romana of Appianus, printed by Erhard Ratdolt of Augsburg in 1477. In their use in book decoration, entrelacs have been used by most French gilders since the 16th century. See also: COTTAGE STYLE; FANFARE STYLE.", "chars": 417, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1201", "term": "environment", "norm": "environment", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The surrounding conditions or forces that influence or change books or other archival materials, and which include: 1) the entire climatic and biotic factors that act upon materials and ultimately determine their permanence, or lack of it; or 2) the aggregate of use, misuse, or nonuse that influence the permanence of materials. See also: DURABILITY; PERMANENT MATERIALS.", "chars": 420, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [148], "citations": ["Guldbeck, Per Ernst. The care of historical collections; a conservation handbook for the nonspecialist. Nashville. American Association for State and Local History. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1202", "term": "enzyme", "norm": "enzyme", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of complex organic substances that are capable of acting outside of living organisms and can accelerate or catalyze specific chemical transformations, such as the formation of bloom on leather, the tanning of leather (see: BATING), and the modification of native starches in sizing processes.\n\nThe rate of an enzymatic reaction depends upon the temperature, pH, substrate concentration, and the presence of activators, co-enzymes, and enzyme inhibitors. The reactions of enzymes usually accelerate with an increase of temperature; however, since enzymes are proteins and are denatured at elevated temperatures, reaction rates increase only to the point where denaturation overcomes the accelerating effect of increasing temperature.\n\nEnzymes exert their influence by combining with the substrate to form an enzyme-substrate complex, which then decomposes to give the products and release the enzyme for further action. Because of this, the rate at which enzyme products are formed depends both on the concentration of the enzyme-substrate complex and the rate of its decomposition. The formation of the complex depends on mass action between the enzyme and the substrate; therefore, taking a given quantity of an enzyme, the complex increases with the quantity sufficient to convert nearly all the enzyme into the complex.", "chars": 1350, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72, 195, 306, 363], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1203", "term": "epidermis", "norm": "epidermis", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A protective, hard-wearing layer of keratinous cells, which, although of varying thickness over the body of the animal, is very thin compared with the underlying DERMIS.\n\nIt consists of a continuous mass of cells usually differentiated into the following regions: Stratum corneum, or the uppermost layer, containing dry, dead cells, flattened to form a relatively continuous thin outer membrane skin that is highly cornified or keratinized; Stratum lucidum, which is the region where dying cells are located, and which contain an oily substance that renders them translucent; Stratum granulosum, in which the cells contain large granules; Stratum spinosum, where the cells show marked spines or bridges between each other; Stratum basale, where the cells contain living basal cells called keratinocytes and melanocytes; and the lowest region, the epidermal-dermal junction (often called the basement membrane), which consists of a thin zone of ground substance, containing no fibers, lying between the basal cells and the dermal surface.\n\nThe epidermal-dermal layer has little resistance to bacteria and enzymes, and is easily attacked by them, as in enzyme UNHAIRING.\n\nIt is also easily disintegrated by alkalis, such as caustic soda, sodium sulfide, etc., which is the basis of common commercial unhairing processes.\n\nThe term derives from the Greek \"epi\" (upon) and \"dermis,\" which had its origins in the Greek \"derin\" (to flay). See also: LIMING", "chars": 1513, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 291, 306, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1204", "term": "epithelial tissue", "norm": "epithelial tissue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The cellular tissue that covers all free surfaces within and without an animal's body, and, in the case of skin, is called epidermal tissue. The epithelial tissue affords covering and general protection against light, water and other fluids, bacteria, etc.", "chars": 256, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1205", "term": "epoxy resins", "norm": "epoxy resins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of resins produced by the polymerization of epichlorohydrin with diphenylolpropane, and manufactured from phenol and acetone. A range of resins of widely differing molecular weights, e.g., 400 to 6,000, can be produced by varying the proportions of reactants, as well as reaction conditions. Epoxy resins possess exceptional chemical resistance and adhesion. They are usually supplied in two parts, which must be mixed before use. Such resins have limited use equivalent weight in conservation work; however, they are useful where exceptional strength is required, such as in corner rebuilding and box making.", "chars": 617, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [235, 309], "citations": ["Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1206", "term": "equivalent weight", "norm": "equivalent weight", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The weight of a particular paper of any size expressed in terms of some other size. Equivalent weights are in direct proportion to the areas of single sheets. If the weight of a given size of paper is known, the equivalent weight of the paper of a different size can be calculated by multiplying the known weight of the paper by the area of the paper required and dividing by the known area of the paper:\n\nWeight of paper of which Area of paper of which\n\nsize and weight are known X weight is required\n\n------------------------------------------------- = equivalent weight\n\nArea of paper of known weight\n\nThus, the weight of a ream of paper 5 x 40 inches in the substance of 30 to 40 inches, 60 pounds per 500 sheets is:\n\n60 X (25 X 40)\n\n-----------\n\n(30 x 40)\n\n= 50 pounds/500 sheets, 25 x 40 inches.\n\n2. In chemistry, equivalent weight is one of the comparative weights of different compounds, elements, or radicals which possess the same chemical value for reaction when compared by reference to the same standard (usually oxygen, i.e., 8).\n\nParallel lines also outline a center panel. All of the lines, both horizontal and vertical, cross near the extreme ends forming squares at the corners of the covers. The central panel is usually decorated with a pattern made up of small, almost touching, tools, and both borders are similarly decorated with a succession of tools; those of the broad inner one often are interrupted with a scroll bearing the name of the bookbinder. Many bookbinders of the latter half of the 15th century produced these so-called Erfurt bindings, including CONRADUS DE ARGENTINA and JOHANNES FOGEL.\n\nIn an acid, the equivalent weight is the quantity which would yield one gram ionic weight of hydrogen ion (1.008 g.), while in a base, it is the quantity which would yield one gram ionic weight of hydroxyl ion (17.008 g.). Thus an equivalent weight of sulfuric acid (H2SO4) is one-half the molecular weight, and an equivalent of aluminum hydroxide (Al(OH)3) would be one-third the molecular weight.", "chars": 2096, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58, 139, 141, 195], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1207", "term": "erasability", "norm": "erasability", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That property of a material relating to the ease with which writing or printing can be removed by means of mechanical abrasion, the smoothness and cleanliness of the erased surface, and the reusability of the erased surface.", "chars": 224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1208", "term": "Erfurt bindings", "norm": "erfurt bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A university town in Central Germany. the name of which was applied to 18th century bindings featuring a scheme of decoration in which the entire cover is divided by a double border which encloses a long, narrow panel. The outer border is narrow, with a broad inner border separated from it by several parallel lines.", "chars": 317, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1209", "term": "errata", "norm": "errata", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": "erratum", "dates": null, "text": "Errors or omissions in writing or printing, generally restricted to typographical errors, but sometimes including imperfections in either presswork or binding. They are usually printed on a separate slip or leaf and placed among the preliminaries, or added to an existing page of type at the beginning or end of the book. Errata sheets must frequently be tipped in by the library or the binder.", "chars": 394, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ERRAT", "term": "ERRATA", "norm": "errata", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A list of errors that have escaped both the author and the printer. It is generally printed in a small type at the end of the work. It should always be kept down, and never brought out in a prominent manner. Some authors seem partial to extend the errata, by noticing the most trifling mistakes, such for instance as a turned letter, and adding corrections of the writing and of misstatements of facts, as well as new facts which may have arisen; and all under the name errata, as if they were entirely the errors of the printer; in this case they ought to be styled Corrections and Additions. In my opinion, there is no occasion to insert in the errata any thing that does not affect the sense. Mr. Beloe, in his Anecdotes of Literature, states that “the book which is distinguished by the greatest number of errata on record, is that containing the works of Pica Mirandula, printed at Strasburgh in 1507, by a printer of the name of Knoblouch. The errata of this volume occupy no less than fifteen folio pages.”", "chars": 1013, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1210", "term": "esparto grass", "norm": "esparto grass", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A coarse grass, native to Southern Spain and Northern Africa, obtained from two species, Lygeum spartum and Stipa tenacissima, and used in the manufacture of paper. Esparto fibers have thick walls and are short, normally less than 3 mm in length, with an average length of 1.5 mm. The fiber diameter varies from about 0.005 to 0.015 mm, with an average of about 0.012 mm, giving a length to diameter ratio of 125 : 1. The fibers also tend to be curved. One of the principal characteristics of esparto is its hairs, which are located on the inner surface of the leaf. Looking something like commas, they are commonly referred to as \"comma hairs.\" They are also called tooth cells since they also somewhat resemble teeth. In addition to the hairs, small cells with serrated edges, appearing something like miniature concertinas, are present. Both hairs and cells have a length of less than about 0.06 mm. The best grade of esparto grass is known as Spanish, while the cheaper grade (from Africa) is called Tripoli.\n\nIntroduced in England in 1850 by T. Routledge, esparto is used extensively in Great Britain, but is seldom employed in the United States, mainly because of the cost of transporting the grass or pulp made from it. In England, it is employed principally in the production of better grades of book paper.\n\nThe presence of esparto in paper is determined by the iodine-zinc chloride test, which stains deep violet, or by boiling the specimen in a 1% solution of aniline sulfate, which turns the paper pink in the presence of the grass. Also called \"alfa grass,\" \"halfa grass,\" and \"Spanish grass.\" See also: ESPARTO PAPER,", "chars": 1651, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 143, 198], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1211", "term": "esparto paper", "norm": "esparto paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper produced from ESPARTO (GRASS) pulp, usually in a mixture with a relatively small amount of chemical wood pulp. Esparto is generally used in the manufacture of better grades of printing papers (those containing 90 to 95% esparto, the balance being chemical wood). Esparto helps provide better formation and a good bulk for a given basis weight. The paper takes ink readily, presents minimum problems with regard to shrinkage and stretch, has excellent folding properties, and does not tend to dust or fluff during printing. Its major shortcoming is its low strength, which is due to its relatively short fiber length.", "chars": 648, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 143], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1212", "term": "esparto wax", "norm": "esparto wax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A yellowish-white WAX obtained from waste liquors in the preparation of ESPARTO (GRASS) pulp.", "chars": 141, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1213", "term": "essential oil", "norm": "essential oil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A naturally occurring volatile liquid, formed in various parts of plant life, principally in the leaves, flowers, or fruit. The main constituents are the terpines, i.e., hydrocarbons which generally have the empirical formula C10H16, and their derivatives. They also contain alcohols, aldehydes, esters, ketones, as well as compounds containing nitrogen and sulfur. Essential oils are volatile in steam, have characteristic odors, and leave no oily marks on paper. They are virtually insoluble in water but are soluble in alcohol and ether. Many are susceptible to oxidation in the presence of air or oxygen. They are obtained by steam distillation or by extraction.", "chars": 688, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1214", "term": "esters", "norm": "esters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Organic compounds formed by the union of an acid and an alcohol (or a phenol) with the elimination of water, and which during HYDROLYSIS break down to these component parts. An ester may also be regarded simply as an organic acid. Esters may be specified either by constituents (e.g., ethyl silicate may be considered to be the silicone ester or ethyl alcohol), or by the ethyl ester or silicic acid. Esters are sometimes used to remove fat and grease stains from paper, and, less frequently, to inhibit bookworms.", "chars": 538, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233, 235], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1215", "term": "ether", "norm": "ether", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless liquid ((CH5)2O), with a pleasant, characteristic odor. It is highly volatile and its vapor, which is strongly narcotic, forms an explosive mixture with air. It is soluble in water to 7%. soluble in strong sulfuric and hydrochloric acids, and miscible with many organic solvents. Ether is manufactured by passing alcohol vapor into a mixture of 92% alcohol and 67% sulfuric acid at 128 C. It may also be produced as a byproduct in the manufacture of alcohol and ethylene. It is used as a solvent.", "chars": 530, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ETHIO", "term": "ETHIOPIC", "norm": "ethiopic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Ethiopic language is descended from the Hebrew, yet approaching nearer to the Arabic than to any other of the Semitic languages. It observes the order of reading and writing from left to right, in common with the other languages of the same origin. It has twenty-six characters peculiar to itself, of which the order, figure, name, and power are as follow:—\n\nOf these ጰ: and ፐ: are used only in words of Greek and Latin origin. In expressing Arabic these seven, ሰ: ተ: ነ: ከ: ዘ: ደ: ጠ:, and in Portuguese and Italian these three, መ: በ: and ለ:, are made use of with the addition of certain horns.\n\nMoreover, none of the above letters are connected, except ገ:, which, in the name of God, sometimes coalesces with ዘ:, in this manner ዘ:, as ለዘለበሐረ:\n\nThe power of the letters approaches nearest to those which have been added, whence it appears that ሀ: ሐ: and ኀ:, also ሠ: and ሰ:, also አ: and ዐ:, and lastly ጸ: and ፀ:, are generally pronounced in the same manner, which causes no small confusion in writing, as one cognate letter is often put for another, so that it should always be borne in mind in looking for a word in the lexicon, that if it is not to be found under one letter, we should continue our researches under the cognate.\n\nThese four ቀ:, ጠ:, ጰ:, and ጸ: or ፀ:, have a sound altogether at variance with European custom, and the correct pronunciation can only be learnt by hearing. But one destitute of a preceptor may approach nearer to their genuine sounds, by first prefixing to each the power of the vowel i, thus, ik, it, ip, iz, and afterwards, having substituted in its place an apostrophe, he may add the vowels, in this manner ’k-a, ’k-e, ’k-i, &c., and similarly with ’t-a, ’p-a, ’z-a, &c.\n\nIn Ethiopic the numbers are not represented by the letters, but by certain peculiar figures formed apparently from the Greek letters, and which are included within two small lines, in the following manner:—\n\nThe other numbers are compounded from these, the greater being always placed first, as as ፲፩: 11. ፲፪: 12. &c. ፳፩: 21. ፳፪: 22. &c. ፻፩: 101. ፻፪:102.\n\n\n\nIn Ethiopic the vowels are not expressed by particular letters, as in the European, or by separate points, as in the Oriental languages, but by certain small lines or circles annexed to the top, middle, or bottom of the letters themselves, or by the shortening or lengthening of one of the strokes, which changes are in number seven; whence arise so many orders of letters, or rather of syllables, of which the first is considered as the simple figure, and the remainder as compound, and are read—the first by a short, the second by u, the third by i, the fourth by a long, the fifth by e long, the sixth by e or y short, and the seventh by o; in this manner:\n\n\n\nThe diphthongs are formed not only by the letters ው: and ይ:, mutes of the sixth order, after a letter of the first or fourth order, as, for instance, አውራኀ: months, ተሠይመ it is appointed; but also the four letters ቀ: ኀ: ከ: and ገ: with the addition of certain peculiar points, are generally considered to form diphthongs in the first, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth orders, in this manner:\n\nIn Ethiopic each separate word is distinguished by two thick points, and the periods by four or more; there are no marks of accentuation.\n\nThe preceding observations are extracted from a small treatise on the elements of Ethiopic grammar by George Otho, professor of the Greek and Oriental languages at Marburg in Hesse Cassel, with an acknowledgment of being indebted for his information to Ludolph; and bound in connexion with the “Fundamenta Punctationis Linguæ Sanctæ” of Jacob Alting, printed at Frankfort on the Main, in 2 vols., 1717.\n\nEthiopic Types in the British Founderies.\n\nEnglish.—Oxford University. Thorowgood & Besley. Formerly Bynneman’s.\n\nPica.—Caslon & Livermore. Thorowgood & Besley. Walton’s Polyglot; through Andrews’s and James’s founderies to Fry.", "chars": 4249, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_215.jpg", "caption": "The Ethiopic Alphabet", "alt": "The Ethiopic Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_216.jpg", "caption": "Ethiopic numerals", "alt": "Ethiopic numerals", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_217.jpg", "caption": "Ethiopic vowels", "alt": "Ethiopic vowels", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_218.jpg", "caption": "Ethiopic diphthongs", "alt": "Ethiopic diphthongs", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1216", "term": "ethyl acetate", "norm": "ethyl acetate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, volatile, highly flammable liquid ester (CH3CO2C2H5), prepared from ethyl alcohol and acetic acid. It is used as a solvent and is not dangerously toxic if handled properly.", "chars": 229, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [54, 235], "citations": ["Book Production. Tricks of the trade. New York. Bookbinding and Book Production. 1944.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1217", "term": "ethylene dichloride", "norm": "ethylene dichloride", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, toxic liquid (C2H4Cl2), with an odor much like that of chloroform. It is prepared by the vapor- or liquid-phase reaction of ethylene and chlorine in the presence of a suitable catalyst. It finds some use as a solvent and is employed in the manufacture of vinyl chloride and in the fumigation of books.", "chars": 347, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ETRUS", "term": "ETRUSCAN", "norm": "etruscan", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The confines of ancient Etruria bordered closely upon the city of Rome, being separated from it only by the Tyber to the south-east and south. There is proof, indeed, that almost all Italy was at one time under the power of Etruria.\n\nAlthough the Etrurians seem to have arrived at the highest point of civilization, and even of luxury, at an early period, whilst Rome had as yet no existence, and to have been distinguished in a variety of respects far beyond the people of surrounding nations, we are almost wholly ignorant of their history, and even their origin is involved in the greatest doubt.\n\nThe people of Etruria, called by the Romans Etrusci or Tusci, are styled Tyrrheni or Tyrseni by the Greek historians.\n\nThe difficulties of the Etruscan question are increased by a difference of statement and of opinion in the accounts recorded on the subject, by Herodotus and Dionysius, two of the greatest antiquaries and historians of ancient times.\n\nHerodotus, who, says Athenæus (lib. xii.), obtained his account from Lydians, gives to the Tyrrheni a Lydian origin, and states that they emigrated under the command of Tyrrhenus, one of the sons of Atys: while Dionysius, partly because Xanthus, an historian of Lydia, is silent respecting this emigration, will not allow the tradition to be true, but imagines them to have come from the north. It is not improbable that both are in part correct: the earlier portion of the Etrurians might have come from the north, while the later colony (who must have been advanced in civilization to have effected the voyage) might have been Lydians; and in all probability these subsequent settlers constituted the dominant portion of the invaders of Etruria.—Sir William Gell’s Topography of Rome, 8vo. 1834.\n\nThe Etruscan language must have been the same, or nearly so, with the Hebrew and Phœnician. For, whether we consider them as descended from Ashur, Peleg, the Egyptians, Phœnicians, or even Celtes, and from some of these they undoubtedly descended, their language must have been either the same with the Hebrew and Phœnician, or nearly related to them. The first Pelasgic settlements in Etruria could not have been many centuries after the deluge, and very few after the dispersion; and at that time the languages, or rather dialects, of the Egyptians, Assyrians, Babylonians, Celtes, Syrians, Arabs, &c., must have approached extremely near to the Hebrews and Phœnicians, which the learned allow to have been almost the same. With regard to the Canaanites or Phœnicians migrating into Etruria, after the first colonies of the Pelasgi or Tyrsenians settled there, it cannot be denied, that their language had received but little alteration from the primitive Hebrew. So that both sacred and profane history concur to evince the Hebrew, Phœnician, and Etruscan tongues to have been, in the earlier ages, nearly the same.\n\nThis likewise farther appears from the letters and manner of writing anciently used in Etruria. The letters are almost the same with those of the earliest Greeks, brought by Cadmus out of Phœnicia. The manner of writing is purely Oriental, the letters being drawn from the right hand to the left, consonant to the practice of the Eastern nations. The former point is rendered indisputably clear by the Eugubian tables, in conjunction with the Sigean inscription, and the latter by a bare perusal of the generality of the Etruscan inscriptions. Nay, the very remote antiquity of the first colonies that settled in Etruria, as well as of the Etruscan language and alphabet, may be easily inferred from those inscriptions. For as the Pelasgic alphabet, that prevailed in Greece before the age of Deucalion, consisted of sixteen letters, the Etruscan or Pelasgic alphabet, first brought into Italy, composed of only thirteen letters, must have preceded the reign of that prince. The high, not to say almost incredible, antiquity of the Etruscan language and alphabet, has been clearly evinced in two dissertations, by Mr. J. Swinton, printed at Oxford in the year 1746.—Univ. Hist. 8vo. vol. xvi. 1748.\n\nThe author of a “Tour to the Sepulchres of Etruria, in 1839,” in a visit to General Galassi’s museum at Rome, says, “If we had been surprised at Campanari’s exhibition, we were petrified at the general’s. Here we saw an immense breastplate of gold, which had been fastened on each shoulder by a most delicately wrought gold fibula, with chains like those now made at Trichinopoly. The breastplate was stamped with a variety of arabesques and small patterns, as usual in the Egyptian style. The head had been crowned with fillets and circular ornaments of pure gold, and a rich mantle had covered the body, flowered with the same material. In this grave also had been found a quantity of arms, round bronze shields with a boss in the centre which was stamped, spears, lances, and arrows; a bier of bronze, as perfect as if made a year ago; a tripod, with a vessel containing some strange looking lumps of a resinous substance, and which on being burnt proved to be perfumes so intensely strong, that those who tried them were obliged to leave the room. There were many small images, perhaps of lares, or of ancestors, in terra cotta that had been ranged in double lines close to the bier; also some large common vessels for wine and oil, and some finely painted vases and tazze, with black figures upon a red ground, which had been consecrated to the dead. There were wheels of a car upon which the bier had been brought into the sepulchre, and many other things which I do not remember; but the wonder of all these treasures was a sort of inkstand of terra cotta, which had served as a schoolmaster’s A. B. C. On it were the Etruscan letters, first in alphabet, and then in syllables, and both the letters and the syllables are the same as the oldest form of the Greek. It was deciphered by Dr. Lepsius, and is the key to all we at present know, and will be the basis of all we are ever likely to know, of the Etruscan tongue.”——“This humble article is likely to prove to Europe, what the stones of Alexandria and Rosetta have been before it, the dictionary of a lost language, and the interpreter of an extinct race.”\n\n“I noted that upon this inkstand were four alphabets engraved, and after each the syllables,—thus, ba, be, bi, &c., ma, me, mi, and so forth; that one of these is in the oldest or archaic form of the Greek alphabetic letters, and that hence connexion is likely to be traced and demonstrated between the Egyptian, Etruscan, and Pelasgic.”\n\nThe Primitive Etruscan Alphabet.\n\nTo these letters may be added the four following complex characters [#], [#], [#], and [#].\n\nEtruscan in the British Founderies.\n\nPica.—Caslon and Livermore. Cut by Caslon for the celebrated linguist, the Rev. John Swinton, Oxford, about 1733.", "chars": 6955, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_220.jpg", "caption": "The Etruscan Alphabet", "alt": "The Etruscan Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1218", "term": "Etruscan calf", "norm": "etruscan calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": "Etruscan style", "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating calfskin bindings by acid staining, so called because of the contrasting colors or shades of leather (light brown or terra cotta) in conjunction with dark brown or black tooling. The terra cotta shades and decoration represent Greek and Etruscan vases. Etruscan bindings usually have a rectangular panel on each cover, or, occasionally, a plain oval with a classical urn in the center. They are tooled in black, surrounded by a border of Greek palmate leaves, which are also in black. and with outer borders of classical design (Grecian key or Doric entablature) tooled in gold. The spines are also decorated with classical ornaments.\n\nMany 19th century authorities attributed this style to John Whitaker: however, it seems more likely that it was the creation of William EDWARDS OF HALIFAX.\n\nThere appears to be no very conclusive evidence as to the origin of the style, but it is known that Edwards employed it at an early date, circa 1785. It was popular during the period 1785-1820.", "chars": 1029, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 94, 97, 158, 280], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Harthan, John P. Bookbindings. 2nd ed. London. H. M. Stationery Office. (Victoria & Albert Museum illustrated booklet no. 2). 1961.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1219", "term": "Eucalyptus", "norm": "eucalyptus", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tree of the genus Eucalyptus, which has some 600 or more species, including many with bark rich in tannin. It is believed that only in Australia (to which the trees are indigenous) has the bark been exploited on a large scale, and then entirely from trees growing in the wild.\n\nOne particular bark, called Mallet (maletto) bark, obtained from Eucalyptus astringens, is actually one of the world's richest tannin-containing barks, having a tannin content that is often well over 40%, and even as high as 52 to 55. Another tree, mugga, or red ironbark (E. sideroxylon), which is also grown commercially in Morocco, has bark containing 30 to as much as 45% tannin.\n\nWhile the tanning properties of eucalyptus are good, the tannin tends to produce leather that is too darkish red in color. In addition, Mallet bark is low in soluble non-tans (8%) and therefore must be mixed with other tannins or acids to induce swelling or good plumping; mugga tannin fixes slowly giving a leather that is too soft and also dark red in color. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 1074, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-eve-style-1", "term": "Eve style", "norm": "eve style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A framework of various geometrical-shaped compartments linked together by interlaced circles; the centers of the compartments are filled with small floral ornaments and the irregular spaces surrounding them with circular scrolls and branches of laurel and palm. An elaborate style of the end of the sixteenth and beginning of the seventeenth century.", "chars": 350, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EVEN1", "term": "EVEN LINES", "norm": "even lines", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a piece of printing has to be executed in great haste, a number of compositors are employed on it, and the copy is cut into small pieces for each, to facilitate the making-up, imposing, and the general furthering of the work; if the copy should be in long paragraphs, the compositors have each to begin a line and to make their copy end a line, frequently with great irregularity of spacing; this is termed making even lines. In daily newspapers it is of constant occurrence.", "chars": 480, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EVEN2", "term": "EVEN PAGE", "norm": "even page", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The second, fourth, sixth, or any other even numbered page is called an even page.\n\nExclamation, Note of. See Punctuation.", "chars": 175, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-even-page-1", "term": "EVEN PAGE", "norm": "even page", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The 2d, 4th, 6th, or any even-numbered page of a book.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1221", "term": "exceptional volume", "norm": "exceptional volume", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used by the Library Binding Institute to indicate types of books—such as music scores, certain art books, periodicals with narrow binding margins or stiff paper— which require good openability. The Institute specifies that such volumes should be sewn through the folds: when such sewing is used, any weak folds are to be reinforced with bond paper (which is too heavy for this type of guarding): loose leaves are to be hinged, and the sewing done on tapes or (sawn-in) cords. The term applies only to library binding.", "chars": 524, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [209], "citations": ["Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1222", "term": "excitation purity", "norm": "excitation purity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorimetric quantity used in designating depth of color.", "chars": 59, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "EXERC", "term": "EXERCISING THE PELT", "norm": "exercising the pelt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Frequently currying a pelt, to get it into condition, is termed Exercising the Pelt, or Giving the Pelt Exercise.\n\n", "chars": 201, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1223", "term": "expandable cloth", "norm": "expandable cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of cloth woven with a crinkled cross-thread and used for lining the spines of books, usually in edition binding. The cloth expands with the spine during rounding and backing. See also: STEAMSET.", "chars": 225, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1224", "term": "expanding medium", "norm": "expanding medium", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MARBLING SIZE.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1225", "term": "expansion", "norm": "expansion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A change in the dimensions of a sheet or strip of paper or board resulting from atmospheric changes. See also: HYGROEXPANSIVITY.", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1226", "term": "extended", "norm": "extended", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An addition to the inner or binding margin of a leaf of a book. This procedure is more often required for title leaves, plates, the last leaves of a book, etc., than elsewhere, as these are most likely to become detached, frayed, or otherwise damaged. Occasionally, however, if a book has to be made up from a narrower copy, the narrow leaves may be extended so that their outer edges are even with the other leaves. 2. See: EXTRA-ILLUSTRATED.", "chars": 470, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1227", "term": "extended cover", "norm": "extended cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": "extension cover", "dates": null, "text": "A term used in pamphlet binding to indicate covers which extend beyond the trimmed edges of the leaves, as distinguished from CUT FLUSH. See also: SQUARES; YAPP STYLE.", "chars": 239, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1228", "term": "extender", "norm": "extender", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. In the adhesive industry, a substance, usually one of some adhesive capability, which is mixed into an adhesive in order to increase the amount of the adhesive, and also at times to reduce CRAZING (1). 2. A transparent or semi-transparent chemical added in powder form to a printing ink, either to alter the strength of its color or to improve working properties.", "chars": 390, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 309], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1229", "term": "extensibility", "norm": "extensibility", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The extent to which a material, e.g., rubber, leather, etc., can be stretched without breaking. See also: STRETCH.", "chars": 138, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1230", "term": "extension tabs", "norm": "extension tabs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The leather. cloth or paper tabs made to extend from the fore edges of the leaves of books. usually for indexing purposes. See also: INDEX TAB.", "chars": 167, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1231", "term": "extra account-book binding", "norm": "extra account-book binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An English expression for a particular style of BLANKBOOK BINDING distinguished by an overall superior binding structure, including the taping of six sections at front and back, sewing by hand on webbings, made endpapers with leather joints, marbled edges, a calfskin or cowhide lining, a drawn-on SPRING-BACK (1) of millboard. split boards. and a calfskin or cowhide covering, with Russia bands. See also: BANDING;\n\nSTATIONERY BINDING.", "chars": 530, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1232", "term": "extra binder", "norm": "extra binder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A somewhat archaic term for a craftsman who uses the best materials available and employs only techniques of forwarding known to be sound. An extra binder often decorates his bindings with a design created specifically for the particular book.", "chars": 243, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1233", "term": "extra binding", "norm": "extra binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term originally applied to the binding of books in full leather, usually morocco, in which the best materials and workmanship were used throughout. The term also implied extra care in finishing and extensive use of gold tooling. Today the term is used more loosely and is applied to a book or small lot of books bound with some special care, with attention not only to utility but to beauty of design and workmanship.", "chars": 419, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 94, 320, 343], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-extra-binding-1", "term": "extra binding", "norm": "extra binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a trade term for the best work.", "chars": 31, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1234", "term": "extra calf", "norm": "extra calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term applied to a book covered in a better grade of calfskin in lieu of morocco.", "chars": 92, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3861", "term": "extra check binding", "norm": "extra check binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term applied to a style of binding in which the leaves were wire-stitched or stabbed and bound in full canvas or cloth, or quarter-bound in leather with cloth sides.", "chars": 177, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1235", "term": "extra cloth", "norm": "extra cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for a superior grade of book cloth, made of a base of cotton, starch-filled on the reverse side and color-filled rather than dyed. It was made in both a plain finish and in a variety of patterns, the heavy color coating concealing the weave of the fabric and giving a solid color effect. See also: BUCKRAM,", "chars": 347, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1237", "term": "extra gilt", "norm": "extra gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to elaborate gold tooling on the spine and covers of a leather binding.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1238", "term": "extra high bulk book paper", "norm": "extra high bulk book paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book paper which, in a basis weight of 45 pounds (25 X 38 — 500), bulks 344 pages or fewer to the inch under a pressure of 35 pounds per square inch.", "chars": 151, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1240", "term": "Extra thick", "norm": "extra thick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used by library binders to indicate a book greater than a stated specified thickness, usually 2 1/2 inches. The significance of the term is that library binders generally impose an additional charge for each inch or fraction thereof in excess of the prescribed \"normal\" thickness.", "chars": 287, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1241", "term": "extra time", "norm": "extra time", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An hourly charge imposed by a binder or bindery, in the latter example, usually a library binder, for excessive repairs, mending, guarding, scoring, etc., beyond the extent considered \"normal\" for the average book. \"Extra time\" would normally apply to operations involved in sewing a book through the folds instead of oversewing. It may also apply to the repair and/or cleaning of water- or smoke-damaged books, or other unusual and/ or time consuming work. \"Extra time\" is not meant to be applied in cases of regular work involved in library binding, e.g., collating.", "chars": 568, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1239", "term": "extra-illustrated", "norm": "extra-illustrated", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book illustrated by means of engravings, variant title pages, and the like, which were not included in the book by the publisher, but added later. This additional matter may consist of original drawings, manuscripts, etc., but it may also consist of leaves taken from other books. The added material may be mounted, inlaid, or trimmed to conform to the size of the other leaves of the book. Also called \"Grangerized\" (a term derived from the vogue begun by the publication of James Granger's Biographical history of England, in 1769, in which Granger had blank leaves included so that the owner could insert desired illustrations).", "chars": 633, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1236", "term": "extracted bone glue", "norm": "extracted bone glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BONE GLUE.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1242", "term": "eyelet", "norm": "eyelet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fastener, made of plastic or metal, and used on looseleaf papers, stiff covers, etc. to protect apertures from tearing o ut where cords, thongs, or fasteners are inserted.", "chars": 173, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1243", "term": "eyelet crusher", "norm": "eyelet crusher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A hand-operated, pliers-like device used for fastening a reinforcing grommet in an eyelet.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1244", "term": "eyelet punch", "norm": "eyelet punch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A punch and die used to make eyelets in cloth, leather or paper, generally for hanging purposes.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1245", "term": "eyeletting", "norm": "eyeletting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "E", "letter_raw": "E", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of reinforcing punched holes with plastic or metal grommets. This work is generally done by firms specializing in calendar work, and the like. ", "chars": 171, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1246", "term": "f", "norm": "f", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Abbreviation for feint, which, when applied to ruling, signifies feint ruling, i.e., the fine, pale horizontal lines ruled on a sheet of blankbook paper by means of a ruling machine; vertical feint lines would be indicated by d. & f. (q.v.), or downs and feints.", "chars": 262, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1467", "term": "f.t.p", "norm": "f.t.p", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Abbreviation of folded, trimmed, and packed, a term applied to books, pamphlets, etc., to indicate that the printed sheets have been folded, trimmed and packed for shipment, usually to a bookbinder.", "chars": 198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1247", "term": "fabric", "norm": "fabric", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BOOK CLOTH; CLOTH.", "chars": 71, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1248", "term": "fabric bindings", "norm": "fabric bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term occasionally applied to a binding having a covering material consisting mainly of cloth. Specifically, the term refers to EMBROIDERED BINDINGS.", "chars": 182, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1249", "term": "fabric book cloth", "norm": "fabric book cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to a BOOK CLOTH that has had its reverse side surfaced with a soy-bean starch, and which is not calendered. The starch prevents adhesive penetration, while at the same time preserving the natural texture of the fabric.", "chars": 267, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1250", "term": "fabrikoid", "norm": "fabrikoid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The trade name for a type of pyroxylin-coated BOOK CLOTH, although it is also at times used in a general sense. In the early period of its use, it was often referred to as IMITATION LEATHER.", "chars": 238, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [196, 264], "citations": ["Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FAC", "term": "FAC", "norm": "fac", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Before the introduction of printing into Europe, and its application to the production of books, the Librarii or writers of books, in Rome, were a regular company who had several immunities: their business was a trade, and they were regulated by certain laws. Besides these writers of books, there were artists whose profession was to ornament and paint manuscripts, who were called Illuminators; the writers of books first finished their part, and the illuminators embellished them with ornamented letters and paintings. We frequently find blanks left in manuscripts for the illuminators which were never filled up. Some of the ancient manuscripts are gilt and burnished in a style superior to later times. Their colours were excellent, and their skill in preparing them was very great.\n\nThis practice, of introducing ornaments, drawings, emblematical figures, and even portraits into manuscripts, is of great antiquity. Varro wrote the lives of seven hundred illustrious Romans, which he enriched with their portraits, as Pliny attests in his Natural History. Pomponius Atticus, the friend of Cicero, was the author of a work on the actions of the great men amongst the Romans, which he ornamented with their portraits, as appears in his life by Cornelius Nepos; but these have not been transmitted to posterity. However there are many precious documents remaining, which exhibit the advancement and decline of the arts in different ages and countries. These inestimable paintings and illuminations, display the manners, customs, habits, ecclesiastical, civil, and military, weapons and instruments of war, utensils and architecture of the ancients; they are of the greatest use in illustrating many important facts, relating to the history of the times in which they were executed. In these treasures of antiquity are preserved a great number of specimens of Grecian and Roman art, which were executed before the arts and sciences fell into neglect and contempt. The manuscripts containing these specimens, form a valuable part of the riches preserved in the principal libraries of Europe. The Royal, Cottonian, and Harleian libraries, as also those in the two Universities in England, the Vatican at Rome, the Imperial at Vienna, the Royal at Paris, St. Mark’s at Venice, and many others.\n\nWhen the art of printing was first applied in Europe to the production of books, they were in imitation of, and sold as, manuscripts; and blanks were left at the commencement of the respective divisions of the work, for the illuminator to fill in with the proper letters, and ornaments, as was usual in manuscripts, and so close was the imitation that, even in our own time, it has required the assistance of a chemical test to ascertain which was manuscript and which was printed. When the secret of printing was divulged, and the deception could not be continued, ornamental letters of a large size were introduced, and printed with two colours, generally red and blue, the letter being of one colour, and flourishes, extending the whole length of the page, in the other, so as to have the appearance of being done with a pen; then succeeded various grotesque figures, in attitudes to resemble letters; afterwards small Roman Capital Letters, with ornaments round them forming a square design; subsequently the block was pierced so that any letter could be introduced, and the ornamented part could be used for any initial; the next descent was for the letter founders to cast the ornament in type metal, and pierce it for general use, and these cast ornaments for letters were called Facs, as an abbreviation, I believe, for Facsimile. The last descent was to the extreme, to put a plain Roman Capital Letter, frequently extending four or five lines in depth; and this is the substitute for a beautiful coloured drawing.", "chars": 3887, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1251", "term": "face", "norm": "face", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. That part of a cowhide, between the ears and eyes to the nose, excluding the cheeks. It is of no use in bookbinding, and is actually generally removed before tanning. It is used in the manufacture of glue. 2. That part of a type character that appears in relief on the printing end of the type and which produces the impression in printing, blocking, etc. 3. The printing surface of a plate. 4. A particular design or style of a font of type. See also: TYPE FACE.", "chars": 490, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139, 156, 363], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FACE1", "term": "FACE OF A LETTER", "norm": "face of a letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The surface of that extremity of the type which bears the letter.", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-face-of-a-page-1", "term": "Face of a Page", "norm": "face of a page", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or Form.* The Superficies of a *Page* or *Form*, where the *Faces* of every *Letter* lies in the same Plain.", "chars": 108, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FACE2", "term": "FACE OF A PAGE,", "norm": "face of a page,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or Form. The superficies of a page or form, where the faces of every letter lie in the same plain.—M.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1252", "term": "faced", "norm": "faced", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of folding used for books made up of DUPLEX (1) paper, in which the sheets are folded in such a manner that the same shades face each other throughout the volume. It is a term used mainly with reference to the binding of blankbooks, which are frequently made up of duplex papers.", "chars": 312, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [159], "citations": ["Hasluck, Paul Nooncree, ed. Bookbinding. Philadelphia. McKay. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1253", "term": "faced cloth", "norm": "faced cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cloth that is finished (coated and glazed) on one side only. As only one side of the cloth used in covering books is visible when on the book, most book cloths are \"faced,\" in distinction to those in which the cloths are finished on both sides.", "chars": 246, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1254", "term": "facsimile binding", "norm": "facsimile binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinding which closely resembles a binding style of previous times. See also: CONTEMPORARY BINDING. (2)", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1255", "term": "facsimile leaf", "norm": "facsimile leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leaf (or leaves) prepared so as to closely imitate and replace that missing from a book, usually an older and generally valuable book.", "chars": 136, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1256", "term": "facsimilist", "norm": "facsimilist", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One who restores a book or binding in such a manner that it retains its contemporary appearance. See also: CONTEMPORARY BINDING.", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1257", "term": "fadeometer", "norm": "fadeometer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An accelerated aging testing device which exposes samples of colored materials or coatings to a carbon arc to determine their resistance to fading. The arc emits an intense actinic light which in a matter of hours approximates the destructive effect of a much longer period of ordinary daylight. Although it does not exactly duplicate the effect of prolonged exposure to natural light, it is still an effective indicator of the degree of light stability that can be expected of a material, and of the comparative resistance to fading of a number of samples. See also: ACCELERATED AGING TEST.", "chars": 615, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72, 233], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1258", "term": "fading", "norm": "fading", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The gradual loss of color of a pigment or dye that is chemically unstable. Unstable dyes or pigments become colorless (or at least less highly colored) compounds when they undergo chemical reactions upon exposure to the ultraviolet radiations of natural light, and to the oxygen, moisture, and other elements of the atmosphere. Dyes and pigments subject to these reactions are generally referred to as FUGITIVE COLORS.\n\nThere is no known way of preventing the fading of unstable colors.", "chars": 508, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143, 233], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1259", "term": "fair agate", "norm": "fair agate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern consisting principally of black in small widely spaced spots, supplemented by large drops produced by sprinkling potash on the marbling size.", "chars": 158, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [153], "citations": ["Hannett, John. An inquiry into the nature and form of the books of the ancients…London. Groombridge. 1837."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1260", "term": "fair calf", "norm": "fair calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LAW CALF.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1261", "term": "fall in", "norm": "fall in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The condition of a book in which the spine has collapsed inward after some use, usually because of inadequate or improper rounding, backing, lining of the spine, or combinations thereof.", "chars": 186, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FALLI", "term": "FALLING OUT", "norm": "falling out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The same as Dropping out, which see. But this term is more generally applied to a page, a quarter, or a whole form, when any one of them falls out of a chase from the shrinking of the quoins and furniture.\n\nIn summer time particularly, forms in chase require to be frequently examined, and the quoins tightened, to prevent this accident, and more especially when they have been imposed in wet furniture. Compositors should neither be negligent, nor forgetful of this, as in the progress of a work the forms are in their charge, and if the whole of a form, or part of it, falls out, they not only have to distribute the pie, but to recompose the matter gratuitously.", "chars": 694, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1262", "term": "false back", "norm": "false back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A somewhat misleading term applied to a HOLLOW BACK.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1263", "term": "false bands", "norm": "false bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The imitation raised cords (bands) found on some books. They consist of narrow strips of leather (or other material, e.g., vellum) attached directly to the hollow of the cover, or in the case of a tight back binding, directly to the spine of the book. The false bands stand out in imitation of a book sewn on raised cords. In England, they were introduced as early as the 17th century. Cf: HUBS. See also: FLEXIBLE SEWING.", "chars": 470, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 172, 335], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1269", "term": "fan style", "norm": "fan style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of decorating a book characteristic of Italian bindings of the 17th century, and also Scottish bindings of the 18th century (usually referred to as Scottish \"wheel\" bindings). In this style a design in the likeness of a fan is tooled on the covers of the book making a full circle in the center of the cover, and often quarter circles in the corners. It represents a development of center and cornerpiece bindings. See also: SCOTTISH STYLE.", "chars": 472, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 334], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Toldo, Vittorio de. The Italian art of bookbinding. London. Batsford. (Monographs of decorative arts, 3). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1264", "term": "fancy Dutch marble", "norm": "fancy dutch marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A modification of the WAVE MARBLE, consisting of red, black, and any one of a variety of shades of blue. The red is dropped on first, followed by the black in the same proportion but somewhat thicker, and with more ox gall so that it spreads and produces larger spots. The blue is made still thicker so that with still more gall it spreads even more than the black. The surface is finished with more gall and water, which must be spread more than any of the colors. The surface of the size is then raked as for the \"wave,\" and the design is finished with a double comb.", "chars": 593, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [159], "citations": ["Hasluck, Paul Nooncree, ed. Bookbinding. Philadelphia. McKay. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1265", "term": "fancy hand tools", "norm": "fancy hand tools", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: UNIT TOOLS.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1266", "term": "fancy marble", "norm": "fancy marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An edge marble produced by spreading a finely ground vegetable coloring matter mixed with spirits of wine (a solution of 90% ethyl alcohol in water). The alcohol causes the coloring matter to spread in a diversity of forms, which are then transferred to the edges of the book.", "chars": 276, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [241], "citations": ["Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1267", "term": "fanfare style", "norm": "fanfare style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An elaborate style of decoration consisting generally of geometrically formed compartments of varying sizes, each bounded by a ribbon consisting of a single fillet on one side and a double fillet on the other, each of which, with the exception of the center compartment (which is larger or otherwise distinguished), being filled with leafy spirals, branches of laurel, and other sprays, floral tools, rare in the last fifty years or so. See and the like. Fanfare was a rich and luxurious style and called for the greatest skill on the part of the bookbinder. It was imitated, with varying degrees of fidelity, throughout Europe from about 1570 until well into the 17th century, although its elements were largely imitative of previous styles of embellishment. Originally, the style was attributed exclusively to Nicholas and Clovis Ève, but it is more likely that a number of Parisian finishers executed many of these binding. The name \"fanfare,\" which originated long after the style was first executed, derives from a binding of the 19th century binder, JOSEPH THOUVENIN, who revived the style on a volume he bound in 1829, Les Fanfares et Corvees abbadesques. See PLATE VI.", "chars": 1200, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 158, 253], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harthan, John P. Bookbindings. 2nd ed. London. H. M. Stationery Office. (Victoria & Albert Museum illustrated booklet no. 2). 1961.", "Oxford University. Bodleian Library. Fine bindings 1500-1700 from Oxford libraries: catalogue of an exhibition. Oxford. Bodleian Library. 1968. 254."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-fanfare-style-1", "term": "fanfare style", "norm": "fanfare style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the compartments on a decorated corner formed by fillets or curves, or both, are filled with little branches, vines, etc., the style of decoration is said to be fanfare—from its first having been used on a book of which this word formed the principal part of the title.", "chars": 274, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FANNI", "term": "FANNING", "norm": "fanning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This is a term used in the Warehouse, in counting paper. It consists of taking hold of the right hand lower corner of a portion of the paper between the flat side of the fore finger and the end of the thumb, and pinching it tolerably tight; then with a twist of the wrist turning the right hand edge of the paper up, and running the left hand over the surface of the paper, it separates the sheets at the top corner, so as to have somewhat the appearance of a fan, and enables the person to count it with facility.", "chars": 514, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1268", "term": "fanning out", "norm": "fanning out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "fan over", "dates": null, "text": "The process of working out the ends of a pile of sheets for pasting, preparatory to tipping, or for counting, folding, etc. Also called \"run out,\" or \"running out.\"", "chars": 164, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1270", "term": "fascicle", "norm": "fascicle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Sections of a work which, for various reasons, including the economics of publishing and the convenience of printing, are issued in installments. They are frequently incomplete in themselves and do not necessarily coincide with the formal divisions of the publication. They usually consist of sections, or groups of plates, protected by temporary (sometimes printed) wrappers, and may or may not be numbered or designated as part, fascicle, etc. They present binding problems, particularly in that they do not necessarily coincide with the divisions of the work, and they must either be bound as odd units or held until publication or printing has been completed. Publication in parts, or fascicles, began in England in the early 17th century, become common in the 18th century, and has become relatively also: PARTS OF A BOOK.", "chars": 851, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1271", "term": "fast back", "norm": "fast back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: TIGHT BACK.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1272", "term": "fast colors", "norm": "fast colors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Those colors which are resistant to the action of external influences, such as light, acids, alkalies, etc. In textile dyeing and other industrial processes, fast colors are those which will satisfactorily resist fading for the useful life of the product in which they are used. In book cloths, the term refers to nonfading over long exposure to artificial light,- but not to natural light. Also called \"lightfast,\" and, inappropriately, \"sunfast.\" See also: FADING; FUGITIVE COLORS.", "chars": 531, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 143, 233], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FAT1", "term": "FAT", "norm": "fat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "With compositors, short pages, blank pages, and light open matter: with pressmen, light forms, forms that only require one pull at wooded presses; and very small numbers, such as five, ten, fifteen, or twenty copies each, are termed Fat.\n\nFat. See Beat Fat.—M.", "chars": 313, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-fat-1", "term": "FAT", "norm": "fat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Poetry and leaded matter.", "chars": 25, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-fat-face-1", "term": "Fat Face", "norm": "fat face", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or *Fat Letter*, is a broad Stemmed *Letter*.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-fat-face-1", "term": "Fat Face", "norm": "fat face", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or *Fat letter*.—Broad stemmed letter.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FAT2", "term": "FAT FACE,", "norm": "fat face,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or Fat Letter, is a letter with a broad stem. For observations on them and specimens, see Type.\n\nFat Form. See Fat.\n\nFat Work. See Fat.", "chars": 296, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1276", "term": "fat tanning", "norm": "fat tanning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A process of converting hides and skins into a stable, imputrecible material by means of treatments involving the incorporation of soft animal fats which undergo chemical changes while in contact with the fibers of the skin, leading to the fixation of fatty matter. See also: OIL TANNING.", "chars": 312, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-father-of-the-chapel-1", "term": "Father of the chapel", "norm": "father of the chapel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "President or chairman of a composing-room or press-room chosen by the hands.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1273", "term": "fatigue failure", "norm": "fatigue failure", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The failure of a material, such as an adhesive or paper, resulting from a number of repetitions of load (or strain), e.g., folding or flexing, in distinction from CREEP, which is a deformation caused by the continuous application of load over an extended period of time.", "chars": 294, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1274", "term": "fatliquoring", "norm": "fatliquoring", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of introducing oil into a skin following tannage but before the leather is dried. In fatliquoring, which is usually applied to light leathers, the oil is introduced into the leather in such a manner that the individual fibers of the skin are uniformly coated. The actual percentage of oil on the weight of the leather is relatively small, being about 3 to 10%.\n\nThe principal function of fatliquoring is to influence the degree of fiber cohesion which takes place before drying. If there were no cohesion whatsoever, the skin would separate into its constituent fibrils, leaving no leather structure. On the other hand, if all the fibrils and fibers cohered, the skin would then take the form of a hard and horny material having no value as leather. Somewhere between these two extremes there is an ideal degree of cohesion for any given purpose for which the leather is to be used.\n\nThe fatliquoring process probably acts to control the differential shrinkage of grain versus corium (dermis) of the leather during drying, thus playing an important role in controlling the degree of tightness of BREAK of the leather. In addition, it also influences the handle, drape, flexibility, durability, stretch, and water resistance of leather, and also adds greatly to its strength. These are factors of primary importance in leather used for covering books.\n\nFatliquoring is usually carried out in a drum at the highest temperature practical for the type of leather, or about 45° C. for vegetable tanned leather and 60 to 65° C. for full chrome tanned leather. The skins are run in a drum for 30 to 40 minutes. After drumming, the leathers are usually struck out on the flesh side, carefully set out to smooth the grain, nailed or toggled out flat to dry, or paste dried.\n\nTo allow a small amount of oil to be spread uniformly over the very large surface area of the leather fibers, it is necessary first to dilute the oil. Although this could be done by means of a solvent, e.g., benzine, it is more economical, safer, and more convenient to emulsify the oil. In an EMULSION with water, the oil is dispersed in microscopically small droplets. It is important that the drops of oil in the water remain as an emulsion until they penetrate the leather, and not separate out as large drops or as a layer of oil, which could not penetrate the leather fiber and result in merely a greasy surface layer.\n\nThe properties of the finished leather can be varied by controlling the degree to which the emulsion penetrates before it \"breaks,\" depositing the oil on the fibers. Relatively shallow penetration, which leaves the inner layers of the leather with comparatively little oil, gives a leather that has a tight break and is soft and resilient. On the other hand, if the oil is allowed to penetrate uniformly through the leather, the result will be a leather that is soft and stretchy, with any natural grain looseness accentuated.\n\nThe liquors incorporated into the leather are called fatliquors, of which there are several types. One of the earliest was the soap fatliquor, consisting of neatsfoot oil and common soap. When a vegetable-tanned leather is drummed in such a fatliquor, the slight acidity of the tannage neutralized the soap, causing fine drops of oil to be deposited on the fibers. The greater the acidity of the leather, the more rapidly this occurs, so that the oil may be deposited before it has penetrated sufficiently. Consequently, soap fatliquors are described as having poor emulsion stability, and are generally used where a fairly heavy surface fatliquoring is required. It is possible, however, to modify many types of oils chemically so that they become miscible with water without the use of emulsifying agents.\n\nSulfated oils are used frequently because they give good, fine-oil dispersions and are less sensitive to acid than soap fatliquors. This results in deeper penetration of the oils into the leather before they are deposited. Sulfated oils are prepared by treating fish, animal, or vegetable oils with sulfuric acid at a temperature of 10 to 20° C. The resultant product is washed with a strong brine solution to remove excess acid. The salt is necessary to prevent the sulfated oil from emulsifying with the water. Soda ash is then added to form the sodium salt of the sulfated oil and to neutralize the last traces of the acid. The more the oil is sulfated, which is to say, the more sulfuric acid that has been fixed, the greater will be its stability to acid and the more thorough its penetration into the leather. Conversely, the more acid the leather, the less the penetration. However, increasing the amount of sulfation or water miscibility, decreases the \"oiliness\" of the oil and therefore its lubricating powers.\n\nSulfonated oils are prepared by a similar process, usually at a higher temperature; the fatliquor contains the sulfonic group which gives greater stability and emulsions which penetrate deeper into the leather under acid conditions.\n\nStill another method of obtaining emulsifying properties is to sulfite the oil. In this process, the oil is mixed well with a strong solution of sodium bisulfite (NaHSO3), while the mixture is thoroughly aerated by means of compressed air. Sulfited oils behave in a manner similar to sulfated oils, but are usually said to be more acid stable and to afford deeper lubrication.\n\nIn addition to the emulsifying element of the fatliquor, a raw oil, such as mineral, castor, neatsfoot, cod or coconut oil is frequently included in the formulation. See also: CURRYING; STUFFING (2).", "chars": 5661, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 275, 291, 306, 361, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Post, Daniel. Chemical treatment of hides and leather, by John Partridge. Park Ridge, N. J. Noyes Data Corp. 1972.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Analysis of Leather and materials used in making it. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1931.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1275", "term": "fats", "norm": "fats", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The esters of fatty acids with glycerol. They are generally insoluble in water and are not very soluble in cold alcohol. They are soluble in hot alcohol, as well as ether, acetone, carbon disulfide, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, as well as other organic solvents. Fats may be hydrolized to glycerol and fatty acids by boiling them with acids and alkalies, by superheated steam, and by the action of certain enzymes, notably the lipases. When alkalies are used for hydrolysis, the fatty acids combine with the alkali to form soap; therefore, alkaline hydrolysis is sometimes referred to as saponification. Fats are used in the tannage of some leathers, in the FATLIQUORING of light leathers, in leather dressings, etc. See also: FAT TANNING; WAX.", "chars": 830, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1277", "term": "fatty acids", "norm": "fatty acids", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Monobasic acids which contain only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. They consist of an alkyl radical attached to the carboxyl group, and when saturated have the general formula (C_nH_2nO_2) Formic and acetic acids are the two lowest members of this saturated series. Unsaturated fatty acids follow several series, including: 1) the oleic acid series (C_nH_2n-2O_2); 2) the linoleic acid series (C_nH_2n-4O_2); and 3) the linolenic acid series (C_nH_2n-6O_2). There are also other naturally occurring fatty acids that are found in nature mainly as glycerides, which constitute the most important part of the fats and oils, and as esters of other alcohols and the waxes.", "chars": 665, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1278", "term": "faulty margin", "norm": "faulty margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An unequal margin, one generally resulting from imperfect REGISTER (3). Such a margin may result in part of the printed matter being obscured by oversewing, or cropped unintentionally during trimming.", "chars": 224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1279", "term": "feather edge", "norm": "feather edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The finely pared edge of a piece of leather, or a thin, rough edge, such as deckle edge. See also: EDGING (1).", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1281", "term": "feather ornament", "norm": "feather ornament", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An engraved finishing tool resembling a feather. It is found mainly on clasps and catches, but also at times, in the form of a tool used in decorating leather bindings.", "chars": 168, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1282", "term": "feather stitch", "norm": "feather stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An embroidery stitch consisting of a line of diagonal blanket stitches worked alternately to the left and right.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [111], "citations": ["Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. English embroidered bookbindings. London. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. 1899."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1285", "term": "feather work", "norm": "feather work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of decoration, originally used on Irish bindings of the 18th century, emphasizing curved lines probably made with a gouge, which radiate outward from a central point producing a delicate and very rich featherlike pattern.", "chars": 229, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1280", "term": "feathering", "norm": "feathering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: EDGING (1). 2. A printing fault seen as the spreading or feathering of the ink outside the printing area and generally along the direction in which the fibers lie. It may be a result of excess solvent in the ink, an unsuitable paper, or both.", "chars": 274, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1283", "term": "featherweight", "norm": "featherweight", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Papers which are extremely light in proportion to their bulk. Pure esparto papers are the bulkiest, but are difficult to handle, as they are soft and spongy. Paper of standard bulk or above is termed featherweight, while the same grade of paper under the standard bulk is called ANTIQUE BOOK PAPER. 2. A general term indicating lightweight book paper, thin opaque writing paper, etc.", "chars": 410, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1284", "term": "featherweight book paper", "norm": "featherweight book paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper used mainly for fiction, especially where bulkiness is desired for a given number of leaves. The standard basis weights range from 50 to 80 pounds (25 X 38—500). In England, such papers are made largely from ESPARTO (GRASS). Featherweight book papers are porous and difficult to handle.", "chars": 316, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 140], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-feed-guide-1", "term": "Feed guide", "norm": "feed guide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An implement attached to a press to aid in correct feeding.", "chars": 59, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1286", "term": "feeder", "norm": "feeder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An apparatus for feeding paper into a printing press, ruling machine or folding machine, gathered sections into a sewing machine, sewn books into a casing-in machine, etc. It may also be the device on automatically fed machines performing the same function. The first feeders moved the sheet forward and adjusted it, while the sheets in the pile were still separated by hand. From this early \"semi-automatic\" feeder, which still exists in numerous machines, particularly in library binding, the modern completely automatic feeders were developed.\n\nThree classes of automatic feeders are in general use: 1) the pile feeder, which operates by means of a jet of air which raises the sheet and brings it into contact with a suction wheel which moves it forward into the feed table. As the sheets feed off the top of the pile, the entire pile is raised to keep the top sheet always at the same level. Some pile feeders separate the sheets by means of push fingers that buckle up the corners of the paper and move it forward one sheet at a time; 2) the continuous feeder, which uses bands of webbing to carry the sheets which are previously fanned out and placed on the feeder. The bands carry the sheets around a roller and up to the feed wheels where a combing wheel advances the top sheet to a guide. At the correct moment, the guide drops and another wheel drops on the edge of the paper and carries it forward. Some continuous feeders use an air jet and suction wheel to advance the sheets; 3) the friction feeder, which operates in a manner similar to the continuous, expect that the sheets are not carried around a roller; in this case each new lift of paper must be slipped under the edge of the previous lift.", "chars": 1710, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [278, 320, 339], "citations": ["Pratt, Guy A. Let's bind a book. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1944.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-feeding-1", "term": "Feeding", "norm": "feeding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Supplying the press with sheets.", "chars": 32, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1287", "term": "feel", "norm": "feel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The qualities or properties of texture, finish, bulk, grain, smoothness, suppleness, stretchiness, softness, etc., of leather, paper, cloth, etc., as judged by the sense of touch. Although purely subjective in nature, \"feel\" is nonetheless one of the properties by which leather and paper are judged.", "chars": 300, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139, 248], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FEET", "term": "FEET OF A PRESS", "norm": "feet of a press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The frame of a wooden press that lies horizontally on the floor, into which the cheeks and hind posts are inserted by means of mortises and tenons.", "chars": 147, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1288", "term": "felt", "norm": "felt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The blanket of absorbent material, e.g., wool, placed between sheets of handmade paper that have just been removed from the mold. The purpose of the felt is to absorb water from the wet sheets. See also: COUCH (1, 2). 2. A continuous belt on a papermaking machine, generally made of wool, but also as a combination of wool, cotton, asbestos. and synthetic fibers. Felts perform the function of mechanical conveyors or transmission belts, provide a cushion between the press rolls, and serve as a medium for the removal of water from the wet web. 3. The blanket of a printing press used to soften the impression. 4. The inside lining found in some book boxes. 5. A cloth produced from matted fibers of wool, or wool and fur or hair, and made into a compact material by compression, usually while wet", "chars": 825, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 274], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FELT", "term": "FELT", "norm": "felt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pieces of felted hats. This is the best substitute for scaleboard, when there is a deficiency of that article, to use as cards in the head of a press; and even when there is no scarcity of scaleboard, a few pieces put in improve the pull. See Cards.", "chars": 280, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1292", "term": "felt side", "norm": "felt side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The side of a sheet of paper that has not been in contact with the Fourdrinier wire, and which therefore is the smooth side of the sheet rather than the WIRE SIDE. The felt side is considered to be the \"top\" of the sheet.", "chars": 245, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42, 365], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1289", "term": "felted", "norm": "felted", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A term sometimes applied to the characteristic of firmness or solidity of a book that has been heavily pressed several times during the course of binding, thus compacting the leaves. 2. See: FELTING.", "chars": 226, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1290", "term": "felted fibers", "norm": "felted fibers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A material used in the manufacture of book-cloth substitutes, as a basis for imitation leathers, and in lieu of spine lining fabric in edition binding. It consists of synthetic fibers felted together into sheets and laminated to impart strength. One of these fiber-bonded fabrics is made from regenerated cellulose, the finished product being reasonably strong and durable. It is impregnated with appropriate fillers for use as a substitute for book cloth and leather. Untreated, the material is much cheaper than spine lining fabric and stronger than paper. Some edition binders use the parallel laid bonded fiber fabric to form the joint between the case and text block. As a book-covering material, this substitute is said to be easy to work and block, but most are aesthetically unappealing, lacking the texture and appearance of substance of cloth and buckram. They are decidedly inferior to leather in virtually every respect. They are marketed under a number of trade names.", "chars": 981, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1291", "term": "felting", "norm": "felting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of intermingling the fibers during the manufacture of paper, either on the wire of the machine, or on the mold when making paper by hand.", "chars": 149, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-female-gage-1", "term": "Female Gage", "norm": "female gage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "*Screws*, &c. The *Hollow Gage*, or *Hollow Screw* that receives its *Match Gage* or *Screw*, &c.", "chars": 97, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1293", "term": "fence", "norm": "fence", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The movable guide attachment of a card or board cutter that controls the location and extent of the cut. See also: BACK GAUGE. 2. The thin cards placed between the boards and fly leaves of a book to prevent marking by the turn-ins or tongue of the split boards when pressing, and also, in books having excessive swell after sewing, to facilitate smashing without \"throwing out\" the sections at the spine. See also: PRESSING TINS (2). 3. An endpaper of a blankbook.", "chars": 515, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145, 256, 276], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1294", "term": "fenders", "norm": "fenders", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FENCE (2) ; PRESSING TINS (2).", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1295", "term": "Ferrar, Nicholas", "norm": "ferrar, nicholas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "1592-1637", "text": "One of the more interesting figures in the history of English bookbinding. Ferrar and his relative, John Collet (as well as Collet's wife and 14 children), and Ferrar's mother, established a semi-religious community called the English Protestant Nunnery, at Little Gidding, in Huntingdonshire, in about 1625. Ferrar employed a bookbinder, who taught the family the craft, as well as gilding and the so-called pasting-printing by means of a rolling press. The members of the community produced the remarkable \"Harmonies\" of the Scriptures, one of which was produced by Mary Collet for King Charles 1. Some of their bindings were in gold-tooled leather, some were in velvet which had a considerable amount of gold tooling, and one was in red parchment with the center and corners of each cover ornamented with pieces of white parchment, pierced and gilded. Some of the embroidered bindings of this period have also been attributed to the so-called nuns of Little Gidding.", "chars": 969, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [50, 205], "citations": ["Book collector. London. Queen Anne Press.", "The library; a quarterly review of bibliography. London. Milford."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1296", "term": "ferrous sulfate", "norm": "ferrous sulfate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An astringent salt (FeSO4), usually obtained in the form of the pale green efflorescent, crystalline heptahydrate (FeSO4 .7H2O) as a byproduct, and used extensively in the 19th century in the production of SPRINKLED CALF, MOTTLED CALF, and TREE CALF bindings. Unfortunately, its use resulted in severe deterioration of the leather in most cases. It was also used in the execution of the JAPAN MARBLE.\n\nIt is sometimes used today in dyeing or finishing with dyewoods to impart a blue-black shade to leather, in the manufacture of writing inks, and in engraving and lithography. Also called \"copperas,\" or \"green vitriol.\"", "chars": 747, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1297", "term": "festoon drying", "norm": "festoon drying", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of air drying paper. The paper is hung in loops (festoons) over rods which move slowly through a drying chamber in which the temperature and humidity are controlled. This type of drying is used for paper that has been tub sized or coated.", "chars": 247, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [5, 17], "citations": ["Ainsworth, John H. Paper; the fifth wonder. 2nd ed. Kaukauna, Wisc. Thomas. 1959.", "American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1298", "term": "fiber", "norm": "fiber", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A small, slender tube which is the unit cell of vegetable growth and the basic unit of paper pulps. Fibers are sometimes considered to be of two classes, i.e., bast and wood, but they are more appropriately designated by reference to the tissue or region in which they occur. e.g., cortical fibers, pericyclic fibers, phloem fibers, wood fibers, leaf fibers, etc. Other types of fiber, such as mineral, animal and synthetic, are also used to a certain extent in paper manufacture.\n\nThe longest natural fibers normally encountered in papers are about one fourth of an inch in length and the shortest about one-sixteenth of an inch. Fibers are generally about 100 times longer than they are wide, although some fibers, such as cotton, have a length to diameter ratio of more than 1,000 to 1. The walls of all fibers are composed of small strands called FIBRILS.\n\nChemically the fibrils are composed of a number of cellulose chains. Other chemical components in fibers other than cellulose include hemicelluloses and lignin.\n\nThe physical properties of length, diameter, wall thickness, and FINES content are the most significant in determining the characteristics of paper made from natural fibers. The approximate relationships between fiber characteristics and paper properties are:\n\nProperty of\n\nthe Paper: Increased by: Decreased by:\n\ntensile strength long fiber large diameter\n\nstretch long fiber thick cell wall\n\ntearing resistance long fiber,\n\nthick cell wall\n\nfolding endurance long fiber thick cell wall\n\nopacity thick cell wall, long fiber\n\nhigh fines content\n\nbulk long fiber,\n\nthick cell wall\n\nporosity long fiber, large diameter\n\nthick cell wall\n\nformation thick cell wall, long fiber\n\nhigh fines,\n\nlarge diameter\n\nThe chemical characteristics also have a significant effect on the properties of the paper. The length of the CELLULOSE CHAIN, for example, which is the basic unit in a fiber, contributes greatly to the strength of the fiber. If these chains are naturally short, or have been shortened either by chemical or mechanical treatment or influences, the strength of the fibers will be naturally lower or else reduced; therefore the paper will be weaker. In addition, the paper loses strength if the cellulose chains are shortened due to chemical action subsequent to manufacture of the paper.\n\nPaper pulps that contain a high degree of hemicelluloses are easy to refine, have good bonding strength and low tearing resistance, and good RATTLE.\n\nExcessive bleaching of the fibrous stock, especially when done with strong caustic extractions, results in removal of hemicelluloses. The fibers then have greater flexibility but do not bond together effectively, resulting in a paper that is soft and absorbent.\n\nUnbleached paper pulps tend to contain more lignin than is found in bleached pulps. The presence of lignin results in stiffer, tougher fibers which do not collapse against each other very well, resulting in fewer interfiber bonds being formed during manufacture. Bleached fibers, on the other hand, conform better and afford greater contact between fibers, resulting in a stronger paper. While bleached fibers conform better than unbleached, improper bleaching may result in the loss of hemicelluloses and damage to the cellulose chains. 2. The complex proteinaceous structure, composed of ropelike bundles of fibrils organized in long, wavy bundles that vary in diameter from approximately 1 to 20 microns. These proteinaceous fibers make up the principal constituent of COLLAGEN.", "chars": 3735, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [18, 72, 323, 363], "citations": ["American Society for Testing and Materials. Committee D-6 on paper and paper products. Paper and paperboard; characteristics, nomenclature, and significance of tests. 3rd ed. Philadelphia. American Society for Testing and Materials. (Special technical publication 60B). 1963.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. Chemistry of pulp and pa per making. 3rd ed. New York. Wiley. 1941.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1299", "term": "fiber boards", "norm": "fiber boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Pressing boards made up of laminated sheets of heavily pressed fiber. 2. Pressing boards made of hard wood that have flanges of hard pressed fiber instead of brass or other metal.", "chars": 182, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1300", "term": "fiber composition", "norm": "fiber composition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The various types of fibers making up a sheet of paper or board, generally expressed in percentages. Fiber physiology and various staining methods are generally used to determine fiber composition.", "chars": 197, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1302", "term": "fiber orientation", "norm": "fiber orientation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The direction in which the greater proportion of the fibers of a paper have their larger dimension, which is their length. Handmade papers have the least degree of lengthwise orientation due to the multiple shaking of the mold when it is lifted from the vat, which causes the fibers to settle in various directions. Machine-made papers have the greater proportion of their fibers oriented in the longer or MACHINE DIRECTION of the paper; however, some Fourdrinier papermaking machines are equipped with shaking wires that cause more fibers to shift away from the direction of movement of the wire.", "chars": 621, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [157, 320], "citations": ["Harrop, Dorothy. Modern book production. London. Bingley. 1968.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1301", "term": "fiberize", "norm": "fiberize", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A process used to reduce wood chips, reclaimed paper stock, dry broke, and other papermaking fibrous materials to individual fibers. The equipment used for this includes disc mills, conical refiners, etc. Sometimes the materials are first softened with water or steam, or by chemical treatment before the mechanical action.", "chars": 323, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 98], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1303", "term": "fibrilae", "norm": "fibrilae", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FIBRILS.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1304", "term": "fibrillation", "norm": "fibrillation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of loosening the threadlike elements known as FIBRILS from the wall of the fiber, thus providing greater surface area for the formation of fiber-to-fiber bonds. Also called \"brushing out\"", "chars": 223, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 98], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1305", "term": "fibrils", "norm": "fibrils", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fine, threadlike elements that make up the structure of fibers of certain natural and synthetic materials and which are considered to be made up ultimately of long-chain molecules oriented in a bundle in one direction. In vegetable fibers they are the threadlike elements of the wall of the native cellulose fiber, consisting of still finer microscopic microfibrils. In animal fibers they are the long proteinaceous filaments consisting of bundles of submicroscopic micelles, which in turn are made up of very long molecules of collagen twisted together. Fibrils are the smallest physical unit encountered in fibers; at this point the physical area ends and the chemical area begins.", "chars": 687, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 291, 363], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1306", "term": "fibroblasts", "norm": "fibroblasts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Cellular structures which are thought to participate in the formation of the fibers of connective tissue in animals, i.e., FIBRILS, and which may also be responsible for the formation of ground substance.", "chars": 228, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [26, 248, 291, 363], "citations": ["Bailey, Frederick T. Textbook on histology. 16th ed. Ed. by Wilfred M. Copenhaven, and others. Baltimore. Williams & Wilkins. 1971.", "O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1307", "term": "fiddle stitching", "norm": "fiddle stitching", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "fiddling", "dates": null, "text": "A term applied somewhat inaccurately to a method of lacing, rather than stitching, executed by winding thread or cord in and around v-shaped cleats of slots sawn at regular intervals in the spine of the gathered sections. See also: SMYTH-CLEAT SEWING.", "chars": 275, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 81], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1308", "term": "filigree doublures", "norm": "filigree doublures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A DOUBLURE (1) consisting of ornamental openwork of an intricate design, frequently of hairlike arabesques, intricate backgrounds of flowering vines with delicate spiraling stems, cut from leather and laid over a contrasting background. See also: ONLAY,", "chars": 301, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1309", "term": "fill", "norm": "fill", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "filling", "dates": null, "text": "1. The heavy paper pasted to the insides of the boards within the edges of the turn-ins. See also: FILLING IN (1). 2. The paper used to fill out albums bound with stubs so as to make the book of equal thickness from fore edge to spine for purposes of trimming, casing-in, etc. 3. The material used to fill a fabric. See: BOOK CLOTH; BUCKRAM 4. See: FENCE (2). 5. See: SPINE LINING (1). 6. See: LOADING (2). 7. See: WEFT. , 341)", "chars": 595, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1310", "term": "filled", "norm": "filled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A BOOK CLOTH treated with a chemical compound which fills the interstices and/or covers the fibers of the fabric to give it body, color or other desirable physical or chemical characteristics.", "chars": 216, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1311", "term": "filler", "norm": "filler", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A material, such as acrylic, starch or pyroxylin, used to fill the interstices of a base fabric. The principal characteristics desired include cheapness, flexibility, water resistance, durability, printability, mold and fungi resistance, and resistance to insects and other vermin. See also: BOOK CLOTH; BUCKRAM. 2. Usually, a non-fibrous material added to the fiber furnish of paper. The major characteristics desired include cheapness, opacity, printability, color, and flatness. See also: LOADING (2). 3. The inner ply or plies of a board made up of multiple layers. 4. An ornamented outline or border in gold or color. 5. A relatively nonadhesive substance. such as clay, diatomaceous earth, walnut shell flour, etc., used to extend an adhesive or to provide increased bulk. and/or to improve its working properties, strength, permanence, or other characteristics. See a1so: BINDER (4); EXTENDER (1). 6. See: PADDING (t).", "chars": 1072, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 22, 42, 309, 350], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Atkins, J. Howard. Tying the future to a thread. Medford, Mass. Oversewing Machine Co. of America. 1968.", "Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962.", "Warren (S. D.) Co. Boston. Facts and views of papermaking at S. D. Warren Company. Boston. S. D. Warren Co. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1312", "term": "filler clay", "norm": "filler clay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of CLAY incorporated into the papermaking furnish before sheet formation. Its purpose is to fill the voids between the paper fibers so as to improve printability, opacity, brightness. etc. Filler clays, such as KAOLIN, may be of a larger particle size than those clays used as COATING CLAY.", "chars": 369, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1313", "term": "fillet", "norm": "fillet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration 1. A wheel-shaped finishing tool having one or more raised bands on its circumference. It is used to impress a line or parallel lines on the covering material of a book, usually one bound in leather. The lines may be continuous or the fillets may have a wedge-shaped gap in the circumference to facilitate starting and stopping lines and also to enable lines to be joined evenly at corners.\n\nIt is not known when the fillet first came into use. Bindings of the 12th century, and even earlier, have impressed lines that could have been made with a fillet, but they may also have been impressed with a pallet, or similar tool, dragged across the leather rather than rolled. It is argued that it probably did not precede the roll, which was introduced in about 1470. by any great length of time, because once a wheel-type tool was introduced, it would soon be patterned. It is sometimes called a \"roulette\" in the United States.\n\n2. The plain line or lines impressed on a book cover. The so-called French fillet is a triple fillet (always in gold) having unevenly spaced lines. (69, 161. 172, 236, 335)", "chars": 1215, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 172, 236, 335], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-fillet-1", "term": "fillet", "norm": "fillet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The cylindrical ornament used in finishing upon which simple lines are engraved.", "chars": 80, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-fillet-1", "term": "fillet", "norm": "fillet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cylindrical tool used in finishing, upon which a line or lines are engraved.", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-fillet-1", "term": "fillet", "norm": "fillet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cylindrical tool upon which a line, lines, or figures are engraved. Used in finishing.", "chars": 88, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1314", "term": "fillet pad", "norm": "fillet pad", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A mechanical device which unwinds ribbon gold (leaf) when gilding by means of a fillet or roll.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1315", "term": "fillet rolls", "norm": "fillet rolls", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Finishing tools consisting of brass rolls approximately 3 1/2 to 4 1/2 inches in diameter, with 1, 2, or 3 lines on the circumference. See also: FILLET (1).", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1316", "term": "filling", "norm": "filling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: WEFT; PADDING (1).", "chars": 71, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1317", "term": "filling in", "norm": "filling in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The operation of pasting heavy paper to the insides of the boards of a book within the turn-ins of the covering material. The purpose of filling in is to prevent the thickness of the turn-ins from being noticeable under the board papers. Filling in is done only in craft bookbinding. 2. A fault in blocking, printing, etc., in which the spaces in types, or the spaces between the dots of a halftone block, fill with gold, coloring, or ink. In blocking it may be caused by worn or damaged type, or by a type holder that is too hot; in printing, it may be caused by too much ink, or an ink that is unsuitable for the job, by the form being too high, the rollers being set incorrectly, or by the use of an unsuitable paper, especially one which fluffs.", "chars": 752, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [92, 156, 161, 335], "citations": ["Corderoy, John. Bookbinding for beginners. New York. Watson-Guptill. 1967.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1318", "term": "film forming", "norm": "film forming", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That property of an adhesive which enables it to cast a continuous dimensionally stable film. Film forming also refers to the relative strength of the cast adhesive film. Adhesives with good film forming characteristics are those which tend to deposit more uniform films of high structural strength.", "chars": 299, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1319", "term": "fine paper copy", "norm": "fine paper copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book printed on paper of a superior quality (which often but not always is larger in size) than the balance of the edition, which is printed on ordinary paper.", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FINE", "term": "FINE PRESSWORK", "norm": "fine presswork", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This is the technical term for presswork of superior quality; it is in some measure indefinite, for, as presswork is paid a certain price for a given number, and the price advances according to the time and care bestowed on it, that for which the lowest price is paid is termed common work, and after the price has advanced about one half in addition, it is styled fine work; although it may advance gradually to six times the lowest price, or more, it is still called fine work.\n\nIn aiming at excellence in printing, it will be found that Presswork deserves particular consideration, as a part on which the beauty of a book so much depends.\n\nIt will be necessary, in the first instance, to endeavour to define more particularly what is meant by the term Fine Presswork, for except this be understood, we shall come to no satisfactory conclusion, as workmen vary in their opinions respecting it, and frequently produce sheets of different shades of colour in the same volume, when it is done at different presses, and all under the name of the finest work; and when the same person either actually prints the whole, or superintends it, the work will be executed according to his criterion, without any fixed rule whereby to decide; thus one man shall produce the finest work, according to his opinion, of a pale grey colour, while another will produce it so black and surcharged with colour, that if the ink be not of a very good quality, it will not only smear, but the paper at the edges of the letters, nay, even the whole page, will be tinged with the oil which separates from the colouring matter of the ink, to the entire destruction of all beauty of workmanship.\n\nFine Presswork is the art of printing perfect impressions from the surface of engravings in relief.\n\nBy obtaining perfect impressions, I would be understood that the subject transferred to paper should be an impression from the surface and the surface only of the engraved lines, of such a tone as to produce all the effect of which the subject is capable, without either superfluity or deficiency of colour.\n\nHaving thus defined my meaning of the term Fine Presswork, I shall speak of the means by which it is to be produced, which may be of use to those who have not had opportunities of printing splendid books.\n\nThe press ought to be in the best condition, otherwise there will be no certainty of the impression being equal, except with great trouble and loss of time. The joints of the tympan should not have any play; if they have, it will affect the register, which being out disfigures the appearance of the book; it also causes a great risk of producing slurs and doubles: the most certain way of having them without play is to construct them on centres, so that if they should work a little loose, they can at any time, with the greatest ease, be tightened by means of the screws on which the centres are formed.\n\nThe parchments on the tympans should be thin, and of a uniform thickness, and stretched on the tympans so as not to be flaccid. It is said that the French printers in their finest works used silk on the tympans, on account of its thinness, its smoothness, and uniformity.\n\nThe face of the platen ought to be a true plane, and parallel to the press stone, or table. It will be found in practice that an iron platen is superior to a wooden one for producing a sharp clear impression, where fine work is wanted; for, by discarding woollen blankets, the pressure must be increased to obtain this effect, which indents wood, and then requires so many overlays to make a uniform impression, that they produce nearly the same effect as blankets, and it becomes necessary to new face the surface frequently, which is inconvenient and expensive: the iron platen is not subject to this inconvenience; but it is more liable to injure the types, as it will not yield; and should there be any inequality on the surface of the form, owing to it not being well planed down, or to any extraneous matter being upon it or under it, the types must give way, and be destroyed. Generally speaking, the iron platen wears the types more than a wooden one.\n\nThe head of the press should be so justified as to produce what is termed a soaking pull; that is, the form should begin to feel the pressure of the platen when about two thirds down; then, when the bar is pulled home, or what is technically called cheeked, which I would always recommend to be done in good work, as it keeps the pull regular and uniform, the power slowly increases, and the paper has time to be pressed gradually on the types, which causes it to receive the ink on all its parts, and produces a clear impression.\n\nThis justifying the head relates to wooden presses, where the head and the winter are allowed some play, which is filled up with pieces of scaleboard, called cards, cut to the size of the mortises in the cheeks, and inserted in them upon the tenons of the head, and under the tenons of the winter, allowing the pull to have some elasticity. For my own part, I would have the winter lie solid, and the spring be confined to the head. See Winter.\n\nIn the iron presses constructed on the late Earl Stanhope’s principle, where increased power is produced by means of a compound lever applied to the screw, and where there is no elasticity in the pull, this effect is produced in a greater degree than in a press of the common construction; for, as the platen descends on the form, the power increases considerably, but the motion is slower; thus the effect of the soaking pull is preserved, with a considerable addition of power, owing to the combined action of the screw and the compound lever.\n\nIn Ruthven’s press, where the platen is suspended from the head, and brought over the form by means of small wheels with grooves in their edges running on the ribs, the pull is regulated by screws on the locking pieces, and also through the springs by which it rests on the ribs, that bring it nearer to, or remove it from the form.\n\nIn Clymer’s Columbian press, where the power is obtained by a compound lever, the pull is regulated by a screw that connects the bar with the lever, and additionally by thin plates of iron placed upon the top of the platen under the bottom of the spindle. It is also regulated in the same way, in the Albion press, as originally constructed by R. W. Cope.\n\nIn Sherwin and Cope’s Imperial press the pull is justified by a wedge above the head of the spindle or bolt in the front, which has a screw attached to it with a projecting head, by which the pull is adjusted to the greatest nicety, with ease and facility. Mr. Hopkinson has adopted the same plan in the Albion press since it came under his management on the death of Mr. Cope.\n\nThe advantage of having a good press will be unavailing for the production of fine work, if the types are much worn; for it will be found impossible to produce a sharp clear impression if the perfect shape of the letter and the fine lines are rounded and worn away by much use, as, in consequence of this roundness of the letter from wear, it will be necessary to use much blanket in the tympan to bring up the shape of the whole letter, which will produce a gross and indelicate impression of more than the surface.\n\nI have been told that Didot, of Paris, in his most splendid works, never printed more than three sheets from the same fount of letter, when it was sent to the melting pot, and replaced by a new fount.\n\nThe colour of the ink must depend on the taste or fancy of the master printer;—but no, I am mistaken, for, unless he prepares his own ink, he is obliged to use that only which is manufactured for general use; and there is little if any choice in purchasing this article, when it is wanted of a superior quality. Leaving the particular shade or tone out of the question, I will state my opinion as to what the qualities of black printing ink ought to be for fine work.\n\nIntenseness of colour.\n\nImpalpability.\n\n\n\nCovering the surface perfectly of the type or engraving.\n\nQuitting the surface of the type or engraving, when the paper is pressed on it, and adhering to the paper.\n\nNot smearing after it is printed.\n\nRetaining its first appearance without any change.\n\nInk ought to be reduced to an impalpable smoothness, either in a mill or on a stone with a mullar; and this is essentially necessary, as the process gives it the next quality—of completely covering the surface of the type, or the lines of the engraving, and that with the smallest quantity; and, with proper care in printing, presents to the eye an impression, in which the edges of the lines are smooth and perfect, and the surface of the impression on the paper is completely covered with ink, without any superfluity; which constitute the perfection of presswork with types.\n\nAnother property required in ink is, that it shall not only cover the surface of the lines on the paper printed, but that it shall also quit the face of the type or engraving, and leave it quite clean when the paper is impressed on it, and attach itself to the paper, so as to give a perfect impression of the subject represented, without the colour of the paper appearing through the ink; and that this property, of quitting the type or engraving, and becoming attached to the paper, shall continue the same through any number of impressions, without any accumulation of ink on the surface printed from.\n\nAfter having obtained these results, and when the printing is as perfect as it can be made by workmanship, still something more is requisite, viz. that the ink shall not smear on being slightly rubbed; and that it shall retain its colour and appearance, without the oil in the ink spreading at the edges, or tinging the paper—in short, that it shall continue unchanged for any length of time, thus preserving and continuing the beauty of the work.\n\nThe balls should be in good condition, otherwise the pressman may exert his skill in vain, with a great loss of time and waste of paper, without the intended effect. They are made smaller and stuffed tighter with wool than those used for common work, which enables the pressman to distribute the strong ink that is used with more facility; they also cover the surface with ink better than if they were softer, and are easier for the workman; for large soft balls, used with ink made very strong with varnish and colour, would be almost unmanageable.\n\nThe quality of the paper is of great consequence in fine printing, but it is frequently overlooked by the printer’s employers, who are too apt to pay more attention to a showy appearance and a low price, than to quality.\n\nThe best paper for receiving an impression, as I have observed in the article Engravings on Wood, is India paper; but as that which comes to England is thin, it is not used for bookwork, neither would it be durable, as it wants toughness to enable it to sustain much wear.\n\nThe next best paper for printing is French plate paper, which is superior to English plate paper, as the latter has a good deal of gypsum in its composition, which causes it to be very uncertain in the wetting; for having given it a sufficient quantity of water, judging from appearances and by comparison, and expecting to have it in good condition, the pressman shall find it, when wanted for use, nearly dry, and harsh, and the water unequally diffused; it has then to be wetted again, and particular attention must be paid to the turning and pressing of it, before it is in a proper state for printing on. I attribute this effect to the gypsum, which has had its water of crystallization driven off by fire in preparing it, and the water which it takes up in wetting crystallizes to supply its place. I do not say that all English plate paper is affected in this manner by water, but I have repeatedly experienced it in practice; and in the second wetting, if great care be not taken, the gypsum being already saturated, it will imbibe too much water, which will squeeze out in printing, and prevent the paper from taking the ink uniformly, so as to spoil the impression.\n\nThe best English paper for printing on is that which is made of fine linen rags, and moderately sized, without the use of acids in bleaching, and without being adulterated with cotton rags: this paper takes water kindly, is easily got into good condition, receives a good impression, is durable, preserves its colour, and does not act upon the ink.\n\nMessrs. J. Dickinson and Co. have made great improvements in the quality of paper, and manufacture one kind which is admirably adapted for printing, being made by a peculiar process which gives it a particular affinity for the ink. They have also introduced improvements in the manufacture which have superseded the use of French paper with us, and have also nearly done so with the Chinese or India paper.\n\nHaving thus spoken of what I mean by fine presswork, and of the materials by which it is to be produced, I shall now proceed to describe the process; for when a printing office is provided with materials of the best quality, and the master of it is desirous of producing superior workmanship, there is something more required—he must resolve to lay in a fund of patience, as well as to submit to a great and continued expense of materials, or else he will never excel.\n\nA good pressman will, as a matter of course, be well acquainted with the whole of the usual routine of presswork; in addition to which, to form his judgment, he should make himself acquainted with the most splendid books, and study them as patterns of workmanship.\n\nIn making ready it must be evident, that when a clear sharp impression is wanted, the pressure should be on the surface only, without penetrating into the interstices; of course the tympan ought not to be very soft, neither should any woollen blanket be used: the most perfect impression will be obtained when fine thick paper alone is used in the tympans, and even of this article I would not recommend many thicknesses.\n\nAfter an impression is printed, the pressman examines if it be uniform throughout; if it be, which is very rarely the case, he goes on with the work; if not, he proceeds to overlay, in order to produce regularity of pressure, and of colour, over the whole form.\n\nTo effect this object, he takes thin smooth paper, and wherever the impression is weak he pastes a bit of it, of the size and shape of the imperfect part, on the tympan sheet, and proceeds in the same manner with every part that is imperfect; he then pulls another impression to examine the effect of his overlays, and continues to add to them where wanted, till the pressure of the platen is the same in every part, and the impression is uniformly of one shade of colour.\n\nIf the impression come off too strong in parts, or at the edges or corners of the pages, or on the head lines, it will be necessary to cut away the tympan sheet in those parts, and, if that does not ease the pressure sufficiently, to cut away the same parts from one or more of the sheets that are within the tympans.\n\nIt is generally preferable to overlay on a sheet of stout smooth paper inside the tympan, and particularly where the same press does the whole or great part of a work: this sheet is cut to fit the interior of the tympan, so as not to slip about, and has overlays pasted on it where wanted, to bring up the impression till it is very nearly equal; in all succeeding sheets it saves the pressman a great deal of time, as he will be certain that when he pulls a sheet of another form of the same work it will be nearly right, and he will only have to place thin overlays on occasional parts to make the impression perfect, with very little trouble. On the same principle, where this method is not adopted, preserving and using the same tympan sheet with its overlays, will be more expeditious than having to repeat the operation with every form.\n\nWhere short pages occur in a form, the bottoms of them and the edges of the adjoining pages will print too hard, and not prove a clear impression; it will therefore be necessary to have bearers to protect them, which are generally of double pica reglet pasted on the frisket, so as to bear on some part of the furniture or chase; but high bearers, made to the height of the types, are better, when they can be placed so that the balls do not touch them during the process of beating: in such a case they are liable to tear the frisket, from their closely adhering to it by their inky surface and the pressure. They may be placed where the regular foot of the page would have been had it been a full one, to prevent those hard edges which would otherwise be produced. This principle will hold good in all cases of short pages, blank pages, and the edges of wood cuts; but where it happens that some of the edges, or a particular page of a full form, come off too hard, and where there is not room to place a high bearer, then a piece of double pica reglet pasted on the frisket in the usual way will answer the purpose.\n\nIt is not necessary that these bearers should be placed close to the part requiring to be eased; they will produce the same effect if placed at a distance, keeping the direction, so that they take a good bearing on the platen, avoiding the frame of the frisket and the points; in using reglet as low bearers, I would recommend that the flat side of the furniture should be turned uppermost to receive the pressure of the bearers, provided they do not bear upon the chase.\n\nWhen a high bearer does not ease the pull sufficiently on particular parts, its effect may be increased by pasting slips of stout paper on it, as overlays or underlays, and a bearer of reglet may be amended in a similar manner.\n\nIt happens occasionally that the tympan causes the paper to touch the form partially on being turned down, and occasions slurs, and this may occur from the parchment being slack or the paper being thin and soft. To prevent this inconvenience it is customary to roll up a piece of paper, similar to bookbinders headbands, and paste it on the frisket adjoining the part; this roll of paper takes a slight bearing on the furniture, and is a remedy. Many pressmen prefer pieces of cork cut to about the thickness of double pica, and pasted on the frisket.\n\nIt is neither customary nor advisable to fly the frisket in the best work, and more particularly when large heavy paper is used; it is a convenience in such cases to have a button screwed on the off side of the frame of the tympan, to confine the frisket flat to the tympan; it keeps the paper in its place, assists it in rising from the face of the form, to which it adheres owing to the strength of the ink; it helps to prevent slurring, and the paper from slipping, which occasions waste when it happens: altogether the button is of consequence in preventing accidents in the impression.\n\nIn working the white paper, instead of pins stuck into the tympan, to prevent the paper slipping, a duck’s bill is frequently used: it is pasted to the tympan at the bottom of the tympan sheet, and the tongue projects in front of it, indeed the tympan sheet appears to rest in it. The bottom of each sheet is placed behind this tongue, which supports it while turning down the tympan. See Duck’s Bill.\n\nIn proceeding with the work the balls should be well cleaned, that no dirt or extraneous matter may be on their surface. They should not be too moist, which would prevent the ink distributing equally on them, and would also prevent it lying equally on the surface of the types or engraving; nor should they be too dry, as in that case they will not dispose of the ink so smoothly as to produce a fine impression; neither will they retain particles of dirt on their surface, but part with them to the form, which will cause picks. The moisture ought to be just so much as to make the pelt or composition soft, when the ink will distribute kindly and equally, which will be perceived by their lugging; they will also part with it to the form equally where they touch, so that the impression will be sharp and clear.\n\nThe ink ought to be rubbed out thin and regular on the ink block, so that in taking ink it shall at the very first be diffused tolerably smooth on the surface of the balls, which causes a greater probability of producing good impressions. It is likewise advisable to keep rubbing the ink out on the block with the brayer, as also to be almost constantly distributing the balls; the consequent friction produces a small degree of warmth, which is of advantage, particularly in cold weather.\n\nAs uniformity of colour is requisite for beauty in printing, I would recommend that the pressman should take ink for every impression where the form is large; this I am aware will be thought too troublesome, but I am decidedly of opinion that it is advantageous in producing regularity of colour: it is unpleasant to the eye to see in a splendid book two pages that face each other, the one of a full black, rather surcharged with ink, the other rather deficient in quantity and of a grey colour; yet this must happen when, as is frequently the case, three or four sheets are printed with one taking of ink.\n\nBeating for fine work should not by any means be slighted. The form ought to be gone over two or three times, not with heavy thumps, but slowly and regularly with a firm hand, just raising the balls each time completely clear of the types, and advancing but a little way, so that in fact each part will be beat five or six times over, or more; the face of the type will then be completely covered with ink: but the pressman should be careful not to beat too far over the edges of the pages, nor, if the margin be wide, to let the balls scrape against the edges of another page, as in both cases ink or extraneous matter will be scraped from the balls, and accumulate about the types at the extremities, and thus cause picks and rough lines.\n\nIn splendid books, and particularly where the paper is large and heavy and the type large, set-off sheets are used to interleave the whole impression while working, and are continued in it till the printed paper is taken down from the poles, when they are removed by the warehouseman. These set-off sheets are put in when the white paper is working, and moved from one heap to the other during the working of the reiteration. They prevent the ink from setting off from one sheet to another while they are newly printed, which it would otherwise do from the weight of the paper, and also from fine printing being usually worked of a full colour.\n\nFor the uniformity of impression I would advise that the pull should be adjusted in the first instance so as to cause a proper degree of pressure on the form to produce a good impression when the bar is pulled home, and then invariably to cheek the bar, and allow it to rest in that position during a short pause; this is easily done in the Stanhope, the Ruthven, the Columbian, and Sherwin and Cope’s presses, as the increased power is obtained by a compound lever, which is generally so adjusted as that the lever shall come a small portion beyond the centre of the circle it partially describes when the bar is pulled home, and as it has then reached a point beyond its maximum power, it is easily retained in this position to rest on the pull: the same observation applies to all other presses having, what is usually termed, the increased power, which is the application of a compound lever to a press on the common construction; but in a one pull wooden press, instead of this application, which I must acknowledge I never knew to answer well when applied to these presses, I would recommend when fine work is doing a simple contrivance that I adopted in two presses, which answered the purpose uncommonly well, and enabled the pressmen to rest on the pull uniformly, without too much effort to keep the bar to the cheek, which with a heavy form and a large platen becomes very fatiguing to continue through a number of impressions, if not impossible, with the unaided exertion of the arm. See Catch of the Bar.\n\nIt will thus be perceived, that to produce presswork of a highly superior character, great expense and much time are required; and that it is requisite to have a good press, and that press to be in good condition; to have new types, or types the faces of which are not rounded by wear; to have good balls, and those balls in good condition; the ink should be strong, of a full black colour, the oil well boiled, to prevent it separating from the colouring matter and tinging the paper, and it should be ground so fine as to be impalpable; the paper should be of the best quality, made of linen rags, and not bleached by means of an acid which has a tendency to decompose the ink; the beating should be carefully and well done, not in a hurried manner, the face of the type should be completely covered with ink, without any superfluity, so as to produce a full colour; and the pull should be so regulated as to have a slow and great pressure, and to pause at its maximum in order to fix the ink firmly upon the paper; these particulars observed, with paper only in the tympans, perfect impressions of the face of the type only will be obtained in the most superior manner, and a splendid book will thus be produced in the best style of printing.", "chars": 25832, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1320", "term": "fine red", "norm": "fine red", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marbling color used before the introduction of synthetic dyestuffs, and prepared by boiling Brazil dust, nutgalls, alum, sal ammoniac (ammonium chloride) and hydrochloric acid in water, or by dissolving Brazil wood in hydrochloric acid.", "chars": 238, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1321", "term": "fines", "norm": "fines", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The very short fibers or fiber fragments and ray cells. Both types are very short, consequently they reduce the strength of the paper. The fines from broken fibers have thicker cell walls and larger diameters than those from ray cells, which leads to differences in the final sheet depending upon which types are present. Sometimes also called \"flour\" or \"wood flour.\"", "chars": 368, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [42], "citations": ["Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1322", "term": "finish", "norm": "finish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The degree of brilliance, pliability and working qualities of cloth, leather, or paper. 2. To letter and/or decorate a book. See: FINISHING.\n\n3. the surface properties of a sheet of paper as determined by its surface contour, gloss, and general appearance. It is a property which is usually determined visually. In uncoated printing papers, there are five major finishes recognized under the general terminology of machine-finish papers; in order of decreasing degree of smoothness, they are: English, machine, vellum, eggshell, and antique. For papers of higher finish, see: SUPERCALENDER finish.\n\nWriting papers, including bonds, ledges, and manilas, generally have finishes called cockle, glazed, machine, supercalendered, and vellum. The finishes used for cover paper include antique, machine, plate, supercalendered, and vellum. The principal finishes for bristols are antique, eggshell, plate, and vellum.", "chars": 958, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1323", "term": "finish break", "norm": "finish break", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A CRUSTY BREAK of a leather—one which can be attributed to improper finishing.", "chars": 102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1324", "term": "finisher", "norm": "finisher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The bookbinder or gilder who performs the processes of polishing the leather, lettering. and embellishing, which are carried out on a hand-bound book subsequent to forwarding. In France, it is not unusual for the two operations—i.e., forwarding and finishing—to he performed by different persons: in England and the United States. on the other hand, the two are usually done by the same craftsman. except in commercial hand binding. 2. A machine used to apply varnish, lacquer, or other fluid to covering materials by means of a spray or roller, or a printing or blocking plate. 3. A term sometimes applied to flat or cylindrical polishing tools, e.g., a BURNISHER (2). (158. 173)", "chars": 732, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-finishers-press-1", "term": "Finishers' Press", "norm": "finishers press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Is the same as a laying-press, only much smaller.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1325", "term": "finishing", "norm": "finishing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The art or process of polishing, lettering, and embellishing the spine, covers. insides of the covers. and sometimes the edges of a book. as well as inlaying, onlaying, varnishing, and otherwise decorating and/or protecting the finished bookbinding.\n\nThe purpose of finishing is to identify (letter) and beautify the book. but, at least in the latter case, in such a manner as not to interfere with the strength of the binding. The degree of finishing, depends upon the nature of the book, the craftsmanship of the binder or finisher (gilder. as he is traditionally called), whether another craftsman did the forwarding, and, at times, the wishes of the customer.\n\nFinishing has assumed a very important role in the craft of bookbinding since the earliest times. Almost all early finishing, at least in Europe, was in blind until the latter half of the 15th century, when GOLD TOOLING was introduced into Italy. See also: BLIND TOOLING.\n\nIn modern finishing. all but the simplest designs are measured out and drawn or tooled on thin paper. This is then positioned on the cover and heated tools are pressed through. The paper is then removed, and the blind impressions are again blinded-in. This sharpens and deepens the impressions, and, if gold is to be used, provides a smooth flat surface for the metal. In addition to making it possible to execute extremely difficult patterns without making errors on the leather itself, the use of a paper pattern eliminates the necessity of making basic guide lines in blind upon which the design is then built, and which almost invariably show beyond the tooling. It is uncertain when paper patterns were introduced, but they probably were not used much before 1830.\n\nNot all leathers can be tooled successfully. Aside from the great difficulty encountered in tooling chrome-tanned leathers, only those vegetable-tanned (or tawed) leathers with surfaces firm enough to hold a line, such as goatskin, calfskin, pigskin, etc., are suitable. With the exception of sheepskin, leathers that are loose and stretchy do not retain impressions very well.\n\nLibrary bindings are seldom \"finished\" to any greater degree than lettering of the spine, although gold lines and/or symbols are sometimes blocked on the spine. Edition bindings vary widely in the degree of their ornamentation. Whatever ornamentation they may have is usually done by means of blocking or printing. Whichever the case. they are \"finished\" only in the very broadest sense of the term. See also: BLOCKING (1); GOLD BLOCKING; INLAY (4); ONLAY; POLISHING.\n\n2. The various operations in paper manufacture performed after it leaves the papermaking machine. Finishing operations include supercalendering, plating, slitting, rewinding, sheeting, trimming, sorting, counting, and packaging. Ruling, punching, pasting, folding and embossing are also at times considered to be paper finishing operations.\n\n3. The processes in leather manufacture following tannage, including shaving or splitting, dyeing, fatliquoring, setting out, drying, staking, finishing or seasoning, glazing (or plating or embossing), and measuring.", "chars": 3272, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [118, 130, 161, 172, 194, 236, 320, 335, 343, 363], "citations": ["Donnelley (R. R.) & Sons Co. Extra binding at the Lakeside Press. Chicago. Donnelley. 1925.", "Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Kinder, Louis Herman. Formulas for bookbinders…London. Putnam. 1905.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-finishing-1", "term": "finishing", "norm": "finishing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Is that department that receives the volumes after they are put in leather, and ornaments them as required. One who works at this branch is termed a finisher.", "chars": 158, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-finishing-1", "term": "finishing", "norm": "finishing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Comprises tooling, lettering, polishing, etc.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-finishing-1", "term": "finishing", "norm": "finishing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The department that receives the volumes after they are put in leather. The ornaments placed on the volume. The person who works at this branch is termed a finisher.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-finishing-1", "term": "finishing", "norm": "finishing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "comprises lettering, tooling, and polishing, &c.", "chars": 48, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-finishing-1", "term": "finishing", "norm": "finishing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The department which receives books after they are put in leather, and ornaments them as required. It includes lettering, tooling, polishing, etc. Also, the ornaments placed on a book. One who works at this branch is termed a finisher.", "chars": 235, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1326", "term": "finishing press", "norm": "finishing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small press consisting essentially of two wooden cheeks, connected by a screw at each end. with handles for turning. A press pin is not required for this type of press. The finishing press is similar to the cutting- or lying-press, but is smaller and generally has no runners. It came into use as long ago as the early 19th century, and no basic changes were made in this basic press until a completely different type came into use in the 1880s. This new press consisted of two small cheeks, somewhat like rounded-off backing boards, which moved on joints.", "chars": 558, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-finishing-press-1", "term": "finishing press", "norm": "finishing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small press, used for holding books when being finished.", "chars": 58, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-finishing-press-1", "term": "finishing press", "norm": "finishing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a small press used for holding books when they are being tooled (see Fig. 84).", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-finishing-press-1", "term": "finishing press", "norm": "finishing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small press with which a book is held firmly with its back upward and exposed for work.", "chars": 89, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1327", "term": "finishing stand", "norm": "finishing stand", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A revolving stand consisting of a flat, circular board, covered with a soft, smooth material, mounted on another board. The lower board is stationary and rests on rubber knobs which are attached to its lower surface to raise it and prevent slipping. Ball bearings between the two boards allow the top one to revolve easily, thus making it possible to shift the position of the book with minimum effort. 2. A stand with a sliding shelf and an arm clamp which can be attached to the bench to hold a book while finishing. See also: FINISHING PRESS.", "chars": 572, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1328", "term": "finishing stove", "norm": "finishing stove", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small stove used for heating finishing and lettering tools. Such stoves generally have a circular plate in the center which is heated. and an outer notched ring to support the handles of the tools. Modern finishing stoves are heated by gas or electricity, and some are controlled by a thermostat.\n\nWhile little is known of the form of early finishing stoves, many different types were probably used, because they were frequently fabricated according to the bookbinder's own specifications. A great variety were in use during the early years of the 19th century, all of which burned charcoal or coke, as they must have done for centuries. The gas-heated stove was probably introduced in the 1830s, while the electric stove has been in use since the early part of the 20th century.", "chars": 779, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 161, 236, 335], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-finishing-stove-1", "term": "finishing stove", "norm": "finishing stove", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heating box or fire used for warming the various tools used in finishing.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-finishing-stove-1", "term": "finishing stove", "norm": "finishing stove", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "used for heating finishing tools.", "chars": 33, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-finishing-stove-1", "term": "finishing stove", "norm": "finishing stove", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small gas heater, similar to a “hot plate,” for heating finishing tools.", "chars": 74, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1329", "term": "finishing tools", "norm": "finishing tools", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BAND PALLET; CIRCLES; CREASER (2); FILLET (1); GOUGE; HAND LETTERS; PALLET (1); POLISHER; ROLL. (1); STAMP (1); UNIT TOOLS.", "chars": 392, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FIRE", "term": "FIRE EATER", "norm": "fire eater", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Compositors who are expeditious workmen are styled Fire Eaters, and also Swifts.", "chars": 94, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1330", "term": "firmness of leather", "norm": "firmness of leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That property of a leather reflected in the force required to bend a standard strip of heavy leather through an arc of given radius of curvature. so that the grain surface of the leather forms an arc of a circle of given radius.", "chars": 228, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FIRST1", "term": "FIRST", "norm": "first", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The pressman who has wrought the longest at that press, except an apprentice, for he must allow any journeyman, though new come, that style, is distinguished by the name of First, the other his Second, these call one another companions: generally the master printer reposes the greatest trust upon the care and curiosity for good work of the First; although both are equally liable to perform it. All the privilege that the First has above the Second is, that the First takes his choice to pull or beat the agreed stint first: and that the Second knocks up the balls, washes the forms, teazes wool, and does the other more servile work, while the First is employed about making register, ordering the tympan, frisket, and points, &c., or otherwise making ready the form, &c.—M.\n\nAt the present day there is no such distinction; both the pressmen are equal, are equally responsible for the work, and take all the respective parts without any distinction; unless one of them be an acknowledged superior workman, and then he will, as a matter of course, take the lead in making ready, but in nothing else.", "chars": 1114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1331", "term": "first binding", "norm": "first binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The original binding of a library book. The term is not generally used with reference to the binding of serial publications. but to the binding of pamphlets in self-covers, paperback books, sewn books in temporary covers, or books in gatherings.", "chars": 245, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [129], "citations": ["Emerson, Gilbert D. Bookbinding for libraries. Philadelphia. n.p. 1909."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1332", "term": "first edition", "norm": "first edition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The entire number of copies of a book or other publication printed from the same setting of type. The books may be printed at any time. A new edition does not come into being until there have been substantial changes in the type, i.e., a corrected edition, additions to the text (which is a revised edition), or until the type has been reset, which would be a new edition, 2nd edition, etc.", "chars": 390, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FIRST2", "term": "FIRST FORM", "norm": "first form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The form the white paper is printed on, which generally by rule ought to have the first page of the sheet in it.—M. This is the reverse of the present custom, which is invariably to lay on the inner form first, viz. the one that has the second page in it; except it is directed to the contrary, for some particular reason. See Lay on.", "chars": 439, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-first-form-1", "term": "FIRST FORM", "norm": "first form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The form first printed, which generally contains the first page of a sheet.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1333", "term": "first impression", "norm": "first impression", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The initial application of a finishing tool or hand letter to the covering material of a book. 2. All of the copies of a book printed during the first printing operation and before any alterations or additions are made. Subsequent printings following the first, producing reprints, are called \"second impression,\" \"third impression,\" etc.", "chars": 341, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1334", "term": "first lining", "norm": "first lining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The initial strip of material attached to the spine of a book subsequent to rounding and backing. In edition and library binding, it is generally the only lining. See also: SECOND LINING; SPINE LINING (1).", "chars": 253, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154, 343], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FIRST3", "term": "FIRST PAGE", "norm": "first page", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "First page of the sheet, which is always placed to the left hand in the first or outer form on the stone, when imposing.—M. In Hebrew works it is placed to the right hand, as in books printed in that language the order of the pages is reversed.", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FIRST4", "term": "FIRST PROOF", "norm": "first proof", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The first impression of any matter after it is composed, for the purpose of comparing it with the copy; it is usually printed on a cheap hard sized paper, that will bear writing ink well, to mark the literal errors, and any variations from the copy that may have occurred, in order to assist their correction in the metal.", "chars": 322, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FIRST5", "term": "FIRST PULL", "norm": "first pull", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In a two pull press of the common construction, the platen only covers half a full form, and to obtain an impression of the whole, the carriage is run in at twice; the first pull prints one half, and the second pull the other half.", "chars": 231, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1335", "term": "firsts", "norm": "firsts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Hides and skins that are, or at least are designated as, perfect, i.e., free from holes, tears, putrefactive damage, etc. See also: GOOD SECONDS. 2. A term applied at times to the FIRST EDITION of a book.", "chars": 255, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1336", "term": "fish glue", "norm": "fish glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive obtained by boiling the skins of certain fish, particularly the cod fish, and used cold mainly in the liquid form. It works easily and is used in bookbinding for tipping-in and casemaking. See also: ISINGLASS", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [191, 309], "citations": ["Katz, Irving. Adhesive materials, their properties and usage. Long Beach, Calif. Foster. 1971.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1337", "term": "fish grained split", "norm": "fish grained split", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheepskin split, dyed and finished by embossing with a small \"gunpowder\" grain.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1338", "term": "fish scales", "norm": "fish scales", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A particular grain pattern in a leather resembling the scales of a fish. Leather with this type of grain was at one time used by bookbinders who wanted a leather giving the effect of being blind tooled.", "chars": 202, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1339", "term": "fixation value", "norm": "fixation value", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The relative speed with which different vegetable tannins combine with hide substance as measured by the relative amounts which combine under specified conditions.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1340", "term": "fixative", "norm": "fixative", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A clear solution, such as a synthetic resin in xylene (C8H10) sprayed or coated on a work of art, a reproduction copy, etc., that \"fixes\" or stabilizes the image, thus making it more resistant to wear, smudging, etc. Fixatives protect and preserve, but they also at times change the refractive index and may also impart an unnatural sheen to the colors, possibly one not intended by the artist.", "chars": 416, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1341", "term": "fixed back", "norm": "fixed back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: TIGHT BACK.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1342", "term": "fixed tannin", "norm": "fixed tannin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: COMBINED TANNIN IN LEATHER.", "chars": 56, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1343", "term": "flag", "norm": "flag", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A marker, such as a small strip of colored paper, placed so as to protrude from between the leaves of a book. Its purpose is either to show the position of the book on the shelf, or to indicate that the leaf marked (or the entire book) requires special attention. 2. A slip placed in the center of each section to facilitate sewing of the headband.", "chars": 351, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139, 173], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1344", "term": "flaking", "norm": "flaking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The separating of the coating material from a coated sheet of paper or cloth, appearing in the form of flakes. Art paper and the cheaper grades of coated cloth are particularly subject to this problem.", "chars": 201, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1345", "term": "flange", "norm": "flange", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The projection on either side of the spine of a text block that has been rounded and backed. It is commonly, and more accurately, referred to as the SHOULDER (1).", "chars": 186, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 256], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FLARI2", "term": "FLARING A FORM", "norm": "flaring a form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In working by candle light, when imposing, correcting, or laying a form on the press, it sometimes happens that melted tallow will be spilt on the pages and choke up the letter. To get rid of this tallow, and clean the form again, the compositor lights a piece of paper and puts it on the grease, to melt it; he then brushes it with the letter brush, and, if necessary, repeats the operation.", "chars": 392, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FLARI1", "term": "FLARING BALLS", "norm": "flaring balls", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When pelt balls are too soft, from having imbibed too much moisture, and are wanted for immediate use, they are flared; that is, the pressman will take a sheet of waste paper, and having rolled it up slightly, will light it, and holding the face of one of the balls downwards, will pass it backwards and forwards over the flame, and then treat the other ball in a similar manner: this not only evaporates the moisture, but also communicates a small degree of warmth to the balls, which causes them both to take ink and to distribute it better than before the operation.\n\nComposition balls are liable to crack, both in distributing, and also when separating them after they have been left in the rack upon each other, particularly when they are new and soft; to remedy this, they are flared, which, when it is judiciously done, melts the surface of the composition and fills up the cracks. They are also flared when the face begins to fail, which melts the composition, and forms a new and smooth surface.", "chars": 1002, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1346", "term": "flat back binding", "norm": "flat back binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A hand-bound book which has not been rounded and backed before the boards are attached. The term is also sometimes applied to a book which has lost its round; however FLAT SPINE is a more appropriate term for this condition. The spine of a flat back binding has a tendency to become concave. Also called \"square back.\" See also: FLAT BACK CASE BINDING. 2. A leather binding which does not have bands appearing on the spine.", "chars": 474, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 236, 335, 343], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1347", "term": "flat back case binding", "norm": "flat back case binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A simple type of (library) binding which has a flat spine and is cased or has a one-piece covering. This type of binding is suitable for typescript, some pamphlets, and adhesive-bound paperbacks.", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [258], "citations": ["Percival, George Stanley, and Rigby Graham. Unsewn binding. 2nd ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1348", "term": "flat cut index", "norm": "flat cut index", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CUT THROUGH INDEX.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1349", "term": "flat finish", "norm": "flat finish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper having a smooth, glare-free finish.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1351", "term": "flat spine", "norm": "flat spine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The shape given to books in the 1820s. They were not the same as the FLAT BACK BINDING because they were backed but not rounded, or had very little rounding. The flat spine and HOLLOW BACK came into use at about the same time.", "chars": 274, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1350", "term": "flats", "norm": "flats", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old term applied to papers of various types which have a well closed, even formation and a high finish, and which are particularly suitable for writing purposes. The term derives from the practice of counting into quires and then folding the pack. When it became the practice to deliver writing papers unfolded, they were called \"flats.\" Today the term is usually restricted to papers such as tablet paper, as well as to paper with a smooth, flat finish as distinguished from bond finish.", "chars": 491, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [197], "citations": ["Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1352", "term": "flax", "norm": "flax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bast fiber from the inner bark of the flax plant (Linun usitatissimum), and the source of linen for thousands of years. The bast fiber is about 25 mm long and approximately 0.02 mm thick, giving it a length to diameter ratio of about 1,250:1. It is thinner than the cotton fiber and its tube has thicker walls. It is also stiffer and stronger than cotton, has a rounded section and is knotted at intervals along its length. Linen rags, cuttings, thread, etc., have long been used in the manufacture of paper. See also: BOOK CLOTH; SEWING THREAD.", "chars": 597, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 143], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1353", "term": "flaying", "norm": "flaying", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of removing the hide or skin from an animal carcass. Flaying is normally the job of the butcher, and, in general, the methods used in flaying give first priority to producing a good quality carcass, not hide, as the animal is generally slaughtered for its meat.\n\nThe animal should be in a clean, healthy condition and the slaughter rapid and efficient. Bruising should be carefully avoided. The animal is bled after slaughter to remove blood from the carcass and also from the small veins and arteries in the skin. If this is not done rapidly, the blood will clot and putrefy, resulting in blue-black markings in the skin. The skin should also be removed immediately, while the carcass is still warm, as removal then is much easier. Subsequent to flaying, the skin cools down more quickly, giving less chance of putrefaction. Some form of curing generally follows flaying. See also: BRINING; DRY-SALTING; PUTREFACTIVE DAMAGE; WET-SALTING.", "chars": 1044, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 291, 306, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1354", "term": "flea seed", "norm": "flea seed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small, brown, hard seed, so called because of its resemblance to a flea. It is boiled in water to make MARBLING SIZE.\n\nIt was usually used in combination with GUM TRAGACANTH in the execution of the shell and Spanish marble patterns. It was not (and apparently could not) be used for the drawn or combed marbles, as it dragged the colors and did not allow the comb to pass through smoothly. As it has no advantage over CARRAGHEEN MOSS or gum tragacanth, its use was never extensive and it is seldom if ever used at all today.", "chars": 596, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217, 236, 369], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Woolnough, Charles W. The whole art of marbling as applied to paper, book edges…Rev. ed. London. Bell. 1881."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1357", "term": "flesh side", "norm": "flesh side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The side of a hide or skin next to the animal, or the side opposite the grain side. See also: BUFFING (1); REVERSE CALF; SPLIT.", "chars": 199, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1358", "term": "flesh split", "norm": "flesh split", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The inner layer of a hide or skin separated from the main part of the skin by means of a splitting machine. 2. The leather made from such a split. See also: FLESHER.", "chars": 192, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1355", "term": "flesher", "norm": "flesher", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The inside split (flesh split) of a lamb- or sheepskin, embossed and finished in imitation of grained leather, and used at times for lining the spines of cheaper blankbooks. See also: BUFFING (1).", "chars": 220, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 264], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1356", "term": "fleshing", "norm": "fleshing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One of the beamhouse operations in leather manufacture. Fleshing consists of the removal of areolar tissue from the flesh side of a hide or skin. It usually precedes liming, and is generally done by means of a fleshing machine, or, in hand work, by working the skin over the beam with a sharp, two-handed knife. In European tanneries, fleshing generally takes place following liming and unhairing.\n\nFleshing promotes the entry of water from the flesh side, which is important as water is absorbed more readily from the flesh side than from the epidermal or grain side. Fleshing also flattens and stretches the skin, has a pronounced cleaning action, and, in the case of greasy skin, such as domestic sheep or pig, removes a quantity of surplus fat.\n\nGood, clean fleshing is important for the success of all subsequent processes, as bits of flesh or fat on the skin can retard the penetration of tannins, fatliquors, and the like. See also: GREEN FLESHING.", "chars": 975, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1359", "term": "fleur-de-lis-lozenge", "norm": "fleur-de-lis-lozenge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lozenge shaped finishing tool made up of a fleur-de-lis, or a variation thereof, the three pedals and stalks of which extend to fill the four corners.", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1360", "term": "fleuron", "norm": "fleuron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool cut in a nondescript form, partly floral or foliage in nature, generally of a lozenge shape and generally used to fill the lozenge compartments of a panel that is divided by diagonal fillets.", "chars": 208, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-flexible-1", "term": "Flexible", "norm": "flexible", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a book is sewn on raised bands and the thread is passed entirely round each band.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-flexible-1", "term": "Flexible", "norm": "flexible", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book sewn on raised bands, with the thread passed entirely around each band, allowing the book to open freely.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-flexible-1", "term": "Flexible", "norm": "flexible", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a book is sewn on raised bands, and the thread is passed entirely round each band. It is the strongest sewing done at the present time. This term is often misused for limp work, because the boards are limp or flexible.", "chars": 223, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1361", "term": "flexible adhesives", "norm": "flexible adhesives", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ADHESIVES; FLEXIBLE GLUE; INTERNALLY PLASTICIZED; RESINOUS ADHESIVES.", "chars": 170, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-flexible-binding-1", "term": "Flexible binding", "norm": "flexible binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a book is sewn on raised bands or cords and the thread is passed entirely round each band, and the whole binding is such as to permit the book to be opened readily.", "chars": 169, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1362", "term": "flexible endpaper", "norm": "flexible endpaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An endpaper designed to provide a flyleaf that is heavier than a single sheet of paper, but is still flexible enough to not interfere with the opening of the book. Developed at the workshop of British binders Roger Powell and Peter Waters between 1960 and 1965, this endpaper is constructed by tipping two folios together in two places: along the spine and along the fore edge.", "chars": 377, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1363", "term": "flexible glue", "norm": "flexible glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Generally, an ordinary animal glue containing GLYCEROL or SORBITOL, the softening effect of the latter supposedly lasting longer than the former. These softening agents, or \"humectants,\" are hygroscopic and may, under certain conditions, absorb so much moisture as to promote the growth of mold; consequently a mold inhibitor is generally included in the plasticizer.\n\nThe origin of \"flexible\" animal glues is unknown, but they were certainly in use since early in the 20th century. Their use in bookbinding, however, has declined sharply in recent years in favor of INTERNALLY PLASTICIZED synthetic adhesives, such as the RESINOUS ADHESIVES.", "chars": 736, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198, 236], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-flexible-glue-1", "term": "flexible glue", "norm": "flexible glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This is usually made by adding about two tablespoonfuls of glycerine to half a pound of the glue in a dry state.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1364", "term": "flexible not to show", "norm": "flexible not to show", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of sewing the sections of a book in which the spine of the gathered sections is sawn lightly so that the saw cuts do not penetrate completely through the folds of the sections. The sewing is then done on thin cords, encircling them as in FLEXIBLE SEWING.\n\nIf the cords project above the spine after sewing they are hammered into the grooves during backing. Books sewn in this manner may have hollow or tight backs; in the case of the hollow back, the purpose of sewing not to show apparently is to prevent creasing of the leather of the spine by the cords, while attempting to retain the strength of genuine flexible sewing. In the case of the tight back, the purpose is to have a smooth spine and a book with sewing that is stronger than is possible with RECESSED-CORD SEWING; however, in this case, most of the desired benefits are negated because of the need to make the cords extremely thin.", "chars": 950, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 371], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1365", "term": "flexible sewing", "norm": "flexible sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of sewing the sections of a book to cords or bands which are above the backs of the sections and rest against them, instead of being recessed into the paper. See: RECESSED-CORD SEWING.\n\nThe sewing thread is looped completely around the cords, instead of passing in front of them. This type of sewing may be done on single or double cords and is one of the strongest forms of hand sewing known. The method was in use in Europe as early as the 8th century, and represents the foundation upon which hand bookbinding was built and developed for a thousand years.\n\nThe number of bands, which were always double (i.e., two cords or thongs adjacent to each other and almost touching), on which 12th and 13th century books were sewn varied from two to five (in the latter case the cords being spaced so there was a greater space between the cords than between the end bands and the head and tail of the book), although examples of books sewn on as many as fourteen cords are known. The use of double cords gradually diminished, however, and by the middle of the 16th century the technique of sewing on single cords had become fairly well established, although largely for smaller books and economical bindings.\n\nThe use of flexible sewing has been dominant in fine binding until the present day; however, its use declined sharply from the end of the 18th century until the end of the 19th century, when it was revived to some extent due to the efforts of T.J. Cobden-Sanderson and Douglas Cockerell.\n\nFlexible sewing is not suitable for books printed on very heavy paper, nor in cases where the book is made up of very thick sections. It is also unsuitable for use with coated papers. If used on small volumes, the sewing thread and, therefore, the cords, must be proportionally thinner; otherwise there will be a reduction in flexibility. (]61, 72, 236, 335, 343)", "chars": 1881, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-flexible-sewing-1", "term": "flexible sewing", "norm": "flexible sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the cord rests on instead of being sunk into the back and the thread is carried around it; a book thus sewn usually opens freely.", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1366", "term": "flexural strength", "norm": "flexural strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A measure of the ability of an adhesive film to withstand repeated flexing, bending, twisting, etc. Flexural strength is of paramount importance in the adhesives used in archival work in general, and bookbinding in particular, especially in adhesives used for gluing up the spine and adhesive binding.", "chars": 301, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1367", "term": "flint hides", "norm": "flint hides", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Hides dried without curing.", "chars": 27, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1368", "term": "flock paper", "norm": "flock paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A speciality cover paper produced by coating the sheet with size, either all over or in patterns or designs, and then applying specially dyed flock powder. Flock paper originally was intended to simulate tapestry and Italian velvet brocade.", "chars": 240, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 197], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1369", "term": "flock powder", "norm": "flock powder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Very short or pulverized fiber, such as wool, cotton, or rayon, used in flock printing and to form velvety patterns on cloth and paper.", "chars": 135, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1370", "term": "floriated", "norm": "floriated", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A border, initial letter, or book decorated with small flower or leaf ornaments.", "chars": 80, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1371", "term": "floss", "norm": "floss", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Cotton or silk thread used in binding single section pamphlets, usually by side sewing tied in a bowknot.", "chars": 105, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1372", "term": "flour", "norm": "flour", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FINES.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1373", "term": "flourish style", "norm": "flourish style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FANFARE STYLE.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1374", "term": "flower-headed rivet", "norm": "flower-headed rivet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool cut with an ornamental head in a design resembling a daisy.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FLOWE", "term": "FLOWERS", "norm": "flowers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Types with ornaments cast on their face instead of letters. They are used for borders round jobs, cards, pages, and wrappers of books; and for other embellishments.\n\nLuckombe, in his work on printing, gave many specimens of borders, head pieces, &c. composed of flowers by Mr. Hazard, of Bath; and lately, Mr. Johnson and Mr. Nichols have produced some large and elaborate pieces with this material, by combining an immense number of pieces of different patterns and sizes, to represent pillars and arches; but after all the ingenuity they have displayed, and the patience they have exerted, their productions are inferior to the effect of an engraving; and only tend to prove, in my opinion, that ingenuity and patience are misapplied.\n\nFlowers are cast on bodies from a Pearl up to a Four Line Pica, and of a great variety of patterns. Of late years our letter founders have greatly improved their specimens by the addition of many new designs.\n\nThe practice formerly was to cut the pattern perfect on each piece, and many patterns had a line at the foot of each, so that when a border was formed, there was a continual line round the inside. I pointed out to the late Mr. Catherwood, of the firm of Caslon and Catherwood, the inconvenience of both these modes of cutting flowers: in the first case, when the pattern had a solid ground, the flowers joined in that solid part, and, after being used a few times, the angle became rounded, and always showed a separation between each piece; I recommended that the junction should be in the most open part of the design, so that a little rounding of the angle would not be so perceptible: and in the second case, the same cause produced the same effect; for after being used a few times, the angles became rounded, and instead of a continued line, it became a series of short lines, separated from each other by intervals: to remedy this, I suggested to him to discard the line, and that a piece of brass rule should be substituted by the printer, which, being in one piece, would form a continued line, and not be liable to injury from the same cause. He adopted both these plans, and the junction of the flowers that have been subsequently cut has been much improved; but the abolishing of the line has not produced the neat effect I anticipated, for it rarely happens that the printer will take the trouble of placing a rule within the flowers; in consequence, many of the designs present, when printed, a meagre and unfinished appearance.", "chars": 2558, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1375", "term": "fluffing", "norm": "fluffing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of reducing the substance and smoothing the flesh side of a skin or hide during leather manufacture. See also: BUFFING (2); SNUFFING. 2. The removal of the free or loosely bonded fibers, loading material or dust from the surface of paper during impression. Fluff is a particular defect encountered in lithographic printing, and results in the printed matter showing white or gray images in paper fibers, or other material, removed from the surface of the paper.", "chars": 524, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [93, 306], "citations": ["Coupe, Raymond Richard. Science of printing technology. London. Cassell. 1966.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1376", "term": "flush", "norm": "flush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "flush cut", "dates": null, "text": "See: CUT FLUSH.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1377", "term": "flush board binding", "norm": "flush board binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of binding having the boards glued to the board papers and a paper cover glued to the boards. The book is then CUT FLUSH.", "chars": 153, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FLY", "term": "FLY", "norm": "fly", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See Devil.—M. A boy who takes the printed sheets off the tympan as soon as the pressman turns it up, for the sake of despatch: it was most frequently done with newspapers, as they are always pressed for time, and are obliged to work with the greatest expedition. These boys are not now called devils, as in the time of Moxon, but Flies, or Fly Boys.", "chars": 394, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-fly-1", "term": "FLY", "norm": "fly", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The person or apparatus that takes off the sheets from the press.", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1378", "term": "fly embossing press", "norm": "fly embossing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An early version of the BLOCKING PRESS, which was capable of exerting the enormous pressure required to block covers with engraved plates often of the same size as the cover, even quartos and folios. This type of press was probably introduced sometime in the late 1820s by JOSEPH THOUVENIN and was used extensively until the later part of the 19th century. The description \"fly\" may stem from the instantaneous release of pressure (the platen \"flying\" up).", "chars": 504, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [203, 236], "citations": ["Leighton, Douglas. Modern bookbinding: a survey and a prospect. New York. Oxford University Press. 1935.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1380", "term": "fly leaf", "norm": "fly leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leaf or leaves at the beginning and end of a book, being the leaf or leaves not pasted to the boards, or covers, of the book. See also: ENDPAPERS.", "chars": 172, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 335], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-fly-leaves-1", "term": "Fly leaves", "norm": "fly leaves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The blank leaves at the beginning and end of a book, between the end papers and the book proper.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FLYIN", "term": "FLYING FRISKET", "norm": "flying frisket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In working at press, the act of turning down the frisket and the tympan upon the form by the same motion, for despatch; it is always done in the regular way of working, but not in very superior work where the paper is heavy.", "chars": 224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1379", "term": "flying out", "norm": "flying out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A convex shape to the fore edge of a book, resulting from lack of, or improper, rounding, backing, lining of the spine, or a combination thereof.", "chars": 145, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1381", "term": "flyswing", "norm": "flyswing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very thin SKIVER used extensively for title labels on cloth- and leather-bound books, and generally lettered in gold. In library binding, the \"flyswing\" has been replaced by labels of paper and (occasionally) cloth.", "chars": 241, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1382", "term": "Fogel, Johannes", "norm": "fogel, johannes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": "fl 1455-?1460", "text": "One of the most celebrated of German bookbinders, Fogel bound at least one and perhaps as many as four copies of the Gutenberg Bible, one of which bears his signature. Fogel's tools included a rope knot and a lute player stamp, as well as triple fillets accompanied by rosettes. He also worked finely made headbands in red, white, and blue silk. All of his bindings are decorated in a manner characteristic of ERFURT BINDINGS, having the long, narrow center panel enclosed in a broad border, with all lines crossing at the ends to form squares in the corners.\n\nLittle is known of Fogel after 1460. All of his extant signed bindings are thought to have been bound at Erfurt before 1460, and by 1461 some of his stamps were being used in conjunction with others and without his signature on the bindings, but it is not known whether he retired from binding or just stopped signing his bindings. In 1462 his lute player and rope knot finishing tools appear on a binding signed by Paulus Lehener. It is possible, although probably unlikely, that he discarded some tools and acquired others.", "chars": 1115, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [141], "citations": ["Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1383", "term": "foil", "norm": "foil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLOCKING FOIL.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1384", "term": "fold and dye papers", "norm": "fold and dye papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Decorative end- and cover-papers which have been folded (in parallel folds several times or into accordion pleats) and painted with color along the edges and corners, or dipped into a dye or paint mixture. Japanese papers are usually used in this technique.", "chars": 257, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1385", "term": "fold binder", "norm": "fold binder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One of the simplest forms of \"binding,\" consisting of a sheet of cover stock with a series of scores running vertically and extending outward from the center fold to allow for expansion. The grain of the cover stock should run from head to tail so as to facilitate folding and scoring.", "chars": 285, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [146], "citations": ["Grimm, Francis W. A primer to bookbinding. Boston. Houghton Mifflin. 1939."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1398", "term": "fold sewing", "norm": "fold sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term applied to sewing a book through the folds of the sections. See: FLEXIBLE SEWING; FRENCH SEWING; MACHINE SEWING; RECESSED-CORD SEWING; TAPE SEWING (1)", "chars": 285, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1399", "term": "fold to paper", "norm": "fold to paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instruction to the binder to fold the printed sheets of a book so that the edges of the leaves and bolts are even. Cf: FOLD TO PRINT.", "chars": 160, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1400", "term": "fold to print", "norm": "fold to print", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "fold to register", "dates": null, "text": "An instruction to the binder to fold the printed sheets of a book to register, i.e., the edges of the printed areas are to be placed exactly over one another. C: FOLD TO PAPER.", "chars": 200, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1386", "term": "folded book", "norm": "folded book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "folding book", "dates": null, "text": "A form of book consisting of a long strip of paper folded \"concertina-wise\" and attached at one or both ends to stiff covers. The \"folded book\" is common in the Orient but much less so in other parts of the world, except in books of an unusual nature, such as books of a pictorial nature with views of places and/or panoramas.", "chars": 326, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1387", "term": "folder", "norm": "folder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A thin length of wood, bone, ivory, or other material, from 6 to 12 inches long, and 1 to 1 1/2 inches wide. The typical folder is approximately 1/8 inch thick. It is tapered to the edges, has rounded edges and ends, and is used in folding sheets by hand and cutting bolts, and also in numerous binding operations. 2. See: FOLDING MACHINES. 3. A publication consisting of one sheet of paper folded to make two or more leaves but not stitched or cut. 4. A large sheet of stiff paper, usually manila, folded once. It has a projection or tag for heading at the top of the rear portion.", "chars": 609, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [204], "citations": ["Lewis, Arthur William. Basic bookbinding. New York. Dover, 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-folder-1", "term": "folder", "norm": "folder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This is a flat piece of bone or ivory used in folding the sheets and in many other manipulations. Also applied to a female engaged in folding sheets.", "chars": 149, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-folder-1", "term": "folder", "norm": "folder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A flat piece of bone or ivory used in folding sheets, and in many other manipulations; called also a folding stick. A female engaged in folding sheets.", "chars": 151, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-folder-1", "term": "folder", "norm": "folder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a flat piece of ivory or bone, like a paper knife, used in folding sheets and in various other operations.", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-folder-1", "term": "folder", "norm": "folder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A flat piece of bone or ivory used in folding the sheets and in many other manipulations. Also applied to the person engaged in folding sheets.", "chars": 143, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1388", "term": "folding", "norm": "folding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of folding flat printed sheets into sections. The number of leaves in a single folded sheet is always a multiple of two: 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64 leaves, giving 8, 16, 32, 64, and 128 pages respectively. Sections with 6, 12, 18 etc., leaves may be obtained by the use of other than standard types of folding, or by the use of more than one sheet, e.g., an envelope fold followed by a right angle fold will give 6 leaves (12 pages), or a full sheet folded three times, plus a half sheet folded twice and insetted within the full sheet will give a section of 12 leaves (24 pages). Although a single sheet of paper can be folded nine times, in bookwork it is unusual to find a sheet folded more than four times, and most sheets are slit or perforated if they are to be folded at right angles more than twice, so as to reduce wrinkling and buckling.\n\nThe principal folds are the parallel (or buckle) and right angle, with the latter being the most commonly used fold in bookwork. The parallel fold is generally used for very narrow books, or for those that are printed TWO UP.\n\nThe third most commonly used fold, though used far less than either of the preceding, is the concertina fold, which is used for maps and folders, as well as for some book sections.\n\nAlmost all folding today is done by machine; however, in the early days of the folding machine, the work was so inaccurate that good folding could be done only by hand.\n\nFolding is done \"to the paper\" or \"to the print,\" i.e., register. See also: FOLD TO PAPER; FOLD TO PRINT; FOLDING MACHINES; IMPOSITION; REGISTER (4).", "chars": 1719, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 182, 229, 234, 335, 339, 343], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Jennett, Sean. The making of books. 4th ed. New York. Praeger. 1967.", "Martin, A. G. Finishing processes in printing. New York. Focal Press. 1972.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOLDI", "term": "FOLDING", "norm": "folding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In the warehouse. As the person who collates the books turns them, the gatherings lie ready to be folded, and as they are pushed a little over each other they are readily taken up separately; they are knocked up at the ends and sides, and evenly folded in the back, which is rubbed down with a folder; after this, from a dozen to twenty-five gatherings in thickness are knocked up together and put into the press, which is thus filled and screwed down. After lying a sufficient time in the press, they are taken out and are ready for booking.\n\nBooks are never folded across a page; of course some require to be folded the shortest way of the paper, and some the longest way.", "chars": 672, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1389", "term": "folding book", "norm": "folding book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FOLDED (FOLDING) BOOK,", "chars": 51, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1390", "term": "folding endurance", "norm": "folding endurance", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The number of folds which a specimen (usually paper) will withstand before failure, under controlled conditions in a specified instrument. In the usual test, a specimen is subjected repeatedly to double folds through a wide angle while under tension.\n\nFolding endurance is a very important indication of the durability of archival papers. The test is usually conducted in an environmental room. A decline in folding endurance is the most sensitive indicator of aging and deterioration of paper.", "chars": 492, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 62], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Britt, Kenneth W., ed. Handbook of pulp and paper technology. 2nd ed. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1391", "term": "folding in gangs", "norm": "folding in gangs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of folding printed sheets by means of a folding machine that folds a large sheet into several sections in one operation. As the sheet passes through the machine, it is folded, cut into sections, the heads are slit and the sections are then delivered singly or inset.", "chars": 275, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-folding-machine-1", "term": "FOLDING MACHINE", "norm": "folding machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine invented to fold sheets, generally used in newspaper offices.", "chars": 71, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1392", "term": "folding machines", "norm": "folding machines", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Machines that fold flat printed sheets into sections. The two main features of modern folding machines are: 1) the knife which dips between two rotating rollers that form a \"nip;\" and 2) the plate that forms an envelope into which the sheet is propelled, bending or buckling it along a desired line as it makes its exit from the plate.\n\nThree main types of folding machines are in use today: the knife folder, buckle (or plate) folder, and combination folders, which are machines that employ both knife and buckle folding in different stages in the same machine. All three types are designed to take standard sizes of paper and are suitable for different types and classes of work.\n\nIn the knife folder, a blunt-edged knife is set parallel with and above the slot formed by the two rollers. The rollers revolve continuously so that when a sheet is placed over them and the knife descends, the paper is caught between the rollers and carried away, a fold being made where the knife made contact. In practice the sheets are fed one at a time to stops, either by hand or by mechanical feeders, and are carried by moving tapes beneath the knife where they are precisely positioned mechanically for folding. The knife having descended, the sheet, now folded once, is carried by rollers and tapes to a second unit of knife and rollers where a second fold is made, then a third fold, etc., the folded sheets (now sections) being delivered to a stacker. If any knife is at right angles to the previous unit a fold at right angles to the previous fold is made; however, if the machine is constructed with the folding units parallel to preceding folds then parallel folds are made. If it is desired to slit the sheet into individual sections during folding, the sheet will travel through rotary slitters when passing from one folding unit to the next, and the individual sections of the sheet will be conveyed to individual folding units. In this manner, a sheet printed with 64 pages can be slit into four parts producing four individual 16-page sections. Machines are normally provided with perforators which perforate the bolts, thus preventing wrinkling and buckling.\n\nBuckle folders work on a different principle. The sheet is fed end first between a pair of continuously revolving rollers and the leading edge is guided between two closely spaced plates, the plane of the plates being at an angle of 45° to the plane of feeding. The plates are fitted with internal adjustable stops, and when the leading edge of the sheet hits these stops further forward motion is prevented. The latter half of the sheet, however, is still being propelled forward by the rollers and, being already bent at an angle of 45°, the sheet buckles at the point of entry to the plates. The buckle is gripped between the lower roller and a third roller in contact with it and the buckle passes between these rollers, thus forming a fold. The portion of the sheet between the plates is immediately withdrawn by this action, leaving the mechanism clear for the next sheet. The sheet continues to be propelled by rollers and the folded edge may be deflected into a second and then third plate, producing additional folds parallel to the first. Buckle folders frequently incorporate knife folding units, the knives being used to make folds at right angles to the parallel buckle fold. As with knife folding machines, perforators and slitters are incorporated for use at various stages of folding.\n\nBuckle folders are generally run at higher speeds than knife folders, but knife folders are used in book work because they are better adapted for handling a greater diversity of papers. The largest knife folders will fold a flat sheet of 128 pages, producing four 32-page sections, each with four folds. Buckle folders, in their most complex form, can produce almost any series of folds, but, in general, they are used more for the folding of advertising matter than for book work.\n\nThe first folding machine is believed to have been introduced in about 1850 by a man named Blake. In 1856, Cyrus Chambers, Jr., patented and sold a folding machine to the Lippincott Publishing Company. Although the accuracy of early folders was poor, with hand folding still predominating for better grade work, development of the folding machine after 1862 was rapid, and in 1873 a machine was patented that would fold a 16-page section and one of 8 pages, inset the latter, and paste it in place. That same year devices to cut and slit paper as it went through the machine were introduced. Automatic feeders were also developed, one being patented in 1855.\n\nModern folding machines are available in many sizes, capable of folding sheets measuring 4 by 4 inches up to 26 by 60 inches and, in special cases, even up to 50 by 74 inches.", "chars": 4771, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [52, 101, 179, 320, 339], "citations": ["Book Manufacturers' Institute. Helpful aids in book production. New York. Book Manufacturers' Institute. 1953.", "Cuneo (John F.) Co. Plan for a good book…Chicago. John F. Cuneo Co. 1951.", "Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1393", "term": "folding needle", "norm": "folding needle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A needle, usually of steel imbedded in a wooden handle, and used by some bookbinders in tight places for such work as mitering covers and turning-in on slipcases. It is also used at times for scoring.", "chars": 200, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1395", "term": "folding stick", "norm": "folding stick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A long, thin polished piece of wood, bone, plastic, or other material, used when folding paper by hand to crease the sheet without soiling or otherwise damaging it. See also: FOLDER (1).", "chars": 210, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1396", "term": "folding strength", "norm": "folding strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FOLDING ENDURANCE.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1394", "term": "foldings", "norm": "foldings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term applied to printed sheets which have been folded in various ways to form sections. Foldings from 4 to 128 are given in the table provided below.", "chars": 159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1397", "term": "foldouts", "norm": "foldouts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Inserts that are larger than the trim size of the book or other publication and which must be folded before insertion. When they are the same height as the book but wider they may be tipped in, but when they are both higher and wider, or just higher, they must be LIPPED. See also: FULL APRON; THROW OUT.", "chars": 376, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [316, 339], "citations": ["Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1401", "term": "foliaged staff", "norm": "foliaged staff", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing stamp cut in the form of a branch entwined with foliage, sometimes intertwined with berries. A foliaged staff is usually used to form a frame.\n\nFoldings\n\nSection Size Symbol Customary Leaves Pages\n\nNumber of Folds\n\nFolio fo 1 2 4\n\nQuarto 4to 2 4 8\n\nSixmo 6to varies 6 12\n\nOctavo 8vo 3 8 16\n\nTwelvemo 12mo varies 12 24\n\nSixteenmo 16mo 4 16 32\n\nEighteenmo 18mo varies 18 36\n\nTwenty-fourmo 24mo varies 24 48\n\nThirty-twomo 32mo 5 32 64\n\nThirty-sixmo 36mo varies 36 72\n\nForty-eightmo 48mo varies 48 96\n\nSixty-fourmo 64mo varies 64 128", "chars": 854, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1402", "term": "foliate", "norm": "foliate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To number the leaves of a book instead of the pages. This results in the rectos and versos having the same number, as 1, 1-2, 2-3, 3-4, 4-5, etc. It is a method of numbering commonly found in blankbooks.", "chars": 203, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1403", "term": "foliation", "norm": "foliation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The total number of leaves, whether numbered or unnumbered, contained in a book or manuscript. 2. The numbering of the leaves of a book or manuscript. Foliation was relatively rare until the last quarter of the 15th century. It consisted originally of the word Folio, or an abbreviation, followed by a Roman numeral. Arabic figures were used in Italy between 1475 and 1500, and outside Italy after 1500. Eventually the Arabic came to be used alone. The numbering of pages (pagination), as opposed to leaves, began to replace foliation near the end of the 16th century but was not finally established until the 18th century. Reference to a page in a foliated book is generally done by using r and v for recto and verso, e.g., 1r or 1v, or by the use of a and b. e.g., 1a or 1b, the latter being preferred because manuscript v is often mistaken for r. Abbreviated ff. See also: PAGINATION.", "chars": 914, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 156], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1404", "term": "folio", "norm": "folio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The book size resulting from folding a sheet one time, giving leaves half the size of the sheet. In modern practice double-size paper folded twice, or quad-size paper folded three times would be used, thus producing the requisite folio size but in sections convenient for binding. Abbreviated Fo. or fo. 2. A leaf of parchment or paper numbered only on the recto side. 3. Loosely, the number of a page. 4. An individual leaf of a book.", "chars": 438, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [234, 252, 316], "citations": ["Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Oswald, John Clyde. A history of printing; its development through five hundred years. New York. Appleton. 1928.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOLIO", "term": "FOLIO", "norm": "folio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The running number of the pages of a work. When there is no running title, the folios are placed in the middle of the head-line, in Arabic figures, sometimes enclosed in brackets, sometimes in parentheses, but more frequently now without either; when there is a running title, the folios are placed at the outside corners of the pages. The prefatory matter has the folios generally set in Roman lower case numerals, and sometimes the folios of an appendix are done in a similar manner.\n\nA sheet of paper folded in two leaves, is also termed folio; as folio post, folio demy, &c.; but when the size of a book is spoken of, it is styled a post folio, demy folio, &c.", "chars": 662, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-folio-1", "term": "folio", "norm": "folio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two pages to a form.", "chars": 20, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-folio-1", "term": "folio", "norm": "folio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet folded once, consisting of two leaves, or four pages; the size of the sheet being usually understood as about 19×24 inches, giving a leaf 19×12 inches. Also, the consecutive page numbers of a book, pamphlet, etc.", "chars": 220, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1405", "term": "folio form", "norm": "folio form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Printed sheets that have been folded and gathered, but not bound. See also: GATHERING (1).", "chars": 114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [322], "citations": ["Summerfield, Melvin B. Bound-to-stay-bound: the story of a book… Jacksonville, 111. New Method Book Bindery. 1956."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOLLO", "term": "FOLLOW", "norm": "follow", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See if it follows, is a term used as well by the corrector, as by the compositor and pressman. It is used by the corrector and compositor when they examine how the beginning matter of a succeeding page agrees with the ending matter of a precedent page: and how the folios of those pages properly and numerically follow and succeed one another, lest the pages should be transposed. But the pressman only examines that the folio and beginning word of the second page, and signature of the first and third page (when the reiteration is on the press) follow the folio and direction of the first page, and the signature of the third page follows the signature of the first page, orderly according to the volume, lest the form should be laid wrong on the press.—M.\n\nFoot Notes. See Bottom Notes.", "chars": 923, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1406", "term": "font", "norm": "font", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "fount", "dates": null, "text": "The complete assortment of all letters and characters in one face and size of type. A type family includes fonts of roman, italic, semi-bold and condensed. See also: TYPE FACE.", "chars": 200, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1407", "term": "fonthill style", "norm": "fonthill style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A particular style of binding in which the books were sewn on raised cords, and were top edge gilt, had marbled paper sides and endpapers, and were covered in half olive-brown morocco. Finishing consisted of lettering and the date at the tail of the spine. The name derives from Fonthill Abbey in Wiltshire, England, which was built toward the end of the 18th century by William Beckford (1759-1844).", "chars": 400, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [241], "citations": ["Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1408", "term": "foot", "norm": "foot", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The margin at the bottom of a page of type. 2. The under-surface of type. The plane parallel to the face on which the body of type rests.", "chars": 140, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 196], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOOT2", "term": "FOOT OF A PAGE", "norm": "foot of a page", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bottom or end of a page.—M.", "chars": 31, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOOT1", "term": "FOOT OF THE LETTER", "norm": "foot of the letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The break end of the shank of a letter.—M.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-foot-sticks-1", "term": "Foot-sticks", "norm": "foot-sticks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Sloping pieces of furniture placed at the bottom of pages, between which and the chase the quoins are driven to fasten the pages.", "chars": 129, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1409", "term": "footage", "norm": "footage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The charge made by the manufacturer or supplier of leather. The method of measurement used in calculating the number of square feet of any particular skin or hide is somewhat complicated, and in practice it is usually found that a skin marked, for example, as four feet, will not give nearly that much area in cut pieces for books; particularly in the case of skins with very ragged edges, e.g., goatskin. The footage charged is usually marked on the flesh side of the skin, and is calculated to the tenth of a foot in the United States, and to a quarter of a foot in England, e.g., 4 = 4 feet, 4/1 = 4 1/4 foot, etc. The measuring is done either by metal pins which record the presence (or absence) of leather by touch, or by a beam of light, which indicates the absence of leather by means of a receptor element. 2. The length or area of a reel of paper expressed in linear or square measure.", "chars": 897, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335, 363], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOOTS1", "term": "FOOTSTEP,", "norm": "footstep,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a board nailed upon a piece of timber seven or eight inches high, and is bevelled away on its upper side, as is also the board on its under side at its hither end, that the board may stand aslope on the floor. It is placed fast on the floor under the carriage of the press.—M. It is made of elm; and gives the pressman great advantage in pulling when he has a heavy form on the press.", "chars": 387, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOOTS2", "term": "FOOTSTICK", "norm": "footstick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Footsticks are placed against the foot or bottom of the page: the outer sides of these footsticks are bevelled or sloped from the further to the hither end, which allows the quoins to wedge up the pages within the chase.—M. They, as well as sidesticks, which are precisely the same, and used indiscriminately for each other where the length suits, are made of oak; their width is in proportion to their length; for a form of demy octavo the broad end will be about an inch wide, and the narrow end about half an inch; but where a chase is small in proportion to the size of the pages, they are made narrower to allow of quoin room. Their height is the same as that of the other furniture; the outer angle at each end is bevelled off. A careful compositor, when he is making up furniture from the drawer, will cut off the bruised broad end from the old side and footsticks that will suit as to length, and thus economise the furniture, which for jobs and pamphlets will answer every purpose of new.", "chars": 997, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1410", "term": "fore edge", "norm": "fore edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edge of a book opposite the spine. Sometimes called \"front edge.\"", "chars": 69, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORE", "term": "FORE EDGE", "norm": "fore edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fore edge, in making margin, is that edge of a sheet of paper, which, when folded to the proper size of the book, forms its outer edge.\n\nForeign Bills or Notes. See Forgery.", "chars": 254, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-fore-edge-1", "term": "fore edge", "norm": "fore edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The front edge of the book.", "chars": 27, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-fore-edge-1", "term": "fore edge", "norm": "fore edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The front edge of the leaves.", "chars": 29, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1411", "term": "fore-edge binding", "norm": "fore-edge binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of binding representing a degree between quarter and half-binding, in which a narrow strip of leather or cloth, usually of the same color as that covering the spine, is attached to the outer extremity of each board. The width of the strip generally varies according to the color and decoration, if any, of the material used to cover the sides.", "chars": 351, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [86], "citations": ["Collins, Arthur Frederick. Book crafts for senior pupils; a handbook for teachers and students. Leicester. Dryad Press. 1938."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1412", "term": "fore-edge margin", "norm": "fore-edge margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The space between the text and the outer extremity of the leaf of a book. Also called \"outside margin. See also: BLED; MARGIN (1).", "chars": 178, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1413", "term": "fore-edge painting", "norm": "fore-edge painting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A scene painted on the fore edge of a book, either with the edge solid so that the resultant painting is visible with the book closed, or, in the more accepted use of the term, with the edge fanned out so that the painting is not visible with the book closed. When the painting is done with the leaves fanned out, the edge is generally also gilded or marbled in the usual manner, so that the closed book shows no trace whatsoever of the painting. A double fore-edge painting is one with two paintings, which can be viewed independently by fanning the leaves first one way and then the other. A triple fore-edge painting has a visible scene in addition, in which case the edge is not gilded or marbled.\n\nThe painting of fore edges is very old, going back perhaps as early as the 10th century. These earliest fore-edge paintings consisted of symbolical designs. The art reached England in the 14th century, and among the early fore-edge paintings, such as those executed by Thomas Berthelet for King Henry VIII, consisted of treating the fore edge as a solid panel for a heraldic or other motif in gold and colors. The binder who originated the technique of painting a design on the fanned out leaves is unknown, although Samuel Mearne is thought to have employed one or more artists and binders who did this kind of painting. The first known disappearing painting dates from 1649; the art of fore-edge painting under gold reached its pinnacle in England in the latter half of the 17th century.\n\nThe art of painting landscapes on fore edges, rather than floral scrolls and armorial bearings, was pioneered by William EDWARDS OF HALIFAX, sometime around 1750. He first used monochrome (brown or gray) and later a full range of colors. Portraits were also included, often flanking a landscape. Subjects portrayed included countrysides, buildings, sports, and scenes based on the content of the book being decorated. The types of books commonly treated in this manner were Bibles and prayer books, the classics, travel books, and poetry.\n\nAlthough the art of fore-edge painting is old, there is clear evidence indicating that the majority of such paintings are the work of the late 19th and 20th centuries, mainly on books dating from the early 19th century. The great number of these paintings was in response to the demand of collectors and, because there was an insufficient number of authentic examples, appropriate books of an earlier time were painted to satisfy this demand.", "chars": 2494, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [50, 69, 140, 236], "citations": ["Book collector. London. Queen Anne Press.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1414", "term": "fore-edge tab", "norm": "fore-edge tab", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: INDEX TAB.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1415", "term": "fore-edge title", "norm": "fore-edge title", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The title of a book written on its fore edge to identify it. This was a common practice in the 16th century when it was customary to shelve books with their fore edges outward.", "chars": 176, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-foredge-1", "term": "FOREDGE", "norm": "foredge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The front edge of a book.", "chars": 25, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-foredge-1", "term": "FOREDGE", "norm": "foredge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "(fore edge), the front edge of the leaves. Pronounced “forrege.”", "chars": 64, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1416", "term": "forel", "norm": "forel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A grade of PARCHMENT made from a split sheepskin and dressed in imitation of VELLUM.\n\nIt is not a strong skin and tends to be greasy, which causes difficulties in trying to make it adhere to the boards of a book. Also called \"forrel-' and (rarely) \"forril.\"", "chars": 303, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172, 343], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORES", "term": "FORESTAY", "norm": "forestay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An upright support to the fore end of the frame and long ribs on which the carriage runs. It is fastened to the floor, and screwed to the frame.", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORGE", "term": "FORGERY", "norm": "forgery", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1 Geo. 4. c. 92. “An Act for the further Prevention of forging and counterfeiting of Bank Notes.”\n\n“Whereas the Forgery of Bank Notes hath of late very much increased in this Kingdom; and as well for the Prevention thereof, as to facilitate the Detection of the same, the Governor and Company of the Bank of England have, after great Consideration, Labour and Expence, formed a new Plan for printing Bank Notes, in which the Groundwork of each Bank Note will be Black or Coloured, or Black and Coloured Line Work, and the Words “Bank of England” will be placed at the Top of each Bank Note, in White Letters upon a Black, Sable, or Dark Ground, such Ground containing White Lines intersecting each other, and the numerical Amount or Sum of each Bank Note in the Body of the Note, will be printed in Black and Red Register Work, and the Back of each Note will distinctly show the whole Contents thereof, except the Number and Date in a reversed Impression: Therefore, for the better Prevention of the Forgery of Bank Notes, and for the Security of the Public; be it enacted by the King’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That from and after the passing of this Act, if any Person or Persons (other than the Officers, Workmen, Servants, and Agents for the Time being of the said Governor and Company, to be authorized and appointed for that Purpose by the said Governor and Company, and for the Use of the said Governor and Company only,) shall engrave, cut, etch, scrape, or by any other Art, Means, or Device make, or shall cause or procure to be engraved, cut, etched, scraped, or by any other Art, Means, or Device made, or shall knowingly aid or assist in the engraving, cutting, etching, scraping, or by any other Art, Means, or Device, making, in or upon any Plate of Copper, Brass, Steel, Iron, Pewter, or of any other Metal or Mixtures of Metal, or upon Wood or other Materials, or any Plate whatsoever, for the Purpose of producing a Print or Impression of all or any Part or Parts of a Bank Note, or of a Blank Bank Note, of the said Governor and Company, of the Description aforesaid, without an Authority in Writing from the said Governor and Company, or shall use any such Plate so engraved, cut, etched, scraped, or by any other Art, Means, or Device made, or shall use any other Instrument or Contrivance for the making or printing any such Bank Note or Blank Bank Note, or Part of a Bank Note of the Description aforesaid; or if any Person or Persons shall, from and after the passing of this Act, without such Authority as aforesaid, knowingly and without lawful Excuse, have in his, her, or their Custody any such Plate or Instrument, or without such Authority as aforesaid, shall knowingly or wilfully utter, publish, dispose of, or put away any such Blank Bank Note, or Part of such Bank Note, of the Description aforesaid, every Person so offending in any of the Cases aforesaid, and being thereof convicted according to Law, shall be adjudged a Felon, and shall be transported for the Term of Fourteen Years.\n\ns. 2. “And whereas divers Frauds have been practised by making and publishing Papers with certain Words and Characters so nearly resembling the Notes of the Governor and Company of the Bank of England, as to appear, to ignorant and unwary Persons, to be the Notes of the said Governor and Company; and it is necessary for the Security of the Public, that such Practices, as applied to the Notes of the said Governor and Company of the Description aforesaid, should be prevented; be it therefore further enacted, That if any Person or Persons, from and after the passing of this Act, shall engrave, cut, etch, scrape, or by any other Art, Means, or Device make, or shall cause or procure to be engraved, cut, etched, scraped, or by any other Art, Means, or Contrivance made, or shall knowingly aid or assist in the engraving, cutting, etching, scraping, or by any other Art, Means, or Contrivance making, in or upon any Plate of Copper, Brass, Steel, Iron, Pewter, or of any other Metal or Mixture of Metals, or upon Wood, or any other Materials, or upon any Plate whatsoever, any Line Work, as or for the Ground Work of a Promissory Note, or Bill of Exchange, the Impression taken from which Line Work shall be intended to resemble the Ground Work of a Bank Note of the said Governor and Company of the Description aforesaid, or any Device, the Impression taken from which shall contain the Words “Bank of England,” in White Letters upon a Black, Sable, or Dark Ground, either with or without White or other Lines therein, or shall contain in any Part thereof the numerical Sum or Amount of any Promissory Note or Bill of Exchange in Black and Red Register Work, or shall show the reversed Contents of a Promissory Note or Bill of Exchange, or of any Part of a Promissory Note or Bill of Exchange, or contain any Word or Words, Figure or Figures, Character or Characters, Pattern or Patterns, which shall be intended to resemble the Whole or any Part of the Matter or Ornaments of any Bank Note of the Description aforesaid, or shall contain any Word, Number, Figure, or Character, in White on a Black, Sable, or Dark Ground, either with or without White or other Lines therein, which shall be intended to resemble the numerical Sum or Amount in the Margin, or any other Part of any Bank Note of the said Governor and Company, without an Authority in Writing for that Purpose from the said Governor and Company, to be produced and proved by the Party accused; or if any Person or Persons shall, from and after the passing of this Act, (without such Authority as aforesaid), use any such Plate, Wood, or other Material so engraved, cut, etched, scraped, or by any other Art, Means, or Contrivance made, or shall use any other Instrument or Contrivance for the making or printing upon any Paper or other Material, any Word or Words, Figure or Figures, Character or Characters, Pattern or Patterns, which shall be intended to resemble the Whole or any Part of the Matter or Ornaments of any such Note of the said Governor and Company, of the Description aforesaid, or any Word, Figure, or Character, in White on a Black, Sable, or Dark Ground, either with or without White or other Lines therein, which shall be apparently intended to resemble the numerical Sum or Amount in the Margin, or any other Part of any Bank Note of the said Governor and Company; or if any Person or Persons shall, from and after the passing of this Act, without such Authority as aforesaid, knowingly have in his, her, or their Custody or Possession, any such Plate or Instrument, or shall knowingly and wilfully utter, publish, or dispose of, or put away any Paper, or other Material containing any such Word or Words, Figure or Figures, Character or Characters, Pattern or Patterns, as aforesaid, or shall knowingly or willingly have in his, her or their Custody or Possession, any Paper or other Material containing any such Word or Words, Figure or Figures, Character or Characters, Pattern or Patterns as aforesaid, (without lawful Excuse, the Proof whereof shall lie upon the Person accused,) every Person so offending in any of the Cases aforesaid, and being convicted thereof according to Law, shall be adjudged a Felon, and shall be transported for the Term of Fourteen Years.”\n\n11 Geo. 4. & 1 Will. 4. c. 66. “An Act for reducing into One Act all such Forgeries as shall henceforth be punished with Death, and for otherwise amending the Laws relative to Forgery.”\n\ns. 13. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall, without the Authority of the Governor and Company of the Bank of England, to be proved by the Party accused, make or use, or shall without lawful Excuse, to be proved by the Party accused, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any Frame, Mould, or Instrument for the making of Paper, with the words “Bank of England” visible in the Substance of the Paper, or for the making of Paper with curved or waving Bar Lines, or with the Laying Wire Lines thereof in a waving or curved shape, or with any Number, Sum, or Amount, expressed in a Word or Words in Roman Letters, visible in the Substance of the Paper; or if any Person shall, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, manufacture, use, sell, expose to sale, utter or dispose of, or shall, without lawful Excuse, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any Paper whatsoever with the Words “Bank of England” visible in the Substance of the Paper, or any Paper with curved or waving Bar Lines, or with the Laying Wire Lines thereof in a waving or curved Shape, or with any Number, Sum, or Amount, expressed in a Word or Words in Roman Letters, appearing visible in the Substance of the Paper; or if any Person, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, shall by any Art or Contrivance, cause the Words “Bank of England” to appear visible in the Substance of any Paper, or cause the numerical Sum or Amount of any Bank Note, Bank Bill of Exchange, or Bank Post Bill, Blank Bank Note, Blank Bank Bill of Exchange, or Blank Bank Post Bill, in a Word or Words in Roman Letters, to appear visible in the Substance of the Paper whereon the same shall be written or printed; every such Offender shall be guilty of Felony, and, being convicted thereof, shall be transported beyond the Seas for the Term of Fourteen Years.\n\ns. 14. “Provided always, and be it enacted, That nothing herein contained shall prevent any Person from issuing any Bill of Exchange or Promissory Note having the Amount thereof expressed in Guineas, or in a numerical Figure or Figures denoting the Amount thereof in Pounds Sterling, appearing visible in the Substance of the Paper upon which the same shall be written or printed, nor shall prevent any Person from making, using, or selling any Paper having waving or curved Lines, or any other Devices in the Nature of Watermarks, visible in the Substance of the Paper, not being Bar Lines, or Laying Wire Lines, provided the same are not so contrived as to form the Ground Work or Texture of the Paper, or to resemble the waving or curved Laying Wire Lines, or Bar Lines, or the Watermarks of the Paper used by the Governor and Company of the Bank of England.\n\ns. 15. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall engrave, or in anywise make upon any Plate whatever, or upon any Wood, Stone, or other Material, any Promissory Note or Bill of Exchange, or Blank Promissory Note, or Blank Bill of Exchange, or Part of a Promissory Note or Bill of Exchange, purporting to be a Bank Note, Bank Bill of Exchange, or Bank Post Bill, or Blank Bank Note, Blank Bank Bill of Exchange, or Blank Bank Post Bill, or Part of a Bank Note, Bank Bill of Exchange, or Bank Post Bill, without the Authority of the Governor and Company of the Bank of England, to be proved by the Party accused; or if any Person shall use such Plate, Wood, Stone, or other Material, or any other Instrument or Device, for the making or printing any Bank Note, Bank Bill of Exchange, or Bank Post Bill, or Blank Bank Note, Blank Bank Bill of Exchange, or Blank Bank Post Bill, or Part of a Bank Note, Bank Bill of Exchange, or Bank Post Bill, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid; or if any Person shall, without lawful Excuse, the Proof whereof shall lie on the Party accused, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any such Plate, Wood, Stone, or other Material, or any such Instrument or Device; or if any Person shall, without such Authority to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly offer, utter, dispose of, or put off any Paper upon which any Blank Bank Note, Blank Bank Bill of Exchange, or Blank Bank Post Bill, or Part of a Bank Note, Bank Bill of Exchange, or Bank Post Bill, shall be made or printed; or if any Person shall, without lawful Excuse, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any such Paper; every such Offender shall be guilty of Felony, and, being convicted thereof, shall be transported beyond the Seas for the Term of Fourteen Years.\n\ns. 16. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall engrave or in anywise make upon any Plate whatever, or upon any Wood, Stone, or other Material, any Word, Number, Figure, Character, or Ornament, the Impression taken from which shall resemble, or apparently be intended to resemble, any Part of a Bank Note, Bank Bill of Exchange, or Bank Post Bill, without the Authority of the Governor and Company of the Bank of England, to be proved by the Party accused; or if any Person shall use any such Plate, Wood, Stone, or other Material, or any other Instrument or Device, for the making upon any Paper or other Material the Impression of any Word, Number, Figure, Character, or Ornament which shall resemble, or apparently be intended to resemble, any Part of a Bank Note, Bank Bill of Exchange, or Bank Post Bill, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid; or if any Person shall without lawful Excuse, the Proof whereof shall lie on the Party accused, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any such Plate, Wood, Stone, or other Material, or any such Instrument or Device; or if any Person shall, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly offer, utter, dispose of, or put off any Paper or other Material upon which there shall be an Impression of any such Matter as aforesaid; or if any Person shall, without lawful Excuse, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any Paper or other Material upon which there shall be an Impression of any such Matter as aforesaid; every such Offender shall be guilty of Felony, and, being convicted thereof, shall be transported beyond the Seas for the Term of Fourteen Years.\n\ns. 17. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall make or use any Frame, Mould or Instrument for the Manufacture of Paper, with the Name or Firm of any Person or Persons, Body Corporate, or Company carrying on the Business of Bankers (other than and except the Bank of England) appearing visible in the Substance of the Paper, without the Authority of such Person or Persons, Body Corporate or Company, the Proof of which Authority shall lie on the Party accused; or if any Person shall, without lawful Excuse, the Proof whereof shall lie on the Party accused, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any such Frame, Mould, or Instrument; or if any Person shall, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, manufacture, use, sell, expose to Sale, utter, or dispose of, or shall, without lawful Excuse, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any Paper in the Substance of which the Name or Firm of any such Person or Persons, Body Corporate, or Company carrying on the Business of Bankers shall appear visible; or if any Person shall, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, cause the Name or Firm of any such Person or Persons, Body Corporate, or Company carrying on the Business of Bankers to appear visible in the Substance of the Paper upon which the same shall be written or printed; every such Offender shall be guilty of Felony, and, being convicted thereof, shall be liable, at the Discretion of the Court, to be transported beyond the Seas for any Term not exceeding Fourteen Years nor less than Seven Years, or to be imprisoned for any Term not exceeding Three Years nor less than One Year.\n\ns. 18. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall engrave or in anywise make upon any Plate whatever, or upon any Wood, Stone, or other Material, any Bill of Exchange or Promissory Note for the Payment of Money, or any Part of any Bill of Exchange or Promissory Note for the Payment of Money, purporting to be the Bill or Note, or Part of the Bill or Note, of any Person or Persons, Body Corporate, or Company carrying on the Business of Bankers (other than and except the Bank of England), without the Authority of such Person or Persons, Body Corporate, or Company, the Proof of which Authority shall lie on the Party accused; or if any Person shall engrave or make upon any Plate whatever, or upon any Wood, Stone, or other Material, any Word or Words, resembling, or apparently intended to resemble, any Subscription subjoined to any Bill of Exchange or Promissory Note for the Payment of Money issued by any such Person or Persons, Body Corporate, or Company carrying on the Business of Bankers, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid; or if any Person shall, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, use, or shall, without lawful Excuse, to be proved by the Party accused, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession, any Plate, Wood, Stone, or other Material upon which any such Bill or Note, or Part thereof, or any Word or Words resembling or apparently intended to resemble such Subscription shall be engraved or made; or if any Person shall, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly offer, utter, dispose of, or put off, or shall, without lawful Excuse, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession, any Paper upon which any Part of such Bill or Note, or any Word or Words resembling or apparently intended to resemble any such Subscription, shall be made or printed; every such Offender shall be guilty of Felony, and being convicted thereof, shall be liable, at the Discretion of the Court, to be transported beyond the Seas for any Term not exceeding Fourteen Years nor less than Seven Years, or to be imprisoned for any Term not exceeding Three Years nor less than One Year.\n\ns. 19. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall engrave or in anywise make upon any Plate whatever, or upon any Wood, Stone, or other Material, any Bill of Exchange, Promissory Note, Undertaking, or Order for Payment of Money, or any Part of any Bill of Exchange, Promissory Note, Undertaking, or Order for Payment of Money, in whatever Language or Languages the same may be expressed, and whether the same shall or shall not be or be intended to be under Seal, purporting to be the Bill, Note, Undertaking, or Order, or Part of the Bill, Note, Undertaking, or Order, of any Foreign Prince or State, or of any Minister or Officer in the Service of any Foreign Prince or State, or of any Body Corporate, or Body of the like Nature, constituted or recognized by any Foreign Prince or State, or of any Person or Company of Persons resident in any Country, not under the Dominion of His Majesty, without the Authority of such Foreign Prince or State, Minister or Officer, Body Corporate, or Body of the like Nature, Person or Company of Persons, the Proof of which Authority shall lie on the Party accused; or if any Person shall, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, use, or shall without lawful Excuse, to be proved by the Party accused, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession, any Plate, Stone, Wood, or other Material upon which any such Foreign Bill, Note, Undertaking, or Order, or any Part thereof, shall be engraved or made; or if any Person shall, without such Authority, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly utter, dispose of, or put off, or shall, without lawful Excuse, to be proved as aforesaid, knowingly have in his Custody or Possession any Paper upon which any Part of such Foreign Bill, Note, Undertaking, or Order shall be made or printed; every such Offender shall be guilty of Felony, and, being convicted thereof, shall be liable, at the Discretion of the Court, to be transported beyond the Seas for any Term not exceeding Fourteen Years, nor less than Seven Years, or to be imprisoned for any Term not exceeding Three Years nor less than One Year.”", "chars": 20123, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1417", "term": "form", "norm": "form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A curved block placed between the endpapers of a book and its covers while the leather is being polished, so as to counteract any warpage which may have occurred due to the dampening of the leather while finishing. 2. Pages of type metal and illustrations, arranged in proper order for the printed sheet and locked in a metal frame called a \"chase,\" ready for printing or for making an electrotype or stereotype.", "chars": 415, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 115], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORM1", "term": "FORM", "norm": "form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The pages when they are imposed and locked up in a chase are called a Form; and this term is applied whether it be one page only or any number that are imposed in one chase.", "chars": 173, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-form-1", "term": "form", "norm": "form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The pages when imposed in a chase.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORM2", "term": "FORM DANCES", "norm": "form dances", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the lines have not been well justified, or if any thing at the ends prevents them being tight when locked up, so that when the compositor tries if the form will lift, and finds that quadrats, letters, and spaces, or any of them drop down and will not rise, it is said, the Form dances.—M.\n\nThis term is more properly applied to a form when, in being lifted from the stone, letters, spaces, or quadrats, will drop lower down than their proper situation, without entirely disengaging themselves from the form; this frequently happens.", "chars": 542, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORM4", "term": "FORM IN THE SINK", "norm": "form in the sink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "After a form is laid up, it is frequently left in the sink for a short time to allow the water to drain from it; if another compositor wants to lay up a form before this be removed, he calls out, Form in the Sink! that the person to whom it belongs may take it away.\n\nForm Rises. See Form Lifts.\n\nForm Springs. See Spring of a Form.", "chars": 445, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORM3", "term": "FORM LIFTS", "norm": "form lifts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "After a form is locked up, and when, on being raised a little from the stone, neither letters, spaces, nor any thing else drops out, it is said, the Form lifts.", "chars": 167, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1418", "term": "formaldehyde", "norm": "formaldehyde", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very reactive aldehyde (HCHO), that is a colorless, pungent, irritating, combustible gas when pure, but is conveniently handled in the form of aqueous solutions or solid polymers. It is usually prepared by the oxidation of methanol or gaseous hydrocarbons. It has been used to kill, or inhibit, bookworms, and is used in the manufacture of some leathers, in the treatment of certain dyestuffs to render them fast to washing, and for bleaching archival papers. Its tanning properties stem from its ability to render gelatin insoluble in water. See also: ALDEHYDE TANNING; COMBINATION OIL TANNAGE; FORMALIN.", "chars": 679, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1419", "term": "formaldehyde tanning", "norm": "formaldehyde tanning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A process of converting hides and skins into leather by treatment with FORMALDEHYDE. See: ALDEHYDE TANNING. See also: COMBINATION OIL TANNAGE; FORMALIN.", "chars": 248, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1420", "term": "formalin", "norm": "formalin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A solution of FORMALDEHYDE gas in water. A solution of 40% formalin in water, which may also contain traces of formic acid, methyl alcohol, or a white deposit of paraldehyde, is used in tanning some leathers. See also: ALDEHYDE TANNING.", "chars": 284, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1421", "term": "format", "norm": "format", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The number of times a printed sheet has been folded to form the leaves of a section, e.g., folio (folded once to make two leaves or four pages); quarto (folded twice to make four leaves or eight pages), etc. In a broader sense, format is the general proportions and approximate size of a book or other publication which would result from such folding. See also: FOLDINGS. 2. In a very loose sense, the general appearance and make-up of a book, including proportions, size, quality, and style of paper and binding, typography, illustrations, and so on. See also: DUMMY (1).", "chars": 623, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 156, 234], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1422", "term": "formation", "norm": "formation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The distribution of the solid components of a sheet of paper, with special reference to the fibers. It is usually judged by the visual appearance of the sheet when viewed by transmitted light. Formation affects not only look-through appearance but uniformity in several respects, including, finish, subsequent coatings, ink receptivity, and compressibility under printing impression.\n\nThe selection of paper pulps and their subsequent refining influence formation to a great extent. Short fibers will form better than long ones, while long fibers, which give strength in terms of folding endurance and tear resistance, when used in preponderance, tend to give a cloudy or bunchy look to the formation of the sheet. Loading or fillers improve formation, permitting closer packing and greater density in the sheet, thus improving both levelness and LOOK-THROUGH. There are limits, however, to the amount of loading than can be used, as it weakens the paper because it is dead weight and contributes no strength on its own.", "chars": 1042, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 143], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1423", "term": "formic acid", "norm": "formic acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, volatile, weak organic acid (H2CO2). It occurs naturally, e.g., in ants, the fruit of the soaptree, etc., and is also formed as a byproduct in the atmospheric oxidation of turpentine. The principal commercial source is sodium formate, which is prepared by the reaction of carbon monoxide and sodium hydroxide under pressure and heat. Formic acid is used in leather manufacture to control pH, as well as in the acid dyeing of some leathers; in the latter case, causing the dye to fix on the leather.", "chars": 533, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1424", "term": "forming iron", "norm": "forming iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BACK-MOLDING IRON.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORMU", "term": "FORMULÆ, CHEMICAL,", "norm": "formulæ, chemical,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "are symbols representing the different substances, simple and compound.\n\nFor the convenience of those who have occasion to refer to a compound substance containing two atoms of base, (as, for instance, antimonious acid in respect to its carbon,) the weight of two atoms of the base is given after the weight of the single atom.\n\n\n\n\n\nBerzelius’s Symbols of all the Elementary Substances.\n\nDegrees of Oxidation are indicated by Dots placed over the Symbol.\n\n\n\nTable of the principal Groups of the Isomorphous Substances at present observed by Chemists.\n\nProfessor Whewell in an Essay on the Employment of Notation in Chemistry, observes, “I have no hesitation in saying, that in mineralogy it is utterly impossible to express clearly, or to reason upon, the chemical constitution of our substances, without the employment of some notation or other. Every one who makes the trial will find that, without a notation, his attempts to compare the composition of different minerals will be confused and fruitless, and that, by employing symbols, his reasonings may easily be made brief, clear, and systematic.”\n\nAfter criticising the foreign notation as being grossly anomalous and defective, he adds the following list, which he hopes he has shown to be mathematically consistent and chemically useful. He has used the atomic composition adopted by Dr. Turner in his Chemistry.\n\nBerzelius represents water (aqua) by Aq; for the sake of simplicity Whewell says he has used q. He also observes, “In the notation of Berzelius, the atoms of oxygen are indicated by dots placed over the symbol of the base. Thus, [..]fe, [...]fe are the protoxide and peroxide of iron, which he considers as having two and three atoms of oxygen respectively. This notation is compact and simple, but it is not consistent with algebraical rule, so far as the oxygen is concerned; and I conceive that, if this element be explicitly expressed, it ought to be done in the manner I have recommended, fe + 2 o, fe + 3 o, &c.”—Journals of Royal Institution.\n\nI have omitted Professor Whewell’s reasons, which he gives to show the superiority of his notation over those of foreign nations and that of Berzelius, as they are not of practical utility in printing; but I have given his list, which will be useful in printing mineralogical works in cases where the copy may be bad.", "chars": 2604, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1425", "term": "forril", "norm": "forril", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FOREL.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1426", "term": "fortified size", "norm": "fortified size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A rosin acid chemically modified for use in lieu of, or together with, rosin size in improving the water resistance of paper. Most fortified sizes are reaction products of rosin with maleic anhydride.", "chars": 200, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1427", "term": "forty-eightmo", "norm": "forty-eightmo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A section consisting of 48 leaves (96 pages). In bookwork, using right angle folds, it is formed by folding a full sheet five times to form 32 leaves, and a half sheet four times to form 16 leaves, and insetting the latter. Its symbol is 48mo, or 48°. Also called \"quadrigesimo-octavo.\" See also: BOOK SIZES.", "chars": 332, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORTY1", "term": "FORTY-EIGHTMO", "norm": "forty-eightmo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet of paper folded into forty-eight leaves, or ninety-six pages.", "chars": 69, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FORTY2", "term": "FORTYMO", "norm": "fortymo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet of paper folded into forty leaves, or eighty pages.", "chars": 59, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1428", "term": "forwarding", "norm": "forwarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The processes or steps involved in binding a book. It has been variously defined as: 1) all of the binding processes following gathering, including covering; 2) the processes following sewing and up to covering; and 3) the processes following sewing and including covering. In edition binding, the term SHEETWORK is usually used in lieu of forwarding.", "chars": 375, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 123], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Dunn and Wilson Group. The art and craft of bookbinding. Falkirk. Dunn & Wilson. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-forwarding-1", "term": "forwarding", "norm": "forwarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Is that branch that takes the books after they are sewed and advances them until they are put in leather ready for the finisher. One who works at this branch is termed a forwarder.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-forwarding-1", "term": "forwarding", "norm": "forwarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Comprises all the operations between preparing and finishing, including the forming and trimming of the books, and the covering of the boards.", "chars": 142, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-forwarding-1", "term": "forwarding", "norm": "forwarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The branch that takes the books after they are sewed, and advances them until they are put into leather ready for the finisher. The one who works at this branch is called a forwarder.", "chars": 183, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-forwarding-1", "term": "forwarding", "norm": "forwarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "comprises all the operations between sewing and finishing, excepting headbanding.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-forwarding-1", "term": "forwarding", "norm": "forwarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "All processes through which a book passes after sewing, other than those of ornamentation by means of tools or rolls. Also that department which takes books after they are sewed and advances them until they are put in leather ready for the finisher. One who works at this branch is termed a forwarder.", "chars": 301, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1429", "term": "forwarding machine", "norm": "forwarding machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name some times given a ROUNDING AND BACKING MACHINE.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1430", "term": "forwarding press", "norm": "forwarding press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FINISHING PRESS.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1431", "term": "fossil resins", "norm": "fossil resins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: RESIN.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOUL1", "term": "FOUL PROOF", "norm": "foul proof", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a proof has many faults marked in it.—M. Pressmen are also in the habit of calling the first proof a Foul Proof; and frequently they pull it so as to justify the epithet.", "chars": 182, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-foul-proof-1", "term": "FOUL PROOF", "norm": "foul proof", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A proof with many faults marked in it.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOUL2", "term": "FOUL STONE", "norm": "foul stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "After imposing or correcting, if a compositor leave any thing upon the imposing stone, except the mallet, shooting stick, and planer, it is termed a foul stone; which in many houses subjects him to a fine.", "chars": 205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-foundation-plate-1", "term": "Foundation-Plate", "norm": "foundation-plate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A plate of iron or brass upon which side-stamps are affixed.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-fount-1", "term": "Fount", "norm": "fount", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A complete assortment of type, of the same nick, body, and face, put up by type-founders in accordance with an ascertained ratio.", "chars": 129, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOUNT2", "term": "FOUNT CASES", "norm": "fount cases", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Cases of larger proportions than those used to compose from, which are kept to contain the surplus sorts of a fount until they are required for use. In these cases they are more accessible than when put into coffins and baskets according to the old plan, and are not so likely to be mislaid.\n\n", "chars": 365, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FOUNT1", "term": "FOUNT,", "norm": "fount,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is the whole number of letters that are cast of the same body and face at one time.—M. Moxon says this word is properly Fund.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-fountain-1", "term": "Fountain", "norm": "fountain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Reservoir for ink, attached to printing-presses.", "chars": 48, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1432", "term": "Fourdrinier machine", "norm": "fourdrinier machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A papermaking machine invented by the Frenchman, Nicolas Louis Robert in 1798, developed in England by Brian Donkin for Henry and Sealy Fourdrinier, but not placed into operation until 1804.\n\nThe Fourdrinier machine and the CYLINDER MACHINE comprise the machines normally employed in the manufacture of all grades of paper and board. The Fourdrinier machine may be considered in four sections: wet end, press section, drier section, and calender section. (The supercalender is not a part of the papermaking machine, and, in fact, not all Fourdriniers have a calender section.) In the wet end, the pulp or stock, at a consistency or concentration of 0.2 to 1.0%, depending upon the grade and weight of the paper being manufactured, flows from a headbox through a slice onto a moving endless belt of wire cloth, the FOURDRINIER WIRE.\n\nThe wire runs over a breast roll, which is under or adjacent to the headbox, over a series of tubes or table rolls (or, more recently, drainage blades) which maintain the working surface of the wire in a plane and aid in water removal. The tubes or rolls create a vacuum on the downstream side of the NIP.\n\nSimilarly, the drainage blades create a vacuum on the downstream side where the wire leaves the blade surface, but also perform the function of a doctor blade on the upstream side. The wire then passes over a series of suction boxes, over the bottom couch roll (or suction couch roll), which drives the wire, and then down and back over various guide rolls and a stretch roll to the breast roll.\n\nThe press section usually consists of two or more presses, whose function is to remove still more water from the web mechanically and to equalize the surface characteristics of the felt and wire sides. The wet web of paper is transferred from the wire to the felt at the couch roll, and is carried through the presses on the felts, the texture and character of which vary according to the grade of paper being made.\n\nThe drier section consists of two or more tiers of driers, which are steam-heated cylinders. The web is held firmly against them by means of fabric drier felts. As the web passes from one drier to another, first the felt side and then the wire side are pressed against the heated surface of the drier. The web enters the drier train having a water content of approximately 65%, the bulk of which is evaporated in this section. Moisture removal may be further assisted by hot air blowing onto the sheets and in between the driers to effect removal of water vapor. Within the drier section and at a point at least half way along the drying curve, there is sometimes a breaker stack for use in imparting finish, as well as to facilitate drying. The stack generally consists of a pair of chilled iron and/or rubber-surfaced rolls. There may also be a size press located within the drier section, at a point where the moisture content of the paper has been reduced to approximately 5%.\n\nThe calendar section consists of from one to three calender stacks with a reel device for winding the paper onto a reel as it leaves the machine. The calender finishes the paper, i.e., smooths it and imparts the desired finish, thickness, or gloss. Water, starch, wax emulsions, etc., may also be used to obtain additional finishes. The reel winds the finished paper, which may or may not undergo further processing.\n\nThe wire, press section, drier section or sections, the calender stacks, and the reel are so driven that proper tension is maintained in the web of paper despite its elongation or shrinkage during passage through the machine. The overall speed of Fourdrinier machines is determined by the grade and weight of the paper being manufactured.", "chars": 3750, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 60, 62, 72, 80, 98, 140], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Paper and Board Makers' Association. Paper making; a general account of its history, processes and applications. Rev. ed. London. British Paper and Board Makers' Association. 1965.", "Britt, Kenneth W., ed. Handbook of pulp and paper technology. 2nd ed. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1970.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Clapperton, Robert Henderson. The paper-making machine; its invention, evolution and development. New York. Pergamon Press. 1967.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1433", "term": "Fourdrinier wire", "norm": "fourdrinier wire", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An endless belt of woven wire used on the wet end of the FOURDRINIER MACHINE, and on which the web of paper is initially formed. The warp wire is generally of phosphor bronze and the shute (weft) wire of brass. In recent years, other metals and nonmetallic materials have been used. The number of warp wires per inch and the number of shute wires determine the mesh of the wire, the warp count varying from 8 to 225, the most common being 55, 60, 70, and 75.", "chars": 482, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 62, 67], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Britt, Kenneth W., ed. Handbook of pulp and paper technology. 2nd ed. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1970.", "Calkin, John Burgess. Modern pulp and paper making. 3rd ed. New York. Reinhold. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1434", "term": "foxing", "norm": "foxing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "foxmarks", "dates": null, "text": "Stains, specks, spots and blotches in paper. The cause or causes of foxing, which usually occurs in machine-made paper of the late 18th and the 19th centuries, are not completely understood, but in all likelihood, it is fungoid in nature. Fungi, however, are not necessarily visible on foxed areas, nor does prolific growth necessarily imply excessive discoloration, and vice versa. This has been attributed partly to the fact that action may have been initiated before the examination of the paper, and partly, but less convincingly, to the so-called, action at a distance, which enables an agent to exert its effect at some distance from the object acted upon.\n\nTwo significant differences between foxed and clean areas of a paper are the higher proportion of acid and iron in the former, although there does not seem to be any clear and definitive relationship between iron and foxing. Insofar as the acid is involved, it is not clear whether this is produced chemically or as a byproduct of the life function of the organisms present. Iron is attributed to impurities present in the paper, and this conclusion seems to be based largely on the fact that it is seldom found in papers produced before the introduction of papermaking equipment made of iron, e.g., the beater, and improvements in techniques, including bleaching and other forms of chemical treatment. But what role iron has in accelerating foxing, or causing a change from the invisible to visible state, has yet to be demonstrated.\n\nThe other factor which controls foxing is relative humidity (R.H.), since these fungi will not develop if the R.H. falls below 75%. The fact that foxing generally starts from the edge of the leaf and spreads inward would seem to indicate that something in the atmosphere is relevant, although air borne organisms may be adequate as an explanation for this effect. In addition, it must still be explained how the center of the leaf is affected most in occasional instances. Perhaps the most logical explanation is that infection by air borne organisms (or by organisms that are natural to the paper) may occur if the conditions, and especially the R.H., are favorable, and that growth, resulting in the generation of fox marks, then occurs. The acid subsequently renders any iron in the paper soluble and therefore visible, with its color being intensified by the presence of organic matter.\n\nThe effects of foxing may be reduced to a reasonable extent by use of a reducing agent, such as sodium borohydride (NaBH4) in a 0.5% solution by weight of the paper. This chemical has the advantage of not having to be washed out of the paper (and even depositing a small alkaline reserve—sodium tetraborate (Na2B4O7)—in the paper). Foxing may be counteracted to an even greater extent by the use of a 0.1% (by weight of the paper) solution of an oxidizing agent such as calcium hypochlorite (Ca(ClO)2); however, this chemical is very difficult to wash out after treatment. Unaffected papers may be successfully protected from foxing by maintaining the R.H. of the storage area below 50%. See also: DENDRITIC GROWTHS.", "chars": 3170, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [43, 102, 143, 218], "citations": ["Beckwith, Theodore Day, and others. Deterioration of paper; the cause and effects of foxing. Berkeley, Calif. University of California Press. 1940.", "Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Lydenherg, Harry Miller, and John Archer. The care and repair of books. 4th ed. New York. Bowker. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRACT", "term": "FRACTIONS", "norm": "fractions", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fraction is part of a unit, and is written with two figures, one above the other, with a line between them: thus, ¼, ⅚, ⅜. The upper figure is called the numerator, and the lower figure the denominator. The denominator shows how many parts the unit is divided into; and the numerator, how many of those parts the fraction represents. A proper fraction is when the numerator is less than the denominator. An improper fraction is when the numerator is equal to, or greater than the denominator.\n\nA compound fraction is the fraction of a fraction, and is known by the word, of, between the parts; as, ½ of ⅔ of 7/9 of 8/17. A mixed number is composed of a whole number and fraction; as, 83/7, 17½. A mixed fraction is when the numerator or denominator has a fractional part; thus, 7⅔/4, 4/7⅔; or, when both of them have fractional parts; as 5⅓/7⅕.\n\nThe fractions cast in one piece to a fount are ⅛, ¼, ⅜, ½, ⅝, ¾, ⅞.\n\nFractions are also cast in two pieces, from Brevier to English; when wanted larger, they may be formed of figures of small proportionate size, with a rule between the numerator and denominator.\n\nThis rule in separate fractions is now generally cast on the piece containing the denominator, above the figure, thus, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0; but in improper fractions, where the numerator contains more figures than the denominator, as 3848 21 , this rule will not cover the whole of the numerator, therefore it would be necessary, to be able to compose fractions in a perfect manner, to have the rule also cast under the numerator, according to the old plan, so as to meet both cases, otherwise either the proper fraction or the improper fraction must be deficient 21 3848 .", "chars": 2168, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRAGM", "term": "FRAGMENTS", "norm": "fragments", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "After the body of a work, and the index are composed, the title, preface, contents, &c. are proceeded with. If there be any pages beyond the concluding sheet, they are now imposed together to save presswork, and also warehouse work; and these pages are called Fragments.", "chars": 277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1435", "term": "frame", "norm": "frame", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Ornamentation of a binding consisting of a simple hollow rectangle placed some distance from the edges of the cover of a book. It is to be distinguished from a BORDER (1). 2. Complete borders which are not, however, compartments, and which comprise enclosures made up of separate cuts or ornaments which show no evidence of having been carved or engraved for use together as a border, and also those made up of separate cast-type ornaments, commonly used in book decoration.", "chars": 501, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 69], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRAME", "term": "FRAME", "norm": "frame", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Made of deal wood, on which the cases are placed to be composed from.\n\nBy the annexed engraving it will be perceived, that the upper and lower cases are placed upon the frame, not in a horizontal, but sloping position, as two inclined planes, the upper case being at a greater angle than the lower, which brings the more distant boxes nearer to the compositor and thus expedites the work: this arrangement occupies less room, and allows a greater number of frames to stand in a given length.\n\nThe cases rest on a rail at each end, and in the middle there are generally two rails, six or seven inches apart, for the inside end of each case to rest on. There is frequently a piece of board nailed to the bottom of these rails, which thus forms a depository for page cords, copy that is not in use, and other small matters: this is called a Well.\n\nFrames are always placed with one end next the window, so that the compositor when at work may stand with his left hand to the light; thus he enjoys the full benefit of the light in picking up the letters with his right hand. They are usually made to contain two cases in length, which are generally a pair of Roman and a pair of Italic cases, so that the compositor has not to go out of his frame when he wants to compose a few words in Italic.\n\nThere is a rather strong nail driven into each end rail and each middle rail for the bottom of the upper cases to rest upon, leaving sufficient room for the lower cases to be lifted out when necessary.\n\nThe dimensions of a frame are—height of back, 4 feet 6 inches; height of front, 3 feet 6 inches; width, 1 foot 10 inches; length, 4 feet 10 inches.\n\nIn a composing room, where there was plenty of room, I have seen the frames made to contain three cases in length; this is a convenience, as it allows the compositor to have up an additional pair of cases for his notes.", "chars": 1932, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_245.jpg", "caption": "Frame to hold cases", "alt": "Frame to hold cases", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1436", "term": "franklin guard", "norm": "franklin guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PHILADELPHIA PATENT-BACK GUARD.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1437", "term": "free endpaper", "norm": "free endpaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FLY LEAF. See also: ENDPAPERS.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1438", "term": "free water-soluble matter (in leather)", "norm": "free water-soluble matter (in leather)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Soluble matter that can be removed from finely ground leather with very little washing. The free water solubles include gallic acid, quinol, catechol, etc. See also: COMBINED TANNIN IN LEATHER; COMBINED WATER-SOLUBLE MATTER (IN LEATHER).", "chars": 285, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1439", "term": "freezing point", "norm": "freezing point", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The temperature at which the liquid and solid states of a substance are in equilibrium at atmospheric pressure. All adhesives used in archival work are affected by the freezing point, i.e., of water (32 F. or 0° C.). See also: GLASS TRANSITION TEMPERATURE.", "chars": 280, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1440", "term": "French cape levant", "norm": "french cape levant", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of MOROCCO prepared from the skin of a large Cape (South African) goat. It has a LEVANT grain, which is larger than the small pin-head grain of the usual morocco.", "chars": 217, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1441", "term": "French chalk", "norm": "french chalk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Soft, finely powdered magnesium silicate (MgH2(SiO3)4), which is dusted between the leaves of a book prior to gilding the edges so as to prevent the leaves from sticking during the gilding process, and also to remove grease stains from paper.", "chars": 275, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1442", "term": "French color", "norm": "french color", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The third (or body) color dropped on the marbling size following the dropping of the VEIN COLORS.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1443", "term": "French corner", "norm": "french corner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of reinforcing the corners of a book cover with leather or cloth, which is subsequently covered on the outside of the board but can just be seen at the corner on the inside of the board.", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1444", "term": "French curl marble", "norm": "french curl marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern that has been used for endpapers, particularly in France, since about 1660. The pattern is made on a marbling size of GUM TRAGACANTH, and the colors are dropped on in the same manner as with the NONPAREIL MARBLE.\n\nThe curls are made with the use of a wooden frame constructed in the form of a small harrow, each parallel bar being set with as many tapering wooden pegs as there are curls required on the sheet to be marbled. The difficulty in executing this pattern is to \"catch\" the curls before they lose their shape.\n\nMany fine armorial bindings have the large red and blue pattern as linings. Padeloup and Derome both used this pattern for endpapers in books they bound for the French nobility. The French curl pattern remained popular, and continued to be used in Europe and England until about 1870. While it was highly valued for endpapers, it was rarely, if ever, used for cover papers on 17th and 18th century books.", "chars": 986, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 217], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1445", "term": "French fillet", "norm": "french fillet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A FILLET (1) having three unevenly spaced bands on its circumference.", "chars": 93, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1446", "term": "French finish", "norm": "french finish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Books sewn on raised bands and completely undecorated except for gilt lettering. See also: FRENCH KID.", "chars": 126, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1447", "term": "French fold", "norm": "french fold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet of paper printed on one side only and folded over from left and right to form a \"section\" with uncut bolts. The inside of the fold is blank.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 355], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Watson Aldred Auld. Hand bookbinding a manual of instruction. New York. Reinhold. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1448", "term": "French gold", "norm": "french gold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An alloyed GOLD LEAF, on the light or lemon-colored side.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [126], "citations": ["Ede, Charles. The art of the book…New York. Studio. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1449", "term": "French guard", "norm": "french guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to the inner margin of an insert, turned over and folded around a section.", "chars": 99, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [25], "citations": ["Bailey, Arthur Low. Library bookbinding. New York. Wilson. 1916."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-french-guard-1", "term": "French guard", "norm": "french guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Made by turning over half an inch or more of the back edge of a printed sheet or illustration and then folding it around the next signature.", "chars": 140, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1450", "term": "French joint", "norm": "french joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A free-swinging joint produced by setting the board a slight distance (approximately 1/8 to 1/4 inch, depending on the size of the book) away from the backing shoulder. This type of joint allows thicker covering material to be used, while still allowing the covers to open easily. The French joint is one of the more notable characteristics of library binding. Also called \"open joint.\" See also: CLOSED JOINT", "chars": 453, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 335], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-french-joint-1", "term": "French joint", "norm": "french joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A joint in which the board is not brought close up to the back, thus giving more play in opening.", "chars": 97, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1451", "term": "French kid", "norm": "french kid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "French finish", "dates": null, "text": "A kidskin produced by either tawing or a vegetable tannage. As the name implies, it was produced originally in France and, because of its distinctive finish, the term was later applied to the same kind of leather produced elsewhere.", "chars": 232, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [325], "citations": ["Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1452", "term": "French morocco", "norm": "french morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "French levant morocco", "dates": null, "text": "A leather similar in appearance to MOROCCO but produced from sheepskin. The term is both inaccurate and misleading.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-french-morocco-1", "term": "French morocco", "norm": "french morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An inferior quality of levant morocco, having usually a smaller and less prominent grain.", "chars": 89, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1453", "term": "French paring knife", "norm": "french paring knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PARING KNIFE.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRENC", "term": "FRENCH RULES", "norm": "french rules", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pieces of Brass, letter high, of different lengths and thicknesses, on which are filed various dashes, swelling in the middle. They are used to separate parts of a discourse; or are placed after certain lines of capitals in titles and jobs, &c. They are also called Swell Rules.\n\nFrench Words and Phrases. See Phrases.", "chars": 378, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1454", "term": "French sewing", "norm": "french sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of sewing a book adapted by French bookbinders in the 16th century, which is essentially the same as the sewing employed in COPTIC BINDINGS.\n\nUnlike the traditional Western method of sewing on raised cords (See: FLEXIBLE SEWING), each section was sewn through the fold and attached to the next section by a loop similar to a KETTLE STITCH.\n\nCords were not employed. The first and last sections were then laced tightly to the boards. In modern usage, French sewing is the same technique as done by a sewing machine, without the attachment of the boards. Modern French sewing is the principal method employed in edition binding. See also: MACHINE SEWING.", "chars": 753, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 89, 154], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1455", "term": "French shell marble", "norm": "french shell marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern developed in the latter part of the 18th century. and particularly identified with France. The pattern is formed by adding oil to the color, which then instead of spreading evenly, forms in drops with an outer circle or \"shell\" of a lighter shade. Brown and orange as the vein colors and a French (body) color of blue seem to have been the most frequently used colors. Shell papers are commonly found as endpapers of calf- and half-bindings of the early 19th century. Later, when the art of marbling deteriorated, the shell pattern was executed on very thin paper of poor quality and used for cheap trade bindings. The pattern was a popular for marbling the edges of books.", "chars": 690, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217, 236], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1456", "term": "French standing press", "norm": "french standing press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A variation of the regular STANDING PRESS, the major difference being that the platen is lowered by turning a weighted wheel, which, when spun, exerts additional press by a kind of hammering action against two lugs. Except for the wheel a mechanism, it is made of wood, a while it does not tighten to the sa degree as the iron standing press. il considerably lighter and does not quire the substantial floor required the heavier iron press.", "chars": 464, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 236], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1457", "term": "French varnish", "norm": "french varnish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pale-colored mixture of shellac and oil. See: VARNISH.", "chars": 80, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1458", "term": "fret", "norm": "fret", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A continuous border pattern mad up of interlaced bands and produce by a fillet. Such patterns can be use for the decoration of either the leaves or covers of a book, or both.", "chars": 174, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRIAR", "term": "FRIAR", "norm": "friar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When some parts of a ball or roller do not take the ink, so that it does not adhere to the surface, the parts of the form that come in contact with them will be deficient of ink, and the paper when printed will, in those places, be either white or of a pale colour: these white or pale patches are called Friars, as the black patches, from too great a quantity of ink on particular places, are called Monks.", "chars": 421, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-friar-1", "term": "FRIAR", "norm": "friar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A light patch in a printed sheet, caused by defective rolling.", "chars": 62, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1459", "term": "fringed foliage ornament", "norm": "fringed foliage ornament", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinding finishing tool in more-or-less the shape of a lozenge, and cut with a typic foliage design, the principal characteristic of which is a narrow fringe around the edge.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRISK1", "term": "FRISKET", "norm": "frisket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin iron frame, covered with paper, and connected temporarily with the tympan, by means of joints attached to it and the headband of the tympan, having iron pins to slip into them. The parts that are to be printed are cut out of the paper covering; it turns down upon the paper to be printed, which is laid upon the tympan, keeps it flat to its place, preserves the margin clean, and raises it from the form after it is printed. See Frisket Button.\n\nEach press in a printing office should have five or six friskets attached to it, of at least three sizes—Demy, as the standard size of paper; a size smaller; and a size sufficient for the largest form the press will print, for it is very inconvenient, and a loss of time, when the pressmen have to cover a frisket and cut it out for every form they lay on: and more particularly when regular work is in the house, and the same frisket will answer for many succeeding forms. It is adviseable, where it is practicable, to have the frisket joints at all the presses of one pattern, so that every frisket may be available at any of the presses.\n\nA pressman should never pull an impression from a form, without being certain that the frisket is large enough, and that it does not rest on the edges of the types, which would be destructive to them.", "chars": 1322, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-frisket-1", "term": "FRISKET", "norm": "frisket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An iron frame fastened by a hinge to the upper part of the tympan, to hold the sheet of paper fast as it goes in and comes from the press.", "chars": 138, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRISK2", "term": "FRISKET BUTTON", "norm": "frisket button", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A button screwed on the offside of the tympan near the bottom, to turn over the frisket and keep it close to the tympan in turning down.\n\n\n\nThis button is only used when superior work is printing: it prevents the sheet from touching the form partially, and also from slipping, by confining it flat to the tympan, and thus tends to make better work, and prevent waste; but it cannot be used where despatch is required.", "chars": 487, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRISK3", "term": "FRISKET JOINTS", "norm": "frisket joints", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two joints of the simplest construction, by which the frisket is attached to the tympan by means of two pins, made with a head to each, so that they can easily be taken out with the fingers; they are inserted between the joints, and thus the heads face each other.\n\nIt is customary to place these joints on the flat part of the headband of the tympan, which, when a large form is on the press, and the rim of the chase is broad, rest upon, and prevent the form receiving the effect of the pull. I have known great inconvenience arise from this cause, in very superior work, where the chase filled the press, and could not be moved to get rid of this grievance. The joints should be taken off, and fixed to the extreme edge of the headband, by which means they will extend beyond the chase, and the evil be completely remedied. Where the frisket is fixed on centres this inconvenience does not exist.", "chars": 897, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRISK4", "term": "FRISKET PINS", "norm": "frisket pins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two iron pins that pass through the frisket joints and connect it with the tympan. They are made to slip in and out of the joints easily with the fingers, and are put in from the inside of the joints, so that the heads are opposite to each other. It is a common practice with pressmen, when they have occasion to take off the frisket, to lay the pins on the form. This ought never to be done; for I have known an impression pulled under these circumstances, at a good wooden press, without the frisket, and where the pins were forgot. The consequence was, the destruction of types, and the bedding in of the pins into the platen:—there was loss of types—loss of time in replacing them—the platen to be taken off and planed, with the expense of doing it, in addition to which it was reduced in thickness full a quarter of an inch, and the further loss of time while it was doing and hanging again, and justifying the head. They may always be safely laid within the chase between the quoins, where they can do no harm, and cannot roll off.", "chars": 1037, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRISK5", "term": "FRISKET STAY", "norm": "frisket stay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A slight piece of wood, generally fastened to the ceiling of the press room, and hanging down to the fore end of each press, for the frisket to rest against when it is turned up.", "chars": 178, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1460", "term": "frizzing", "norm": "frizzing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See notes on the electronic edition\n\n1. The process of removing t fat cell layer prevalent in the corium of sheepskin. subsequent to splitting t skin and fleshing. When sheepskins a to be oil tanned, it is essential that t skins have clean, open surfaces, free from excess fat or grease. This allows the tanning oil to penetrate mo freely. 2. Skins limed for a prolonged period during which the entire supporting structure of ELASTIN in the grain layer is destroyed. 3. The process in leather manufacture of removing the grain layer of a skin by scraping, either with a knife or by machine.", "chars": 612, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 291, 306], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1461", "term": "front", "norm": "front", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term applied to horsehides principally to distinguish the forepart of the hide from the butt or hind portion which contains the SHELL from which CORDOVAN LEATHER is produced. A whole \"front\" represents about two-thirds of the area of the hide.", "chars": 293, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1462", "term": "front cover", "norm": "front cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: UPPER COVER.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1463", "term": "front edge", "norm": "front edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FORE EDGE.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1464", "term": "frosted", "norm": "frosted", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A whitish condition or appearance of lettering or ornamentation in gold which can be caused by the leaf being pressed into the covering material with a tool that is too hot.", "chars": 173, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1465", "term": "frother", "norm": "frother", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DEVIL.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1466", "term": "frothing", "norm": "frothing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of foaming glair so as to mix it thoroughly. The glair is not used in a frothed condition, but is allowed to subside, after which the clear glair is poured off.", "chars": 172, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FROZE", "term": "FROZE OUT", "norm": "froze out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In winter when the paper is froze, and the letter froze, so as the workmen cannot work, they say, they are froze out.—M. In consequence of greater care in warming printing offices in winter than in the time of Moxon, the workmen are not now “froze out;” for there would be no excuse admitted for the non-execution of parliamentary work, newspapers, reviews, magazines, and other periodical works.", "chars": 403, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FRY", "term": "FRY, EDMUND", "norm": "fry, edmund", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A celebrated type founder, whose foundery was rich in Oriental and other types for foreign languages, the forms of the characters of which varied from the Roman character. Dr. Fry sold the whole of his foundery to Messrs. Thorowgood and Besley, and which is now incorporated with their previously extensive variety of types.", "chars": 324, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FUDGE", "term": "FUDGE", "norm": "fudge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To execute work without the proper materials, and where the workman is obliged to substitute one article for another, and by contrivance make his work passable: when such cases occur, they show the skill and ingenuity of the compositor or pressman, in making his production look well.", "chars": 284, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-fudge-1", "term": "FUDGE", "norm": "fudge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To contrive without proper materials.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1468", "term": "fugitive colors", "norm": "fugitive colors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pigments and dyes that fade, especially those that lose color relatively quickly when exposed to natural light. Although still commonly used, the term is misleading because it implies that FADING represents the flight of color, rather than a chemical change.", "chars": 282, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233, 316], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1469", "term": "full", "norm": "full", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to leather made from the unsplit, or full thickness, of a hide or skin, e.g., full calf.", "chars": 113, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1470", "term": "full apron", "norm": "full apron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leaf the size of the leaves of a book to which a foldout, which must display the entire image beyond the closed book, is attached.", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1471", "term": "full binding", "norm": "full binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book which is covered entirely with any one material. In a strict sense, the term is applied only to leather bindings. Cf: HALF BINDING; QUARTER BINDING; THREE-QUARTER BINDING (1).", "chars": 230, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1473", "term": "full calf t.e.g", "norm": "full calf t.e.g", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to a full calfskin binding with only the TOP EDGE GILT.", "chars": 104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FULL1", "term": "FULL CASE", "norm": "full case", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A case full of letters, wanting no sorts.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1474", "term": "full chrome", "norm": "full chrome", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "full chrome tanned", "dates": null, "text": "Any leather tanned by the CHROME TANNING process. The adjective \"full\" is added to emphasize the fact that the leather has not been tanned by the semi-chrome or combination chrome process.", "chars": 212, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1475", "term": "full cloth", "norm": "full cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A book bound in a one-piece cloth cover. The term is not applied to library or edition bindings, i.e., case bindings. 2. A term sometimes applied to a book bound in cloth, as opposed to a binding with a cloth spine and paper sides.", "chars": 234, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FULL2", "term": "FULL FACED LETTER", "norm": "full faced letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Types, in which the capitals, and the ascending letters of the lower case, fill the whole square of the shank, so that the descending letters project beyond the bottom of the shank. A full faced letter is considerably larger in proportion than a letter of the regular face upon the same body: they are convenient in jobs, as they produce the effect of larger types, and take up less space.", "chars": 463, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FULL3", "term": "FULL FORM,", "norm": "full form,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or Page. A form or page with few or no breaks or white lines.—M. In a full form there are no short pages, nor blank pages.", "chars": 146, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1477", "term": "full gilt", "norm": "full gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A book having all three edges gilt, described as a.e.g., for all edges gilt. See also: GILT EDGES. 2. A book, usually leather bound, which is heavily tooled in gold on the spine, and with center and corner tools on the covers.", "chars": 253, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1478", "term": "full grain", "norm": "full grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather having the original grain surface exposed by removal of the epidermis, and with none of the grain surface removed by BUFFING (1), SNUFFING, or SPLITTING (1). See also: CORRECTED GRAIN.", "chars": 290, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [325], "citations": ["Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1479", "term": "full law binding", "norm": "full law binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "full law sheep", "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete style of binding, applied mainly to law books, and distinguished from other types of law binding in that the books were covered entirely in sheepskin, with lace-in boards and raised bands, and the traditional labels on the spine. See also: LAW CALF.", "chars": 285, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1480", "term": "full leather", "norm": "full leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book covered entirely in leather, whether one piece or several pieces, as with inlays, onlays, etc. See also: FULL BINDING; HALF LEATHER; QUARTER LEATHER; THREE-QUARTER LEATHER.", "chars": 275, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1481", "term": "full oil tanning", "norm": "full oil tanning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any leather tanned by one of the oil processes. The adjective \"full\" is added to emphasize the fact that the leather has not been tanned by a COMBINATION OIL TANNAGE.", "chars": 190, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FULL4", "term": "FULL PAGE", "norm": "full page", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A page containing its full complement of lines.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FULL5", "term": "FULL PRESS", "norm": "full press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When two men work at the press, it is called a Full Press.—M.", "chars": 68, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-full-press-1", "term": "FULL PRESS", "norm": "full press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When two men work at the press with hand rollers.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1482", "term": "full sheep", "norm": "full sheep", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheepskin of full natural substance. It may be colored, embossed, or left in the natural tanned state, as is the case with BASIL,", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1483", "term": "full weight", "norm": "full weight", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "full thickness", "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to an unsplit skin, of natural thickness, but shaved down when necessary on the flesh side to a uniform thickness.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-full-bound-1", "term": "Full-Bound", "norm": "full-bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the sides of a volume are entirely covered with leather, it is said to be full-bound.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-full-bound-1", "term": "Full-Bound", "norm": "full-bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the sides and back of a volume are covered with leather it is said to be full-bound.", "chars": 89, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-full-bound-1", "term": "Full-Bound", "norm": "full-bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the sides and back of a book are entirely covered with one piece of the same material it is said to be full-bound.", "chars": 119, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1472", "term": "full-bound ends and bands", "norm": "full-bound ends and bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": "full-bound ends and hubs", "dates": null, "text": "A form of the blankbook, generally full bound in sheepskin and flesher, with overbands. In this style, the leather covering does not extend beyond the head and tail of the boards but is turned in on the fore edges. See also: BANDING.", "chars": 257, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1476", "term": "fuller's earth", "norm": "fuller's earth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ATTAPULGITE CLAY.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1484", "term": "fumigation", "norm": "fumigation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of exposing archival materials to the vapor of a volatile substance, or with poisonous chemicals, such as thymol, methyl bromide (CH3Br), chloropicrin (CCl3NO2), carbon tetrachloride (CCl4), ethylene dichloride (C2H4Cl2), or hydrogen cyanide (HCN), within a closed (and airtight) container, in order to destroy mold and/or insects. Room temperature is usually sufficient to vaporize the substances used in fumigation; however, in cases of severe or stubborn molds. heat in the range of 40 to 50° C. will increase the concentration of the vapor and increase its effectiveness. Where no special equipment, e.g., air-tight chambers, is available and the infestation is on a relatively small scale, fumigation ma be carried out by means of carbon disulfide (CS2) in an air-tight box. These methods, while more or less effective, do not confer lasting protection; therefore it may be necessary (assuming it is possible) to fumigate the areas in which the archival materials are stored. See also: FUNGI.", "chars": 1110, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143, 198, 233], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1485", "term": "fungi", "norm": "fungi", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A division or other major group of the lower plants which is often included in Thallophyta coordinate to Algae, that includes a varied assemblage of saprophytic and parasitic plants which lack chlorophyll, and which comprise the classes Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes, Basidiomycetes, and Fungi Imperfecti, and usually, in addition, the Myxomycetes and Schozomycetes.\n\nA large number of the spores of fungi is always present in the atmosphere, and while paper is not a particularly suitable medium to support the growth of molds and fungi, under favorable conditions, such as relatively high temperature and high relative humidity. paper will support the growth of these micro-organisms, some of which have a similar action on paper to that of dry rot fungus on wood. Conditions of storage which permit the prevalence of fungi may require the use of a FUNGICIDE to inhibit and/or destroy them.", "chars": 910, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1486", "term": "fungicide", "norm": "fungicide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance possessing the power of killing or preventing the growth of FUNGI. No single fungicide possesses all the desired properties of protection, as some of them are mutually exclusive, but it is possible to find one that possesses a range of properties suitable for use in virtually any specific case. Unfortunately, many fungicides are highly chlorinated substances and therefore cannot be washed out if lasting protection is to be conferred. Considerable care must be exercised, therefore, when they are used in or near paper.\n\nWhile stable enough for most normal uses, the typical fungicide may not be sufficiently stable when it is to re main in paper for decades, even centuries, as paper almost always contain impurities, e.g., iron, which may accelerate the normal slow breakdown of a fungicide. In the usual case, the product of this breakdown is hydrochloric acid (HCl), minute amounts of which are capable of destroying any normal paper; therefore, before using any chlorinated organic fungicide, it must be determined whether or not it is (reasonably) stable in the presence of traces of iron, copper, manganese, etc., and, at the same time sufficiently effective to be of practical value when used in low concentrations, e.g., 0.1% of the weight of the paper. See also: COPPER NAPHTHENATE; FOXING; MERCAPTOBENZTHIAZOLE (M.B.T.); MERCURIC CHLORIDE; PENTA-CHLOROPHENOL (P.C.P.) ; SALICYLANILIDE.", "chars": 1577, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-furnace-open-1", "term": "Furnace open", "norm": "furnace open", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or *Wind Furnace*. See § 18. ¶ 2.", "chars": 33, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1487", "term": "furnish", "norm": "furnish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "\n\nThe various combinations of materials in the stock suspension used in the manufacture of paper and board. They include the fibrous materials (pulp), i.e., the rag, chemical wood, mechanical wood, esparto, cotton fiber, linen, or other pulps, sizing materials, i.e., rosin, alum-rosin sizes, etc., various additives, e.g., wet strength agents. fillers of various types, e.g., retention aids, or loading materials, and dyes.", "chars": 470, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "FURNI", "term": "FURNITURE", "norm": "furniture", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The term furniture includes all those pieces of wood that are used in branching out pages, or jobs; in making margin for the folding of books; and in locking up forms when they are imposed: it is generally classed as reglet, furniture, side sticks, foot sticks, and quoins. The height of it is five eighths of an inch, and ought to be the same as that of quadrats; but the letter founders and the joiners vary them both.\n\nWhat is usually called furniture is in lengths of a yard each, and commences with narrow, which is equal to a narrow quotation; broad, which is equal to a broad quotation; double narrow; broad and narrow; double broad; broad and double narrow; and narrow and double broad. These are used for gutters, heads, and backs; to branch out large jobs; to fill up with when a chase is too large, and to put round a job when imposing, to keep the letter from the iron of the chase. The bottom and two sides are flat, and the top has a groove planed in it lengthways, the arc of a circle; this groove is said to be designed for carrying the water off when the form is washed, but I cannot see the utility of the groove for this purpose; its more obvious use is to lower that part, so that the balls or rollers shall not touch it in inking the form, which prevents the frisket tearing from its pressure upon the inky furniture and from being continually lifted up.", "chars": 1373, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-furniture-1", "term": "FURNITURE", "norm": "furniture", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Strips of wood or metal placed around and between pages to make the proper margin.", "chars": 82, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1488", "term": "fustic", "norm": "fustic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "F", "letter_raw": "F", "volume": 1, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A natural yellow dye extracted from the yellow Brazil wood (Morus tinctoria), and at one time used in the manufacture of yellow marbling color, and also for dyeing leather. ", "chars": 189, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1505", "term": "g clamp", "norm": "g clamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: C CLAMP.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1506", "term": "g.e", "norm": "g.e", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Abbreviation for GILT EDGES.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1655", "term": "g.t.", "norm": "g.t.", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "g.t.e.", "dates": null, "text": "Abbreviation for gilt top, or gilt top edge. See: TOP EDGE GILT.", "chars": 88, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GAELI", "term": "GAELIC", "norm": "gaelic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Gaelic alphabet consists of eighteen letters: a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, l, m, n, o, p, r, s, t, u. Of these, five are vowels, a, e, i, o, u; the rest consonants.—Stewart’s Gaelic Grammar. 8vo. 2d. edit. 1812.\n\n“It may be explanatory to mention, that the syllable Kil is supposed to mark the residence (the Cella), in ancient times of an ecclesiastical recluse; and that Kin, Ken (Cean) means head. Ken-loch-Spelvie, &c. the Head of Loch Spelvie, &c. The letter C is always pronounced K in Welsh and Gaelic”—Sixth Report of Commissioners for Building Churches in the Highlands of Scotland. Appendix, 1831. Note.", "chars": 669, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1489", "term": "gain", "norm": "gain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: YIELD.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GALLE", "term": "GALLEY", "norm": "galley", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pieces of thin boards of different sizes, with ledges about three fifth parts of the height of the letter on one end and one side, for the types to rest against; others are made with a slice to slide out, and keep a large page on without disturbing it, the coffin having several slices fitted to it.—M. The use of the galley is to receive the matter as it is composed, and to afford a level on which to make up the pages.\n\nGalleys are made of different sizes to suit the different works on which a compositor may be employed; if it be a reprint, page for page, he avoids encumbering his cases with large galleys, but takes one that will hold a page comfortably, completes his page, ties it up, and slips it upon a page paper, and thus proceeds; but if the work be not a mere reprint, and is done in a companionship, then, as each compositor must be setting at random, the work will require different sorts of galleys, which must contain more matter; in the latter case he will take one of the proper width for the page, but that will contain two pages or more, in length, or one double that width with a ledge down the middle, so as to hold two pages in width.\n\nFor works in quarto or folio he must have galleys of a greater width, so as to enable him to have a quantity of matter at random till he gets the making up; in doing this, where the page is in folio and large, it is safer to make up on a slice galley, when he draws the slice out with the page on it and places it under his frame, and thus proceeds till he has made up a sheet, when he slides his pages off the slice upon the stone to impose them; he must in this case have four slices at least. The following is a representation of a slice galley:\n\nFor newspaper work brass galleys are employed, the bottoms thin, and the ledges of brass which are on both sides and one end, while the other end has a moveable ledge which fits into mortises in the sides; by this means the compositor is enabled, when a galley full is composed, to put a sidestick and footstick to it and quoin it, and pull a proof in the galley.\n\nGalleys are generally made of mahogany: those made of the old panels of coaches are held to be the best, as the wood, being well seasoned, is less apt to split or bend, and keeping their flat level surface is requisite.\n\nGalley Slave. See Ancient Customs.", "chars": 2451, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_249.jpg", "caption": "A slice galley", "alt": "A slice galley", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-galley-1", "term": "GALLEY", "norm": "galley", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A wooden or brass flat oblong tray, with side and head ledges, for holding type when composed.", "chars": 94, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-galley-slaves-1", "term": "Galley-slaves", "norm": "galley-slaves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An ancient term of derision applied by pressmen to compositors.", "chars": 63, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1490", "term": "gallic acid", "norm": "gallic acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A white, crystalline acid (C7H6O5), that occurs widely in plants both in the free form, as in GALLS and combined in tannins, from which it may be obtained by the action of molds or an alkali. It is used principally in the manufacture of pyrogallol tannins, dyes, and writing inks. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 390, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [235], "citations": ["Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1491", "term": "gallotannin", "norm": "gallotannin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "gallotannic acid", "dates": null, "text": "See: TANNIC ACID.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GALLO1", "term": "GALLOWS", "norm": "gallows", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In wooden presses, a frame made of two pieces of wood and a transverse piece, placed behind the tympans, to support them at a proper angle when they are turned up. The transverse piece is nearly as long as the tympans are wide, so that the frame can rest upon it: they are inclined towards the tympans and form an abutment, and are placed in sockets so as to be easily taken out when necessary.", "chars": 394, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GALLO2", "term": "GALLOWS SOCKETS", "norm": "gallows sockets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two pieces of wood with square mortises in them, to receive the ends of the gallows; they are nailed or screwed upon the plank behind the tympans. The mortises are inclined towards the tympans.", "chars": 193, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1492", "term": "galls", "norm": "galls", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The dried excrescences from certain trees and shrubs, especially Oak galls (Quercus infectoria), from the Near East and Eastern Europe; Chinese galls (Rhus semialata), from the Far East; Tamarisk galls, from several species of Tamarix, located from Morocco to India; and Pistacia galls, from several European and Indian species of Pistacia. All are relatively rich in tannin (36 to 60%) and are said to contain free gallic acid in addition to tannin, as well as an easily soluble form of ellagic acid. In general, the tannin is not homogeneous and is believed to be built up as a polygallol-ellagic acid.\n\nThe galls result from the plants reaction to irritation caused by the larvae of various insects which lay eggs in the cambium area of the plants.\n\nAlthough galls were used extensively over a period of centuries in the manufacture of certain inks, and in the tanning of leather, they are little used today for tanning outside of the areas where they are collected, largely because of the expense involved in their collection. See also: IRON-GALL INK; VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 1118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175, 235, 363], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GALVA", "term": "GALVANISM", "norm": "galvanism", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Another great discovery has been published, in addition to those important ones of Sir Humphry Davy, which he made at the Royal Institution, of the decomposing powers of galvanism, the brilliant effects of which, I well remember, excited wonder and astonishment in the crowded audiences that assembled in the lecture room of that establishment.\n\nThe one that is the subject of the present article, promises to be of great utility in the arts, by giving the means of obtaining facsimiles of engraved copper plates, of engravings on wood, of coins, medals, embossings, in short, of any engraved article, whether in cameo or intaglio. The productions by this process have been named Electrotype.\n\nThis is effected by placing the object to be copied in a solution of any metal, when the galvanic action precipitates the metal from the liquid that held it in solution, upon the engraving that is to be copied. This precipitation or deposition assumes the form of a cake of pure metal, with every line, however delicate, and every inequality, however minute, on its surface, so as to form a matrix or mould in the highest state of perfection.\n\nWhen the matrix is thus formed, the engraving is withdrawn from the solution of metal, and the matrix substituted; the galvanic action is again renewed; a deposition of the metal upon the matrix now takes place; and the result is, a perfect facsimile of the original.\n\nThis is a short sketch of the principle of this discovery. It belongs to chemistry rather than to printing, to explain why the metal is precipitated in a solid mass and not in a fine powder; but such is the fact. The discovery has been applied to the production of facsimiles of engraved copper plates with the most complete success; and as it is now in a state of progress to produce copies of engravings on wood, and pages of types, so as to be applicable to letterpress printing, I will endeavour to give the present state of knowledge with respect to this application of the discovery, the process, and also specimens.\n\nIt is said that the discovery of this application of galvanism originated in perceiving a thin deposition of copper at the bottom of a galvanic battery, which, on being removed, displayed on its under surface a perfect cast of the bottom of the cell, and suggested an extended application. Be this as it may, the fact was noticed by Mr. Warren De la Rue, of Bunhill Row, in a communication to the Philosophical Magazine of September, 15, 1836, (vol. 9. p. 484,) where he says, “The zinc plate is always partially covered with a coating of copper, which, however, is not detrimental to the power of the battery: the copper plate is also covered with a coating of metallic copper, which is continually being deposited; and so perfect is the sheet of copper thus formed, that on being stripped off, it has the polish and even a counterpart of every scratch of the plate on which it is deposited.” The discovery of the application is claimed by two persons, M. Jacobi, a Russian, and Mr. Thomas Spencer of Liverpool. The latter presented a pamphlet containing the results of his discovery, and an account of his experiments, to the British Association in 1839, at which time M. Jacobi’s specimens were present and exhibited at the same meeting. Mr. Spencer has since prosecuted his experiments, and liberally given the details and the results to the public, in different publications; so that it is in fact to this latter gentleman that we are indebted for our information on the subject; but as it is now in the hands of a number of persons of ingenuity and ability, who are prosecuting experiments on it, there is little doubt but that it will soon be brought to a state approaching nearly to perfection.\n\nAs copper is usually employed for engravings, and is equally applicable to letterpress printing as to that of the rolling press; as it is easily obtained in solution, and is not an expensive article for this purpose, the process as here described is with that metal; other metals have been used for experiments, and it has been stated that articles in silver or gold may be produced with equal facility where facsimiles of them may be required, but the production of them in gold is doubtful.\n\nIn the process there are various things to be considered. Among which may be particularly mentioned the fact, that the solidity of the deposited metal entirely depends on the weakness or intensity of the electric action. This action may be regulated by increasing or decreasing the thickness of the plaster of Paris which separates the two metals, and by the coarseness or fineness of the material. Mr. Cooper states, “I made three similar experiments, altering the texture and thickness of the plaster each time, by which I ascertained that if the plaster partitions were thin and coarse, the metallic deposition proceeded with great rapidity, but the crystals were friable and easily separated; on the other hand, if I made the partition thicker, and of a little finer material, the action was much slower, and the metallic deposition was as solid and ductile as copper formed by the usual methods; indeed the action was exceedingly slow. I have made a metallic deposition apparently much harder than common sheet copper; but more brittle.”\n\nA friend of mine used a common garden pot, with a cork in the perforation through the bottom, which answered very well, the copper deposited being fine and tough. I think a wine cooler would be a good vessel for that purpose, being porous; and either may be at hand, when there is not a suitable glass, or any plaster of Paris.\n\nMr. Crosse has stated, in the account of his experiments on the crystallization of metals, that he succeeded best when the solutions were kept at a boiling temperature; and Mr. Spencer informs us, that by keeping the solutions he employed at a temperature of from one hundred and twenty to one hundred and eighty degrees of Fahrenheit, he was able to abridge the time otherwise required, three or four fold.\n\nIn all scientific experiments, care and attention are requisite for a successful result: in this instance, let an uninterrupted circuit be maintained for the electricity, and let the wire have a perfect metallic contact with the plates which it connects; when it is an engraving on wood, bore a hole in the side of the block, and insert the wire in it. The zinc may be with advantage occasionally taken out of the saline solution during the operation, and cleaned in water. In the choice and application of the plates, it is better that they should be, as nearly as possible, of the same size, and it is of importance that the zinc should be as thick as the required deposition of copper, but it is easy when necessary to renew the zinc again and again. That the solution of the sulphate of copper may be continued in the necessary state, crystals of that substance should be occasionally added. When the process is long continued, the solution should be changed, for the sulphuric acid, which is set free by the deposition of the metallic copper, prevents the further action.\n\nThis was the first method; the plan now practised, to prevent any stoppage of the galvanic action by an excess of sulphuric acid occasioned by the decomposition of the sulphate of copper and the deposition of its copper in a metallic state, is to put into the acid a piece of copper in connexion with the positive pole, and thus, as the acid is set free by the galvanic action, it forms a new combination with the copper, and continues the supply of the sulphate without the necessity of changing the contents of the vessel.\n\nIn obtaining casts by this process, it must be borne in mind, that no metallic deposition can be made by voltaic electricity without the presence of a metallic surface or nucleus upon which to deposit: but this metallic surface should be given only to the part which is to be copied; the sides and bottom of the block may be covered with a varnish composed of shell lac dissolved in spirit of wine, which will prevent any metallic deposition from taking place upon those parts, as also the moisture from penetrating into the wood, and the deposition will in consequence be confined to the engraved surface.\n\nIn the management of the simple apparatus which is employed in electrotype, it is necessary to have the binding-screws, wires, and all the metallic surfaces, quite clean and bright, as also to avoid touching with the fingers that part on which the metal is to be deposited.\n\nWith regard to the first application of galvanism to the production of facsimiles of engravings on wood, Mr. Spencer states, after the publication of his pamphlet, “The wood engraving being given, take a piece of lead the required size; let its superfice be about one-eighth of an inch larger all round than that of the wood block. The lead must now be planed, just as a piece of soft wood; (the tool termed by a joiner a try plane does best;) a clear bright surface is thus obtained, such as I have been unable to get by any other means. The engraved surface of the wood must now be laid on the planed surface of the lead, and both put carefully in a press; should the engraving have more than two inches of superfices, a copying press is not powerful enough. Whatever press is used, the subject to be copied must be cautiously laid in the centre of the pressure, as a very slight lateral force will in some degree injure the process; the pressure to be applied regularly, and not with a jerk. When the pressure is deemed complete, they may be taken out, and if, on examination, the lead is not found to be completely up, the wood engraving may be neatly relaid on the lead, and again submitted to the press, using the same precaution as before. When the lead is taken out, a wire should be soldered to it immediately, and it should then be put into the apparatus without loss of time, as the less it is subjected to the action of the atmosphere the better: care should also be taken not to touch the surface with the fingers.”\n\nMr. Spencer also states that plumbers, who have handled lead for the greater portion of their lives, are astonished to find it so susceptible of pressure. On the contrary, wood engravers did not, until now, imagine that their blocks would stand the pressure of a screw press on a lead surface without injury; but such is the fact in both instances. In the manner in which box wood is used for wood engravings, being in horizontal sections, it will sustain a pressure of 8,000 lbs. without injury, provided the pressure is perfectly perpendicular.\n\nMr. Spencer has omitted to mention the size of the engraving; if it were one inch square, it would have a pressure of 8,000 lbs. on that inch; if it were nine inches square, it would only have a pressure of 100 lbs. on the square inch: with my experience of printing engravings on wood, I would not venture to submit one to a pressure of 8,000 lbs. to the inch for fear of crushing the lines. I mention this as a caution; it may prevent an accident.\n\nThis appears to have been the first method tried to produce a facsimile of an engraving on wood by means of galvanism, with a metallic mould obtained by impressing the engraved block upon a piece of lead. This not appearing to be perfectly satisfactory, other persons were induced to endeavour to make the discovery available for letterpress printing without the risk of injury to the engraving, to which this plan seemed liable; and the next advance towards the perfection of the process was an important one, being the introduction of the real object intended to be copied in the stead of the substituted mould, and obtaining a matrix from it at once by means of the galvanic process without resorting to any intermediate measures. This improvement was made by Mr. Robert Murray, who proposed “in January last to cover the surface of the wood with plumbago [black lead], so as to render it a conductor; and then to proceed in the usual manner for obtaining an electrotype copy,” as he informed me in a communication of the 21st of July, 1840. It is but fair to state, that this use of black lead has been objected to by some engravers on wood, as having a tendency to fill up the lines of a delicate engraving, and so to deteriorate the impressions taken from it; but I am now furnishing the public with the means of deciding on this question, by presenting an impression from an electrotype copy, executed by Mr. Murray according to his own ingenious plan, by the side of one from the original wood engraving, and I leave it to bear witness for itself. I cannot perceive any deterioration in the copy, nor any difference between the two impressions: in fact they appear as if they were duplicate impressions from the same engraving.\n\nThe following letter, addressed to the editor of the Athenæum, by Mr. Spencer, which appeared in that publication on the 4th of July, 1840, details another method of obtaining a metallic surface for an engraving on wood, &c. for the purpose of inducing the galvanic deposition of copper upon it and obtaining a copper mould, which appears to be free from the objections that have been raised to gilding, bronzing, and to black lead.\n\n“In my pamphlet, printed last September, I there stated I considered the process comparatively incomplete, unless we were able to apply it to the multiplication of models in clay or wood, castings in plaster, wood engravings, &c., as the fact, that galvanic deposition always requires a metallic surface to act on, seemed to set bounds to those branches of its application. I then resorted to various expedients to surmount the difficulty; among others, that of gilding and bronzing the surfaces of such materials to a limited extent: this was successful, but still troublesome and expensive, and, more than all, the sharpness and beauty of the original was necessarily injured. I have since attempted to metallize surfaces by the use of plumbago (suggested to me many months ago by Mr. Parry of Manchester).\n\n“Should I be desirous of obtaining a copper mould or cast from a piece of wood, plaster, or clay, or, indeed, any non-metallic material, I proceed as follows:—Suppose it is an engraved wooden block, and I am desirous of metallizing it, in order that I may be able to deposit copper on its surface (this example will hold good for any other material), the first operation is to take strong alcohol in a corked glass vessel, and add to it a piece of phosphorus (a common phial corked will answer the purpose); the vessel must now be placed in hot water for a few minutes, and occasionally shaken. By this means the alcohol will take up about a 300th of its bulk of phosphorus, and we thus obtain what I would term an alcoholic solution of phosphorus. The next operation is to procure a weak solution of nitrate of silver; place it in a flat dish or a saucer; the engraved face of the block must now be dipped in this solution, and let remain for a few seconds, to allow capillary action to draw it into the wood.\n\n“This operation being performed, a small portion of the alcoholic solution of phosphorus must now be poured in a capsule or watch-glass, and this placed on a sand-bath, that it may be suffered to evaporate. The block must now be held with its surface over the vapour, and an immediate change takes place; the nitrate of silver becomes deoxidized and gives place to a metallic phosphoret of silver, which allows the voltaic deposit to go on with as much rapidity and certainty as the purest silver or copper.\n\n“The whole process may be performed in a few minutes, and with absolute certainty of success. The interior or exterior surface of a plaster or clay mould of a statue, no matter what size, may be thus metallized with equal facility. For the process of vaporizing, and should the material to be acted on not be very large, I prefer fastening it to the top of a bell glass receiver with a bit of pitch or cement, and thus placing it over the capsule on the sand-bath; the phosphoric vapour is by this means equally diffused and not dissipated. An ethereal solution of phosphorus also answers; and a solution of either of the chlorides of gold or platinum may be used. I am inclined to think this process, independent of its uses in galvanic precipitation, may be applicable to other branches of art. I would recommend those curious of testing its effects, to try a small and sharp plaster of Paris medallion: dip its surface in a weak solution of nitrate of silver and take it out immediately; fasten it to the bottom of a glass tumbler, and at the same time have a little hot sand ready in a dish; lay the watch glass containing a few drops of the phosphoric solution on it; now place the mouth of the tumbler over all, and the medallion will be observed almost instantly to change colour. The operation is now completed. A piece of pottery ware in the state of biscuit may be acted on in a similar manner.\n\n“Liverpool, June 27.\n\nThomas Spencer.”\n\nApparatus and process.—The annexed figure and explanation will afford an example of the action of a voltaic apparatus, and will be sufficient to render the subsequent details intelligible. a is a vessel filled with a solution of common salt, which is a compound of chlorine and sodium; b is a tube immersed therein, closed at the lower end with a piece of bladder stretched over it and firmly tied; this tube is filled with a solution of blue vitriol, that is, a compound of sulphuric acid and oxide of copper. A plate of copper c, and one of zinc z, connected by means of the wire w, are immersed in those fluids. The zinc decomposes the salt, with the chlorine of which it unites, forming chloride of zinc, while the sodium of the salt is repelled, and passing through the bladder, enters the solution of sulphate of copper, which it decomposes, uniting with the sulphuric acid and oxygen to form sulphate of soda, and setting free pure copper in the form of beautiful crystals, which are deposited on the plate c. The connecting wire w serves to convey electricity from c to z, and thus the action is maintained so long as any common salt and sulphate of copper remain undecomposed.\n\nMr. Spencer’s first attempt was made with a piece of thin copper plate, which he covered with a cement of beeswax, resin, and Indian or Calcutta red. The plate received its coating while hot, and on becoming cool, the experimenter scratched the initials of his name upon the plate, being careful to clear away all the cement from the scratches, so as to expose the copper below. A piece of zinc was attached to this plate by a copper wire, and the voltaic current was set in action by means of the simple apparatus shown in the adjoining figure.\n\na may be supposed to represent a glass vessel of convenient form. b a gas glass stopped at the lower end p, by a piece of plaster of Paris, to the depth of three quarters of an inch, z a plate of zinc, and c a similar piece of copper, a coin or any other metallic substance to be acted upon; and these two are connected by a copper wire, w. The inner vessel may be kept in its place by a cork, or any other means that may happen to be more convenient. A solution of sulphate of soda is poured into the gas glass, and the wire connecting the zinc and copper plates being bent, as shown in the figure, the zinc plate is immersed into the solution of sulphate of soda, and the copper plate into the solution of sulphate of copper.\n\nIn a few hours Mr. Spencer, in his experiments, found that the portion of the copper rendered bare by the scratches was coated with the pure bright deposited metal, while those portions which were still covered with cement were not acted on. It now became an important inquiry whether the deposition would retain its hold on the plate, and whether it would be of sufficient solidity to bear working from; that is, supposing an etching or engraving to be made, and the lines to be afterwards filled up with copper by the voltaic process, whether such lines could be printed from.\n\nIn order to answer this last question, Mr. Spencer coated with cement a piece of copper, and with a steel point endeavoured to draw lines in the form of network, so as to penetrate the cement and expose the copper. After this plate had been exposed to voltaic action, and then heated, so as to get off the covering of cement, the copper network came off with it. This happened many times; but by an accident it occurred to the experimenter to employ nitric acid to the plate, after it had been cemented and engraved on as before. It was then subjected to the voltaic process for forty-eight hours, when the lines were found to be entirely filled with copper. On applying heat, and then turpentine to get off the cement, it was found that the voltaic copper had completely combined with the plate on which it was deposited.\n\nA plate was then coated with cement, and lines worked upon it by an engraver; but these lines were of a wedge-shaped form, leaving only a hair line of the copper exposed at the bottom, and a broad space near the surface; and where the turn of the letters took place, the top edges of the lines were galled and rendered rugged by the action of the graver. All this was objectionable; but another plate, similarly prepared, and engraved on with a sharp point, had the copper deposited on the lines; and this was printed from successfully.\n\nThis was an attempt to deposit lines upon a plate of copper by the galvanic action, and thus form an engraving in relief, which I have doubts of being successfully practised with finished subjects.\n\nThe application of heat separates the two metals, in consequence of their different expansibility when subjected to its influence.\n\nMr. Spencer gives the form of another apparatus on a more extended scale, which he recommends, as it may be employed in large works.\n\n\n\na is an earthenware vessel to receive the copper plate and the solution of sulphate of copper, in which it is to be exposed. b is another vessel of earthenware or wood, of such a size that it may fit into the outer one, as shown in the drawing; the bottom of this vessel being formed of plaster of Paris, or some other porous substance, which while it retains the solution of common salt may permit the voltaic action to go on without impediment. c is the copper plate to be acted on by the electricity upon which copper is to be deposited. z is the zinc plate, and the two are united by the wire w, which may either be done in the manner exhibited in the second engraving, or by the use of a binding screw s.\n\nI have been anxious to give specimens of this discovery in its application to letterpress printing, with some account of the process by which copies are obtained from engravings on wood. I am gratified in being enabled to do this, and to give two subjects, by different processes in producing the matrices or moulds.\n\nNo. 1. is an impression from an engraving on wood by the late Mr. Branston, which I give for the purpose of comparing the copy with the original. From this engraving Mr. Murray, having metallized the surface with plumbago, according to his method, to induce a deposition of the copper upon it, obtained a copper mould by galvanic action; from this mould No. 2. was produced by the same process, and is an impression from the electrotype copy of No. 1.\n\nNo. 3. is an impression from an engraving on wood, from which a matrix was prepared in type metal by the process called polytype; this matrix was submitted to the galvanic action by Mr. Murray, and the deposition of copper produced the electrotype copy from which the impression No. 4. is printed.\n\nNo. 5. is a polytype copy in type metal from the same matrix as No. 4. These impressions are placed in juxtaposition, for the purpose of giving an opportunity of comparing them, and forming a true estimate of their respective merits.\n\nThere have been many attempts in London to obtain an electrotype copy of a page of types, but hitherto, I believe, without success; the difficulty arising from the deposition of copper getting under the projecting parts of the kerned letters, and also penetrating into the interstices between the letters and the words, and thus preventing the mould from being disengaged from the types, without using force and destroying a great number of letters. The following, No. 6., is an imperfect specimen of a page of diamond types, by Mr. Robert Branston, an engraver of eminence in wood, and Mr. Warren De la Rue. There are many difficulties yet to be overcome in the process of obtaining electrotype copies of types; but it will show what has already been accomplished, and I have not the least doubt that the combined skill and perseverance of Mr. Branston and Mr. De la Rue will in a short time overcome those difficulties, and produce perfect copies with ease and certainty.\n\nThe method adopted to procure this was as follows:—A mould in plaster of Paris was first obtained, and a stereotype plate was cast in it; high spaces and quadrats were used, to prevent as much as possible the inconvenience before spoken of; a mould was then obtained from the stereotype plate by the polytype process, in type metal, and from that mould, by the galvanic action, the electrotype copy from which the specimen No. 6. was printed.\n\nIn the first instance, the plan recommended by Mr. Spencer in the Athenæum of the 4th of July, 1840, of preparing the surface of the mould with silver, was adopted, but the sulphuric acid acted on the plaster of Paris of which it was formed, and rendered it useless.\n\n\n\nSince the preceding was written and in print, I have been informed that Mr. Spencer has been more successful than the London experimenters, for, in a letter to me, dated Glasgow, September 17th, 1840, he says, “Had I been at home I should have sent you a copy of the first pamphlet, where you would have seen an octavo page of stereotyping by the Voltaic process.”\n\nIn the present early state of electrotyping we find that, as it is formed by the solution in water of a salt composed of sulphuric acid and copper, it is of course thinner and the copper more attenuated than type metal is when in a state of fusion; it will necessarily penetrate into all the delicately engraved parts of a subject more completely than melted metal, and must therefore produce a more perfect facsimile than a casting; I believe this is undeniable, for copies of copper plate engravings of great fineness have been produced in the highest state of perfection as facsimiles. Another point is, that copper is tougher than type metal, and not so liable to have the letters break off and fail in the process of printing, and of consequence will be more durable. But it appears to me that one of its most valuable applications will be to the printing of Bibles, for by obtaining copper matrices of the pages by this process new editions may be multiplied to any extent, and when the plates are much worn they may be renewed at any future time, without incurring the expense of recomposing the book; which is not the case with stereotype plates. But the applicability of the discovery is as yet in its infancy, as these specimens are, I believe, the first that have been published of impressions of letterpress electrotype plates, and the ingenuity of man is at work to extend and improve the discovery.\n\nIn giving the foregoing account of experiments that have been made on this discovery of the application of galvanism to the production of copies of the works of art, and more particularly with respect to engravings on wood, as connected with letterpress printing, to which this work is confined, it is evident that the persons making these experiments are not availing themselves of the information which may easily be procured, that is, of ascertaining what are the requisites to enable a printer to make use of these copies in the regular way of business; excepting this be done, the discovery will not be available for general purposes, and will be viewed only as a curiosity: one point, to which I would particularly draw their attention, is the difficulty experienced in separating the matrix from the original, and again of separating the copy from the matrix; in both these cases they have the deposition of copper too thin, and in the act of separation both the matrix and the copy are twisted and distorted; they are then filled in at the back with some soft metal, which is planed in a rough manner, and delivered in this condition, unfit for the press, at which it is almost impossible to obtain a good impression. I would suggest that the deposition of copper should be continued for a longer time, so as to have the metal thicker, both in the matrix and the copy; if any irregularity in the surface then take place in the act of separation, it ought to be reduced before it is filled in with metal at the back; when that is done it should be turned in a lathe, as stereotype plates now are; it would thus be of an equal thickness throughout without any unevenness on the surface or back, and when mounted type-high might be printed without more trouble than wood cuts or stereotype plates are; thus enabling the printer to produce impressions without difficulty that would show the merits of the discovery in a fair manner, which at present cannot be done without great trouble and loss of time.\n\n\n\nNo. 1. An Impression from an Engraving on Wood.\n\n\n\nNo. 2. An Impression from an Electrotype Copy of No. 1.\n\n\n\n\n\nNo. 6. An Impression from an Electrotype Copy of a Page of Diamond Types.\n\n", "chars": 30989, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_254.jpg", "caption": "Apparatus for galvanic action", "alt": "Apparatus for galvanic action", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_255.jpg", "caption": "Another apparatus", "alt": "Another apparatus", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_255a.jpg", "caption": "Larger scale apparatus", "alt": "Larger scale apparatus", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_258.jpg", "caption": "No. 1. An Impression from an Engraving on Wood.", "alt": "First print depicting a forest scene", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_259.jpg", "caption": "No. 2. An Impression from an Electrotype Copy of No. 1.", "alt": "Second print, same scene", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_260.jpg", "caption": "No. 3. An Impression from an Engraving on Wood. No. 4. An Impression from an Electrotype Copy of No. 3. No. 5. An Impression from a Polytype Copy of No. 3.", "alt": "Three prints of a boat at sea", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_261.jpg", "caption": "No. 6. An Impression from an Electrotype Copy of a Page of Diamond Types.", "alt": "A page printed by Electrotype", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1493", "term": "gambier", "norm": "gambier", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tannin obtained from the leaves and stems of Uncaria gambir, a shrubby climber found in Indonesia and surrounding areas. It contains catechu-tannic acid (22 to 50%) and catechin (7 to 33%), as well as varying amounts of vegetable acids and their salts, sugar, starch, cellulose, wax, oil, and mineral matter. The catechin is not identical with that of CUTCH. It is one of the condensed tannins and has a relatively high pH value and total salts content. Used alone, gambier produces a rather spongy leather; however, when used in combination with other tannins, such as wattle extract or myrabolans, it is well suited for both heavy and light leathers. In England, it has been used mainly for the tannage of calf and kip skins. Also known as \"catechu,\" \"pale catechu,\" and \"terra japonica.\" See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 869, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1494", "term": "gamma cellulose", "norm": "gamma cellulose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See textual note\n\nThat portion of a cellulosic material that remains in solution subsequent to neutralization of the alkaline solution obtained in the ALPHA CELLULOSE test. See also: BETA CELLULOSE.", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1495", "term": "gampi", "norm": "gampi", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A shrub, Wikstroemia canescens, indigenous to the mountain forests of central and southern Japan, the bast fibers of the inner bark of which are used in papermaking.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1496", "term": "gang stitching", "norm": "gang stitching", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An automatic or hand fed production line method of fastening leaves together with wire staples. See also: SIDE STITCHING.", "chars": 145, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1497", "term": "gape", "norm": "gape", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "gaping", "dates": null, "text": "A condition in which the covers of a book are not parallel but are further apart at the fore edge than at the spine, i.e., the book does not close properly. Gaping, or yawning, as it is also called, may be caused by improper insertion of folded material without adequate stubbing; by improper covering or casing-in technique, in which the case is in effect too small for the text block or the covering material is drawn on too tightly; or, in the case of vellum books or bindings, by the absorption of moisture, which causes the vellum covers to warp.", "chars": 551, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [99, 236], "citations": ["Cummins, John Francis. The printer's guide. 2nd ed. Dublin. n.p. 1952.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GARTE", "term": "GARTER", "norm": "garter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In wooden presses, two flat pieces of iron with a semicircle cut in one end of each, and a projecting part at the other ends; in the projecting parts there is a hole at each end, those in the front piece for a screw to go through, and those in the back piece are tapped to receive a screw.\n\nThe hose has a horizontal mortise through it, exactly at the groove in the spindle; this mortise is to receive the garter, which, when driven close up from back and front, clasps the spindle in the groove by means of its semicircular ends, which are made to fit into this groove; and the two parts are kept firmly together by the screws that pass through the projecting ends on two sides of the hose.\n\nIts use is to lift up the platen on the return of the bar, to admit the carriage to be run in and out.", "chars": 791, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1498", "term": "gas black", "norm": "gas black", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A black pigment used in the manufacture of printing ink, and produced by burning gas with insufficient oxygen for complete combustion to take place. Thick soot is deposited on metal cylinders in much the same manner as LAMPBLACK from oil. Gas black is practically pure carbon.", "chars": 300, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gascon-1", "term": "Gascon", "norm": "gascon", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Le, style. The distinguishing feature of this style is the dotted face of the ornaments instead of the continuous or solid line. Wherever these dotted ornaments are used the style is called Le Gascon. Time, the first half of the seventeenth century, immediately following that of Nicholas and Clovis Eve.", "chars": 304, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1499", "term": "Gascon, Le", "norm": "gascon, le", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name associated with a luxurious style of finishing introduced in France in the early 17th century. The \"Le Gascon\" style, known as POINTILLÉ, is made up of interlaced bands, enclosing geometrical compartments which are filled with innumerable gold dots, frequently elaborated into lines and curves of remarkable luster and elegance.\n\nOver the years many stories have arisen concerning \"Le Gascon.\" One is that he worked as a bookbinder, or, more likely, as a gilder in the Eve's bindery, from which he took the style later to be called FANFARE STYLE (with its complicated geometrical framework) as the basis of his designs, but worked out all of the scrolls in fine dots instead of solid lines. While finishing tools had begun to become more finely cut with the Eves, they reached th pinnacle of delicacy and perfection with the work of this gilder or group of gilders. It has also been suggested that \"Le Gascon\" was the pseudonym of a famous binder, and it has been argued that the possibility exists that \"Le Gascon\" was employed by Gaston, Duke of Orleans.\n\nDespite the speculation, there are no records to indicate just who \"the man\" may have been. There are documents indicating that someone going by the pseudonym \"Le Gascon\" was, as early as 1622, producing the most splendid bindings of that time. It is perhaps only natural that attempts should be made to link this name with the finest of the early pointillé bindings, but to date no binding can be said to he the work of anyone by that name. Three very intricate pointillé bindings, signed by FLORIMOND BADIER, do exist, but since Badier did not even begin his apprenticeship until 1630, he cannot have been \"Le Gascon.\"", "chars": 1755, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [124, 132, 154, 347, 373], "citations": ["Dutton, Meiric Keeler. Historical sketch of bookbinding as an art. Norwood. Holliston Mills. 1968.", "Fletcher, William Younger. Bookbinding in England and France. London. Seeley. 1897.", "Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957.", "Zahn, Otto. On art binding, a monograph. Memphis. Toof. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1500", "term": "gatefold", "norm": "gatefold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An illustration, map, or other leaf larger in one dimension than the other leaves of the publication and which consequently must be folded, usually at the fore edge or head, to make it the same size as the other leaves.", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 329], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Teigen, Kit. Graphic arts, an introduction…Wayne, Pa. Management Development Institute. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GATHE1", "term": "GATHER BOOKS", "norm": "gather books", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Gathering of books is to take one sheet off every heap, beginning at the last sheet first, viz. at the left hand end of the range.—M. We now reverse the heaps, and place the first signature where they used to place the last; they then gathered, placing each sheet upon the other: we now gather under each sheet, which is a much quicker way. See Gathering.\n\nGather Corrections. See Corrections.", "chars": 477, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1501", "term": "gathering", "norm": "gathering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of collecting, and arranging in proper order for binding, the printed sheets or sections of a publication, which, in the case of sections, takes place after folding. 2. The group of leaves formed by folding and combining the one or more sheets or half sheets which make up a section (signature). The sheet is the printer's unit, while the gathering is the binder's unit. In the case of the octavo, the gathering normally comprises one sheet folded three times; however, in larger or smaller volumes, it may consist of two or more sheets, or sheets and half sheets. 3. See: CATCH STITCH.\n\nSee textual note", "chars": 641, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320, 335], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GATHE2", "term": "GATHERING", "norm": "gathering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In making the printed sheets of a work up into copies in the warehouse for delivery, a number of them in orderly succession are folded together, which is called a gathering; a volume may be complete in one gathering, or it may consist of two, three, four, or more.\n\nWhen there are more than one gathering in a volume, the warehouseman endeavours to have the number of sheets in each nearly equal; and he very rarely puts less than ten, or more than fifteen, in one gathering.\n\nHe lays down upon the gathering table a heap of each signature, commencing with B, or whatever signature the body of the work may begin with, following each other in regular order, according to the letters of the alphabet, and as many as he intends to include in the first gathering, with the first page of each to the front of the table. If it be a long number, he seldom lays down more than a bundle of each signature at once, that the top sheets may not be higher than the boys can conveniently reach.\n\nThe first signature is placed at the extreme end of the table to the left hand, that if there be any space more than is actually wanted upon the table, it may be at the end where the gathering concludes, to allow the boys to knock up the sheets without crowding each other.\n\nIn commencing gathering it is necessary that the boys should have clean hands, otherwise they will dirty many sheets with the end of the right thumb.\n\nA boy wets the end of his right thumb with the tip of his tongue, and pushes up with it the right hand corner of the first sheet, the fingers of his left hand being laid upon the sheet to prevent its slipping away, and he catches it up with the thumb of his left hand underneath it, and draws it upon the next heap; he does the same by this, and so continues drawing the accumulating sheets in his left hand over the successive heaps, and taking one from each, till he gets to the end; he then knocks this gathering up even at the ends and sides, and lays it down at the end of the table, which being what is styled a horse-shoe table, he has only to turn himself round, when he is again facing the first signature, to recommence the operation, always knocking up his gathering, and laying it evenly upon the other, till it accumulates to a pile.\n\nIn the regular routine of business, where despatch is necessary, three or four boys are generally put to one gathering table, who follow each other regularly, knocking up their gatherings, and piling them up on the end of the table. Among them there is frequently an inexperienced boy; to prevent delay, this boy is ordered to lay his gathering down at the end, and the next boy knocks it up with his own: if the boy has quickness and spirit, he exerts himself to become expert, and to equal the others.\n\nIf the collation of the book is going on at the same time, it prevents the pile of gatherings from accumulating too much; if it be not, the pile must be removed occasionally, to prevent it getting too high for the boys to deposit their gatherings.\n\nThey thus proceed till one, or more, of the heaps is exhausted, when the remnant of the others is folded in the middle, each signature by itself, and tied up in a bundle, enclosed in wrappers; but if the book be collating, the drawn sheets are previously laid down, which enables them generally to gather off a few more copies.\n\nIn the course of gathering, if a boy perceives that the sheets in any of the heaps are turned the wrong way, he should immediately announce it, that they may be placed right; he should be likewise very particular to take one sheet from each heap, as also to avoid taking two: any of these errors causes a great deal of extra trouble in collating, and of course a consequent loss of time, in addition to making the work unpleasant.\n\nAfter the gatherings are collated, they are knocked up carefully at the ends and sides, and folded evenly in the middle; folios, quartos, and octavos, in the regular fold of the paper, and twelves the long way in the back; for a gathering is never folded in a page, neither lengthways nor crossways. They are then put into a press, a moderate quantity being placed between each two boards, and the press wrung well down; after having lain in the press a sufficient time, they are taken out, and piled away till the work is completed, and they are wanted for Booking.\n\nIf copies of a work are required to be delivered as soon as the last sheet is put to press, which at the present day is commonly the case, the warehouseman should be prepared to meet the wishes of his employer’s customers, by having the book gathered close up to the last gathering; having them all pressed and booked; and as fast as the last sheet is worked off, keep hanging it up very thin in the most favourable part of his poling for drying, and even dry a few by the fire to commence with. He will thus have the last gathering only to put together, and in some cases he may have part of that done; so that if he put his boys to gather, himself to collate, another to fold the gatherings and put them into the press, he may in less than two hours, in a case of emergency, deliver fifty or a hundred copies of a work without difficulty, and obtain credit to the house and to himself for despatch and attention, both of which cannot but be gratifying to him. See Booking. Collating. Lay Down.", "chars": 5466, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-gathering-1", "term": "gathering", "norm": "gathering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of arranging the sheets according to the signatures.", "chars": 64, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-gathering-1", "term": "gathering", "norm": "gathering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Collecting the various sheets from piles when folded, so that the |176| arrangement follows the sequence of the signature.", "chars": 122, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-gathering-1", "term": "gathering", "norm": "gathering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "collecting one sheet from each pile in a printer’s warehouse to make up a volume.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gathering-1", "term": "gathering", "norm": "gathering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of collecting the several sheets which make a book and arranging them according to the signatures.", "chars": 110, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1502", "term": "gathering machine", "norm": "gathering machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used mainly in edition binding to collect and arrange in proper order the folded sheets, i.e., sections, of a book, preparatory to binding. The sections are placed in sequence in the pockets or hoppers of the machine and are released individually to a conveying mechanism. Once the machine is in full operation it produces a complete group of sections at every move, i.e., if the book consists of twelve sections, on the twelfth and every move thereafter the machine produces a complete gathering. Every time the conveying mechanism advances, a section is deposited on the conveying mechanism at every feeding station, the complete gathering being assembled at the last station. The total number of stations depends on the number of sections needed for the book being gathered.\n\nAll gathering machines designed for uninterrupted operation have continuous feed and remove individual sections from the bottom of the respective piles, thereby making the top of the pile always accessible for the addition of sections.\n\nThree different systems are used in gathering machines: the swinging gathering arm system, the rotary drum system, and the planetary system.\n\nThe swinging gathering arm system operates by pulling the section by suction along the fold edge from the pile, gripping it in jaws and dropping it onto the conveyer system. In the rotary drum system, the sections are removed by grippers built into the surface of the rotating drum. In the planetary system, the bottom of the pocket is a drum equipped with rotary vacuum suckers which roll the sections away from the bottom of the pile and transfers them to the grippers on a transfer cylinder, which, in turn deposits them on the conveyer system.\n\nIf a section is omitted, or if two sections from the pocket are deposited on one pile, mechanical devices, called calipers, stop the machine and indicate the pocket where the mistake occurred. The calipers are also capable of detecting an incomplete section.\n\nThe first gathering machine was introduced by Endicott D. Averell of the United States in 1875. This machine had feed problems which were eventually overcome by a machine developed by F. Wood in 1886. The period of greatest development of gathering machines was 1890 to 1903.", "chars": 2242, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 182, 320], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Jennett, Sean. The making of books. 4th ed. New York. Praeger. 1967.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1503", "term": "gathering table", "norm": "gathering table", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A long, narrow table, usually in the shape of a horseshoe, or oval, on which flat sheets or sections are laid in piles in proper order for gathering. 2. A rotating circular table around which gatherers sit and assemble sections as the table rotates, presenting consecutive sections. The variable speed table is rotated by an electric motor operated by a foot pedal. The rotating gathering table is usually used for short runs of edition bindings.", "chars": 449, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274, 320], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GATHE3", "term": "GATHERING TABLE", "norm": "gathering table", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A table in the warehouse on which the printed sheets are arranged in the order of their signatures, in order to their being gathered into books. It is usually a horse-shoe table, and the boys gather on the inside, so that when they have completed one gathering they have only to turn round and commence again. Where there is space enough in the warehouse it ought to be sufficiently large to hold at least fifteen sheets, with room at the end for the heap and for the knocking up of each gathering.", "chars": 498, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1504", "term": "gauffered edges", "norm": "gauffered edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "goffered", "dates": null, "text": "The edges of a book, usually gilded, which have been decorated further by means of heated finishing tools or rolls which indent small repeating patterns. Gauffering is most successful on a book printed on hard paper and gilt solid. It may be done directly on the gold, or by laying a different colored gold over the first, and tooling over the top gold, leaving the pattern in the new gold impressed on the original metal. The effect of gauffering is sometimes enhanced by scraping away parts of the gold and then staining the white paper showing through. While this technique was used by a number of European bookbinders, it was especially associated with German bookbinding of the 16th century. The use of color on the edges of books bound in England was less frequent and more restrained. Plain gauffering was done well into the 17th century, usually on embroidered bindings, but appears to have declined sharply after 1650 or so. It was then revived and exploited from the end of the 18th century onwards, and was especially popular in the latter half of the 19th century, when it was found on elaborately bound devotional and other books.\n\nAlmost all gauffering was done with pointillé tools, or, as in many examples, the designs were built up with repeated impressions of a large dot. Pointillé tools, as well as those cut in outline, produce delicate effects and are more easily impressed on a hard paper surface than are solid tools. The term comes from the French word for honeycomb, and also applies to the practice of crimping or fluting cloth with heated gauffering irons. See PLATE VI.", "chars": 1596, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 335, 343], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-gaufre-edges-1", "term": "Gaufre Edges", "norm": "gaufre edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Impressions made with the finisher's tools on the edges of the book after gilding.", "chars": 82, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GAUGE", "term": "GAUGE", "norm": "gauge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A Gauge, to regulate the margin, is used both by compositors and pressmen, in their respective departments.\n\nWhen a compositor commences a work, or joins a companionship, it is necessary that he cut a gauge to the length of a regular page of his work; to do this he should take a page without any chapter head lines, of the regular number of lines, and cut his gauge to the exact length, including the head and the direction line; a piece of great primer reglet is a convenient thickness, and marking the name of the work on it may prevent errors. Many compositors mark the length of the page upon a piece of furniture, and make it answer for two, three, or four works; but I have known mistakes occur in making-up, from adopting this method, that have caused a great deal of trouble in remaking up the succeeding pages.\n\nIn works that are printed with large letter, and have many head lines in the pages, and much white between the lines, I would advise a gauge to be cut on which the situation of each line should be marked; this will enable the compositor to make up his pages, so that, when the sheet is worked off, line shall fall upon line, which will add a beauty to his work, and save a great deal of trouble, by rendering unnecessary any alteration of the whites.\n\nAfter the first sheet of a work has been imposed, and the margin made right by the person who has the superintendence of this department, a gauge should be cut to the exact width of the back, and another to that of the head; a piece of thin reglet being used for each, marked with the name of the work, and with the words, “back,” and “head;” a hole may be made in each piece that they may be tied together, so as to hang them upon a nail driven into some part of the frame; and a fresh sheet should never be imposed without trying the margin before it is locked-up. I am aware this is being more particular than is the general custom; but, if a compositor adopt the method, he will find that it will not take more than a minute of additional time, and will eventually be a saving by preventing mistakes, and he will thus send each sheet to press in a workmanlike manner.\n\nThe pressmen require a gauge in all folio works, in order to keep the head lines of the pages of each sheet precisely at the same distance from the edge of the paper. This head margin is determined by the overseer, or master printer, when the first sheet goes to press; the pressman should then cut his gauge, mark it with the name of the work, and keep it in some secure place, to lay the succeeding sheets on by, so that the work may have a uniform head margin, which, as the bookbinder always makes the head lines range, will prevent the book being reduced in size by cutting, an object of serious consideration in a library.", "chars": 2841, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-gauge-1", "term": "Gauge", "norm": "gauge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Used in forwarding to take the correct size of the volume and to mark it upon the boards for squaring.", "chars": 102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-gauge-1", "term": "Gauge", "norm": "gauge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strip of reglet with a notch in it, passed with the make-up, to denote the length of the pages.", "chars": 97, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gauge-1", "term": "Gauge", "norm": "gauge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The tool used in forwarding to take the correct size of the volume and to mark it upon the boards for squaring.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-gauge-pin-1", "term": "Gauge-pin", "norm": "gauge-pin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instrument to aid in feeding job presses correctly.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-geat-1", "term": "Geat", "norm": "geat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is the little Spout or Gutter made in the Brim of *Casting Ladles*.", "chars": 67, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1507", "term": "gel", "norm": "gel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A semisolid mass, resembling jelly, capable of deformation by heat or pressure. 2. A system of solid aggregates dispersed through a liquid carrier medium. 3. A non-flowing adhesive mass exhibiting strong cohesive forces having low shear strength. 4. See: GELATIN.", "chars": 290, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198, 306], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1511", "term": "gel strength", "norm": "gel strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The strength of a gel or jelly (such as gelatin or glue), often expressed as the weight in grams required to force a plunger into a test sample under specified conditions. The gel strength test is based on the fact that a solution containing lo or more of gelatin, when allowed to stand at a temperature of approximately 50° F., will form a firm jelly. If different glue solutions of identical concentration are permitted to chill or set, the quality of the glue will, in general, correspond to the consistency of the jelly formed.", "chars": 531, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [185], "citations": ["Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Flexible glues for bookbinding. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Technical bulletin, no. 24). 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1508", "term": "gelatin", "norm": "gelatin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A complex protein of the scleroprotein class, having a molecular weight varying from about 40,000 to 100,000. It occurs in bones and fibrous tissue in the form of its anhydride, collagen, which is converted into gelatin on boiling with dilute acids. Gelatin swells in cold water, but is insoluble in it. It dissolves in hot water and produces a very viscous solution, e.g., a solution containing 1% or more solidifies to a jelly upon cooling. Gelatin is particularly rich in glycene and lysine. It is manufactured from hides and bones, principally those of bovine animals, and differs from GLUE in its purity and in the care observed in its manufacture. It is used in the manufacture of glue and photographic film, and in the tub-sizing of paper.", "chars": 770, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143, 189], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Karch, Robert Randolph. Graphic arts procedures. 4th ed. Chicago. American Technical Society. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1509", "term": "gelation", "norm": "gelation", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The partial coagulation of a lyophilic sol which results in the formation of a GEL (1).", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1510", "term": "gelation time", "norm": "gelation time", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The interval of time between the introduction of a catalyst into a liquid adhesive and gel formation. The term is used with reference to synthetic thermosetting resins.", "chars": 168, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1512", "term": "general job binding", "norm": "general job binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general type of binding in which odd jobs, either for the customer or the trade, are performed. Job binding of this type generally includes some library style binding and small runs of edition binding, i.e., runs under 1,500 copies.", "chars": 234, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1513", "term": "general office stationery binding", "norm": "general office stationery binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of binding involving the production of speciality items, including pads, blotters, files, and the like. This type of binding often takes place as a sideline in a binder specializing in STATIONERY BINDING. See also: PADDING.", "chars": 279, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1514", "term": "Gentile, Antonio", "norm": "gentile, antonio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1519-1609", "text": "A Roman goldsmith who produced perhaps the most remarkable silver binding that has come down from the Renaissance. The cover, which protects an equally distinguished Renaissance manuscript, the Book of Hours, written by the scribe Francesco Monterchi, and illuminated by Giulio Clovio, for Cardinal Alessandro Farnese, consists of wooden boards covered with parcel gilt silver that is very delicately worked in low relief and openwork. Each cover has a frame of foliage in relief against a pierced ground which is interrupted at intervals by masks, with fleurs-de-lis in the corners. The panel is divided into four sections filled with male and female figures whose bodies terminate in curving foliage. In the center a large oval depicts the annunciate angel on the upper cover and the Virgin Mary on the lower, both in relief. The spine of the binding is covered with a plate of silver decorated with foliate designs in low relief between four double raised bands. The doublures of silver are engraved with Farnese arms and the names of Cardinals Allesandro and Odoardo Farnese.", "chars": 1079, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GEOME", "term": "GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERS", "norm": "geometrical characters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "+ plus, or more, the sign of addition; signifying that the numbers or quantities between which it is placed are to be added together.\n\n- minus, or less, the sign of subtraction; signifying that the latter of the two quantities between which it is placed is to be taken from the former.\n\n~ denotes the difference of two quantities when it is not known which is the greater.\n\n× into, the sign of multiplication; signifying that the quantities between which it is placed are to be multiplied together.\n\n÷ by, the sign of division; signifying that the former of the two quantities between which it is placed is to be divided by the latter.\n\n: as, or to, :: so is, the sign of an equality of ratios; signifying that the quantities between which they are placed are proportional to each other.\n\n= equal to, the sign of equality; signifying that the quantities between which it is placed are equal to each other.\n\n√ the radical sign; signifying that the quantity before which it is placed is to have some root of it extracted.--Bonnycastle’s Geometry. 12mo. 1823.\n\n\n\n[#] Formerly used to denote equal to, but is become obsolete.\n\n△ Triangle; as △ABC = △ADC.\n\n∠ An angle.\n\n⟂ Perpendicular.\n\n▭ Rectangled parallelogram.\n\n⊏ or >, greater than.\n\n⊐ or <, lesser than.\n\n∹ The differences, or excess.", "chars": 1426, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GERMA", "term": "GERMAN", "norm": "german", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "“It is generally admitted, that the ancient Germans had not the use of letters, before their intercourse with the Romans; the testimony of Tacitus is decisive on this subject. ‘Literarum secreta viri pariter ac fœminæ ignorant.’ Hence we conclude, that the Teutons, who anciently inhabited the neighbouring coast, and islands of the Baltic Sea, had no letters, till their descendants, who settled in Belgic Gaul, obtained them from the Romans. The Teutonic alphabet is evidently deduced from the Roman, and is nothing more than the Roman varied by the Germans, which, having been much deformed, was improved by Charlemagne in the ninth century, and continued till the twelfth, when this kind of writing was succeeded by the modern Gothic, which prevails in Germany, and in several of the northern countries of Europe at this time.”—Astle.\n\nGerman Alphabet.\n\nIn addition to the characters of the preceding alphabet, the Germans make use of three, which are vowels: Ae, ä or á, expressed by the Roman character ä, and having the sound of e in where. Oe, ö or ó, and in the Roman character ö, which has the sound of eu in the French heure. Ue, ü or ú, having its representative in the Roman ü, and its expression in the thin u of the French in vertu.\n\nThe Germans also make use of the following double letters in printing:\n\n“In the printed alphabet some letters are apt to be mistaken and confounded one with another. To facilitate the discrimination the difference is here pointed out.\n\n“B and V. The latter is open in the middle, the former joined across.\n\n“C and E. C has a little horizontal stroke in the middle, projecting to the right, which E has not.\n\n“G and S. These letters, being both of a round form, are sometimes taken for one another, particularly the G for the S. But S has an opening above, G is closed, and has besides a perpendicular stroke within.\n\n“K, N, R. K is rounded at the top, N is open in the middle, R is united about the middle.\n\n“M and W. M is open at the bottom, W is closed.\n\n“b and h. b is perfectly closed below, h is somewhat open, and ends at the bottom, on one side, with a hair stroke.\n\n“f and ſ. f has a horizontal line above.\n\n“m and w. m is entirely open at the bottom, w is partly closed.\n\n“r and x. x has a little hair stroke below on the left.\n\n“v and y. v is closed, y is somewhat open below, and ends with a hair stroke.”—Noehden’s German Grammar, 2d edit. 12mo. Lond. 1807.\n\nGerman Types in the British Founderies.\n\nTwo-line English.—Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nGreat Primer.—Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nPica.—Caslon and Livermore.\n\nLong Primer.—Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nBrevier.—Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nBrevier on Minion body.—Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nNonpareil.—Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nGerman Text, ornamented.—V. and J. Figgins.\n\nGreat Primer, Brevier on Minion body, and Nonpareil. These matrices are from the foundery of Brestkopff and Hartel, of Leipsig.\n\n\n\nGerman Upper and Lower Case, Roman Character. They are made in one Case.", "chars": 3599, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_265.jpg", "caption": "The German Alphabet", "alt": "The German Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_266.jpg", "caption": "Double letters", "alt": "Double letters", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_267.jpg", "caption": "Layout of the German case", "alt": "Layout of the German case", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1515", "term": "German paring knife", "norm": "german paring knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PARING KNIFE.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GETIN", "term": "GET IN", "norm": "get in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Matter is got in in a line, page, sheet, or book, if letter be thinner cast than the printed copy the compositor sets by. Or matter is got in if the compositor sets closer: or if he widens his measure; or puts more lines in a page.—M. Also if copy makes less than it was calculated to do, they say, it gets in. See Drive Out.", "chars": 356, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1516", "term": "ghatti gum", "norm": "ghatti gum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A gum obtained from the Indian sumac (Country sumac, or \"dhawi,\" as it is called in India), Anogeissus latifolia, and used as a substitute for GUM ARABIC.", "chars": 178, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1517", "term": "gift binding", "norm": "gift binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In the usual application, a leather binding produced for presentation, such as a retirement signature book. The term is also applied to that part of an edition run which is bound at the publisher's order for the gift market.", "chars": 224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1518", "term": "gilder's tip", "norm": "gilder's tip", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A camel-hair brush about 3 to 4 inches in width, and used to pick up strips of gold leaf flat on the tips of the hairs. A tip of long hairs is used to pick up whole leaves, while one with short hairs is used for cut pieces of leaf. A tip is not usually needed for metal leaf that is heavier and easier to handle than gold, but one may be necessary for silver leaf, in which case a special tip with double thickness of hairs is used.", "chars": 432, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233, 335], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1519", "term": "gilder's tub", "norm": "gilder's tub", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: RUBBING-OFF CHEST.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1520", "term": "gilding", "norm": "gilding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The art or process of adhering thin metal leaf to a surface, e.g., the leather cover or edges of a book, so as to approximate the effect of solid or inlaid metal. Although the term is applied to the decoration of both covers and edges, it is more accurately used with reference to edges, and the term GOLD TOOLING for covers.\n\nAlthough the term \"gilding\" ultimately derives from a word for gold, it also designates the application of other leaf metal to a surface. Gold, silver, and palladium leaf are the most commonly used metals; however, gold is by far predominant. DUTCH GOLD and ALUMINUM LEAF are imitations of precious metals which give inferior effects and are not sufficiently permanent for archival work. On the other hand, they are superior in both effect and permanence to the so-called gold paint made with bronze power, to the silver paints made of aluminum powder, and to the various imitation gold foils made of various combinations of baser metals. See also: GILT EDGES; GILT EXTRA; GILT IN THE ROUND; GILT IN THE SQUARE; GILT MARBLED EDGES; GILT ON LANDSCAPES; ROUGH GILT.", "chars": 1328, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 152, 161, 233, 236, 335, 343], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1521", "term": "gilding a la antique", "norm": "gilding a la antique", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GAUFFERED EDGES.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1522", "term": "gilding bench", "norm": "gilding bench", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FINISHING PRESS.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1523", "term": "gilding boards", "norm": "gilding boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Finishing boards made of hardwood, and similar to BACKING BOARDS, except that the top edge is flat instead of beveled. They are used to secure the book firmly while the edges are being gilt.", "chars": 214, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1524", "term": "gilding powder", "norm": "gilding powder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLOCKING POWDER.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1525", "term": "gilding press", "norm": "gilding press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "gilder's press", "dates": null, "text": "A type of press consisting of two wooden blocks about 6 1/2 inches square and 4 or 5 feet long, fitted with two compression screws operating through brass chucks in each block, and operated by means of a bar inserted in the screw heads. The available DAYLIGHT of the press is generally sufficient to allow the pressing and gilding of the edges of several books at a time.", "chars": 395, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 264], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gilding-press-1", "term": "gilding press", "norm": "gilding press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A press made of two square blocks brought together by screws, to hold books for gilding.", "chars": 88, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-gilt-1", "term": "Gilt", "norm": "gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Is applied to both the edges and to the ornaments in finishing.", "chars": 63, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-gilt-1", "term": "Gilt", "norm": "gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Applies to both the edges and to the ornaments in finishing.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gilt-1", "term": "Gilt", "norm": "gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Applied to ornamental work on covers and also to edges of a book; in the latter case, chiefly used for the top.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1526", "term": "gilt after rounding", "norm": "gilt after rounding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GILT IN THE ROUND.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1527", "term": "gilt all around", "norm": "gilt all around", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to a book gilded on all three edges.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1528", "term": "gilt edges", "norm": "gilt edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edges of a book which have been trimmed, sized, primed with Armenian bole, covered with gold leaf, and burnished. In this process, the leaves of the book are fanned and dusted with French chalk and the book is then clamped in the gilding press.\n\nThe edges are scraped and sanded to give as smooth a surface as possible, and the edges are again primed with bole and polished with a burnishing brush. A dilute solution of albumen or gelatin is applied and the gold leaf is laid on. The edges are then glazed with a burnisher, initially through paper and then directly on the edges. Different qualities of paper require slight variations of treatment. In general, the effect of gilt edges is superior if the gilding is done before the book is sewn. See: ROUGH GILT. Following gilding, the edges are sometimes tooled. See: GAUFFERED EDGES.\n\nThe gilding of the edges of books probably originated in Italy, at about the same time that gold tooling was introduced in that country, or about 1470. The technique appears to have been in use in England by the 1530s.\n\nAside from appearance, gilding the edges, or at least the head edge, serves the practical function of protecting the book from the incursion of dust. See also: EDGE GILDING MACHINE,", "chars": 1308, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 236, 335], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1529", "term": "gilt extra", "norm": "gilt extra", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A binding which has more gold tooling than is considered normal. Cf: OVERCHARGED.", "chars": 105, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1530", "term": "gilt in the round", "norm": "gilt in the round", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fore edge of a book gilded after the book is sewn and rounded, giving the fore edge the appearance of a solid gilt surface. Cf: GILT IN THE SQUARE. See also: ROUGH GILT.", "chars": 221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1531", "term": "gilt in the square", "norm": "gilt in the square", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fore edge of a book gilded after sewing but before rounding. This results in a white edge showing at the first and last sections after the book is subsequently rounded and backed. Cf: GILT IN THE ROUND. See also: ROUGH GILT.", "chars": 276, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1532", "term": "gilt marbled edges", "norm": "gilt marbled edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edges of a book that have been marbled, burnished, sized, gilded, and then burnished again. When it is properly done, the marble can be seen through the gold. In the usual case, however, the marbling is barely perceptible when the book is closed, but appears faintly when the leaves are fanned. This is because the marbling colors penetrate slightly into the paper giving the effect very much like the hidden FORE-EDGE PAINTING, although the two techniques are completely different.\n\nGilt marbled edges is a French invention of the 17th century, and is usually attributed to (LE) GASCON.\n\nIt is sometimes found on English bindings from about the middle of the 18th century, but it was never used extensively.", "chars": 756, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 241], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1533", "term": "gilt on landscapes", "norm": "gilt on landscapes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fore-edge decoration consisting of a scene painted on the fore edge, which is then gilded and burnished. Only the gilt edge is seen until the leaves are fanned, whereupon the painting may be seen beneath the gold. The name probably derives from the fact that most of these fore-edge paintings are of landscape scenes. The practice of gilding on landscapes dates from the second half of the 18th century. See also: EDWARDS OF HALIFAX; GILT MARBLED EDGES; FORE-EDGE PAINTING.", "chars": 547, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 241, 280], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1534", "term": "gilt on red", "norm": "gilt on red", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: RED UNDER GOLD EDGES.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1535", "term": "gilt on the rough", "norm": "gilt on the rough", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ROUGH GILT.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1536", "term": "gilt solid", "norm": "gilt solid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GILT IN THE ROUND.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1537", "term": "gilt top", "norm": "gilt top", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: TOP EDGE GILT.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gilt-top-1", "term": "gilt top", "norm": "gilt top", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Books with the top edges cut and gilded. This prevents their being soiled by the dust that may collect on them.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1538", "term": "girdle book", "norm": "girdle book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration Girdle book. Breviarum, manuscript on paper, written in Southern Germany, probably in the monastery of Kastl, near Nürnberg, in the year 1454. Spencer Collection MS 39, New York Public Library (10.4 cm. by 7.5 cm.)\n\nA book which has an extra protective covering of soft leather made in such a manner that the book can be hung from the girdle or habit cord of a cleric and swung upward for reading while still attached to the girdle or cord. Doeskin and deerskin were frequently employed for this type of binding, which was used in the middle ages and early Renaissance, especially in Germany. Devotional books or didactic works, or professional reference books, e.g., law books, were most often bound in this manner, and the bindings were almost quite unpretentious. Very elegant bindings, however, were produced in velvet and brocade, to protect illuminated prayer books. Few intact girdle books have survived, as the overlapping leather was usually cut off for reuse when the need for protection had passed. Also called \"utilitarian protective bindings.\"", "chars": 1074, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 183, 347], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1539", "term": "girdle calendar", "norm": "girdle calendar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small medieval folding calendar, so made that it could be suspended from the girdle or habit cord of a cleric, or from the belt. Many had covers of stiff vellum sheathed in velvet, sometimes overcast at the edges with silk thread, and ornamented with balls and tassles. Such calendars generally showed the saints' days and other religious observances for each month, as well as various astrological tables. They were generally written on fold-out leaves of vellum.", "chars": 466, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GIRTH", "term": "GIRTHS", "norm": "girths", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Are thongs of leather, cut out of the back of an horse hide, or a bull’s hide, sometimes an hog’s hide. They are about an inch and an half, or an inch and three quarters broad. Two of them are used to carry the carriage out and in.—M. They are sometimes made of Girthweb.\n\nMr. T. C. Hansard, in his patent for the improvement of presses, &c., enumerates “Girths,” of which he says,—“The girths I form of lines made of any close-formed strong material or substance, but round or narrow, and I particularly prefer cat-gut of about one inch in circumference. Such lines I arrange in pairs, one pair to run the table in, the other pair to run it out; applying them to the wheel after the manner of leather or web girths; except that such lines I place with a small degree of obliquity from either end of the table to the wheel, so that in winding round no one coil shall touch or interfere with the other, but take a spiral direction, one pair giving place by being wound off the wheel as the table is run in or out, to the other pair, which by being then wound round the wheel, causes the table to traverse in the given direction. By these means the rounce or handle will be, in every position or turn of the wheel, equally tight, and no friction or adhesion of the lines can ever take place.”\n\nGirth Wheel, or Drum. See Wheel.\n\nGiving a Pelt Exercise. See Exercising the Pelt.\n\n", "chars": 1576, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GIVIN", "term": "GIVING OUT PAPER", "norm": "giving out paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the warehouseman delivers paper to the pressmen, or to the person appointed to wet it, for printing on, it is said, he has given out paper for such a job, or such a sheet of a work.\n\nPaper, for printing on, is received in three different ways from the stationer.\n\nThe first and most general way is what is termed Perfect Paper; that is, each ream consists of twenty-one quires and a half, making 516 sheets, which enables the printer to deliver full count, and allows for spoiling sheets, which unavoidably happens in wetting, in printing-off, and in the warehouse department.\n\nThe second is Imperfect Paper; that is, each ream consists of twenty good quires, (termed inside quires,) making 480 sheets; but it is given out to wet for bookwork as perfect paper.\n\nThe third is News Paper, which consists of twenty quires of twenty-five sheets each to the ream, making 500 sheets.\n\nNewspaper stamps are always received, given out to wet, and delivered, by the net number, and require great care on the part of the warehouseman and pressmen to prevent waste, as the master printer is responsible for the deficiency.\n\nPaper with outside quires is very rarely sent in to the printer; when it does happen, the warehouseman should look over the outside quires, take out the torn and damaged sheets, and give out as perfect paper: but, perhaps, the best way is to put aside these quires, and return them to the employer, as every sheet is more or less damaged.\n\nThe following Tables will be found useful, as they will enable the warehouseman to give out paper with facility and correctness for bookwork, and for jobs, where the numbers are irregular and the sizes vary; and more particularly so, as they include both perfect and imperfect paper.\n\nThose for bookwork are arranged for the regular quantity of perfect paper, commencing with so low a number as 12, and proceeding up to 10,000.\n\nThose for jobs include the same numbers, and are so arranged as to specify the quantity of paper to a sheet for each number, as I did not think it necessary to calculate them to the fractional part of a sheet: thus some of them are exact, and others have a surplus, which in some instances is large where there are many on a sheet; but as jobs are generally delivered without any surplus, I have thought it best to give the quantity of paper that will make the nearest specific number, so that it shall not be less, and leave the surplus to the discretion of the warehouseman, or to the custom of the house.\n\nWhere the numbers are small in bookwork, the quantity of paper given out is greater in proportion than when the numbers are larger; of course a ream will not hold out in printing five sheets of one hundred copies each, and still less in smaller numbers; for each sheet at press will require a tympan sheet; and it is more than probable that one or two more will be spoiled in making ready; and in the warehouse department a file copy must always be preserved. I notice this to remind the warehouseman to make a proper allowance in his paper account, otherwise it will appear deficient, when in reality it is not.\n\n\n\nTABLES—Showing the proper Quantity of Paper to be given out for any Number from 12 to 10,000, both Perfect and Imperfect.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFRACTIONAL PARTS\n\n\n\nGOOD COLOUR.\n\nSheet printed neither too black nor too white—M.", "chars": 5321, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1541", "term": "glacial acetic acid", "norm": "glacial acetic acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pure form of ACETIC ACID. It is a crystalline, corrosive substance that is miscible with water and alcohol. In solution it is a pungent, hygroscopic liquid and a good solvent.", "chars": 201, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1540", "term": "glacé goat", "norm": "glacé goat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "glazed kid", "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable or chrome tanned leather having a bright, smooth, glossy or glass-like grain finish obtained, according to the type of leather, by glazing, plating, ironing, or polishing. On the Continent of Europe, glace is a leather prepared by tawing the skin with a mixture of alum, salt, flour, and egg yolk. Glace leathers are sometimes used in bookbinding for title labels on a contrasting leather.", "chars": 401, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306, 363], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1542", "term": "glair", "norm": "glair", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "glaire", "dates": null, "text": "The preparation used to secure leaf metal to the covering material or edges of a book. It consists basically of egg white and vinegar, or, for the edges of a book, egg white and water. It may also be purchased in dry form (dry ALBUMEN) and then mixed with vinegar or water. Glair must have the property (and be of the quality) of melting immediately upon the application of heat and then setting quickly upon the removal of heat, so that the impression of the heated letter or finishing tool will melt the glair to permit it to hold the leaf solidly to the surface when the tool is removed.\n\nTwo methods of applying glair are generally employed. If the slight gloss produced by the glair is not objectionable, the glair may be sponged over the entire surface to be tooled, and would in any case be applied over the entire edge of the book; however, if the gloss is objectionable, the design and/or lettering are tooled in blind and the glair is then applied to the blind impressions with a GILDER'S TIP. See also: BLOCKING POWDER; SHELLAC SIZE.", "chars": 1138, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335, 339], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-glair-1", "term": "glair", "norm": "glair", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The white of eggs beaten up and used in finishing and gilding the edges of the leaves.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1543", "term": "glair brush", "norm": "glair brush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An artists \"ground\" brush, 3/4 inch wide, and with soft bristles set in rubber and used in applying glair to the edges of a book to be gilded.", "chars": 142, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1545", "term": "glair pencil", "norm": "glair pencil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small brush, e.g., camel's hair brush, used to pencil glair directly into the blinded in impressions before laying on the gold leaf.", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-glaire-1", "term": "GLAIRE", "norm": "glaire", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The white of eggs beaten up.", "chars": 28, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-glaire-1", "term": "GLAIRE", "norm": "glaire", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "white of eggs beaten up, and used in finishing and edge gilding.", "chars": 64, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1544", "term": "glairing in", "norm": "glairing in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of applying GLAIR over the lettering or design that has been blinded in.", "chars": 108, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1546", "term": "glass fibers", "norm": "glass fibers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One of the more unusual man-made fibers being used commercially in the manufacture of special papers, although not at this time being used to make printing papers. Glass fibers are inert, or insensitive, to most external influences, and, in addition, are vermin proof, do not absorb moisture, or burn. Because of the physical nature of these fibers, the properties of glass fiber papers are unique and different from those of all cellulose papers; however, they do not bond together as do cellulose fibers, and must, therefore, be used in mixtures with cellulose fibers, or bonded with synthetic resins. The two basic types of glass fibers are the drawn glass filaments and the blown glass fibers.", "chars": 697, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [47], "citations": ["The enemies of books. London. Stock. 1896."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1548", "term": "glass paper", "norm": "glass paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A strong paper faced with powdered glass on one side and used in abrading or smoothing surfaces such as wood or leather, or to remove surface marks from paper. It is sometimes called sandpaper, although sandpaper is actually faced with sand or natural flint and not glass. 2. A paper produced from GLASS FIBERS.", "chars": 338, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1549", "term": "glass transition temperature", "norm": "glass transition temperature", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That temperature at which an adhesive loses its flexibility and becomes hard, inflexible, and \"glasslike.\" An adhesive which reaches the \"glass transition temperature\" is subject to failure if flexed. Glass transition temperatures for adhesives vary greatly, from 105° C. (polymethyl methacrylate) to well below 0 ° C. If flexibility is required of the adhesive, the glass transition temperature can be lowered, either by means of plasticizers, or a polymer with a naturally low glass transition temperature.", "chars": 508, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1547", "term": "glassine paper", "norm": "glassine paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A supercalendered paper manufactured principally from chemical wood pulps which have been beaten to secure a high degree of stock hydration. Glassine paper is grease resistant, has a high resistance to the passage of air, and is almost impervious to the passage of water vapor. It is also smooth and transparent, or semi-transparent. It is made in white and various colors, and may also be made opaque by the addition of fillers. Basis weights range from 12 to 90 pounds (24 X 36—500), with the ordinary range being from 15 to 40 pounds. Glassine tape, which is the paper backed, with a water-soluble adhesive, is sometimes used to repair torn book leaves, although it will eventually turn yellow and may damage the paper. It is also used in lieu of cellulose acetate in the SUNDEX PROCESS of lamination.", "chars": 828, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 198, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1550", "term": "glassy layer", "norm": "glassy layer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The dense fibrous structure found in the butt or SHELL area of horsehide.", "chars": 97, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1551", "term": "glazed", "norm": "glazed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A paper having a high gloss or polish. The gloss is applied to the paper either during manufacture or afterwards, by such means as calendering, friction glazing, plating, etc. Glazed papers are used for book and cover papers, and the like. 2. Any surface finished with a high gloss, such as cloth, leather, or paper. See also: GLACÉ; GLAZED BOARD; GLAZING.", "chars": 431, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1552", "term": "glazed board", "norm": "glazed board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A MILLBOARD, or other type of board, that has been given a very smooth finish on the calenders. It was used in library binding when standing or hydraulic presses were used for the final pressing of books, its smoothness preventing it from imparting any markings to the covers of the books being pressed.", "chars": 327, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1553", "term": "glazed leather", "norm": "glazed leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GLACÉ.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1554", "term": "glazed morocco", "norm": "glazed morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A MOROCCO leather which has had its grain flattened by a calendering process, such as GLAZING, as distinguished from CRUSHED MOROCCO.", "chars": 205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1555", "term": "glazing", "norm": "glazing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of producing a bright, glossy, or glasslike finish on leather, paper, board, marbled or decorated papers, etc. Paper glazing may be done by means of calendering, or by applying wax over the surface of the paper and then passing heated iron over it. Leather is glazed, on the grain side, by subjecting it to the action of a non-rotating solid glass (or agate or other suitable material) cylinder drawn across the grain under very high pressure.", "chars": 455, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 335], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1556", "term": "gloss", "norm": "gloss", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "glossiness", "dates": null, "text": "The surface characteristic of a material which enables it to reflect light specularly and which causes it to appear shiny or lustrous. Gloss is measured at various angles of illumination, and, although it is subjective in nature, it is clearly associated with the light reflecting properties of a surface.", "chars": 305, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1557", "term": "gloster marble", "norm": "gloster marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern very similar to the ANTIQUE MARBLE, except that instead of the spot being a flat color, i.e., a color mixed with gall and water alone, it calls for a blue stormont with no white beaten on afterward.", "chars": 239, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [369], "citations": ["Woolnough, Charles W. The whole art of marbling as applied to paper, book edges…Rev. ed. London. Bell. 1881."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1558", "term": "glucose", "norm": "glucose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A crystalline carbohydrate (C6H12O6) soluble in water, used as a substitute for the more expensive glycerine (glycerol) as a plasticizer for glue, and in making GLUCOSE-GLYCOL PASTE. See also: SORBITOL.", "chars": 283, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1559", "term": "glucose-glycol paste", "norm": "glucose-glycol paste", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paste containing glucose, in the form of corn syrup, and diethylene glycol (C6H14O3), in the proportions of 35% original water, 10% diethylene glycol, 0.1% beta naphthol, 0.3% alum, 20% glucose, 19.6% flour, and 15% water from condensation of steam. The advantages of this paste are stated to be that it is suitable for use on pyroxylin impregnated book cloth and effectively reduces warpage of book covers.", "chars": 442, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1560", "term": "glue", "norm": "glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive consisting of organic colloids of a complex protein structure obtained from animal materials such as bones and hides in meat packing and tanning industries. Glue contains two groups of proteins: chondrin, which accounts for its adhesive strength, and glutin, which contributes jelling strength.\n\nAnimal glue is a protein derived from the simple hydrolysis of collagen, which is the principal protein constituent of animal hide, connective tissue and bones. Collagen, animal glue, and gelatin are very closely related as to protein and chemical composition. Gelatin is considered to be hydrolized collagen: C102H149O38N31 + H2O = C102H151O39N31 which gives an approximate chemical composition for glue of 51.29% carbon, 6.39% hydrogen, 24.13% oxygen, and 18.19% nitrogen. There may be minor variations in the composition of collagens from different sources, as well as in the composition of animal glues imparted by variations in processing techniques; however, the composition of glues and gelatins having widely varying case histories are still very similar.\n\nAs a protein, animal glue is essentially composed of polyamides of certain alpha-amino acids. It is believed that these acids are not present in glue in the free state, but rather as residues which are joined together by the elimination of water to form long polypeptide chains.\n\nGlue is a polydisperse system containing mixtures of similar molecules of widely differing molecular weights. Because so wide a range of molecular weights is present, the molecular weight of glue is always an average, ranging from 20,000 to 250,000.\n\nHide and bone glues make up the two major types of animal glue. Hide glue, which is by far the superior of the two, yields a fairly neutral pH in solution, usually in the range of 6.5 to 7.4, although wider variations are possible. Bone glue is generally acidic, having pH values of 5.8 to 6.3. A glue having a high acidity absorbs less water and tends to set more slowly than a glue having low acidity. A glue having a pH greater than 7.0 tends to foam, and has a shorter shelf life than a glue that is slightly acidic.\n\nAnimal glues are soluble only in water, and are insoluble in oils, waxes, organic solvents, and absolute alcohol; however, they may be emulsified in water-oil or oil-water systems under proper conditions. One of the more interesting properties of animal glue solutions is their ability to pass from a liquid to a jelled state upon cooling, and then revert to the liquid state upon re-heating.\n\nThe important properties of glue include its jelly strength or consistency (gel strength), viscosity, melting point, adhesive strength, tensile strength or elasticity, optical rotation, swelling capacity, rate of setting, foaming characteristics, reactions to grease (whether acid or alkaline), as well as appearance, odor, color and keeping characteristics. Of these, gell strength and viscosity are most often used for determining the grade of a particular glue.\n\nRegardless of the source of the protein, the glue manufacturing process consists essentially of washing the stock, crushing or shredding the bones or hides, soaking in a lime solution to eliminate hair and flesh, boiling to extract the gelatinous material, gelling, and, finally, drying. The resulting hard, brittle sheets of glue are then broken into pieces or flakes, or ground into powder.\n\nGlue as such is much too brittle for use in bookbinding; therefore a plasticizer, such as glycerin, or a less expensive substitute such as SORBITOL, often combined with glycols and tackifiers, are added to improve elasticity and resilience. These so-called flexible glues are usually prepared from high quality grades of hide glue, with the ratio of plasticizer(s) to dry glue controlling the degree of flexibility that is imparted. In addition, glue, being an organic material, is susceptible to mold; consequently preservatives, such as beta naphthol, or the safer phenols, e.g., p-phenyl phenol, are added to prevent mold and bacterial growth. Deodorants, such as terpinol, are also employed in commercial glues.\n\nThe wide acceptance of glue as an adhesive stems from its unique ability to deposit a tacky viscous film from a warm water solution, which, upon cooling a few degrees, passes into a firm jelly state producing an immediate, moderately strong initial bond. Subsequent drying provides a permanent, strong, and resilient bond.\n\nThe use of glue as an adhesive dates from earliest recorded times. Whoever discovered that a strong adhesive could be produced by cooking pieces of animal hide, or perhaps bone, in water has never been ascertained, but archeological discoveries indicate that the\n\nEgyptians used glue more than 4,000 years ago. The practical manufacture of glue can be traced back directly to 1690 in the Netherlands. Shortly thereafter, or about 1700, the English began making glue and established its manufacture as a permanent industry. Elijah Upjohn is considered by some authorities to have been the first to manufacture glue in the United States, in 1808.\n\nIn addition to its use as an adhesive in bookbinding, glue is also used for gumming, for tub-sizing paper, and as a general adhesive in papermaking.\n\nThe term \"glue\" is sometimes used loosely in a general sense as synonymous with \"adhesive.\"", "chars": 5405, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [6, 102, 184, 185, 191, 196, 222, 233, 309, 335], "citations": ["Alexander, Jerome. Glue and gelatin. New York. Chemical Catalog Co. (American Chemical Society, monograph series). 1923.", "Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Bindery glues. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (GPO-PIA joint research bulletin, B-3). 1948.", "Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Flexible glues for bookbinding. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Technical bulletin, no. 24). 1941.", "Katz, Irving. Adhesive materials, their properties and usage. Long Beach, Calif. Foster. 1971.", "Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960.", "McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1561", "term": "glue brush", "norm": "glue brush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A large, circular-shaped brush with long, heavy bristles set in rubber or a composition, and held by a ferrule; it is used for spreading glue over relatively large surfaces. Glue brushes range in diameter from about 1 3/4 to 2 1/2 inches.", "chars": 238, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [66, 264], "citations": ["Burdett, Eric. The craft of bookbinding; a practical handbook. London. Davis & Charles. 1975.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3857", "term": "glue line.", "norm": "glue line.", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The \"line\" at which the paper and adhesive meet in an adhesive binding. The fibers of the paper flex at the \"glue line,\" and may work their way loose at this point, regardless of the characteristics of the adhesive that is used.", "chars": 228, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1562", "term": "glue pot", "norm": "glue pot", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A container, frequently made of copper and usually of a double boiler construction, in which glue is melted and kept at the proper temperature, which is in the range of 120 to 150° F. It is heated by gas, or, more often today, by electricity, either through a water jacket, or directly through insulated walls. It is usually controlled by a thermostat if heated by electricity. Control of temperature is important, as overheating of animal glue results in a loss of gell strength.", "chars": 480, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183, 335], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1563", "term": "glue size", "norm": "glue size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A size made of glue and soap mixed in water, in the proportions of 1 part glue, 1 part soap, and 30 parts water. It is used for resizing papers, and also in sizing endpapers and other sheets following marbling or coloring.", "chars": 222, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1564", "term": "gluing up", "norm": "gluing up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "gluing off", "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of applying glue, or other adhesive, to the spine of a book following sewing. In edition binding, gluing up is a machine operation, but in library and hand binding it is generally done by hand. Usually, one of the polyvinyl adhesives, e.g., polyvinyl acetate, or a hot, flexible animal glue, or even a hot-melt adhesive is used. The major purpose of gluing up is to put the spine of the book in the proper flexible condition for the molding operations of rounding and backing. As these two processes were not introduced into bookbinding until the early part of the 16th century, gluing up was not done before that time.\n\nThere are advantages in using a relatively slow drying adhesive in gluing up, as such an adhesive will remain tacky while the spine is shaped and the shoulders are set.\n\n2. The operation of gluing the cloth or paper used for making covers or cases.", "chars": 880, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 236, 256, 335], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1565", "term": "glycerol", "norm": "glycerol", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "glycerin", "dates": null, "text": "A sweet, colorless, syrupy, hygroscopic trihydroxy alcohol (C3H5(OH)3), that occurs combined as glycerides, and is used as a hygroscopic agent in glue (mainly animal glues) to enable it to remain relatively soft and flexible. Because it is hygroscopic, glycerol can actually absorb so much moisture that mold growths can develop unless an antiseptic is added along with the softening agent. The high cost of glycerol has led to the substitution of other softening agents, such as SORBITOL and diethylene glycol.", "chars": 568, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1570", "term": "go home", "norm": "go home", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to the proper and adequate adhesion of the PASTEDOWN in the joint of a cased book.", "chars": 131, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GOUP", "term": "GO UP THE FORM", "norm": "go up the form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Beating from the hither towards the farther side, is in pressmen’s phrase called, “Going up the Form.”—M.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1567", "term": "goat skiver", "norm": "goat skiver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The grain split of a goatskin. See: SKIVER. See also: BUFFING (1); FLESHER.", "chars": 147, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1568", "term": "goat vellum", "norm": "goat vellum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A \"vellum\" made from goatskin. Although VELLUM can be, and has been, produced from virtually every type of (relatively small) skin, it is traditionally made from the skin of a calf.", "chars": 205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1566", "term": "goatskin", "norm": "goatskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leather manufactured from a number of varieties of goats, especially of the genus Capra. There is little or no supply of domestic goatskin in either England or the United States; what production there still is, mostly in England, is of skins imported from India, Pakistan, East and West Africa, South Africa, and some from Southern Europe and Central and South America. Supplies are also available from the Far East. The green skins are dry-salted, wet-salted, or simply dried, and then baled for shipment to tanneries. African skins frequently suffer from damage due to disease and improper drying and are usually not suitable for use as bookbinding leather; however, Nigerian goatskins are frequently among the finest available. Some goatskins are tanned, but generally not finished, in the country of origin, principally in India (East India (E.I.) tanned), but also small quantities in Africa. Most goatskin for use in bookbinding is vegetable tanned, but some skins are alum tawed. Some skins are even tanned by a combination vegetable and chrome process.\n\nGoatskin is tougher and more tightly fibered than sheepskin, has a hard-wearing grain, and, when properly tanned, can last for centuries. It colors beautifully and has a distinctive texture identified by ridges and furrows in the grain, and hair pits in groups all over the surface. Straight-grained goatskin is produced by rolling damp skins until all the furrows in the grain run in the same direction, while crushed goatskins have had the ridges flattened by ironing, rolling or plating.\n\nAlthough MOROCCO, the best known goatskin, was first produced by the Moors, possibly as early as the 11 th century or before, the use of goatskin in Europe did not become common until the first half of the 16th century, in Italy, and was not common in France until the second half of the 16th century. It was rarely used in England before 1600. Since its rise to ascendancy, however, it has been the traditional skin used in fine bookbinding. See also: LEATHER; LEVANT; NIGER.", "chars": 2122, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 102, 164, 207, 236, 291, 335, 363], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929.", "Library Association. Leather for libraries, by Edward Wyndham Hulme, and others. London. Library Supply Co. 1905.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1569", "term": "goffered edges", "norm": "goffered edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GAUFFERED EDGES.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1571", "term": "gold", "norm": "gold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very malleable, ductile, yellow trivalent and univalent metal (Au) that occurs chiefly in the free state, is unaffected by most chemicals but is attacked by chlorine and aqua regia, is hardened or changed in color for use in bookbinding and other art work by alloying with copper, silver, or other metals, and which has been used for centuries to illuminate manuscripts, as well as to letter and decorate leather and other bookbindings. See also: GILT EDGES; GOLD BLOCKING; GOLD LEAF; GOLD ROLL; GOLD TOOLING.", "chars": 631, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29, 102, 131, 161], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962.", "Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1572", "term": "gold and silver bindings", "norm": "gold and silver bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bookbindings having boards overlaid with thin panels of gold or silver, often in hammered relief, and sometimes inlaid with ivory, enamel, or jewels. Most of these bindings date from the 6th to the 13th centuries and were frequently executed for wealthy monasteries or churches to enclose their more valuable manuscripts. Very few have survived intact.", "chars": 352, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1573", "term": "gold and silver headband", "norm": "gold and silver headband", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A double HEADBAND made up of gold- and silver-colored threads.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1577", "term": "gold blocking", "norm": "gold blocking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The decorative effect produced by blocking the covers of books in gold. The practice began in the early 16th century, probably first with the use of wooden blocks, although metal blocks were also in use during the 16th century. Nearly all gold blocking of that time is very deeply impressed, possibly because of the use of soft pasteboards under the leather, and possibly because the blocking pressure was difficult to estimate accurately because the blocking had to be done in a screw press; if, under these circumstances, the block began to get too cool, very great pressure would have been required. As the impressions made were often very uneven in depth, such refinements as \"make-ready\" must have been un known to bookbinders of that time.\n\nBlind lines, forming a cross, were frequently marked on the covers as recently as the early ] 9th century to assist in positioning the block precisely. The area was coated with glair, the gold leaf was laid on, the heated block was then centered on the intersection of the lines (which can usually be seen extending beyond the gilt impression), and the platen of the press was lowered onto the cover. It is quite likely that the covers were sometimes first blinded in before being blocked in gold. See also: BLOCKING PRESS.", "chars": 1292, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1578", "term": "gold book", "norm": "gold book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper book, usually 3 3/4 inches square, containing 25 sheets of gold leaf interspersed between leaves of goldbeater's tissues which have been dusted with chalk.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1579", "term": "gold cleaner", "norm": "gold cleaner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pointed instrument of metal or wood used to clean out surplus gold after tooling.", "chars": 83, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1580", "term": "gold cushion", "norm": "gold cushion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pad on which a sheet of gold leaf is placed for cutting the pieces required for tooling. It usually consists of a piece of wood padded with blotting paper, cotton wool, or the like, and covered with calfskin, flesh side out, and powdered with brick dust. A stiff piece of paper is sometimes attached to the rear edge, and run around the sides to enclose about one-third of the cushion, as a sort of windshield to protect the fragile leaves from air currents.", "chars": 460, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233, 335, 343], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-gold-cushion-1", "term": "gold cushion", "norm": "gold cushion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cushion for cutting the gold leaf on.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gold-cushion-1", "term": "gold cushion", "norm": "gold cushion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cushion of leather on which the finisher cuts gold leaf into pieces.", "chars": 70, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1581", "term": "gold edges", "norm": "gold edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term at one time applied to a book when the edges had been gilded. See: GILT EDGES.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1582", "term": "gold foil", "norm": "gold foil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLOCKING FOIL.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1583", "term": "gold ink", "norm": "gold ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An ink of the color of gold, prepared by mixing gold-colored bronze powder in a size.", "chars": 85, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1584", "term": "gold knife", "norm": "gold knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A flat-bladed knife, the blade of which is about 6 inches long and 3/4 inch wide. It has a smooth moderately sharp cutting edge on one or both sides. It is used to manipulate GOLD LEAF and to cut it to the required sizes and shapes. The knife must be sharp enough to cut the leaf with a single back-and-forth stroke but not so sharp as to cut the leather of the GOLD CUSHION. See also: GILDER'S TIP.", "chars": 471, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-gold-knife-1", "term": "gold knife", "norm": "gold knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The knife for cutting the gold; long and quite straight.", "chars": 56, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gold-knife-1", "term": "gold knife", "norm": "gold knife", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The knife for cutting the gold leaf; long and quite straight.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1585", "term": "gold leaf", "norm": "gold leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet of gold 3 1/4 inches square of an even thickness of 1/200,000 to 1/250,000 inch, and used in lettering and decorating bookbindings, and in other artistic work. The gold leaf used in bookbinding is generally 23 to 23 1/4 karat, the remaining 1 to 3/4 karat being silver and copper. The alloy depends on the finished color desired, ranging from a delicate red through yellow to pale green. Other types of leaf are also available, including lemon gold (18 1/2 karat) and pale gold (16 karat). Since these are alloyed with the less malleable silver, they are somewhat thicker and consequently easier to handle than the more nearly pure gold. Gold leaf is available in books of 25 leaves, interleaved with sheets of tissue dusted with chalk to prevent them from sticking together. It is also available in ribbon form (See: GOLD ROLL). Some gold leaf is made in double thickness, and is believed to be the equivalent of pre-19th century leaf, as old writings and handling instructions indicate a less fragile and more easily manipulated metal than the modern day product. Double thick leaf is especially useful when gilding the edges of books, as it gives a more \"solid\" effect than is obtainable by using gold leaf of the usual thickness.\n\nGold leaf is the traditional metal used on books for lettering, edge gilding, and embellishment. In terms of beauty and durability it has never been equalled by any of the less expensive substitutes that have been available for more than a century. See also: DUTCH GOLD; GILT EDGES; GOLDBEATING; GOLD BLOCKING; GOLD TOOLING; SHELL GOLD.", "chars": 1745, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29, 140, 236], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gold-leaf-1", "term": "gold leaf", "norm": "gold leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Gold beaten into very thin leaves, occasionally used for printing purposes, but more particularly for the decoration of book covers.", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1586", "term": "gold lifter", "norm": "gold lifter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A shaped piece of wood, the flat under surface of which is covered with felt. It is used to pick up gold leaf. See also: GOLD NET FRAME.", "chars": 160, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1587", "term": "gold marble", "norm": "gold marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of cover marble produced by breaking gold leaf into fragments on a piece of cloth, and rubbing the gold through the cloth onto the glaired covers of the book.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152, 241], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1589", "term": "gold net frame", "norm": "gold net frame", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin piece of cloth, usually nearly transparent, stretched on a frame that can be adjusted for tension on the cloth, and used to pick up gold leaf. See also: GOLD LIFTER.", "chars": 196, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29, 83], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962.", "Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1590", "term": "gold powder", "norm": "gold powder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pulverized gold leaf dispersed in an aqueous binder and used in the illumination of manuscripts. Gold powder is both difficult to obtain and more expensive than gold leaf. See also: SHELL GOLD.", "chars": 217, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1592", "term": "gold roll", "norm": "gold roll", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "GOLD LEAF carried on a transparent plastic tape. It is produced by plating the ribbon electrically in a vacuum chamber, and then applying an adhesive to the gold to make it adhere to the surface to which it is applied. Gold in roll form is used extensively in lettering library bindings and in the production of superior edition bindings.", "chars": 362, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [276, 339], "citations": ["Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1593", "term": "gold rubber", "norm": "gold rubber", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pure rubber soaked in turpentine, or treated with paraffin to make it absorbent, and used to remove superfluous gold leaf after tooling. Also called \"bottle rubber.\" See also: GILDER'S TIP; RUBBING-OFF CHEST.", "chars": 256, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [92, 264, 335], "citations": ["Corderoy, John. Bookbinding for beginners. New York. Watson-Guptill. 1967.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1594", "term": "gold size", "norm": "gold size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLOCKING POWDER; GLAIR; SHELLAC SIZE.", "chars": 114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1595", "term": "gold sprinkle", "norm": "gold sprinkle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A 19th century technique of decorating the edges of a book in which pulverized gold leaf is sprinkled on the edges after they have been colored. See also: SPRINKLED EDGES.", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 152, 241], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1596", "term": "gold tip", "norm": "gold tip", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GILDER'S TIP.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1597", "term": "gold tooling", "norm": "gold tooling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The art or process of lettering and/ or decorating the spine and covers of a book with GOLD LEAF (or, at times, other metals, e.g., platinum) impressed into the covering material, usually leather, by means of a heated letter, lettering pallet, or finishing tool.\n\nIn the traditional method of gold tooling, the lettering or design is first blinded in, generally first through paper, and then again directly on the leather. The second working of the tool polishes the base of the impression and assists in creating a particular brilliance in the tooling. An adhesive (glair) is applied to the leather (either all over or directly into the blind impressions); strips of gold leaf are laid over the impressions and held in place temporarily with a thin film of vaseline or grease; and the gold is then pressed permanently into place with the heated tool When done properly, the affinity of the gold for leather is such that it will practically never come off; nor will it tarnish.\n\nGold tooling must be ranked as one of the most important innovations in the history of bookbinding. Its origin are somewhat obscure, but it was probably introduced into Europe by way of Italy, and spread throughout the rest of Europe and England, eventually ar riving in America. There is some evidence that the technique may have been practiced in Morocco in the 13th century, but this is not conclusive. It has also been proposed that gold tooling was introduced into Italy by way of Persia (now Iran), where bookbinding and gilding flourished in the early decades of the 15th century.\n\nVery early gold tooling is difficult to evaluate because it is uncertain whether the gold was actually impressed into the leather with a (hot) tool, or was painted into blind impressions. The evidence offered by some bindings, i.e., the absence of impressions deep enough to indicate tooling, as well as what appear to be brush marks in the gold, would seem to indicate painting. Because of the elapsed time, however, which has led to the inevitable deterioration of the materials, it is difficult to differentiate between the two techniques. In any event, books were actually being tooled in gold in Venice no later than 1470, and possibly several years earlier. Gold-tooled leather bindings were not common in England before about 1530, and not in the United States until about 1669.\n\nThe universal adoption of gold tooling was by no means immediate, and, in fact, blind tooling was still the predominant form of decoration until about 1580, or even 1600. See also: FINISHING (1).", "chars": 2590, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [141, 158, 225, 236, 347], "citations": ["Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol.", "Harthan, John P. Bookbindings. 2nd ed. London. H. M. Stationery Office. (Victoria & Albert Museum illustrated booklet no. 2). 1961.", "McMurtrie, Douglas Crawford. The book; the story of printing & bookmaking. 3rd ed. New York. Oxford University Press. 1943.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1591", "term": "gold-powdered bindings", "norm": "gold-powdered bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leather bookbindings produced during the period of about 1560 to 1570, and usually tooled with a simple design and then given a \"powdered\" effect by means of miniscule gold dots and (sometimes) gold leaf rubbed into the leather.", "chars": 228, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1574", "term": "goldbeater's skin", "norm": "goldbeater's skin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The prepared outer coat of the caecum of the ox (or other cattle), which is the blind pouch or sac in which the large intestine begins. The gut is soaked in a dilute solution of potassium hydroxide, washed, stretched, beaten flat and thin, and treated chemically to prevent putrefaction. It is then stretched tightly and cemented together, back to back, leaving the clear, smooth, veinless inside of the caecum exposed. The SHODER and MOLD stages of GOLDBEATING are built up with these double skins of the ox. A mold of 1,000 pieces of goldbeater's skin requires the gut of about 400 oxen, and is only 1 inch thick when assembled. The pack is built up by interleaving the skins with leaves of gold. Goldbeater's skin is also used in the repair of holes and tears of vellum.", "chars": 845, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1575", "term": "goldbeater's tissue", "norm": "goldbeater's tissue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An unbleached tissue paper, having a lint-free, hard surface, suitable for use as an interleaving tissue between leaves of the gold book.", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1576", "term": "goldbeating", "norm": "goldbeating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The art or process of reducing gold into extremely thin leaves. Goldbeating, which today is done almost entirely by mechanical devices, some of which are designed to duplicate the movement of the human arm, involves melting the gold into a bar, rolling it to a thickness of approximately 1/1,000 inch, and then beating it in three stages: the CUTCH (1), SHODER, and MOLD (2), followed by cutting and booking. When done by mechanical devices, goldbeating is simply a manufacturing process, but when done by hand it is an art.\n\nThe origin of gold beating is unknown; however, it is known that the tombs of prominent Egyptians contained artifacts bearing gold leaf, although not of the quality and thinness produced today. See also: GOLD LEAF.", "chars": 834, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1588", "term": "goldmark", "norm": "goldmark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Gold leaf prepared in a form which permits writing or decorating in gold without the use of heat. Goldmark is laid on leather, plastic, paper, etc., and inscribed with a stylus which produces a gold facsimile. Also called cold gold. See also: BLOCKING FOIL.", "chars": 281, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [234], "citations": ["Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-good-colour-1", "term": "GOOD COLOUR", "norm": "good colour", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Sheets printed neither too black nor too light.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GOOD2", "term": "GOOD COPY", "norm": "good copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Printed copy, or manuscript that is written in a clear and legible hand.", "chars": 72, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GOOD3", "term": "GOOD OF THE CHAPEL", "norm": "good of the chapel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Forfeitures and other chapel dues are collected for the good of the chapel, viz. to be spent as the chapel approves.—M.", "chars": 119, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1598", "term": "good seconds", "norm": "good seconds", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A grade of leather skins which are superior to SECONDS but not as good as FIRSTS (1). \"Good seconds\" are somewhat less expensive than firsts, the flaws are less numerous than in seconds, and what flaws there are can often be avoided by careful cutting.", "chars": 300, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-good-work-1", "term": "Good Work", "norm": "good work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is called so in a twofold sense: The Master-Printer calls it *Good Work* when the *Compositers* and *Press-men* have done their duty; and the Work-men call it *Good Work*, if it be *Light Easie Work*, and they have a good price for it.", "chars": 235, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GOOD4", "term": "GOOD WORK,", "norm": "good work,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is called so in a twofold sense: the master printer calls it good work when the compositors and pressmen have done their duty; and the workmen call it good work, if it be light easy work, and they have a good price for it—M.", "chars": 224, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1599", "term": "Gosden, Thomas", "norm": "gosden, thomas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1780-1840", "text": "An English bookbinder, book collector, bookseller, and publisher, known as the \"sporting binder,\" because most of his bindings were of books devoted to sports. The peculiarity of his style and the reason he is remembered is that he used tools cut in the forms of fish, reels, rods, baskets, and sportsmen.", "chars": 305, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [50, 339], "citations": ["Book collector. London. Queen Anne Press.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1600", "term": "Gothic tabs", "norm": "gothic tabs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Identifying cloth tabs used with the cut-in or THUMB INDEX. The cloth tabs, each with identifying letter or letters, are glued to the first full leaf of each section devoted to that part of the alphabet. The name derives from the type style used by the firms supplying the tabs. Gothic (cloth) tabs are seldom used today.", "chars": 345, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GOTHI", "term": "GOTHIC, ANCIENT", "norm": "gothic, ancient", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Scythian or Gothic tribes, descended from Magog, were the second source of European population. They entered into Europe from Asia, like the Kelts, about 680 years B. C. In the time of Herodotus they were on the Danube, and extended towards the south. In Cæsar’s time they were called Germans; and had established themselves so far to the westward as to have obliged the Kelts to withdraw from the eastern banks of the Rhine. They became known to us in later ages by the name of Goths.\n\nFrom this Scythian or Gothic stock sprung the Saxons, who occupied the north-west part of Germany. We may here observe, the terms Kimmerians and Scythian are not to be considered merely as local, but as generic appellations; each of their tribes having a peculiar denomination.\n\nAs a distinctive denomination, they prefixed to Goths the name of the country they inhabited or subdued; as, the Mœso-Gothi, Scando-Gothi, Norreno-Gothi, &c. Their chief seat is reported to have been in Gothland, now a part of the Swedish dominions. The Mœso-Goths, as their name imports, were those Goths that inhabited Mœsia, on the frontiers of Thrace. The language of these Goths is not only called Mœso-Gothic, but Ulphilo-Gothic, from Ulphilas, the first bishop of the Mœso-Goths. He lived about A.D. 370, and is said to have invented the Gothic alphabet, and to have translated the whole Bible from Greek into Gothic. These Gothic characters were in use in the greater part of Europe after the destruction of the western empire. The French first adopted the Latin characters. The Spaniards, by a decree of a synod at Lyons, abolished the use of Gothic letters A.D. 1091.—Bosworth.\n\nThe ancient Goths were converted to Christianity by the Greek priests, and they probably introduced their letters with their religion, about the reign of Galienus. Towards the middle of the third century, Ascholius, Bishop of Thessalonica, and a Greek priest named Audius, spread Christianity among the Goths; the former of these is much extolled by Basil the Great, and the latter by Epiphanius. The ancient Gothic alphabet consisted of sixteen letters; they are so similar to the Greek, that their derivation cannot be doubted.\n\nThose writers are certainly mistaken, who attribute the invention of the Gothic letters to Ulphilas, Bishop of Mœsia, who lived in the fourth century. The gospels translated by him into the Gothic language, and written in ancient Gothic characters about the year 370, were formerly kept in the library of the monastery of Werden; but this MS. is now preserved in the library of Upsal, and is known among the learned, by the title of the Silver Book of Ulphilas, because it is bound in massy silver. Several editions of this MS. have been printed. See a specimen of it in Hickes’s Thesaurus, vol. i. pref. p. 8. Dr. Hickes positively disallows this translation to be Ulphil’s, but says it was made by some Teuton or German, either as old, or perhaps older than Ulphil; but whether this was so or not, the characters are apparently of Greek original.—Astle.\n\nThe Mœso-Gothic Alphabet.\n\n[1] And as n before another g.\n\n[2] As j in jour, or y in your.\n\n[3] Hw in Saxon, or wh in English. The proper sound of these letters can hardly be ascertained; but that which is given appears the most probable. Astle gives this character as Q.\n\n[4] And in middle of words sometimes c.\n\n[5] W in the beginning, and u in the middle of a word.\n\n[6] Astle says ch or x.\n\nGothic in the British Founderies.\n\nPica. Caslon and Livermore. University of Oxford.", "chars": 3873, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_296.jpg", "caption": "The Gothic Alphabet", "alt": "The Gothic Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1602", "term": "gouffered edges", "norm": "gouffered edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GAUFFERED EDGES.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1603", "term": "gouge", "norm": "gouge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A single-line finishing tool, used either for blind or gold tooling on the covers but not the spine of a book. It has a curved edge which forms a segment of a concentric circle. Gouges are generally made in sets of ten, and, if a series of concentric circles are drawn about 1/10 inch apart, the lines impressed by each succeeding gouge will be longer and flatter. So-called flat curved gouges are those derived from an even larger circle, and are therefore less curved than regular gouges. When tooling, the gouge is always sighted from the concave side.", "chars": 575, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 335], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-gouge-1", "term": "gouge", "norm": "gouge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tool used in finishing, the face of which is a line forming the segment of a circle.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-gouge-1", "term": "gouge", "norm": "gouge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool forming the segment of a circle.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-gouge-1", "term": "gouge", "norm": "gouge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tool used in finishing; it is a line forming the segment of a circle.", "chars": 71, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-gouge-1", "term": "gouge", "norm": "gouge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A gilding tool cut to impress a curved line or segment of a circle upon the leather.", "chars": 84, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1604", "term": "gouge index", "norm": "gouge index", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: THUMB INDEX.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1605", "term": "governmental style", "norm": "governmental style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for full leather bindings in law calf, sheep, or skiver.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GOVER", "term": "GOVERNOR", "norm": "governor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The master printer is generally styled Governor, when spoken of by the workmen in the house; as, The Governor said thus. The Governor ordered that.", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1606", "term": "grade", "norm": "grade", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Materials listed in an order (or distinguished from other, comparable materials) on the basis of use, appearance, quality, manufacturing, raw materials, performance, or a combination of these factors. Some \"grades,\" such as of cloth, leather, and paper (or board), have been officially identified and described, while others are commonly recognized but are not officially defined.", "chars": 380, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1607", "term": "grain", "norm": "grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. In machine-made paper and board, the direction in which the majority of the fibers are oriented. See: MACHINE DIRECTION. 2. In leather, the term is used primarily to indicate the top or outer, i.e., hair side, layer of a hide or skin that has been split into two or more layers. A \"grain layer,\" is just that portion of a skin that extends from the surface exposed by removal of hair or wool and epidermis, down to about the level of the hair or wool roots. It can also mean the follicle pattern visible on the outer surface of a skin after the hair or wool and epidermis have been removed. See also: GRAIN PATTERN. 3. In cloth, the \"grain is the direction of the WARP threads.", "chars": 752, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143, 234, 291, 320, 363], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-grain-1", "term": "grain", "norm": "grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The term applied to the outer side of a piece of leather, from which the hair was removed. This word is also used in describing the different kinds of surface given to leather in the making, often with a qualifying adjective, as, seal-grain, like the grain on sealskin; coarse grain; pebble-grained, that is, grained in an irregular manner, as though numerous small pebbles of different sizes had been pressed upon its surface; water grain; smooth grain; brass board grain, usually put into cowskin, etc.", "chars": 504, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1608", "term": "grain direction", "norm": "grain direction", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MACHINE DIRECTION.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1618", "term": "grain layer", "norm": "grain layer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That portion of a hide or skin extending from the surface exposed by the removal of the hair or wool and epidermis down to about the level of the hair or wool roots. It is the layer which contains the hair follicles, sudoriferous and sebaceous glands, etc., i.e., the thermostat layer.", "chars": 285, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1619", "term": "grain long", "norm": "grain long", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes used in paper manufacture to indicate that the grain or MACHINE DIRECTION of the paper is parallel to the larger dimension of the sheet. Cf: GRAIN SHORT.", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [125], "citations": ["Eddy (E. B.) Co. The Eddy handbook of production. Hull, Canada. Eddy Co. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1620", "term": "grain pattern", "norm": "grain pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The design on the outer surface of leather produced by the arrangement of the hair follicles and pores, characteristic of the species and age of the animals from which the leather is produced. In general, the younger the animal the finer the grain structure. The skin of the female of the species is usually of a finer grain than the male. The less hair or wool there is on the animal the tougher and stronger the leather, especially the grain surface. Because of their durability, uniformity, beauty, and form, grain patterns represent one of the most appealing and highly prized characteristics of leather, and it is for this reason that imitation grains are often embossed on inferior quality leathers and even printed or embossed on other materials, such as cloth and plastic.", "chars": 780, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291, 363], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1621", "term": "grain short", "norm": "grain short", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes used in paper manufacture to indicate that the grain or MACHINE DIRECTION of the paper is parallel to the shorter dimension of the sheet. Cf: GRAIN LONG.", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [125], "citations": ["Eddy (E. B.) Co. The Eddy handbook of production. Hull, Canada. Eddy Co. 1944."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1622", "term": "grain side", "norm": "grain side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The outer, or hair side of a hide or skin. See: GRAIN (2); GRAIN PATTERN.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1623", "term": "grain split", "norm": "grain split", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The outer, or hair layer of a hide or skin that has been split into two or more layers.", "chars": 87, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1609", "term": "grained jute board", "norm": "grained jute board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A jute-lined board printed with a grained effect. Rigid and resistant to scuffing, it is used mainly for inexpensive book covers or transfer-file boxes.", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1610", "term": "grained leather", "norm": "grained leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BOARDING (1); GRAINED UP.", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1611", "term": "grained skiver", "norm": "grained skiver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A SKIVER produced from the flesh split of a sheepskin, dyed and embossed with a grain pattern.", "chars": 118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1612", "term": "grained up", "norm": "grained up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process or effect of raising the grain of a leather, usually by wetting and rubbing the grain side with the hand or a piece of cork, causing the grain to rise. Graining up is usually done after the leather has been pared; its purpose is to correct the flattened condition of the grain caused by the pressure of paring. \"Grained up\" usually refers to the process employed by the bookbinder and is not to be confused with BOARDING (1), which is a process employed by the leather manufacturer.", "chars": 518, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1613", "term": "graining", "norm": "graining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of applying an all-over pattern to cloth, either during manufacture or by rolling the cloth between embossing plates. 2. The process or result of printing various designs on paper or board to simulate various wood grains, marble, etc., generally for use as cover papers. 3. See: BOARDING (1). 4. See: EMBOSSING (1).", "chars": 378, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 164], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-graining-1", "term": "graining", "norm": "graining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of giving to leather surfaces of different kinds.", "chars": 61, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1614", "term": "graining board", "norm": "graining board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instrument used for creasing hides and skins, or BOARDING (1), so as to produce certain grain effects in the leather. The implement consists of a curved board faced with a thick sheet of cork, and having a handle on the upper side. Effective use of the graining board calls for considerable pressure, as the greater the pressure exerted, the sharper the creases produced and the closer their spacing, both of which are considered desirable. Graining boards have been largely superseded by the boarding machine.", "chars": 537, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-graining-board-1", "term": "graining board", "norm": "graining board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Boards used for producing a grain on calf and russia books. Grain of various form is cut in wood, and by pressure the leather upon which the boards are laid receives the impression.", "chars": 181, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1615", "term": "graining brush", "norm": "graining brush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A decorator's brush, about 4 inches in width, used to obtain brush-grained effects on paste-grained endpapers.", "chars": 110, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1616", "term": "graining combs", "norm": "graining combs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Combs made of wood, metal, hard rubber, or plastic, or decorator's metal combs, used to produce grained effects on paste-grained endpapers.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [231, 335], "citations": ["A practical course in bookcrafts and bookbinding. Leicester. C. H. Gee. 1935.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1617", "term": "graining plates", "norm": "graining plates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Plates used to impart a diced pattern to the leather covering of a book. They were invented by John Bohn, a German immigrant in England in about 1796. Early plates were made of brass or wood and were able to impart a deeper impression than that obtained by calendering. Later plates were made of metal. As the lines were placed diagonally in one direction only, two impressions were required to produce the diced effect. They were also superior to calendering in that the dicing could be done following covering. The simple graining plates for dicing soon evolved into more elaborate plates for impressing fish scales, squares, etc. One reason they were popular was their capability for covering blemishes in the leather. 236)", "chars": 726, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-graining-plates-1", "term": "graining plates", "norm": "graining plates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Metal plates same as above.", "chars": 27, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1624", "term": "grainy", "norm": "grainy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An exaggerated, delicate mosaic pattern of extremely minute depressions in a hide or skin extending inward from the bellies, and consisting actually of the pattern of the blood vessels of the skin projected onto the grain surface. 2. Slight variations in the surface appearance of a paper caused by several factors, including the impressions of wires and felts of the papermaking machine, irregular distribution of color, uneven shrinkage during drying, etc.", "chars": 461, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 363], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1625", "term": "grainy edges", "norm": "grainy edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A rough surface of a paper which sometimes extends for varying distances in from the edge of a sheet as formed and dried on the papermaking machine.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1626", "term": "grangerized", "norm": "grangerized", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: EXTRA-ILLUSTRATED.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1627", "term": "granite board", "norm": "granite board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any board with an embossed pattern or design resembling granite and used for decorative book covers.", "chars": 100, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1628", "term": "granite marble", "norm": "granite marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern produced by sprinkling black (lampblack) coloring in very fine drops over the entire surface of the sheet several times. followed by brown coloring. The paper is then embossed and glaired. The effect is supposed to resemble granite.", "chars": 249, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1629", "term": "grass", "norm": "grass", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ESPARTO (GRASS).", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1630", "term": "grass cloth", "norm": "grass cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lustrous, plain, usually loosely woven fabric manufactured chiefly in the Orient from various grasses and other vegetable fibers, especially RAMIE, and used for lining the spines of books, particularly in the area of manufacture.", "chars": 255, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [142], "citations": ["Goodwin, Bancroft L. Pamphlet binding…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographic technical series for apprentices, pt. 5, no. 30). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-grater-1", "term": "Grater", "norm": "grater", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An iron instrument used by the forwarder for rubbing the backs after they are paste-washed.", "chars": 91, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-grater-1", "term": "Grater", "norm": "grater", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An iron instrument used by the forwarder for rubbing backs after they are paste-washed.", "chars": 87, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1631", "term": "gray cloth", "norm": "gray cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "gray goods", "dates": null, "text": "A fabric which has not been bleached, dyed or otherwise finished. It is the ha.se fabric used in the manufacture of BOOK CLOTH.", "chars": 151, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1632", "term": "greaseproof", "norm": "greaseproof", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A descriptive term applied to a book cloth treated in such a manner that it will permit no penetration by oleic acid within a period of 5 minutes, as determined by the RING TEST.", "chars": 202, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [341], "citations": ["U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GREAT1", "term": "GREAT NUMBERS", "norm": "great numbers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Above 2000 printed on one sheet are accounted great numbers.—M. We now more commonly say long numbers. See Lay On, and Small Numbers.", "chars": 188, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1633", "term": "Great Omar", "norm": "great omar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A binding of Vedder's illustrated edition of the Rubaiyat of Omar Khayyam, measuring 16 by 13 inches, and decorated according to the designs of the English bookbinder Francis Sangorski. The Great Omar was covered in green levant morocco, and had the same green leather doublures. while brown leather was used for the flyleaves. All were decorated in a most lavish manner, each to a different design, making a total of six designs. In addition to the extremely elaborate gold tooling, there were numerous sunken panels, thousands of colored inlays, as well as some 1,050 jewels, including garnets, olivines, rubies, topazes, and turquoises. The decoration of the lower cover had as its central feature a model of a Persian mandolin made of mahogany, inlaid with silver, satinwood, and ebony.\n\nThe magnificent binding, which took nearly 2 years to complete, was probably the most lavishly decorated bookbinding ever produced. The Great Omar was the last of a series of Omars executed by the firm of Sangorski and Sutcliffe, of London. Unfortunately, only reproductions of the binding, also produced by Sangorski and Sutcliffe, now exist, the original having been lost in the sinking of the Titanic, and a later copy being destroyed in the Second World War.", "chars": 1252, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 319], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Stonehouse, John Harrison. The story of the Great Omar bound by Francis Longinus Sangorski and its romantic loss. London. Piccadilly Fountain Press. 1933."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GREAT2", "term": "GREAT PRIMER", "norm": "great primer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type, one size larger than English, and one smaller than Paragon. See Types.\n\n", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GREEK", "term": "GREEK", "norm": "greek", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Greek alphabet consists of twenty-four letters, as under.\n\nThe Greek Alphabet.\n\n[1] Ϲ, initial; σ, middle; ς, final.\n\n\n\nThere are twelve diphthongs or compound vowels, viz.\n\nSix proper—αι, αυ, ει, ευ, οι, ου; and\n\nSix improper—ᾳ, ῃ, ῳ, ηυ, υι, ωυ. The dot below signifies that ι is subscribed.\n\nAccents.—Accents are nothing more than small marks, which have been introduced into the language, to ascertain the pronunciation of it, and facilitate it to strangers. Wherefore the ancient Greeks, to whom it was natural, never used them, as is demonstrated from Aristotle, old inscriptions, and ancient medals. It is not an easy matter to tell, what time the practice of writing these accents first prevailed, though it is probable not till after the Romans began to be more curious of learning the Greek tongue, and to send their children to study at Athens, that is, about or a little before the time of Cicero.\n\nAccents, by the Greeks called τόνοι, tones, are the rising or falling of the voice in pronouncing: which may be considered either separately in distinct syllables, or conjunctively in the same syllable.\n\nWherefore there are two sorts of accents; two simple, viz. the acute, οζὺς, figured thus (´), which denotes the elevation of the voice; and the grave, βαρὺς, shaped thus (`), to signify the falling or depression of the voice; and the circumflex, περισπώμενος, which was formed first of these two lines or points joined together thus (^), and afterwards was changed into a round sort of a figure like an inverted Upsilon, thus (⁀), but at length came to be figured like an s drawn crossway (~).—Bell’s Greek Grammar.\n\nThe acute accent raises the voice, and affects one or more of the three last syllables of a word, if it has so many.\n\nThe circumflex lengthens the sound, and affects either the last syllable of a word, or the last but one.\n\nThe grave depresses the voice, and affects the last syllable only.\n\nThere are two spirits, or breathings: the asper (῾), which the Greeks use instead of the letter Η; and the lenis (᾿) which denotes the absence of the asper.\n\nThe apostrophe (’), marked at the head of a letter in the end of a word denotes that the vowels α, ε, ι, or ο, and sometimes the diphthongs αι or οι are cut off, the next word beginning with a vowel.\n\nAccents and Aspirates.\n\nPoints.—A colon in Greek is a point at the head of a letter; as (·)\n\nAn interrogation is a Latin semicolon; as (;)\n\nAll other points in Greek are the same as in Latin.\n\nThe Greeks express their Numbers by Letters, thus:\n\nThe first of the above ranks is units, and consists of the eight first letters with the character ϛ’, called στίγμα, which signifies 6, and is therefore ranged in the sixth place.\n\nThe second rank consists of tens, and is formed of the eight following letters with this character ϟ’, κὄππά, which signifies 90.\n\nThe third rank consists of hundreds, and contains eight letters with this character ϡ’, σάνπι, which signifies 900.\n\nThe accent under each letter in the fourth rank signifies a thousand, and the letter itself expresses the number of thousands signified.\n\nThe letters of the three first ranks are marked with a dash on the top to distinguish them from the letters marked with an accent below.\n\nBy compounding the above letters any number may be expressed; thus, ι’α’ makes 11; κ’β’, 22; λ’γ’, 33; ρ’δ’, 104; ‚αε’, 1005; ‚αψ’ο’ϛ’, 1776, &c.\n\nAlso the Greeks sometimes use these capitals instead of the numbers, of which they are the initial letters, viz. Ι for one, because ΙΑ signifies one (being formerly used instead of μ’ια), Π for five, Δ for ten, Η for a hundred, Χ for a thousand, and Μ for ten thousand. And these letters may be all four times reduplicated (except Π), thus ΙΙ, 2; ΙΙΙ, 3; ΙΙΙΙ, 4; ΔΔ, 20; ΔΔΔ, 30; ΔΔΔΔ, 40, &c. So ΔΙ, 11; ΔΔΙΙ, 22; ΠΙ, 6; ΔΠ, 15, &c.\n\nSometimes the above initials are enclosed in a great ∏, and then the number is five times repeated, thus |Δ̅| is five times ten or 50; and |Χ̅| is 5000: but Ι is never enclosed.\n\nFournier, in his Manuel Typographique, gives a great number of Greek ligatures: these I have copied, with additional ones from Fertel, and others from Jones’s Greek Grammar; together they make a more complete list than any that I have met with. Fournier, speaking of the article Greek, says, We see by the multiplicity of the sorts, that the Greek character is the most extensive and complicated of all characters. The founders may not always be able to give the Greek founts thus complete in sorts; but I give the representation, because, as I have before said, the engravers who have worked upon the characters have followed the ligatures which they found in the manuscripts which they imitated. There were never any but the Greek characters engraved by Garamond for Francis the First, which have been complete in all sorts of ligatures. It is this which has obliged me to give in different lines the figures which compose this fount, in which there are still some wanting, which I have been obliged to suppress in order not to multiply them without necessity.\n\nFor the classical works in Greek the ligatures or double letters are considerably diminished. I have adopted this usage in the little fount, which contains but the figures most in use.—Fournier.\n\nI have been induced to give this extended list of Greek ligatures, because the present taste in printing Greek is to discard them entirely, and to use a distinct character for each letter of the alphabet. Under these circumstances, should an old edition of a Greek work be put in hand as copy to be reprinted, it would be mortifying not to be able to decypher the ligatures, nor have any thing to refer to for explanation. I have myself been placed in this situation in a large house, with no person in it who could give me the necessary information, although there were some there that professed themselves good Greek scholars; neither could the editor of the work himself give me any assistance.\n\n\n\nGreek Ligatures.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nPlan of the Old Greek Upper Case, as used in Mr. Spottiswoode’s Offices.\n\n\n\nPlan of the Old Greek Lower Case, as used in Mr. Spottiswoode’s Offices.\n\n\n\nPlan of the New Greek Upper Case, as used in Mr. Spottiswoode’s Offices.\n\n\n\nPlan of the New Greek Lower Case, as used in Mr. Spottiswoode’s Offices.\n\n\n\nGreek in the British Founderies.\n\nDouble Pica.—Caslon and Livermore; cut by Martin. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley. University of Oxford. Wilson; Glasgow Homer.\n\nGreat Primer.—Caslon and Livermore; cut by Martin. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley; formerly Byddells. University of Oxford. Wilson.\n\nEnglish.—Caslon and Livermore. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley. University of Oxford. Wilson.\n\nPica.—Caslon and Livermore. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley (2). University of Oxford. Wilson.\n\nSmall Pica.—Caslon and Livermore. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley. Wilson.\n\nLong Primer.—Caslon and Livermore. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley, late Fry’s; one fount cut from the MS. of the late Professor Porson. University of Oxford. Wilson; matrices from type cast in which the Elzevirs printed some of their editions.\n\nBourgeois.—Caslon and Livermore. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nBrevier.—Caslon and Livermore. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley. University of Oxford. Wilson.\n\nNonpareil.—Caslon and Livermore. V. and J. Figgins. Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nPearl.—Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley; formerly Bynneman’s.\n\nDiamond.—Caslon and Livermore. V. and J. Figgins.\n\nAlexandrian Greek, Pica.—Thorowgood and Besley, late Fry’s; cut by Jackson, for Dr. Woide’s facsimile edition of the New Testament of the Codex Alexandrinus.\n\nFor the allowance of the duty on paper used in the printing of books in the Greek language within the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge, the Universities of Scotland, and the University of Trinity College, Dublin, see Paper.", "chars": 8732, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_297.jpg", "caption": "The Greek Alphabet", "alt": "The Greek Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_298.jpg", "caption": "Greek numbers", "alt": "Greek numbers", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_300.jpg", "caption": "First page", "alt": "First page", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_301.jpg", "caption": "Second page", "alt": "Second page", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_302.jpg", "caption": "Third page", "alt": "Third page", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1634", "term": "Greek style", "norm": "greek style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A 15th and 16th century style of blind tooled binding in which the books had spines rising at head and tail to protect the thick double headbands which were striped in bright red and blue. The thick wooden boards had grooved edges, and clasp straps of triple braided thongs fastened to pins set in the grooves. Greek texts, or even translations from the Greek, were hound in this manner in France and Italy, probably by Greek craftsmen. (156. 347)", "chars": 472, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1635", "term": "green", "norm": "green", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An uncured hide or skin, usually one just removed from the animal. 2. An incompletely dried sheet of paper or board.", "chars": 119, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1636", "term": "green agate marble", "norm": "green agate marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cover marble consisting of black sprinkled in large drops; these unite and are followed at regular intervals by green, which is spread on the cover to unite with the black. (, 152)", "chars": 207, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 152], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1637", "term": "green earth", "norm": "green earth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A natural earth similar in composition to the mineral glauconite. It is used mainly as a base for the precipitation of malachite green dyestuff to form the pigment known as lime green.", "chars": 184, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1638", "term": "green fleshing", "norm": "green fleshing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of applying mechanical action to hides or skins after they have been soaked to a softened condition. It is done by scraping the flesh side with a curved blade on the beam, or, in the usual manner today, in a fleshing machine. In the tanning of heavy leather, FLESHING frequently takes place following liming and unhairing; however, green fleshing, which takes place before liming, has several advantages: 1) it provides a more uniform grain surface for unhairing and helps prevent grain damage during machine unhairing; 2) the physical compression by both the feed rolls and fleshing cylinder materially prevent excessive plumping of the softened hide fibers during subsequent liming; 3) a comparatively thick flesh, particularly one of a fatty nature, reduces soaking, bactericidal, and liming effects; and 4) the formation of calcium soaps during liming and oily matter during tanning is held to a minimum, particularly when poor or insufficient curing has resulted in the presence of free fatty acids in the fatty tissue. Also called \"soak fleshing.\"", "chars": 1086, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1639", "term": "green porphyry marble", "norm": "green porphyry marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cover marble executed by sprinkling green in very fine drops, allowing the color to spread and dry between sprinklings. To form a more elegant vein the cover is first sprinkled with weak black followed by the green and, when this is dry, by a fine red.", "chars": 254, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1640", "term": "green salted", "norm": "green salted", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A hide or skin that has been cured with salt. Many skins are exported from the Indian Subcontinent in the \"green salted state.\" See also: BRINING; WET-SALTING.", "chars": 207, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1641", "term": "green salting", "norm": "green salting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: WET-SALTING.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1642", "term": "green vitroil", "norm": "green vitroil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FERROUS SULFATE.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1643", "term": "grid", "norm": "grid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A decorative ornament often used on heads-in-medallions rolls. It consists essentially of two horizontal lines with a few short vertical bars in between, with foliage on the sides.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1644", "term": "Grimaldi, Giovanni Battista", "norm": "grimaldi, giovanni battista", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bibliophile whose collection was long considered to have been brought together by Demetrio Canevari, physician to Pope Urban VIII. The bindings were produced by Venetian bookbinders, probably between 1535 and 1560, and were subsequently inherited by Canevari. The bindings feature fine-figured borders of gold-tooled decoration, with painted oval cameos of Apollo driving his chariot drawn by two horses toward Pegasus. There are two varieties of this elliptical cameo stamp, with the greater diameter of the larger being perpendicular and that of the smaller horizontal. On some of the bindings the title appears on both covers in a cartouche above the stamp. See also: CAMEO BINDINGS.", "chars": 714, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [168, 347], "citations": ["Hobson, Geoffrey Dudley. Maioli, Canevari and others. Boston. Little, Brown. (Monographs on bookbindings, no. 1). 1926.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-grolier-style-1", "term": "Grolier style", "norm": "grolier style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An interlaced framework of geometrical figures—circles, squares, and diamonds—with scrollwork running through it, the ornaments of which are of moresque character, generally azured in whole or in part, sometimes in outline only. Parts of the design are often studded with gold dots. Time, first half of the sixteenth century.", "chars": 325, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1646", "term": "Grolier, Jean", "norm": "grolier, jean", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1479-1565", "text": "The 16th century bibliophile, Jean Grolier de Servin, vicomte d'aquisy. Although Jean Grolier is regarded correctly as a French bibliophile, the bindings executed for him were essentially Italian in their principles of design. Grolier possessed one of the finest private libraries of his time (and possibly any other time), consisting of some 3,000 volumes contained within bindings of superlative richness and beauty.\n\nGrolier lived in Italy, with only a few interruptions, between 1510 and about 1525, and, while there, became the friend of the celebrated printer, Aldus Manutius. It is said that in appreciation of Grolier's friendship and financial assistance, Aldus printed several copies on vellum or large paper for Grolier, several of which were dedicated to him.\n\nGrolier is believed to have patronized several binders over the years he collected, including Claude de Picques, and the so-called fleur-de-lis and cupid's bow binders.\n\nThe books which Grolier acquired in his early years (including many of his Aldine volumes) possess the distinguishing characteristics of Italian binding of the time he lived in Italy.\n\nThe Grolier bindings, the designs of which have been imitated more than those of any other style, with the possible exception of the pointillé bindings, are usually classified into two distinct groups: 1) those executed expressly for him; and 2) those bound before he acquired them either through purchase or gift.\n\nAlthough the bindings executed for Grolier are distinctly similar in style, they vary considerably in their ornamentation. The designs generally consist of a geometrical pattern, occasionally colored, combined with arabesque work, which is solid, azured, or only outlined. On some of his bindings, however, the geometrical pattern has no arabesques, while in others the arabesque work is found without the geometrical design. Nearly all of the books of the first class, as well as many of those of the second, include the altruistic inscription, lo. Grolierii et Amicorvm (of Jean Grolier and his friends), usually at the tail edge of the upper cover, which he apparently borrowed from his contemporary, Mahieu. Both covers of most of Grolier's bindings feature a central compartment, usually containing the title of the book on the upper cover, and the expression Portia Mea, Domine, Sit in Terra Vivetivm (Let my portion, O Lord. be in the land of the living), on the lower cover. Other legends also at times appear on his bindings.\n\nGrolier's signature, or his motto, with several slight variations, is frequently found in his own hand inside the books he collected before about 1536. This was usually written at the back.\n\nThere are two distinct features to Grolier's bindings which were not consistently practiced by other contemporary collectors: 1) the pastedowns are vellum, followed by two conjugate white pa?er flyleaves, which are followed by a vellum leaf conjugate with the pastedown, which is followed by a final conjugate pair of paper leaves; and 2) the edges are gilt but not gauffered or otherwise further embellished. See PLATE IV.", "chars": 3094, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [59, 132, 141, 245, 279, 347], "citations": ["British Museum. Bookbindings from the library of Jean Grolier. London. British Museum. 1965.", "Fletcher, William Younger. Bookbinding in England and France. London. Seeley. 1897.", "Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol.", "Nixon, Howard M. Sixteenth-century gold-tooled bookbindings in the Pierpont Morgan Library. New York. Pierpont Morgan Library. 1971.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. Bookbinders and their craft. New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1645", "term": "Grolieresque", "norm": "grolieresque", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term generally applied to the style of binding associated with the name Grolier. See: JEAN GROLIER.\n\nIn many respects it is an ideal style for tooling in gold, depending for its effect on graceful geometrical strapwork. See also: MAIOLI style.", "chars": 291, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 286], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Quayle, Eric. The collector's book of books. New York. Potter. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-groove-1", "term": "Groove", "norm": "groove", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "that part of the sections which is turned over in backing to receive the board.", "chars": 79, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-groove-1", "term": "Groove", "norm": "groove", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That part of the sections which is turned over in backing to receive the board. Also called the Joint.", "chars": 102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1647", "term": "grooves", "norm": "grooves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The V-shaped or rectangular incisions made on the outside of the boards connecting the holes made for LACING-IN with the edges of the board. The use of grooves in craft bookbinding was not common until the end of the 18th century, which is somewhat surprising because it is an important technique, in that, while the weakening effect on the board is only slight, it permits thick cords to be laced-in without unattractive lumps being seen under the covering leather. In the 19th century, however, the insistence upon neatness and ultra-fine finish led many bookbinders to reduce the thickness of the slips greatly before lacing-in, even though grooves were still cut. Since lacing-in of the cords is one of the major differences between a cased and a bound book, the reduction of cord thickness reduces the strength considerably.\n\nDouglass Cockerell was the first, or one of the first, craftsmen to show that the slight projection of the cords was acceptable not only because it showed that the book was solidly constructed, but because the lumps actually provided a starting point for the decoration of the book.\n\nGrooves in the shape of an inverted V, ending with a hole to take the cord to the inside of the board is the usual method of cutting; however, the tendency today is to cut a groove ending in a rectangular slot at right angles to the groove.\n\n2. The depression along the binding edge of the upper and lower covers of a book. See: JOINT (1). 3. The space between the board and spine of a book having an open joint. See: FRENCH JOINT. See also: CLOSED JOINT. 4. Cuts made in the spine of a text block in the shape of an inverted V, into which cords are recessed when sewing single leaves. See also: KERF.", "chars": 1833, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 196, 236], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GROOV", "term": "GROOVES", "norm": "grooves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "There is always a groove on the upper surface of the short cross of a chase, at each end, six or seven inches long. Their use is to receive the spur, when working with points, and to allow it to make a hole in the paper, without injury to itself. The grooves in wrought iron chases are of a good form, being cut with a tool tapering to the bottom like a wedge, which enables the spur to make a clean hole in the paper; those in cast iron chases are generally flat at the bottom and too wide, which causes the holes to gull. See Gull.\n\nGuide Cramps. See Cramp Irons.", "chars": 649, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1648", "term": "grosgrain", "norm": "grosgrain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A firm, plain-weave fabric. generally with a silk or rayon warp and a heavy cotton filling that forms pronounced cross ribs. It is sometimes used as a covering material for books.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [25], "citations": ["Bailey, Arthur Low. Library bookbinding. New York. Wilson. 1916."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1649", "term": "ground substance", "norm": "ground substance", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An amorphous background material in which the cells and fibers of collagen are embedded. It is a colloidal substance in the form of a gel, and has the capacity of binding varying amounts of water. The hound water serves as a medium for the diffusion of gases and metabolic substances from the blood vessels to the cells of the tissues. and vice versa, of the living animal. A certain amount of ground substance is removed during the leather manufacturing process.", "chars": 463, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [26, 291], "citations": ["Bailey, Frederick T. Textbook on histology. 16th ed. Ed. by Wilfred M. Copenhaven, and others. Baltimore. Williams & Wilkins. 1971.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1650", "term": "groundwood free paper", "norm": "groundwood free paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper or board that contains no mechanical wood pulp. \"Groundwood free\" is actually interpreted to mean that the paper or board contains less than 5% mechanical wood pulp.", "chars": 173, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1651", "term": "groundwood printing papers", "norm": "groundwood printing papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Papers of the same general type as BOOK PAPERS.\n\nAs the name suggests, they contain a proportion of mechanical wood pulp, but it is a pulp carefully prepared, and therefore clean and bright. The use of mechanical pulp for this type of printing paper improves important characteristics of the paper, such as retention of loadings, high bulk, greater opacity for the basis weight, improved softness, and a smoother finish. They are, however, inferior to the chemical wood pulp papers in both permanency and brightness. They are made in a number of furnishes ranging from approximately 75% mechanical pulp to about 20 to 25% mechanical, the balance being chemical pulp. They are sized, finished, colored, loaded, and coated in various ways to make them suitable for virtually any printing process. Their life expectancy, however, even under good storage conditions, is probably under 25 years.", "chars": 912, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1652", "term": "groundwood pulp", "norm": "groundwood pulp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MECHANICAL WOOD PULP.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1653", "term": "growing flower", "norm": "growing flower", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of ornamentation of a ROLL (1), consisting of a flattened elliptical base with a stem and leaves ending in two flowers, the tops of which curve outwards.", "chars": 184, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1654", "term": "grubby hides", "norm": "grubby hides", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Hides that have been damaged by grubs of the warble fly. See also: PEPPER BOXES; WARBLES.", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1656", "term": "guard", "norm": "guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A strip of cloth or paper pasted around or into a section of a book so as to reinforce the paper and prevent the sewing thread from tearing through. This type of repair is sometimes required after a book has been pulled for rebinding, either because the folds of the section were torn because the sewing thread pulled through the paper, or the outer fold was damaged during the removal of the old glue on the spine. A guard may also be required for leaves or plates that have become frayed or detached at the inner edge. The material used for the guard must be strong yet thin so as not to cause undue swelling in the spine of the book. When paper is used for the guard, its MACHINE DIRECTION should run from head to tail of the section. 2. A strip of cloth or paper on which an illustration, map, etc., may be attached and sewn through with the section, thus allowing free flexing. Four-page (two folios) plate units are also strengthened in this manner before sewing. A leaf to be positioned at t he beginning or end of a section is guarded on the inside, while an interior leaf is guarded on the outside. In both cases the sewing thread passes through the center of the guard. See also: COMPENSATION GUARD; CONTINUOUS GUARD; GUARDED IN; PLATE ATTACHMENT; REVERSED V-GUARD; THROW OUT. 3. See: STUB (1).", "chars": 1499, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 107, 161, 335], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Darley, Lionel S. Introduction to book binding. London. Faber and Faber. 1965.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-guard-1", "term": "guard", "norm": "guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Strips of paper inserted in the backs of books intended for the insertion of plates, to prevent the book being uneven when filled; also the strips upon which plates are mounted.", "chars": 177, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-guard-1", "term": "guard", "norm": "guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Strips of paper inserted in the backs of books, upon which inserts are mounted, intended to prevent the books being uneven in thickness when filled.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-guard-1", "term": "guard", "norm": "guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Strips of paper inserted in the backs or books intended for the insertion of plates, to prevent the book being uneven when filled; also the strips upon which plates are mounted.", "chars": 177, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-guard-1", "term": "guard", "norm": "guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Strips of paper inserted in the backs of books to which plates or pictures or any extra leaves are to be attached. These strips must always be cut with the grain. They make the back as thick as the book will be when the plates have been attached to them. Also, the strips of paper or cloth pasted along the folds of leaves to strengthen them. Also, the strips pasted to the edges of single leaves, whether plates or not, folded about the next signature and sewn through with it.", "chars": 478, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1657", "term": "guard book", "norm": "guard book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A book containing compensation guards equal to the anticipated thickness of the additional matter to be added at a later time. The guards are sewn with the book and are intended to prevent gaping of the boards or damage to the spine when the book is filled with photographs, clippings, etc. Also called \"stub book.\"", "chars": 335, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 343], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1662", "term": "guard sheet", "norm": "guard sheet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BARRIER SHEET.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1658", "term": "guarded endpaper", "norm": "guarded endpaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A section which has had a linen GUARD (1) wrapped around both it and the endpaper so as to effectively make one unit of the two. Its purpose is to provide additional strength at the point where greatest flexing occurs, which is between the endpaper and the first leaf of the section. The guard is usually attached so that not more than 3/16 inch of the linen appears on the exposed leaf of the section, while generally 1 1/4 inches in on the unexposed side of the endpaper. In a case binding the guard is tipped to both the section and the endpaper, but in a handbound book, because both section and endpaper are sewn (through the linen), the guard is tipped only to the section. In case binding the guard also eliminates the necessity of tipping the endpaper to the first leaf of the section and thus eliminates drag on the leaf. In a hand-bound book (where the endpaper is not tipped to the section) one guard strengthens the folds of both the endpaper and section; were two guards to be used instead of the one, the guard would appear on the first printed page of the book.", "chars": 1100, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1659", "term": "guarded in", "norm": "guarded in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Plates which are inserted into a book without being tipped to one of the leaves of the book. The paper area of the plate is wider than the leaves of the book, the projecting part being wrapped around the fold of the section. A narrow strip of paper appears elsewhere in the book as a consequence.", "chars": 296, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1660", "term": "guarding", "norm": "guarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The operation of attaching a GUARD (2) for the purpose of providing a hinge for a map, illustration, etc., to strengthen the fold between two conjugate leaves, or to assist in relieving the strain of the endpaper caused by the opening of the book. See: GUARDED ENDPAPER; GUARDED IN; GUARDING IN PAIRS; PLATE ATTACHMENT.", "chars": 439, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335, 343], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1661", "term": "guarding in pairs", "norm": "guarding in pairs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of securing two plates to one GUARD (1). While the positioning of the guard within the section may or may not allow for either or both sides to be located near the accompanying text material, guarding in this manner may help alleviate some of the swelling caused by the thickness of the material used for the guards.", "chars": 349, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [307, 335], "citations": ["Simon, Oliver. Introduction to typography. 2nd ed. London. Faber and Faber. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-guide-1", "term": "Guide", "norm": "guide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strip of metal frequently used to denote the last line of copy set.", "chars": 69, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1663", "term": "guide boards", "norm": "guide boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A technique employed by some bookbinders when trimming with the plow, in which two binder's boards, each about 1/2 inch larger than the leaves of the book, are tipped on, one to the front endpaper with its top even with the trimming line at the head of the text block, and the second tipped to the back endpaper with the edge even with the trimming line at the tail. Guide boards are used to control the squareness of the book in the lying press and to prevent crushing of the shoulders of the text block when the press is closed on it.", "chars": 536, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [196], "citations": ["Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1664", "term": "guide of fair value", "norm": "guide of fair value", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A statement drawn up in 1948 by the Joint Committee of the American Library Association and the Library Binding Institute, establishing \"fair\" prices for library binding, restoration of valuable books, and the transportation of library materials. The statement is now obsolete.", "chars": 277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1665", "term": "guide word", "norm": "guide word", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CATCHWORD.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-guides-1", "term": "Guides", "norm": "guides", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The groove in which the plough moves upon the face of the cutting-press.", "chars": 72, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-guides-1", "term": "Guides", "norm": "guides", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The grooves in which the plough moves upon the face of an old-style cutting-press.", "chars": 82, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1666", "term": "guild of contemporary bookbinders", "norm": "guild of contemporary bookbinders", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DESIGNER BOOKBINDERS.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1667", "term": "guilloche", "norm": "guilloche", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A design used in finishing a book, consisting of two or more bands intertwining and forming a continuous series, leaving circular openings filled with round devices.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 261], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1668", "term": "guillotine", "norm": "guillotine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used for cutting large numbers of sheets of paper and board, and also in library binding for trimming the edges of books. The typical guillotine, which is designed to cut comparatively large edge lengths, is a single-knife cutter, in which a heavy blade descends between vertical runners.\n\nThe principal parts of the guillotine are a table on which the material to be cut is piled; a movable back gauge (called the \"back fence\" in Europe), perpendicular to the table, against which the back edge of the pile rests; a clamp (or press beam) which compresses and secures the front edge of the pile, i.e., the edge to be cut; and a knife (or cutter) fixed in a cutting beam which descends immediately in front of the clamp, cutting through the pile, and stopping at a cutting stick set into the table. Pressure can be applied by hand with a screw spindle, but electric power is usual on both large and small machines.\n\nAll guillotines built for the printing and binding trades permit the squaring of a sheet, or section, provided that none of the dimensions exceeds the cutting length of the machine. Generally, on standard models, the size of the material to be placed on the table must not exceed its cutting length in either direction; however, some of the larger cutters are provided with longer back tables as optional equipment. Some cutters allow for trimming the shorter dimensions or splitting sheets. One of the most important features on some modern cutters is automatic spacing, which causes the back gauge to move a pre-determined distance following each cut.\n\nModern electronic guillotines have movements which are actuated by a series of relays and contactors brought into operation through the medium of a number of thyratrons, tubes, and photoelectric eye units. All operations are mechanical, and are set into motion by push buttons or by tripping micro switches which control the electronic circuit and, therefore, the cutter.\n\nModern guillotines also have safety devices which reduce the element of risk, assuming that the proper precautions are taken and the mechanism is not altered. Controls are designed to require that both hands be used to activate the final clamp pressure and cutting operations, and the machines are designed to stop the knife at the top of the stroke without possibility of a repeat cut.\n\nGuillotines came into use in the late 1830s, when, in 1837, Thirault built a model with a fixed blade. In 1844 and 1852 Guillaume Massiquot patented machines similar to those in use today. Since the middle of the 19th century considerable improvements have been made by Fomm and Krause of Germany, Furnival in England, and Oswego and Seybold in the United States.", "chars": 2694, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 145, 236, 320], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-guillotine-1", "term": "guillotine", "norm": "guillotine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used for cutting paper.", "chars": 33, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-guillotine-1", "term": "guillotine", "norm": "guillotine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine with a heavy knife having a perpendicular action, used for cutting paper. Usually called a Cutter, or Cutting machine.", "chars": 128, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1669", "term": "guinea edge", "norm": "guinea edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Ornamentation of the edges of the covers of a book produced by means of a fillet which has an engraved pattern resembling the edge of an old gold guinea.", "chars": 153, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-guinea-edge-1", "term": "guinea edge", "norm": "guinea edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A roll with a pattern similar to the edge of an old guinea.", "chars": 59, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GULL", "term": "GULL", "norm": "gull", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the points tear the point holes at press, they say, they are Gulled, or the Holes Gull. This may arise from two or three causes—if the point of the spur be turned again, it will cause it—in cast iron chases the groove to receive the spur is generally too wide, this may also cause it—and if the spur does not fall fairly into the groove, this may be another cause: the remedy is not difficult, unless the paper be very tender. In the first case, the spur ought to be filed to a smooth tapering point—in the second, it is usual to wedge a bit of reglet into the groove, to cut it down to the surface of the cross, and to make a hole in it with a bodkin for the reception of the spur—in the last, it is necessary that the spur fall fairly into the groove. If the fault arises from the bluntness and thickness of the spurs, they must be filed smaller and to a point.", "chars": 868, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1670", "term": "gum", "norm": "gum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any of a number of colloidal polysaccharides of high molecular weight. which can be dispersed in either cold or hot water to produce various mixtures or solutions, and which display good flow and tack characteristics. See also: GHATTI GUM; GUM ARABIC; GUM SANDARAC; GUM TRAGACANTH; KARAYA GUM.", "chars": 413, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175, 309], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1671", "term": "gum arabic", "norm": "gum arabic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A water-soluble gum obtained from several species of the acacia tree, especially Acacia senegal and A. arabica, and used in the manufacture of adhesives and ink, and as a binding medium for marbling colors. Historically, gum arabic was used to increase the viscosity of ink, or to make it flow well, to prevent it from feathering, and to suspend the coloring matter. It was particularly important in the days of the reed or quill pen. Solutions of gum arabic have long been used as adhesives for paper, but they are little used today. Gum arabic adhesives produce clear, easy brushing solutions which have no marked initial set but which will pass through a tacky stage on drying. The properties for which they are valued include ready solution in water following drying, readiness for immediate use, cleanliness and ease of application. Gum arabic adhesives, however, are generally too moisture sensitive for use in archival work. Also called \"acacia gum.\"", "chars": 971, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1672", "term": "gum dragon", "norm": "gum dragon", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "gum elect", "dates": null, "text": "See: GUM TRAGACANTH.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1673", "term": "gum hog", "norm": "gum hog", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "gum hogg", "dates": null, "text": "See: KARAYA GUM.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1674", "term": "gum juniper", "norm": "gum juniper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GUM SANDARAC.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1677", "term": "gum sandarac", "norm": "gum sandarac", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A brittle resin obtained from the African sandarac tree, Tetraclinis articulata, in the form of yellowish, faintly aromatic, opaque tears and broken cylindrical pieces. It is soluble in alcohol. It is used in the manufacture of spirit varnishes, and, when dissolved in oil, to make cooked varnishes. It is also used in powdered form to clean vellum and to prepare it for writing purposes. Its most outstanding property is its hardness. Also called \"gum juniper.\" See also: POUNCE (1); PUMICE.", "chars": 540, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1678", "term": "gum stripping tapes", "norm": "gum stripping tapes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BINDERY TAPES.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1679", "term": "gum tragacanth", "norm": "gum tragacanth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A gum obtained as a dried exudate from various Asiatic and Eastern European plants of the genus Astragalus, especially A. gummifer. It consists of bassorin and tragacanthin. and swells in water to form a gel. Gum tragacanth has been used extensively in the preparation of marbling size, and is still used by some marblers. Also called \"gum dragon\" and \"gum elect.\"", "chars": 364, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [235, 236, 335], "citations": ["Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1675", "term": "gummed cloth tapes", "norm": "gummed cloth tapes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Gummed cloth or transparent adhesive paper used for mending torn book leaves, reinforcing joints, tipping in, guarding, and the like, usually in in-house repair procedures. Such tapes can be difficult to remove and frequently cause extensive damage to the paper when they are removed.", "chars": 284, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1676", "term": "gummed paper", "norm": "gummed paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": "gummed flat paper", "dates": null, "text": "A strong, hard-sized, machine-finished, English finish, supercalendered, or coated paper, which is gummed on one side and used for book labels, embossed seals, etc. The paper is made in white, colored, or metallic finishes. Usual basis weight is from 38 to 45 pounds (24 X 36—500). Different adhesives are used for gummed paper depending upon the surface to which the paper is to adhere. They should be flat and noncurling.", "chars": 423, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 139], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1680", "term": "gut", "norm": "gut", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The cured and finished strips of the intestines of sheep, calves, or oxen. The gut of the sheep or calf is used as the core of the HEADBAND, while that of the ox is used in the manufacture of GOLDBEATER'S SKIN.", "chars": 258, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1681", "term": "gutta-percha binding", "norm": "gutta-percha binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CAOUTCHOUC BINDING.", "chars": 48, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1682", "term": "gutter", "norm": "gutter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The adjoining inner margins of two facing printed pages, i.e., the margin at the sewn fold of a section.", "chars": 104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GUTTE", "term": "GUTTER", "norm": "gutter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Gutter Sticks are used to set between pages on either side the crosses; they are made of an equal thickness their whole length; but they have a groove, or gutter, laid on the upper side of them, as well that the water may drain away when the form is washed or rinsed, as that they should not print, when, through the tenderness of the tympan, the platen presses it and the paper lower than ordinary.—M. We now mean by the term Gutter, the piece of furniture that separates two adjoining pages in a chase, as in an octavo that between pages 1 and 16, in a duodecimo that between pages 1 and 24, and so on. The pieces that are put at the sides of the pages next the cross, are called Backs; and those at the tops of the pages next the cross, are called Heads. I would recommend that the gutters should be cut a little longer than the page, the heads for each quarter being in two pieces, so that the gutter may be between them; one head will thus project a little over the sidestick, and will form an abutment for it, while the other will project a little over the back; by this method there will be no danger of any of them binding, and the gutters will answer for pages of different lengths.\n\nGuy, Thomas. See Donations.", "chars": 1361, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-gutter-sticks-1", "term": "Gutter-sticks", "norm": "gutter-sticks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Furniture used in imposition to separate the pages.", "chars": 51, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1683", "term": "guttering", "norm": "guttering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ridges that sometimes occur (as a result of use) along the spine of a tight-back binding. gutter margin. See: INNER MARGIN.", "chars": 151, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1684", "term": "gypsum", "norm": "gypsum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The naturally occurring hydrous form of calcium sulfate (Ca2SO4 . 2H2O), which is used as a filler for printing papers, and serves to fill the spaces between the paper fibers, thereby increasing opacity and smoothness. It is also used in the manufacture of GOLD LEAF. Also called puritan filler\" and \"terra alba.\" See also: BRIME.\n\n", "chars": 427, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 29, 343], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "GYPSU", "term": "GYPSUM", "norm": "gypsum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Earl Stanhope says, “The best burnt gypsum mixes up most conveniently, for stereotyping, in the proportion of seven parts of water to nine parts of gypsum.”", "chars": 156, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1601", "term": "gótico-mudéjar style", "norm": "gótico-mudéjar style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "G", "letter_raw": "G", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A variation of the MUDÉJAR STYLE, i.e., mudéjar bindings influenced by Gothic techniques. Such bindings were executed from the 13th to the 15th centuries largely in the northeastern pat of Spain. The style has affinities with a class of early Italian bindings in which the plan of decoration is Gothic, but the execution is carried out with small tools similar to those used on mudéjar bindings. The bindings are usually of CORDOVAN LEATHER and most have wooden boards.", "chars": 517, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [330], "citations": ["Thomas, Henry. Early Spanish bookbindings, XI-XV centuries. London. Oxford University Press. 1939."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1774", "term": "h pattern", "norm": "h pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A criss-cross pattern embossed on a book cloth, resulting in small diamond-shaped spaces on the cloth.", "chars": 102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1685", "term": "hair", "norm": "hair", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The coalesced horny cells, which contain the protein keratin along with 0.75 to 2.0% mineral salts. Although hair is an epidermal structure, it is seated deep in the papillary layer of the dermis. It consists of two continuous regions, the root and a long projection. which is the shaft. The lower part of the shaft is enclosed in a follicle which is a sheath of epidermal cells continuous with those in other parts of the epidermis. Most animal hairs are of two types: primary and secondary. Primary hairs are the more numerous and vary in structure depending on the age and species of the animal. Secondary hairs. which are similar in structure to the primary, are only about one-third their diameter.\n\nThe positions which the primary and secondary hairs occupy relative to each other as they enter the surface of the skin, together with their different thicknesses, determine the characteristic grain pattern of the dermal surface after the hair and other epidermis have been removed. Due to the general complexity of the papillary region, including hairs of various diameters at different stages of growth and located at different depths in the papillary layer, their removal by mechanical means is difficult. See also: HAIR-ON LEATHER; HAIR SHEEP; SHORT HAIR; UNHAIRING.", "chars": 1369, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 291, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1686", "term": "hair marble", "norm": "hair marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern consisting of but one or two colors, and usually used on the edges of books. The colors are diluted to about one-third of their normal volume with water, and, when two colors are employed, enough gall is added to the first color to make it spread on the size to form a ribbon 5 to 6 inches wide, while the second color is applied evenly in fine drops, followed by a sprinkle of water which forms the hair veins. Carragheen moss is the usual sizing for this marble. Single-color hair marbles include the black, red or blue, while two-color hairs are usually red and black or bluish-brown.", "chars": 604, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [151], "citations": ["Halfer, Josef. The progress of the marbling art…Translated by Herman Dieck, Buffalo. Kinder. 1893."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1688", "term": "hair sheep", "norm": "hair sheep", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leather made from the skin of a sheep that grows hair instead of wool The hair sheep is found in the mountainous regions of India, China, South America, and Africa. The leather produced form these skins has a finer and tougher grain than that made from wool-bearing sheep. See also: CABRETTA LEATHER.", "chars": 324, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 164], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1689", "term": "hair side", "norm": "hair side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The outer surface of a hide or skin, more commonly referred to in finished leather as the GRAIN SIDE.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1690", "term": "hair slips", "norm": "hair slips", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Hides and skins that have suffered sufficient PUTREFACTIVE DAMAGE so that the hair is loosened.", "chars": 119, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1687", "term": "hair-on leather", "norm": "hair-on leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather which has been produced without first removing the hair. SLUNK skins are preferred for this type of leather, although skins of older animals can be used after trimming of the hair. Hair-on leather has been used occasionally as a covering material for books.", "chars": 291, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HALF1", "term": "HALF A PRESS", "norm": "half a press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When but one man works at a press, it is called Half a Press.—M. It is still termed a Half Press. A man is said to be working Half Press.", "chars": 151, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1691", "term": "half bands", "norm": "half bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Horizontal ridges on the spines of some tight-back bindings. They are generally located at the head and tail of the volume, where they indicate the position of the kettle stitches, and are sometimes also between the raised bands. They are smaller than the raised bands. Half bands are often found on Italian and French bindings of the 16th century.", "chars": 348, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1692", "term": "half binding", "norm": "half binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of binding in which the spine and part of the side of the book, as well as the four corners, are covered with one kind of material, e.g., leather, cloth, etc., and the sides with another material, e.g., cloth or paper. In this style of binding the spine covering usually extends onto the boards about one-fourth of their width, with the corners in harmonious proportion. See also: QUARTER BINDING; THREE-QUARTER BINDING.", "chars": 476, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [133, 264], "citations": ["Forsyth, K. Marjorie. Bookbinding for teachers, students and amateurs. London, Black. 1932.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-half-binding-1", "term": "half binding", "norm": "half binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "when the leather covers the back and only part of the sides, a book is said to be half bound.", "chars": 93, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1693", "term": "half cloth", "norm": "half cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book bound with a cloth spine, but not cloth corners. The sides are generally paper, which is also used for the spine title label. The style was fairly common on publisher's bindings from the late 1820s to the early 1840s. for three-volume novels into the early 1850s, and occasionally for general works since about 1890. The style was correctly (though not often) called \"quarter cloth\" by job binders. Also called at times \"half linen.\"", "chars": 440, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 335], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1694", "term": "half extra", "norm": "half extra", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. In craft bookbinding, \"half extra\" letterpress binding is defined as any half-leather binding forwarded in boards, regardless of any decoration or lack of it. A half extra binding is one usually, but not necessarily, sewn on raised cords. If it is not sewn on raised cords, false bands are usually used. 2. In stationery binding, \"half extra\" is defined as a blankbook made up of machine-made paper that has been tubsized. Four sections are taped at front and back, and the book is sewn on webbings. It has a SPRING-BACK (1), made endpapers, cloth joints sewn on, leather linings between the webbings, and is covered on the spine and corners with calfskin or roan and on the sides with paper.", "chars": 719, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152, 236], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1695", "term": "half French fold", "norm": "half french fold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A modification of the FRENCH FOLD, consisting of a sheet printed on one side only and given two folds, the first of which is half way down the short side of the sheet and the second at right angles to the first across the long side. It is used for brochures, leaflets, etc., but seldom in book work, except for folding maps.", "chars": 348, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [150], "citations": ["Hague, Clifford Wilson. Printing and allied graphic arts. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1696", "term": "half gilt", "norm": "half gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term used in describing a book sewn on raised cords; the bands appearing on the spine are tooled in gold, usually by means of a broad pallet or roll. The tool was also sometimes worked in the center of each panel between the bands.", "chars": 243, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1697", "term": "half leather", "norm": "half leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book having a leather spine, extending over approximately one-fourth the width of the sides, leather corners, and the remainder of the sides covered in cloth or paper.\n\nHalf leather bindings covered in calfskin of a tan or other shade of brown, with narrow spines and small corners, marbled paper sides. smooth cut edges which were sometimes stained pale yellow or sprinkled red, and plain endpapers, were common in England in the latter half of the 18th century. The corners of these volumes were occasionally vellum instead of leather.\n\nStationers also issued cheap half leather bindings, often sheepskin, which were not trimmed and had no headbands, no squares, and were not lettered. Half vellum bindings, which were comparatively rare, were produced throughout the 19th century. See also: QUARTER LEATHER; THREE-QUARTER LEATHER.", "chars": 879, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1698", "term": "half linen", "norm": "half linen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: HALF CLOTH.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-half-press-1", "term": "Half press", "norm": "half press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When but one person works at the press.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1700", "term": "half tanned", "norm": "half tanned", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CRUST STOCK.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1701", "term": "half vellum binding", "norm": "half vellum binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A half binding covered on the spine and approximately one-fourth of the sides, as well as the corners, with vellum, with the remaining part of the sides being covered with paper. See also: HALF LEATHER.", "chars": 226, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HALF2", "term": "HALF WORK", "norm": "half work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "He that works but three days in the week, does but Half work.—M.\n\nHangs. See Letter Hangs.—M.", "chars": 153, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-half-bound-1", "term": "Half-Bound", "norm": "half-bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a volume is covered with leather upon the back and corners, and the sides are covered with paper or cloth.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-half-bound-1", "term": "Half-Bound", "norm": "half-bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a volume is covered with leather upon the back and corners; and the sides with paper or cloth.", "chars": 99, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-half-bound-1", "term": "Half-Bound", "norm": "half-bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the back of a book is covered with leather and the sides with paper or cloth. Some binders call a book half-bound when it has leather on the back and small pieces on the corners. Three-quarters bound means wide leather back and large leather corners.", "chars": 255, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1699", "term": "half-stamp", "norm": "half-stamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool consisting of a stamp identical with or very similar to a half fleuron, pineapple, etc. It is generally used for tooling compartments at the edges of the frame in lozenge compartment decoration. It is also sometimes used back-to-back to form the lozenges in the center of the cover. The use of the half-stamp was common in Northern Europe and in England during the late 15th and early 16th centuries.", "chars": 417, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-half-title-1", "term": "Half-title", "norm": "half-title", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The title of a book inserted in the upper portion of the first page of matter.", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-half-title-1", "term": "Half-title", "norm": "half-title", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The brief title which precedes the main title page, usually a single line in plain type; the bastard title.", "chars": 107, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1702", "term": "hammering-down bands", "norm": "hammering-down bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: KNOCKING DOWN.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1705", "term": "hand letters", "norm": "hand letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Individual letters, numerals, etc., cut in brass and attached to wooden or asbestos handles, and used to letter a book by hand. The alternative to hand letters is brass type assembled in a PALLET (2) and used to letter a complete line of type at one time.", "chars": 279, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 236], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-hand-letters-1", "term": "hand letters", "norm": "hand letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Letters cut and affixed to handles, and adjusted singly upon the volume when lettering it.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-hand-letters-1", "term": "hand letters", "norm": "hand letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Letters fixed in handles; used singly for lettering.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1707", "term": "hand mold", "norm": "hand mold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MOLD (1); HANDMADE PAPER.", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1708", "term": "hand oversewing", "norm": "hand oversewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: OVERSEWING.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1709", "term": "hand sewing", "norm": "hand sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of sewing a book by hand. Although it is generally assumed to mean sewing through the folds of the sections, it may also refer to the sewing of sections, or, more often, leaves through the side, i.e., OVERSEWING, SIDE SEWING, the strengthening of the first and last sections or leaves of a sewn book by means of OVERCASTING, or the re-attachment or replacement of endpapers by the same means. See: FLEXIBLE SEWING; RECESSED-CORD SEWING; SADDLE SEWING; TAPE SEWING (1).", "chars": 648, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1710", "term": "hand sizing", "norm": "hand sizing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of sizing or resizing paper by dipping the sheets or leaves into a tub of size. Hand sizing was the original method of sizing paper, i.e., handmade paper, and is still used for that class of paper, and also by restorers when resizing documents or the leaves of a book. Old papers, which often contain decomposed size, can be made stronger and safer to handle if resized by hand.", "chars": 387, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [77, 197], "citations": ["Clapperton, Robert Henderson. Modern paper-making. 3rd ed. Oxford. Blackwell. 1952.", "Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1703", "term": "hand-drawn end- and cover-papers", "norm": "hand-drawn end- and cover-papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term descriptive of custom end- and cover-papers. The design of the papers can be an integral part of the binding in every sense, and can be executed in many kinds of media, including lino- and wood-cut endpapers and covers, which are executed by means of small printing units of repeating designs, or blocks used to print the entire cover or endpaper in one impression.", "chars": 372, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1704", "term": "handle", "norm": "handle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A somewhat vague term applied to the impression of touch and sound when handling a sheet of paper. It includes such properties as feel, rattle, etc. 2. One or more strips of leather, cloth, or other material, attached loosely across the spine of a book from cover to cover and used to facilitate removal of the book from the shelf. Handles are seldom used today, except for large blankbooks. 3. See: FEEL.", "chars": 432, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1706", "term": "handmade paper", "norm": "handmade paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type or class of paper made in hand molds in single sheets, and having a rough or DECKLE EDGE on\n\nall four sides. The paper is made by dipping the MOLD (1), of the size required, into the vat containing the stock, and then lifting it out with a particular motion, thus causing the fibers to bond together forming a sheet. Because of the methods employed in lifting and shaking the mold, handmade paper often has very little discernible grain or MACHINE DIRECTION, which means that it has more or less the same strength properties in both (all) directions. It is therefore unlike machine-made paper, which is much stronger in the machine direction than in the cross direction. Handmade paper is also generally superior to machine-made paper in that it is usually sized with gelatin, glue, or similar material, without the use of rosin or alum. It is relatively very expensive because, from the pulp stage, all of the operations are performed by hand and in single sheets; in contrast to the papermaking machine in which paper is felted, couched, pressed, dried, sized, calendered, and reeled in one continuous operation. For general information concerning paper, see: PAPER; PAPERMAKING. See also: COUCH ; DECKLE; FELT (1); WATERMARK.", "chars": 1449, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [1, 2, 79, 287, 320], "citations": ["Abbey, John Roland. English bindings, 1490-1940, in the library of J. R. Abbey. Edited by G. D. Hobson. London. Privately printed at the Chiswick Press. 1940.", "Abbey, John Roland. An exhibition of modern English and French bindings from the collection of Major J. R. Abbey. London. Arts Council. 1949.", "Clapperton, Robert Henderson. Paper; an historical account of its making by hand from the earliest times down to the present day. Oxford. Shakespeare Head Press. 1934.", "Radford, Richard George. Letterpress machine work. New York. Staples Press. 1951. 2 vol.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HANG2", "term": "HANG THE PLATEN", "norm": "hang the platen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To tie the platen to the hose hooks, in a wooden press.\n\nTo perform this it is usual to lay on the press stone a form of solid type, and to turn the tympans down upon it, to place the platen in its place, square with the press, to pull the bar home, and to keep it in this situation by a letter board placed so as to take a bearing against the shoulder of the bar close to the handle, and also against the off cheek; but I prefer a piece of wide furniture with a notch cut in one end for the bar, and the other end against the off cheek, as it is more secure and less liable to be displaced; then to make a noose on a piece of laid cord, place this on one of the front hose hooks, and take a turn round the corresponding platen hooks, and continue these turns till a sufficient quantity of cord is wound round the hooks; take a hitch round one of the hooks to prevent the cord slipping, then begin to wind the cord round these layers, every two or three turns drawing it tight by taking a turn round a short piece of broad or narrow furniture, by means of which it may be drawn more forcibly, so as to bring the parts together, which makes it so firm that there is no danger of its giving way; the end may then be fastened to one of the hooks. The same process is repeated at the opposite angle, behind the press; then at the two other angles; the platen is then firmly hung, and is ready for work.\n\nThe same process is observed in iron presses, with the exception that the platen is not tied with cord; it is attached to the press by means of screws.\n\nHansard, Luke. See Donations.", "chars": 1631, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HANG1", "term": "HANG UP PAPER", "norm": "hang up paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To hang the sheets upon the poles to dry after they have been printed.\n\nFor this purpose the warehouseman takes the peel in his hand, and lays it flat upon the heap that is to be hung up, so as to let the paper project beyond the left side of it; he turns over upon it from six to twelve or fourteen sheets of paper, with the wrapper, and then moves the peel two or three inches to the left, and goes on repeating the process, till he has got as many lifts on it as it will conveniently support; he then raises them above the pole on which they are to be placed, and holding the handle slanting the sheets open at the under side, so that when the peel is withdrawn the lifts are left suspended on the pole; he then inserts the end of the peel between the first and second lifts, which are undermost, where he shifted his peel in taking them up, lifts them a little, and moves them farther from each other on the pole, still letting the one overhang a little the other he leaves in its first place, and thus he proceeds till one by one he has separated all he had upon his peel; he then takes another peelful, repeating this process, and so he goes on till the whole heap is hung up.\n\nHe is guided by circumstances as to the number of sheets he should take in a lift: if the work is in a great hurry, or his vacant poles are not in a favourable situation for drying, or the weather be rainy and the atmosphere charged with moisture, he will hang the paper up thin; but if he is short of pole-room, and the work is not in a great hurry, if the situation is favourable for drying, and the weather dry and warm, he will make his lifts thicker; but I would caution him not to go to an extreme, as in that case the paper may mildew upon the poles, particularly in the fold.\n\nHouses of extensive business have drying rooms fitted up with pipes, and heated either with steam or hot water, so that they can dry their printed paper expeditiously, without hinderance or drawback.", "chars": 2036, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-hanging-indention-1", "term": "Hanging indention", "norm": "hanging indention", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Where successive lines are set-in an em or more beyond the first line.", "chars": 70, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1711", "term": "hanging-in", "norm": "hanging-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A technique used in edition binding in which the TEXT BLOCK and its endpapers are joined to the case. The text block is positioned in the casing-in machine; the cover drops down over it; and the two are pressed to form the book.", "chars": 252, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [259], "citations": ["Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1712", "term": "hard bound", "norm": "hard bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": "hard binding", "dates": null, "text": "A book bound in cloth- or paper-covered stiff boards, as opposed to a book or pamphlet in a SELF-COVER, or a LIMP BINDING.\n\nThe term is not generally applied to handbound books covered in leather.", "chars": 242, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1714", "term": "hard glue", "norm": "hard glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A GLUE used in the past in machine case-making where quick setting was the principal requirement of the glue and minimum flexibility was not a serious disadvantage. Such glues are hard in the sense that they contain no plasticizer. They were not used for gluing-up the spine, lining-up, or for flexible cover making, and are now seldom used in book production for any purpose.", "chars": 400, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HARD1", "term": "HARD IMPRESSION", "norm": "hard impression", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When there is too much pull in working at press, particularly with engravings, and the lines come off strong which ought to be light and delicate, it is said the impression is hard.", "chars": 181, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HARD2", "term": "HARD INK", "norm": "hard ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Ink very well boiled.—M. It is now called strong ink.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HARD3", "term": "HARD JUSTIFYING", "norm": "hard justifying", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "If a compositor fills his stick very stiff with letters or spaces, they say it is hard justified.—M.", "chars": 100, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HARD4", "term": "HARD PULL", "norm": "hard pull", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In justifying the head of a press for a short pull, which is done by putting solid blocks of wood into the mortises of the cheeks, it is called an Hard Pull.—M. This relates to wooden presses; but, instead of the blocks of wood, scaleboard is now used, additional pieces of which are put into the mortises, by lowering the head, which is again tightly screwed up: in the Stanhope Press, and in Clymer’s, it is accomplished by shortening the coupling bar, by means of a screw; in Cogger’s press, by a screw through the head; and in Cope’s press, by putting pieces of plate iron upon the crown of the platen. In Sherwin and Cope’s Imperial press, by turning a screw attached to a wedge placed in the front, above the spindle; Mr. Hopkinson has adopted the same method in Cope’s press, placed on the near side.", "chars": 814, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1716", "term": "hard rolled", "norm": "hard rolled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term descriptive of the toughness and durability of the board used in bookbinding, e.g., \"hard rolled millboard.\" The term has no meaning other than that the board has been rolled under pressure and is very firm.", "chars": 214, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [365], "citations": ["Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1717", "term": "hard sized", "norm": "hard sized", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper which has received a maximum of sizing, resulting in a paper having a high degree of water resistance. The term applies only to the siZing characteristics of the paper. Cf: SLACK SIZED.", "chars": 217, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 98], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HARD5", "term": "HARD WORK", "norm": "hard work", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "With compositors, ill written copy, much Italick, Latin or Greek, or marginal notes, or few breaks, &c. is called Bad, Heavy, Hard Work: with pressmen, small letter and a large form is called Hard Work.—M. See Bad Work.\n\nThere has been an alteration in the mode of paying for work since Moxon’s time, which is to the advantage of the workman: foreign languages, Greek, and marginal notes are now extra charges; and the Pressman has an additional price for his work, as the type decreases in size and the size of the page increases. See Prices.", "chars": 705, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1715", "term": "hard-grained goat", "norm": "hard-grained goat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": "hard-grained morocco", "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable-tanned goatskin with the characteristic soft and small pinhead grain pattern produced by BOARDING (1) in a wet condition in a minimum of four directions. The grain is much tighter than that of LEVANT and the leather itself is firmer and harder than NIGER.", "chars": 339, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1713", "term": "hardener", "norm": "hardener", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A substance or mixture of substances added to an adhesive to promote or control the curing reaction by taking part in it. The term is also used to designate a substance used to increase the degree of hardness of the cured adhesive. See also: PLASTICIZER (1). 2. A substance added to paints or varnishes to provide a harder finish.", "chars": 357, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1718", "term": "Harleian style", "norm": "harleian style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An English style of book decoration which came into vogue in about 1720. The name derives from the books of the Harleian library founded by Robert Harley (1661-1724), and expanded considerably by his son, Edward (1689-1741). Although the name Chapman was once associated with these bindings, along with that of Elliott, it has been established that at least the more important bindings were probably executed by Thomas Elliott. The general characteristics of the bindings are the predominantly bright red color (and inferior quality) of the morocco leather used, and a three-line fillet running around the edges of the covers. Within the fillet is a broad-tooled border made up of two or three sprigs of various patterns, and a large central ornament, usually in the shape of an elongated lozenge, built up from a number of small units.", "chars": 836, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 241, 280], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1719", "term": "Harrison method", "norm": "harrison method", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: REVERSED V-GUARD.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1720", "term": "head", "norm": "head", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The margin at the top of a printed page. 2. The top of a book or leaf. 3. The top of the spine of a book where the HEADBAND is located. 4. The top edge of a bound book. See also: TAIL (1). 5. That portion of a hide or skin from the head of the animal.", "chars": 302, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAD1", "term": "HEAD", "norm": "head", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That part of a wooden press in which the nut of the spindle is fixed; it has a tenon at each end which fit into long mortises in the cheeks, not tightly, but sufficiently so to prevent lateral motion; and it is suspended from the cap by two long iron bolts, which go through the head and the cap, above which are iron washers and screws by which to lower the head, or screw it up tighter. The head is usually made of elm. The whole of the pressure in the process of printing is between the head and the winter.", "chars": 510, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-head-and-tail-1", "term": "Head and Tail", "norm": "head and tail", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The top and bottom of a book.", "chars": 29, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-head-and-tail-1", "term": "Head and Tail", "norm": "head and tail", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The top and bottom of the back of a book.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAD2", "term": "HEAD BAND", "norm": "head band", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin bar of iron that connects the two sides of the tympans at the top: it is made thin, to allow it to run under the platen without impediment. The half of the frisket joints are riveted to the head band. See Frisket Joints.", "chars": 258, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-head-band-1", "term": "Head Band", "norm": "head band", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A knitting of silk or thread worked in at the head and foot of the shelf back of the book.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-head-band-1", "term": "Head Band", "norm": "head band", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The silk or cotton ornament worked at the head and tail of a volume, as a finish and to make the back even with the boards.", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-head-band-1", "term": "Head Band", "norm": "head band", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "a fillet of silk or thread, worked at the head and tail of the back.", "chars": 68, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1723", "term": "head bolt", "norm": "head bolt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The top or \"head\" folds of a section. See also: BOLT.", "chars": 77, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAD3", "term": "HEAD BOLTS", "norm": "head bolts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two long bolts that pass through the head and the cap, in wooden presses, with a screw at the upper end: the head of the press is supported upon the heads of the bolts, and their screw ends pass through the cap, upon which they are secured by washers and female screws that can be tightened by the fingers; these screws are for the purpose of screwing up the head, to justify the pull.", "chars": 385, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1724", "term": "head box", "norm": "head box", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A large flow box on a Fourdrinier papermaking machine. The furnish of dilute stock is pumped into the head box and from there flows onto the wire where it is formed into the web of paper. The head box is equipped with baffles and other flow-evening devices; it also agitates the stock so as to prevent flocculation of the fibers. The head box is designed to spread the flow of furnish evenly and uniformly the entire width of the wire between the deckles. The box may be open, in which case the height of the stock provides the pressure, or closed, in which case air pressure is used. 2. A flow-regulating device on a cylinder papermaking machine which controls the volume of stock flowing to the screens and mixing boxes before the vats.", "chars": 741, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 80], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Clapperton, Robert Henderson. The paper-making machine; its invention, evolution and development. New York. Pergamon Press. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-head-cap-1", "term": "Head cap", "norm": "head cap", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the fold of leather over the head band (see Fig. 67).", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-head-cap-1", "term": "Head cap", "norm": "head cap", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fold of leather over the headband.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAD4", "term": "HEAD LINE", "norm": "head line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The top line of a page in which is the running title and the folio, but sometimes only a folio: the divisions and subdivisions of a work, when they are set in lines, and chapters, are also called Head Lines.", "chars": 214, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAD5", "term": "HEAD OF A PAGE", "norm": "head of a page", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The top or beginning of a page.—M.", "chars": 34, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAD6", "term": "HEAD PAGE", "norm": "head page", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The first page of a work, and each page on which a new division of the subject commences, such as parts and chapters, provided they begin the page.", "chars": 147, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAD7", "term": "HEAD PIECES", "norm": "head pieces", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The same changes have taken place with regard to head pieces that I have described under the article Fac; from the beautiful drawings with which manuscripts and some of the first productions of the press were illuminated, they gradually descended to engravings on wood, which was the first step, then to cast metal ornaments, and then to the types called flowers, which were displayed in every variety of form that they were capable of, or that the ingenuity of the printer could devise; these gave place to a piece of double brass rule, that is now out of fashion; and head pieces at the present day are only spoken of as things that once existed. See Fac.", "chars": 712, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAD8", "term": "HEAD STICK", "norm": "head stick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pieces of furniture put at the head of pages when a form is imposed, to make the margin at the head of the page; they are called reglets, if they exceed not an English thick.—M. See Bolts.", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1727", "term": "head trim", "norm": "head trim", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The measurement required to determine the position of printed matter before the final trimming of a sewn book.", "chars": 110, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-head-sticks-1", "term": "Head-sticks", "norm": "head-sticks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Furniture put at the head of pages in imposition, to make margin.", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1721", "term": "headband", "norm": "headband", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A functional and/or ornamental band at the head and tail of a book between the sections and the spine covering, which projects slightly beyond the head and tail. Originally, the headband consisted of a thong core, similar to the bands on which the book was sewn, around which the ends of the threads were twisted and then laced into the boards of the book. Today, however, the headband is much simpler and is usually made of colored silk sewn to the book or simply attached after the volume has been forwarded. In edition binding they are almost always manufactured separately and then attached, while in library binding they have been replaced for the most part by a length of cord around which the covering material is rolled at both head and tail.\n\nHeadbands at one time were distinguished as the \"headband\" and \"tailband,\" but both are now called \"headbands\" or simply \"heads,\" although the term \"endband,\" to indicate both, single headband with core of vellum seems to be preferred by some bookbinders.\n\nThe original headbands were intrinsically a part of the sewing of the book, and were used in lieu of kettle stitches in linking the sections together. They were a part of the construction of the book, which possibly explains why they were (and are) at both the head and tail, rather than just at the head. This type of headband was eventually discarded, however, because it did not permit cutting the edges subsequent to sewing, despite the fact that it had the great advantage of also banding the top and bottom of the sections together tightly.\n\nTechniques of headbanding continued to change, and by the 12th century, or even earlier, it became the common practice to sew the bands independently of the sections. Furthermore, until the end of the 15th century, they were always tied down in the fold of each section, when the increased production of books subsequent to Gutenberg made it necessary to reduce the cost of binding a single book. Thereafter, they were tied down at greater intervals.\n\nBecause the boards of early bindings were cut flush, it was the usual practice to cut away the corners of the leaves at head and tail so as to make room for the bands and also to keep them from protruding too far and possibly being damaged.\n\nHeadbands of the 12th and early 13th centuries were combined with a leather tab which extended beyond the spine, whereas from the middle of the 13th century to the end of the 15th century, the leather cover at the end of the spine was frequently cut so that it just covered the headbands. The cover was then sewn through from front to back, or vice versa, underneath and along the length of the hidden headband, resulting in a series of stitches on the spine of the book, as well as a series where normally one expected to see the beading. The binder usually used uncolored thread for both this and the headband, which was usually single and sewn independently of the sewing of the book. The plaited headband, which was made with strips of leather (usually tawed and stained pink), was still another variation. This type was rare in England but often used in Germany in the late 15th and early 16th centuries. This type of headband, which is the strongest ever devised, consisted of two thongs plaited around a core of rolled vellum, which had already been sewn to the book. The thongs also passed through holes made in the leather at the top of the spine where it was cut off instead of being turned in. When using this type of headband, the leather cover was sewn by means of plaited thongs to the primary headband which had already been sewn to the book, thereby making a solid connection at an important point.\n\nThe conventional headband, which was sewn with colored silk or other type of thread, and which had the beading showing at the bottom complete with HEADCAP, was introduced very early in the 16th century and quickly became popular. The prevalent colors were blue and white, but pink and blue, pink and brown, as well as other combinations were also used.\n\nDouble headbands are not often seen in 16th century English bookbinding, but they were used to some extent on the Continent. They acquired popularity in England in the 17th century, utilizing more interesting colors and superior materials than on the Continent. Until the beginning of the 20th century the double headband usually consisted of two rolls, one smaller than the other, with the smaller placed above the larger; however, early in the 20th century binders began placing the smaller band both in front of and below the larger. It also became the common practice to use a flat strip of material rather than a larger roll.\n\nOnly a relatively few bookbinders since the 15th century have taken the trouble to tie down headbands at every section, or even tried to put the needle through the fold of the section where the tie-down was being made; instead it went between the leaves at intervals of 1/ to 1/2 inch.\n\nWhen the headband is an integral part of the book, it serves the practical purpose of taking up much of the strain from the spine covering when the book is pulled from the shelf in the usual manner. The worked headband reinforces that part of the spine covering extending beyond the text block because of the squares. The headband that is only glued on, on the other hand, is merely decorative and often falls short even in that respect, as it usually looks cheap and also as though it were an afterthought. Although it is generally believed that glued-on headbands were unknown before the early 19th century, i.e., the beginning of the rise of edition binding as we know it today, they were being used, at least in Germany, as early as the last decade of the 16th century. They were probably not used in English bookbinding until sometime in the first half of the 17th century. Although it must be assumed that glued on bands were used in that time as an economy measure, they probably required as much time to make as worked headbands. They were made by sewing two threads of the same or different colors in the usual manner with a cross-over beading onto a strip of vellum, which sometimes had its upper edge bent over to provide greater bulk. In many cases about 3/4 inch on each side of the core was not sewn but was attached to the boards, usually on the outside. In other cases the bulk of the headband was cut to the thickness of the book and only the part under the sewing extended across the joints or was laced through the joints on some vellum bindings.", "chars": 6531, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [141, 172, 236, 241, 335], "citations": ["Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-headband-1", "term": "headband", "norm": "headband", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The silk or cotton ornament worked at the ends so as to make the back even with the squares.", "chars": 92, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-headband-1", "term": "headband", "norm": "headband", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The silk or cotton ornament worked at the head and tail of a book to give it a finished look, to strengthen it and to make the back even with the squares or boards which form the sides. On cheap binding the headband is cut from a strip of machine-made material and pasted in merely for ornament.", "chars": 295, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1722", "term": "headbanding", "norm": "headbanding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of working or gluing headbands to the text block of a book. See also: HEADBAND.", "chars": 115, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1725", "term": "headcap", "norm": "headcap", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The leather covering at the head and tail of the spine of a book, formed by turning the leather on the spine over the head and tail and shaping it.\n\nKnocking the dampened leather over the headbands so as to form protective caps was a technique introduced early in the 16th century. Although turning over the leather actually began to be done around 1500, it was not squared and sharply angled, nor was it initially tied around the joints. BACK CORNERING and tying around the joints so as to make indentation at the ends, which improved the setting of the headcaps, was introduced during the latter part of the 18th century. The technique of setting the headcaps has been customary in fine binding since its introduction.", "chars": 762, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 236, 237], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1726", "term": "headed outline tool", "norm": "headed outline tool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CUSPED EDGE STAMP.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAP1", "term": "HEAP", "norm": "heap", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "So many reams or quires as are set out by the warehouse-keeper for the pressman to wet, is called a Heap; but then it is called a dry heap, till the pressman have wet it, and then it is indeed called a Heap.—M.\n\nWhen paper is given out for a work, and wetted, it is called a heap, and retains that name till it is made up into books.\n\nIn gathering the printed sheets in the warehouse, all the sheets of each signature are placed upon the gathering table, arranged in their regular order, except it be a long number, and then about a bundle of each; each signature in this situation is called a heap.", "chars": 609, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEAP2", "term": "HEAP HOLDS OUT", "norm": "heap holds out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When it hath its full intended number of sheets.—M. At the present time, when accidents and other causes have not reduced the surplus so much as to prevent the warehouseman from delivering the proper number.\n\nHeavy Work. See Bad Work and Hard Work.\n\n", "chars": 399, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1728", "term": "heat", "norm": "heat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A somewhat vague term specifically associated with the motion of atoms or molecules, but also applied in a general sense to the condition of excessive warmth or high temperature. Excessive heat results in the lowering of flexibility, strength, and resistance to natural decay through loss of moisture from leather, paper, adhesives, etc., as well as acceleration of decomposition reactions.", "chars": 390, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1729", "term": "heat-set ink", "norm": "heat-set ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A printing ink manufactured in such a manner as to enable it to dry quickly, thus allowing for higher speed printing. The materials used in manufacture vary but usually include a concentrated pigment, synthetic resins, and one of the volatile oils. Following printing, the printed web of paper is heated to a temperature of approximately 350° F. (177° C.) which volatilizes the oil, after which the web is rapidly cooled by passing it through chilled rollers which hardens the residue.", "chars": 485, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 276], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1730", "term": "heat-set tissue", "norm": "heat-set tissue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lens tissue especially prepared for use in mending tears in paper, strengthening margins, and for laminating weak or badly torn leaves, by means of dry application rather than by the traditional aqueous application. The tissue is made of pure cellulose consisting of more or less lOO% rag content, no coating or additives, and a pH of 7.0. The tissue is not structurally uniform in texture, consequently there are small random open spaces and some bunching of fibers. Although its thickness is presumed to be approximately 0.0015 inch, this can vary from one batch to another, although it does not normally exceed 0.002 inch. The tissue is coated on one side with an acrylic resin. It is applied to both sides of tears, but to only one side of a weakened leaf, provided that no adhesive is exposed on the other side. The tissue is tipped on the leaf with a warm iron (approximately 100° F.), and then pressed on firmly through terylene or a textured paper. The iron is not pressed directly on the heat-set tissue because this might result in blocking and may also impart a sheen to the tissue, thus making it more noticeable.", "chars": 1127, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1731", "term": "heavy filling", "norm": "heavy filling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A WEFT yarn that is greater in diameter than those normally used in the fabric.", "chars": 103, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [341], "citations": ["U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1732", "term": "heavy warp", "norm": "heavy warp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A WARP yarn that is greater in diameter than those normally used in the fabric.", "chars": 103, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [341], "citations": ["U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HEBRE", "term": "HEBREW", "norm": "hebrew", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Chaldaic letters are derived from the ancient Hebrew or Samaritan, which are the same, or nearly so, with the old Phenicien. The prophet Ezra, is supposed to have exchanged the old Hebrew characters, for the more beautiful and commodious Chaldee, which are still in use.\n\nHebrew has no capitals; and therefore letters of the same shape, but of a large body, are used at the beginning of chapters and other parts of Hebrew work.\n\nThe Hebrew Alphabet.\n\n\n\nParticular attention should be paid to the letters in the column “Similitude” in the Table of the Alphabet, which are liable to be mistaken, one for the other, on account of their great resemblance one to another.\n\nThe vowels properly so called are ten in number, viz.:\n\nSheva (בְ) is sounded like very short e. 1. At the beginning of a word. 2. In the middle after a long vowel, or instead of a long vowel. 3. After a companion, i. e. another (וְ). 4. Under dagesh, also under dagesh understood.\n\nDagesh, from the Chaldaic, he punctured, is a point in the body of a letter, and is either lene or forte.\n\nDagesh lene removes the aspiration from the six letters בְּגַדכְּפַת, and strengthens their pronunciation in some degree.\n\nDagesh forte doubles the letters in which it occurs. Regularly it follows a short vowel, and only a long one when accented.\n\nMappik is a point in הּ final only, but vanishes on an increase of the word.\n\nAccents.\n\nHebrew accents are either mere points, or lines, or circles.\n\nThose which are mere points or dots, consist of one, or two, or three such points, and are always placed above the middle of the accented letter, thus\n\nThat consisting of\n\nOne, called rebia, ב֗, i. e. sitting over.\n\nTwo, called royal zakeph katon, ב֔, or, the little elevator, from its figure which is composed of upright points.\n\nThree, called royal segolta, ב֒, an inverted (∵).\n\nThe lines are either upright, inclined, or transverse.\n\nThe upright is either solitary or with points or dots.\n\nThe solitary is either\n\nbetween two words ב׀ב, termed pesick, or musical pause, and terminating a song.\n\nor under a word\n\nMetheg בֽ, or bridle, an euphonic accent at the beginning of a word.\n\nRoyal silluk, בֽ, end, which is placed before (׃) sophpasuk, i. e. towards the end.\n\nWith points, namely\n\ntwo, above the letter, royal zakeph gadhol ב֕, the great elevator, strains the sound.\n\none, below the letter, royal tebhir, ב֛, broken sound, from its figure and tone.\n\n\n\nInclined lines hang either above or below.\n\nAbove, towards the right\n\nLeader pashta, ב֙, extension, extends the voice or sound, and is placed above the last letter of the word. Subservient kadma, ב֨, antecedent, to the leader geresh; and is placed above the penult or antepenult letter.\n\nAbove, towards the left\n\nLeader geresh, ב֝, expulsion, is sung with an impelled voice.\n\nGereshajim, ב֞, two expellers, from the figure being doubled.\n\nBelow, towards the right—Leader tiphcha, ב֖, fatigue, from the song, or note.\n\nBelow, towards the left\n\nOf subservient Merca, ב֥, lengthening out, from its lengthening out the song or note.\n\nMerca kephula, ב֦, a double lengthening out from its music and figure.\n\nThe transverse line is either right or curved, thus: ֮־ .\n\nThe right line is placed between two words, connecting them together, thus, ב־ב, and is called maccaph, i. e. connexion.\n\nThe curved, or waved line, ב֮, is called leader, zarka, or, the disperser, from its modulation and figure.\n\nCircles are either entire or semi.\n\nThe entire circle is placed always above, and has a small inclined line attached to it.\n\nEither, on the left, when it is placed at the head of the word, ב֠, and is called leader telisha the greater, or, the great evulsion.\n\nOr, on the right, when it is placed at the end, ב֩, and is called subservient telisha the less.\n\nOn both together, ב֟, called leader karne para, the horns of the heifer, from its modulation and figure.\n\nThe semicircle is either solitary or pointed.\n\nThe solitary is either angular or reflected.\n\nThe angular is on the right\n\nSubservient hillui, ב֬, elevated, from the elevation of the voice.\n\nMunach, ב֣, placed below, from its position.\n\nThe angular is on the left\n\nLeader jethith, ב֚, drawing back, from its figure.\n\nSubservient mahpach, ב֤, inverted, also from its figure.\n\nThe reflected is\n\neither single subservient darga, ב֧, a degree.\n\nor double, leader, shalsheleth, ב֓, a chain, from its figure and modulation.\n\nWhen joined with other points, it is either above or below the letter.\n\nWhen above the letter it has a small line attached to it on the left, ב֡, leader paser, the dispersor, from the diffusion of the note.\n\nWhen below the letter, it is pointed either downwards, ב֑, called royal athnach, respiration, as the voice must rest on it, and respire; or upwards, ב֪, subservient, jerah-ben-jomo, the moon of its own day, from its figure.—Bythner’s Lyre of David, translated by the Rev. Thomas Dee, A.B. 8vo. Dublin, 1836.\n\n\n\nThe following observations are from Buxtorf’s Hebrew Grammar:\n\nThe finals are commonly called Camnephatz. But they are excepted in four places, namely, Isaiah ix. 6. where the final Mem is in the middle of a word; Nehemiah ii. 13. where the open Mem is at the end; and Job xxxviii. 1. and xl. 6. where נ is at the end.\n\nThese seven letters ﬡ ﬢ ﬣ ﬥ ﬦ ﬧ ﬨ are sometimes lengthened, either for the sake of elegance, or for filling out the line, which is never to be finished with a divided word.\n\nThe units are compounded with the tens and hundreds, as יא 11, קא 101, and so on: but for יה 15 is טו 9 and 6, lest the sacred name יָהּ Jah should be profaned.—Buxtorf.\n\nHebrew is read from the right to the left. In composing it, the general method is to place the nick of the letter downwards, and when the points are put to the top, to turn the line and arrange those points that come under the letter, taking care to place them in the following order; if the letter has but one leg, the point must be placed immediately under that leg, but otherwise the point must be placed under the centre.\n\nSmith, in his Printer’s Grammar, has the following observations on Hebrew; I have not been able to ascertain upon what authority his reasoning is founded, but I have ascertained the fact of the variation in the types, that he speaks of, by an examination of a Hebrew Bible.\n\n“But we must not pronounce it a fault, if we happen to meet in some Bibles with words that begin with a letter of a much larger Body than the mean Text; nor need we be astonish’d to see words with letters in them of a much less Body than the mean Text; or wonder to see final letters used in the middle of words; for such Notes shew that they contain some particular and mystical meaning. Thus in 2 Chron. I. 1. the word Adam begins with a letter of a larger size than the rest, thereby to intimate, that Adam is the father of all Mankind. Again, in Genes. I. 1. the great Beth in the word Bereschith stands for a Monitor of the great and incomprehensible work of Creation. Contrary to the first, in Prov. XXVIII. 17. the Daleth in the word Adam is considerably less than the Letter of the main text, to signify, that whoever oppresses another openly or clandestinely, tho’ of a mean condition; or who sheds innocent blood, is not worthy to be called Man.\n\n“Sometimes the open or common Mem stands in the room of a final one; as in Nehem. II. 13. where the word hem has an open Mem at the end, in allusion to the torn and open walls of Jerusalem, of which there is mention made; and in Es. VII. 14. where the Prophet speaks of the Conception of the Virgin Mary, the Mem in the word haalma, or Virgin, is a close or final letter, to intimate the virginity of the mother of our Saviour. Such are the peculiarities of some Jewish Rabbis in Bibles of their publication; of which we have instanced the above, to caution compositors not to take them for faults, if such mystical writings should come under their hands.”—Smith.\n\nThe following is the date to an Hebrew and Spanish folio Bible, printed by Proops of Amsterdam in 5522 (i. e. 1762), showing the date as usual in a sentence, the letters by which the date is computed being larger.\n\nבשנת וׅׄיקראו בספרׅׄ תוׅׄרת אלהיׅׄם מפורשׅׄ לפ׳ק Ao. 5522.\n\n\n\nRabbinical.—The language or dialect of the Rabbins is divided into two branches; one approaching nearer to the Hebrew, and the other to the Chaldee, yet each agrees with the other in many points, and both are generally used in conjunction in writing.\n\nThe letters agree with the Hebrew and Chaldee in regard to their number and power, but they differ as to the form; for although in the Talmudic text of the Holy Scriptures the Hebrew square character is used, yet in commentaries and elsewhere a rounder letter is adopted, better suited to promote facility in writing. Their points of agreement or difference are shown in the subjoined table:—\n\nThe finals are the same as in Hebrew, the forms of which they also imitate, in this manner, ך ך, ם ם, ן ן, ף ף, ץ ץ.\n\nThere are no lengthened letters in printed books.\n\nThe two letters א and ל are often connected by the Rabbins in this manner, ﭏ; as, הﭏ for אֶלָּא Deus, ﭏא for אֶלָּא sed.\n\nIt is also to be remarked that they write the name of GOD in different ways; namely, the Tetragrammaton, or יְיָ with the Targumists, or יי, or האם and abbreviated ה׳, nomen illud, i.e. the most excellent; but in expressing the word אלהים, they change the letter ה into ד or ק, thus, אלדים or אלקים, which agrees with a general superstition of the Jews.\n\nThe vowel points are the same as in the Hebrew, but they are rarely expressed, except in books written for the use of students. When they are wanting, they must be gathered from analogy, in which much assistance may be gained from the frequent use and study of the Hebrew; but where conjecture may be difficult, the three letters י ו א, which are called the mothers of reading, are used in order to assist the reader. Thus (1.) א denotes Kamets in גנשי turpitudo, וודאי confessum, פדאם redemit eos, &c; (2.) Vau denotes Cholem, Kybbutz, and Kametscatuph; as, לקרוא vocare, פוקד visitans; כולם for כֻלָּם omnes illi, כהוכה for כְהֻכָּה sacerdotium, לפותרו for לְפָתְּרוֹ ad explicandum illud, &c; (3.) Jod denotes Chirek, Tseri, Segol, and occasionally in the Talmud both simple and compound Sheva; as, תפילה precatio, בישר annunciavit, איבר perdidit; also פירוש for פֵרוּש explicatio, אילי for אֵלַי ad me, שיני for שֵׁנִי secundus, ביה for בֵּהּ in eo, בריה for בְרֵהּ filius ejus, and so continually to mark the feminine affix בְּרָהּ.\n\nThe rules for the vowels, and for the Sheva, both simple and compound, and also for the diphthongs, are the same as in the Hebrew and Chaldee.\n\nא is often absorbed by crasis, as, מצינא for מָצֵי אֲנָא possum, as if it were potens ego, ידענא scio, also of the feminine by an enallage frequent in this contraction, thus in לית and ליכא for לא אית and לא אינא non est. In the same manner ה is omitted by the Jews in תילם for תהילים psalmi. But many others are accustomed to be contracted in this manner by the Jews of Jerusalem, viz., א in נילו for כאילו quasi, ות for ואת et tu, דתfor דאת quod tu, דנא for דאנא quod ego, והיידינו for והיידא דין הוא quodnam est illud; ה in לון for להון illis; ח in תותי for תחותי sub; ד in קם, קום, or קותי, for קודם ante.\n\nApocope is frequent among the Talmudists, as, בי for בית domus, or בין inter. So in the pronouns both separate and suffixed, אתו for אתון vos, נו for נון vos, vester, הי for הון illis, suis; also in the feminine, ני for נין, הי for הין; and in the verbs, as, גרסי for גרסית docui, שקלתו sustulistis, קאיו stans, &c.\n\nAphæresis also occurs, though seldom, in חד for אחד unus, נא for אנא ego, נן for אנן nos, מר for אמר dixit.\n\nThey leave the Dagesh, both lene and forte, to be collected from analogy, but where it may be difficult to guess at, as in the preterite Pihel, the letter י indicates the little Chirek as well as the Dagesh forte, as, כיסה for כִסָּה texit; and in defectives the letter which had been thrown aside is sometimes restored, as, ינקם for יִקֹם ulciscetur, from נקם ulcisci.\n\nA point at the end of a letter generally denotes a number, as, א׳ unum, ב׳ duo, ג׳ tria, &c; but at the end of two or more letters it signifies a word cut off by a certain abbreviation, as, את׳ for dixit, לות׳ for לותר dicere, ה׳ ית׳ for הַשֵׁ יִתְבָרֵךְ Deus benedictus, וגו׳ for וִגוֹמַר et cætera, in an abrupt passage of Scripture, וכו׳ for וְכֻלּוֹ et totum illud, in sacred or profane use. Also פי׳ for פֵרוּשׁ interpretatio, or פֵרֵשׁ interpretatus est, ר׳ for רבי Rabbi, Magister, שנ׳ for שֶׁנִּאֱמַר quia dictum est, &c.\n\nA double point affixed to a letter indicates either compound numbers, as, י״ד 14, ט״ו 15, תמ״ד 444; or letters taken materially, as, א״לף Aleph, ב״ית Beth, גי״מל Gimel, &c.; or lastly abbreviations by initial letters alone, denoting entire words, which is called ראשי תיבות; the number of these is very great, as אי״ה, that is, (יעזור) אם ירצה השם si voluerit (or juverit) Deus, א״כ אִם כֵן si sic, si verum est, אע״פיש for אַף עַל פִי שֶׁ אף על פי ש etsi, quanquam, ה״בה or הק״בה for הברוך הוא or הקדוש ברוך הוא Deus benedictus, Deus sanctus benedictus; ה״שו for השם ימברך Deus benedictus, ז״ל for זכרונו לברכה memoria ejus sit in benedictione, or in the plural number זכרונם לברכה memoria eorum sit in benedictione; מ״ו for מס ושלום parce et pax sit, that is, absit; ״א for יש אמרים sunt qui dicunt; ״מ for מפרשים יש sunt qui interpretentur; י״ל for יַשׁ לוֹמַר est dicere, respondendum est; יצר׳ for ישמרהו צורו וגואלו custodiat eum petra ejus, et redemptor ejus; כ״א for כִּי אִם sed, nisi; כ״כ for כָל־כַךְ tantopere; נ״פ for כָל־פָנִים omnibus modis; כ״ש for כָל־שֶׁכֵּן quantò magis, quantò minus; ל״ש for לְשֵׁם שָׁמַֽיִם in honorem Dei; מ״מ for מִכָּל־מָקוֹם nihilominus, tamen; ע״ד for עַל דֶרֶךְ more, in modum; ע״ה for השלום super quo pax, ע״ז for עבודה זרה cultus alienus, idololatria; ע״פ for על פי ad formam, modum; ע״צ for עַל צַד ad latus, juxta; פ״א for פירוש אקר expositio alia; ר״ל for רוצה לומר vult dicere. Also ר״אבע Rabbi Aben-Ezra, ר״דק Rabbi David Kimchi, רל״בג Rabbi Levi Ben Gerson, רמ״בם Rabbi Moses Ben Maiemon, ר״שי Rabbi Salomon Iarchi, or Isaac, &c., which are also read abbreviated, and, as it were, figuratively, Raba, Radak, Ralbag, Rambam, Raschi, &c.\n\nAccents are omitted in Rabbinical books; but in pronouncing words the Hebrew accent is transposed from the last syllable to the penultimate, thus, they read בראשית ברא אלהים Beréschith bóro Elóhim, עולם הבא aúlom hábbo; for Vau Cholem is generally pronounced as the diphthong au, and the vowel Kamets as an o.\n\nThere are also certain marks of distinction, by which the perfect sense of a sentence is shown; for an imperfect sentence is not pointed off, and often not even a perfect one. But for this purpose there is used, either two perpendicular points, like the Soph-pasuk in Hebrew, but which appears rarely, and indeed not at all in some books; or a single point at the top of the letter similar to the Greek colon; or lastly, a down stroke, either straight, or oblique like the Greek acute accent, which, although the most frequently used, is yet often neglected.\n\nThe purer Rabbins commonly use Hebrew words, but they have also some words peculiar to themselves, which are either borrowed from other languages, as, for example, from the Chaldee, אִילָן arbor, גַדָּא fortuna, חָזַר rediit, &c.; from the Greek, אויר, ἀὴρ, aër, זימן, σημεῖον, signum, דורון, δῶρον, donum, הדיוע, ἰδώτης, idiota, פרהסייא, παῤῥησία, בפרהסייא apertè, palàm, &c.; from the Latin, אושפיזא hospes and hospitium, פלעיו and פלעוריו palatium, &c.; and even from the Hebrew, but in a Syro-Chaldaic signification, as, פרע rependit, ultus est, שקל sustulit, פרח volavit, סמר destruxit, &c., or taken evidently in a new sense, as, חין hæreticus, טען argumentando objecit. Also these three, שמים cœlum, המקום locus, and גבורה fortitudo, are often put for Deus, God.\n\nקָ, from the full particle קָא, prefixed to words expletively, and without any increase of signification, seems to be numbered with the serviles by the Talmudists, and which the more vulgar Rabbins, as Rabbi Lipman and the like, who are careless of a correct style, also imitate, as, דקאמר qui dixit, מאי קעביד משה quid fecit Moses? לא הווקא מעייליו ליה non introduxerunt eum, &c.\n\nThe preceding observations are translated from a small treatise intituled “Synopsis Institutionum Rabbinicarum,” by George Otho, Professor of the Greek and Oriental languages at the University of Marburg in Hesse, and who acknowledges to having derived his information from Cellarius, Buxtorf, and Hackspan; and bound in connexion with the “Fundamenta Punctationis Linguæ Sanctæ,” of Jacob Alting, printed at Frankfort-on-the-Maine, 2 vols. 1717.\n\n\n\nPlan of a Pair of Hebrew Cases, as used in the Queen’s Printing Office.\n\n\n\n\n\nIn the above plans the Hebrew Cases nearly resemble those of the English now in use. The alphabets have been classified and arranged so as to facilitate the composing of it; that is, the three different dotted alphabets in the upper case are quite distinct from each other, being separated by a thicker partition, to lead the eye of the compositor to it with greater certainty. The alphabet, with the dot over the letter, appears first in order, or left hand side of the case; the second alphabet, with the dot in the middle of the letter, under that of the first; and the third alphabet, with the dot over and in the middle of the letter, in the small capital, or right hand side of the case; and underneath, the points and accents required in composing Hebrew with points.\n\nThe lower case letters are also arranged as near to the English plan as is possible: the א (a) in the a box; the ב (b) in the b box, &c. so that the compositor can go from a pair of English cases to the Hebrew ones with very little perplexity, and a great saving of time, instead of looking over a wide surface of three cases, as is now the case, without any classification or arrangement whatever.\n\nIn composing Hebrew without points the lower case only is required, as the final letters and broad letters are brought into it, and quite under the hand of the compositor, which is desirable.\n\nHebrew in the British Founderies.\n\nTwo Line Great Primer. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley. Oxford.\n\nTwo Line Great Primer, with Points. Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nTwo Line English. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley. Wilson.\n\nTwo Line English, with Points. Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nDouble Pica. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley. Wilson.\n\nDouble Pica, with Points. Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nGreat Primer. Caslon and Livermore. Wilson.\n\nGreat Primer, with Points. Caslon and Livermore.\n\nEnglish. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley, formerly Bynneman’s. Oxford. Wilson.\n\nEnglish, with Points. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley. V. and J. Figgins. Wilson; this was cut after the classical and elegant type of Attias, for Mr. John Wertheimer of Leman Street, and is employed in printing the prayers of the Sphardim, edited by the Rev. D. A. De Sola. It may be cast on any body from English to Bourgeois.\n\nPica. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley. V. and J. Figgins. Wilson.\n\nPica, with Points. Caslon and Livermore.\n\nSmall Pica. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley, formerly Bynneman’s. V. and J. Figgins. Wilson.\n\nSmall Pica, with Points. V. and J. Figgins. This fount of Hebrew was cut for Bagster’s Polyglot Bible.\n\nLong Primer. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley, formerly Bynneman’s. V. and J. Figgins. Oxford. Wilson.\n\nBourgeois. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley.\n\nBrevier. Caslon and Livermore. Thorowgood and Besley, formerly Bynneman’s. Wilson.\n\nMinion. Wilson.\n\nNonpareil. Caslon and Livermore; with points it is equal to a Long Primer body. V. and J. Figgins. Wilson.\n\n\n\nSmall Pica, Rabbinical. Thorowgood and Besley, formerly Bynneman’s.\n\nBrevier, Rabbinical. Thorowgood and Besley, formerly Bynneman’s.\n\nNonpareil, Rabbinical. Thorowgood and Besley, formerly Bynneman’s.", "chars": 26848, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_311.jpg", "caption": "The Hebrew Alphabet", "alt": "The Hebrew Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_314.jpg", "caption": "Date of a 1762 Bible in Hebrew", "alt": "Date of a 1762 Bible in Hebrew", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_315.jpg", "caption": "Hebrew and Rabbinical Alphabet", "alt": "Hebrew and Rabbinical Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_318.jpg", "caption": "Layout of the Hebrew case", "alt": "Layout of the Hebrew case", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1733", "term": "heel-ball", "norm": "heel-ball", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A shoemaker's composition of wax and lampblack, sometimes used to take rubbings of book spines.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [25], "citations": ["Bailey, Arthur Low. Library bookbinding. New York. Wilson. 1916."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-heel-ball-1", "term": "heel-ball", "norm": "heel-ball", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A preparation of wax used by shoemakers, in the form of a ball, in burnishing the heels of shoes.", "chars": 97, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1734", "term": "height", "norm": "height", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The overall dimension of a bound volume from head to tail, including the squares. Library binders frequently base their prices for binding on the height of the volume up to a specified thickness, e.g., 2 1/2 inches. The volumes are priced on the basis of each additional 1 or 2 inches, beginning with a minimum height, usually 8 inches, as for example:\n\nLibrary Books Cost\n\nUp to and including 8 inches Basic price\n\nOver 8 inches and including 9 inches Higher price\n\nOver 9 inches and including 10 inches Higher price\n\nOver 10 inches and including 11 inches Higher price\n\nOver 11 inches Higher price\n\nMagazines\n\nUp to and including 10 inches Basic price\n\nOver 10 inches and including 12 inches Higher price\n\nOver 12 inches and including 14 inches Higher price\n\nOver 14 inches and including 16 inches Higher price\n\nOver 16 inches Higher price", "chars": 978, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-hell-1", "term": "Hell", "norm": "hell", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The receptacle for broken or battered letters; the old-metal box; the shoe.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1735", "term": "hemicelluloses", "norm": "hemicelluloses", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any of several cell wall polysaccharides present in almost all vegetable fibers. Although impervious to water and almost all natural organic solvents, they may be removed gradually by means of aqueous alkalis. They are hydrolized to simple sugars, uronic acids and acetic acid when heated with dilute acids. Their molecular weights are usually lower than those of various celluloses. The presence of hemicelluloses in paper improves its bonding and folding characteristics.", "chars": 473, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 235], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1736", "term": "hemlock (bark)", "norm": "hemlock (bark)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable tanning material derived from either the Eastern (Canadian) hemlock, Tsuga canadensis, or the Western hemlock. T. heterophylla, the former being the best known and most used. The bark of the eastern hemlock has an average tannin content of 15 to 16%, while that of the western variety average 10 to 11%. One characteristic of the bark is the lack of any appreciable quantity of sugars, with the result that it does not produce acids by fermentation. Because of this, it is customary to add a small amount of organic acid to hemlock tan liquor. Another characteristic is the reddish color it imparts to the leather, which can be modified considerably by the addition of other tanning materials, such as oak bark or quebracho.\n\nHemlock bark was for many years the most important tanning material used in the United States and Canada, and was, along with oak bark, the principal material used in tanning leather on a commercial scale.\n\nIt was responsible for the characteristic \"red\" leather produced in America in the 19th century. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 1090, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1737", "term": "hemp", "norm": "hemp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A tall Asiatic herb, Cannabis sativa, which yields a tough bast fiber when retted. Hemp fibers are difficult to distinguish from linen by ordinary examination, but their presence may be suspected in a fibrillated paper. Hemp is used mainly for thin, opaque papers of great strength; however, it is almost never used alone. The term \"hemp\" has also come to be used in a generic sense as fiber and is then preceded by an adjective, e.g., Manila hemp (See: ABACA), Seisal hemp (See: SISAL), etc. Hemp is also fairly widely employed for the cords used in sewing books.", "chars": 612, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 62, 143, 198], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Britt, Kenneth W., ed. Handbook of pulp and paper technology. 2nd ed. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1970.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1738", "term": "heraldic cresting", "norm": "heraldic cresting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of cresting used in decorating bookbindings, the projections of which terminate in heraldic emblems. See also: CRESTING ROLL", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HERAL", "term": "HERALDRY", "norm": "heraldry", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The colours of the escutcheon, or of its ordinaries and charges, are:—\n\nThe two first being ordinarily represented by gold and silver, are called metals, and named by heralds after the French.\n\nThe two last are rarely seen in English coats of arms. The heraldic colours are usually estimated as five,—red, blue, black, green, purple.\n\nHigh Bearer. See Bearer.", "chars": 408, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1739", "term": "herringbone pattern", "norm": "herringbone pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pattern on cloth consisting of adjacent rows of parallel lines where any two adjacent rows slope slightly in reverse directions.", "chars": 130, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1740", "term": "Hertzberg stain", "norm": "hertzberg stain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A chemical test frequently used to detect the presence of specific fibers in a paper. The Hertzberg stain not only has a greater degree of color selectivity than any other stain, it also brings out the details of the structure very effectively in the case of those fibers which it does not stain with a selective color. It is prepared from: 1) a saturated solution of zinc chloride in distilled water; 2) a solution containing 0.25 gram of iodine and 5.25 grams of potassium iodide dissolved in 12.5 ml. of distilled water; and 3) the entire solution of number 2 added to 25 ml. of number 1. The colors produced are:\n\nColor indicating the presence of:\n\nRed Sulfite or sulfate chemical wood\n\npulp, esparto, straw, bamboo, and\n\nmost other chemically treated\n\nfibers.\n\nYellow-brown Chemical wood pulp which has been\n\nincompletely cooked (so as to\n\npreserve strength), with the\n\nresult that some lignins are still\n\npresent.\n\nBright yellow Materials containing lignin, e.g.,\n\ngroundwood pulp, jute and\n\nunbleached manila hemp.", "chars": 1022, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [72, 143], "citations": ["Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1741", "term": "hexane", "norm": "hexane", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any of the five isometric volatile liquid paraffin hydrocarbons, of the formula (C6H14), the most important isomer being (CH3(CH2)4CH3) Hexane is used as a solvent and thinner for the wax used in some leather dressings, and also a solvent for the adhesive of pressure-sensitive tapes.", "chars": 350, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 173], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1742", "term": "hidden painting", "norm": "hidden painting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FORE-EDGE PAINTING.", "chars": 48, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1743", "term": "hide", "norm": "hide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The raw or tanned pelt removed from the adult of one of the larger animals, e.g., cowhide, as distinguished from the skin of one of the smaller animals, e.g., goatskin, or an immature larger animal, e.g., calfskin.\n\nThe finest part of a hide is located in the butt area. The shoulder provides good quality although its natural substance is somewhat uneven and falls away toward the cheeks, which are often trimmed. Shoulders also tend to show growth marks which can be conspicuous. The bellies give thinner and sometimes weaker leather.\n\n2. Leather made from hides which have not been split, or from the grain split of a hide. When used in this manner, the name of the animal or the type of leather may be specified, e.g., cowhide.", "chars": 730, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1744", "term": "hide buffing", "norm": "hide buffing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very thin film of the grain layer of a cowhide, sometimes used for labels Also known as \"beeswing.\"", "chars": 101, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1745", "term": "hide glue", "norm": "hide glue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "GLUE made from the collagen content of hides and skins, particularly of bovine animals, as distinguished from glue made from bones. Hide glue does not include glue made from the skins of fish.", "chars": 216, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [184], "citations": ["Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Bindery glues. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (GPO-PIA joint research bulletin, B-3). 1948."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1746", "term": "high bulk book paper", "norm": "high bulk book paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book paper which, in a basis weight of 45 pound 25 X 38—500) bulks 440 to 344 pages to the inch, under 35 pounds pressure.", "chars": 124, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1747", "term": "high finish", "norm": "high finish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A smooth, hard, glossy finish applied to the surface of cloth, paper, etc., during the manufacturing process.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-high-or-low-to-paper-1", "term": "High (or low) to paper", "norm": "high to paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Applied to a type cast higher or lower than the rest of the fount.", "chars": 66, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-high-line-1", "term": "High-line", "norm": "high-line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Term applied to a type that ranges above the rest in a line.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HIND", "term": "HIND POSTS AND RAILS", "norm": "hind posts and rails", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two upright posts mortised and tenoned into the feet at the back of the wooden press; two rails connect these posts behind; and two rails on the off side and two on the near side connect them with the cheeks, by mortises and tenons; on the top rails a thin deal covering is laid loose, that it may be lifted off, to allow access to the long ribs, and to hang the platen when necessary; it prevents dirt and other matter from falling on the ribs, and serves for a temporary shelf. The ink block is attached to the near rails.\n\nHither Cheek. Same as Near Cheek, which see.\n\nHoldfasts, for Stereotype Risers. See Risers.", "chars": 723, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1748", "term": "hinge", "norm": "hinge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The strip of fabric (usually linen or cambric), or paper placed between the two parts of a library-style cloth-jointed endpaper, for the purpose of providing additional strength at the point of flexing. 2. Any Japanese copying paper or linen stub that allows for the free flexing of an insert, leaf, etc. 3. An obsolete term for the tongue made by gluing and folding over the waste leaves on which the bands or cords were pasted and then inserted between split boards.", "chars": 471, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 208, 264], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Library Binding Institute. Library binding handbook. Rev. ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1753", "term": "hinge guarding", "norm": "hinge guarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: REVERSED V-GUARD.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1749", "term": "hinged", "norm": "hinged", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A map, plate, or other separate sheet which has been folded along the binding edge in order to reduce the possibility of the sheet tearing away from the one to which it is attached, and also to allow it to lie flat and turn easily during use. hinged and jointed plate. Two contiguous plates each of which has had a strip cut away at the binding edge, and are then joined together by means of a common strip of Japanese copying paper or linen, forming a hinge. See also: GUARD (2).", "chars": 504, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1750", "term": "hinged boards", "norm": "hinged boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of binding having boards attached to a stab-sewn or post binding, by means of a cloth hinge which joins the main board to a narrow board at the spine of the book. The narrow board is secured by the posts or stab sewing. Hinged boards are characteristic of some types of blankbooks.", "chars": 288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [119, 204], "citations": ["Donnelley (R. R.) & Sons Co. A rod for the back of the binder… Chicago. Donnelley. 1929.", "Lewis, Arthur William. Basic bookbinding. New York. Dover, 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1751", "term": "hinged ledger paper", "norm": "hinged ledger paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A LEDGER PAPER that has a flexible (due to the fact that it is thinner) strip running from top to bottom of the sheet about five-eights of an inch in from the edge (binding edge) of the sheet. The strip is a result of the removal of some paper fibers, usually by means of suction, during manufacture. The strip is about 1 1/4 inch wide. The paper, being thinner at the area of the hinge, is easier to turn and will lie flatter; however, it is also weaker at that point, which may adversely affect writing. 2. A ledger paper having a strip of linen (or cambric) attached to the binding edge of the leaf. Its purpose is to allow the leaf to turn more easily and lie flat.", "chars": 696, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1752", "term": "hinged on a mount", "norm": "hinged on a mount", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A separate leaf, illustration, etc., attached to a GUARD (2) and bound into the book.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [169], "citations": ["Holden, John Allen. The bookman's glossary…3rd ed. New York. Bowker. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1754", "term": "hog's back", "norm": "hog's back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. An exaggerated curve of the spine of a book, caused by improper rounding, the use of a sewing thread that is too thick, or a combination of the two. 2. An uneven trim of the fore edge of a book that is cut with the plow, caused by the plow knife riding up as it traverses the length of the book.", "chars": 298, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [65, 159], "citations": ["Buffum, Clara. Hand-bound books…Providence, R.I. 1935.", "Hasluck, Paul Nooncree, ed. Bookbinding. Philadelphia. McKay. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1755", "term": "hogskin", "norm": "hogskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft leather produced from the skin of the peccary, genus Tayassu, and having a distinctive grain pattern formed by the hair follicles which are arranged in detached groups of three. Cf: PIGSKIN.", "chars": 221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1756", "term": "holdout", "norm": "holdout", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The degree to which a material, such as cloth or paper, impedes the penetration of an aqueous or nonaqueous liquid. If the liquid is water, or water vapor, holdout is described as SIZING (1). Non-aqueous liquids include some printing inks, lacquers, etc.", "chars": 278, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-holds-out-1", "term": "Holds out", "norm": "holds out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or *Holds not out*. These Terms are applicable to the Quires of *White-paper*, to *Wrought-off Heaps*, to *Gathered Books*, and to sorts of *Letter* &c. If Quires of White Paper have twenty five Sheets a piece in them, they say, *The Paper holds out five and twenties*. Of *Wrought off Heaps*, the *Heap* that *Comes off* first in *Gathering* is said, *Not to Hold out*. Of *Gathered Books*, if the intended number of perfect *Books* are *Gathered*, they say the *Impression Holds out*: But if the intended number of *Perfect Books* cannot be *Gathered* off the *Heaps*, they say the *Impression Holds not out*. And so for Sorts of *Letter*, either when it is in the *Founding House*, or in the *Printing House*.", "chars": 712, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HOLDS", "term": "HOLDS OUT, or Holds Not Out", "norm": "holds out, or holds not out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "These terms are applicable to the quires of white paper, to wrought-off heaps, to gathered books, and to sorts of letter, &c. If quires of white paper have twenty-five sheets apiece in them, they say, the paper holds out five and twenties. Of wrought-off heaps, the heap that comes off first in gathering is said not to hold out. Of gathered books, if the intended number of perfect books are gathered, they say the impression holds out: but if the intended number of perfect books cannot be gathered off the heaps, they say the impression holds not out. And so for sorts of letter, either when it is in the founding house, or in the printing house.—M. There is no paper at the present day with twenty-five sheets in a quire, except that used for newspapers, on account of the stamps.", "chars": 784, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HOLE", "term": "HOLE", "norm": "hole", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "By a Hole, in printers dialect, is meant and understood a place where private printing is used, viz. the printing of unlicensed books, or printing of other men’s copies. Many printers for lucre of gain have gone into Holes, and then their chief care is to get a Hole private, and workmen trusty and cunning to conceal the Hole, and themselves.—M.\n\nHoly-days. See Ancient Customs.", "chars": 432, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1757", "term": "holiday", "norm": "holiday", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any area of an adhesive-covered surface, such as a PASTEDOWN, which does not adhere properly. See also: DRUMMING ON.", "chars": 164, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1758", "term": "holing out", "norm": "holing out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": "holing", "dates": null, "text": "The process of drilling, or more commonly, punching holes in the boards of a book to receive the cords prepared for LACING-IN.", "chars": 150, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1759", "term": "holing-out block", "norm": "holing-out block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A block of lead or other soft metal on which the board of a book is placed for drilling or punching the holes for the cords or slips in preparation for LACING-IN. See also: HOLING OUT.", "chars": 232, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1760", "term": "holland", "norm": "holland", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cotton or linen fabric, usually in plain weave and heavily sized or glazed, and, when used in bookbinding, gummed. The holland is used in a technique of library rebinding in which a sewing machine automatically feeds two narrow strips of gummed cloth in such a manner that the sewing passes through the holland and the paper. The book to be sewn is prepared as for oversewing, i.e., the leaves are divided into thin \"sections,\" which are run through the sewing machine one at a time, with a strip of gummed holland being sewn simultaneously to each side of the \"section.\" After all of the \"sections\" have been sewn, the strips of holland are moistened, and the book is jogged and then pressed until the gum has dried. The strips of holland hold the \"sections\" together along the binding edge. This technique is sometimes employed when the paper of the book is too embrittled, or otherwise weakened, to allow oversewing; however, it is seldom very successful, as the paper usually fails at the juncture of paper and holland.", "chars": 1025, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1761", "term": "Hollis, Thomas", "norm": "hollis, thomas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1720-1774", "text": "An eccentric English philanthropist and propagandist of the idea of liberty. Hollis distributed books in support of liberty, particularly to libraries abroad, such as those at Berne, Zurich, and Harvard College. The bindings were commissioned from John Matthewman or Richard Montagu, and decorated with emblematic tools designed by G. B. Cipriani, the original drawings for which are now at Harvard. When the first set of tools was destroyed in a fire in Matthewman's shop in 1764 a second set was engraved by Thomas Pingo. These subjects include Britannica, Liberty, the caduceus of Mercury, the wand of Aesculapius, the owl of Minerva, a cock, a liberty cap, and the short Roman sword, or pugio. The simpler bindings were by Matthewman, while Montagu executed the more elaborate presentation bindings. (, 244, 297)", "chars": 873, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 244, 297], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Nixon, Howard M. Five centuries of English bookbinding. London. Scolar. 1978.", "The Rothschild library; a catalog of eighteenth century printed books and manuscripts formed by Lord Rothschild. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. Privately printed. 1954. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1762", "term": "hollow", "norm": "hollow", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The lining attached to both the spine of the text block and the inside of the spine of the covering material. It is usually constructed of kraft paper, and consists of a folded sheet, one section of which is glued to the spine of the text block and the other to the covering material. There are many variations of the hollow, however; for example, see: ONE ON AND TWO OFF, or TWO ON AND ONE OFF, The purpose of the hollow is to assist in the opening of the book much in the same manner as th SPRING-BACK of a blankbook, though with much less force. The thickness of the paper used for the hollow depends on the size and thickness of the book and the thickness of the paper and sections of the book.", "chars": 790, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81, 261], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1763", "term": "hollow back", "norm": "hollow back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": "hollow back binding", "dates": null, "text": "A binding having a space between the spine of the text block and the spine of the cover. resulting from the covering material being attached at the joints (or a one-piece cover in the style of a case binding) and not glued to the spine of the text block. Sometimes a Hollow is glued to the text block and covering material; in library binding, however, generally only an INLAY (1) is glued to the covering material, while in edition binding there is usually no support of any kind.\n\nThe hollow hack binding is believed to have originated in France in about 1770, but it was little used in England before about 1800. It was still comparatively rare in craft binding until about 1820. when the semi-elliptical spine with its pronounced shoulders began to be replaced by the structurally inferior flat spine, which had almost no shoulders and therefore provided little support. The combination of this weaker spine and the use of the hollow hack on books which then did not normally need them has resulted in many of the bindings of that time falling apart, while those bound with tight backs years earlier are still in good condition, except for broken joints.\n\nThe advantages of the hollow back, which is used almost universally in library and edition binding, are: 1) the tooling or lettering on the spine will not flex and crack; 2) in hand binding. covering is less exacting; 3) in edition and library binding, the cover (case) can be made separately; 4) in hand binding, sewing is faster because it is on tapes rather than cords; and 5) overall. it is a much more economical method than tight-back binding. See also: OXFORD HOLLOW.", "chars": 1678, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 236, 343], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-hollow-quadrates-1", "term": "Hollow quadrates", "norm": "hollow quadrates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Metal quadrates mortised for the insertion of types, &c.", "chars": 56, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1765", "term": "hollow tooling", "norm": "hollow tooling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinding design which is executed in outline, generally in gold.", "chars": 69, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1764", "term": "hollow-punch pliers", "norm": "hollow-punch pliers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pliers with a tubular sharp-edge cutter, used for punching holes in leather. Such pliers have interchangeable cutters, including eyelet closers. Their principal shortcoming is their limited reach.", "chars": 196, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HOME", "term": "HOME", "norm": "home", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This is a term used at Press, and means that the bar of the press is pulled over till it touches the near cheek; it is then said the bar is home, or it is cheeked. See Cheek the Bar.", "chars": 213, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HOOK", "term": "HOOK-IN", "norm": "hook-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In poetry it occasionally happens that a line will not come into the measure, in which case, when it is not allowed to turn a line, if it be possible to avoid it, a syllable, or a word, is taken to the end of the preceding line, or, if that be full, to the end of the following one, and enclosed in a bracket; this is termed Hooking-in.\n\nHooks of Tympan. See Tympan Hooks.\n\nHopkinson, Mr. John. The Albion Press. See Cope’s Press.", "chars": 617, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1766", "term": "hooked", "norm": "hooked", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": "hooked on own guard", "dates": null, "text": "See: GUARDED IN. See also: PLATE ATTACHMENT.", "chars": 92, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1767", "term": "horn bindings", "norm": "horn bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bindings consisting of hard, white, smooth, polished vellum. They were sparsely decorated and had the title written in Chinese ink at the top of the spine.", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1768", "term": "horn book", "norm": "horn book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of child's primer used in England from the 15th century, and in the United States at a later time. The earliest examples were made from 'wainscot\" (thin panels of oak) and had a label containing the alphabet, simple spelling, numbers. and the Lord's prayer pasted on the wood and covered with a thin, transparent veneer of cattle horn. A wooden handle was attached to the frame. In latter examples the back of the panel was covered with morocco or roan leather blocked with an ornamental device. Other, but rare, examples were made entirely of cowhide with a window cut in the upper portion. See PLATE 11.", "chars": 636, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [104, 156, 183], "citations": ["Dahl, Svend. History of the book. 2nd English ed. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1968.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1769", "term": "horse", "norm": "horse", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A trestlelike structure of suitable height, traditionally made of wood, but also of a light, non-corrosive, nonstaining material such as plastic, on which hides and skins are piled for draining, transportation from one department to another in the tannery. and sometimes for storage purposes. 2. A T-shaped stand, about 3 feet high, on which spoiled sheets from the POST (1) in a handmade paper mill are placed. Being practically of no value as paper, these sheets are subsequently placed at the top and bottom of the salable packs to protect them.", "chars": 575, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [197, 363], "citations": ["Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HORSE1", "term": "HORSE", "norm": "horse", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Form or bench pressmen set the heaps of paper on. See also Ancient Customs.—M. In Moxon’s time it appears the pressmen used what was then called a Horse, only, for the paper when working, which we now call a Bank; we have in addition what is termed a horse, set upon the bank; this horse is made sloping down to the fore edge, and the white paper is placed on it; the pressman is thus enabled to draw the sheets down with the nail of his thumb, or a piece of wood, bone, or ivory, with more facility than if it were laid horizontal, and it is more convenient to remove to the tympan, as the horse is raised near to it, and inclines in the same direction.", "chars": 699, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_322.jpg", "caption": "Sloping wooden platform for paper", "alt": "Sloping wooden platform for paper", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-horse-1", "term": "horse", "norm": "horse", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The stage on the bank on which pressmen set the heap of paper.", "chars": 62, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HORSE2", "term": "HORSE FLESH", "norm": "horse flesh", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "If any journeyman set down in his bill on Saturday night more work than he has done, that surplusage is called Horse-flesh; and he abates it in his next bill.—M. This surplusage of charge, as Moxon terms it, is now called Horse, and it is not always deducted in the next bill.", "chars": 290, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HORSE3", "term": "HORSE RACES", "norm": "horse races", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "By the Act of the 13th of George 2. cap. 19.\n\ns. 2. it is enacted, “That from and after the said twenty-fourth Day of June one thousand seven hundred and forty, no Plate, Prize, Sum of Money, or other Thing, shall be run for by any Horse, Mare or Gelding, or advertised, published or proclaimed to be run for by any Horse, Mare or Gelding, unless such Plate, Prize or Sum of Money shall be of the full, real and intrinsick Value of fifty Pounds, or upwards; and in case any Person or Persons shall from and after the twenty-fourth Day of June one thousand seven hundred and forty enter, start or run any Horse, Mare or Gelding, for any Plate, Prize, Sum of Money, or other Thing of less Value than fifty Pounds, or shall make, print, advertise, publish or proclaim any Advertisement or Notice of any Plate, Prize, Sum of Money, or other Thing of less Value than fifty Pounds as aforesaid, to be run for by any Horse, Mare or Gelding; every such Person or Persons so entering, starting or running such Horse, Mare or Gelding for such Plate, Prize, Sum of Money, or other Thing of less Value than fifty Pounds as aforesaid, shall forfeit and lose the Sum of two hundred Pounds, to be sued for, recovered and disposed of in such Manner as is herein after prescribed and directed; and every Person or Persons who shall make, print, publish, advertise or proclaim any Advertisement or Notice of any Plate, Prize, Sum of Money, or other Thing of less Value than fifty Pounds aforesaid, to be run for by any Horse, Mare or Gelding, shall forfeit and lose the Sum of one hundred Pounds.”\n\nSo much of the act of 13 Geo. 2. c. 19. “as relates to the Subject of Horse Racing,” was repealed by 3 Vict. c. 5. s. 1.", "chars": 1711, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-horsing-1", "term": "Horsing", "norm": "horsing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Charging for work before it is executed.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1770", "term": "horsing up", "norm": "horsing up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of piling hides and skins on the HORSE (1) for draining, etc. Because the use of the horse may result in the fibers of the leather setting in a creased configuration, when a flat leather is required hides and skins are placed on a flat surface for draining, transportation, etc.", "chars": 314, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HOSE1", "term": "HOSE", "norm": "hose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two upright bars of iron that connected the garter and the hose hooks, and went through the till. There were screws at each end, by which they could tighten the platen cords, if they became slack.—M.\n\nThe hose in wooden presses is now quite different: it is a wooden case for the spindle to work in, made hollow in the inside to fit it, and to which it is connected by the garter; it is square on the outside, and passes through an opening in the till, which it should fit accurately; and is tied to the platen by means of four iron hooks, one at each bottom corner. Its uses are, to guide the platen down to the form in a horizontal position, by its passing through the till; and also to lift the platen from off the form, which it does by the return of the press bar, and its connexion with the spindle by means of the garter.", "chars": 900, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HOSE2", "term": "HOSE HOOKS", "norm": "hose hooks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Four iron hooks at the bottom corners of the hose, to which the platen is tied. They are projections from an iron belt that embraces the bottom of the hose, and stand facing the platen hooks.", "chars": 191, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1771", "term": "hot-melt adhesive", "norm": "hot-melt adhesive", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A resinous adhesive which achieves a solid state and resultant strength by cooling, as contrasted with other adhesives which achieve the same results through evaporation or removal of the solvents. Before heating, a hot-melt adhesive is a thermoplastic, 100% solid material, and is all adhesive. Upon the application of heat, the usual operating temperature being in the range of 175 to 205° C. (350 to 400° F.), the material changes to a fluid state. Subsequent to the removal of heat, it sets by simple cooling.\n\nWhen a hot-melt adhesive comes into close contact with the surface to be bonded, a molecular layer of film at the surface of this substrate immediately attains a temperature approaching that of the hot melt. In addition a high degree of wetting, almost coalescence. of the hot melt and the material occurs. Immediately thereafter, the adhesive loses heat to the film over the entire area and temperature equilibrium is attained. Since the adhesive is in contact with a mass much larger than itself, the temperature of the entire system drops to the point at which the hot melt sets to a solid state with sufficient cohesive strength to bond the films together. Thus the uniqueness of hot-melt adhesives stems from the speed with which they produce a bond, which is almost instantaneously.\n\nAlthough the use of hot-melt adhesives eliminates the cost of solvents required by some other adhesives, the principal cost reduction results from the time saved in their application. In addition, a lesser quantity of the hot melt can usually be utilized to produce an equivalent bond.\n\nHot-melt adhesives are used extensively in binding books made of loose sheets, especially those that are not rounded and backed, e.g., paperback books, telephone and other directories, etc. For books that are to be rounded and backed, however, the so-called DRYING MEMORY of the hot-melt adhesives causes problems. In addition, hot-melt adhesives alone do not lend themselves well to the binding of heavily loaded or coated paper, from which all particulate matter must be removed before application of the adhesive. See also: ADHESIVE BINDING; ONE-SHOT METHOD (1); TWO-SHOT METHOD.", "chars": 2264, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81, 89, 179, 219, 309], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970.", "McDonald, Margaret. Hot-melt adhesives. Park Ridge, N. J. Noyes Data Corp. 1971.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1772", "term": "hot-melt coating", "norm": "hot-melt coating", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of applying molten plastic materials to a base stock. such as paper or a book cloth without the use of a solvent or other carrier. Rolls, knives, casting, or extrusion techniques are used in this method of coating.", "chars": 223, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1773", "term": "hot-setting adhesive", "norm": "hot-setting adhesive", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive which requires a temperature of 100° C. or greater to cause it to set. See also: COLD-SETTING ADHESIVE; ROOM-TEMPERATURE SETTING ADHESIVE.", "chars": 198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HOURS", "term": "HOURS", "norm": "hours", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Pressmen reckon their works by hours, accounting every token to an hours work: and though it be the same effectually with tokens, yet they make their prices of different work by the hour; and it passes current for a token. If two men work at the press, ten quires is an hour; if one man, five quires is an hour.—M. The quires of paper at this time always contain twenty-four sheets, at least the inside quires do, which alone are used for bookwork; and a token is ten quires eighteen sheets, which is still called an Hour, whatever the price may be: thus, if two men at a press print twelve tokens of paper in a day, they say, they have done twelve hours; and if it be fine work, at which, through the care bestowed on it, they can only print three tokens, or four tokens, they say, they do three hours, or four hours, in a day; although it takes the same time in performing that the twelve tokens did.", "chars": 902, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1775", "term": "hubs", "norm": "hubs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The several thicknesses of board glued together and then to the SPRING-BACK (1) of a book, usually a large stationery binding. The hubs, which appear as relatively large, raised bands or ridges under the covering material (usually leather) on the spine of the book, strengthen the spine and protect the leather from wear and other damage. The hubs may also serve as an integral part of the decoration of the spine of the book. Cf: FALSE BANDS.", "chars": 511, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 339], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1776", "term": "hue", "norm": "hue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That particular attribute of colors which allows them to be classed as bluish, greenish, reddish, yellowish, etc. See also: COLOR (1).", "chars": 158, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1777", "term": "humectant", "norm": "humectant", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance that absorbs and promotes the retention of moisture from the air. The softening (plasticizing) agents in adhesives owe their effectiveness to their capacity to absorb and retain moisture. Cf: HYGROSCOPICITY. See also: FLEXIBLE GLUE; INTERNALLY PLASTICIZED; GLUE.", "chars": 370, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [184, 198], "citations": ["Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Bindery glues. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (GPO-PIA joint research bulletin, B-3). 1948.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1778", "term": "humidified", "norm": "humidified", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper that has been brought to equilibrium with the moisture in the air at a definite relative humidity.", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1779", "term": "humidity", "norm": "humidity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The actual amount of water vapor present in the air. See: ABSOLUTE HUMIDITY. A more relevant term in book work is RELATIVE HUMIDITY.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1781", "term": "hung on guards", "norm": "hung on guards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Inserts, such as maps, plates, etc., which have been glued to strips of paper or linen, which are then tipped or stubbed into the book", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1780", "term": "hung-in", "norm": "hung-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book that has been glued-in to its cover at the spine only, e.g., a pamphlet glued into its SELF-COVER.", "chars": 129, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1782", "term": "hyaline layer", "norm": "hyaline layer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes used to indicate the smooth surface which is assumed to exist between the epidermis and grain surface of a hide or skin, and which gives the characteristic grain pattern of the leather. See also: DERMIS.", "chars": 244, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1783", "term": "hydration", "norm": "hydration", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A term applied to the condition of materials containing water of absorption, crystallization, or imbibition. In papermaking, hydration refers to the chemical or mechanical (or both) treatment of paper fibers, other than cooking or bleaching, which takes place before sheet formation on the papermaking machine. It relates especially to altered sheet characteristics, including density, formation, opacity, and strength. 2. The paper pulp characteristics resulting from the above treatment.", "chars": 492, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 42, 276], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Battista, Orlando A. Synthetic fibers in papermaking. New York. Interscience. 1964.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1784", "term": "hydraulic press", "norm": "hydraulic press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A STANDING PRESS operated by hydraulic power instead of by hand. Such presses came into use in the first half of the 19th century, and were the principal means of pressing edition and library bindings until the introduction of the casing-in and building-in machines. See also: BUILDING-IN MACHINE; CASING-IN MACHINE; REMOVABLE PRESS.", "chars": 429, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HYDRA", "term": "HYDRAULIC PRESS", "norm": "hydraulic press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This press was invented and introduced to the public by Mr. Joseph Bramah, of Piccadilly, Engineer. Mr. W. Nicholson, in his Journal of Natural Philosophy, Chemistry, and the Arts, vol. 1. April, 1797, gave an account of it, with engravings, from which the following observations are extracted, which will give a brief description of this powerful machine, that is superseding the common book press with a screw in all extensive establishments.\n\n“Its action is as follows: when the lever or pump handle is raised, it brings up the piston, which would leave a vacuum beneath if the pressure of the atmosphere did not force the water in through a side valve. The lever is then to be pressed down, which causes the side valve to shut, and forces the water through a valve at the bottom, whence it passes through a pipe into the cavity of the great cylinder, and raises the piston or pressing rammer. A repetition of the same process forces more water in, and the pressure may in this manner be carried to a great extent.\n\n“There is no difficulty in computing the force of this instrument. If the diameter of the pump barrel be one quarter of an inch, and that of the cylinder one inch, that is to say, four quarters of an inch; one pound lodged upon the piston rod of the pump will be in equilibrio with sixteen pounds lodged upon the table of the press; the weights of the parts of the engine attached to, and moving with each piston, being respectively included. And if the length of the pump lever be fifteen inches, and the distance between the centres of motion and of action be two inches, one pound at the end of the lever will gain an advantage of 7½ times when compared with that at the piston rod. Instead, therefore, of sixteen pounds upon the table being equal in effect to counterpoise this last action, there will be required upwards of 120 pounds. But a man in this action of pumping by a downward pressure, can without difficulty apply his whole weight, and with great ease one third or one fourth of his weight, suppose 50 pounds. In this case the pressure will be equivalent to fifty times 120 pounds, or 6000 pounds, that is to say, nearly three tons.\n\n“To compare this engine with a screw, in theory, we must enquire what fineness of thread and length of lever would afford a purchase of 120 to one. Let us suppose the thread of a screw, substituted in the place of the cylinder, to be one tenth of an inch thick; the distance from the top of one thread to the top of the next will in this case be one fifth of an inch. This is the space through which the weight must rise in one revolution. The power must therefore move through 120 times that space, namely twenty-five inches; but a lever or radius four inches long will describe a circle somewhat larger than this, and consequently such an engine would in theory be equal in power to the hydraulic engine we have been contemplating.\n\n“But when the subject is viewed practically, the difference between the two engines appears to be very remarkable. All practical men know how very large a part of the force operating by means of engines is employed in overcoming frictions. Every one is aware of the extreme friction between solids, and the very slight friction which takes place between the parts of fluids. This is seen in the common expedient of oiling the pivots of wheels, and in the very gradual decay of motion in fluid bodies; while solids moving on each other stop at once, as soon as the force is diminished to a certain degree. The screw is an organ peculiarly liable to friction, and this friction is always much greater than the whole of the reacting force; for there are few instances where a screw will return from extreme pressure, when the agency upon the lever is withdrawn. It is also to be considered, that the whole force of the weight or resistance acts directly upon the face of the screw, at which the motion is required to take place. It has not been appreciated in what degree this resistance or friction increases with the weight. In lighter actions the simple ratio has been inferred; but under more severe pressures the two metallic faces extrude the greater part of the half-fluid matter between them, and appear, by the magnitude of their resistance, to be attached to each other by a process of the nature of cohesive attraction. For these and other reasons, it appears nearly impracticable to form any comparison between two engines so different in principle, but such as shall be deduced from immediate experiment of their effects. I am not in possession of numerical data to indicate the actual power of screw-engines or presses; which are perhaps the less necessary, because those who are the most interested in the success of an improvement like the present, are for the most part able to come at these without difficulty.\n\n“In an engine of this kind, the diameter of the great piston was four inches, and of the smaller three-eighths of an inch; and the advantage given by the lever or handle was twelve to one. Above the piston of the great cylinder was applied a long lever, at one end of which was an axis, and at the other end a large scale to hold weights; it contained twenty hundred weight. The distance between the axis of motion of this lever and the part where it acted on the piston was six inches; and the distance from the same axis to the extremity where the scale was hung was 126 inches. Every hundred weight in the scale consequently pressed upon the piston with a force equal to twenty-one hundred weight; whence the whole pressure was twenty-one tons. It was easy to work the lever briskly with one hand, and each stroke raised the scale near one-third of an inch. Forty-seven pounds hung at the end of the lever, carried it down with a moderate swiftness of working; but a weight of only forty-three pounds remained in equilibrio, and did not descend. Now, as the true weight in theory was thirty-two pounds, it follows that less than one-third of the actual power was employed to give velocity and overcome all friction.\n\n“It may be remarked, that the principal frictions in these machines must be at the circumference of the pistons, and that these do not increase in the simple, but in less than the subduplicate, ratio of the power. For if the diameter of the great cylinder were double, every thing else remaining unchanged, the surface of its piston, and consequently the power, would be quadrupled. But the friction would be only doubled, and that merely at the leathering of the greater piston.\n\n“As the pressure in the experiment last mentioned amounted to 47·040 pounds upon the great piston of four inches in diameter, or sixteen circular inches surface, it amounted to 2940 pounds upon each round inch. But the medium pressure of the atmosphere on a round inch is near twelve pounds, consequently the action was equal to 245 atmospheres: and as each of these corresponds with a column of 34 feet of fresh water at a medium, the water in the cylinder was pressed in the same manner as if the whole column had been 8330 feet, or 1⅔ mile, long.\n\n“Large presses of this construction are made with two pumps of 1¼ inch bore, and a cylinder of seven inches. These have been used in pressing hay and cotton for package; and, as I am informed, are effective in producing a greater condensation on the material with a much less application of moving power and consumption of time.”\n\nThe following description and figures are taken from Dr. Ure’s Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures and Mines, 8vo. 1839.\n\nFig. 1. Fig. 2.\n\n“The framing consists of two stout cast-iron plates a, b, which are strengthened by projecting ribs, not seen in the section, fig. 1. The top or crown plate b, and the base plate a, are bound most firmly together by four cylinders of the best wrought iron, c, c, which pass up through holes near the ends of the said plates, and are fast wedged in them. The flat pieces e, e, are screwed to the ends of the crown and base plates, so as to bind the columns laterally. f is the hollow cylinder of the press, which, as well as the ram g, is made of cast iron. The upper part of the cavity of the cylinder is cast narrow, but is truly and smoothly rounded at the boring-mill, so as to fit pretty closely round a well-turned ram or piston; the under part of it is left somewhat wider in the casting. A stout cup of leather, perforated in the middle, is put upon the ram, and serves as a valve to render the neck of the cylinder perfectly water-tight, by filling up the space between it and the ram; and since the mouth of the cup is turned downwards, the greater the pressure of water upwards, the more forcibly are the edges of the leather valve pressed against the inside of the cylinder, and the tighter does the joint become. This was Bramah’s beautiful invention.\n\n“Upon the top of the ram, the press-plate or table h, strengthened with projecting ridges, rests, which is commonly called the follower, because it follows the ram closely in its descent. This plate has a half-round hole at each of its four corners, corresponding to the shape of the four iron columns along which it glides in its up-and-down motions of compression and relaxation.\n\nFig. 3. Fig. 4.\n\n“k, k, figs. 1. and 2., is the framing of a force pump with a narrow barrel; i is the well for containing water to supply the pump. To spare room in the engraving, the pump is set close to the press, but it may be removed to any convenient distance by lengthening the water-pipe u, which connects the discharge of the force pump with the inside of the cylinder of the press. Fig. 3. is a section of the pump and its valves. The pump m, is of bronze; the suction-pipe n, has a conical valve with a long tail; the solid piston or plunger p, is smaller than the barrel in which it plays, and passes at its top through a stuffing-box q; r is the pressure-valve, s is the safety-valve, which, in fig. 2., is seen to be loaded with a weighted lever; t is the discharge-valve, for letting the water escape, from the cylinder beneath the ram, back into the well. See the winding passages in fig. 4. u is the tube which conveys the water from the pump into the press-cylinder. In fig. 2. two centres of motion for the pump-lever are shown. By shifting the bolt into the centre nearest the pump-rod, the mechanical advantage of the workman may be doubled. Two pumps are generally mounted in one frame for one hydraulic press; the larger to give a rapid motion to the ram at the beginning, when the resistance is small; the smaller to give a slower but more powerful impulsion, when the resistance is much increased. A pressure of 500 tons may be obtained from a well-made hydraulic press with a ten-inch ram, and a two and a one inch set of pumps.”\n\nIn a Report addressed to the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Woods, Forests, &c., in July 1839, as the result of an inquiry with reference to the selection of stone for building the new Houses of Parliament, it is stated the experiments relating to the cohesive strength of the stones, or their resistance to pressure, were made at the manufactory of Messrs. Bramah and Robinson, with a six-inch hydraulic press, the pump of which was one inch in diameter. According to trials previously made by Messrs. Bramah and Robinson, one pound weight at the end of the pump lever produced a pressure on the face of the cube [two inches square] equal to 2·53 cwt., or to 71·06 lbs. on the square inch; from this datum it may be estimated how immense the pressure is that can be obtained by this press, when the strength of a man is exerted at the pump. I have used the common book press with an iron screw to press printed paper, and I have also used a Hydraulic press of an estimated power of eighty tons: besides the greater expedition in pumping this press up than screwing the other down, I can state from my own observation, that the hydraulic press produced as great an effect upon the paper in three hours as the screw press did in a night, or at least fourteen hours. This may show the great superiority of this press over that which has been in general use in printing offices. The hydraulic press has fully accomplished in practice all that was expected from it, and has established for itself a high character, which it richly deserves.", "chars": 12841, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_325.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 1. Fig. 2.", "alt": "Crossection of the press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_326.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 3. Fig. 4.", "alt": "Crossection of the pump and valves", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1785", "term": "hydrochloric acid", "norm": "hydrochloric acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strong, corrosive, inorganic acid (HCl), manufactured by absorbing hydrogen chloride in water. It is one of the most corrosive of acids, and is particularly destructive to cellulose, breaking the cellulose chain into even smaller units, resulting ultimately in its complete hydrolysis.\n\nThe problems with hydrochloric acid began with the use of chlorine in bleaching paper fibers. For many years thereafter, the chlorine substances were insufficiently removed by washing, giving rise to the formation of the acid in paper. Although washing techniques have improved, excess residual hydrochloric acid can exist in paper because of the practice of using chlorine compounds to wash and bleach paper subsequent to its manufacture.", "chars": 726, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1786", "term": "hydrogel", "norm": "hydrogel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A gel in which the liquid is water.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1787", "term": "hydrogen cyanide", "norm": "hydrogen cyanide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": "prussic acid", "dates": null, "text": "An extremely toxic, colorless liquid (HCN), prepared by reacting methane, air, and ammonia over a platinum catalyst at 1,000° C. It is used to fumigate books.", "chars": 158, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1789", "term": "hydrogen peroxide", "norm": "hydrogen peroxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An oxidizing chemical (H2O2), which can be prepared from barium peroxide and dilute sulfuric acid. It is used in bleaching paper pulp, sometimes alone, but more often in combination with other pulp bleaching agents.", "chars": 237, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1788", "term": "hydrogen-ion concentration", "norm": "hydrogen-ion concentration", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The concentration of hydrogen ions (more properly hydronium ions—H3O+, although its true structure is probably (H,4H2O), existing in an aqueous solution. It is a measure of the active acidity or basicity and is expressed metrically as the number of moles or gram-formula weights (1.0078 g.) of hydrogen ions (H+) per liter of solution. The hydrogen-ion concentration of a solution may also be expressed in terms of its pH, which is defined as the negative logarithm to the base ten of the hydrogen-ion concentration. In aqueous solutions, neutrality is the condition that exists when the concentration of hydrogen ions and hydroxyl ions are equal. At 25° C., neutrality occurs at a pH of 7.0, which is the pH value of pure (distilled) water when condensed hot and shielded from contact with atmospheric carbon dioxide.\n\nMeasurement of hydrogen-ion concentration, or pH, may be made colorimetrically, by means of the proper use of suitable neutralization indicators, or, more accurately, by potentiometric methods employing any of various electrodes, which exhibit the proper specificity for hydrogen ions.\n\nHydrogen-ion concentration is important in archival work because it has been adequately demonstrated that the presence of acid(s) in ink, leather, paper, etc., has or can have, a deleterious effect on such materials, the extent of the effect depending not so much on the volume of acid present, as on the type of acid and its concentration, i.e., a large volume of a relatively weak organic acid, such as formic acid, is less harmful than a smaller amount of a powerful, inorganic acid, such as sulfuric acid. As a decrease of pH means a logarithmic increase in acid concentration, levels of concentration below pH 5.0, or under certain circumstances, even 6.0, become important. Conversely, although not as serious a problem, a high concentration of hydroxyl ions, corresponding to a pH of 10.0 or above, can lead to serious oxydization of cellulosic materials.\n\nThe increase in hydrogen-ion concentration as pH declines is given be\n\npH moles/ liter\n\n7.0 0.0000001\n\n6.0 .000001\n\n5.0 .00001\n\n4.0 .0001\n\n3.0 .001\n\n2.0 .01\n\n1.0 .1\n\n0.0 1.0\n\nSee also:ACID; ALKALI.", "chars": 2277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 195, 235], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1790", "term": "hydrolysis", "norm": "hydrolysis", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In its broadest sense, hydrolysis indicates a reaction between any substance and water; however, the use of the term is commonly restricted to those reactions due directly to the hydrogen and hydroxyl ions of the water. Due to hydrolysis, for example, nearly every salt yields a slightly acid or alkaline solution. Thus, ethyl acetate in water, for example, forms acetic acid and ethanol: CH3CO2C2H5, + H2O → CH3MCOOH + C2H5OH.\n\nHydrolysis is the basis for the manufacture of soap (saponification), whereby fats (glycerol esters of fatty acids) are split with aqueous solutions of sodium hydroxide to form the sodium salt of the fatty acid (soap) and the alcohol (glycerol—more commonly known as glycerine). In reactions involving sal[s, the neutralization reaction that led to the formation of the salt is partially reversed, forming some free acid and free alkali. If the acid is weak, i.e., poorly ionized, and the alkali is strong, i.e., highly ionized, the aqueous solution of the salt will have an alkaline reaction as a result of the hydrolysis.\n\nIn the opposite case, that of a strong acid and weak base, the salt will have an acidic reaction in an aqueous solution. An example of the latter is papermaker's alum (aluminum sulfate), which is hydrolyzed in aqueous solution to form aluminum hydroxide (Al(OH)), which is insoluble and therefore forms few ions, and sulfuric acid (H2SO4), which is almost completely ionized in a dilute water solution. The acid character of alum is well known by its extremely sour, astringent taste, and by its detrimental effect on the permanence of paper.", "chars": 1703, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1791", "term": "hydrophilic", "norm": "hydrophilic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance that is readily wetted by water. VELLUM is a typical hydrophilic substance.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1792", "term": "hydrophobic", "norm": "hydrophobic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance that is water repellent, or not easily wetted by water. Nylon is a typical hydrophobic substance.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3858", "term": "hygroexpansivity", "norm": "hygroexpansivity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A change in the dimensions of a material, such as paper, because of a change in the ambient relative humidity of the atmosphere surrounding the material. The phenomenon is usually expressed as a percentage, and is generally several times greater in the cross direction of a paper than in the MACHINE DIRECTION, because paper fibers expand much more in diameter than in length when wetted. Hygroexpansivity is of considerable importance where the dimension of paper is critical, such as in multi-color offset printing. See also: ANISOTROPIC BEHAVIOR; DRIED-IN STRAIN.", "chars": 638, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1793", "term": "hygrometer", "norm": "hygrometer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instrument used for measuring the relative humidity, or percentage of moisture saturation of the air, such as the dew-point hygrometer, psychrometer, hair hygrometer, etc.", "chars": 174, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1795", "term": "hygroscopic moisture", "norm": "hygroscopic moisture", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The amount of moisture retained by a material in the AIR DRY condition.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1794", "term": "hygroscopicity", "norm": "hygroscopicity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That property of a substance which enables it to absorb water vapor from the surrounding atmosphere. Relative to most materials, vellum and paper, particularly the former, are strongly hygroscopic.", "chars": 197, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1796", "term": "hymnal style", "norm": "hymnal style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of binding used for church hymnals, or similar publications which utilizes a narrow leather spine, cloth sides, round or square corners, and colored edges.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "HYPHE", "term": "HYPHEN", "norm": "hyphen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A hyphen, marked thus (-), is employed in connecting compounded words; as, “Lap-dog, tea-pot, pre-existence, self-love, to-morrow, mother-in-law.”\n\nIt is also used when a word is divided, and the former part is written or printed at the end of one line, and the latter part at the beginning of another. In this case, it is placed at the end of the first line, not at the beginning of the second.—Murray.", "chars": 401, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1797", "term": "hysteresis", "norm": "hysteresis", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "H", "letter_raw": "H", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The differential value of a property, contingent upon approaching a known value of a related condition from a higher or lower level. A material such as paper, for example, that is to be conditioned at 50% relative humidity, will contain more moisture when this level is approached from above 50% than when approached from below. Hysteresis has a considerable influence in governing the dimensional stability of paper. ", "chars": 434, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1798", "term": "I", "norm": "i", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Roman equivalent of 1. See: ROMAN NUMERALS.", "chars": 71, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1799", "term": "ichthyocoll", "norm": "ichthyocoll", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ISINGLASS.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "IDENT", "term": "IDENTIGRAPHY", "norm": "identigraphy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Dutch papers in 1825 mentioned a new discovery in printing, to which the inventor gave the name of Identigraphy. It consists in a new application of the art of lithography, by which a reprint of common letterpress is obtained in a very short time; the inventor undertaking to reprint the foreign journals within two hours after their arrival by the mail.\n\nIlluminator. See Fac.", "chars": 434, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1800", "term": "illuminated", "norm": "illuminated", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A manuscript or book embellished with ornamental letters, scrolls, miniature and/or other designs, usually in gold and red, but also in silver and other colors.", "chars": 160, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [169], "citations": ["Holden, John Allen. The bookman's glossary…3rd ed. New York. Bowker. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1801", "term": "illuminated binding", "norm": "illuminated binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A binding which has extra colors in its scheme of decoration, and especially a binding in which a design was first blocked in blind and afterwards colored. Originally a French innovation, this style was used in England from about 1830 to 1860. Burnt sienna, carmine, gamboge, indigo, sap green and ultramarine were the colors most often used mainly because they were more lightfast. The color was mixed with a suitable gum and applied to the cover; when it was dry, gold leaf was laid on the areas to be gilded, and the entire design was then impressed with the heated block, which fixed both gold and colors, sharpening the edge of the latter.", "chars": 644, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152, 156, 236, 365], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1802", "term": "illumination", "norm": "illumination", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The decoration of a manuscript or book with painted pictures, ornamented letters, designs, or a combination thereof, in colors and (usually) burnished gold or silver.\n\nThe design was first drawn and then sized with a mixture of clay, gypsum or lime, followed by an adhesive (glair). The gold or silver leaf was laid on and burnished, and the colors were then applied.\n\nAlthough illumination is considered to be a medieval art, its origins can be traced back to illustrated Egyptian papyrus rolls and especially to Greco-Roman book illustration. Classical artists illustrated the text of codices with continuous chronological sequences of scenes, which often filled the entire page.\n\nThe word \"miniature,\" which comes from the Latin minimum (red lead, which the Romans used for initial letters), is frequently used with reference to the individual pictures in an illuminated work; however, a \"miniature painting\" is not synonymous with \"illustration,\" because illuminations are usually executed in gold or silver while miniatures generally are not.", "chars": 1041, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 156, 365], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1803", "term": "illustration board", "norm": "illustration board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A board used primarily for the application of ink and water color. It is made by pasting drawing paper to one or both sides of a board, one that is usually filled, pulp-lined, or pasted. The usual properties of the drawing paper, such as finish and sizing, are essential, but hard sizing and good erasing quality are of greatest importance. The finished board should be as free as possible from warping. The basis weight is ] 50 pounds (] 7 x 22—500), and the thickness is 0.0325 inch.", "chars": 485, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1804", "term": "imbrication", "norm": "imbrication", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of embellishment of a book featuring a pattern consisting of overlapping leaves or scales. The term is also applied to any decorative pattern composed of overlapping elements.", "chars": 182, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 233], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1805", "term": "imitation art paper", "norm": "imitation art paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A printing paper containing a high percentage of china clay, kaolin, etc., in the paper furnish. It has a very high water finish, which provides the required surface opacity, and absorbency suitable for the printing of some halftones. Imitation art paper differs from ART PAPER (1) in that the clay is mixed with the fibers, and is thus an entirely on-machine operation. Coated art paper, which is the superior product, may be determined by the black mark which results from rubbing it with a silver coin. Imitation art paper is not usually suitable for halftone printing where the screen is finer than ]33 lines.", "chars": 637, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1806", "term": "imitation cloth", "norm": "imitation cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A material other than a woven fabric, e.g., paper or plastic, which has been embossed to give it the surface appearance of a fabric.", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1807", "term": "imitation gold", "norm": "imitation gold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A metallic composition used as a substitute for gold leaf or foil in the lettering and decorating of books, particularly in edition binding. It is usually made of powdered bronze. It lacks the richness and depth of genuine gold and eventually tarnishes due to oxidation. Also called \"artificial gold.\"", "chars": 301, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [147, 164], "citations": ["Groome, George C. Bookbinding materials. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1938.", "Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1808", "term": "imitation leather", "norm": "imitation leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A coated fabric, rubber or plastic composition, or absorbent paper, manufactured so as to resemble genuine leather. Of the many efforts to find a satisfactory substitute for leather, both proposed and actually manufactured, only a few have any extensive use in bookbinding today, and, as they usually contain cellulose nitrate or polychlorides, their permanence is suspect. Also called \"artificial leather.\"", "chars": 407, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198, 264], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1809", "term": "imitation parchment", "norm": "imitation parchment", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of relatively strong paper first produced by W. E. Gaine in 1857. It is made entirely of chemical wood pulp and is called imitation parchment in order to distinguish it from parchment paper made in imitation of true (animal) parchment. Imitation parchment now bears little resemblance to that paper, nor does it possess any of its qualities. The paper may be rendered partially transparent, greaseproof, and somewhat waterproof by prolonged beating (hydration) of the pulp or by treating the paper with sulfuric acid. The usual basis weight is 30 pounds (24 X 35—500).", "chars": 575, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 156], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1810", "term": "imitation Russia", "norm": "imitation russia", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable-tanned split cowhide finished with oil of birch to impart the odor characteristic of true RUSSIA LEATHER.", "chars": 141, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1811", "term": "imitation vellum", "norm": "imitation vellum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper made so as to simulate true VELLUM, and produced in much the same manner as IMITATION PARCHMENT, except that it is thicker.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1812", "term": "imperfect", "norm": "imperfect", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A book having leaves or sections omitted, duplicated, misplaced or bound in upside down, damaged, etc. 2. An obsolete term for reams of paper that have not been made up of the full number of a printer's ream.", "chars": 211, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 156], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "IMPER2", "term": "IMPERFECT PAPER", "norm": "imperfect paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper sent into a printing office to print upon, without the extra quantity which partly constitutes perfect paper; thus a ream of imperfect paper consists of twenty quires of twenty-four sheets each, which makes a ream containing 480 sheets; in this state it is termed inside quires: sometimes, but rarely, it is sent in with the outside quires, in which case there are not so many sheets in a ream. See Paper; also Perfect Paper.\n\nImperial Press. See Sherwin and Cope’s Press.", "chars": 586, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1813", "term": "imperfection note", "norm": "imperfection note", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bookbinder's list of shortages encountered as he proceeds through to the end of an edition run. Certain sections or plates may be missing because of spoilage or short printing, and it is customary to print the requisite extra copies of these when, and if, the book is reprinted.", "chars": 282, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [307], "citations": ["Simon, Oliver. Introduction to typography. 2nd ed. London. Faber and Faber. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1814", "term": "imperfections", "norm": "imperfections", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Printed sheets rejected by the binder because of some kind of imperfection, and which must be replaced before the work can be completed. 2. Additional sections, i.e., those printed and folded in excess of the number required to complete the run.", "chars": 248, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "IMPER1", "term": "IMPERFECTIONS", "norm": "imperfections", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Books.—In gathering books, when one sheet is off, the surplus of the other sheets is called Imperfections.—M.\n\nWe now call this surplus the Waste: and after the work is delivered, or is in a state of delivery, and the bookbinder, or any person in whose possession the book may be, discovers that a sheet, or part of a sheet, or a plate, or any part whatever, is wanting, to make the book complete, he applies for them; or he may apply to change a sheet that is either dirty or torn. These deficiencies, or defects, are now termed Imperfections. See Waste.\n\nLetters.—When the founder has not cast a proportionable number of each sort of letter, the wanting letters are called Imperfections, as making the rest of the fount imperfect. See Sorts.—M.", "chars": 832, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-imperfections-1", "term": "imperfections", "norm": "imperfections", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Sheets rejected on account of being in some respect imperfect, and for which others are required to make the work complete.", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-imperfections-1", "term": "imperfections", "norm": "imperfections", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "sheets rejected by the binder and returned to the printer to be replaced.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1815", "term": "imperial morocco cloth", "norm": "imperial morocco cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A linen cloth finished with a grain pattern resembling leather, usually a straight-grained morocco.", "chars": 99, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-imperial-morocco-cloth-1", "term": "imperial morocco cloth", "norm": "imperial morocco cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A grain-finished linen-thread cloth manufactured by the Winterbottom Book Cloth Company of England. It is made in different colors; of these the library has tried but one, the green. On books which have some, but not constant use, it is a very good substitute for leather. It takes lettering well, and wears better than any of the cloths the library has tried. The price is 48 cents per square yard by the roll, fast color, duty paid. (De Jonge & Co., 69–73 Duane St., New York.)", "chars": 479, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-imposing-1", "term": "Imposing", "norm": "imposing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Arranging and locking up a form of type in a chase.", "chars": 51, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "IMPOS2", "term": "IMPOSING STONE", "norm": "imposing stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The stone on which the compositor imposes and corrects his forms. It was formerly called the Correcting Stone.\n\nImposing stones are of different sizes to suit the business and the situation in which they are placed, as they require a good light. Some are made to hold two demy forms, others to hold three royals. The stone should be of a firm texture, and its upper surface smooth, so as not to wear the bottom of the types. Imposing stones are sometimes saturated with oil, to lessen the friction. Their height is about three feet, and the length of one calculated to contain two demy forms is five feet, and its width two feet two inches.\n\nThe frame on which the stone rests, is fitted up with drawers for furniture—one of these is for quoins, always the uppermost, one for side sticks and foot sticks, one for broad and narrow, and one for wider pieces;—these drawers are sometimes made of the whole width of the frame, so as to draw out on either side, and sometimes there are two within this width, one on each side.\n\nOf late years, in some offices, cast iron has been substituted for stone, the upper surface of which has been turned flat and smooth in a lathe; and when a large size is wanted, two are attached together.\n\nImpression holds out. See Holds out.—M.", "chars": 1322, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-imposing-stone-1", "term": "IMPOSING STONE", "norm": "imposing stone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The stone on which compositors impose and correct forms.", "chars": 56, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "IMPOS1", "term": "IMPOSING,", "norm": "imposing,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is the arrangement of the pages of a sheet, or of a form, in their proper order on the stone, and the wedging of them up in a chase, with a view to their being printed.\n\nThe knowledge of thus laying down pages, so that the sheets may fold correctly when printed, is of essential consequence to every compositor engaged on book work.\n\nA workman would be held inexcusable who did not know how to lay down with accuracy all the common sizes; viz. quartos, octavos, and duodecimos: but even with this knowledge he is frequently at a loss when at work upon sizes that do not frequently occur; and more particularly so at the close of a volume where there are fragments, which are required to be imposed together, for the purpose of saving presswork and warehouse work.\n\n\n\nA youth, who has just gone to the business, feels a natural pride in showing that he is making progress; and he wishes to improve himself without having continually to appeal to his instructor; but he does not possess the means.\n\nThe young man from the country, who has been educated in a house where there has not been much book work done, which is generally the case, and who, of course, is not very expert at his profession, when he comes to work in an extensive book house in town, feels his deficiency, and more particularly if he has to lay down his pages in a large companionship; he does not like to acknowledge his ignorance, nor to ask for information: he has consequently to work his way at a great disadvantage.\n\nUnder these circumstances it frequently happens that the pages are laid down wrong, which causes a great deal of trouble and loss of time in their rectification; and this trouble is considerably increased if the work be on a small type and solid. In this case, if the cords have been taken off, it is not advisable to transpose the pages without wetting them, for fear of breaking the matter, or at least squabbling it; the form has then to be dried, before the pressman can pull another proof.\n\nAll the works on Printing hitherto published, are deficient in giving a sufficient variety of tables for imposing, as a reference for the workman, as well as for the reader and the master printer. This deficiency of reference occasionally causes the compositor to re-impose his forms, as I just now observed, and also in many instances to cut up new furniture.\n\nTo remedy this inconvenience I have considerably exceeded the number of what has been given in any other work, by adding such tables as are likely to occur in practice, and to which there has hitherto been no reference.\n\nI have given all the Tables of Imposition that are in Luckombe and in Stower, except a half-sheet of sixty-fours, although I disapprove of the arrangement of the pages in many of them, from their not cutting up or folding in the most convenient manner; yet, as they have been acted on in a great number of instances, I would not reject them, it being advisable in reprints to preserve uniformity, which may enable the proprietor to make up a few more copies from the waste of both editions. I have added several, in which I think there is an improvement in these particulars.\n\nI have also endeavoured to make each size complete, by giving a sheet, a half sheet, a quarter of a sheet, and the usual fragments that occur; varying the arrangement of the pages in a great number of instances, to suit the different ways of folding the paper.\n\nThe whole of the signatures in each form are given, that they may serve as a guide in laying down the pages, particularly where there are a great number in a sheet; they might then all be taken out, if thought proper, except the first, and the first in the offcut, which are the only ones I would retain, and all that are necessary, the others causing the bottoms of the pages to look unsightly; for the person who folds the sheets has only to keep the signature at the outside, and the pages must be folded right.\n\nWhen works are in half sheets, it is advantageous to work two together, as it enables the bookseller to deliver a single copy in sheets without cutting up the back; and also at the conclusion of a work that is in sheets where there are two half sheets, as it saves time and trouble in the warehouse; it not being necessary to divide the sheet and insert a half in each volume, but the whole sheet may be gathered in the volume to which either of the signatures belongs; by which means there will be fewer mistakes, and fewer imperfections required.\n\nWhen we arrive at a great number of pages in a sheet, they resolve themselves into the same order as quartos, octavos, and duodecimos; and in these cases I have repeated the imposition rather than refer to another size, which is not always very clearly understood when two, three, or more sheets are combined. Upon this principle I have repeated the half sheets, quarter sheets, and fragments, so as to make each size complete in itself.\n\nIt is usual when a fragment at the end of a volume makes six pages to impose it as eight: in this case there are two blank pages. Sometimes the author fills these up, by adding to the text; at other times the bookseller occupies them with advertisements of other publications in which he is interested.\n\nWhen a compositor lays down his pages, it might prevent mistakes if he looked over them to see that they were right before he untied the page cords; and it is a good check to examine the folios of every two adjoining pages in a quarter, to see that their sum makes one more than the number of pages in the sheet, or half sheet: thus, in a sheet of folio, 1 and 4, equal to 5, are imposed together; in a quarto, 1 and 8; in an octavo, 1 and 16; in a duodecimo, 1 and 24; in sixteens, 1 and 32; in eighteens, 1 and 36; and so in every other size: and this combination continues through all the other adjoining pages, according to the order in which they lie on the stone, calling the first page in the sheet 1, the second 2, and so on in succession.\n\nThe short cross is always better in the middle of the chase, if the margin will allow it; as it divides the matter more equally, and the form is safer when it is locked up.\n\nIf it be the first sheet of a work that is to be imposed, or it be found necessary to increase the number of sheets in chase, the compositor applies to the overseer, or to the person who has the care of the materials, for a pair of chases.\n\nThe pages being laid upon the stone in their proper order, and as near the required distance from each other as can be determined by the eye, the compositor then places his chases; he takes one with both hands and lays the off side or end, as it may be, on the stone at the outer side of his pages, and lowers the near side gradually, till it lies flat on the stone, taking care that the inner edges of the chase and the cross bars do not rest on the face of the pages to injure them, and that the grooves in the short cross are upwards.\n\nThe furniture has now to be cut for the sheet; but previous to doing this it is necessary to ascertain what kinds of it will be wanted, by trying the margin with a sheet of paper of the work, otherwise a great risk is run of cutting an expensive article to waste, and of incurring also a loss of time, both of which should be avoided if possible. The manner of making margin will be explained under its proper head. See Margin.\n\nI would recommend that the headsticks in octavos should be in two pieces, each of them a little longer than the page is wide; this will allow the gutters to be a little longer than the page, so that they will come close to the footsticks at the bottom, and at the other end will go between the headsticks, thus securing the inside of the two pages, without any risk of the gutters binding when locked up, which they are apt to do when cut to the precise length of the page, as is the custom when the headsticks for each quarter are in one piece. The gutters thus being equal to about three picas more in length than the page, will answer for other works where the page is of the same width, but different in length.\n\nThe headsticks and gutters being arranged, the compositor will cut his backs a little longer than the page, and these abutting against the headsticks that project beyond the page towards the cross, will secure that side. The sidesticks should be of the full length of the page, and abut against the headsticks on the outside of the form. The footsticks may be a trifle shorter than the width of two pages and the gutter; for as there should always be a line of quadrats, or a reglet cut to measure, at the foot of each page, the footstick may be a pica shorter without danger, on this account, of any thing falling out, when the form is lifted, and it thus prevents the side and foot sticks from binding when locked up.\n\nBy cutting the furniture in this manner, the compositor will at once perceive that all his pages will be secure, and that the furniture cannot bind in any place when locked up. The gutter is pushed down to the footstick, and extends beyond the top of the pages; the two headsticks abut against the gutter, and project a little beyond the sides of their pages; the back is pushed up to the headstick, and extends a little below the bottom of the page; the footstick abuts against the back, and by being about a pica short prevents the sidestick from binding against it; and the sidestick abuts against the head, and extends the full length of the page: neither is there any impediment to driving the quoins.\n\nI would never cut the heads and the backs of such a length as to project beyond the side and foot sticks; for when they do, they are in the way of the shooting stick, if a quoin has been driven close up, when the form has to be unlocked. Neither should the headstick project so much as the thickness of the back; nor the extra length of the gutter be so much as the headstick; otherwise they will bind and prevent the form from rising.\n\nWhen the sidestick or footstick is so long as to project one beyond the other, it prevents the quoin from passing, and in unlocking causes a great deal of trouble to get it out; I have, in such cases, frequently seen the sidestick broken or spoiled in the attempt, and a page squabbled or broken. This arises from carelessness or idleness, both which generally cause more trouble ultimately than if the work were properly performed in the first instance. If it be thought unnecessary or wasteful to cut down side or foot sticks for a job, or a pamphlet, when there are none of a proper length in the house, a piece of furniture taken out of the drawer of the proper length and width, and placed inside next the page, will remedy the inconvenience, and cause the quoin to be driven with ease.\n\nWhen placing the furniture about the pages leave the ends of the page cords out, so that they may be easily taken off, without the necessity of disturbing the pages to find the end, which will be the case if they be tucked in.\n\nThe furniture being now round the pages, I would recommend to the compositor to put some quoins round the form, not with any particular care that they fit, but merely to secure the pages, and by their means to push them up close to the heads, backs, and gutters.\n\nAfter having taken a page cord from a page push up that page close to the furniture at the back and head, by means of the side and foot stick, to prevent the letters at the ends of the lines from falling down, and also tighten the quoins gently with your fingers.\n\nAll the page cords being taken off, and the pages pushed up close at the sides and heads, it will next be necessary to examine particularly that the margin be right; as also to put one or two scaleboards in all the backs and the heads between the furniture and the crosses. These scaleboards enable the pressmen to make register if there be any inequality in the furniture or the crosses, by changing their situations, or taking some of them away; they also enable the compositor to make the distance between the pages in the backs and heads uniform, which should always be the case; and no form of book work that has to be printed on both sides of the paper should ever be imposed without them. But scaleboard is never used in the gutters.\n\nThe form has now to be quoined, which many compositors are in the habit of doing very carelessly, thinking that if the form lifts it is quite sufficient. This is an erroneous opinion, and frequently causes errors from the slovenly manner in which the quoining is done, letters and even lines dropping out when the form is laid on the press, or taken off, which do not always get replaced correctly; and the pages are more likely to fall out if they stand a few days at the end of a bulk. As I have previously described the imposing of an octavo, I shall continue my observations with respect to that size, but the principle is the same whatever the size may be. I would have two quoins for each sidestick, not put in indiscriminately, but the furthest quoin when driven tight, to be about three quarters of an inch from the broad end of the sidestick, which will allow room for the shooting stick in unlocking, as also for the form being tightened if the furniture shrinks; and the other quoin when driven tight to be its whole length fairly within the sidestick, because this end of the stick being thin, will be liable to spring from the page if the quoin be driven far in, and thus leave the letters behind insecure, and in danger of falling out: I would have two for the footstick in the same situations, and a third in the middle to cover the end of the gutter. Each quarter, of a form of octavo, thus quoined, will be perfectly secure when the quoins are driven tight, provided the pages be made up to the same length, and the lines properly justified; should this not be the case, the compositor will be obliged to vary the quoining, to meet the evil of bad workmanship.\n\nBefore he tightens his quoins he examines whether the pages in the same quarter be of equal length, which he does by pressing against the footstick with his thumbs, and raising it a little from the stone; if it lifts up with it equally the ends of both the pages against which it presses, he is satisfied they are right, and tries the other quarters in the same manner; if he finds any of the pages short, he examines them to find out where the deficiency is and supplies it; sometimes a lead is wanting, sometimes a line. This will arise occasionally from the carelessness of some compositors who will not take the trouble of cutting a gauge by which to make up their pages, but do it by counting the lines; they sometimes omit a line, sometimes have a line too much, and sometimes are equally incorrect with their leads: in other cases I have known gauges cut carelessly of an improper length, which causes the same evil; and it also occasionally arises from having the gauges of three or four different works cut on the same piece of reglet, and mistaking one for the other. See Gauge.\n\nI should now push the quoins up all round with my fingers, to confine the pages slightly, and then plane the form down gently by striking the planer with the fist; if any letters stand up they are easily pressed down by this mode of proceeding, without injuring their face; after this is done, it is necessary to examine the sides of the pages, to see that no letters have slipped out of their places at the ends of the lines, which is frequently the case when pages which have been tied up have lain under the frame some time; it may also happen in taking the page cords off, particularly if they be knotted. Having examined the pages, and rectified any thing that was found amiss, which is easily done in this state of the form, I should gently tighten the quoins all round the form in an equal manner with the mallet and shooting stick, and then plane down, but not violently; if any letters stand up, from some substance being underneath, as a space, or a letter, or a bit of the page paper, which will sometimes get torn off and remain, it will be better to omit planing that part down for the present, as it would only injure the type and answer no good purpose: the quoins should then be driven as tight as is necessary, still doing it regularly and equally all round the form, when the form should be planed down again, which may be done with firmer blows than before, still omitting the part where the letters stand up.\n\nThe form may now be lifted from the stone at the front edge, just sufficient to allow the compositor to see whether it will rise or not, but not so high as that a letter would drop out; if it dances, it must be dropped down again upon the stone, and the lines tightened by thrusting the point of a bodkin between some of the words, and tightening the quoins; thus bad workmanship causes fudges, and in this case is never safe, for the letters are always in danger of being drawn out at press. But it may arise from a letter having slipped down at the end of a line: in this case the remedy is easy, to unlock the quarter and put the letter in its proper place; when this is done, and the form will rise, take the substance that was under it completely away, lay the form down again, loosen the quoins in that quarter, then plane it down, and lock it up as before directed.\n\nThe forms should now be brushed over with the letter brush, and taken to the proof press, and the pressman should be told to pull them,—In some houses the proof press is in the press room, in that case the compositor either calls out “Proof,” or asks, “Who’s in Proofs?” and then tells the party how it is to be pulled, First Proof, or Clean; sometimes the proof press is in the composing room, and the compositor either calls out “Proof” to them, or rings a bell, different houses having different customs in this respect.\n\nI would always put the flat side of the furniture upwards, as it is more convenient for the pressmen, when it is necessary to place bearers on the frisket; since they operate better on this surface than on the hollow side, and can be placed on any part of it.\n\nIn my opinion it is preferable to have each part of the furniture in one piece, where it is practicable; as, for instance, the gutters, the backs, and the heads; which prevents the pieces from being transposed, and the margin from getting wrong: but sometimes pieces will be wanted of a width that is not equal to any regular size, and then two must be used.\n\nTo prevent as much as possible one piece of furniture from being mistaken for another in the hurry of business, I would cut all the gutters of one sheet of a precise length; so also would I do with the backs, as also with the heads; but each sort should be of a different length from that of the others;—thus, though all the gutters would be exactly of a length, yet would they be of a different length from that of the heads and backs, and so of the others; and thus they would be easily distinguished from each other, and mistakes would be prevented.\n\nThe sheet being now imposed, the stone must be cleared; the saw and saw block put in their places—the shears—the mallet, planer, and shooting stick—the surplus furniture—the scaleboard—the quoins—and every other article; for in most houses there is a fine for leaving a foul stone. The compositor will tie up his page cords, and if he has any companions will return to them their proportion.\n\nIn imposing a sheet from the furniture of one that has been worked off, in the regular process of business, there are certain circumstances to be attended to, which are frequently omitted:—The chase and furniture of one form should always be used for a similar form; that is, the chase and furniture of the outer form should be again used for an outer form, and the chase and furniture of the inner form should be again used for an inner form; they should also be put round the pages in the same order in which they were put about those of the preceding forms. For want of care or thought in these apparently trifling circumstances a great deal of trouble, inconvenience, and loss of time, are frequently incurred; for the register will be almost sure to be wrong when this is neglected, and then the forms must be unlocked, and the scaleboards changed, some of them having to be taken out, or fresh ones to be inserted, and this accompanied by a great deal of dissatisfaction.\n\nI have found it to be a saving of time to be a little methodical in imposing; I take out my quoins and lay them on the adjoining pages in their regular order, then, after the chase has been put over the pages, and the furniture about them, there is no loss of time in replacing the quoins, or in finding the proper situation for each of them: the page cords are then taken off; the quoins tightened; the form planed down, &c., as detailed in the preceding paragraphs for imposing the first sheet of a work.\n\nIt should always be borne in mind that the quoins ought to be tightened regularly and uniformly round the form; for if one quarter be locked up at once before the quoins are tightened in the other quarters, the whole will be distorted, and the pressmen will have great difficulty in making register.\n\nAfter the furniture has been taken from a form for the purpose of imposing another, it will be the means of preventing the matter for distribution from going into pie if the compositor tie a cord about each page; at least it may prevent an accident, and save him some trouble.\n\nThe chases for a sheet ought always to be in pairs; for if they be of different sizes, or the rims of different thickness, it causes the pressmen to lose time in making register, when both forms are worked at the same press, and often occasions the spoiling of two or three sheets of paper before that object is accomplished.\n\nBefore the compositor locks up his form, but after the pages are pushed up close to the backs and the heads, he should cut a gauge to fit exactly the intervals between the backs and the heads; and a sheet should never be carried into the press room for press, without the margin having been tried by this gauge to see that it is right, and to correct it, if it should be wrong: for as the pressmen have frequently occasion to alter the scaleboards in working the reiteration, this alteration will necessarily affect the furniture of the succeeding sheet. I have always used two small pieces of clean reglet, brevier or longprimer, and have cut them to the precise length; I wrote on both in ink the name of the work to prevent mistakes, as also the words ‘Back’ and ‘Head’ on each respectively; made a hole through them with my bodkin, tied them together with a piece of page cord, and hung them on a nail within my frame, so that they were always ready for use.\n\nI shall now enumerate the tables of imposition in the following pages, and add observations where it may appear necessary, to make them as clear as it is in my power to do, not only to facilitate the operation, but in many instances to give information that may be of service; and in some cases to accommodate the bookbinder, who is seldom thought of in a printing office, but who, in my opinion, ought to be constantly considered: for I hold that the binding of a book should be always kept in view, as we are all anxious to see how our work looks when it is splendidly dressed by his skill; and it would consequently not be just if we did not do all in our power to accommodate him: stating this opinion will also show my reason for making some of the observations, as it is a point that has hitherto been neglected in all practical works on printing.\n\nI shall also notice the errors, where they occur, of my predecessors, not for the sake of finding fault, or of depreciating their labours, but to save trouble to the workman; for, by some unaccountable cause, wherever Luckombe has made a mistake, or committed an error, it has been copied by subsequent writers, who do not appear to have examined his arrangement of the pages, but to have taken it for granted they were right, and have thus continued his errors.\n\nThe writers since Smith have not, I think, reasoned correctly on this part of a practical work; they seem to have made a merit of not adding to this department, by attending too strictly to an observation of his, saying that there may be many more fanciful ways of folding a sheet of paper. So there may, with which it may not be necessary to encumber a book; but why reject those that are useful and of frequent occurrence? why omit giving the mode of imposing fragments that continually occur at the end of a work? and that generally cause loss of time in arranging them, which might easily have been avoided; which omission I have endeavoured to supply: for this is the part of a work on printing that may be equally useful as a reference to the experienced workman as to the novice, and which I have frequently seen much wanted.\n\nSmith’s words are, after enumerating the different Tables of Imposition which he has given—“More Irregular Sizes we have not thought fit to introduce; else we might have drawn out Schemes for Imposing Six’s, 10’s, 14’s, 20’s, 28’s, 30’s, 40’s, 42’s, 50’s, 56’s, 60’s, 80’s, 100’s, and 112’s; these, and several more being Sizes that have been found out not so much for use as out of fancy, to show the possibility of folding a piece of paper into so many various forms.”—p. 257. Upon this passage have all subsequent writers formed their excuse for leaving the different methods of imposing pages in an imperfect and erroneous state: the errors commenced with Luckombe.\n\nAs it may facilitate reference, I have given in the following enumeration the initials of the different authors in whose works the same forms will be found.—M. refers to Moxon; Sm. to Smith; L. to Luckombe; St. to Stower; J. to Johnson; H. to Hansard; Ma. to Magrath; and Mas. to Mason. Where there are no initials, the arrangement has not, to my knowledge, been given before in any English book, and is only to be found in this work.\n\n\n\nTABLES OF IMPOSITION.\n\nWhen imposing the first sheet of a new work, it may be serviceable to refer to the preceding observations, for a choice of the best method; and also for directions how to transpose the pages in working the reiteration, when a transposition is required.\n\nThe running Number corresponds with that in the Enumeration.\n\n1. ABSTRACT OF TITLE DEEDS.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nEnumeration of the TABLES OF IMPOSITION in the preceding pages, with Observations, and reference to the page in which each will be found.\n\n1. Abstract of Title Deeds. J.—H.\n\nPage 335\n\nAbstracts of Title Deeds of Estates are in single leaves, and all the margin is on the left side of the paper; they are usually imposed two pages together, to save expense in press-work. They are stitched together at the corner.\n\n2. Sheet of Folio. M.—Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n335\n\n3. Sheet of Folio. Hebrew\n\n335\n\n4. Two sheets of Folio, Quired. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n335\n\n5. Three sheets of Folio, Quired\n\n336\n\nImposing in Quires was formerly much used, when books were more commonly printed in folio than they now are. It may be carried to any extent, by taking care that the folios of the two pages in each form of the first Signature make one more than the whole number quired: thus, if the quire consists of 24 pages, the Imposition of each form will be consecutively 1 and 24—23 and 2—3 and 22—21 and 4—5 and 20—19 and 6—7 and 18—17 and 8—9 and 16—15 and 10—11 and 14—13 and 12; and so for the succeeding forms, taking this order of the pages.\n\n6. Half a Sheet of Folio. M.\n\n336\n\n7. Sheet of Quarto M.—Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n336\n\n8. Sheet of Quarto. Hebrew\n\n336\n\n9. Two Half Sheets of Quarto, worked together. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n337\n\n10. Half Sheet of Quarto. M.—Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n337\n\nHalf Sheet of Broad Quarto. Sm.—J.—As the pages are laid down as in No. 10, I have not repeated the arrangement.\n\n11. Half Sheet of Quarto. Hebrew\n\n337\n\n12. Two Sheets of Quarto, Quired\n\n337\n\nThis Imposition may be useful where a pamphlet makes but two Sheets.\n\n13. Sheet of Broad Quarto. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n338\n\n14. Sheet of Octavo. M.—Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n338\n\n15. Sheet of Octavo. Hebrew. Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n338\n\n16. Sheet of Broad Octavo. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n338\n\n17. Half Sheet of Octavo. M.—Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n339\n\n18. Half Sheet of Octavo. Hebrew.\n\n339\n\n19. Two Half Sheets of Octavo, worked together. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n339\n\nI prefer this method of imposing two half sheets of Octavo, which cut up in the regular fold of the paper, to having the signatures in slips on each side of the long cross.\n\n20. Sheet of Octavo with two Signatures, 12 pages and 4. St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n339\n\nThe four pages are here imposed to cut out of the middle of the Sheet: being in the order of the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th. They might also be imposed as the 1st, 2d, 15th, and 16th; both these methods are convenient to the bookbinder.\n\n21. Two Quarter Sheets of Octavo, worked together. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.—Mas\n\n339\n\n22. Two Quarter Sheets of Octavo. Hebrew. Worked together\n\n339\n\n 23. Sheet of Twelves, No. 1. M.—Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n340\n\nThe pages of this sheet are arranged in the customary manner, the first page of the offcut being in the outer form.\n\n24. Sheet of Twelves, No. 2.\n\n340\n\nBy imposing a sheet of twelves in this manner, the first signature of the offcut being in the inner form, it rises more conveniently for the bookbinder when folding; as it saves him the trouble of turning the offcut over every sheet, and it is no inconvenience to the printer.\n\n25. Sheet of Twelves, to fold without cutting. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n340\n\n26. Sheet of Twelves. Hebrew\n\n341\n\n27. Two Half Sheets of Twelves, worked together, No. 1. H.\n\n341\n\nThe signatures of these two half sheets when quired, will rise regularly when collated, so as to be easily perceived both by the warehouseman and the bookbinder, and be less liable to be overlooked than the following. I give the preference to this arrangement.\n\n28. Two Half Sheets of Twelves, worked together, No. 2. Sm.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n341\n\nI give this arrangement of the pages of two half sheets of Twelves to be worked together, because it is generally adopted; but the second signature is hid in the sheet, and may easily be overlooked, so as to cause a mistake, both by the warehouseman and the bookbinder. I prefer the preceding arrangement.\n\n29. Half Sheet of Twelves. M.—Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n342\n\n30. Half Sheet of Twelves, to fold without cutting. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n342\n\n31. Half Sheet of Twelves. Hebrew\n\n342\n\n32. Sheet of Twelves, with two Signatures. 20 pages and 4\n\n342\n\n33. Sheet of Twelves, with two Signatures. 16 pages and 8. Sm.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n343\n\n34. Sheet of Twelves, with three Signatures. 12, 8, and 4 pages\n\n343\n\n35. Sheet of Twelves, with three Signatures. Thrice 8 pages\n\n343\n\nThe offcut forms one of the portions of eight pages; the other two are imposed as two half sheets of octavo.\n\n36. Half Sheet of Twelves, with two Signatures. 8 pages and 4. Sm.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n344\n\n37. Eight pages of Twelves. St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n344\n\n38. Sheet of Long Twelves. Music way, No. 1\n\n344\n\nThis sheet cuts into three portions of eight pages each, which are inserted into each other.\n\n39. Sheet of Long Twelves. Music way, No. 2\n\n345\n\nThere is an offcut of eight pages in this sheet, which forms the inset.\n\n40. Sheet of Long Twelves. Music way. With two Signatures. 16 pages and 8. S.\n\n345\n\nStower terms this ‘A Sheet of Long Twelves,’ although it is a sheet with two signatures, composed of sixteen pages and eight pages.\n\n41. Half Sheet of Long Twelves. Music way\n\n346\n\nThis half sheet perfects as an octavo, and the four middle pages cut out and form the inset.\n\n42. Sheet of Long Twelves, No. 1.\n\n346\n\n\n\nThe first page of the offcut in this and the following sheet is imposed in the inner form, for the reason given in No. 24.\n\n43. Sheet of Long Twelves, No. 2.\n\n347\n\nIn this and the preceding sheet the paper of the sixteen pages folds differently; the first fold of No. 1. is in the back, as an octavo; the first fold of No. 2. is in the head as a quarto.\n\n44. Sheet of Long Twelves, with two signatures. 16 pages and 8. No. 1. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n347\n\nLuckombe and the subsequent writers term this a ‘Sheet of Long Twelves;’ it is in fact two fragments, one of sixteen pages, and one of eight pages.\n\n45. Sheet of Long Twelves, with two Signatures. 16 pages and 8. No. 2\n\n348\n\nThe sixteen pages of this sheet and the preceding, fold as No. 43. and No. 42.\n\n46. Half Sheet of Long Twelves\n\n348\n\n47. Sheet of Square Twelves\n\n349\n\nA sheet of square twelves is imposed the same as a sheet of common twelves; but I have inserted it, because the chase is laid over the form differently: the short cross should be the same as for octavos, and the long cross should be for the offcut.\n\nHalf sheets and fragments are laid down the same as common twelves.\n\n48. Two Half Sheets of Long Twelves, worked together\n\n349\n\nThis sheet is perfected as an octavo, and the four middle pages form the inset.\n\n49. Sheet of Sixteens. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n349\n\n50. Sheet of Sixteens. Hebrew\n\n350\n\nThis and the preceding sheet fold without cutting.\n\n51. Two Half Sheets of Sixteens worked together\n\n350\n\n52. Sheet of Sixteens, with two Signatures. 24 pages and 8\n\n350\n\n53. Half Sheet of Sixteens. Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n351\n\n54. Half Sheet of Sixteens. Hebrew\n\n351\n\n55. Two Quarter Sheets of Sixteens\n\n351\n\n56. Sheet of Long Sixteens\n\n351\n\n57. Two Half Sheets of Long Sixteens, worked together\n\n352\n\n58. Half Sheet of Long Sixteens\n\n352\n\n59. Two Quarter Sheets of Long Sixteens\n\n352\n\n60. Sheet of Eighteens, with one Signature. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n353\n\nLuckombe calls this ‘A common Sheet of Eighteens.’ I suppose at that time it was the customary way of imposing a sheet of eighteens; in my opinion it is inferior to No. 62. There are four insets in it—3 of four pages each, and 1 of eight pages.\n\n61. Sheet of Eighteens with three Signatures. No. 1. Sm.—St.—H.\n\n353\n\nThis imposition cuts into three slips the longest way of the sheet of paper; and the heads of the pages on one of them are the raw edge of the paper, which will cause additional trouble to the pressman and to the bookbinder, without being attended with any advantage:—If the compositor have not made his pages up to a precise length, the pressman will have to unlock the forms and rectify them, to make register; and the bookbinder will have to trim each of them with a pair of scissars. It may be avoided by turning the pages of this slip round, and placing the heads against the heads of the other signature, if a sheet should be imposed according to this arrangement. It is certainly inferior to No. 62.\n\n62. Sheet of Eighteens, with three Signatures, as three Half Sheets of Twelves. J.—Mas. No. 2\n\n354\n\nThis is now the usual method of imposing a sheet of eighteens; it cuts up equal to three half sheets of twelves, and is the most convenient mode both to the pressman and bookbinder, as it is in the regular way of their business.\n\n63. Sheet of Eighteens, with three Signatures. Hebrew\n\n354\n\n64. Sheet of Eighteens, to fold without cutting. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n355\n\nLuckombe has reversed every page of this sheet in his work, so that the first page would be at the last end of the sheet, the same as Hebrew. Smith has a sheet of eighteens under this title, but it has three Signatures in it.\n\n65. Sheet of Eighteens, with two Signatures. 24 pages and 12. No. 1. Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n355\n\n66. Sheet of Eighteens, with two Signatures. 24 pages and 12, as a Sheet of Twelves and Half Sheet of Twelves. No. 2\n\n356\n\nThese two last sheets will only be useful when a volume of eighteens is worked in sheets with one Signature in each, which is not often done; I should give the preference to No. 2.\n\n67. Half Sheet of Eighteens. Sm.—St.—J.—H.—Mas.\n\n356\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages 11, 8 and 7, 12—put 11 and 8 in the place of 7 and 12; and 7 and 12 in the place of 11 and 8.\n\n68. Half Sheet of Eighteens. Hebrew\n\n356\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 8, 11 and 12, 7, in the same manner as was directed in No. 67.\n\n69. Half Sheet of Eighteens, without transposing the pages. St.—J.—H.\n\n357\n\nMr. Stower, in his Printer’s Grammar, says, “We have also given a plan for imposing a half sheet of eighteens, without transposing the pages.”\n\nI acknowledge that much time will be saved in the warehouse work, and that it will be more convenient for the printer to do it in this manner; but the saving of trouble, and the convenience of doing work in a particular way, are not always to be attended to. How will the sheet look when cut up?—There will be three signatures; the first will have twelve pages, the same as half a sheet of twelves; the second will consist of two single leaves; and the third of one leaf, thus having three separate leaves in a half sheet; that is, six single leaves in a sheet, which are charged in binding the same as plates. A collection of plays published separately in eighteens, which is not uncommon, will when completed contain many half sheets, and, if printed in this manner, will be a considerable additional expense in binding a number of complete sets. This will cause dissatisfaction in the master printer’s employers, as it is a principle that ought always to be acted on, not to increase the expenditure, when it can be avoided.\n\n\n\n70. Sixteen pages of Eighteens. Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n357\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 7, 10 and 9, 8; put 7 and 10 in the place of 9 and 8; and 9 and 8 in the place of 7 and 10.\n\nIn working sixteen pages, or eight pages, of eighteens, there will be two blank pages in each half of the sheet, except it be filled up with advertisements, catalogue, or other matter.\n\n71. Half a Sheet of Eighteens, with two Signatures. 16 pages and 2\n\n357\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 7, 10 and 9, 8, as in No. 70.\n\n72. Half Sheet of Eighteens, with two Signatures. 14 pages and 4\n\n357\n\nAfter the white paper is printed off, transpose the four pages, 37, 40 and 39, 38, as directed in No. 70.\n\n73. Half Sheet of Eighteens, with two Signatures. 12 pages and 6\n\n358\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 13, 18 and 17, 14, as directed in No. 70.\n\n74. Half Sheet of Eighteens, with two Signatures. 10 pages and 8\n\n358\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 73, 80 and 79, 74, as directed in No. 70.\n\n75. Half Sheet of Eighteens, with two Signatures. 8 pages and 8\n\n358\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 37, 44 and 43, 38, as directed in No. 70.\n\n76. Half Sheet of Eighteens, with three Signatures. 10 pages, 4, and 4\n\n358\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 73, 76 and 75, 74, as directed in No. 70.\n\n77. Half Sheet of Eighteens, with three Signatures. 8 pages, 8, and 2\n\n359\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 37, 44 and 43, 38, as directed in No. 70.\n\n78. Half Sheet of Eighteens, with four Signatures. Four times 4 pages\n\n359\n\nAfter the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 85, 88 and 87, 86, as directed in No. 70.\n\nIn printing collections of plays in eighteens, where each play has separate folios, fragments in every variety arise. When one of four pages occurs, it will perhaps be adviseable, if the number be large, and the presswork not in a forward state, to make a full form of them, by setting the matter up five times: when the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, as directed in No. 70.; also take out the first and fourth pages of one of the portions of four pages which occupy the place of the two blanks in No. 78, and put the third and the second in their place.\n\n79. Sheet of Twenties. No. 1. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n359\n\nI do not approve of this arrangement; for the sheet cuts into five slips, four of which are insets—otherwise they must have five different signatures.\n\n80. Sheet of Twenties. No. 2\n\n360\n\nAfter the offcut is separated, the first and second folds of the remainder are the same as a duodecimo.\n\n81. Sheet of Twenties. No. 3\n\n360\n\nAfter the offcut is separated, the first and second folds of the remainder are the same as a Quarto. I have placed the first signature of the offcut in the inner form, for the reason assigned in No. 23.\n\nThis and the preceding arrangement are preferable to No. 1, as there is only one offcut in each, which is inserted in the middle when folded; the other pages are imposed as a sheet of sixteens.\n\n82. Sheet of Twenties, with two Signatures. 32 pages and 8\n\n361\n\n83. Sheet of Twenties, with two Signatures. 24 pages and 16\n\n361\n\n84. Two Half Sheets of Twenties, worked together\n\n362\n\n85. Half a Sheet of Twenties\n\n362\n\n86. Half a Sheet of Twenties, with two Signatures. 16 pages and 4 J.\n\n362\n\n87. Half a Sheet of Twenties, with two Signatures. 12 pages and 8\n\n363\n\n88. Two Half Sheets of Twenty-fours, worked together\n\n363\n\nWhat Stower calls Twenty-fours are longer and narrower than what he calls Long Twenty-fours: I have reversed the terms, and called his Twenty-fours, Long Twenty-fours, and vice versâ.\n\n89. Half a Sheet of Twenty-fours. No. 1\n\n364\n\n90. Half a Sheet of Twenty-fours. No. 2. Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n364\n\nThese four writers term this arrangement of the pages, ‘the Sixteen-way.’\n\nThe difference between No. 1. and No. 2. is, that, when the inset is taken off, the first fold of No. 1. is in the head; and that of No. 2. is in the back, as a sheet of octavo.\n\n91. Half a Sheet of Twenty-fours, to fold without cutting. L.—S.\n\n365\n\n92. Half a Sheet of Twenty-fours, with two Signatures. 20 pages and 4\n\n365\n\n93. Half a Sheet of Twenty-fours, with two Signatures. 16 pages and 8. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n366\n\n94. Half a Sheet of Twenty-fours, with three Signatures. 8 pages each\n\n366\n\n95. Quarter of a Sheet of Twenty-fours. H.\n\n366\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four middle pages; put 5 in the place of 7,—6 in the place of 8,—7 in the place of 5,—and 8 in the place of 6.\n\n96. Two Half Sheets of Twenty-fours, worked together. Hebrew\n\n367\n\n97. Half a Sheet of Twenty-fours. Hebrew. No. 1\n\n368\n\n98. Half a Sheet of Twenty-fours. Hebrew. No. 2\n\n368\n\n99. Two Half Sheets of Long Twenty-fours, worked together. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n369\n\nLuckombe has transposed the pages of this table in his work. I have put the first page of the second signature in the inner form, which causes it to rise better in collating and folding: Stower has it in the outer.\n\n100. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours. No. 1\n\n369\n\n101. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours. No. 2. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n370\n\n102. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours, to fold without cutting. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n370\n\n103. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours, with two Signatures. 20 pages and 4\n\n370\n\n104. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours, with two Signatures. 16 pages and 8. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n371\n\nLuckombe has placed the foot of each page where the head should be, in the range commencing with page 1.\n\n\n\n105. Two Half Sheets of Long Twenty-fours, worked together. Hebrew\n\n371\n\n106. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours. Hebrew. No. 1\n\n372\n\n107. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours. Hebrew. No. 2\n\n372\n\n108. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours, with two Signatures. 20 pages and 4. Hebrew\n\n372\n\n109. Half a Sheet of Long Twenty-fours, with two Signatures. 16 pages and 8. Hebrew\n\n373\n\n110. Two Half Sheets of Square Twenty-fours, worked together\n\n373\n\n111. Half a Sheet of Square Twenty-fours. L.—St.—J.\n\n374\n\n112. Sheet of Thirty-twos. No. 1\n\n374\n\n113. Sheet of Thirty-twos. No. 2. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n375\n\nIn my opinion No. 1. is a more preferable method of imposing a sheet of 32mo. than No. 2.; as the sheet in the first instance folds into the regular folio, then into quarto, octavo, square sixteens, and thirty-twos; whereas No. 2. folds into long folio, quarto, long octavo, &c.\n\nBoth of them would be inconvenient, except for children’s books, tracts, and other temporary articles; as sixty-four pages in one signature would be too many to fold neatly for book work, for such purpose I should prefer four signatures in the sheet, each of which would be equal to a sheet of octavo.\n\n114. Two Half Sheets of Thirty-twos, worked together\n\n376\n\n115. Sheet of Thirty-twos, with two Signatures. 48 pages and 16\n\n377\n\nThe sheet in the first instance cuts up in the regular fold; the half sheet with signature B in it, folds into quarto, octavo, square sixteens, and thirty-twos; the other half sheet cuts up lengthways into two equal parts, containing sixteen pages each, one of which is an inset for signature B, the other forms signature C.\n\n116. Sheet of Thirty-twos, with two Signatures. 40 pages and 24\n\n378\n\nThe sheet cuts up in the regular fold, and the half sheet folds as No. 115.; the other half sheet cuts in two lengthways, one of which contains sixteen pages of signature C; the other sixteen pages cut in two, eight pages of which are an inset for signature B, the other eight are an inset for signature C.\n\n117. Sheet of Thirty-twos, with four Signatures. 16 pages in each. Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n379\n\nI have arranged the signatures of this sheet differently from the preceding writers. They have the two first signatures on different half sheets: I have placed them on the same half sheet, and the third and fourth signatures on the other half sheet, so as to cause them to rise in a regular way.\n\nThis sheet is equal to four sheets of octavo; two of which are imposed on each side of the long crosses in a pair of chases: eight pages of the first signature, the same as the outer form of a sheet of octavo, are laid down in the left hand quarter of a chase, the other eight pages, similar to the inner form of a sheet of octavo, are laid down in the right hand quarter of the other chase; the fourth signature is imposed in the two other quarters, which will lie together as the chases are upon the imposing stone; the second and third signatures are imposed in a similar manner on the other sides of the long crosses.\n\n\n\n118. Half a sheet of Thirty-twos. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n380\n\n119. Half a Sheet of Thirty-twos, with two Signatures. 24 pages and 8\n\n380\n\n120. Half a Sheet of Thirty-twos, with two Signatures. 20 pages and 12\n\n380\n\n121. Half a Sheet of Thirty-twos, with four Signatures. 16 pages, 8 pages, 4 pages, and 4 pages. J.—H.\n\n381\n\n122. Two Quarter Sheets of Thirty-twos, worked together. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n381\n\n123. Sheet of Thirty-sixes, with three Signatures\n\n382\n\nThis sheet perfects the same as a twelves. It cuts into three equal parts across the sheet, each portion of which contains all the pages in the signature.\n\n124. Sheet of Thirty-sixes, with six Signatures\n\n383\n\nThis sheet cuts up into portions of eight pages and four pages each, the four pages forming an inset; so as to make each signature equal to a half sheet of twelves.\n\n125. Sheet of Thirty-sixes, with two Signatures. 60 pages and 12\n\n384\n\n126. Two Half Sheets of Thirty-sixes, worked together\n\n385\n\n127. Half a Sheet of Thirty-sixes. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n386\n\n128. Half a sheet of Thirty-sixes, to fold without cutting. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n386\n\n129. Half a Sheet of Thirty-sixes, with three Signatures\n\n387\n\nThis form perfects as an octavo. It folds as three half sheets of twelves.\n\n130. Half a Sheet of Thirty-sixes, with two Signatures. 24 pages and 12. Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n387\n\nThis form perfects as an octavo. The three last writers, in their works on printing, have made the middle twelve pages perfect foot to foot, so that they will be cut out at the head, and fold at the foot; I have reversed them, to cause them to be cut out at the foot, and fold at the head.\n\n131. Two Quarter Sheets of Thirty-sixes, worked together\n\n388\n\nWhen the white paper is worked off, transpose the four pages, 11, 8, and 7, 12, in signature B, and 29, 26, and 25, 30, in signature C, in the manner directed in No. 67. (half sheet of eighteens), for each of these quarter sheets is similar in arrangement to that form.\n\n132. Half a Sheet of Forties. No. 1. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n388\n\nThe sheet cuts up into five slips of one page in depth, four of which are insets; it appears to me an inconvenient method, which I have endeavoured to improve in the next article. It perfects as an octavo.\n\n133. Half a Sheet of Forties. No. 2\n\n389\n\nIn this arrangement the paper folds in the regular way, first into folio, then into quarto, octavo, sixteens, and thirty-twos, with one inset of eight pages. In my opinion it is preferable to the preceding method. It perfects as an octavo.\n\n134. Half a Sheet of Forties, with two Signatures. 32 pages and 8\n\n389\n\nThe arrangement of the 32 pages is the same as for half a sheet of thirty-twos, in No. 118. The 8 pages of signature C form the offcut.\n\n135. Half a Sheet of Forties, with two Signatures. 24 pages and 16\n\n390\n\n136. Half a sheet of Forties, with three Signatures. 16 pages, 16 pages, and 8\n\n390\n\n137. Two Quarter Sheets of Forties, worked together\n\n391\n\n138. Half a Sheet of Forty-eights, with three Signatures. Sm.—St.—J.—H.\n\n391\n\nThese writers have placed the first signatures on the different half sheets; I have placed them on the same half sheet. It is similar in the arrangement of the pages to three sheets of octavo, and perfects the same as a form of twelves.\n\n139. Quarter of a Sheet of Forty-eights. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n392\n\nThe same arrangement of the pages as a sheet of twelves, and perfects as such.\n\n140. Quarter of a Sheet of Forty-eights, to fold without cutting. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n392\n\nIt is the same as a sheet of twelves without cutting.\n\n141. Two Quarter Sheets of Forty-eights, worked together. No. 1\n\n392\n\nThese are equal to two sheets of twelves, and are arranged on each side of the short cross, and perfect as a twelves.\n\n142. Two Quarter Sheets of Forty-eights, worked together. No. 2. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n393\n\nThese two quarter sheets are arranged on each side of the long cross, and perfect as an octavo.\n\n143. Quarter of a Sheet of Forty-eights, with two Signatures. 16 pages and 8. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n393\n\nStower imposes this form in three slips, and makes one of them an inset; and the slip with the first signature, has the heads of the pages to the raw edge of the paper: I have arranged the 16 pages as a sheet of octavo, and the 8 pages of signature C form the offcut.\n\n144. Half a Sheet of Sixty-fours\n\n394\n\nHowever much I disapprove of the arrangement of the pages in many of the Tables of Imposition in Luckombe’s and Stower’s works, on account of the uncustomary and inconvenient manner of the paper folding, yet I have given all that are in their books thus far, for the reason I stated in page 328; but when we come to sixty-fours, a size that is seldom printed, I think it is unnecessary to give more than one mode, and I omit the one that has been usually given, and insert in its place what I conceive to be an improvement. The old plan folded into folio, long quarto, octavo, long sixteens, &c.; the plan here inserted folds into folio, quarto, octavo, sixteens, &c. in the customary way. If any printer choose to adopt the other plan, he will find it in Luckombe, Stower, Johnson, and Hansard.\n\n145. Two Quarter Sheets of Sixty-fours, worked together\n\n394\n\n146. Quarter of a Sheet of Sixty-fours. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n395\n\nThe pages of this form are laid down in the same order as half a sheet of thirty-twos, No. 118.\n\n147. Quarter of a Sheet of Sixty-fours, with two Signatures. 16 pages in each. L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n395\n\nThe pages of this form are laid down in the same order as two quarter sheets of thirty-twos, worked together, No. 122.\n\n148. Quarter of a Sheet of Sixty-fours, with two Signatures. 24 pages and 8\n\n395\n\nThe pages of this form are laid down in the same order as half a sheet of thirty-twos, with two signatures. 24 pages and 8, No. 119.\n\n\n\n149. Half a Sheet of Seventy-twos, with three Signatures. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n396\n\nI have varied from the old plan of imposing half a sheet of seventy-twos, nor did I think it of consequence to crowd the book unnecessarily with giving what I consider inferior modes of imposing in sizes that rarely occur. This form has been usually given to cut up into three slips the longest way of the paper; I have given it in the manner, that when perfected, it will cut up into six portions, with the pages of each the same as a sheet of twelves. It perfects as a twelves.\n\n150. Half a Sheet of Seventy-twos, with six Signatures\n\n397\n\nThis sheet when perfected cuts up into twelve portions, each of which is similar in the arrangement of the pages to half a sheet of twelves.\n\nThe fragments of No. 149. will be imposed in the same order as those of a sheet of twelves; and those of 150, in the same order as those of half a sheet of twelves.\n\n151. Half a Sheet of Ninety-sixes, with four Signatures\n\n398\n\nWhen perfected it cuts up into eight portions, each of which is similar to a sheet of twelves. It perfects as a twelves.\n\n152. Half a Sheet of Ninety-sixes, with six Signatures. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n399\n\nI have placed the first signatures on the same half sheet; the preceding writers scattered them on both. It is laid down as six sheets of octavo, and perfects as an octavo.\n\n153. Half a Sheet of One Hundred and Twenty-eights. Sm.—L.—St.—J.—H.\n\n400\n\nIt is laid down as eight sheets of octavo, and perfects as an octavo.", "chars": 54835, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_335.jpg", "caption": "Layout for Title Deeds", "alt": "Layout for Title Deeds", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1816", "term": "imposition", "norm": "imposition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The plan of arrangement of the pages of type in a chase so that they will read consecutively when the printed sheet is folded. It is a term which means literally \"in position,\" and originated in letterpress printing.\n\nThere are four standard methods of imposition: 1) sheetwise; 2) work-and-turn; 3) work-and-tumble; and 4) work-and-twist. The purpose of having different schemes is to obtain maximum economy in printing.\n\nSheetwise imposition, also known as \"work-and-back,\" \"front-and-back,\" or \"print-and-back,\" requires two image carriers per color, one each for the front and back of the sheet. This method is used for printing jobs where the number of pages to be printed on each side of the sheet is large enough to utilize the full capacity of the press.\n\nWork-and-turn imposition, also known as \"print-and-turn,\" is used where it is practical to print both sides of the sheet from a single image carrier per color. It is frequently used, and requires relatively large presses because the sheet will carry two complete units, each occupying one-half of the sheet. The sheet is either slit during backup or is cut apart after printing. Workand-turn imposition cuts the number of sheets to be printed by 50%, but it generally requires larger and more expensive presses than sheetwise imposition.\n\nWork-and-tumble imposition, also known as \"print-and-tumble,\" \"workand-roll,\" or \"work-and-flop,\" is used less frequently than either of the two previous methods. It is selected when a work-and-turn form cannot be used, or when two sheetwise forms would have to be run on a sheet of difficult dimensions. This method needs only one image carrier for printing both sides of the sheet, and in this respect it is similar to work-and-turn.\n\nWork-and-twist imposition, also known as \"work-and-twirl,\" differs fundamentally from all three previous schemes. While the first three are methods designed to produce sheets printed on both sides, work-and-twist imposition solves problems pertaining to one-side printing, e.g., printing blank rule and tabular forms, with cross rules in one section and vertical rules in the other. In this method, two separate sections, or divisions, of an individual form are imposed and locked up together in such a manner that they may be printed side by side on a double-sized sheet in one impression. After completion of the run, the already printed paper is repositioned face up for the second printing from the same image carrier. Work-and-twist imposition is actually rarely used, as it requires nearly perfectly square stock for execution.", "chars": 2563, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [234, 287, 289, 316, 320, 339], "citations": ["Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966.", "Radford, Richard George. Letterpress machine work. New York. Staples Press. 1951. 2 vol.", "Reed, John Henry. The science of imposition…Chicago. Inland Printer. 1928.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1817", "term": "impregnated fabrics", "norm": "impregnated fabrics", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Fabrics in which the interstices between the yarns are completely filled with the impregnating compound throughout the thickness of the material, as distinguished from sized or coated fabrics, where the interstices are not completely filled. Sometimes the reverse side of impregnated fabrics are sized to insure the adhesive sticking to the cloth. When a grain or pattern is applied to impregnated fabrics, it is worked directly into the cloth, rather than on a surface coating as is the case of coated fabrics. See also: BOOK CLOTH.", "chars": 557, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [208, 260, 341], "citations": ["Library Binding Institute. Library binding handbook. Rev. ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. Instruction units in bookbinding; Pt. 1: fabrikoid and buckram books. Greeley, Colo. Colorado State College of Education. 1935.", "U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Fabrics for book covers. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (Product Standard PS 9-68). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1818", "term": "impregnated paper", "norm": "impregnated paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper in which a material such as latex or plastic is made to permeate the paper rather than merely coat it, thus adding to the wet strength, tearing resistance, and oil or grease resistance of the paper. The untreated paper used in its manufacture is known as saturating paper.", "chars": 280, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 139], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1819", "term": "impressed watermark", "norm": "impressed watermark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: WATERMARK.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1820", "term": "impression", "norm": "impression", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The pressure required to transfer ink from one surface to another, as, for example, plate to paper, or plate to blanket, etc. It is usually expressed in terms of thousandths of an inch beyond that needed to produce first contact between two printing cylinders. 2. A printed copy or the result of impressing ink upon a receiving surface. 3. The indentations remaining in paper as a result of the pressure used in letterpress printing plus the dampness of the paper. These impressions were often quite pronounced in early letterpress printing. See also: CONVEX COVERS. 4. The effect produced by stamping, blocking, printing, or tooling a design or lettering on the covers of a book. 5. All copies of a work printed at one time from one setting of type. There may be several impressions (presumably unaltered) of one edition, each new printing from standing type or original plates constituting a new \"impression\" of the work. If, however, the pages are reimposed to produce a different format, the resultant impression is a different edition. 6. A single copy of a print or map. 7. A print taken by means of a special engraving press, from an enlarged plate.", "chars": 1183, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 17, 83], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "IMPRE", "term": "IMPRESSION SHEET", "norm": "impression sheet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet of stout even paper, that fits exactly, without any play, the inside of the outer tympan: this sheet is used in fine work to place the overlays upon next to the parchment, and when a sheet of any work is thus made ready at a press, the succeeding sheets of the same work, at the same press, are made ready much more expeditiously, than if all the overlays have to be placed for each sheet on the tympan sheet.—See Making ready.", "chars": 540, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "IMPRI", "term": "IMPRINT", "norm": "imprint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name and place of residence of the printer, put to all printed articles, under the Act of Parliament of 39 George 3. c. 79., with certain exemptions.\n\nBy the Act of the 39th George 3. c. 79., intituled An Act for the more effectual Suppression of Societies established for seditious and treasonable Purposes, and for the better preventing treasonable and seditious Practices, s. 27. it is enacted, “That, from and after the Expiration of forty Days after the passing of this Act, every Person who shall print any Paper or Book whatsoever, which shall be meant or intended to be published or dispersed, whether the same shall be sold or given away, shall print upon the Front of every such Paper, if the same shall be printed on one Side only, and upon the first and last Leaves of every Paper or Book which shall consist of more than one Leaf, in legible Characters, his, or her Name, and the Name of the City, Town, Parish, or Place, and also the Name (if any) of the Square, Street, Lane, Court, or Place, in which his or her Dwelling House or usual Place of Abode shall be; and every Person who shall omit so to print his Name and Place of Abode on every such Paper or Book printed by him, and also every Person who shall publish or disperse, or assist in publishing or dispersing, either gratis or for Money, any printed Paper or Book, which shall have been printed after the Expiration of forty Days from the passing of this Act, and on which the Name and Place of Abode of the Person printing the same shall not be printed as aforesaid, shall, for every Copy of such Paper so published or dispersed by him, forfeit and pay the Sum of twenty Pounds.\n\ns. 28. “And be it further enacted, That nothing in this Act contained shall extend, or be construed to extend, to any Papers printed by the Authority and for the Use of either House of Parliament.”\n\ns. 31. “Provided always, That nothing herein contained shall extend to the Impression of any Engraving, or to the printing by Letter Press, of the Name, or the Name and Address, or Business or Profession, of any Person, and the Articles in which he deals, or to any Papers for the Sale of Estates or Goods by Auction, or otherwise.”\n\ns. 34. “Provided always, That no Person shall be prosecuted or sued for any Penalty imposed by this Act, unless such Prosecution shall be commenced, or such Action shall be brought, within three Calendar Months next after such Penalty shall have been incurred.”\n\n39 & 40 George 3. c. 95. “An Act to indemnify all Persons who have printed, published, or dispersed, or who shall publish or disperse, any Papers printed under the Authority of the Commissioners or Head Officers of any Publick Boards, from all Penalties incurred by reason of the Name and Place of Abode of the Printer of such Papers not being printed thereon.”\n\nPersons who have printed any Papers under the Authority of Commissioners of Publick Boards, or who have published them, or shall hereafter publish any Paper so printed before the passing of this Act, shall be indemnified from any Penalties incurred by reason of any Offence against the Act of the 39th of George 3. c. 79., intituled, An Act for the more effectual Suppression of Societies established for seditious and treasonable Purposes, and for the better preventing treasonable and seditious Practices.\n\nThe Act of the 41st George 3. c. 80., is, “An Act to indemnify all Persons who have printed, published, or dispersed, or who shall publish or disperse, any Papers printed under the Authority of any Head Officer of State, or of Publick Boards, or other Publick Authorities, from all Penalties incurred by reason of the Name and Place of Abode of the Printer of such Papers not being printed thereon.”\n\nPersons who have printed any Papers under the Authority of the Head Officers of any of the principal Offices of State, or of any Board of Revenue, &c., or who have published them, or shall hereafter disperse any Paper so printed before the passing of this Act, shall be indemnified from any Penalties incurred by reason of any Offence against the recited Act; viz. the 39th of George 3. c. 79.\n\n42 George 3. c. 23.—Annual Indemnity Act, s. 9. “And whereas, in an Act passed in the Thirty-ninth Year of the Reign of His present Majesty, intituled An Act for the more effectual Suppression of Societies established for seditious and treasonable Purposes; and for better preventing treasonable and seditious Practices, certain Provisions are contained to restrain the printing or publishing of any Papers or Books whatsoever, which should be meant or intended to be published or dispersed, without the Name and Place of Abode of the Printer thereof being printed thereon, with a certain Penalty on the Person printing, publishing, or dispersing, or assisting in publishing or dispersing the same contrary to the said Act: And whereas divers Papers being, or purporting to be Pleadings, Rules, Orders, Process, or other Proceedings in Courts of Law or Equity, or to be Parts of such Pleadings, Rules, Orders, Process, or other Proceedings, or to be Copies of the same, or of Parts thereof respectively, have, through Inadvertency and Mistake, and on the Supposition that such Papers were not within the Provisions of the said Act, been printed without the Name and Place of Abode of the Person printing the same being printed thereon as required by the said Act; be it further enacted, That every Person who shall, before the passing of this Act, have printed any Paper being, or purporting to be, any Pleading, Rule, Order, or any Process, or other Proceeding of or in any Court of Law or Equity, or to be any Part of such Pleading, Rule, Order, Process, or other Proceeding, or to be a Copy of the same, or of any Part thereof respectively, or shall have published or dispersed, or shall have assisted in publishing or dispersing, or shall hereafter publish or disperse, or assist in publishing or dispersing any such Paper as aforesaid, which shall have been printed before the passing of this Act, shall be, and is hereby declared to be freed and discharged of and from all Suits, Informations, Prosecutions, Judgements, Fines, Imprisonments, Pains, and Penalties whatsoever, commenced, prosecuted, adjudged, or incurred, or which may be commenced, prosecuted, adjudged, or incurred, for or by reason of any Offence alledged to have been committed against the said recited Act, by occasion of such printing, publishing, or dispersing, or assisting in publishing or dispersing any such Paper as aforesaid, as fully, freely, and effectually, as if the same had been printed according to the Provisions of the said Act.”\n\n49 George 3. c. 69., intituled “An Act to indemnify Persons who have inadvertently printed, published, or dispersed Papers or Books without a full Description of the Place of Abode of the Printers thereof, from Penalties incurred under an Act of the Thirty-ninth Year of His Majesty’s Reign.”\n\ns. 1. All Persons having printed Papers or Books with the Name of the Street of their Abode (omitting the Name of the Town or City) indemnified against Penalties under recited Act.\n\ns. 2. Not to affect Convictions or Judgments had before the passing of this Act.\n\n51 George 3. c. 65., intituled “An Act to explain and amend an Act, passed in the Thirty-ninth Year of His Majesty’s Reign, intituled An Act for the more effectual Suppression of Societies established for seditious and treasonable Purposes, and for better preventing treasonable and seditious Practices; so far as respects certain Penalties on Printers and Publishers.”\n\ns. 1. “Whereas an Act was passed in the Thirty-ninth Year of His present Majesty’s Reign, intituled An Act for the more effectual Suppression of Societies established for seditious and treasonable Purposes, and for better preventing treasonable and seditious Practices: And whereas, in and by the Twenty-seventh and Thirty-fifth Sections of the said Act, certain Provisions were made, that every Person who should print any Paper or Book, or publish or disperse, or assist in publishing or dispersing, any printed Paper or Book, without the Name and Place of Abode of the Printer being printed on such Paper or Book, in such Manner as by the said Act is specified, should forfeit and pay the Sum of Twenty Pounds for every Copy of such Paper so published or dispersed by him; to be recovered before any Justice or Justices of the Peace for the County, Stewartry, Riding, City, Town, or Place in which such Penalty should be incurred: Add whereas there is not in the said Act any Provision authorising such Justice or Justices to mitigate the Penalties thereby incurred, or enabling the Party to appeal from any Conviction by or Judgement of such Justice or Justices: And whereas divers Books and Papers have since been printed by several Persons, who, through Inadvertency or Mistake, have neglected to comply with the Provisions of the said Act, and such Persons have thereby become liable to be sued and prosecuted for Penalties to a vast Amount, although such Books and Papers were not of an evil or seditious Tendency: And whereas it is expedient to limit the Amount of Penalties imposed by the said Act; and to enable Magistrates to mitigate the Penalties in such Cases as shall appear to them expedient; and also to give the Party, who may be aggrieved by a Conviction under such Act, a Power of appealing from the same; be it therefore enacted by the King’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That nothing in the Twenty-seventh Section of the said Act contained shall extend to make any Person or Persons offending against the same, liable to more than Twenty-five Forfeitures or Penalties for printing or publishing or dispersing, or assisting in publishing or dispersing, any Number of Copies of one and the same Paper or Book, contrary to the said Section of the said Act.\n\ns. 2. “And be it further enacted, That if any Justice or other Magistrate before whom any Person shall be convicted of any Offence or Offences against the Provisions of the before-mentioned Act shall see Cause to mitigate such Penalty or Penalties, it shall be lawful for such Justice or other Magistrate to mitigate or lessen the same to any Sum not less than Five Pounds, over and above all reasonable Costs and Charges expended or incurred in the Prosecution.\n\ns. 3. “And whereas Doubts have arisen whether the Provisions contained in the said Act may not be considered as extending to Notes and Post Bills of the Governor and Company of the Bank of England, and to Bills of Exchange, Promissory Notes, Bonds, and other Securities for Payment of Money, Bills of Lading, Policies of Insurance, Letters of Attorney, Transfers or Assignments of Public Stocks, Funds, and other Securities, and to Dividend Warrants, Receipts for Money or Goods, Deeds or other Instruments, Proceedings in the Courts of Law and Equity, and other Inferior Courts, Warrants, Orders, and other Papers, printed by the Authority of any Public Board or Public Officer in the Execution of the Duties of their respective Offices, many of which Securities, Instruments, Proceedings and other Matters aforesaid, are usually wholly or in Part printed; be it therefore hereby declared and enacted, That nothing in the said recited Act or in this Act contained shall extend or be construed to extend to require the Name and Residence of the Printer to be printed upon any such Bank Note, Bank Post Bill, Bill of Exchange, or Promissory Note, or upon any Bond or other Security for Payment of Money, or upon any Bill of Lading, Policy of Insurance, Letter of Attorney, Deed or Agreement, or upon any Transfer or Assignment of any Public Stocks, Funds, or other Securities, or upon any Transfer or Assignment of the Stocks of any Public Corporation or Company, authorized or sanctioned by Act of Parliament, or upon any Dividend Warrant of or for any such Public or other Stocks, Funds, or Securities, or upon any Receipt for Money or Goods, or upon any Proceeding in any Court of Law or Equity, or in any Inferior Court, Warrant, Order, or other Papers printed by the Authority of any Public Board or Public Officer in the Execution of the Duties of their respective Offices, notwithstanding the Whole or any Part of the said several Securities, Instruments, Proceedings, Matters, and Things aforesaid, shall have been or shall be printed, any Thing herein or in the said recited Act contained to the contrary thereof in anywise notwithstanding.\n\ns. 4. “And be it further enacted, That if any Person or Persons shall think himself, herself, or themselves aggrieved by any Conviction, Judgement, or Determination, of any Justice or Justices, relating to any Matter or Thing in the before-mentioned Act contained; then and in that Case he, she, or they may appeal to the Justices of the Peace at the General Quarter Sessions to be holden in and for the County, City, or Place, where such Conviction, Judgement, or Determination shall have been made, next after the Expiration of Twenty Days from the making thereof, first giving Six Days Notice of such Appeal to the Person or Persons prosecuting for such Penalty or Penalties; and the said Justices shall hear and determine the said Appeal at such General Quarter Sessions, or, if they think proper, adjourn the Hearing thereof until the next General Quarter Sessions to be holden for such County, Town, or Place; and the said Justices may, in like Manner, if they see cause, mitigate any Penalty or Penalties, and may order any Money to be returned which shall have been paid or levied under any Conviction as aforesaid, and may also order and award such Costs to be paid by either Party to the other, as they shall think and judge reasonable.\n\ns. 5. “And be it further enacted, that this Act shall take Effect from the First Day of March One thousand eight hundred and eleven.”\n\n2 Vict. c. 12. “An Act to amend an Act of the Thirty-ninth Year of King George the Third, for the more effectual Suppression of Societies established for seditious and treasonable Purposes, and for preventing treasonable and seditious Practices, and to put an End to certain Proceedings now pending under the said Act.\n\ns. 1. “Whereas in an Act passed in the Thirty-ninth Year of the Reign of King George the Third, intituled An Act for the more effectual Suppression of Societies established for seditious and treasonable Purposes, and for the better preventing treasonable and seditious Practices, certain Provisions are contained to restrain the printing or publishing of any Papers or Books whatsoever which should be meant or intended to be published or dispersed without the Name and Place of Abode of the Printer thereof being printed thereon in the Manner in the said Act specified: And whereas the said Provisions have given Occasion to many vexatious Proceedings at the Instance of common Informers, and it is expedient to discourage the same: Be it therefore enacted by the Queen’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That so much of the said Act as enacts that every Person who, after the Expiration of Forty Days after the passing of the said Act, shall print any Paper or Book whatsoever which shall be meant or intended to be published or dispersed, whether the same shall be sold or given away, shall print upon the Front of every such Paper, if the same shall be printed on one Side only, and upon the first and last leaves of every Paper or Book which shall consist of more than One Leaf, in legible Characters, his or her Name, and the Name of the City, Town, Parish, or Place, and also the Name (if any) of the Square, Street, Lane, Court, or Place, in which his or her Dwelling House, or usual Place of Abode shall be, and that every Person who shall omit so to print his Name and Place of Abode on every such Paper or Book printed by him, and also every Person who shall publish or disperse, or assist in publishing or dispersing, either gratis or for Money, any printed Paper or Book which shall have been printed after the Expiration of Forty Days from the passing of the said Act, and on which the Name and Place of Abode of the Person printing the same shall not be printed as aforesaid, shall for every Copy of such Paper so published or dispersed by him, forfeit and pay the Sum of Twenty Pounds, shall be and the same is hereby repealed.\n\ns. 2. “And be it enacted, That every Person who after the passing of this Act shall print any Paper or Book whatsoever, which shall be meant to be published or dispersed, and who shall not print upon the Front of every such Paper, if the same shall be printed on One Side only, or upon the first or last Leaf of every Paper or Book which shall consist of more than One Leaf, in legible Characters, his or her Name and usual Place of Abode or Business, and every Person who shall publish or disperse, or assist in publishing or dispersing, any printed Paper or Book on which the Name and Place of Abode of the Person printing the same shall not be printed as aforesaid, shall for every Copy of such Paper so printed by him or her forfeit a Sum not more than Five Pounds: Provided always, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to impose any Penalty upon any Person for printing any Paper excepted out of the Operation of the said Act, either in the said Act or by any Act made for the Amendment thereof.\n\ns. 3. “And be it enacted, That in the Case of Books or Papers printed at the University Press of Oxford, or the Pitt Press of Cambridge, the Printer, instead of printing his Name thereon, shall print the following Words: ‘Printed at the University Press, Oxford,’ or ‘The Pitt Press, Cambridge,’ as the Case may be.\n\ns. 4. “Provided always, and be it enacted, That it shall not be lawful for any Person or Persons whatsoever to commence, prosecute, enter, or file, or cause or procure to be commenced, prosecuted, entered, or filed, any Action, Bill, Plaint, or Information in any of Her Majesty’s Courts, or before any Justice or Justices of the Peace, against any Person or Persons, for the Recovery of any Fine, Penalty, or Forfeiture made or incurred, or which may hereafter be incurred under the Provisions of this Act, unless the same be commenced, prosecuted, entered, or filed in the Name of Her Majesty’s Attorney General or Solicitor General in that Part of Great Britain called England, or Her Majesty’s Advocate for Scotland (as the Case may be respectively); and if any Action, Bill, Plaint, or Information shall be commenced, prosecuted, entered, or filed in the Name or Names of any other Person or Persons than is or are in that Behalf before mentioned, the same, and every Proceeding thereupon had, are hereby declared and the same shall be null and void to all Intents and Purposes.\n\ns. 5. “And be it enacted, That immediately after the passing of this Act it shall be lawful for any Person against whom any original Writ, Suit, Action, Bill, Plaint, or Information shall have been sued out, commenced, or prosecuted, on or before the Day of the passing of this Act, for the Recovery of any pecuniary Penalty or Penalties incurred under the said recited Act, to apply to the Court in which such original Writ, Suit, Action, Bill, Plaint, or Information shall have been sued out, commenced, or prosecuted, if such Court shall be sitting, or, if such Court shall not be sitting, to any Judge of either of the superior Courts at Westminster, or to any Justice of the Peace before whom any such Plaint or Information shall be pending, or any Conviction shall have been had or obtained, or to any other Justice of the Peace acting for the same County, Riding, Division, City, Borough, or Place, as the Justice of the Peace before whom such Plaint or Information shall be pending or such Conviction shall have been had or obtained, for an Order that such Writ, Suit, Action, Bill, Plaint, or Information shall be discontinued, or such Conviction be quashed, upon Payment of the Costs thereof out of Pocket incurred to the Time of such Application being made, such Costs to be taxed according to the Practice of such Court, or in case of any Proceeding before a Justice, to be taxed and ascertained by such Justice; and every such Court or Judge, or Justice of the Peace, as the Case may be, is hereby authorized and required, upon such Application, and Proof that sufficient Notice has been given to the Plaintiff or Informer, or to his Attorney, of the Application, to make such Order as aforesaid; and upon the making such Order, and Payment or Tender of such Costs as aforesaid, such Writ, Suit, Action, Bill, Plaint, or Information shall be forthwith discontinued, or such Conviction shall be quashed, as the Case may be: Provided always, that in all Cases in which any such Writ, Suit, Action, Bill, Plaint, or Information shall have been sued out or commenced subsequently to the Sixteenth Day of April One thousand eight hundred and thirty-nine, it shall be lawful for such Court, Judge, or Justice as aforesaid to make such Order for discontinuing the same, or quashing any Conviction had thereon, without Payment of any Costs, and in every such Case, on the making of such Order, such Writ, Suit, Action, Bill, Plaint, or Information shall be forthwith discontinued, or such Conviction shall be forthwith quashed, as the Case may be: Provided always, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed or taken to enable any Person to recover back any Money paid before the passing of this Act, in pursuance of any Judgment or Conviction duly obtained under the Provisions of the said recited Act.\n\ns. 6. “And be it enacted, That the said Act, and all Acts made for the Amendment thereof, except so far as herein repealed or altered, shall be construed as One Act together with this Act.\n\ns. 7. “And be it enacted, That this Act may be amended or repealed by any Act to be passed in this present Session of Parliament.”\n\nExemptions.—Articles exempted from penalty for not having the Printer’s Name and Address.\n\nBy 39 Geo. 3. c. 79. s. 28.\n\nAny Papers printed by the Authority and for the Use of either House of Parliament.\n\ns. 31. The Impressions of any Engraving.\n\nThe printing by Letter Press of the Name, or the Name and Address, or Business or Profession of any Person, and the Articles in which he deals.\n\nAny Papers for the Sale of Estates or Goods by Auction, or otherwise.\n\n39 & 40 Geo. 3. c. 95.—Act of Indemnity.\n\nAny Papers printed under the Authority of Commissioners of Public Boards, and printed before the passing of this Act.\n\n41 Geo. 3. c. 80.—Act of Indemnity.\n\nAny Papers printed under the Authority of the Head Officers of any of the principal Offices of State, or of any Board of Revenue, &c. and printed before the passing of this Act.\n\n42 Geo. 3. c. 23.—Annual Act of Indemnity.\n\nAny Paper being, or purporting to be, any Pleading, Rule, Order, or any Process, or other Proceeding of or in any Court of Law or Equity, or to be any Part of such Pleading, &c., or to be a Copy of the same, or of any Part thereof, which shall have been printed before the passing of this Act.\n\n49 Geo. 3. c. 69.—Act of Indemnity.\n\n51 Geo. 3. c. 65. s. 3.\n\nAny Bank Note, Bank Post Bill, Bill of Exchange, or Promissory Note;\n\nBond or other Security for Payment of Money;\n\nBill of Lading;\n\nPolicy of Insurance;\n\nLetter of Attorney;\n\nDeed or Agreement;\n\nTransfer or Assignment of any Public Stocks, Funds, or other Securities;\n\nTransfer or Assignment of the Stocks of any Public Corporation or Company, authorized or sanctioned by Act of Parliament;\n\nDividend Warrants of or for any such Public or other Stocks, Funds, or Securities;\n\nReceipt for Money or Goods;\n\nProceeding in any Court of Law or Equity, or in any Inferior Court;\n\nWarrant, Order, or other Papers printed by the Authority of any Public Board or Public Officer in the Execution of the Duties of their respective Offices;\n\n\n\n2 Vict. c. 12. s. 4. All Informations and Actions for Penalties, &c. to be filed, &c. in the Name of Her Majesty’s Attorney or Solicitor General.\n\nImprisonment for Debt. See Debt.", "chars": 24803, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-imprint-1", "term": "IMPRINT", "norm": "imprint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of the printer or of the publisher appended to jobs or title-pages.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1821", "term": "in boards", "norm": "in boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": "in-board forwarding", "dates": null, "text": "1. A book which has had its edges cut after the boards have been laced-in. In-board forwarding, although infrequently used today, was the principal method of craft bookbinding for centuries and in many respects is still the finest technique of forwarding, as it treats bookbinding purely as a craft. It also enables the bookbinder to achieve more accurate SQUARES. It is an abbreviation of \"cut in boards.\" Cf: OUT OF BOARDS. 2. A term occasionally applied to an economical style of binding common in 18th and early 19th centuries, consisting of pasteboards covered with paper, usually blue sides and a white spine.", "chars": 663, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1848", "term": "in hubs", "norm": "in hubs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term applied to a blankbook when the HUBS have been glued to the SPRING-BACK (1), the book then being ready for covering.", "chars": 171, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1863", "term": "in quires", "norm": "in quires", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: IN SHEETS.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1869", "term": "in sheets", "norm": "in sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Unbound printed sheets, especially when unfolded. The term is also used loosely to indicate sheets that have been processed up to the point of folding and gathering. \"In sheets\" is gradually superseding \"in quires,\" with which it is synonymous. See also: QUIRE (2); SHEET STOCK.", "chars": 326, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1874", "term": "in signatures", "norm": "in signatures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The gathered but unsewn sections of a book. See also: QUIRE (2).", "chars": 88, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1875", "term": "in straps", "norm": "in straps", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The condition of a blankbook when the leather or cloth, usually the former, has been glued underneath the SPRING-BACK (1) between the tapes or webbings. See also: CLOTHINGS.", "chars": 221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1888", "term": "in the crust", "norm": "in the crust", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Hides or skins that have been preserved (cured) in the dry, salted state. See: DRY-SALTING.", "chars": 115, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1889", "term": "in the pickle", "norm": "in the pickle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Hides or skins that have been preserved (cured) thoroughly soaked in a brine solution. See: BRINING.", "chars": 124, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1890", "term": "in the round", "norm": "in the round", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GILT IN THE ROUND; SEWING IN THE ROUND; TRIMMED IN THE ROUND.", "chars": 138, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1891", "term": "in the square", "norm": "in the square", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GILT IN THE SQUARE; TRIMMED IN THE SQUARE.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1822", "term": "in-boards extra", "norm": "in-boards extra", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An in-board binding with solid gilt edges.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1823", "term": "incised leather", "norm": "incised leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CUIR-BOUILLI; CUIR-CISELÉ.", "chars": 79, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1824", "term": "incunabula", "norm": "incunabula", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": "incunable", "dates": null, "text": "Books and all printing from movable metal type which can be dated before the year 1501. The date limitation probably derives from the earliest known catalog of incunabula, an appendix to Johann Saubert's Historia bibliothecae Noribergensis…catalogus librorum proximis ab inventione annis usque ad a. Ch. 1500 editorum, 1643. \"Incunabula\" derives its name from the Latin \"cunae\" (cradle) and refers to books produced in the infancy of printing. The term may also be used to designate works created during the earliest stages in the development of an art form or technique or at the beginning of any new period of artistic productivity.\n\nIn a general sense, the term \"incunabula\" can be used to refer to printed works of a time so early in the history of printing in a given locality that such printing may be said to be in its infancy; thus it is possible to speak of American incunabula, Arizona incunabula, etc. With regard specifically to printing, however, and unless stated otherwise, the term is used to refer to the products of the European press of the 15th century.\n\nIncunabula were usually simply bound in leather-covered boards with decoration in blind. However, their collectors later often had them rebound in more sumptuous covers; consequently original bindings are now relatively rare.", "chars": 1296, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 140, 255], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Pacific bindery talk. Los Angeles. Pacific Library Binding Co."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INDEN", "term": "INDENTURES", "norm": "indentures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "5 Geo. 3. c. 46. s. 19. “And be it further declared and enacted by the Authority aforesaid, That all printed Indentures, Covenants, Articles, or Contracts, for binding Clerks or Apprentices in Great Britain, after the said fifth Day of July, one thousand seven hundred and sixty-five, shall have the following Notice or Memorandum printed under the same; videlicet,\n\n“‘The Indenture, Covenant, Article, or Contract, must bear Date the Day it is executed; and what Money or other Thing is given or contracted for with the Clerk or Apprentice, must be inserted in Words at length; and the Duty paid to the Stamp Office, if in London, or within the Weekly Bills of Mortality, within one Month after the Execution, and if in the Country, and out of the said Bills of Mortality, within two Months, to a Distributor of the Stamps, or his Substitute; otherwise the Indenture will be void, the Master or Mistress forfeit fifty Pounds, and another Penalty, and the Apprentice be disabled to follow his Trade, or be made free.’\n\n“And if any Printer, Stationer, or other Person or Persons, shall sell, or cause to be sold, any such Indenture, Covenant, Article, or Contract, without such Notice or Memorandum being printed under the same; then, and in every such Case, such Printer, Stationer, or other Person or Persons, shall, for every such Offence, forfeit the Sum of ten Pounds.”", "chars": 1397, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1825", "term": "independents", "norm": "independents", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Books or pamphlets published separately and later bound together into one physical volume.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1826", "term": "index", "norm": "index", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In bookbinding, the words, letters, numbers, etc., printed, stamped or pasted in alphabetical, numerical, or other order: 1) in spaces cut or gouged in the fore edge of the book; 2) tabs attached to the leaves at the fore edge; or 3) printed on the leaves of the book, or on separate sheets to be inserted in their proper position in the book. The purpose of the index is to facilitate quick reference to the contents. See also: CUT THROUGH INDEX; ONE-LETTER INDEX; TAB INDEX; THUMB INDEX; TWO-LETTER INDEX.", "chars": 627, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1827", "term": "index board", "norm": "index board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of single- or twin-wire pulp board, in white and colors, used for index cards and other record keeping. The board has a good, even, well finished surface suitable for writing, and is smooth, hard-sized, and of an even LOOK-THROUGH. The usual basis weights are 180, 220, 280, 340, and and 440 pounds (25.5 X 30.5—1000).", "chars": 349, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1829", "term": "index rolls", "norm": "index rolls", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Alphabetical brass rolls used for lettering indices.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1830", "term": "index shears", "norm": "index shears", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A curved or ordinary pair of shears with an adjustable gauge, used for cutting step indices.", "chars": 92, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1831", "term": "index tab", "norm": "index tab", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small piece of leather. paper, card, or fabric attached to. and projecting from the fore edge of a book and bearing in progressive order, usually from head to tail, letters, words, symbols, or other indexing information. See a1so: THUMB INDEX.", "chars": 269, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [74], "citations": ["Chidester, Otis Holden. First year graphic arts. Tucson, Ariz. Graphic Arts Press. 1949."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INDEX", "term": "INDEX,", "norm": "index,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or Hand ☞ points out a remarkable passage, or something that requires particular attention.—Murray. INDIA PAPER\n\nor Hand ☞ points out a remarkable passage, or something that requires particular attention.—Murray.", "chars": 239, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1828", "term": "indexing", "norm": "indexing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of attaching index tabs to the leaves of a book, or the cutting, stamping, gouging or printing of indices in the fore edges of books. When tabs are used for the index, the top one is cut larger than the others when the steps are small, because. being at the top of the leaf, a small step may break away during use unless it is large enough to be secured firmly to the leaf. In blankbook tab indexing, under average conditions, certain letters of the alphabet will have more accounts listed under them than will other letters. Analysis of this had led to the development of tables that give the proper number of pages to meet the requirements of each letter. Thus, more pages are required for the initial letter S, followed by B (or vice versa in some cases), then H, and so on down to X, which requires the fewest.\n\nIndices for reference books are usually of the thumb type, while blankbooks generally have cut through or tab indices.\n\nIn indexing format, a ONE-LETTER INDEX usually consists of 24 letters or divisions, while a TWO-LETTER INDEX has 13 divisions. Some indices have supplementary indices for the five vowels cut into the leaves of each letter of the main index.\n\nAlthough these terms are used, an index may be made with any number of divisions and leaves to each division, or may be cut through the entire book.", "chars": 1380, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 343], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1832", "term": "India Bible paper", "norm": "india bible paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BIBLE PAPER.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1833", "term": "India ink", "norm": "india ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CHINESE INK.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1836", "term": "India Oxford paper", "norm": "india oxford paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BIBLE PAPER.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1837", "term": "India paper", "norm": "india paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "From about 1768 to 1875. a soft absorbent paper imported from China for use in making proofs of engravings. Since 1875 it has been made from chemically processed hemp and rags. Today it is generally a thin. opaque sheet made in a basis weight of 20 pounds, bulking approximately 1,000 pages to the inch.", "chars": 303, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 182], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Jennett, Sean. The making of books. 4th ed. New York. Praeger. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INDIA", "term": "INDIA PAPER", "norm": "india paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This paper, which comes to us from China, is decidedly superior to any other paper for obtaining fine impressions from engravings. That which is used as the linings of tea chests is equal in quality to any, although some of it is coarse, and many persons object to the colour; a thicker and whiter sort comes over as wrappers for silk; both these sorts are injured by having been used as packages, but out of them good pieces may be selected, sufficiently large for octavo pages, and frequently for quarto. A perfect paper of a large size is imported in chests of two thousand sheets each. A sheet measures four feet three inches and one tenth in length, and two feet one inch and one tenth in width. This paper varies very much in quality, so that circumspection should be used in making a purchase.\n\nAll India paper contains particles of hard matter, like minute portions of stone, small pieces of the hard stalks of some vegetable, and lumps of the material from which it is made. Previously to its being printed on, the whole of it ought to be carefully examined, and these extraneous matters removed with a sharp knife, otherwise they will injure the surface of the engraving.\n\nThere is a smooth side and a rough side in white India paper, called by printers the right side and the wrong side: this India paper has the appearance of having been formed on a smooth surface of metal or stone, by being laid on with a brush, the rough side having the semblance of paint applied by an unskilful hand, exhibiting all the marks of the brush in irregular directions; the other side being flat and smooth. The smooth side is always used for the impression.\n\nIn all cases the best way of damping India paper is to put it, in separate pieces, into a heap of paper that is in a proper condition for printing, where after lying a few minutes it will be sufficiently damp for use. See Paper.", "chars": 1908, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1838", "term": "India proof paper", "norm": "india proof paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CHINA PAPER. (1)", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-india-proofs-1", "term": "India proofs", "norm": "india proofs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "strictly first proofs only of an illustration pulled on “India paper,” but used indiscriminately for all illustrations printed on India paper.", "chars": 142, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1839", "term": "India red", "norm": "india red", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": "Indian red", "dates": null, "text": "See: VENETIAN RED.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1840", "term": "India rubber", "norm": "india rubber", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A substance obtained from the latex of many tropical plants, especially of the genera Hevae and Ficus and characterized by its elasticity, although this property varies widely depending upon its source and preparation. It was at one time used in the production of adhesive bindings. See a1so: CAOUTCHOUC BINDING.", "chars": 336, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [25], "citations": ["Bailey, Arthur Low. Library bookbinding. New York. Wilson. 1916."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1841", "term": "India tint", "norm": "india tint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term commonly applied to printing papers to indicate a light buff color.", "chars": 74, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1834", "term": "Indian tragacanth", "norm": "indian tragacanth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: KARAYA GUM.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1835", "term": "Indian yellow", "norm": "indian yellow", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A yellow coloring matter prepared from the evaporated urine of cows that have been fed on mango leaves. It is less fugitive than most other yellow lakes. In 1938, however, its production was prohibited on humane grounds, as mango leaves are harmful to the cattle. The term is also applied to a brilliant yellow pigment made from naphthol yellow and used in coating paper.", "chars": 371, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1842", "term": "indicator", "norm": "indicator", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A ribbon, usually of steel, on a GUILLOTINE cutter, ruled to sixteenths of an inch. It is used to read the distance from the front face of the back gauge to the cutting edge of the knife.", "chars": 211, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1843", "term": "indigo", "norm": "indigo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A blue vat dyestuff, with the formula (C16H10N2O2), formerly derived by fermentation of the leaves of the herbaceous shrubs Isatis tinctoria, Polygonum tinctoria, etc., but now manufactured from anthranilic acid (C16H10N2O2), and used, along with wood ashes, mainly in northern Nigeria, in the removal of hair from goatskin. In the 19th century the natural product was used, in conjunction with sulfuric acid, to make a blue coloring matter for use in the production of leather cover marbles.", "chars": 580, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1844", "term": "industrial binding", "norm": "industrial binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to early machine produced (edition) bindings of the 19th century.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-inferior-letters-1", "term": "Inferior letters", "norm": "inferior letters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Small letters cast near the bottom of the line.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1845", "term": "infusorial earth", "norm": "infusorial earth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DIATOMACEOUS SILICA.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1846", "term": "ingrain", "norm": "ingrain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A descriptive term applied to a mottled, rough, or granite appearance in a type of paper used for pamphlet covers.", "chars": 114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1847", "term": "inhibitor", "norm": "inhibitor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A substance used to reduce the rate of a chemical reaction. Inhibitors are sometimes used in certain types of adhesives to prolong storage- or working-life. 2. Substances that retard or prevent the accumulation of acid in paper or leather, or the growth of mold or fungi on leathers, paper, cloth, adhesives, etc.", "chars": 316, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198, 309], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1849", "term": "ink", "norm": "ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general descriptive term for a fluid or viscous material of various colors, hut most often black or blue-black, that is composed essentially of a pigment or dye in a suitable vehicle and used for printing or writing.\n\nThe earliest inks were essentially suspensions of soot (carbon) in a gum. They were very suitable for use with papyrus, which was porous enough to absorb the vehicle and entrap the pigment between the fibers. Under these conditions the writing would be permanent, indelible, and harmless to the papyrus. This type of ink was in common use until the 11th century when IRON-GALL INK began to come into prominence.\n\nThe introduction of PARCHMENT as a writing material was probably the reason why an ink other than a carbon-gum solution became necessary. Carbon ink would not adhere to the greasy surface of a material such as parchment, and, in any case, it was too easily removed by sponging. See: PALIMPSEST.\n\nExamination of parchment manuscripts from the 9th to 15th centuries indicate that all were written with iron-gall inks in which no trace of carbon could be found. Carbon inks, however, continued to be used for documents, probably until the advent of the \"blue-black\" ink period. From these somewhat indefinite beginnings, simple iron-gall inks were the predominant inks until about 1860, when the introduction of aniline dyes brought about radical changes in ink manufacture, stemming largely from the fact that in the case of an ANILINE INK, the need for partial oxidation of the ink no longer existed. i Since then the manufacture of ink has become extremely complicated.\n\nMost modern inks are manufactured to overcome one or more of the disadvantages inherent in blue-black inks, including their acidity, muddiness, and less than adequate permanence. When considering permanence it is important to distinguish between printing inks and writing inks, because, as prepared today. the former are more permanent than the latter. Writing inks, having a high degree of permanence, can be made to meet special requirements, but such inks are harmful to the fountain pens. In general, the introduction of writing inks colored with an aniline dye has made the typical modern writing ink less permanent than its predecessor of a century earlier. The stability of good quality printing ink, on the other hand, is such that it usually outlasts the paper, and this is as permanent as it need be. See also: CARBONACEOUS INKS; CARBON INK; CHINESE INK; COLORED INKS; PRINTING INKS; SEPIA INKS.", "chars": 2741, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [20, 21, 143, 198], "citations": ["Apps, E. A. Ink technology for printers and students. New York. Chemical Publishing Co. 1963. 3 vol.", "Apps, E. A. Printing ink technology. London. Hill. 1958.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INK", "term": "INK", "norm": "ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Printing Ink is a composition formed of two articles, namely, varnish and colouring matter.\n\nThe Rev. William Beloe, treating of early printed books in his Anecdotes of Literature, &c., says,—“It must have been immediately obvious that common writing ink, from its want of substance and viscosity, could by no means answer the purpose. But it must excite surprise, and indeed admiration, to perceive how soon the greatest perfection was attained in this particular. So very soon indeed, and so effectually, that very nearly at the same period books were printed at Mentz, at Rome, and at Venice, which may almost defy the competition of succeeding artists.—The Psalter of Fust and Guttenburg, at Mentz, the Lactantius of Sweynheym and Pannartz, at the Subiaco Monastery, and the Pliny of Jenson, at Venice, may be adduced as specimens of extraordinary beauty, with regard to the quality of the ink; not perhaps surpassed, or, if at all, in a very small degree, by the productions of Bodoni at Parma, or the most perfect examples of the London Presses. It is observable that this excellence of the ink is particularly apparent in all the early books printed upon vellum, and in Germany.”\n\nThis is strictly true, for the ink has, after a lapse of four hundred years, preserved its beautiful blackness, as I have myself witnessed, particularly in the large Bible printed by Faust and Schœffer, and generally known as the Mentz Bible without Date; but in the seventeenth century the quality had materially retrograded, and it was not till the latter part of the eighteenth century that it began to recover its character, when two or three of our most celebrated printers set about improving the ink of commerce for some very expensive splendid works, but the ingredients which they used they kept a profound secret.\n\nAs I believe that I am the only person who has written a practical work on the subject, I will give an extract from the preface of my work on Printing Ink, which will show the state in which this article was at that time.\n\n“The process of making printing ink has never yet been treated of fully by any practical man, either printer or manufacturer, so that this work will come before the public on a subject as new as it is important.\n\n“This assertion may perhaps appear to require some modification, as the following pages will present to the reader many receipts for making printing ink, by preceding authors; but when it is known that this subject is only treated of incidentally by some, and that others of them were not professionally printers, and therefore could scarcely be expected to know what was the desideratum, much less to attain it, we shall have little cause to wonder that all have failed. That they have failed, admits of no question: a long experience in the art of printing in all its branches enables and obliges me to say, that ink made from any one of these receipts could not be used in any printing office in the metropolis.\n\n“Moxon, who wrote the first practical work on printing, gives a detailed method of preparing printing ink after the Dutch manner, which he highly praises; yet this ink would be deemed worthless at present, and although as good as the succeeding ones, he is never quoted on this subject; yet when types are treated of, his name appears in every subsequent work on printing. I believe few printers know his book, the title of which is, “Mechanick Exercises: or, the Doctrine of Handy-works. Applied to the Art of Printing. By Joseph Moxon, Member of the Royal Society, and Hydrographer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty.” 2 vols. 4to. 1677, and which has served as the foundation of subsequent works on printing.\n\n“M. le Breton, printer to the King of France, is the next author on this subject. He wrote the article on Printing in the French Encyclopédie, of which the method of making printing ink forms a part. He is continually quoted by succeeding writers, yet his ink would not rank higher than Moxon’s in a printing office.\n\n\n\n“J. B. Papillon, a celebrated French engraver on wood, published a treatise on that subject, in which he gave a detailed account of making printing ink, which would not be in greater estimation than Moxon’s and Breton’s.\n\n“Lewis, in his Philosophical Commerce of Arts, relates the results of many experiments on boiling oil, which are of little practical use, and gives the process of making ink from Breton.\n\n“Nicholson, in his Dictionary of Chemistry, gives some passages which purport nothing, and then proceeds to a loose description of the process from Lewis.\n\n“The Messrs. Aikin, in their Dictionary of Chemistry, give a short vague article on the subject, quoting Lewis as their authority.\n\n“Rees’s Cyclopædia contains an article on the subject from Lewis.\n\n“The Printer’s Manual, a French work, published in 1817, gives an account of the process, founded on Breton’s formula.\n\n“The Encyclopædia Britannica is the only work to my knowledge which has broken through the trammels of obsolete authorities, and given a receipt by which a printing ink might be made that could be used; but the editor candidly acknowledges that the article produced would be of an inferior quality.—It is, however, the only real approximation to the knowledge of making an ink that could be worked with; and yet it is deficient in specifying the qualities of the different materials, and also of their due proportions, so that it would not produce a clean working ink, nor an ink of a good colour.\n\n“The information given in the book is not theoretical, but deduced from my own practice; and there is not an article mentioned in the whole treatise but what I have repeatedly employed, nor a receipt given but what has undergone the strictest ordeal—that of being used in the regular way of business. The fine black ink has been pronounced by some of our first printers unrivalled; and the ink for general purposes has been allowed, by the most competent judges, to be fully equal to the high priced inks of the principal manufacturers.\n\n“I have used them myself, and also superintended their use by others to the extent of thousands of impressions printed consecutively, without having found occasion to wash or clean the form or engraving, and this in producing fine work. I am, through this experience, enabled to assert, that I do not think it possible that inks could be produced that would work cleaner or more freely, produce finer impressions, and retain their freshness of colour without imparting stain to the paper, than the inks, both black and coloured, the receipts of which I have published in this work.\n\n“The Society for the Encouragement of Arts showed their sense of my success in this pursuit, by awarding to me their large medal, and a sum of money, for my imitation of drawings printed from engravings on wood with inks of my own preparing; and by an invitation to furnish them with a paper on the preparation of printing ink.\n\n“Knowledge of such a subject as this on which I am treating, must, to possess any value, be practical, not theoretical: without being so, there would not exist a possibility of accurately knowing the imperfections existing in the inks, of estimating the errors and deficiencies, and, least of all, of providing a remedy. Thirty-six years practice in the metropolis, with some previous ones in the country, spent in executing the most common as well as the most splendid works, may perhaps entitle me to feel competency to my undertaking, and encourage the belief of it in others.\n\n\n\n“To printers generally, I feel that this work will be of great service, judging from the absolute want of information on the subject, a want that I have experienced in a very high degree during my practice. It will enable every printer to prepare a good ink himself, and to have it always of an uniform quality;—it will enable him to prepare the finest ink without any risk or danger;—it will enable him to prepare coloured ink of any hue at half an hour’s notice, that will work as clean as black ink, when any fancy work is required;—it will enable him to print bankers’ cheques, &c. with a changeable ink, to prevent fraudulent alterations:—it is in fact opening a door to the extension of the powers of the printing press which has hitherto been closed and sealed.”\n\nThis was written in 1832, and contains as faithful an account of the state of knowledge as could be acquired at that time on this subject; for the few manufacturers of the article then existing most scrupulously guarded the secret of its preparation, and no really fine ink could be purchased. The publication of my work on Decorative Printing, and of this work on Printing Ink, has effected a great revolution in the art; for previously it was impossible, even in the metropolis, to have any thing printed in a superior way except with black ink, whereas now, there is hardly a printer who would not feel ashamed to avow that he could not execute work in any colour whatever in the same style of workmanship as with black ink. For the method of preparing the different inks, both black and of every colour, with the ingredients and their proportions, I must refer the reader to the book itself.\n\nFor the qualities requisite in the best printing ink, see Engravings on Wood, and also Fine Presswork.\n\nBy the Act 6 G. 4. c. 111., the Customs Duty on the importation of ink for printers is 1l. 1s. the cwt.", "chars": 9635, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1850", "term": "ink absorption", "norm": "ink absorption", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A measure of the extent to which an ink will penetrate into a sheet of paper before it dries.", "chars": 93, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1851", "term": "ink and fold papers", "norm": "ink and fold papers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Decorative end- and cover papers produced by laying a sheet of plain rice paper on a lined glass surface to aid in the placement of the design. The glass can be wetted before the paper is laid on, or the paper itself can be thoroughly wetted. The design is laid on with colored inks and a brush, and the paper is then folded twice along its long dimension and then over, forming a square. The square is squeezed tightly to make the color blend, and the paper is then unfolded and allowed to dry. Dots with circles and stripes are commonly used designs for this paper.", "chars": 567, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INKBL", "term": "INK BLOCK", "norm": "ink block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The block on which the ink is spread to supply the balls; in wooden presses, it is nailed to the upper near hind rail, and is supported at the bottom by a stay fastened to the lower rail.\n\nIt was generally made of a piece of elm wood, between two and three inches thick, with a ledge of fir wood at the back, at one end, and also at part of the front. A quantity of ink was kept in the farther corner, which was rubbed out on the bottom with the brayer, from which it was taken with a ball, and then distributed.\n\nIn fine printing that required strong ink, it being found very difficult, in cold weather, to distribute the ink properly, some offices adopted a small table having an iron plate for the top, with a shelf under it for a lamp, which warmed the ink and caused it to work more freely.\n\nThe introduction of rollers has superseded the use of the ink block, for which has been substituted an inking apparatus, which see.", "chars": 922, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1852", "term": "ink blocking", "norm": "ink blocking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of blocking titles, or other information, on book covers in black or colored inks. An unheated press and quick-drying printer's ink are used. Drying can be a problem in climates experiencing high relative humidity.", "chars": 226, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1853", "term": "ink holdout", "norm": "ink holdout", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: HOLDOUT; INK RECEPTIVITY.", "chars": 78, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1854", "term": "ink receptivity", "norm": "ink receptivity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That property of a paper, cloth, etc., that allows it to accept ink in printing and blocking. The capability of the ink to wet the printing surface is essential and in many cases the ability of the paper to absorb the ink vehicle is also important. See also: ABSORBENCY; PRINTABILITY; RECEPTIVITY.", "chars": 369, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 98], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Crown Zellerbach Corp. Making pulp and paper. San Francisco. Crown Zellerbach Corp. 1958. 1 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INKIN", "term": "INKING APPARATUS", "norm": "inking apparatus", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The substitution of rollers for balls required a different apparatus for the taking of ink.\n\nMr. Edward Cowper, of the late firm of Applegath and Cowper, claims the invention of the first apparatus, for which the firm took out a patent. Mr. Cowper kindly favoured me with drawings, and the following description, in the year 1818.\n\n“The apparatus consists of an inking roller, a distributing table, and an ink trough.\n\n“The inking roller is made of wood covered with the elastic composition, [treacle and glue,] it is about three inches diameter and eighteen or twenty inches long, according to the length of the form; it is furnished with two handles which are fixed to the spindle on which the roller turns; the spindle passes through the roller so that when one handle is moved the other is moved also; the handles stand over the roller at right angles to it, this position being from practice found most convenient; a small leg projects from one of the handles, which prevents them from falling on the table and becoming soiled.\n\n“The distributing table is of wood covered with a sheet of lead as level as possible; and the frame on which it stands is of cast iron.\n\n“The ink trough is fixed at one edge of the table, and is composed of a metal roller, turned true, and a thin plate of steel, the edge of the plate presses against the metal roller by means of levers and weights, the ink is placed between the steel plate and the metal roller.\n\n“When the metal roller is turned round it becomes covered with a film of ink, the inking roller is then dabbed against it, and rolled backwards and forwards on the distributing table in different directions; it is then passed two or three times over the form.\n\n“The advantages of this mode of inking are considerable; it is much easier to use than the balls, produces better work, and saves in balls and ink not less than five shillings per week. Its peculiar recommendation is the great regularity of colour which may be obtained, and the delicate manner in which the letter is touched, advantages which render it applicable to the finest specimens of typography.”\n\nThe following account is extracted from Hansard’s “Typographia.”\n\n“A more simple and cheap apparatus for this purpose was immediately got up by Mr. Foster, the inventor of the composition balls. It is a stand having its two legs and feet of cast-iron; and its top, upon which the ink is distributed, instead of lead, as in the former apparatus just described, is mahogany. Behind this, elevated about two inches, is the stage for taking the ink on to the roller. At either end of the stage is a recess for receiving the contrivance which contains the ink. This is similar in shape to the brayer formerly used; but turned hollow, with the handle and top to screw on; at the bottom are holes, and when the ink is wanted on the stage, the workman, taking hold of this bottle-brayer, moves it from one recess to the other, drawing it slowly along the stage. In this movement the ink, by its own gravity, will issue out from the holes at the bottom, and leave a portion on the stage, more or less, according to the rapidity or frequency of its transit. [See figure, p. 421.]\n\n“Mr. Arding soon improved upon Foster’s apparatus, by making the ink-stage of cast-iron, with circular recesses; and the whole table more of a solid form; both makers now adopt the same pattern: but the bottle-brayer has not been found to answer, as the ink soon clogs up the holes, and the wood is liable to be split by the screw at the top; and an old servant of the press-room, the common brayer, has again been found the most effective for this purpose.\n\n\n\n“I have had several of these inking tables at work, and find a decided preference due to the last described. The mahogany surface seems more congenial to the temperament of the ink and roller, than either the lead or iron. The ink is taken better, and distributes better. A line of colour is taken as perfectly from the stage as from a cylinder, since the roller, being cylindrical, can only touch the ink in a line, and it is only giving the roller a portion of a revolution on the stage to make it take a greater quantity of colour if necessary. More of the flue and dirt, inseparable from the working of paper, is held by the wood than by the lead; and consequently, the roller keeps cleaner, and the forme works better. The table is easily washed by the lye-brush, and no further waste of ink is occasioned.\n\n“This apparatus has been further improved by substituting a box and cylinder for the stage and brayer. The advantage of which will be, that the quantity of ink on the cylinder to come in contact with the roller, is regulated by a pressure at the top, out of the body of the ink, instead of at the bottom against which the ink must rest.\n\n“The cylinder is of mahogany, and, as here shown, moves in a box or trough which contains the ink; and which has a lid moving on hinges coming nearly over the top of the cylinder. To the under edge of this top is nailed a slip of thick butt or sole leather. This, by its naturally elastic quality, will always press upon the cylinder according as the lid is more or less tightly screwed down by thumb-screws. This leather will also intercept in its way any filth which may arise from the depôt of ink before it can reach the cylinder: and which, when accumulated, may, by unscrewing the lid and throwing it open, as in the figure, be instantly scraped away with one stroke of the knife; and no further waste of the ink incurred. No part of the ink in this apparatus is exposed when the lid is down: and only a very small portion of the cylinder at the time of working.”\n\nA wooden table after the pattern of Foster’s apparatus is now generally used, the top is covered with lead on which the ink is distributed on the rollers; the stage on which the ink is taken is not raised more than about a quarter of an inch, and at the two back corners are two recesses, one for the supply of ink, and the other for the brayer, when not in use. See Rollers.", "chars": 6275, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_420.jpg", "caption": "Inking apparatus", "alt": "Inking apparatus", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_421.jpg", "caption": "Inking apparatus", "alt": "Inking apparatus", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_421a.jpg", "caption": "Inking apparatus", "alt": "Inking apparatus", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1855", "term": "inlaid", "norm": "inlaid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leaf or plate that has been placed within a larger and usually thicker leaf, for the purpose of enlarging its margins and thus its overall size. This is sometimes done to make it as large as the other leaves in a composite volume, in which case it is usually described as \"inlaid to size.\" The term is also applied to the laying down, or re-margining of all four edges of a damaged leaf. The overlapping edges are sometimes shaved thin to prevent bulkiness at the laps.", "chars": 471, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1856", "term": "inlaid binding", "norm": "inlaid binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: INLAY. (4)", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1857", "term": "inlaid ornaments", "norm": "inlaid ornaments", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: INLAY. (2)", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1858", "term": "inlay", "norm": "inlay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A strip of kraft or other relatively stiff paper, used to stiffen the spine area of the case of a library binding. The paper used should be between 0.012 and 0.025 inch in thickness, depending on the size of the book. Edition bindings generally do not have inlays. See also: HOLLOW. 2. An illustration, photograph, picture, or other decoration inlaid in the cover of a book. 3. A manuscript, letter, leaf, etc., mounted in a cut-out frame to protect it and/or permit both sides to be viewed. The edges of the plate, etc., are beveled and pasted to the beveled edges of the sheet cut out to its size. 4. A piece of leather, of the same thickness as the leather covering of a book, but usually of a contrasting color, grain, or both, cut to a desired shape for placing into the leather covering, from which a piece of the exact same size and shape has been removed. If the scheme of decoration calls for tooling over the area of the inlay, the leather for the inlay is cut on a bevel so that the grain surface is slightly larger than the flesh side, while the leather covering is cut in the opposite manner. If, however, the area of the inlay is not to be tooled, the inlay and leather covering are cut vertically. Inlaid bindings were produced in great numbers in the 17th and 18th centuries, especially in France. Onlaid bindings are often mistakenly described as inlaid. Cf: ONLAY. 5. The setting of a leaf or plate into a larger leaf by cutting out a portion of the latter, beveling, and pasting the leaf or plate over the gap.", "chars": 1580, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 183, 335, 343], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-inlaying-1", "term": "Inlaying", "norm": "inlaying", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "(1) Extending “extra” illustrations by inserting them in leaves to correspond to the size of a book. (2) A style of Mosaic work made by the insertion of vari-colored leathers or other material on the cover or doublé.", "chars": 216, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1859", "term": "inline binding machine", "norm": "inline binding machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term borrowed from the packaging field where it is used to indicate a continuous manufacturing process combining many different operations. An example of inline machine work in bookbinding would be in the backer, triple liner and headbanding machine, casing-in machine, book forming and pressing machine, and jacketing machine, all aligned as to speed, controls, etc., and connected to each other by a specially constructed linking conveyor. An \"inline\" binding machine, therefore is a single completely integrated machine used for the mass production of books. It operates intermittently, the conveying mechanism moving a uniform and predetermined distance, then stopping for a short interval during which the books are subjected to the action of all processing stations at the same time. As each book moves on, it passes through the production steps selected for a specific job.", "chars": 882, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [302], "citations": ["Sawyer, Harriet Price. How to care for books in a library. 2nd ed. Madison, Wisc. Wisconsin Free Library Commission. (Wisconsin Free Library Commission. Instructional Dept. Pamphlet no. 7). 1912."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INNER1", "term": "INNER FORM", "norm": "inner form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The form that has the second page in it; it is always worked before the outer form, except there be some particular reason to the contrary. See Lay on.", "chars": 182, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1860", "term": "inner lining", "norm": "inner lining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: SPINE LINING (1). 2. See: INLAY (1).", "chars": 92, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1861", "term": "inner margin", "norm": "inner margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That margin of a page adjacent to the binding edge of a book. It is the left hand margin of the recto and the right hand margin of the verso of a book that reads from left to right. See also: GUTTER.", "chars": 223, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [131], "citations": ["Feipel, Louis Nicholas, and Earl W. Browning. Library bookbinding manual…Chicago. American Library Association. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INNER2", "term": "INNER TYMPAN", "norm": "inner tympan", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A frame covered with parchment, which fits into the outer tympan; two flat points slip under the head-band of the outer tympan, which secure that end in its place; and the sides are kept down by two hooks on each side of the outer tympan which turn into eyes screwed into the sides of the inner tympan; in iron presses the hooks turn round studs, under the heads.\n\nIn page. See Out page.", "chars": 440, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1862", "term": "inorganic acids", "norm": "inorganic acids", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Acids, such as hydrochloric, sulfuric, nitric, etc., that are usually very corrosive and are often relatively nonvolatile. Also known as mineral acids. Cf: ORGANIC ACIDS.", "chars": 194, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1864", "term": "insect wax", "norm": "insect wax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A WAX such as that obtained from China, where insects such as Coccus ceriferus deposit the wax on trees. The wax is scraped off and washed on the surface of hot water before being cast into molds and set in blocks. It has a softening range of 80 to 84° C., and is very firm, like beeswax, and consequently is useful in providing body for leather dressings to be used in very hot climates.", "chars": 412, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [291], "citations": ["Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1865", "term": "insert", "norm": "insert", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A piece of blank paper or card laid between the leaves of a book and not secured. Inserting is sometimes required to compensate for the swelling of the spine caused by the added bulk of the sewing thread. 2. An additional printed leaf or leaves, circular, etc., placed between the leaves of a book, pamphlet, newspaper, etc. 3. See: INSET (1).", "chars": 370, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 164, 316], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1866", "term": "inserted", "norm": "inserted", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term describing folded sections on which pasting or inserting has been accomplished, the sections then being ready for gathering.", "chars": 131, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1867", "term": "inserted after binding", "norm": "inserted after binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bulky maps, plans, etc., which require many folds and which are to be tipped into the book subsequent to binding, as they might otherwise interfere with trimming. In order to compensate for the bulk of this material, and thus prevent gaping of the covers of the finished book, a COMPENSATION GUARD is usually included in the binding of the book. See also: LIPPED; THROW OUT.", "chars": 446, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INSER", "term": "INSERTION", "norm": "insertion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "If the compositor have left out words or lines, the corrector inserts it, and makes this mark ‸ where it is left out, which is called the mark for insertion.—M. This is now called an “Out;” an insertion is when the author makes any addition in the proof sent to him.", "chars": 266, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1868", "term": "inset", "norm": "inset", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A section placed within another section so that the subsequent sewing passes through the folds of both. The inset may be four pages only or multiples of four pages and may be placed in the center of the outer section, or on the outside, where is is wrapped around the main section. In rare cases it is sometimes located in some intermediate position. Insetting is of considerable importance as a method of incorporating plates into a section without resorting to tipping-in. Where the plates are on the outside of the section they are sometimes referred to as \"outserts\" or \"wrap arounds.\" If the section to be insetted is required to complete the succession of pages, it is called an \"offcut.\" 2. A small map, illustration, etc., set within the border of a larger one.", "chars": 772, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 82, 287], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Radford, Richard George. Letterpress machine work. New York. Staples Press. 1951. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INSET", "term": "INSET", "norm": "inset", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The same as offcut: with printers it is called an offcut; when the work comes into the hands of the bookbinder, and the sheets are folded, it then becomes an inset, being inserted in the middle of the sheet, to complete the regular succession of pages.", "chars": 252, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-inset-1", "term": "inset", "norm": "inset", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The pages cut off in folding and placed in the middle of the sheet.", "chars": 67, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-inset-1", "term": "inset", "norm": "inset", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The inner pages of a sheet, cut off in folding certain sizes; to be inset in the centre of the sheet.", "chars": 101, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-inset-1", "term": "inset", "norm": "inset", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the portion of a sheet cut off and inserted in folding certain sizes, such as duodecimo, &c. (see Fig. 4).", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-inset-1", "term": "inset", "norm": "inset", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When one sheet is placed inside of another, both being folded.", "chars": 62, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1870", "term": "inside borders", "norm": "inside borders", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": "inside margin", "dates": null, "text": "See: TURN-INS (1).", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1871", "term": "inside dentelle", "norm": "inside dentelle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DENTELLE.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-inside-margins-1", "term": "Inside margins", "norm": "inside margins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the border made by the turn in of the leather on the inside face of the boards (see Fig. 116).", "chars": 94, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-inside-margins-1", "term": "Inside margins", "norm": "inside margins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The border made by the turn in of the leather on the inside of boards.", "chars": 70, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INSID", "term": "INSIDE QUIRES", "norm": "inside quires", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The regular and perfect quires of paper, of twenty-four good sheets each; they are thus designated to distinguish them from the outside or corded quires.\n\nInterrogation. See Punctuation.", "chars": 239, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1872", "term": "inside rolling block", "norm": "inside rolling block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A block of wood the thickness of a book so that its opened cover will lie perfectly flat on its top. It has a concave edge into which the rounded spine of the book fits, thus providing support for the entire cover up to the joint. It is used when finishing the inside of the cover, and tooling the turn-ins. Several sizes of block are required for books of different thicknesses.", "chars": 379, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1873", "term": "inside tins", "norm": "inside tins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PRESSING TINS (2).", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-inside-tins-1", "term": "inside tins", "norm": "inside tins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "So called from being placed inside of the boards when the volume is put in the standing-press.", "chars": 94, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-inside-tins-1", "term": "inside tins", "norm": "inside tins", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Sheets of tin; so called from being placed inside the boards when a book is put in the standing-press.", "chars": 102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "INSOL", "term": "INSOLVENT DEBTORS", "norm": "insolvent debtors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1 & 2 Vict. c. 110. “An Act for abolishing Arrest on Mesne Process in Civil Actions, except in certain Cases; for extending any Remedies of Creditors against the Property of Debtors; and for amending the Laws for the Relief of Insolvent Debtors in England.”\n\ns. 115. “And be it enacted, That the Sum of Three Shillings, and no more, shall be paid to any Printer or Proprietor of any Newspaper for the Insertion of any Advertisement by this Act directed to be inserted in any Newspaper; and all Printers and Proprietors of Newspapers are hereby required to insert the same, on Payment of the said Sum of Three Shillings for the Insertion thereof, in such Form as the said Court or any Commissioner thereof shall from Time to Time direct.\n\ns. 116. “And be it enacted, That no Letter of Attorney, Affidavit, Certificate, or other Proceeding, Instrument, or Writing whatsoever, before or under any Order of any Commissioner thereof, or before any Justice or Justices of the Peace acting in the Execution of this Act, nor any Copy thereof, nor any Advertisement inserted in any Newspaper by the Direction of the said Court, relating to Matters within the Jurisdiction of the said Court, shall be liable to or chargeable or charged with the Payment of any Stamp or other Duty whatsoever; and that no Sale of any Real or Personal Estate of any such Prisoner as aforesaid for the Benefit of his or her Creditors, under this Act, shall be liable to any Auction Duty.”\n\nUpon a representation made in the House of Commons, that s. 115. bore hard on the proprietors of newspapers, it was modified by the Act of 2 & 3 Vict. c. 39. intituled, “An Act to amend an Act passed in the last Session of Parliament, for abolishing Arrest on Mesne Process in Civil Actions except in certain Cases, for extending the Remedies of Creditors against the Property of Debtors, and for amending the Laws for the Relief of Insolvent Debtors in England.\n\ns. 1. “Whereas by an Act passed in the last Session of Parliament, intituled, ‘An Act for abolishing Arrest on Mesne Process in Civil Actions except in certain Cases, for extending the Remedies of Creditors against the Property of Debtors, and for amending the Laws for the Relief of Insolvent Debtors in England,’ it was amongst other things enacted, that the Sum of Three Shilling and no more shall be paid to any Printer or Proprietor of a Newspaper for the Insertion of any Advertisement by that Act directed to be inserted in any Newspaper, and all Printers and Proprietors of Newspapers were thereby required to insert the same, on Payment of the said Sum of Three Shillings for the Insertion thereof, in such Form as the Court for the Relief of Insolvent Debtors, or any Commissioner thereof, should from Time to Time direct: And whereas it is just and expedient that the said Act should be altered and amended as herein-after mentioned: Be it therefore enacted by the Queen’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That so much of the said Act as is herein-before recited shall be and the same is hereby repealed; and that from and after the passing of this Act, all Printers and Proprietors of Newspapers shall and are hereby required to insert any Advertisement or Advertisements by the said recited Act directed to be inserted in any Newspaper, on Payment of a reasonable Compensation for the Insertion thereof, in such Form as the said Court, or any Commissioner thereof, shall from Time to Time direct.”\n\nInsolvent Debtors, Ireland. 3 & 4 Vict. c. 107. “An Act to continue and amend the Laws for the Relief of Insolvent Debtors in Ireland.\n\ns. 101. “And be it enacted, That all Printers and Proprietors of Newspapers shall and they are hereby required to insert any Advertisement or Advertisements by this Act directed to be inserted in any Newspaper, on Payment of such reasonable Compensation for the Insertion thereof, and in such Form, as the said Court, or any Commissioner thereof, shall from Time to Time direct.\n\ns. 102. “And be it enacted, That no Letter of Attorney, Affidavit, Certificate, or other Proceeding, Instrument, or Writing whatsoever, before or under any Order of the said Court, or before or under any Order of any Commissioner thereof, nor any Copy thereof, nor an Advertisement inserted in any Newspaper by the Direction of the said Court or a Commissioner thereof, or the Chief Clerk of the said Court, relating to Matters within the Jurisdiction of the said Court, shall be liable to or chargeable or charged with the Payment of any Stamp or other Duty whatsoever; and that no Sale of any Real or Personal Estate of any such Prisoner as aforesaid for the Benefit of his or her Creditors, under this Act, shall be liable to any Auction Duty.”", "chars": 4942, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1876", "term": "intaglio", "norm": "intaglio", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The impression formed by a ROLL (1) cut in relief in which the sunken part of the leather forms the design. 2. A type of watermarking with a DANDY ROLL. Also called \"shadow watermark. See: WATERMARK.", "chars": 274, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1877", "term": "integral cover", "norm": "integral cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SELF-COVER.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1878", "term": "integrated bookbinding", "norm": "integrated bookbinding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A craft bookbinding which displays surface imagery that is intended to interpret and project the essence of the communication of the author of the book. This imagery is also inseparable from the style of any illustrative matter contained in the text, and sympathetic to the typographical format. The design elements work consistently throughout the book and its binding. Integrated bookbinding excludes unrelated surface decoration.", "chars": 432, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [311], "citations": ["Smith, Philip. New directions in bookbinding. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1974."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1879", "term": "interleaved", "norm": "interleaved", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": "interleaving", "dates": null, "text": "1. An extra leaf, usually blank, inserted between the printed leaves of a book, generally for the writing of notes, or, if thin tissues, to prevent text and illustration from rubbing together, in which case it is more appropriately called a BARRIER SHEET. 2. A plate which has a thin leaf bearing a descriptive caption pasted to the inner margin. A leaf of cellophane is a modern version of this.", "chars": 420, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 234], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1880", "term": "interleaving blotting paper", "norm": "interleaving blotting paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin blotting paper used between freshly printed sheets to prevent ink from being OFFSET (2) to other sheets, or to absorb (dry) fresh writing in ink. It is produced in a basis weight of 20 pounds (19 X 24—500).", "chars": 237, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1881", "term": "interleaving paper", "norm": "interleaving paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": "interleaving tissue", "dates": null, "text": "See: BARRIER SHEET.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1882", "term": "interlocking clamp and back gauge", "norm": "interlocking clamp and back gauge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Recesses in the clamp and back gauge of a GUILLOTINE cutter which permit the back gauge to push the pile to be cut further forward than would be possible if both clamp and back gauge were solid. Its purpose is to allow for cutting narrow strips. In normal cutting, a flat solid plate fits over the clamp to prevent it from indenting the stock.", "chars": 367, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [145], "citations": ["Gray, Niel. Paper-cutting machines…Chicago. United Typothetae of America. (Typographical technical series for apprentices, pt. 1, no. 10). c. 1918."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1883", "term": "intermediate colors", "norm": "intermediate colors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The six colors located between the primary and, secondary colors of the spectrum, and which are green-blue, blue-violet, red-violet, red-orange, orange-yellow, and yellow-green.", "chars": 177, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1884", "term": "internal bond strength", "norm": "internal bond strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The strength of the adhesion between body stock and coating of a paper. Low internal bond strength will sometimes result in picking of the clay coating from paper when it is printed with a tacky ink.", "chars": 199, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1886", "term": "internal stress", "norm": "internal stress", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Stress created within an adhesive film because of different rates of movement of the joint, or by the contraction or expansion of the adhesive itself.", "chars": 150, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1885", "term": "internally plasticized", "norm": "internally plasticized", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive which has had the plasticizing agent introduced as part of the adhesive molecule during the manufacturing process, as contrasted with an adhesive to which the plasticizer is added by the user. The adhesive is copolymerized with the plasticizer to form the internally plasticized adhesive.", "chars": 300, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1887", "term": "international paper sizes", "norm": "international paper sizes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Standard sizes of paper that are recognized internationally. The international \"A\" series of paper sizes, which are now widely recognized throughout the world are:\n\nDesignation Trimmed Size\n\nMillimeters Inches\n\n4A 1,682 by 2,378 66.22 by 93.62\n\n2A 1,189 by 1,682 46.81 by 66.22\n\nA0 841 by 1,189 33.11 by 46.81\n\nA1 594 by 841 23.39 by 33.11\n\nA2 420 by 594 16.54 by 23.39\n\nA3 297 by 420 11.69 by 16.54\n\nA4 210 by 297 8.27 by 11.69\n\nA5 148 by 210 5.83 by 8.27\n\nA6 105 by 148 4.13 by 5.83\n\nA7 74 by 105 2.91 by 4.13\n\nA8 52 by 74 2.05 by 2.91\n\nA9 37 by 52 1.46 by 2.05\n\nA10 26 by 37 1.05 by 1.46", "chars": 892, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1892", "term": "invading the print", "norm": "invading the print", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CROPPED (1).", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1893", "term": "inverted pages", "norm": "inverted pages", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The arrangement of a book or periodical issue containing two separate works issued together, and bound or imposed in such a manner that one is inverted with respect to the other, each beginning at one end of the volume or issue and concluding in the interior. Each may have its own title page and perhaps blank leaves between the two works. See also: DOS À DOS BINDING.", "chars": 393, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1894", "term": "invisible joint", "norm": "invisible joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The joint of an endpaper consisting of a reinforcing fabric, usually linen or cambric, so constructed that it cannot be seen in the finished book. Sometimes called a \"concealed joint. \"", "chars": 185, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1895", "term": "invoice", "norm": "invoice", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An itemized statement, in greater or lesser detail, furnished by the binder to the library, specifying the work done, the prices for the work, and (sometimes) the terms of payment.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "IRISH", "term": "IRISH", "norm": "irish", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "“Mr. Innes, in his Essay on the Antiquities of Scotland and Ireland, delivers it as his opinion, that the Beth Louis Nion, or alphabet of the Irish, was nothing but an invention of the Irish Seanachies, who, since they received the use of Letters, put the Latin alphabet into a new arbitrary order, and assigned to each letter a name of some Tree; and that this was not a genuine alphabet of the Irish in ancient times, or peculiar to them; but was a bare inversion of the Latin alphabet.\n\n“Colonel Vallancey, (in his Irish Grammar,) gives three different alphabets of the Irish language, which vary from each other in name, order, and number; the first consists of twenty-five letters, the second of twenty-six, and the last of seventeen. As for the Irish letters being different in power from those of other nations, it must be observed, that the powers of letters differ in every language, and the mode of pronouncing the same letters is various in different countries: the Irish characters are said to be of Asiatic original—granted.—But they appear to have been transmitted to the inhabitants of that country from those who had adopted the Roman letters.\n\n“It is singular, but it is no less true, that the Norman characters were generally used in England from the coming of William the First, and that the Saxon characters were intirely disused in the very beginning of the twelfth century; but the Irish and Scots preserved the ancient forms of their characters till the end of the sixteenth century.”—Astle.\n\nThe most ancient grammar of the Irish language now extant, is the Uraiceact na Neigeas, or Primer of the Bards, written by Forchern some few years before our vulgar æra, transcribed and illustrated by Ceannfaolidh na foghlama, or Kinfaolidh the learned, an author of the seventh century. The alphabet, according to this author, was originally named bobel, loth, &c. from the names of certain masters who assisted in composing the Japhetan language soon after the confusion of tongues.\n\nAs the Grecians gave the name of alphabet to the table of their letters from the two initial letters, Alpha, Beta; and the Latins called their table Abcdarium from their three first letters, A, B, C. So the Irish gave the name of Bobel, Loth, to their ancient elements, from the two first letters B, L; and to their more modern alphabet, that of Bethluisnon, from B, L, N, which proves that N did formerly possess the third place; whereas in the present alphabet it takes up the fifth. The last and most modern name of the Irish alphabet, in conformity to the Abcdarium of the Romans, is Abgiter.\n\nThe Number, Order, and Names of the Letters, according to Forchern’s Uraiceact.\n\nIt is remarkable in all the Irish alphabets, (except the modern one, the order of which is copied from the Roman, and introduced since Christianity,) that the vowels follow each other; an instance not known in any other language, yet the labials, dentals and linguals, are intermixed without order.\n\n\n\nThe Number, Order, and Names of the Letters, according to O’Flaherty, from the Book of Lecane.\n\nOf these letters, the five last are diphthongs. Q, Ng, Z, are reckoned superfluous consonants, and are thrown out of the modern alphabet, so that the remaining letters are only 17, which compose the abgitur or alphabet now in use, and are placed in order as the Latin abcdarium.\n\nThe ancient grammarians called the alphabet Faoidh, or Faodh, i.e. a a voice, a sound or language; because such letters are expressive of the voice and language. The moderns, to support their hypothesis, have corrupted this word to Feadh, a wood; and from hence have denominated the letters after certain trees, three of which they are at a loss to expound. According to Neuman, the Hebrew letters do each separately signify the idea either of motion, space, or matter; hence each Hebrew word is at once a name, and a definition of the subject, and all objects in the natural and moral world must be known as soon as their names are known, and their separate letters considered. The proper names of men being borrowed from such ideas as Adam, i.e. red earth, it is more rational to suppose our learned ancestors named their letters according to Forchern, from men, rather than from trees.—A Grammar of the Iberno-Celtic, or Irish Language. By Major Charles Vallancey. 4to. Dublin, 1773.\n\nThe Modern Alphabet.\n\nIn addition to the above eighteen letters, the ancients used the following in their alphabet:—\n\n\n\nTable of Mutable Consonants and of Eclipses.\n\n[Irish-English Guide to the Irish Language. By Thaddæus Connellan, 12mo. Lond. 1824.]\n\nThe vowels are five in number, a, o, u, e, i, whereof the three first, a, o, u, are broad, and the two last, e, i, are narrow.\n\nIn words of two or more syllables, regard must be had to the correspondence of the vowels, for when the last vowel of the former syllable is a broad vowel, the first vowel of the following syllable must be broad also; and when in some latter syllable the vowel is small, the last of the immediately preceding must be small also. Example, du-ne, a man, is false orthography, because the last syllable ending in a small vowel, the first must end in a small one also, as dui-ne.\n\nNo vowel is ever to be doubled as ee, oo, &c. in the same syllable.\n\nThe diphthongs, or union of two vowels, are thirteen.\n\nThe triphthongs are five,\n\nVallancey, by omitting the letter R, reduces the modern alphabet to seventeen letters; Connellan, by admitting this letter, increases it to eighteen.\n\nHibernian or Irish Types in the British Founderies.\n\nPica.—Thorowgood and Besley; this was cut by Fry from drawings made by, and under the superintendence of Mr. Thaddæus Connellan.\n\nSmall Pica.—Thorowgood and Besley; this was also cut by Fry from drawings by Mr. Connellan, and under the same circumstances as the Pica. V. and J. Figgins; this was copied from the engravings in Vallancey’s Irish Grammar. I have given the modern alphabet in this character.\n\nLong Primer.—Thorowgood and Besley; this was cut for Bagster’s edition of the New Testament in Irish, printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society.", "chars": 6718, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_424.jpg", "caption": "The Forchern Alphabet", "alt": "The Forchern Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_425.jpg", "caption": "The Lecane Alphabet", "alt": "The Lecane Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_426a.jpg", "caption": "The Feadh Alphabet", "alt": "The Feadh Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_426b.jpg", "caption": "Additional characters", "alt": "Additional characters", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_427.jpg", "caption": "Consonants, Eclipses and Contractions", "alt": "Consonants, Eclipses and Contractions", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3863", "term": "Irish moss", "norm": "irish moss", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The dried and bleached plants of two red algae, Chrondrus crispus and Gigartina mamillosa, used to some extent in the production of MARBLING SIZE.\n\nSee also: CARRAGHEEN MOSS.", "chars": 220, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1896", "term": "iron", "norm": "iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A heavy, malleable, ductile metal (Fe), of which some papermaking beaters are constructed. Minute specks of iron, which is chemically active, sometimes break off, enter the papermaking slurry, and become part of the paper. Iron may act as a catalyst in the conversion of sulfur dioxide into sulfuric acid, which is highly destructive to paper. 2. An old measure of the thickness of a leather, one iron being equal to 1/48 inch. See also: LEATHER SUBSTANCE TABLE.", "chars": 489, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1897", "term": "iron acetates", "norm": "iron acetates", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Ferric acetate (Fe(CH3CO2)3), and ferrous acetate (FE(CH3CO2)2), deep red and pale green respectively and used, largely in the 19th century, to treat leather bindings for \"sprinkled\" and \"tree\" effects. See also: TREE CALF.", "chars": 313, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1898", "term": "iron bindings", "norm": "iron bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bookbindings, usually of German origin, which have covers of iron, cast in the form of grillwork composed of bars and scrolls and riveted onto the boards. The style was also employed in England in the 19th century.", "chars": 214, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1899", "term": "iron-gall ink", "norm": "iron-gall ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An INK produced by the reaction of tannic acid with an iron salt, such as ferrous sulfate (FeSO). The reaction produces no immediate change in the color of the solution, but, when the ink is applied to paper and is thus exposed to air, it darkens by oxidation, forming ferric tannate. The difficulty of writing with a colorless fluid was partially overcome by the addition of gum arabic to the solution, as well as some pre-exposure to air, so as to form of the ferric tannate before use. The gum arabic served to prevent the ferric tannate from settling out of solution. There were disadvantages to this procedure, such as the tendency of the ferric tannate to settle out despite the gum arabic, and the tendency of the ink to remain on the surface of the writing material instead of impregnating the fibers. This was due to the fact that the ink had formed before meeting the paper, and the result was that it could be removed rather easily by washing once the water had loosened the gum. In an effort to overcome these problems, various coloring matters were added to the original solution, including extracts of logwood, and, at a later date, indigo. Other than being colored at the outset, iron-gall inks treated in this manner had several advantages: the oxidation and consequent deposition of solid matter was restrained and the ink therefore penetrated the fibers more readily; the penetration was assisted by the absence of gum arabic because the ink could then flow more freely; oxidation occurred only on the paper, and the ink then changed from blue to black; and the addition of the indigo also increased the resistance of the ink to fading and bleaching.\n\nIron-gall ink does have one serious disadvantage. Free acid is often present, which not only corrodes steel pens badly, but, far worse, attacks the paper, as well as certain of the dyes used to color them.\n\nThere is also the so-called Japan ink, which consists of almost completely oxidized iron tannate with large proportions of gum, which gives a black glossy effect immediately; and an ink made from logwood and iron, without the addition of tannic acid, which has a greenish shade which eventually changes to black.\n\nIron-gall inks came into use in the 9th century and by the 11th century had largely replaced carbon inks as a writing medium.", "chars": 2334, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1900", "term": "ironing", "norm": "ironing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of smoothing the grain surface of finished leather. Ironing customarily follows BOARDING (1), and, although the grain is again made smooth by the ironing, the pattern produced by the boarding remains. The ironing makes the boarded leather softer and more flexible. It may be done by hand (much in the same manner as clothes are ironed), or, more commonly today in rotary ironing machines, in which the leather is passed over a polished, heated steel cylinder, which is thermostatically controlled at a pre-set temperature. The fine effect of ironing seemingly cannot be obtained by other processes, such as smooth-plating.", "chars": 658, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1901", "term": "isinglass", "norm": "isinglass", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": "ichthyocoll", "dates": null, "text": "A semi-transparent whitish substance consisting of a very pure form of gelatin, produced from the sounds (swimming bladders) of the sturgeon (Acipenser huso, and other species of Acipenser), found in the Caspian and Black Seas. After removal, the bladders are cut open, soaked in water, spread out and the outer silvery membrane removed by rubbing. The isinglass contains about 80o collagen. It is used as a clarifying agent, in the manufacture of fish glue, and as a size for handmade paper. Its use in recent years has greatly diminished, due to the rise in use of synthetic materials and gelatin.", "chars": 599, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 195, 335], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1902", "term": "isometric colors", "norm": "isometric colors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Colors that appear to be identical but actually have different chemical and/or physical properties. Burnt umber and a mixture of burnt sienna, black, and a small part of green, for example, create an exact imitation of the mass tone of burnt umber.", "chars": 248, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1903", "term": "Italian style", "norm": "italian style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ALDINE (ITALIAN) STYLE.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "ITSOW", "term": "ITS OWN PAPER", "norm": "its own paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When one, two, three, or more copies of a sheet of a work, or a job, are printed on the paper that the whole is intended to be worked on, it is said to be Pulled on its own Paper. This is frequently done at the commencement of a work, when a proof of the first sheet is sent to the author, or bookseller, or both; that they may see the effect produced before it is proceeded with.\n\nJeff. See Throw.", "chars": 458, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1904", "term": "ivory", "norm": "ivory", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The hard, creamy-white, opaque, fine-grained, elastic, modified dentine, that makes up the tusks of elephants and other (large) land and marine animals. Ivory has been used as a writing and decorating medium because of the fineness of its grain, its warm tone, the ease with which it can be given a high polish, its adaptability for writing and carving, and, when properly cared for, its remarkable durability.\n\nIvory was used for the covers of books in the Middle Ages, but not by English bookbinders until the mania for novelty and commercial advantage led to its use in about 1860. It has also been used in the manufacture of superior diptychs, as clasps for books, and for the folders used in bookbinding.", "chars": 707, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 236, 280], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Prideaux, Sarah Treverbian. An historical sketch of bookbinding. London. Lawrence & Bullen. 1893."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1905", "term": "ivory black", "norm": "ivory black", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fine, velvety, carbonaceous, black pigment, prepared by calcining ivory scraps; at one time, used in the production of black marbling color, and, until recently, in the production of an ink used in copperplate printing.", "chars": 221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1906", "term": "ivory bristol", "norm": "ivory bristol", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "I", "letter_raw": "I", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bristol board used for a variety of purposes, including lightweight binders' board. It is an uncoated board with a high finish and a clear formation, and is somewhat translucent. The board is produced from cotton fibers and chemical wood pulps in basis weights of 70 to 90 pounds (22 1/2 X 28 1/2—500).\n\n", "chars": 320, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 82], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1933", "term": "j pattern", "norm": "j pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pebbled pattern in a book cloth similar in appearance to a morocco grain in goatskin.", "chars": 87, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1907", "term": "jacket", "norm": "jacket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: BOOK JACKET. 2. A detachable outer cover for a bound book, designed to protect the binding from wear and soiling. It is frequently made of a clear plastic and is more or less easy to remove. 3. See: JOB TICKET.", "chars": 266, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 329], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Teigen, Kit. Graphic arts, an introduction…Wayne, Pa. Management Development Institute. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1908", "term": "jaconet", "norm": "jaconet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": "jaconette", "dates": null, "text": "A lightweight cotton cloth with a semi-glaze finish which enables it to resist briefly the penetration of adhesives. It is often used as a reinforcing material in bookbinding because it provides strength without excessive bulk.", "chars": 227, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1909", "term": "Jaffé, Mair", "norm": "jaffé, mair", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "fl 1468-1480", "text": "An itinerant Jewish bookbinder of ülm who worked at Nurnberg and was a master of the art of CUIR-CISELÉ, as applied to the embellishment of books. Jaffé bound a Hebrew Pentatuch manuscript which was decorated with beautifully designed animal figures, and he also bound books for wealthy Nurnberg patricians. It is notable that none of Jaffé's bindings include any Christian symbols, but instead were decorated with heraldic and ornamental designs composed of unicorns, flowers, hounds, and motifs of a similar nature.", "chars": 541, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [141], "citations": ["Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-jansen-style-1", "term": "Jansen style", "norm": "jansen style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Without line or ornament either in blank or gold. It permits decoration on the inside cover, but demands absolute plainness on the outside, with the exception of lettering. It is only appropriate for crushed levant, it being dependent for its beauty on the polished surface of the leather.", "chars": 289, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1910", "term": "Jansen, Cornelius", "norm": "jansen, cornelius", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: JANSENIST STYLE.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1911", "term": "Jansenist style", "norm": "jansenist style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a French style of book decoration of the late 17th and early 18th centuries, named after the followers of Cornelius Jansen (1585-1638), the Bishop of Ypres, who advocated personal holiness and austerity. The books were embellished only by a centerpiece (often armorial) and corner fleurons, or by elaborate doublures tooled with dentelle borders but with no decoration at all on the spine and covers.", "chars": 412, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 172], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1916", "term": "Japan ink", "norm": "japan ink", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: IRON-GALL INK.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1917", "term": "Japan marble", "norm": "japan marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cover marble of a shaded red, produced by coating the leather with potash water (potash alum), brazilin and glair, followed by copperas water (ferrous sulfate) and the red coloring in large drops, which were made to run down the covers. After the.colors had dried, the covers were then washed several times with more of the brazilin, which added gloss.", "chars": 354, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [95], "citations": ["Cowie's bookbinder's manual; containing a full description of leather and vellum binding…7th ed. London. Strange. (186-)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1919", "term": "Japan wax", "norm": "japan wax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft, yellowish WAX having adhesive properties. It is obtained from the berries of the Japanese sumac (Rhus verniciflua and other species of Rhus), and used in some leather dressings. It is not a true wax but a glyceride, and contains palmitin with free palmitic acid. It has a softening range of 50 to 56° C., but upon being solidified, is likely to have an erratically lower softening point for some time thereafter.", "chars": 444, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173, 291], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1912", "term": "Japanese copying paper", "norm": "japanese copying paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very thin, strong paper made in Japan from long-fibered stock, such as mitsumata and the paper mulberry. It is a very versatile paper, and depending on the thickness, may be used for mending torn book leaves, for the overall lining of paper as reinforcement, for reinforcing the folds of sections, or for mending hinges. Japanese copying paper is for the most part handmade, the fibers being pulped by hand and the sheets made on molds of bamboo or hair. The length of the fibers gives the paper exceptional strength and wearing characteristics, and when it is torn, the fibers pull apart rather than tear. Also called \"long-fibered Japanese tissue.\"", "chars": 652, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 237], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1913", "term": "Japanese sewing", "norm": "japanese sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A method of sewing leaves or sections which, despite the name, was actually developed in China. The method involves gathering and jogging the leaves, and then drilling a hole through the entire thickness of the pile in the center anywhere from /4 to 3/4 inch from the edge of the spine, or more depending on the size of the book, the nature of the paper, and the extent of the binding margin. Additional holes are then drilled on either side of the center hole at uniform distances, the total number, including the one in the center, being an odd number. The sewing proceeds from the center hole to the head of the book, over the head and then down over the spine past the center hole to the tail and then back to the center. When the sewing is completed, the ends are tied in a flat knot on the out side. An alternative method is to begin at either end, in which case the number of holes may be even or odd. Thread, cord, string, yarn, tape, or rope fibers can be used. Japanese sewing may be considered as a form of SIDE SEWING (or stabbing) and, although it does not allow much flexibility, especially with small books, it is an extremely strong method of sewing, possibly one of the strongest ever devised.", "chars": 1254, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1914", "term": "Japanese silk", "norm": "japanese silk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of SILK that is more closely woven and of finer threads than the usual silk. It is also a double warp fabric, i.e., the warp and filling threads are of the same thickness. Japanese silk is less likely to fray along cut edges than ordinary silk, which makes it useful for SILK FLYLEAVES.", "chars": 341, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1915", "term": "Japanese vellum", "norm": "japanese vellum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thick paper produced in Japan from native fibers that are of relatively great length. The paper has a very cloudy formation and is tough and durable. The color is usually cream or natural, and the paper is finished with a smooth surface. Japanese vellum is suitable for engravings, etc., or where a very durable paper is required. An imitation, made by treating ordinary paper with sulfuric acid, is sometimes called \"Japon.\"", "chars": 427, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1918", "term": "Japanned ox hide", "norm": "japanned ox hide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Virtually the same leather as ENAMELLED HIDE but finished with a plain, flat surface.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1920", "term": "japon", "norm": "japon", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An imitation JAPANESE VELLUM.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1921", "term": "javelle water", "norm": "javelle water", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A dilute bleaching solution prepared either from sodium hypochlorite (NaOCl) or potassium hypochlorite (KOCl), the former being the stronger of the two. It was at one time widely used for bleaching purposes, but its use in the bleaching of archival papers has been superseded by the use of milder agents, such as calcium hypochlorite (CaOCl).", "chars": 342, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [197], "citations": ["Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-javelle-water-1", "term": "javelle water", "norm": "javelle water", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To one pound of chloride of lime add four and a half pints of water, and put in a jar with tight cover. Dissolve 20 oz. of ordinary washing soda in four and a half pints of boiling water, in a separate vessel, and immediately pour into the first mixture. When cold add enough water to make eleven pints in all. Strain through muslin, settle, and pour off the clear solution. This will remove many stains; but care must be taken to rinse thoroughly the paper with water after using it, as it tends to rot paper.", "chars": 510, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-jeff-1", "term": "Jeff", "norm": "jeff", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To throw for the first choice with em quadrates instead of dice.", "chars": 64, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1922", "term": "jeweled bindings", "norm": "jeweled bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bookbindings having gilt metal plates covered with enamel work and plaques in metal or ivory, and embellished with jewels. Jeweled bindings were produced in many areas of the Continent of Europe, notably in France and Germany, from about the 6th to the 14th centuries, and in England during the Middle Ages. Very few, however, have survived intact. These jeweled covers actually represented the work of the jeweler, goldsmith, and silversmith, more than the bookbinder. Jewels were also at times used on leather bindings in the 19th century, but it was not until shortly after the turn of the century that the jeweled binding became an established style, culminating in Sangorski's GREAT OMAR.", "chars": 717, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1923", "term": "jiggering", "norm": "jiggering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The procedure employed in BLIND TOOLING, in which, after an initial quick application of the heated finishing tool to \"set\" the leather in the impression, the tool is impressed a second time and rocked slightly, imparting a polished and darkened surface to the base of the impression. 2. The process employed in imparting dark lines on the spine of a book. usually on either side of the raised bands, by means of a string or strings drawn back and forth rapidly across the leather. The device used in this procedure is known as the \"jigger bands,\" and usually consists of one or two lengths of cord stretched between two wooden handles.", "chars": 663, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 335], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "JOB1", "term": "JOB", "norm": "job", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any thing which printed does not exceed a sheet, is termed a Job, and is paid for extra to the compositor, because there is no return of furniture or of letter: he has generally to put up fresh cases, and has some additional trouble in getting the right letter, and in making up the furniture. See Scale of Prices.", "chars": 345, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1924", "term": "job backer", "norm": "job backer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An iron screw press with opposing steel jaws and a screw that operates horizontally. It is used in backing books by hand, usually those too large to fit into the ROUNDING AND BACKING MACHINES.", "chars": 216, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [164], "citations": ["Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1925", "term": "job binding", "norm": "job binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term applied to small binding jobs of a miscellaneous nature. Job binding does not utilize fully automatic equipment, as is found in large edition binderies, but relies instead on handwork, either alone or in conjunction with some machine operations. The job binder produces smaller lots of edition bindings and also binding that cannot be accommodated by automatic equipment, such as Bibles and prayer books bound YAPP STYLE.\n\nBy accepted definition, job binding does not include LIBRARY BINDING, although the two are similar in many respects.", "chars": 600, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320, 339], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "JOB2", "term": "JOB HOUSE", "norm": "job house", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A printing office, the general run of business in which is the printing of Jobs; namely, cards, shop bills, bills for articles stolen, or lost, play bills, lottery bills, large posting bills, and all other things of a similar description. These houses seldom execute book work to any extent, as their materials, particularly with respect to types, are not calculated for it; and few houses undertake both kinds of work to any great degree. The principal job houses in London have a variety of types, both as to size and shape, such as few or no book houses ever think of laying in; consequently they are enabled to execute such work in a style superior to that in which a book house could, with regard to producing effect, and, in general, more expeditiously. Jobbing is an extensive business in London. See Book House.\n\nJohnson, Richard. See Donations.", "chars": 937, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1926", "term": "job ticket", "norm": "job ticket", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A printed form, often in the form of an envelope, on which instructions pertaining to a printing or binding job are recorded. Also called \"jacket.\" See also: BINDING SLIP.", "chars": 195, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1927", "term": "jog", "norm": "jog", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": "jogging", "dates": null, "text": "The operation of producing a smooth-sided pile of sheets or sections by knocking or vibrating the material against a smooth, flat surface. either by hand or by means of a mechanical device known as a JOGGER. See also: KNOCKING UP.", "chars": 278, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [190], "citations": ["Kantrowitz, Morris S., and others. Printing and allied trades. 5th ed. New York. Pitman. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1928", "term": "jogger", "norm": "jogger", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vibrating device used to produce a smooth-sided pile of paper stock before trimming, folding, binding, etc., or to align and position any material for any purpose during a production run. The jogger may be a unit or a part of a printing press delivery system. Joggers are employed at the press or cutter in small printing shops and binderies, in label factories, and in the gathering machines of newspaper printing plants.", "chars": 424, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "JOIN", "term": "JOIN", "norm": "join", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When two or more compositors are employed on the same piece of work, and one of them composes all his copy, so that there is no intervening matter between his copy and that in the hands of another of the companions who has followed him, he says, he has joined, or, he has set up close. Also, if a compositor be on a piece of work without a companion, and from any cause he be obliged to suspend composing one part of his copy, and to proceed with a succeeding part; then, when he has been enabled to compose this intervening part, and has got it completed, he says, he has joined, or, he has joined his matter.", "chars": 610, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1929", "term": "joint", "norm": "joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The exterior juncture of the spine and covers of a (usually) case-bound book. Although the term \"joint\" is often used to indicate the internal juncture of the board paper and fly leaf of a book, the more appropriate term here is HINGE (1). See also: CLOSED JOINT; FRENCH JOINT; LACING-IN; SUPPORTED FRENCH JOINT. 2. The sections at the front and back of a blankbook, consisting of one plain and one waste sheet, connected by a strip of linen, buckram, or other relatively heavy material, and lined with a plain or marbled paper. The plain sheet is glued to the first (and last) leaf of the book and the waste leaves to the boards. 3. Any location at which two adherends are joined by a layer of adhesive.", "chars": 827, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 209, 335], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-joint-1", "term": "joint", "norm": "joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The projections formed in backing to admit the boards; applied also to the inside when the volume is covered.", "chars": 109, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-joint-1", "term": "joint", "norm": "joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The projection formed in backing to admit the mill-boards. The leather or cloth placed from the projection on to the mill-board is called a joint.", "chars": 146, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-joint-1", "term": "joint", "norm": "joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "(1) the groove formed in backing to receive the ends of the mill-boards. (2) The part of the binding that bends when the boards are opened. (3) Strips of leather or cloth used to strengthen the end papers.", "chars": 205, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-joint-1", "term": "joint", "norm": "joint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The projections formed in backing to admit the boards. Also the leather or cloth, with its lining, where it passes from the book proper to the boards when the volume is covered; that is, the part of the binding that bends when the boards are opened. See also French joint.", "chars": 272, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1930", "term": "joint rod", "norm": "joint rod", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strip of wood or plastic, flat on one side and curved on the other, and placed between the board and SPRING-BACK (1) of a blankbook to form a groove when the book is pressed. To prevent the rod or board from pressing on the spring-back, the board is set a distance from the edge of the rod, usually 1/8 inch.", "chars": 334, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 339], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "JOINT", "term": "JOINTS", "norm": "joints", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Tympan joints, and frisket joints.—M.\n\nJustifiers. See Quotation Quadrats.", "chars": 127, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1931", "term": "jordan", "norm": "jordan", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of REFINER consisting of a conical plug which fits into a matching conical shell. The outside of the plug and the inner surface of the shell are fitted with knives or bars. The plug is pushed into the shell to the point where the knives or bars of each are almost touching. When fibrous stock in solution enters the shell, usually at its smaller end, the knives or bars of the rotating plug and stationary shell mascerate the fibrous material and help reduce it further.", "chars": 501, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1932", "term": "journeyman bookbinder", "norm": "journeyman bookbinder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinder who has learned the aspects of the trade of bookbinding. The term \"journeyman\" refers to the previous practice of workmen journeying from place to place to work in different shops in order to acquire a thorough and comprehensive knowledge of the craft. The term no longer has much significance in the United States, although it is used in some trades in describing a person who has completed a training program.", "chars": 424, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1934", "term": "jump", "norm": "jump", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": "jump out", "dates": null, "text": "1. A term applied to the problem of books slipping from under the guillotine clamp during trimming. 2. A section or sections of a book which slip out of position during the backing operation. See also: START.", "chars": 232, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-justification-1", "term": "Justification", "norm": "justification", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The observance that the pages of a volume agree and are parallel throughout, so as to insure a straight and equal margin.", "chars": 121, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-justification-1", "term": "Justification", "norm": "justification", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of making the pages of a book lie opposite one another to insure a straight and equal margin throughout.", "chars": 116, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-justifie-a-stick-1", "term": "Justifie a Stick", "norm": "justifie a stick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "viz. a *Composing-stick*. See § 22. ¶ 4.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "JUSTI3", "term": "JUSTIFY A STICK;", "norm": "justify a stick;", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "viz. a composing stick. Screwing the slides of his composing stick to the measure wanted—M.", "chars": 91, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "JUSTI2", "term": "JUSTIFY THE PULL", "norm": "justify the pull", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Putting additional cards into the mortises of the cheeks of a press, or taking some out, as the case may require, in order to regulate the pull: for a small light form, the pressure requires to be comparatively slight; but for a large, solid form of small letters, it requires a heavy soaking pull to do justice to the work; in this case, additional cards are put into the mortises of the head. This refers only to the wooden press; for justifying the pull of iron presses, see under the respective articles.", "chars": 515, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "JUSTI1", "term": "JUSTIFYING", "norm": "justifying", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Spacing a line out so that it fits with a proper degree of tightness in the measure of the composing stick;—placing a wood cut in a page, and filling up the vacancies with leads, scaleboards, quadrats, quotations, or furniture, so that when the form is locked up, the wood cut shall be fast, and the lines above and below it even;—fixing any other matter in a similar way in a page.—With pressmen, putting cards into the head of a wooden press, and screwing it up until the pull be proper, is termed Justifying the Head, or Justifying the Pull. See Hard Pull.\n\n\n\nJustifying the Head. This amounts to the same thing as justifying the pull, which see.\n\nJustifying Links. See Composing.", "chars": 876, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-justifying-1", "term": "JUSTIFYING", "norm": "justifying", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Spacing out lines accurately.", "chars": 29, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1935", "term": "jute", "norm": "jute", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An Indian bast fiber obtained from white jute, Corchorus capsularis, the Tossa jute, C. olitorius, and other species of Corchorus. It is used in making burlap, gunny sacking. etc., which in turn have been used to provide fibers used in papermaking. Jute fibers are weaker and less durable than flax or hemp, and relatively easily rotted by water. An average clean sample of jute contains approximately 69.35% cellulose and 18.82% lignin.", "chars": 437, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 143], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1936", "term": "jute board", "norm": "jute board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A board used occasionally as a binder's board, produced from jute stock along with chemical wood pulp. The board is said to be strong and lightweight.", "chars": 150, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1937", "term": "juvenile picture-book binding", "norm": "juvenile picture-book binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "J", "letter_raw": "J", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of binding in which the illustration of the BOOK JACKET is usually incorporated in the case and the book itself is given a sturdy binding suitable for use by children. See also: SCENIC BINDING. ", "chars": 266, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1938", "term": "Kairouan bindings", "norm": "kairouan bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: COPTIC BINDINGS.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1939", "term": "kangaroo skin", "norm": "kangaroo skin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The skin of the herbivorous marsupials (family Macropodidae) of Australia, New Guinea, etc., which when properly tanned, makes a supple and durable bookbinding leather. Today, it is generally chrome tanned with a glazed finish, thus making it unsuitable for use as a bookbinding leather. It is said to be stronger, weight for weight, than any other leather.", "chars": 357, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [325], "citations": ["Tanners' Council of America, Inc. Dictionary of leather terminology. 6th ed. New York. Tanners' Council of America. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1940", "term": "kaolin", "norm": "kaolin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fine clay mass, usually white in color, and made up principally of clay mineral kaolinite. The kaolin clays have the approximate formula (2SiO2 . 2H2O); however, they also contain small amounts of other minerals, as well as impurities. Kaolin is used extensively as a coating and filling clay in the manufacture of paper. See also: PAPER CLAY.", "chars": 391, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 60], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Paper and Board Makers' Association. Paper making; a general account of its history, processes and applications. Rev. ed. London. British Paper and Board Makers' Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1941", "term": "karaya gum", "norm": "karaya gum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A gum derived from the dried exudation of the Indian tree Sterculia urens. In the deacetylated form, it is used as a fiber deflocculating agent for the long-fibered paper pulps. Karaya gum is also used as an economical substitute for GUM TRAGACANTH, as the size for marbling water. It is also known as \"Indian tragacanth,\" and colloquially as \"gum hog.\"", "chars": 377, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 233, 339], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-keep-in-1", "term": "Keep in", "norm": "keep in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a caution either given to, or resolved on, by the *Compositer*, when there may be doubt of *Driving out* his *Matter* beyond his *Counting off*, wherefore he *Sets close*, to *Keep in*.", "chars": 188, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-keep-in-1", "term": "Keep in", "norm": "keep in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To crowd in by thin spacing.", "chars": 28, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "KEEP1", "term": "KEEP IN,", "norm": "keep in,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a caution either given to, or resolved on, by the compositor, when there may be doubt of driving out his matter beyond his counting off: wherefore he sets close, to Keep in.—M.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-keep-out-1", "term": "Keep out", "norm": "keep out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a caution either given to or resolved on, by the *Compositer*, when there may be doubt of *Getting in* his *Matter* too fast for his *Counting off*: Wherefore he *Sets Wide*, to *Drive* or *Keep out*.", "chars": 203, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-keep-out-1", "term": "Keep out", "norm": "keep out", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To drive out or expand matter by wide spacing.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "KEEP2", "term": "KEEP OUT,", "norm": "keep out,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a caution either given to, or resolved on, by the compositor, when there may be doubt of getting in his matter too fast for his counting off: wherefore he sets wide, to drive or keep out.—M. This term is not now used; we say Drive out, which see.", "chars": 249, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1942", "term": "keratin", "norm": "keratin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The fibrous protein material of the hair and epidermis of a hide or skin, which represents approximately 2.0o of the protein composition of the skin.", "chars": 149, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [305], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. Leather technicians handbook. New ed. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-keratol-1", "term": "Keratol", "norm": "keratol", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the B B B grade, or Buffingette manufactured by the Keratol Company, cor. Clifford and Van Buren Sts., Newark, N. J., at 35 cents per yard. A waterproof cloth made in imitation of leather. It is excellent for the sides of books which receive much wear, as it does not show either finger or water marks, and outlasts the ordinary book cloth. It cannot be recommended for full binding as it is difficult to letter and wears away quickly at the joints. At first it has a disagreeable odor, but this wears off. An objectionable feature is that labels cannot easily be pasted upon it. To overcome this difficulty, put a thin coat of shellac on the place where the label is to go. The objectionable point mentioned is overbalanced by the material’s good qualities.", "chars": 758, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1943", "term": "keratose", "norm": "keratose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The degradation product of KERATIN. During the action of the lime liquors on the epithelial cells of the epidermis and sebaceous glands, degradation products are formed which remain in the hides and skins after unhairing, scudding, and washing. They are present, in the form of viscous solutions or jellies adhering to the structures of the thermostat layer, in the region just under the grain surface. They are not readily visible under the microscope, but are precipitated as flocculent masses upon contact with acid solutions. They are removed by the action of enzymes during BATING, and, if not properly removed, will result in a grainy surface that is thick, spongy, and irregular, suggesting the presence of keratose precipitated in the grain layer.", "chars": 803, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306, 363], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1944", "term": "kerf", "norm": "kerf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A shallow cut, approximately 1/32 inch deep, made between 1/4 and 1/2 inch from the head and tail on the backs of the gathered sections of a text block. The loops of the kettle stitches fit into the kerfs and consequently do not show as lumps under the leather of a TIGHT BACK binding. The term is also applied, although somewhat inaccurately, to the saw cuts made for the cords used in RECESSED-CORD SEWING.", "chars": 456, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "KERN", "term": "KERN", "norm": "kern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Kerned letters are such as have part of their face hanging over one side or both sides of their shanks.—M.", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-kerned-letter-1", "term": "Kerned letter", "norm": "kerned letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Type of which a part of the face hangs over the body.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1945", "term": "kettle stitch", "norm": "kettle stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The stitch made near the head and tail of a book sewn on tapes or cords, and which holds the sections (other than the first and last) together. The term may be a corruption of \"catch-up stitch,\" or \"Kettel stitch\" (the stitch that forms a little chain). Sometimes called \"ketch stitch.\"", "chars": 306, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [56, 106, 236], "citations": ["Bouchot, Henry Francois X. M. The book; its printers, illustrators, and binders, from Gutenberg to the present time. London. Grevel. 1890.", "Darley, Lionel S. Bookbinding, then and now…London. Faber and Faber. 1959.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-kettle-stitch-1", "term": "Kettle-Stitch", "norm": "kettle-stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The stitch which the sewer makes at the head and tail of a book; said to be a corruption of chain-stitch.", "chars": 105, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-kettle-stitch-1", "term": "Kettle-Stitch", "norm": "kettle-stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A catch-stitch formed in sewing at the head and foot.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-kettle-stitch-1", "term": "Kettle-Stitch", "norm": "kettle-stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The chain-stitch which the sewer makes at the head and tail of a book. A corruption of either chain-stitch, or catch-up stitch.", "chars": 127, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-kettlestitch-1", "term": "Kettlestitch", "norm": "kettlestitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "As the sewer draws the thread out through the hole near the end of a signature she passes it between the two preceding signatures and around the thread which connects them, before she passes it into the hole in the signature she next lays on. This is called the kettle-stitch, a word said to be a corruption of either catch-up stitch or chain stitch.", "chars": 350, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1946", "term": "key", "norm": "key", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bookbinder's tool, consisting of a device that somewhat resembles the prongs of a blunt fork with a circular hole at the top. It is used to secure the sewing cords to the base of the sewing frame.", "chars": 198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "KEY", "term": "KEY", "norm": "key", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A flat square hook, with a handle to put the fingers through in a transverse direction to the hook. Its use is to lift the forms out of the lye trough, after having brushed off the ink from the types, the furniture, and the chase.", "chars": 230, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-key-1", "term": "key", "norm": "key", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The little instruments used to secure the bands to the sewing-press.", "chars": 68, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-key-1", "term": "key", "norm": "key", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Little metal instruments used to secure the bands to the sewing press.", "chars": 70, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-key-1", "term": "key", "norm": "key", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Little metal instruments used to secure the bands to the sewing bench.", "chars": 70, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1947", "term": "khaki", "norm": "khaki", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A strong, durable light olive-brown to light yellowish-brown cloth, usually made from cotton and similar in texture to canvas. It makes a reasonably satisfactory covering material for books subject to hard usage, such as blankbooks; however, it is not as durable as canvas or impregnated buckram.", "chars": 296, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [196], "citations": ["Klinefelter, Lee Miller. Bookbinding made easy. Rev. ed. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1948", "term": "khari", "norm": "khari", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A salt which occurs as an efflorescence on the ground in certain areas of India. It contains approximately 60% sodium sulfate, 20% magnesium sulfate, and 5% sodium chloride. It is used in DRY-SALTING hides and skins largely in the area where it is found.", "chars": 278, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1949", "term": "kid seal", "norm": "kid seal", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A SEALSKIN, dressed with alum and salt and oiled. It makes a soft, tough, hard-wearing leather.", "chars": 119, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1950", "term": "kidskin", "norm": "kidskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The skin of a young goat. It has a fine grain pattern, and makes a strong and flexible leather.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1951", "term": "kieselghur", "norm": "kieselghur", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: DIATOMACEOUS SILICA.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1952", "term": "kinky filling", "norm": "kinky filling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A place in a fabric where a short length of WEFT has spontaneously doubled back on itself.", "chars": 114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1953", "term": "kip", "norm": "kip", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": "kipskin", "dates": null, "text": "1. A small cattle hide. i.e., the hides of fully mature cattle, other than the buffalo, native to the Indian Subcontinent and some parts of Africa, which are smaller than those of Europe and America. 2. The skins obtained from immature European and American bovine animals that have been grass fed and which are larger than calves but smaller than fully grown cattle. Among cattle hides. a kip is one weighing between 15 and 25 pounds in the green salted state. Generally, a kip is considered to be intermediate between a hide and a skin. Leather made from kips generally has a fine, tight fiber. 3. As an abbreviation of the full term \"East India tanned kip,\" or \"E. 1. kip crust,\" a vegetable tanned leather made from cowhide originating in the Indian Subcontinent and tanned in India, mainly in the south, and especially around Madras.", "chars": 838, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 248, 264, 363], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-kip-calf-1", "term": "Kip calf", "norm": "kip calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Made from the skin of a heifer; much stronger than ordinary calf.", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1955", "term": "kiss marks", "norm": "kiss marks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Light or white patches on vegetable tanned leathers, caused by hides and skins touching each other in the tanning pits, thus preventing the tan from penetrating the areas of contact. Kiss marks are prevented by rocking the frames which hold the skins while in the pits.", "chars": 269, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1954", "term": "kissing the bookbinder's daughter", "norm": "kissing the bookbinder's daughter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A trick played on a young bookbinder just finishing his apprenticeship, in which, as part of the ceremony, he must kiss the daughter of the owner of the bookbinding establishment. The prettiest girl in the shop is actually chosen for the part, and as the new journeyman steps forward to perform his part of the ceremony, which he is required to do with his eyes closed, a well-filled paste brush is substituted for the girl and the young binder gets a mouthful of paste. See also: RINGING OUT.", "chars": 517, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-knife-backt-sculptor-1", "term": "Knife backt Sculptor", "norm": "knife backt sculptor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "is a Sculptor with a thin edge on its back.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1956", "term": "knife folding machine", "norm": "knife folding machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FOLDING MACHINES.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "KNOCK1", "term": "KNOCK UP", "norm": "knock up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In the warehouse, is to place the sheets of each signature of a work uniformly even at the edges upon each other, after they are taken down from the poles, and previously to their being piled away.\n\nThe person who has this to do, takes a quantity of about two quires, (if it be a stout hard paper he may take a little more,) and holding it loosely at the edges with both hands, he bends the ends a little towards him, so that the paper shall form a curve; he then lifts it up a little from the table, and lets it drop upon its edge through his hands,—the curve giving the edge a little firmness, many of the sheets drop down into their places; he repeats this two or three times, and will then, in letting it drop upon the table, bring the lower part nearer to him, so that the outside of the curve may strike first, and throw the sheets gradually up higher at the back; this he will also do two or three times; he then lets the further side rest upon the table, and shuffles the upper sheets gradually away from him, lifting the whole up, and letting the edges drop upon the table, three or four times; repeating these operations soon brings all the edges even, both at the ends and sides; he then lays this taking on one side, and repeats the operation with other takings, laying them on each other, till he has completed the whole.\n\nA soft flimsy paper takes more time in knocking up than a hard paper, as the sheets have not strength enough separately to be driven into their places by striking on the edges.", "chars": 1508, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "KNOCK3", "term": "KNOCK UP A LETTER", "norm": "knock up a letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "It sometimes happens with old letter, that a letter may be worn so low that it will not print well in a page; the workman then takes that letter out of the form, and holds the shank of it upon the side of the chase, and with the head of the shooting stick beats lightly upon the foot of the shank, till he have battered metal enough out of the shank, to raise it higher against paper; if it prove too high against paper, he rubs the bottom of the shank upon the side of the chase, to rub it down. This operation seldom happens, unless another of the same sort of letter is wanting, and hard to come by: for else the compositor will bow the letter, and pop it into a waste box in his case, where he puts all naughty letters, that he may not be troubled with them another time.—M. See Bow the Letter.", "chars": 829, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "KNOCK2", "term": "KNOCK UP BALLS", "norm": "knock up balls", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To knock up balls is the term used for making balls: it is to cut the pelts to a proper size; to fill them with a proper quantity of wool; to nail them to the ball stocks; to trim them; and to put them into a working condition. See Balls.", "chars": 343, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1957", "term": "knockers", "norm": "knockers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A name given bindery workers around the turn of the century who jogged (knocked) and stacked sections as they came from the folding machines. Knocking up sections, in which some 15,000 workers were employed in the United States at the turn of the century, was one of the last hand operations in the large edition bindery.", "chars": 321, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1958", "term": "knocking down", "norm": "knocking down", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": "knock down", "dates": null, "text": "The process of flattening any lumps or other high places on the covers of a book caused by the cords laced into the boards.", "chars": 123, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256, 335], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1960", "term": "knocking out the groove", "norm": "knocking out the groove", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process employed when rebinding a book that was backed in the original binding, in which the bend in each section caused by the backing is removed. In library binding this is frequently accomplished by nipping the book before the sections are separated. In hand binding, one method is to hammer (three) sections together on the knocking-down iron, hut a more gentle (and safer) method is to bend each section individually over the edge of a board thus reversing the hacking fold. In the latter method there is no danger of disturbing the conformation of the paper fibers, as can happen when the section is hammered.", "chars": 619, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 355], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Watson Aldred Auld. Hand bookbinding a manual of instruction. New York. Reinhold. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1961", "term": "knocking out the swell", "norm": "knocking out the swell", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of reducing the \"swell\" in the spine of a book sewn through the folds by hand or on a sewing machine. The swell may be caused by the addition of thread in the folds of the sections. and also, at times, by the thickness of the paper used to guard damaged sections. Reducing the swell is a somewhat delicate operation, as it is necessary to have additional thickness in the spine in order to be able to round and back the book properly; too much swell, however, produces undesirable results, including a wedge shape, a greater tendency for the spine of the book to fall in, and a book that is lacking in firmness and solidity. Excessive swell may be reduced by clamping the text block in a lying press, placing the knocking-down iron against it, and tapping the side at the spine with a backing hammer, or, as in the case of library and edition binding, by smashing or nipping.", "chars": 887, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1962", "term": "knocking up", "norm": "knocking up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of evening up one or two edges of a pile of sheets so that they can be cut squarely, or for some other purpose requiring squared-up sheets. See also: JOG.", "chars": 190, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1959", "term": "knocking-down iron", "norm": "knocking-down iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy, T-shaped piece of iron, which, when clamped in a press, forms a solid base for hammering down the cords used to lace the boards to the book, or for a similar type of binding operation.", "chars": 193, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-knocking-down-iron-1", "term": "knocking-down iron", "norm": "knocking-down iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "So called from having the slips, when laced in, pounded down upon it, so that they will not show when the book is covered.", "chars": 122, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-knocking-down-iron-1", "term": "knocking-down iron", "norm": "knocking-down iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of iron having a small leg in the centre by which it is secured in the lying press. When fastened there it is used to pound or beat with a hammer the slips into the boards after they are laced in, so that they do not show when the book is covered.", "chars": 255, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-knocking-down-iron-1", "term": "knocking-down iron", "norm": "knocking-down iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy iron plate on which are placed the sides of a laced-in book when the lacings of string, tape or vellum, are pounded down with a hammer so they will not show when the book is covered.", "chars": 190, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1963", "term": "Koberger, Anton", "norm": "koberger, anton", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1440-1513", "text": "A Nürnberg printer and publisher and one of the most productive of all Nurnberg craftsmen of his time. Koberger's books are often in fine bindings, characterized by a floral diaper in the center panel of the upper cover, flanked by stems of ornamental foliage wound around a ragged staff. On the lower cover, there is usually no diaper; instead there are lozenge compartments formed by diagonal fillets often enclosing a characteristic tool—a griffin with scaly extended wings. Koberger's books frequently have the title lettered in large Gothic letters in gilt on the upper cover. The panels on the spine often contain large rosettes scattered in an irregular manner. While it has been suggested that the books published by the Koberger firm were bound there, the correspondence of the firm from 1493 to 1525 mentions neither bookbinding nor anything relating to the binding process.", "chars": 884, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [141, 347], "citations": ["Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "KOOFE", "term": "KOOFEE,", "norm": "koofee,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Kufic, Cufic, Cuphic, or Oriental. Ancient Arabic; it was called Cuphic, from the town of Couphah, built on the Euphrates. See Arabic.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1964", "term": "kozo", "norm": "kozo", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PAPER MULBERRY.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1965", "term": "kraft paper", "norm": "kraft paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper produced by a modified sulfate process, and employing only wood pulp. It is a relatively coarse paper and is known especially for its strength. Kraft paper is usually manufactured on a Fourdrinier machine and is generally given a regular machine finished or machine-glazed surface. It can be watermarked, striped, or calendered, and has an acceptable surface for printing. Its natural unbleached color is brown, but it can be produced in lighter shades of brown, cream tints, and white, by the use of semi-bleached or fully bleached sulfate pulps. Kraft paper is generally made in basis weights from 25 to 60 pounds (24 X 36—500) but it is also made in weights ranging from 18 to 200 pounds.", "chars": 699, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [1, 17, 323], "citations": ["Abbey, John Roland. English bindings, 1490-1940, in the library of J. R. Abbey. Edited by G. D. Hobson. London. Privately printed at the Chiswick Press. 1940.", "American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. Chemistry of pulp and pa per making. 3rd ed. New York. Wiley. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1966", "term": "kraft process", "norm": "kraft process", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SULFATE PROCESS.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1967", "term": "Krause, Jacob", "norm": "krause, jacob", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1526/7-1585", "text": "A German bookbinder who learned the craft in the workshop of the famous Augsburg merchant bankers. Krause was summoned to Dresden in 1566 and appointed \"Binder to the Elector of Saxony.\" In the electoral decree appointing him to this position it is specifically stated that he should bind books in the \"German, French, and Italian fashion.\" Among his numerous bindings there are a great number of blind-stamped pigskin bindings decorated with panels and rolls, as well as a group of richly gold tooled morocco and calfskin bindings which he bound for the Elector. Krause's bindings are noted for the technical excellence of their gold tooling, no gilder outside of France producing \"a petits fers\" gilding of such accuracy and perfection. In artistic merit, however, while a few of his bindings are considered to be excellent, most are thought to be very much overloaded with gold tooling and are too rich and \"restless\" to be considered completely successful. Krause's work, as well as that of his pupil and successor, Caspar Meuser, is also remarkable for the elaborately tooled and printed edges, on which there is often the arms of Saxony and his signature—1. K. F.—in small letters.", "chars": 1187, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [104, 141], "citations": ["Dahl, Svend. History of the book. 2nd English ed. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1968.", "Goldschmidt, Ernst Philip. Gothic and Renaissance bookbindings. 2nd ed. Amsterdam. Israel. 1967. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1968", "term": "krieg block", "norm": "krieg block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "K", "letter_raw": "K", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A composite wooden block, about 30 inches square, composed of small uniform pieces of clear white pine, cut approximately 2 inches square and 3 inches long, all set on end, glued together and enclosed by a band of metal. Such a block is used by some bookbinders for cutting leather.\n\n", "chars": 298, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1969", "term": "L", "norm": "l", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The Roman equivalent of 50. See: ROMAN NUMERALS.\n\n2. A lower case letter l is the abbreviation for LEAF. (1)", "chars": 157, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2125", "term": "l pattern", "norm": "l pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A LEVANT pattern embossed on a book cloth.", "chars": 66, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1970", "term": "label", "norm": "label", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A square or rectangular piece of leather, cloth, or paper, usually of a different color from that used for covering, and attached to the spine, or (occasionally) the upper cover of a book. Labels display, usually in gilt tooling or blocking, the title of the book, the volume number (if any), the author's name (sporadically before the late 18th century, but regularly since), and, since about 1800, the date of publication.\n\nLabels came into use in England in about 1680 and by 1700 had generally replaced direct lettering on the spine of books. Two labels, one for the title and the second for the volume number came into use in England (probably from France) in about 1730. The title label was usually red and the volume label blue, and later green. Red and black labels have also been used. The so-called open-sided label, i.e., one without vertical side fillets was uncommon before 1795 and was probably introduced by ROGER PAYNE.\n\nOriginally, labels were almost always of leather, generally a thinly pared skin, and later SKIVER.\n\nPaper labels, printed from type, or occasionally engraved, began to be used in the second half of the 18th century on the paper spines of boarded books (the earliest known examples dating from 1765). They continued to be the usual method of titling boarded books even after this style of binding was for the most part superseded by publishers' cloth, i.e., the first quarter of the 19th century. They were also used on early cloth bindings, with decreasing frequency after 1832, when the technique of applying gold directly onto the cloth became feasible. See also: FLYSWING,", "chars": 1678, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156, 205, 236, 320], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "The library; a quarterly review of bibliography. London. Milford.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1971", "term": "label paper", "norm": "label paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine finish or English finish paper used for a variety of types of labels. Some such papers are supercalendered while others are coated on one side. They are specially sized for gumming and printing.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1972", "term": "lac", "norm": "lac", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A resinous substance of insect origin, collected from twigs of several trees of the Acacia family. The substance is secreted as a form of protective scale on the bodies of the insects Coccus lacca, which attach themselves to the twigs. The crude resin (stick lac) consists of twigs encrusted with the excretion of the insects' remains, and is processed in several steps to produce SHELLAC.\n\nThe blood-red dye obtained from lac was at one time the most valuable product of the refining process. It has been used a a dyestuff since very early times and was the dye used in Indian lake pigment.\n\nThe word \"lac\" and the term LAKE are derived from the Sanskrit laksa, meaning \"a hundred thousand.\" One of the host trees referred to in Sanskrit writings is \"Lakshatarn,\" the tree which nourishes a hundred thousand insects.", "chars": 861, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [195, 233], "citations": ["Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966.", "Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1973", "term": "lace binding", "norm": "lace binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of embellishment of leather bindings introduced in France in the 18th century. The border in use in the 17th century was enlarged until it became the predominant element of the design, so much so that often only space for an armorial shield was left. Edges, which formerly had been straight, were now tooled in a wavy pattern, thus giving a \"lacy\" effect at times described as \"à la dentelle,\" but actually looking more like the wrought ironwork of fancy balconies and gates. The style was very popular and was used by many bookbinders and gilders. including the Derome family and Pierre-Paul Dubisson, who used metal plates instead of tools, so as to be able to block the design and thus increase production.", "chars": 717, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [158], "citations": ["Harthan, John P. Bookbindings. 2nd ed. London. H. M. Stationery Office. (Victoria & Albert Museum illustrated booklet no. 2). 1961."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-laced-in-1", "term": "Laced In", "norm": "laced in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the boards are affixed to the volume by means of the bands being passed through holes made in the boards, they are said to be laced in.", "chars": 140, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-laced-in-1", "term": "Laced In", "norm": "laced in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the mill-boards are attached to the volume by means of the slips being passed through holes |177| made in the boards, they are said to be laced in or drawn in.", "chars": 164, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-laced-in-1", "term": "Laced In", "norm": "laced in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the boards are affixed to the volume by passing the bands, strings, or tapes on which it is sewn through holes made in the boards, they are said to be laced in.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1974", "term": "laced on", "norm": "laced on", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LACING-IN.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1975", "term": "laces", "norm": "laces", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The single-twist knitting cotton about 1/16, inch in diameter, or double-twist cotton about 3/32 inch in diameter, with or without tags; it is used for loose-leaf bindings and also for attaching leaves loosely in temporary covers. The tags, if used, may be straight or crossed.", "chars": 277, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1976", "term": "lacework", "norm": "lacework", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A border decoration on a book cover, executed by tooling in gilt in resemblance of lace. See: LACE BINDING. See also: DENTELLE.", "chars": 175, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1977", "term": "lacing", "norm": "lacing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of book decoration usually used on blankbooks, and consisting of narrow strips of vellum laced to the outside of the covers. The vellum laces pass through the boards and are hammered flat inside so as not to appear as lumps under the board papers. See also: BANDS (2).", "chars": 299, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1978", "term": "lacing-in", "norm": "lacing-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The process in craft bookbinding of attaching the boards to the text block by passing the bands or cords on which the book is sewn through holes punched or cut into the boards. The bands are first frayed out and moistened with paste and then passed through the holes or slots.\n\nFor more than a thousand years lacing-in has been the customary method of attaching the boards in craft bookbinding. The Stonyhurst Gospel, a Coptic style binding of the 7th or 8th century, has the sewing thread laced through its boards, while in bindings of the 11th century or earlier, which were sewn on raised thongs, the thongs run along tunnels and through holes, and are held in place by pegs. By the 13th century, or even earlier, thongs were run over the upper sides of the boards, sometimes in grooves cut to receive them. This technique persisted up to the 15th century.\n\nWooden boards usually had two or three holes in a straight line out from the location of the thong on the spine; later on, however, the holes were cut straight, sometimes at a diagonal, or at right angles to the thong. Diagonal holing and lacing-in became the favored technique, and was the superior method because it strengthened the binding, particularly since boards made of paper had largely replaced wooden boards. The right angle method has the disadvantage of weakening the board.\n\nAlthough the cords in fine binding were frayed out so they would not be noticeable under the leather, fraying out was not done in other styles of binding, and the technique of cutting grooves to receive the cords was not introduced until the end of the 18th century. Grooving is a superior technique because it does not weaken the board to any extent and yet allows thicker cords to be used in sewing.\n\nThe practice of lacing-in began to decline in the 19th century in favor of split boards and the French joint. See also: HOLING OUT.", "chars": 1920, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-lacing-in-1", "term": "lacing-in", "norm": "lacing-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Lacing the bands on which the book is sewn through holes in the boards to attach them.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-lacing-in-1", "term": "lacing-in", "norm": "lacing-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "lacing the slips through holes in the boards to attach them.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1979", "term": "lacquer", "norm": "lacquer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A surface coating of an organic material that dries solely by the evaporation of the solvent and without any chemical change taking place in the film. The most important lacquers are based on cellulose derivatives, e.g., a cellulose ester, such as cellulose acetate or cellulose nitrate, or a cellulose ether, such as methyl or benzyl cellulose, etc., together with modifying agents, such as plasticizers, resins. waxes, and pigments. Lacquers are used in coating cloth, leather, and paper to decrease water vapor transmission rates and provide heat-sealing properties, water and grease resistance, and gloss, as well as decorative effects. Their use in archival work is questionable, however, as the solvents used in them emit toxic fumes, and the films themselves begin to deteriorate after a relatively short time, particularly if exposed to ultraviolet light.", "chars": 863, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1980", "term": "lacquered bindings", "norm": "lacquered bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating bookbindings by means of scenes painted and then covered with lacquer. The technique was probably a Persian (Near Eastern) invention of the second quarter of the 16th century, and while they are still being produced today, the technique reached its pinnacle in the 16th century. Lacquered bindings are actually more the work of the miniature painter than the bookbinder. The designs were painted in watercolors on leather, and later pasteboard, that had been dusted with chalk and given a thin coat of clear lacquer. After painting had been completed several more coatings of lacquer were applied.", "chars": 620, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [347], "citations": ["Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1981", "term": "lactic acid", "norm": "lactic acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A hygroscopic, usually syrupy, alpha-hydroxy acid (C3H6O3). usually manufactured by the bacterial fermentation of milk, cane or grape sugars, corn, starch, etc., by means of Lactic bacilli, and used in leather manufacture to control pH, in mordanting dyes, and in the potassium salt POTASSIUM LACTATE.", "chars": 358, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1982", "term": "lacuna", "norm": "lacuna", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "lacunas", "dates": null, "text": "An area of a manuscript, painting, or other material, that is completely missing as a result of any type of damage. The word derives from the Latin expression for \"gap.\"", "chars": 169, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1983", "term": "laid lines", "norm": "laid lines", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The closely spaced watermark lines in LAID PAPER, produced by the laid wires of the MOLD (1) in handmade paper, or by the DANDY ROLL of the papermaking machine. Laid lines usually run parallel to the long side of a sheet of handmade paper and across the grain of machine-made paper; however, SPIRAL LAID paper has lines parallel with the grain. Also called \"wire lines\" or \"wire marks,\" as opposed to CHAIN LINES (1).", "chars": 537, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [52, 225], "citations": ["Book Manufacturers' Institute. Helpful aids in book production. New York. Book Manufacturers' Institute. 1953.", "McMurtrie, Douglas Crawford. The book; the story of printing & bookmaking. 3rd ed. New York. Oxford University Press. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1984", "term": "laid mold", "norm": "laid mold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A MOLD (1) having the sieve made up of wires laid parallel to each other, as compared with a woven mold formed of wire cloth. It is used in making handmade LAID PAPER.", "chars": 215, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1985", "term": "laid paper", "norm": "laid paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper which shows thick and thin lines at right angles to each other, and produced by the weave of the DANDY ROLL in machine-made paper, or, in the manufacture of handmade paper, by the MOLD (1) having thin wires placed very close together and fastened to thicker wires running at right angles at intervals of about 1 inch. The thin wires are the LAID LINES, or \"wire lines,\" \"wire marks,\" while the thicker wires are the CHAIN LINES, or \"chain marks,\" \"wide lines.\" Laid paper, whether hand- or machine-made, has no advantage over WOVE PAPER except perhaps appearance.", "chars": 691, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 156, 182], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Jennett, Sean. The making of books. 4th ed. New York. Praeger. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-laid-paper-1", "term": "laid paper", "norm": "laid paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Having lines water-marked in it, running through it at equal distances apart, the lines being thin places made by the pressure of projections on the dandy-roll.", "chars": 160, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1986", "term": "lake", "norm": "lake", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used with reference to any of a large group of organic pigments that are generally bright in color and are more or less translucent when in the form of an oil paint. Lakes are obtained by precipitating dyestuffs and other coloring matters, e.g., cochineal, madder, logwood extract, etc., onto a substrate in the presence of tannic acid, casein, sodium phosphate, etc., or with a metallic hydroxide. Aluminum hydroxide, for example, reacts with many soluble organic coloring matters, precipitating them as so-called lakes in cloth printing and dyeing, with the hydroxide acting as the mordant; the same dye, however, can produce different colored lakes depending on the mordant employed. Because many salts of calcium, chromium, magnesium, tin, zinc, etc., are used in producing lakes, a great number of pigments can be obtained. Substrates used include alumina, which gives a pigment that is rich and transparent in color, such as those used in printing inks; china clay, where a light, soft material with bulk and good suspension properties is required; barytes, which are used in the manufacture of paint; blanc fixe, which is usually a more finely divided baryte than the natural crystalline ones; and green earth and precipitated hydroxide of iron, which are used according to color requirements.\n\nMany excellent pigments having good light fastness are now made from artificial dyestuffs; therefore, because they are expensive and/or insufficiently light fast, many lakes formerly produced from natural dyestuffs are no longer in demand.\n\nThe term \"lake\" may derive from the Italian \"lacca,\" used by medieval Italian craftsmen to indicate the scum they removed from their dye vats and sold to painters. The Italian word, in turn, is related to \"lac,\" which derives from the Sanskrit. See: LAC.", "chars": 1824, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 195], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1987", "term": "lambskin", "norm": "lambskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The tanned skin of a young sheep. Vegetable tanned lambskin was highly prized in the latter part of the 19th century as a bookbinding leather because of its delicate colors, and also for limp bindings because of its softness and freedom from scratches and other blemishes. Lambskin is similar in appearance to calfskin but is less durable. See also: SHEEPSKIN.", "chars": 384, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [261], "citations": ["Philip, Alexander John. The business of bookbinding for librarians …Gravesend. A. J. Philip. 1935."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1988", "term": "laminate", "norm": "laminate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. To unite (superimpose layers of material) by the use of an adhesive, or by other means, such as heat, pressure. or both. 2. A product made by bonding together two or more layers of material or materials.", "chars": 206, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1989", "term": "laminated board", "norm": "laminated board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A binder's, or other type of board built up in layers by pasting or gluing two or more plies of board together either with the grain (machine) direction of the boards running in the same direction (parallel laminated) or at right angles to each other (cross laminated), or by applying paper, plastic film, or other sheet material, to one or both sides of a board. Laminated boards are often used in the binding and rebinding of large books, such as art folios, large periodicals, and the like.", "chars": 493, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1990", "term": "laminating film", "norm": "laminating film", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The film used to encapsulate a leaf, map, etc., undergoing LAMINATION.\n\nThe \"ideal\" laminating film should: 1) be flexible, i.e., capable of withstanding all the flexing and folding that is required of the paper being protected throughout the useful life of the document; 2) be (considerably) stronger than the paper it protects. (Since the majority of papers found in archival collections exhibit an elongation of about 2% upon rupture, the film should offer satisfactory strength at an elongation of less than 2% to protect the document, and should also have sufficient strength to make reinforcement with tissue unnecessary); 3) have considerable elongation beyond the yield point of a stress-strain curve. (Because high edge tearing resistance is usually associated with high elongation, a narrow margin of film around the edges of a document would protect it in case of strain at the edges); 4) have properties enabling it to resist degradation; 5) be capable of being joined to the document with minimum effort, preferably without application of heat and pressure; 6) permit separation of the film from the paper with minimum effort and without damage to the document; 7) be resistant to abrasion; 8) be transparent to light, at least throughout the visible spectrum; and 9) contain no elements or other substances which might in any way damage the document it protects.", "chars": 1398, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [303, 364], "citations": ["Scribner, Bourdon Walter. Protection of documents with cellulose acetate sheeting. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards, Miscellaneous publication, M 168). 1941.", "Wilson, William Kester, and B. W. 368. Forshee. Preservation of documents by lamination. Washington, D.C. U.S. Department of Commerce. (National Bureau of Standards, monograph 5). 1959."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1991", "term": "lamination", "norm": "lamination", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of protecting and preserving embrittled or otherwise weak papers, maps, etc., by placing them between sheets of thin, transparent thermoplastic material, which, when subjected to heat and pressure, with or without an adhesive, seals the paper in and protects it by making it more or less impervious to atmospheric conditions. It also increases its effective strength.\n\nThe paper is first deacidified and dried. It is then placed between two layers of cellulose acetate film approximately 0.001 inch thick. Layers of Japanese tissue or lens tissue are then placed over the film. The \"sandwich\" is then fed through heated rollers under pressure, emerging as a sheet slightly thicker and heavier than the original document and considerably stiffer and stronger.\n\nLamination is an excellent method of improving the mechanical strength of documents which are to receive considerable handling, but it also has both real and potential disadvantages. Unless the document is properly and adequately deacidified before it is laminated, it will continue to deteriorate despite the illusion of protection afforded by the laminating film. In addition, there is the slight but definite loss of clarity and sharpness of the printed matter, especially in the case of colored illustrations. It is also difficult to remove the document from the laminates. See: DELAMINATION (2). Finally, there is potential damage from the cellulose acetate itself, which may be more vulnerable to the action of the atmospheric gases such as sulfur dioxide, particularly if the acetate contains metallic impurities. See also: BARROW, WILLIAM J. ; LAMINATING FILM; SUNDEX PROCESS.", "chars": 1745, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [33, 35, 72, 173, 198, 218, 303, 364], "citations": ["Barrow, William J. Instructions for the deacidification and lamination of documents. c. 1954.", "Barrow, William J. Procedures and equipment used in the Barrow method of resorting manuscripts and documents. Richmond, Va. W. J. Barrow. 1952.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Lydenherg, Harry Miller, and John Archer. The care and repair of books. 4th ed. New York. Bowker. 1960.", "Scribner, Bourdon Walter. Protection of documents with cellulose acetate sheeting. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards, Miscellaneous publication, M 168). 1941.", "Wilson, William Kester, and B. W. 368. Forshee. Preservation of documents by lamination. Washington, D.C. U.S. Department of Commerce. (National Bureau of Standards, monograph 5). 1959."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1992", "term": "lampblack", "norm": "lampblack", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finely divided, bulky, black soot, at one time the most important black pigment used in the manufacture of printing inks. It is produced by the imperfect combustion of pitch resin or tung oil, or fatty substances, such as naphthalene, in a vessel within a tent made of paper or sheepskin. The smoke is deposited on the inside of the tent which is then beaten to cause the soot to fall off. The soot is then heated several times to a very high temperature in a metal container having a small opening in the top, through which the impurities escape. See also: CARBONACEOUS INKS; CHINESE INK.", "chars": 639, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 235], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1993", "term": "landscape", "norm": "landscape", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: OBLONG.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1994", "term": "landscape binding", "norm": "landscape binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of decoration featuring landscape scenes, executed either by freehand drawing with Chinese ink or acid, printing, or by some form of painting. The earliest recorded is 1777, while others are mentioned in the 1820s.", "chars": 222, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 236], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1995", "term": "landscape gilding", "norm": "landscape gilding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GILT ON LANDSCAPES.", "chars": 48, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1996", "term": "lanolin", "norm": "lanolin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A widely occurring crude preparation of cholesterol and its esters. Some lanolins are derived by solvent extraction from the sebaceous glands of wooled sheepskins. The molten wax is washed with alkaline (carbonate) solutions followed by water alone. When pure, lanolin is white and odorless, has excellent emulsifying properties and does not readily turn rancid. It has a softening range of 58 to 62° C. Lanolin is employed as one of the constituents of leather dressings, and is valuable because of its powers of penetration, its favorable softening range, and its ability to supply body to the dressing. Also called \"wool wax.\"", "chars": 629, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [218, 235], "citations": ["Lydenherg, Harry Miller, and John Archer. The care and repair of books. 4th ed. New York. Bowker. 1960.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1997", "term": "lapis-lazuli", "norm": "lapis-lazuli", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A deep blue, semi-precious stone, which, when ground into a powder, was used as ultramarine, a pigment now produced synthetically. It is a metamorphic rock, and its color stems from the blue feldspathoid lazurite, which is normally (NaAlSiO NaS); however, the properties may vary significantly in both the natural and synthetic products. It is used from time to time in the ornamentation of bookbindings and the coloring of paper. 2. A clear blue marble veined with gold. The blue is in the form of large irregular spots, of a cloudlike appearance, becoming an increasingly darker shades of blue as the color is applied several times. The gold veins are produced by gilding.", "chars": 677, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152, 235], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1998", "term": "large paper copy", "norm": "large paper copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "large paper edition", "dates": null, "text": "A copy of a book printed on larger and (frequently) a better quality paper than that used for the usual trade edition, thus giving it more extensive margins. Large paper copies are printed from the same type as the rest of the edition, but often margins have been reset to provide a wider margin at the gutter as well as the other edges. Large paper copies are recorded in England dating from the 1590s, becoming increasingly popular until well into the 19th century. See also: FINE PAPER COPY; LIMITED EDITION; SMALL PAPER COPY.", "chars": 601, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 156], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt1999", "term": "last fold", "norm": "last fold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to the final or back fold which completes the section, bringing it to the proper page sequence for gathering.", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2000", "term": "lateral porosity", "norm": "lateral porosity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The POROSITY of paper in a direction parallel to the plane of the sheet. It is usually very much less than the porosity through the plane of the paper. Sometimes called \"transverse porosity.\"", "chars": 215, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2001", "term": "latex", "norm": "latex", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colloidal water dispersion of high polymers derived from sources related to natural rubber or of synthetic high polymers resembling natural rubber. Although originally applied to the milky sap found in the cells of certain plants, of which Hevea brasilienes (from which natural rubber is obtained) is the most important, the term is now applied to many synthetic rubbers, paints, coatings, etc. Latex is used in paper manufacture as an adhesive and barrier coating, and also for impregnating book cloth.", "chars": 505, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LATIN", "term": "LATIN", "norm": "latin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Latin alphabet is the same as the English, with the exception of the W, which “is a letter unknown, as to form and place, in the alphabets of the ancient Hebrews, Greeks, Romans, and Goths. This letter is peculiar to the northern languages and people, and particularly to the nations who are of Teutonic and Sclavonic original.”—Astle.\n\nFor the allowance of the duty on paper used in the printing of books in the Latin language within the universities of Oxford and Cambridge, the universities of Scotland, and the university of Trinity College, Dublin, see Paper.", "chars": 597, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2002", "term": "lattice stamp", "norm": "lattice stamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool, the distinguishing feature of which is a central diamond formed of lattice and crisscross work. It is generally found on blind stamped bindings of the late 15th and early 16th centuries.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LAW", "term": "LAW AUTHORITIES,", "norm": "law authorities,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "with the abbreviations by which they are cited.\n\nA. (a.) B. (b.).—A. front, B. back of a leaf.\n\nA.; An.; Anon.—Anonymous.\n\nA. B.—Anonymous, at the end of Bendloe’s Reports. 1661. (Cited as ‘New Bendloe.’)\n\nAb. Sh.—Abbot on Shipping.\n\nAbr. Ca. Eq.—Abridgment of Cases in Equity.\n\nAcc. or Ag. or Agr.—Accords or agrees.\n\nAct.—Acton’s Reports.\n\nAct. Reg.—Acta Regia.\n\nAd. Eject.—Adams on Ejectments.\n\nAd. & Ellis.—Adolphus and Ellis’s King’s Bench Reports.\n\nAdd. Eccl. Rep.—Addams’s Reports. Ecclesiastical Courts.\n\nAl.—Aleyn’s Reports.\n\nAlln. Part.—Allnatt on Partition.\n\nAmb.—Ambler’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nAnd. 1. 2.—Anderson’s Reports, 2 parts.\n\nAndr.—Andrews’s Reports.\n\nAnn.—Cases in K. B. temp. Hardwicke.\n\nAnnaly.—Reports temp. Hardwicke.\n\nAnon.—Anonymous.\n\nAnst.—Anstruther’s Reports.\n\nArch. C. P.—Archbold’s Civil Pleadings.\n\nArch. Cr. P.—Archbold’s Criminal Pleadings.\n\nArch. Crim. Pl. & Ev.—Archbold’s Criminal Pleadings and Evidence.\n\nArch. K. B.—Archbold’s K. B. Practice.\n\nArch. P. C.—Archbold’s Pleas of the Crown.\n\nAsh. Ch., or Ov.—Ashdowne’s Church-warden and Overseer.\n\nAss., or Lib. Ass.—Liber Assisarum, or Pleas of the Crown.\n\nAst. Ent.—Aston’s Entries.\n\nAtk.—Atkyns’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nAth. P. T.—Atkyns’s Parliamentary Tracts.\n\nAyl.—Ayliffe’s Parergon.\n\nB., or C. B.—Common Bench.\n\nB. & A.; B. & Ald.—Barnewall and Alderson’s Reports. King’s Bench.\n\nB. & Ad.; Barn. & Adol.—Barnewall and Adolphus’s Reports. King’s Bench.\n\nB. & C.; B. & Cr. (K. B.); Barn. & C.; Barn. & Cres.—Barnewall and Cresswell’s Reports. King’s Bench.\n\nB. C. C.; Br. Ch. Rep.; Bro. C. C.—Brown’s Chancery Cases.\n\n\n\nB. Eccl. L.; Burn’s Eccl. L.—Burn’s Ecclesiastical Law.\n\nB. Just.—Burn’s Justice.\n\nB. M.—Montagu’s Digest of the New Decisions in Bankruptcy.\n\nB. N. C.—Brooke’s New Cases.\n\nB. & P., or Boss. & Pull.—Bosanquet and Puller’s Reports.\n\nB. R.—Banco Regis. King’s Bench.\n\nB. Tr.—Bishop’s Trial.\n\nBa. & Be.; Ball & B.—Ball and Beatty’s Reports in Chancery in Ireland.\n\nBac. Abr.—Bacon’s Abridgment.\n\nBanc. Sup.—Upper Bench.\n\nBarl.—Barlow’s Justice.\n\nBarn. K. B.—Barnardiston’s K. B. Reports.\n\nBarn. C.—Barnardiston’s Chancery Reports.\n\nBarnes.—Barnes’s Notes of Practice.\n\nBarringt.—Barrington’s Observations on the Statutes.\n\nBart. El.—Barton’s Elements.\n\nBart. Prec.—Barton’s Precedents.\n\nBayl.—Bayley on Bills.\n\nBea. Co.—Beames’s Costs in Equity.\n\nBea. Pl. Eq.—Beames’s Pleas in Equity.\n\nBenl.; Bendl.—Benloe, or Bendloe’s Reports.\n\nBing.—Bingham’s Reports. Common Pleas.\n\nBing. N. S.—Bingham’s New Reports in the Common Pleas.\n\nBingh. P.—P. Bingham’s Law and Practice of Judgment and Execution.\n\nBlack.—Blackerby’s Justice.\n\nBla. Com.—Blackstone’s Commentaries.\n\nBlack. (H.)—Henry Blackstone’s Reports.\n\nW. Black.; Black. Rep.—Sir W. Blackstone’s Reports.\n\nBl.—Blount.\n\nBli.—Bligh’s Reports.\n\nBo. R. Act.—Booth’s Real Actions.\n\nBos. & Pul.—Bosanquet and Puller’s Reports. Common Pleas.\n\nBosc.—Boscawen on Convictions.\n\nBott.—Bott’s Poor Laws.\n\nBott. cont.—Bott’s Poor Laws continued to Hil. T. 1814.\n\nBr.; Bro.—Brooke, Brown, Brownlow.\n\nBr. Ab.—Brooke’s Abridgment.\n\nBr. Brev. Jud. & Ent.—Brownlow’s Brevia Judicial, &c.\n\nBr. Ch. Rep.—Brown’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nBra.—Brady or Bracton.\n\nBradby.—Bradby on Distresses.\n\nBridg.—Bridgman’s Reports on Conveyancing.\n\nBridg. (Sir O. R.)—Bridgman’s Reports, by Bannister.\n\nBrod. & Bing.—Broderip and Bingham’s Reports. C. P.\n\nBro.—Brown’s Chancery Cases.\n\nBro., Brow. Ent.—Brown’s Entries.\n\nBro. A. C. L.—Browne’s Admiralty Civil Law.\n\nBro. P. C.—Brown’s Parliamentary Cases.\n\nBro. V. M.—Brown’s Vade Mecum.\n\nBrown C. C.—Brown’s Chancery Reports.\n\nBrownl. 1. 2.—Brownlow and Goldesborough’s Reports, 2 parts.\n\nBrownl. Rediv. or Ent.—Brownlow’s Redivivus.\n\nBuck.—Buck’s Reports in Bankruptcy.\n\nBul. N. P.—Buller’s Nisi Prius.\n\nBulst.—Bulstrode’s Reports. K. B.\n\nBunb.—Bunbury’s Reports. Exchequer.\n\nBurr.—Burrow’s Reports.\n\nBur. S. C.—Burrow’s Settlement Cases.\n\nByth. Prec.—Bythewood’s Precedents.\n\nC., or Cod., or Cod. Jur.—Codex (Juris Civilis) Gibson’s.\n\nCa.—Case or Placita.\n\nCa. P. or Parl.—Cases in Parliament.\n\nC. B., or C. P.—Common Pleas.\n\nC. C.; Ch. Ca.—Chancery Cases.\n\nC. C. R.—Russell and Ryan’s Crown Cases reserved.\n\nC. & P.; Car. & P. Rep.; Car. & P.—Carrington’s and Payne’s Reports at Nisi Prius.\n\nC. P.—Common Pleas.\n\nC. R.—Court of Review.\n\nCa. T. K.—Select Cases tempore King.\n\nCa. temp. H.; Cas. temp. Hardw.—Cases tempore Hardwicke, in King’s Bench.\n\nCal.—Callis, Calthorpe.\n\nCald. R.—Caldecott’s Reports of Settlement Cases.\n\nCald. S. C.—Caldecott’s Settlement Cases.\n\nCaldw. Arbit.—Caldwell on Arbitration.\n\nCaldw. P. L.—Caldwell’s Poor Laws.\n\nCalth.—Calthorpe’s Reports.\n\nCamp.—Campbell’s Reports. Nisi Prius.\n\nCan.—Canons of the Church, made in 1603.\n\nCar. & P. Rep.; Carr. & P.—Carrington and Payne’s Reports. Nisi Prius.\n\nCart.—Carter’s Reports.\n\nCarth.—Carthew’s Reports, K. B.\n\nCary.—Cary’s Reports.\n\nCas. B. R.—Cases tempore W. III.\n\nCas. L. Eq.—Cases in Law and Equity.\n\nCas. Pra. C. P.—Cases of Practice Common Pleas.\n\nCas. temp. Talb.—Cases tempore Lord Chancellor Talbot.\n\nCawl.—Cawley.\n\nCh. Ca.—Chancery Cases.\n\nCh. Pre.—Precedents in Chancery.\n\nCh. R.—Reports in Chancery.\n\nChamb. Est.—Chambers’s Estates and Tenures.\n\nChamb. Lea.—Chambers on Leases.\n\n\n\nChamb. T. L.—Chambers’s Tenant Law.\n\nChitt. Com. L.—Chitty’s Commercial Law.\n\nChitt. Crim. L.—Chitty’s Criminal Law.\n\nChitty’s G. L.—Chitty on the Game Laws, &c.\n\nChitt. Pre.—Chitty’s Prerogative.\n\nChitty’s R. M.—Chitty on the Rights of Manors.\n\nChitt. Rep.—Chitty’s Reports.\n\nChris. B. L.—Christian’s Bankrupt Laws.\n\nChristian’s G. L.—Christian on the Game Laws.\n\nCl. & Fin.—Clarke and Finnelly.\n\nClap. Sess. L.—Clapham’s Points of Sessions Law. 1818.\n\nClay.—Clayton’s Reports.\n\nCl. Ass.—Clerk’s Assistant.\n\nClift.—Clift’s Entries.\n\nCo.—Coke’s Reports.\n\nCo. B. L.—Cooke’s Bankrupt Laws. Cole on the English Bankrupt Laws.\n\nCo. Cop.—Coke’s Copyholder.\n\nCo. Ent.—Coke’s Entries.\n\nCo. Lit.—Coke on Littleton (1st Institute).\n\nCo. M. C.—Coke’s Magna Charta (2d Institute).\n\nCo. P. C.—Coke’s Pleas of the Crown (3d Institute).\n\nCo. on Courts.—Coke’s (4th Institute).\n\nCode Nap.—Code Napoleon.\n\nCoke’s Inst.—Coke, 2d, 3d, and 4th Parts of the Institutes of the Laws of England.\n\nCom.—Comyn’s Reports.\n\nCom. T. L.—Comyn’s Tenant Law.\n\nCom. Con.—Comyn on Contracts.\n\nCom. Dig.—Comyn’s Digest.\n\nCom. Par. Off.—Complete Parish Officer.\n\nComb.—Comberbach’s Reports.\n\nCont.—Contra.\n\nCoo. Eq. P.—Cooper’s Equity Pleading.\n\nCoo. Mort.—Coote on Mortgages.\n\nCoo. Rep.; Cooper.—Cooper’s Reports.\n\nCoo. T. L.—Coote’s Tenant Law.\n\nCooke’s B. L.—Cooke’s Bankrupt Laws.\n\nCon. Rep.—Consistory Reports, by Haggard.\n\nCot.—Cotton.\n\nCot. Ab. R.—Cotton’s Abridgment of Records.\n\nCov. Rec.—Coventry on Recoveries.\n\nCowp.—Cowper’s Reports.\n\nCox.—Cox’s Cases in Equity.\n\nCr. & Jer.; Cromp. & Jerv.—Crompton and Jervis’s Exchequer Reports.\n\nCro.—Keilwey’s Reports, by Croke.\n\nCro. Cir. C.—Crown Circuit Companion.\n\nCro. Mee. & R.; Cromp. Mees. & Rosc.—Crompton, Meeson, and Roscoe’s Exchequer Reports.\n\nCro. Car.—Croke’s Reports temp. Chas.\n\nCro. 1, 2, 3.—Croke’s Reports. (Eliz. Jam. Cha.)\n\nCro. Eliz.—Croke’s Reports temp. Elizabeth.\n\nCro. Jac.—Croke’s Reports temp. James.\n\nCromp. J. C.—Crompton’s Jurisdictions of Courts.\n\nCromp.—Crompton’s Justice of the Peace.\n\nCromp. & Mees.—Crompton and Meeson’s Exchequer Reports.\n\nCun.—Cunningham’s Reports.\n\nCro. sometimes refers to Keilwey’s Reports, published by Serjt. Croke.\n\nCurt.—Curteis’s Ecclesiastical Reports.\n\nD.—Dictum, Digest (Juris Civilis).\n\nD. & C.—Deacon and Chitty’s Reports in Cases of Bankruptcy.\n\nD. & R.; Dowl. & R.—Dowling and Ryland’s Reports. K. B.\n\nD. & St.—Doctor and Student.\n\nDal.—Dalison’s Reports.\n\nDalt. Just.—Dalton’s Justice.\n\nDalt. Sh.—Dalton’s Sheriff.\n\nDan.—Daniel’s Reports.\n\nD’Anv.—D’Anvers’s Abridgment.\n\nDav.—Davis’s Reports, respecting Patents, &c.\n\nDea. & Ch.—Deacon and Chitty.\n\nDeg.—Degge’s Parson’s Counsellor.\n\nDeh.—Dehany’s Turnpike Acts.\n\nD’Ew.—D’Ewe’s Journal.\n\nDi.; Dy.; Dyer.—Dyer’s Reports.\n\nDial. de Scacc.—Dialogus de Scaccario.\n\nDick.—Dickin’s Reports.\n\nDick. Just.; Dickenson.—Dickenson’s Justice.\n\nDig.—Digest of Writs.\n\nDob. Sty.—Dobie’s Styles.\n\nDod. Rep.—Dodson’s Admiralty Reports.\n\nDom. Proc.—Domini Proctor; Cases House of Lords.\n\nDoug.—Douglas’s Reports. K. B.\n\nDow.—Dow’s Reports. House of Lords.\n\nDowl. Pr. Ca.—Dowling’s Practice Cases.\n\nDub.—Dubitatur.\n\nDugd. Orig.; Dugd., D. J., or Jud.—Dugdale’s Origines Juridicales.\n\nDug. S.; Dugd. Sum.—Dugdale’s Summonses.\n\nDuke.—Duke’s Charitable Uses.\n\nDurnf.—Durnford and East, or Term Reports. K. B.\n\nE.—Easter Term, or Eden.\n\nE. T.—Easter Term.\n\nE. of Cov.—Earl of Coventry’s Case.\n\nEast.—East’s Reports. K. B.\n\nEast. P. C.—East’s Pleas of the Crown.\n\nEden.—Eden’s Reports of Northington’s Cases.\n\nEdw. Ad. R.—Edwards’s Admiralty Reports.\n\nEq. Ca.; Eq. Ab.; Eq. Ca. Abr.—Equity Cases Abridged.\n\nErsk. Inst.—Erskine’s Institute of the Law of Scotland.\n\n\n\nEsp.—Espinasse.\n\nEsp. Ac. Stats.—Espinasse’s Action on the Statutes.\n\nEsp. Ev.—Espinasse’s Evidence.\n\nEsp. N. P.—Espinasse’s Digest.\n\nEsp. P. Stats.—Espinasse’s Penal Statutes.\n\nEsp. Rep.; Esp. N. P. Rep.—Espinasse’s Reports at Nisi Prius.\n\nEv. Col. Stat.—Evans’s Collection of Statutes.\n\nEx.; Exp.—Expired.\n\nF., or Fitz.—Fitzherbert’s Abridgment.—Fitzherbert’s Abridgment is commonly referred to by the older law writers by the title and number of the placita only, e. g. Coron. 30.\n\nF. N. B.; Fitz. N. B.—Fitzherbert’s Natura Brevium.\n\nFar.—Farresly (7 Mod. Rep.).\n\nFell, Mer. G.—Fell on Mercantile Guarantees.\n\nFf.—Pandectæ (Juris Civilis).—This reference, which frequently occurs in Blackstone and other writers, applied to the Pandects or Digests of the civil law, is a corruption of the Greek letter π Vide Calvini Lexicon Jurid. voc. Digestorum.\n\nField. Pen. Stat.—Fielding’s Penal Laws. 1769.\n\nFin.; Finch’s Rep.—Finch’s Reports. Chancery.\n\nFinch.—Finch’s Law.\n\nFitz.; Fitz. G.—Fitz-Gibbon’s Reports.\n\nFl.—Fleta.\n\nFlat. Dig.—Flather’s Digest.\n\nFol.—Foley’s Poor Laws.\n\nFonbl. Eq.—Fonblanque on Equity.\n\nFor.—Forrest’s Reports.\n\nFor. Pla.—Brown’s Formulæ bene placitandi.\n\nForrester.—Cases tempore Talbot.\n\nForst.; Fost.—Foster’s Crown Law.\n\nForts.; Fort.; Fortesc.—Fortescue’s Reports.\n\nFra.; Fra. M.—Francis’s Maxims.\n\nFreem.—Freeman’s Reports.\n\nG. & J.; Gl. & J.; Gl. and Jam.; Glyn & J.; Glyn & Jam.—Glyn and Jameson’s Reports, Cases in Bankruptcy.\n\nGib. Cod.; Gibs. Codex.—Gibson’s Codex Juris Civilis.\n\nGilb.—Gilbert’s Cases in Law and Equity.\n\nGilb. C. P.—Gilbert’s Common Pleas.\n\nGilb. Dis.—Gilbert on Distresses.\n\nGilb. Eq., or Rep. Eq.—Gilbert’s Reports in Equity.\n\nGilb. Ev.—Gilbert’s Law of Evidence.\n\nGilb. Ex.—Gilbert’s Executions.\n\nGilb. Exch.—Gilbert’s Treatise on the Exchequer.\n\nGilb. K. B.—Gilbert’s King’s Bench.\n\nGilb. Rem.—Gilbert’s Remainders.\n\nGilb. Us.—Gilbert’s Uses.\n\nGodb.—Godbolt’s Reports.\n\nGodol.; Godolph.—Godolphin.\n\nGods. Pat.—Godson on Patents.\n\nGolds.—Goldsborough’s Reports.\n\nGow.—Gow’s Reports. Nisi Prius.\n\nGreenw.—Greenwood on Courts.\n\nGro. de J. B.—Grotius de Jure Belli.\n\nGwill.—Gwillim’s Tithe Cases.\n\nH.—Hilary Term.\n\nH. Bl.—H. Black.\n\nH. H. P. C.—Hales’s Hist Plac. Cor.\n\nH. P. C.—Hales’s Pleas of the Crown.\n\nHagg. Adm. R.—Haggard’s Admiralty Reports.\n\nHagg.; Hagg. Con. Rep.—Haggard’s Reports of Cases in the Consistory Court of London.\n\nHagg. Eccl. Rep.—Haggard’s Ecclesiastical Reports.\n\nHale P. C.—Hale’s Pleas of the Crown.\n\nHale’s Sum.—Hale’s Summary of Pleas of the Crown.\n\nHans.—Hansard’s Entries.\n\nHans. Parl. Deb.—Hansard’s Parliamentary Debates.\n\nHard.—Hardres’s Reports. Exchequer.\n\nHardw.—Cases tempore Hardwicke.\n\nHaw.; Hawk. P. C.—Hawkins’s Pleas of the Crown.\n\nHer.—Herne.\n\nHet.—Hetley’s Reports.\n\nH. T.; Hi.; Hil.—Hilary Term.\n\nHighm. Lun.—Highmore on Lunacy.\n\nHighm.—Highmore on Mortmain.\n\nHob.—Hobart’s Reports.\n\nHolt.—Reports temp. Holt.\n\nHolt Lib.—Holt on Libel.\n\nHolt’s N. P. Rep.—Holt’s Nisi Prius Reports.\n\nHolt’s Rep.—Holt’s Reports.\n\nHolt Sh.—Holt on Shipping.\n\nHow. St. Tr.; Howell’s St. Tri.—Howell’s Collection of State Trials.\n\nHugh.; Hugh. Ent.—Hughes’s Entries.\n\nHumph. R. P.—Humphrey on the English Law of Real Property.\n\nHut.—Hutton’s Reports.\n\nImp. C. P.—Impey’s Practice, Common Pleas.\n\nImp. K. B.—Impey’s Practice, King’s Bench.\n\nImp. Sh.—Impey’s Sheriff.\n\nImp. Pl.—Impey’s Pleader.\n\nInfra, and Supra.—(Below, and Above.) References to the same division or subdivision.\n\nInst.—Lord Coke’s Institutes.\n\nInst. 2d & 3d.—Coke’s 2d, 3d, &c., Institutes.\n\nInst. 1, 2, 3.—Justinian’s Institutes, lib. 1. tit. 2. sec. 3.\n\n\n\nJ. & W.; Jac. & W.; Jac. & Walk.—Jacob and Walker’s Reports.\n\nJan. Angl.—Jani Anglorum.\n\nJenk.—Jenkins’s Reports. Exchequer.\n\n1 Jon.—Sir William Jones’s Reports.\n\n2 Jon.—Sir Thomas Jones’s Reports.\n\nJud.—Judgments.\n\nK. B.—King’s Bench.\n\nK. C. R.—Reports tempore King C.\n\nKeb.—Keble’s Reports. K. B.\n\nKeilw.—Keilwey’s Reports.\n\nKel.; Kely.—Sir John Kelynge’s Reports.\n\nKely. 1, 2.—William Kelynge’s Reports, 2 parts.\n\nKen.—Kennet.\n\nKeny.—Kenyon’s Reports.\n\nKit.—Kitchin on Courts.\n\nL. C.—Lord Chancellor.\n\nLa.—Lane’s Reports.\n\nLamb.—Lambard’s Eirenarcha.\n\nLat.—Latch’s Reports.\n\nLd. H.—Lord Hardwicke.\n\nLd. Raym.—Lord Raymond.\n\nLe.—Ley’s Reports.\n\nLeach; Lea. C. L.—Leach’s Crown Cases.\n\nLeon.—Leonard’s Reports.\n\nLev.—Levinz’s Reports. C. P.\n\nLev. Ent.—Levinz’s Entries.\n\nLewin, C. C.—Lewin’s Crown Cases on Northern Circuit.\n\nLex Man.—Lex Maneriorum.\n\nLex Mercat. Red.—Lex Mercatoria Rediviva, by Beawes.\n\nLey.—Ley’s Reports.\n\nLib. Ass.—Liber Assisarum, or Pleas of the Crown.\n\nLib. Feud.—Liber Feudorum.\n\nLib. Int.—Liber Intrationum. Old Book of Entries.\n\nLib. Pl.—Liber Placitandi.\n\nLib. Reg.—Register Book.\n\nLib. Rub.—Red Book.\n\nLil.; Lill.—Lilly’s Report of Assize.\n\nLil. Abr.—Lilly’s Practical Register. Abridgment.\n\nLill. Ent.—Lilly’s Entries.\n\nLind.—Lindwood’s Provinciale.\n\nLit.; Litt. R.—Littleton’s Reports.\n\nLit. with S.—Littleton, S. for section.\n\nLofft.—Lofft’s Reports.\n\nLong Quinto.—Year Book, pt. 10.\n\nLub. Pl.—Lubé on Pleading.\n\nLut. Ent.—Lutwyche’s Entries.\n\nLutw.—Lutwyche’s Reports.\n\nM. T.; Mich.—Michaelmas Term.\n\nM. & A.; Mont. & Ayr.—Montagu and Ayrton. Cases in Bankruptcy.\n\nM. & B.—Montagu and Bligh.\n\nM. & K.—Mylne and Keene.\n\nM. & P.; Moo. & Pay.—Moore and Payne’s Reports. C. P.\n\nM. & R.—Manning and Ryland’s King’s Bench Reports.\n\nMS.—Manuscript.\n\nM. & S.—Maule and Selwyn’s Reports. K. B.\n\nMS. C. C. R.—Manuscript Crown Cases reserved.\n\nM. & Scott; Moore & S.—Moore and Scott. Reports of Cases argued in Common Pleas and Exchequer.\n\nMS. (D.)—Manuscript of Mr. Durnford.\n\nMad.; Madd. Rep.—Maddock’s Reports in Vice Chancellor’s Court.\n\nMad. Chanc.—Maddock’s Chancery Practice.\n\nMad. Exch.—Madox’s History of the Exchequer.\n\nMad. Form.—Madox’s Formulare Anglicanum.\n\nMal.—Malyne’s Lex Mercatoria.\n\nMan. & Gran.—Manning and Granger’s Exchequer Reports.\n\nManw.—Manwood’s Forest Laws.\n\nMar.—March’s Reports.\n\nMar. Ins.—Marshall’s Insurance.\n\nMarsh.—Marshall’s Reports. Common Pleas.\n\nMee. & Ros.—Meeson and Roscoe.\n\nMer. R.; Mer. Ch. Rep.—Merivale’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nMir.—Horne’s Mirror of Justices.\n\nMireh.—Mirehouse on Tithes.\n\nMireh. Adv.—Mirehouse on Advowsons.\n\nMitf.—Mitford’s Pleading.\n\nMo.—Moore’s Reports.\n\nMo.; Moore (J. B.) Rept.—Moore’s Reports. C. P.\n\nMod.; Modern.—Modern Reports, in Law and Equity.\n\nMod. C.—Modern Cases.\n\nMod. C. L. & Eq.—Modern Cases in Law and Equity (8 and 9 Mod. Rep.)\n\nMod. Int.—Modus Intrandi.\n\nMod.; Mod. Rep.; Modern.—Modern Reports.\n\nMoll.; Moll. de Jur. Mar.—Molloy de Jure Maritimo.\n\nMont. B. L.; Bt. Laws.—Montagu’s Bankrupt Laws.\n\nMont. & Bli.—Montague and Bligh.\n\nMon. Eq. Pl.—Montagu’s Equity Pleading.\n\nMon. Part.—Montagu on Partnership.\n\nMont.—Montagu’s New Decisions in Bankruptcy.\n\nMont. & Gregg. Dig.—Montagu and Gregg’s Digest of Bankrupt Laws.\n\nM. & M., Mont. & Maca.—Montagu and Mac Arthur.\n\nM., or Mood. C. C. R.—Moody’s Crown Cases reserved.\n\nMoo. & Malk.; Moody & M.—Moody and Malkins’s Nisi Prius Reports.\n\nMood. & Rob.—Moody and Robinson’s Nisi Prius Reports.\n\nMos.—Moseley’s Reports.\n\n\n\nM. P. Ex.—Modern Practice Exchequer.\n\nMS. Sum.—Lord Hale’s Summary of Pleas of the Crown, with Manuscript Notes and Additions.\n\nMy. & Cr.—Mylne and Craig’s Chancery Reports.\n\nMyl. & Kee.—Mylne and Keene.\n\nN. Benl.—New Bendloe.\n\nN. L.—Nelson’s Lutwyche.\n\nN. & M.; N. & Man.; Nev. & Man.—Neville and Manning’s King’s Bench Reports.\n\nN. Nov.—Novellæ (Juris Civilis).\n\nN. R.; New Rep.—Bosanquet and Puller’s New Reports.\n\nNar. Con.—Nares on Convictions.\n\nNel. C. R.—Nelson’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nNels.—Nelson’s Justice.\n\nNo. N.—Novæ Narrationes.\n\nNol.; Nol. P. L.—Nolan’s Poor Laws.\n\nNol. Rep.—Nolan’s Reports.\n\nNol. Sett.—Nolan’s Settlement Cases.\n\nNorth.—Northington’s Reports.\n\nNoy.—Noy’s Reports.\n\nO. Benl.—Old Bendloe.\n\nOff. Br.—Officina Brevium.\n\nOff. Ex.—Office of Executors.\n\nOldn. P.—Oldnall’s Welsh Practice.\n\nOrd. Ch.—Orders in Chancery.\n\nOrd. Cla.—Orders, Lord Clarendon’s.\n\nOw.—Owen’s Reports.\n\nP.; Pas. (Pascha.)—Easter Term.\n\nP. C.—Pleas of the Crown.\n\nP. p.; Pla. Par.—Placita Parliamentaria.\n\nPaley P. A.—Paley’s Law of Principal and Agent.\n\nPal. Con.—Paley on Conviction.\n\nPal.—Palmer’s Reports. King’s Bench.\n\nPark.—Parker’s Reports. Exchequer.\n\nPark. Ins.—Park on Insurance.\n\nPar. L.—Shaw’s Parish Law.\n\nPat. Mort.—Patch on Mortgages.\n\nPea.; Peake’s Rep.—Peake’s Reports.\n\nPeak. Ca.—Peake’s Cases at Nisi Prius.\n\nPeak. Ev.—Peake’s Evidence.\n\nPeckw.—Peckwell’s Election Cases.\n\nPerk.—Perkins’s Conveyances.\n\nPetersd. Ba.—Petersdorff on Bail.\n\nPhill. Ev.—Phillips’ Law of Evidence.\n\nPhillim.; Phil. Rep.—Phillimore’s Reports.\n\nPig.—Pigot’s Recoveries.\n\nPl.; Pla.—Placita.\n\nPl. Com.—Plowden’s Commentaries or Reports.\n\nPlow.; Plowd.—Plowden’s Treatise on Tithes.\n\nPol.; Pollexf.—Pollexfen’s Reports.\n\nPoph.—Popham’s Reports.\n\n2 Poph.—Cases at the end of Popham’s Reports.\n\nPost, & Ante. (After, and Before.)—References to divisions of same title.\n\nPow. Mort.—Powell on Mortgages.\n\nPow. Mort. by Cov.—Powell on Mortgages, by Coventry.\n\nPoynt. Mar.—Poynter on Marriages.\n\nPR.—Private.\n\nP. R. C. P.—Pract. Register in Common Pleas.\n\nPract. Chan.—Practice in Chancery. 1672.\n\nPract. Reg.—Practical Register of Common Pleas.\n\nPr. Reg. Ch.—Practical Register in Chancery.\n\nPre. Ch.—Precedents in Chancery.\n\nPre. Es.—Preston on Estates.\n\nPrest. Abs.—Preston on Abstracts.\n\nPrest. Con.—Preston on Conveyancing.\n\nPr.; Pri.—Price’s Reports. Exchequer.\n\nPriv. Lond.—Privilegia Londini.\n\nPr. St.—Private Statute.\n\nPult.—Pulton de Pace Regis et Regni. 1609.\n\nP. W.; P. Wms.—Peere Williams’s Reports.\n\nQuinti Quinto.—Year Book, 5 Hen. V.\n\nQ. War.—Quo Warranto.\n\nR.—Resolved, Repealed.\n\nR. S. L.—Readings upon the Statutes. 1723\n\nRast.—Rastall’s Entries and Statutes.\n\nRaym.—Raymond.\n\nT. Raym.—Sir Thomas Raymond’s Reports.\n\nLd. Raym.—Lord Raymond’s Reports.\n\nRaym. Ent.—Lord Raymond’s Entries.\n\nRee. E. L.—Reeve’s English Law.\n\nReg. Brev.—Register of Writs.\n\nReg. Jud.—Registrum Judiciale.\n\nReg. Pl.—Regula Placitandi.\n\nRep. (1, 2, &c.)—1, 2, &c. Coke’s Reports.\n\nRep. Eq.—Gilbert’s Reports in Equity.\n\nRep. Jur.—Repertorium Juridicum.\n\nRep. Q. A.—Reports tempore Q. Anne.\n\nRep. temp. Finch.—Finch’s Reports.\n\nRidg.—Ridgway’s Reports.\n\nRigge on Registr.—Rigge on Registering Deeds.\n\nRitson.—Ritson’s Office of Constable.\n\nRo. Abr.—Rolle’s Abridgment.\n\nRo. Rep.—Rolle’s Reports.\n\nRob.—Robinson’s Entries.\n\nRob. Adm.—Robinson’s Admiralty Reports.\n\nRob. App.—Robertson’s Appeal Cases.\n\nRoll.—Roll of the Term.\n\nRoll. & Roll. Abr.—Rolle, Rep. and Abridgment.\n\nRop. B. F.—Roper on Husband and Wife.\n\nRot. B. Rep.—Rose’s Bankruptcy Reports.\n\nRosc. Ev.—Roscoe on Evidence.\n\nRosc. Crim. Ev.—Roscoe on Criminal Evidence.\n\n\n\nRun. Ejec.—Runnington’s Ejectment.\n\nRuss.—Russell.\n\nRuss. Cr.—Russell on Crimes and Misdemeanours.\n\nRuss. & M.—Russell and Mylne’s Chancery Reports.\n\nRuss. & Ry. C. C. R.—Russell and Ryan’s Crown Cases reserved.\n\nRushw.—Rushworth’s Collections.\n\nRy. F.—Rymer’s Fœdera.\n\nRy. & Mo.—Ryan and Moody’s Reports.\n\nS.; Sect.;§.—Section.\n\nS. B.—Upper Bench.\n\nS. C.—Same Case.\n\nS. & D.—Shaw and Dunlop’s Cases in Court of Session.\n\nS. & L.; Sch. & Lef.—Schoales and Lefroy’s Reports. Chancery, in Ireland.\n\nS. & St.; Sim. & St.—Simon’s and Stuart’s Reports. V. C. Court.\n\nSalk.—Salkeld’s Reports.\n\nSand. U. T.—Sanders on Uses and Trusts.\n\nSaund.—Saunders’s Reports.\n\nSav.—Savile’s Reports.\n\nSay.—Sayer’s Reports.\n\nSel. Ca. Ch.—Select Cases in Chancery.\n\nSeld.—Selden.\n\nSeld. Tit. of Hon.—Selden’s Titles of Honour.\n\nSel. Pr.—Sellon’s Practice.\n\nSelw. N. P.—Selwyn’s Law of Nisi Prius.\n\nSem.—Semble, seems.\n\nSess. Ca.—Sessions Cases.\n\nSess. Pap.—The Old Baily Sessions Papers.\n\nSett. & Rem.—Cases in K. B. concerning Settlements and Removals.\n\nShaw.—Shaw’s Justice.\n\nShaw P. L.—Shaw’s Parish Law.\n\nShep. Touchst.—Sheppard’s Touchstone.\n\nShow.—Shower’s Reports.\n\nShow. P. C.—Shower’s Cases in Parliament.\n\nSid.—Siderfin’s Reports.\n\nSim.—Simons’s Reports of Cases in Chancery.\n\nSim. & Stu.—Simons’s and Stuart’s Reports in the Vice Chancellor’s Court.\n\nSimeon.—Simeon on Elections.\n\nSkin.—Skinner’s Reports.\n\nSmith.—Smith’s Reports.\n\nSom.—Somers, Somner.\n\nSpel.—Spelman.\n\nS. C. C.—Select Chancery Cases.\n\nS. P.—Same Point.\n\nSt. Ca.—Stillingfleet’s Cases.\n\nSt. T.—State Trials.\n\nSta.—Starkie.\n\nStark. C. L.—Starkie’s Criminal Law.\n\nStark. C. P.—Starkie’s Criminal Pleading.\n\nStark. Ev.—Starkie on Evidence.\n\nStark. N. P.—Starkie’s Nisi Prius Reports.\n\nStaunf. P. C. & Pr.—Staunford’s Pleas of the Crown and Prerogative.\n\nStat. W., or W.—Statutes Westminster.\n\nSteph. Plead.—Stephen on Pleading.\n\nStr.; Stra.—Strange’s Reports in Law and Equity.\n\nSty.—Style’s Reports.\n\nSug. Pow.—Sugden on Powers.\n\nSug. Ven.; Sugden’s Vend. & Purch.—Sugden’s Law of Vendors and Purchasers.\n\nSw.; Swanst.—Swanston’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nSwin.—Swinburne on Wills.\n\nT. R.—Term. Rep., Teste Rege.\n\nT. R. E., or T. E. R.—Tempore Regis Edwardi.\n\nTalb.—Cases tempore Lord Talbot.\n\nTaun.—Taunton’s Reports. C. P.\n\nTerms of the L.—Terms of the Law.\n\nTh. Dig.—Theloall’s Digest.\n\nTh. Br.—Thesaurus Brevium.\n\nTidd. App.—Tidd’s Appendix.\n\nTidd. Co.—Tidd’s Costs.\n\nTidd’s Pr.—Tidd’s Practice.\n\nTol. Ex.—Toller’s Executors.\n\nTom. Dict.—Tomlin’s Law Dictionary.\n\nToo. M. M.—Toone’s Magistrates’ Manual.\n\nToo. Ov. G.—Toone’s Overseers’ Guide.\n\nToth.—Tothill’s Reports.\n\nTown’s Jud.—Townsend’s Judgments.\n\nTr. Eq.—Treatise of Equity.\n\nTrem.—Tremaine’s Pleas of the Crown.\n\nTri. per Pais.—Trials per Pais.\n\nTrin.—Trinity Term.\n\nTrye.—Trye’s Jus. Filazarii.\n\nTurn.—Turner’s (Ch.) Reports.\n\nTyr. & Tynd. Dig.—Tyrwhitt and Tyndale’s Digest of Statutes.\n\nTyrr. Sugg.—Tyrrell’s Suggestions.\n\nTyrw.—Tyrwhitt’s Exchequer Reports.\n\nTyrw. & Gran.—Tyrwhitt and Granger’s Exchequer Reports.\n\nV. & B.; Ves. & B.; Ves. & Beam.—Vesey and Beame’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nV. C.—Vice Chancellor.\n\nVaugh.—Vaughan’s Reports.\n\nVent.—Ventris’s Reports.\n\nVern.—Vernon’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nVes. sen.—Vesey’s (sen.) Reports in Chancery.\n\nVes.; Ves. jun.—Vesey’s (jun.) Reports in Chancery.\n\nVet. Ent.—Old B. Entries.\n\nVet. N. B.—Old Nat. Brevium.\n\nVez.—Vezey’s Reports.\n\nVid.—Vidian’s Entries.\n\nVin.—Viner.\n\nVin. Abr.—Viner’s Abridgment.\n\nVin. Inst.—Viner’s Institutes.\n\nW. 1. W. 2.—Statutes Westminster, 1, 2.\n\nW. & S.—Wilson and Shaw.\n\nWat. Cop.—Watkins’s Copyholds.\n\nWats.—Watson on Awards; or, Watson’s Sheriff.\n\nWats. Cl.—Watson’s Clergyman’s Law.\n\n\n\nWats. P.—Watson’s Partnership.\n\nWent. E.; Went. Off.; Went. Off. Ex.—Wentworth’s Office, and Duty of Executors.\n\nWight.—Wightwick’s Reports.\n\nWil.; Wils.—Wilson’s Reports in Chancery.\n\nWill. R.—Willes’s Reports.\n\nWils. & Sh.—Wilson and Shaw’s Reports of Cases in House of Lords.\n\nWin.—Winch’s Reports. Common Pleas. 1757.\n\nWi. Ent.—Winch’s Entries.\n\nWms. Just.—Williams’s Justice.\n\nWms. Prec.—Williams’s Precedents.\n\nWms.—Williams’s Rep., or Peere Williams.\n\nWood’s Inst.—Wood’s Institutes.\n\nWoodf.—Woodfall’s Law of Landlord and Tenant.\n\nWr. Ten.—Wright’s Tenures.\n\nWy. Pr. R.—Wyatt’s Practical Register.\n\nY. B.; Yr. B.—Year Books. The Year Books are quoted by the Year of each King’s Reign, the folio, page and number of the Plea in the page, except par. 5, Liber Assisarum, for which see “Ass.” or “Lib. Ass.” ante.\n\nY. C. P.—Precedents of Proceedings on the Yeomanry Cavalry Act, published July 1822.\n\nYelv.—Yelverton’s Reports.\n\nYounge & J.—Younge and Jervis’s Exchequer Reports.\n\n“The modes of quoting the Civil and Canon Laws.—The Institutions are contained in four Books: each Book is divided into Titles; and each Title into paragraphs; of which the first, described by the Letters pr. or princip. is not numbered. The Digests or Pandects are in fifty Books: each Book is distributed into Titles; each Title into Laws; and, very frequently, Laws into Paragraphs, of which the first is not numbered. The Code is comprised in twelve Books: each of which is divided, like the Digests, into Titles and Laws; and, sometimes, Laws into Paragraphs. The Novels are distinguished by their Number, Chapter, and Paragraph.\n\n“The old way of quoting was much more troublesome, by only mentioning the Number, or initial Words, of the Paragraph or Law, without expressing the number either of Book or Title. Thus, § si adversus, 12 Inst, de Nuptiis, means the 12th Paragraph of the Title in the Institutions de Nuptiis, which Paragraph begins with the Words si adversus; and which a modern Civilian would cite thus, I. 1. 10. 12. So l. 30 D. de R. J. signifies the 30th Law of the Title in the Digests de Regulis Juris: according to the modern way thus, D. 50. 17. 30. Again, l. 5. § 3. ff. de Jurejur. means the 3d Paragraph of the 5th Law of the Title in the Digests de Jurejurando: better thus, D. 12. 2. 5. 3. And here note, that the Digests are sometimes referred to, as in the last instance, by a double f; and at other times by the Greek Π or π.\n\n“The method of quoting the Roman Canon Law is as follows. The Decree, as said above, consists of three Parts; of which the first contains 101 Distinctions, each Distinction being subdivided into Canons: thus, 1 dist. c. 3. Lex (or 1 d. Lex) is the first Distinction, and 3d Canon, beginning with the word Lex. The second part of the Decree contains 36 Causes; each Cause comprehending several Questions, and each Question several Canons: thus 3. qu. 9. c. 2. Caveant is Cause the 3d, Question the 9th, and Canon the 2d, beginning with Caveant. The third part of the Decree contains 5 Distinctions, and is quoted as the first part, with the addition of the words de Consecratione; thus, de Consecr. dist. 2. can. Quia corpus (or, can. Quia corpus 35. dist. 2. d. Consecr.) means the 2d Distinction, and the 35th Canon of the Treatise de Consecratione, which Canon begins with Quia corpus.\n\n“The Decretals are in three Parts; of which the first contains Gregory’s Decretals in 5 Books; each Book being divided into Titles, and each Title into Chapters: and these are cited by the name of the title, and the number of the chapter, with the addition of the word Extra, or the capital letter X: thus, c. 3. Extra de Usuris; is the 3d Chapter of the Title in Gregory’s Decretals, which is inscribed de Usuris; which Title, by looking into the Index, is found to be the 19th of the 5th Book. Thus also, c. cum contingat. 36 X. de Offic. & Pot. Jud. Del. is the 36th Chapter, beginning with Cum contingat of the Title, in Gregory’s Decretals, which is inscribed de Officio et Potestate Judicis Delegati; and which, by consulting the Index, we find is the 29th Title of the 1st Book. The Sixth Decretal, and the Clementine Constitutions, each consisting of 5 Books, are quoted in the same manner as Gregory’s Decretals; only, instead of Extra or X, there is subjoined in sexto or in 6, and in Clementinis or in Clem. according as either part is referred to: thus, c. Si gratiose 5 de Rescrip. in 6, is the 5th Chapter, beginning with Si gratiose, of the Title de Rescriptis, in the 6th Decretal; the Title so inscribed being the 3d of the 1st Book: and Clem. 1. de Sent. et Re Judic. (or, de Sent. et R. J. ut calumniis, in Clem.) (or, c. ut calumniis 1. de Sent. et R. J. in Clem.) is the first Chapter of the Clementine Constitutions, under the Title de Sententiâ et Re Judicatâ; which Chapter begins with Ut calumniis, and belongs to the xith Title of the 2d Book.\n\n“The Extravagants of John the 22d are contained in one Book, divided into 14 Titles: thus, Extravag. Ad Conditorem, Joh. 22. de V. S. means the Chapter, beginning with Ad Conditorem, of the Extravagants of John 22d; Title, de Verborum Significationibus. Lastly, the Extravagants of later Popes are called Communes, being distributed into 5 Books, and these again into Titles and Chapters: thus Extravag. Commun. c. Salvator. de Præbend. is the Chapter beginning with Salvator, among the Extravagantes Communes; Title, de Præbendis.”—Bibliotheca Legum. See Dr. Hallifax’s Analysis of the Roman Civil Law, and Butler’s Horæ Juridicæ Subsecivæ.", "chars": 33993, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2003", "term": "law binding", "norm": "law binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A term applied from the 1830s until recently to a full leather binding (usually a vegetable tanned lightweight, cream-colored sheepskin) having laced-in boards and two or more gold-blocked title labels on the spine (usually red above black); or a binding with creased bands on the spine and blind lines around the edges of the boards. 2. A modern version of the above, i.e., a case binding consisting of a light tan buckram made to resemble sheepskin, with red and black paper labels blocked in gold. See also: LAW BUCKRAM.", "chars": 550, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2004", "term": "law buckram", "norm": "law buckram", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for a calf- or fawn-colored buckram made to resemble sheepskin, but without any graining.", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2005", "term": "law calf", "norm": "law calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A general term applied to an uncolored calfskin. 2. A cream-colored vegetable-tanned calfskin with a smooth grain surface, at one time used in covering the better grades of law books, but now largely superseded by buckram. Also called \"fair calf,\" and, incorrectly, law sheep. See also: LAW BINDING (1); LAW BUCKRAM.", "chars": 367, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [154, 156, 264], "citations": ["Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-law-calf-1", "term": "law calf", "norm": "law calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Law books are usually bound in calf left wholly uncoloured, hence the term for white calf.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2006", "term": "law sheep", "norm": "law sheep", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A natural-colored, vegetable-tanned sheepskin, at one time used for covering law books, but now largely superseded by buckram. See also: LAW BINDING (1); LAW BUCKRAM; LAW CALF (2).", "chars": 252, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-law-sheep-1", "term": "law sheep", "norm": "law sheep", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Law books are usually bound in sheep left wholly uncolored, hence the term. Many law books are now bound in buckram, canvas or duck.", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2007", "term": "law skiver", "norm": "law skiver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A very thin SKIVER, tanned and finished to a russet or natural color, and at one time used for title labels of law and medical books, but now largely superseded by paper labels.", "chars": 201, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2008", "term": "law super", "norm": "law super", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A SPINE LINING FABRIC reinforced at intervals with heavier threads running across the width of the cloth, and consequently across the spine of the book. It was used in the past for lining the spines of large, heavy books.", "chars": 245, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2009", "term": "lay bands", "norm": "lay bands", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: LAY CORDS. 2. See: CORDS; FLEXIBLE SEWING.", "chars": 122, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2010", "term": "lay cords", "norm": "lay cords", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The loops on the top bar of the SEWING FRAME to which the sewing bands or cords are attached. See also: KEY", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [304, 335], "citations": ["Schoen, Harriet Hetta. Let's hind a book. New York. Macmillan. 1934.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2011", "term": "lay down", "norm": "lay down", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term applied to the process of embroidering a binding.", "chars": 66, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LAY1", "term": "LAY DOWN", "norm": "lay down", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To arrange the pages of a sheet, or of a half sheet upon the imposing stone in their proper order, and to take the page papers from under them. See Imposing.\n\nIn the warehouse this term is used to denote the placing of the printed sheets of a work upon the gathering table in their proper order, for the purpose of gathering them together into complete books.\n\nWhen a long number has been printed, the warehouseman generally lays down a bundle only of each signature, that the heaps may not be too high for the boys to reach the top sheet in gathering.\n\nThe first sheet in the gathering is laid down at the extreme end of the table at the left hand, and the succeeding sheets follow to the right in regular order, with the signature to the front of the table. The person who lays them down should run the signature page over in each heap to see that they all lie the same way, and have not been turned in knocking up, or piling away, which, when it happens, and passes undiscovered, causes a great deal of trouble in collating. See Gathering.", "chars": 1098, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LAY4", "term": "LAY IN SHEETS", "norm": "lay in sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the pressman lays sheets on the tympan, it is stiled Laying in Sheets.—M. The term is now obsolete.", "chars": 111, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LAY2", "term": "LAY LETTER", "norm": "lay letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Laying of Letter, or, To lay Letter, is the putting of new types into cases, in their proper situations.\n\nWhen a new fount of types has to be laid, the first consideration is, are there new cases for it, or are there any spare cases in the house, or are there any that can be appropriated to it; and, how many pairs are to be occupied with it? If it be for a work to be done by a companionship, each compositor takes his proportionate share, and lays the letter for his own use: or, it may be an addition to a fount already in work; in which case also each takes his share, as it is looked on as more advantageous to lay letter than to distribute, particularly if it be of a small size. After having put the letter into the cases, and set it up as close as possible, there will be found many superabundant sorts; these are put into a pair of fount cases, and the compositors generally make their cases even, that is, take out their superfluous sorts. If the fount cases will not contain all the sorts, the remainder are put into coffins, and placed in a basket or a letter box; if there should not be any fount cases, then all the spare sorts are put into coffins. The overseer should then be informed of the state of the fount, so that the house may cast up to the surplus sorts, if thought necessary.\n\nI would not advise the laying of many pairs of cases with a moderate sized fount, as an additional pair or two can be easily made at any time.\n\nWhere the letter founder has tied up in one piece more than one sort, I would recommend the compositor to put the piece upon a galley, or he will mix the sorts, and give himself and the house unnecessary trouble in his proof; using a composing rule will save him trouble.", "chars": 1805, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2015", "term": "lay on", "norm": "lay on", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "laying-on boards", "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term for the process of cutting and fitting the boards to the text block in preparation for LACING-IN", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LAY3", "term": "LAY ON", "norm": "lay on", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A phrase used for the number of books to be printed. Thus they say, There is 1000, 2000, 3000, &c. Laid on.—M. We also use the phrase, but without any regard to number; as, such a press is going to lay a form on—such a press has laid a form on—What form shall we lay on?\n\nIt is usual, when a work is printed in sheets, to take the inner form first; the only motive, to my knowledge, for this custom is, that, where there are many presses at work, it prevents the pressmen taking advantage of each other, by those who are first off choosing the form that has the least difficulty in working. An old reason assigned for this practice is, that it is advantageous to the bookbinders in beating the book, preparatory to binding it; as the indentions of the types face each other, and are more easily made smooth; but the indentions would face each other equally if the usual order of working the forms were reversed. When there are wood cuts in one form, and none in the other, then the form without cuts should be worked first; as working the cuts last prevents the indention of the types appearing on the engraving, which would otherwise necessarily take place to its prejudice.\n\nThe term is also used in printing at machines, where a boy lays a sheet on a board, or on a travelling web, in order to its being conveyed round the cylinders to be printed.", "chars": 1346, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LAY5", "term": "LAY OUT SHEETS", "norm": "lay out sheets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the pressman takes sheets off the tympan, and lays them on the heap, it is stiled Laying out Sheets.—M. Obsolete.", "chars": 125, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LAYUP", "term": "LAY-UP", "norm": "lay-up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Before the letter of a worked-off form is distributed, or before it is cleared away, if the work be finished it is unlocked upon a board laid in the trough, and well rinsed with water, while the compositor keeps working the pages backward and forward with his hands, and continues pouring water on them till the lye and ink are washed away, and the water runs off clear: this is termed laying-up.\n\nThe board should always be washed clean on its upper side before the form is laid upon it.", "chars": 486, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-laying-cases-1", "term": "Laying cases", "norm": "laying cases", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Filling cases with a fount of new type.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-laying-pages-1", "term": "Laying pages", "norm": "laying pages", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Placing pages of type on the stone in a proper order for imposition.", "chars": 68, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2012", "term": "laying-away", "norm": "laying-away", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of tanning hides and skins in layer vats over a long period of time in order to assure a full tannage. The hides or skins are dusted with finely ground raw vegetable tanning materials to provide additional tanning material. Laying-away, which was practiced in situations where only weak tan liquors were available, has been little used since the introduction of concentrated tan liquors.", "chars": 399, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2013", "term": "laying-bye", "norm": "laying-bye", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of covering a hide pack with salt during the curing process, and then allowing the hides to stand in order to permit the strong brine to thus penetrate the entire pack.", "chars": 180, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2014", "term": "laying-on", "norm": "laying-on", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The operation of placing gold leaf on a surface prior to the application of a heated tool. The gold leaf is transferred from the GOLD CUSHION by means of a wad of cotton-wool, or a piece of felt. When the gold is in roll form, it is transferred directly from the roll to the surface to be gilded. In edge gilding, the leaf is transferred from the cushion by means of a GILDER'S TIP.", "chars": 430, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 256], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2016", "term": "layout", "norm": "layout", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of arranging piles of sections in proper sequence in an \"aisle\" or \"alley\" for gathering by hand. 2. The plan of an entire book. 3. A plan, prepared by or for a printer, giving the arrangement of the matter, type faces, size of type, position of illustration and captions, etc. for a job of printing.", "chars": 315, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 156], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2270", "term": "Le Monnier family", "norm": "le monnier family", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A group of some twenty French bookbinders, of whom Louis Francois and his son, Jean, were the best known. The family was involved in bookbinding from the first half of the 17th century to about the middle of the 18th century. They used floral decorations and designs suggestive of Chinese lace, and their bindings were beautifully tooled, often with fantastic designs, but not always in the best taste. They also made extensive use of mosaics. See: MOSAIC BINDING.", "chars": 488, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [342], "citations": ["Uzanne, Louis Octave. The French bookbinders of the eighteenth century. Translated by Mabel McIlvaine. Chicago. Caxton Club. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2017", "term": "leaching", "norm": "leaching", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In leather manufacture, the process of extracting the tannin from finely ground raw, vegetable-tanning materials by means of steam and/or water.", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LEADE", "term": "LEADERS", "norm": "leaders", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Between the ends of the lines and the figures of reference, in indexes, contents, in many tables, and accounts, are placed, sometimes full points, sometimes hyphens, metal rules, or dotted quadrats; all these, without distinction, are termed Leaders. Full points with a sufficient space between them, or dotted quadrats, are now generally used, being looked upon as neater than hyphens or metal rules.", "chars": 408, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-leaders-1", "term": "LEADERS", "norm": "leaders", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Dots or hyphens placed at intervals of one or more ems in length, to guide the eye across the line to the folio in tables of contents, &c.", "chars": 138, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LEADS", "term": "LEADS", "norm": "leads", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "These articles are called leads by printers, and space lines by type founders. See Space Lines.\n\nLean. See Beat Lean.—M.\n\n", "chars": 278, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-leads-1", "term": "LEADS", "norm": "leads", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Thin strips of metal cast of various thicknesses, quadrate-high, to separate lines of type.", "chars": 91, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2018", "term": "leaf", "norm": "leaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. One of the units resulting from folding a sheet of paper, vellum, etc., into a section (signature). A leaf consists of two pages, one on each side, either or both of which may be blank, or may bear printing, writing, or illustrative matter. Blank leaves generally are not numbered. 2. A newly formed sheet of handmade paper before it is dried and finished. It is more appropriately called a WATERLEAF (3). 3. See: ALUMINUM LEAF; DUTCH GOLD; GOLD LEAF; PALLADIUM LEAF; PLATINUM LEAF;\n\nSILVER LEAF", "chars": 664, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 234], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2019", "term": "leafcasting", "norm": "leafcasting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A system by which archival papers can be repaired by mechanical means rather than manually. The principal of the method is similar to that of papermaking itself: paper pulp in a water suspension is pulled through areas of loss in a document so as to fill the lacunae with freshly cast paper. Varying combinations of fibers are mixed in amounts proportionate to the missing areas in the leaf to be repaired, and gravity or vacuum pressure pulls the paper slurry through the leaf to be repaired as it lies on a mesh support in the leafcaster. The new fibers settle only in the areas of loss.\n\nFor certain kinds of materials. particularly those of large format, e.g., newspapers and maps, leafcasting is a much more efficient and economical method of repair than the traditional manual methods. Its use can also strengthen the entire leaf, as leafcasting not only fills in the holes but also fills cracks, joins fragments, repairs margins and may also be used to provide linings. In contrast to hand repairs, these procedures have the additional advantage of requiring little or no use of adhesives.", "chars": 1094, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2020", "term": "leaflet", "norm": "leaflet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In a restricted sense, a publication consisting of.two to four pages printed on a small sheet folded once, but not stitched or bound. In a broader sense, a small thin pamphlet.", "chars": 176, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 256], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-lean-1", "term": "Lean", "norm": "lean", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Close and solid matter.", "chars": 23, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LEAN", "term": "LEAN FACE", "norm": "lean face", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A letter whose stems and other strokes have not their full width.—M. As now understood, a letter of slender proportions compared to its height.—See Types.", "chars": 185, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2021", "term": "leather", "norm": "leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration The outer covering from an animal (usually a mammal) tanned, or otherwise dressed and prepared in such a manner as to render it usable and resistant to putrefaction, even when wet. Leather is a unique and flexible sheet material that is somewhat analogous to textiles, and may in fact be considered to be the first and only natural fabric.\n\nThe unique characteristics of leather are due largely to its structure, which is an interwoven, three-dimensional network of fibers inherent in the natural raw materials—hides and skins. This raw material is principally a fibrous protein called collagen and is composed of one continuous network of fibers.\n\nIn the raw skin, at least four distinct structures can be distinguished: 1) the thin outermost layer termed the EPIDERMIS; 2) the grain layer or dermal surface; 3) the juncture between the grain layer and the dermis or corium; and 4) the major portion of the skin (the DERMIS or corium), which is the part converted into leather. In addition, there is the flesh layer, or hypodermis, which is the structure adjacent to the body tissues.\n\nBefore tannage, the approximate composition of a freshly flayed hide is:\n\nWater 64 %\n\nProtein 33 %\n\nFats 2 %\n\nMineral salts 0.5%\n\nOther substances (pigments, etc.) 0.5%\n\nThe 33% which is protein consists of:\n\n1) Structural proteins, or\n\nElastin (yellow fiber woven in\n\nthe collagen fiber) 0.3%\n\nCollagen (which tans to give\n\nleather) 29 %\n\nKeratin (protein of the hair\n\nand epidermis) 2 %\n\n2) Non-structural proteins, or\n\nAlbumens or globulins\n\n(soluble, non-fibrous proteins) 1 %\n\nMucins or mucoids (mucous\n\nmaterials associated with\n\nfibers) .7%\n\nWhile all mammalian skin is made up of these constituents, the figure for keratin will vary widely, depending on the amount of hair present; the figure for fat will also vary. The division between albumen and mucins is debatable.\n\nBeginning with the outer surface of a skin, there are: 1) the hairs, embedded in the skin, each in a sheath of epidermis known as the hair follicle and each with a hair root at its end, fed by a tiny blood vessel. Chemically the hairs consist of the protein keratin, and penetrate deeply into the papillary layer of the dermis. See: HAIR.\n\nMost animals have hair of two types, primary and secondary. The positions which these hairs occupy relative to each other as they enter the surface of the skin, together with their different thicknesses, determine the characteristic marking or grain of the dermal surface, i.e., the grain pattern of the leather, which is exposed upon removal of the hair and other epidermal structures; 2) the epidermis, which is a protective, hard-wearing layer of keratinous cells. Those on the outside are dead and, upon drying and shrinking, fall off the skin. On the underside, adjacent to the skin proper, they consist of soft, jellylike living cells, which have little resistance and are readily attacked and degraded by bacterial action or enzymes, as occurs with stale skins or in enzyme unhairing. They are usually disintegrated by alkalis, especially sodium sulfide or hydrosulfide. See: LIMING; UNHAIRING; 3) the sudoriferous (sweat) glands, which are also lined with epidermal tissue and discharge sweat from the skin through the pores in the grain surface. and the sebaceous glands, which are located at the side of the hair follicles and discharge into them an oily, waxy substance, which protects the hair. (The gland is operated by a muscle, called the erector pili, which also causes the hair to stand upright); 4) the skin proper or dermis (corium), consisting of a network of collagen fibers, very intimately woven and joined together. In the grain layer these fibers become thin and tightly woven and are so interlaced that there are no loose ends on the surface beneath the epidermis. Thus, when the epidermis is removed, a smooth layer is revealed (sometimes known as the HYALINE LAYER), which gives the characteristic grain surface of the leather. Toward the center of the dermis the fibers are coarser and stronger, and the predominant angle at which they are woven indicates the properties of the resultant leather. If the fibers are more upright and tightly woven, the leather will be firm and hard, with little stretch, while if they are more horizontal and loosely woven, the leather will be softer and stretchier. The dermis is also the strongest part of the skin; and 5) the flesh of the dermis, i.e., that layer next to the body wall of the animal, where the fibers have a more horizontal angle of weave, and fatty (adipose) tissue may also be present.\n\nIn the living skin, the collagen fibers and cells are embedded in a watery jelly of proteinlike substance, called the GROUND SUBSTANCE.\n\nThe living collagen fibers are formed from this substance, which ranges in constitution from the blood sugars to substances which are almost collagen. The latter fibers have been called \"interfibrillary\" proteins, also known as nonstructural proteins, or pro-collagens. These are essential for the growth of the skin and also render the fiber structure nonporous. When the skin is dried (as in some forms of curing), they dry to a hard, gluelike substance, which cements all of the corium fibers together and makes the skin hard and horny. In producing a leather which is to be soft or supple, it is essential that these inter-fibrillary proteins te removed.\n\nThe corium fibers are composed of ropelike bundles of smaller fibrils, which in turn consist of bundles of sub-microscopic micelles. These in turn are made up of very long, threadlike molecules of collagen twisted together. All together, this gives a very tough, strong, flexible, three-dimensional structure, forming a network on which many of the qualities of leather depend. It is this structure which makes leather unique for, as of today, it has not been possible to produce it artificially. It is also unquestionably the basis for the remarkably high tensile strength of leather.\n\nThe skin also contains small arteries and veins which convey blood to the living tissues, as well as the nerve structures necessary for the sense of touch.\n\nWhile all mammalian skins are structured along this basic pattern, they vary tremendously in size, e.g., from the hide of an elephant or ox to the skin of a rabbit or mouse, and they also vary considerably in shape and thickness. In addition, some animals have but little hair or wool and a thick epidermal layer—e.g., the pig—while others, such as the sheep, have a heavy fleece with curly wool and curly hair follicles but a relatively thin epidermis. The state of development of the animal is also important. A calf, for example, has finer structured hair than a full grown cow, consequently, leather made from the skin of a calf is relatively smooth and very fine-grained, while that of a cow is rougher and has a very pronounced grain pattern.\n\nThe skins of certain animals (at certain times of their lives) also contain considerable quantities of fat in globular cells, which lie approximately in the center of the dermis. Notable examples are the pig and sheep. Sheepskin may actually contain fat of this type, that is, in the interior of the skin and not merely on the flesh layer, amounting to 25% of the weight of the skin. Such excessive growth of fat cells disrupts and weakens the dermal fiber structure to such an extent that some sheepskins can be split into two layers along the line where the fat is located.\n\nIn general, the younger the animal at time of slaughter the thinner and smaller the skin, the smoother and finer the grain structure, and the less likelihood of damage due to disease, scratches, insects, etc. See: LEATHER DEFECTS. The more natural the animal's feeding and living conditions, the better the quality of the resultant leather; overfeeding, for example, produces greasier, weaker skins, while starvation results in thin, weak, misshapen skins showing skeleton markings The skin of the female is usually finer grained than that of the male, and has a looser fiber structure, especially in the flanks, giving a somewhat softer, stretchier leather. The less hair or wool there is on the animal the tougher and stronger the resultant leather, especially in the grain layer. Heavily wooled Merino sheep, for example, are inferior in this respect to goats and pigs.\n\nLeather occupies a unique position among the covering materials used by bookbinders. Its structure gives it a very desirable softness and strength, while its chemical nature gives it the property of adhering well to paper, hoard, linen, etc. Its outstanding characteristics include its durability (when properly prepared and cared for), suppleness, porosity, beauty, temper and feel, in addition to its strength and softness. In terms of permanence, when properly tanned, stored, and maintained (See: LEATHER DRESSINGS), it is probably the most permanent covering material known at this time.\n\nThe manufacture of leather predates recorded history. There is evidence that some leather samples found in Northern Germany may have been produced perhaps 12,000 years ago. Leather artifacts believed to date from the Neolithic and European Bronze Ages have been discovered, and it is an established fact that the Egyptians knew the art of vegetable tanning, as well as alum tawing, as long ago as 2000 B.C., and that tanning practices there were well established by 1600 B.C.\n\nLeather has been used for covering books since at least as early as the 3rd century A.D. (See: COPTIC BINDINGS), and its use in craft bookbinding continues to this day. Although virtually every conceivable type of skin has been used, calf, deer, goat, pig, and sheepskin, as well as horsehide (RUSSIA LEATHER) have been used most often, at least in Europe and the United States. Pigskin, as well as goatskin and deerskin, were often alum-tawed; however, vegetable tannage was and is the predominant method of preparation. Goatskin has been used to cover books in Europe for more than a thousand years and has been used extensively in Europe since the 16th century. See: VEGETABLE TANNING; VEGETABLE TANNINS. See also: ALLIGATOR LEATHER; AMERICAN RUSSIA; BABY CALF; BUCKSKIN; BUFFALO; CABRETTA LEATHER; CALFSKIN; CHAMOIS; CHEVRETTE;\n\nCHEVROTAIN; CORDOBAN LEATHER: CORDOVAN LEATHER; COWHIDE; DEERSKIN; DOESKIN; GOATSKIN; HAIR SHEEP; HOGSKIN; KANGAROO SKIN; LAMBSKIN; MOROCCO;\n\nPARCHMENT; PIGSKIN; SEALSKIN; SHEEPSKIN: VELLUM; WALRUS HIDE.", "chars": 11575, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [26, 29, 83, 207, 236, 248, 282, 291, 306, 343, 351, 352, 353, 362, 363], "citations": ["Bailey, Frederick T. Textbook on histology. 16th ed. Ed. by Wilfred M. Copenhaven, and others. Baltimore. Williams & Wilkins. 1971.", "Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962.", "Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Library Association. Leather for libraries, by Edward Wyndham Hulme, and others. London. Library Supply Co. 1905.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Procter, Henry Richardson. Leather industries laboratory book of analytical and experimental methods. 2nd ed. New York. Spon and Chamberlain. 1908.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960.", "Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973.", "Waterer, John William. Leather and craftsmanship. London. Faber and Faber. 1950.", "Waterer, John William. Leather craftsmanship. London. Bell. 1968.", "Wilson, John Arthur. The chemistry of leather manufacture. New York. Chemical Catalog Co. 1923.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2023", "term": "leather bound", "norm": "leather bound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term applied to a book bound in full or part leather.", "chars": 63, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-leather-called-morocco-1", "term": "Leather called morocco", "norm": "leather called morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "sometimes with a qualifying adjective, is now made in Europe and America. Much of this is very good, even when made, as it often is, from other skins than those of goats. Even the experts seem often unable to distinguish the good from the best. None of it is to be condemned or approved because it is or is not made in the Levant, or from goatskins.", "chars": 349, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2024", "term": "leather cloth", "norm": "leather cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A polyvinyl chloride- or cellulose nitrate-surfaced fabric, usually made of cotton, or a plastic material with a similar surface. It is used principally in covering blankbooks.", "chars": 176, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81, 353], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Waterer, John William. Leather craftsmanship. London. Bell. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2025", "term": "leather defects", "norm": "leather defects", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Imperfections in the grain surface or structure of a hide or skin resulting in unsightly appearance and/ or weakness of the resultant leather. Such defects may have arisen during the life of the animal, or may have developed in the flaying and/or preparation of the stock.\n\nDamages caused during life include: 1) scars, resulting from scratches or cuts. (When the cut is healing, the fibers grow densely packed together, and the healed skin is often hard, raised, and lacking hair follicles. Scar damage is also caused by branding the animal for ownership purposes, usually in the butt area, which is the best part of the hide); 2) infestations, such as ticks, warble flies, and mange. (Ticks pierce the skin to suck blood, leaving holes that look either like pin pricks or minor scars in the grain of the leather. This defect occurs mainly in the belly areas of the skin. Sarcoptic mange mites enter the epidermis and tunnel around, causing the cells to multiply and the hair to fall out. The grain surface becomes roughened, and the animal generally compounds the damage by rubbing to relieve the itching. In demodectic, or follicular, mange, the mites penetrate into the dermis itself, where a wall of fibers is formed to surround and \"encyst\" them. The cysts generally are seen on the grain of unhaired skins as small swollen nodules. Tanning and drying processes shrink the contents of the cysts, causing the grain surface to sink over the cavity so that the defects are seen as shallow depressions, though the grain surface itself is not generally damaged. See also: WARBLES); 3) infections. (If ringworm, which is a fungus, heals it leaves no scars, but if the animal is slaughtered while still infected, the grain appears coarse at the site of the infection); and 4) cockle, which occurs in wooled sheep immediately before shearing. (This defect appears as boil-like hard spots, of varying size, which occur in rows at right angles to the spine from the shoulder to the butt, and, while the defect disappears rapidly after shearing, it cannot be eliminated during manufacture of the leather.)\n\nDamages caused after death include: 1) flaycuts and gouges, which cut into the fibers of the dermis. (In thin leathers they show through and thereby spoil the grain. Some flaycuts go completely through the hide or skin, ruining it completely. These kinds of cuts are usually the result of careless or improper flaying); 2) putrefaction, which is the result of bacterial growth which starts almost immediately once the animal is dead, unless the skin is properly cured, especially on the exposed flesh side. See: PUTREFACTIVE DAMAGE; 3) veininess, in which branching lines of blood vessels can be seen on the flesh side. (If, because of poor curing or old age, for example, the structure around them becomes loose, the skin is said to be veiny, and the branching pattern of the veins usually shows through on the grain side. Veininess can actually at times be attractive in some skins, such as VELLUM, for example); and 4) damage from heat, which may occur on hides and skins in tropical areas. (It is a common fault with ground-dried skins.) See: SUN DAMAGE. See also: BLEEDING (5); BLOOM (1); CRUSTY BREAK; DRAWN FLANKS; KISS MARKS; PIPEY LEATHER; PIPING (1); SLACK TANNED; SPEW.", "chars": 3590, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 291, 306, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2026", "term": "leather dressings", "norm": "leather dressings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Substances, or mixtures of substances, applied to leather bookbindings to prevent or retard deterioration, preserve, and, to limited extent, restore flexibility to leather. Over the past one hundred years or so a great number of different leather dressings of varying degrees of effectiveness have been used to impart new life to deteriorating leather. These treatments have ranged from simple paste-washing and/or coating with varnish to more-or-less carefully formulated and tested preparations. Most of the latter contain an oil which may be of animal, vegetable, or mineral origin, in order of probable decreasing relative value as preservatives. While such dressings may preserve, and to some extent restore, the flexibility of the leather, they cannot prevent chemical decay, nor can they restore leather that has become decayed because of chemical influences.\n\nThe majority of leather dressings contain lanolin as their principal fatty component. Lanolin has sufficient capability to exchange water with the surrounding atmosphere and to maintain relatively long-term flexibility and softness of HANDLE in the leather. Most dressings also contain one or more of the following substances: beeswax (or some other harder or softer wax, such as candellila, spermaceti, carnauba, etc.), cedarwood oil, n-hexane (or benzene), potassium carbonate, potash alum, isopropanol (or ethanol), thymol (or p-nitrophenol or o-phenylphenol). and neat's-foot oil. Beeswax is said to give body to the surface of the leather which can then be polished to impart a glossy finish. (See further comments below concerning the use of wax.) Cedarwood oil provides protection against mold growth and insect attack. The n-hexane or benzene acts as a solvent to get the lanolin into the leather, but according to some authorities, usually evaporates so rapidly that it actually is of little benefit. Furthermore, such hydrocarbons are flammable as well as toxic, and benzene is extremely toxic. The alcohols, isopropanol and ethanol, are sometimes added to a dressing to promote the penetration of the lanolin and also to permit the use of a wider range of organic substances—e.g., fungicides, such as thymol—to be included. The metallic salts, such as potassium carbonate or potash alum, are said to help in binding the fats to the leather fibers. Neats'-foot oil is another fat used to lubricate the fibers of the leather.\n\nThe use of hard waxes in leather dressings is very controversial. Some argue that their use reduces the danger of penetration of harmful atmospheric gases into the leather, e.g., sulfur dioxide, which can be converted into destructive sulfuric acid. Others, however. contend that wax decreases the capability of the lanolin to exchange water with the surrounding atmosphere and that the lanolin itself will reduce the ingress of harmful gases. It is also argued that the wax causes treated volumes to stick together on the bookshelf, and even worse, that repeated applications may result in building up a heavy wax surface which eventually cracks and flakes, taking pieces of leather with it.\n\nA simple, economical, and certainly widely used, dressing consists of a mixture of 60% neat's-foot oil (20° C, cold test) and 40% anhydrous lanolin, or 60% lanolin and 40% neat's-foot oil, depending upon the temperature and relative humidity in the area of use. This dressing offers some important advantages over many other preparations. It is (relatively) less expensive, easy to prepare and apply, non-toxic, non-flammable, and contains nothing, insofar as is known at this time, that could possibly damage the leather. See also: P.I.R.A. TESTED; POTASSIUM LACTATE.", "chars": 3732, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [148, 265, 291], "citations": ["Guldbeck, Per Ernst. The care of historical collections; a conservation handbook for the nonspecialist. Nashville. American Association for State and Local History. 1972.", "Plenderleith, Harold James, and A. E. A. Werner. The conservation of antiquities and works of art; treatment, repair and restoration. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1971.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2028", "term": "leather fillers", "norm": "leather fillers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Substances, such as starch paste, isinglass, etc., used to fill the pores of leather before gilding, so as to cause the gold leaf to adhere better. The filler helps keep the glair on the surface of the leather.", "chars": 210, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [194], "citations": ["Kinder, Louis Herman. Formulas for bookbinders…London. Putnam. 1905."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2029", "term": "leather flyleaf", "norm": "leather flyleaf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A free flyleaf made of leather, generally of the same type of skin as used in covering, although thinner and possibly of a different color. The leather flyleaf is generally used in conjunction with the leather DOUBLURE (1).", "chars": 247, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2030", "term": "leather gauge", "norm": "leather gauge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instrument used to measure the thickness of leather, either in ounces or millimeters. See also: IRON (2); LEATHER SUBSTANCE TABLE; OUNCE.", "chars": 212, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2031", "term": "leather glove", "norm": "leather glove", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy leather \"glove\" which fits over the thumb only, and is used to steady the finisher's hand in starting the heated lettering or finishing tool.", "chars": 149, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2032", "term": "leather hinges", "norm": "leather hinges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "leather joints", "dates": null, "text": "Endpaper hinges made of leather and designed to add strength at the point where the endpaper flexes. They are used with simple folded endpapers in either of two ways—by sewing them in with the endpapers while the book is being sewn, or by pasting them down on top of the endpapers after covering. Leather hinges (or joints) have been used since the 17th century in Europe, and between 1750 and 1800 they were a fairly common feature of the best English morocco and Russia bindings. They were usually heavily embellished with fillets, rolls, and small tools.", "chars": 557, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 236, 335], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2033", "term": "leather marble", "norm": "leather marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of coloring leather so as to obtain something of a marbled effect. The skins are dampened and rolled into a ball, each skin being carefully arranged so that no large area of any one is hidden in the folds. The ball of skins is then immersed in the dye, which colors the skins at the edges only, resulting in a kind of marbling effect.", "chars": 343, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [164], "citations": ["Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2035", "term": "leather substance table", "norm": "leather substance table", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The measurement of the thickness of a finished leather, in millimeters (1 mm. 0.03937 inch), irons (1 iron = 1/48 inch), or ounces (1 ounce = 1/64 inch):\n\nInch Ounces Irons Millimeters\n\n1/64 1 .75 0.4\n\n1/32 2 1.5 .8\n\n3/64 3 2.25 1.2\n\n1/16 4 3.0 1.6\n\n5/64 5 3.75 2.0\n\n3/32 6 4.5 2.4\n\n7/64 7 5.25 2.8\n\n1/8 8 6.0 3.2\n\n9/64 9 6.75 3.6\n\n5/32 10 7.5 4.0\n\n11/64 11 8.25 4.4\n\n3/16 12 9.0 4.8\n\n13/64 13 9.75 5.2\n\n7/32 14 10.5 5.6\n\n15/64 15 11.25 6.0\n\n1/4 16 12.0 6.4\n\n17/64 17 12.75 6.8\n\n9/32 18 13.5 7.2", "chars": 883, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2022", "term": "leatherboard", "norm": "leatherboard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An imitation leather typically produced by pulping and compressing scrap leather and wood pulp.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [310], "citations": ["Smith, Frederick Richard. Bookbinding. London. Pitman. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2027", "term": "leatherette", "norm": "leatherette", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A covering fabric produced from a strong, machine-glazed base paper, which is coated and embossed, or printed and embossed, in imitation of grained leather.", "chars": 156, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-leatherette-1", "term": "leatherette", "norm": "leatherette", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Cloth or paper made to look like leather. There are many kinds used in binding, some of which look very well and wear about as long as poorer kinds of cloth.", "chars": 157, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2034", "term": "leatheroid", "norm": "leatheroid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete name for an IMITATION LEATHER consisting of chemically treated paper combined with rubber and sandarac. See also: LEATHERETTE.", "chars": 186, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2036", "term": "leaves", "norm": "leaves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Finishing tools cut in the shape of leaves that are symmetrical in shape and generally curving in different directions. 2. See: LEAF.", "chars": 160, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2037", "term": "lecithin", "norm": "lecithin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lipoid, or fatty acid, substance found in all animal and vegetable cells. Commercial lecithin is a mixture of phosphatides and glycerides obtained in the manufacture of soybean oil. It is soluble in mineral oils and fatty acids and is dispersible in animal and vegetable oils. It is one of the most effective materials used to assist in the formation and stabilization of emulsions.", "chars": 384, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LECTU", "term": "LECTURES", "norm": "lectures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "5 & 6 W. 4. c. 65. “An act for preventing the Publication of Lectures without Consent.\n\ns. 1. “Whereas Printers, Publishers, and other Persons have frequently taken the Liberty of printing and publishing Lectures delivered upon divers Subjects, without the Consent of the Authors of such Lectures, or the Persons delivering the same in public, to the great Detriment of such Authors and Lecturers: Be it enacted by the King’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That from and after the First Day of September One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five the Author of any Lecture or Lectures, or the Person to whom he hath sold or otherwise conveyed the Copy thereof, in order to deliver the same in any School, Seminary, Institution, or other Place, or for any other purpose, shall have the sole Right and Liberty of printing and publishing such Lecture or Lectures; and that if any Person shall, by taking down the same in Short Hand or otherwise in Writing, or in any other Way obtain or make a Copy of such Lecture or Lectures, and shall print or lithograph or otherwise copy and publish the same, or cause the same to be printed, lithographed, or otherwise copied and published, without Leave of the Author thereof, or of the Persons to whom the Author thereof hath sold or otherwise conveyed the same, and every Person who, knowing the same to have been printed or copied and published without such Consent, shall sell, publish, or expose to sale, or cause to be sold, published, or exposed to sale, any such Lecture or Lectures, shall forfeit such printed or otherwise copied Lecture or Lectures, or Parts thereof, together with One Penny for every Sheet thereof which shall be found in his Custody, either printed, lithographed, or copied, or printing, lithographing, or copying, published or exposed to sale, contrary to the true Intent and Meaning of this Act, the one Moiety thereof to His Majesty, His Heirs or Successors, and the other Moiety thereof to any Person who shall sue for the same, to be recovered in any of His Majesty’s Courts of Record in Westminster, by Action of Debt, Bill, Plaint, or Information, in which no Wager of Law, Essoign, Privilege, or Protection, or more than One Imparlance, shall be allowed.\n\ns. 2. “And be it further enacted, That any Printer or Publisher of any Newspaper who shall, without such Leave as aforesaid, print and publish in such Newspaper any Lecture or Lectures, shall be deemed and taken to be a Person printing and publishing without Leave within the Provisions of this Act, and liable to the aforesaid Forfeitures and Penalties in respect of such printing and publishing.\n\ns. 3. “And be it further enacted, That no Person allowed for certain Fee or Reward, or otherwise, to attend and be present at any Lecture delivered in any Place, shall be deemed and taken to be licensed or to have Leave to print, copy, and publish such Lectures, only because of having Leave to attend such Lecture or Lectures.\n\ns. 4. “Provided always, That nothing in this Act shall extend to prohibit any Person from printing, copying, and publishing any Lecture or Lectures which have or shall have been printed and published with Leave of the Authors thereof or their Assignees, and whereof the Time hath or shall have expired within which the sole Right to print and publish the same is given by an Act passed in the Eighth Year of the Reign of Queen Anne [c. 19.], intituled An Act for the Encouragement of Learning, by vesting the Copies of printed Books in the Authors or Purchasers of such Copies during the Times therein mentioned, and by another Act passed in the Fifty-fourth Year of the Reign of King George the Third [c. 156.], intituled An Act to amend the several Acts for the Encouragement of Learning, by securing the Copies and Copyright of printed Books to the Authors of such Books, or their Assigns, or to any Lectures which have been printed or published before the passing of this Act.\n\ns. 5. “Provided further, That nothing in this Act shall extend to any Lecture or Lectures, or the printing, copying, or publishing any Lecture or Lectures, or Parts thereof, of the delivering of which Notice in Writing shall not have been given to Two Justices living within Five Miles from the Place where such Lecture or Lectures shall be delivered Two Days at the least before delivering the same, or to any Lecture or Lectures delivered in any University or public School or College, or on any public Foundation, or by any Individual in virtue of or according to any Gift, Endowment, or Foundation; and that the Law relating thereto shall remain the same as if this Act had not been passed.”", "chars": 4810, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2038", "term": "lederschnitt bindings", "norm": "lederschnitt bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CUIR-CISELÉ.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2039", "term": "ledger binding", "norm": "ledger binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BLANKBOOK BINDING; STATIONERY BINDING.", "chars": 91, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2040", "term": "ledger paper", "norm": "ledger paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally, a writing paper used for pen and ink records, as in ledger or blankbooks, but now also used for printing purposes. Ledger papers are generally made from cotton fiber, bleached chemical wood pulps, or mixtures thereof. High quality ledger papers are animal sized, and the usual ledger paper is made in basis weights ranging from 24 to 36 pounds (17 x 22—500). As it is subjected to considerable usage, it requires a high degree of durability and permanence. Significant properties include strength, especially tearing resistance, erasability, water and ink resistance, uniformity of surface and color, smoothness, and a good surface for ruling.", "chars": 655, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58, 339], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2041", "term": "legal buckram", "norm": "legal buckram", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ENGLISH LINEN.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "DT2042", "term": "Legrain, Pierre", "norm": "legrain, pierre", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1889-1929", "text": "An outstanding French bookbinding designer of the 20th century. Legrain's early career was that of illustrator and theater painter, and it was not until 1917 that he became associated with the bibliophile Jacques Doucet and became interested in bookbinding. Under Doucet's encouragement Legrain literally established the profession of artist‐designer of bookbindings in France. Although he never himself bound a book he abandoned the restrictions of tradition in book decoration, and established, by means of his adaption of artistic traits of contemporary art, the course of creative bookbinding in France for decades to come. Letter forms (titles, etc.) were an important part of his designs, and in his most mature style, he used color and texture of leather, as well as conventional tools and onlays of traditional binding, in new and imaginative designs related to abstract art.", "chars": 883, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 347], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2043", "term": "Leighton, Archibald", "norm": "leighton, archibald", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1784-1841", "text": "An English bookbinder who is generally credited with the introduction of the first practical cloth for covering books. Although William Pickering may have introduced cloth earlier, and though woven flax canvas had been used for covering school books in England as early as 1770, it was not until about 1823 that a cloth more-or-less impervious to glue was used as a covering material. Leighton's first cloth was a dyed and glazed calico, with a starch filler. He dyed, stiffened, and patterned small rolls of calico in his own shop, and, by 1832. was embossing cloth with die-stamped patterns, and even blocking cloth with gold leaf.", "chars": 633, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 236, 286], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Quayle, Eric. The collector's book of books. New York. Potter. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2044", "term": "lemon", "norm": "lemon", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "18 1/2 karat gold leaf. Because of the alloys used to reduce the gold from 24 to 18 1/2 karat, it is lighter in color and somewhat thicker than the 23 or 23 1/2 karat leaf more commonly used in book decoration, although not so much as PALE leaf. See also: GOLD LEAF.", "chars": 314, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2045", "term": "lemon oil", "norm": "lemon oil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fragrant yellow essential oil obtained from the skins of lemons. It is one of the several oils used to secure gold leaf temporarily to the covering material of a book before blocking or tooling.", "chars": 196, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2046", "term": "length of the book", "norm": "length of the book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used by some bookbinders to indicate the distance between the \"X\" points of the gathered sections marked up for sewing by hand. The \"X\" points indicate where the head and tail are to be trimmed, i.e., the \"length of the book\" being the distance between the \"X\" points. It is actually the height of the text block but not that of the finished book, unless it is a cut flush binding.", "chars": 388, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2047", "term": "lengthwise lettering", "norm": "lengthwise lettering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Lettering which runs vertically rather than horizontally on the spine of a bound book. The lettering generally runs from head to tail so that it may be read if the book is shelved horizontally with the upper cover uppermost. Lengthwise lettering is used for books meant to be shelved flat. e.g., newspapers. and also on books which are too thin for across the spine lettering without undue hyphenation or abbreviation. In the latter case it is common for library binders to make an additional charge for the lettering.", "chars": 518, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2048", "term": "lens tissue", "norm": "lens tissue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin paper made from long-fibered stock which contains no unbleached or mechanical wood pulps. The paper is usually soft and is free from abrasiveness, lint, or dusting. It is not calendered and is generally made in basis weights of 5 1/2, 8 1/2. and 16 pounds (24 X 36—500). Some lens tissues contain silicone, while others receive some form of wet strength treatment. The tissue is used in lamination and paper repair.", "chars": 422, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2049", "term": "Lesné, François A.D.", "norm": "lesné, françois a.d.", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A 19th-century French bookbinder who referred to himself as the \"Poet-binder\" because of his poems eulogizing bookbinding. Lesné is better known. however, for his development of a temporary soft-cover binding of plain calfskin which was said (by Lesné) to be an improvement over the BRADEL BINDING, developed earlier in the 19th century. Lesné's binding consisted of calf-covered boards sewn to a strip of linen; the sections themselves, however, were not sewn. It is not clear how the sections or leaves were secured to the linen. unless. as in a later American binding which infringed on Lesné's method. the boards were sewn to the linen at both spine and fore edge, thus creating a form of wrapper binding. In order not to deceive the buyer, Lesné stated that books so \"bound\" would bear the blind stamped inscription \"Exposition de 1834. Cartonnages conservateurs de Lesné.\" (It was at this exposition that he received a bronze medal for his invention.)", "chars": 981, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2050", "term": "less-used materials specifications", "norm": "less-used materials specifications", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LUMSPECS.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LETTE1", "term": "LETTER BOARD", "norm": "letter board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In Moxon’s time both the letter board and the paper board were made alike, similar to the present paper board; and he strongly recommended to have the board made of one piece, without a joint: they are now different from each other. The letter board is made of two deals, about an inch thick, and the smallest size allows a demy chase to lie upon it without hanging over the edges; the deals are joined together on the under side by two dovetailed tapering tongues inserted into dovetailed tapering grooves, the contrary way to each other; and these tongues project below the bottom, so as to serve as feet for the board, to a depth rather more than equal to the height of letter, and allow the board to be placed upon a bulk, or upon another letter board, upon which pages or small jobs are placed, without the bottom of the board touching the face of the type. If the boards shrink, or the joint opens, the aperture can be immediately closed up again, by striking the edges with a mallet, and driving the tongues up tight.\n\nThe usual sizes of letter boards in a printing office are Demy and Royal; but when works on larger paper are printed, it is necessary to have boards of a corresponding size. The Demy boards are 26 inches by 22; the Royal 30 inches by 26.", "chars": 1335, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LETTE2", "term": "LETTER BRUSH", "norm": "letter brush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A brush used in composing rooms, something like a polishing brush for shoes, but not quite so large; with which to brush dust off forms before they are taken to the proof press to have a proof pulled, and before they are taken into the press room to be worked. Every press ought also to have one, that if any dust, or particles of dirt, get upon the face of the letter, they may be brushed off.", "chars": 394, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LETTE3", "term": "LETTER FOUNDERS", "norm": "letter founders", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "By the Act of the 39th of George 3. cap. 79. s. 25. it is enacted, “That from and after the Expiration of Forty Days after the passing of this Act, every Person carrying on the Business of a Letter Founder, or Maker or Seller of Types for Printing, or of Printing Presses, shall cause Notice of his or her Intention to carry on such Business to be delivered to the Clerk of the Peace of the County, Stewartry, Riding, Division, City, Borough, Town, or Place, where such Person shall propose to carry on such Business, or his Deputy, in the Form prescribed in the Schedule to this Act annexed; and such Clerk of the Peace, or his Deputy, shall, and he is hereby authorized and required thereupon to grant a Certificate in the Form also prescribed in the said Schedule, for which such Clerk of the Peace, or his Deputy, shall receive a Fee of One Shilling, and no more, and shall file such Notice, and transmit an attested Copy thereof to one of his Majesty’s Principal Secretaries of State; and every Person who shall, after the Expiration of the said Forty Days, carry on such Business, or make or sell any Type for Printing, or Printing Press, without having given such Notice, and obtained such Certificate, shall forfeit and lose the Sum of Twenty Pounds.”\n\ns. 26. “And be it further enacted, That every Person who shall sell Types for Printing, or Printing Presses, as aforesaid, shall keep a fair Account in Writing of all Persons to whom any such Types or Presses shall be sold, and shall produce such Accounts to any Justice of the Peace who shall require the same; and if such Person shall neglect to keep such Account, or shall refuse to produce the same to any such Justice, on Demand in Writing to inspect the same, such Person shall forfeit and lose, for such Offence, the Sum of Twenty Pounds.” See Certificate.\n\nForms.\n\n“VI. FORM of Notice to the Clerk of the Peace, that any Person carries on the Business of a Letter Founder, or Maker or Seller of Types for Printing, or of Printing Presses.\n\nTo the Clerk of the Peace for [as the Case may be], or his Deputy.\n\nI A. B. of ______ do hereby declare, That I intend to carry on the Business of a Letter Founder or Maker or Seller of Types for Printing, or of Printing Presses [as the Case may be], at ______ and I hereby require this Notice to be entered in pursuance of an Act, passed in the Thirty-ninth Year of the Reign of his Majesty King George the Third, [set forth the Title of the Act].\n\nSigned in the Presence } of _________________ }\n\n“VII. FORM of Certificate that the above Notice has been given.\n\nI G. H. Clerk [or Deputy Clerk] of the Peace for [as the Case may be], do hereby certify, That A. B. of ______ hath delivered to me a Notice in Writing, appearing to be signed by him, and attested by E. F. as a Witness to his signing the same, that he intends to carry on the Business of a Letter Founder, or Maker or Seller of Types for Printing, or of Printing Presses, at ______ and which Notice he has required to be entered in pursuance of an Act of the Thirty-ninth Year of his Majesty King George the Third, [set forth the Title of the Act].\n\nWitness my Hand, this ______ Day of ______.”", "chars": 3372, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LETTE4", "term": "LETTER HANGS", "norm": "letter hangs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "If the compositor has been careless in emptying his composing stick, so as to set the letter loosely down in the galley, and they stand not perfectly square and upright, the Letter Hangs: or if after overrunning on the correcting stone he has not set his letter in a square position again, before he locks up (for we may suppose when the pages are opened the letter stands loose, and more or less out of square), so then, the matter standing thus out of square, is said to Hang.—M.", "chars": 495, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-letter-hangs-1", "term": "LETTER HANGS", "norm": "letter hangs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the page is out of square.", "chars": 31, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2054", "term": "letter piece", "norm": "letter piece", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "lettering piece", "dates": null, "text": "See: FLYSWING; LABEL; SKIVER.", "chars": 101, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-letter-press-printing-1", "term": "Letter-press printing", "norm": "letter-press printing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Printing from types.", "chars": 20, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2051", "term": "lettering", "norm": "lettering", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of marking a binding with author, title, or other distinguishing bibliographical information, and, in a loose sense, with accompanying ornamentation, e.g., lines, library imprints, etc. The lettering of handbound books is usually done either with individual letters (as in the best work), or with type set in a pallet. It is also done at times with straight lines or gouges. See: BUILT-UP LETTERING. Edition and library bindings are usually blocked (stamped), either in an automatic or hand-blocking machine.\n\nType sizes for lettering books generally range from 6 point (very small) to 36 point (relatively large), depending on several factors, including the size of the book and the relative degree of legibility desired. Design of the type face and proper arrangement of the lettering, however, are as important for legibility as is the size of the type. As a general rule, the factors governing lettering are: 1) only one type face should be used on an individual book or set of books: 2) spacing between lines should be logical and pleasing to the eye; 3) spacing between letters should be the same on all lines; and 4) the type size should be appropriate for the size of the volume.", "chars": 1221, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 161, 259, 307, 343], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967.", "Simon, Oliver. Introduction to typography. 2nd ed. London. Faber and Faber. 1963.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-lettering-block-1", "term": "LETTERING BLOCK", "norm": "lettering block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of wood, the upper surface being rounded, upon which side-labels are lettered.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-lettering-block-1", "term": "LETTERING BLOCK", "norm": "lettering block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of wood, the upper surface being slightly rounded, upon which side labels are lettered.", "chars": 95, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-lettering-block-1", "term": "LETTERING BLOCK", "norm": "lettering block", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A piece of wood of about the size and shape of a large book. Leather labels which are to be lettered in gold are laid on the rounded edge of this block that the pallet may be pressed on them more readily.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-lettering-box-1", "term": "LETTERING BOX", "norm": "lettering box", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The box in which the type are screwed up preparatory to lettering.", "chars": 66, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-lettering-box-1", "term": "LETTERING BOX", "norm": "lettering box", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A wooden box in which hand-letters are kept (*see* HAND-LETTERS).", "chars": 65, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-lettering-box-1", "term": "LETTERING BOX", "norm": "lettering box", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The iron box in which type are screwed up preparatory to lettering. To the box is attached a handle, the whole forming a pallet.", "chars": 128, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2052", "term": "lettering pallet", "norm": "lettering pallet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A hand type-holder used to letter books by hand. The pallet has two viselike jaws which screw in from each end of the pallet and clamp the type securely in place. 2. An engraved device used to inscribe the same lettering, e.g., a library imprint, on the spines of books.", "chars": 290, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [74, 130], "citations": ["Chidester, Otis Holden. First year graphic arts. Tucson, Ariz. Graphic Arts Press. 1949.", "Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2053", "term": "lettering size", "norm": "lettering size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A preparation used for sizing coated or impregnated book fabrics before blocking with gold leaf. It consists of equal parts of orange shellac and alcohol, one-fourth part ordinary ammonia and one-fourth part ethyl acetate. Cloths that are to be blocked with gold or pigment foils do not have to be sized in this manner, as the foil contains its own size.", "chars": 354, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [259], "citations": ["Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2055", "term": "letterpress", "norm": "letterpress", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. See: LETTERPRESS BINDING. 2. The text of a book as distinguished from its illustrations. 3. Matter printed directly from a raised surface. See: LETTERPRESS PRINTING.", "chars": 216, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2056", "term": "letterpress binding", "norm": "letterpress binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One of the two major composite styles of bookbinding, the other being STATIONERY BINDING. Letterpress binding refers to the binding of books intended to be read, as distinct from books used for written records, i.e., books meant to be written in. The name derives from the time when all printing was done by letterpress. The major forms of letterpress binding include: EDITION BINDING, LIBRARY BINDING, and PAMPHLET BINDING, as well as the binding of books by hand. See also: BOOKBINDING.", "chars": 608, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2057", "term": "letterpress printing", "norm": "letterpress printing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any printing produced from a raised, or relief, surface, as distinct from planographic or intaglio printing. It employs type or plates, or any letter or image cast or engraved in relief on a suitable surface. The ink is applied to the printing surface which is above all nonprinting areas or spaces (the exact opposite of gravure or intaglio printing). Impressions are then made by pressing the paper against a flat area of type or plate, e.g., on a platen press, by the pressure of a cylinder rolling across a flat area of type, as on a flat-bed cylinder press, or by having the flat printing area stereotyped (molded into a curved form with cast metal) against which another (impression) cylinder revolves carrying the paper web, as in newspaper (rotary web) printing. Flat sheets may also be printed by the rotary method by having the printed areas electrotyped, i.e., duplicated in a copper or other metal plate, and then curving the plate to fit a cylinder.\n\nLetterpress printing includes both hand-set and machine composition.\n\nFoundry type, cast in individual pieces, is used in hand composition, whereas in machine composition the type may be cast in slugs of equal length or measures by linecasting machines. such as the linotype or intertype, or cast in a single piece of type, as in the monotype machine. The advantages of singletype composition are quick correction of individual letters, flexibility in spacing between letters, and the relative ease by which any portion of a line may be increased or decreased to obtain a justified right-hand margin.\n\nLetterpress printing is the oldest, and still the more commonly used, method of printing; it is employed for practically all newspaper printing, as well as the printing of many periodicals and books. It is capable of producing both very fine and very cheap results, in either very short (e.g., 750-copy) or very long (e.g., 250,000-or-so-copy) runs. It is considered the standard with which other printing methods are compared.", "chars": 1987, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 316], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2058", "term": "levant", "norm": "levant", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In general, a descriptive term applied to a leather having a characteristic drawn-grain pattern, originally produced by an astringent tannage, but now produced by hand or machine BOARDING (1) of vegetable or semichrome tanned goatskins and sheepskins, or vegetable tanned sealskin. The traditional \"levant\" used in bookbinding is a vegetable tanned goatskin. When the pattern is produced by embossing, as it frequently is, it is called \"levant grain.\" The original levant, which during the past one hundred years or so was considered to be the finest of the morocco family, was always goatskin obtained from the Near East. In recent years, however, the best levant has been tanned in the northern and northwestern areas of Africa and usually finished in France. Today the great bulk of genuine \"levant\" goatskin comes from South Africa and is called \"cape levant. See also: GOATSKIN; MOROCCO.", "chars": 964, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 69], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2059", "term": "levant marble", "norm": "levant marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of cover marble produced by applying brown coloring in broad streaks, followed by washing with aqua regia.", "chars": 113, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [152], "citations": ["Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-levant-morocco-1", "term": "Levant Morocco", "norm": "levant morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The skin of the monarch breed of goat; a large grained Morocco.", "chars": 63, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-levant-morocco-1", "term": "Levant Morocco", "norm": "levant morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Originally made in the Levant from the skins of Angora goats. A superior quality of morocco, having a large and prominent grain. French levant morocco has long held its place as the best of all leathers for bookbinding.", "chars": 219, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2060", "term": "levers", "norm": "levers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Strips of millboard or pasteboard, each about inch thick, 2 inches wide, and slightly longer from head to tail than the end webbings, and used in conjunction with SPRING-BACK (1) to give added resistance to the opening of a blankbook and thus cause the spine of the book to spring up and lie flat, thus facilitating writing in the book.\n\nIn attaching the levers, the outside of the leaf adjacent to the board papers is glued out and the levers are placed approximately 1/8 inch from the spine of the book. The webbings are then glued to the levers and the endpapers are folded over and glued down on themselves, the levers, and the webbings. The clothings are then glued across the spine and onto the folded endpapers. The entire assemblies are then slit at the points of the kettle stitches, the end sections being glued to the insides of the boards and the middle sections between the split boards. The spring-back clamps over the edges of both levers near the spine, and, when the boards of the book are opened, the pull of the levers causes the spring-back to throw the spine of the book up so that the conjugate leaves present a flat surface for writing. To impart added stiffness to the levers, they are cut so that the grain (machine direction) of the board runs at right angles to the spine, which is one of the very few instances in book binding where it is desirable to have the grain in this direction. Also called \"stiffeners.\"", "chars": 1461, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LIBEL", "term": "LIBELS,", "norm": "libels,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "blasphemous and seditious. Act 60 Geo. 3. cap. 8.—For the more effectual Prevention and Punishment of Blasphemous and Seditious Libels. Commences by declaring that it is expedient to make more effectual provision for the punishment of blasphemous and seditious libels; and then proceeds to enact, “That from and after the passing of the Act, in every Case in which any Verdict or Judgment by default shall be had against any Person for composing, printing, or publishing any blasphemous Libel, or any seditious Libel, tending to bring into hatred or contempt the Person of His Majesty, his Heirs or Successors, or the Regent, or the Government and Constitution of the United Kingdom as by Law established, or either House of Parliament, or to excite His Majesty’s Subjects to attempt the Alteration of any Matter in Church or State as by Law established, otherwise than by lawful Means, it shall be lawful for the Judge, or the Court before whom or in which such Verdict shall have been given, or the Court in which such Judgment by default shall be had, to make an Order for the Seizure and carrying away and detaining in safe Custody, in such Manner as shall be directed in such Order, all Copies of the Libel which shall be in the Possession of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, or in the Possession of any other Person named in the Order for his Use; Evidence upon Oath having been previously given to the Satisfaction of such Court or Judge, that a Copy or Copies of the said Libel is or are in the Possession of such other Person for the Use of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had as aforesaid; and in every such Case it shall be lawful for any Justice of the Peace, or for any Constable or other Peace-officer acting under any such Order, or for any Person or Persons acting with or in aid of any such Justice of the Peace, Constable, or other Peace-officer, to search for any Copies of such Libel in any House, Building, or other Place whatsoever belonging to the Person against whom any such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, or to any other Person so named, in whose Possession any Copies of any such Libel, belonging to the Person against whom any such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, shall be; and in case Admission shall be refused or not obtained within a reasonable Time after it shall have been first demanded, to enter by force by Day into any such House, Building, or Place whatsoever, and to carry away all Copies of the Libel there found, and to detain the same in safe Custody until the same shall be restored under the Provisions of this Act, or disposed of according to any further Order made in relation thereto. s. 2. “That if in any such Case as aforesaid Judgment shall be arrested, or if, after Judgment shall have been entered, the same shall be reversed upon any Writ of Error, all Copies so seized shall be forthwith returned to the Person or Persons from whom the same shall have been so taken as aforesaid, free of all Charge and Expence, and without the Payment of any Fees whatever; and in every Case in which final Judgment shall be entered upon the Verdict so found against the Person or Persons charged with having composed, printed, or published such Libel, then all Copies so seized shall be disposed of as the Court in which such Judgment shall be given shall order and direct. s. 3. “Provided that in Scotland, in every Case in which any Person or Persons shall be found Guilty before the Court of Justiciary, of composing, printing, or publishing any blasphemous or seditious Libel, or where Sentence of Fugitation shall have been pronounced against any Person or Persons, in consequence of their failing to appear to answer to any Indictment charging them with having composed, printed, or published any such Libel, then and in either of such Cases, it shall and may be lawful for the said Court to make an Order for the Seizure, carrying away, and detaining in safe Custody, all Copies of the Libel in the Possession of any such Person or Persons, or in the Possession of any other Person or Persons named in such Order, for his or their Use, Evidence upon Oath having been previously given to the Satisfaction of such Court or Judge, that a Copy or Copies of the said Libel is or are in the Possession of such other Person for the Use of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had as aforesaid; and every such Order so made shall and may be carried into effect, in such and the same Manner as any Order made by the Court of Justiciary, or any Circuit Court of Justiciary, may be carried into effect according to the Law and Practice of Scotland: Provided always, that in the Event of any Person or Persons being reponed against any such Sentence of Fugitation, and being thereafter acquitted, all Copies so seized shall be forthwith returned to the Person or Persons from whom the same shall have been so taken as aforesaid; and in all other Cases, the Copies so seized shall be disposed of in such Manner as the said Court may direct. s. 4. “That if any Person shall be legally convicted of having, after the passing of this Act, composed, printed, or published any blasphemous Libel, or any such seditious Libel as aforesaid, and shall, after being so convicted, offend a second Time, and be thereof legally convicted before any Commission of Oyer and Terminer or Gaol Delivery, or in His Majesty’s Court of King’s-bench, such Person may, on such second Conviction, be adjudged, at the Discretion of the Court, either to suffer such Punishment as may now by Law be inflicted in Cases of high Misdemeanors, or to be banished from the United Kingdom, and all other Parts of His Majesty’s Dominions, for such Term of Years as the Court in which such Conviction shall take place shall order. s. 5. “That in case any Person so sentenced and ordered to be banished as aforesaid, shall not depart from this United Kingdom within Thirty Days after the pronouncing of such Sentence and Order as aforesaid, for the Purpose of going into such Banishment as aforesaid, it shall and may be lawful to and for His Majesty to convey such Person to such Parts out of the Dominions of His said Majesty, as His Majesty by and with the Advice of his Privy Council shall direct. s. 6. “That if any Offender, who shall be so ordered by any such Court as aforesaid to be banished in manner aforesaid shall, after the End of Forty Days from the Time such Sentence and Order hath been pronounced, be at large within any Part of the United Kingdom, or any other Part of His Majesty’s Dominions, without some lawful Cause, before the Expiration of the Term for which such Offender shall have been so ordered to be banished as aforesaid, every such Offender being so at large as aforesaid, being thereof lawfully convicted, shall be transported to such Place as shall be appointed by His Majesty for any Term not exceeding Fourteen Years; and such Offender may be tried, either before any Justices of Assize, Oyer and Terminer, Great Sessions, or Gaol Delivery, for the County, City, Liberty, Borough, or Place where such Offender shall be apprehended and taken, or where he or she was sentenced to Banishment; and the Clerk of Assize, Clerk of the Peace, or other Clerk or Officer of the Court having the Custody of the Records where such Order of Banishment shall have been made, shall, when thereunto required on His Majesty’s Behalf, make out and give a Certificate in Writing, signed by him, containing the Effect and Substance only (omitting the formal Part) of every Indictment and Conviction of such Offender, and of the Order for his or her Banishment, to the Justices of Assize, Oyer and Terminer, Great Sessions, or Gaol Delivery, where such Offender shall be indicted, for which Certificate Six Shillings and Eight Pence, and no more, shall be paid, and which Certificate shall be sufficient Proof of the Conviction and Order for Banishment of any such Offender.” The remaining clauses relate to the mode of proceeding in case of former conviction, limitation of actions, &c. 11 G. 4. & 1 W. 4. c. 73. “An act to repeal so much of an Act of the Sixtieth Year of His late Majesty King George the Third, for the more effectual Prevention and Punishment of blasphemous and seditious Libels, as relates to the Sentence of Banishment for the Second Offence; and to provide some further Remedy against the Abuse of publishing Libels. “Whereas by an Act passed in the Sixtieth Year of the Reign of His late Majesty King George the Third, intituled An Act for the more effectual Prevention and Punishment of blasphemous and seditious Libels, it was amongst other things enacted, that if any Person should, after the passing of that Act, be legally convicted of having composed, printed, or published any blasphemous Libel or any such seditious Libel as in the said Act is before mentioned, and should after being so convicted offend a second Time, and be thereof legally convicted before any Commission of Oyer and Terminer, or Gaol Delivery, or in His Majesty’s Court of King’s Bench, such Person might on such second Conviction be adjudged, at the Discretion of the Court, either to suffer such Punishment as might by Law be inflicted in Cases of high Misdemeanour, or to be banished from the United Kingdom and all other Parts of His Majesty’s Dominions for such Term of Years as the Court in which such Conviction should take place should order: And whereas it is expedient to repeal so much of the said Act as relates to the Sentence of Banishment for the Second Offence; Be it therefore enacted by the King’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That so much and such Parts of the said Act as relate to the Sentence of Banishment for the Second Offence be and the same is hereby wholly repealed.” It hath been ruled that the finding a libel on a bookseller’s shelf is a publication of it by the bookseller; and that it is no excuse to say that the servant took it into the shop without the master’s knowledge; for the law presumes the master to be acquainted with what the servant does. Rex v. Dodd, 1 Sess. Cas. 33.—Burn’s Justice of the Peace, vol. 3, p. 292, Art. Libel. See Publications, Periodical. Licence. See Printing. LIFT\n\nblasphemous and seditious. Act 60 Geo. 3. cap. 8.—For the more effectual Prevention and Punishment of Blasphemous and Seditious Libels.\n\nCommences by declaring that it is expedient to make more effectual provision for the punishment of blasphemous and seditious libels; and then proceeds to enact, “That from and after the passing of the Act, in every Case in which any Verdict or Judgment by default shall be had against any Person for composing, printing, or publishing any blasphemous Libel, or any seditious Libel, tending to bring into hatred or contempt the Person of His Majesty, his Heirs or Successors, or the Regent, or the Government and Constitution of the United Kingdom as by Law established, or either House of Parliament, or to excite His Majesty’s Subjects to attempt the Alteration of any Matter in Church or State as by Law established, otherwise than by lawful Means, it shall be lawful for the Judge, or the Court before whom or in which such Verdict shall have been given, or the Court in which such Judgment by default shall be had, to make an Order for the Seizure and carrying away and detaining in safe Custody, in such Manner as shall be directed in such Order, all Copies of the Libel which shall be in the Possession of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, or in the Possession of any other Person named in the Order for his Use; Evidence upon Oath having been previously given to the Satisfaction of such Court or Judge, that a Copy or Copies of the said Libel is or are in the Possession of such other Person for the Use of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had as aforesaid; and in every such Case it shall be lawful for any Justice of the Peace, or for any Constable or other Peace-officer acting under any such Order, or for any Person or Persons acting with or in aid of any such Justice of the Peace, Constable, or other Peace-officer, to search for any Copies of such Libel in any House, Building, or other Place whatsoever belonging to the Person against whom any such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, or to any other Person so named, in whose Possession any Copies of any such Libel, belonging to the Person against whom any such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had, shall be; and in case Admission shall be refused or not obtained within a reasonable Time after it shall have been first demanded, to enter by force by Day into any such House, Building, or Place whatsoever, and to carry away all Copies of the Libel there found, and to detain the same in safe Custody until the same shall be restored under the Provisions of this Act, or disposed of according to any further Order made in relation thereto.\n\ns. 2. “That if in any such Case as aforesaid Judgment shall be arrested, or if, after Judgment shall have been entered, the same shall be reversed upon any Writ of Error, all Copies so seized shall be forthwith returned to the Person or Persons from whom the same shall have been so taken as aforesaid, free of all Charge and Expence, and without the Payment of any Fees whatever; and in every Case in which final Judgment shall be entered upon the Verdict so found against the Person or Persons charged with having composed, printed, or published such Libel, then all Copies so seized shall be disposed of as the Court in which such Judgment shall be given shall order and direct.\n\ns. 3. “Provided that in Scotland, in every Case in which any Person or Persons shall be found Guilty before the Court of Justiciary, of composing, printing, or publishing any blasphemous or seditious Libel, or where Sentence of Fugitation shall have been pronounced against any Person or Persons, in consequence of their failing to appear to answer to any Indictment charging them with having composed, printed, or published any such Libel, then and in either of such Cases, it shall and may be lawful for the said Court to make an Order for the Seizure, carrying away, and detaining in safe Custody, all Copies of the Libel in the Possession of any such Person or Persons, or in the Possession of any other Person or Persons named in such Order, for his or their Use, Evidence upon Oath having been previously given to the Satisfaction of such Court or Judge, that a Copy or Copies of the said Libel is or are in the Possession of such other Person for the Use of the Person against whom such Verdict or Judgment shall have been had as aforesaid; and every such Order so made shall and may be carried into effect, in such and the same Manner as any Order made by the Court of Justiciary, or any Circuit Court of Justiciary, may be carried into effect according to the Law and Practice of Scotland: Provided always, that in the Event of any Person or Persons being reponed against any such Sentence of Fugitation, and being thereafter acquitted, all Copies so seized shall be forthwith returned to the Person or Persons from whom the same shall have been so taken as aforesaid; and in all other Cases, the Copies so seized shall be disposed of in such Manner as the said Court may direct.\n\ns. 4. “That if any Person shall be legally convicted of having, after the passing of this Act, composed, printed, or published any blasphemous Libel, or any such seditious Libel as aforesaid, and shall, after being so convicted, offend a second Time, and be thereof legally convicted before any Commission of Oyer and Terminer or Gaol Delivery, or in His Majesty’s Court of King’s-bench, such Person may, on such second Conviction, be adjudged, at the Discretion of the Court, either to suffer such Punishment as may now by Law be inflicted in Cases of high Misdemeanors, or to be banished from the United Kingdom, and all other Parts of His Majesty’s Dominions, for such Term of Years as the Court in which such Conviction shall take place shall order.\n\ns. 5. “That in case any Person so sentenced and ordered to be banished as aforesaid, shall not depart from this United Kingdom within Thirty Days after the pronouncing of such Sentence and Order as aforesaid, for the Purpose of going into such Banishment as aforesaid, it shall and may be lawful to and for His Majesty to convey such Person to such Parts out of the Dominions of His said Majesty, as His Majesty by and with the Advice of his Privy Council shall direct.\n\ns. 6. “That if any Offender, who shall be so ordered by any such Court as aforesaid to be banished in manner aforesaid shall, after the End of Forty Days from the Time such Sentence and Order hath been pronounced, be at large within any Part of the United Kingdom, or any other Part of His Majesty’s Dominions, without some lawful Cause, before the Expiration of the Term for which such Offender shall have been so ordered to be banished as aforesaid, every such Offender being so at large as aforesaid, being thereof lawfully convicted, shall be transported to such Place as shall be appointed by His Majesty for any Term not exceeding Fourteen Years; and such Offender may be tried, either before any Justices of Assize, Oyer and Terminer, Great Sessions, or Gaol Delivery, for the County, City, Liberty, Borough, or Place where such Offender shall be apprehended and taken, or where he or she was sentenced to Banishment; and the Clerk of Assize, Clerk of the Peace, or other Clerk or Officer of the Court having the Custody of the Records where such Order of Banishment shall have been made, shall, when thereunto required on His Majesty’s Behalf, make out and give a Certificate in Writing, signed by him, containing the Effect and Substance only (omitting the formal Part) of every Indictment and Conviction of such Offender, and of the Order for his or her Banishment, to the Justices of Assize, Oyer and Terminer, Great Sessions, or Gaol Delivery, where such Offender shall be indicted, for which Certificate Six Shillings and Eight Pence, and no more, shall be paid, and which Certificate shall be sufficient Proof of the Conviction and Order for Banishment of any such Offender.”\n\nThe remaining clauses relate to the mode of proceeding in case of former conviction, limitation of actions, &c.\n\n11 G. 4. & 1 W. 4. c. 73. “An act to repeal so much of an Act of the Sixtieth Year of His late Majesty King George the Third, for the more effectual Prevention and Punishment of blasphemous and seditious Libels, as relates to the Sentence of Banishment for the Second Offence; and to provide some further Remedy against the Abuse of publishing Libels.\n\n“Whereas by an Act passed in the Sixtieth Year of the Reign of His late Majesty King George the Third, intituled An Act for the more effectual Prevention and Punishment of blasphemous and seditious Libels, it was amongst other things enacted, that if any Person should, after the passing of that Act, be legally convicted of having composed, printed, or published any blasphemous Libel or any such seditious Libel as in the said Act is before mentioned, and should after being so convicted offend a second Time, and be thereof legally convicted before any Commission of Oyer and Terminer, or Gaol Delivery, or in His Majesty’s Court of King’s Bench, such Person might on such second Conviction be adjudged, at the Discretion of the Court, either to suffer such Punishment as might by Law be inflicted in Cases of high Misdemeanour, or to be banished from the United Kingdom and all other Parts of His Majesty’s Dominions for such Term of Years as the Court in which such Conviction should take place should order: And whereas it is expedient to repeal so much of the said Act as relates to the Sentence of Banishment for the Second Offence; Be it therefore enacted by the King’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That so much and such Parts of the said Act as relate to the Sentence of Banishment for the Second Offence be and the same is hereby wholly repealed.”\n\nIt hath been ruled that the finding a libel on a bookseller’s shelf is a publication of it by the bookseller; and that it is no excuse to say that the servant took it into the shop without the master’s knowledge; for the law presumes the master to be acquainted with what the servant does. Rex v. Dodd, 1 Sess. Cas. 33.—Burn’s Justice of the Peace, vol. 3, p. 292, Art. Libel. See Publications, Periodical.\n\nLicence. See Printing.", "chars": 21126, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2061", "term": "library binding", "norm": "library binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The business of providing specialized binding services to public, private, institutional, and other libraries. Library binding, like job binding, relies heavily on handwork, supplemented by the use of specialized equipment, such as sewing machines, rounding and backing machines, board cutters, blocking presses, smashing and nipping machines, etc. The services offered by library binders include prebinding, rebinding, serial (periodical or magazine) binding, pamphlet and adhesive binding, box and portfolio construction, general repair work, and, in some binderies, rebinding and/or restoring rare or valuable books, Bibles, etc.\n\nLibrary binding must provide a book which will open fairly easily and retain its shape after repeated openings. It must also possess sufficient durability to last as long as the paper on which the book is printed, and be priced in accordance with the quality of the work. See also: BOOKBINDING; LIBRARY SEWING; OVERSEWING.", "chars": 1026, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 81, 121, 209, 293], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Drewery, R. F. Library binderies. London. Library Association. (Library Association pamphlet no. 3). 1950.", "Library Association. Library Binding Institute standard for library binding. 5th ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971.", "Remploy Limited. An introduction to library binding. Newcastle-under-Lyme. Remploy. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2062", "term": "Library Binding Institute", "norm": "library binding institute", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A trade association of commercial library bookbinders of the United States and Canada, suppliers to the bookbinding industry and institutional bookbinders. One of the Institute's principal objectives is to inspect and certify library binderies as to the quality of materials and level of workmanship in the books they bind. No library bindery whose binding fails to meet the Institute's standards promulgated on January 1, 1958, can warrant its binding to be Library Binding and, therefore, to be in compliance with all the requirements of the Library Binding Institute standard for library binding.", "chars": 599, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [208], "citations": ["Library Binding Institute. Library binding handbook. Rev. ed. Boston. Library Binding Institute. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2063", "term": "library buckram", "norm": "library buckram", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A heavy weight cotton fabric possessing the qualities called for in the minimum specifications for Class \"A\" library binding. See also: BOOK CLOTH; BUCKRAM. 2. A trade name sometimes incorrectly applied to all book cloths of a similar nature, e.g., all coated cloths, all impregnated cloths, etc.", "chars": 347, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2064", "term": "library corners", "norm": "library corners", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See illustration A book corner in which the covering material, instead of being cut and abutted, has the excess taken up in two diagonal folds, one under each turn-in. The library corner is the standard corner used by library binders in the United States. Also called \"Dutch corner. Cf: SQUARE CORNER. See also: CORNER MITERING; ROUND CORNER.", "chars": 417, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [68, 150, 156], "citations": ["Carlsen, Darvey E. Graphic arts. 4th ed. Peoria, Ill. Bennett. 1970. Carter", "Hague, Clifford Wilson. Printing and allied graphic arts. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1957.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2065", "term": "library edition", "norm": "library edition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A more or less obsolete term for an edition, series or set of books, produced in a uniform format to differentiate it from another edition. 2. A book supposedly or actually printed on a better quality of paper, bound in a stronger manner than the customary edition binding, and intended for use in a library. See also: PRE-LIBRARY BOUND.", "chars": 364, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2066", "term": "library sewing", "norm": "library sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of sewing the sections of a book on tapes that stemmed originally from the relaxation of the (high) standards set for craft bookbinding, in which a book was always sewn on raised bands (See: FLEXIBLE SEWING), and had a TIGHT BACK.\n\nThe need for both economy and the HOLLOW BACK, which caused the open book to lie flatter, led to the introduction of sewing on (four) tapes, which was the basic sewing for library books for many years. Today, however, and especially in the United States, OVERSEWING is more nearly synonymous with library sewing. See also: TAPE SEWING.", "chars": 694, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 343], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2067", "term": "library stamp", "norm": "library stamp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A rubber stamp cut with the name of the library in relief, and used to indicate ownership on the title page or other pages of a book. In some cases it is used to identify the publication upon receipt by the library, i.e., before the book is processed, and is sometimes used in lieu of a BOOKPLATE.", "chars": 321, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2068", "term": "library style book", "norm": "library style book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book that is sewn through the folds, usually on (four) tapes but sometimes on the same number of cords, and has split boards, a leather spine with vellum tips, cloth or paper sides, and French joints. The term is now obsolete.", "chars": 228, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [204, 276], "citations": ["Lewis, Arthur William. Basic bookbinding. New York. Dover, 1957.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2069", "term": "library style endpaper", "norm": "library style endpaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An endpaper with a visible cloth joint, consisting of two folded white sheets attached by the cloth strip, and with decorative marbled or colored sheets glued to the opposing white sheets. The waste sheet is not cut completely away, a stub or tongue being left for insertion between split boards. This style of endpaper is associated with library binding of the 19th century.", "chars": 375, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2070", "term": "lift", "norm": "lift", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A quantity of sheets of paper or board which can readily be lifted from one operation to another. 2. The maximum number of sheets of paper placed at one time under the knife of a cutting machine. 3. The thickness of a \"section\" sewn in an oversewing machine.", "chars": 261, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139, 316], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LIFT", "term": "LIFT", "norm": "lift", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When a work is nearly completed, and perfect copies are required before the whole number can be worked off at press, it is customary when all the matter has been composed, and there is not convenience to lay every form on at a different press, to print short numbers of each, in order to make perfect books as soon as possible; thus, if there be 3000 copies of a work printing, 250 of each of the few last sheets may be worked, and when the pressmen have printed this number of one form and taken it off the press for the purpose of laying on another form, it is said they lift, or, they have lifted. This frequently takes place in periodical works, such as magazines, reviews, &c.; and also occasionally when a superior proof is wanted, or two or three copies of any thing particular are required, that will not admit of waiting till a press is off with its regular number: in these latter instances, the pressmen endeavour to pull them without the tympans, with a few sheets of proof paper over the form, that they may not disturb their overlays and making ready; and they mark the quoins which secured their form on the press, that they may replace it exactly in its situation with as little waste of time and paper as possible.\n\nIn the warehouse, each separate portion of printed paper, whether it consists of five or six sheets or more, that is placed upon the poles to dry, is termed a lift.", "chars": 1395, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2071", "term": "lifting", "norm": "lifting", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PICKING.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LIGAT", "term": "LIGATURES", "norm": "ligatures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two or more letters joined together, and cast on the same shank, are in a printing office called Ligatures.\n\nThe ligatures now used are few in number, having been reduced to æ, ff, ffi, ffl, fi, fl, and œ; within the last thirty years we had, in addition, ct, as also ſb, ſh, ſi, ſk, ſl, ſſ, and ſt, which are now discarded, in consequence of our confining ourselves entirely to the s. In the leaf of an old book, De vita & gestis Scanderbegi, now lying before me, there are the following additional ones,—as, at, cta, et, es, ius, is, ij, iu, ll, ns, st, ſs, ſp, ta, and us.\n\nI do not think it was an improvement to change the shape of the &, which, till the alteration, was really a ligature, being e and t joined together; the modern character has no meaning in it, neither the Roman & nor the Italic &.\n\nEarl Stanhope proposed to abolish the present ligatures, by making the f more upright without being kerned, so as to admit an i, an l, or another f after it, and to introduce other ligatures, or, as he termed them, ‘logotypes,’ that more frequently occur, viz. th, in, an, re, se, to, of, and on.\n\nSmith, in his Printer’s Grammar, says that Mr. Caslon introduced the ſb and the ſk.—See Bill, Logotype.\n\nLight Work. See Easy Work.—M. Also Good Work.\n\nLines. See Companionship.\n\n", "chars": 1674, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-ligatures-1", "term": "LIGATURES", "norm": "ligatures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two or more letters cast on the same shank, as ff, fi, fl, ffi, ffl, æ, œ.", "chars": 67, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2072", "term": "light fast", "norm": "light fast", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FAST COLORS.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2073", "term": "light Italian marble", "norm": "light italian marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern characterized by a network of fine veins or lines. The usual marble of this pattern consists of four colors, each successive color requiring more gall and water than the preceding, so that each will spread into large spots in such a manner as to drive the other colors into veins. When the different colors and gall water have been properly adjusted to each other and dropped on the surface of the size, clear gall water, of an even stronger concentration than any contained in the colors, is sprinkled evenly over the entire surface; this drives the colors into the fine hair veins for which this marble is noted. Light Italian is closely identified with the country from which it derives its name, being found often as endpapers in Italian books of the late 18th and 19th centuries, and occasionally as cover papers. The size for this marble is usually a mixture of gun tragacanth and flea seed.", "chars": 914, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2074", "term": "lignin", "norm": "lignin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A highly polymeric material occurring with cellulose in plant material, and which is considered to be largely responsible for the strength of the wood. Lignin is usually determined as the residue left on hydrolysis of the plant material with strong acids after resins, waxes, tannins, and other extractives have been removed. Softwoods give from 26 to 34% lignin with a methoxyl content of about 15%, while hardwoods give 16 to 24% lignin with a methoxyl content of about 21%.\n\nThe nature of lignin is not fully understood, but it is considered to be a complex cross-linked, highly aromatic structure of high molecular weight, i.e., about 10,000. It cannot be hydrolyzed by acids, but is readily oxidizable. It is soluble in hot alkali and bisulfate, and condenses readily with phenol and thio compounds. Lignin is not a compound but a system, and its composition varies both with the method of isolation used and with the species, age, growing conditions, etc., of the tree or lignified material. It is more or less completely removed during chemical pulping operations in paper manufacture but none is removed by mechanical pulping. It is further removed or modified by bleaching sequences to give pulps of greater brightness.\n\nSo-called sulfite cellulose (which is more appropriately called \"sulfite lignin extract\"), when adjusted to a pH of between 3.0 and 5.0, has a tanning action resembling that of the vegetable tannins. When used alone, however, it produces a brown leather that tends to be thin and hard, with low tan fixation. It is used chiefly at the end of some vegetable tannages to improve the fullness and firmness of the leather, especially in those cases where the leather is to be sold by weight.", "chars": 1713, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 198, 268, 306], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Plungerian, Mark. Cellulose chemistry. Brooklyn. Chemical Publishing Co. 1943.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2075", "term": "lime blast", "norm": "lime blast", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A defect in leather, characterized by a rough grain surface and/or hard or dark colored patches, or patchy dyeing. It is caused by excessive exposure to air of a limed skin, resulting in some of the lime being converted by atmospheric carbon dioxide into insoluble calcium carbonate. Prolonged exposure may also cause some drying of the skin, resulting in hard, brownish, translucent patches in the finished leather.", "chars": 416, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2077", "term": "lime fleshing", "norm": "lime fleshing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of FLESHING hides and skins subsequent to the liming operation. See also: GREEN FLESHING.", "chars": 149, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2078", "term": "lime liquor", "norm": "lime liquor", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A saturated limewater containing slaked lime (calcium hydroxide) greatly in excess of saturation and used, usually along with sodium sulfide, for loosening and degrading the hair and other epidermal structures of hides and skins. See also: LIMING.", "chars": 271, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2079", "term": "lime slaking", "norm": "lime slaking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of treating caustic lime or calcium hydroxide with water to produce slaked lime for use in LIMING. See also: LIME LIQUOR.", "chars": 181, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2076", "term": "limed rawhide", "norm": "limed rawhide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A translucent or opaque material produced from cattle hide after the limed hide has been dried, subsequent to unhairing and fleshing. No tanning process is employed.", "chars": 165, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2080", "term": "liming", "norm": "liming", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One of the beamhouse operations employed in leather manufacture. Its purpose is to degrade, and thereby loosen, the epidermal structure of hide or skin, including the hair, epidermis, sweat glands, etc., so that they may be removed. Methods of liming vary both in the chemicals used and in procedures. Unhairing and liming can be carried out simultaneously by immersing the skins in the lime and water mixture, often with the addition of other chemicals known as sharpeners, e.g., sodium sulfide.\n\nLime, which is calcium oxide (CaO), reacts violently with water to form hydrated lime (calcium hydroxide (Ca(OH)2)), which can be used with safety in liming and unhairing because it will not damage the collagen fibers of the skin, assuming it is properly used. This is because calcium hydroxide is not very soluble in water, and, in fact, a saturated lime solution contains only approximately 1/8 part lime per 100 parts water. Even this limited solubility, however, is sufficient to produce a solution with a pH in the range of 12.4 or 12.5, and, under such very alkaline conditions, some of the young keratin protein decomposes to produce sulfur compounds in the lime liquor. These compounds, in conjunction with the lime, accentuate the further breakdown of keratin. The lime therefore promotes unhairing, and the more keratin breakdown impurities it contains, the more rapidly it unhairs. Liming, however, must be carried out with extreme care, as the alkali also modifies and will eventually degradate t he collagen fibers of the skin. Skins limed for an overly prolonged time produce thin, loose, and weak leather.\n\nLiming also causes the hide or skin to swell. In order to promote gradual and uniform swelling, so as to avoid distortion or buckling of the stock, the skins are left in the lime solution for 1 to 2 days, following which a sharpener is usually added to promote the process. The addition of sodium hydrosulfide (NaSH), sodium cyanide (NaCN), sodium hydroxide (NaOH), sodium carbonate (Na2(CO)3), dimethylamines, etc., quickens the process in two ways: 1) by attacking the keratin, resulting in faster loosening of the hair; and 2) by increasing the alkalinity, and, therefore, the rate of swelling. If too much sharpener is added too quickly, however, rapid unhairing results, accompanied by excessive swelling of the surfaces of the skin, while the interior remains unswollen. This results in buckling, which makes subsequent unhairing, fleshing (if not done before liming), or splitting difficult. It may also result in permanent distortion and weakness of the grain, and, in addition, any naturally occurring wrinkles or \"growth marks\" may become accentuated. After liming, the skins are then ready for UNHAIRING.", "chars": 2766, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [248, 298, 363], "citations": ["O'Flaherty, Fred, and others, eds. The chemistry and technology of leather. New York. Reinhold. (American Chemical Society monograph series, no. 134. 1956-65. 4 vol.", "Royal Society of Arts. London. Committee on Leather for Bookbinding. Report of the committee on leather for bookbinding… London. Bell. 1905.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2081", "term": "limited edition", "norm": "limited edition", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An edition of a book that is frequently printed on superior paper and bound more luxuriously than other editions. It is, by definition, printed in relatively limited numbers (seldom more than 1,500, usually about 150 to 500, and at times as few as 10) and sold at a premium price. The copies often contain a printed notice, which usually faces the title page, indicating the number of copies issued and a space in which to write the copy number of an individual copy. The copies may be signed by the author. A copy of a limited edition may or may not be more valuable than a copy of another edition.", "chars": 599, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [12, 69], "citations": ["American Library Association. Editorial Committee. Subcommittee on library terminology. A. L. A. glossary of library terms, with a selection of terms in related fields. Compiled by Elizabeth H. Thompson. Chicago. American Library Association. 1943.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-limp-1", "term": "Limp", "norm": "limp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cover without boards or other stiff materials, allowing the sides to be pliable.", "chars": 82, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2082", "term": "limp binding", "norm": "limp binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "limp vellum", "dates": null, "text": "A book which does not have stiff boards but instead has flexible cloth, leather, vellum, or paper sides, which may or may not be lined. The term, however, is seldom applied to paper sides. (See: SELF-COVER.) Limp vellum bindings for blankbooks were being produced at least as early as the 14th century and probably earlier. This type of binding was not a craft binding, however; it was more convenient to bind the thin blankbooks of that time in limp covers. Other limp vellum bindings were produced in relatively great numbers in the 16th and 17th centuries, but the limp vellum binding declined thereafter until revived by the private presses near the end of the 19th century. In the last quarter of the 18th century and the first quarter of the 19th, limp leather was commonly used for books to be carried in the pocket, but for the past century or so limp bindings have been largely restricted to devotional books, diaries, and sentimental verse, sometimes in the YAPP STYLE.", "chars": 1027, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 236, 264], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-limp-binding-1", "term": "limp binding", "norm": "limp binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Binding with a thin and yielding cover. A perfectly limp leather book can be rolled up easily.", "chars": 94, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2083", "term": "limp suede", "norm": "limp suede", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "limp ooze", "dates": null, "text": "An obsolete term applied to an OOZE LEATHER finished in gray, and sometimes used as a book covering material.", "chars": 133, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [274], "citations": ["Porte, Roy Trewin. Dictionary of printing terms. 4th ed. Salt Lake City. Porte. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2084", "term": "limp vellum", "norm": "limp vellum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LIMP BINDING.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-line-formers-1", "term": "Line formers", "norm": "line formers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Brass rule bent in various shapes to aid in making curved lines of type.", "chars": 72, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2089", "term": "line tool", "norm": "line tool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: FILLET (1); GOUGE; PALLET (1)", "chars": 106, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2085", "term": "linen", "norm": "linen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A cloth (and sewing thread) made from straw of the flax plant, genus Linum, and especially L. usitatissimum. The stems are steeped in water to remove resinous matter and allow fermentation to take place. After fermentation is completed, the fibrous material is separated from the woody matter and spun into thread. The cellulose content of linen fibers ranges between 70 and 80%. The fibers, which appear flat like those of cotton, are thicker than cotton fibers, have knots and joints, as well as transverse markings and creasings, and are very tough, can be bleached white, and take dyes more readily than cotton. The chlorine test stains linen fibers a claret red.", "chars": 667, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [93, 143], "citations": ["Coupe, Raymond Richard. Science of printing technology. London. Cassell. 1966.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2086", "term": "linen buckram", "norm": "linen buckram", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A BUCKRAM made with a base of linen rather than cotton.", "chars": 79, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2087", "term": "linen paper", "norm": "linen paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper made from LINEN rags with or without the addition of other pulps.", "chars": 97, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-linen-finish-buckram-1", "term": "Linen-finish buckram", "norm": "linen-finish buckram", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Polished buckram and satin-finish book cloth. Manufactured by Jos. Bancroft & Sons Co., Rockford, near Wilmington, Del. (New York agent, Albert D. Smith, 35–37 Thomas St., New York.) The special features of these cloths, in which it is claimed they are superior, are uniformity of color, finish and fabric, wearing qualities, tensile strength, and easy application of decoration, ink or metal.", "chars": 393, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2088", "term": "liner and headbanding machine", "norm": "liner and headbanding machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An edition binding machine which lines the spines of books with cloth or paper and attaches the headbands. It has a capacity of 4 to 11 1/2 inches, head to tail, 2 1/2 to 8 1/2 inches in width, and 1/4 to 2 inches in thickness. See also: TRIPLE LINER AND HEADBANDING MACHINE.", "chars": 299, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt3856", "term": "Liner.", "norm": "liner.", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A sheet of paper of an appropriate thickness attached to the inner surface of the board of a book, usually one that is to be fully covered in leather. The liner causes the board to curve convexly to the text block. This curvature will be straightened by the shrinkage of the leather which covers the outside of the board. In order to prevent warping of the cover at a later time, the grain direction of the lining paper should be parallel to the spine of the book. 2. The outer layers of any kind of paperboard which varies in color or quality from the middle or other parts of the board.", "chars": 591, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [139, 335], "citations": ["Gazurian, Johnny A. The advertising & graphic arts glossary. Los Angeles. Los Angeles Trade-Technical College. 1966.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2090", "term": "lining", "norm": "lining", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: SPINE LINING.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2091", "term": "lining paper", "norm": "lining paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PASTEDOWN.", "chars": 39, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-lining-paper-1", "term": "lining paper", "norm": "lining paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The coloured or marbled paper at each end of the volume.", "chars": 56, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-lining-paper-1", "term": "lining paper", "norm": "lining paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The coloured or marbled paper at each end of the volume. Called also end-papers.", "chars": 80, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-lining-paper-1", "term": "lining paper", "norm": "lining paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The colored or marbled paper at each end of a book. Called also End papers, which see.", "chars": 86, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2092", "term": "lining skiver", "norm": "lining skiver", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather split somewhat thinner than the usual SKIVER and used for lining the inside of the limp leather covers of Bibles and other limp bindings.", "chars": 171, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2093", "term": "link sewing", "norm": "link sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CATCH STITCH.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2094", "term": "linotype", "norm": "linotype", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A typesetting machine that casts an entire line of type in one slug. The machine holds a number of single matrices in a magazine, which are released as the keyboard is operated, and are assembled in proper sequence with appropriate spaces separating the words. The spaces justify the completed line as it is brought to the orifice of a mold, where it is cast as a single type-high slug. Linotype is one of the typecasting machines used by library binders. The linotype machine was invented by Ottmar Mergenthaler and has been in use since 1890. See also: MONOTYPE.", "chars": 588, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 316], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts encyclopedia. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2095", "term": "linseed oil", "norm": "linseed oil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pale yellow drying oil extracted from ground flax seed genus Linum, and especially L. usitatissimum, and used occasionally in the 19th century as a marbling size. It was never used as extensively as GUM TRAGACANTH or FLEA SEED.\n\nLinseed oil is also used in the manufacture of some printing inks and in some finishing processes in leather manufacture.", "chars": 398, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2096", "term": "linson", "norm": "linson", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The trade name of a particularly strong type of paper used in the manufacture of edition bindings. It is sometimes embossed in imitation of linen cloth, and is manufactured in many colors and finishes. It is used as a substitute for woven cloths.", "chars": 246, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 258], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Percival, George Stanley, and Rigby Graham. Unsewn binding. 2nd ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2097", "term": "linters", "norm": "linters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: COTTON LINTERS.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2098", "term": "lipped", "norm": "lipped", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of accommodating a THROW OUT that is longer than the trimmed height of the book. A portion of a leaf to be folded adjacent to the gutter margin is cut away, i.e., lipped, so that the remaining portion may be folded without buckling and creasing the binding margin.", "chars": 297, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2099", "term": "list of signatures", "norm": "list of signatures", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: REGISTER (2).", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LITER1", "term": "LITERAL ERRORS", "norm": "literal errors", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "By literal errors in printing, are understood the mistakes of the compositors in single letters only, viz. the taking up a wrong letter, or inverting a right letter; the term is never applied to either outs or doubles.", "chars": 218, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LITER2", "term": "LITERARY PROPERTY", "norm": "literary property", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Libraries which are entitled to claim copies of new publications under the act of 6 & 7 W. 4. c. 110. are—\n\n1. The King’s Library, since transferred to the British Museum.\n\n2. The Library of the University of Oxford, commonly called the Bodleian.\n\n3. The Library of the University of Cambridge.\n\n4. The Library of the Faculty of Advocates at Edinburgh.\n\n5. The Library of the College of the Holy Trinity in Dublin.\n\nThe two English Universities have the following privileges:—\n\n1. The copyright in all works bequeathed to, or acquired by them, is vested in them in perpetuity, so long as the works are printed at their own presses.\n\n2. They have (in common with the King’s Printers in England, Scotland, and Ireland,) the exclusive privilege of printing Bibles and Prayer Books; and an exemption from the duty on paper used for them.\n\n[The Bibles and Prayer Books printed in Scotland and Ireland, are not allowed to be sold in England.]\n\n3. They have the same privilege (in common with the King’s Printer in England) of printing the Statutes of the Realm.\n\n4. They have an exemption from the duty on paper used in books for the purposes of classical instruction, and in all works in the learned languages, printed at their presses.\n\n5. They have 500l. per annum paid to each of them by the nation, for the purpose of enabling them to assist poor scholars and fellows in printing their works.\n\nThe four Universities of Scotland, and Trinity College, Dublin, have the same advantage with respect to the perpetuity of their copyrights as the English Universities have.—(The printing of Bibles and Prayer Books, in both these countries, appears to be exclusively the right of the King’s Printer.) They have also an exemption from the duty on paper used in all works of classical instruction, and in the learned languages, printed at their presses.—The Scotch Universities do not appear to have ever made use of this privilege in the manner that Oxford and Cambridge have done; but by naming some individual as Printer to the University, have communicated to him the advantage derived from it.", "chars": 2080, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2100", "term": "lithograph paper", "norm": "lithograph paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper made for use in lithography. It is produced from bleached chemical wood pulps, or a combination of chemical and mechanical pulps. In England it is produced mainly from ESPARTO (GRASS). The principal characteristics required of this paper relate to the printing process to be used, and include, water resistance, pick strength, curl resistance, and the like. Both coated and uncoated lithograph paper are produced, in basis weights of 45 to 0 pounds (uncoated) and 50 to 100 pounds (coated) (25 X 38—500). Because any stretch of the sheet to be printed must be along the narrow dimension, lithograph papers are usually positioned the narrow way across the printing press.", "chars": 702, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [11, 58], "citations": ["American Library Association. American libraries. Chicago. American Library Association.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2101", "term": "lithopone", "norm": "lithopone", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See textual note\n\nA white pigment consisting of a mixture of zinc sulfide (ZnS), barium sulfate (BaSO4) and some zinc oxide (ZnO), and prepared by the cross precipitation of zinc sulfate (ZnSO4) and barium sulfide (BaS), plus the addition of heat. It is used in the manufacture of ink, paint, etc., and as a pigment filler in paper. See also: ZINC SULFIDE.", "chars": 400, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2102", "term": "Little Gidding bindings", "norm": "little gidding bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Early 17th century bookbindings produced by the members of the Anglican community founded by NICHOLAS FERRAR and his nieces, in Huntingdonshire, England, in 1625. The bindings they produced included albums (concordances) of Biblical texts taken from printed texts, to which the Ferrars added illustrations. The bindings themselves were of gold tooled velvet, vellum or morocco. Ferrar died in 1636, but the community continued on for another 20 years.\n\nLittle Gidding was an abused term among dealers and historians of bookbinding, just as with Mearne and Ève, and at one time virtually any English embroidered binding of the early 17th century was called Little Gidding.", "chars": 693, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [132, 165], "citations": ["Fletcher, William Younger. Bookbinding in England and France. London. Seeley. 1897.", "Hobson, Geoffrey Dudley. Bindings in Cambridge libraries… Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2104", "term": "lizard skin", "norm": "lizard skin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A leather made from the skins of various lizards, usually those found in India and Indonesia. The skins are tanned by various processes, including vegetable (sumac), alum and salt (tawing), and chrome tannages. The resultant leather has a pleasant color and a grain pattern produced by tiny scales. While usually fawn or gray, they are sometimes dyed. Lizard skin has been used from time to time in decorating book covers.", "chars": 422, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [351], "citations": ["Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2103", "term": "lizarding", "norm": "lizarding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A technique employed in embroidering bindings which involves the cutting of strips of flat metal into shapes which are held in place by small stitches at regular intervals.", "chars": 172, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [111], "citations": ["Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. English embroidered bookbindings. London. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. 1899."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2105", "term": "load", "norm": "load", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The total physical force applied to a specimen of a material when measuring a certain property, such as the compression resistance of paper, the tensile strength of leather, etc. 2. A maximum handling unit, e.g., a full platform of sheets, sections of books, etc.", "chars": 266, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 256], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2106", "term": "loading", "norm": "loading", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The operation of incorporating finely divided, relatively insoluble, white powders into a papermaking stock, either directly or by chemical processes, so as to improve the printing surface and ink absorption, to give a higher finish and greater opacity, to improve formation and flatness, and to improve dimensional stability. Loading is usually done prior to sheet formation. Loading was first used in the 19th century, apparently surreptitiously, to save pulp and reduce the cost to the papermaker; however, it was then discovered that restricted quantities of loading improved the paper. 2. Mineral matter, such as clay, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, china clay, calcium sulfite, magnesium silicate, titanium oxide, etc., used as filler materials in paper.", "chars": 767, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58, 143, 365], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2107", "term": "localized watermark", "norm": "localized watermark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A WATERMARK so arranged that it is impressed at definite intervals on a sheet of paper. See also: CUT TO REGISTER.", "chars": 162, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2109", "term": "lock stitch", "norm": "lock stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. Any method of sewing with thread whereby the stitching at each operation is \"locked\" and cannot unravel if cut on either side of the completed stitch. 2. See: KETTLE STITCH.", "chars": 200, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [164], "citations": ["Hitchcock, Frederick H. The building of a book…2nd ed. New York. Bowker. 1929."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LOCKI", "term": "LOCKING UP", "norm": "locking up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The tightening of the quoins round a form with the mallet and shooting stick, to enable the compositor to lift it from the imposing stone, and that it may be moved about without the types or the furniture being displaced by such moving; as also that the form may be secure when working at press, so that the types do not draw out with beating. See Imposing.", "chars": 388, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-locking-up-1", "term": "LOCKING UP", "norm": "locking up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Tightening up a form by means of quoins.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2108", "term": "locks", "norm": "locks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Locking devices placed on books whose contents are considered to be confidential or private, such as personal accounts, confidential credit ratings, diaries, etc. Book locks are made in several sizes and are adjustable over the distances between sizes. They are riveted to the covers after binding.", "chars": 298, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2110", "term": "Lofton-Merritt stain", "norm": "lofton-merritt stain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A test used to determine the presence of unbleached sulfate or sulfite fiber in paper. The stain consists of two grams of malachite green in 100 ml. of water, plus one gram of basic fuchsin in 100 ml. of water, 50 ml. of the former being mixed with 100 ml. of the latter. The specimen is treated with a drop of the mixture and then with a 0.1% solution of hydrochloric acid, followed by the application of distilled water. A blue or blue-green stain indicates the presence of unbleached sulfate fiber, while purple or lavender indicates unbleached sulfite.", "chars": 556, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LOGOT", "term": "LOGOTYPE", "norm": "logotype", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Two, or more, letters cast in one piece. There have been several attempts to introduce such short words, terminations, and prefixes, as are of frequent occurrence, cast in one piece, but they have never succeeded. See Ligatures.", "chars": 259, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-logotypes-1", "term": "Logotypes", "norm": "logotypes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The same as ligatures.", "chars": 22, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2111", "term": "logwood", "norm": "logwood", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An aqueous extract obtained from the heartwood of the logwood tree, Haematoxylon campechisnum, of Central America and the West Indies. Logwood contains approximately 50% haematoxylin (C16H14O6 . 3H2O), a colorless crystalline material when pure, but which turns blood red when exposed to air. It is only slightly soluble in water, but dissolves in aqueous solution of alkalis to give a range of colors from violet to black. It was taken to Europe soon after the discovery of America, and was one of the most important of the natural coloring matters until the 19th century, when it was superseded by synthetic dyestuffs of greater brilliance. Logwood dye was used in producing black ink, marbling colors, including purple and violet, and is still used in dyeing leather and textiles black.", "chars": 822, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LONG1", "term": "LONG CROSS", "norm": "long cross", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The cross that divides the chase the longest way; it is also the narrowest.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-long-cross-1", "term": "LONG CROSS", "norm": "long cross", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The bar that divides a chase the longest way.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2114", "term": "long fold", "norm": "long fold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheet of paper, which, if folded lengthwise, will be folded with the machine (grain) direction of the paper. See also: BROAD (1).", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LONG2", "term": "LONG PRIMER", "norm": "long primer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type, one size larger than Bourgeois, and one smaller than Small Pica. See Types.\n\nLong Pull. See Easy Pull.—M.\n\n", "chars": 283, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-long-pull-1", "term": "Long pull", "norm": "long pull", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the bar is brought close to the cheek of a press.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2115", "term": "long way", "norm": "long way", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: PORTRAIT.", "chars": 38, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2113", "term": "long-fibered Japanese tissue", "norm": "long-fibered japanese tissue", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: JAPANESE COPYING PAPER.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2112", "term": "Longepierre, Hilaire Bernard de Requeleyne, Baron de", "norm": "longepierre, hilaire bernard de requeleyne, baron de", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1679-1721", "text": "A book collector who had his books elaborately hound and embellished with the Golden Fleece, in commemoration, it is said, of the success of one of his dramas. This device, which formed the sole decoration of his bindings, was usually located in the center and at the corner of the covers, as well as in the panels on the spine. The books were bound in morocco, the edges were marbled under gilt, and some of the volumes had finely tooled doublures decorated with the same motif as the covers. The superior craftsmanship of these bindings has prompted some authorities to conjecture that they were bound by Luc Antoinne Boyet.", "chars": 626, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 347], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2116", "term": "look-through", "norm": "look-through", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term describing what a paper looks like when viewed by means of transmitted light. This type of examination gives an indication of the formation and texture of the paper, its watermark, whether paper is laid or wove, and whether it is marred by impurities. shives, and the like.", "chars": 280, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2117", "term": "looping machine", "norm": "looping machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used to attach looped cord to hangers, calendars, etc. The machine punches the hole. inserts the cord, draws it to the desired length, ties the loop, cuts it off, and delivers the finished product—all in one continuous operation. Looping machines are used by the job binder.", "chars": 284, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [247], "citations": ["O'Conor, John Francis Xavier. Facts about bookworms; their history in literature and work in libraries. New York. Harper. 1878."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2118", "term": "loose back", "norm": "loose back", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: HOLLOW BACK.", "chars": 41, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-loose-back-1", "term": "loose back", "norm": "loose back", "sense": 1, "kind": "see", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See Back, tight and loose.", "chars": 26, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LOOSE", "term": "LOOSE JUSTIFYING.—M", "norm": "loose justifying.—m", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To space a line or lines in a composing stick so that they shall not be tight; also to place wood cuts, or any other matter, in a page, so that they shall not be fast when locked up. Lord’s Day, Public Meeting on the. See Public Meetings. Lost Property. See Stolen Property. LOTTERIES\n\nTo space a line or lines in a composing stick so that they shall not be tight; also to place wood cuts, or any other matter, in a page, so that they shall not be fast when locked up.\n\nLord’s Day, Public Meeting on the. See Public Meetings.\n\nLost Property. See Stolen Property.", "chars": 672, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2120", "term": "loose section", "norm": "loose section", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One or more sections of a book which have become loosened in the binding, usually because of breakage of the sewing thread. See also: START.", "chars": 164, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2119", "term": "loose-leaf binding", "norm": "loose-leaf binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The business of binding individual sheets of paper in an exchangeable form, for leaves to be added, removed, or relocated in the book. Loose-leaf bindings are used wherever records of repeatedly changing information must be kept. Instruction manuals, catalogs, and accounting forms are often loose-leaf bound. Loose-leaf binding includes the construction of the covers (although not the manufacture of the binding mechanism, which is, in general, purchased from companies specializing in its manufacture), the punching or drilling of the paper, as well as the assembly of the various parts. Loose-leaf binding, which is classed as miscellaneous binding, is a part of STATIONERY BINDING.", "chars": 710, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320, 343], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2121", "term": "lop-sided", "norm": "lop-sided", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any section or part of a book that is folded or backed with one side out of true with the other.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LOTTE", "term": "LOTTERIES", "norm": "lotteries", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "6 & 7 Will. 4. c. 66. “An Act to prevent the advertising of Foreign and other illegal Lotteries.\n\n“Whereas the Laws in force are insufficient to prevent the advertising of Foreign and other illegal Lotteries in this Kingdom, and it is expedient to make further Provision for that Purpose: Be it therefore enacted by the King’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That from and after the passing of this Act, if any Person shall print or publish, or cause to be printed or published, any Advertisement or other Notice of or relating to the drawing or intended drawing of any Foreign Lottery, or of any Lottery or Lotteries not authorized by some Act or Acts of Parliament, or if any Person shall print or publish, or cause to be printed or published, any Advertisement or other Notice of or for the Sale of any Ticket or Tickets, Chance or Chances, or of any Share or Shares of any Ticket or Tickets, Chance or Chances of or in any such Lottery or Lotteries as aforesaid, or any Advertisement or Notice concerning or in any Manner relating to any such Lottery or Lotteries, or any Ticket, Chance, or Share, Tickets, Chances, or Shares thereof or therein, every Person so offending shall for every such Offence forfeit the Sum of Fifty Pounds, to be recovered, with full Costs of Suit, by Action of Debt, Bill, Plaint, or Information in any of His Majesty’s Courts of Record in Westminster or Dublin respectively, or in the Court of Session in Scotland; one Moiety thereof to the use of His Majesty, His Heirs and Successors, and the other Moiety thereof to the Use of the Person who shall inform or sue for the same.”", "chars": 1780, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LOW", "term": "LOW CASE", "norm": "low case", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the compositor has composed almost all his letters out of his case, he says his Case is Low.—M.", "chars": 107, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-low-case-1", "term": "LOW CASE", "norm": "low case", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the compositor has set almost all the letters out of his case.", "chars": 67, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-low-line-1", "term": "Low-line", "norm": "low-line", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Applied to a type that ranges lower than the rest in a line.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LOWER", "term": "LOWER CASE", "norm": "lower case", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The case in which the small letters of an alphabet, the spaces, and quadrats are laid; it is placed upon the frame immediately below the fore edge of the upper case. See Case.", "chars": 206, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-lower-case-1", "term": "LOWER CASE", "norm": "lower case", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The case containing the small letters of the alphabet, figures, points, &c.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2122", "term": "lower cover", "norm": "lower cover", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "lower board", "dates": null, "text": "The back or under cover of a book, or the cover nearest to the last leaf of the book. Also called \"back cover,\" \"reverse cover,\" or \"end board.\"", "chars": 144, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2123", "term": "lower edge", "norm": "lower edge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The TAIL of a book. Also called \"bottom edge\" or \"tail edge.\"", "chars": 85, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2124", "term": "lozenge", "norm": "lozenge", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A diamond-shaped stamp, or a square stamp turned 45° on its axis, and used in decorating bookbindings.", "chars": 102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2126", "term": "Ludlow", "norm": "ludlow", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine designed by the Ludlow Typograph Co., and used for casting entire lines of type in a range of sizes from 4 to 90 point, and, for special purposes, even up to 240 point. Ludlow composition is actually hand composition, except that the compositor sets matrices (molds) instead of actual type and casts the line from these matrices. Ludlow machines are used in library binderies for casting the type used for lettering books.", "chars": 432, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 234], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LUG", "term": "LUG", "norm": "lug", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When balls stick together in distributing they are said to lug; they then diffuse the ink more equally and thinly on the surface, and make better work: they also retain on their surface particles of dust, or other small substances, and do not part with them to the letter in the form, which is a great advantage. Composition Balls, when too soft, will lug so much in distributing as to tear the composition and spoil the ball; when this is the case, they require to be placed in a dry situation for a short time, and exposed to a draught of air, which evaporates the superfluous moisture, and brings them into good condition; when time cannot be allowed for this mode of cure, sponging the surface with spirits of turpentine will promote the evaporation, and be of great service. See Flaring Balls.", "chars": 829, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2127", "term": "lump", "norm": "lump", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A defect in a paper caused by an agglomeration of fiber or other materials. 2. A small, hard, pill-like substance in paste or glue, caused by imperfect mixing, lack of proper dissolution, or screening.", "chars": 204, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2128", "term": "Lumspecs", "norm": "lumspecs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "Lesser Used Materials SPECS", "dates": null, "text": "Specifications for the binding of library materials that are expected to receive little use and need not, therefore, be bound according to Class \"A\" specifications, but which are expected to be used to the extent that they require greater protection than that afforded by a pamphlet box. Essentially, Lumspec binding differs from Class \"A\" in three respects: 1) the Lumspec book is side sewn instead of oversewn or sewn through the folds; 2) only the spine and a small part of the sides are covered in buckram, with the remainder of the boards not being covered at all; and 3) the volumes are not lettered. The bindings so produced are called Lumbindings. Lumspecs were devised in 1957 by a subcommittee of the American Library Association's bookbinding committee and were approved that same year by the Library Binding Institute.", "chars": 830, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [11, 211], "citations": ["American Library Association. American libraries. Chicago. American Library Association.", "Library journal. New York. R. R. Bowker."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2129", "term": "lw pattern", "norm": "lw pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The code name for a \"linen weave\" applied to a book cloth embossed to give the coarse appearance of linen cloth.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LYE1", "term": "LYE", "norm": "lye", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The lye used for the purpose of cleaning a form is a solution of alkali in water; it ought to be made of the best pearl ash. The usual proportion is one pound of pearl ash to a gallon of soft water; it should be stirred up with a stick till the alkali dissolves, which soon takes place. It is generally kept in a large jar, with a cover to it, which some master printers lock; but more frequently the cover is loose for the pressmen to have free access to it; the cover should however be kept on, to prevent dust and dirt getting into the jar.\n\nIf hard water be used, it will require a greater quantity of pearl ash; as the acid in the water will combine with some of the alkali to neutralise it, which of course will have the effect of making the lye weaker than if soft water, with which there is no such combination, had been used.\n\nAn intelligent pressman once informed me, that in the country he had frequently made lye, by boiling together a peck of wood ashes and nearly a quarter of a peck of quicklime, in a pailful and a half of soft water, and afterwards straining the decoction for use.\n\nThis is, in fact, soap lye, which is made caustic by the quicklime: lye from the soap boilers has indeed of late years been used by many master printers in the metropolis; but it requires to be kept constantly covered in order to exclude the air, which, when the lye is exposed, combines with it and renders it mild, thus destroying its power. I have always found that this lye affects the hands and makes them sore, as if chapped, when washed in it to take off ink.\n\nIn the choice of pearl ash the following table, from Vauquelin, may be found useful, which shows all the substances contained in six kinds of potash.\n\nThere is evidently an error in this statement as to the component parts of the last article, the Vosges potash, which appears to be with respect to the quantity of the muriate of potash; but the table shows that the American potash is by far the best, and the Dantzic potash the worst of the six analysed.\n\nThe following observations from Kirwan on Manures, may also be serviceable, particularly to printers who are so situated as to find it necessary to make their lye from the ashes of vegetables.\n\n“Alkaline salts are of great importance in several arts, the proportion of ashes afforded by different vegetables, and that of alkali by the ashes of each sort of vegetable, has been accurately attended to: the following are the best authenticated results of the experiments made with this view.\n\n“One thousand pounds of the following vegetables, perfectly dry, and burned in a clean chimney and open fire, afforded the quantity of ashes, and saline matter, exhibited in the annexed tables.\n\n\n\nTable of the Saline Products from one thousand Pounds of the Ashes of the following Vegetables.\n\nThus though fumitory gives the greatest weight of saline product from a given weight of the dry vegetable, yet from a given weight of ashes wormwood produces above double the weight of saline matter.\n\nIn Yorkshire the women use the ashes of the ash tree to make a lye to scour their pewter dishes and plates, in preference to the ashes of any other wood; as this is the result of experience, I should be led to suppose that they contain a great proportional quantity of pearl ash.", "chars": 3429, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LYE2", "term": "LYE BRUSH", "norm": "lye brush", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The brush used with lye to remove the ink that adheres to the types, the furniture, and the chase, after a form has been worked off, as also after proofs have been pulled. It is about nine or ten inches long by three inches broad, and the hairs are nearly two inches long.", "chars": 272, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "LYE3", "term": "LYE TROUGH", "norm": "lye trough", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The lye trough is square and shallow, lined with lead, and its upper edge is bound with iron to preserve it from injury, which would otherwise arise from concussion when a form is lifted into it; there is also a loose board laid in it for the protection of the bottom. It is suspended on a frame by two centres, as here represented.\n\nThere is always some lye kept in this trough; and when a form has been worked off, it is laid in it, and the ink is brushed from the face of the letter, the furniture, and chase with the lye, previous to rinsing it with water. It is usually made capable of containing a royal chase.", "chars": 614, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_448.jpg", "caption": "Lye trough", "alt": "Lye trough", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2130", "term": "lying flat", "norm": "lying flat", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That characteristic of a binding that enables the leaves of the book to lie more or less perfectly flat when the book is opened in its center. It is a particularly necessary characteristic for music scores, books which are to be photocopied, and books which are to be written in. See: SPRING-BACK (1). Lying flat is generally associated with the HOLLOW BACK, which permits a greater degree of throw up in the spine.", "chars": 463, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2131", "term": "lying press", "norm": "lying press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small, portable press. usually made of wood, with two steel or wooden screws operating through bronze chucks, in which books to be hacked by hand, trimmed with the plow, lettered or decorated, etc., are clamped. The lower face of the block on the bookbinder's left has a groove in which the plow runs. It is not known when the lying press was introduced into bookbinding, but since it was unusual for the edges of books to be cut and spines backed before the last part of the 15th century, it was probably invented sometime after 1500.", "chars": 537, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 236], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-lying-press-1", "term": "lying press", "norm": "lying press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "the term applied to the under side of the cutting press used for backing, usually ungrammatically called “laying press.”", "chars": 120, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-lying-press-1", "term": "lying press", "norm": "lying press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The term applied to the under side of the cutting press when used for backing. Usually called laying press.", "chars": 107, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2132", "term": "Lyonnaise style", "norm": "lyonnaise style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "L", "letter_raw": "L", "volume": 2, "variant": "Lyonese", "dates": null, "text": "A 16th century style of book decoration featuring broad interlaced geometrical strapwork, usually gold tooled and then painted, lacquered, or enamelled in different colors. Lyonnaise was also a style in which the binding was decorated by blocking the cover with large corner ornaments and a predominant center design, roughly lozenge shaped. the all-over background being filled in with dots. The name is misleading, as neither style had any connection with Lyons.\n\n", "chars": 480, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156, 347], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2133", "term": "M", "norm": "m", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A thousand sheets of paper or hoard. 2. The Roman equivalent of 1,000. See: ROMAN NUMERALS.", "chars": 118, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2201", "term": "m.e", "norm": "m.e", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Abbreviation for MARBLED EDGES.", "chars": 55, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2250", "term": "m.m. system", "norm": "m.m. system", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of computing the basis weights of all grades of paper on a sheet size of 25 by 40 inches (1,000 square inches) and a 1,000 sheet count, i.e., the 1,000, 1,000 or m.m. system. The traditional writing paper basis weight of 20 pounds (17 X 22—500) becomes 107 pounds on an m.m. basis (25 X 40—1000), while regular 60-pound book paper (25 X 38—500) becomes 126 pounds, and so on. The m.m. system, which originated in the 1920s, is not in general use but printers, paper buyers, as well as others, often find it advantageous to use. In applying the m.m. system, a conversion chart is used which lists various grades with their traditional basis weights and corresponding m.m. factors.", "chars": 688, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 320, 329], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Teigen, Kit. Graphic arts, an introduction…Wayne, Pa. Management Development Institute. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2303", "term": "M.V.T", "norm": "m.v.t", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION.", "chars": 57, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2134", "term": "machine binding", "norm": "machine binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to the type of bookbinding in which equipment is employed extensively, as contrasted with the type in which relatively little machinery is employed. Machine binding would include mainly edition and pamphlet bindings, and possibly library bindings.", "chars": 272, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2135", "term": "machine direction", "norm": "machine direction", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The direction in which the greater number of the fibers of a sheet of paper tend to be oriented as a result of the forward motion of the wire of the papermaking machine. The paper so produced is stronger in the machine direction, and also experiences less dimensional variation in the machine direction due to changes in humidity. The direction at right angles to the machine direction is known as the CROSS DIRECTION. Also called grain or \"grain direction.\"", "chars": 482, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2136", "term": "machine ruling", "norm": "machine ruling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of applying faint blue, red, or blue and red lines to paper that is to be used for blankbooks, note books, check books, etc., by means of RULING MACHINES, as distinguished from that produced by printing", "chars": 238, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 343], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2137", "term": "machine sewing", "norm": "machine sewing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The operation of sewing a book by mechanical means rather than by hand. Although in its broadest sense machine sewing includes OVERSEWING and SINGER SEWING, as well as some forms of SIDE SEWING, it is commonly accepted that the term refers specifically to the various methods of sewing through the folds of the sections by means of sewing machines. Machine sewing is a product of edition binding, and reaches its greatest efficiency (economy) in the sewing of relatively long runs of books of identical size.\n\nThe basic principal of machine sewing is that one needle does not go \"all along\" the length of the section, taking its thread with it, as in hand sewing; instead, a series of needles operate, each with its own kettle stitches.\n\nIn the usual type of sewing machine, one section after another is placed on a feeding arm which brings each to the part of the book already sewn. Fully automatic machines feed sections by means of vacuum suckers and/or mechanical grippers which are electronically programmed to reject imperfect sections. The feeding arm forms a saddle with a pronounced ridge over which the half-open section is so placed that the fold is immediately above the edge of the saddle. The saddle has a row of holes through which punches rise and puncture the section. Immediately thereafter, threaded needles descend from above and pass through the holes created by the punches. The thread is then gripped by the side needles of the feeding beam and drawn double for a set space along the back fold to the hook-needles descending from above. The hook-needle grips the loop of thread, and draws it up through the paper and also through the corresponding loop of the preceding section. The feeding arm then swings out to pick up the next section, repeating this process until the sewing is completed.\n\nSewing with thread alone is sometimes referred to as \"ordinary French sewing.\" Most machine sewing can be done on spine lining material or tapes fed from reels across the spine of the book. The sewing is accomplished in the same manner, but the thread passes through the lining material or tapes. Some machines are so designed that the thread passes around the tape. In addition, some machines work with an off-and-on stitch, which is suitable for books made up of thin paper and/or sections, and corresponds to the two on method used in sewing by hand. While ordinary sewing is done with two needles for each stitch, the off-and-on method requires three needles working in combination, the thread being drawn alternately to one or the other of the outer needles. In the \"staggered stitch\" method the needle changes its position for each section, so that the thread forms a zig-zag pattern across the tapes which are thus more solidly secured to the sections.\n\nIn ordinary French sewing, the books are sewn to each other until the machine is filled, whereupon the books forming a span are taken out and separated by cutting, a process carried out automatically on some models and by a second operator on others. In sewing on linings or tapes, the width of the cloth for each book must be greater than the thickness of the book. This is accomplished by inserting a split after each book, i.e., a wooden strip of a suitable width, usually with a metal gutter to facilitate cutting. In order to allow the sewn book to move forward with the necessary thread corresponding to the width of the split, a free stroke is made after each book, or the spare tape or lining is dropped in a fold between the books. See also: DAVID MCCONNELL SMYTH.", "chars": 3640, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89, 203, 259, 315, 320], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971.", "Leighton, Douglas. Modern bookbinding: a survey and a prospect. New York. Oxford University Press. 1935.", "Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967.", "Stephen, George Arthur. Machine book-sewing with remarks on publishers' binding. Aberdeen. Aberdeen University Press. (Reprinted from the Library Association Record. June 1908). 1908.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2138", "term": "machine stitching", "norm": "machine stitching", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A variation of SIDE SEWING, in which holes are drilled or punched through the gathered leaves and the book is then sewn twice, up and down through the thickness of the book. See also: JAPANESE SEWING.", "chars": 248, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [259], "citations": ["Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MACHI", "term": "MACHINES", "norm": "machines", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Cylindrical printing, or, as it is generally termed, Machine printing, is a new mode of obtaining impressions from types, the introduction of which took place in the year 1814. It has caused a great revolution in the art, from the facilities which it affords for printing sheets of paper of a size of which no press worked by manual labour is capable, nor, were it capable, is the strength of one man equal to the exertion requisite for the pressure necessary to produce a respectable impression. In addition to this advantage of printing sheets of such larger dimensions, it possesses the power of multiplying impressions so rapidly as to appear like the work of magic. This may seem hyperbolical; but the average rate of working at a press for common work, that is the general run of book work, with two men, one to ink the types, and the other to work the press, is but 250 copies an hour, while a machine will produce 1,250 copies in the same time; and considerably more might be obtained, were not its powers restrained by the limited human means of feeding it with paper, it being found by experience that the number stated is the extent to which one person could supply it, he having regard to laying on the sheets evenly, so as to preserve a regular margin: but this speed was not deemed sufficient to meet the wants that were felt, and the Times newspaper is now printed at a machine where the paper is laid on at four places, one form of which, consisting of four pages, is printed at the astonishing rate of 4,320 an hour at its ordinary rate of working, a fact which I have seen and ascertained myself, by counting its motions with a seconds watch in my hand. Mr. Richard Taylor has also a similar Machine at which the Weekly Dispatch is printed. Considering what has been done, I cannot see a reason why the paper should not be supplied at six or eight places, if found necessary, so as to increase the number printed to 6,000 or 8,000 in an hour; as the wonder ceases when we remember that steam is the moving power. Of the comparative merits of the Machine and the Press I shall speak subsequently.\n\nAs the details of the invention are not generally known, I will give some account of them, letting the parties speak for themselves, so far as I have been able to procure their own statements. The first is the Specification of the Patent granted to Mr. William Nicholson; the next, Observations on the Art of Printing Books, &c., written by him, and published in his own Journal, which clearly describe the present machines and inking apparatus. This specification, and the other details, with the engravings, will render it unnecessary for me to enter into a lengthened description of these machines, or do more than merely state that the form is imposed in the usual manner, laid upon a horizontal table, which travels under a cylinder covered with woollen cloth, adjusted so as to have a proper bearing upon the types in order to produce an impression, and that the inking apparatus is at one end, consisting of small rollers, which take and distribute ink upon another table, for each impression, when the form in travelling passes under one of them to receive its coating of ink.\n\n“Specification of the Patent granted to Mr. William Nicholson, of New North-Street, Red Lion-Square; for a Machine or Instrument for printing on Paper, Linen, Cotton, Woollen, and other Articles, in a more neat, cheap, and accurate Manner, than is effected by the Machines now in use. Dated April 29, 1790.\n\n“To all to whom these presents shall come, &c. Now know ye that, in compliance with the said proviso, I the said William Nicholson do hereby declare, that my said invention is described in the plan hereunto annexed, and the description thereof hereunder written, and in manner following; that is to say, my invention consists in three parts or particulars; namely, first, the manner or method of making, preparing, or placing, the original model, models, casts, types, engravings, carvings, or sculptures from which the impression is to be made. Secondly, in applying the ink, or colouring-matter, to such models, casts, types, engravings, carvings, or sculptures. And, thirdly, in taking off the impression, or transferring the ink, or colouring-matter, from such models, casts, types, engravings, carvings, or sculptures, to the paper, cloth, or other material upon which it is intended it should remain.\n\n\n\n“I. In the first place then, I not only avail myself of all the methods of making, preparing, and placing, the original models, casts, types, engravings, carvings, or sculptures which have hitherto been known or used in printing, and do myself make use of them in conjunction with my newly-invented method of applying the ink, or colouring-matter, to such original models, casts, types, engravings, carvings, or sculptures, and also with my newly-invented method of taking off the impressions, but I do likewise make, put together, and arrange them in a new manner, as occasion may require; that is to say,\n\n“II. I make my moulds, punches, and matrices, for casting letters, in the same manner, and with the same materials, as other letter-founders do, excepting that, instead of leaving a space in the mould for the stem of one letter only, I leave spaces for two, three, or more letters, to be cast at one pouring of the metal; and at the lower extremity of each of those spaces (which communicate by a common groove at top) I place a matrix, or piece of copper with the letter punched upon its face in the usual way. And moreover, I bring the stem of my letters to a due form and finish, not only by rubbing it on a stone, and scraping it when arranged in the finishing-stick, but likewise by scraping it on one or more sides, in a finishing-stick whose hollowed part is less deep at the inner than the outer side. I call that side of the groove which is nearest the face of the disposed letter, the outer side; and the purpose accomplished by this method of scraping is, that of rendering the tail of the letter gradually smaller the more remote it is, or farther from the face. Such letter may be firmly imposed upon a cylindrical surface, in the same manner as common letter is imposed upon a flat stone. I specify and affirm that the above described methods of casting two or more letters at once, and of chamfering or sloping their tails, are parts of my new invention.\n\n“III. I impose or dispose my letter for printing in the common manner, to be used in conjunction with my newly-invented improvements. And I likewise impose it in frames or chases adapted to the surface of a cylinder of wood, or metal, and fasten it to the said surface by screws, or wedges, or in grooves, or by other methods well known to workmen; and this imposing letter upon a cylinder I state and affirm to be part of my new invention.\n\n“IV. I cut, carve, engrave, chase, cast, model or make, (in the usual manner of performing those operations,) blocks, forms, plates, types, or originals, to be used for printing, either of wood, metal, or other materials; and these I use in conjunction with my other newly-invented improvements. I likewise, for other kinds of work, do fasten with glue, cement, screws, wedges, or by other known methods, such blocks, forms, plates, types, or originals, as aforesaid, to the surface of a cylinder. I likewise, for other kinds of work, do cut, carve, engrave, chase, cast, model or make, blocks, forms, plates, types, or originals, as aforesaid, of a cylindrical form, of wood, metal, or other materials. And I state and affirm that this disposition of blocks, forms, plates, types, or originals, upon a cylinder, and also that the cutting, carving, engraving, chasing and casting, modelling or making, blocks, plates, types, or originals, of a cylindrical form, as aforesaid, are parts of my new invention.\n\n“V. In the second place, I distribute or apply the ink, or colouring-matter, upon the surface, or in the interstices, of the blocks, forms, plates, types, or originals aforesaid, by causing the surface of a cylinder, smeared or wetted with the colouring-matter, to roll over, or successively apply itself to, the surfaces of the said blocks, forms, plates, types, or originals, of whatever figure or construction such blocks, forms, plates, types, or originals, may be. Or else I cause the said blocks, forms, plates, types, or originals, successively to apply themselves to the said cylinder. I call the said smeared or wetted cylinder, the colouring-cylinder. Its surface is covered with leather, or the dressed skins which printers call pelts, or else it is covered with woollen, or linen, or cotton cloth. When the colour to be used is thin, as in calico-printing, and in almost every case, the covering is supported by a firm elastic stuffing, consisting of hair, or wool, or woollen cloth wrapped one or more folds round the cylinder. When the covering consists of woollen cloth, the stuffing must be defended by leather, or oilskin, to prevent its imbibing too much colour, and by that means losing its elasticity. It is absolutely necessary that the colouring-matter be evenly distributed over the surface of the cylinder; for this purpose, when the colour is thick and stiff, as in letter-press printing, I apply two, three, or more small cylinders, called distributing-rollers, longitudinally against the colouring-cylinders, so that they may be turned by the motion of the latter; and the effect of this application is, that every lump or mass of colour which may be redundant, or irregularly placed upon the face of the colouring-cylinder, will be pressed, spread, and partly taken up, and carried by the small rollers to the other parts of the colouring-cylinder; so that this last will very speedily acquire and preserve an even face of colour. But if the colouring-matter be thinner, I do not apply more than one or two of these distributing rollers; and, if it be very thin, I apply an even blunt edge of metal, or wood, or other material, or a straight brush, or both of these last, against the colouring-cylinder, for the purpose of rendering its colour uniform.\n\n“VI. When I apply colour to an engraved plate, or cylinder, or apply the colour through the interstices of a perforated pattern, or cylinder, as in the manufacturing of some kinds of paper-hangings and floor-cloths, I use a cylinder entirely covered with hair or bristles, in the manner of a brush.\n\n“VII. The whole of the manipulations or practices described in the two preceding paragraphs (numbers V. and VI.) are parts of my invention.\n\n“VIII. In the third place, I perform all my impressions by the action of a cylinder or cylindrical surface; that is to say, I cause the paper, or cloth, or other material intended to be printed upon, (and previously damped if necessary,) to pass between two cylinders, or segments of cylinders, in equal motion; one of which has the block, form, plate, assemblage of types, or originals, attached to, or forming part of, its surface, and the other is faced with cloth or leather, and serves to press the paper, cloth, or other material, as aforesaid, so as to take off an impression of the colour previously applied. Or otherwise, I cause the block, form, plate, assemblage of types, or originals, previously coloured, to pass in close and successive pressure or contact with the paper, or cloth, or other material, wrapped round a cylinder with woollen. Or otherwise, I cause the last mentioned cylinder, with the paper, or cloth, or other material wrapped round it, to roll along the face of the block, form, plate, assemblage of types, or originals, previously coloured. Or otherwise, I cause a cylinder having the block, form, plate, assemblage of types, or originals, attached to, or forming part of, its surface, to roll along the surface of the paper, cloth, or other material intended to be printed, and previously spread out upon an even plane covered with cloth or leather; the said cylinder being supplied with colour by means of a colouring-cylinder herein before described, and herein after more particularly to be noticed.\n\n“IX. The foregoing description shews the nature of my invention; which may be applied to a great variety of uses, and constructed or put together in a great variety of forms. Its uses consist in the printing of books in general, the printing of paper-hangings, floor-cloths, cottons, linens, woollens, silks, ribands, laces, leather, skin, and every other flexible material whatever. And its form or construction, being no essential part of the invention, may without difficulty be obtained and carried into effect, by any workman possessed of common skill and ability. Nevertheless, as there may be some artists of such a moderate capacity as to find the foregoing instructions not sufficient to enable them to construct my machines, I shall proceed to exhibit drawings, and describe several methods of constructing them. But, at the same time, I think it pertinent to take notice, that as the following constructions cannot be exclusively claimed by me by virtue of his Majesty’s letters patent granted unto me, excepting so far as the same include or contain my new improvements and inventions, so, on the other hand, I do not exhibit the same as the only practical methods of carrying my invention into effect, but I claim the general and universal application of the principles discovered and brought into practice by me, as before described; and do here proceed to exhibit and describe certain specific applications of those principles, chiefly from a conviction that it is my duty to render this present specification clear and intelligible by every means in my power. And moreover, since in the following applications or particular methods there are, and may be found, several contrivances resulting from a considerable degree of deliberation, labour, and expence, and tending to facilitate the practice of my said inventions, I do not by any means hereby exclude the following descriptions and drawings from my present specification; for I do not consider them as being merely illustrative of the general principles herein before described and explained, but do hereby assert and maintain, that all and every parts and part of the machines herein after described, which have not hitherto been used as parts of some other machine, or in combination directed to the accomplishment of the like purpose of printing, are stated and claimed by me as parts of my said invention; for the exclusive enjoyment of which, as well as of every other part of the said invention hereby specified by me, I claim all protection and every advantage which, by his Majesty’s letters patent, I may lawfully be entitled to.\n\n“Explanation or the annexed Drawings.\n\n“Fig. 1. represents a printing-press, more especially applicable to the printing of sheets of paper, or books. A. and E. represent two cylinders running or turning in a strong frame of wood, of metal, or both. The cylinder A. is faced with woollen cloth, and is capable of being pressed with more or less force upon HI, by means of the lever M. HI is a long table, which is capable of moving endways, backwards and forwards, upon the rollers E and K. The roller A acts upon this table by means of a cog-wheel, or by straps, so as to draw it backwards and forwards by the motion of its handle L. The table is kept in the same line by grooves on its sides, which contain the cylinder A. D is a chase, containing letter set up and imposed. B is a box, containing a colouring-roller, with its distributing-rollers CC; it is supported by the arm N. O is a cylinder faced with leather, and lying across an ink-block; this cylinder is fixed by the middle to a bended lever movable on the joint Q.\n\nFig. 1.\n\n“The action. When D, or the letter, is drawn beneath the cylinder B, it receives ink; and when it has passed into the position R, a workman places or turns down a tympan with paper upon it; (this tympan differs in no respect from the usual one, except that its hinge opens sideways;) it then proceeds to pass under the cylinder A, which presses it successively through its whole surface. On the other side, at S, the workman takes off the paper, and leaves the tympan up. This motion causes the cylinder B to revolve continually, and consequently renders its inked surface very uniform, by the action of its distributing-rollers CC; and, when the table has passed to its extreme distance in the direction now spoken of, the arm G touches the lever P, and raises the cylinder O off the ink-block, by which means it dabs against one of the distributing-rollers, and gives it a small quantity of ink. The returning motion of the table carries the letter again under the roller B, which again inks it, and the process of printing another sheet goes on as before. N.B. The table in this drawing is not quite long enough in its dimensions, compared with the inking-roller.\n\nFig. 2.\n\n“Fig. 2. is another printing-press: in this, B is the inking-roller; A is a cylinder, having the letter imposed upon its surface; and E is a cylinder, having its uniform surface covered with woollen cloth: these three cylinders are connected, either by cogs or straps at the edges of each. The machine is uniformly turned in one direction by the handle L. The workman applies a sheet of paper to the surface of E, where it is retained, either by points in the usual manner, or by the apparatus to be described in treating of Fig. 4. The paper passes between E and A, and receives an impression; after which the workman takes it off, and applies another sheet; and in the mean time the letter on the surface of A passes round against the surface of B, and receives ink during the rotation of B. The distributing-rollers CC do their office as in the machine Fig. 1.; and once in every revolution the tail F, affixed to B, raises the inking-piece G, so as to cause it to touch one of the distributing-rollers, and supply it with ink. In this way therefore the repeated printing of sheet after sheet goes on.\n\n“Fig. 3. is a printing-press, more particularly adapted to print cottons, silks, paper-hangings, or other articles which run of a considerable length.\n\n“Fig. 4. is a printing-press, chiefly of use for books and papers. 1 2 3 4 represents a long table, with ledges on each side; so that the two cylinders A and B can run backwards and forwards without any side shake. In one of these ledges is placed a strip or plate of metal cut into teeth which lock into correspondent teeth in each cylinder; by which means the two cylinders roll along, without the possibility of changing the relative positions of their surfaces at any determinate part of the table. This may also be effected by straps, and may indeed be accomplished, with tolerable accuracy, by the mere rolling of the cylinders on the smooth or flat ledges without any provision. A is the printing-cylinder, covered with woollen cloth, and B is the inking-cylinder, with its distributing-rollers. The table may be divided into four compartments, marked with a thicker bounding-line than the rest, and numbered 1 2 3 4. At 1 is placed a sheet of paper; at 2 is the form or chase, containing letter set and imposed; at 3 is an apparatus for receiving the printed sheet; and 4 is employed in no other use than as a place of standing for the carriage E, after it has passed through one operation, and when it takes ink at F. Its action is as follows: the carriage is thrust forward by the workman, and as the roller A passes over the space numbered 1, it takes up the sheet of paper previously laid there, while the roller B runs over the form and inks the letter. The sheet of paper, being wrapped round the cylinder A, is pressed against the form as that cylinder proceeds, and consequently it receives an impression. When A arrives at the space numbered 3, it lets go the sheet of paper, while the prominent part of the carriage, G, strikes the lever P, and raises the inking-piece, which applies itself against one of the distributing-rollers. In this manner therefore the cylinder A returns empty, and the cylinder B inked, and in the mean time the workman places another sheet of paper ready in the space numbered 1. Thus it is that the operation proceeds in the printing of one sheet after another.\n\nFig. 4.\n\n“The preceding description is not incumbered with an account of the apparatus by which the paper is taken up and laid down. This may be done in several ways: Figs. 9 and 10 represent one of the methods. D E is a lever, moving on the centre pin C, and having its end D pressed upwards by the action of the spring G. The shoulder which contains the pin C is fixed in another piece F, which is inserted in a groove in the surface of the cylinder A; (Fig. 4;) so that it is capable of moving in and out, in a direction parallel to the axis of that cylinder. As that cylinder proceeds, it meets a pin in the table; which, (letter P, Fig. 9,) acting on the inclined plane at the other end of the lever, throws the whole inwards, in the position represented in Fig. 10; in which case the extremity D shoots inwards, and applies itself against the side of the cylinder.\n\nFig. 9. Fig. 10.\n\n\n\n“In Fig. 11 is a representation of part of the table; the dotted square represents a sheet of paper, and the four small shaded squares denote holes in the board, with pins standing beside them. When the lever DE (Fig. 10) shoots forward, it is situated in one of these holes, and advances under the edge of the paper, which consequently it presses and retains against the cylinder with its extremity D. Nothing more remains to be said respecting the taking up, but that the cylinder is provided with two pair of these clasps or levers, which are so fixed as to correspond with the four holes represented in Fig. 11. It will be easy to understand how the paper is deposited in the compartment No. 3. (Fig. 4.) A pin P, (Fig. 10,) rising out of the platform or table, acts against a pin E, projecting sideways out of the lever, and must of course draw the slider and its lever to the original position; the paper consequently will be let go, and its disengagement is rendered certain by an apparatus fixed in the compartment numbered 3, (Fig. 4,) of exactly the same kind as that upon the cylinder, and which by the action of a pin duly placed in the surface of the cylinder A, takes the paper from the cylinder in precisely the same manner as that cylinder originally took it up in the compartment numbered 1. (Fig. 4.)\n\nFig. 11.\n\n“Figs. 5, 6, and 7, represent a simpler apparatus for accomplishing the same purpose. If Aa Bb (Fig. 7) be supposed to represent a thick plate of metal of a circular form, with two pins A and B proceeding sideways or perpendicularly out of its plane, and diametrically opposite to each other, and G another pin proceeding in the direction of that plane, then it is obvious that any force applied to the pin A, so as to press it into the position a, (by turning the plate on its axis or centre X,) will at the same time cause the pin G to acquire the position g; and, on the other hand, when B is at b, or the dotted representation of the side-pin, if any pressure be applied to restore its original position at B, the pin g will return back to G. Now the figures 5 and 6 exhibit an apparatus of this kind, applied to the cylinder A; and that cylinder, by rolling over the pins P and p, properly fixed in the table to re-act upon the apparatus, will cause its prominent part G, either to apply to the cylinder and clasp the paper, or to rise up and let it go. The compartment numbered 3 (Fig. 4) must of course have an apparatus of the same kind, to be acted upon by pins from A, in order that it may take the paper from that cylinder.\n\nFig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7.\n\n“There is one other circumstance belonging to this machine which remains to be explained. When the carriage E (Fig. 4) goes out in the direction of the numbers 1 2 3 4, both rollers, A and B, press the form of letter in their passage; but in their return back again the roller A, having no paper upon it, would itself become soiled, by taking a faint impression from the letter, if it were not prevented from touching it: the manner of effecting this may be understood from Fig. 12. The apparatus there represented is fixed upon the outside of the carriage E, near the lower corner, in the vicinity of the roller A; the whole of this projects sideways beyond the ledge of the table, except the small truck or wheel B. The irregularly triangular piece, which is shaded by the stroke of the pen, carries this wheel, and also a catch movable on the axis or pin E. The whole piece is movable on the pin A, which connects it to the carriage. C D, or the part which is shaded by dotting, is a detent which serves to hold the piece down in a certain position. It may be observed, that both the detent and the triangular piece are furnished each with a claw, which holds in one direction, but trips or yields in the other, like the jacks of a harpsicord, or resembling certain pieces used in clock and watch making, as is clearly represented in the drawing. These claws over-hang the side of the table, and their effect is as follows. There is a pin C (Fig. 4) between the compartments of the table numbered 2 and 3, but which is marked F in Fig. 12, where G H represents the table. In the outward run of the carriage these claws strike that pin, but with no other effect than that they yield for an instant, and as instantly resume their original position by the action of their respective slender back-springs. When the carriage returns, the claw of the detent indeed strikes the pin, but with as little effect as before, because its derangement is instantly removed by the action of the back-spring of the detent itself; but, when the claw of the triangular piece takes the pin, the whole piece is made to revolve on its axis or pin A, the wheel B is forced down, so as to lift that end of the carriage, and the detent, catching on the piece at C, prevents the former position from being recovered. The consequence of this is, that the carriage runs upon the truck B, (and its correspondent truck on the opposite side,) instead of the cylinder A, which is too much raised to take the letter, and soil itself; but, as soon as the end of the carriage has passed clear of the letter, another pin R (Fig. 4) takes the claw of the detent, and draws it off the triangular piece; at which instant the cylinder A subsides to its usual place, and performs its functions as before. This last pin R does not affect the claw of the triangular piece, because it is placed too low; and the claw of the detent is made the longest, on purpose that it may strike this pin.\n\nFig. 12.\n\n“Fig. 8 represents an instrument for printing floor-cloths, paper-hangings, and the like, with stiff paint and a brush.”\n\n“Lastly, I must take notice, that in these and every other of my machines, as well as in every machine whatever, the power may be wind, water, steam, animal strength, or any other natural change capable of producing motion; and that the mechanism by which such powers may be applied to produce a regular unceasing, or an intermitting, motion, as circumstances may require, may be used with these machines, though I have held it totally unnecessary either to specify or annex those methods. The materials, the adjustments, the fittings, and that degree of accuracy necessary to the perfection of every machine, have likewise made no part of my specification, because every workman must know that no mechanism can be completed without a due attention to these well-known particulars. In witness whereof, &c.”—Repertory of Arts, &c. vol. v. 1796.\n\n“Observations on the Art of Printing Books and Piece Goods by the Action of Cylinders.” ——Experto credite.\n\n“We may conceive three ways of delineating figures, or writing. The first and most ancient consists in making the traces successively by a brush, a pen, or other instrument. This is design, painting, or writing. In the latter methods, either the whole or the greater part of the figures are made by the action or pressure of an original pattern against the material intended to be written or painted upon. It is the art of printing. The colouring is either deposited from the face of prominent parts of the original form, which is usually called a block or type; or else it is pressed from cavities cut in the face of the original, which in this case is called an engraved plate. Most books are printed from original patterns, in relief; and most of the imitations of paintings are performed by means of engravings. These arts are most frequently distinguished by the names of letter-press and copper-plate printing.\n\n“It can scarcely be matter of new information to those who are but moderately acquainted with the state of the Arts, to be told that letter-press or book-printing is performed by an assemblage of single metallic letters, called types, made of lead hardened by an addition of antimony in the metallic state; that these letters are composed in the form of book pages, and wedged together in iron frames called chases; that the ink is a composition of linseed oil and lamp black, of so singular a nature, that it will adhere to a ball covered with a pelt or sheep’s skin soaked in water, and kneaded to extreme softness under the feet, but quits this skin with great readiness to apply to the face of the letter when dabbed with the ball; and still more, that it almost totally quits the letter to adhere to paper rendered semitransparent by soaking in water; or lastly, that the paper is applied and pressed against the form of composed letter by means of a flat piece of wood urged downwards by a screw. These and numerous early discovered principles of this most useful art are generally known, and require no more than mere recapitulation in this place.\n\n“The genius of the Chinese language not permitting that people to analyse its sounds into an alphabet, as has been done by most other nations, has induced them to retain those signs of things, and of their correspondent words, which probably constituted the first picture or hieroglyphic writings of every rude society. Changed and complicated as these may have become by the rapidity of transcription, the corruption of ignorance, or whatever other causes may have operated through a long succession of ages, they still for the most part use words that properly denote things, and not sounds. Such words cannot, therefore, be subdivided; and it has accordingly been found most convenient, by these first possessors of the art, to print from entire blocks, as was also done by the first printers in Europe. But our artists soon discovered that a few of the simplest characters, namely, the letters of the alphabet, would be in many respects more useful, as the elements for composing blocks for printers, than a number of blocks originally cut for every page of every individual book.\n\n“Book-printing, therefore, though in fact of the same nature as block-printing, has been carried into effect by very different machinery from that made use of in the arts which still retain the latter method. In book-printing, the heavy metallic form lies on a kind of table, and the colour and the paper are successively applied to its face: but in block-printing, the block is carried and applied to the colour, and afterwards to the work intended to be printed. Thus, for example, in the printing of paper-hangings, the colour is spread with a brush upon a woollen cloth stretched over a surface of parchment or skin evenly supported by a half fluid mass of water and mashed paper. To this the block is carefully applied by a slight perpendicular stroke or two; after which it is applied to the dry paper on a table, and pressed against it either by one or more blows with a mallet, or by the regular action of a lever. The mechanical part of callico-printing is effected nearly in the same manner; but with smaller blocks, because of the greater difficulty of making the successive fittings on so flexible a material. And in both these arts, as well as in book-printing, in red and black, the variety of colours are produced by repeated applications of forms or blocks, of which the prominent parts are made to fit each other according to the nature of the design.\n\n“In the art of printing from copper-plates, a colour somewhat more fluid than for book-printing is made use of. It is pressed into the cavities of the plate by smearing it over the surface; and by subsequent careful wiping the redundant colour is cleared away. In this state, if soaked paper, for which purpose the most spongy texture is the best, be strongly pressed against the plate, by passing both together between two cylinders of metal or hard wood, properly defended by woollen cloth, the greatest part of the colour adheres to the paper, and forms what is called a print.\n\n“In all these processes, it is easily seen, that in the successive applications of colour, the accurate filling of the form or original with the material intended to receive the impression, and in various other parts of the manipulation, there is much room for the display of skill, or for injury from the want of it. It may moreover be collected, that the motions attendant on the various steps of manufacture, are in many instances difficult to be performed with rapidity and ease, until by long continued habit the workman himself is converted as it were into a machine. A very slight degree of attention to this subject must also shew that, if the originals were of a cylindric form, with a contrivance for regularly applying the colour and performing the subsequent operations, it would be easy to print books and piece goods with a degree of rapidity and uniformity, of which the usual method of successive applications seems scarcely capable without uncommon care and skill. This obvious conclusion has no doubt led to numerous experiments; none of which, so far as I can gather, whatever may have been their particular utility, have given much promise to supersede the ordinary methods. But as the increased demand for the manufacture of printed goods has rendered such an improvement an interesting object to manufacturers, as well as to those indefatigable artists who have directed their efforts towards improvements; and as the latter generally take up a new object under a strong persuasion that it has not before been pursued by others, it will certainly be of advantage to these deserving classes of men, to relate a few of the difficulties of this new art.\n\n“The difficulties attendant on any improvement in the arts may be considered either as moral or physical. Under the moral, I would class every thing that relates to the prejudices of men in favour of the old methods, and their fears of risk, together with the œconomical and commercial inconveniencies attending the new processes. The physical difficulties are such as attend the actual performance of any project after the same has been carefully arranged in the mind of the inventor. It happens unfortunately here also that the inventor is seldom aware of the moral impediments; but almost always concludes, that if he can succeed in accomplishing the purpose that he has in view, his cares and labour will then be at an end; and that the manufacturer, in particular, instead of pointing out new impediments discernible only from long continued experience, will more readily embrace and approve of the new processes, in consequence of his superior knowledge of their intrinsic value.\n\n“Every good invention appears simple in the prospect, but it scarcely ever happens in the execution that the most direct road is taken; and in every case there will infallibly be many things unknown or unforeseen, which practice only can point out as necessary to be done for the complete accomplishment of the object in view. Hence, and likewise because few men possessed of independent fortune are likely to engage or persevere in a labour of this kind, it almost invariably happens that the expences exceed the ability of the inventor himself. For these and other reasons, new undertakings are generally brought forward by the inventor, a man strongly prejudiced in favour of his leading pursuit, together with a moneyed friend, who hopes speedily to increase his capital from the abilities of the other. It is not necessary in this place to describe the usual consequences of a partnership, where the minds, the views, and the circumstances of both individuals are so very different, and which may be modified still more essentially if either of the parties be deficient in the common principles required to bind men to each other. It is certainly of the highest importance to both, that the circumstances of such connections should be very maturely weighed before they are entered into.\n\n“The commercial difficulties or facilities attending any invention, are also of great consequence. Every inventor ought to enquire not only what has been done before, but likewise into the present state of the manufacture he means to improve. In this way it is ascertained how small a part the mere press-work constitutes in the price of a book. He will find that twelve yards of paper-hangings are printed for one penny, in a single colour, by hand, which afterwards, by the accumulation of price, in paper, colour, duty, and ordinary profit, are sold for three shillings; none of which the inventor can pretend to diminish; and if he could annihilate the whole labour, his advantage would therefore be less than three per cent. without reckoning the cost and operation of his machinery. In the callico-printing, with a more expensive material, dyeing and field-processes, duty and profits of manufacture and vender, the price of laying the block will turn out to be an object still less considerable. Again: it will be seen that small flat blocks cost but little money in comparison with cylinders of sufficient diameter to retain their figure, and long enough to apply to the whole breadth of the cloth.\n\n“Under these and other similar points of view, the inventor, who may consider the subject in a superficial manner, would be ready to abandon his undertaking. But this again ought not to be rashly done. It is true, that where the great force of capital is employed on objects not comprehended within his project, the saving, however large in its absolute amount, or desirable to a manufacturer, will scarcely come within the reach of the inventor by any bargain he can make short of an actual partnership. But it may be possible to separate the respective departments of a manufactory. A spinner is not necessarily a weaver; nor a printer a linen-draper or a dealer in paper-hangings. The several departments of manufacture and commerce are, generally speaking, in the hands of acute men, who seldom reason ill with regard to the advancement of their peculiar interests; and these departments are continually fluctuating in their arrangement, as convenience, profit, or the accumulation of capital may lead. Experiments are for ever on foot, from day-work to piece-work, and from piece-work to the employ of master-workmen with others under them, all supported by the capital of the large manufacturer, who himself in many instances is the mere instrument maintained by the advances or acceptances of the warehouseman, the factor, or the merchant. An inventor, who has not capital, may seek for employ on the goods or the capital of others; and if he has skill to maintain his ground against the numerous enterprises which the activity of opposite interests will raise against him, he will find that the old order of things will readily alter, as soon as an evident interest in favour of the new is shewn by actual and continued proofs in the market.\n\n“Most of the physical difficulties attendant on any new process are such as experience only can shew. Thus, in the forging of iron by the pressure of rollers instead of hammers, a scheme upon which many thousands of pounds have been expended in this country, it was apprehended that the more impure parts, which are also the most fluid, might be pressed out by the action of cylinders, with equal or perhaps more advantage than by that of hammers; at the same time that the determinate figure of bars of any required size might be given without skill in the operator. Experience nevertheless has shewn, that the more fluid part is driven out much more effectually by the sudden action of a blow, than by the slower compression of a cylinder, which allows time for much of the fluid matter to extend itself within the mass. Various similar effects present themselves when cylinders for printing are substituted instead of planes. Instead of the action of dabbing, the colour is usually applied by simple and gradual contact, to much less effect; and the impression, though not essentially different from that of the block, is performed by a gradual action, which affords time for the cloth or paper to fold itself in a minute degree into the cavities of the sculpture. Hence it is found that the length of paper or cloth printed from a cylinder by a definite number of revolutions, will be greater or less than another piece manufactured precisely in the same way, but with a less or greater degree of pressure. In a block this defect is much less, not only from the considerable hold it takes upon the surface of the material, but also because the error is rectified at every successive application. One of the chief difficulties of cylinder printing consists, therefore, in the difficulty of laying one colour after another; and this would continue to be so even if the materials were not susceptible of change, the contrary to which is the fact. There are two projects for obviating this. The one consists in confining the whole piece to a long table, or to the circumference of a large cylinder; and causing the printing cylinder to move, not by the successive apposition of its carved surface, but of a bearing face regulated by a toothed wheel. The other method consists in the use of a frame to confine two or more cylinders, each provided with its own toothed wheel, and revolving against a large clothed cylinder provided with a suitable wheel to drive the others. The piece is caused to pass between the large cylinder and the others, in order to receive the impression. With regard to the first of these methods, it does not appear easy to confine paper, and still less cloth, in such a manner that its parts may continue without shift or wrinkle during the action of a cylinder, which not being allowed to roll without the check of a wheel, must draw the surface either the one way or the other. The difficulty of confinement will be very much increased by the indispensable requisite that the paper should be afterwards hung up to dry, and the callico be carried to the dye-house and the bleach-field, between the successive impressions, by which means the dimensions of both will be greatly altered. In the second method, it is observable that no colours can be printed but such as fall clear of each other. In this way, moreover, the gathering action of the cylinders may prove very mischievous. For, if we suppose the paper or cloth to pass between the great cylinder and the first printing roller by an action of the latter which tends to make it slip forward on the face of the great cylinder, and that when it arrives at the second printing roller it there experiences an action of a contrary nature, the consequence will be, that the material will become slack between the two rollers, and the fittings will be false. Not to dwell on that experience which brings forward this obstacle among others, its great probability may be deduced from the allowable supposition, that the circumference of the first printing cylinder should be one thousandth part of an inch too large, and that of the second the same quantity too small. For, in this case, the material will be shifted one-twentieth of an inch in fifty turns by the first cylinder, and the same quantity in the contrary direction by the second; a quantity upon the whole quite sufficient to destroy the effect of the colours in the progress of one single piece. Such minute differences can hardly be avoided in the first instance; in addition to which, we may place the varying dimensions of the printing cylinder, if not made of metal; and of the great clothed cylinder, which in effect has a larger or smaller diameter in proportion to the pressure which operates to render its elastic covering either thicker or thinner. The only method of diminishing these evils seems to be, that all the printing cylinders should, by dimension or pressure, or both, be made to draw the same way, the outer cylinder most, and the others gradually less and less, so that the material should have a tendency to apply itself more tightly during its passage through the apparatus.\n\n“The application of the colour to the surface of a cylinder block, is attended with some difficulty. An ingenious mechanic may contrive various means to produce the action of dabbing, if required. When a stuffed cylinder covered with cloth is made to revolve in the colour, and thence, after passing a scraper, to apply itself to the block cylinder, it is found to be no inconsiderable difficulty that its dimensions change, and its covering becomes wrinkled by the action of the scraper as well as that of the block. A better method, therefore, consists in a revolving web of woollen cloth, like a jack towel, stretched over three horizontal cylinders parallel to each other, two of which support the elastic surface of the web, which in its revolution accompanies the block cylinder; and the other serves to guide the same web to the colour, or a cylinder revolving in it. This method would be very easy and pleasant in its operation, if it were not for a property common to all straps which revolve on the surface of two or more wheels. These are observed always to seek the highest place; so that if a cutler’s wheel were made with a groove to carry a strap, instead of a round edge, the strap would infallibly mount the ledge, instead of remaining in the groove. On this principle, the web would very speedily shift itself to one end of the cylinders, if it were not confined sideways, or the lower roller were not made considerably thickest in the middle, and gradually tapering towards its extremities. This last simple expedient is not without its difficulties; but, as I have not actually tried it, I shall defer entering into any discussion on that head.\n\n“The running of the paper or piece-goods towards one end of the leading cylinder is also one of the greatest difficulties attending this method of printing. It is not perfectly removed by tapering the leading cylinders.\n\n“The nature of the trade of paper-staining in this country, which requires a large sum to be immediately vested in the payment of the excise duty, and consequently prevents any considerable stock from being manufactured until orders are actually received, and the varying fashions in printed callicoes, which render the expence of cutting the block by for the heaviest part of the disbursement for printing, are probably the chief reasons why manufacturers in this country have been less solicitous for the construction of machines calculated to afford profit only in the case of very numerous impressions. The physical difficulties of this art have likewise conspired, in no small degree, to prevent its having been applied in the large way to any but a few simple designs of the sort called running patterns in one colour.”—Nicholson’s Journal, vol. i. 1797.\n\nThe following is the statement respecting König’s machine, which was the first that was made; it appeared in the Literary Gazette, with an engraving; and as that Gazette was at the time printed by Mr. Benjamin Bensley, at a machine, as well as from other circumstances, I am led to believe that the information contained in it was supplied by Mr. Bensley himself, and that, as far as it goes, it may be relied upon.\n\n“The cylindrical mode of printing, which, in contradistinction to the old process by the press, is called Machine Printing, was invented by the late Mr. Nicholson, well known in the scientific and literary world, who took out a patent in the year 1790, though it does not appear that his plans and experiments ended in any actually practical result. Whether M. König, who at a later period more successfully attempted to print by machinery, was indebted to Mr. Nicholson for his elementary principles, or whether almost the same ideas spontaneously occurred to each individual, is a question that can only be satisfactorily solved by the former. Thus much is certain, that M. König’s labours were the first which produced any fruit:—and surely more is due to him who, after years of persevering toil, succeeds in the application of hitherto unapplied principles, than to one of whom we can only say that he was simply the first to suggest ideas—since no evidence is offered of their ever having been acted upon.\n\n“M. König, by birth a Saxon, and by occupation a printer, many years ago conceived it possible to print by Steam, though he then expected no more than to be able to give accelerated speed to the common press, to which end his first efforts were bent. As from the nature of such an undertaking, considering the state of scientific pursuits in his native land, he could calculate on little success unaided by others, and failing in his application for encouragement and support at the hands of the most eminent printers in several of the continental capitals, he turned his eyes towards England. Arriving in London about 1804, he submitted his scheme to several printers of repute, who, not being disposed to incur the risk of property which a series of experiments was sure to entail, and perhaps placing little confidence in a successful issue, received his overtures very coolly: and it is probable his applications in this country would have shared the fate of similar attempts abroad, had he not finally been introduced to Mr. Bensley senior, who, attracted by M. K.’s plans, speedily entered into an arrangement with him. After a short course of experiments on the fabrication of a press which should have accelerated motion, and at the same time render the work of the man who inks the type unnecessary, the above gentlemen were joined by Mr. G. Woodfall and Mr. R. Taylor, the former of whom however soon retired; the remaining three, in nowise discouraged by the tediousness and expense which all who are conversant with the progress of any invention in machinery well know to be unavoidable, persevered amidst unforeseen perplexities, which were doubtless not diminished by the parties’ deficiency in practical mechanical knowledge. It was at length discovered that the intended improvement of the common press could not be brought to bear—and that much labour and prodigious expence would be thrown away, unless more radical alterations were invented. Cylindrical printing was now thought of—and after some two or three years of renewed exertion, a small machine was brought forth, the characteristic of which was, that instead of the printing being produced by a flat impression (similar to the press) the sheet passed between a large roller and the types still flat; and in lieu of the old fashioned balls, used by hand to beat over the types and so to communicate the ink to their surface, skins were strained round smaller rollers, on which it was contrived to spread the ink, and under which the Form, i. e. the frame in which the types are fixed, passed in its way to the printing cylinder. Considerable promise of success attended this production; and after continued experiments, it was deemed practicable to extend the general principles to a more powerful machine. To print a newspaper was considered highly desirable—and on exhibiting to Mr. Walters, proprietor of the Times Newspaper, the Machine already erected, and shewing what further improvements were contemplated, an agreement was entered into with that gentleman for the erection of two large machines for printing his Journal. So secret had been the operations of the patentees, that the first public intimation of their invention was given to the reader of The Times on Monday the 28th of November, 1814, who was told that he then held in his hand one of many thousand impressions thrown off by steam. At this time but few persons knew of any attempt going on for the attainment of the above object; whilst among those connected with printing, it had often been talked of, but treated as chimerical.\n\n“The machines at the Times Office, cumbrous and complicated as subsequent improvements have made them appear, are yet in many respects admirably adapted to the purpose for which they were erected, and it is believed will outlast many contrivances for printing which have been since brought out.\n\n“The next advance in improvement was the manufacture of a machine for Messrs. Bensley, distinguished from those before mentioned by the mode of perfecting (or printing on both sides)—so that the sheet of white paper is placed in the feeder, and delivered from the machine printed on both sides! In addition to the essential difference between this machine and those previously made, it came forth with many obvious improvements, though still unquestionably complex:—and for the first attempt at effecting register (causing the pages to fall precisely on the back of one another) a greater degree of success than might have been expected was attained, subsequent experience shewing the many difficulties to be surmounted in the accomplishment of this object. Deficiencies were now detected in the inking: the strained skins were found uneven in their surface; and attempts were made to clothe the rollers with an elastic preparation of glue, treacle, &c. which has at length attained perfection.\n\n“By this time the invention had attracted the attention of various individuals, who thought the manufacture of printing machines an easier task than they afterwards found it to be; and far the greater number of attempts, we believe, failed almost as soon as undertaken. A machine, however, similar in its capacities to that last mentioned, but much more simple in its construction, has been brought out—under the direction of some eminent engineers. It was not long before these gentlemen were requested to apply their inking apparatus to Messrs. Bensley’s machine; and at one stroke, as it were, forty wheels were removed—so great was the simplification: and at the same time the defects of the former system, of communicating the ink to the types, were most effectually remedied. Massive and complicated as it was, yet as an immense expense had been incurred in its erection, Messrs. Bensley went on using their machine until the destruction of their establishment by fire in 1819. And even after the rebuilding of the premises, the machinery, which had been only partially damaged, was reinstated, and worked for some time:—it has now, however, given place to two large and admirable machines built on the improved plan, which when inspected by a judicious eye can only create wonder at the heretofore circuitous manner adopted to attain ends so apparently within easy reach. The writer has no hesitation in stating that the original machine contained upwards of one hundred wheels; whereas the new machine, with about ten wheels, accomplishes, in point of quantity, exactly the same object, and with a marked advantage in regard to the quality of the printing. Another important point respecting the new machine is, that it occupies scarcely half the space of the original one.\n\n“The printing machine in its present state appears susceptible of little improvement. It produces excellent work, and its movements are attended with certainty and despatch—the double, or perfecting, machine throwing off 800 to 1000 sheets, printed on both sides, within the hour,—and the single machine delivering 1500 or 1600 done on one side: which, in cases where one form of the types (as in newspapers) is ready to be worked off while the last side is preparing, is attended with the greatest advantage, since the rate of delivery thereby becomes doubled. The first is that by which our Gazette is printed, and the last described is that with which Mr. B. Bensley is now (and has for a considerable time been) printing the Morning Chronicle newspaper.\n\n“Other leading daily newspapers are also wrought off by steam; as well as several publications of extensive circulation. Like almost every ingenious invention, this has had no small portion of prejudice to encounter, and perhaps has been longer in forcing its way than many other schemes of real utility. The various advantages, however, which it holds forth have attracted the attention of several proprietors of the more extensive printing concerns, who have introduced it with benefit to the public—to whom, by means of this great reduction of labour, the productions of the press may be furnished at a reduced rate of charge.”—Literary Gazette, October 26, 1822.\n\nIt may, perhaps, be allowable to make a few observations on this statement, more particularly as Mr. Nicholson is seldom spoken of in connexion with printing machines, and when he is, it is in such a manner as to convey the impression that he was a visionary man, who had some imaginary scheme in his head which he was incompetent to carry into effect. To rebut this opinion I have given the specification of his patent, with his own observations on his invention, which certainly do not discover any symptoms of a weak or a speculative man. I knew Mr. Nicholson personally, and I have no doubt that, had he lived, he would have carried his invention into effect; but he had a number of other pursuits which occupied his time. He published a work on navigation, which I have seen quoted as authority for its opinions; he was the author of a Dictionary of Chemistry, in two quarto volumes; he edited and published monthly Nicholson’s Journal of Science, &c. which was in high repute; he wrote the Prospectus for the Royal Institution, on its establishment in 1799; and he likewise kept a large school in Soho Square, the leading feature of which was, a scientific education. I was, for ten years, in the habit of hearing in an undisguised manner the opinions of the most eminent scientific men in England,—as I held the office of Assistant Secretary to the Board of Managers of the Royal Institution, (the Secretary being an honorary officer,) also that of Secretary to the Patrons of the Library, and Secretary to the Committee of Chemistry, as well as Superintendant of their Printing Office,—and in all that time I never heard his name mentioned but with respect among these gentlemen, nor did I once hear him spoken of as a visionary who would project schemes that he was unable to execute. In addition to his multifarious pursuits, he was agent to the late Lord Camelford, whose sudden death left Mr. Nicholson involved in difficulties, from which he could never extricate himself.\n\nCould this man, then, who planned the printing machine, and the manner of printing calico, &c. in an improved and expeditious manner, who moreover published the details of his process, with drawings of the requisite machines, be deemed, with justice, nothing more than “one of whom we can only say that he was simply the first to suggest ideas,” this being all the merit that is allowed him by the Literary Gazette? Now it appears to me that the term “suggesting ideas” refers with rather more truth to Mr. König, who, coming to England with the idea of applying steam as the moving power to presses, and being supported by English capital, spent some years in unavailing efforts to reduce his ideas to practice, and when he could not succeed, gave up the attempt as one completely foiled, and turning round upon Mr. Nicholson’s plan, produced a cylindrical printing machine.\n\nDr. Olinthus Gregory, in a lecture delivered by him before the Mechanics Institution at Deptford, in 1826, among other topics illustrative of the patronage afforded to the arts and sciences by the intelligence and enterprise of this country, directed the attention of his audience to “the case of Mr. König, a truly ingenious foreigner, and his invention of an improved printing press, in which, by duly blending the alternating and rotatory principles of motion, the apparatus is capable of working off 1100 sheets an hour, with the superintendance of two boys. Tracing the history of his invention, of his difficulties, and of his want of encouragement, through the greater part of the continent of Europe, Mr. König says, ‘I need hardly add, that scarcely ever was an invention brought to maturity under such circumstances. The well known fact, that almost every invention seeks, as it were, refuge in England, and is there brought to perfection, seems to indicate that the Continent has yet to learn from her the best manner of encouraging the mechanical arts. I had my full share in the ordinary disappointments of continental projectors; and, after having spent in Germany and Russia upwards of two years in fruitless applications, I proceeded to England.’\n\n“What could not be accomplished by the encouragement of princes on the Continent,” proceeds Dr. Gregory, “was effected by the aid of private individuals in London. A few enterprising printers,—and their names cannot be mentioned but with honour on such an occasion; Mr. Thomas Bensley, Mr. George Woodfall, and Mr. Richard Taylor,—liberally assisted this ingenious foreigner in bringing his invention to maturity. The machine was set to work in April 1811, and 3000 copies of sheet H of the “New Annual Register for 1810,” was printed by means of it. This was, doubtless, the first part of a book ever printed solely by a machine. Messrs. Bacon and Donkin were, it is true, simultaneously at work upon analogous contrivances, and, since then, other ingenious artists, especially Applegath and Cowper, have contributed greatly to the simplification of this class of machinery.”\n\nIn 1818, Messrs. Donkin and Bacon obtained a patent for a most ingenious but complex machine, which claims the merit of having been the first to print with a circular movement of the types. It is said that the invention of this machine was simultaneous with that of König. A great point was gained in it, for the composition inking rollers were first introduced in this machine, Mr. König’s having rollers covered with leather, which were not found to answer the purpose so well.\n\nIn this machine the patent specified the fastening of the pages of type to the surface of a prismatic cylinder having any number of planes from four to eight; to these types the ink was immediately supplied by a large elastic roller placed over the type cylinder, and made to rise and fall in accordance with the irregular motion of the surfaces of the latter; two other and smaller rollers conveying the ink from a receptacle to the larger roller. The sheet of paper to be printed was applied to another revolving prism, composed of segments of cylinders exactly adapted to meet the irregularities of the type roller. To insure the niceties and regularities of motion and of contact required in printing, toothed wheels, corresponding in shape to the prisms, were placed upon the axis; and however strange, at first sight, may appear to non-mechanical persons the working together of metal wheels of such angular shapes, yet by providing for a free vertical motion of the gudgeons of each roller, the operation of the whole machine was steady and uniform. The annexed diagram, representing a section of the principal parts, will enable the reader to form a more correct idea of this curious machine.\n\nA, the quadrangular prismatic roller, with its surfaces of stereotype plates.\n\nB, the roller for distributing the ink, which it receives from the two smaller rollers a e, in contact with the box i.\n\nC, the pressing cylinder, covered with cloth or felt.\n\nD E, the track of the paper in the direction of the arrows.\n\n\n\nThe Norwich Mercury, a paper published by Mr. Bacon, contains a prospectus of his newly invented machine, to which is added a notice respecting its merit as compared with that of Mr. König, erected at the Times printing office, from which statement the following is an extract:—\n\n“In Messrs. Bacon and Donkin’s machine, there is no reciprocating motion. The types are placed on a prism of as many sides as the nature of the form requires. This prism occupies the centre of an upright frame, like the roller in a copperplate press; below this is a kind of compound-faced roller, suited to the form of the prism; through between these the sheets to be printed (attached to the face of a piece of cloth) are passed in succession, and in the meantime the revolution in the type prism brings its different portions in succession under a system of inking rollers placed over it, by which it receives successive charges of ink, to be delivered to the sheets as they pass in succession between the lower rollers.”\n\nMr. Hansard, in his “Typographia,” says, that “one machine would not answer for all kinds of work.” And “the only one of these machines that was, I believe, ever made, rests in peace as not being found useful.”\n\nOn the erection of the machines for printing the Times newspaper, Mr. Bensley being apprehensive that there would be impediments thrown in the way of their general introduction by the workmen, who had already shown symptoms of opposition, was desirous that I should see them at work, that he might have my opinion on the subject. I accordingly went with Mr. Joseph Bensley, his eldest son, to look at them, and view their manner of working, and on my return, Mr. Bensley was anxious to see me, that he might have my report. I told him that truly they surpassed any thing I had imagined, and did the work so well, and so expeditiously, that I did not believe any opposition on the part of the workmen could prevent their coming into use. This opinion was gratifying to him: but I also told him that I foresaw another thing that might probably take place, which would have an equally injurious effect with respect to him. With considerable anxiety he asked to what I alluded; I told him that I thought some man of abilities would step in and simplify them, for they appeared to me complex in their construction. He treated this suggestion with indifference, as a thing that could never happen, and expressed himself perfectly satisfied that no person would ever make the attempt. My prognostication, however, was fulfilled; for immediately after, Mr. Edward Cowper, of the firm of Applegath and Cowper, printers, proved not only its possibility, but its practicability, by sweeping away at once wheels, &c. which had cost, as I was credibly informed at the time, at least 1500l. in the course of their experiments; and thus made the machine more simple, and less liable to be out of order, while he at the same time improved it greatly in its facility of working, and in the quality of the work it produced. Mr. Cowper took out a patent for his improvement; and, as I was told, in consideration of the expense that Mr. Bensley had been at in the pursuit, which amounted to at least 16,000l., offered him, as an act of justice, a share of the patent, which was accepted. The machine erected for “The Times” cost the proprietor of that newspaper 3,000l.\n\nMessrs. Applegath and Cowper then commenced manufacturing these machines, which met with general approval; they also much improved the inking apparatus. After the dissolution of their partnership, Mr. Cowper established a manufactory for them at Manchester, in conjunction with his brother, he himself continuing to reside in London.\n\n\n\nCOWPER’S MACHINE FOR PRINTING BOOKS.\n\nIn the year 1824 a new mode of machine printing was introduced, that of printing with two colours simultaneously in the same impression. This arose out of the Commission appointed by Government to inquire into the best means of preventing the Forgery of Bank Notes. A pamphlet was published by Sir William Congreve, describing the process as inimitable, except by their machine, for which they had a patent, so that no one else could possibly produce a facsimile. A design was made, generally composed of a great number of lines in a flourishing style, and, when engraved on two pieces of metal, these lines were printed with two colours, one part sinking below the other after each impression, and, there being two sets of inking rollers, each part was inked at the same time, when the lower part rose again to a level with the other, so that one part of these complicated lines should be black, and the continuation of them should be blue or red, or any other colour that might be thought proper, and any device that might be included in the design should also be in two colours, such, for instance, as the King’s arms, and the register should be exact, so that each line should uniformly be perfectly continuous, notwithstanding the change of colour. Government adopted the plan for printing a new stamp on the backs of country bank notes, and also for the Excise Stamps for paper. So far, however, from being inimitable, I have no hesitation in saying, that there never was a plan suggested that was more easy of imitation, even with the common press, and by the customary workmen. The machines were made by Messrs. Donkin and Co.\n\nA single machine, that is, a machine which prints one side of the paper only, may be estimated to produce upon the average one thousand impressions in an hour; and were I to attempt to describe the one by which the Times newspaper is now printed, I should state that it is the mechanism of four single machines combined in one frame, all being worked simultaneously by steam as the motive power: thus there are four places at which to feed it with paper, four printing cylinders, and four places at which the sheets are delivered when printed, so that the actual speed of each part of the machine is rather more than one thousand an hour. This ingenious and skilful combination is the production of Mr. Augustus Applegath.\n\nI have seen it stated by the proprietor of a machine, that it would print at the rate of two thousand impressions in an hour: I have known another assert that his perfecting machine would print one thousand five hundred in the same time. This is a fallacy, which produces disappointment and dissatisfaction. I have had occasion in the course of business to satisfy myself as to their real capability, by attending and carefully observing them at work, and have thus ascertained that a single machine cannot be depended on for more than one thousand in the hour, nor a perfecting machine for more than seven hundred and fifty. I am well aware that both may be driven with greater speed for a short time, but in the case of newspapers and periodical publications, where punctuality is indispensably requisite, I would never calculate upon greater expedition.\n\nWith respect to the comparative merits of the cylindrical method of printing and those of the press, the manufacturers of machines as well as most master printers, not content with the real superiority of properties which the machine does certainly possess, attribute to it properties which it does not possess, and which are incompatible with it, namely, those of producing the finest work, and printing the finest impressions from highly finished engravings on wood at the rate of eight hundred or one thousand per hour; even an engraver on wood has fallen into this error, and has produced a work with numerous beautiful illustrations, in which the writer of the book has boldly defended this erroneous opinion, but the engraver himself has cautiously avoided the risk of, and shrunk from, the comparison, and has had the book printed at the press. The Penny Magazine has trumpeted the same fallacy; and yet the spirited Publisher has all his splendid works, with their beautiful illustrations, printed also at the press: thus tacitly acknowledging its superiority, and denying the opinions which he is the means of publishing to the world.\n\nIn producing the finest workmanship in printing, it is essentially requisite to use the best ink: this is ink made with strong varnish, which binds the colouring matter, and, when dry, prevents its smearing on being handled or setting-off in the process of binding; the colouring matters are selected with care from among those of the best quality; the whole is ground to a state of impalpability; the strength of the varnish causes the ink to require a great deal of distributing on the balls, which I prefer to rollers for the best work,—See Balls,—in order to diffuse it equally on their surface; the form should be well and carefully beat, so as to coat the face of the types, &c. completely and uniformly with ink, without any superfluity; the pressure should be slow and gradual, what is termed a soaking pull, not quick and abrupt, and when the bar of the press is brought home, the workman should rest there a short time, in order to transfer the ink completely from the types, &c. to the paper, and fix it firmly on its surface. These precautions and care are necessary to produce the finest work in printing; and in every instance, in whatever art or manufacture the article may be, good workmanship and high finish will be found to require more time for their production than in an inferior article.\n\nFrom the rapidity with which impressions are produced by the cylindrical method of printing, it must be apparent that it is not capable of executing work of a superior kind, as the ink must be weak to enable the light rollers to distribute it as expeditiously as it is required; the ink too must be prepared with a soft varnish to enable it to do so, which deprives it of the valuable property of drying, as well as of binding the colouring matter so as not to smear; this weak ink also incurs the risk of allowing the oil in the varnish to separate from the colouring matter, and thus spread in the paper and discolour it. Another imperfection is, that there is not time to ink the face of the type, &c. properly, which is thus obliged to be done in an imperfect manner with an inferior ink; and in taking the impression, again for lack of time, there is not pressure sufficient to fix the ink firmly to the paper.\n\nAs overlays cannot be used in cylindrical printing, the engravers on wood, when producing a subject which is to be printed at a machine, hollow out on the surface of the block the parts that are to appear light, as well as round off the edges that are to be printed lightly, and engrave on those lowered parts, so that the surface is not a perfect plane; and this is to answer the purpose of overlays, thus in practice allowing that of which they deny the necessity and which they ridicule in theory—unequal pressure to produce the desired effect; but the object is not gained by this method, for, to obtain an impression from those lowered parts, thick woollen cloth, called a blanket, is used, which, owing to its elasticity, is pressed into the hollows as well as between the lines of the depths; so that an impression is produced, in which the lights are composed of crude lines, and the depths are muddy, and which show more than the engraved line, and thus the wood-cut does not possess that delicacy in the light parts, nor that firmness in the dark, which are produced by good workmen at the press, and which give to the whole a brilliant effect.\n\nThe hollowing of the block on its surface requires great care and judgment, not only in ascertaining the precise situation and bounds, but also the precise depth to which it ought to be lowered; for if a thick blanket be used, the light parts will be produced stronger and heavier than is required, and if a thin one be used, they will either not appear, or, if they do, will be rotten, or else chalky; and some small parts in the depths will always require to be of a full firm colour, which a thick blanket and weak inferior ink will never produce. See Engravings on Wood. Fine Presswork.\n\nThe advantages that cylindrical printing possesses are of great importance in the art, and not less so with respect to the public. Its power of printing larger sheets of paper than was ever before contemplated, has enabled the proprietors of newspapers to enlarge them to a previously unparalleled extent. The rapidity with which impressions are multiplied is also an advantage of great consequence, as in the case of morning newspapers, instead of going to press on the evening preceding the publication, they can now wait until five o’clock in the morning, and even later, when if a despatch or an express arrives with any important news, it is in the hands of the public at the usual hour of publication; neither is this rapidity of less advantage to periodical publications, more particularly to those of which a large number is printed, for example, the Evangelical Magazine, and the Methodists Magazine, of each of which there were printed about 24,000 copies. When these were done at press, it was necessary to put the last sheets to press ten days before the publication, whereas now they can delay them till the third day, and yet be punctual in publishing at the regular time. They thus avail themselves of any later intelligence that may arrive, and give it publicity a month earlier than before the invention of cylindrical printing.\n\nAnother advantage in machine printing is, the regularity and uniformity of colour through any number of impressions, as it can be regulated with the greatest nicety to any shade; in this instance it is superior to the press for the production of common work, in the uniformity of colour, but only superior to common work in its rivalry with the press.", "chars": 79731, "is_article": true, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_452.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 1.", "alt": "Cross-section diagram of a printing press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_452a.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 2.", "alt": "Cross-section of a printing press with inking-roller", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_453.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 4.", "alt": "Another cross-section of the printing press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_453a.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 9. Fig. 10.", "alt": "Mechanism for taking a sheet up and down in the press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_454.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 11.", "alt": "Top view of the printing press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_454a.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7.", "alt": "Another mechanism for taking the paper up and down", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_454b.jpg", "caption": "Fig. 12.", "alt": "Mechanism to raise the roller", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_462.jpg", "caption": "Cross-section of the Bacon machine", "alt": "Cross-section of the Bacon machine", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_464.jpg", "caption": "COWPER’S MACHINE FOR PRINTING BOOKS.", "alt": "Drawing of the Cowper printing press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-mackle-1", "term": "Mackle", "norm": "mackle", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When part of the impression appears double.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MACUL", "term": "MACULE", "norm": "macule", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "If the joints of the tympan, or the head, or the nut of the spindle, be loose, or any accident happen in pulling, so that the impression be somewhat doubled, and not clear, it is said to be maculed. Cards under the winter, to produce a spring, have often been the cause of maculing: the sides of the tympan or the ear of the frisket touching the cheeks will also produce the same effect. See Double. Slurring.\n\nMagazines. See Newspaper Postage.", "chars": 552, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2139", "term": "madder lake", "norm": "madder lake", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": "turkey red", "dates": null, "text": "Any of several herbs of the genus Rubia, and especially an Eurasian herb, R. tinctorium. It contains the glycoside ruberythric acid, which gives xylose, glucose, and the dye alizarin upon hydrolysis. Madder lake is used for dyeing and in the manufacture of marbling colors.", "chars": 273, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2140", "term": "made boards", "norm": "made boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Book boards consisting of two boards of unequal thickness pasted together, the thinner board being on the inside next to the book. Made boards are useful when binding a large book, one requiring boards that are thicker than normal. The advantages of using two boards rather than one very thick board are that the thinner board will tend to cause the boards to curve towards the text block rather than away from it, and the use of two boards provides greater stability for them.", "chars": 477, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [172, 335], "citations": ["Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2141", "term": "made endpaper", "norm": "made endpaper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of endpaper consisting of two decorative leaves, e.g., marbled, colored, etc., and two or three plain leaves. The decorative end is pasted to one of the plain leaves, and, on larger books, a linen guard, through which the sewing passes, is wrapped around both. One decorative leaf becomes the board paper, the other, as well as the plain leaves, being the free flyleaves. If a waste sheet is desired, another plain folded sheet is tipped to the innermost plain leaf and one leaf is swung around on top of the board paper. This method also gives an additional free flyleaf.", "chars": 579, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [81, 335, 343], "citations": ["Clough, Eric A. Bookbinding for librarians. London. Association of Assistant Librarians. 1957.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2142", "term": "made flyleaves", "norm": "made flyleaves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Flyleaves made from colored, marbled, or otherwise decorated paper, lined with uncolored paper that is sometimes similar to that of the text.", "chars": 141, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2143", "term": "made-up copy", "norm": "made-up copy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book having IMPERFECTIONS (1) which have been replaced by parts from other copies of the same edition.", "chars": 128, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2144", "term": "magazine binder", "norm": "magazine binder", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": "magazine case", "dates": null, "text": "A form of case, generally having a transparent plastic upper cover, and used as a temporary binding of pamphlets or current magazines. It can be removed for use with the succeeding numbers.", "chars": 189, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2145", "term": "magazine paper", "norm": "magazine paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper suitable for printing of periodicals. It is manufactured in a wide range of grades and finishes, two or more of which are frequently used in a single issue. Both coated and uncoated grades are used, depending mainly on the requirements for illustrations and halftones.", "chars": 276, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2146", "term": "magnesium bicarbonate", "norm": "magnesium bicarbonate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A bicarbonate (Mg(HCO3)2) used in deacidifying papers. The bicarbonate is produced by passing carbon dioxide through a solution of magnesium carbonate. The document to be deacidified is immersed in a bath or sprayed with a solution of about 10 grams of magnesium carbonate per liter of water that has been treated with CO2. The advantage of this method is that it is simple and effective.", "chars": 410, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2147", "term": "magnesium carbonate", "norm": "magnesium carbonate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A carbonate (MgCO3) produced in paper by the action of atmospheric carbon dioxide on magnesium hydroxide. See: NON-AQUEOUS DEACIDIFICATION.", "chars": 174, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2148", "term": "magnesium hydroxide", "norm": "magnesium hydroxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A white precipitate (Mg(OH)2) produced in paper by the action of moisture in the paper on magnesium methoxide. See: NON-AQEUOUS DEACIDIFICATION.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2149", "term": "magnesium methoxide", "norm": "magnesium methoxide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An organic salt (Mg(OCH3)2), insoluble in water, and produced by dissolving magnesium in dry methanol. When dissolved in alcohol and freon, it can be used in the NON-AQUEOUS DEACIDIFICATION of paper. The magnesium methoxide reacts with moisture in the paper to form magnesium hydroxide, which slowly carbonates to form magnesium carbonate. A common method of application is by aerosol spraying.", "chars": 440, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2150", "term": "magnesium silicate", "norm": "magnesium silicate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An insoluble white powder (Mg3H2(SiO3)4), used in gilding. See: FRENCH CHALK.", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2151", "term": "magnesium sulfate", "norm": "magnesium sulfate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, crystalline salt (MgSO4), soluble in water, which occurs naturally as white, granular, fibrous, or earthy masses, and is readily obtained in solution. It is used in leather manufacture to improve the color and feel of leather. See: SOUR DIP.", "chars": 289, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2152", "term": "Mahieu, Thomas", "norm": "mahieu, thomas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "active 1549-65", "text": "The 16th century bibliophile, who, along with Grolier, was the most celebrated collector of his day. Mahieu's collection, which belongs to the period 1550 to 1565, included bindings, some of which were done by Claude de Picques, with punched and gilded backgrounds for designs, or curved strapwork and arabesques, with ornaments in outline or azured. Some bindings are lavishly ornamented with colored onlays on a gilt background. Many are inscribed \"Tho. Maioli et Amicorvm,\" (the Latinized form of his name being Maiolus). About 90 bindings survive, ranging in quality from adequate to very superior.\n\nMahieu, who may have been a native of Italy, was secretary to Catherine de Medicis from 1549 to 1560 and later a treasurer of France, as was Grolier, whom Mahieu probably knew.", "chars": 778, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [168, 347, 373], "citations": ["Hobson, Geoffrey Dudley. Maioli, Canevari and others. Boston. Little, Brown. (Monographs on bookbindings, no. 1). 1926.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957.", "Zahn, Otto. On art binding, a monograph. Memphis. Toof. 1904."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2153", "term": "mahogany marble", "norm": "mahogany marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A \"tree marble\" produced by sprinkling black and brown coloring, mainly the former, on the covers of a book, and when dry, coating the entire cover several times with red coloring. See also: TREE CALF.", "chars": 225, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97, 152], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-maioli-style-1", "term": "Maioli style", "norm": "maioli style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style prior to and contemporary with the early (Italian) examples of the Grolier. Generally composed of a framework of shields or medallions, with a design of scrollwork flowing through it. Portions of the design are usually studded with gold dots. Ornaments are of moresque character.", "chars": 287, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2154", "term": "Maioli, Thomas", "norm": "maioli, thomas", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MAHIEU, THOMAS.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MAKE1", "term": "MAKE", "norm": "make", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In casting off copy, they say it will make so much; as, it will make a sheet, two sheets, &c.\n\nMake a Measure. See Justify a Stick.", "chars": 191, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2155", "term": "make up", "norm": "make up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The sections and other gatherings needed to make up one complete book. 2. A list of the contents of a book supplied by a publisher to the printer and bookbinder to serve as instructions as to the positioning of plates, plans, map endpapers, etc. See also: DUMMY (1). 3. A general term applied to the process of taking type from galleys, arranging it into page form, inserting illustrative cuts, dividing the matter into page lengths, adding running heads, titles of subdivisions, footnotes, etc., and securing with cord. The pages of type are then ready to be locked in the chase.", "chars": 607, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 365], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Winans, Leonard G. The book from manuscript to market. New 370. York. Grosset 8 Dunlap. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MAKE2", "term": "MAKE UP", "norm": "make up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "After a compositor has been setting at random, and commences arranging his matter into pages, it is termed making up. In large pages and letter, in a work where good register is required, I would recommend the compositor to mark on a gauge accurately every line of the page, so that he may regulate his whites in such a manner that line may fall upon line without causing much trouble to the pressman, or to himself; for if it be much out, and the pressmen are on piecework, he will be called on to rectify the errors, and this is better avoided in the making up, as it is attended with but little trouble then, and his work will appear to more advantage in the first instance.\n\nTo give the making-up. When a compositor in a companionship has composed his copy to within the quantity of a page of the work, he gives the overplus of the copy, after having completed his own last page, to him who is composing the copy that follows his matter; and he ought to mark on it with a pencil where he has himself concluded, as well as the folio that should follow that of his own last page. This is called giving the making-up.\n\nMalabaric. See Tamoulic.", "chars": 1290, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-make-up-1", "term": "make up", "norm": "make up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To arrange the lines of matter into pages.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-make-up-rule-1", "term": "Make-up rule", "norm": "make-up rule", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A steel rule with a projection on the top, for making up matter.", "chars": 64, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-making-margin-1", "term": "Making margin", "norm": "making margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "In imposition, arranging the space between the pages of a form so that the margin will be properly proportioned.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MAKIN1", "term": "MAKING READY", "norm": "making ready", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This term implies the process of laying the form on the press—fixing it in its place—placing the tympan sheet on the tympan—placing the points to make register, when both sides of the paper are to be printed—making register—preparing the frisket—and producing an equal impression from all the pages, and from every part of each page.\n\nWhen an engraving on wood is printed, it also denotes the overlaying it, so as to produce an impression, which shall possess all the effect that the subject may require.\n\nIn common work, where despatch is required, thick blankets are used in the tympans; and when the types are much worn they are also necessary, to bring up the rounded face of the letter. It is too common in good work to put an excess of blanket into the tympans, to lessen the pull for the purpose of easing the pressmen’s arms, and to enable them to be more expeditious: the consequence is, that the impression will show more than the surface of the types or engraving; and thus what is gained in ease and expedition, is more than counterbalanced by the imperfect and rough impression that is produced. See Fine Presswork, and Engravings on Wood.\n\nAn old pressman, who was a good workman, gave me the following directions for making ready a form:—\n\n“In making ready, I will only speak of a form of fine work; if a pressman can do that, he surely can make common work ready.\n\n“Lay the form on the stone, centrically under the platen; quoin it all round; fold the tympan sheet according to the form laid on the press; lay it even on the form, and stretch it as much as it will bear; pull it, for the purpose of attaching it to the tympan; paste it all round to the tympan, at the same time keep stretching it; screw on the points; make them fall in the channel of the short cross; make good register with white paper, whether the form be whole or half sheet work.\n\n“This is one of the good old customs, and the best that I know of; because the pressman is sure to have the points centrical; he perceives whether all the furniture be put in right or wrong, even to a single scale-board: in leaded matter, which should be line upon line, he ascertains whether the form be locked up evenly or not, and whether the leads be all put in right; also, whether the pages that begin chapters, or other divisions of the work, have the proper whites; he can likewise discover if any of the pages be made up too long, or too short: any of these errors, that may have occurred, must be amended in the white paper form, otherwise the reiteration will have the same faults, in order to make register. On fine work, I make ready the white paper form of a sheet in the same manner as I do a half sheet, on purpose to discover those errors, by which process I gain more time in making ready the reiteration than I lost in the white paper form.\n\n“For fine work, use the finest cloth that can be procured, and not thick flannel blanket: if the form be light, one thin cloth blanket will be sufficient; and if it be very light, that is to say open leaded matter, sheets of paper are preferable to either flannel or cloth in the tympans. Be sure to have one sheet of stout paper, which will cover all the parchment, in the inside of the outer tympan. Pull a dry even sheet of paper; look carefully on the back of the impression; if it be not equally even, the light parts must be overlaid with tissue paper, or India paper; if some parts be very heavy, cut or tear out the heavy parts. The overlays should be pasted only slightly on the impression sheet, in case any of them should have to be taken off; paste the four corners of this sheet upon the thick sheet; let the overlays be uppermost, that you may see them; then pull another impression sheet, with the first in the tympans, and if the impression still be not even, overlay the first impression sheet again; and continue pulling impression sheets, and overlaying the first impression sheet, until you have an even and regular impression on all parts.\n\n“As you go on with the form, if any of the overlays require to be taken off, do so; if bits are required to be taken out, or rubbed off, the tympan sheet, it must be done. In some works the outer tympan cannot be too dry, but the pressman must be the judge of this, according to the work he has to do.\n\n“Having a good black ink well brayed on the surface of the ink block, he takes a small quantity on the balls, and distributes it well; he takes time to beat the form well and carefully, and then pulls a sheet of the right paper, dwells on the pull, or keeps down the bar a short time by means of a catch or hook, in order to make the paper take the ink clean off the types, and look a clear black upon the paper. The impression must not be too deep, as nothing must appear but the shape of the face of good types. If the impression be too deep, or too much ink on the form, more than the real shape will appear, and the work will not be fine; but if the work be fine, he goes on gently and regularly until the white paper be off. He then lays on the reiteration form; and having the overlays ready that he made before, he has very little trouble in making it ready: he makes such good register, that line falls upon line. After the reiteration is off, if he does not go on with the same work, or work of a similar size and imposition, he carefully puts by the tympan blankets, cloths, or tympan paper, and overlays, till they are again wanted for the same work. All other works must have their own overlays made purposely for them.\n\n“After the first overlays are made for their respective works, there is not so much trouble in making ready the future sheets of the same work as they are put to press; indeed, if the pressman carefully preserves his overlays, tympan paper, or cloths, he seldom has occasion to do more than alter a few of the overlays, as the paper sometimes varies in thickness, which may want a few overlays on the tympan sheet. India paper is the best for this, as it is of a soft and pliable nature, and as it lies on the tympan sheet the pressman can easily perceive if one part of it has a deeper impression than another.\n\n“It is to be observed, that fine work cannot be made upon bad paper, or with old worn types.\n\n“Fine work must not be hurried, as some do when they are paid for it as piecework, and spoil it, in order to make a large bill. How a master stares at this, when the same men could not earn nearly so much on scale work. These are the very men who have despised the establishment, because they could earn more money by attending fewer hours, but not on scale work. How miserable and discontented I have seen them when on scale work, although at the same time they had as much work as they could do. This has been the cause of masters reducing the price of works not paid by the scale. A few shillings per week additional ought to satisfy a man for his extra abilities on fine work.”", "chars": 7095, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-making-ready-1", "term": "MAKING READY", "norm": "making ready", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Preparing a form on the press for printing.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MAKIN2", "term": "MAKING REGISTER", "norm": "making register", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The act of making the pages and lines fall exactly on the back of each other at press, when any work is perfected. See Register.", "chars": 159, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MALAY", "term": "MALAY", "norm": "malay", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The Malay is the principal vernacular tongue used by the people who inhabit that vast region and chain of islands comprehended between ninety-three and one hundred and thirty-five degrees of East longitude, a space of about two thousand two hundred and twenty miles; and extending from fourteen degrees North to eleven degrees of South latitude, comprehending twenty-five degrees, about one thousand seven hundred and forty miles. This vast extent of country over which the language is spoken includes the peninsula of Malacca, the islands of Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Maccasser, Balee, Cumbava, Sallayer, Bootoon, Booro, Ceram, Pulo Pinang, the Moluccas, and innumerable others.\n\nThe Malays have not any proper national character, except that which has been introduced by the Mohammedan priests, who have from time to time settled in the peninsula of Malacca and the adjacent islands; therefore it resembles the Arabic Nishki alphabet, excepting some slight alteration to express a sound which the Arabians had no character to delineate. In conformity then with the principal of the Eastern nations, Arabians, Turks, Persians, &c. they read from the right hand to the left.\n\nThe acute accent (´) is always used to mark a very long sound of the vowel over which it is placed; but when inserted after a consonant, it shows that the syllable ends with it.\n\n\n\nThe Malay Alphabet.\n\n\n\nIn the above alphabetical arrangement, the second and fourth columns from the right hand are used only when they are connected with a preceding letter; as, banyak بنيق, many. Every letter should be connected with that which follows it, except these five: ا aulif, د dal, ر ré, ز zé, and و vau; neither of which can possibly be joined to the following letter.", "chars": 1892, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_471.jpg", "caption": "The Malay Alphabet", "alt": "The Malay Alphabet", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2156", "term": "maleic anhydride", "norm": "maleic anhydride", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless crystalline substance (C4H3O2), soluble in acetone and chloroform. It is manufactured by the oxidation of benzene by air at 400 to 450° C. over a vanadium catalyst. Maleic anhydride is used in the manufacture of paper. See: FORTIFIED SIZE.", "chars": 308, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2157", "term": "malleable", "norm": "malleable", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term applied to a metal capable of being beaten or rolled in all directions without breaking or cracking. Since the molecules of the metal must remain locked to each other during the beating or rolling, a malleable metal must exhibit a high degree of structural plasticity. The most malleable of all metals is gold, which can be beaten into a sheet (leaf) only 1/300,000 inch thick. Other malleable metals used in bookbinding include silver, aluminum, platinum, and palladium.", "chars": 478, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MALLE", "term": "MALLET", "norm": "mallet", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A wooden hammer, with which to drive the quoins in locking up and unlocking forms, to plane down forms, and for other similar purposes. The general size of the head is 5 inches by 4¼, and 3 inches thick: the hole in the head for the reception of the handle should be bevelled each way from the centre on two sides, so that the handle fitting into the lower part, and being tightly wedged at the upper end, the head can neither fly off, nor can the handle be driven up, when a quoin is struck down with it, or when the planer is struck with the end of it, both which ways of using the mallet are frequent. It is commonly made of beech; but mallets are more durable when the head is made of a piece of tough ash. The head was formerly made round.", "chars": 744, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2158", "term": "malpighian layer", "norm": "malpighian layer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The layer of epithelial cells in the epidermis of a hide or skin next to the grain surface of the derma, whose protoplasm has not yet changed into horny material.", "chars": 162, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2159", "term": "mangrove (bark)", "norm": "mangrove (bark)", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Trees of the family Rhizophoraceae, especially those of the genera Rhizophora, Bruguiera, Aicennia and Ceriops, the barks of which are rich in tannin. The tannin content of mangrove barks varies widely, however, from less than 10% to more than 40%, depending upon a number of factors, including the species, as well as the age, exposure to sun and air, location on the tree where the bark is removed, etc.\n\nAs a tanning material mangrove bark has both advantages and disadvantages. Its principal disadvantage is the reddish color it imparts to leather (See also: HEMLOCK), although this can readily be overcome by mixing mangrove with other tanning materials which modify or reduce the intensity of the color. The leather produced by the use of mangrove alone also tends to be harsh and thick-grained. When used with other tannins, however, as it usually is, mangrove provides a very satisfactory tannage. The rate of penetration of the tannin is slower than with such tannins as wattle or quebracho, but can be increased by sulfiting.\n\nMangrove is considered to be the most economical and abundant vegetable tannin available today. It is one of the condensed class of tannins, has a fairly high pH and a relatively low acids content. It is very soluble and develops a minimum of insoluble matter. It also produces very little sludge in the tanning liquor.\n\nMangrove is inaccurately (but persistently) referred to as \"cutch\" or \"kutch.\" See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.", "chars": 1507, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175, 306, 363], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2160", "term": "manifold binding", "norm": "manifold binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The business of binding multiple business forms, such as sales records, billheads, purchase orders, etc. It may also include the punching of custom-made forms that are used in one of many proprietary loose-leaf, record keeping systems. Manifold bindings are usually padded or wire stitched, and are seldom sewn. They are also frequently of a temporary nature, e.g., a common style consists of marbled boards with a paper spine (although it may be cloth). Since this style of binding frequently includes sheets of carbon copy, perforation is usually necessary. Other manifold bindings sometimes require page numbering. Manifold binding usually employs power-driven, hand-operated equipment.", "chars": 689, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320, 343], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2161", "term": "manifold paper", "norm": "manifold paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin, translucent paper used for typewriter carbon copies, or as tissue overlay for correction or protection of other work. It is produced from chemical and/or rag pulp, the rag pulp content generally ranging from 25 to 1005. The finish may be dull or glazed, and basis weights are 7 to 9 and sometimes 10 pounds (17 X 22—500). Manifold paper is also used for map overlays and, in a slightly waxed form, for interleaving tissue.", "chars": 430, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 58], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2162", "term": "manila", "norm": "manila", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A color and finish of a paper resembling that at one time obtained in paper manufacture from manila fibers, but which contains no manila, i.e., hemp stock. Manila paper is sometimes used for the covers of brochures and like publications, and for lining the boards of leather bookbindings.", "chars": 288, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 339], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2163", "term": "manila board", "norm": "manila board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A thin, strong board, generally made from chemical wood pulp ranging in thickness from 0.016 to 0.035 inch. It is used for cover stiffeners, fences for blankbooks, and covers for notebooks.", "chars": 189, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2164", "term": "manila hemp", "norm": "manila hemp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ABACA.", "chars": 35, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2165", "term": "Mansfield, Edgar", "norm": "mansfield, edgar", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1907-", "text": "See notes on the electronic edition\n\nAn English bookbinder and sculptor, who was born in London, settled in Hastings (1911) and Napier (1965), New Zealand, and is presently living in that country. He studied binding under William Matthews and design under Elsa Taterka and taught art and crafts at the Feilding High School from 1929 to 1933, proceeding to London for further study in 1934. There he taught design and color at the London College of Printing from 1948 to 1964. Mansfield was the first foreign member to be elected to the German Guild (M. D. E.—1949) and the first president of the British Guild, 1955-1968. He was also the first president of DESIGNER BOOKBINDERS. His bindings are to be found in numerous libraries, including the British Museum Library, Victoria & Albert Museum, Klingspor Museum, Royal Library of Stockholm, New York Public Library Spencer Collection, and the Victoria State Library, as well as many public and private collections.\n\nMansfield's designs, while difficult to evaluate, are enormously pleasing to view. His bindings are subtle but forceful, and convey almost a feeling of tranquility that brings about a common understanding between artist and viewer. Considering the trends of today, he has done with relatively sober means, that which many have failed to convey with the most elaborate of devices.\n\nMansfield is also the author of several articles dealing with teaching of bookbinding design, contemporary approach to bookbinding design, as well as new directions in bookbinding design.", "chars": 1552, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [50], "citations": ["Book collector. London. Queen Anne Press."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2166", "term": "manuscript binding", "norm": "manuscript binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method used occasionally when a manuscript (or typescript) made up of single leaves is to be bound in sections. The leaves are pasted in pairs in such a manner that if there are 16 leaves, for example, the binding edge of leaf 1 (recto side down) would be pasted to the binding edge of leaf 16 (recto side up), leaf 2 to 15, and so on, the 8 double leaves then being folded to make a section. At best it is an awkward method and is probably not as effective as a GUARD (2).", "chars": 499, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [355], "citations": ["Watson Aldred Auld. Hand bookbinding a manual of instruction. New York. Reinhold. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2167", "term": "manuscript cover paper", "norm": "manuscript cover paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A lightweight cover paper used on legal documents, and similar publications. It is produced from chemical wood pulps, which sometimes contain cotton fiber, in basis weight of 40 pounds (18 X 31—500).", "chars": 199, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2168", "term": "Manutius, Aldus", "norm": "manutius, aldus", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "c 1450-1515", "text": "The leading publisher and printer of the Venetian High Renaissance, Aldus set up a definite scheme of book design, produced the first italic type, introduced small and handy pocket editions of the classics and applied several innovations in binding technique and design for use on a broad scheme. He established his press in about 1490, and his printer's device of anchor and dolphin has been copied by numerous printers since. Between 1515 and 1533 the press was managed by his father-in-law, Andrea Asolano, until Aldus' son, Paulus (born 1511) came of age. Aldus' grandson, Aldus the Younger, took over the press upon the death of Paulus (1574) and subsequently closed it in 1590 when he was appointed director of the Vatican Press. See also: ALDINE (ITALIAN) STYLE.", "chars": 793, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [104, 154, 252, 313, 334], "citations": ["Dahl, Svend. History of the book. 2nd English ed. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1968.", "Harrison, T. The bookbinding craft and industry; an outline of its history, development, and technique. London. Pitman. 1926.", "Oswald, John Clyde. A history of printing; its development through five hundred years. New York. Appleton. 1928.", "Steinberg, Sigfrid Henry. Five hundred years of printing. 2nd ed. Baltimore. Penguin. 1962.", "Toldo, Vittorio de. The Italian art of bookbinding. London. Batsford. (Monographs of decorative arts, 3). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2169", "term": "map endpapers", "norm": "map endpapers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Endpapers on which maps are printed. While frequently adding to the attractiveness of a book, it is somewhat difficult for the reader to refer to such maps, a throw-out map being much superior for practical use. In addition, map endpapers make rebinding of the book more expensive, as the old endpapers must be saved, though generally not again for use as endpapers. The term is also generally applied to endpapers printed with charts, graphs, etc.", "chars": 448, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2170", "term": "map paper", "norm": "map paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper used for the production of maps of all types, including atlases. It is a superior grade of paper produced from linen, cotton fiber, chemical wood pulps, or combinations thereof, in basis weights ranging from 16 to 28 pounds (17 X 22—500). Required characteristics include finish, printability, dimensional stability to assure good register, good folding properties, and, in some cases, e.g., road maps, high opacity. Map papers are also sometimes produced in a manner that affords high wet strength, water repellency, mildew resistance, luminescence, abrasion resistance, and other properties pertinent to a particular use.", "chars": 631, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2171", "term": "marble", "norm": "marble", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "To impart a veined or mottled appearance to the edges of a book or the surface of a paper, cloth, leather, in order to simulate an appearance of marble.", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2172", "term": "marble board", "norm": "marble board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pasteboard stained on one side with veined or mottled colors in imitation of marble, and used in bookbinding for checkbooks and marble board bindings.", "chars": 152, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2174", "term": "marble calf", "norm": "marble calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A calfskin leather treated with acid so as to produce an effect of marble. Cf: MOTTLED CALF. See also: TREE CALF.", "chars": 161, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2180", "term": "marble rollers", "norm": "marble rollers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A mechanical device consisting of two layers of rollers, one above the other. The top roller or rollers hold the colors, distributing them to the lower roller or rollers which, in turn, apply the colors to the edges of the book.", "chars": 228, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2181", "term": "marble transfer", "norm": "marble transfer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A marble pattern that has been transferred from ordinary marbled paper, or a marbled paper made expressly for transfer purposes, usually to the edges of a book. The transfer of ordinary marbled paper involves coating the edge of the book with an egg size somewhat thicker than the size used for gilding, placing the surface of the marbled paper against the edge, and then applying dilute hydrochloric acid to the back of the paper. When the design appears clearly through the paper, the marble is transferred by rubbing or beating the paper. Marbled paper made especially for transfer is treated with rectified ethyl alcohol (spirit of wine), pressed on the edge and daubed with hot water. Transfer marbling is still done to some extent on blankbooks, dictionaries, etc.", "chars": 770, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2173", "term": "marbled", "norm": "marbled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The edges of a book or the surface of paper, cloth, etc., which have been given a veined or mottled appearance in imitation of marble.", "chars": 134, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-marbled-calf-1", "term": "Marbled calf", "norm": "marbled calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Calf so treated with acid that it bears some resemblance to marble.", "chars": 67, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2175", "term": "marbled cloth", "norm": "marbled cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book cloth patterned with variegated colors in imitation of marble. The cloth is colored by throwing on the colors in a manner similar to the \"marbling\" of leather, or by laying the cloth on the surface of the marbling size as in the marbling of paper. Marbled cloth was first introduced in about 1851 but went out of fashion before the turn of the century.", "chars": 359, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 369], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Woolnough, Charles W. The whole art of marbling as applied to paper, book edges…Rev. ed. London. Bell. 1881."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2176", "term": "marbled edges", "norm": "marbled edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Veined or mottled coloring on the edges of a book in imitation of marble, and produced by touching the edge of the book under compression on the surface of a size on which marbling colors have been floated and patterned, or by transferring the pattern to the edge.\n\nMarbling of book edges was introduced near the end of the 17th century, mainly on trade books bound in calfskin and sheepskin. Fine bindings were not so marbled until the closing years of the 18th century. These latter bindings were usually half or full bindings of Russia leather, usually of quarto or folio size. All classes of books bound in morocco continued to be gilded until well into the 19th century, i.e., the 1830s, when cheaper morocco bindings began being marbled. Marbled edges were common until the First World War, when the practice began to decline, except for stationery bindings. See also: MARBLE ROLLERS; MARBLE TRANSFER; MARBLING.", "chars": 987, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 241, 327], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856.", "Tavik, Anton. The art and practice of edge marbling. Baltimore. The author. 1908."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2177", "term": "marbled grain", "norm": "marbled grain", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A mosaic pattern, corresponding to the pattern of the network of tiny underlying blood vessels, which sometimes occurs on the grain surface of a leather. It has a rough, wild, or grainy appearance.", "chars": 197, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [363], "citations": ["Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2178", "term": "marbled leather", "norm": "marbled leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The leather covers of a book which have been decorated with veined or mottled colors in an effort to imitate marble. Unlike the technique used in edge and paper marbling, leather marbles are produced by sprinkling or throwing the marbling water and colors directly onto the paste-washed and glaired leather. See the following examples: COMMON MARBLE; GREEN AGATE MARBLE; GREEN PORPHYRY MARBLE; LEVANT MARBLE; PORPHYRY VEIN MARBLE;\n\nPURPLE MARBLE; RED MARBLE; RED PORPHYRY MARBLE; ROCK MARBLE; STONE MARBLE. See also: TREE CALF.", "chars": 789, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2179", "term": "marbled top", "norm": "marbled top", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book which has had only the head (top) edge marbled.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-marbler-1", "term": "Marbler", "norm": "marbler", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The workman who marbles the edges of books, &c.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-marbler-1", "term": "Marbler", "norm": "marbler", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One who marbles the edges of books and paper.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-marbler-1", "term": "Marbler", "norm": "marbler", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A workman who marbles the edges of the leaves.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2182", "term": "marbling", "norm": "marbling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The art or process of producing certain patterns of a veined or mottled appearance in imitation of marble by means of colors so prepared as to float on a mucilaginous liquid which possesses antagonistic properties to the colors prepared for the purpose. The colors are floated and formed into patterns and are taken off by laying a sheet of paper (or touching the edge of the book) on the surface of the size. The size is usually prepared from carragheen moss or gum tragacanth, boiled in water, but it may also be made from flea seed, linseed, etc., although flea seed and linseed are not as effective as the two gums and cannot be used in the production of certain marbles, e.g., the combed marbles.\n\nWater colors are generally used in marbling, although oil colors can also be used; however, they do not permit as fine control or produce the clean, sharp lines of water colors. Mineral colors are seldom used because of their tendency to sink to the bottom of the trough due to their weight.\n\nLittle is known of the origin of marbling, but there seems to be little doubt that it was introduced into Western Europe from the East. Examples of Japanese marbling produced as early as 800 A.D. exist under the name of Sumingagashi. The Persians are considered to have been the first to use marbled papers in books, and examples of their work are found on the borders of some of their 16th century manuscripts. Marbled paper was in use in Holland by 1598, but its earliest use in England dates from about 1655; in America it was in use by 1679. By the 1670s it was in common use in England, although not in trade bindings. The most commonly used pattern was what we call OLD DUTCH MARBLE, most of it actually coming from Holland.\n\nBeginning in about the last quarter of the 18th century the Old Dutch pattern was gradually superseded by the French Shell, Stormont, Antique, Spot, and others, all of which were uncombed. These then declined in popularity by about 1840, and were replaced by the Nonpareil and Spanish patterns. Both of these were revivals of the 17th century patterns which did not have the \"set\" look and high glazing of their 19th century counterparts. The Spanish marble is believed to have been used in England towards the end of the 18th century. Both revivals were used extensively throughout the 19th century, and then, later, mainly for the endpapers and sides of inexpensive half-calfskin bindings, and for the sides of cheaper stationery bindings. Other patterns, used mainly during the second half of the 19th century and generally for cheap or medium cost bindings, included the Gloster, Italian, Spot, Antique, West End, and Gold, the last being introduced in about 1880. During this same period, German marbles , which tended to be drab and heavily spotted with black on a colored background, were also used extensively, but seldom for the superior grades of work. The most frequently used pattern was a modern variation of the Dutch pattern. See the following marble patterns: AMERICAN; ANTIQUE; BLUE STORMONT; BOUQUET; BRITISH; CURL; DRAWN; DUTCH; FANCY; FANCY DUTCH; FRENCH CURL; FRENCH SHELL; GLOSTER; HAIR; LAPIS-LAZULI (2); LIGHT ITALIAN; NONPAREIL; OLD DUTCH; PEACOCK; REVERSED NONPAREIL; SNAIL; SPANISH; SPOT; STORMONT; TURKEY; WAVE; WEST END; and ZEBRA. See also: MARBLED CLOTH; MARBLED EDGES; MARBLING BRUSHES; MARBLING COMBS; MARBLING MACHINE; MARBLING SIZE; MARBLING TROUGH. See PLATE XI.", "chars": 4267, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [151, 152, 161, 217, 236, 327, 333, 369], "citations": ["Halfer, Josef. The progress of the marbling art…Translated by Herman Dieck, Buffalo. Kinder. 1893.", "Hannett, John. Bibliopegia; or, the art of bookbinding… London. Simkim, Marshall. 1848.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Tavik, Anton. The art and practice of edge marbling. Baltimore. The author. 1908.", "Thrift, Timothy Burr. Modern methods in marbling paper. Winchester, Mass. Lucky Dog Press. 1945.", "Woolnough, Charles W. The whole art of marbling as applied to paper, book edges…Rev. ed. London. Bell. 1881."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-marbling-1", "term": "marbling", "norm": "marbling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of coloring the edges or end papers in various patterns, obtained by floating colors on a gum solution.", "chars": 112, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-marbling-1", "term": "marbling", "norm": "marbling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The art of floating various colours on a size, from which it is transferred to paper or book edges. To stain or vein leather like marble.", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-marbling-1", "term": "marbling", "norm": "marbling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "colouring the edges and end papers in various patterns, obtained by floating colours on a gum solution.", "chars": 103, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-marbling-1", "term": "marbling", "norm": "marbling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A process of decorating sheets of paper and edges of books with variegated colors in irregular patterns.", "chars": 104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2183", "term": "marbling base", "norm": "marbling base", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MARBLING SIZE.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2184", "term": "marbling brushes", "norm": "marbling brushes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Fine bristle brushes, set in hard rubber and secured in metal ferrules. They are generally from 3/8 to 1/2 inch in diameter. The larger brushes are used for the ground color in drawn marbles, while the smaller ones are used for the subsequent colors. The bristles of marbling brushes should be formed into a curved shape so as to give a freer motion when dropping the colors.", "chars": 375, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2185", "term": "marbling combs", "norm": "marbling combs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Instruments, generally with wire teeth, used for combing marbling colors while on the surface of the size. They are usually of two basic types: those with relatively short teeth, used for combing on the surface of the size (and sometimes called \"top combs\" because the teeth are allowed to touch the floating colors); and those with relatively long teeth, which touch the bottom of the trough while the comb is being drawn (and sometimes called \"bottom combs\"). In the production of comb patterns, four combs with variously spaced teeth are used; the most common are: four teeth to the inch, two to the inch, and double combs. in which the spacing of the teeth is alternately wide and narrow.", "chars": 692, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335, 369], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951).", "Woolnough, Charles W. The whole art of marbling as applied to paper, book edges…Rev. ed. London. Bell. 1881."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2186", "term": "marbling gum", "norm": "marbling gum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MARBLING SIZE.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2187", "term": "marbling machine", "norm": "marbling machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used to drop marbling colors on size. It consists of a four-compartment reservoir and a system of tubes connected to it. which serve as outlets and distribute drops of color at regular intervals. Three and five outlets, respectively, are provided for the two main colors, and two outlets each for the secondary colors.", "chars": 328, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 317], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Stevenson, George A. Graphic arts handbook and products manual. Torrance, Calif. Pen and Press Publications. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2188", "term": "marbling rods", "norm": "marbling rods", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pair of rods sloping toward the marbler, and used when marbling the covers of a book. The book is placed on the rods so that the extended boards rest on them, with the leaves hanging between. The tail of the book is lower than the head so that the colors will flow from head to tail.", "chars": 285, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2189", "term": "marbling size", "norm": "marbling size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The gelatinous liquid upon which the marbling colors are dropped and formed into patterns. GUM TRAGACANTH over the years has been the most frequently and successfully used marbling size gum, but other gums and substances have also been used with varying degrees of success, including CARRAGHEEN MOSS, IRISH MOSS, FLEA SEED, and even LINSEED OIL. The last, however, was very seldom used because, although it is easier and more economical to prepare, it deteriorates quickly. Flea seed is stronger and lasts longer but it is of little use in the nonpareil and other combed patterns because the colors are dragged off by the comb. Carragheen moss, which was first used sometime after the middle of the 19th century, is still popular; however. it quickly decomposes unless a preservative such as sodium sulfate. glycerin and water, or formalin is added.", "chars": 969, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [217, 264], "citations": ["Loring, Rosamond Bowditch. Decorated book papers…1st ed. 1942; 2nd ed. 1952. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2190", "term": "marbling trough", "norm": "marbling trough", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A metal or wooden trough about 3 inches deep and about 1 inch larger all around than the largest sheet to be marbled, and designed to contain the MARBLING SIZE and colors. It is usually rectangular in shape, and has an additional compartment about 4 inches wide partitioned off at one end which acts as a spillway to receive the coloring matter left after the sheet or book edge has been marbled.", "chars": 420, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2191", "term": "marbling under gilt", "norm": "marbling under gilt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GILT MARBLED EDGES.", "chars": 48, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2192", "term": "marbling water", "norm": "marbling water", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MARBLING SIZE.", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2193", "term": "margin", "norm": "margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The area of a page between the printed, written, or illustrative matter and the edges of the leaf. The four margins are usually called the \"head\" (or top); \"fore edge\" (or outer, outside, side); \"tail\" (or bottom foot); and \"inner\" (or back, inside, gutter, binding). The proportional width of the margins is an important element in a properly balanced book page. A good (and standard) ratio is: head 2 units, fore edge 3 units, tail 4 units, and inner 1 1/2 units (the opposing inner margins making a total of 3 units). In order for these ratios to exist following trimming, the head, fore edge, and tail margins must be greater by the extent of the trimming, which is usually /8 inch for each. 2. The area of a map, drawing, or print, between the line enclosing the information and the edge of the paper.", "chars": 809, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 234], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Melcher, Daniel, and Nancy Larrick. Printing and promotion handbook …3rd ed. New York. McGraw-Hill. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MARGI1", "term": "MARGIN", "norm": "margin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Making margin is the apportioning of the proper distances between the pages of a sheet or form.\n\nThis is a most material object in book work; for, if it be not properly done, the appearance of the book, when bound, will be injured; as the binder will be obliged either to reduce the size of the book, in order to make the edges smooth, or else he will have to leave many raw edges of paper.\n\nThe spaces between the pages should be such, that, when the book is bound and cut, the page of printing should be very nearly in the middle of the page of paper.\n\nConvenience and custom have familiarised us to the printed page being a little higher than the middle of the leaf, and to its having a little more margin at the fore edge than in the back.\n\nThe first of these circumstances may be accounted for, by the head, in all sizes except folio, being at the fold of the paper, which admits of the bookbinder cutting it smooth by taking off a very narrow shaving, so as to reduce the size but a mere trifle; while the bottom of the page lying towards the raw edge of the paper, which is irregular, and which often varies considerably from being cater-cornered—machine-made paper also varies greatly in the size of the sheets, being cut up irregularly; and paper made at different times, and by different makers, which is often used in the same volume, and which likewise varies in size—all combined, render it necessary to allow a little more margin at the foot of the page and at the fore edge than at the head and in the back; for these variations in the paper equally affect the fore edge and the foot: but the head, the back, and the gutter, being folded, remain uniformly the same, however much the paper may vary.\n\nIt is always presumed that the backing of the book in binding, takes up as much of the margin as is cut off the fore edge, so as to make them both equal.\n\nHaving premised these explanatory observations, I shall proceed to describe, in as clear and distinct a manner as I am able, the manner of ascertaining the proper spaces between the pages, for the different sizes of books, in the simplest way that is known, and as it is now generally practised; for the division of the margin by compasses is obsolete.\n\n\n\nTo facilitate the operation, it will be necessary to keep in mind the observation I made in the article Imposing, that, “when we arrive at a great number of pages in a sheet, they resolve themselves into the same order as quartos, octavos, and duodecimos,” as a recollection of this will tend to simplify the process, and, if the person who has to perform it be not well experienced, it may prevent him from getting confused, by keeping him to a small part of the form, instead of leaving him to attempt doing all at once.\n\nAfter the pages have been laid upon the imposing stone, and the chases put over them, the first thing to be done is to get a sheet of the proper paper of the work, wet, and to fold it as exactly as possible to the size in which the work is intended to be printed.\n\nIf the paper for the work has not been sent in, then a sheet of the same size may be taken from the paper of some other work that is in progress, which will be found to be sufficiently near, inasmuch as a scaleboard or two in the backs and heads, more or less, will make it right; or the first sheet may be imposed temporarily with furniture out of the drawer.\n\nI must here caution the compositor, or the person who has this business to perform, never to cut his furniture till he is certain of the proper distance required between the pages.\n\nTo ascertain this distance, take short pieces of furniture out of the drawer, or quotations, or both, and quadrats or reglets to fill up the interspace, between two pages; then push the pages close up to them, and when you have got the right distance between the pages, you can ascertain what furniture will be of the exact width, by trying the ends of different pieces, always measuring from the edges of the types themselves, and not within the page cords.\n\nWe will now proceed with making margin, commencing with folio, and proceeding through the various sizes, at least through so many as may be necessary to elucidate the subject.\n\nFolio.—Having folded a sheet of the intended paper exactly in the middle, place the edge of the paper even upon the outer edge of the first page, and move the adjoining page to it till the fold in the paper will lie about half an inch upon it, when the folded sheet is laid upon the face of the first page; the space between the pages on either side of the cross is then to be filled up with furniture, using one piece only on each side where it is practicable, and where there is no reason to the contrary, in order to prevent mistakes in re-imposing. This space, with the addition of one or two scaleboards on each side of the cross, which are to assist in making register at press, will be sufficiently near for a demy folio, where the page is of a fair dimension; but if the page be very large, or if it be a smaller sized paper than demy, I would not allow the back fold of the paper to lie quite so much over the adjoining page, but would lessen it in proportion to the size of the page or paper; if it be very large paper and a corresponding margin, I would allow a little more proportionably; for it is to be observed, that the more the fold of the paper lies over the edge of the adjoining page, the more fore edge is given at the margin than in the back.\n\nThe margin for the head of a folio is arranged at press.\n\nAfter the scaleboards have been put in, the page cords taken off, and the pages pushed up close to the furniture, you should try it again, to see that it is correct. It is a good plan to take a slip of paper, and cut it to a length equal to the width of the back, then to fold it even in the middle so as to make a distinct crease, to open it again and lay it in the back, so that the crease shall be exactly in the middle of the back; then to open out the sheet of paper, and lay it upon the form, with the crease in its middle upon the crease in the slip of paper; the margin in the back may then be compared with the margin in the fore edge as well as if the sheet were printed, and it may be altered if thought necessary by a scaleboard more or less.\n\nIf two jobs, that are to be cut up, are worked together, it is usual to impose them so that the margin shall be equal on both sides; to effect this, fold the paper exactly in the middle, and laying it folded upon the left hand page with the edge of the paper even with the edge of the page of types, bring the other page to it till the left hand side fairly touches the fold of the paper; this is termed being out and out; and when the paper is cut evenly in two, after having been printed, the side margins will be found to be equal.\n\nQuarto.—Fold a sheet of paper exactly into quarto; then lay it, thus folded, upon the first page, the fore edge of the paper being even with the left hand edge of the types; bring the adjoining page towards the first page till the fold in the paper lies upon the left hand side of it about as much as a Double Pica body; this will make the back about right: then place the lower edge of the paper even with the foot of the page, and bring the heads of the pages which adjoin at that part towards each other till the fold in the paper covers the head line, and barely the first line of matter; this will make the head right. Then fit the furniture into the spaces; add a scaleboard or two, as the case will admit; and, after cutting and folding slips of paper and laying them in the back and head, open out the sheet of paper, laying the folds in the paper exactly over the folds in the slips, and it will be perceived how the margin is to be for all the pages.\n\nBefore I proceed to octavo, it will be necessary to observe, that in all sizes except folio and quarto, if there be not enough in the backs, the raw edge of the paper in the front margin will project beyond the folded margin, and this in proportion to the deficiency in the back; the same will take place in the length in duodecimo, and in smaller sizes where there are offcuts, if there be not enough at the foot of the pages whence the offcut is taken: the effect produced by these deficiencies is, that the binder is obliged to reduce the size of the book both in length and width, when cutting, in order to make the edges smooth.\n\nThe French allow the raw edge of the paper in the front to extend considerably beyond the folded edge; and also at the foot in duodecimos: in England we endeavour to give the book the fullest size that the paper will permit, and suffer the raw edge of the front margin to project but a very little beyond the folded edge, to allow for any discrepancy in the size or shape of the paper.\n\nOctavo.—Fold a sheet of paper into octavo, and lay it, thus folded, upon the first page, the fore edge of the paper even with the outer edge of the types: then bring the adjoining page towards it till the other side of the octavo paper lies over the left hand side of this page about a Pica; this will give the width of the gutter: then open the paper out a fold, into quarto, and laying it upon the two pages, bring the third page on the right hand sufficiently near for the right hand side of the paper to lie upon the left hand side of the page about a Long Primer body; this will give the width of the back: then fold the paper up again, and laying it upon the first page, with the foot of the paper even with the direction line, bring the head of the page above it so near that the top of the octavo paper will cover the head line and barely also the first line of matter; this will give the space at the head: then put into all the spaces on one side of the long cross, and into the head, small pieces of furniture from the drawer, or quotations, which are generally used where they will fit, or quadrats, making both the gutters alike, and push the pages up close; cut the slips of paper as before, and fold them; lay them in the gutters, head and back, and open the sheet of paper to its full size; lay it with the crease of the middle fold exactly upon the crease of the slip of paper in the back, and if the margin be right the creases between the other pages will fall exactly upon the creases in the slips of paper laid in the gutters; if they do not, the space in the back must be increased or diminished till they do, when the margin will be right; the furniture may then be cut, and a scaleboard inserted next the crosses at the backs and heads in all the quarters.\n\nDuodecimo.—After folding a sheet of paper exactly into 12mo., proceed as in octavo for the gutter, but let the fold lie rather less over the edge of the adjoining page than a Pica; proceed in the same manner for the back, but that the paper lie on the third page barely a Long Primer body will be sufficient; the fold in the head will just cover the top line of matter in the adjoining page above it, as in octavo, but the pieces of furniture put in there are called bolts. The offcut is now to be considered—this is always imposed on the outside of the short cross, and the back and gutters are the same as those in the other part of the sheet; for the head of the offcut, the space between the running title, or, where there is no running title, the headline, and the middle of the groove in the short cross, must be exactly half the width of the bolts; for as register is made at this part, and the points fall into the groove and there make point holes, the binder folds to these holes, and takes off the offcut in accordance: thus when the sheet is folded, the offcut inserted, and knocked-up, the head lines of the offcut ought to range with the head lines of the other pages, and this should always be kept in view by the printer; the space between the bottom of the other pages and the middle of the groove in the short cross, should be within a Pica of the outer margin at the feet of the pages, which will allow for any little variation in the size of the paper, and not affect the size of the book in cutting the edges: when these distances are thus arranged, put short bits of furniture, quotations, &c., as before directed, between the pages, in the gutters and back in one row, and in the head and both sides of the short cross in another row lengthways, and push the pages of both these rows close up: cut the slips of paper and fold them for the gutters and the back, as also for the bolts: then open out the sheet of paper, and lay the middle crease in it exactly upon the crease in the slip of paper laid in the back; and if the side margin is right, the creases in the sheet of paper between the other pages will fall upon the creases in the slips of paper laid in the gutters; if they do not, the space in the back must be altered till they do: then try it the other way, by laying the crease in the sheet of paper upon the crease in the slip laid in the bolt, and if the crease of the offcut falls exactly in the middle of the groove in the short cross, it is right; if it does not, the space at the feet of the pages next the cross must be altered till it does: it being presumed that the gutters and bolts are right, the only places at which to alter are the back, and the space at the feet of the pages adjoining the offcut; a scaleboard or two, as may be required, must be put into all the quarters next the crosses.\n\nIn Duodecimo Music way, the pages are reversed in shape, being so wide as for two of them to occupy the width of the sheet, and so short as to have six in the depth; in this case there are no backs, technically so called, but only gutters; but as the long cross comes between the pages, they must be treated as backs, in the same manner as in folio, and the fold of the paper must be allowed to lie more over the side of the adjoining page, as was described in making margin for folio; if the page be very wide, less than half an inch; if it be narrow, and a large margin, it may be a little more; the head margins or bolts are three in depth, and may be ascertained in the same manner precisely as for octavos or common twelves, which, being done, the foot margins must be ascertained; these, being two, may have a Pica body each less than the outer foot margins, to allow for any inequality in the size of the paper, or in laying on the white paper at press; this will be done by folding the sheet of paper exactly in three portions across it, and extending the pages till one of these portions covers the two outer pages with the gutter, and lies over the third about a Pica body; when this has been performed at one end, repeat the same process at the other end of the form. The margin may then be tried in the manner before described, and any necessary alteration must be made in the space at the feet of the pages, care being taken that both spaces are equal.\n\nIn Long Duodecimo, the pages are the same in size as in the preceding, only that they exchange the length for width, and the width for length; the manner of making margin is the same for this size as for the last; the only difference between them being one of words—that which was the gutter in the other being the head in this; and what was the head or bolt, and the foot margin, now becoming the gutter and the back; the spaces between the pages, for heads, for gutters, and for backs, are ascertained in the manner before described.\n\nAs the number of pages multiply in a sheet, so the utility of placing slips of paper, folded in the middle, in the gutters, backs, &c., becomes greater, by enabling the person, whose office it is, to know readily the middle of each space when he tries the whole margin with the sheet opened out; to some this may appear unnecessarily minute, but I hold that whatever method tends to facilitate an operation, and enables a person to perform it more correctly, is useful.\n\nSixteens.—After having described so fully the manner of folding the paper, and ascertaining the spaces between the pages for the gutters, the heads, and the backs, which are required for quartos, octavos, and duodecimos, it appears unnecessary to extend this article by repeating the same thing in every size. For sixteens, fold a quarter of a sheet of paper exactly in four; pursue the foregoing direction for ascertaining the width of the gutter, the back, and the head, in one quarter of the form, and having made these right, arrange the remainder of the form in the same manner, always trying all the pages by the whole sheet opened out, and rectifying any thing wrong by adding or diminishing in the backs, and similarly at the feet of the pages next the short cross.\n\nThe greater the number of pages in a sheet, the smaller in proportion does the margin become: it must therefore be evident, that the folded paper should lie proportionably less over the edge of the adjoining page, both for gutter and for back, as the number of pages increases; for as a folio may require the page to be half an inch nearer the back than the fore edge, an eighteens may not require it to be more than a Long Primer; and so in proportion with respect to the size of the page and of the margin.\n\nEighteens.—A sheet of eighteens is the same as three half sheets of twelves imposed together: there are two backs and three gutters in each form: the other way of the chase it is three pages in depth, having bolts and an offcut the same as twelves; and the process is the same as when making margin for twelves, only ascertaining the first gutter and back by one third of the sheet of paper the long way, instead of one half of it the narrow way: having made the six pages on the left hand of the form right, make the remaining twelve pages like them, and then try the whole with the sheet of paper opened out; the creases in the folds should fall exactly in the middle of the gutters and backs; but as the offcut is not imposed on the side of the short cross with the groove in it, the crease for the offcut should be exactly half the width of the bolt from the running title or headline, or it should fall in the middle of the long cross.\n\nI wish here to impress upon the mind of the person who is making margin, never to attempt doing so with the whole form at once; for if he does, it is more than probable that he will get wrong, cause himself additional trouble, and frequently waste furniture; but let him get one portion right, then make a range of pages through the form one way the same, and then another the contrary way, and afterwards try them with the sheet of paper opened out, when any little variation that may occur will be easily remedied before he cuts the furniture.\n\nTwenties.—A form of this size has four pages in width, and five in length; in width the margin will be made in the same manner as for twelves; in the length there are two heads or bolts, which will be also ascertained as for twelves; the space between the feet of the pages must be out and out, except about a Pica body; and the offcut must be treated the same as for a form of twelves or eighteens.\n\nTwenty-fours.—The side margin will be ascertained just as for eighteens, there being the same number of pages in width; and the head and foot margin as for sixteens; the difference in the size of the pages not affecting the principle of making margin.\n\nLong Twenty-fours.—A form of this size is similar to a sheet of twelves imposed in one chase, the width of the pages being the longest way of the paper: the method of making margin for it will be similar to that for twelves or eighteens.\n\nSquare Twenty-fours.—The difference between this size and twenty-fours is, that the width of the pages occupy the sheet the longest way; the margin will be made in the same manner.\n\nThirty-twos.—One quarter of a form of thirty-twos is similar to a form of octavo; and the margin may be made by folding a quarter of a sheet of paper, and arranging the pages of a quarter of the form only in the first instance: then place the others at the same relative distances, and try the whole with the sheet of paper opened out, before cutting the furniture.\n\nThere is no variation in any principle of making margin as to the remaining sizes; and if I were to go into detail for each, it would be but a repetition of the method of ascertaining the width of the gutters, backs, heads or bolts, and of the spaces at the feet of the pages where they either cut up, or fold, at that part, which I think unnecessary; for when a person is competent to make margin correctly for an octavo, a twelves, and an eighteens, he will find no difficulty with respect to the other sizes.\n\nWherever a half sheet is imposed, or two half sheets to work together, the middle margin, where the sheet is cut in two, should always be made out and out, that both the fore edges may be equal.\n\nWhen the margin to the first sheet of a work has been made, and the quoins tightened with the fingers, a gauge should be cut for the back and head, for the succeeding sheets. See Alteration of Margin.—Gauge.—Imposing.", "chars": 21736, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MARGI2", "term": "MARGINAL NOTES,", "norm": "marginal notes,", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "generally called side notes by printers, are notes at the fore edge of the page, running from top to bottom, or placed opposite the matter to which they refer, when they are short. They are generally of the width of a broad quotation; in historical works, where there is only a date at the top of each page, a narrow quotation is run down the side. They are always used in acts of parliament, and in law books, and contain a short abstract of the clause to which they are affixed, and should be justified to range with the line to which they refer.\n\nIt is usual, where marginal notes are not heavy, to economise the metal quotations by using furniture; in this case I would advise the compositor to select pieces of precisely the same width, but of different short lengths, and to cut their ends square; some should extend the length of the page; and when he uses short pieces, that he always put a metal quotation or a justifier next to the note, which will cause the lines to stand more even; he will then not lose so much time in seeking quotations and justifiers, nor will he be blamed for monopolising them, as they are seldom so plentiful in an office as to allow of being lavishly used.\n\nMarks. See Points, and References.", "chars": 1304, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2194", "term": "maril", "norm": "maril", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An acronym for marbled inlaid leather. It is a method of utilizing waste leather consolidated in stages by mixing scraps of different colored leathers with an appropriate adhesive, e.g., polyvinyl acetate, pressing, and then veneering. Maril is a collage method devised by the English bookbinder PHILIP SMITH, and is used in expressive bookbinding imagery.", "chars": 380, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [311], "citations": ["Smith, Philip. New directions in bookbinding. New York. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1974."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2195", "term": "marking", "norm": "marking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of stamping or writing identification marks, binding instructions, or other information, on the side of the board paper which is eventually glued to the inside of the board. Marking is done to avoid errors in binding, or to identify the particular library owning the book. 2. The individual marks or a colored thread used by hand- or machine-sewers, collators, or inspectors, to establish their responsibility for the work done.", "chars": 443, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2196", "term": "marking up", "norm": "marking up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": "marking out", "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of marking the position of cords or tapes on the spine of the gathered sections before sewing. 2. The preliminary marking before the binding in of the design to be followed in decorating or lettering a bookbinding.", "chars": 229, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [156, 256, 335], "citations": ["Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-marking-up-1", "term": "marking up", "norm": "marking up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the back of a book is being marked for flexible sewing.", "chars": 60, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2197", "term": "mastic", "norm": "mastic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An aromatic, resinous exudation obtained usually in the form of yellowish to greenish lustrous, transparent. brittle tears from incisions in the bark of the mastic tree, Pistacie lentiscus and used, along with sandarach and rectified ethyl alcohol (spirit of wine), to make a varnish used to impart a high gloss to leather bookbindings.", "chars": 336, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [97], "citations": ["Crane, W. J. E. Bookbinding for amateurs…New York. Scribner. 1903."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2198", "term": "matching sets", "norm": "matching sets", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term indicating that each succeeding year of a periodical is bound as nearly as possible like the preceding years, with regard to trimmed height (called trimming to recorded size), binding title, lettering format, color and type of covering material, etc. See also: RUB (1).", "chars": 300, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MATHE", "term": "MATHEMATICAL COMBINATIONS", "norm": "mathematical combinations", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "This is the name given by Messrs. Thorowgood and Besley to a number of ornamental designs for letter-press printing, which they were, in the first instance, the means of introducing into England from Paris, these being the invention and execution of Mons. Derriey, a French artist. In England, they come under the denomination of what are called Flowers; but Messrs. V. & J. Figgins style them Changeable Borders.\n\nThe flowers in the English founderies have received little improvement or addition during the last hundred years, and are not remarkable either for their beauty or taste: the consequence is, that they are seldom used, hardly ever indeed in fine works. It is difficult to account for this apathy of our letter founders and artists, for the few improvements that have been introduced, have generally been copied from French patterns.\n\nThe borders in question are a great improvement, and will, by exciting emulation, most probably lead to others still greater. They are of various patterns, formed of straight lines, as well as of diversified curves; the corners are also formed of angles and curves, so that they may be combined into an almost innumerable variety of forms; in addition, there are many detached tasteful pieces, which, when judiciously used, will add greatly to the effect; but unless the workman possess judgment with some taste, it is doubtful whether he will be able to produce a border, or any other subject, that will be gratifying to the eye.\n\nThat the reader may himself form an opinion of these borders, I have given two pages in which several of these pieces are arranged so as to show their effect. Those who are desirous of seeing all the varieties, may find them in the type founders specimen books, where there are a number of borders of different forms and patterns, which are combined in such a manner as to convince the beholder of the superiority of these ornaments over our old class of flowers.\n\nAs the French and German type founders, when they produce any new devices, sell matrices of them as articles of trade, the ornaments that are now introduced into England, have consequently all been manufactured from the same punches.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nMatrix Plates. For stereotype printing, see Risers.", "chars": 2498, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_479.jpg", "caption": "Mathematical combination (ornimental design)", "alt": "Mathematical combination (ornimental design)", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_480.jpg", "caption": "Another Mathematical combination (ornimental design)", "alt": "Another Mathematical combination (ornimental design)", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MATTE", "term": "MATTER", "norm": "matter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The series of the discourse of the compositor’s copy.—M. It now also means pages of types composed for any work; thus we have Set Matter, and Matter for Distribution, which see.\n\nMatter for Distribution. Types that, having been composed for a work and printed off, are ready for use in another work, are, collectively, called Matter for Distribution.", "chars": 376, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2199", "term": "mature", "norm": "mature", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Paper or board which has been seasoned for a period of time before being used. Maturing is important in preventing excessive warping of such materials as binder's board, as well as to have the moisture content of paper and board attain equilibrium with the surrounding atmosphere. See also: SEASONING.", "chars": 325, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2200", "term": "mbt", "norm": "mbt", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MERCAPTO-BENZTHIAZOLE.", "chars": 51, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2202", "term": "mean tensile strength", "norm": "mean tensile strength", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The average value of the results obtained by testing the tensile strength of a material. Where the material has a warp or machine direction, the testing is conducted in both the machine, or warp, direction and the cross, or weft, direction.", "chars": 240, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [197], "citations": ["Labarre, E. J. Dictionary and encyclopaedia of paper and papermaking. 2nd ed. London. Oxford University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2203", "term": "Mearne, Samuel", "norm": "mearne, samuel", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1624-1683", "text": "An English publisher, bookseller, and bookbinder, about whom little definitive knowledge exists. While Mearne's name is associated with the splendid COTTAGE STYLE, some authorities have expressed doubts that he actually bound any books himself, but rather that the famous Mearne bindings were executed by the Dutch bookbinder Suckerman, and that Mearne was a publisher, not a bookbinder. It has been established, however, that Mearne's second apprenticeship was with Jeremy Arnold, a bookbinder and it is therefore argued that he must have learned the craft, the question being how many books he actually bound. It is probably unlikely that he would have taken the time to bind books following the Restoration, because he quickly became an important figure in the book trade. Mearne acquired the posts of Stationer and Bookseller to the King, and thereafter became Master of the Stationers' Company. It is probably reasonable to assume, however, that, considering his knowledge of bookbinding, he would have continued to take an interest in the work of his bindery.\n\nRegardless of its origin. the cottage style came to be regarded as distinctively English, and attained a popularity which endured with minor variations until the first quarter of the 19th century, thus lasting for a longer period than any other style of book decoration.\n\nMearne's second son, Charles, was his partner from 1678, and when Charles Mearne died in 1686 the shop seems to have gone to Robert Steele, one of Samuel Mearne's apprentices, who is last recorded in 1710. Steele's daughter, Jane, then took over the business, and was in turn followed (in about 1718) by THOMAS ELLIOTT. The same set of tools can be traced from Samuel Mearne to Elliott, by way of Charles Mearne, Robert Steele, and Jane Steele.\n\nAt one time the most elaborate of the Restoration bindings were attributed to Samuel Mearne. See also: RECTANGULAR STYLE.", "chars": 1972, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [109, 253, 347], "citations": ["Davenport, Cyril James Humphries. The book; its history and development. New York. Smith. 1930.", "Oxford University. Bodleian Library. Fine bindings 1500-1700 from Oxford libraries: catalogue of an exhibition. Oxford. Bodleian Library. 1968. 254.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MEASU", "term": "MEASURE", "norm": "measure", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The width of a page. See Composing Stick.—M. See also Justify a Stick.", "chars": 132, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-measure-1", "term": "MEASURE", "norm": "measure", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The width of a page.", "chars": 20, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2204", "term": "mechanical adhesion", "norm": "mechanical adhesion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The adhesion that exists between surfaces in which the adhesive secures the adherends by means of interlocking forces. See also: SPECIFIC ADHESION.", "chars": 171, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [309], "citations": ["Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2205", "term": "mechanical binding", "norm": "mechanical binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The business of binding single leaves in a non-exchangeable form. In such a binding, leaves cannot be added, removed, or relocated in the book, as is possible in the case of LOOSE-LEAF BINDING. Mechanical binding may be done on many levels of technology, and is usually part of the services of the job bindery. The forms which mechanical binding can take include spiral, coil, ring, cercla (a binding consisting of connected plastic rings), and comb. Mechanical bindings have several advantages, including: 1) the leaves open flat; 2) pages may be arranged in any order, and may be of varying weights and sizes; 3) there is no need to impose and print in even forms, as 8, 16, 32, etc., pages; and 4) the bindings are simpler and less expensive than sewn and/or adhesive bindings. They also have disadvantages, however, some of which are: 1) they are more expensive than simple wire stitched bindings; 2) when the book is open, the left hand page is usually (higher) or lower than the right, by half the distance between the holes; 3) they do not provide the support and protection often desired in permanent bindings; and 4) pages are more easily lost, torn out, or stolen. Mechanical bindings are frequently used for calendars, diaries, price books, notebooks, catalogs, instruction books, etc.", "chars": 1320, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2206", "term": "mechanical deckle-edge paper", "norm": "mechanical deckle-edge paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An imitation DECKLE EDGE produced in a paper by applying mechanical abrasion, or other treatment, to the edges of the sheet.", "chars": 148, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2207", "term": "mechanical fasteners", "norm": "mechanical fasteners", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A general term applied to books with paper covers held together (either permanently or temporarily) with metal or plastic fasteners, such as staples, nails, coils, posts, and plastic or metal strips.", "chars": 199, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [259], "citations": ["Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2208", "term": "mechanical marblers", "norm": "mechanical marblers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: MARBLE ROLLERS.", "chars": 44, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2209", "term": "mechanical wood pulp", "norm": "mechanical wood pulp", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A papermaking pulp produced by mechanical means only. The resultant fibers, which are produced by abrading the de-barked logs against a grinding wheel, are short, the average length being about 3 to 4 mm, with an average diameter of about 0.03 mm. Paper made from 100 mechanical wood pulp has relatively low strength, discolors fairly rapidly upon exposure to air and light (possibly because no lignin is removed from the fibers), and has very little permanence. It does, however, possess good bulk, opacity, and compressibility, which are desirable characteristics in some boards, book papers, and printing or writing papers. The wood used is almost always one of the softwoods, although in certain instances hardwoods are also used. The most important physical properties of mechanical wood pulp are freeness, relative length of fiber, uniformity of fiber length, strength, color, and cleanliness.\n\nThis type of pulp is generally used with a proportion of chemical wood pulp, the percentage ranging from about 15 to 50. Chemical tests for determining the presence of mechanical wood pulp include the iodine-zinc chloride test, which gives a yellow result, as does aniline sulfate, and phloroglucinol, which gives a bright red.", "chars": 1226, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 143], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MEDHU", "term": "MEDHURST’S PRESS", "norm": "medhurst’s press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A few years ago, a new press was constructed by Mr. Medhurst, of London, the great recommendation of which was its simplicity, and consequent cheapness. In its general form it much resembled the iron presses in common use, the principal difference being in the manner in which the pressure was produced. This was accomplished by means of an ingenious arrangement of levers, differing so much from every thing previously employed in machinery, that the inventor described his contrivance as one which exhibited a new power in mechanics.\n\nThe principle upon which this press acts will be understood from the annexed sketch of the parts by means of which the impression is given. Instead of a screw, a plain spindle is employed: on the lower part of this spindle there is a swell or collar, A, into which the handle, or working bar of the press, B, is fastened. The upper part of this collar has cups or steps for the reception of two short iron props or pins, C, D, which extend up to the head of the press, and are there supported by the points of two screws, E, F, entering sockets cut out in the heads of the pins, which are made of steel. When the platen is up, these pins stand in an inclined position, as represented in the annexed figure: but when the lever handle is pulled towards the spectator, so as to turn the spindle, the two screws remain stationary, while the props come into a vertical position, thus forcing the spindle and attached platen to descend, as if a screw were employed. It may be observed that, in the figure, G is merely a section of the head of the press, which is supposed to be looked at sidewise, to present the back and front projections, H, I, through which the screws pass.—Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopædia, 1833.", "chars": 1742, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_481.jpg", "caption": "Medhurst’s press", "alt": "Medhurst’s press", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MEDIC", "term": "MEDICAL CONTRACTIONS", "norm": "medical contractions", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "used in prescriptions, &c., with the words at length, and a translation. From Gray’s Supplement to the Pharmacopœia. 5th edit. 8vo. London, 1831.\n\nA. Aa.—Ana, of each ingredient.\n\nAbdom.—Abdomen, the belly; abdominis, of the belly; abdomini, to the belly.\n\nAbs. febr.—Absente febre, in the absence of the fever.\n\nAd 2 vic.—Ad duas vices, at twice taking.\n\nAd gr. acid.—Ad gratam aciditatem, to an agreeable sourness.\n\nAd libit.—Ad libitum, at pleasure.\n\nAdd.—Adde, or addantur, add; addendus, to be added; addendo, by adding.\n\nAdmov.—Admoveatur, or admoveantur, apply.\n\nAdst. febr.—Adstante febre, when the fever is on.\n\nAggred. febre.—Aggrediente febre, while the fever is coming on.\n\n\n\nAltern. horis.—Alternis horis, every other hour.\n\nAlvo adst.—Alvo adstricta, when the belly is bound.\n\nAq. bull.—Aqua bulliens, boiling water.\n\nAq. ferv.—Aqua fervens, boiling water.\n\nBis ind.—Bis indies, twice a day.\n\nBB. Bbds.—Barbadensis, Barbadoes.\n\nB. M.—Balneum maris, a sea-water bath.\n\nBull.—Bulliat, it should boil; bulliant, they should boil.\n\nB. V.—Balneum vaporis, a steam heat.\n\nCap.—Capiat, take.\n\nC. m.—Cras mane, to-morrow morning.\n\nCoch. ampl.—Cochleare amplum, a large spoon.\n\nCoch. infant.—Cochleare infantis, a child’s spoon.\n\nCoch. magn.—Cochleare magnum, a large spoon.\n\nCoch. mod.—Cochleare modicum, a dessert spoon.\n\nCoch. parv.—Cochleare parvum, a small spoon.\n\nCœrul.—Cœruleus, blue.\n\nCol.—Colatus, strained.\n\nColat.—Coletur, it should be strained; colaturæ, of or to the strained liquor.\n\nColent.—Colentur, they should be strained.\n\nComp.—Compositus, compounded.\n\nCont. rem.—Continuentur remedia, the medicines should be continued.\n\nContr.—Contritus, ground to a fine powder.\n\nCoq.—Coque, boil; coquantur, they should be boiled.\n\nC. P.—Codex of Paris.\n\nCrast.—Crastinus, to-morrow.\n\nCuj.—Cujus, of which.\n\nCujusl.—Cujuslibet, of any.\n\nCyath. theæ.—Cyatho theæ, in a cup of tea.\n\nDeaur. pil.—Deaurentur pilulæ, the pills should be gilt.\n\nDeb. spiss.—Debita spissitudo, a proper consistence.\n\nDecub.—Decubitus, of lying down.\n\nDe d. in d.—De die in diem, from day to day.\n\nDej. alvi.—Dejectiones alvi, stools.\n\nDet.—Detur, it should be given.\n\nDieb. alt.—Diebus alternis, every other day.\n\nDieb. tert.—Diebus tertiis, every third day.\n\nDim.—Dimidius, one half.\n\nDir. prop.—Directione propria, with a proper direction.\n\nDonec alv. bis dej.—Donec alvus bis dejiciat, until two stools have been obtained.\n\nDonec alv. sol. fuer.—Donec alvus soluta fuerit, until a stool has been obtained.\n\nEjusd.—Ejusdem, of the same.\n\nEnem.—Enema (en-e-ma), a clyster; enemeta, clysters.\n\nExt. sup. alut.—Extende super alutam, spread upon leather.\n\nF. pil. xij.—Fac pilulas duodecim, make 12 pills.\n\nFeb. dur.—Febre durante, during the fever.\n\nFem. intern.—Femoribus internis, to the inner part of the thighs.\n\nF. venæs.—Fiat venæsectio, bleed.\n\nFist. arm.—Fistula armata, a clyster pipe and bladder fitted for use.\n\nFl.—Fluidus, liquid; also by measure.\n\nGel. quav.—Gelatinâ quâvis, in any kind of jelly.\n\nG. G. G.—Gummi guttæ gambiæ, gamboge.\n\nGr.—Granum, a grain; grana, grains.\n\nGtt.—Gutta, a drop; guttæ, drops.\n\nGutt. quibusd.—Guttis quibusdam, with a few drops.\n\nHar. pil. sum. iij.—Harum pilularum sumantur tres, three of these pills should be taken.\n\nHor. decub.—Hora decubitus, at going to bed.\n\nHor. som.—Hora somni, just before going to sleep; or on retiring to rest.\n\nHor. un. spatio.—Horæ unius spatio, at the expiration of an hour.\n\nHor. interm.—Horis intermediis, at the intermediate hours between what has been ordered at stated times.\n\nInd.—Indies, from day to day, or daily.\n\nIn pulm.—In pulmento, in gruel.\n\nInj. enem.—Injiciatur enema, a clyster should be given.\n\nLat. dol.—Lateri dolenti, to the side that is affected.\n\nLb.—Libra, a pound; or libra, weight, or a wine pint; when preceded by Arabic figures, Avoirdupois weight is generally meant; but when succeeded by Roman numerals, Troy weight, or pint measures.\n\nM.—Misce, mix; mensura, by measure; manipulus, a handful.\n\nMane pr.—Mane primo, very early in the morning.\n\nMin.—Minimum, the 60th part of a drachm measure.\n\nMtt.—Mitte, send; mittatur, or mittantur, there should be sent.\n\nMitt. sang. ad [ounce]xij. saltem.—Mittatur sanguis ad uncias duodecim saltem, blood should be taken away to 12 ounces at least.\n\nMod. præsc.—Modo præscripto, in the manner directed.\n\n\n\nMor. sol.—More solito, in the usual manner.\n\nNe tr. s. num.—Ne tradas sine nummo, you should not deliver it without the money: as a caution to the shopman, when the presence of the customer prevents the master giving a verbal direction.\n\nN. M.—Nux moschata, a nutmeg.\n\nO.—Octarius, a wine pint, being 1-8th of a gallon.\n\nOl. lini s. i.—Oleum lini sine igne, cold drawn linseed oil.\n\nOmn. hor.—Omni hora, every hour.\n\nOmn. bid.—Omni biduo, every two days.\n\nOmn. bih.—Omni bihorio, every two hours.\n\nOmn. man.—Omni mane, every morning.\n\nOmn. noct.—Omni nocte, every night.\n\nOmn. quadr. hor.—Omni quadrante horæ, every quarter of an hour.\n\nO. O. O.—Oleum olivæ optimum, best olive oil.\n\nOz.—The ounce Avoirdupois, or common weight, as distinguished from that prescribed by physicians in their orders.\n\nP.—Pondere, by weight.\n\nP. Bat.—Pharmacopœia Batava.\n\nP. Belg.—Pharmacopœia Belgica.\n\nP. D.—Pharmacopœia Dublinensis.\n\nP. E.—Pharmacopœia Edinensis.\n\nP. L.—Pharmacopœia Londinensis.\n\nP. L. V.—Pharmacopœia Londinensis [Vetus?] before 1745.\n\nP. U. S.—Pharmacopœia of the United States.\n\nPart. vic.—Partitis vicibus, to be given in divided doses, instead of all at once.\n\nPer. op. emet.—Peracta operatione emetici, when the operation of the emetic is finished.\n\nPost sing. sed. liq.—Post singulas sedes liquidas, after every loose stool.\n\nP. r. n.—Pro re nata, according as circumstances occur.\n\nP. rat. æt.—Pro ratione ætatis, according to the age of the patient.\n\nPug.—Pugillus, a gripe between the finger and thumb.\n\nQ. p.—Quantum placet, as much as you please.\n\nQ. s.—Quantum sufficit, as much as may suffice.\n\nQuor.—Quorum, of which.\n\nR.—Recipe, take; but for this the old authors, and the French to this day, use this sign ♃, being the old heathen invocation to Jupiter, seeking his blessing upon the formula, equivalent to the usual invocation of the poets and of Mahomedan authors, or the Laus Deo with which book-keepers and merchants clerks formerly began their books of account and invoices, a practice not yet quite extinct\n\nRed. in pulv.—Redactus in pulverem, powdered.\n\nRedig. in pulv.—Redigatur in pulverem, it should be reduced to powder.\n\nReg. umbil.—Regio umbilici, the parts near the navel.\n\nRepet.—Repetatur, it should be continued; repetantur, they should be continued.\n\nS. A.—Secundum artem, according to art.\n\nSemidr.—Semidrachma, half a dram.\n\nSemih.—Semihora, half an hour.\n\nSesunc.—Sesuncia, an ounce and a half\n\nSesquih.—Sesquihora, an hour and a half.\n\nSi n. val.—Si non valeat, if it does not answer.\n\nSi op. sit.—Si opus sit, if need shall be.\n\nSi vir. perm.—Si vires permittant, if the strength will allow.\n\nSign. n. pr.—Signetur nomine proprio, write upon it the usual name, not the trade name.\n\nSing.—Singulorum, singularum, of each.\n\nS. S. S.—Stratum super stratum, layer upon layer.\n\nSs.—Semi, a half.\n\nSt.—Stet, it should stand; stent, they should stand.\n\nSub fin. coct.—Sub finem coctionis, when the boiling is nearly finished.\n\nSum. tal.—Sumat talem, the patient should take one like this.\n\nS. V.—Spiritus vinosus, ardent spirits of any strength.\n\nS. V. R.—Spiritus vinosus rectificatus, spirit of wine.\n\nS. V. T.—Spiritus vinosus tenuis, proof spirit, or half and half spirit of wine and water.\n\nTemp. dext.—Tempori dextro, to the right temple.\n\nT. O.—Tinctura opii, tincture of opium; generally confounded with laudanum, which is properly the wine of opium.\n\nT. O. C.—Tinctura opii camphorata, paregoric elixir.\n\nTrit.—Tritus, ground to powder.\n\nUlt. præscr.—Ultimo præscriptus, the last ordered.\n\nV. O. S.—Vitello ovi solutus, dissolved in the yelk of an egg.\n\nVom. urg.—Vomitione urgente, when the vomiting begins.\n\nZ.—A mark in writing that a word is contracted, as in oz. for ounce.\n\nZz.—Zingiber, ginger.\n\n\n\n℈.—Scrupulum, a scruple, equal to 20 grains Troy.\n\nʒ.—Drachma, a drachm, equal to 3 scruples; or, in liquids, the 8th part of an ounce measure.\n\n℥.—Uncia, an ounce Troy; or, in liquids, the 16th part of a wine pint.\n\nMeredith, Christopher. See Donations.", "chars": 9350, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2210", "term": "meeting guard", "norm": "meeting guard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: REVERSED V-GUARD.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2211", "term": "mellowing", "norm": "mellowing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to the process of allowing the leather used for covering a book to absorb the first application of paste so as to saturate the pores of the leather before the second application of paste immediately before covering.", "chars": 240, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [115], "citations": ["Diehl, Edith. Bookbinding; its background and technique. New York. Rinehart. 1946. 2 vol."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2212", "term": "mending", "norm": "mending", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A somewhat contradictory term which, in its most elementary sense, refers to the minor restoration of a book with no replacement of any material or the separation of the text block from its case or covers. In this sense mending is not so complete a rehabilitation as RESTORATION. In a more complex sense, however, \"mending\" can be a long, involved process. The mending of torn leaves, for example, in which the tears occur in the folds, involves a process which necessarily includes taking the book completely apart.", "chars": 540, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [173, 335], "citations": ["Horton, Carolyn. Cleaning and preserving bindings and related materials. Chicago. American Library Association. (Conservation of library materials pamphlet no. l; Library Technology Project publications, no. 16). 1969.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2213", "term": "mercapto-benzthiazole", "norm": "mercapto-benzthiazole", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": "m.b.t.", "dates": null, "text": "A crystalline heterocyclic compound (C7H4NS (SH)), which is prepared by the treatment of thiocarbanilide with sulfur, or by heating aniline, carbon disulfide, and nitrobenzene. M.B.T. is useful under certain conditions as a paper fungicide, generally in a concentration of 0.1% by weight of the paper. It contains no chlorine and can be applied either as an aqueous or non-aqueous solution.", "chars": 412, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2214", "term": "mercuric chloride", "norm": "mercuric chloride", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless, odorless, and non-volatile compound (HgCl2), which is the oldest and perhaps best known of the paper fungicides. It can be applied in an aqueous or non-aqueous solution and is usually used in concentrations as low as 0.1% by weight of the paper. It is liable to liberate hydrochloric acid under certain conditions; however, since it contains only a small percentage of chlorine, and is usually effective in very low concentrations, it is not very likely to be dangerous in this respect. Its major disadvantage is its violently toxic nature, which has led to its use being legally restricted in the United States.", "chars": 625, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198, 235], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2215", "term": "merrythought", "norm": "merrythought", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool in the form of a wishbone, or \"merrythought,\" usually embellished with cusps or foliage. It was used on late 15th century and 16th century blind stamped bindings.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "METAL1", "term": "METAL", "norm": "metal", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The technical name of a mixture of metals properly so called, with which types and stereotype plates are cast.\n\nIn speaking of type metal, I shall first give Moxon’s description of making it, which is curious; and then some interesting observations on the same subject by M. Sage, from the Journal de Physique.\n\nMoxon says—“What the metal founders make printing letters of, is lead hardened with iron: thus, they choose stub nails for the best iron to melt, as well because they are assured stub nails are made of good, soft, and tough iron, as because they (being in small pieces of iron) will melt the sooner.\n\n“To make the iron run, they mingle an equal weight of antimony (beaten in an iron mortar into small pieces) and stub nails together. And preparing so many earthen forty or fifty pounds melting pots (made for that purpose to endure the fire) as they intend to use: they charge these pots with the mingled iron and antimony as full as they will hold.\n\n“Every time they melt metal, they build a new furnace to melt it in: this furnace is called an open furnace; because the air blows in through all its sides to fan the fire: they make it of bricks in a broad open place, as well because the air may have free access to all its sides, as that the vapours of the antimony (which are obnoxious) may the less offend those that officiate at the making of the metal: and also because the violent fire made in the furnace should not endanger the firing any adjacent houses.\n\n“They consider, before they make the furnace, how many pots of metal they intend to melt, and make the furnace sizeable to that number: we will suppose five pots. Therefore they first make a circle on the ground capable to hold these five pots, and wider yet by three or four inches round about: then within this circle they lay a course of bricks close to one another to fill the plain of that platform, with their broad or flat sides downwards, and their ends all one way, and on this course of bricks they lay another course of bricks as before, only the lengths of this course of bricks lies athwart the breadths of the other course of bricks; then they lay a third course of bricks with their lengths cross the breadth of the second course of bricks.\n\n“Having thus raised a platform, they place these five pots in the middle of it close to one another, and then on the foundation or platform raise the furnace round about by laying the bricks of the first lay end to end and flat, close to one another: on the second lay, they place the middle of a brick over a joint (as the bricklayers call it) that is, where the ends of two bricks join together, and so again lay bricks end to end till they trim round the platform. Then they lay a third lay of bricks, covering the joints of the second lay of bricks as before: so is the foundation finished.\n\n“Then they raise the walls to the furnace on this foundation; but do not lay the ends of their bricks close together, but lay the ends of each brick about three inches off each other, to serve for wind holes till they trim round about: then they lay another lay of bricks, leaving other such wind holes over the middle of the last lay of bricks, and so trim as they work round, either with half bricks or bats, that the wind holes of the last lay may be covered: and in this manner and order they lay so many lays, till the walls of the furnace be raised about three bricks higher than the mouths of the melting pots, still observing to leave such wind holes over the middle of every brick that lies under each lay.\n\n“Then they fill the sides of the furnace round about the melting pots, and over them, with charcoal, and fire it at several wind holes in the bottom, till it burn up and all over the furnace, which a moderate wind in about an hour’s time will do: and about half an hour’s time after, they lay their ears near the ground and listen to hear a bubbling in the pots; and this they do so often till they do hear it. When they hear this bubbling, they conclude the iron is melted: but yet they will let it stand, perhaps half an hour longer or more, according as they guess the fire to be hotter or cooler, that they may be the more assured it is all thoroughly melted. And when it is melted, the melting pot will not be a quarter full.\n\n“And in or against that time, they make another small furnace close to the first, (to set an iron pot in, in which they melt lead,) on that side from whence the wind blows; because the person that lades the lead out of the iron pot (as shall be shewed by and by) may be the less annoyed with the fumes of the metal, in both furnaces. This furnace is made of three or four course of bricks open to the windward, and wide enough to contain the designed iron pot, with room between it and the sides to hold a convenient quantity of charcoal under it, and about it.\n\n“Into this iron pot they put for every three pound of iron, about five and twenty pounds of lead. And, setting fire to the coals in this little furnace, they melt and heat this lead red hot.\n\n“Hitherto a man (nay, a boy) might officiate at all this work; but now comes labour would make Hercules sweat. Now they fall to pulling down so much of the side of the open furnace as stands above the mouth of that melting pot next the iron pot, and having a thick strong iron ladle, whose handle is about two yards long, and the ladle big enough to hold about ten pounds of lead, and this ladle red hot that it chill not the metal; they now, I say, with this ladle, fall to clearing this first melting pot of all the coals or filth that lie on the top of the melted metal; while another man at the same time stands provided with a long, strong, round iron stirring poot, the handle of which stirring poot is also about two yards long or more, and the poot itself almost twice the length of the depth of the melting pot: this poot is nothing but a piece of the same iron turned to a square with the handle: and this poot is also in a readiness heated red hot.\n\n“Now one man with the ladle lades the lead out of the iron pot into the melting pot, while the other man with the poot stirs and labours the lead and metal in the melting pot together, till they think the lead and metal in the melting pot be well incorporated: and thus they continue lading and stirring till they have near filled the melting pot.\n\n“Then they go to another next melting pot, and successively to all, and lade and stir lead into them as they did into the first. Which done, the metal is made: and they pull down the walls of the open furnace, and take away the fire that the metal may cool in the pots.\n\n“Now (according to custom) is half a pint of sack mingled with sallad oil, provided for each workman to drink; intended for an antidote against the poisonous fumes of the antimony, and to restore the spirits that so violent a fire and hard labour may have exhausted.”—Moxon.\n\nSmith, who published his Printer’s Grammar about seventy years after the appearance of Moxon’s work, says, “In Germany they use more than three ingredients to their metal, which is there made of steel, iron, copper, brass, tin, and lead; all which they incorporate with each other by means of antimony. This metal, if duly prepared, does not bend, but breaks like glass; it is harder than tin and lead, something softer than copper, and melts sooner than lead. This account I have of Mr. Struke, a printer at Lubec.”\n\n“Observations on the Metallic Mixture made use of for casting Letters, or Characters, for Printing. By M. Sage. From the Journal de Physique.\n\n“Lead and regulus of antimony, melted together in various proportions, form the metal used by letter founders, for casting their different types or characters. When I say that these metals are used in various proportions, I mean, that more or less of the regulus of antimony is mixed with the lead, according to the degree of hardness the types are required to possess. In general, eighty pounds of lead are added to twenty pounds of regulus of antimony, already melted: but, for the small characters, in which a greater degree of hardness is required, seventy-five pounds of lead are used to twenty-five pounds of regulus of antimony; and, for large ones, eighty-five pounds of lead, and fifteen pounds of regulus of antimony.\n\n“These two substances, though of very different specific gravities [Lead, 11·35—Antimony 6·70.—W. S.], remain perfectly combined, and do not separate from each other by fusion, unless the fire made use of is so strong as to burn and volatilize them; in that case, the antimony begins to exhale.\n\n“Letter founders should take care to employ only the purest regulus of antimony, or that which is the most free from sulphur; for, when it contains any of that substance, it acts upon the lead, in the course of time, and forms with it a kind of galena, which acquires a black colour. The letters cast with a mixed metal of that kind, instead of preserving their shining and polished appearance, become dull, and as it were cracked, forming also a sort of efflorescence. When this spontaneous decomposition takes place, the letters become brittle, and lose their form. Of this I have been convinced, by having analysed a mixture of this kind, with which M. Anisson had cast some Arabic characters.\n\n“Having exposed some of the letters, made with this bad metal, to a violent fire, the sulphur it contained burnt, and exhaled, in the form of vitriolic acid. Having then poured the metal remaining in the crucible into an ingot, it acquired a white brilliant colour like silver; which colour did not become sensibly changed, by being left, for the space of six months, in a damp place.\n\n“Regulus of antimony is prepared, in the large way, by melting calcined antimony, in a reverberatory furnace, with dried wine lees; from this is obtained the regulus, which is sold in the form of round cakes, on the surface of which are seen figures like the leaves of fern, &c. which figures are produced from the elements of octoëdral crystals. If the regulus, thus prepared, appears more grey in colour than when it is prepared according to Stahl’s process, it is because it still retains a portion of sulphur.\n\n“At present, there is not found a sufficient quantity of regulus of antimony in commerce to supply the letter founders. It appears to me that, in the place of regulus of antimony prepared as above, we might substitute that which may be prepared with iron. One-fifth part of iron is sufficient to absorb all the sulphur with which antimony is mineralized. When this mixture is melted, it must be poured into a cone: the sulphuretted iron remains upon the surface of the regulus, and is very easily separated from it.\n\n“This process is less expensive, and produces more regulus, than the process made use of by those who work the mines of antimony.\n\n“Regulus of antimony, as we have seen, gives hardness to lead; but a much greater degree of hardness is produced by adding tin to the mixture. I have analysed some nails which were proposed to be used in shipbuilding, and found them to contain three parts of tin, two parts of lead, and one part of regulus of antimony. These nails were sufficiently hard to penetrate oak wood, without being blunted; and this metallic mixture is not acted upon by sea water, which very quickly decomposes iron.”\n\nThese observations of M. Sage show the utility of iron in the making of type metal by our predecessors, from its combining with the sulphur contained in the antimony.\n\nStereotype founders vary considerably the proportions of lead and regulus of antimony in making their metal. The hardest metal made, is in the proportion of ten pounds of regulus of antimony to forty pounds of tea lead; but the general proportions are ten pounds of regulus of antimony to sixty pounds of lead, which are said to make a mixture of a good quality.", "chars": 11956, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2216", "term": "metal back binders", "norm": "metal back binders", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Binders of the expanding-post type, generally with a steel or aluminum spine. Each side post has four alternately solid and tubular telescopic posts attached. The posts alternate so that a thin solid post is adjacent to a thick hollow post, which prevents looseness in any part of the binder. A key at one end of the spine plate operates a transmission rod to widen the distance between the clamping bars, thus allowing leaves to be inserted or removed. Because of the telescopic posts, this type of binder has a fixed minimum capacity, while the maximum is always twice the minimum. See also: LOOSE-LEAF BINDING; MECHANICAL BINDING.", "chars": 681, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [276], "citations": ["Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "METAL2", "term": "METAL RULES", "norm": "metal rules", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Straight lines cast on pieces of metal similar to quadrats, but higher; they are rarely cast to founts larger than English. They are used as leaders; to cut off sums of money from the line which contains the sum total; for transverse lines in columns; sometimes for column rules, but very seldom; and for blanks, where the names of persons, &c., are omitted; em metal rules are sometimes used for divisions in a paragraph instead of a point. They are generally of one em, two ems, three ems, and four ems, but in English founts their size does not exceed three ems; sometimes there are en metal rules cast. Metal rules ought to be cast exactly on the middle of the body, and be continued precisely to the sides, so as to join each other at the ends, even if they are placed alternately with the sides reversed; should this not be the case, the continuity of the line must be broken, and it will necessarily have a disagreeable appearance.\n\nMilled Lead. See Space Lines.", "chars": 1022, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2217", "term": "metallic inks", "norm": "metallic inks", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Printing inks used to produce colored effects, such as gold, silver, copper, or bronze. Unless used on coated paper, and initial printing of a sizing material is done, the results will be unsatisfactory.", "chars": 203, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2218", "term": "metallic thread", "norm": "metallic thread", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: WIRE THREAD. See also: PURL.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2219", "term": "metalwork", "norm": "metalwork", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A decorative ornament found on numerous rolls; it consists of fancy work in imitation of wrought and curved ironwork filling a small panel.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [250], "citations": ["Oldham, James Basil. English blind-stamped bindings. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. 1952."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2221", "term": "methyl bromide", "norm": "methyl bromide", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless volatile liquid (CH3Br), prepared by the action of bromine in methyl alcohol in the presence of phosphorus, followed by distillation. It is used as a fumigant for books and other materials.", "chars": 212, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2222", "term": "methyl cellulose", "norm": "methyl cellulose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Cellulose methyl ether, produced by treating cellulose from wood or cotton with an alkali, such as sodium hydroxide, followed by methyl chloride. The resulting product is a white granular solid, soluble in cold water but insoluble in hot water. It is used as a thickening agent for aqueous preparations and as a substitute for natural gums, and particularly as a stabilizer in emulsions. It has also been used to greaseproof paper and as an additive in adhesives to increase film strength, flexibility and adhesion.", "chars": 515, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2223", "term": "methyl magnesium carbonate", "norm": "methyl magnesium carbonate", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An organic compound, (CH3OMgOCO2CH3 . xCO2), with x being variable depending on the solvent used. It is prepared by treating a solution of magnesium methoxide with carbon dioxide until saturation is attained. The resulting solution is clear, colorless, and has a pH of approximately 7.0. It has been recommended as a non-aqueous deacidifying agent for paper, preferably in low concentrations, e.g., 0.7 to 1.0%. Its advantages are said to be: 1) a mild pH, due to the neutral character of the solution and direct conversion to magnesium carbonate upon hydrolysis; and 2) convenience of use due to the decreased sensitivity of the solution to water, which assists in preventing premature precipitation.", "chars": 745, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2220", "term": "methylated spirit", "norm": "methylated spirit", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Ethyl alcohol (ethanol, or grain alcohol) denatured with methanol, or other denaturant, e.g., benzene, and used to dilute spirit stains.", "chars": 136, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2224", "term": "mica paste", "norm": "mica paste", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive produced from ISINGLASS dissolved in a suitable solvent. It is used in guarding.", "chars": 116, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2225", "term": "Michel, Marius", "norm": "michel, marius", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name employed by Jean Michel (1821-1890) and his son, Henri François (1846-1925), who were distinguished Parisian bookbinders. The work of the elder Michel, while technically excellent, was largely traditional. Henri Francois, on the other hand, was more enterprising, and used curved stamps instead of small dies and fillets to work exotic flower and leaf forms, and also attempted to relate the decoration of the book cover to its contents. He was the first bookbinder to suggest that the mood of the book should be continued in the design and color of the binding. He may, in fact, be called the founder of the 20th century French school of binding. The designs of the two binders were often based on natural forms and the ornament is often expressed in color, outlined in blind, and very often without the use of gold. See PLATE X.", "chars": 839, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140, 347], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2226", "term": "microcrystalline wax", "norm": "microcrystalline wax", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A WAX obtained from the heavy lubricating oil fraction derived from crude oil, subsequent to the removal of PARAFFIN (WAX). Its characteristics resemble those of the natural waxes closely, including its high melting point, high viscosity, flexibility at low temperatures, and high cohesion and adhesion. It is used as a substitute for other waxes in laminating paper and foils, as well as for polishes, etc.", "chars": 455, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2227", "term": "microencapsulated adhesive", "norm": "microencapsulated adhesive", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive employing microencapsulation (a procedure for containing liquids, e.g., the dye in carbonless copy paper, in microscopic pods which are crushed to release their contents) so as to cause it to act instantly, i.e., the adhesive sets the instant the capsules are crushed. The \"adhesive,\" for example, could be applied to the boards or board papers of a book at any time during binding. Pressing the book would crush the capsules creating the adhesive. The process would have particular use in edition binding, as it would solve the problem o f timing inherent in most modern machines, where the glue (at the correct temperature and viscosity) must reach its application area (in correct film thickness) an instant after the work is properly positioned but before machine pressure is applied, which is a set of circumstances very difficult to keep in proper adjustment. The use of microencapsulated adhesives would also be of considerable benefit to library binders. As of this time, such adhesives are only in the experimental stage.", "chars": 1042, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [89], "citations": ["Comparato, Frank E. Books for the millions; a history of the men whose methods and machines packaged the printed word. Harrisburg, Pa. Stackpole. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2228", "term": "microfilm", "norm": "microfilm", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Generally, a 35 mm film bearing a photographic record in reduced form of print or other graphic material, such as books, newspapers, documents, etc. Although originally intended to save both space and the handling of the originals, microfilm is currently being used extensively as a method of \"preserving\" the literary content of deteriorating materials.", "chars": 354, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2229", "term": "micrometer", "norm": "micrometer", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An instrument used for measuring thickness of materials such as paper, cloth, leather, and board.", "chars": 97, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2230", "term": "microscopy", "norm": "microscopy", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The use of, or investigation by means of, a microscope. A microscope consists of an optical device containing one or more lenses and is used to view minute objects, generally those larger than .005 mm. A one-lens instrument is known as a simple microscope, while one with two or more lenses is called a compound microscope. Instruments which interpose oil of the same refractive index as glass between the object and the objective are used for high power work. The limit of resolving power is equal approximately to the wavelength of the light source used, i.e., points separated by 4 X 10-5 cm. Objects smaller than this can be detected as bright points in the ultramicroscope, while their actual shape and dimensions can be examined in the electron microscope, in which a beam of electrons is used in lieu of light and is focused by electrostatic or magnetic fields. Resolution down to 5 X 10-8 cm is theoretically possible with such an instrument, which is, however, difficult to use because of the necessity of mounting the specimen in a vacuum. The microscope is a valuable instrument for the study of paper and leather fibers, etc.", "chars": 1137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [195], "citations": ["Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2231", "term": "Middleton, Bernard C.", "norm": "middleton, bernard c.", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1924-", "text": "One of the outstanding modern day bookbinders and conservationists, Middleton won a Trade Scholarship to the Central School of Arts and Crafts, Southhampton Row in 1938, and was apprenticed to the British Museum Bindery in 1940. He was a City and Guilds Silver Medalist in 1943. Middleton was later bookbinder at the Royal College of Art and, for a short time, managed the Zaehnsdorf bindery. He started his own business as a book restorer in 1953.\n\nMiddleton's forwarding is considered to be superlative, while his designs and tooling, though restrained, are always in good taste and are superbly executed. He is also considered to be one of the most skillful book restorers at work today.\n\nAside from being a gifted bookbinder, Middleton is recognized as an outstanding scholar in the field of bookbinding history, and is the author of a comprehensive work entitled A History of English Craft Bookbinding Technique, as well as The Restoration ot Leather Bindings. He is unique among historians of bookbindings because he writes with such a vast knowledge of technique, largely overlooked by others.", "chars": 1096, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2232", "term": "migration", "norm": "migration", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A condition or process of extraction, in which an aqueous or organic solvent selectively dissolves part of an adhesive film, and carries it to a different location as the solvent evaporates. The term also refers to the penetration of an adhesive plasticizer into the adherends due to the attraction of the adherend for the plasticizer. See also: ACID MIGRATION.", "chars": 385, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2233", "term": "mil", "norm": "mil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A unit of linear measurement, equivalent to 0.001 inch.", "chars": 55, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2234", "term": "mildew", "norm": "mildew", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A growth caused by micro-organisms, whose spores, in a moist, warm environment, become molds. They derive their food from the substance on which they form, e.g., the materials of a book. During their growth they produce citric, gluconic, oxalic, or other organic acids, that can damage paper, leather, cloth, etc. They also at times produce color bodies, leading to staining which is difficult to remove.\n\nIn counteracting mildew, every part of the affected book must be treated with the inhibitor most suited for it. The best preventatives, however, are thorough cleanliness, sunlight, dry circulating air, and relatively low temperature. See also: FUNGI; MOLD (4).", "chars": 712, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [144, 363], "citations": ["A laboratory handbook of pulp and paper manufacture. 2nd ed. London. Arnold. 1961.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-mill-boards-1", "term": "Mill Boards", "norm": "mill boards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The boards that are attached to the book, giving stiffening to the cover.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-mill-board-1", "term": "MILL-BOARD", "norm": "mill-board", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The boards that are attached to the book. Various kinds are in use now; the most common is made of straw, the best of old naval cordage.", "chars": 136, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2235", "term": "millboard", "norm": "millboard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A high grade of hard, tough binder's board, dark brown to black in color. It has a smooth finish produced by rolling or milling under high pressure. Originally, millboard was produced from old tarred rope, sacking, and similar materials and was called \"black board\" or \"rope board\"; however, genuine rope millboard is now virtually impossible to obtain, except from covers discarded from old bindings. It is now made from waste paper, various wood pulps, screenings, with the better grades containing some hemp and flax fibers. The sheet is produced on a wet machine and is calendered by passing it through a board calender several times. The final thickness of the board generally ranges from 0.036 to 0.144 inch.\n\nOld millboard contains sufficient iron impurities to promote the formation of sulfuric acid due to the presence of sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere, much in the same manner as in paper, although at a much slower rate. Millboard, furthermore, often suffers from an additional defect from the point of view of the bookbinder, namely, excessive lamination stemming from the pressure used in calendering. This excessive lamination can cause the corners of the boards to be subject to splitting and mashing.\n\nRope fiber millboards were first produced in the late 17th century, but they were not in general use until perhaps the first and possibly the second decade of the 18th century, and even then only in the superior grades of binding. The cheaper machine-made boards were in use as early as the 19th century. Millboard was used continuously until the Second World War in the better grades of binding.", "chars": 1612, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [82, 161, 198, 236, 335], "citations": ["Clowes, William Beaufoy. A guide to printing. London. Heineman. 1963.", "Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-millboard-1", "term": "millboard", "norm": "millboard", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The boards that are attached to the book to form the covers. Several kinds are in use now; the best is made of old naval cordage.", "chars": 129, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2236", "term": "millboard machine", "norm": "millboard machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ROTARY BOARD CUTTER.", "chars": 49, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-millboard-machine-1", "term": "millboard machine", "norm": "millboard machine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "machine used for squaring boards; should only be used for cheap work, as an edge cut by it will not be as square as if cut by the plough.", "chars": 137, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2237", "term": "mimeograph paper", "norm": "mimeograph paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A type of paper used for producing copies on a mimeograph machine. The paper is produced from numerous furnishes, including those containing cotton fibers and bleached chemical wood pulps, mechanical wood pulp, and combinations thereof. Absorbency, absence of fuzz, finish, and opacity are desired characteristics. The usual basis weight is 20 pounds (17 X 22—500) but basis weight may range from 16 to 24 pounds.", "chars": 413, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2238", "term": "mimosa", "norm": "mimosa", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: WATTLE (BARK).", "chars": 43, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2239", "term": "mineral acids", "norm": "mineral acids", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: INORGANIC ACIDS.", "chars": 45, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2240", "term": "mineral tanning", "norm": "mineral tanning", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of converting hides and skins into leather by the use of metals, e.g., chromium, aluminum and potassium (alum), iron, and zirconium. The first mineral tannage, called \"tawing,\" involved the use of alum and salt. See: TAWING. See also: CHROME TANNING; ZIRCONIUM TANNING.", "chars": 350, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2241", "term": "miniature book", "norm": "miniature book", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small to very small book, generally up to 3, or perhaps even 4 inches in height, in which the principal, if not only, interest lies in its small size. It is designed on a small scale (although some consider books reduced in size by photographic means to qualify as miniatures), printed with small type, bound and decorated on a small scale, and, if illustrated, provided with reproductions appropriate to the size of the book.\n\nThe idea of a miniature is artificial, although they are very popular. Many Bibles, devotional works, almanacs, classics, etc., have been issued in miniature form from an early date.", "chars": 610, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 156], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MINIO", "term": "MINION", "norm": "minion", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name of a type one size larger than Nonpareil, and one smaller than Brevier. Moxon does not enumerate this size in his list.\n\nModern Gothic. See Black Letter.", "chars": 215, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2242", "term": "minium", "norm": "minium", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A red lead (ground cinnabar) of Iberian origin, mixed with water and egg white, and used in the rubrication of Egyptian papyri and in the production of miniatures.", "chars": 163, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [140], "citations": ["Glaister, Geoffrey Ashall. An encyclopedia of the book. Cleveland. World. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2243", "term": "mint", "norm": "mint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book which is in the same new and unblemished condition as when it was first published. A \"mint\" condition of a book usually implies that it still has its book jacket, if provided originally, which is also new and unblemished.", "chars": 228, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2244", "term": "mirror binding", "norm": "mirror binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of decoration featuring a dark marbled central panel (the mirror), surrounded by a gold tooled frame and, outside of that, a lighter area that is also surrounded, but by a blind rather than a gold tooled line. The spine is usually heavily gilt. So-called mirror bindings were popular in Denmark in the 18th century.", "chars": 323, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [104], "citations": ["Dahl, Svend. History of the book. 2nd English ed. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2245", "term": "misbound", "norm": "misbound", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "One or more leaves or sections of a book which have been incorrectly folded, bound in the wrong place, or bound in upside down. Text blocks bound in upside down are a common occurrence in edition binding. miscellaneous binding. 1 Primarily a British term applied to a style of hand binding that is not of as high a quality as extra binding, but considerably superior to edition binding. Under this category may be included work done for a book collector who desires something better than the regular publisher's (edition) binding. 2. See: JOB BINDING.", "chars": 575, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [343], "citations": ["Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2246", "term": "missing leaves", "norm": "missing leaves", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any leaves not included in, or removed from, a section, gathering, or bound book. missing picks. The contiguous pick (filling) threads missing from a portion of the width of a fabric.", "chars": 183, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2247", "term": "mistletoe tool", "norm": "mistletoe tool", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A finishing tool which, despite its name, impresses a design more like a feather than a mistletoe leaf. Apparently it was first used on Irish bindings about 1766, and was afterwards used on the spine panels of Irish bindings of about 1780.", "chars": 239, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [96, 156], "citations": ["Craig, Maurice James. Irish bookbindings, 1600-1800. London. Cassell. 1954.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2248", "term": "mitered", "norm": "mitered", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. A binding ornamentation on the spine or covers of a book, either in gold or blind, consisting of straight lines that meet but do not pass beyond the vertical panel or \"run-up\" lines on either side. A fillet or pallet may be used to make the lines; however, the fillet is not generally used on the spine of a book except when executing the RUN-UP GILT BACK. 2. The juncture at the corners of the turn-ins edged to an angle of 45. See: CORNER MITERING; NICKED CORNER. 3. The connection at the angles of an outer frame to an inner frame or panel by the diagonal use of a fillet or roll.", "chars": 658, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [161, 183, 236, 335], "citations": ["Hewitt-Bates, James Samuel. Bookbinding. 8th ed. Leicester. Dryad. 1967.", "Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963.", "Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mab-mitred-1", "term": "Mitred", "norm": "mitred", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the lines in finishing intersect each other at right angles and are continued without overrunning each other, they are said to be mitred.", "chars": 142, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MAB", "id": "pg55056", "author": "Nicholson, James B.", "work": "A Manual of the Art of Bookbinding", "year": 1856, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-mitred-1", "term": "Mitred", "norm": "mitred", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Tooled lines meeting at a right angle without overrunning.", "chars": 58, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-mitred-1", "term": "Mitred", "norm": "mitred", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the lines in finishing meet each other at right angles without overrunning each other, they are said to be mitred. Joined at an angle of 45°.", "chars": 146, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bcb-mitring-1", "term": "Mitring", "norm": "mitring", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "(1) lines meeting at a right angle without overrunning are said to be mitred. (2) A join at 45° as in the leather on the inside of the boards.", "chars": 142, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BCB", "id": "pg26672", "author": "Cockerell, Douglas", "work": "Bookbinding, and the Care of Books", "year": 1901, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2249", "term": "mitsumata", "norm": "mitsumata", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A shrub, Edgeworthia papyrifera, found in temperate Asia and cultivated in Japan for its bark, the fibers of which are used in papermaking.", "chars": 139, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2251", "term": "mocha", "norm": "mocha", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": "mocha suede", "dates": null, "text": "A leather produced from the Arabian blackhaired sheep (commonly called blackhair mochas). It is a chrome-tanned leather, with the grain removed by mechanical abrading rather than by hand frizzing. It is suede-finished on the flesh side. This leather retains most of the fibers of the skin, and its particular fineness is due to the closeness of the fibers of the skin.", "chars": 368, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [351], "citations": ["Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2252", "term": "mock flexible", "norm": "mock flexible", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A more or less obsolete term which has been interpreted to mean either a binding with a tight back and false bands, being \"mock\" because it is flexible but has false bands, or a binding with a hollow back and false bands, being \"mock\" for both reasons", "chars": 251, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [371], "citations": ["Zaehnsdorf, Joseph William. The art of bookbinding…London. Bell. 1890."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2253", "term": "modeled-leather covers", "norm": "modeled-leather covers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of decorating a book in which the leather cover is molded, cut, or hammered to raise a design in relief, or in which the leather is laid over a decorative foundation attached to the boards. The style is found on the Stonyhurst Gospel (7th or 8th century) and on some Coptic bindings of 100 or 200 years later, but is not seen again, at least in British craft bookbinding, until the end of the 19th century.", "chars": 415, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2254", "term": "modern monastic", "norm": "modern monastic", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of bookbinding which characteristically employed very thick boards, red, brown, or gilt edges, and unusually high raised bands. The usual leather used was divinity calf, as well as brown or red morocco. The design was blocked in blind, or tooled in blind with rolls, fillets and stamps. It consisted of a center pattern featuring heavy lines and solid figures within a rectangle, which, in turn, was within an elaborately embossed rectangle surrounded by a mitered border. Modern monastic was very popular in the middle of the 19th century.", "chars": 548, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [241], "citations": ["Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2255", "term": "modified starches", "norm": "modified starches", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Starches that have undergone certain biological, chemical, or physical treatment which changes their viscosity and/or chemical characteristics and which are used in the manufacture of paper.", "chars": 190, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2256", "term": "modifier", "norm": "modifier", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Any chemically inert ingredient which when added to an adhesive changes its properties. See also: EXTENDER (1); FILLER (5); PLASTICIZER", "chars": 207, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2257", "term": "modulus of elasticity", "norm": "modulus of elasticity", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ratio of stress to strain within the elastic range of a material. In an adhesive, it is an empirical measurement of the elastic deformation of which an adhesive film is capable.", "chars": 181, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [222], "citations": ["McGuire, Edward Patrick. American adhesive index. Mountainside, N. J. Padric. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2258", "term": "Mohs' scale", "norm": "mohs' scale", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A scale used to determine the hardness of solids, especially minerals. It is named after the German mineralogist Friedrich Mohs. The scale reads as given below:\n\nHardness Material\n\n1 Talc—easily scratched by the fingernail\n\n2 Gypsum—just scratched by the fingernail\n\n3 Calcite—scratches and is scratched by a copper coin\n\n4 Fluorite—not scratched by a copper coin and does not scratch glass\n\n5 Apatite—just scratches glass and is easily scratched by a knife\n\n6 Orthoclase— easily scratches glass and is just scratched by a file\n\n7 Quartz—not scratched by a file\n\n8 Topaz\n\n9 Corundum\n\n10 Diamond\n\nThe scale has been extended as follows:\n\nHardness Material\n\n1 Liquid\n\n2-6 As indicated above on the chart\n\n7 Vitreous pure silica\n\n8 Quartz\n\n9 Topaz\n\n10 Garnet\n\n11 Fuzed zirconia\n\n12 Fuzed alumina\n\n13 Silicon carbide\n\n14 Boron carbide\n\n15 Diamond", "chars": 1001, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [195], "citations": ["Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2259", "term": "moiré book cloth", "norm": "moiré book cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A book cloth having an irregular, wavy finish produced by embossing in such a manner as to resemble watered silk. Prayer books and Bibles sometimes have endpapers consisting of a folded sheet of black moiré cloth mounted on a paper flyleaf. Moiré book cloth was at one time used fairly frequently for doublures. It was also one of the earliest decorative effects applied to the calico used for publishers' bindings.", "chars": 415, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2260", "term": "moiré effect", "norm": "moiré effect", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The optical illusion observed when curved parallel lines are superimposed, forming an illusionary pattern. WATERED SILK is an example of the moiré effect.", "chars": 178, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2261", "term": "moisture content", "norm": "moisture content", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The amount of actual moisture in a material. The moisture content varies according to prevailing natural or controlled atmospheric conditions. See also: HUMIDITY; RELATIVE HUMIDITY.", "chars": 229, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2262", "term": "moisture proofness", "norm": "moisture proofness", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The ability of a material to resist the passage of water, either in the liquid or vapor form. In book materials, generally, it indicates a material with unusually low WATER-VAPOR PERMEABILITY. See also: WATERPROOF; WATER RESISTANCE.", "chars": 304, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2263", "term": "moisture vapor transmission", "norm": "moisture vapor transmission", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A measure of the ability of an adhesive or plastic film or coating to resist the penetration of moisture through the film or coating into the substrata. It is usually measured in grams per square meter over a period of 24 hours. Abbreviated M.V.T.", "chars": 247, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2264", "term": "mold", "norm": "mold", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The rectangular wooden frame over which the brass wires or a wire cloth is stretched and through which water drains away from the pulp fibers in the formation of a sheet of handmade paper. See also: DECKLE (2). 2. A packet of leaves of gold interleaved into 1,000 goldbeater's skins, each 5 inches square. The mold stage of goldbeating is the final and most exacting of the three stages of beating. See: GOLD LEAF. 3. In printing, a device in two parts used for casting movable type. 4. A multi-cellular, microscopic vegetable plant which forms cobweblike masses of branching threads from the surface of which tiny fertile threads project into the air bearing the part of the plant from which spores develop. Mold may be of brilliant colors or black and white, depending on the type. Molds can develop on leather, cloth, paper, etc., especially in the presence of relatively high heat and relative humidity. See also: FUNGI; MILDEW.", "chars": 1031, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [29, 198], "citations": ["Barnes, Richard H. Gilding & the making of gold leaf. n.p. 1962.", "Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2267", "term": "mold resistant paper", "norm": "mold resistant paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": "mold resistant board", "dates": null, "text": "A paper or board which has been rendered mold resistant by treatment with mold-inhibiting chemicals, such as the chlorophenates.", "chars": 128, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2266", "term": "mold-made paper", "norm": "mold-made paper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A deckle-edged paper resembling handmade paper but actually produced on a cylinder machine or a cylindrical mold revolving in a vat of paper pulp. The sizes of the sheets are determined by dividing the surface of the cylinder with rubber bands which also create the deckle edges. The deckle edge may also be simulated by cutting the web with a jet of water. Mold-made paper is used in limited editions where a handmade or simulated handmade paper is desired.", "chars": 458, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [58, 307], "citations": ["British Federation of Master Printers. Preliminary technical course in printing. London. British Federation of Master Printers. 1967. 7 vol.", "Simon, Oliver. Introduction to typography. 2nd ed. London. Faber and Faber. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2265", "term": "molding iron", "norm": "molding iron", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BACK-MOLDING IRON.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2268", "term": "moleskin", "norm": "moleskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A heavy, durable cotton book cloth made in satin weave, usually with a smooth twilled surface on one side, and a short, thick, velvety nap on the other. At one time it was used for covering blankbooks.", "chars": 201, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [264, 276], "citations": ["Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924.", "Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2269", "term": "monastic bindings", "norm": "monastic bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ECCLESIASTICAL BINDINGS.", "chars": 53, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MONK", "term": "MONK", "norm": "monk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "When the pressman has not distributed his balls, some splotches of ink may lie on one or both of them, which in beating he delivers upon the form, so that the sheet printed on has a black blotch on it, which blotch is called a Monk—M. The same effect will take place also with rollers, if care be not taken to roll them backwards and forwards, as well as crossways on the inking table.\n\nMould for making Paper.—See Forgery.\n\n", "chars": 557, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-monk-1", "term": "MONK", "norm": "monk", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A black spot in a printed sheet, owing to the ink not being properly distributed.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2271", "term": "monotype", "norm": "monotype", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A machine used for casting individual pieces of type. It was invented by Tolbert Lanston (1844-1913) in about 1889 and was put into commercial operation in about 1897. The monotype is a distinct improvement over the LINOTYPE in that the individual types produced facilitate replacement in case of error. The monotype composing machine is the most successful thus far developed, its product being almost equal to that of hand composition. .", "chars": 463, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [313], "citations": ["Steinberg, Sigfrid Henry. Five hundred years of printing. 2nd ed. Baltimore. Penguin. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2272", "term": "Montagu style", "norm": "montagu style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of book decoration deriving its name from Montagu of the firm Montagu and Johnson, London bookbinders, who flourished in the later half of the 18th century. The principal features of the style are corners and centers filled with stops, etc., similar to illustrations. The tools used are mainly of an open leafy description, flowing from a stem of scroll or curl.", "chars": 370, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [241], "citations": ["Nicholson, James B. A manual of the art of bookbinding… Philadelphia. Baird. 1856."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2273", "term": "mordant", "norm": "mordant", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A compound, such as a salt or hydroxide of chromium, iron, aluminum, or tin, used to fix a dye in or on a substance, such as a fabric, leather, or paper, by combining with the dye to form an insoluble compound. See also: LAKE.", "chars": 250, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [130, 195], "citations": ["Fahey, Herbert, and Peter Fahey. Finishing in hand bookbinding… San Francisco. The authors. 1951.", "Kingzett, Charles Thomas. Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia; a digest of chemistry & its industrial applications. Ed. by D. H. Hey, and others. 9th ed. London. Baillière, Tindell and Cassell. 1966."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2274", "term": "mordant dyes", "norm": "mordant dyes", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Dyes of varied constitution, all of which possess an acid character. Because of the presence of hydroxyl or carboxyl groups in their molecules they are capable of forming lakes with metallic mordants. The methods by which the mordant colors can be attached to a fiber depend on the nature of both the dyestuff and the fiber.", "chars": 324, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [235], "citations": ["Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2275", "term": "morocco", "norm": "morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable tanned leather having a characteristic pinhead grain pattern developed either naturally or by means of graining or boarding, but never by embossing. The most common and characteristic grain pattern is known as \"hard grain.\"\n\nBy long usage, the term \"morocco\" is taken to denote a goatskin, tanned by any vegetable tannage, and boarded in the wet condition; in a more strict interpretation, however, morocco is defined as a goatskin tanned exclusively with SUMAC, and boarded in the wet condition. Leather made from vegetable tanned goatskin having a grain pattern resembling that of genuine morocco, but produced other than by hand boarding, is more properly termed \"morocco grained goat\" or \"assisted morocco. \"\n\nWhen properly produced, morocco goatskins are very durable, flexible, beautifully grained, and relatively strong, making them eminently suitable for use as a bookbinding leather. The skins are (or, at least, have been) obtained from several areas, including: wild goats, principally from Africa, which generally produce heavy skins with a very bold grain, e.g., LEVANT; domestic goats, which produce a leather with the more familiar hard grain or PINHEAD MOROCCO; and true PERSIAN MOROCCO, which is produced from Indian or East Indian goatskins. The term, however, is also applied (incorrectly) to East Indian sheepskin tanned with condensed tannins and dressed in imitation of goatskin; so-called Cape morocco (produced from goatskins from the Cape of Good Hope), which, when obtainable, were of high quality and had the most pronounced grain pattern and the richest finish; and NIGER goatskins, which are soft and can be obtained in a wide range of colors.\n\nAlum-tawed \"morocco\" stained pink, was first produced by the Moors, possibly before the 11th century. Vegetable-tanned morocco was in use in some part of Europe in the 16th century, particularly in Italy where the goat was more common than in the north of Europe, where calfskin was more abundant. Morocco leather was rarely used in England before 1600.\n\nStraight-grained morocco was popular in the late 18th and early 19th centuries. Bright red and green were the most popular colors, with dark blue, black, citron, and even purple skins also being used.\n\nThroughout the 19th century, morocco, in its various grain patterns, was used in the finest bookbinding, and it is still used for much of the better binding, although it is very expensive and is also becoming more and more difficult to obtain.\n\nToday, to refer to a leather as \"morocco\" gives no indication as to the subspecies \"Levant,\" \"Niger,\" etc., since most of the morocco now used in bookbinding comes from other parts of the world. The only common denominator among the numerous varieties of leather which now go under the name morocco is that they are all goatskins.", "chars": 2926, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [236, 291, 343, 351], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. A history of English craft bookbinding technique. New York. Hafner. 1963.", "Reed, Ronald. Ancient skin, parchments and leathers. London. Seminar Press. 1972.", "Vaughan, Alexander J. Modern bookbinding; a treatise covering both letterpress and stationery branches of the trade…New ed. London. Skilton. 1960.", "Waterer, John William. A guide to the conservation and restoration of objects made wholly or in part of leather. 2nd ed. London. Bell. 1973."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "bib-morocco-1", "term": "morocco", "norm": "morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A fine kind of grained leather prepared from goatskin.", "chars": 54, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "BIB", "id": "pg38946", "author": "Sabin, Joseph", "work": "Bib-li-op-e-gis-tic: Pertaining to the Art of Binding Books", "year": 1889, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-morocco-1", "term": "morocco", "norm": "morocco", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Leather made from goatskins, tanned with sumac, originally made in the Barbary states, but afterwards very largely in the Levant, and now produced in Europe and America from skins imported from Asia and Africa. The peculiar qualities of true morocco are great firmness of texture, with flexibility, and a grained surface, of which there are many varieties. This surface is produced by a process which consists largely in rolling and folding, called graining. True morocco is of extreme hardness, and makes the most durable book bindings; it is used also for upholstering seats and for similar purposes, and to a certain extent in shoemaking.", "chars": 641, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-morocco-2", "term": "morocco", "norm": "morocco", "sense": 2, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The name given to any imitation, often made of sheepskin, of the genuine morocco.", "chars": 81, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-morocco-3", "term": "morocco", "norm": "morocco", "sense": 3, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "For Bock, French, Levant, Persian, Turkey morocco, see the several words.", "chars": 73, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2276", "term": "morocco cloth", "norm": "morocco cloth", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: IMPERIAL MOROCCO CLOTH.", "chars": 52, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2277", "term": "morpholine", "norm": "morpholine", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A colorless organic liquid (Na . (CH2)2 . O . (CH2)2), which boils at 128° C., and has a characteristic ammonialike and slightly fishy odor. It has been proposed as a vapor-phase deacidifying agent, mainly because it is inexpensive, easily used, and deacidifies rapidly in suitable chambers. Its main disadvantage, other than its highly disagreeable odor, is the tendency of the treated paper to revert to an acid condition in the presence of high relative humidity.", "chars": 510, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2278", "term": "Morris, William", "norm": "morris, william", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": "1834-1896", "text": "An English poet, painter, architect and printer, who led the movement in search of higher standards of workmanship among craft bookbinders in the latter years of the 19th century. It was Morris' wife who recommended that Cobden-Sanderson take up bookbinding. Later Cobden-Sanderson founded the Doves Bindery to bind books produced by the Kelmscott Press. Morris and his group also sought to improve the quality of the materials used in bookbinding, and, under his influence, great emphasis was placed on both utility and beauty. While Morris' name is best remembered for his revival of fine printing, some outstanding bindings were executed on editions of beautifully printed books produced at his Kelmscott Press, which he founded in 1891. These vellum bindings were not ornamented except for the title in gold on the spine, and had projecting covers which were bent over the fore edge. Ribbon ties held the covers closed. They had flat spines, and were sewn on tapes, which were extended to the fore edge to form the ties.", "chars": 1024, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [339, 347], "citations": ["U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962.", "Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore. The history of bookbinding 525-1950 A.D. Compiled by Dorothy Miner. Baltimore. Trustees of the Walters Art Gallery. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-mosaic-binding-1", "term": "Mosaic binding", "norm": "mosaic binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A binding of leather decorated with designs made in whole or in part by inlaying pieces of leather or other material of different colors. The designs are usually outlined with gold.", "chars": 181, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2279", "term": "mosaic bindings", "norm": "mosaic bindings", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Bookbindings decorated by inlaying or onlaying small pieces of leather of various colors to form patterns. The technique is particularly associated with the work of the 19th century French bookbinders, Antoine Michel Padeloup, Louis Fran,cois, and Jean Le Monier. This form of decoration has been used for a considerable length of time; examples of mosaics of inlaid leather, while extremely rare, date back to the 16th century. Painted mosaics consist of geometrical interlacings filled with a colored and varnished incrustation, with borders of gold lines. Very brilliant when first executed, the composition in time cracks and peels off, thus damaging the line work of gold encircling it. See PLATE VII.", "chars": 706, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [90, 150, 329, 334], "citations": ["Conference on a Permanent/Durable Book Paper. Washington, D.C. 1960. Permanent/durable book paper; summary. Richmond, Va. Virginia State Library. (Virginia State Library publication, no. 16). 1960.", "Hague, Clifford Wilson. Printing and allied graphic arts. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1957.", "Teigen, Kit. Graphic arts, an introduction…Wayne, Pa. Management Development Institute. 1968.", "Toldo, Vittorio de. The Italian art of bookbinding. London. Batsford. (Monographs of decorative arts, 3). 1925."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2280", "term": "mossing", "norm": "mossing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of finishing the flesh side of leather with a mixture of (Irish) carragheen moss and French chalk, which leaves the surface smooth and white.", "chars": 153, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [338], "citations": ["U.S. Bureau of Naval Personnel. Printer 3 & 2. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1952"], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2281", "term": "mottled", "norm": "mottled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A variegated effect produced on the surface of a material, such as paper; by the addition of heavily dyed fibers, called mottling fibers, to the papermaking stock. Mottled papers are used for endpapers, pattern papers, cover papers, and other kinds of decorative papers.", "chars": 270, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2282", "term": "mottled calf", "norm": "mottled calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A calfskin binding which has been decorated with an irregular pattern produced by staining the covers of the book with dabs or flecks of ferrous sulfate. See also: TREE CALF.", "chars": 198, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [69, 264], "citations": ["Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972.", "Pleger, John J. Bookbinding. Rev. ed. Chicago. Inland Printer. 1924."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-mottled-calf-1", "term": "mottled calf", "norm": "mottled calf", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A light brown calf bookbinding, made to look mottled by treatment with acid.", "chars": 76, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2283", "term": "mottled edges", "norm": "mottled edges", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form of edge decoration produced by daubing color lightly over the edges of a book, generally by means of a sponge which leaves its natural markings on the edges. The edges may be colored over first, or the mottling may be applied directly to the white edges. Red and black are frequently used combinations. Mottled edges are found mainly on large blankbooks but seldom on letterpress bindings.", "chars": 396, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [256], "citations": ["Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2284", "term": "mottled sheep", "norm": "mottled sheep", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A sheepskin treated with colors in an irregular pattern.", "chars": 56, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2285", "term": "mottling", "norm": "mottling", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of decorating the covers of a book by applying color or acid to the leather. See, for example, MOTTLED CALF. See also: TREE CALF. 2. In printing, a defect appearing: 1) on a solid print as a variation in color intensity across the sheet or as a variation in gloss; or 2) as a blotchiness due to frothmarking. Mottling may be caused by localized variations in either ink receptivity or penetration; in the former it may be predominantly a difference in hue, while in the latter it will generally be a result of a difference in gloss. 3. The uneven dyeing of paper pulp fibers resulting from the coloring of a small number of fibers before complete dispersion of the dye. This is due to the manner of addition of a hot concentrated solution of dyestuff to the beater, or of dyeing a combination furnish containing fibers which take up the dye more readily than others. 4. An uneven dyeing of a paper due to the application of drops of dye on the web while it is on the Fourdrinier wire or on the finished sheet after it has left the papermaking machine.", "chars": 1114, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 93, 159, 172], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Coupe, Raymond Richard. Science of printing technology. London. Cassell. 1966.", "Hasluck, Paul Nooncree, ed. Bookbinding. Philadelphia. McKay. 1903.", "Horne, Herbert Percy. The binding of books; an essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings. 2nd ed. New York. Haskell House. 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2286", "term": "mounted and tipped", "norm": "mounted and tipped", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A plate that is smaller than the leaf to which it is to be attached, and which is positioned above the caption and secured by tipping along the top or side edge, or at the corners. The entire plate is not usually pasted down because of the greater danger of cockling, particularly if the grain directions of the two papers are in opposition.", "chars": 341, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [276], "citations": ["Practical printing and binding; Odhams complete guide to the printer's craft, edited by Harry Whetton. 3rd ed. London. Odhams Books. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2287", "term": "mounted on guards", "norm": "mounted on guards", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GUARDS (2).", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2288", "term": "mounts", "norm": "mounts", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BOSSES.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "PITT", "term": "MR. PITT’S MARK", "norm": "mr. pitt’s mark", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The printer’s name and residence affixed to printed books or other articles, by the enactment of the act of parliament of 39 Geo. 3. c. 79., was technically so called.", "chars": 167, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2289", "term": "mucilage", "norm": "mucilage", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An aqueous adhesive consisting of GUM ARABIC or fish glue, plasticized with glycerin, glycol, or sorbitol, with a small amount of a preservative and odorant added. In a more general sense, mucilage is a liquid adhesive having a low order of bonding strength. The terms mucilage and mucilaginous are also commonly used as generic terms describing gummy or gluey water-miscible substances.", "chars": 411, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [235, 309], "citations": ["Miall, Laurence Mackenzie, and D. W. A. Sharp, eds. A new dictionary of chemistry. 4th ed. New York. Wiley. 1968.", "Skeist, Irving. Handbook of adhesives. New York. Reinhold. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2290", "term": "mucilaginous liquid", "norm": "mucilaginous liquid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: GUM; MARBLING; MUCILAGE.", "chars": 101, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2291", "term": "mudéjar style", "norm": "mudéjar style", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A style of Spanish bookbinding of the 13th and early 14th centuries. In the most typical of such bindings the main decorative feature consists of a blind geometrical pattern with double outline interlacings (strapwork), with either all or part of the background being filled in with dots, small tools, and the like. Various types of small oblong or square stamps were also used, not all mudéjar in character. In typical Muslim tradition, however, tools representing living creatures were avoided. Although the characteristic mudéjar binding was decorated in blind, later bindings were decorated in both blind and gold. Most of the mudéjar bindings have wooden boards (and the remainder pasteboards) and the majority are covered in CORDOVAN LEATHER.\n\nThe name derives from the Mudéjares, or Moors, who remained in Spain during and after the Christian reconquest of that country. See also: GÓTICO-MUDÉJAR STYLE.", "chars": 955, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [245, 330], "citations": ["Nixon, Howard M. Sixteenth-century gold-tooled bookbindings in the Pierpont Morgan Library. New York. Pierpont Morgan Library. 1971.", "Thomas, Henry. Early Spanish bookbindings, XI-XV centuries. London. Oxford University Press. 1939."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2292", "term": "mull", "norm": "mull", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An English term for the coarse, loosely woven cotton fabric used principally to line the spines of edition bindings. Also called CRASH or \"super.\" See also: SPINE LINING FABRIC.", "chars": 225, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2293", "term": "mullen", "norm": "mullen", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used with reference to the bursting strength of paper. It is so called from the the name of the instrument used in conducting the test, invented by John W. Mullen, in 1887.", "chars": 179, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2294", "term": "multiple spindle drill", "norm": "multiple spindle drill", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper drill which can be fitted with a number of adjustable heads. It is used for drilling several holes in a lift of paper or along the binding edge of a pile of sheets to be side sewn.", "chars": 188, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2295", "term": "murex", "norm": "murex", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A purple dye obtained from marine gastropods (Family Muricidae), and used in the Middle Ages for embellishing manuscripts.", "chars": 122, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2296", "term": "muriatic acid", "norm": "muriatic acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The old name for HYDROCHLORIC ACID.", "chars": 59, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "MUSIC", "term": "MUSIC", "norm": "music", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "It is not necessary in this work to define what music is, nor enter at all into any disquisition on the subject, as the object is the printing of it only; and all that I shall attempt is to give the plan of a pair of Music Cases, with the characters, and a specimen.\n\nThe English musical types have never to my knowledge undergone any improvement, till within a few years, when Mr. Hughes cut two new founts, which are looked upon as the best we have, and the largest of which I have used for this article.\n\nMr. E. Cowper devised a plan for printing music, in which one page was the lines only, and the other page was the notes, &c. only, and the chase was prepared to turn upon a centre fixed in the table of a press: thus the first impression was that of the lines without the notes, &c. on one page, and the notes, &c. without the lines on the other; the form was then turned half round, and the second impression was, the lines on the notes on one page, and the notes on the lines on the other. There is an objection to this plan for good work, which is, that the page of notes requires a different making ready to the page of lines, and when the two are completed they will be unequal in the effect, for either the lines will be too strong, or the notes have too little impression.\n\nMr. R. Branston struck out a different mode: he produced his music by the usual process for printing it with the rolling press, only the punches were struck deeper in the plate, and he then took a stereotype plate from it in type metal, and after the white parts were blocked out the music was sufficiently in relief to be printed at the type press. Both these plans were adopted to preserve the continuity of the lines, which in types got rounded off by wear where they joined, and spoiled the appearance.\n\nIn distributing music, the compositor should be careful not to injure the corners of the lines.\n\nMusic of the Presses. When a house has sufficient business to employ all the presses within it, and a master printer walks through his press room when they are all at work, and hears the creaking of the heads, the thumping of the balls, the noise of the running in and out of the carriage, and all the other miscellaneous, and, to unaccustomed ears, discordant noises, he styles them the music of the presses, which he declares to be the finest music in the world, as it brings grist to his mill.\n\nThe Music of the Presses, before the introduction of cylindrical machines worked by steam engines, was a standing toast after dinner at all parties among printers; and I hope it will never be neglected.\n\n\n\n\n\nC. HANCOCK’S PLAN OF CASES FOR HUGHES’ MUSIC TYPE.\n\n\n\nGOD SAVE THE QUEEN.\n\n\n\nNAKED Form, or Page,\n\nis when the furniture is taken away from all sides of the form or page. See Strip a Form.\n\nNAMES, Ancient, of Cities and Towns.\n\nThe names distinguished by an asterisk * and an obelisk † were taken from Dr. Adam Clarke’s Bibliographical Miscellany, where they form two lists. The additional names were collected by myself.\n\nIn the towns marked * printing was carried on in the fifteenth century; and Dr. A. Clarke says—“In this List, great care has been taken not to omit one place where printing was carried on prior to the year 1500.”—“In this list, because the name refers to the work executed there, the genitive case has been retained. Panzer in his list has followed the same plan. This will be of some use to the mere English scholar, as he will at once see the same form of the word in its alphabetical order in this list, which he finds in the title of his book.”\n\nIn the towns marked † printing has been established and carried on since the fifteenth century, and Dr. A. Clarke observes—“This part might have been much enlarged, but it was not judged indispensably necessary. As the most difficult names are here explained, which usually occur in the titles of books, the residue it is hoped will occasion little embarrassment to any scholar.”—“It may be necessary to observe, for the information of the less experienced reader, that in this Supplement, as the Latin name stands in reference to no printed work, the nominative case has been always used.”\n\n", "chars": 4613, "is_article": false, "figures": [{"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_488.jpg", "caption": "GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.", "alt": "Layout of a Music case", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}, {"src": "OEBPS/3505883169994892667_i_490.jpg", "caption": "GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.", "alt": "THE NATIONAL ANTHEM.", "credit": "William Savage, A Dictionary of the Art of Printing, 1841", "wide": false}], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2297", "term": "music manuscript", "norm": "music manuscript", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": "music paper", "dates": null, "text": "A paper printed with staff lines and used for the writing of musical scores. It is produced from rag and/or bleached chemical wood pulps. It is stiff enough to stand in a music rack and has a surface that will take pencil or pen and ink. Basis weights generally from 60 to 80 pounds (25 X 38—500) or 24 to 30 pounds (17 X 22—500). Erasability is an important characteristic. Music printings are used for reproducing music, and are produced mainly from bleached chemical wood pulp. The paper is well formed and is sized and processed to insure good pick strength and minimum curl. The basis weights range from 60 to 90 pounds (25 X 38—500).", "chars": 639, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2298", "term": "muslin", "norm": "muslin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A plain woven cotton fabric, made in various qualities ranging from coarse to sheer. For use in bookbinding, it is usually sized, starched, or blued to reduce stretching or shrinking.", "chars": 183, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [237], "citations": ["Middleton, Bernard C. The restoration of leather bindings. Chicago. American Library Association. (A. L. A. Library Technology Project, LTP publication no. 18). 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2299", "term": "mustard plasters", "norm": "mustard plasters", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: YELLOWBACK.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2300", "term": "mutton thumper", "norm": "mutton thumper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old term for an incompetent bookbinder.", "chars": 42, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-mutton-thumper-1", "term": "mutton thumper", "norm": "mutton thumper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old term indicating a bad workman.", "chars": 37, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2301", "term": "mutton thumping", "norm": "mutton thumping", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An old term applied in England to the binding of school books in sheepskin.", "chars": 75, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "abb-mutton-thumping-1", "term": "mutton thumping", "norm": "mutton thumping", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used in bygone days, indicating the common binding of school books in sheep-skin.", "chars": 88, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "ABB", "id": "pg51213", "author": "Zaehnsdorf, Joseph W.", "work": "The Art of Bookbinding: A Practical Treatise", "year": 1890, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2302", "term": "mutual solvent", "norm": "mutual solvent", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A volatile solvent so called because it is miscible with more than one class of liquids. Acetone, for example, is miscible with water, alcohol, and ether, as well as with oil, alcohol, or ethereal fluids. Such a material is also known as a coupling agent because it can cause two ordinarily immiscible liquids to combine with each other, forming a clear solution.", "chars": 363, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2304", "term": "myrabolans", "norm": "myrabolans", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "M", "letter_raw": "M", "volume": 2, "variant": "myrobalans", "dates": null, "text": "A vegetable tanning material obtained from the dried astringent fruits of certain species of Terminalia, and used extensively in the tanning of leather. The dried fruit is rich in tannin, averaging 30 to 32%, but the percentage varies greatly with different grades and sources.\n\nOne of the principal advantages of myrabolan extract, which has to a large extent replaced sumac and plant galls in European tanneries, is its acid-forming properties. It contains 3 to 5% sugars, which is much more than most other tannins contain; consequently fermentation takes place readily in the tan liquor and satisfactory plumping of the hides and skins is obtained in the early stages of tanning. Myrabolan tannin also contains a large proportion of ellagitannic acid, and thus readily deposits bloom. The disadvantages of the tannin are its slow penetration, and its tendency to produce a spongy leather of poor wearing quality. Because of these characteristics, myrabolans is usually blended with other more astringent tannins, e.g., wattle, quebracho, or mangrove, which penetrate faster.\n\nMyrabolans is a pyrogallol class of tannin, with low viscosity, a medium pH (3.2) and salts content, and very high acids content. The tannin also contains chebulinic acid and a fairly high proportion of ellagitannin.\n\nIn addition to its used in the tanning industry, myrabolan tannin is also used as a black dye and in the manufacture of some inks. See also: VEGETABLE TANNINS.\n\n", "chars": 1491, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [175, 298, 306], "citations": ["Frank Norman. Howes, Frank Norman. Vegetable tanning materials. London. Butterworth. 1953.", "Royal Society of Arts. London. Committee on Leather for Bookbinding. Report of the committee on leather for bookbinding… London. Bell. 1905.", "Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2344", "term": "n pattern", "norm": "n pattern", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The code designation of a book cloth finished so as to resemble the grain pattern of sealskin leather.", "chars": 102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2305", "term": "nailing", "norm": "nailing", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of securing the leaves or sections of a book (usually a newspaper or a book in sheets that has an ample binding margin) in which ordinary flat-heated nails, or specially designed nails or staples, are driven through the paper near the binding edge from both sides. The nails are slightly shorter than the thickness of the pile of leaves, so that they do not emerge from the paper on the reverse side of the pile. This style of binding is cut flush and is not rounded and backed. Unless the book is very large, and is made up of suitable paper, a nailed binding usually has poor to very poor OPENABILITY.", "chars": 636, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [146, 259], "citations": ["Grimm, Francis W. A primer to bookbinding. Boston. Houghton Mifflin. 1939.", "Perry, Kenneth Frederick, and Clarence T. Babb. The binding of books. Rev. ed. Bloomington, 111. McKnight & McKnight. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "mox-naked-form-1", "term": "Naked Form", "norm": "naked form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "or *Page*, is when the *Furniture* is taken from about all sides of the *Form* or *Page*. See § 22. ¶ 7.", "chars": 104, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "MOX", "id": "pg78991", "author": "Moxon, Joseph", "work": "Moxon's Mechanick Exercises, Volume 2", "year": 1683, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-naked-form-1", "term": "Naked Form", "norm": "naked form", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A form without furniture.", "chars": 25, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2308", "term": "nap side", "norm": "nap side", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The soft, fibrous surface of a leather or cloth, as opposed to the smoother reverse side, i.e., the grain side of a leather. The term is usually applied to velvet cloth and ooze or suede leathers to indicate the face of the material. Normally, the side opposite the grain side of a leather is termed the \"flesh side.\"", "chars": 317, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [102, 256], "citations": ["Cunha, George Daniel Martin. Conservation of library materials. Metuchen, N.J. Scarecrow. 1967.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2306", "term": "naphthylene", "norm": "naphthylene", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A crystalline aromatic hydrocarbon (Cl(,H,), obtained from coal tar, that is sometimes used to destroy or inhibit the spread of bookworms, and is also spread among dried goatskins to lessen the danger of attacks by insects during shipment and storage.", "chars": 251, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [83, 363], "citations": ["Cockerell, Douglas. Bookbinding, and the care of books; a textbook for bookbinders and librarians. 5th ed. London. Pitman. 1971.", "Wilson, John Arthur. Modern practice in leather 367. manufacture. New York. Reinhold. 1941."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2307", "term": "nappa leather", "norm": "nappa leather", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft, full grain leather made from an unsplit sheepskin, lambskin, or kidskin, usually tanned with alum and chromium salts and dyed throughout.", "chars": 145, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "NARRO", "term": "NARROW", "norm": "narrow", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The technical name of a piece of furniture equal in width to a narrow quotation.", "chars": 80, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2309", "term": "natural dyestuffs", "norm": "natural dyestuffs", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A class of dyes extracted and processed from plant or animal sources, as distinguished from dyestuffs manufactured from derivatives of coal-tar. The use of natural dyes predates recorded history. Other dyestuffs were later developed in ancient Greece, Rome, and the Orient, while still others were used in medieval and Renaissance times. Although still used to a limited extent for specialized work or for reasons of economy, their use in archival work is now virtually obsolete.\n\nFew, if any, of the natural dyestuffs are resistant to external influences, such as light; they do, however, fade at different rates. Upon fading, they either darken or undergo a change in hue.\n\nSome of the natural dyestuffs are: blues—indigo, woad, chemic, and Prussian blue; reds—madder, cochineal, brazilwood, alkanet, annatto, and safflower; yellows—fustic, quercitron, dock, goldenrod, sassafras, and tumeric; browns—butternut, catechu, alder, and hemlock; purples—orchil and cudbear; blacks—logwood; and neutral colors—barks of various trees, including birches and oaks, galls and sumac.", "chars": 1070, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [4], "citations": ["Adrosko, Rita J. Natural dyes in the United States. Washington, D.C. Smithsonian Institution Press. (United States National Museum Bulletin 281). 1968."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "NATUR", "term": "NATURAL HISTORY", "norm": "natural history", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Explanation of some Terms used in Natural History.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "NAUTI", "term": "NAUTICAL ALMANACK", "norm": "nautical almanack", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "9 Geo. 4. c. 66. s. 2. “And whereas the Publication of the Nautical Almanack, constructed by proper Persons for the finding of the Longitude at Sea, is of great Importance to the Safety of Ships and Persons, and highly conducive to the general Interests of Commerce and Navigation; be it therefore enacted, That it shall and may be lawful to and for the Lord High Admiral, or the Commissioners for executing the Office of Lord High Admiral, of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, for the Time being, to cause such Nautical Almanacks, or other useful Table or Tables, which he or they shall from Time to Time judge necessary and useful in order to facilitate the Method of discovering the Longitude at Sea, to be constructed, printed, published, and vended, free of all Stamp Duty whatever, in the same Manner as the Commissioners under the said Act of the Fifty-eighth Year of His late Majesty’s Reign might or could do; and that every Person who, without the special Licence and Authority of the Lord High Admiral or Commissioners for executing the Office of Lord High Admiral aforesaid for the Time being, to be signified under the Hand of the Secretary of the Admiralty for the Time being, shall print, publish, or vend, or cause to be printed, published, or vended, any such Almanack or Almanacks, or other Table or Tables, shall, for every Copy of such Almanack or Table so printed, published, or vended, forfeit and pay the Sum of Twenty Pounds, to be recovered with Costs of Suit, by any Person to be authorised for that Purpose by the Lord High Admiral or Commissioners for executing the Office of Lord High Admiral aforesaid, (such Authority to be signified under the Hand of the Secretary of the Admiralty as aforesaid,) by Action of Debt, Bill, Plaint, or Information, in any of His Majesty’s Courts of Record at Westminster; and that the Proceeds of the said Penalty, when recovered, shall be paid and applied to the Use of the Royal Hospital for Seamen at Greenwich.”", "chars": 2021, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "NEAR", "term": "NEAR CHEEK", "norm": "near cheek", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "That cheek of the press which is on the side at which the pressmen stand to beat and pull.", "chars": 90, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2310", "term": "neat's-foot oil", "norm": "neat's-foot oil", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A pale yellow, fatty oil produced by boiling the feet and shin bones of cattle, horses, sheep, and pigs, and skimming the oil from the surface of the water. Like all natural fats, neat's-foot oil is a mixture of substances, many of which deposit on cooling. \"Cold-tested\" neat's-foot oil is a material that has been held at the freezing point for a period of time and then filtered. Neat's-foot oil is used in the preparation of some leather dressings, and in the fatliquoring of leather.", "chars": 488, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [143], "citations": ["Grant, Julius. Books & documents; dating, permanence and preservation. London. Grafton. 1937."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "NECK", "term": "NECK of a Letter", "norm": "neck of a letter", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "So much of the punch as is sunk into the matrice is called the neck; and when that letter is cast of metal, it is so much as comes above the square of the shank, viz. above the beard.—M.\n\nNest Frames.—M. The same as our Case Racks, which see.", "chars": 295, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2311", "term": "necking", "norm": "necking", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The process of shaving the flesh side of a finished leather to equalize the thickness of the different parts of the skin, and to remove loose adhering flesh.", "chars": 157, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [298], "citations": ["Royal Society of Arts. London. Committee on Leather for Bookbinding. Report of the committee on leather for bookbinding… London. Bell. 1905."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2312", "term": "needle point lace stitch", "norm": "needle point lace stitch", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: BUTTONHOLE STITCH.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2313", "term": "needles", "norm": "needles", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The long, slender, round steel instruments pointed at one end and with an eyelet at the other and through which the thread passes. They are used to carry the thread through paper or cloth in sewing a book through the folds. The eyelet should be designed so as not to cut the thread and yet allow it to pass freely through the holes made in paper or cloth. 2. The special straight, curved, spiral and/or hollow needles used in machines which sew through the folds of sections, through the side of a pile of leaves, or in lacing sheets together. Most of these needles have the eyelet at the pointed end or carry the thread through the hollow.", "chars": 643, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [183, 256], "citations": ["Johnson, Pauline. Creative bookbinding. Seattle. University of Washington Press. 1963.", "Palmer, Elbridge Woodman. A course in bookbinding for vocational training. New York. Employing bookbinders of America. 1927."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2314", "term": "needlework binding", "norm": "needlework binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: EMBROIDERED BINDINGS.", "chars": 50, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2315", "term": "network", "norm": "network", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to a finishing design consisting of intersecting lines forming squares.", "chars": 96, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [94, 156], "citations": ["Coutts, Henry T., and George A. Stephen. Manual of library bookbinding; practical and historical. London. Libraco. 1911.", "Harrod, Leonard Montague. The librarians' glossary of terms used in librarianship and the book crafts, and reference book. 3rd ed. London. Deutsch. 1971."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2316", "term": "neutral color", "norm": "neutral color", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A color that is not dominated by blue or red and which, therefore, is neither warm nor cold. Medium grays and browns are usually classed as neutral colors.", "chars": 155, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2317", "term": "neutral size", "norm": "neutral size", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ROSIN SIZE.", "chars": 40, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2318", "term": "neutral sulfite process", "norm": "neutral sulfite process", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A paper pulping process that dates back to at least 1880, when a method was developed for using an alkaline solution of sulfite in iron digesters. The process employs sodium sulfite with sufficient alkali added, to neutralize the acids developed during the cooking process. The alkali may be caustic soda, soda ash, or sodium bicarbonate.", "chars": 338, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 324], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Sutermeister, Edwin. The story of papermaking. Boston. Warren. 1954."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2319", "term": "neutral syntans", "norm": "neutral syntans", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "SYNTANS which have been adjusted to a pH of 6.0 by the addition of an alkali. They are often miscalled synthetic mordants, whereas they should be referred to as \"synthetic leveling agents.\"", "chars": 213, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [306], "citations": ["Sharphouse, John Henry. The leatherworker's handbook. London. Leather Producers' Association. 1963."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2320", "term": "neutral tint", "norm": "neutral tint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A color which approximates gray. Specifically, it is a nearly neutral, slightly purplish black that is slightly bluer and lighter than slate or sooty black.", "chars": 156, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [233], "citations": ["Mayer, Ralph. A dictionary of art terms and techniques. New York. Crowell. 1969."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "NEWS", "term": "NEWS HOUSE", "norm": "news house", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A printing office in which newspapers only are printed; a term used to distinguish them from book houses and job houses.", "chars": 120, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "NEWSP", "term": "NEWSPAPERS", "norm": "newspapers", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The following report on the regular mode of working on Newspapers, contains much interesting information respecting this branch of the printing business.\n\nI feel gratified in being able to give a copy of it, as it is little known beyond the circle of the newspaper department, and I am satisfied it will prove serviceable to the trade at large, for newspapers are now frequently printed in book houses, where the regulations connected with them are not generally known: and I also think I am acting in accordance with the motives of the Committee that drew it up, in giving it more publicity; for they say, a Committee was appointed “to draw up, and circulate, for the information of the trade, a statement of the regular mode of working on newspapers—‘to guide the ignorant, to guard the unwary;’ to assist them in their labours, and to maintain that harmony which should ever subsist between two branches in one profession.” And, “your Committee have extracted from, or inserted at length, every document relating to regulations or prices since 1785, which they trust will not be considered uninteresting, and, handed down as records, may yet be useful.”\n\n“REPORT\n\n“Of a Committee appointed to draw up a Statement of the regular Mode of working on Newspapers, for the Information of the Trade; to examine Documents, and to report the same.—Read July 29, 1820.\n\n“The object which your Committee were directed to accomplish (that of giving a fair scale of work, mode, time, and price, on all Newspapers, wherever published) has been entered into with zeal on their parts, and they trust will be found to your satisfaction. They have examined the bases of all official agreements, and all acknowledged and understood rules; and have particularly adhered to their instructions, by keeping in view, ‘that it was to guide the ignorant, to prevent the evil intentions of the unprincipled, and, if possible, to form a closer bond of union among yourselves.’\n\n“Laws are rendered more sacred, more valid, by age; and in performance of the task assigned them, the Committee commenced their labours by tracing the Regulations for News Work back to a certain period, in order to support them in their declaration, that they had been introduced on fair principles, that they had been cordially agreed to by the Masters, had been acted upon by the employed for so great a length of time, and that any innovation made on those regulations by an employer, or set of men acting for themselves, without the concurrence of the general body of News Compositors, should be opposed, and those concerned in such an attempt treated as enemies to their fellow-workmen, and marked as acting inimically to the interests of their profession.\n\n“It was necessary for your Committee, for the maintenance of the superstructure, to examine its foundation; with this view they have, from oral testimony, been enabled to collect the size and price of various Newspapers from 1770. They consisted of 16 small columns, some 18, some 19, and others 20 ems Long Primer wide. The galley was 130 or 132 lines, and 50 after-lines, Long Primer; Brevier galley 96, after-lines 38. (The only exception was the old Daily Advertiser, which contained 12 columns of 25 ems Long Primer wide, the galley in proportion.) The prices were, full hands 27s.; supernumeraries 13s.; galley 2s. 2d.; 5d. per thousand; and over hours 6d. Supernumeraries (a term which explains itself) were not known ten years prior to this date. Most of the papers were small folios; and as they were nearly all connected with, or done in Book-houses, the eldest apprentice, upon a press of matter, was usually called in to assist. Upon the subdivision of the labour into galleys, and the size of the papers extending, a man was employed if any deficiency arose in the quantity required. Advertisements increased; the use of small type was extended, and the Supernumerary became a fixture.\n\n“Prior to 1776, controversial essays, domestic news, and extracts from the official communications in the London Gazette, appear to have filled the small columns of the Journals; but the American war commencing this year, they assumed a new consequence, by first venturing to give daily Reports of the Debates in Parliament.\n\n“In 1777 there were seven Morning Papers, eight of three times, one twice a week, and two weekly. The first Sunday Paper came out in 1778; in a few weeks it was followed by a second: and a third was brought out in the succeeding year. The weekly Journals paid 24s. In 1780 a new Daily Journal arose, with a different appearance from the others, which seems to have induced a further alteration. The prices remained the same, but the employment of more hands was rendered necessary. The hour of beginning varied, some commencing business at eleven, others at two, and some so late as three o’clock.\n\n“In 1784, the first year after the peace, another Journal started for public favour, in which Minion was introduced. The old method of display was discarded, a new taste appeared in the arrangement of the matter in the inner form, and the former advertisement style was completely exploded. Rivalry commenced, and the other Newspapers soon made a correspondent change. Your Committee have thus reached the period when they meet with the first printed document relating to the composing part of the printing business. It is a request, in the form of a Circular, by the body of Compositors, for an advance of one halfpenny (Book-work being then paid 4d. per 1000), dated April 6, 1785, and consisting of eight propositions; which were not finally determined upon by the Employers till the 25th of November following. The proposition and answer relating to News-work were as follow:\n\n“‘Prop. 4. That the Compositors employed on Daily Newspapers, now paid at the rate of 27s. per week, be in future paid 1l. 11s. 6d. per week, and over hours paid as at present—Answ. This cannot be a matter of general regulation, as the trouble of every paper differs from that of another.’\n\n\n\n“Your Committee have no other document of this date: it will be observed that the prices were low, and that the over hours were paid for; but it was considered impossible to make the request ‘a matter of general regulation,’ as every Journal differed in its trouble from another. The Book-men, however, received an advance of one-eighth, or 2s. 6d. in the pound, and the establishments in Book-houses varied from 1l. 1s. to 1l. 7s.\n\n“1786.—The advance on Book-work commenced on the 1st of January, and in the month of March following the Newsmen, on Daily Papers only, received a rise of 4s. 6d., which made the price for full hands 1l. 11s. 6d., and for Supernumeraries 15s.; the galley 2s. 6d. A few Journals only of the other class rose to 27s. At this time there were eight Morning Papers, eight of three times a week, two Weekly, and three Sunday Journals. In 1788 the first Daily Evening Paper made its appearance, and the men received the same price as the Morning Papers; a second came out in 1791, and was paid in like manner.\n\n“1793.—For a number of years the Compositors employed on Book-work had been labouring under an intolerable grievance, and although they did not demand a rise per thousand, requested, as a new regulation, that the head and direction lines of pages, and the en and em quadrats at the sides, should be paid for. Their Circular was dated the 14th January, and on the 11th March following, the masters agreed to the proposition of paying the head and direction lines, but not the ens and ems.\n\n“The News department appears to have been in full employment at this period. By a strong competition for public favour (which commenced, as already observed, prior to the termination of the American war, and from the year 1785 to 1793), the Journals underwent a most material alteration. It was a remarkable epoch, including the most eventful seven years of the last century. The disarrangements, both civil and political, concomitant to a return to peace after a long war—the wars in India—the troubles in Germany, in Flanders, Brabant, Holland—the French Revolution—and the commencement of a war with France—all occurring within the dates just mentioned, caused a strong political feeling in the public mind; of course, information from all quarters was eagerly sought, and as readily given by the Editors of the Daily Journals, among whom, as with their readers, party spirit rose to its utmost height, and no expence was spared to gratify it. In this period nineteen new journals put forth their claims for public support—the majority, however, were ‘born but to die!’—two of the older Papers also expired; but their places were occupied by seven juniors. The number now amounted to eleven Morning and two Evening Papers; seven of three times a week, one Weekly, and five Sunday papers. An alteration in the method of display, and a new mode in the arrangement of the matter, became now very general. One Journal went beyond the rest, by its introduction of French rules, the small capitals for particular paragraphs, and discarding nearly all the double letters, and the long s. Your Committee are also enabled to state, by comparing the modes of work prior to 1785, with the necessary alterations at the period they have now mentioned, that a complete revolution was also effected in the nature of News-work. It became necessary, therefore, that the price should keep pace with the labour, and an advance was solicited. The first printed document, solely from Newsmen, is dated April 4, 1793, signed by 145 Newsmen, and their request was supported by the signatures of 281 Bookmen. It contains four propositions:—the first for an advance of 4s. 6d. per week on Morning and Evening papers; the second related to the hours of working and the charge for over-hours, which then was but 6d. per hour; the third, to Papers published three times a week; and the fourth, to supernumeraries, but it did not state their price. All these propositions were modified ten years afterwards.\n\n“The address which accompanied these propositions, and the requests made in it, being so applicable to the present mode of work, your Committee are satisfied with defending every iota requited by their predecessors. Although twenty-seven years have elapsed since they were submitted to the employers, yet, if required at the present moment, the same arguments might be used in their support. In fact, they must be considered the foundation-stones of the edifice. Your Committee will introduce the document.\n\n“London, April 4, 1793.\n\n“‘Sir,\n\n“‘The Compositors employed on Newspapers, impressed with the opinion of your candour in hearing and redressing any real grievances they may complain of, presume to submit to your consideration the following statement:\n\n“‘Previous to the year 1786, the weekly salary of Daily Newspaper Compositors was 1l. 7s., a sum which, considering the regularity and moderation of the hours of attendance, was thought fully adequate to their trouble. Owing, however, to a competition for Public favour among the various newspapers, by giving a long detail of Parliamentary Debates, entering at large into the politics of Europe, and the irregularity and uncertainty of the arrival of mails, the hours of attendance were necessarily increased, which, together with the enhanced price of Provisions, made an advance of salary necessary, and which was at that time cheerfully acquiesced in by the Proprietors of Daily Newspapers, as perfectly reasonable; but no advance was then given to Evening Papers.\n\n“‘The Compositors on both Daily and Evening Papers, upon a comparative view of the trouble and attendance requisite at that period and at the present time, and the still increased price of the necessaries of life, humbly propose and request an addition to their Salary, which they trust the Gentlemen Proprietors of Newspapers will not think unreasonable, when the following circumstances are taken into consideration:\n\n“‘That at the rate of twelve hours’ Composition, and at least two hours’ Distribution, the present Salary of Compositors employed on Daily Papers amounts to no more than Fourpence Halfpenny an hour, which, considering the irregular hours of attendance, working by night, and on Sundays, and of being constantly at command, the Compositors humbly think, and trust, the Gentlemen Proprietors of Newspapers will agree with them in opinion is by no means adequate to their labour.\n\n“‘That as Compositors on Evening Papers obtained no advance in the year 1786, and that as their labour has been gradually increasing ever since that time, it is hoped their joining in the present application will not be thought unreasonable.\n\n“‘It is humbly proposed, for the above reasons, that an increase should take place upon the Salaries of Compositors on Newspapers, in the following proportion, viz.\n\n“‘I. That an advance of 4s. 6d. per week take place on the present Salary of every Compositor fully employed on Daily Papers.\n\n“‘II. That if, owing to the length of Proceedings in Parliament, or other late Matter, the Compositors employed on Daily Papers should be detained above twelve hours on Saturday, to be reckoned from the time of beginning to compose on Friday, they be paid Sixpence per hour extra for the same, or an equal proportion of time allowed on Sunday, in the same manner as is usual on other Days of the Week.\n\n“‘III. That 3s. be added to the present Weekly Salary of Compositors fully employed on Evening Papers published three times a week.\n\n“‘IV. That the Salary of Supernumeraries employed on either of the above be increased in proportion.\n\n“‘These, Sir, are the propositions submitted to you, to be laid before the Gentlemen Proprietors, not doubting but that the reasonableness of the Compositors’ demands will be evident to you, and that it will meet with your approbation and concurrence, especially when it is considered that the advance they require is so nearly proportionate to that lately obtained on Book-work.’\n\n“It will be necessary to state that the terms Evening Papers used in this document, allude only to the desire expressed in the third proposition. The words Daily Newspapers, repeated in the second and fourth paragraphs of the Address, and in the first proposition, sufficiently show that no distinction was intended to be made between Daily Morning and Daily Evening Papers. But this request of the Newsmen did not seem to be answered with cordiality by the Masters, for your Committee have a copy of the Report of the News Committee, dated April 20, 1793, which, after mentioning the names of 15 Delegates present, at two in the afternoon, previous to the general meeting to be held at seven in the evening, states\n\n“‘That, pursuant to a printed circular Letter, signed ‘JOHN BELL,’ the Committee adjourn to Anderton’s Coffee-house, to hold a conference as requested, on some Propositions laid before the Printers and Proprietors of Newspapers, by the Journeymen employed by them.—Adjourned accordingly.\n\n“‘Six o’Clock, P.M.\n\n“‘The Delegates having returned to the Hole-in-the-Wall, report to the General Meeting.\n\n“‘That they met with the Representatives from the following Newspapers, viz.\n\n“‘That these Gentlemen did not chuse to hold any conference on the Subject to which your Delegates were invited.\n\n“‘That the professional Printers present, though personally requested, declined entering upon the Subject, the Discussion of which your Delegates were required to attend.\n\n“‘That the above-mentioned John Bell, instead of attending to the Business to which they were expressly called, endeavoured to persuade them to accede to the following Resolutions, as particularly advantageous to the Employers and Employed, viz.\n\n\n\n“‘April 20, 1793.\n\n“‘At an Adjourned Meeting of the Proprietors and Representatives of the Daily Newspapers, held this Day at Anderton’s Coffee-house, to consider the Propositions of the Daily Newspaper Compositors,\n\n“‘Present,—The Representatives of the Ledger,—Herald,—World,—Morning Chronicle,—Oracle,—True Briton.\n\n“‘Considering the Requisitions and Pretensions of the Newspaper Compositors in the most extensive and liberal Points of View, so far as they are connected with the fair Interests of their Employers, it was resolved, to recommend the Prices and Regulations in future for Newspaper work to be fixed on the following Plan:\n\n“‘That each regular Compositor be paid One Pound Fourteen Shillings per Week.\n\n“‘That the Hours of regular Attendance for composing, be from Three o’Clock in the Afternoon until the Paper goes to Press.\n\n“‘That whenever the Time of going to Press shall exceed Three o’Clock in the Morning, the Times of Attendance on the same Day shall be in the following Manner, viz.\n\n“‘When the Paper goes to Press at—\n\n“‘That the Supernumerary Compositors shall be allowed one Shilling per Week over and above their present Pay, supposing that such Supernumerary shall compose one Column per Day, and so in Proportion.\n\n“‘That your Delegates felt the Indignity offered to them, but bore it with the Patience which the Justice of the cause in which they were engaged only could warrant.\n\n“‘That your Delegates, with a becoming Dignity, rejected the Resolutions of the said John Bell.\n\n“‘That your Delegates, from the Consideration of the Labour required, find their first Proposition unanswered, unopposed, and therefore just.’\n\n“‘Ten o’Clock, P.M.\n\n“‘The General Meeting unanimously approve of the Conduct of the Delegation; and further resolve,\n\n“‘That the Original Propositions standing uncontroverted, the same be strictly adhered to.’\n\n“The Resolution in the last paragraph of this Report was most rigidly adhered to; and your Committee cannot but lament, that the first attempt of your brethren to introduce Laws and Regulations for the reciprocal benefit of the employer and employed, was met by such proposition on the part of one Proprietor, that, in order to carry their point, they were obliged to enter into a Resolution that a general notice of quitting their situations, according to the custom of the trade, should be given. Before the expiration of the fortnight, however, an accommodation was proposed by the Employers individually; but upon the principle that a material difference existed, both in labour and comfort, between an Evening and a Morning Paper, the Newsmen agreed to a distinction being made in the price. Morning Papers received the sum required of 4s. 6d., but Evening Papers only 2s. 6d. The wages of the former were 1l. 16s.; Supernumeraries 17s.; the galley 2s. 10d.: the Evening Papers were 34s.; Supernumeraries 16s.; the galley 2s. 8d. Within this period the term Assistants was first recognized. Your Committee are not enabled to state whether any satisfactory agreement was entered into with respect to the second Proposition of the Journeymen relating to the commencing work on Sundays. It would appear that they only requested that day’s indulgence, for they already possessed it on the others. Some of the Journals at this time paid but 6d. per hour, while others, more liberal, paid on those of the Morning 7½d. and on the Evening 7d. for over-hours or Assistants.\n\n“In the month of October, 1793, the same year of the rise, your Committee find that the Journeymen had occasion, from the accumulation of labour on Daily Newspapers, to object to the employment of Apprentices, as a strong desire was evinced, at this period, of returning to the system, by employing run-aways, or turn-overs, as they were denominated. The Employers conceiving they had been forced to accede to the rise in the month of April preceding, appeared determined to take advantage of the men, by paying themselves for their defeat by the difference of price between Apprentices and Journeymen. Suspicion had been long awake that some innovation was intended, and the scheme soon developed itself; the Newsmen assembled, and entered into certain Resolutions, which, with a statement of their case, were sent round the Trade for the concurrence or disapproval of the Bookmen. They were readily adopted by the latter, and your Committee present an Extract from the Journeymen’s Address, and their Resolutions.\n\n“‘October 1, 1793.\n\n“‘Can any reasonable Advocate be found for the Introduction of Apprentices on Newspapers? We do not believe there can.—A Companionship on a Newspaper, distinct and different in its Nature from Book-work, requires equal Attention, equal Exertion, and equal Interest. And can this be expected (we ask) from an Apprentice? Companionships find it their mutual interest to be watchful over each other, and see that each does an equal share; which, if not done, is easily remedied among themselves. But who is it that will say this can be done with an Apprentice? A Journeyman must be attentive, or, from the Representations of his Companions, he loses his situation. But how is this to take place in regard to Apprentices? If complaints are made to the Printer, how can he rectify them? It is evident to us that he cannot. Your time of employment is not to be forced on an Apprentice; he can refuse to work either by Night or on Sunday, and be justified in his refusal; and Magistrates must sanction him. Indeed, experience has proved that it is generally impossible to keep an Apprentice to the Business on a Newspaper with regularity; they have no interest to bind them; they have no obligation to compel them. Need there be a further Argument used in support of our opinion? We trust not. Under these circumstances, then, there is only one thing remaining for us to recommend—to unite in a firm Phalanx, and to be unanimous.’\n\n“‘RESOLUTIONS.\n\n“‘I. That Newspaper printing, being necessarily conducted by Companionships, requires in each Companion corresponding abilities, corresponding modes of reasoning, and corresponding interests.\n\n“‘II. That an Apprentice, not being at liberty to act for himself, cannot be supposed to possess an equal and independent mode of reasoning, and therefore has not a corresponding interest.\n\n“‘III. That the introduction of an Apprentice upon a Newspaper will occasion a clashing of interests, which may, in the end, prove highly detrimental, not only to the Companionship, but to the Property on which they are engaged, and likewise to the whole body of Compositors, by enlarging the field for the employment of Apprentices.\n\n“‘IV. That therefore the Compositors on Newspapers are firmly and decidedly of opinion, that an Apprentice is by no means an adequate Companion.\n\n“‘V. And therefore they will resist, to the utmost of their power, any attempt (if any such attempt should happen) to obtrude an Apprentice upon them.’\n\n“The system, however, commenced in the month of October, upon one Journal, which lasted about five years—and upon another which continued nearly eleven years; but in the end you were successful; and men were again engaged upon these Journals on a fair principle. The fate of some who had worked with the boys should have served as a warning—they were neglected, despised, and ultimately driven from the profession. Your Committee cannot refrain from congratulating the Journeymen of that period on their unanimity and perseverance; and at this moment, upon a due consideration of the present state of our business, rejoice in their patriotism, and return thanks to every individual now in being concerned in the opposition given to the attempt.\n\n“1801.]—Your Committee have thus led you to the conclusion of the second period of seven years, through the whole of which the country was engaged in a war with nearly all the European quarter of the globe, and, as has been stated for 1793, your labour increased with the demand for news by the public, and by the struggles of the Journals for pre-eminence, which, added to the alarming price of provisions and all other family requisites, made it again necessary to solicit an advance of wages. In the month of November, 1800, the Book-men requested a rise, and certain regulations applicable to their department. It was granted to the amount of 1-6th, and took place on the 1st of January, 1801. Shortly after, almost gratuitously, the News department received an advance of 1-9th (or 4s.) on Morning, and 1-11th (or 3s.) on Evening Papers. The former were now 2l.; Supernumeraries 19s.; per galley 3s. 2d.; Assistants 9½d. per hour; the Evening, 1l. 17s.; Supernumeraries 17s.; per galley 2s. 10d.; Assistants 8½d. per hour.\n\n“Thus terminated the third rise from 1785. In this period several disputes occurred; but your Committee will only repeat those relating to the general interest. From the extensive sale of some of the Evening Papers, the work was obliged to be performed in a manner that, from its evil tendency, required some modification; the hours for composition were not so well defined as hereafter they appear to have been, and the following Resolution, as applicable to Evening Papers, was agreed to among the Newsmen; ‘That all composition cease when the day’s publication goes to press—all work afterwards to be paid for as extra, or deducted from the first work of the next publication.’ This did not apply to the second or third editions of the day’s paper; that being completed, those additions could have no claim on the following publication. The quantity and quality of the matter were also better defined within this period. Brevier was the smallest type till 1784, when Minion was introduced; and the adequate number of lines, by their proportion to Long Primer and width of column, were regulated by the Companionships and their Printers. This continued till 1793, when the different proportions were generally understood, and a printed graduated Scale for Long Primer, Brevier, and Minion, according to width, was found in each News-house. This appears to have been requisite, as your Committee learn, that, from 1789, it was the custom on some Journals to widen their columns, during the sitting of Parliament, one or two ems, and reducing them in the recess. At this date a misunderstanding still existed relative to the hour of beginning on Sundays. Certain regulations were adopted respecting the twelve hours’ work (including refreshment time, galley and ‘lines,’ and correcting), and the time of commencing on that day.—Your Committee must observe, that the Compositors employed on Morning Papers at this period were not uniform in their hours of beginning on Sundays, and disputes frequently occurred on that point. This might have arisen from the different temper and politics of the Journals on which they were engaged; some entering at length on the Friday night’s Debates in Parliament, Foreign News, &c., while others were content with giving the Public a moderate portion of both. Competition, however, soon made the labour on the Journals equal, and, in 1803, the hour of commencing on the Sunday, regulated by the Saturday’s finish, became general.\n\n“Your Committee also state that they have endeavoured to trace the origin of what are termed the ‘after-lines’ of the first work; tradition has vaguely assisted them in their research. They learn that they were general in 1777, but differing in amount. The term is not mentioned in the Propositions of 1793, but is acknowledged in the Regulations before mentioned; your Committee are therefore led to conclude that they arose with the subdivision of labour on the smaller Papers, prior to 1770, and suppose that custom, arising from local convenience, sanctioned their adoption by your predecessors.\n\n“1809.]—In pursuing their plan, your Committee observe nothing of material consequence occurring in the News department till the year 1809, when the still-increasing price of provisions rendered it necessary for the Compositors to solicit a rise of prices, and on the 19th of May the Newsmen issued a Circular, addressed ‘To the Proprietors of Newspapers,’ requesting an advance of 1-5th on their wages,—i. e. 8s. per week on Morning, and 6s. per week on Evening Papers.\n\n“In the two former Circulars, certain propositions were submitted, to be accepted, modified, or rejected; but the present one was accompanied by the first and regular Scale for News Work, and signed by 198 Newsmen. Your Committee will introduce an extract from the introductory paragraphs and the Scale itself, which completed the edifice you had long laboured to rear.\n\n“After stating the necessity the Newsmen were under of soliciting the assistance of the Employers to enable them, by their industry, to make their existence comfortable, they point out the moderation of their request, by giving a comparative statement of the prices for family necessaries, between 1793 and 1809, by which it appeared, that in sixteen years they were nearly doubled. They further add, that\n\n“‘It has been observed by the Duke of Portland, in his letter to the Lord Lieutenant of Oxford, that ‘there is no reason why the labour of the Handicraftsman, the Mechanic, and the Artizan, should not keep pace with the advance on the articles of the Farmer, Grazier,’ &c. Upon this principle, the justice of which is too evident to need the smallest comment, might we not calculate, as Morning Papers, in 1793, were paid 36s., and Evening Papers 34s. that we should now receive nearly 3l. 12s. on the Morning Papers, instead of 2l.; and nearly 3l. 8s. instead of 1l. 17s. on the Evening?\n\n“‘There is another consideration to which we must beg to call your attention; at the time of the last advance a ratio of one-sixth was obtained on all works in Book-houses, which proportion was not received by those employed on Newspapers; four shillings only being granted on Morning Papers, which before that time were 36s., and three shillings on Evening Papers, which previously were 34s., being only one-ninth on the former, and scarcely an eleventh on the latter. These circumstances, together with the great increase of labour on Papers of late years, arising from the introduction of so large a portion of small letter, are considerations which, we hope, will not be passed over without that deliberation they deserve.\n\n“‘From an impartial view of the comparative statements and the proposed advance, it will be seen that we have kept perfectly within the limits prescribed by justice. We have pursued this line of conduct from a solicitude to avoid the introduction of any thing which might prevent your ready compliance with our request.\n\n“‘PROPOSED SCALE.\n\n“‘That Ten Hours Composition be the specific time for Daily Evening Papers.\n\n“‘That Assistance be paid at per Hour in proportion to the sum per Galley, considering the Galley as Four Hours Composition.\n\n“‘Papers Three Times a-Week, and Weekly Papers, to take an advance in proportion to that on Evening Papers.\n\n“‘☞ That the above advance do take place from Saturday the 3d of June, 1809.’\n\n“This request was verbally and negatively answered in the different News Houses, and the 3d of June passed over as if no solicitation for a rise of prices had been made. The Journeymen felt the necessity of perseverance, and the following Circular was sent to the Employers, dated June 13, signed by the same number of men:\n\n“‘Gentlemen,—We cannot help expressing our surprise at the manner in which our request has been passed over; nearly a month has elapsed, and no answer has been communicated. Had we in our Scale gone further than the urgency of the times renders necessary, or had we neglected to shew that respect which your situations in life require, we might have anticipated such indifference; but feeling our conduct not liable to such objection, we are entirely at a loss to assign any motive for the want of attention to our present circumstances; and we feel ourselves under the necessity of requesting an answer by Saturday next; a noncompliance with which will be considered as a refusal of our propositions.’\n\n“This second Circular received no answer, and on the 20th of June, the regular notice of quitting was given to the different Printers; but before the fortnight had elapsed, each Journeyman received a copy of a Report of a Committee of Masters, dated June 30, accompanied by a string of Resolutions, but not meeting the request of the men.\n\n“Your Committee regret that the document is too voluminous for insertion, but they will make a few extracts in furtherance of their present object. It commences with stating, that ‘A General Meeting of the Proprietors of London Morning and Evening Papers was held this day (June 30, 1809), Mr. Stuart in the Chair, to take into consideration the Report of the Committee appointed to enquire into, and report their opinion upon the Circular Letter of the Compositors, respecting certain alleged grievances, and demanding an advance of Wages; present five Daily Morning, and five Daily Evening Papers,’ and that the said Report was read.—To answer the above-mentioned ‘Circular Letter,’ eleven paragraphs are given, and a comparative Table of the Prices of Necessaries, from 1793 to 1809, in contradiction to that given in by the Journeymen.\n\n“The first paragraph condemns the strong spirit evinced by the men in demanding so large a rise as 20 per cent. on their labour; and protests against the ‘Scale proposed,’ as containing ‘Rules and Restrictions new to the Trade, and embarrassing to the Proprietors, while no reciprocal benefit or advantage is held out.’\n\n“The second attempts to controvert the assertion of the Newsmen, that they ‘experienced difficulties in procuring the necessaries of life,’ by declaring it ‘a matter of surprise and regret, that any thing so unfounded should be advanced on so serious an occasion by a body of men, generally speaking, so intelligent and respectable;’ and after comparing your prices and situation with your Brethren on Book-work and other mechanics, conclude with stating, that\n\n“‘Their claims to high wages do not rest on the difficulties in obtaining the necessaries of life, but on the disagreeable hours of labour. They make more money than falls to the lot of 39-40ths of the men in Britain, and they can procure not only all the necessaries of life, but even more of its comforts, than 99 out of every 100 men in Europe. It is lamentable to see men so insensible to the blessings of their situation!’\n\n“Your Committee cannot congratulate you on the comforts or blessings of your situation; they leave to your own feelings the fallacy of assertions so hackneyed, and proceed to the third paragraph, which calls the quotation from the ‘Duke of Portland’s Letter,’ a ‘misrepresentation, and a pretended extract,’ and concludes with finding a meaning not intended by his Grace of Portland—‘that the arbitrary fixing of wages was a most alarming evil.’\n\n“The fourth respects the statement of the prices of necessaries, and will not admit the propriety of introducing the year 1793 in comparison with 1809, because the Compositors ‘then received all they asked, and a new compact was formed with them on their own terms.’ A difference appears in the Compositors statement and that of your Employers, for the year 1793, of 2½d.!\n\n“The fifth acknowledges the calculation for 1809 to be correct—10s. 4½d.; and as the prices for 1800 were 8s. 9½d., there only remained a difference of 1s. 6¾d. to 1809; a loss they conceived you might well bear ‘without incurring the penalties of starvation.’\n\n“Your Committee feel it necessary to quote the sixth at length;—it needs no comment.\n\n“‘The reference the Compositors make to the increased labour on Newspapers, in consequence of the introduction of small letter, is unjust, is absurd, and we cannot understand how they could allow so unfounded a complaint to escape them. The proprietors have always paid, and paid smartly too, for this introduction. The Compositors have limited hours of employment, limited quantities of work, and they compose only one number of letters, whether small or large, agreeably to the universal rule of the business.’\n\n“The seventh mentions Apprentices, which your Committee will not repeat, considering that question set at rest.\n\n“The eighth recommends that ‘the false assertions, groundless complaints, and extravagant pretensions of the Compositors should be met by a firm and determined resistance;’ and for fear that you should be intoxicated by success to demand ‘double wages,’ state, that they ‘have therefore considered a plan of establishing a society of Compositors under an Act of Parliament, connecting with it a benefit society, which, they are confident, will enable the trade to go on, and which they may hereafter submit to you;’ but without stating who were to be the honoured Members of such society.\n\n“The ninth paragraph, after expressing the indignance of the Masters at the extravagant demands of the men, recommends that the wages should be put upon a footing with Book-work in 1800; acknowledging that the rise on the latter was 1-6th, while that on News-work was but 1-9th on Morning, and 1-11th on Evening Papers, and propose that 2s. per week should be added to the Morning Papers, but that only 1s. should be given to the Evening Papers, ‘the difference in the labour and hours of work being much more than 4s. per week.’\n\n“The tenth recommends that no alteration in the hours of composition on Evening Papers be permitted.\n\n“The eleventh expresses the anxiety of the Committee to give the Compositors a detailed answer, in order that the latter might clearly understand and appreciate their own interests; and the whole concludes with the following\n\n“‘RESOLUTIONS.\n\n“‘Resolved,—That the Report of the Committee now read be agreed to.\n\n“‘Resolved,—That the Newspaper Compositors have not made out a case entitling them to a rise of wages; but that as they complain their rise in 1800 was not equal to the rise in Book Houses, a Regulation do now take place, putting them both on a footing.\n\n“‘Resolved,—That as the labour on Morning is considerably heavier than on Evening Papers, the latter are not entitled to the same indulgence on this occasion as the former.\n\n“‘Resolved,—That from Saturday the 15th of July, 1809, the wages of Compositors on Daily Morning Papers shall be two Guineas per week, and on daily Evening Papers Thirty-eight Shillings; and that the Galley on the former shall be Three Shillings and Four-pence, on the latter Three Shillings and Two-pence.\n\n“‘Resolved,—That the Circular Letter of the Journeymen Compositors, together with the Report of the Committee of Masters and these Resolutions, signed by the Chairman, be printed in the form of a letter, and that some one Proprietor of each Newspaper shall personally deliver to each Compositor, while at work in his house, a Copy of the said printed Letter.\n\n(Signed) “‘D. STUART, Chairman.\n\n“‘Turk’s Head Coffee House, Strand, June 30, 1809.’\n\n“After some discussion, the Newsmen agreed to accept the offer made by the Proprietors in the Resolution above stated; but as the sums given were declared to be on the principle only of putting you on an equality with the Bookmen, in their advance in 1801, it was determined to continue united to support the original Propositions when an opportunity offered. This regulation gave the Morning Papers 2l. 2s.; Supernumeraries 1l.; per galley 3s. 4d.; 10d. per hour; and Evening Papers 1l. 18s.; Supernumeraries 19s.; per galley 3s. 2d.; 9d. per hour.\n\n“At this period the Book Compositors were soliciting a rise of 1-7th on their prices. The Newsmen were not long behind their brethren in claiming the same advance on their labour, and the long Report of the Masters, before mentioned, was answered, paragraph by paragraph, in a manner which must have convinced them, that if they would not allow the talent, they must acknowledge that all the justice in the dispute lay on your side. This answer is dated January 18, 1810. Your Committee cannot, in consequence of its length, insert it here, but, to suit their present purpose, will extract the answers to the second and fifth paragraphs.\n\n“‘The profession of a man should be always equal to the support of himself and his family in a decent way. They should be supplied with not merely what will preserve animation, but what custom has rendered necessary for our comfort; and every man of family must feel the truth of the assertion—that at the present time he experiences difficulty in procuring such necessaries. With respect to the difference between the wages of Book and News Compositors, it will be observed, that the expences of a News Compositor are necessarily more than that of a Book Compositor, arising from the unseasonable hours of labour.—We believe the latter part of their paragraph will be found very deficient of truth; for there are but few mechanics with the same constant and regular exertion, but would equal, and exceed by far our incomes.’\n\n“As the two dates given by the Journeymen for the prices of provisions were to be contradicted, they introduced three tables, and made a calculation by the rule of Subtraction. But the men were not to be deceived by this new system of Arithmetic, and combated by the old mode as follows:\n\n“‘It would seem as if the sum of 1s. 6¾d. was considered as the loss we sustained in the course of a week; but it is the proportion it bears to 8s. 9½d.; and we find that it makes a difference in our weekly incomes of 7s. 1d., a sum which must be felt particularly by those having families.’\n\n“The assertions made in the other paragraphs were most ably controverted, and your cause made doubly sure by the truths which accompanied its defence. The Employers never made a reply to it, because it was unanswerable; and your Committee cannot refrain from expressing their gratitude to all concerned in its production.\n\n“1810.]—To proceed. The Book Masters acquiesced in the request of their Compositors for an advance, which was to take place on the 1st of May, and the Newsmen taking advantage of the acknowledgment made in the ninth paragraph before mentioned, demanded the rise of 1-7th to place them on an equality with their brethren in the Book department. Their request was not noticed. They still persevered, and to assist their cause the Bookmen came to a Resolution, that no man should apply for a situation on a Newspaper during the dispute.—Highly to their credit, and honourable to their character, not one application was made.\n\n“The Newsmen still continued their exertions, and, on the 14th of May, the following proposition in MS. was presented to each Companionship:—\n\n“‘The Proprietors of the Daily Newspapers, having taken the request of their Compositors for an advance of wages into consideration, and on referring to the whole series of rises from 1783{5}, when Bookwork was 4d. per thousand, and Morning Papers were 1l. 7s. per week, find that 2l. 0s. 6d. on Morning Papers would be equal to 6d. per thousand, the present advanced price on Book-work.\n\n“‘But the Proprietors unwilling wholly to disappoint the expectations of their Compositors, consent to give them an advance of 4s. on Morning Papers, and 3s. on Evening Papers, per week, making the wages on Morning Papers 2l. 6s. per man per week, and on Daily Evening Papers 2l. 1s.; to take place from Monday, May 21, 1810.’\n\n“This was answered by the following Resolutions:\n\n“‘At a General Meeting of the Compositors employed on Newspapers, held May 19, 1810, the following declarative Resolutions were agreed to unanimously:—\n\n“‘Res. I. That in tracing our advances of wages from the year 1783{5} up to 1800, there not being extant any clear and certain records, and a perfect collection of documents containing all the circumstances, many important facts and transactions may be forgotten and lost.\n\n“‘Res. II. That from the above consideration, it is evident, that to refer further back than 1800, in order to determine what ought to be the advance of wages on Newspapers, is unfair and improper; and it is contrary to right, according to the declared opinions of the Newspaper Proprietors themselves, as expressed (in a Report of their Committee, dated June 30, 1809, and generally circulated) in the following words of their own: ‘The Compositors have no right to refer further back than the year 1800, as they then received all they asked, and a new compact was made with them on their own terms.’\n\n“‘Res. III. That the Newspaper Proprietors ought to give their Compositors an advance of wages fully equal to the advance on Bookwork since 1800, conformably to the principle admitted by themselves in the above-mentioned document: where, after stating the allegation of the Newspaper Compositors that their advance in 1800 was not equal to the advance on Bookwork, and admitting the fact, they allow it to be (using their own words) a reasonable ground of complaint in your Compositors Circular.\n\n“‘Res. IV. That, in the Scale of 1805, a considerable advance was granted to the Compositors on Bookwork in respect to Sunday-work, Night-work, and Morning-work, which required a correspondent advance on Newspapers, to which it is particularly applicable.\n\n“‘Res. V. That, even if we had not the above indisputable grounds, we have in justice sufficient grounds in the exigencies of the times, as, according to the News Proprietors own statement of the comparative prices of the necessaries of life between 1800 and 1809, there was a rise of 1s. 6¾d. on 8s. 9½d., which makes a difference in our weekly incomes (taking the medium of Morning and Evening Papers) of upwards of 7s.\n\n“‘Res. VI. That the Compositors on Bookwork have received less from their Employers than their exigencies required, and only what circumstances allowed. Those unfavourable circumstances were alleged to arise principally from the war, and, consequently, far from being applicable to the Newspaper branch of the Business, which derives its prosperity from the war. Therefore, there could be no reason why Compositors employed on Newspapers should not have an advance fully adequate to their exigencies.’\n\n“A fortnight’s notice to quit was then given upon the Daily Papers, and on the day of its expiration the News Compositors were given to understand from the individual Printers, that the demand was acquiesced in, and your Scale, as it now stands, was acknowledged—Morning Papers 2l. 8s.; Supernumeraries 1l. 3s.; galley 3s. 10d.; 9d. per thousand; and Assistants 11½d. per hour.—Evening Papers 2l. 3s. 6d.; Supernumeraries 1l. 1s. 6d.; galley 3s. 7d.; 8½d. per thousand; and Assistants 10½d. per hour.\n\n“Thus terminated your last struggle. It will be found that in the space of twenty-four years, your prices and modes of work have equally changed with the appearance of the Journals. From the former rise to the present nothing appears worthy notice, excepting the alteration of measure during the sitting of Parliament; but from the great pressure of matter, and an alteration in the size of paper used, most of the Journals retained the same measure during the recess.\n\n“Your Committee feel that some apology may be necessary for giving so minute a detail of what perhaps has occurred within your own memory; but the task imposed upon them embracing so wide a field, must plead their excuse; and having introduced the latter document to your notice, considering it the precursor of an understood and established ‘Scale of Prices,’ they trust its utility will compensate for the trespass.\n\n“Having now advanced to the period (May, 1810) when your endeavours, after twelve months’ struggle, were crowned with success, your Committee, trusting to your own feelings, must beg to pause on the events of that time.”\n\n[Then follow some observations which are not relevant to the present work, nor to the tracing of the history of prices, nor to the management of Newspapers in the metropolis.]\n\n“In the year 1811, a dispute occurred on an Evening Paper, respecting the introduction of Apprentices, which lasted but six weeks.\n\n“About the year 1813, Morning Papers of 20 columns became almost general. Papers of the present size have not rendered the use of small type less necessary than when they consisted but of sixteen columns; and the remarks made in the extracts from the documents before your Committee, of the years 1793-1810, are equally applicable as the same causes exist.\n\n“In the commencement of the year 1816, the Trade was thrown into confusion by the introduction of Nonpareil, a type not recognised in former agreements respecting the price of Newspapers. The Companionship were required to compose it at Minion price and quantity; they refused, and in consequence left their situations; but others, in direct opposition to the interests of the profession, submitted to the demand. Ignorance could not be pleaded by them; for your Committee are well aware, that few men can be found incapable of casting up the galley on a Newspaper, or be unacquainted with the difference in price of Nonpareil and other types used in Book-houses. The bad example set by these men, with the desire of gain, may have induced others to follow their steps; but they cannot, unless you lose your unanimity, sap the foundation of your rights. It is therefore incumbent on your Committee to protest against any men taking upon themselves the right of deviating from your regulations, or of settling either the price or quantity of the galley of smaller type than Minion, without a general understanding with their brethren of the profession. It has caused both trouble and expense, and been the means of removing good men to gratify the meanness or greediness of those, who have in the end been necessitated to throw themselves upon the mercy of their fellow-workmen, for permission to gain a subsistence among those they had, by their previous conduct, deprived of bread. Your Committee beg to state, that adding the difference in price given on Nonpareil or Pearl in Book-work to the price per thousand in News-work, will be found the equitable charge for those sizes; that is, 1d. per thousand extra on Nonpareil, and 2d. on Pearl. Thus the fair charge for Nonpareil on Morning Papers would be 10d. per thousand, Evening Papers 9½, Pearl, 11d. per thousand on Morning and 10½ on Evening Papers—or a reduction, in proportion to value, on the galley quantity.\n\n“In the latter end of the same year a misunderstanding arose in consequence of a Morning and Evening Paper being done in the same place. It might have been considered a local dispute; but as certain Resolutions were passed at a delegated Meeting held on the 3d of January, 1817, your Committee cannot refrain from noticing it:\n\n“‘At a delegated Meeting of News Compositors, held at the Coach and Horses, Water-lane, Fleet Street, Jan. 3, 1817, the following Resolutions were passed unanimously:\n\n“‘Resolved, I. That it is the opinion of this Meeting, that there are but three classes of Workmen on Morning Papers that can be acknowledged by the Profession, viz., Full hands 2l. 8s. per week; Supernumeraries at 1l. 3s. per week; and Assistants at 11½d. per hour.\n\n“‘Resolved, II. That we consider the situation of Finishers on a Morning Paper, (where no person is employed to do the preceding part of the work,) as an innovation that would tend to disorganize the system hitherto acted upon.\n\n“‘Resolved, III. That under this consideration we recommend to our fellow-workmen to refuse any such situation should it be offered them.\n\n“‘Resolved unanimously.—That with respect to the —— (having no precedent to act upon) and there not being a regular Companionship, we recommend to the persons employed thereon to regulate the trifling difference between them and their employer as amicably as possible, keeping in view that the interests of the profession are not invaded thereby.’\n\n“This matter was amicably adjusted; but your Committee regret to state, that at the commencement of the following year, a dispute arose on another Journal, by a demand being made for eleven hours’ work (time and quantity)—or two measured galleys and a finish, sometimes extending to three hours. This mode was declared inadmissible by the trade; it was resisted; and you again triumphed by the sacrifice of situation only of those who refused their acquiescence.\n\n“Nothing appears worthy of notice after the above date till the month of May in the present year, and while your interests impose upon your Committee the necessity of laying before you the circumstances that then arose, they will trespass upon your patience only so long as the subject demands.—After the introduction of Nonpareil on the Journal mentioned in the year 1816, the Trade were ignorant of the men and their modes of work; you had no interest in the enquiry, for they never could be respected who had deserted your standard, nor pitied when labouring under difficulties they had brought upon themselves. From an accidental occurrence, not necessary here to repeat, a request was made, that a statement of the situation of that Journal might be laid before you. Policy dictated the propriety of receiving it; if those employed acted up to the spirit of your laws, you would have nothing to condemn; but if, on the contrary, they had violated your system, you would have the opportunity of declaring against it, and of preventing the evil example from spreading further. Custom, it is said, will in time become law; so would your silence have permitted the unprincipled to gratify themselves by the sacrifice of your rights and interests, and to undermine your whole system before you were aware of the danger.\n\n“By this statement it was discovered there were two modes of work on that Journal, both in direct opposition to the rules and prices agreed upon in 1810. From the pressure of advertisements, two companionships were formed, one for the outer, and another for the inner form; those engaged on the former were offered, and accepted an Evening Paper price per galley for Nonpareil, Minion quantity; while those on the latter were employed according to the custom of the trade. It is unnecessary to comment on the introduction of two companionships on a Daily Paper, much less to point out the absurdity of consenting to receive an Evening Paper price on a Morning Journal, upon the plea of its being performed by day-light; by the same parity of reasoning, you might demand a Morning Paper price for an Evening Journal, because, for a great part of the year, a portion of the work is done by candle-light. But an alteration on the inner-form system was shortly proposed, which was that rejected by yourselves in the year 1818—viz. two galleys and remaining till the paper went to press. This was refused by the employed, and seven out of twelve deserted this ‘flag of blackest hue.’\n\n“This circumstance, from the consequences that might probably follow, led to the appointment of a Committee to draw up, and circulate, for the information of the trade, a statement of the regular mode of working on Newspapers—‘to guide the ignorant, to guard the unwary.’ To assist them in their labours, and to maintain that harmony which should ever subsist between two branches in one profession, your Committee requested at a delegated Meeting of Book-men, the appointment of a gentleman from their body to assist them in the task assigned, which was most cheerfully met and cordially assented to.\n\n“After the appointment of your Committee, another circumstance arose which necessarily occupied a portion of their time. The Proprietor of an obscure Evening Journal, out of which a Sunday Paper is formed, made a demand on the employed to complete the Weekly Journal, not merely with a reduction of wages, but absolutely for nothing!—as a kind of make-weight for the salary they received upon the other. This not being found in any article of your scale, was, of course, refused by the companionship, and the loss of situation followed: their places have been filled by some distinguished characters, now out of the pale, but whose memories will be cherished.\n\n“Your Committee will, by recapitulating the events related under each date, bring the various Regulations into one point of view, which, attached to your Scale of 1810, will, it is trusted, fully accomplish the purpose for which your Committee received their appointment. In 1786 a rise of 1-6th (or 4s. 6d.) was obtained on Newspapers, but no Regulations were generally adopted; each Paper having its own mode, its internal management was regulated by existing circumstances; but in the year 1793, the nature of News-work, in a progress of seven years, was completely changed, and the price of necessaries increasing with the labour imposed, rendered it incumbent on your predecessors not only to solicit an advance of wages, but that the time and quantity should also be defined. This request was made by the Newsmen, and though sanctioned by the signatures of their brethren in the Book department, your Committee consider it as the first division of the Compositors into two branches of one profession. Their wishes were granted so far as related to a rise of ⅐th (or 4s. 6d.) on Morning Papers; but nothing relating to the hours of work or time of commencing on Sundays was determined upon. It was acknowledged that the Supernumeraries should receive a proportionate advance, but your Committee cannot pass over the distinction then made between Morning and Evening Papers without expressing their regret at the circumstance. The latter only received a rise of 1-13th, or 2s. 6d. In the same year the Resolutions were passed against the employment of Apprentices on Papers. Some years prior to this date they were to be found on many of the Journals, and particularly on those called Weekly, arising from the connection of both classes with Book-houses; but, from the circumstances already mentioned (1793), when Daily Papers required separate establishments, and were conducted by non-professional men, your brethren took the opportunity of objecting to their re-admission on the latter class. The Resolutions of that day now stand as Laws; you struggled—you conquered; and your Committee can only add that five attempts against them failed of success. A rise was gained 1801 of 4s. on Morning and 3s. on Evening Papers, making a still greater difference between the two classes of Journals. It was given and accepted without any reference to further regulations in the spirit of the proposition before quoted. The nature of the work and increase of labour on the Evening Journals from 1793 to 1800, required the adoption of the Resolution mentioned under the latter date:—‘That all Composition cease when the day’s publication goes to press—all work afterwards to be paid for as extra, or deducted from the first work of the next day’s publication.’ This regulation (with one exception) was generally accepted; the Printer had the choice of paying or deducting. A Scale of quantity, and a regulation for the twelve hours’ work, was also adopted. In the year 1809 it became necessary to solicit another rise. Twenty-four years had passed away; the system of News-work had ripened into perfection, and it merely required registering for the mutual convenience of the parties interested. With the request for an advance a Scale was introduced, which specifically defined the sum to be paid for labour. You accepted the offer of the Employers, which was a rise of 2s. on Morning, and 1s. on Evening Papers; but nothing was answered respecting the Scale, the sole object of your wishes. The following year you succeeded; and your Committee merely notice a fractional difference in the sums proposed and those now paid. The galley on a Morning Paper is stated at 3s. 9½d., now 3s. 10d.; and the Evening Journals at 2l. 3s., instead 2l. 3s. 6d. per week. With this difference the Scale stands complete; and for its support, with a clear definition, have the labours of your Committee been wholly directed. ‘To guide the ignorant, to frustrate the machinations of the unprincipled, and, if possible, to form a closer bond of union among yourselves,’ has been their pleasing task. By a reference to the first Resolution of the Newsmen of May 19, 1810, it will be observed, that they lament the want of a perfect collection of documents by which they might correctly trace the advances of wages from 1785 to 1800—indeed they assert that no records were extant. Your Committee congratulate themselves upon being more fortunate, and have extracted from, or inserted at length, every document relating to Regulations or Prices since 1785, which they trust will not be considered uninteresting, and, handed down as records, may yet be useful. To prove the strength of your foundation, the Committee have embraced a period of fifty years, in which is included fifteen years prior to the date of the first document, and subsequently, through a space of thirty-five years, to the present time. In pursuing their duty, your Committee have not deviated from their path to obtrude upon your notice at this day all the misunderstandings which have arisen among the Journeymen, nor have they paused to revive the memory of local disputes with the employers; they have sought not ‘to rake the ashes of the dead’—they have endeavoured to avoid any reflection that might cause a blush in the living. The labours of your Committee will close with an Abstract of the Scale, and the Laws and necessary Regulations attached, which they trust will satisfactorily answer the purpose of their collection. You require nothing of the employers—they demand nothing from you; and shall it be said that your privileges must be forfeited by your own negligence, be scattered into air by the unprincipled, or sacrificed to the interest of a designing few?—Forbid it, spirit! while the recollection of the struggles of our predecessors lives amongst us. Your Committee conclude with soliciting your indulgence for any deficiency on their parts; but as your interest has been their sole object, your approbation their reward, they confidently trust the purity of their motives will be a sufficient apology for their unintentional errors.\n\n“P. CHALK, W. YOCKNEY, H. WARREN, T. PATERSON, E. M. DAVIS, J. B. SPENCE.\n\n“Assistants on other Journals are paid the same as Evening Papers; the Sunday Papers, having their galleys of various lengths, are paid at the rate of 8½d. per thousand, or 10d. per hour.\n\n“Long Primer and Minion galleys, cast as nigh 5000 letters as possible (at present varying from that number to 5,200, partly arising from a variation in the founders’ standards), are, per thousand, on\n\n or a reduction, in proportion to value, on the galley quantity.\n\n“The galley on Morning Papers consists of 120 lines Long Primer, and 40 after lines—Minion 88, and 30 after lines—on Papers 22 ems Long Primer wide; other widths in proportion; and a finish of five hours. Another mode is, one galley and a finish of six hours. Twelve hours on and twelve off (including refreshment time) was the original agreement.\n\n“The time of beginning to be the same uniformly as agreed upon by the Printer and Companionship—i. e. either a two, three, or four o’clock Paper—and at whatever hour the Journal goes to press one morning regulates the hour of commencing work for the next day’s publication, provided it should be over the hour originally agreed upon—if under, the time is in the Compositors’ favour. The hour of commencing work on Sunday is regulated by the time of finishing on Saturday morning.\n\n“Ten hours’ Composition is the specified time for Evening Papers.—All Composition to cease when the day’s Publication goes to Press; any work required afterwards to be paid for extra, or deducted from the first work of the next publication.—This does not apply to Second Editions; they being connected solely with the antecedent Paper, must be paid for extra.\n\n“Newspapers in a foreign language take, of course, the same advance as is allowed on Book-work.\n\n“A system termed Finishing having been formerly introduced, it is necessary to state, that no mode of working can be considered fair (except as before stated) otherwise than by the galley or hour.\n\n“No Apprentices to be employed on Daily Papers.”\n\n[Signed by 193 Newspaper Compositors.]\n\n\n\nActs of Parliament relating to Newspapers.—The Act of the 39th of G. 3. c. 79., for the more effectual suppression of Societies established for Seditious and Treasonable Purposes, &c., which requires the entry of all Presses and Types with the Clerk of the Peace, and the affixing of the name and address of the Printer to his productions, with other regulations, does not extend, alter, or vary the then existing Acts of Parliament in force respecting the printing, &c. of Newspapers; for the 32d Section says—\n\n“Provided also, That nothing herein contained shall extend, or be construed to extend, to alter or vary any Rule, Regulation, or Provision contained in any Act of Parliament now in force respecting the printing, publishing, or distributing any printed Newspaper, or other printed Paper.”\n\n53 G. 3. c. 108. s. 19., “and that from and after the passing of this Act the several other Instruments herein-after specified, shall also be exempted from all Stamp Duty; (that is to say,) All Bonds to His Majesty, His Heirs and Successors, which shall be entered into by Cardmakers, for securing the Payment of the Stamp Duties on Playing Cards; and by the Proprietors, Printers, or Publishers of Newspapers, for securing the Payment of the Duties upon the Advertisements therein contained; and by Stationers or others, who sell Paper stamped for the Purpose of being used for printing Newspapers, for the due Performance and Observance of the Matters and Things required of them by the Act passed in the Thirty-eighth Year of His Majesty’s Reign for regulating the printing and Publication of Newspapers; and also all Warrants to sue and defend in the Courts Baron of any Honors or Manors which hold Pleas in Actions or Suits for any Debt or Damages not exceeding Five Pounds, as well as all Plaints, Summonses, Executions, Writs, and other Proceedings, in or issuing out of such Courts.”\n\n6 & 7 W. 4. c. 76., “An Act to reduce the Duties on Newspapers, and to amend the Laws relating to the Duties on Newspapers and Advertisements.\n\n“Whereas it is expedient to reduce the Stamp Duties now payable on Newspapers in Great Britain and Ireland respectively, and to consolidate and amend the Laws relating thereto, and also to the Duties on Advertisements: Be it therefore enacted by the King’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That in lieu of the Stamp Duties on Newspapers by this Act repealed as herein-after mentioned, there shall be granted, raised, levied, and paid unto and for the Use of His Majesty, His Heirs and Successors, in and throughout the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the several Duties or Sums of Money set down in Figures, or otherwise specified and set forth, in the Schedule marked (A.) to this Act annexed; which said Schedule, and every Clause, Regulation, Matter, and Thing therein contained, shall be deemed and taken to be Part of this Act; and the said Duties hereby granted shall commence and take effect on the Fifteenth Day of September One thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, and shall be denominated and deemed to be Stamp Duties, and shall be under the Care and Management of the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, who are hereby empowered and required to provide and use proper and sufficient Dies for expressing and denoting the said Duties; and all the Powers, Provisions, Clauses, Regulations, and Directions, Fines, Forfeitures, Pains, and Penalties, contained in and imposed by the several Acts of Parliament in force relating to the Stamp Duties, and not repealed by this Act, shall be of full Force and Effect with respect to the Duties hereby granted, as far as the same are or shall be applicable, in all Cases not hereby expressly provided for, and shall be observed, applied, enforced, and put in execution for the raising, levying, collecting, and securing of the said Duties hereby granted and otherwise relating thereto, so far as the same shall not be superseded by and shall be consistent with the express Provisions of this Act, as fully and effectually to all Intents and Purposes as if the same had been herein repeated and specially enacted with reference to the said Duties hereby granted.\n\ns. 2. “And be it enacted, That a Discount after the Rate of Twenty-five Pounds per Centum on the prompt Payment of any Sum amounting to Ten Pounds or upwards, for the Duties on Newspapers granted by this Act, shall be allowed to all Proprietors of Newspapers in Ireland on the Purchase of Stamps for the printing of Newspapers in Ireland, which Discount shall be denoted on the Face of every Stamp in respect of which the same shall be allowed: Provided always, that if any Newspaper shall be printed in Great Britain upon Paper stamped with a Stamp denoting the Allowance of any such Discount, such Stamp shall be of no Avail, and such Newspaper shall be deemed to be not duly stamped as required by this Act.\n\ns. 3. “And be it enacted, That from and after the Thirty-first Day of December next after the passing of this Act, in the Stamp to be impressed on each and every Newspaper under the Provisions of this Act, the Title of such Newspaper, or some Part thereof, shall be expressed in such convenient Manner and Form as to the said Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes shall seem expedient; and the said Commissioners shall cause a proper Die for stamping each such Newspaper to be prepared under their Directions, and a new or other Die to be from Time to Time prepared, in like Manner as they shall think necessary; and the reasonable Costs and Expences of preparing such Stamps or Dies shall be from Time to Time defrayed by the Proprietor of each such Newspaper, and paid when and as required by the said Commissioners to such Person as the said Commissioners shall appoint to receive the same, before any Paper shall be stamped under the Directions of such Commissioners for each such Newspaper; and that from and after the Thirty-first Day of December next after the passing of this Act no Newspaper liable to Duty under this Act shall be printed upon Paper not stamped with such Die, containing the Title of such Newspaper, or some Part thereof as aforesaid; and if any Newspaper shall be printed on Paper stamped otherwise than as aforesaid the Stamp thereon shall be of no Avail, and such Newspaper shall be deemed to be not duly stamped as required by this Act.\n\ns. 4. “And be it enacted, That every Paper declared by the Schedule (A.) to this Act annexed to be chargeable with the Duties by this Act granted on Newspapers shall be deemed and taken to be a Newspaper within the Meaning of this Act and of every Act relating to the printing or publishing of Newspapers, and shall be subject and liable to all the Regulations by this Act imposed; and wheresoever in this Act or in any other Act or Acts relating to the printing or publishing of Newspapers the Word ‘Newspaper’ is or may be used, it shall be deemed and taken to mean and include any and every such Paper as aforesaid; and in all Proceedings at Law or otherwise, and upon all Occasions whatsoever, it shall be sufficient to describe by the Word ‘Newspaper’ any Paper by this Act declared to be a Newspaper, without further or otherwise designating or describing the same.\n\ns. 5. “And be it enacted, That every Sheet or Piece of Paper which shall be published as a Supplement to any Newspaper, except the London Gazette and Dublin Gazette respectively, shall be printed with the same Title and Date as the Newspaper to which it shall be or shall purport to be a Supplement, with the Addition of the Words ‘Supplement to’ prefixed to such Title: and upon every such Newspaper, except as aforesaid, there shall be printed in conspicuous Characters some Words clearly indicating that a Supplement is published therewith; and if any Sheet or Piece of Paper shall be published as a Supplement to any Newspaper, such Supplement and the Newspaper to which the same shall relate, not having printed thereon respectively the several Particulars by this Act required to be printed thereon respectively, and in the Manner and Form by this Act directed, the Publisher of such Newspaper shall for every such Sheet or Piece of Paper so published as a Supplement, and for every Copy thereof, forfeit the Sum of Twenty Pounds; and if any Person shall sell, deliver out, or in any other Manner publish any Sheet or Piece of Paper which shall be or shall purport to be a Supplement to any Newspaper, without at the same Time selling or otherwise publishing and delivering therewith the Newspaper to which the same shall be or purport to be a Supplement, every such Person so offending shall for every such Offence forfeit the Sum of Twenty Pounds.\n\ns. 6. “And be it enacted, That no Person shall print or publish, or shall cause to be printed or published, any Newspaper before there shall be delivered to the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, or to the proper authorized Officer at the Head Office for Stamps in Westminster, Edinburgh, or Dublin respectively, or to the Distributor of Stamps or other proper Officer appointed by the said Commissioners for the Purpose in or for the District within which such Newspaper shall be intended to be printed and published, a Declaration in Writing containing the several Matters and Things hereinafter for that Purpose specified; that is to say, every such Declaration shall set forth the correct Title of the Newspaper to which the same shall relate, and the true Description of the House or Building wherein such Newspaper is intended to be printed, and also of the House or Building wherein such Newspaper is intended to be published, by or for or on behalf of the Proprietor thereof, and shall also set forth the true Name, Addition, and Place of Abode of every Person who is intended to be the Printer or to conduct the actual printing of such Newspaper, and of every Person who is intended to be the Publisher thereof, and of every Person who shall be a Proprietor of such Newspaper who shall be resident out of the United Kingdom, and also of every Person resident in the United Kingdom who shall be a Proprietor of the same, if the Number of such last-mentioned Persons (exclusive of the Printer and Publisher) shall not exceed Two, and in case such Number shall exceed Two, then of such Two Persons, being such Proprietors resident in the United Kingdom, the Amount of whose respective proportional Shares in the Property or in the Profit or Loss of such Newspaper shall not be less than the proportional Share of any other Proprietor thereof resident in the United Kingdom, exclusive of the Printer and Publisher, and also where the Number of such Proprietors resident in the United Kingdom shall exceed Two, the Amount of the proportional Shares or Interests of such several Proprietors whose Names shall be specified in such Declaration; and every such Declaration shall be made and signed by every Person named therein as Printer or Publisher of the Newspaper to which such Declaration shall relate, and by such of the said Persons named therein as Proprietors as shall be resident within the United Kingdom; and a Declaration of the like Import shall be made, signed, and delivered in like Manner whenever and so often as any Share, Interest, or Property soever in any Newspaper named in any such Declaration shall be assigned, transferred, divided, or changed by Act of the Parties or by Operation of Law, so that the respective proportional Shares or Interests of the Persons named in any such Declaration as Proprietors of such Newspaper, or either of them, shall respectively become less than the proportional Share or Interest of any other Proprietor thereof, exclusive of the Printer and Publisher, and also whenever and so often as any Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor named in any such Declaration, or the Person conducting the actual printing of the Newspaper named in any such Declaration shall be changed, or shall change his Place of Abode, and also whenever and so often as the Title of any such Newspaper or the Printing Office or the Place of Publication thereof shall be changed, and also whenever in any Case, or on any Occasion, or for any Purpose, the said Commissioners, or any Officer of Stamp Duties authorized in that Behalf, shall require such Declaration to be made, signed, and delivered, and shall cause Notice in Writing for that Purpose to be served upon any Person, or to be left or posted at any Place mentioned in the last preceding Declaration delivered as aforesaid, as being a Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of such Newspaper, or as being the Place of printing or publishing any such Newspaper respectively; and every such Declaration shall be made before any One or more of the said Commissioners, or before any Officer of Stamp Duties or other Person appointed by the said Commissioners, either generally or specially in that Behalf; and such Commissioners or any One of them, and such Officer or other Person, are and is hereby severally and respectively authorized to take and receive such Declaration as aforesaid; and if any Person shall knowingly and wilfully sign and make any such Declaration in which shall be inserted or set forth the Name, Addition, or Place of Abode of any Person as a Proprietor, Publisher, Printer, or Conductor of the actual printing of any Newspaper to which such Declaration shall relate, who shall not be a Proprietor, Printer, or Publisher thereof, or from which shall be omitted the Name, Addition, or Place of Abode of any Proprietor, Publisher, Printer, or Conductor of the actual printing of such Newspaper, contrary to the true Meaning of this Act, or in which any Matter or Thing by this Act required to be set forth shall be set forth otherwise than according to the Truth, or from which any Matter or Thing required by this Act to be truly set forth shall be entirely omitted, every such Offender, being convicted thereof, shall be deemed guilty of a Misdemeanor.\n\ns. 7. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall knowingly and wilfully print or publish, or shall cause to be printed or published, or either as a Proprietor or otherwise sell or deliver out any Newspaper relating to which such Declaration as aforesaid, containing such Matters and Things as are required by this Act to be therein contained, shall not have been duly signed and made and delivered when and so often as by this Act is required, or any other Matter or Thing required by this Act to be done or performed shall not have been accordingly done or performed, every Person in any such Case offending shall forfeit for every such Act done the Sum of Fifty Pounds for every Day on which any such Newspaper shall be printed or published, sold or delivered out, before or until such Declaration shall be signed and made and delivered, or before or until such other Matter or Thing shall be done or performed as by this Act is directed; and every such Person shall be disabled from receiving any stamped Paper for printing such Newspaper until such Declaration shall be signed and made and delivered, or until such other Matter or Thing shall be done and performed.\n\ns. 8. “And be it enacted, That all such Declarations as aforesaid shall be filed and kept in such Manner as the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes shall direct for the safe Custody thereof; and Copies thereof, certified to be true Copies as by this Act is directed, shall respectively be admitted in all Proceedings, Civil and Criminal, and upon every Occasion whatsoever, touching any Newspaper mentioned in any such Declaration, or touching any Publication, Matter, or Thing contained in any such Newspaper, as conclusive Evidence of the Truth of all such Matters set forth in such Declaration as are hereby required to be therein set forth, and of their Continuance respectively in the same Condition down to the Time in question, against every Person who shall have signed such Declaration, unless it shall be proved that previous to such Time such Person became lunatic, or that previous to the Publication in question on such Trial such Person did duly sign and make a Declaration that such Person had ceased to be a Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of such Newspaper, and did duly deliver the same to the said Commissioners or to such Officer as aforesaid, or unless it shall be proved that previous to such Occasion as aforesaid a new Declaration of the same or a similar Nature respectively, or such as may be required by Law, was duly signed and made and delivered as aforesaid respecting the same Newspaper, in which the Person sought to be affected on such Trial did not join; and the said Commissioners, or the proper authorized Officer by whom any such Declaration shall be kept according to the Directions of this Act, shall, upon Application in Writing made to them or him respectively by any Person requiring a Copy certified according to this Act of any such Declaration as aforesaid, in order that the same may be produced in any Civil or Criminal Proceeding, deliver such certified Copy or cause the same to be delivered to the Person applying for the same upon Payment of the Sum of One Shilling, and no more; and in all Proceedings, and upon all Occasions whatsoever, a Copy of any such Declaration, certified to be a true Copy under the Hand of One of the said Commissioners or of any Officer in whose Possession the same shall be, upon Proof made that such Certificate hath been signed with the Handwriting of a Person described in or by such Certificate as such Commissioner or Officer, and whom it shall not be necessary to prove to be a Commissioner or Officer, shall be received in Evidence against any and every Person named in such Declaration as a Person making or signing the same as sufficient Proof of such Declaration, and that the same was duly signed and made according to this Act, and of the Contents thereof; and every such Copy so produced and certified shall have the same Effect for the Purposes of Evidence against any and every such Person named therein as aforesaid, to all Intents whatsoever, as if the original Declaration of which the Copy so produced and certified shall purport to be a Copy had been produced in Evidence, and been proved to have been duly signed and made by the Person appearing by such Copy to have signed and made the same as aforesaid; and whenever a certified Copy of any such Declaration shall have been produced in Evidence as aforesaid against any Person having signed and made such Declaration, and a Newspaper shall afterwards be produced in Evidence intituled in the same Manner as the Newspaper mentioned in such Declaration is intituled, and wherein the Name of the Printer and Publisher and the Place of printing shall be the same as the Name of the Printer and Publisher and the Place of printing mentioned in such Declaration, or shall purport to be the same, whether such Title, Name, and Place printed upon such Newspaper shall be set forth in the same Form of Words as is contained in the said Declaration, or in any Form of Words varying therefrom, it shall not be necessary for the Plaintiff, Informant, or Prosecutor in any Action, Prosecution, or other Proceeding, to prove that the Newspaper to which such Action, Prosecution, or other Proceeding may relate was purchased of the Defendant, or at any House, Shop, or Office belonging to or occupied by the Defendant, or by his Servants or Workmen, or where he may usually carry on the Business of printing or publishing such Newspaper, or where the same may be usually sold; and if any Person, not being one of the said Commissioners or the proper authorized Officer, shall give any Certificate purporting to be such Certificate as aforesaid, or shall presume to certify any of the Matters or Things by this Act directed to be certified by such Commissioner or Officer, or which such Commissioner or Officer is hereby empowered or intrusted to certify; or if any such Commissioner or Officer shall knowingly and wilfully falsely certify under his Hand that any such Declaration as is required to be made by this Act was duly signed and made before him, the same not having been so signed and made, or shall knowingly and wilfully falsely certify that any Copy of any Declaration is a true Copy of the Declaration of which the same is certified to be such Copy, the same not being such true Copy, every Person so offending shall forfeit the Sum of One hundred Pounds.\n\ns. 9. “And be it enacted, That in any Suit, Prosecution, or Proceeding, Civil or Criminal, against any Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any Newspaper, Service at the House or Place mentioned in any such Declaration as aforesaid as the House or Place at which such Newspaper is printed or published, or intended so to be, of any Notice or other Matter required or directed by this Act to be given or left, or of any Summons, Subpœna, Rule, Order, Writ, or Process of what Nature soever, either to enforce an Appearance, or for any other Purpose whatsoever, shall be taken to be good and sufficient Service thereof respectively upon and against every Person named in such Declaration as the Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of the Newspaper mentioned in such Declaration.\n\ns. 10. “And be it enacted, That the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes shall cause to be entered in a Book to be kept at the Head Office for Stamps in Westminster, Edinburgh, and Dublin respectively, the Title of every Newspaper registered at the said respective Offices, and also the Names of the Printers and Publishers thereof as the same appear in the Declarations required by this Act to be made relating to such Newspapers respectively, and all Persons shall have free Liberty to search and inspect the said Book from Time to Time, during the Hours of Business at the said Offices, without Payment of any Fee or Reward.\n\ns. 11. “And be it enacted, That no Person shall print or publish, or shall cause to be printed or published, any Newspaper, nor shall any Officer of Stamp Duties or any Vendor of Stamps for Newspapers sell or deliver any stamped Paper for Newspapers to any Printer or Publisher of any Newspaper, or to any Person on his Account, before or until such Printer and Publisher, together with the Proprietor of such Newspaper, or such One or more of the Proprietors thereof, as in the Judgment of the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes or of the proper authorized Officer may be sufficient for the Purpose, together also with Two sufficient Sureties, to be approved of by the said Commissioners or such Officer as aforesaid, shall have entered into Security by Bond to His Majesty in such Sum as the said Commissioners or Officer shall think reasonable and sufficient for Payment of the Duties which shall or may from Time to Time be payable for the Advertisements which shall be printed or inserted in such Newspaper; and every such Bond, when duly executed, shall be delivered to and deposited with the proper authorized Officer at the respective Head Offices for Stamps in Westminster, Edinburgh, or Dublin, according as such Newspaper shall be printed in England, Scotland, or Ireland; and such Bond shall be renewed from Time to Time, with Sureties to be approved as aforesaid, whenever any One or more of the Parties thereto shall die, or become bankrupt or insolvent, or reside in Parts beyond the Sea, and also whenever and so often as the said Commissioners or any Officer of Stamp Duties authorized in that Behalf shall require the same to be renewed, and shall give Notice to the Printer, Publisher, or any Proprietor of such Newspaper for that Purpose; and every Person who shall print or publish, or shall cause to be printed or published, any Newspaper before such Bond shall have been entered into and delivered as aforesaid, or who shall neglect or refuse to renew such Bond in manner aforesaid whenever the same is or shall be required to be renewed by or in pursuance of this Act, shall forfeit the Sum of One hundred Pounds for every Day on which such Newspaper shall be so printed and published before such Bond shall have been entered into and delivered as aforesaid.\n\ns. 12. “Provided always, and be it enacted, That no Person being a Printer or Publisher or Proprietor of any Newspaper at the Time of the Commencement of this Act, and who in pursuance of any Act in force immediately before the Commencement of this Act shall have signed and sworn and delivered any Affidavit, or shall have given or entered into any Bond or Security of the same Nature and for the like Purposes as any Declaration or Bond required by this Act, shall by reason of the passing of this Act be required or bound to deliver or make any new Declaration, or to give or enter into any new Bond or Security, touching any Newspaper mentioned in such former Affidavit or Bond or Security, but every such Affidavit and every such Bond or Security so made and delivered before the Commencement of this Act as to the Newspaper therein mentioned, whether the same shall be published before or after the Commencement of this Act, shall be deemed and taken to be a Compliance with this Act; and a Copy of every such Affidavit, certified as aforesaid, shall in all Proceedings and upon all Occasions whatsoever, be received as conclusive Evidence against any and every Person named in such Affidavit as a Person making, signing, or swearing the same, of all the Matters therein contained, in the same Manner as is herein-before provided with respect to any Declaration which may be made in pursuance of this Act, and shall be of the same Force and Effect to all Intents and Purposes as if the same had been made subsequent to the Commencement of this Act, and in conformity with the Provisions hereof: Provided nevertheless, that in case the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, or any authorized Officer of Stamp Duties, shall, by Notice in Writing to be given in the Manner herein-before directed, require a Declaration to be made and delivered, or any new Bond or Security to be given or entered into, in conformity with the Provisions of this Act, by any such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any such Newspaper, or in case any Transfer, Change, or Alteration shall take place in the Share, Interest, or Property of any Person named in such Affidavit relating to any such Newspaper, or in the Place of Abode of the Printer or Publisher thereof, or of any Proprietor named in such Affidavit, or the Place of printing the same, or in the Person by whom the printing of such Newspaper shall be conducted, or in the Title of any such Newspaper, then and in every such case a Declaration shall be made and delivered, and a new Bond shall be entered into and given, according to the Provisions of this Act; and every Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any such Newspaper who shall knowingly and wilfully continue to print or publish any such Newspaper, after the happening of any of the Events aforesaid, before or until a Declaration containing all the Particulars required by this Act shall be made and delivered, and a new Bond shall be entered into and given, according to the Directions of this Act, shall be subject to all such Penalties and Disabilities as such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor would have been subject or liable to under this Act if no Declaration relating to such Newspaper had ever been made, nor any such Bond entered into: And provided also, that nothing contained in this Act shall extend to require the Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of the London Gazette or Dublin Gazette to make any Declaration required by this Act; but the Printers and Publishers of the said respective Gazettes shall enter into the Bonds by this Act required, together with the Sureties herein-before mentioned for securing the Payment of the Duties upon all Advertisements which shall be printed in the said Gazettes respectively, and shall renew the same from Time to Time in like Manner as the Printers and Publishers of other Newspapers are or may be required to renew their respective Bonds by or under this Act.\n\ns. 13. “And be it enacted, That the Printer or Publisher of every Newspaper printed or published in the City of London, Edinburgh, or Dublin, or within Twenty Miles of any of the said Cities respectively, shall, upon every Day on which such Newspaper shall be published, or on the Day next following which shall not be a Holiday, between the Hours of Ten and Three on each Day, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, or to the proper authorized Officer, at the Head Office for Stamps in one of the said Cities respectively in or nearest to which such Newspaper shall be printed or published, One Copy of every such Newspaper, and of every second or other varied Edition or Impression thereof so printed or published, with the Name and Place of Abode of the Printer or Publisher thereof, signed and written thereon after the same shall be printed by his proper Hand and in his accustomed Manner of signing, or by some Person appointed and authorized by him for that Purpose, and of whose Appointment and Authority Notice in Writing, signed by such Printer or Publisher in the Presence of and attested by an Officer of Stamp Duties, shall be given to the said Commissioners, or to the Officer to whom such Copies are to be delivered; and the Printer or Publisher of every Newspaper printed or published in any other Place in the United Kingdom shall, upon every Day on which such Newspaper shall be published, or within Three Days next following, in like Manner between the Hours of Ten and Three, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Distributor of Stamps, or other authorized Officer in whose District such Newspaper shall be printed or published, Two Copies of every such Newspaper, and of every second or other varied Edition or Impression thereof so printed or published, with the Name and Place of Abode of the Printer or Publisher thereof signed and written thereon in manner aforesaid after the same shall be printed, and the same Copies shall be carefully kept by the said Commissioners, or by such Distributor or Officer as aforesaid, in such Manner as the said Commissioners shall direct; and such Printer or Publisher shall be entitled to demand and receive from the Commissioners, or such Distributor or Officer, once in every Week, the Amount of the ordinary Price of the Newspapers so delivered; and every Printer and Publisher of such Newspaper who shall neglect to deliver or cause to be delivered in manner herein-before directed, such Copy or Copies signed as aforesaid, shall for every such Neglect respectively forfeit the Sum of Twenty Pounds; and in case any Person shall make Application in Writing to the said Commissioners, or to such Distributor or Officer as aforesaid, in order that any Newspaper so signed as aforesaid may be produced in Evidence in any Proceeding, Civil or Criminal, the said Commissioners, or Distributor or Officer, shall, at the Expence of the Party applying, at any Time within Two Years from the Publication thereof, either cause such Newspaper to be produced in the Court in which and at the Time when the same is required to be produced, or shall deliver the same to the Party applying for the same, taking, according to their Discretion, reasonable Security, at the Expence of such Party, for returning the same to the said Commissioners, or such Distributor or Officer, within a certain period to be fixed by them respectively; and in case, by reason that such Newspaper shall have been previously applied for in manner aforesaid by any other Person, the same cannot be produced or cannot be delivered according to any subsequent Application, in such Case the said Commissioners, or such Distributor or Officer as aforesaid, shall cause the same to be produced, or shall deliver the same as soon as they are enabled so to do; and all Copies so delivered as aforesaid shall be Evidence against every Printer, Publisher, and Proprietor of every such Newspaper respectively in all Proceedings, Civil or Criminal, to be commenced and carried on, as well touching such Newspaper as any Matter or Thing therein contained, and touching any other Newspaper and any Matter or Thing therein contained which shall be of the same Title, Purport, or Effect with such Copy so delivered as aforesaid, although such Copy may vary in some Instances or Particulars, either as to Title, Purport, or Effect; and every Printer, Publisher, and Proprietor of any Copy so delivered as aforesaid, shall to all Intents and Purposes be deemed to be the Printer, Publisher, and Proprietor respectively of all Newspapers which shall be of the same Title, Purport, or Effect with such Copies or Impressions so delivered as aforesaid, notwithstanding such Variance as aforesaid, unless such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor respectively shall prove that such Newspapers were not printed or published by him, nor by nor with his Knowledge or Privity: Provided always, that if any Printer or Publisher of any Newspaper which shall not be printed and published in the Cities of London, Edinburgh, or Dublin, or within Twenty Miles of the said Cities respectively, shall find it more convenient to cause such Copies of such Newspaper to be delivered to any other Distributor of Stamps than the Distributor in whose District such Newspaper shall be published, and such Printer and Publisher shall state such Matter by Petition to the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, and pray that he may have Liberty to cause such Copies to be delivered to such other Distributor as he shall so name at the Office of such Distributor, it shall be lawful for the said Commissioners to order the same accordingly, and from and after the Date of such Order the Place of Publication of such Newspaper shall for that Purpose only be deemed and taken to be within the District of such other Distributor until the same shall be otherwise ordered by the said Commissioners.\n\ns. 14. “And be it enacted, That at the end of every Newspaper, and of any and every Supplement Sheet or Piece of Paper, shall be printed the Christian Name and Surname, Addition, and Place of Abode, of the Printer and Publisher of the same, and also a true Description of the House or Building wherein the same is actually printed and published respectively, and the Day of the Week, Month, and Year on which the same is published; and if any Person shall knowingly and wilfully print or publish, or cause to be printed or published, any Newspaper or Supplement thereto whereon the several Particulars aforesaid shall not be printed, or whereon there shall be printed any false Name, Addition, Place, or Day, or whereon there shall be printed any Description of the Place of printing or publishing such Newspaper which shall be different in any respect from the Description of the House or Building mentioned in the Declaration required by this Act to be made relating to such Newspaper as the House or Building wherein such Newspaper is intended to be printed or published, every such Person shall for any and every such Offence forfeit the Sum of Twenty Pounds.\n\ns. 15. “And be it enacted, That it shall not be lawful for any Person other than a Commissioner of Stamps and Taxes, or Officer of Stamp Duties, to sell, supply, or part with any Paper stamped for the purpose of being used for printing Newspapers thereon, unless nor until such Person shall be duly licensed and authorized by the said Commissioners to vend Newspaper Stamps, and shall have given Security by Bond to His Majesty, with sufficient Sureties, to be approved of by the said Commissioners, in such Sum as the said Commissioners shall think reasonable, and the several Conditions of such Bond shall be as follow; (that is to say,) that such Vendor of Newspaper Stamps shall and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the said Commissioners, within Four Days after the End of every Six Weeks, a true and accurate Account of the Quantities and Kinds of all Paper stamped as aforesaid by him sold, supplied, or delivered during such Six Weeks immediately preceding, and to what Persons, naming them; and that such Vendor will not sell, supply, or part with any such Paper to or on account of any Person other than a Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of a Newspaper; and that such Vendor will not sell, supply, or part with such Paper to or on account of any such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor, until the Person applying for the same shall have delivered to such Vendor a Certificate signed by One or more of the said Commissioners, or by the proper authorized Officer of Stamp Duties, purporting that such Security as is required by Law hath been given by the Printer, Publisher, and Proprietor respectively of the Newspaper for the printing of which such stamped Paper is to be sold, supplied, or parted with, and that such Declaration hath been made and delivered respecting the same as is by this Act required; and that such Vendor will not sell, supply, or part with any such Paper to or on account of any Printer, Proprietor, or Publisher of any Newspaper, with respect to whom Notice shall be given to such Vendor by the said Commissioners or any such Officer that such Security has not been duly given, or has not been renewed, pursuant to this Act, or is not remaining in Force, or that the Parties or any of them who have given the same are or is dead, or gone Abroad, or are or is not to be found, or that such Parties or any of them have or hath given Notice that they or he are or is no longer concerned as Printers, Publishers, or Proprietors, or as a Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of such Newspaper, or that no such Declaration respecting the same, as required by this Act, hath been made and delivered, or that any such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor hath become disabled or disqualified under this Act to be the Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any such Newspaper or to receive stamped Paper for the Purpose of printing the same; and if any Person as aforesaid shall sell, supply, or part with any such stamped Paper for the Purpose aforesaid without having given such Security as aforesaid, or if any Person who shall obtain or receive any stamped Paper for the printing of any Newspaper of which he is or shall be the Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor, shall furnish or supply any other Person with any such stamped Paper, or if any Person shall use for the printing of any Newspaper any stamped Paper which he shall receive or be furnished with by or from any Person other than the said Commissioners or their Officers, or some Person duly authorised to sell or distribute such stamped Paper, every Person so offending shall for every such Offence forfeit the Sum of Fifty Pounds; and in any Proceeding for Recovery of such Penalty in the last-mentioned Case, it shall lie on the Person sought to be charged with such Offence to prove that the stamped Paper used by such Person in the printing of any Newspaper was obtained by such Person from the said Commissioners or their Officers, or from some Person duly authorized to sell or distribute such stamped Paper; any Law or Usage to the contrary notwithstanding.\n\ns. 16. “And be it enacted, That every Person printing or publishing, or being concerned either as Proprietor or otherwise in printing or publishing, any Newspaper upon Paper not duly stamped, shall be deemed and taken to owe to his Majesty such Sums of Money as would have accrued to his Majesty in case the same had been printed upon Paper duly stamped; and whenever any Information or Bill shall be filed, or other Proceeding shall be had on His Majesty’s Behalf, for Discovery of the Matters aforesaid, and for an Account and Payment of such Sums, it shall not be lawful for the Defendant to plead or demur to such Information, Bill, or Proceeding, but he shall be compellable to make such Discovery as shall be thereby required to be made: Provided always, that such Discovery shall not be made use of as Evidence or otherwise in any Proceeding against any such Defendant except only in that Proceeding in which the Discovery is made.\n\ns. 17. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall knowingly and wilfully print or publish, or cause to be printed or published, any Newspaper on Paper not duly stamped according to Law, or if any Person shall knowingly and wilfully sell, utter, or expose to Sale, or shall dispose of or distribute, any Newspaper not duly stamped as aforesaid, or if any Person shall knowingly and wilfully have in his Possession any Newspaper not duly stamped as aforesaid, every Person so offending in any of the Cases aforesaid shall for every such Newspaper, and for every Copy thereof not duly stamped, forfeit the Sum of Twenty Pounds; and moreover it shall be lawful for any Officer of Stamp Duties, or for any Person appointed or authorized by the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes in that Behalf, to seize and apprehend any such Offender as aforesaid, and to take him or cause him to be taken before any Justice of the Peace having Jurisdiction where the Offence shall be committed, who shall hear and determine the Matter in a summary Way; and if upon Conviction such Offender shall not immediately pay the Penalty or Penalties in which he shall be convicted, such Justice shall forthwith commit him to Prison for any Time not exceeding Three Calendar Months, nor less than One Calendar Month, unless such Penalty or Penalties shall be sooner paid: Provided always, that if any such Offender as aforesaid shall not be apprehended and proceeded against in the Manner herein-before directed, then the said Penalty or Penalties incurred by any such Offence as aforesaid shall be recoverable by any other of the Ways and Means provided for the Recovery of Penalties incurred under this Act.\n\ns. 18. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall knowingly and wilfully directly or indirectly send or carry, or endeavour to send or carry, or cause or procure to be sent or carried, or do or cause to be done any Act whatever for or towards the sending or carrying, or for or towards the causing or procuring to be sent or carried, or with Intent that the same should be sent or carried, out of any Part of the United Kingdom, any Newspaper, the same not being duly stamped according to Law, such Person shall forfeit for every such Offence the Sum of Fifty Pounds; and it shall be lawful for any Officer of Stamp Duties, or for any Person appointed or authorized by the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes in that Behalf, without any other Warrant than this Act, to seize and take away all Newspapers not duly stamped wheresoever the same shall be found, unless the same shall be in the Possession of some Person having the Custody thereof by lawful Authority; and all Newspapers not duly stamped which shall be seized or taken under any of the Provisions of this Act shall be destroyed or otherwise disposed of as the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes may direct.\n\ns. 19. “And be it enacted, That if any Person shall file any Bill in any Court for the Discovery of the Name of any Person concerned as Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any Newspaper, or of any Matters relative to the printing or publishing of any Newspaper, in order the more effectually to bring or carry on any Suit or Action for Damages alleged to have been sustained by reason of any slanderous or libellous Matter contained in any such Newspaper respecting such Person, it shall not be lawful for the Defendant to plead or demur to such Bill, but such Defendant shall be compellable to make the Discovery required: Provided always, that such Discovery shall not be made use of as Evidence or otherwise in any Proceeding against the Defendant, save only in that Proceeding for which the Discovery is made.\n\ns. 20. “And be it enacted, That the Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of every Newspaper shall, within Twenty-eight Days after the last Day of every Calendar Month, pay or cause to be paid the Duty chargeable on all and every Advertisement and Advertisements contained in or published with such Newspaper during the said Calendar Month to the Receiver General of Stamps and Taxes, or to the proper Officer appointed to receive the same, at the Head Office for Stamps in the Cities of Westminster, Edinburgh, or Dublin respectively, if such Newspaper shall be printed or published within any of the said Cities, or within Twenty Miles thereof respectively, and if the same shall be printed or published in any other Part of the United Kingdom, then to the Distributor of Stamps in whose District such Newspaper shall be printed or published; and if any Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any Newspaper shall neglect to pay within Ten Days next after Notice given to him by any Officer of Stamp Duties, after the Expiration of the said Term of Twenty-eight Days, the Duty on any such Advertisement, it shall be lawful for the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes and their Officers, and they are hereby required, to refuse to sell or deliver, and also to give Notice to and to require any Vendor of such stamped Paper to refuse to sell or deliver, to or for the Use of such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor, any such stamped Paper for printing such Newspaper thereon until all Arrears of Advertisement Duty, to the Payment of which such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor may be subject, shall be duly paid and discharged up to and for the last Day of the Month next preceding the Month in which such Payment shall be made.\n\ns. 21. “And be it enacted, That One printed Copy of every periodical literary Work or Paper (not being a Newspaper), containing or having published therewith any Advertisements or Advertisement liable to Stamp Duty, which shall be published within the Cities of London, Edinburgh, or Dublin respectively, or within Twenty Miles thereof respectively, shall, within the Space of Six Days next after the Publication thereof, be brought, together with all Advertisements printed therein, or published or intended to be published therewith, to the Head Office for Stamps in Westminster, Edinburgh, or Dublin, nearest to which such literary Work or Paper shall have been published, and the Title thereof, and the Christian Name and Surname of the Printer and Publisher thereof, with the Number of Advertisements contained therein or published therewith, and any Stamp Duty by Law payable in respect of such Advertisements shall be registered in a Book to be kept at such Office, and the Duty on such Advertisements shall be there paid to the Receiver General of Stamps and Taxes for the Time being, or his Deputy or Clerk, or the proper authorized Officer; and One printed Copy of every such literary Work or Paper as aforesaid which shall be published in any Place in the United Kingdom not being within the Cities of London, Edinburgh, or Dublin, or within Twenty Miles thereof respectively, shall, within the Space of Ten Days next after the Publication thereof, be brought, together with all such Advertisements as aforesaid, to the Head Distributor of Stamps for the Time being within the District in which such literary Work or Paper shall be published, and such Distributor is hereby required forthwith to register the same in manner aforesaid in a Book to be by him kept for that Purpose, and the Duty payable in respect of such Advertisements shall be thereupon paid to such Distributor; and if the Duty which shall be by Law payable in respect of any such Advertisements as aforesaid shall not be duly paid within the respective Times and in the Manner herein-before limited and appointed for that Purpose, the Printer and Publisher of such literary Work or Paper, and every other Person concerned in the printing or publishing thereof, and the Publisher of any such Advertisements, shall respectively forfeit the Sum of Twenty Pounds for every such Offence; and in any Action, Information, or other Proceeding for the Recovery of such Penalty, or for the Recovery of the Duty on any such Advertisements, Proof of the Payment of the said Duty shall lie upon the Defendant.\n\ns. 22. “And be it enacted, That upon Information given before any Justice of the Peace upon the Oath of One or more credible Person or Persons (which Oath such Justice is hereby empowered and required to administer) that there is reasonable and probable Cause to suspect any Person of being or having been, at any Time within One Calendar Month last preceding, in any Way knowingly and wilfully engaged or concerned in printing, publishing, vending, or otherwise distributing any Newspaper not duly stamped as required by Law, or of being unlawfully possessed of any Newspapers not duly stamped as aforesaid, or that any Printing Press, Engine, Machine, Types, or other Implements or Utensils for printing is or are or have been by any Person knowingly and wilfully used within the Time last aforesaid for the Purpose of composing or printing any Newspaper not duly stamped as aforesaid, or that any such Newspapers are sold or distributed, or kept for Sale or Distribution, or are unlawfully deposited in any Place, then and in every such Case it shall be lawful for such Justice and he is hereby required, upon the Application of any Officer of Stamp Duties, to grant a Warrant under his Hand, directed to any Constable or other Peace Officer, or any Officer of Stamp Duties, or other Person or Persons named in such Warrant, authorizing and empowering him or them, with such other Person or Persons as he or they shall call to his or their Assistance, to enter and search in the Daytime, any House, Room, Shop, Warehouse, Outhouse, Building, or other Place belonging to such suspected Person, or where such Person shall be suspected of being engaged or concerned or of having been engaged or concerned in the Commission of any such illegal Act as aforesaid, or where any such Printing Press, Engine, Machine, Types, Implements, or Utensils suspected to be or to have been used for any such illegal Purpose as aforesaid shall be or be suspected to be, or where any such Newspapers as aforesaid are suspected to be sold or distributed, or kept or deposited as aforesaid; and if upon any such Search as aforesaid any Newspapers not duly stamped as aforesaid, or any Printing Press, Engine, Machine, Types, Implements, or Utensils which shall have been used in printing or publishing any such Newspaper as aforesaid within the Time last aforesaid, shall be found, it shall be lawful for the Person or Persons named in such Warrant, and his or their Assistant or Assistants, to seize and take away the same, together with all other Presses, Engines, Machines, Types, Implements, Utensils, and Materials for printing belonging to the same Person, or which shall be found in the same House, Room, Shop, Warehouse, Outhouse, Building, or Place; and all such Presses, Engines, Machines, Types, Implements, Utensils, and Materials shall be forfeited to the Use of His Majesty, and shall be proceeded against to Condemnation in His Majesty’s Court of Exchequer in England, Scotland, or Ireland respectively, in like Manner as in the Case of any Goods seized as forfeited for any Breach of the Laws relating to His Majesty’s Revenues of Customs or Excise.\n\ns. 23. “And be it enacted, That upon the Execution of any Warrant granted under this Act, authorizing any Search to be made in any House, Room, Shop, Warehouse, Outhouse, Building, or other Place, if on Demand of Admittance and Notice of any such Warrant the Door of any such House, Room, Shop, Warehouse, Outhouse, Building, or other Place shall not be forthwith opened, it shall be lawful for the Constable or other Peace Officer having the Execution of such Warrant, or for any other Person or Persons to whom such Warrant shall be directed, in the Presence of any Constable or other Peace Officer, in the Daytime, to break open such Door and to enter thereat for the Purpose of making such Search as aforesaid; and if any Person shall refuse to permit any Constable, Peace Officer, or Officer of Stamp Duties, or any other Person duly authorized in that Behalf, to enter into any House, Room, Shop, Warehouse, Outhouse, Building, or other Place for the Purpose of making any Search by or under this Act directed or authorized to be made, or shall resist, obstruct, molest, prevent, or hinder any such Constable, Officer, or Person as aforesaid in the making of any such Search, or in the Execution of any Warrant issued under or in pursuance of this Act, or in the seizing or taking away of any Goods, Chattels, Articles, Matters, or Things which may be lawfully seized or taken, or in the apprehending or detaining of any Offender or other Person who may lawfully be apprehended or detained, or otherwise in the Execution of any of the Duties, Powers, or Authorities given to or vested in any such Constable, Officer, or other Person as aforesaid by or under any of the Provisions of this Act, every Person so offending in any of the several Cases aforesaid shall forfeit for every such Offence the Sum of Twenty Pounds; and all Constables and other Peace Officers shall be and they are hereby required to be aiding and assisting in the Execution of all Warrants issued under this Act; and if any Constable or other Peace Officer shall neglect or refuse to do or perform any Service or Duty by this Act required or directed to be done or performed by him, or shall neglect or refuse to aid and assist in the Execution of any such Warrant as aforesaid, or of any of the Provisions of this Act, upon proper Application or Notice made or given to him in that Behalf, or shall neglect or refuse to execute or serve any Warrant or Summons granted or issued pursuant to any of the Provisions of this Act, every such Constable or Peace Officer shall forfeit Ten Pounds for every such Neglect or Refusal.\n\ns. 24. “And be it enacted, That it shall be lawful for every Person having in his Possession any Printing Press, or any Engine or Machine for printing, if he shall think fit, to deliver or cause to be delivered in the Manner herein-after mentioned a Notice thereof signed with his own Hand in the Presence of and attested by an Officer of Stamp Duties, which Notice shall specify the Christian Name and Surname and Place of Abode of the Person possessed of any such Printing Press, Engine, or Machine, and a true Description of the House or Building and Place in which the same shall be kept and used for printing; and every such Person who shall give any such Notice as aforesaid shall also at the same Time, if he shall think fit, deliver or cause to be delivered in like Manner a List of all or any of the periodical Papers for the printing of which any such Press, Engine, or Machine is used or intended to be used, and every such Person as aforesaid shall afterwards from Time to Time quarterly, that is to say, within Seven Days after the First Day of March, the First Day of June, the First Day of September, and the First Day of December in every Year, deliver or cause to be delivered in like Manner a similar List of all or any of such periodical Papers as aforesaid; and in the meantime and from Time to Time as often as such Person shall undertake or permit the printing with any such Press, Engine, or Machine as aforesaid of any periodical Paper not specified in the last quarterly List delivered by such Person, he shall, if he shall think fit, before the Commencement of the printing of such last-mentioned Paper, or within Three Days next after any Part or Number thereof shall be first printed with any such Press, Engine, or Machine as aforesaid, give Notice of the printing thereof in manner herein-after mentioned; and every such List and Notice of Papers for the printing of which any such Press, Engine, or Machine is used or intended to be used shall be signed by the Person possessed of such Printing Press, Engine, or Machine with his own Hand, or by some Person appointed and authorised by him for that Purpose, and of whose Appointment and Authority Notice in Writing signed by the Person possessed of such Press, Engine, or Machine as aforesaid, in the Presence of and attested by an Officer of Stamp Duties, shall be given to the said Commissioners, or to the Officer to whom such Lists as aforesaid are to be delivered; and every such List and Notice of Papers printed or to be printed as aforesaid shall specify and set forth the correct Title of every such Paper, and the Name and Place of Abode of the Printer thereof as the same shall appear in the Imprint, and also the Name and Place of Abode of the Person who shall employ the Person possessed of such Press, Engine, or Machine to print or work off such Paper, or who shall engage or use any such Press, Engine, or Machine for that Purpose; and every such Notice as aforesaid relating to the Possession of any Printing Press, Engine, or Machine, and also every List or Notice of the Papers printed or to be printed therewith, shall respectively be delivered to the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, or to some Officer appointed by them to receive the same respectively, at the Head Office for Stamps in Westminster, Edinburgh, or Dublin, according as the Person giving any such Notice or List shall reside in England, Scotland, or Ireland, or to the Distributor of Stamps for the District in which such Person shall reside.\n\ns. 25. “And be it enacted. That no Person who shall have duly given such Notice as aforesaid of being possessed of any Press, Engine, or Machine for printing, and shall, within the respective Periods and in the Manner herein-before limited and directed for that Purpose, have delivered Lists and Notices of all or any of the periodical Papers for the printing of which any such Press, Engine, or Machine shall be used, shall be liable to any Penalty or Forfeiture under this Act in respect of any Paper, the same not being a registered Newspaper, truly specified in the last quarterly List delivered by such Person, or in any Notice duly given by him since the Delivery of the said List, by reason of such Paper having been printed with any such Press, Engine, or Machine of the Possession of which such Notice as aforesaid shall have been given, although such Paper may be liable to Stamp Duty, and may have been printed on Paper not duly stamped, unless the same shall be a registered Newspaper, or unless the same shall have been so printed as aforesaid after Notice given by the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, or some Officer of Stamp Duties, in the Manner herein-after mentioned; (that is to say,) provided always, that if a Notice signed by any One or more of the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, or by any Officer of Stamp Duties, shall be delivered to any Person possessed of any such Printing Press, Engine, or Machine, or shall be left for him at the Place mentioned in any Notice given by him as aforesaid as the Place of his Abode, or the Place where such Printing Press, Engine, or Machine is used for printing, informing him that any Paper is chargeable with Stamp Duty as a Newspaper under this Act, then if the same shall be so chargeable, and such Person shall after such Notice as aforesaid continue to print such Paper, or any subsequent Part or Number thereof, or any Paper of the like Nature, whether under the same or any different Form or Title, or if after such Notice as aforesaid such Person shall permit or suffer any Press, Engine, or Machine belonging to him or in his Possession to be used for the printing of any such Paper, Part, or Number as aforesaid, such Person shall be liable to all the Penalties and Forfeitures imposed by this Act for any Offence committed against any of the Provisions thereof, after such Notice as aforesaid, without any further or other Notice or Caution: Provided also, that every Person who shall neglect or omit to give any such Notice or to deliver any such List as aforesaid in the Manner and Form and within the Time herein-before directed and limited in that Behalf, shall be liable to and chargeable with all Penalties and Forfeitures imposed by this Act for any Offence committed against the Provisions thereof, without any previous Notice or Caution whatsoever.\n\ns. 26. “And be it enacted, That all Actions and Prosecutions which shall be brought or commenced against any Person for any thing done in pursuance or under the Authority of this Act shall be commenced and prosecuted within Three Calendar Months next after the Fact committed, and not afterwards, and shall in England or Ireland be brought and tried in the County or Place where the Cause of Action shall arise, and not elsewhere, and shall in Scotland be brought in the Court of Exchequer; and Notice in Writing of such Action, and of the Cause thereof, shall be given to the Defendant One Calendar Month at least before the Commencement of the Action; and the Defendant in such Action may plead the General Issue, and give this Act and any other Matter or Thing in Evidence at any Trial to be had thereupon; and if the Cause of Action shall appear to arise from any Matter or Thing done in pursuance and by the Authority of this Act, or if any such Action shall be brought after the Expiration of such Three Calendar Months, or shall be brought in any other County or Place than as aforesaid, or if Notice of such Action shall not have been given in manner aforesaid, or if Tender of sufficient Amends shall have been made before such Action commenced, or if a sufficient Sum of Money shall have been paid into Court after such Action commenced by or on behalf of the Defendant, the Jury shall find a Verdict for the Defendant; and if a Verdict shall pass for the Defendant, or if the Plaintiff shall become Nonsuit, or shall discontinue any such Action, or if, on Demurrer or otherwise, Judgment shall be given against the Plaintiff, the Defendant shall recover his full Costs of Suit as between Attorney and Client, and shall have the like Remedy for the same as any Defendant may have for Costs of Suit in other Cases at Law.\n\ns. 27. “And be it enacted, That all pecuniary Penalties under this Act may be sued or prosecuted for and recovered for the Use of His Majesty in the Name of His Majesty’s Attorney General or Solicitor General in England or Ireland, or of His Majesty’s Advocate General or Solicitor General in Scotland, or of the Solicitor of Stamps and Taxes in England or Scotland, or of the Solicitor of Stamps in Ireland, or of any Person authorized to sue or prosecute for the same, by Writing under the Hands of the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, or in the Name of any Officer of Stamp Duties, by Action of Debt, Bill, Plaint, or Information in the Court of Exchequer at Westminster in respect of any Penalty incurred in England, and in the Court of Exchequer in Scotland in respect of any Penalty incurred in Scotland, and in the Court of Exchequer in Dublin or by Civil Bill in the Court of the Recorder, Chairman, or Assistant Barrister within whose local Jurisdiction any Offence shall have been committed, in respect of any Penalty incurred in Ireland, or in respect of any Penalty not exceeding Twenty Pounds by Information or Complaint before One or more Justice or Justices of the Peace in any Part of the United Kingdom, in manner by this Act provided; and it shall not be lawful for any Person other than as aforesaid to inform, sue, or prosecute for any such Penalty as aforesaid, except where, in the Case of apprehending an Offender by any Person appointed or authorised by the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes in that Behalf, it is by this Act otherwise expressly provided and allowed; and it shall be lawful in all Cases for the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, either before or after any Proceedings commenced for Recovery of any such Penalty, to mitigate or compound any such Penalty as the said Commissioners shall think fit, and to stay any such Proceedings after the same shall have been commenced, and whether Judgment may have been obtained for such Penalty or not, on Payment of Part only of any such Penalty, with or without Costs, or on Payment only of the Costs incurred in such Proceeding, or of any Part thereof, or on such other Terms as such Commissioners shall judge reasonable: Provided always, that in no such Proceeding as aforesaid shall any Essoign, Protection, Wager of Law, nor more than One Imparlance be allowed; and all pecuniary Penalties imposed by or incurred under this Act, by whom or in whose Name soever the same shall be sued or prosecuted for or recovered, shall go and be applied to the Use of His Majesty, and shall be deemed to be and shall be accounted for as Part of His Majesty’s Revenue arising from Stamp Duties, any thing in any Act contained, or any Law or Usage, to the contrary in anywise notwithstanding: Provided always, that it shall be lawful for the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes, at their Discretion, to give all or any Part of such Penalties as Rewards to any Person or Persons who shall have detected the Offenders, or given Information which may have led to their Prosecution and Conviction.\n\ns. 28. “And be it enacted, That it shall be lawful for any Justice of the Peace within whose Jurisdiction any Offence the Penalty for which shall not exceed Twenty Pounds shall be committed against this Act, and such Justice is hereby required, upon any Information exhibited or Complaint made by any Person duly authorized in that Behalf, to summon the Party accused and also the Witnesses on either Side to be and appear before the said Justice or before any other Justice of the Peace at a Time and Place to be appointed for that Purpose, and whether the Party accused shall appear or not it shall be lawful for the said Justice or any other Justice present at the Time and Place appointed for such Appearance to proceed to examine into the Fact, and upon due Proof made thereof to the Satisfaction of any such Justice, either by Confession of the Party accused or by the Oath of One or more credible Witness or Witnesses, to convict such Offender, and to give Judgment for the Penalty and Costs to be assessed by any such Justice, and to issue his Warrant for levying such Penalty and Costs, and also the reasonable Costs and Charges attending the Distress, on the Goods of such Offender, and to cause Sale to be made thereof in case the same shall not be redeemed within Five Days, rendering to the Party the Overplus, if any; and where Goods sufficient cannot be found to answer such Penalty and Costs, such Justice, or any other Justice of the District or Place in which such Conviction shall take place, shall commit such Offender to the Common Gaol or House of Correction, there to remain for any Time not exceeding Three Calendar Months nor less than One Calendar Month, unless such Penalty, Costs, and Charges shall be sooner paid and satisfied; and if any Person shall find himself aggrieved by the Judgment of any such Justice, it shall be lawful for such Person to appeal against the same to the Justices at the next General or Quarter Sessions of the Peace for the District or Place where the Offence shall have been committed, which shall be held next after the Expiration of Ten Days from the Day on which such Conviction shall have been made, of which Appeal Notice in Writing shall be given to the Prosecutor or Informer Seven clear Days previous to the first Day of such Sessions; and it shall be lawful for such Justices at such Sessions to examine Witnesses on Oath, and finally to hear and determine such Appeal; and in case any Conviction of such Justice shall be affirmed, it shall be lawful for the Justices at such Sessions to award and order the Person convicted to pay such Costs occasioned by such Appeal as to them shall seem meet: Provided always, that no Person convicted before any such Justice shall be entitled or permitted to appeal against such Conviction in manner aforesaid unless within Three Days after such Conviction made he shall enter into a Recognizance, with Two sufficient Sureties, before such Justice, to enter and prosecute such Appeal, and to pay the Amount of the Penalty and Costs in which he shall have been convicted, and also such further Costs as shall be awarded in case such Conviction shall be affirmed on such Appeal; provided also, that no such Proceedings so to be taken as aforesaid shall be quashed or vacated for Want of Form, or shall be removed by Certiorari, Suspension, Advocation, or Reduction, or by any other Writ or Process whatsoever into any Superior or other Court or Jurisdiction in any Part of the United Kingdom, any Law, Statute, or Usage to the contrary notwithstanding; and provided also, that it shall be lawful for any Justice of the Peace before whom any Person shall be convicted of any Offence against this Act to mitigate as he shall see fit any pecuniary Penalty by this Act imposed in Cases where such Justice shall see cause so to do; provided that all reasonable Costs and Charges incurred as well in discovering as in prosecuting for such Offence shall be always allowed, over and above the Sum to which such Penalty shall be mitigated, and provided that such Mitigation do not reduce the Penalty to less than One Fourth of the Penalty incurred, exclusive of such Costs and Charges, any thing herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding.\n\ns. 29. “And be it enacted, That the Justice before whom any Person shall be convicted of any Offence under this Act shall cause the Conviction to be made out in the Manner and Form following, or in any other Form of Words to the like Effect, mutatis mutandis; (that is to say,)\n\n‘County of ______ to wit.\n\n‘Be it remembered, that on the ______ Day of ______ in the Year of our Lord ______ at ______ A. B. of ______ was duly convicted before me, C. D. Esquire, one of His Majesty’s Justices of the Peace for the County of ______ in pursuance of an Act passed in the Seventh Year of the Reign of King William the Fourth, intituled [Title of this Act], for that the said A. B. [here state the Offence], contrary to the Form of the Statute in that Case made and provided, for which Offence I do adjudge that the said A. B. hath forfeited the Sum of ______ and [if the Justice mitigate the Penalty] which Sum of ______ I do hereby mitigate to the Sum of ______ over and above the Sum of ______ which I do allow to E. F. for his reasonable Costs and Expences in prosecuting this Conviction. Given under my Hand and Seal this ______ Day of ______.’\n\ns. 30. “And be it enacted, That it shall be lawful for any Justice of the Peace to summon any Person to appear before such Justice or before any other Justice of the Peace to give Evidence touching any Offence against the Provisions of this Act; and if any Person who shall be so summoned shall neglect or refuse to appear, according to the Exigency of such Summons, at the Time and Place therein for that Purpose named, without reasonable Matter of Excuse to be stated upon Oath and proved to the Satisfaction of such Justice before whom any Information or Complaint shall be depending or shall have been made touching any such Offence as aforesaid, or if such Person having appeared shall refuse to give Evidence respecting any such Offence or other Matter as aforesaid, then every Person so offending shall forfeit Ten Pounds.\n\ns. 31. “And be it enacted, That in any Proceeding either in any Court, or before any Justice of the Peace, or otherwise, under this Act, or for summoning any Party, Witness, or other Person in or for the Purpose of any such Proceeding, it shall not be necessary that the original or any other Process or Summons, or any Notice, Demand, or Order whatsoever, should be personally served on the Defendant or Person to be summoned, but it shall be sufficient that such Process, Summons, Notice, Demand, or Order, or a Copy thereof respectively, be left at the last known Place of Abode of such Defendant or Person to be summoned.\n\ns. 32. “And be it enacted, That the several Acts and Parts of Acts herein-after mentioned, or so much and such Part and Parts thereof as are now in force, and the Stamp Duties thereby granted, or such of them as are now payable upon or in respect of Newspapers, shall respectively remain and continue in force and be payable until and upon the Fourteenth Day of September One thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, and shall from thenceforth cease, determine, and be repealed, (that is to say,) the several Acts and Parts of Acts passed in the Parliaments of Great Britain herein-after specified; namely,\n\n“So much of an Act of the Tenth Year of the Reign of Queen Anne, [c. 19.] passed for the Purpose (amongst other Things) of laying Duties upon several Kinds of stamped Vellum, Parchment, and Paper, and upon certain printed Papers, Pamphlets, and Advertisements, as relates in any Manner to the Stamp Duties on Newspapers or the Duties on Advertisements, or as imposes any Penalty with relation to the said Duties or either of them:\n\n“And so much of an Act of the Eleventh Year of the Reign of King George the First, [c. 8.] passed for the Purpose (amongst other Things) of explaining the said last-mentioned Act in relation to the Stamp Duties on Newspapers, as in any Manner relates to the Stamp Duties on Newspapers:\n\n“And so much of an Act of the Sixteenth Year of the Reign of King George the Second, [c. 26.] passed for the Purpose (amongst other Things) of punishing the Vendors of unstamped Newspapers, as in any Manner relates to such Purpose:\n\n“And so much of an Act passed in the Fifth Year of the Reign of King George the Third, [c. 46.] intituled An Act for altering the Stamp Duties upon Admissions into Corporations or Companies, and for further securing and improving the Stamp Duties in Great Britain, as requires Security to be given to His Majesty for Payment of the Duties on Advertisements:\n\n“And the whole of an Act passed in the Thirteenth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 65.] intituled An Act for explaining Two Acts made in the Eleventh Fear of the Reign of King George the First and the Thirtieth Year of the Reign of His late Majesty in relation to the Stamp Duties upon Newspapers:\n\n“And so much of an Act of the Sixteenth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 34.] passed for the Purpose (amongst other Things) of granting several Rates and Duties upon Indentures, Leases, Bonds, and other Deeds, and upon Cards, Dice, and Newspapers, as in any Manner relates to Newspapers or to the Stamp Duties thereon:\n\n“And so much of an Act of the Twentieth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 28.] passed for the Purpose (amongst other Things) of granting additional Duties on Advertisements, as relates to such Duties:\n\n“And so much of an Act passed in the Twenty-ninth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 50.] for granting additional Stamp Duties on Newspapers, Advertisements, Cards, and Dice, as in any Manner relates to Newspapers or Advertisements, or to the Duties thereon respectively:\n\n“And the whole of an Act passed in the Thirty-fourth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 72.] intituled An Act to enable the Commissioners of His Majesty’s Stamp Duties to stamp the Paper used for printing Newspapers thereon in Sheets of Single Demy Paper instead of Sheets of Double Demy Paper:\n\n“And so much of an Act of the Thirty-seventh Year of the said King George the Third, [c. 90.] passed for the Purpose (amongst other Things) of granting certain Stamp Duties on the several Matters therein mentioned, as in any Manner relates to Newspapers or to the Duties thereon, or to any Discount or Allowance in respect of the said Duties:\n\n“And the whole of an Act passed in the Thirty-eighth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 78.] intituled An Act for preventing the Mischiefs arising from the printing and publishing Newspapers and Papers of a like Nature by Persons not known, and for regulating the Printing and Publication of such Papers in other respects:\n\nAnd the whole of Two several Acts passed in the Parliaments of Ireland herein-after specified; (that is to say,)\n\n“An Act passed in the Twenty-third and Twenty-fourth Years of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 28.] intituled An Act to secure the Liberty of the Press by preventing the Abuses arising from the Publication of traitorous, seditious, false, and slanderous Libels by Persons unknown:\n\n“And an Act passed in the Thirty-eighth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 7.] for amending the said last-mentioned Act:\n\nAnd the several Acts and Parts of Acts passed in the Parliaments of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland herein-after specified; (that is to say,)\n\n“So much of an Act passed in the Fortieth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, intituled An Act to revive, amend, continue, or make perpetual certain temporary Statutes, as makes perpetual or otherwise relates to the said Act passed in the Parliament of Ireland in the Thirty-eighth Year of the Reign of the said King:\n\n“And so much of an Act passed in the Forty-first Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 10.] for granting certain additional Stamp Duties, as in any Manner relates to the Stamp Duties on Newspapers, or to any Discount or Allowance in respect of the said last-mentioned Stamp Duties:\n\n“And so much of an Act passed in the Forty-fourth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 98.] intituled An Act to repeal the several Duties under the Commissioners for managing the Duties upon stamped Vellum, Parchment, and Paper in Great Britain, and to grant new and additional Duties in lieu thereof, as in any Manner relates to Newspapers or to the Duties thereon, or to any Discount or Allowance in respect of the said Duties:\n\n“And the whole of an Act passed in the Forty-ninth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 50.] intituled An Act to amend so much of an Act made in the Thirty-seventh year of His present Majesty, for granting to His Majesty certain Stamp Duties, as relates to the Limitation according to which the Discount on Newspapers is regulated:\n\n“And the whole of an Act passed in the Fifty-fifth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 80.] intituled An Act to provide for the Collection and Management of Stamp Duties on Pamphlets, Almanacks, and Newspapers in Ireland:\n\n“And so much of another Act passed in the said Fifty-fifth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 185.] intituled An Act for repealing the Stamp Office Duties on Advertisements, Almanacks, Newspapers, Gold and Silver Plate, Stage Coaches and Licences for keeping Stage Coaches, now payable in Great Britain, and for granting new Duties in lieu thereof, as in any Manner relates to Newspapers or the Duties thereon, or to any Discount or Allowance in respect of the said Duties:\n\n“And so much of an Act passed in the Fifty-sixth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 56.] intituled An Act to repeal the several Stamp Duties in Ireland, and also several Acts for the Collection and Management of the said Duties, and to grant new Stamp Duties in lieu thereof, and to make more effectual Regulations for collecting and managing the said Duties, as in any Manner relates to Newspapers or to the Duties thereon, or to any Discount or Allowance in respect of the said Duties:\n\n“And so much of an Act passed in the Sixtieth Year of the Reign of the said King George the Third, [c. 9.] intituled An Act to subject certain Publications to the Duties of Stamps upon Newspapers, and to make other Regulations for restraining the Abuses arising from the Publication of blasphemous and seditious Libels, as subjects any Newspaper or other Paper or Pamphlet to any Stamp Duty:\n\n“And the whole of an Act passed in the Sixth Year of the Reign of His late Majesty King George the Fourth, [c. 119.] intituled An Act to allow Newspapers to be printed upon Paper of a larger Size than is now allowed, and to reduce the Stamp Duties now payable upon Supplements to Newspapers and other Papers in Great Britain:\n\n“And so much of an Act passed in the Third and Fourth Years of the Reign of His present Majesty, [c. 23.] intituled An Act to reduce the Stamp Duties on Advertisements and on certain Sea Insurances, to repeal the Stamp Duties on Pamphlets and on Receipts for Sums under Five Pounds, and to exempt Insurances on Farming Stock from Stamp Duties, as provides the Mode of collecting the Duty on Advertisements contained in or published with any Pamphlet, periodical Paper, or literary Work:\n\n“And the whole of an Act passed in the Fifth Year of the Reign of His present Majesty, [c. 2.] intituled An Act to amend an Act of the Thirty-eighth Year of King George the Third, for preventing the Mischiefs arising from the printing and publishing Newspapers and Papers of a like Nature by Persons not known, and for regulating the Printing and Publication of such Papers in other respects, and to discontinue certain Actions commenced under the Provisions of the said Act:\n\nAnd the said several Acts and Parts of Acts herein-before specified shall be and the same are hereby repealed accordingly, save and except only so far as is herein in that Behalf provided.\n\ns. 33. “Provided always, and be it enacted, That nothing in this Act contained shall extend or be construed to extend to repeal any of the herein-before mentioned Acts or Parts of Acts with respect to any Duty or Arrears of any Duty whatsoever which before or upon the said Fourteenth Day of September One thousand eight hundred and thirty-six shall have accrued and been incurred under or by virtue of the said Acts or Parts of Acts, or any of them respectively, and which shall then or at any Time afterwards be or become due or payable and remain in arrear and unpaid, or with respect to any Fine, Penalty, or Forfeiture or Punishment incurred and not recovered or suffered for or in respect of any Offence or Crime committed or to be committed against the said several Acts or Parts of Acts respectively, or any of them, upon or before the said Fourteenth Day of September One thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, or with respect to any Proceedings, Civil or Criminal, commenced or to be commenced against any Person for the Recovery of any such Arrears of Duty, or of any such Fine, Penalty, or Forfeiture, or for the Infliction of any such Punishment as aforesaid, but that all such Arrears of Duty, Fines, Penalties, Forfeitures, and Punishments shall and may respectively be sued or prosecuted for, recovered, obtained, and inflicted, by the same Ways and Means and in such and the same Manner as if this Act had not been passed: And provided also, that nothing in this Act contained shall extend or be construed to extend to repeal any of the said herein-before mentioned Acts or Parts of Acts so far as the same or any of them repeal the Whole or any Part of any other Act or Acts; and that no Matter or Thing whatever in this Act contained shall revive or be construed to revive, for any Period or Purpose whatsoever, any Act or Acts, or any Part of any Act or Acts, which before the passing of this Act shall have expired, or which by any Act or Acts passed before the passing of this Act shall have been repealed, and that the Repeal of any Act or Acts herein-before mentioned, or any other Matter or Thing in this Act contained, shall not extend or be construed to extend to repeal or annul or in any way to affect any Indemnity granted under or by virtue of any Act or Acts so repealed.\n\ns. 34. “And be it enacted, That it shall be lawful for any Person having in his Possession any Paper stamped with any of the Duties hereby repealed, and not made use of, or who may at any Time hereafter have in his Possession any Paper stamped for denoting the Duties by this Act granted, and which may be rendered useless by reason of any Change of Dies or by the Operation of any of the Provisions of this Act, to bring the same to the Head Office for Stamps in London, Edinburgh, or Dublin respectively at any Time within Six Calendar Months next after the said Fifteenth Day of September One thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, or within Six Calendar Months next after the same shall be so rendered useless, in order that the Stamps thereon may be cancelled and allowed; and it shall be lawful for the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes or their proper Officers to cancel and allow such Stamps accordingly, and to stamp such Paper or any Portion thereof, and any other Paper which shall be brought for that Purpose, with Stamps denoting the Duty by this Act granted to the Amount or Value of the Stamps so to be cancelled and allowed as aforesaid, after deducting the Amount of any Discount allowed thereon.\n\ns. 35. “And in order to avoid the frequent Use of divers Terms and Expressions in this Act, and to prevent any Misconstruction of the Terms and Expressions used therein, be it enacted, That wherever in this Act, with reference to any Person, Matter, or Thing, any Word or Words is or are used importing the singular Number or the Masculine Gender only, yet such Word or Words shall be understood and construed to include several Persons as well as one Person, Females as well as Males, Bodies Politic or Corporate as well as Individuals, and several Matters or Things as well as one Matter or Thing, unless it be otherwise specially provided, or there be something in the Subject or Context repugnant to such Construction.\n\ns. 36. “And be it enacted, That this Act may be amended, altered, or repealed by any Act or Acts to be passed in this present Session of Parliament.”\n\n“SCHEDULE referred to in this Act.\n\n“SCHEDULE (A.)\n\n“Containing the Duties imposed by this Act on Newspapers; (that is to say,)\n\n\n\n“For every Sheet or other Piece of Paper whereon any Newspaper shall be printed\n\n0 0 1\n\n“And where such Sheet or Piece of Paper shall contain on One Side thereof a Superficies, exclusive of the Margin of the Letter-press, exceeding One thousand five hundred and thirty Inches, and not exceeding Two thousand two hundred and ninety-five Inches, the additional Duty of\n\n0 0 0½\n\n“And where the same shall contain on One Side thereof a Superficies, exclusive of the Margin of the Letter-press, exceeding Two thousand two hundred and ninety-five Inches, the additional Duty of\n\n0 0 1\n\n“Provided always, that any Sheet or Piece of Paper containing on One Side thereof a Superficies, exclusive of the Margin of the Letter-press, not exceeding Seven hundred and sixty-five Inches, which shall be published with and as a Supplement to any Newspaper chargeable with any of the Duties aforesaid, shall be chargeable only with the Duty of\n\n0 0 0½\n\n“And the following shall be deemed and taken to be Newspapers chargeable with the said Duties; viz.\n\n“Any Paper containing public News, Intelligence, or Occurrences printed in any Part of the United Kingdom to be dispersed and made public:\n\n“Also any Paper printed in any Part of the United Kingdom, weekly or oftener, or at Intervals not exceeding Twenty-six Days, containing only or principally Advertisements:\n\n“And also any Paper containing any public News, Intelligence, or Occurrences, or any Remarks or Observations thereon, printed in any Part of the United Kingdom for Sale, and published periodically or in Parts or Numbers at Intervals not exceeding Twenty-six Days between the Publication of any Two such Papers, Parts, or Numbers, where any of the said Papers, Parts, or Numbers respectively shall not exceed Two Sheets of the Dimensions herein-after specified, (exclusive of any Cover or Blank Leaf, or any other Leaf upon which any Advertisement or other Notice shall be printed,) or shall be published for Sale for a less Sum than Sixpence, exclusive of the Duty by this Act imposed thereon: Provided always, that no Quantity of Paper less than a Quantity equal to Twenty-one Inches in Length and Seventeen Inches in Breadth, in whatever Way or Form the same may be made or may be divided into Leaves, or in whatever Way the same may be printed, shall, with reference to any such Paper, Part, or Number as aforesaid, be deemed or taken to be a Sheet of Paper:\n\n“And provided also, that any of the several Papers herein-before described shall be liable to the Duties by this Act imposed thereon, in whatever Way or Form the same may be printed or folded, or divided into Leaves or stitched, and whether the same shall be folded, divided, or stitched, or not.\n\n“Exemptions.\n\n“Any Paper called ‘Police Gazette, or Hue and Cry,’ published in Great Britain by Authority of the Secretary of State, or in Ireland by the Authority of the Lord Lieutenant.\n\n“Daily Accounts or Bills of Goods imported and exported, or Warrants or Certificates for the Delivery of Goods, and the Weekly Bills of Mortality, and also Papers containing any Lists of Prices Current, or of the State of the Markets, or any Account of the Arrival, Sailing, or other Circumstances relating to Merchant Ships or Vessels, or any other Matter wholly of a Commercial Nature; provided such Bills, Lists, or Accounts do not contain any other Matter than what hath been usually comprised therein.”\n\nThe printing of daily newspapers in the metropolis is a distinct branch from that of printing books and jobs, and is governed by different rules and regulations, so as to require a separate account of the process. The routine of business is uniform and regular, without that variety which occurs in a book house: the qualifications requisite for a compositor on a newspaper are, punctuality, quickness in composing, and clean proofs, so that no delay may take place from the deficiency of any one individual.\n\n\n\nAs the Times newspaper is one of the largest daily papers in Europe, and as it is printed in a smaller type, and contains more matter than any other, it consequently requires and employs more people to prepare it for publication; and as it is generally acknowledged to be one of the best conducted papers for the arrangement of its matter, and the punctuality of its publication, I have selected it to give as a specimen of the manner of printing a daily morning newspaper in London.\n\nThe compositors employed to compose this great mass of intelligence day by day, and every day throughout the year, Saturday excepted, there being no publication on Sundays, are seventy-five, who are divided into two classes; viz., the night or news hands, and the advertisement hands. The first class consists of 39, who are divided into full hands, 14; supernumeraries, 10; assistants, 15; to these may be added 10 “outsiders,” who fill the frames of absentees in cases of sickness, or from other causes: they are not considered as belonging to the establishment, inasmuch as they hold no situation, and are consequently dependent upon the workmen. The advertisement department consists of 36 hands.\n\nAs it is desirable not to have to distribute letter after copy is taken, the compositors usually put their letter in after all the composing is completed, or take the opportunity when waiting for copy, to be ready for the evening, or else they attend sooner in the afternoon than the usual hour, for that purpose.\n\nThe full hands take copy at six o’clock in the evening, precisely, and go on without regard to the old rule of first work and finish, and the day’s work is considered to be completed at the expiration of eleven hours, five o’clock in the morning; if engaged after that time all hands are paid by the hour, the printer never availing himself of the choice of beginning an hour later on account of the lateness of the preceding morning. The full hands are expected to compose two galleys each per night, and all over lines are paid for extra, even though they are composed within the time prescribed by the rules laid down for the guidance of compositors.\n\nThe supernumeraries are expected to compose one galley each per night, and all over lines are paid for extra, the same as with the full hands.\n\nThe full hands have each three pairs of cases—Nonpareil, Minion, and Bourgeois; and as the most advantageous matter is generally set up in the smaller type, they claim the benefit of it as an equivalent for the labour of putting the forms to the machine.\n\nThe supernumeraries and assistants take copy at seven o’clock in the evening, and continue to work till all is composed, and should there be any standing still for want of copy, they are allowed at the rate of a quarter of a galley per hour for all the time they may have lost during the night. The assistants have no stated salary, but are paid by the galley, and share the same advantages as the supernumeraries, no distinction being made in the giving out of the copy.\n\nThe compositors in the news department have the privilege of composing a considerable quantity of extra or “back” matter to enable the printer to have at all times a resource in case of accident. This extra copy is given out and divided into half galley shares, and taken in rotation, thus preventing monopoly or favouritism.\n\nAs there is an immense quantity of letter in use, the division of which for distribution would occasion loss of time, and frequent disputes, the companionship pay a man to lay up the forms, mark the letter off for each individual, and distribute the useless heads. He is also answerable for the clearance of the boards.\n\nEach compositor has a number attached to his frame, and when he takes copy, his number is placed on the back of the copy, so that each man’s matter is immediately identified, and in case of a foul proof, or an out that will occasion much trouble, it is immediately handed to him who composed it without further inquiry, which prevents exposure and annoyance to the individual. The copy is also marked with progressive numbers, which prevents confusion by enabling the compositor to know with certainty, whom he follows in his composing, and to empty his stick in the proper galley so as to join the preceding matter.\n\nAs the matter is composed it is taken, a galley at a time, by the printer, and made up into columns; a proof of the column is then pulled upon the galley by one of the compositors, who all take it in turn; it is then given to the reader; after being attentively read and corrected, it is returned to the compositors to make the corrections, who take it in turn, two and two; the column is divided into four, the first compositor takes the first and third parts, and the second takes the second and fourth parts, and he who is the last in making his corrections, pulls a second proof, which is carefully revised, and when the revise is corrected the matter is ready for the paper. It thus goes on column after column, till the whole paper is composed, when it often occurs that the arrival of foreign intelligence increases the quantity considerably; matter of less immediate interest is, in this instance, taken away, and kept as back matter for a future day, to make room for the latest intelligence.\n\nIf the first compositor has six or more lines to compose of copy that he has in hand, he must give it up, and begin to correct immediately; but if he has less than six lines of copy in hand, he finishes it before he commences correcting: this regulation is adopted to prevent any interruption or delay in the progress of getting the paper out.\n\nThe full hands take it in turn to correct the revises, lock up the forms, and take them to the machines to be worked off.\n\nThe advertisement department is not regulated after the same manner as the news department, there being no distinction of grades, nor any fixed salaries, nor is there any precise time of commencing work, the uncertainty as to the time of advertisements being received at the office rendering it an impossibility to appoint any regular hour for beginning. The compositors are paid by the galley, not according to the scale of prices fixed for morning papers, but more after the scale of evening papers. The method adopted in this part of the establishment in taking copy is the same as in other offices, the first out of copy taking first, and so on, and as the compositors come out of copy their numbers are placed on a slate, which prevents disputes or confusion. The compositor marks his copy by putting his initials at the back of it; so that if any gross error be committed, and remain uncorrected, a wrong number in a reference, for instance, it can immediately be ascertained who composed it, and either the reader or the compositor is held responsible for the advertisement duty, the proof deciding which is to pay the fine for negligence.\n\nThe salary of a full hand is 2l. 8s. per week, but the average earnings are 3l. 12s. 6d.; the salary of a supernumerary is 1l. 3s. per week, and the average earnings are 3l.; it often happens that much higher bills are written, but the above may be taken as a fair average.\n\nThe whole establishment of the Times newspaper, including editors, reporters, compositors, readers, engineer, overseers of the machines, persons to lay on, and to take off, clerks, &c. consists of one hundred and thirty-seven persons.\n\nThe following is the number of Stamps issued to four of the principal London morning newspapers in 1838 and 1839, and also the amount of advertisement duty paid by the said papers in each of the years 1837, 1838, and 1839, from official returns.\n\nNumber of Newspapers published in the United Kingdom. November, 1840.\n\nENGLAND.\n\nLondon.—Daily, 6 morning, 5 evening; twice a week, 3, including London Gazette; three times a week, 4; weekly, Monday, 2; Tuesday, 3; Wednesday, 4; Thursday, 2; Friday, 1; Saturday, 8; Sunday, 27; tenth of every month, 1; first and fifteenth of every month, 1. Total, 67.\n\nCountry.—Bedfordshire, 1; Berkshire, 4; Buckinghamshire, 3; Cambridgeshire, 3; Cheshire, 6; Cornwall, 5; Cumberland, 4; Derbyshire, 4; Devonshire, 12; Dorsetshire, 3; Durham, 5; Essex, 5; Gloucestershire, 8; Hampshire, 4; Herefordshire, 2; Hertfordshire, 2; Kent, 13; Lancashire, 26; Leicestershire, 4; Lincolnshire, 5; Monmouthshire, 2; Norfolk, 2; Northamptonshire, 2; Northumberland, 6; Nottinghamshire, 3; Oxfordshire, 4; Shropshire, 6; Somersetshire, 14; Staffordshire, 5; Suffolk, 5; Surrey, there are no papers printed in this county, but there are 3 circulated by agents; Sussex, 6; Warwickshire, 9; Westmoreland, 2; Wiltshire, 5; Worcestershire, 5; Yorkshire, 28; Berwick-on-Tweed, 2. Total, 228.\n\nWales.—9.\n\nSCOTLAND.\n\nEdinburgh.—Twice a week, 6; three times a week, 2; weekly, 6. Total, 14.\n\nAberdeen, 4; Ayr, 3; Dumfries, 3; Dundee, 3; Elgin, 1; Fife, 2; Glasgow, 11; Greenock, 2; Inverness, 3; John O’Groat’s Journal, 1; Kelso, 2; Kilmarnock, 1; Montrose, 1; Paisley, 1; Perth, 4; Stirling, 2. Total, 44.\n\n\n\nIRELAND.\n\nDublin.—Daily, 3; twice a week, 2; three times a week, 6; weekly, 8. Total, 19.\n\nAthlone, 1; Ballyshannon, 1; Belfast, 6; Carlow, 1; Clare, 1; Clonmel, 1; Connaught, 1; Cork, 3; Downpatrick, 1; Drogheda, 2; Enniskillen, 2; Fermanagh, 1; Galway, 1; Kerry, 2; Kilkenny, 2; Leinster, 2; Limerick, 3; Londonderry, 3; Mayo, 2; Munster, 1; Nenagh, 1; Newry, 2; Roscommon, 2; Sligo, 2; Tipperary, 2; Tuam, 1; Ulster, 1; Waterford, 4; Westmeath, 1; Wexford, 2. Total, 55.\n\nBRITISH ISLANDS.\n\nGuernsey, 3; Jersey, 7; Isle of Man, 4. Total, 14.\n\nABSTRACT.\n\nNewspaper Postage.—3 & 4 Vict. c. 96. “An Act for the Regulation of the Duties of Postage.”\n\ns. 1. “Be it therefore enacted by the Queen’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That all Letters and Newspapers and other printed Papers, which shall be posted in any Town or Place within the United Kingdom, or shall be brought from Parts beyond the Seas to any Port or Place within the United Kingdom, or shall be sent by the Post between the United Kingdom and Places beyond the Seas, or between any of the other Places herein-after mentioned, or shall pass through the United Kingdom, shall be subject to the several Regulations and Rates herein-after contained.”\n\ns. 12. “And be it enacted, That all Letters posted in any Town or Place within the United Kingdom shall, if written on stamped Paper or enclosed in stamped Covers, or having a Stamp or Stamps affixed thereto, and all printed Votes and Proceedings of the Imperial Parliament, and all Newspapers which shall be liable to Postage under this Act, shall, if posted in any Town or Place within the United Kingdom and enclosed in stamped Covers, or having a Stamp or Stamps affixed thereto, (the Stamp or Stamps in every such Case being affixed or appearing on the Outside, and of the Value or Amount herein-after expressed and specially provided under the Authority of this Act or of the said recited Act, [2 & 3 Vict. c. 52.] and if the Stamp shall not have been used before,) pass by the Post free of Postage, as herein-after mentioned.”\n\n“And on all such printed Votes and Proceedings of Parliament and Newspapers the Stamp or Stamps shall be equal in Value or Amount to the Rates of Postage to which such Votes or Proceedings or Newspapers would have been liable under this Act:\n\n“And that in all Cases in which the same shall be necessary, in order to place on any such Letters, printed Votes or Proceedings of Parliament, and Newspapers, the full Amount of Stamps hereby required as aforesaid, there shall be affixed thereto such a Number of Adhesive Stamps as alone or in Combination with the Stamp on such Letters or Packets, or on the Envelope or Cover thereof, will be equal in Amount to the Rate of Postage to which such Letters, printed Votes or Proceedings of Parliament, and Newspapers would be liable under this Act.\n\ns. 13. “And be it enacted, That in all Cases in which Letters posted in and addressed to Places within the United Kingdom shall be posted without any Stamp thereon, and without the Postage being pre-paid, there shall be charged on such Letters a Postage of Double the Amount to which such Letters would otherwise be liable under this Act; and in all Cases in which printed Votes or Proceedings of Parliament, or Newspapers liable to Postage under this Act, shall be posted without any Stamp thereon, there shall be charged on such Votes and Proceedings or Newspapers the Postage to which the same would be liable under this Act.”\n\ns. 16. “And be it enacted, That in all Cases in which any Votes or Proceedings of Parliament, Newspapers, addressed to Places within the United Kingdom, shall be posted, having thereon or affixed thereto any Stamp or Stamps the Value or Amount of which shall be less than the Rate of Postage to which such Votes or Proceedings or Newspapers would be liable under this Act, there shall be charged on such Votes or Proceedings or Newspapers a Postage equal to the Amount of the Difference between the Value of such Stamp or Stamps and the Postage to which such Votes or Proceedings or Newspapers would be liable as aforesaid.\n\ns. 17. “Provided always, and be it enacted, That it shall in all Cases be optional with the Parties sending any Letters, printed Votes or Proceedings of Parliament, or Newspapers, by the Post, to forward the same free of Postage by means of a proper Stamp or Stamps thereon or affixed thereto in manner herein-before provided, or to forward the same in like Manner as the same might otherwise have been forwarded under this Act; but nevertheless, in case any Letters, printed Votes or Proceedings of Parliament, or Newspapers, addressed to Places out of the United Kingdom, shall have thereon or affixed thereto any Stamp or Stamps being less in Amount or Value than the Rates of Postage to which such Letters, or such Votes or Proceedings, or Newspapers, would be liable under this Act, such Letters, printed Votes or Proceedings of Parliament, or Newspapers, if the Postage thereon be required by the Postmaster General under the Provisions of this Act to be paid when posted, shall not in any Case be forwarded by the Post, but shall, so far as may be practicable, be returned to the Senders thereof through the Dead Letter Office; and if the Postage on such Letters, printed Votes or Proceedings, or Newspapers, be not so required to be paid when posted, the same may be forwarded charged with such Postage as if no Stamp had been thereon or affixed thereto.”\n\ns. 32. “And be it enacted, That the Foreign Postage marked on any Letter or Newspaper, or other printed Paper brought into the United Kingdom, shall in all Courts of Justice and other Places be received as conclusive Evidence of the Amount of Foreign Postage payable in respect of such Letter, Newspaper, or other printed Paper, in addition to the British Postage; and such Foreign Postage shall be recoverable within the United Kingdom and other Her Majesty’s Dominions as Postage due to Her Majesty.”\n\ns. 36. “And for encouraging Masters of Vessels, not being Post Office Packets, to undertake the Conveyance of Letters; be it enacted, That the Postmaster General may allow to Masters of Vessels, on Letters and Newspapers conveyed by them for or on behalf of the Post Office between Places within the United Kingdom, a Sum not exceeding Two Shillings and Sixpence for each and every Number of One hundred of such Letters and Newspapers, and for any less Number in the like Proportion, and may allow to the Masters of Vessels bound from the United Kingdom to the East Indies a Sum not exceeding One Penny for each Letter and One Halfpenny for each Newspaper conveyed by them for or on behalf of the Post Office, and may allow to the Masters of all other Vessels a Sum not exceeding Two-pence for each Letter conveyed by them for or on behalf of the Post Office from the United Kingdom to Places beyond Sea, and may allow to the Masters of all Vessels not exceeding Two-pence for each Letter brought into the United Kingdom, which they shall deliver at the Post Office at the first Port at which they touch or arrive, or with which they communicate, (all which Gratuities may be paid at such Times and Places, and under all such Regulations and Restrictions, as the Postmaster General shall in his Discretion think fit); and every Master of a Vessel outward-bound shall receive on board his Vessel every Post Letter Bag tendered to him for Conveyance, and having received the same shall deliver it, on his Arrival at the Port or Place of his Destination, without Delay; and every Master of a Vessel inward-bound shall cause all Letters on board his Vessel (except those belonging to the Owners of the Vessel, or of the Goods on board, which do not exceed the prescribed Weights,) to be collected and enclosed in some Bag or other Envelope, and to be sealed with his Seal, and to be addressed to any of Her Majesty’s Deputy Postmasters, that they may be in readiness to send on shore by his own Boat, or by the Pilot Boat, or by any other safe or convenient Means, in order that the same may be delivered at the first regular Post Office which can be communicated with, and at the regular Port or Place where the Vessel shall report, shall sign a Declaration in the Presence of the Person authorized by the Postmaster General at such Port or Place, who shall also sign the same.”\n\ns. 42. “And be it enacted, That printed Newspapers may be sent free of Postage, or liable to Postage according to the Regulations and Rates herein-after set forth; (that is to say,)\n\nPrinted British Newspapers,\n\nBy the Post, from one Town or Place to another, within the United Kingdom (except by private Ships), free:\n\nBy the Post of a Post Town, within the United Kingdom, addressed to a Person within the Limits of that Place or its Suburbs, One Penny each:\n\nBetween Places within the United Kingdom by private Ships, One Penny each:\n\nBetween the United Kingdom and Her Majesty’s Colonies, as follows:\n\nBy Packet Boats to any of Her Majesty’s Colonies and Possessions beyond the Seas, (including the East Indies, by Packet Boats from the United Kingdom, viâ Syria or Egypt,) free:\n\nBy private Ships, One Penny each.\n\nPrinted Colonial Newspapers,\n\nBrought from the Colonies to the United Kingdom by Packet Boats, (including Newspapers from the East Indies, by Her Majesty’s Mediterranean Packet Boats,) whether directed to a Place within the United Kingdom or to any of Her Majesty’s Colonies beyond the Seas, to be forwarded from the United Kingdom by Packet Boats, free:\n\nBrought from the Colonies to the United Kingdom by private Ships, addressed to Places within the United Kingdom, and delivered by the Master at the Post Office, One Penny each:\n\nSent by Packet Boat through the United Kingdom to a Foreign State, (subject to the Consent of the Lords of the Treasury,) free:\n\nNewspapers between Foreign Countries and the United Kingdom, as follows:\n\nPrinted British Newspapers,\n\nSent from the United Kingdom to any Foreign Port, either by Packet Boats or private Ships, Two-pence each:\n\nWhen British Newspapers are allowed to pass by Post in a Foreign Country free, then British Newspapers addressed to such Foreign Country may be transmitted to any Foreign Port by Packet Boats, free:\n\nIf transmitted by private Ships, One Penny each.\n\nPrinted Foreign Newspapers,\n\nBrought into the United Kingdom by Packet Boats or Private Ships, Two-pence each:\n\nIf British Newspapers are allowed to pass by Post free in a Foreign Country, Newspapers printed in that Country brought by Packet Boat to the United Kingdom, free:\n\nIf brought by private Vessels, One Penny each:\n\nForeign Newspapers sent by Packet Boat through the United Kingdom to the Colonies (subject to the Consent of the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury), free.\n\ns. 43. “And be it enacted, That although Newspapers may be sent by the Post, and thereupon subject to the Rate of Postage set forth in the above Table, it shall not be compulsory to send them by Post.\n\ns. 44. “And be it enacted, That no printed Paper, whether Newspaper or Votes and Proceedings in Parliament, or of the Colonial Legislature, shall be sent by the Post, either free or at the aforesaid Rates of Postage, unless the following Conditions shall be observed:\n\nFirst, It shall be sent without a Cover, or in a Cover open at the Sides.\n\nSecond, There shall be no Word or Communication printed on the Paper after its Publication, or upon the Cover thereof, nor any Writing or Marks upon it or upon the Cover of it, except the Name and Address of the Person to whom sent.\n\nThird, There shall be no Paper or Thing enclosed in or with any such Paper.\n\n\n\nFourth, The said printed Papers shall be put into the Post Office at such Hours in the Day, and under all such Regulations, as the Postmaster General may appoint, including therein the Payment of Postage on such as are going out of the United Kingdom when put into the Post Office, if the Postmaster General shall so require.\n\nFifth, All Foreign Newspapers brought into the United Kingdom under this Act are to be printed in the Language of the Country from which they shall have been forwarded, unless the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury shall in any Case direct that any Foreign Newspapers shall be exempted from the Restriction hereby imposed.\n\ns. 45. “And be it enacted, That the Postmaster General may examine any printed Paper or any Packet which shall be sent by the Post, without a Cover or in a Cover open at the Sides, in order to discover whether it is contrary in any respect to the Conditions hereby required to be observed, or to any Regulations which the Postmaster General, with the Consent of the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury, may from Time to Time make in respect of any Paper or Packet of such a Description, and also, in the Case of Newspapers, to ascertain in what Language the Newspapers brought into the United Kingdom from any Foreign Country shall be printed and published; and also in order to discover whether the Newspapers printed and published in the United Kingdom (excepting those printed in Guernsey, Jersey, Alderney, Sark, or Man, which, for the Purposes of this Act, are to be considered as Part of the United Kingdom) are duly stamped; and in case any one of the required Conditions has not been fulfilled, the whole of every such Paper or Packet shall be charged with Treble the Duty of Postage to which it would have been liable as a Letter, except as to Foreign Newspapers not printed in the Language of the Country from which they shall have been forwarded, which shall be charged with full Postage as Letters; and as to every such printed Paper going out of the United Kingdom, the Postmaster General may either detain the Paper or forward the same by the Post, charged with Treble the Duty of Postage to which it would have been liable as a Letter; and in case a Newspaper printed in the United Kingdom (except as aforesaid), and transmitted by the Post under this Act, shall appear not to have been duly stamped, the same shall be stopped and sent to the Commissioners of Stamps and Taxes.\n\ns. 46. “And be it enacted, That in all Cases in which a Question shall arise whether a printed Paper is entitled to the Privilege of a Newspaper or other printed Paper hereby privileged, so far as respects the Transmission thereof by the Post under the Post Office Acts, the Question shall be referred to the Determination of the Postmaster General, whose Decision, with the Concurrence of the Lords of the Treasury, shall be final.\n\ns. 47. “And for providing for the Transmission of Newspapers between the United Kingdom and Foreign Countries free of Postage, when satisfactory Proof shall be laid before the Postmaster General that British Newspapers addressed either to a Person or to a Place within a Foreign Country, and also that Newspapers addressed to a Person or a Place in the United Kingdom from such Foreign Country, are respectively allowed to pass by the Post within that Country free of Postage; be it enacted, That the Postmaster General may, with the Consent of the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury, transmit by the Post British Newspapers addressed to a Person or to a Place in such Foreign Country from the United Kingdom, to any Port out of the United Kingdom, other than Her Majesty’s Colonies and Possessions, free from Postage; and he may, with the like Consent, receive from such Foreign Country Foreign Newspapers free from Postage, or he may, with the like Consent, charge for every Newspaper transmitted to or received from a Foreign Country a Rate of Postage which he may consider equivalent to the Rates of Postage payable in that Country on Newspapers either transmitted from or received in that Country, but in all Cases, whether the Newspaper be transmitted free or otherwise, subject to a Sea Postage of One Penny, payable on the Newspaper being put into the Post Office, for every Newspaper delivered at the Post Office to be conveyed by Vessels not being Post Office Packets, and also to a like Postage for every Newspaper received by Vessels not Post Office Packets addressed to a Person or to a Place within the United Kingdom.\n\ns. 48. “And whereas by reason of the Postage which may be charged on Newspapers in Foreign Countries, or from other Circumstances, it may be expedient again to impose the Rates of Two-pence on Newspapers; be it enacted, That the Postmaster General, with the Consent of the Lords of the Treasury, may again charge and demand the said respective Rates of Two-pence on Newspapers received from and sent to any Foreign Country.\n\ns. 49. “And be it enacted, That the Postmaster General, with the Consent of the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury, may allow Colonial Newspapers to pass by the Post between Places within any of Her Majesty’s Colonies, or by Packet Boat or private Ship, from one Colony to another Colony, whether through the United Kingdom or not; and also allow Foreign Newspapers to pass through the United Kingdom either to Her Majesty’s Colonies or from one Foreign Country to another Foreign Country, by Packet Boat or private Ship; and also allow British Newspapers to be sent to the Colonies through a Foreign Country, and Colonial Newspapers to be sent through a Foreign Country to the United Kingdom, or through the United Kingdom to a Foreign Country, free of Postage, or subject to such Rates of Postage and under all such Regulations and Restrictions as the Postmaster General, with such Consent as aforesaid, may think fit.\n\ns. 50. “And be it enacted, That every British Newspaper sent by the Post to Places out of the United Kingdom shall in all Cases be put into a Post Office or Receiving Office in the United Kingdom within Seven Days next after the Day on which the same shall be published, the Day of Publication to be ascertained by the Date of such Paper; and in case a Paper shall be put into a Post Office after the Expiration of such Seven Days, the Postmaster General may either detain the Paper, or forward it by Post charged with full Postage as a Letter.\n\ns. 51. “And be it enacted, That in case any Person to whom a printed Newspaper brought into the United Kingdom shall be directed shall have removed from the Place to which it shall be directed, before the Delivery thereof at that Place, it may (provided it shall not have been opened) be re-directed and forwarded by Post to such Person at any other Place within the United Kingdom free of Charge for such extra Conveyance; but if the Newspaper shall have been opened, it shall be charged with the same Rate as if it were a Letter from the Place of Re-direction to the Place at which it shall be ultimately delivered.\n\ns. 52. “And be it enacted, That the Postmaster General may allow the Masters of Vessels, other than Packet Boats, a Sum not exceeding One Penny on every printed Newspaper, Foreign or Colonial, brought into the United Kingdom from a Port or Place out of the United Kingdom, and delivered by them at the Post Office of the Post Town at which they shall touch or arrive, and a Sum not exceeding One Penny on every printed Newspaper conveyed by them for or on behalf of the Post Office from the United Kingdom to any Port or Place out of the same, in respect of which no Gratuity is herein-before authorized to be allowed.”\n\ns. 57. “And be it enacted, That the Postmaster General may at any Time hereafter charge, for the Use of Her Majesty, on all Letters, Newspapers, and other printed Papers sent by the Post, on which the Postage shall not be pre-paid, and which shall not be duly and properly stamped, and also on all Letters sent by the Post without being duly and properly stamped, although the Postage thereon shall be wholly or in part pre-paid, such higher Rates of Postage than would otherwise by Law be payable on such Letters, Newspapers, or other printed Papers as the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury by Warrant under their Hands shall from Time to Time deem expedient, and may also remit any of the Rates of British Postage or Inland Postage for the Time being payable by Law on the Transmission of Post Letters, Newspapers, or other printed Papers, to such Extent as the Lords of the Treasury shall from Time to Time direct.\n\ns. 58. “And whereas Communications may from Time to Time be opened with Foreign Post Offices, which may render an Alteration in the Rates of Postage expedient; be it enacted, That it shall be lawful for the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury from Time to Time, and at any Time after the passing of this Act, by Warrant under their Hands, to alter and fix any of the Rates of British Postage or Inland Postage payable by Law on the Transmission by the Post of Foreign or Colonial Letters or Newspapers, or of any other printed Papers, and to subject the same to Rates of Postage according to the Weight thereof, and a Scale of Weight to be contained in such Warrant, and from Time to Time, by Warrant as aforesaid, to alter or repeal any such altered Rates, and make and establish any new or other Rates in lieu thereof, and from Time to Time, by Warrant as aforesaid, to appoint at what Time the Rates which may be payable are to be paid, and the Power hereby given to alter and fix Rates of Postage shall extend to any Increase or Reduction, or Remission of Postage.\n\ns. 59. “And be it enacted, That the Rates of Postage from Time to Time to become payable under or by virtue of any Warrant of the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury, under this Act, shall be charged by and be paid to Her Majesty’s Postmaster General, for the Use of Her Majesty, on all Post Letters, Newspapers, or other printed Papers to which such Warrant shall extend; and that in all Cases in which any Rates of Postage shall be made payable under any such Warrant, every such Warrant shall be published in the London Gazette, and shall, within Fourteen Days after making the same, be laid before both Houses of Parliament (if then sitting), or otherwise within Fourteen Days after Parliament shall re-assemble; provided that any Rates made payable by any such Warrant may be demanded and taken immediately after they shall have been so published in the London Gazette, although the same shall not then have been laid before Parliament.\n\ns. 60. “And be it enacted, That in all Cases in which the Postage of any unstamped Letter shall not have been paid by the Sender, it shall be paid by the Person to whom the Letter is addressed on the Delivery thereof to him; but if the Letter be refused, or the Party to whom it is addressed shall be dead, or cannot be found, the Writer or Sender shall pay the Postage; and this Enactment shall apply to every Packet, Newspaper and Thing whatsoever chargeable with Postage which shall be transmitted by the Post.\n\ns. 61. “And be it enacted, That it shall be lawful for the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury to make any Reduction or Increase or Alteration they may consider expedient in the Gratuities allowed by this Act to Masters of Vessels for Letters and Newspapers conveyed by them for or on behalf of the Post Office, or delivered by them to the Post Office, and to allow and authorize such Gratuities for the Conveyance of Letters and Newspapers to Masters of Vessels passing to or from or between any of Her Majesty’s Colonies or Possessions beyond the Seas, as they shall think fit, and also to allow and authorize any Gratuities to be paid to Pilots, Seamen, or others on the Letters and Newspapers they may bring to any Post Office from any Vessels.”\n\ns. 71. “And be it enacted, That the following Terms and Expressions, whenever used in this or any other Post Office Act, shall have the several Interpretations herein-after respectively set forth, unless such Interpretations are repugnant to the Subject or inconsistent with the Context of the Provisions in which they may be found; (that is to say,) the Term “British Newspapers” shall mean Newspapers printed and published in the United Kingdom liable to the Stamp Duties and duly stamped, and also Newspapers printed in the Islands of Guernsey, Jersey, Alderney, Sark, or Man, although not liable to Stamp Duties; and the Term “inward-bound” shall be held to include Vessels bound as well to any Port in the United Kingdom as to any Port in any of her Majesty’s Colonies; and the Term “outward-bound” shall be held to include Vessels bound as well from any Port in the United Kingdom as from any Port in Her Majesty’s Colonies; and that the Term “United Kingdom” shall mean the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and the Islands of Man, Jersey, Guernsey, Sark, and Alderney; and that the Term “Her Majesty’s Colonies” shall include every Port and Place within the Territorial Acquisitions now vested in the East India Company in Trust for Her Majesty, the Cape of Good Hope, the Island of Saint Helena, the Ionian Islands, and Honduras, as well as Her Majesty’s other Colonies and Possessions beyond the Seas (the Islands of Man, Guernsey, Jersey, Alderney and Sark only excepted); and that the Term “by the Post” shall extend to and include the Transmission of Post Letters as well by any General or Twopenny or Penny or Convention Post as by Packet Boat; and the Term “Post Town” shall include every City, Town, and Place where a Post Office is or shall be established; and that the several other Terms and Expressions used in this Act shall be construed according to the respective Interpretations of the Terms and Expressions contained in the said Act passed in the First Year of the Reign of Her present Majesty, intituled An Act for consolidating the Laws relative to Offences against the Post Office of the United Kingdom, and for regulating the Judicial Administration of the Post Office Laws, and for explaining certain Terms and Expressions employed in those Laws, so far as those Interpretations are not repugnant to the Subject or inconsistent with the Context of such Terms and Expressions.”\n\nNewspapers, Ireland.—4 & 5 Will. 4. c. 71. “Whereas by an Act passed in the Parliament of Ireland in the Thirty-eighth Year of the Reign of King George the Third, intituled An Act to amend an Act passed in the Twenty-third and Twenty-fourth Years of the Reign of His present Majesty, intituled ‘An Act to secure the Liberty of the Press by preventing the Abuses arising from the Publication of traitorous, seditious, false, and slanderous Libels by Persons unknown,’ it is amongst other things enacted, that if any Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor, or Printers, Publishers, or Proprietors of any Newspaper, Intelligencer, or Occurrences, or any Paper serving the Purposes of a Newspaper, Intelligencer, or Occurrences, shall have become and be found a Lunatic or non compos mentis, or shall become and be found bankrupt, or shall be outlawed for any Crime, or shall be found guilty and receive Judgment for printing or publishing any traitorous, scandalous, false, or seditious Libel, or shall be charged by Indictment or Information with having published a traitorous, scandalous, false, or seditious Libel, and shall not within Six Days after a Copy of such Indictment or Information shall be served upon such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor, or at the House or Place of printing or publishing the Paper in which the Newspaper containing such Libel shall be printed, surrender himself, herself, or themselves to take his, her, or their Trial at the then next Commission of Oyer and Terminer, Quarter Sessions of the Peace, or Assizes for the City or County where he, she, or they shall be indicted as aforesaid, or where such Information as aforesaid is to be tried, every Printer and Publisher so neglecting, shall from thenceforth be disabled to be the Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any Newspaper, Intelligencer, or Occurrences, and the Commissioners of Stamp Duties are thereby required to refuse to deliver to such Person or Persons stamped Paper for the Purpose of printing a Newspaper; and by an Act passed in the Parliament of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland in the Fifty-fifth Year of the Reign of His said Majesty King George the Third [55 Geo. 3. c. 80.], intituled An Act to provide for the Collection and Management of Stamp Duties on Pamphlets, Almanacks, and Newspapers in Ireland, it is also amongst other things enacted, that if any Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any Newspaper in Ireland, shall be by due Course of Law outlawed for any Criminal Offence, or receive Judgment for printing or publishing a traitorous or seditious Libel, the said Commissioners of Stamps in Ireland and their Officers respectively are thereby prohibited to sell or deliver to or for the Use of any such Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor so outlawed, or who shall have so received Judgment for such Libel, any stamped Paper for printing any Newspaper; and it is also further enacted, that if any Printer, Publisher, or Proprietor of any Newspaper which shall be at any Time published in Ireland shall have become a Bankrupt or non compos mentis, or shall be outlawed for any Crime, or shall receive Judgment for printing or publishing any traitorous or seditious Libel, then and in every such Case such Printer or Printers, Publisher or Publishers, Proprietor or Proprietors respectively, shall no longer be entitled to print or publish such Newspaper, but shall as to any such Right be considered from thenceforth as if he, she, or they never had made such Affidavit as in the said last-recited Act is mentioned: And whereas it is expedient to repeal the said recited Enactments; be it therefore enacted by the King’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the Authority of the same, That from and after the passing of this Act so much of the said respective Acts as is herein-before recited shall be and the same is hereby repealed.”\n\nNichols, John. See Donations.", "chars": 199414, "is_article": true, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2321", "term": "newsprint", "norm": "newsprint", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A generic term applied to the type of paper generally used in printing newspapers. The paper is machine finished and slack sized and has little or no mineral loading. It is made in basis weights of 30 to 35 pounds (24 X 36—500). Thirty-two-pound basis weight, which has proven to be the most satisfactory in that it represents a practical compromise between cost and printability, is the most commonly produced weight.\n\nNewsprint is produced at very high machine speeds, which causes the fibers of the sheet to be very directional; however, the fact that the majority of the fibers are oriented in one direction is actually an advantage from the point of view of printing, because it helps the paper take the strain of the highspeed press run, and, from the point of view of production, \"runability\" is the most important characteristic in newsprint. Other important characteristics include: smoothness, which is the controlling factor for halftone fineness in all direct-printing methods; softness, which is especially important in newsprint because the image carrier forces the ink into the pores of the paper during impression; opacity, which is important in all lightweight paper and particularly so in newspaper relief printing where the ink does not remain on the surface but is forced deep into the paper; and brightness, or whiteness, which is important because it contributes to good contrast between ink and paper in black-and-white printing and is of great importance in fullcolor printing.\n\nThe usual furnish for newsprint is 75 to 85% mechanical pulp, and 15 to 25% unbleached or semibleached chemical pulp.\n\nThe mechanical pulp adds the desired properties of high opacity, smooth surface, and high oil (ink) absorption, while the chemical pulp adds the necessary strength required to run the paper through fast rotary presses without breaking.\n\nThe high percentage of mechanical pulp in newsprint, which makes it very satisfactory for newspaper printing, makes it unsatisfactory from the point of view of permanence.", "chars": 2022, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [17, 72, 287, 320], "citations": ["American Paper and Pulp Association. The dictionary of paper, including pulp, paperboard, paper properties and related papermaking terms. 3rd ed. New York. American Paper and Pulp Association. 1965.", "Casey, James P. Pulp and pa per: chemistry and chemical technology. 2nd ed. New York. Interscience. 1960-61. 3 vol.", "Radford, Richard George. Letterpress machine work. New York. Staples Press. 1951. 2 vol.", "Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2322", "term": "nibbed", "norm": "nibbed", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: LIPPED.", "chars": 36, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "NICK", "term": "NICK", "norm": "nick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A nick is a hollow cast crossways in the shanks of types, to make a distinction readily between different sorts and sizes; and to enable the compositor to perceive quickly the bottom of the letter as it lies in the case, when composing; as nicks are always cast on that side of the shank on which the bottom of the face of the letter is placed.\n\nA great deal of inconvenience frequently arises, owing to the founders casting different founts of types with a similar nick in each. Although this may, at the first sight, appear of little moment, yet it is attended with much trouble: and works are frequently disfigured by it, notwithstanding all the care of the compositor and the reader, as will appear from the following statement.\n\nA printer has cast a fount, we will suppose of Pica, in addition to another he had in the house, and this new Pica is of a different face from his old one; but not having given any particular directions, the founder casts it with a nick precisely the same as the other. The consequence is, when a compositor is distributing head lines, lines of italic, small capitals, or small jobs—in the hurry of business—through inadvertency—or carelessness—he frequently distributes them into the wrong cases, when it is almost impossible for another compositor who has occasion to use these cases next, to detect the error till he sees the proof; unless he is in the habit of reading his lines in the stick, which many are not. He has then a great deal of trouble to change the letters; and, with all the attention that the reader can bestow, a letter of the wrong fount will frequently escape his eye, and disfigure the page.\n\nEven in founts that are next in size to each other; for instance,—Bourgeois and Long Primer, Long Primer and Small Pica, Small Pica and Pica, and Pica and English, head lines, &c., are not unfrequently distributed into wrong cases, where the nick is the same; and always occasion loss of time in correcting the mistakes, and sometimes pass undiscovered.\n\nI would recommend, in furnishing a new office with types, that every fount, commencing with the smallest, should have a different nick from that of the next size: thus Brevier, supposing it to be the smallest, might have three wide nicks, Bourgeois two closer ones, and Long Primer one; Small Pica the same as Brevier, Pica as Bourgeois, English as Long Primer; and here it might stop, for there is difference enough in the sizes above English for the eye to distinguish them readily, without varying the nick.\n\nBy going as far as three nicks, which is now generally done, a sufficient variety may be obtained to distinguish one fount from another without hesitation; but I would strongly advise that the nicks should be deep, as it allows the compositor to see quickly how the letters lie in the box, and enables him to pick them up with greater facility, particularly by candlelight.\n\nA single nick may be—low on the shank, in the middle, or nearer the top; two nicks may be close together—at the bottom, in the middle, or at the top, or they may be wide apart; three nicks may be—two at bottom and one at top, two at top and one at bottom, or the three close together, at the bottom, the middle, or the top, or wide apart. Where there are a great number of founts, it would add to the distinguishing mark, if consisting of more than one nick, that one of them should be cast shallow: but where there is only one nick it ought always to be cast deep.\n\nNiskhi. See Persian.", "chars": 3595, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "DAP", "id": "pg77410", "author": "Savage, William", "work": "A Dictionary of the Art of Printing", "year": 1841, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "amp-nick-1", "term": "NICK", "norm": "nick", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Hollows cast in the front of the lower part of the shank of a type, to show the compositor how to place it in his stick.", "chars": 120, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "AMP", "id": "pg56817", "author": "MacKellar, Thomas", "work": "The American Printer: A Manual of Typography", "year": 1866, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2323", "term": "nicked corner", "norm": "nicked corner", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The corner of the cover of a book which has the turn-in on the fore edge overlapping the turn-in at head and tail. This type of corner is made by cutting the covering material at a 45° angle at a distance of about three times the thickness of the board from the corner. The head and tail are turned over first, followed by the fore edge. A small tuck forms a smooth edge at the corner.", "chars": 385, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [150], "citations": ["Hague, Clifford Wilson. Printing and allied graphic arts. Milwaukee. Bruce. 1957."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2324", "term": "Niger", "norm": "niger", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A soft vegetable tanned goatskin that has a natural grain pattern resulting from the nature of the skin, the tanning processes employed, and, especially, boarding in the wet condition. Niger, which is now difficult to obtain, is tanned and finished from native skins in Nigeria and surrounding districts by primitive methods, usually employing babul bark as the principal tanning material. The most common colors, which are seldom uniform, include crimson, orange to brick-red, green, as well as the natural huff. The slight variations in grain surface and color which give Niger its characteristic appearance, are seldom successfully imitated in other skins, such as that of the sheep, which is being increasingly offered as genuine Niger. See also: GOATSKIN; MOROCCO.", "chars": 817, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [61, 69], "citations": ["British Standards Institution. British standard glossary of leather terms. B. S. 2780: 1956. London. British Standards Institution.", "Carter, John. A B C for book collectors. 5th ed. London. Hart Davis. 1972."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "nbl-niger-goatskin-1", "term": "Niger goatskin", "norm": "niger goatskin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "Brought from Africa by the Royal Niger Company. A native production. It has a very beautiful color and texture, with no grain. It has stood all the tests given it without serious deterioration. It does not keep clean under handling as well as a good coarse-grained morocco. Especially recommended by the committee appointed to investigate leather by the Society of Arts, of England.", "chars": 382, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "NBL", "id": "pg47456", "author": "Bailey, Arthur L.", "work": "Notes on Bookbinding for Libraries", "year": 1906, "rights": "Public domain (Project Gutenberg, pre-1930 text)"}, "rights_tier": "public-domain", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2325", "term": "nip", "norm": "nip", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "The point of contact between two rolls, as in a folding machine, rolling press, calender stack, etc.", "chars": 100, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2326", "term": "nipped-in", "norm": "nipped-in", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term sometimes applied to hand sewing that has been drawn too tightly, resulting in the sections being unduly compressed at the points of the kettle stitches. When the book is subsequently rounded and backed, the hammering may cause the kettle stitches to break.", "chars": 264, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [335], "citations": ["Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2327", "term": "nipper", "norm": "nipper", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": "nipping machine", "dates": null, "text": "1. A machine used in edition binding to compress the spine of a newly sewn book and in library binding to remove the original backing shoulders of a book that is to be rebound (and usually when it is to be resewn through the folds). The nipping machine in a library bindery is usually a hand-operated, power-driven device, while \\n the edition bindery it is usually a\\ continuously running, power-operated machine. In its typical design and operation, the book is secured by a spring-operated clamp to prevent the sections from slipping. The front jaw of the nipper is split lengthwise, the top half being held open by heavy springs. It projects beyond the lower half and can be slipped back flush with it. When the book is inserted and the jaws are closed, the upper half catches it and secures it while the lower half applies pressure to the sewing swell or shoulders at the spine.\n\nThe first nipper, a hand-operated and power machine, was introduced in 1882.\n\n2. The flanges of a BUILDING-IN MACHINE which form the joints of the book.\n\n3. See: BAND NIPPERS.", "chars": 1102, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [320, 339], "citations": ["Strauss, Victor. The printing industry…Washington, D.C. Printing Industries in America. 1967.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2328", "term": "nipping", "norm": "nipping", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "1. The process of reducing the swell caused by the sewing of a book. or the removal of the backing shoulders of a book to be rebound, by applying pressure to the book at the spine only, usually between the jaws of a NIPPER (1). See also: KNOCKING OUT THE GROOVE; KNOCKING OUT THE SWELL.\n\n2. The process of applying heavy pressure of short duration to a case-bound book for the purpose of setting the joints before the adhesive used in casing-in sets. See also: BUILDING-IN MACHINE.", "chars": 575, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [179, 339], "citations": ["Hutchings, Ernest A. D. A survey of printing processes. London. Heinemann. 1970.", "U.S. Government Printing Office. Theory and practice of bookbinding. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office. 1962."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2329", "term": "nipping press", "norm": "nipping press", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A small press consisting essentially of a fixed, horizontal iron base plate, and an upper, movable platen that is raised and lowered by means of a relatively long, vertical screw. The nipping press is used to apply quick and uniform pressure in a variety of bookbinding operations. While the nipping press does not have the available DAYLIGHT or the pressing power of the STANDING PRESS, it is relatively easy to open and close which makes it very useful for a quick pressing operations. The true nipping press does not release its pressure until released by the turning of the screw; however, substitute \"nipping presses,\" which are really \"letter-presses\" or \"copying presses,\" once used in business offices for \"copying\" letters, are limited in their ability to apply pressure because they have a tendency to ease the pressure when the handle is released.", "chars": 906, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [203, 335], "citations": ["Leighton, Douglas. Modern bookbinding: a survey and a prospect. New York. Oxford University Press. 1935.", "Town, Laurence. Bookbinding by hand, for students and craftsmen. New York. Pitman. 1950 (1951)."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2330", "term": "nipping up", "norm": "nipping up", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A covering technique which involves pressing the leather around the raised bands after it has been drawn over the spine of the book. BAND NIPPERS or a BANDSTICK (1) are usually used for this operation.", "chars": 249, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2331", "term": "nitric acid", "norm": "nitric acid", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A corrosive, non-volatile, inorganic acid (HNO3). It is a strong acid, with most of its important reactions being due to its oxidizing action. Nitric acid reacts violently with cellulosic materials, and can be formed in them by the conversion of nitric oxide (an air pollutant) into nitrogen dioxide, and then into nitric acid: 2NO + O2 → 2NO2; 3NO2 + H2O → 2HNO3 + NO.\n\nAs the amount of nitric oxide in the atmosphere is very small, relative to sulfur dioxide, the formation of nitric acid in archival materials is relatively slow; however, it also functions as a catalyst in the conversion of sulfur dioxide into sulfuric acid.", "chars": 693, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2332", "term": "nitrocellulose", "norm": "nitrocellulose", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: CELLULOSE NITRATE.", "chars": 47, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2333", "term": "non-aqueous deacidification", "norm": "non-aqueous deacidification", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A method of deacidifying paper which utilizes alcohol, or some other non-aqueous solvent, for the deacidifying chemical. Aqueous methods cannot be used to treat archival materials in cases in which the ink is susceptible to the action of water; therefore, in such cases a non-aqueous method is essential. One such method involves treating the document with a solution prepared by dissolving 19 gm of crystalline barium hydroxide octahydrate (Ba(OH)2 . 8H2O) in one liter of methyl alcohol (which corresponds to a 1% solution of barium hydroxide as a free base). The normal procedure is non-commingled to immerse the document in the solution, but it may be brushed or sprayed on if the document is too fragile for immersion. While drying, any excess barium hydroxide is converted into barium carbonate (BaCO3) by the action of atmospheric carbon dioxide, giving a final pH of approximately 8.0. Another method is to treat the document with a 1.0 to 1.5% solution of magnesium methoxide in methyl alcohol. In this process the magnesium methoxide is converted by the moisture in the paper into magnesium hydroxide (Mg(OH2) , which is the effective deacidifying agent. Excess magnesium hydroxide is converted into magnesium carbonate (MgCO3) by the action of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. The final pH is approximately 8.5 to 9.0. See also: ALKALINE RESERVE; DEACIDIFICATION; DOUBLE DECOMPOSITION; VAPOR-PHASE DEACIDIFICATION.", "chars": 1577, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [198, 366], "citations": ["Langwell, William Herbert. The conservation of books and documents. London. Pitman. 1957", "Winger, Howard W., and Richard D. Smith, eds. Deterioration and preservation of library materials…Chicago. University of Chicago Press. (34th Annual Conference of the Graduate Library School). 1970."], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2334", "term": "non-commingled", "norm": "non-commingled", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "A term used with reference to the transportation of unbound or bound books by a library or binder on an unmixed, or separate basis. Binderies which do not operate their own trucks, but rely instead on a common carrier, may be instructed by the library to ship the library's books on a separate basis, that is, not together with other materials not destined for or owned by the library.", "chars": 385, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2335", "term": "non-curling gum", "norm": "non-curling gum", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "An adhesive used for PADDING work, consisting of gum arabic dissolved in water and mixed with small quantities of glycerin and honey.", "chars": 157, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2337", "term": "non-sewn binding", "norm": "non-sewn binding", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "variant": null, "dates": null, "text": "See: ADHESIVE BINDING.", "chars": 46, "is_article": false, "figures": [], "source": {"siglum": "RE", "id": "cool", "author": "Roberts, Matt T.; Etherington, Don", "work": "Bookbinding and the Conservation of Books: A Dictionary of Descriptive Terminology", "year": 1982, "rights": "US Government publication (Library of Congress), published openly in electronic edition by CoOL. Not a Gutenberg/pre-1930 public-domain text -- verify rights before reprinting rather than quoting."}, "rights_tier": "us-government-flagged", "reference_numbers": [], "citations": [], "landing_page": "https://hibrkraft.com/resources/encyclopedia/"}
{"id": "dt2338", "term": "non-tannin", "norm": "non-tannin", "sense": 1, "kind": "definition", "letter": "N", "letter_raw": "N", "volume": 2, "vari